Skip to main content

Full text of "The Wilson bulletin"

See other formats


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY 

Library  of  the 
Museum  of 
Comparative  Zoology 


I 


k 


V, 


f 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  WILSON  ORNITHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


VOL.  108,  NO.  1 MARCH  1996  PAGES  1-204 

(ISSN  0043-5643) 


Thk  Wii^oN  Oknithoi.ogical  Society 
Founded  Decemheu  3,  1888 

Named  after  ALEXANDER  WILSON,  the  first  American  Ornithologist. 
President-Keith  L.  Bildstein,  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary,  RR  2,  Box  191,  Kempton,  Pennsylvania 
19529-9449. 

First  Vice-President— Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  Department  of  Biology,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University, 
Delaware,  Ohio  43015. 

Second  Vice-President— John  C.  Kricher,  Biology  Department,  Wheaton  College,  Norton,  Mas- 
sachusetts 02766. 

Editor— Charles  R.  Blem,  Department  of  Biology,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University,  Richmond, 
Virginia  23284-2012. 

Secretary— John  A.  Smallwood,  Department  of  Biology,  Montclair  State  University,  Upper  Mont- 
clair, New  Jersey  07043. 

Treasurer— Doris  J.  Watt,  Department  of  Biology,  Saint  Mary’s  College,  Notre  Dame,  Indiana 
46556. 

Elected  Council  Memhers— Donald  F.  Caccamise  and  Laurie  J.  Goodrich  (terms  expire  1996), 
Carol  A.  Corhat  and  William  E.  Davis  (terms  expire  1997),  and  Margaret  C.  Brittingham  and 
Herbert  T.  Hendrickson  (terms  expire  1998). 

Membership  dues  per  calendar  year  are:  Active,  $21.00;  Student,  $15.00;  Family,  $25.00;  Sus- 
taining, $30.00;  Life  memberships  $500  (payable  in  four  installments). 

The  W11.SON  BUEt.ETIN  is  sent  to  all  members  not  in  arrears  for  dues. 

The  Josseeyn  Van  Tyne  Memoihai,  Libkary 

The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society,  housed  in  the 
University  of  Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  was  established  in  concurrence  with  the  University 
of  Michigan  in  1930.  Until  1947  the  Library  was  maintained  entirely  by  gifts  and  bequests  of 
books,  reprints,  and  ornithological  magazines  from  members  and  friends  of  the  Society.  Two  mem- 
bers have  generously  established  a fund  for  the  purchase  ol  new  books;  members  and  friends  are 
invited  to  maintain  the  fund  by  regular  contribution,  thus  making  available  to  all  Society  members 
the  more  important  new  books  on  ornithology  and  related  subjects.  The  fund  will  be  administered 
by  the  Library  Committee,  which  will  be  happy  to  receive  suggestions  on  the  choice  of  new  books 
to  be  added  to  the  Library.  William  A.  Lunk,  University  Museums,  University  of  Michigan,  is 
Chairman  of  the  Committee.  The  Library  currently  receives  195  periodicals  as  gifts  and  in  ex- 
change for  The  Wilson  Bidlelin.  With  the  usual  exception  of  rare  books,  any  item  in  the  Library 
may  be  borrowed  by  members  of  the  Society  and  will  be  sent  prepaid  (by  the  University  of 
Michigan)  to  any  address  in  the  United  States,  its  possessions,  or  Canada.  Return  postage  is  paid 
by  the  borrower.  In(]uiries  and  requests  by  borrowers,  as  well  as  gifts  of  books,  pamphlets,  reprints, 
and  magazines,  should  be  addressed  to:  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Librarv',  University  of 
Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Contributions  to  the  New  Book  Fund 
should  be  sent  to  the  Treasurer  (small  sums  in  stamps  are  acceptable). 


'Die  Wh.son  Buei.etin 
(ISSN  0043-5643) 

HIE  II Util ,1  .E I IN  (ISSN  (K)4.t-.'>64;5)  is  [luhlislu'rj  (jiiaricriy  in  March.  June.  Septcnilx'r.  ami  Deccniln'r  by  the  Wilson 
Dniilhologiral  Society.  f!IO  Ea.sl  lOtli  Street.  Diwrence.  K.S  WtO'W-HfWT.  The  subscription  price,  both  in  thi'  United  States  and 
elsewhere,  is  $40.00  per  year.  Second-class  postaj;e  paid  at  I jiwrence,  KS.  I’OSTM  AS'l'Elt:  Send  address  changes  to  THE  WllisON 
nUl.I.EriN.  I’.O.  Box  IB07.  Ijiwrence.  KS  66(H4-8H07. 

Back  issues  or  single  I'opies  are  available  for  $12. IK'  etich.  Most  back  issues  of  tbe  liuUelin  an-  available  and  may  be  oniered 
from  tbe  Treasurer.  Special  prices  will  1m-  (pioted  for  rpiantity  orders. 

.■\ll  articles  and  cnmmnnications  for  publications.  b(H>ks  and  publications  for  revit-ws  should  be  addresst-d  to  tin-  Editor.  Ex- 
chang.-s  should  he  addressed  to  The  josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  l.ibrarv.  Museum  of  Zoologv.  Ann  Arbor.  Michigan  48100. 

Suhsi  riptions.  changes  of  adilrcss  and  claims  for  undelivered  copies  should  be  sent  to  the  DSNA.  I’.O.  Box  1807.  Ijiwrence. 
KS  W)0H-8807.  I’hone:  (01.4)  IH.4-1221;  FAX:  (01.4)  (H.4-1274. 

© Coftyright  1996  by  ihe  WiLson  Ornithological  Society 
Printed  by  Allen  Pre.ss,  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas  6604-4,  U.S.A. 


@ This  paper  meets  the  requirements  of  ANSI/NISO  Z39.48-1992  (Permanence  of  Paper). 


MCZ 

LIBRARY 

MaR  1 5 1996 


HARVARD 

UNIVERSITY 


Frontispiece.  The  Chiribiquete  Emerald,  Chlorostilhon  olivuresi.  Male  (above  right)  perched 
on  branch  of  Tepiiicmthus  savannarunr,  female  (below  left)  feeding  from  flowers  of  Deccigon- 
ocarpus  cornutiim,  on  a mesa  of  the  Siena  de  Chiribiquete,  southeastern  Colombia. 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN 

A QUARTERLY  MAGAZINE  OE  ORNITHOLOGY 
Published  by  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 


VoL.  108,  No.  I March  1996  Pages  1-204 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  1-27 


A NEW  SPECIES  OF  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 
(TROCHILIDAE,  CHLOROSTILBON)  FROM  THE 
SIERRA  DE  CHIRIBIQUETE,  SOUTHEASTERN 
COLOMBIA,  WITH  A REVIEW  OF  THE 
C.  MELLISUGUS  COMPLEX 

E Gary  Stiles' 

Abstract. — The  Chiribiquete  Emerald  {Chlorostilbon  olivaresi  sp.  nov.)  is  described 
from  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  an  isolated  range  of  table-top  mountains  rising  from  the 
flat  Amazonian  lowlands  of  the  Departments  of  Guaviare  and  Caqueta,  SE  Colombia.  This 
hummingbird  is  a common  inhabitant  of  the  edaphic  scrub  and  adjacent  forests  of  the  middle 
and  upper  levels  of  the  Sierra,  but  evidently  does  not  occur  in  the  suiTOunding  lowlands.  In 
its  morphology,  the  new  species  shows  closer  affinities  with  C.  gibsoni  of  the  Magdalena 
Valley  than  with  the  adjacent  cis-Andean  populations  of  C.  mellisiigus,  but  it  is  much  larger 
than  all  related  forms.  The  Chiribiquete  Emerald  probably  originated  through  the  dispersal 
of  gibsoni-lypc  birds  to  the  Sierra  during  a dry  period  of  the  Pliocene  or  early  Pleistocene, 
perhaps  in  conjunction  with  hybridization  with  the  local  form  of  inelli.sugus\  large  body  size 
probably  evolved  subsequently  in  the  population  as  a response  to  its  peculiar,  insular  habitat. 
Variation  in  the  Chlorostilbon  mellisiigus  complex  in  NW  South  America  is  described  and 
analyzed,  and  I conclude  that  the  various  forms  are  best  treated  as  comprising  a single 
superspecies;  melanorhynchus  (including  pumilus)  of  western  Colombia  and  western  Ec- 
uador is  sufficiently  distinct  from  the  adjacent  assimilis  and  gibsoni.  as  well  as  from  the 
eastern  forms  of  C.  mellisugus  to  deserve  (allo)species  rank,  and  I suggest  for  it  the  English 
name  of  West  Andean  Emerald.  I recommend  recognition  of  the  following  allospecies  (from 
north  to  south):  auriceps,  forficatus,  canivetii,  assimilis,  melanorhynchus.  gib.soni,  olivaresi, 
and  mellisugus.  Received  16  Feb.  1995,  accepted  10  June  1995. 

Abstracto. — Se  describe  Chlorostilbon  olivaresi  sp.  nov.  de  la  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete, 
una  serie  aislada  de  mesetas  en  la  planicie  amazonica  de  los  Departamentos  del  Guaviare  y 
del  Caqueta,  SE  Colombia.  E.ste  colibri  es  comtin  en  las  sabanas  casmofitas  y los  bosques 
aledanas  de  la  parte  media  y superior  de  la  Sierra,  pero  evidentemente  no  ocurre  en  los 
bo.sques  basales  circundantes.  Por  sus  caracteres  morfologicos,  C.  olivaresi  probablemente 
tiene  mas  afinidad  con  C.  gibsoni  del  Valle  del  Magdalena,  que  con  las  formas  cisandinas 


' Institute  de  Ciencias  Naturales,  Universidad  Nacional  de  Colombia,  Apartado  7495,  Bogota,  Colombia. 


I 


2 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


vecinas  de  C.  mellisugiis,  pero  es  un  ave  mucho  mas  grande  que  cualquier  forma  de  estas 
especies.  La  poblacion  de  C.  olivaresi  posiblemente  origino  a traves  de  la  dispersion  de 
un(os)  individuo(s)  del  tipo  gibsoni  a la  Sierra  durante  un  pen'odo  seco  del  Plioceno  o 
Pleistoceno  temprano,  tal  vez  incluyendo  hibridizacion  con  la  forma  local  de  mellisugus', 
subsecuentemente,  el  tamano  corporal  grande  evoluciono  en  esta  poblacion  en  respuesta  a 
su  habitat  peculiar  y aislado.  Se  describen  y se  analizan  los  patrones  de  variacion  en  el 
complejo  de  Chlorostilbon  mellisugus  en  el  NO  de  Suramerica,  y se  concluye  que  melan- 
orhynchus  (incluyendo  a pumilus)  del  O de  Colombia  y Ecuador  es  suficientemente  distinta 
de  gibsoni  y assimilis,  las  formas  adyacentes,  como  para  ser  considerado  como  una 
(alo)especie.  Recomiendo  que  el  complejo  de  C.  mellisugus  se  considere  como  una  sola 
superespecie,  constituida  por  las  aloespecies  (de  norte  a sur)  auriceps,  forficatus,  canivetii, 
assimilis,  melanorhynchus,  olivaresi,  y mellisugus. 


The  small  hummingbirds  of  the  genus  Chlorostilbon  are  widespread  in 
the  Neotropics  from  central  Mexico  to  northern  Argentina  and  the  West 
Indies.  The  genus  is  quite  uniform  in  coloration:  males  of  all  species  have 
flashing  green  underparts,  while  females  are  pale  gray  below,  nearly  al- 
ways with  a distinctive  facial  pattern  and  dusky  malar  auricular  area  bor- 
dered above  by  a white  postocular  stripe.  Several  species  are  easily  dis- 
tinguished by  the  distinctive  form  and  color  of  the  rectrices  of  the  males 
(e.g.,  poortmanni,  alice,  stenura),  very  bronzy  or  coppery  coloration  {rus- 
satus),  or  extensively  red  bills  {aureoventris).  However,  a number  of 
mostly  or  entirely  allopatric  forms  in  which  the  males  have  blue,  more 
or  less  forked  tails,  have  long  been  a source  of  taxonomic  confusion. 
These  forms,  which  collectively  might  be  called  the  "'mellisugus  com- 
plex”, cover  most  of  the  range  of  the  genus  from  Mexico  to  Bolivia  and 
eastern  Brazil.  Variation  among  them  involves  bill  color  and,  in  males, 
the  presence  or  absence  of  a glittering  crown,  the  depth  of  the  tail  fork, 
the  shape  of  the  outer  rectrices,  and  the  color  of  the  underparts  and,  in 
females,  the  shape  of  the  rectrices  and  the  amount  of  gray  in  the  outer 
rectrices  (cf  Zimmer  1950).  Geographic  variation  in  these  characters  pre- 
sents something  of  a mosaic  pattern,  with  similar  forms  often  separated 
by  others  of  rather  different  appearance,  making  the  determination  of 
species  limits  controversial.  The  discovery  of  a new  form  in  the  C.  mel- 
lisugus complex,  here  described  as  a new  (allo)species,  makes  it  desirable 
to  review  the  patterns  of  geographic  variation  in  this  complex  in  north- 
western South  America,  and  to  reevaluate  the  relationships  among  the 
various  members  of  the  complex  as  a whole  in  the  light  of  recent  studies. 

The  avifauna  of  Colombia  has  received  at  least  as  much  attention  from 
ornithologists,  both  native  and  foreign,  as  has  that  of  any  large  South  Amer- 
ican country.  The  birds  of  Colombia  have  been  comprehensively  mono- 
graphed no  less  than  three  times  (Chapman  1917,  Meyer  de  Schauensee 
1948-1952,  Hilty  and  Brown  1986).  Nevertheless,  many  parts  of  Colombia 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


3 


have  been  visited  only  briefly  or  sporadically  by  ornithologists,  and  a num- 
ber of  areas  remain  ornithologically  unexplored.  Until  very  recently,  one 
such  area  was  the  Sieira  de  Chiribiquete,  a small,  isolated  mountain  range 
in  the  Departments  of  Guaviare  and  Caqueta.  Because  of  its  topographic 
uniqueness  and  pristine  character,  this  area  had  been  set  aside  as  the  Parque 
Nacional  Natural  Chiribiquete  in  September  1989,  but  aside  from  a visit 
by  botanist  Richard  E.  Schultes  in  1943-1944,  the  Sierra  remained  biolog- 
ically unexplored  until  the  present  decade.  The  only  previous  ornithological 
collections  from  this  entire  region  of  Colombia  were  made  by  H.  Romero 
for  the  Institute  de  Ciencias  Naturales  of  the  Universidad  Nacional  de 
Colombia  at  Araracuara,  over  100  km  S of  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  on 
the  Rfo  Caqueta,  in  August-September  1977. 

Between  December  1990  and  December  1992,  three  expeditions  to  the 
Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  were  organized  by  the  Agencia  Espanola  de  Coop- 
eracion  Intemacional,  the  Instituto  de  Ciencias  Naturales,  and  the  Institute 
de  Recursos  Naturales  Renovables  (INDERENA)  of  the  Colombian  govern- 
ment. The  first  two  expeditions,  in  December  1990  and  August  1991,  were 
devoted  to  botanical,  archaeological,  and  geological  studies.  During  the  first 
expedition,  the  Colombian  botanists  P.  Palacios  and  P.  Eranco  obtained  a 
specimen  of  an  unusual  hummingbird  (the  only  bird  specimen  taken)  that  I 
was  unable  to  identify:  it  appeared  to  be  the  male  of  an  undescribed  form 
of  Chlorostilbon,  notable  for  its  very  large  size,  but  its  rather  rough  prepa- 
ration made  precise  comparisons  with  other  material  difficult. 

I obtained  additional  material  of  this  hummingbird  during  the  third 
expedition  (18  November-2  December  1992).  With  J.  L.  Telleria  and  M. 
Dfaz  of  the  Universidad  Complutense  of  Madrid,  I observed  and  collected 
birds  in  the  vicinity  of  the  expedition’s  base  camp  in  the  northern  part  of 
the  Sierra  at  0°56'N,  72°42'W  at  the  site  called  “el  Valle  de  los  Menhires” 
(Valley  of  the  Monoliths)  by  Estrada  and  Euertes  (1993).  Seven  specimens 
(3  males,  4 females)  of  the  Chlorostilbon  were  collected  and  eight  others 
measured  and  released;  all  specimens  are  housed  in  the  collection  of  the 
Instituto  de  Ciencias  Naturales.  On  the  basis  of  this  sample,  I here  de- 
scribe this  hummingbird  as 

Chlorostilbon  olivaresi,  sp.  nov. 

CHIRIBIQUETE  EMERALD 

HOLOTYPE. — Adult  male,  no.  31266  of  the  ornithological  collection  of  the  In.stitiito  de 
Ciencias  Naturales  (original  number  FGS  2941),  collected  on  24  November  1992  in  the 
Valle  de  los  Menhires,  elev.  570m,  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  Depto.  del  Caqueta,  Colombia 
(0°56'N,  72°42'W)  by  E G.  Stiles,  J.  L.  Tellen'a,  and  M.  Diaz. 

PARATYPES. — One  adult  male  (ICN  31252,  orig.  no.  FGS  2927)  and  one  sub-adult  male 
(ICN  31253,  orig.  no.  FGS  2928)  taken  on  21  Nov.  1992  and  three  adult  females  (ICN 


4 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


31244,  31245,  and  31254,  orig.  nos.  FGS  2915,  2916,  2929)  and  one  subadult  female  (ICN 
31243,  orig.  no.  FGS  2914),  taken  on  19  and  24  Nov.  1992,  all  at  the  type  locality. 

DIAGNOSIS. — Clearly  a member  of  the  genus  Chlorostilbon  because  of  the  entirely 
steel-blue,  forked  tail  of  the  males,  and  the  distinct  dusky  face  and  cheeks  and  white  post- 
ocular stripe  and  uniform  gray  underparts  of  the  females.  Size  significantly  larger  than  any 
other  South  American  form  of  Chlorostilbon  (exposed  culmen  always  >18  mm,  vs  17  mm 
or  less  in  all  other  forms);  total  culmen  >21  mm  vs  <19.5  mm;  wing  chord  >48  mm  in 
males,  >47  mm  in  females,  vs  <47.5  mm  and  <46.5  mm  respectively,  except  for  the 
isolated  C.  melUsugus  duidae,  which  may  reach  49.5  mm  in  both  sexes;  and  weight  usually 
>3.5  g,  vs  <3  g).  Differs  from  all  forms  of  C.  melUsugus  in  having  the  basal  half  of  the 
mandible  red  in  males,  or  with  a trace  of  red  in  females;  in  the  dull,  non-iridescent  crown 
(males)  and  extensively  grey  bases  of  the  lateral  rectrices  (females).  In  these  characters 
resembles  C.  gibsoni  from  north  and  west  of  the  Andes,  but  differs  from  all  forms  of  gibsoni 
in  having  the  tail  much  more  shallowly  forked,  with  the  lateral  rectrices  more  truncate 
(males)  to  rounded  (females)  at  the  tip,  and  the  breast  and  throat  much  more  strongly  bluish 
in  color  (males).  In  the  latter  feature  is  most  like  C.  aureoventris  of  southeastern  South 
America,  but  always  lacks  red  on  the  upper  mandible  (which  is  extensively  red  in  the  latter); 
females  of  aureoventris  also  lack  gray  on  the  lateral  rectrices. 

ETYMOLOGY. — I take  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  for  Fr.  Antonio  Olivares  in  honor 
of  his  many  pioneering  contributions  to  Colombian  ornithology  and  his  indefatigable  labor 
in  building  the  bird  collection  of  the  Institute  de  Ciencias  Naturales.  The  English  name 
refers  to  the  isolated  mountain  range  which  includes  the  type  locality  and  evidently  encom- 
passes the  entire  distribution  of  the  species. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  HOLOTYPE.— (Color  nomenclature  follows  Smithe  1975,  1981). 
Crown,  nape,  back,  and  rump  metallic  green,  near  162,  Shamrock  Green;  a few  feathers  of 
the  nasal  area  of  the  anterior  forehead  more  brilliant  golden  green  (near  158,  Chartreuse); 
a small  grayish-white  postocular  spot.  Upper  tail-coverts  more  bluish  green  (163,  Emerald 
green);  tail  dark  steely  blue,  nearest  90,  Blue-black.  Facial  area  and  sides  of  neck  brilliant 
Emerald  Green,  with  Chartreuse  reflections,  passing  abruptly  to  brilliant  blue-green  (between 
164,  Cyan,  and  65,  Turquoise  Blue,  depending  on  viewing  angle)  over  the  entire  throat  and 
upper  breast,  this  passing  to  brilliant  green  (near  62,  Spectrum  Green)  on  the  lower  breast 
and  belly;  lower  tail  coverts  more  bluish,  near  Emerald  Green;  a small  tuft  of  downy  white 
feathers  on  the  thigh.  Remiges  blackish  with  faint  bluish  gloss  (near  73,  Indigo).  Basal  3/4 
or  more  of  lower  mandible  red  (between  13,  Geranium  Pink,  and  10,  Ruby);  rest  of  bill, 
legs,  and  feet  black.  Exposed  culmen  19.5  mm,  total  culmen  21.8  mm,  wing  chord  49.6 
mm,  tail  length  25.6  mm,  tarsus  4.4  mm,  weight  3.4  g.  Adult  male,  left  testis  2.4  X 2.3 
mm,  no  fat;  tiny  diptera  in  stomach. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  ADULT  FEMALE  (based  on  ICN  31244). — Upperparts  somewhat 
more  bronzy-green  than  in  the  adult  male,  nearer  60  (Parrot  Green),  somewhat  duller  on  the 
crown;  the  more  worn  leathers  of  the  back  with  more  bluish  tips  (near  Emerald  Green), 
producing  a slightly  scaly  effect;  longest  upper  tail  coverts  and  most  of  central  rectrices 
more  bluish  (between  Emerald  Green  and  Cyan  but  darker);  the  second  and  third  pairs  of 
rectrices  similar,  but  shading  to  dark  blue  (near  173,  Indigo  Blue)  at  the  tips.  The  outer  two 
rectrices  are  extensively  pale  gray  basally  (near  86,  Light  Neutral  Gray),  with  the  medial 
portion  Indigo  Blue;  the  outermost  rectrix  is  tipped  broadly,  the  fourth  and  third  progres- 
sively more  nairowly,  with  Light  Neutral  Gray.  The  malar  and  auricular  areas  are  dark  sooty 
gray,  tinged  with  dull  bionze;  a white  stripe  extends  trom  the  eye  back  over  the  auriculars. 
The  underparts  are  pale  gray,  slightly  tinged  brownish  (near  79,  Glaucous,  but  paler),  av- 
eraging palest  on  the  thioat  and  darkest  on  the  upper  breast.  The  basal  1/4  of  the  lower 
mandible  is  tinged  with  dark  red,  the  rest  of  the  bill  and  feet  are  black. 


Sliles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


5 


PLUMAGE  VARIATION  IN  THE  TYPE  SERIES.— Variation  among  the  adults  of  the 
type  series  is  slight  in  both  sexes,  reflecting  chiefly  feather  wear  (the  degree  of  scaliness 
in  the  dorsal  plumage,  the  degree  to  which  the  crown  is  dull  and  soiled  in  females);  one 
female  (ICN  31245)  has  the  tip  of  the  first  rectrix  tinged  with  blue.  The  subadult  male  (ICN 
31253)  is  approaching  adult  plumage,  with  the  brilliant  feathers  below  colored  as  in  the 
adults  but  more  scattered  over  a dull,  dusky  green  Juvenal  plumage;  traces  of  a dusky  mask 
and  whitish  postocular  and  malar  stripes  remain;  the  tail  is  less  forked  than  in  the  adult 
males,  and  the  outer  rectrix  is  very  narrowly  tipped  with  dull  gray.  The  subadult  female 
(ICN  31243)  is  a more  uniform,  bronzy  green  dorsally  with  no  bluish  tinge  to  the  upper  tail 
coverts  or  central  rectrices,  and  a darker,  duller  gray  below. 

ADDITIONAL  SPECIMENS  EXAMINED.— Between  May  and  August  1993,  Diego  Silva 
and  Tomas  Walschburger  of  the  Eundacion  Puerto  Rastrojo,  conducted  studies  of  birds  in  the 
area  of  the  Rio  Mesay,  just  south  of  the  border  of  the  National  Park  (0°4'N,  72°26'W),  some 
85  km  SSE  of  our  study  area.  They  observed  and  collected  birds  along  a transect  from  the 
river  (ca  230  m elevation)  to  the  top  of  a low  mesa  (ca  360  m),  an  isolated  southern  outlier 
of  the  main  Sierra.  Four  specimens  of  C.  olivaresi  were  taken  in  the  scrub  atop  the  mesa  in 
July  1993  and  were  available  for  examination.  These  specimens  agree  perfectly  in  measure- 
ments and  coloration  with  the  type  series,  allowing  for  differences  in  plumage  wear:  in  par- 
ticular, the  golden-green  reflections  of  the  facial  area  and  sides  of  the  neck  of  the  males  are 
stronger,  increasing  the  contrast  with  the  bluish  green  of  the  throat.  The  adult  male  specimen 
from  the  1990  expedition  does  not  differ  from  the  males  of  the  type  series.  Thus,  the  characters 
of  C.  olivaresi  appear  to  be  uniform  over  most  or  all  of  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete. 

THE  SIERRA  DE  CHIRIBIQUETE  AND  THE 
ECOLOGY  OF  C.  OLIVARESI 

The  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  consists  of  a series  of  sandstone  mesas  and 
buttes  some  125  km  long  and  30  km  wide,  extending  in  an  arc  that  curves 
from  NW-SE  in  the  north  to  NE-SW  in  the  south,  between  the  latitudes  of 
1°20'N  and  0°20'N,  centered  along  the  line  of  73°W  longitude  (Eig.  1).  The 
mesas  rise  abruptly  from  the  surrounding  flat  lowlands  to  heights  of  800- 
900  m in  the  north  and  600  m in  the  south,  often  presenting  several  levels 
or  terraces  separated  by  vertical  cliffs.  Many  of  the  larger  mesas  are  riven 
by  spectacular  chasms  or  cracks;  the  flat  upper  surfaces  are  drained  by 
streams  flowing  through  vertical  cracks  that  emerge  as  waterfalls  at  the  edges 
of  the  mesas.  The  thin,  sandy  soil  of  the  table-tops  supports  a scrubby  veg- 
etation interspersed  with  areas  of  naked  rock:  the  stature  of  the  vegetation 
reflects  the  depth  of  the  soil  (or  the  absence  thereof)  at  any  given  point. 
Eurther  details  of  the  topography,  vegetation,  and  geology  of  the  Sieira  de 
Chiribiquete  are  given  by  Estrada  and  Euertes  (1993).  Extending  south  of 
the  main  part  of  the  Sierra  are  a series  of  progressively  lower  mesas  (ca 
300-350  m)  which  reach  the  Rfo  Caqueta  at  Araracuara  (ca  0°30'S). 

The  base  camp  of  our  expedition  was  situated  on  the  flat  middle  level 
of  a large  (ca  3 km  long)  mesa  at  an  elevation  of  570  m.  To  the  north 
and  east,  a line  of  cliffs  rises  abruptly  to  the  top  level  of  the  mesa  (ca 
700  m);  to  the  west,  the  mesa  is  bounded  by  a steep-sided  canyon  some 


6 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Fig.  1.  Left:  location  of  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  (inset)  in  relation  to  the  major  moun- 
tain ranges  (stippled)  of  Colombia,  and  the  major  rivers  of  SE  Colombia  and  adjacent  areas 
(Roman  numerals).  The  rivers  are  I.  Orinoco;  II.  Guaviare;  III.  Vaupes;  IV.  Apaporis;  V. 
Caqueta;  VI.  Putumayo;  and  VII.  Amazon.  Other  localities  indicated  are  a.  Magdalena  Valley 
and  b.  Sierra  de  la  Macarena.  Right:  The  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  and  adjacent  areas  showing 
major  rivers  and  the  collecting  localities  for  Chloro.stilbon  olivare.si.  The  300,  400,  500,  and 
600  m contour  lines  are  indicated.  Localities:  1.  Type  locality  (Valle  de  los  Menhires);  2. 
Collecting  site  of  December  1990  specimen  (Valle  de  las  Abejas);  3.  Rfo  Mesay  site.  Re- 
drawn from  Estrada  and  Fuertes  1993,  in  part. 


Fig.  2.  Landforms  and  vegetation  at  the  type  locality.  A.  General  topography,  showing 
the  butte  and  our  campsite,  with  adjacent  stunted  forest  and  surrounding  Bonnetia  scrub  of 
the  middle  level  of  the  mesa;  taller  forest  at  the  base  of  the  fringing  cliffs  in  foreground 
and  other  me.sas  just  visible  in  the  background.  B.  Aspect  of  Bonnetia  scrub,  the  most 
important  habitat  of  C.  olivare.si.  Note  areas  of  naked  rock  and  patches  of  low  vegetation 
(mainly  Navia  garcia-harrigae)  in  foreground,  the  stiff,  coriaceou.s-succulent  leaves  of  many 
shrubs  (Grajfenriedia  sp.  in  foreground,  Cln.sia  chirihiqueten.si.s  at  center.  The  low  shrub  L 
of  center  is  Decagonocarpti.s  cornutu.s,  the  most  important  nectar  source  of  C.  oHvaresv, 
taller  shrubbery  in  background  (with  large  white  flowers)  is  Bonnetia  niartiana. 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


7 


8 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1.  March  1996 


100-150  m deep  that  slopes  steeply  down  towards  the  surrounding  low- 
lands. The  base  camp  was  located  some  100  m SE  of  the  base  of  an 
isolated  butte  that  rises  precipitously  to  a height  of  ca  75  m. 

The  vegetation  around  the  base  camp  consisted  of  open  scrub  domi- 
nated by  the  shrub  Bonnetia  martiana  (Theaceae);  patches  of  dense  scrub, 
in  which  the  taller  shrubs  attained  a height  of  2-3  m,  alternated  with 
patches  of  low,  savannalike  vegetation  and  areas  of  naked  rock  (Fig.  2). 
The  principal  shrubs  of  the  area  had  thick,  coriaceous  leaves  and  twigs 
suggesting  adaptation  to  resist  drought,  doubtless  reflecting  the  shallow, 
sandy  soil  with  low  nutrients  and  minimal  water  retention  capacity.  The 
most  common  shrub  species  included,  besides  Bonnetia,  Clusia  chiribi- 
qiietensis  (Guttiferae),  Tepuianthus  savannensis  (Tepuianthaceae),  Graf- 
fenriedia  sp.  (Melastomataceae),  and  Decagonocarpus  cornutus  (Ruta- 
ceae).  Between  the  shrubs,  and  in  slight  depressions  where  a thin  layer 
of  sandy  soil  accumulated,  occurred  a low  herbaceous  vegetation  domi- 
nated by  Xyridaceae,  Eriocaulaceae,  Burmanniaceae,  Cyperaceae,  and 
Vellozia  phantasmagorica  (Velloziaceae)  with  only  occasional  grasses 
(Gramineae);  where  drainage  was  impeded,  pools  formed  after  every  rain 
in  which  Utricnlaria  spp.  (Lentibulariaceae)  were  abundant.  Areas  of  bare 
rock  were  colonized  by  a terrestrial  bromeliad,  Navia  garcia-barrigae.  A 
low,  dense,  tangled  forest  (canopy  height  3-5  m)  dominated  by  Clusia 
spp.  and  Licania  sp.  grew  around  the  base  of  the  butte. 

The  level  of  the  mesa  sloped  very  gently  towards  the  fringing  cliffs  to 
the  north  and  east,  at  the  bases  of  which  grew  a much  taller  forest  (canopy 
height  20-25  m)  with  numerous  palms  and  a relatively  well-developed 
understory;  in  the  canyon  bottom  grew  a forest  of  similar  canopy  height 
but  with  few  palms  and  notably  low  tree  species  diversity  and  a few  large- 
leaved  monocots  (Heliconia,  Calathea,  Costus,  Phenakospennum)  in  the 
understory.  The  northern  part  of  the  mesa  was  drained  by  a stream  along 
which  grew  an  extremely  dense,  tall  (canopy  ca  5 m)  stand  of  Bonnetia 
whose  tangled  aspect  suggested  that  of  a young  mangrove  swamp.  A 
general  inventory  of  the  avifauna  and  its  biogeographical  affinities  (Stiles 
et  al.  1995),  and  a detailed  analysis  of  mist-net  captures  in  relation  to 
vegetation  characteristics  (Diaz  et  al.  1996)  will  appear  elsewhere. 

In  the  study  area,  Chlorostilbon  olivaresi  was  fairly  common  in  the 
open  Bonnetia  scrub  of  the  mesa,  where  12  of  the  15  individuals  were 
captured;  in  fact,  it  was  the  bird  most  frequently  captured  in  mist-nets  in 
the  open  areas  of  the  mesa.  In  this  habitat,  both  sexes  were  observed 
visiting  only  the  red-orange  flowers  of  Decagonocarpus  cornutus  (see 
Frontispiece)  and  were  frequently  noted  gleaning  small  arthropods  from 
the  foliage  and  flowers  of  Bonnetia  and  other  shrubs  and  flycatching  at 
breaks  in  the  vegetation,  especially  in  late  afternoon.  Pollen  samples  taken 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


9 


from  the  beaks  of  eight  mist-netted  birds  with  transparent  Scotch  tape 
contained  only  pollen  of  Decagonocarpus,  usually  <10  grains  (5  cases), 
three  grains  of  pollen  of  Decagonocarpus  and  one  of  Bonnetia  (one  biid), 
or  no  pollen  at  all  (2  birds).  The  visit  to  Bonnetia  was  almost  certainly 
to  obtain  insects  such  as  thrips  which  were  often  present  on  the  large, 
open,  and  fragrant  camellialike  flowers  of  this  species  (which  do  not 
produce  nectar).  Stomach  contents  of  collected  individuals  contained  tiny 
insects,  mainly  flies,  but  a few  thrips  and/or  microhymenopterans  were 
present  in  at  least  two  stomachs.  The  only  other  hummingbirds  to  occur 
regularly  in  the  Bonnetia  scrub  were  the  Versicolored  Emeiald  {Amazilia 
versicolor),  which  also  visited  Decagonocarpus  but  was  much  scarcer, 
and  the  Black-throated  Mango  (Anthracothorax  nigricollis),  which  ap- 
peared to  be  more  insectivorous  and  was  seen  to  visit  only  the  flowers 
of  a small  tree  of  the  Bombacaceae  in  the  low  forest  at  the  base  of  the 
butte.  We  never  saw  any  interactions  between  any  of  these  species. 

The  only  other  habitat  in  which  we  regularly  recorded  C.  olivaresi  was 
the  forest  at  the  base  of  the  fringing  cliffs  at  the  north  end  of  the  mesa. 
Here,  small  numbers  occurred  in  the  understory  and  at  gaps;  three  birds 
were  captured,  and  on  several  occasions  a female  was  observed  visiting 
the  flowers  of  a small  understory  tree  of  the  Violaceae.  In  several  days 
of  observation  and  netting,  we  never  encountered  C.  olivaresi  in  the  forest 
of  the  canyon  bottom.  In  visits  to  other  areas  at  the  base  of  the  Sierra, 
including  mist-netting,  other  members  of  the  expedition  (A.  Repizzo,  B. 
Ortiz)  never  encountered  C.  olivaresi  in  the  forests  at  lower  elevations. 
During  their  work  at  the  Rfo  Mesay  site,  Silva  and  Walschburger  only 
recorded  C.  olivaresi  in  the  Bonnetia  scrub  on  the  top  of  the  mesa  or  in 
the  adjacent  low  forest  (340-360  m),  never  lower  or  closer  to  the  river. 
The  4—6  months  difference  between  the  dates  of  our  observations  and 
those  of  Silva  and  Walschburger  would  appear  to  preclude  the  possibility 
of  extensive  seasonal  movements  (e.g.,  into  the  surrounding  lowland  for- 
ests) by  this  hummingbird.  Thus,  C.  olivaresi  may  be  restricted  to  the 
scrubby  vegetation  and  adjacent  forests  on  the  mesas  of  the  Siena,  and 
it  is  quite  probably  absent  from  the  surrounding  forested  lowlands.  It 
evidently  occurs  widely  in  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  given  the  distance 
between  the  Rfo  Mesay  site  and  the  type  locality;  the  1990  specimen  was 
taken  some  20  km  south  of  the  type  locality,  also  in  Bonnetia  scrub  at  a 
slightly  lower  elevation  (ca  420  m).  The  southern  limit  of  olivaresi  re- 
mains to  be  determined  but  is  evidently  somewhere  between  the  Rfo  Me- 
say and  the  Rfo  Caqueta,  since  it  was  not  taken  during  intensive  collecting 
by  H.  Romero  at  Araracuara  in  similar  Bonnetia  scrub. 

Of  the  specimens  of  C.  olivaresi  we  collected,  one  adult  male  and  two 
females  (as  well  as  both  of  the  subadults)  had  the  gonads  small  and 


10 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


undeveloped;  one  male  and  one  female  had  moderately  enlarged  gonads. 
Among  the  birds  measured  and  released,  one  female  had  a developing 
brood  patch.  The  two  subadult  specimens  were  at  least  several  months 
old,  as  they  had  lost  their  bill  corrugations.  Taken  together,  these  data 
indicate  that  C.  olivaresi  was  at  the  start  of  its  breeding  season  during 
our  observations,  although  courtship  displays  were  not  observed,  and  we 
found  no  active  nests.  None  of  the  individuals  captured  were  molting, 
and  most  were  in  slightly  to  moderately  worn  plumage,  consistent  with 
the  inference  that  the  breeding  season  was  beginning  (cf  Stiles  1985b). 
Although  meteorological  data  for  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  do  not  exist, 
extrapolation  from  the  data  for  other  sites  in  Colombian  Amazonia  sug- 
gest that  our  expedition  took  place  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  dry  season 
(Estrada  and  Fuertes  1993).  Flowering  of  at  least  Decagonocarpus,  evi- 
dently the  most  important  nectar  source  at  this  time  for  C.  olivaresi,  was 
definitely  increasing  during  our  observations  (many  flower  buds,  few  de- 
veloping fruits).  Fruiting  of  several  species  was  also  increasing  or  about 
to  begin  in  late  November  1992,  and  a number  of  other  bird  species  were 
evidently  just  starting  gonadal  maturation,  suggesting  that  the  dry  season 
might  include  the  main  breeding  period  for  a considerable  segment  of  the 
Chiribiquete  avifauna  (Stiles  et  al.  1995). 

The  four  Rfo  Mesay  specimens,  taken  in  July  1993,  were  for  the  most 
part  in  very  fresh  plumage,  and  one  female  was  in  heavy  molt;  neither 
of  the  two  with  gonad  data  were  in  breeding  condition.  If  the  seasonality 
of  the  two  sites  is  similar,  this  suggests  that  the  breeding  season  of  C. 
olivaresi  falls  between  late  November  or  December  and  perhaps  May. 
Molt  in  the  population  extends  from  perhaps  May  through  at  least  July, 
as  both  males  and  one  female  ot  the  Rfo  Mesay  specimens  had  completed 
molt  by  July,  in  hummingbirds  it  is  not  unusual  for  males  to  molt  a month 
or  so  ahead  of  females  (cf  Stiles  1985b). 

Like  other  members  of  its  genus,  C.  olivaresi  is  a rather  quiet  humming- 
bird under  most  circumstances.  TJie  only  vocalization  heard  was  a shaip, 
dry,  scratchy  cht  , similar  to  the  calls  of  other  Chlorostilbon  but  somewhat 
louder,  and  given  by  birds  foraging  at  flowers.  We  never  heard  it  sing. 
Compared  to  others  of  the  genus  1 have  observed,  C.  olivaresi  is  less  nervous 
and  flighty  at  flowers  and  shows  much  less  of  the  incessant  rapid  flicking 
or  pumping  of  the  tail  while  foraging  (cf  Stiles  and  Skutch  1989). 

PATTERNS  OF  VARIATION  IN  THE  C.  MELLISUGUS  COMPLEX  IN 
NORTHWESTERN  SOUTH  AMERICA 

No  fewer  than  10  forms  in  this  complex  are  recognized  by  most  authors 
frorn  Colombia  and  adjacent  areas  of  northwestern  South  America  (see 
able  , Fig.  3).  Because  C.  olivaresi  appears  to  be  a member  of  this 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


Table  1 

Currently  accepted  Subspecies  of  the  Chlorostilbon  mellisugus  Complex  in 
Northwestern  south  America,  with  their  Distributions  and  Diagnostic  characters'* 

Subspecies 

Distribution 

Characters' 

puniHus 

W Colombia  from  Pacific  slope 
of  W Andes  E to  W edge  of 
Magdalena  Valley 

Bill  black.  M:  tail  moderately 
forked;  glittering  crown; 
breast  with  little  or  no  blue. 

F:  trace  of  grey  in  outer  rec- 
trices,  extensive  green  in  cen- 
tral rectrices. 

inelanorhynchus^ 

Extreme  SW  Colombia  (Narino) 
and  W Ecuador 

Like  pumilus  but  averaging  larg- 
er. 

gibsoni 

Upper  and  middle  Magdalena 
Valley  Colombia 

Lower  mandible  largely  red.  M; 
tail  very  deeply  forked,  outer 
rectrices  attenuate;  breast 
green;  crown  dull.  F:  outer 
rectrices  with  extensive  grey 
bases,  broad  whitish  tips. 

chrysogaster 

N lowlands  of  Colombia  E to 

Like  gibsoni  but  M:  tail  even 

Santa  Marta;  W of  Lago  de 
Maracaibo,  Venezuela-Colom- 
bia 

more  deeply  forked,  fore- 
crown glittering,  throat  and 
breast  tinged  blue;  F:  grey  of 
outer  rectrices  darker,  less  ex- 
tensive. 

nitens^' 

Arid  N coast  of  extreme  NE  Co- 
lombia and  NW  Venezuela 

Like  chrysogaster  but  tail  of  M 
slightly  less  deeply  forked. 

caribaeus^ 

Most  N coastal  region  of  Vene- 
zuela, S to  Orinoco  region 
and  Llanos  of  Colombia 

Bill  black.  M;  glittering  crown; 
breast  with  trace  of  blue;  tail 
shallowly  forked.  F;  at  most  a 
trace  of  dusky  on  lateral  rec- 
trices, otherwise  blue. 

napensis^ 

SE  Colombia  S of  Llanos;  E Ec- 
uador; adjacent  NE  Peru 

Like  caribaeus  but  averaging 
larger.  M:  tail  very  shallowly 
forked,  nearly  truncate,  breast 
strongly  tinged  blue.  F:  exten- 
sive green  flecking  on  sides. 

phaeopygos 

E Peru  to  NE  Bolivia,  incl.  adja- 
cent Brazil 

Like  napensis  but  M;  belly  dull- 
er, darker,  less  contrast  with 
blue  of  breast;  F:  much  less 
green  flecking  below.  Also 
averages  larger,  especially  tail. 

subfurcatus 

S + SE  Venezuela  E to  Guayana, 
and  adjacent  NW  Brazil 

Like  caribeus  but  M:  tail  less 
forked,  breast  more  bluish. 
Averages  slightly  larger. 

duidae 

Mt.  Duida,  SE  Venezuela 

Like  siibfuraliis  but  decidedly 
larger;  M:  tail  longer,  more 
forked;  breast  less  bluish. 

“ Characters  and  distributions  from  Meyer  de  Schauensec  (1964,  1966);  Meyer  dc  Schauensee  and  Phelps  (1978);  Zimmer 
(1950).  and  Zimmer  and  Phelps  (1952). 

May  not  be  distinct  from  pumihts. 

‘ May  not  be  distinct  from  clir\sof;asler. 

Includes  narttts  from  the  Orinoco  region. 

'Often  lumped  with  phaeopyf-os. 

' M = male.  F = female. 


12 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


complex,  I decided  that  to  evaluate  properly  its  status  and  affinities  a 
broader  analysis  of  the  patterns  of  variation  in  the  complex  over  north- 
western South  America  would  be  required. 

Previous  studies. — The  first  comprehensive  study  of  the  mellisugus 
complex  was  that  of  Zimmer  (1950)  who  concluded  that  the  mosaic  nature 
of  the  patterns  of  geographic  variation,  plus  the  allopatric  distributions  of 
most  forms,  justified  considering  all  forms  of  the  complex  as  subspecies 
of  a single,  variable  species  mellisugus.  However,  several  points  of  con- 
fusion exist  in  his  analysis.  Evidently,  Zimmer  started  by  considering  two 
forms  from  northern  South  America,  nitens  and  chrysogaster,  as  members 
of  different  subspecies  groups  and  later  concluded  that  they  might  not  be 
separable  at  all,  thus  favoring  lumping  the  “eastern”  and  “western” 
groups. 

In  his  initial  study  of  the  birds  of  Colombia,  Meyer  de  Schauensee 
(1948-1952)  had  considered  all  Colombian  forms  of  the  complex  as  sub- 
species of  gibsoni,  but  he  later  (1960,  1966)  noted  that  two  groups  of 
races  could  be  distinguished  on  the  basis  of  bill  color:  those  with  the 
lower  mandible  largely  red  {gibsoni,  chrysogaster,  and  nitens)  and  those 
with  all-black  bills  (all  other  forms).  He  noted  that  the  red-billed  forms 
were  also  those  with  the  most  deeply  forked  tails  and  attenuated  outer 
rectrices  in  the  males,  and  with  the  most  gray  in  the  rectrices  of  the 
females.  He  noted  apparent  sympatry  of  a red-billed  (gibsoni)  and  black- 
billed ipumilus)  form  without  evident  intergradation  at  two  localities  on 
the  western  edge  of  the  Magdalena  Valley  in  Colombia  and  concluded 
that  two  species  should  be  recognized  in  Colombia:  the  red-billed  gibsoni 
(including  chrysogaster  and  nitens)  and  the  black-billed  mellisugus  (in- 
cluding pumilus,  melanorhynchus,  caribaeus,  and  phaeopygus  {=napen- 
sis). 

Wetmore  (1968)  adopted  Meyer  de  Schauensee’s  character  of  bill  color 
as  a criterion  for  distinguishing  species  in  the  complex  when  he  separated 
the  black-billed  assimilis  of  southwestern  Costa  Rica  and  W Panama  from 
the  red-billed  canivetii  of  farther  north.  The  arrangement  of  Meyer  de 
Schauensee  (1960,  1966)  has  been  followed  by  recent  authors  for  the 
South  American  forms  of  the  complex  (Meyer  de  Schauensee  and  Phelps 


Eig.  3.  Tails  of  members  of  the  C.  melli.sugu.s  complex  from  Colombia,  drawn  to  the 
same  scale.  Left:  tails  of  adult  males,  showing  form  of  rectrices;  in  all,  rectrices  are  uniform 
steely  blue-black.  Right:  tails  of  adult  females,  showing  form,  pattern,  and  colors  of  the 
rectrices.  Solid;  steely  blue-black;  heavy  stipple:  green;  light  stipple:  grey;  open:  white.  The 
forms  illustrated  are:  a.  chrysogcLster,  b.  gibsoni',  c.  olivaresi',  d.  napensis',  e.  caribaeus-,  f. 
pumilus. 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


13 


14 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


1978,  Hilly  and  Brown  1986,  Sibley  and  Monroe  1990).  However,  be- 
cause the  characters  of  olivaresi,  as  detailed  above,  appear  to  be  in  part 
a mosaic  of  features  of  gibsoni  and  mellisiigus  as  cuirently  recognized, 
this  arrangement  requires  a detailed  reevaluation.  For  this  analysis,  I con- 
sulted specimens  of  the  mellisiigus  complex  available  in  the  following 
museums  (numbers  of  specimens  in  parentheses):  the  Institute  de  Ciencias 
Naturales,  Universidad  Nacional  de  Colombia  (69);  the  Universidad  de 
La  Salle,  Bogota  (12);  the  Unidad  de  Investigacion  “Federico  Medem” 
(UNIFEM),  INDERENA  (6),  Bogota;  and  the  Colegio  de  San  Jose,  Me- 
dellin (8).  Eor  each  specimen,  I measured  the  exposed  culmen,  total  cul- 
men,  wing  chord,  and  tail  length  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm  with  dial  calipers. 
Eor  males  only,  I measured  the  depth  of  the  tail  fork  as  the  difference 
between  the  lengths  of  the  first  and  fifth  rectrices.  In  addition,  I took 
detailed  notes  on  color  characters  of  each  form  and  made  detailed  draw- 
ings of  the  rectrices  of  representative  individuals  of  both  sexes  of  all 
forms  (Eig.  4).  Eield  work  in  various  parts  of  Colombia  has  also  given 
me  the  opportunity  to  capture  and  measure  an  additional  18  individuals 
of  various  forms  of  the  mellisiigus  complex.  Eor  these  birds,  I made  the 
preceding  measurements  except  depth  of  tail  fork,  also  with  dial  calipers, 
and  to  the  same  level  of  accuracy;  I also  weighed  all  birds  to  the  nearest 
0.1  g with  a 10  g Pesola  spring  balance.  Because  in  previous  studies  I 
had  found  that  my  field  measurements  did  not  differ  from  those  taken  in 
the  museum  and  that  my  measurements  of  birds  in  the  field  agree  closely 
with  remeasurements  of  the  same  birds  prepared  as  museum  specimens 
(Stiles  1985a,  1995),  I have  included  both  types  of  measurements  in  the 
quantitative  analyses  below.  In  addition,  M.  Marin  kindly  measured  10 
specimens  of  napensis  and  pheaopygus  in  the  collection  of  the  Museum 
of  Natural  Science,  Louisiana  State  Univ.  Having  worked  with  and  mea- 
sured birds  previously  with  Marin,  I am  confident  that  his  measurements 
are  comparable  with  mine  and  have  incorporated  them  into  the  analyses. 

In  all,  measurements  from  1 1 1 specimens  of  the  following  forms  were 
used  in  the  analyses:  olivaresi,  pumilus,  gibsoni,  chrysogaster,  caribaeus, 
and  napensis  (Table  2).  Of  the  remaining  forms  in  Table  1,  none  occurs 
in  areas  adjacent  to  olivaresi  and  is  likely  to  bear  upon  its  status;  I was 
able  to  examine  only  two  specimens  of  nitens,  and  none  of  melanorhyn- 
clnis,  subfurcatus,  duidae,  or  phaeopygus.  Eor  the  characters  of  these 
forms  (Table  1),  1 have  relied  upon  the  descriptions  of  Zimmer  (1950) 
and  Zimmer  and  Phelps  ( 1952).  For  the  six  forms  mentioned  above,  mea- 
surements were  analyzed  by  one-way  analysis  of  variance  (ANOVA)  for 
each  sex  separately.  Where  a significant  result  was  obtained  in  the  ANO- 
VA, Tukey  a posteriori  tests  were  performed  to  determine  which  forms 
dilfered  significantly  with  respect  to  the  measurement  in  question  (Zar 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


15 


s purmliLS 
Wh  mtlanorhy'nchus 
^ gibsoni 

chryso^cLster 

nitens 
caribae^us 
subfurcatws 
A dmdoL 
• oUvatzsi 
napcnsis 
'////,  phaeopggos 


Eig.  4.  Distributions  of  the  members  of  the  C.  mellisugus  complex  in  northwestern  South 
America.  Note  that  limits  of  some  forms  are  imperfectly  known,  as  are  possible  zones  of 
contact;  especially  east  of  the  Andes,  distributions  are  probably  more  continuous  than  shown, 
but  collecting  localities  are  often  widely  scattered. 


1988).  For  the  measurement  of  depth  of  tail  fork,  I derived  a measure  of 
“relative  tail  fork”  by  dividing  the  difference  r5-rl  by  the  tail  length  for 
each  specimen,  to  control  for  differences  in  absolute  size  between  the 
various  forms. 

The  most  striking  result  of  the  analyses  of  variance  of  the  measure- 
ments (Table  3)  is  the  clear-cut  separation  of  olivaresi  (at  a significance 
level  of  P < 0.001)  from  all  other  forms  of  the  Chlorostilhon  mellisugus 
complex,  with  respect  to  bill  length  (both  exposed  and  total  culmen),  wing 


16 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


•7 

d 

NO 

CO 

S 

00 

o 

00 

CO 

in 

CN 

NO 

CN 

(N 

(N 

CN 

(N 

CO 

CN 

CN 

«3 

B 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

< 

-g 

+ ! 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

S 

0 

On 

00 

CO 

r- 

00 

o 

< 

CQ 

'O 

iT) 

r-; 

q 

q 

in 

q 

q 

q 

CN 

(N 

CN 

(N 

CN 

(N 

CN 

(N 

d 

d 

z 

in 

u 

On 

< 

ON 

NO 

ro 

Tt 

(N 

O 

CO 

»— « 

o 

c 

O 

o 

o 

O 

<N 

o 

O 

V ^ 

> t 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

D 

Z 

--  ,o 
— ^ 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

< 

“v  ^ 

2 5 

(N 

CN 

On 

CO 

'tt 

< 

NO 

o 

On 

00 

5 

5 

<N 

CN 

O 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

o 

j 

o 

U 

(N 

(N 

NO 

in 

r- 

O 

On 

CO 

00 

O 

ON 

r- 

q 

q 

(N 

q 

NO 

NO 

00 

ON 

q 

r- 

in 

00 

S 

o 

a: 

Uh 

JZ 

■«  ^ 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

d 

+1 

d 

+1 

d 

+1 

d 

+1 

+ 1 

d 

+1 

d 
+ 1 

d 

+1 

X 

o 

00 

00 

o 

CN 

m 

r- 

NO 

in 

CO 

u 

r-- 

q 

ro 

00 

00 

q 

CN 

q 

q 

q 

q 

-J 

cu 

Tt 

rn 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

— 

— 1 

d 

d 

CN 

(N 

(N 

(N 

CN 

<N 

<N 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

o 

u 

NO 

r— . 

On 

On 

NO 

CN 

CO 

00 

CO 

o 

•o 

o 

::d 

o 

o^ 

r- 

O 

NO 

CO 

On 

q 

1— 

CO 

NO 

NO 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

<N 

acn 
■S  o 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ i 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

W 

d 

»-g 

(N 

00 

o 

in 

NO 

00 

ON 

00 

r- 

r- 

o 

-J 

O 

O) 

O) 

q 

q 

00 

q 

q 

00 

q 

q 

oa 

> 

d 

Tt 

d 

d 

CN 

d 

d 

d 

d 

CN 

d 

CN 

On 

00 

< 

o 

'tt 

H 

oa 

to 

rs 

(N 

00 

NO 

00 

On 

NO 

CO 

00 

00 

SJ 

ON 

00 

NO 

NO 

»r) 

NO 

m 

(n 

On 

ON 

00 

CN 

NO 

NO 

O 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

•-J 

c 

3 c 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+ ! 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

U 

c2  - 

H a 

ON 

00 

NO 

00 

in 

m 

00 

CO 

00 

CO 

in 

o 

Tt 

O) 

m 

q 

q 

q 

ON 

q 

O) 

q 

O) 

X 

d 

d 

00 

d 

00 

d 

00 

NO 

00 

d 

d 

CN 

CN 

1-^ 

•-H 

— 

.M 

1— M 

CN 

CN 

a. 

O 

CO 

00 

(N 

VO 

in 

ON 

CN 

On 

m 

in 

a: 

\c 

r- 

vn 

IT) 

to 

(N 

in 

r- 

in 

NO 

Tj- 

00 

o 

lu 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

CO 

O 

8.^ 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ ! 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

Q 

X 3 

ON 

00 

O 

o 

o 

CO 

00 

o 

r- 

ON 

o 

CO 

2 

< 

W 

q 

m 

00 

Ov 

CN 

CO 

q 

00 

q 

CN 

On 

d 

d 

d 

loi 

d 

NO 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

> 

■ — ' 

CN 

CN 

u. 

O 

n 

"7 

<N 

o 

(N 

On 

On 

in 

in 

O 

NO 

00 

NO 

CN 

CO 

— H 

•— 

z 

in 

z 

UJ 

al 

Sex 

U-. 

S 

P-i 

S 

P- 

2 

[u 

U- 

s 

LU 

Ph 

D 

CO 

< 

LU 

•-“v 

c 

to 

CO 

cd 

8 

z 

Co 

C3 

Form 

to 

-5 

1 

5 

o 

to 

-i:) 

oc 

0 

to 

C 

•S! 

00 

§ ti 

3 

3 

C 

s: 

Ci 

3 

a 

q 

s 

Oo 

tj 

C 

Mean  and  standard  deviation.  Masses  are  in  g;  culmen,  wing  chord,  and  tail  length  are  in 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


17 


Table  3 

Result  of  Analyses  of  Variance  Comparing  Measurements  of  Members  of 

ChLOROSTILBON  MELUSUGUS  COMPLEX  FROM  NORTHWESTERN  SOUTH  AMERICA 


Measurement 


Sex  F 


Result  of  Tukey  tests” 


-/  ///- 


ExpKjsed  culmen  M 109.19  <0.001  PU  CA  CC  CN  GI  NA  OL 


/- 


-/ 


-///- 


F 94.75  <0.001  PU  CA  GI  NA  CC  CN  OL 


Total  culmen 


/- 


-/ 


-///- 


M 53.90  <0.001  PU  CA  CC  CN  NA  GI  OL 


Wing  chord 


-///- 


F 71.83  <0.001  PU  NA  CA  GI  CC  CN  OL 


-II- 


-h 


-/ 


-///- 


M 48.81  <0.001  CC  CA  NA  CN  PU  GI  OL 


-/- 


-///- 


F 65.53  <0.001  NA  CA  CC  CN  PU  GI  OL 


Tail  length 


-/// // 


M 53.08  <0.001  CA  NA  PU  OL  GI  CC  CN 


-II- 


-/ 


F 17.57  <0.005  NA  CA  PU  GI  CC  OL  CN 


Body  mass 


-///- 


M 29.64  <0.001  PU  CA  NA  GI  OL 


-///- 


F 42.47  <0.001  NA  CA  PU  GI  OL 


-///- 


Relative  tail  fork  M 103.89  <0.001  NA  OL  CA  PU  GI  CN  CC 


“ Abbreviations:  CA  = carihaeus',  CC  = chrysogaster — N coast  of  Colombia;  CN  = chrysogaster — Norte  de  Santander, 
NA  = napensis\  GI  = gihsonv,  OL  = olivaresr,  PU  = pumilus. 

Forms  not  significantly  different  (P  < .05)  in  a given  measurement  are  connected  by  solid  lines.  Breaks  in  the  lines 
indicate  significant  differences,  and  the  number  of  slashes  indicates  the  degree  of  significance:  one  slash  = P < 0.05;  two 
slashes  = P < 0.01;  three  slashes  = P < 0.001. 


chord,  and  mass.  The  larger  size  of  olivaresi  is  most  dramatically  shown 
by  the  data  on  body  mass,  perhaps  the  best  indicator  of  overall  size;  this 
form  is  fully  35-40%  heavier  than  all  the  other  forms,  which  do  not  differ 
among  themselves.  In  fact,  olivaresi  is  apparently  the  largest  form  in  the 


18 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


entire  genus  Chlorostilbon,  exceeding  in  size  even  the  Cuban  Emerald  C. 
ricordii  (cf  Ridgway  1911,  Howell  1993).  Regarding  measurements  of 
the  tail,  the  separation  of  olivaresi  is  more  equivocal,  chiefly  because  this 
form,  because  of  its  overall  large  size,  has  a tail  length  more  similar  to 
those  of  the  gibsoni  group  with  their  relatively  long,  deeply  forked  tails, 
but  in  its  shallowly  forked  tail,  olivaresi  resembles  closely  various  mem- 
bers of  the  mellisugus  group. 

Although  some  of  the  remaining  forms  differed  significantly  from  oth- 
ers in  one  or  another  dimension,  similar  clean-cut  separations  between 
groups  were  the  exception.  Males  of  the  gibsoni  group  differed  from  those 
of  the  mellisugus  group  significantly  in  tail  length  and  highly  significantly 
in  relative  depth  of  tail  fork;  however,  in  most  other  dimensions  the  pat- 
tern was  less  clear:  often  differences  significant  in  one  sex  were  not  so 
in  the  other,  and  the  rank  order  of  the  forms  often  varied  from  one  mea- 
surement to  another  and/or  between  the  sexes  for  a given  measurement 
(Tables  2,  3).  This  is  undoubtedly  at  least  in  part  a reflection  of  the  mostly 
small  sample  sizes  (Table  2).  One  interesting  result  was  the  significant 
difference  in  wing  length  between  the  northern  and  cis-Andean  popula- 
tions of  chrysogaster,  however,  these  populations  were  similar  in  other 
dimensions.  Aside  from  olivaresi,  the  most  distinctive  form,  in  terms  of 
measurements,  was  pumilus,  with  its  unique  combination  of  a very  short 
bill  and  a relatively  long  wing  (Table  3;  see  below). 

Patterns  of  plumage  variation. — In  eastern  Colombia,  specimens  of 
caribaeus  showed  no  obvious  variation  between  Arauca  and  Meta  (in 
particular,  those  from  Arauca  showed  no  tendency  to  approach  chryso- 
gaster). To  the  south,  napensis  differed  in  having  a shorter,  less  forked 
tail  and  more  strongly  bluish  throat  in  the  males,  more  lateral  green  fleck- 
ing below  and  less  pale  tipping  on  the  outer  rectrices  in  the  females,  and 
a somewhat  longer  bill  in  both  sexes.  I could  detect  no  consistent  differ- 
ences in  size  or  color  between  specimens  of  napensis  from  extreme  south- 
ern Meta,  northwestern  Caqueta,  eastern  Vaupes,  or  southern  and  eastern 
Amazonas  in  Colombia,  or  (in  size  at  least)  eastern  Ecuador  or  extreme 
northeastern  Peru.  The  largest  male  measured  was  from  eastern  Peru, 
where  the  range  of  this  form  approaches  that  of  the  possibly  indistin- 
guishable phaeopygos.  I have  not  seen  specimens  of  phaeopygos  from 
Peru,  so  cannot  comment  on  the  validity  of  separating  napensis',  however, 
female  specimens  of  the  latter  I have  seen  do  show  the  extensive  green 
flecking  below  used  by  Zimmer  (1950)  to  distinguish  this  race  from 
phaeopygos  and  caribaeus.  Although  napensis  and  caribaeus  differed  sig- 
nificantly in  relative  tail  fork  in  this  analysis  (Table  3),  it  is  worth  noting 
that  this  difference  is  apparently  bridged  by  the  adjacent  subfurcatus  and 
duidae,  to  judge  from  the  measurements  of  these  forms  given  by  Zimmer 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


19 


and  Phelps  (1952).  I should  note  in  passing  that  my  measurements  are  in 
reasonably  close  agreement  with  those  of  Zimmer  for  those  forms  which 
we  both  measured. 

The  range  of  olivaresi  appears  to  be  nearly  completely  nested  within 
that  of  napensis.  Although  I have  seen  no  specimens  of  the  latter  from 
localities  adjacent  to  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  those  from  northwest, 
south,  and  east  of  this  range  show  no  approach  to  the  characters  of  oli- 
varesi; in  fact,  napensis  differs  from  olivaresi  in  most  characters  at  least 
as  much  as  does  any  other  cis-Andean  form  of  the  mellisugus  complex. 
This  indicates  that  gene  flow  between  olivaresi  and  napensis  does  not 
occur;  given  the  great  difference  in  size,  it  is  highly  questionable  whether 
interbreeding  could  occur  at  all. 

Within  the  gibsoni  group,  chrysogaster  males  have  a glittering  fore- 
crown and  usually,  at  least,  a faint  bluish  tinge  to  the  throat  (more  than 
either  pumilus  or  gibsoni).  The  tail  is  even  more  deeply  forked  than  in 
gibsoni;  in  females,  the  pattern  of  the  tail  is  similar,  although  the  gray 
area  at  the  bases  of  the  outer  rectrices  tends  to  be  darker  and  less  exten- 
sive. The  difference  in  wing  length  between  the  populations  of  this  form 
east  and  west  of  the  Serrania  de  Perija  is  interesting:  at  the  very  least,  it 
appears  that  the  former  shows  no  approach  to  the  geographically  adjacent 
form  of  mellisugus,  caribaeus.  In  color,  pattern,  and  tail  shape,  the  cis- 
Andean  population  of  chrysogaster  also  appears  as  different  from  cari- 
baeus as  does  the  trans-Andean  population,  suggesting  that  gene  flow 
between  these  populations  is  not  occurring.  The  little  information  I have 
on  nitens  suggests  that  this  form  is  very  similar  to  the  trans-Andean  chry- 
sogaster. Although  data  are  required  on  possible  zones  of  contact  between 
nitens  and  caribaeus,  the  information  currently  available  again  favors 
maintaining  separate  species  status  for  the  gibsoni  group  (including  chry- 
sogaster and  nitens)  and  mellisugus. 

The  case  of  C.  pumilus. — This  form  of  western  Colombia  agrees  with 
members  of  the  mellisugus  group  in  having  an  all-black  bill,  in  the  glit- 
tering crown  of  the  males,  and  in  the  virtual  absence  of  grey  in  the  outer 
rectrices  of  the  females.  However,  the  males  have  significantly  longer, 
more  deeply  forked  tails  and  less  bluish  breasts  than  do  any  of  the  eastern 
forms  of  this  group.  Females  of  pumilus  differ  from  those  of  the  eastern 
races  in  their  slightly  forked  to  double-rounded  tails,  with  extensive  green 
in  most  rectrices,  and  in  the  more  extensive  pale  tips  to  the  outer  rectrices, 
as  well  as  in  showing  some  dark  gray  at  the  bases  of  these  rectrices.  In 
overall  proportions,  pumilus  has  a shorter  bill  and  longer  wing  and  tail 
than  do  the  eastern  races,  sex  for  sex. 

In  several  of  these  characters,  pumilus  rather  resembles  the  adjacent 
gibsoni  of  the  Magdalena  Valley;  however,  it  differs  strongly  from  gibsoni 


20 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  I,  March  1996 


in  bill  color,  tail  shape,  bill  length,  crown  color  (males),  and  the  color  of 
the  outer  rectrices  (females).  Moreover,  these  differences  appear  to  be  as 
great  in  specimens  from  areas  where  the  two  forms  approach  each  other 
(western  Tolima,  western  Antioquia),  as  in  areas  far  from  the  possible 
contact  areas.  Hence,  the  evidence  presently  available  favors  continuing 
to  separate  pumilus  and  gibsoni  at  the  species  level. 

Considering  the  next  form  to  the  north,  assimilis,  pumilus  also  shows 
a number  of  clear-cut  differences  based  upon  the  measurements,  weights, 
and  descriptions  of  the  latter  in  Wetmore  (1968).  In  males,  the  crown  of 
pumilus  is  highly  iridescent,  while  in  assimilis  it  is  plain;  the  gray  of  the 
outer  rectrices  of  the  females  is  much  more  extensive  in  pumilus.  In  mea- 
surements, pumilus  has  a much  shorter  bill,  longer  wing,  and  shorter  tail 
and  also  weighs  considerably  less  in  both  sexes.  The  ranges  of  the  two 
forms  are  separated  by  a wide  gap  in  eastern  Panama  (cf  Wetmore  1968) 
but  from  my  observations  of  both  forms  in  the  field,  I suspect  that  they 
differ  in  ecology,  with  pumilus  preferring  significantly  wetter  areas  than 
does  assimilis.  I conclude  from  this  analysis  that  pumilus  is  best  consid- 
ered an  allospecies  in  the  mellisugus  superspecies  rather  than  as  a sub- 
species of  mellisugus  (sensu  stricto);  this  also  eliminates  the  disjunct  dis- 
tribution of  the  latter  (with  pumilus  separated  by  gibsoni  from  the  other 
forms  of  mellisugus). 

Although  I was  unable  to  examine  specimens  of  melanorhynchus,  there 
seems  little  reason  to  doubt  that  this  form  is  conspecific  with  pumilus', 
Zimmer  (1950)  noted  that  the  two  differ  little,  if  at  all,  in  coloration  and 
overlap  in  measurements  and,  in  fact,  might  not  be  separable.  The  two 
forms  were  supposed  to  differ  in  their  preferred  elevations,  with  melan- 
orhynchus occurring  mostly  above  2000  m,  and  pumilus  at  lower  eleva- 
tions; however,  this  difference  also  tended  to  break  down  in  the  series  of 
specimens  available  to  Zimmer  (1950).  If  pumilus  and  melanorhynchus 
are  considered  to  comprise  a separate  allospecies  in  the  mellisugus  com- 
plex, as  I feel  the  evidence  indicates,  this  species  will  have  to  be  called 
C.  melanorhynchus  (since  melanorhynchus  Gould  1860  has  priority  over 
pumilus  Gould  1872).  Without  having  seen  specimens  of  melanorhynchus 
itself,  I cannot  comment  on  the  advisability  of  synonymizing  pumilus  and 
recommend  further  study. 

On  the  basis  of  a phylogenetic  species  concept  (Cracraft  1983,  Mc- 
Kitrick  and  Zink  1988),  melanorhynchus  (with  pumilus)  would  also  clear- 
ly be  entitled  to  species  status;  it  possibly  differentiated  from  other  forms 
of  the  mellisugus  complex  in  the  Choco  humid  forest  refugium  during 
one  of  the  dry  epochs  of  the  Pleistocene  (cf  Haffer  1974).  I suggest  the 
English  name  West  Andean  Emerald  for  this  form  in  view  of  its  basically 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


21 


Andean  distribution,  which  lies  to  the  west  of  all  other  members  of  the 
mellisugus  complex  in  South  America. 

Origin  of  the  Chiribiquete  Emerald. — C.  olivaresi  represents  an  anom- 
aly among  the  cis-Andean  populations  of  the  mellisugus  complex:  its 
characters  are  sharply  discordant  with  the  general  trends  of  variation  over 
this  broad  area.  Although  large  size  is  a character  shared  by  another  iso- 
lated mountain  endemic,  duidae  of  Venezuela,  the  differences  in  color 
and  morphology  of  the  latter  relative  to  the  forms  occurring  elsewhere  in 
southern  and  southeastern  Venezuela,  caribaeus  and  particularly  subfur- 
catus,  are  differences  of  degree  only:  there  seems  little  reason  to  doubt 
that  duidae  is  but  a derivative  of  one  or  the  other  (apparently  neither  has 
been  recorded  from  the  adjacent  lowlands),  and  there  is  little  reason  to 
suspect  that  it  is  reproductively  isolated  from  them  (Zimmer  and  Phelps 
1952).  In  fact,  duidae  was  not  considered  by  Mayr  and  Phelps  (1967), 
although  it  was  recognized  as  distinct  by  Meyer  de  Schauensee  and  Phelps 
(1978).  The  case  of  olivaresi  is  clearly  not  comparable  to  that  of  duidae: 
it  is  certainly  not  an  isolated  derivative  of  napensis  (or  any  other  cis- 
Andean  form).  The  many  points  of  resemblance  to  gibsoni  (bill  color,  the 
dull  crown  of  the  males,  and  the  rectrix  color  of  the  females)  suggest  that 
the  origins  of  olivaresi  might  lie  with  that  form,  at  least  in  part.  At  the 
present  time,  the  ranges  of  olivaresi  and  gibsoni  are  separated  by  at  least 
300  km  of  forested  lowlands  and  foothills,  which  constitute  unsuitable 
habitat  for  both  forms  which  are  evidently  adapted  to  dry  or  edaphically 
scrubby  habitats  (and  which  are  inhabited,  at  least  at  present,  by  napen- 
sis). It  is  likely  that  the  eastern  foothills  of  the  Andes  in  southeastern 
Colombia  represented  a humid  enclave  or  “forest  refugium”  through 
Pliocene-Pleistocene  times  (Haffer  1974,  1985),  such  that  the  range  of 
gibsoni  has  probably  never  included  or  approached  the  Sierra  de  Chiri- 
biquete. A more  likely  scenario  is  for  one  or  a few  individuals  of  the 
ancestral  population  of  gibsoni  to  have  dispersed  across  the  forested  low- 
lands to  Chiribiquete,  perhaps  during  a dry  period  in  the  Pliocene  or  early 
Pleistocene.  During  such  a period,  the  low  passes  south  and  west  of  the 
Sierra  de  la  Macarena  might  well  have  supported  a more  xeric,  scrubby, 
vegetation  suitable  for  gibsoni,  facilitating  its  arrival  on  the  eastern  slope 
of  the  Andes.  Consisting  of  sandstones  of  Permian  age  or  earlier,  the 
Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  antedates  at  least  the  final  uplift  of  the  Andes  (cf 
Gal  vis,  in  Estrada  and  Fuertes  1993),  and  would  have  been  available  for 
colonization  by  forms  adapted  to  xeric  or  open  habitats  throughout  the 
latter  part  of  the  Cenozoic.  The  final  population  of  Chlorostilbon  to  col- 
onize the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete  might  even  have  been  the  result  of  hy- 
bridization of  the  newly  arrived  gibsoni-iype  birds  with  the  form  of  mel- 
lisugus already  present  in  the  adjoining  areas.  At  least,  this  would  provide 


22 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


a tentative  explanation  for  the  meUisugus-\\](..&  characters  of  olivaresi  (very 
shallowly  forked  tail  and  blue  breast  of  the  males).  Once  established,  this 
population  of  possibly  hybrid  origin  might  well  have  developed  large  size 
in  the  process  of  adapting  to  its  peculiar  insular  habitat.  Large  size  is  a 
feature  of  some  island  populations  (cf  Grant  1965)  including  those  of 
Chlorostilbon  (cf  Ridgway  1911,  Howell  1993),  and  the  large  size  of 
duidae  may  represent  a result  of  the  same  processes,  albeit  at  an  earlier 
and  more  incomplete  stage.  A possibly  analogous  case  of  presumptive 
hybrid  origin  of  a currently  stable  and  well-differentiated  form  among  the 
white-eyes  of  Reunion  Island  has  been  discussed  by  Gill  (1973).  Genetic 
studies  in  the  mellisugus  complex  would  assuredly  shed  light  on  the  or- 
igins of  olivaresi,  and  might  help  to  resolve  several  other  questions  re- 
garding geographical  variation  and  species  limits  in  the  complex.  In  any 
case,  by  both  biological  and  phylogenetic  criteria,  olivaresi  appears  as 
entitled  to  separate  (allo)species  status  as  does  any  other  form  within  the 
entire  mellisugus  complex. 

Among  the  avifauna  of  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  C.  olivaresi  is  also 
an  anomaly.  Virtually  all  of  the  species  of  the  upper  levels  of  the  Sierra 
whose  subspecific  allocations  could  be  determined,  belong  to  forms 
whose  distributions  include  the  Llanos,  the  Orinoco  region,  and/or  the 
savannas  of  eastern  Vaupes  and  adjacent  Brazil,  rather  than  the  Amazo- 
nian lowlands  and  Andean  foothills  to  the  west  and  south  (Stiles  et  al. 
1995).  The  lack  of  differentiation  of  these  forms  suggests  a vicariance 
pattern,  probably  a relict  of  more  a continuous  distribution  of  savanna  or 
scrub-adapted  birds  during  the  dry  periods  of  the  Pleistocene.  The  present 
isolation  of  these  birds  from  their  relatives  to  the  north  and  east  probably 
dates  back  no  more  than  15,000—20,000  years,  much  too  short  a time  to 
have  permitted  significant  differentiation  among  birds  of  the  Amazon 
drainage  (Capparella  1988). 

Interestingly,  one  other  species  of  Chiribiquete  appears  to  have  dis- 
persed from  the  xeric  upper  Magdalena  Valley  rather  than  having  its  af- 
finities with  forms  to  the  north  and  east.  This  species,  Hemitriccus  mar- 
garitaceiventer,  also  appears  to  have  differentiated  in  Chiribiquete  from 
its  putative  ancestral  population  in  the  Magdalena  Valley,  although  to  a 
much  lesser  extent.  This  population  clearly  represents  a distinct  subspe- 
cies of  margaritaceiventer  (Stiles,  unpubl.  data),  probably  of  more  recent 
origin  than  C.  olivaresi.  In  general  terms,  the  Chiribiquete  avifauna  is 
basically  a relict  of  a formerly  more  continuous  Orinoquian  avifauna  upon 
which  is  superimposed  a small  number  of  forms  that  have  dispersed  from 
similar  habitats  to  the  west,  at  different  periods  of  the  geological  past  (cf 
Mayr  and  Phelps  1967).  The  most  distinctive,  and  probably  the  oldest,  of 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


23 


these  forms  is  undoubtedly  the  Chiribiquete  Emerald,  Chlorostilbon  oli- 
varesi. 


AN  OVERVIEW  OF  THE  C.  MELLISUGUS  COMPLEX 

The  most  recent  treatment  of  this  complex  as  a whole  is  that  by  Sibley 
and  Monroe  (1990).  These  authors  consider  as  allospecies  of  the  melli- 
sugus  superspecies  canivetii  of  Mexico  and  northern  Central  America, 
assimilis  of  southern  Costa  Rica  and  western  Panama,  and  mellisugus 
(including  pumilus  and  melanorhynchus)  of  northern  South  America, 
while  excluding  gibsoni  (including  chrysogaster  and  nitens).  This  repre- 
sents the  opposite  extreme  from  the  broad  treatment  of  Zimmer  (1950) 
who  considered  all  these  forms  as  subspecies  of  mellisugus.  Especially  in 
view  of  the  characters  of  olivaresi,  which  combines  certain  features  of 
both  gibsoni  and  the  mellisugus  group,  I would  agree  with  Zimmer  that 
all  of  these  forms  are  representatives  of  a common  stock.  In  particular,  I 
see  no  justification  for  including  the  canivetii  group  while  excluding  gib- 
soni from  this  complex:  they  share  characters,  such  as  the  red  lower  man- 
dible and  deeply  forked  tail  of  the  males,  and  extensive  gray  bases  and 
broad  white  tips  to  the  lateral  rectrices  of  females  (Zimmer  1950).  These 
features  could  well  represent  parallel  adaptations  to  more  open,  seasonal 
habitats  than  are  occupied  by  neighboring  forms. 

In  general,  I feel  that  too  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  ecology 
of  these  hummingbirds — in  particular,  the  range  of  elevations  and  humid- 
ity conditions  occupied  by  each  form.  Although  all  members  of  the  group 
prefer  open,  brushy  habitats,  so  far  as  known,  there  are  a number  of 
differences  that  could  have  bearing  on  their  status.  Eor  instance,  pumilus 
appears  to  be  primarily  a bird  of  humid  foothills,  entering  well  into  the 
subtropical  zone  where  it  has  been  recorded  to  elevations  of  2000  m or 
more  (Hilty  and  Brown  1986;  pers.  obs.);  the  same  evidently  is  true  of 
melanorhynchus  (Zimmer  1950).  The  preferred  habitat  of  gibsoni  appears 
to  be  in  hotter,  drier  areas;  it  occupies  the  floor  of  the  middle  and  upper 
Magdalena  Valley,  up  to  ca  2000  m or  more  in  dry  valleys,  mainly  on 
the  western  side;  chrysogaster  and  nitens  are  mainly  or  exclusively  low- 
land forms,  with  the  latter  occupying  the  driest  areas  along  the  northern 
coast  (Meyer  de  Schauensee  1948-1952).  Also  occurring  primarily  in  the 
lowlands  east  of  the  Andes  are  caribaeus  (probably  throughout  the  Lla- 
nos) and  napensis  in  more  humid  areas  farther  south,  apparently  largely 
in  areas  of  riverine  scrub.  Subfurcatus,  by  contrast,  occurs  mostly  above 
1000  m in  the  Gran  Sabana  and  tepuis  of  eastern  and  southeastern  Ven- 
ezuela and  adjacent  Brazil  and  Guyana  (Meyer  de  Schauensee  and  Phelps 
1978);  duidae  is  evidently  isolated  at  similar  elevations  on  Cenro  Duida 
(Zimmer  and  Phelps  1952).  Different  habitat  preferences  may  help  to 


24 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


promote  or  reinforce  reproductive  isolation  of  different  forms  where  they 
meet,  as  perhaps  is  the  case  between  pumilus  and  gihsoni  on  the  western 
side  of  the  Magdalena  Valley.  This  would  likely  be  the  case  for  napensis 
and  olivaresi,  which  appear  restricted  to  the  upper  elevation  Bonnetia 
scrub  of  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete.  A detailed  study  of  the  displays  of 
these  hummingbirds  (cf  Stiles  1983)  might  also  help  to  clarify  species 
limits. 

On  present  evidence,  I recommend  that  the  relationships  of  these  forms 
are  best  expressed  by  considering  the  mellisugus  complex  to  comprise  a 
single  {mellisugus)  superspecies.  In  South  America,  the  forms  melano- 
rhynchus  (including  pumilus),  gibsoni  (including  chrysogaster  and  ni- 
tens),  olivaresi,  and  mellisugus  (including  caribaeus,  napensis,  phaeo- 
pygos,  subfurcatus,  duidae,  and  one  or  more  races  in  eastern  South  Amer- 
ica beyond  the  scope  of  this  study;  see  Zimmer  1950)  should  be  consid- 
ered allospecies  within  this  superspecies. 

In  this  connection,  an  interesting  analysis  of  the  northern  forms  of  the 
mellisugus  complex  has  recently  appeared  (Howell  1993).  Using  argu- 
ments similar  to  those  employed  here,  Howell  has  presented  strong  evi- 
dence for  recognizing  auriceps  of  western  Mexico  and  forficatus  of  Coz- 
umel Island,  as  distinct  species.  He  also  advocates  recognizing  salvini  of 
northern  Central  America  as  distinct  from  canivetii  of  southeastern  Mex- 
ico and  extreme  western  Guatemala  (considering  the  two  to  comprise  a 
superspecies).  In  the  latter  case,  however,  depth  of  tail  fork  (in  both  sexes) 
appears  to  be  the  only  reasonably  clear-cut  difference.  This  difference  is 
on  the  same  order  of  magnitude  as  that  between  caribaeus  and  napensis 
(in  fact,  the  mean  ratio  of  the  relative  tail  forks  of  males  of  the  latter  two 
forms  is  ca  2.19,  whereas  the  corresponding  mean  ratio  for  canivetii  and 
salvini  is  only  1.30).  The  differences  in  patterns  of  the  rectrices  cited  by 
Howell  between  the  two  forms  (cf  his  hg.  1)  are  of  a magnitude  that,  in 
my  experience,  could  be  subsumed  by  individual  variation.  In  the  absence 
of  a more  detailed  analysis  of  geographic  variation  within  each  form,  1 
am  hesitant  to  follow  Howell  (1993)  in  separating  these  forms  at  the 
species  level.  For  the  present,  I prefer  to  adopt  a more  conservative  spe- 
cies criterion  and  consider  canivetii  and  osberti  (the  form  of  salvini  in 
question)  as  only  subspecifically  distinct,  particularly  as  there  does  not 
appear  to  be  any  significant  ecological  difference  between  them;  this  is 
also  more  consistent  with  species  criteria  in  the  mellisugus  complex  as  a 
whole  (contra  Howell  1993).  This  problem  clearly  merits  further  study. 
Also,  in  keeping  with  the  mosaic  pattern  of  variation  in  this  complex  as 
discussed  here,  I consider  auriceps  and  forficatus  as  allospecies  of  the 
mellisugus  superspecies,  rather  than  as  species  apart. 

I should  note  here  that  I had  previously  (Stiles  and  Skutch  1989)  ques- 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


25 


tioned  the  distinctness  of  assimilis  from  canivetii,  based  upon  apparently 
intermediate  birds  that  I had  observed  and  trapped  (but  in  most  cases  not 
collected)  along  the  Pacific  coast  of  southcentral  Costa  Rica.  While  wide- 
spread hybridization  and  introgression  does  occur  between  Hoffmann’s 
Woodpeckers  Melanerpes  hojfmanni  of  northwestern  Costa  Rica  and  Red- 
crowned  Woodpeckers  (M.  mbrucapillus)  of  the  southern  Pacific  area 
following  deforestation  (cf  Stiles  and  Skutch  1989;  various  specimens),  I 
now  feel  that  the  evidence  for  the  same  in  Chlorostilbon  is  still  too  weak 
to  justify  lumping  assimilis  and  canivetii  and  recommend  further  study 
of  this  problem.  For  the  present,  it  seems  best  to  follow  current  practice 
(A.O.U.  1983,  Sibley  and  Monroe  1990)  in  considering  these  forms  to 
be  allospecies;  indeed,  a limited  zone  of  hybridization  would  not  be  in- 
consistent with  this  interpretation. 

In  conclusion,  I recommend  that  the  ^‘'mellisugus  complex  be  recog- 
nized as  a single  superspecies  rather  than  being  divided  into  a mixture  of 
separate  species  and  superspecies,  some  with  disjunct  distributions.  From 
Mexico  to  northern  South  America,  I recommend  recognition  of  the  fol- 
lowing allospecies:  auriceps,  forficatus,  canivetii,  assimilis,  melanorhyn- 
chus,  gibsoni,  olivaresi,  and  mellisugus.  Together,  the  members  of  the 
mellisugus  superspecies  show  a fascinating  pattern  of  allopatric  distribu- 
tions and  mosaic  geographical  variation  that  bespeaks  a complex  evolu- 
tionary history  fully  in  keeping  with  the  complicated  geological  history 
of  Central  America  and  northern  South  America  during  the  latter  part  of 
the  Cenozoic.  These  hummingbirds  would  seem  to  comprise  a most  fruit- 
ful group  for  further  genetic,  phylogenetic,  and  biogeographical  studies. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

For  logistic  and  financial  support  during  the  expedition  to  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  I 
am  grateful  to  the  Institute  de  Cooperacion  Tecnica  of  Spain,  the  Institute  de  Ciencias 
Naturales,  and  INDERENA.  For  help  and  companionship  in  the  field,  I thank  Jose  Luis 
Tellen'a,  Mario  Dfaz,  Bernardo  Ortiz,  Augusto  Repizzo,  and  all  the  other  members  of  our 
expedition;  the  surgical  expertise  of  Carlos  Castano  was  particularly  appreciated.  Diego 
Silva  and  Tomas  Walschburger  of  the  Fundacion  Puerto  Rastrojo  kindly  shared  with  me 
their  observations  from  the  Rio  Mesay  area.  The  following  kindly  provided  access  to  spec- 
imens of  Chlorostilbon  in  their  care:  Hno.  Roque  Casallas  of  the  Museo  de  La  Salle,  Bogota; 
Hernando  Chirivi  and  Jorge  Morales  of  INDERENA-UNIFEM;  and  Hno.  Marco  A.  Serna 
of  the  Museo  del  Colegio  de  San  Jose,  Medellin.  I am  grateful  to  M.  Man'n  for  providing 
measurements  of  specimens  in  the  Louisiana  State  Museum  of  Natural  Science.  Arturo 
Rodriguez  contributed  valuable  curatorial  assistance  in  the  Institute  de  Ciencias  Naturales. 
S.  N.  G.  Howell  and  M.  Robbins  provided  useful  comments  on  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  6th  edition. 

A.  O.  U.,  Washington,  D.C. 


26 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Capparella,  a.  1988.  Genetic  variation  in  Neotropical  birds:  implications  for  the  speciation 
process.  Acta  XIX  Intnl.  Ornithol.  Congr.:  1658-1664. 

Chapman,  E M.  1917.  The  distribution  of  bird-life  in  Colombia:  a contribution  to  a bio- 
logical survey  of  South  America.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  36:1—728. 

Cracraft,  J.  1983.  Species  concepts  and  speciation  analysis.  Current  Ornithol.  1:159-187. 

DIaz,  M.,  E G.  Stiles,  and  J.  L.  Telleri'a.  1996.  Las  comunidades  de  aves  de  las  partes 
superiores  de  la  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  Depto.  del  Caqueta,  Colombia.  Ardeola  (in 
press). 

Estrada,  J.  and  J.  Euertes.  1993.  Estudios  botanicos  en  la  Guyana  colombiana  V.  Notas 
sobre  la  vegetacion  y la  flora  de  la  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete.  Revta.  Acad.  Colomb.  Cienc. 
18:483-497. 

Gill,  E B.  1973.  Intra-island  variation  in  the  Mascarene  White-eye,  Zosterops  borbonica. 
Ornithol.  Monogr.  12:1—58. 

Grant,  P.  R.  1965.  The  adaptive  significance  of  some  size  trends  in  island  birds.  Evolution 
19:355-367. 

Haffer,  j.  1974.  Avian  speciation  in  tropical  South  America.  Publ.  Nuttall  Ornithol.  Club 
14:1-390. 

. 1985.  Avian  zoogeography  of  the  Neotropical  lowlands.  Ornithol.  Monogr.  36: 

113-146. 

Hilty,  S.  L.  and  W.  L.  Brown.  1986.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Colombia.  Princeton  Univ. 
Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Howell,  S.  N.  G.  1993.  Taxonomy  and  distribution  of  the  hummingbird  genus  Chlorostil- 
bon  in  Mexico  and  northern  Central  America.  Euphonia  2:25-37. 

Mayr,  E.  and  W.  H.  Phelps,  Jr.  1967.  The  origins  of  the  bird  fauna  of  the  South  Venezuela 
highlands.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  136:269-328. 

McKitrick,  M.  C.  and  R.  M.  Zink.  1988.  Species  concepts  in  ornithology.  Condor  90:1-14. 

Meyer  de  Schauensee,  R.  1948-1952.  The  birds  of  the  Republic  of  Colombia.  Caldasia 
5(22-26):25 1-1212. 

. 1960.  The  birds  of  Colombia  and  adjacent  areas  of  South  America.  Livingston 
Publ.  Co.,  Narberth,  Pennsylvania. 

. 1966.  The  species  of  birds  of  South  America  with  their  distributions.  Livingston 
Publ.  Co.,  Narberth,  Pennsylvania. 

AND  W.  H.  Phelps,  Jr.  1978.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Venezuela.  Princeton  Univ. 
Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Ridgway,  R.  1911.  The  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America,  part  V.  Bull.  U.S.  Natnl.  Mus., 
vol.  50. 

Sibley,  C.  G.  and  B.  L.  Monroe,  Jr.  1990.  Distribution  and  taxonomy  of  birds  of  the 
world.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Smithe,  E 1975,  1981.  Naturalists’  color  guide.  Amer.  Mus.  Natl.  Hist.  Press,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Stiles,  E G.  1983.  Systematics  of  the  southern  forms  of  Selasphorus  (Trochilidae).  Auk 
100:31 1-325. 

. 1985a.  Geographic  variation  in  the  Fiery-throated  Hummingbird,  Panterpe  insig- 
nis.  Pp.  23-30  in  Neotropical  ornithology  (P.  A.  Buckley,  M.  S.  Foster,  E.  S.  Morton, 
R.  R.  Ridgely,  and  E G.  Buckley,  eds.).  Ornithol.  Monogr.  36. 

. 1985b.  Seasonal  patterns  and  coevolution  in  the  hummingbird-flower  community 
of  a Costa  Rican  subtropical  forest.  Pp.  757—787  in  Neotropical  ornithology  (P.  A. 
Buckley,  M.  S.  Foster,  E.  S.  Morton,  R.  R.  Ridgely,  and  F.  G.  Buckley,  eds.).  Ornithol. 
Monogr.  36. 


Stiles  • A NEW  COLOMBIAN  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD 


27 


. 1995.  Distribucion  y variacion  en  el  Ermitafio  Carinegro  {Phaethornis  anthophilus) 

en  Colombia.  Caldasia  18:119—130. 

AND  A.  E Skutch.  1989.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Costa  Rica.  Cornell  Univ.  Press, 

Ithaca,  New  York. 

, J.  L.  TellerIa,  and  M.  Diaz.  1995.  Observaciones  sobre  la  ecologia,  composicion 

taxonomica,  y zoogeografia  de  la  avifauna  de  la  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete,  Depto.  del 
Caqueta,  Colombia.  Caldasia  17:481-500. 

Wetmore,  a.  1968.  The  birds  of  the  Republic  of  Panama,  part  2.  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll, 
vol.  150,  pt.  2. 

Zar,  J.  H.  1988.  Biostatistical  analysis.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood  Cliffs,  New  Jersey. 

Zimmer,  J.  T.  1950.  Studies  of  Peruvian  birds  #58.  The  genera  Chlorostilbon,  Thalurania, 
Hylocharis,  and  Chrysuronia.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Novitates,  no.  1474:1—12.  • 

, AND  W.  H.  Phelps,  Jr.  1952.  Two  new  birds  from  Venezuela.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat. 

Hist.  Novitates,  no.  1544:1-5. 


COLOR  PLATE 

Publication  of  the  frontispiece  painting  has  been  made  possible  by  an  endowment  estab- 
lished by  George  Miksch  Sutton. 


Wilson  Bull,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  28-35 


REPRODUCTION  AND  MOVEMENTS  OF  MOUNTAIN 
PLOVERS  BREEDING  IN  COLORADO 

Fritz  L.  Knopf  and  Jeffery  R.  Rupert 

Abstract.— North  American  populations  of  Mountain  Plovers  {Charadrius  montanus) 
have  declined  63%  since  1966.  Using  radiotelemetry,  we  monitored  plover  nesting  and 
brood  rearing  during  the  1993  and  1994  breeding  seasons  in  Weld  County,  Colorado.  Our 
objectives  were  to  extend  preliminary  breeding  studies  of  1992  (Miller  and  Knopf  1993) 
and  to  determine  the  minimum  area  required  for  successful  reproduction  by  this  species. 
Plovers  began  arriving  on  the  breeding  grounds  in  mid-March.  Due  to  a high  incidence  of 
predation,  eggs  hatched  in  only  nine  of  34  (26%)  nests  in  1993  and  in  20  of  54  (37%)  nests 
in  1994.  Daily  survival  rates  of  chicks  were  0.957  (442  telemetry  days,  44  chicks)  and  0.951 
(610  telemetry  days,  42  chicks)  each  year,  respectively.  Plover  broods  moved  an  average 
337  ± 46.5  m/day  (N  = 30)  and  298  ±41.9  m/day  (N  = 14)  in  1993  and  1994  (r  = 1.10, 
P = 0.27),  respectively.  Plovers  that  raised  chicks  to  fledging  used  between  28  and  91  ha, 
averaging  56.6  ±21.5  ha.  Daily  movement  rates  (r  = 0.7,  P = 0.48)  and  total  area  used  (/ 
= 1.4,  P = 0.17)  were  similar  between  broods  where  ^ one  chick  fledged  and  broods  from 
which  no  chicks  fledged.  Success  of  plovers  in  raising  chicks  appeared  related  either  to 
overall  fox  activity  in  the  area  or  to  how  effectively  the  adult  detected  and  distracted  foxes. 
Most  plovers  left  the  breeding  grounds  in  mid-to-late  July,  four  months  after  arrival.  Pop- 
ulation declines  of  Mountain  Plovers  appear  independent  of  any  recent  landscape  fragmen- 
tation within  this  breeding  stronghold  of  the  species.  Received  10  May  1995,  accepted  1 
Oct.  1995. 


North  American  Mountain  Plover  {Charadrius  montanus)  populations 
declined  63%  between  1966  and  1991  (Knopf  1994)  and  the  decline  has 
continued  through  1993  (Knopf,  in  press).  This  species  nests  across  the 
western  Great  Plains  and  eastern  Colorado  Plateau  region,  with  the  breed- 
ing stronghold  being  in  Weld  County,  Colorado  (Graul  and  Webster 
1976).  Mountain  Plover  nests  are  located  in  microsites  of  native  short- 
grass  prairie  dominated  by  blue  grama  (Bouteloua  gracilis)  with  30%  or 
more  of  the  area  being  bare  ground  (Knopf  and  Miller  1994;  Knopf  and 
Rupert  1996).  A female  plover  lays  a clutch  for  the  male  to  incubate  then 
a second  clutch  for  herself  (Graul  1973).  The  precocial  chicks  receive 
uniparental  care  and  move  up  to  800  m from  the  nest  shortly  after  hatch- 
ing (Graul  1975).  Brood-rearing  habitat  is  described  as  areas  with  forbs 
or  objects  such  as  fence  posts  where  chicks  can  find  shade  to  avoid  mid- 
day heat  (Graul  1975). 

In  this  study,  we  used  radiotelemetry  to  monitor  movements  and  de- 
termine the  area  requirements  of  Mountain  Plovers  during  the  breeding 
season.  We  also  provide  information  on  nest  success  and  chick  survival 
to  supplement  preliminary  findings  of  Miller  and  Knopf  (1993)  in  1992. 

U.S.  National  Biological  Service,  4512  McMurry  Ave.,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado  80525-3400. 


28 


Knopf  and  Rupert  • MOUNTAIN  PLOVERS 


29 


We  interpret  our  findings  relative  to  conservation  of  this  rapidly  declining 
species. 


METHODS 

We  studied  Mountain  Plovers  during  the  1993  and  1994  breeding  seasons  on  the  Pawnee 
National  Grassland  (PNG),  a 781-km^  shortgrass  prairie.  Graul  (1973)  summarized  the  phys- 
iography, vegetation,  and  climate  of  this  region.  We  concentrated  our  study  on  three  grazing 
allotments  (Keota,  Keota  Steer,  and  Owens)  in  the  vicinity  of  Keota,  Colorado,  and  on  three 
other  allotments  (Reno,  Sand,  and  Wildhorse)  northwest  of  Briggsdale,  Colorado. 

Once  a nest  was  located,  we  monitored  the  progression  of  incubation  (29  days)  by  egg 
flotation  every  3-5  days.  During  nest  monitoring,  we  drove  a vehicle  near  the  nest  and, 
remaining  in  the  vehicle,  reached  down  to  remove  an  egg  to  avoid  spreading  human  scent 
in  the  vicinity.  Within  2-A  days  before  hatching  we  captured  adult  birds  on  nests  with  a 
fishing  line  snare  or  swing-door  box  trap  made  of  wire  mesh.  In  1993,  some  juveniles  from 
unknown  nests  were  captured  by  hand  and  aged  per  Miller  and  Knopf  (1993)  to  supplement 
survival  rate  data  on  older  chicks. 

All  birds  were  banded  with  a U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  numbered  metal  band  on 
one  leg  and  colored  plastic  bands  on  the  other.  Plovers  (N  = 43)  were  fitted  with  1.5— 3.0 
g radio  transmitters  with  15  cm  antennae  (Holohil  Ltd.,  Woodlawn,  Ontario,  Canada,  and 
Advanced  Telemetry  Systems,  Isanti,  Minnesota.  Mention  of  commercial  products  does  not 
constitute  endorsement  by  the  U.S.  Government).  The  transmitter  was  affixed  by  applying 
a light  coating  of  waterproof  epoxy  adhesive  (Titan  Corp.,  Lynnwood,  Washington)  and 
sliding  it  under  the  upper  back  feathers.  Care  was  taken  not  to  expose  the  skin  to  the  epoxy. 
The  transmitter  was  not  visible  on  the  birds  and  the  whip  antenna  was  difficult  to  see  even 
with  binoculars  at  close  (<20  m)  distances.  Transmitter  life  was  about  90  days,  and  trans- 
mitters remained  attached  to  adult  birds  until  the  prebasic  molt.  Birds  were  not  handled  after 
initial  transmitter  attachment. 

All  chicks  in  monitored  nests  were  color  banded  on  the  day  of  hatching,  then  never 
rehandled.  We  subsequently  located  broods  almost  daily  at  distances  up  to  1000  m with  a 
TRX-1000  Wildlife  Materials  Inc.  (Carbondale,  Illinois)  receiver  and  a hand-held,  three- 
element  Yagi  antenna.  All  relocations  were  from  a vehicle,  again  to  avoid  spreading  human 
scent.  Specific  locations  of  plovers  were  recorded  using  the  Magellan  NAV  5000  Global 
Positioning  System  [Magellan  Systems  Corporation,  San  Dimas,  California].  Position  read- 
ings were  recorded  to  the  nearest  hundredth  of  a minute  and  only  if  a satellite  geometric 
quotient  registered  > 7 on  a scale  of  1-9.  Based  upon  readings  at  a known  (surveyed) 
benchmark,  accuracy  of  our  specific  instrument  was  calculated  at  7.2  ± 1 .4  (x  ± SD)  m 
latitude  and  8.4  ± 1 .6  m longitude  for  an  area  error  of  ± 60.6  m^. 

The  area  used  by  broods  was  estimated  by  superimposing  a grid  over  a map  of  the  study 
area  and  counting  the  number  of  new  cells  (10  X 10  m)  visited  over  time.  This  is  an 
adaptation  of  the  grid-cell  home  range  estimation  method  first  proposed  by  Siniff  and  Tester 
(1965).  Whereas  di.scontinuous  telemetry  data  often  result  in  successive  locations  being 
several  cells  apart,  we  conservatively  assumed  that  birds  traveled  in  a straight  line  between 
locations.  Thus,  area-of-use  descriptions  are  considered  to  be  the  minimum  (vs  actual)  area 
requirements  for  raising  a brood. 


RESULTS 

Egg/chick  survival. — Plovers  were  first  observed  on  the  PNG  on  17 
March  1993  and  21  March  1994,  although  the  exact  date  of  the  first  bird 


30 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Productivity  and  Chick  Survival  Rates  of  Mountain  Plovers  on  the  Pawnee 
National  Grassland,  Weld  County,  Colorado,  1992-1994 


X No./Successful  nest 


Year 

No. 

nests 

Nest 

success 

(%) 

Eggs 

hatched 

Chicks 

fledged 

Chicks 

migrated® 

Daily 

survival 

rate 

1992'= 

14 

50 

2.6 

1.21 

0.74 

0.977 

1993 

34 

26 

2.4 

0.26 

0.22 

0.957*= 

1994 

54 

37 

2.6 

0.35 

0.17 

0.95  U 

“Calculated  from  average  of  18  days  that  chicks  remained  on  breeding  grounds  after  fledging  (Miller  and  Knopf  1993). 
•’  Data  from  Miller  and  Knopf  (1993). 

' Ba.sed  on  442  telemetry  days,  44  chicks 
Based  on  610  telemetry  days,  42  chicks. 


arriving  may  have  been  a day  or  two  earlier.  We  monitored  34  nests  in 
1993  and  54  nests  in  1994.  Three  clutches  were  abandoned  each  year.  In 
1993,  two  clutches  were  abandoned  after  being  partially  predated.  The 
other  clutch  was  abandoned  after  it  had  been  flooded  from  4 to  6 June 
and  then  incubated  again  from  7 to  20  June.  In  1994,  two  clutches  were 
abandoned  for  unknown  reasons.  One  other  was  abandoned  after  being 
incubated  two  weeks  beyond  normal  hatching  time.  Adult  plovers  from 
three  of  the  six  nesting  efforts  stayed  in  the  nest  area  until  migrating, 
whereas  the  other  three  left  the  area  within  48  hours  and  could  not  be 
relocated. 

Predation  rates  on  both  eggs  and  chicks  were  high  (see  Miller  and 
Knopf  [1993]  for  a list  of  potential  predators),  and  egg  and  chick  survival 
were  low  (Table  1).  Survival  probabilities  of  the  1994  chicks  partitioned 
into  10-day  intervals  (day  1-10  = 0.935,  1 1-20  = 0.957,  21-30  = 0.970, 
and  31^0  = 0.971)  indicate  that  survival  increased  with  age  of  the  chick. 
Generally,  daily  survival  rates  were  only  slightly  lower  than  reported  for 
1992  (Miller  and  Knopf  1993).  However,  the  lower  daily  rates  resulted 
in  a drastic  decline  in  the  number  of  chicks  produced  per  nesting  effort 
if  projected  to  the  time  when  fledged  chicks  left  the  breeding  area. 

Movement  patterns. — We  captured  and  placed  transmitters  on  17  and 
26  adult  plovers  with  broods  in  1993  and  1994,  respectively.  Each  brood 
was  tracked  until  either  all  members  of  the  brood  were  killed  by  a pred- 
ator or  fledged  chicks  left  the  nest  vicinity.  Of  adults  fitted  with  trans- 
mitters, we  obtained  prolonged  movement  and  area-of-use  data  on  seven 
and  14  broods  in  1993  and  1994,  respectively.  An  additional  26  chicks 
were  aged  and  fitted  with  transmitters  in  1993,  of  which  23  provided 
usable  information.  Thus,  data  were  obtained  on  30  broods  in  1993  and 


Knopf  and  Rupert  • MOUNTAIN  PLOVERS 


31 


14  broods  in  1994.  The  average  duration  of  radio-tracking  was  10.3  ± 
5.2  and  22.9  ± 13.4  days  for  each  brood  in  1993  and  1994,  respectively. 

Based  upon  290  telemetry  days,  plover  broods  moved  an  average  of 
337  ± 46.5  m/day  in  1993  (range  61  to  600  m).  The  320  telemetry  days 
in  1994  indicated  an  average  move  of  298  ± 41.9  m/day  (range  85  to 
651  m).  Distances  moved  were  similar  (r  = 1.10,  P = 0.27,  608  df) 
between  years.  Of  the  42  broods,  38  moved  100—500  m/day.  Of  the  re- 
maining four  broods,  two  were  monitored  for  only  five  days  and  moved 
<100  m/day.  Two  others,  monitored  four  days  and  13  days,  moved  1000 
and  1085  m/day,  respectively. 

Most  losses  of  chicks  were  to  swift  foxes  (Vulpes  velox).  Average  daily 
movements  were  similar  {t  = 0.7,  P = 0.48,  df  = 40)  among  broods  in 
which  all  chicks  were  killed  by  predators  (400  ± 313  m,  N = 15)  and 
broods  where  chicks  fledged  (340  ± 226  m,  N = 27).  The  total  distances 
moved  during  the  first  10  days  after  hatching  of  eggs  (when  predation 
rates  were  highest)  were  also  similar  {t  - 0.50,  P - 0.62,  df  = 14) 
between  broods  in  which  all  chicks  were  lost  and  broods  where  chicks 
fledged. 

Brood-rearing  area. — Due  to  the  high  rates  of  predation  and  some 
transmitters  on  older  chicks  becoming  dislodged,  we  were  only  able  to 
track  six  broods  from  hatching  to  fledging.  The  total  minimum  area  used 
by  those  six  broods  ranged  from  28  ha  to  91  ha  and  averaged  56.6  ± 
21.5  ha.  As  suspected  from  the  movement  data,  the  average  area  used  on 
a daily  basis  by  broods  where  chicks  fledged  (2.5  ± 1.6  ha,  N = 27)  vs 
broods  that  lost  all  chicks  to  predators  (3.4  ± 2.4  ha,  N = 15)  were 
similar  {t  = 1.4,  P = 0.17,  df  = 40). 

Timing  of  departure. — At  least  two  adults  renested  after  losing  a clutch 
or  brood  early  in  the  breeding  season  (May,  early  June).  One  adult  whose 
chicks  hatched  on  21  May  1993  was  located  on  a second  nest  140  m 
away  on  21  June.  The  transmitter  had  failed,  so  knowledge  of  the  fate  of 
the  first  brood  of  three  chicks  is  not  certain.  This  bird  abandoned  its 
second  clutch  after  it  was  partially  depredated;  it  remained  in  the  vicinity 
with  other  plovers  until  14  July  when  it  left  the  area,  returned  26-29  July, 
then  left  the  area  for  the  season. 

This  example  illustrates  the  general  pattern  of  flocking  and  departure 
from  the  breeding  grounds.  A few  adult  plovers  began  congregating  in 
flocks  in  mid-June  each  year.  Fledglings  started  to  appear  in  these  flocks 
in  July.  Many  adults  also  were  undergoing  a prebasic  molt  at  this  time, 
precipitating  an  increased  rate  of  transmitter  loss.  Plovers  with  transmit- 
ters began  leaving  the  study  areas  gradually  after  mid-June,  but  a major 
exodus  of  plovers  occurred  mid-late  July.  Seventeen  plovers  in  1993  and 
eight  plovers  in  1994  which  were  being  located  daily  were  known  to  have 


32 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


left  the  study  area  between  14  July  and  3 August.  In  1993,  an  aerial 
survey  of  Weld  County  from  3 to  9 August  confirmed  that  not  one  of  17 
transmittered  birds  remained  in  the  vicinity.  The  few  adults  (transmittered 
and  untransmittered)  that  we  could  find  in  early  August  of  1993  all  had 
large  chicks  incapable  of  flight. 

DISCUSSION 

Productivity. — Miller  and  Knopf  (1993)  reported  that  adult  survival 
and  productivity  on  the  PNG  were  similar  to  historical  studies.  We  re- 
cently documented  that  survival  rates  of  birds  wintering  in  California  are 
also  high  (Knopf  and  Rupert  1995).  In  this  study,  we  recorded  daily 
survival  rates  of  chicks  in  1993  and  1994  similar  to  those  reported  for 
1992.  The  more  intensive  efforts  described  here  detected  an  increasing 
probability  of  survival  with  age  of  the  chick,  as  reported  by  Graul  (1975). 
Thus,  the  1992  daily  survival  rate  (0.977)  was  inflated  slightly  by  a high 
incidence  of  older  chicks  being  transmittered  that  year. 

An  unknown  percentage  of  female  plovers  lay  two  clutches,  the  male 
incubates  the  first  as  the  female  lays  a second  clutch  for  herself  (Graul 
1973).  The  incidence  of  male-incubated  clutches  may  increase  with  food 
abundance  (Graul  1976).  Thus,  whereas  0.26  and  0.35  chicks  fledged  per 
nest  compares  poorly  with  fledging  rates  of  some  other  North  American 
plovers  (Page  et  al.  1983,  Haig  and  Oring  1988,  Prindiville  Gaines  and 
Ryan  1988),  the  actual  productivity  per  pair  may  be  up  to  twice  that  value 
in  a given  year. 

The  number  of  eggs  hatched  per  clutch  has  remained  stable  when  com- 
pared to  studies  conducted  10  (McCaffery  et  al.  1984)  and  25  (Graul 
1975)  years  earlier.  Most  reproductive  losses  were  due  to  fox  predation. 
We  believe  that  the  greater  losses  of  nests  and  chicks  to  predators  in  1993 
and  1994  compared  to  1992  were  attributable  indirectly  to  reduced  food 
resources.  Mountain  Plover  reproductive  efforts  (Graul  1976),  as  those  of 
other  grassland  birds  (George  et  al.  1992),  are  less  successful  in  years  of 
drought.  The  two  seasons  of  this  study  were  drought  years  on  the  PNG. 
Grasshoppers  are  a major  food  item  of  both  plovers  and  foxes,  and  their 
populations  were  very  low  both  years.  Low  grasshopper  populations 
would  increase  the  time  spent  foraging  for  both  species,  thus  increasing 
the  probability  of  eggs  and  chicks  being  detected  by  foxes. 

Movement  patterns. — Reproductive  success  of  many  birds  appears  to 
be  a tradeoff  between  acquiring  food  and  risking  predation  (Martin  1992). 
From  an  evolutionary  perspective,  numerous  traits  of  Mountain  Plovers 
may  reduce  detection  by  predators,  including  the  cryptic  coloration  of 
chicks  and  crypsis  to  avoid  detection  (Sordahl  1991),  two  clutches  in- 
cubated separately  by  the  two  adults  (Graul  1973),  shell  removal  at  hatch- 


Knopf  and  Rupert  • MOUNTAIN  PLOVERS 


33 


ing  (Graul  1975),  rapid  movement  of  chicks  away  from  the  nest  (Graul 
1975),  predator  distraction  displays  by  adults  (McCaffery  et  al.  1984), 
and  the  ability  of  chicks  to  fly  at  only  70%  of  adult  body  weight  (Miller 
and  Knopf  1993). 

Mountain  Plovers  led  hatchlings  away  from  the  nest  as  soon  as  they 
were  dry.  We  regularly  tracked  the  directional  movement  of  a brood  up 
to  2 km  within  two  or  three  days  of  hatching.  Many  plovers  moved  broods 
to  areas  of  disturbed  prairie  (Knopf  and  Rupert  1996)  and  then  remained 
in  those  general  areas.  In  contemporary  prairie  landscapes,  such  distur- 
bances are  either  areas  frequented  for  watering  and  loafing  by  cattle  or 
fallow  agricultural  fields.  After  the  initial  move,  many  broods  remained 
in  the  vicinity  of  these  areas  where  chicks  foraged  on  small  insects. 

Area  requirements. — This  study  was  precipitated  by  the  conservation 
need  for  information  on  the  minimum  area  necessary  for  plovers  to  raise 
chicks.  The  minimum  area  within  which  a brood  was  raised  was  28  ha. 
Plovers  raised  chicks  in  broadly  overlapping  areas,  with  two  or  three 
broods  sometimes  occurring  in  a general  vicinity  (such  as  around  a cattle 
watering  tank).  Thus,  the  potential  exists  for  a suitable  area  to  meet  the 
needs  for  more  than  one  bird  to  raise  chicks  successfully. 

The  movement  rates  and  area-of-use  by  plovers  that  successfully  raised 
their  chicks  to  fledge  did  not  differ  from  those  of  plovers  that  lost  the 
entire  brood.  Swift  foxes  were  often  seen  hunting  during  daylight  hours 
(especially  after  mid-June  as  pups  began  eating  prey)  in  addition  to  night 
foraging.  The  eventual  success  of  a plover  in  raising  its  chicks  appeared 
to  be  the  result  of  either  the  overall  fox  activity  in  the  immediate  area 
being  used  by  the  brood  or  the  effectiveness  of  the  adult  plover  in  de- 
tecting and  distracting  a fox. 

Departure  from  breeding  grounds. — Most  Mountain  Plovers  that  bred 
in  Weld  County  left  by  1 August  each  year.  Occasional  flocks  of  plovers 
were  seen  after  early  August,  with  the  latest  being  on  8 October  1993. 
We  assumed  the  later  flocks  were  of  birds  moving  south  from  more  north- 
erly nesting  areas.  The  first  plovers  arrive  on  California  wintering  grounds 
in  mid-October.  The  prolonged  period  of  migration  to  the  wintering  areas 
is  in  sharp  contrast  to  the  apparently  direct,  nonstop  flight  from  California 
back  to  Colorado  in  March  (Knopf  and  Rupert  1995).  Plovers  spend  ap- 
proximately four  months  on  their  Colorado  breeding  grounds,  five  months 
on  the  California  wintering  grounds,  and  three  months  moving  from  the 
former  to  the  latter. 


CONCLUSIONS 

Miller  and  Knopf  (1993)  concluded  that  recent  population  declines  of 
Mountain  Plovers  can  be  attributed  either  to  long-term  declines  in  repro- 


34 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


ductive  success  or  to  phenomena  occurring  at  nonbreeding  areas.  The 
comparatively  lower  survival  rates  of  chicks  observed  in  1993  and  1994 
support  that  preliminary  conclusion.  Although  swift  fox  densities  seem 
high  on  the  PNG,  the  fox  is  only  locally  distributed  within  the  breeding 
range  of  the  plover.  We  would  not  expect,  for  example,  such  a high  rate 
of  predation  in  Phillips  County,  Montana  (the  second  major  breeding 
locale)  due  to  the  absence  of  foxes  in  that  state. 

The  shortgrass  prairie,  like  many  native  vegetative  associations,  has 
become  highly  fragmented  in  the  last  century.  The  PNG  is  no  exception, 
with  781  km^  occurring  in  130  parcels  ranging  from  16  to  23,895  ha  (B. 
Ladd,  pers.  commun.).  Although  some  of  the  smaller  PNG  parcels  are 
<28  ha,  the  minimum  area  required  for  brood  rearing,  all  are  contiguous 
to  private  lands  that  are  likewise  managed  as  rangelands.  We  feel  that 
these  private  lands  also  provide  suitable  Mountain  Plover  habitat.  Thus, 
we  conclude  that  virtually  all  relatively  flat,  grazed  shortgrass  prairie  par- 
cels provide  potential  habitats  for  plovers  on  the  PNG.  The  current  decline 
of  the  North  American  Mountain  Plover  population  appears  independent 
of  recent  fragmentation  of  landscapes  within  the  native  shortgrass  prairie 
of  northeastern  Colorado,  the  breeding  stronghold  (Graul  and  Webster 
1976)  of  the  species. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  U.S.  Lorest  Service,  for  financial  assistance,  and  personnel  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Region,  Arapaho-Roosevelt  National  Lorest,  and  the  Pawnee  National  Grassland 
District  for  technical  assistance.  We  are  especially  grateful  to  Larry  Mullen  for  administra- 
tive support.  The  Colorado  Division  of  Wildlife  conducted  aerial  reconnaissance,  and  we 
specifically  thank  Jim  Dennis  for  his  efforts.  Susan  Skagen  and  Tex  A.  Sordahl  provided 
helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript.  Clif  Knopf  provided  assistance  in  the  field. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

George,  T.  L.,  A.  C.  Fowler,  R.  L.  Knight,  and  L.  C.  McEwen.  1992.  Impacts  of  a severe 
drought  on  grassland  birds  in  western  North  Dakota.  Ecological  Applications  2:275— 
284. 

Graul,  W.  D.  1973.  Adaptive  aspects  of  the  Mountain  Plover  social  system.  Living  Bird 
12:69-94. 

. 1975.  Breeding  biology  of  the  Mountain  Plover.  Wilson  Bull.  87:6—31. 

. 1976.  Food  fluctuations  and  multiple  clutches  in  the  Mountain  Plover.  Auk  93: 

166-167. 

AND  L.  E.  Webster.  1976.  Breeding  status  of  the  Mountain  Plover.  Condor  78: 

265-267. 

Haig,  S.  and  L.  W.  Oring.  1988.  Mate,  site,  and  territory  fidelity  in  Piping  Plovers.  Auk 
105:268-277. 

Knopf,  F.  L.  1994.  Avian  assemblages  on  altered  grasslands.  Stud.  Avian.  Biol.  15:247— 
257. 

. 1996.  Prairie  legacies — birds  in  Prairie  conservation:  preserving  North  America’s 


Knopf  and  Rupert  • MOUNTAIN  PLOVERS 


35 


most  endangered  ecosystem  (E  B.  Samson  and  E L.  Knopf,  eds.)-  Island  Press,  Covelo, 
California  (in  press). 

AND  J.  R.  Rupert.  1995.  Habits  and  habitats  of  Mountain  Plovers  in  California. 

Condor  97:743-751. 

AND . 1996.  Declining  species  on  private  lands:  Mountain  Plovers  on  plowed 

ground.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull,  (in  press). 

Martin,  T.  E.  1992.  Interaction  of  nest  predation  and  food  limitation  in  reproductive  suc- 
cess. Current  Ornithol.  9:163-197. 

McCaffery,  B.  J.,  T.  a.  Sordahl,  and  P.  Zahler.  1984.  Behavioral  ecology  of  the  Moun- 
tain Plover  in  northeastern  Colorado.  Wader  Study  Group  Bull.  40:18—21. 

Miller,  B.  J.  and  E L.  Knopf.  1993.  Growth  and  survival  of  Mountain  Plovers.  J.  Field 
Ornithol.  64:500—506;  65:193. 

Page,  G.  W.,  L.  E.  Stenzel,  D.  W.  Winkler,  and  C.  W.  Swarth.  1983.  Spacing  out  at 
Mono  Lake:  breeding  success,  nest  density,  and  predation  in  the  Snowy  Plover.  Auk 
100:13-24. 

Prindiville  Gaines,  E.  and  M.  R.  Ryan.  1988.  Piping  Plover  habitat  use  and  reproductive 
success  North  Dakota.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  52:266—273. 

SiNiFF,  D.  B.  and  j.  R.  Tester.  1965.  Computer  analysis  of  animal  movement  data  obtained 
by  telemetry.  BioScience  15:104—108. 

Sordahl,  T.  A.  1991.  Antipredator  behavior  of  Mountain  Plover  chicks.  Prairie  Nat.  23: 
109-115. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  36-52 


TRIGEMINAL  REPELLENTS  DO  NOT  PROMOTE 
CONDITIONED  ODOR  AVOIDANCE  IN 
EUROPEAN  STARLINGS 

Larry  Clark 

Abstract. — Birds,  and  in  particular  European  Starlings  (Sturnus  vulgaris),  avoid  con- 
sumption of  fluid  and  food  treated  with  the  natural  plant  products,  methyl  anthranilate  and 
o-aminoacetophenone.  Avoidance  is  an  unlearned  response  most  likely  mediated  via  chem- 
ically sensitive  fibers  of  the  trigeminal  nerve.  The  trigeminal  nerve  codes  for  chemical 
irritation  and  pain.  Starlings  are  not  repelled  by  the  odor  of  the  compounds,  nor  is  olfaction 
important  in  the  avoidance  response.  Moreover,  starlings  fail  to  learn  to  avoid  the  odor  of 
the  repellents,  even  after  direct  oral  contact  with  liquid  repellent.  While  trigeminal  irritants 
can  be  powerful  repellents,  the  absence  of  associative  learning  for  these  repellents  will 
influence  the  application  strategy  for  formulation  and  use.  More  broadly,  the  difference  in 
learning  abilities  associated  with  trigeminal  repellents  and  those  commonly  responsible  for 
conditioned  avoidance  learning  have  implications  for  the  structure  of  chemical  defenses  of 
fruits  and  the  prevention  of  untimely  frugivory.  Received  24  Feb.  1995,  accepted  I Sept. 
1995. 

Nonlethal  bird  repellents  are  important  components  of  an  integrated 
wildlife  management  strategy.  Repellents  can  be  used  to  protect  birds 
from  human  activities  (Clark  and  Shah  1993)  or  to  minimize  damage 
caused  by  birds  (Mason  and  Clark  1992).  The  social  emphasis  on  safe, 
nonlethal  methods  to  resolve  conflicts  between  humans  and  birds  has 
resulted  in  numerous  attempts  to  identify  new  repellents  (Dolbeer  1986, 
Crocker  and  Perry  1990,  Clark  and  Shah  1991).  However,  reported  effi- 
cacy of  nonlethal  repellents  is  highly  variable  (Mason  and  Clark  1992). 
In  part,  this  is  due  to  a misunderstanding  about  how  repellents  work.  To 
minimize  failure  rates  in  the  field,  several  fundamental  questions  about 
mode  of  action  and  formation  of  avoidance  response  remain  to  be  re- 
solved. 

Nonlethal  chemical  repellents  operate  via  two  distinct  mechanisms  (Za- 
horik  1976),  conditioned  avoidance  and  nonlearned  avoidance.  In  con- 
ditioned avoidance  learning,  birds  learn  to  avoid  sensory  cues  paired  with 
a stimulus  that  causes  illness  (Garcia  et  al.  1966).  The  magnitude  and 
persistence  of  the  avoidance  response  depends  on  the  toxic  potential  of 
the  sickness  producing  agent  and  the  localization  of  the  illness.  Pelchat 
et  al.  (1983)  found  conditioned  avoidance  was  strongest  in  the  rat  when 


United  States  Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Animal  and  Plant  Health  Inspection  Service,  Animal  Damage  Control, 
Denver  Wildlife  Research  Center  and  Monell  Chemical  Senses  Center,  3500  Market  Street,  Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania  19104.  (Present  Address;  United  States  Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Animal  Plant  Health  Inspection 
Service,  National  Wildlife  Research  Center,  1716  Heath  Parkway,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado  80524). 


36 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


37 


sickness  was  localized  in  the  upper  region  of  the  small  intestine.  In  birds, 
ingestion  of  carbamate  insecticides  (e.g.,  methiocarb)  and  fungicides  (e.g., 
thiram,  ziram)  causes  gastrointestinal  sickness.  Substances  causing  sick- 
ness have  been  used  to  condition  birds  to  avoid  tastes  (Schuler  1983), 
odors  (Clark  and  Mason  1987),  and  visual  cues  (Mason  and  Reidinger 
1983).  In  a nonlearned  avoidance  response,  substances  possess  taste, 
smell,  or  irritating  qualities  that  are  perceived  as  unpalatable  by  birds. 
Generally,  in  the  quantities  ingested,  these  substances  do  not  cause  sick- 
ness (Clark  and  Mason  1993). 

Previous  studies  indicated  that  acetophenone  and  anthranilate  bird  re- 
pellents must  be  present  in  high  concentrations  to  be  effective  (Clark  et 
al.  1991).  High  concentrations  of  repellents  (hundreds  to  thousands  ppm) 
can  be  delivered  orally,  in  food  or  fluid,  or  to  the  eye  via  aerosols.  Re- 
sponsiveness to  only  high  concentrations  suggests  mediation  by  the  tri- 
geminal system  as  opposed  to  olfaction  or  taste  (Walker  et  al.  1986). 
Chemically  sensitive  fibers  of  the  trigeminal  nerve  mediate  response  to 
irritating  and  painful  stimuli  (Green  et  al.  1990).  Yet  coding  for  pain  or 
irritation  does  not  necessarily  imply  tissue  damage  (Clark  1995). 

Common  questions  are  whether  the  odors  of  acetophenones  and  an- 
thranilates  are  repellent  or  whether  birds  can  learn  to  avoid  the  odor  of 
these  repellents.  These  questions  imply  avoidance  behavior  mediated  via 
olfaction  and  the  formation  of  a conditioned  avoidance  response.  Deter- 
mining whether  avoidance  is  influenced  by  olfaction  or  trigeminal  cues 
is  critical  to  the  conceptualization  and  implementation  of  delivery  strat- 
egies of  repellents  and  to  the  understanding  of  how  birds  may  respond  to 
natural  plant  or  insect  chemical  defenses. 

The  experiments  in  this  paper  address  these  question  and  are  used  to 
argue  the  point  that  acetophenone  and  anthranilate  compounds  are  trigem- 
inal irritants  (repellents).  As  a test  of  the  appropriateness  of  the  experi- 
mental paradigm,  the  effect  of  short-term  water  deprivation  on  subsequent 
drinking  assays  was  evaluated  in  Experiment  1.  Experiment  2 tested 
whether  naive  starlings  avoided  the  odor  of  a repellent  and  whether  oral 
contact  with  a repellent  was  a sufficiently  adverse  experience  to  train 
starlings  to  subsequently  avoid  the  odor  of  a repellent.  This  experiment 
also  tested  the  effect  of  stimulus  sequence  on  the  outcome  of  the  drinking 
assays.  Experiment  3 tested  the  effect  of  prolonged  exposure  to  orally 
delivered  repellents  on  the  subsequent  response  to  the  odor  of  the  repel- 
lent. In  Experiment  4,  the  role  of  olfaction  in  the  mediation  of  the  avoid- 
ance response  was  assessed. 

METHODS 

Study  subjects. — European  Starlings  (Sturnus  vulgari.<;)  were  decoy-trapped  at  Sandusky, 
Ohio,  and  transported  to  the  laboratory  in  Philadelphia  where  they  were  kept  in  group 


38 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


housing  until  selected  for  experimentation.  Starlings  were  maintained  on  chick  starter  mash 
{ad  libitum)  supplemented  with  a vitamin  mixture  and  fresh  apples  (weekly).  Tap  water  was 
available  continuously,  except  during  testing.  Because  starlings  exhibit  a seasonality  in  their 
olfactory  ability  (Clark  and  Smeraski  1990),  all  tests  were  conducted  during  the  spring  when 
starlings  have  good  olfactory  acuity  and  discrimination  ability.  Starlings  were  maintained 
on  a constant  temperature  (23°C),  14:10  h light: dark  cycle  during  their  residence  in  the 
laboratory. 

Test  stimuli. — Fluid  intake  for  o-aminoacetophenone  (OAP)  and  methyl  anthranilate  (MA) 
was  evaluated  using  standard  6-h  one-bottle  (no-choice)  drinking  tests  (Clark  and  Shah 
1994).  These  compounds  were  selected  as  representative  of  nonlethal  acetophenone  and 
anthranilate  bird  repellents.  Both  compounds  are  natural  plant  metabolites  that  have  organ- 
oleptic characteristics  that  humans  perceive  as  a musky/foxy  odor  for  OAP  and  a grapey 
odor  for  MA  (Acree  et  al.  1990).  Concentrations  selected  for  testing  were  based  upon  water 
solubility  limits  of  the  least  soluble  compound  (MA)  and  the  least  practical  concentration 
yielding  reliable  rejection  of  treated  fluid  by  most  starlings. 

Experiment  1 : Ejfects  of  water  deprivation  on  fluid  consumption. — The  objectives  of  the 
first  experiment  were  to  (1)  determine  the  effect  of  diurnal  water  deprivation  on  overnight 
water  consumption  and  (2)  determine  the  effect  of  a three-day  diurnal  water  deprivation 
schedule  on  post-test  water  intake.  Determining  the  potential  magnitude  of  the  carry-over 
effect  attributable  to  water  deprivation  was  important  for  the  interpretation  of  other  exper- 
iments relating  to  the  effects  of  chemical  repellents.  While  previous  studies  showed  that  the 
6-h  drinking  test  used  here  is  not  sufficient  to  cause  a severe  water  deficit  in  starlings  (Clark 
and  Shah  1991),  it  was  decided  that  a revisitation  of  these  questions  was  in  order. 

The  experimental  design  consisted  of  a standard  one-bottle,  6-h  assay.  On  the  first  day 
(the  pre-test  period),  18  birds  were  randomly  assigned  to  three  groups  (N  = 6/group)  and 
presented  with  tap  water  in  graduated  Richter  tubes.  The  recording  period  began  at  10:00 
and  ended  at  16:00  (hereafter  defined  as  the  diurnal  test  period).  The  Richter  tubes  were 
replaced  with  a second  set  of  tubes  and  water  was  available  ad  libitum  through  the  period 
16:00  to  lights  out  at  19:00,  throughout  the  night,  and  for  the  period  from  lights  on  at  7:00 
to  10:00,  the  start  of  the  next  test  sequence  (hereafter  defined  as  the  overnight  period).  As 
a precondition  for  further  testing,  similarity  for  average  diurnal  water  consumption  among 
groups  was  verified  using  a one-way  fixed  effects  analysis  of  variance  (anova). 

On  the  second  day,  birds  within  the  groups  were  presented  with  one  of  three  randomly 
assigned  treatments.  Birds  within  the  control  group  were  presented  with  tap  water.  Birds 
within  the  second  group  were  presented  with  a 28  mM  solution  of  o-aminoacetophenone 
(OAP).  Because  OAP  is  a potent  bird  repellent,  it  was  anticipated  that  this  group  would 
experience  voluntary  water  deprivation  by  avoiding  the  treated  water  (Clark  and  Shah  1991). 
Birds  within  the  third  group  were  water  deprived  by  physically  excluding  them  from  the 
Richter  tubes.  The  protocol  for  recording  water  consumption  for  the  diurnal  and  overnight 
periods  followed  that  described  above.  Birds  retained  their  water  presentation  treatment 
assignments  for  days  three  and  four,  and  water  intake  for  the  diurnal  and  overnight  periods 
followed  the  format  described  above. 

On  the  fifth  day  (the  post-test  period),  birds  within  all  three  treatment  groups  were  pre- 
sented with  untreated  tap  water  and  intake  was  monitored  according  to  the  prescribed  pro- 
tocol. 

The  first  question,  “.  . . does  diurnal  fluid  deprivation  affect  overnight  water  consump- 
tion?”, was  addressed  using  a 3 X 3 repeated  measures  fixed-effect  analysis  of  covariance 
(ancova).  The  dependent  variable  was  overnight  water  consumption.  The  previous  day’s 
diurnal  fluid  intake  was  used  as  a covariate.  Because  the  covariate  was  measured  each  day 
along  with  the  dependent  variable,  it  was  treated  as  a changing  covariate,  i.e.  separate 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


39 


residuals  were  calculated  for  each  day.  Days  were  treated  as  a repeated  measure,  and  group 
was  treated  as  a between  measures  effect.  Multivariate  criteria  (Rao  R,  Wilk’s  lambda)  were 
used  to  simultaneously  test  repeated  measures  contrasts  on  adjusted  means  when  there  were 
more  than  two  levels  on  the  repeated  measure.  This  approach  is  to  be  preferred  because  it 
does  not  rely  on  the  assumption  that  the  repeated  measures  are  independent.  In  circumstances 
where  only  univariate  statistics  were  estimable,  i.e.,  one  degree  of  freedom,  the  F statistic 
was  used  to  assess  significance.  The  latter  case  was  most  common  in  planned  comparison 
of  treatment  levels  by  contrasts.  All  post-hoc  tests  were  analyzed  using  a Scheffe’s  test.  This 
and  subsequent  analyses  were  carried  out  using  the  STATISTICAL  (1994)  software  pack- 
ages (MANOVA  procedures).  This  software  is  particularly  suited  to  repeated  measures  and 
other  longitudinal  designs. 

The  second  question,  “.  . . did  the  intervening  treatments  affect  post-test  water  intake 
relative  to  the  pretreatment  period?”  was  addressed  using  a 2 X 3 repeated  measures  fixed- 
effect  ANOVA.  The  dependent  variable  was  diurnal  fluid  intake,  period  (pre  vs  post  test) 
was  a within  measures  (repeated)  effect,  and  group  (i.e.,  water  deprivation  schedule)  was  a 
between  measures  effect. 

Experiment  2:  Effects  of  odor  and  treatment  sequence  on  water  consumption. — Starlings 
readily  form  conditioned  odor  avoidance  responses  when  the  unconditional  stimulus  pro- 
duces a strong  gastrointestinal  illness  (Clark  and  Mason  1987).  Starlings  also  avoid  some 
substances  upon  initial  contact,  indicating  that  the  avoidance  in  not  learned  (Clark  and 
Mason  1993).  This  latter  response  indicates  a different  mechanism  for  avoidance,  one  that 
suggests  hedonic  attributes  (e.g.,  taste,  smell,  irritation)  form  the  basis  of  acceptance  or 
rejection.  Clark  and  Mason  termed  these  compounds  sensory  repellents.  The  objectives  of 
this  experiment  were  to  (1)  determine  whether  oral  and/or  nasal  exposure  to  GAP  influenced 
fluid  intake,  (2)  determine  whether  starlings  could  learn  to  avoid  the  odor  of  GAP  once  they 
had  an  aversive  oral  exposure  to  the  substance,  and  (3)  assess  whether  the  order  of  presen- 
tation of  GAP  in  solution  or  odor  influenced  the  behavioral  response. 

Thirty-six  starlings  were  randomly  assigned  to  six  groups  of  six  birds  each.  Gn  the  first 
day,  birds  were  tested  for  baseline  water  consumption  in  a standard  6-h  drinking  test  fol- 
lowing procedures  outlined  in  Experiment  1.  Attached  to  both  sides  of  the  Richter  tube 
sipping  port  was  a 40  mm  diameter,  opaquely  screened  polypropylene  disk  containing  a 
wick  saturated  with  tap  water. 

During  the  three-day  test  period,  birds  were  presented  with  one  of  three  treatment  con- 
ditions (Richter  tube/wick  disk  combinations):  [w/w]  a tap  water  filled  Richter  tube  and  a 
tap  water  soaked  wick,  [o/w]  a Richter  tube  filled  with  28  mM  GAP  solution  and  tap  water 
soaked  wick,  and  [w/o]  a tap  water  filled  Richter  tube  and  an  GAP  .soaked  wick.  Presen- 
tations of  the  Richter  tube/wick  combinations  to  experimental  cohorts  were  established  ac- 
cording to  two  possible  Latin  square  designs  (Table  1).  Gn  the  fifth  day  (post-treatment 
period),  all  birds  were  presented  with  the  control  tube/wick  pairing  (w/w).  Diurnal  and 
overnight  fluid  intake  were  monitored  following  procedures  outlined  in  Experiment  1. 

Data  were  analyzed  using  a fixed-effects  3X3X6  nested  ANGVA  design  with  repeated 
measures.  Diurnal  fluid  intake  was  the  dependent  variable  and  day  was  a repeated  measure 
with  three  levels.  Sequence  (two  levels)  and  group  (six  levels)  were  between  measures 
effects,  with  group  nested  within  sequence  (Table  1 ).  To  te.st  whether  the  context  of  stimulus 
presentation  is  important  for  repellency,  contrasts  between  w/w  and  o/w,  and  w/w  and  w/o 
were  made  for  the  first  day  of  testing.  These  comparisons  addressed  the  question  of  whether 
GAP  in  solution  (where  olfactory,  gustatory,  and  trigeminal  systems  may  influence  respond- 
ing) or  whether  GAP  as  an  odor  stimulus  (where  olfactory  and  trigeminal  systems  may 
influence  responding)  were  important  in  the  formation  of  an  avoidance  response.  By  con- 
sidering only  the  first  day  of  testing,  these  compari.sons  controlled  for  possible  learning 


40 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Latinized  Designs  for  the  Presentation  Order  of  Treatments® 


Design  1 

Design  2 

Day 

i 

2 

3 

Day 

i 

2 

3 

Group  1 

w/w 

o/w 

w/o 

Group  4 

w/o 

o/w 

w/w 

2 

o/w 

w/o 

w/w 

5 

o/w 

w/w 

w/o 

3 

w/o 

w/w 

o/w 

6 

w/w 

w/o 

o/w 

“ Experimental  codes  are:  (w/w)  tap  water  presented  in  the  Richter  tube  with  blank  odor  disks  on  either  side  of  the 
drinking  port;  (o/w)  28  mM  OAP  solution  in  the  Richter  tube  with  blank  odor  disks  on  either  side  of  the  drinking  port; 
(w/o)  water  presented  in  the  Richter  tube  with  saturated  OAP  wicks  in  the  odor  disks  on  either  side  of  the  drinking  port. 


effects  while  considering  whether  repellency  is  mediated  via  nasal/ocular  (i.e.,  volatile)  or 
oral/nasal/ocular  (i.e.,  contact  and  volatile)  mechanisms.  Similar  contrast  analyses  comparing 
w/w  to  w/o  were  performed  for  days  two  and  three.  These  tests  allowed  for  the  possibility 
of  learning  while  addressing  the  question  whether  consumption  for  birds  exposed  to  odor 
differed  from  that  of  the  control  condition. 

OAP  is  a good  sensory  repellent  when  delivered  orally.  However,  can  oral  presentation 
of  OAP  be  used  to  condition  birds  to  avoid  the  odor  of  OAP?  This  question  was  addressed 
by  inspection  of  contrasts  of  the  day  X treatment  interaction  term.  Intake  for  birds  presented 
with  treatment  levels  w/w  and  w/o  on  day  2 were  compared  for  those  birds  presented  with 
o/w  on  day  1,  i.e.,  the  putative  training  day.  The  overall  sequence  effect  throughout  the  test 
was  determined  by  consideration  of  the  main  effect  and  by  inspection  of  post  hoc  differences 
among  means  grouped  by  treatment  category  using  the  Scheffe’s  test. 

Experiment  3:  The  conditioned  odor  avoidance  response. — In  the  absence  of  water  de- 
privation effects  (Experiment  1),  sequence  effects  (Experiment  2),  and  an  apparent  inability 
for  short  exposure  to  orally  delivered  OAP  to  act  as  an  unconditional  stimulus  (Experiment 
2),  the  length  of  time  starlings  were  orally  exposed  to  a chemical  repellent  was  increased 
to  determine  whether  a conditioned  avoidance  response  towards  odor  could  be  attained. 

Separate  experiments  on  two  bird  repellents  were  carried  out,  and  the  experimental  design 
of  these  tests  was  as  follows.  Starlings  were  tested  serially  for  fluid  intake  in  a standard  no- 
choice (one-bottle)  6-h  drinking  assay.  On  the  first  day,  eighteen  starlings  were  drawn  at 
random  from  the  group  housing  pool,  randomly  assigned  to  one  of  two  groups  (N  = 9/ 
group)  and  pre-test  water  consumption  was  monitored  according  to  methods  described  in 
Experiment  1 . Attached  to  both  sides  of  the  Richter  tube  sipping  port  was  a 40  mm  diameter, 
opaquely  screened  polypropylene  disk  containing  a wick  saturated  with  tap  water  (w/w, 
following  the  nomenclature  convention  in  Experiment  2). 

Eor  each  of  three  successive  days  (2-4),  starlings  within  groups  were  presented  with 
Richter  tubes  containing  a 28  mM  solution  of  a sensory  repellent  (OAP  or  MA)  and  diurnal 
fluid  intake  was  monitored  as  described  above  (Experiment  1).  Attached  to  both  sides  of 
the  Richter  tube  sipping  port  was  a wick  saturated  with  tap  water  (o/w).  The  strong  odor 
derived  from  the  repellent  emanated  from  the  drinking  port  of  the  Richter  tube,  i.e.,  repellent 
solution. 

On  the  fifth  and  sixth  day,  starlings  were  presented  with  Richter  tubes  containing  tap 
water  and  fluid  intake  was  monitored  as  above.  During  this  period  the  wick  inside  the  disks 
was  saturated  with  repellent  (w/o).  Thus,  the  strong  odor  of  the  repellent  was  present  in  the 
apparatus  but  did  not  originate  from  the  .solution. 

Data  were  analyzed  using  a fixed  effects  one-way  ANOVA  with  repeated  measures  on 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


41 


days/treatment  effect.  The  confounding  of  day  and  treatment  on  water  intake  was  considered 
unimportant.  Thus,  in  the  absence  of  carryover  effects  due  to  diurnal  water  deprivation 
(Clark  and  Shah  1991,  Experiment  1),  any  day/treatment  effect  was  to  be  interpreted  pri- 
marily as  a treatment  effect.  In  addition  to  the  day/treatment  effect,  a single  a prion  planned 
comparison  was  made  using  contrasts.  The  w/w  condition  on  day  1 was  compared  to  the 
w/o  condition  (days  5-6)  as  an  assessment  for  the  formation  of  a conditioned  odor  avoidance 
response.  The  results  for  the  GAP  and  MA  tests  were  analyzed  separately. 

Experiment  4:  The  role  of  olfaction  in  the  avoidance  response. — Odors  can  stimulate  the 
olfactory  system,  but  they  can  also  gain  access  to  chemically  sensitive  receptors  of  the 
trigeminal  system  via  the  mouth,  nose,  or  eye.  Thus,  avoidance  of  an  odor  might  be  based 
upon  its  unpleasant  smell  or  on  its  irritating/painful  properties. 

The  object  of  Experiment  4 was  to  determine  the  influence  of  olfaction  on  fluid  intake 
when  odor  was  present  in  the  fluid  to  be  consumed.  The  experimental  design  was  as  follows. 
Starlings  were  tested  for  fluid  intake  in  a standard  no-choice  (one-bottle)  six  hour  drinking 
assay.  The  experiment  comprised  two  surgical  conditions.  (Surgery  effect:  sham  or  bilateral 
olfactory  nerve  cut  [BONG]),  two  repellent  concentration  conditions  (Concentration/Group 
effect:  14  mM  and  28  mM),  and  two  test  periods  (day/treatment  effect:  pretreatment  = water 
presentation  and  treatment  = chemical  repellent  presentation).  The  confounding  of  time  and 
treatment  was  considered  to  be  unimportant  (Experiment  1),  and  any  differences  were  as- 
sumed to  be  attributable  to  the  presence  of  repellent.  Data  were  analyzed  using  a fixed 
effects,  3-way  analysis  of  variance  with  repeated  measures  on  the  day/treatment  effect. 

Sixteen  starlings  were  selected  at  random  from  the  group  housing  pool  and  randomly 
assigned  so  that  eight  received  a BONG  and  the  other  eight  received  a sham  surgery. 
Starlings  were  anesthetized  with  choral  hydrate/penabarbitol  at  a dose  of  2 ml/kg,  intra- 
peritoneally  and  placed  in  a head-holder.  Surgery  for  BONG  and  sham  treatments  followed 
procedures  outlined  in  Glark  and  Mason  (1987).  Following  surgery,  starlings  were  housed 
individually  in  cages  (61  X 36  X 41  cm).  Two  weeks  following  surgery,  birds  were  adapted 
to  experimental  conditions.  The  two-week  latency  period  was  estimated  to  provide  sufficient 
time  for  degeneration  of  olfactory  afferents  into  the  olfactory  bulb,  yet  not  sufficiently  long 
to  allow  olfactory  nerve  regeneration  (Wenzel  and  Salzman  1968).  Following  adaptation 
one  half  of  the  birds  within  the  BONG  and  sham  surgery  treatments  was  randomly  assigned 
to  concentration  groups,  resulting  in  four  birds  per  experimental  cell.  On  the  first  day  of 
testing  (pretreatment  period),  beginning  at  09:30  h,  consumption  of  tap  water  was  recorded 
every  2 h for  the  next  6 h.  On  the  second  day,  starlings  were  presented  with  their  preassigned 
concentration  of  OAP  and  fluid  intake  was  monitored  every  2 h for  the  next  6 h.  Fluid  was 
presented  in  120  ml  graduated  Richter  tubes.  Starlings  were  visually  isolated  from  one 
another  as  well  as  from  the  contents  of  the  Richter  tubes.  After  five  days  rest,  the  same 
birds  used  in  the  above  experiment  were  re-randomized  with  respect  to  concentration  group 
assignment  and  tested  with  MA  using  the  above  protocol. 

At  the  end  of  the  experiments,  birds  were  killed  with  pentobarbital  and  sequentially 
perfused  with  physiological  saline,  10%  formalin  and  a 10%  formalin  and  30%  sucrose 
mixture.  Brains  were  removed  and  the  effect  of  the  nerve  section  on  olfactory  bulb  structure 
was  evaluated  in  a double  blind  sequence.  Briefly,  the  anterior  tips  of  the  hemispheres 
(containing  the  olfactory  bulbs)  were  cut  into  50  p-m  slices.  Every  fifth  slice  was  stained 
with  Nissl  stain  to  highlight  the  outline  of  the  glomeruli.  The  observer  (familiar  with  normal 
histological  structure  of  avian  olfactory  bulbs)  categorized  the  coded  histological  series  as 
being  either  in  a degenerative  state  or  normal.  Goncordance  of  the  observer  s scoring  and 
the  surgical  status  were  compared  using  a chi-square  analysis.  Degeneration  of  the  glomer- 
ular structure  was  taken  as  evidence  for  lack  of  olfactory  nerve  input  into  the  olfactory  bulb 
(Wenzel  and  Salzman  1968). 


42 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


45 


1 2 3 


1 2 3 


1 2 3 


COE  COE  COE 


10  - 


5 - 


0 


2 

Night 


3 


Eig.  1 . Average  overnight  water  consumption  as  a function  of  time  and  water  deprivation 
schedule  (Experiment  1).  Open  circles  = control  group  (C);  solid  circles  = OAP  group  (O); 
Shaded  circles  = water  excluded  group  (E).  Horizontal  bars  depict  statistically  similar  water 
consumption  (Scheffe  s test,  P > 0.05).  Letters  compare  average  intake  across  treatment 
categories  within  a single  night.  Numerals  compare  average  intake  across  nights  within  a 
single  treatment  category.  Vertical  capped  bars  depict  ± one  standard  error. 

Zinc  sulfate  (ZnS04)  also  has  been  used  to  render  birds  anosmic.  However,  because  ZnSOj 
strips  away  the  olfactory  epithelium  (Burd  1993),  it  may  also  affect  epithelial  layers  con- 
taining trigeminal  free  nerve  endings.  There  are  no  data  on  this  latter  point.  Because  of  this 
uncertainty,  surgical  manipulation  of  the  olfactory  nerve  was  deemed  to  be  the  best  way  to 
determine  the  role  of  olfaction  in  the  avoidance  response. 

Directly  eliminating  trigeminal  input  is  not  feasible.  In  birds,  only  the  ophthalmic  branch 
of  the  trigeminal  nerve  (OBTN)  is  easily  accessible  for  denervation  studies  (Getty  1975). 
Manipulation  of  the  maxillary  and  mandibular  branches  would  require  too  much  destruction 
of  bone  and  muscle  tissue.  All  three  branches  could  be  eliminated  at  the  Gasserian  ganglion 
located  in  the  eye  orbit,  but  this  would  require  permanent  blinding  of  the  bird. 


RESULTS 


Experiment  I : Effects  of  water  deprivation  on  fluid  consumption. — The 
overnight  fluid  intake  for  the  treatment  groups,  adjusted  for  the  covariate 
of  diurnal  fluid  intake,  differed  across  days  (Rao  r = 4.55,  P < 0.007). 
The  post-hoc  analysis  indicated  that  the  overnight  water  consumption 
within  treatment  groups  was  similar  across  nights  (Fig.  1).  However,  water 
consumption  differed  among  treatments  within  nights.  On  the  first  night, 
all  birds  consumed  similar  amounts  of  water.  On  the  second  and  third 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


43 


Fig.  2.  Average  diurnal  water  consumption  as  a function  of  treatment  group  and  time 
(Experiment  1).  Open  circles  = control  group;  solid  circles  = OAP  group;  shaded  circles 
= water  excluded  group).  Vertical  capped  bars  depict  ± one  standard  error. 


nights  the  control  birds  drank  less  water  than  the  birds  that  were  physi- 
cally excluded  from  water  during  the  day.  Overnight  consumption  for 
birds  presented  with  OAP  did  not  differ  from  the  other  two  experimental 
groups.  There  was  an  inverse,  albeit  nonsignificant  (P  < 0.099),  relation- 
ship between  daytime  fluid  intake  and  subsequent  overnight  water  con- 
sumption (Fig.  1).  Birds  experiencing  fluid  deprivation  by  exclusion  tend- 
ed to  have  the  highest  overnight  water  intake  (36.0  ml  ± 3.7  SE),  fol- 
lowed by  birds  experiencing  deprivation  by  repellency  (30.4  ml  ± 3.6 
SE).  Control  birds  that  had  ad  libitum  access  to  water  showed  the  lowest 
overnight  water  consumption  (24.3  ml  ± 2.7  SE).  Treatment  category  did 
not  appear  to  affect  baseline  diurnal  water  consumption  immediately  fol- 
lowing the  tests  (Fig.  2).  There  were  no  group  {P  < 0.453),  test  period 
{P  < 0.889),  or  interaction  (P  < 0.362)  effects. 

Experiment  2. — The  context  of  the  stimulus  is  important  for  repellency. 
With  no  prior  experience,  starlings  presented  with  OAP  in  solution  con- 
sumed less  fluid  than  the  controls  (P  = 94.86,  df  = 1,30,  P < 0.001). 
This  observation  stands  in  contrast  to  the  similarity  of  diurnal  fluid  intake 
for  the  controls  (w/w)  and  birds  presented  with  water  and  OAP  odor  (w/ 
o)  (P  < 0.45).  Thus,  odor  alone  is  not  a sufficiently  strong  stimulus  to 


44 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Test  Day  113232  131223  121323 

Test  Group  614325  265143  463521 

Eig.  3.  Average,  diurnal  fluid  intake  as  a function  of  time  and  treatment  (Experiment 
2).  Birds  in  the  control  group  (w/w,  open  bars)  were  presented  with  tap  water  in  the  drinking 
tubes  and  disks  contained  water  soaked  wicks,  birds  in  the  OAP  group  (o/w,  solid  bars) 
were  presented  with  a 28  mM  solution  of  o-aminoacetophenone  in  the  drinking  tubes  and 
disks  contained  water  soaked  wicks,  birds  in  the  odor  group  (w/o,  hatched  bars)  were  pre- 
sented with  water  filled  drinking  tubes  and  wick  soaked  in  OAP.  Average  intake  is  ranked 
within  treatment  type  and  nonsignificant  {P  > 0.05)  differences  among  means  are  depicted 
by  the  horizontal  bar.  Test  Day  and  Test  Group  are  the  column  and  row  label  designations 
of  the  two  Latinized  presentation  designs  described  in  Table  1 . Vertical  capped  bars  depict 
one  standard  error. 


result  in  avoidance.  This  pattern  persists  even  for  experienced  birds.  On 
days  two  and  three  the  comparison  w/w  to  w/o  indicates  similar  levels  of 
fluid  intake  {P  < 0.966  and  0.21,  respectively),  irrespective  of  the  pre- 
vious treatment  exposure.  The  lack  of  an  overall  test  sequence  {P  < 
0.305)  or  day  {P  < 0.121)  effect  on  diurnal  fluid  intake  is  apparent  in 
Fig.  3. 

Starlings  do  not  readily  acquire  a conditioned  avoidance  response  to 
the  odor  of  OAP  when  orally  delivered  OAP  is  used  as  the  unconditional 
stimulus.  Comparison  by  contrasts  of  w/w  to  w/o  on  the  second  day  of 
testing  when  both  groups  received  o/w  on  the  first  day  failed  to  uncover 
differences  in  fluid  consumption  {P  < 0.591). 

As  was  the  case  for  Experiment  1,  the  intervening  three  day  treatment 
schedule  had  no  effect  on  baseline  water  consumption.  There  were  no 
group,  day  or  interaction  effects  for  the  pre-test  vs  post-test  comparison 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


45 


E. 

0) 

ro 

■4—' 

_c 

■TD 

LL 


Treatment  Day 


Fig.  4.  Average  fluid  intake  for  OAP  as  a function  of  time  and  solution  treatment  (Ex- 
periment 3).  The  left  most  open  bar  depicts  intake  of  tap  water  paired  with  a water  soaked 
wick  in  the  odor  disc  (w/w).  The  middle  solid  bars  depict  fluid  intake  of  a 28  mM  o- 
aminoacetophenone  (OAP)  solution  paired  with  a water  soaked  wick  in  the  odor  disc  (o/ 
w).  The  right  most  hatched  bars  depict  fluid  intake  of  tap  water  paired  with  an  OAP  soaked 
wick  in  the  odor  disc  (w/o).  Vertical  capped  bars  depict  one  standard  error. 


of  diurnal  water  consumption  (P  < 0.351,  < 0.434,  < 0.674,  respec- 
tively). 

Experiment  3:  The  conditioned  odor  avoidance  response. — There  were 
significant  day/treatment  effects  for  both  the  OAP  and  MA  tests  (Rao’s  r 
= 9.56,  P < 0.024  and  r = 12.48,  P < 0.15,  respectively).  The  planned 
comparisons  indicated  that  fluid  consumption  was  similar  for  the  w/w  and 
w/o  treatment  conditions  for  both  OAP  (P  < 0.72,  Fig.  4)  and  MA  (P  < 
0.87,  Fig.  5).  Thus,  three  days  exposure  to  orally  administered  repellent 
was  not  sufficient  for  the  formation  of  a conditioned  avoidance  response 
to  that  odor. 

Experiment  4:  The  role  of  olfaction.  There  was  a strong  day/treatment 
effect  for  OAP  (P  = 74.57,  df  = 1,12,  P < 0.001),  showing  that  overall 
fluid  intake  was  suppressed  when  the  starlings  were  presented  with  either 
28  or  14  mM  OAP  solutions  (Fig.  6).  None  of  the  other  effects  achieved 
probability  levels  less  than  P = 0.15.  The  planned  comparisons  between 
sham-OAP  and  BONC-OAP  within  each  concentration  showed  that  sur- 
gery had  no  effect  on  avoidance  of  OAP  (P  < 0.619,  0.62,  respectively). 


46 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


35 

30 

^ 25 

£ 

^ 20 
ro 

1 

^ 10 
5 
0 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

Treatment  Day 

Fig.  5.  Average  fluid  intake  for  MA  as  a function  of  time  and  solution  treatment  (Ex- 
periment 3).  The  left  most  open  bar  depicts  intake  of  tap  water  paired  with  a water  soaked 
wick  in  the  odor  disc  (w/w).  The  middle  solid  bars  depict  fluid  intake  of  a 28  mM  methyl 
anthranilate  (MA)  solution  paired  with  a water  soaked  wick  in  the  odor  disc  (o/w).  The  right 
most  hatched  bars  depicted  fluid  intake  of  tap  water  paired  with  a MA  soaked  wick  in  the 
odor  disc  (w/o).  Vertical  capped  bars  depict  one  standard  error. 


Similar  consumption  patterns  were  observed  for  the  MA  trials.  There 
was  a strong  period  effect  for  MA  (F  83.14,  df  = 1,12,  P < 0.001), 
showing  that  fluid  intake  was  suppressed  across  all  surgery  and  concen- 
tration levels  when  starlings  were  presented  with  MA  solutions  (Fig.  7). 
No  other  effect  achieved  probability  levels  less  than  P = 0.22.  The 
planned  comparisons  between  sham-MA  and  BONC-MA  within  each 
concentration  showed  that  surgery  had  no  effect  on  avoidance  of  MA  (P 
< 0.215,  0.399,  respectively). 

Post-mortem  visual  inspection  of  the  glomerular  layer  of  sham  surgery 
birds  showed  a diffuse  pattern  seen  in  normal  starlings,  typical  for  the 
spring  breeding  season.  In  contrast,  BONC  birds  showed  a complete  break 
down  of  the  glomerular  structure.  The  birds  were  euthanized  20—25  days 
after  surgery.  The  observer  scoring  the  slides,  but  blind  to  the  experi- 
mental identity,  categorized  all  BONC  tissue  as  having  degenerative  glo- 
meruli (N  = 8)  and  all  SHAM  tissue  as  being  normal  (N  = 8)  = 

16.0,  df  = 1,  P < 0.001). 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


47 


o-Aminoacetophenone 


Sham  BONG  Sham  BONG 

28  mM  14  mM 

Treatment 


Eig.  6.  Average  fluid  intake  for  OAP  as  a function  of  a solution’s  molar  concentration, 
surgery  and  treatment  period.  Starlings  were  presented  with  tap  water  during  the  pretreat- 
ment period  (hatched  bars)  and  an  OAP  solution  during  the  treatment  period  (solid  bars). 
Capped  vertical  bars  depict  one  standard  error. 


DISCUSSION 

When  deprived  of  water  during  the  day,  starlings  drank  more  water 
than  normal  during  the  overnight  recovery  period.  However,  there  was 
no  difference  between  pre-  and  post-test  diurnal  water  consumption,  ir- 
respective of  the  experimental  water  deprivation  schedule  (Experiment  1 ). 
Together  these  data  suggest  that  the  effects  of  short-term  water  depriva- 
tion are  ameliorated  during  the  18-h  recovery  period.  This  lack  of  car- 
ryover, i.e.,  day  effect,  is  consistent  with  previously  reported  results  for 
similar  experiments  (Clark  and  Shah  1991). 

The  use  of  the  two  Latinized  square  treatment  presentation  sequences 
allowed  a detailed  analysis  of  the  influence  of  delivery  route  on  the  avoid- 
ance response  (Experiment  2).  Naive  starlings  that  were  exposed  to  only 
the  odor  of  OAP  did  not  avoid  the  drinking  apparatus,  suggesting  that 
the  odor  of  OAP  was  not  repellent.  Only  when  OAP  was  allowed  to  come 
in  contact  with  the  mouth  did  starlings  show  an  avoidance  response. 

Starlings  failed  to  avoid  the  odor  of  OAP  even  after  they  had  come  in 


48 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


E 

CD 

B 

■g 

LL 


Methyl  Anthranilate 


Sham  BONG 
28  mM 


Sham  BONG 
14  mM 


Treatment 

Lig.  7.  Average  fluid  intake  for  MA  as  a function  of  a solution’s  molar  concentration, 
surgery,  and  treatment  period.  Starlings  were  presented  with  tap  water  during  the  pretreat- 
ment period  (hatched  bars)  and  a MA  solution  during  the  treatment  period  (solid  bars). 
Capped  vertical  bars  depict  one  standard  error. 


oral  contact  with  the  substance  (Experiment  2).  Moreover,  the  prolonged 
exposure  to  repellents  (OAP  and  MA)  over  several  days  failed  to  result 
in  a learned  odor  avoidance  (Experiment  3).  These  findings  suggest  that 
starlings  do  not  readily  learn  to  avoid  solutions  associated  with  the  odor 
of  repellents.  The  failure  to  form  a conditioned  avoidance  is  independent 
of  the  history  of  exposure  to  odors  or  repellent  solutions  (Experiment  2). 
Experiment  4 showed  the  lack  of  importance  of  olfactory  cues  in  avoiding 
repellents.  Surgical  elimination  of  the  olfactory  nerves  did  not  cause  birds 
to  increase  consumption  of  repellent-bearing  solution  as  was  expected  if 
olfaction  was  the  mediating  mechanism  for  avoidance. 

The  lack  of  odor  avoidance  and  contribution  of  the  olfactory  system 
in  the  avoidance  response  is  consistent  with  previous  speculation  that 
sensory  repellents  are  mediated  by  the  trigeminal  system,  although  the 
role  of  taste  cannot  be  ruled  out  on  the  basis  of  these  experiments  alone. 
However,  there  is  other  evidence  consistent  with  involvement  of  the  tri- 
geminal nerve  for  perception  of  OAP  and  MA.  Mason  et  al.  (1989) 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


49 


showed  that  bilateral  section  of  the  OBTN  virtually  eliminated  the  avoid- 
ance response  of  starlings  to  anthranilates.  There  is  also  electrophysio- 
logical  evidence  that  the  OBTN  is  highly  responsive  to  OAP  and  MA 
(Clark,  unpubl.  data).  Molecular  modelling  evidence  suggests  birds  have 
a receptor  mechanism  that  is  responsive  to  anthranilates  and  acetophen- 
ones and  is  analogous  to  the  vanalloid  pain  receptors  in  mammals  (Clark 
and  Shah  1994).  Finally,  even  after  central  taste  nuclei  are  ablated,  chick- 
ens continue  to  avoid  MA  (Benowitz  1964),  suggesting  that  taste  is  not 
critical  in  mediating  the  avoidance  response. 

The  unsuitability  of  oral  exposure  to  repellents  as  the  unconditional 
stimulus  may  be  attributable  to  its  mode  of  action  and/or  localization.  The 
trigeminal  repellents  tested  appear  to  be  unpalatable  but  do  not  cause 
illness  (at  least  for  the  quantities  voluntarily  consumed  by  birds).  In  ad- 
dition, the  aversive  effect  is  localized  in  the  mouth  (in  this  experiment) 
and  not  in  the  gastrointestinal  system.  Thus,  repellents  that  are  unpalatable 
and  cause  oral  stimulation,  in  combination  or  alone,  may  be  ineffective 
as  unconditional  stimuli  relative  to  repellents  that  cause  illness  and  gas- 
trointestinal stimulation.  This  does  not  suggest  that  trigeminal  repellents 
are  poorer  repellents  than  associative  repellents.  Both  can  be  potent  and 
result  in  strong  avoidance  behavior.  The  difference  between  the  two  re- 
pellent types  is  that  birds  fail  to  learn  from  their  aversive  experience  with 
trigeminal  repellents. 

From  a practical  viewpoint,  failure  to  learn  about  the  sensory  attributes 
of  a repellent  is  not  crippling  to  the  objective  of  bird  repellency.  Labo- 
ratory and  field  studies  show  birds  continuously  sample  small  quantities 
of  substances  treated  with  sensory  repellents  (e.g..  Mason  et  al.  1985, 
Clark  and  Shah  1991,  1994;  Avery  and  Decker  1994).  While  total 
amounts  consumed  are  small,  how  does  the  trigeminal  repellent  work  to 
repel  birds  away  from  an  area?  The  effectiveness  of  the  repellent  is  two- 
fold. In  the  first  case,  the  repellent  has  a direct  effect  on  individuals.  When 
movement  is  not  restricted,  a bird  encountering  a sensory  repellent  quick- 
ly moves  on  to  a more  palatable  resource  patch  (Mason  et  al.  1985).  This 
observation  is  consistent  with  optimal  foraging  theory  (Charnov  1976) 
and  the  proposition  that  low  rates  of  energy  return  in  a patch  will  favor 
the  probability  of  abandoning  that  patch  (Lima  1985).  The  repellent  can 
be  viewed  as  signalling  low  energy  return  or  physically  achieving  the 
fact.  Regardless,  the  outcome  is  the  same.  Second,  as  a consequence  of 
reduced  residency  time  in  a patch,  the  recruitment  opportunities  to  that 
patch  are  reduced.  Thus,  the  number  of  birds  that  might  visit  the  patch 
because  they  observe  other  individuals  in  the  patch  is  reduced  (Krebs 
1974). 

The  inability  to  learn  to  stay  away  from  sensory  cues  associated  with 


50 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


trigeminal  repellents  has  implications  for  the  evolution  of  plant-bird  in- 
teractions as  well.  The  behavior  for  free-ranging  birds  is  to  sample  fruit 
throughout  its  development,  apparently  giving  more  attention  to  the  sa- 
lient chemical  cues  associated  with  palatability  rather  than  ancillary  sen- 
sory cues  (Willson  and  Comet  1993).  To  prevent  untimely  frugivory,  it 
is  to  the  plant’s  advantage  to  employ  transient  protection  to  fruits  and 
have  birds  return  to  the  fruits  at  a later  time  when  the  seeds  are  ready  for 
dispersal,  rather  than  have  birds  form  a strong  conditioned  avoidance 
response  (e.g.,  Brower  1969,  Guarino  et  al.  1974,  Mason  1989).  These 
observations  provide  intriguing  interpretive  possibilities  about  how  chem- 
ical defenses  of  fruit  should  be  structured  to  exploit  the  sensory  systems 
and  learning  capabilities  of  birds.  Chemical  defenses  in  unripe  bird  dis- 
persed fruit  should  consist  of  trigeminal  repellents  and  not  compounds 
that  cause  gastro-intestinal  illness.  Finally,  a better  understanding  of  how 
plants  prevent  untimely  frugivory  will  prove  invaluable  in  the  design  of 
nonlethal  repellents  for  safe  wildlife  management  strategies. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  D.  Coleman  for  assistance  in  the  laboratory.  C.  A.  Smeraski  kindly  performed 
the  histological  preparations.  This  study  was  supported  by  the  United  States  Dept,  of  Ag- 
riculture cooperative  agreement  12-34-41-0040  between  the  Monell  Chemical  Senses  Center 
and  the  Denver  Wildlife  Research  Center.  All  experimental  procedures  meet  guidelines  set 
forth  by  Monell’s  institutional  animal  care  committee. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Agree,  T.  E.,  E.  H.  Lavin,  R.  Nishida,  and  S.  Watanabe.  1990.  The  serendipitous  dis- 
covery of  ortho-aminoacetophenone  as  the  foxy  smelling  component  of  labruscana 
grapes.  Chem.  Eng.  News  9:80. 

Avery,  M.  L.  and  D.  G.  Decker.  1994.  Responses  of  captive  Fish  Crows  to  eggs  treated 
with  chemical  repellents.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  58:261-266. 

Benowitz,  L.  1972.  Effects  of  frebrain  ablations  on  avoidance  learning  in  chickens.  Physiol. 
Behav.  9:601-608. 

Brower,  L.  P.  1969.  Ecological  chemistry.  Sci.  Am.  220:22-29. 

Burd,  G.  D.  1993.  Morphological  study  of  the  effects  of  intranasal  zinc  sulfate  irrigation 
on  the  mouse  olfactory  epithelium  and  olfactory  bulb.  Micros.  Res.  Tech.  24:195-213. 
Charnov,  E.  L.  1976.  Optimal  foraging:  the  marginal  value  theorem.  Theor.  Popul.  Biol. 
9:129-136. 

Clark,  L.  1995.  Modulation  of  avian  responsiveness  to  chemical  irritants:  effects  of  pros- 
taglandin El  and  analgesics.  J.  Exp.  Zool.  271:432-4^40. 

AND  J.  R.  Mason.  1987.  Olfactory  discrimination  of  plant  volatiles  by  the  European 

starling.  Anim.  Behav.  35:227-235. 

AND . 1993.  Interactions  between  sensory  and  postingestional  repellents  in 

starlings:  methyl  anthranilate  and  sucrose.  Ecol.  Appl.  3:262-270. 

AND  P.  S.  Shah.  1991.  Nonlethal  bird  repellents:  in  search  of  a general  model 

relating  repellency  and  chemical  structure.  J.  Wildl.  Manage  55:538-545. 


Clark  • BIRD  REPELLENTS 


51 


AND  . 1993.  Chemical  bird  repellents:  possible  use  in  cyanide  ponds.  J. 

Wildl.  Manage.  57:657-664. 

AND . 1994.  Tests  and  refinements  of  a general  structure-activity  model  for 

avian  repellents.  J.  Chem.  Ecol.  20:321—339. 

, , and  j.  R.  Mason.  1991.  Chemical  repellency  in  birds:  relationship  be- 
tween chemical  structure  and  avoidance  response.  J.  Exp.  Zool.  260:310-322. 

AND  C.  A.  Smeraski.  1990.  Seasonal  shifts  in  odor  acuity  by  starlings.  J.  Exp.  Zool. 

177:673-680. 

Crocker,  D.  R.  and  S.  M.  Perry.  1990.  Plant  chemistry  and  bird  repellents.  Ibis  132:300- 
308. 

Dolbeer,  R.  a.  1986.  Current  status  and  potential  of  nonlethal  means  of  reducing  bird 
damage  in  agriculture.  Pp.  474-483  in  ACTA  XIX  Congresses  Internationalis  Orni- 
thologici.  Vol.  1 (H.  Ouellet,  ed.).  Univ.  of  Ottawa  Press,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada. 

Garcia,  .1.  R.,  R.  Kovner,  and  K.  E Green.  1966.  Cue  properties  vs.  palatability  of  flavors 
in  avoidance  learning.  Psychonomic  Sci.  20:313-314. 

Getty,  R.  1975.  Sisson  and  Grossman’s  The  anatomy  of  the  domestic  animals.  Vol.  2.  Pp. 
2022-2037.  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Green,  B.  G.,  J.  R.  Mason,  and  M.  R.  Kare.  1990.  Chemical  senses,  Vol.  2,  Irritation. 
Marcel  Dekker,  New  York. 

Guarino,  j.  L.,  W.  E Shake,  and  E.  W.  Schafer.  1974.  Reducing  bird  damage  to  ripening 
cherries  with  methiocarb.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  38:338—342. 

Krebs,  J.  R.  1974.  Colonial  nesting  and  social  feeding  as  strategies  for  exploiting  food 
resources  in  the  Great  Blue  Heron  (Ardea  herodias).  Behaviour  51:99-134. 

Lima,  S.  L.  1985.  Sampling  behavior  of  starlings  foraging  in  simple  patchy  environments. 
Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  16:135—142. 

Mason,  J.  R.  1989.  Avoidance  of  methiocarb-poisoned  apples  by  red-winged  blackbirds. 
J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:836-840. 

AND  L.  Clark.  1992.  Nonlethal  repellents:  the  development  of  cost-effective,  prac- 
tical solutions  to  agricultural  and  industrial  problems.  Proc.  Vert.  Pest  Conf.  15:115- 
129. 

AND  R.  E Reidinger.  1983.  Importance  of  color  for  methiocarb-induced  food  aver- 
sions in  red-winged  blackbirds  (Agelaius  phoencieus).  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  47:383-393. 

, M.  A.  Adams,  and  L.  Clark.  1989.  Anthranilate  repellency  to  starlings:  chemical 

correlates  and  sensory  perception.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:55-64. 

, L.  Clark,  and  P.  S.  Shah.  1991.  Ortho-ami  noacetophenone  repellency  to  birds: 

similarities  to  methyl  anthranilate.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  55:334—340. 

, J.  F.  Glahn,  R.  a.  Dolbeer,  and  R.  F.  Reidinger.  1985.  Field  evaluation  of 

dimethyl  anthranilate  as  a bird  repellent  livestock  feed  additive.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  49: 
636-642. 

Pelchat,  M.  L.,  H.  j.  Grill,  P.  Rozin,  and  J.  Jacobs.  1983.  Quality  of  acquired  respon.ses 
to  tastes  by  Rattus  norvegicus  depends  on  type  of  associated  discomfort.  J.  Comp. 
Psychol.  97:140-153. 

Schuler,  W.  1983.  Respon.ses  to  sugars  and  their  behavioural  mechanisms  in  the  starling 
{Stunms  vulgaris  L.).  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  13:243-251. 

Statistica®.  1994.  StatSoft,  Inc.,  Tulsa,  Oklahoma. 

Walker,  J.  C.,  D.  B.  Walker,  C.  R.  Tambiah,  and  K.  S.  Gilmore.  1986.  Olfactory  and 
nonolfactory  odor  detection  in  pigeons:  elucidation  by  a cardiac  acceleration  paradigm. 
Physiol.  Behav.  38:575—580. 

Wenzel,  B.  M.  and  A.  Salzman.  1968.  Olfactory  bulb  ablation  or  nerve  section  and 
behavior  of  pigeons  in  nonolfactory  learning.  Exper.  Neurol.  22:472-^79. 


52 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Willson,  M.  E and  T A.  Comet.  1993.  Eood  choices  by  Northwestern  Crows:  experiments 
with  captive,  free-ranging  and  hand-raised  birds.  Condor  95:596—615. 

Zahorik,  D.  M.  1976.  Associative  and  non-associative  factors  in  learned  food  preferences. 
Pp.  181-200  in  Learning  mechanisms  in  food  selection  (L.  M.  Barker,  M.  R.  Best,  and 
M.  Domjan,  eds.).  Baylor  Univ.  Press,  Waco,  Texas. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  53-60 


NEST-SITE  SELECTION  BY  HOODED  WARBLERS  IN 
BOTTOMLAND  HARDWOODS  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 

John  C.  Kilgo,  Robert  A.  Sargent, 

Brian  R.  Chapman,  and  Karl  V.  Miller 

Abstract. — We  measured  habitat  features  at  45  nests  of  Hooded  Warblers  (Wilsonia 
citrina)  and  45  non-use  sites  in  bottomland  hardwood  habitats  in  the  coastal  plain  of  South 
Carolina  during  the  breeding  seasons  1993—1994  to  determine  features  that  affect  nesting 
success.  Hooded  Warblers  nested  in  switchcane  {Arundinaria  gigantea)  and  hardwood  sap- 
lings or  shrubs  that  averaged  1.76  ± 0.10  m {SE)  in  height.  Nests  were  more  concealed 
from  above  (P  = 0.001)  and  from  the  side  (P  = 0.002)  than  surrogate  nests  placed  at  non- 
use sites  but  were  less  concealed  from  below  (P  = 0.002).  Nest  sites  also  had  a greater 
number  of  potential  substrates  (P  = 0.014)  in  the  nest  patch  (5-m  radius)  and  greater  mea- 
sures of  vegetation  density  (P  < 0.05)  in  the  nest  patch  than  non-use  sites.  Successful  nests 
differed  from  unsuccessful  nests  only  in  the  amount  of  fern  cover  in  the  nest  patch  (greater 
for  successful  nests,  P = 0.012).  Fern  cover  may  influence  nesting  success  through  an  effect 
on  behavioral  defense  strategies.  Nesting  success  of  Hooded  Warblers  may  largely  be  un- 
related to  fine-scale  differences  in  vegetative  characteristics  of  the  nest  site.  Received  28 
Mar.  1995,  accepted  20  Sept.  1995. 


Because  availability  of  suitable  nest  sites  may  be  the  most  critical  de- 
terminant of  habitat  selection  (and  thus  perceived  habitat  quality)  by  some 
birds  (Steele  1993),  knowledge  of  what  constitutes  a suitable  nest  site,  or 
more  importantly  a successful  nest  site,  is  necessary  (Martin  1993a).  For 
example,  Martin  and  Roper  (1988)  found  that  successful  Hermit  Thrush 
(Catharus  guttatus)  nests  were  characterized  by  a greater  density  of  white 
fir  (Abies  concolor)  saplings  in  the  5-m  radius  circle  surrounding  the  nest. 
Such  specific  habitat  features  that  affect  nest  fate  should  be  identified  for 
other  species. 

Hooded  Warblers  (Wilsonia  citrina)  have  been  classified  by  the  Part- 
ners In  Flight  prioritization  scheme  as  a species  of  “very  high  concern” 
in  the  Southeast  (Hunter  et  al.  1993a,  b).  We  examined  nest-site  selection 
patterns  of  Hooded  Warblers  to  determine  habitat  differences  between 
successful  and  unsuccessful  nests.  We  measured  variables  at  two  scales, 
the  nest  site  and  the  nest  patch.  Hooded  Warblers  inhabit  moist  mature 
deciduous  forests  of  eastern  North  America  (Bent  1953,  Powell  and  Rap- 
pole  1986,  Evans  Ogden  and  Stutchbury  1994).  In  the  coastal  plain  of 
the  southeastern  United  States,  Hooded  Warblers  occur  almost  exclusively 
in  forested  wetlands  (Bent  1953)  and  reach  their  greatest  abundance  in 
bottomland  hardwood  forests  (Oak-Gum-Cypress  [Quercus-Nyssa-Taxo- 
dium]  association). 


Daniel  B.  Warnell  School  of  Forest  Resources,  The  Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia  30602-2152. 

53 


54 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

We  conducted  this  study  at  the  U.S.  Dept,  of  Energy’s  Savannah  River  Site  (SRS),  a 
78,000-ha  tract  in  Aiken,  Barnwell,  and  Allendale  counties.  South  Carolina.  These  counties 
lie  in  the  Upper  Coastal  Plain  physiographic  province.  Elevation  ranges  from  <25  m at  the 
Savannah  River  to  80  m at  headwater  streams  (Workman  and  McLeod  1990).  Bottomland 
hardwood  forests  are  found  along  stream  courses  and  may  be  seasonally  flooded,  usually 
during  late  winter-early  spring.  Dominant  canopy  species  include  sweetgum  {Liquidambar 
styraciflua),  swamp  tupelo  {Nyssa  sylvatica  var.  biflora),  red  maple  {Acer  rubrum),  water 
oak  {Quercus  nigra),  and  diamond-leaf  oak  {Q.  laurifolia).  Dominants  in  the  mid-story 
include  American  holly,  (Ilex  opaca),  sweet  bay  {Magnolia  virginiana),  red  bay  {Persea 
borbonia),  and  ironwood  {Carpinus  Carolina).  Switchcane  {Arundinaria  gigantea)  and  dog 
hobble  {Leucothoe  axillaris)  dominate  the  shrub  layer,  and  ferns,  primarily  netted  chain  fern 
{Woodwardia  areolata)  and  Christmas  fern  {Polystichum  acrostichoides),  are  the  dominant 
ground  cover  (Workman  and  McLeod  1990).  Bottomland  study  sites  ranged  in  width  from 
<50->1000  m and  were  adjacent  to  closed-canopy  pine  {Pinas  elliottii  and  P.  palustris) 
forest. 

We  located  Hooded  Warbler  nests  in  1 1 bottomland  hardwood  strips  during  May-June 
1993  and  1994  by  observing  adult  behavior  and  by  searching  potential  nesting  habitat.  We 
found  most  nests  during  the  incubation  stage.  We  were  unable  to  determine  whether  nests 
were  first  or  second  attempts  because  individual  birds  were  not  marked  and  territories  were 
not  mapped.  We  monitored  nests  at  3^  day  intervals  (Ralph  et  al.  1993)  to  determine  nest 
fate.  Nests  containing  nestlings  on  the  last  visit  before  the  expected  fledging  date  were 
assumed  to  have  fledged.  We  defined  successful  nests  as  those  that  fledged  at  least  one 
nestling.  Vegetation  measurements  were  made  following  termination  of  the  nesting  attempt. 
We  made  measurements  at  the  nest  plant  and  in  the  nest  patch,  defined  as  the  5-m  radius 
circle  centered  on  the  nest  plant  (Martin  and  Roper  1988).  Vegetation  measurements  then 
were  repeated  at  an  unused  site.  We  located  non-use  sites  by  pacing  35  m (Ralph  et  al. 
1993)  upstream  or  downstream  (determined  by  coin  toss)  in  a direction  parallel  to  the  general 
bearing  of  the  bottomland  strip.  This  procedure  located  non-use  sites  outside  of  the  nest 
patch  but  within  the  bottomland  habitat.  Non-use  sites  were  centered  on  the  plant  stem 
nearest  to  the  35-m  point  that  was  of  the  same  species  and  approximate  size  as  the  substrate 
plant  (Ralph  et  al.  1993).  Thus,  equal  numbers  of  nest  sites  and  non-use  sites  were  sampled. 
Success  data  were  obtained  from  36  nests,  15  nests  in  1993  (8  successful,  7 unsuccessful) 
and  from  21  nests  in  1994  (10  successful,  1 1 unsuccessful).  Eight  additional  nests  in  1993 
and  one  nest  in  1994  that  were  empty  when  found  were  sampled  and  included  in  the 
comparison  of  nest  sites  versus  non-use  sites  but  not  in  the  analyses  relating  to  nest  success 
(Martin  and  Roper  1988). 

Measurements  taken  at  the  nest  site  included  plant  species  used  as  the  nesting  substrate, 
nest  height,  plant  height,  and  percentage  of  nest  concealment.  Concealment  indices  (0-4:  0 
= 0%  concealed,  1 = 1-25%  concealed,  2 = 26-50%  concealed,  etc.)  were  estimated  by 
viewing  the  nest  from  above  and  below  and  at  nest  level  from  a distance  of  1 m in  each  of 
the  four  cardinal  directions  (Martin  and  Roper  1988,  Hoi  way  1991 ).  Lor  concealment  esti- 
mates at  non-use  sites,  an  empty  Hooded  Warbler  nest  was  placed  at  nest-height  (i.e.,  the 
height  of  the  nest  corresponding  to  the  non-use  site)  in  the  suiTogate  substrate  plant  (Holway 
1991). 

Measurements  taken  in  the  nest  patch  included  overstory  canopy  cover,  stem  density  of 
potential  nest  substrates  and  trees,  fern  cover,  other  herbaceous  ground  cover,  and  vegetation 
profile.  Canopy  cover  above  the  patch  was  estimated  by  five  hit-miss  readings  through  an 
ocular  tube  (James  and  Shugart  1970),  one  at  the  nest  plant  and  one  in  each  of  the  cardinal 


Kilgo  et  al.  • HOODED  WARBLER  NEST  SITES 


55 


directions  from  the  perimeter  of  the  patch.  Potential  substrate  and  tree  (woody  stems  > 3 
m tall)  densities  were  measured  in  five  1-m^  quadrats  located  randomly  along  the  four 
cardinal  directions  (transect  and  position  on  transect  were  randomized).  Potential  substrates 
were  defined  as  switchcane  >1  m tall  and  other  woody  species  1—3  m tall.  Percent  foliage 
cover  of  ferns  and  of  other  herbaceous  ground  cover  also  was  estimated  (0-4)  within  the 
quadrats.  Vegetation  profile  of  the  patch,  which  may  be  viewed  as  an  index  of  concealment 
at  the  scale  of  the  patch,  was  determined  using  a 3-m  tall  vegetation  profile  board  (Nudds 
1977,  Noon  1981)  against  which  percentage  cover  was  estimated  (0^)  for  each  0.5-m 
interval.  The  profile  board  was  located  at  the  nest  plant  and  was  read  from  a distance  of  5 
m in  each  of  the  cardinal  directions. 

For  comparisons  involving  potential  substrate  density,  nests  were  classified  as  either 
“switchcane”  or  “other”,  depending  on  the  species  of  their  actual  substrate.  Stem  density 
of  switchcane  then  was  determined  for  switchcane  nests  and  of  other  for  other  nests.  Thus, 
the  potential  substrate  variable  was  a nest-specific  measurement  which  circumvented  the 
problem,  e.g.,  of  comparing  average  switchcane  density  across  all  nests  when  only  a portion 
of  nests  were  in  switchcane.  Similarly,  one  vegetation  profile  measurement  (nest  level)  was 
nest-specific.  The  profile  readings  for  the  0.5-m  interval  corresponding  to  the  height  of  each 
nest  were  compiled  for  the  variable  vegetation  profile  at  nest  level. 

Univariate  comparisons  were  made  between  Hooded  Warbler  nest  sites  and  non-use  sites 
and  between  successful  and  unsuccessful  nest  sites  for  each  habitat  variable.  Variables  es- 
timated with  the  0^  index  were  compared  with  a Wilcoxon  rank-sum  test.  All  other  com- 
parisons were  made  with  a two-sample  f-test.  Variances  were  assumed  to  be  equal  for 
comparisons  in  which  the  sample  sizes  were  the  same.  When  sample  sizes  differed,  the  F- 
test  for  equality  of  variance  was  used  to  test  the  equal  variance  assumption.  Equal  variance 
tests  always  were  appropriate.  Because  no  differences  (P  > 0.05)  were  found  between  years 
for  any  variables,  data  from  both  years  were  pooled. 

RESULTS 

Hooded  Warblers  selected  saplings  of  nine  different  species  as  nest 
substrates:  switchcane,  20  (44%);  red  bay,  7 (16%);  common  gallberry, 
5 (11%);  American  holly,  5 (11%);  water  oak,  2 (4%);  diamond  leaf  oak, 
2 (4%);  blueberry  (Vaccinium  spp.),  2 (4%);  wax  myrtle  {Myrica  ceri- 
fera),  1 (2%);  and  black  oak  (Quercus  velutina),  1 (2%).  Mean  height  of 
the  nest  plant  was  1.76  ± 0.10  m (SE).  With  one  exception,  in  which  the 
nest  was  located  in  an  upright  branch  of  an  American  holly,  nests  were 
placed  in  crotches  of  the  main  stem  and  primary  branches  of  the  substrate 
plant.  Nest  height  averaged  0.98  ± 0.36  m. 

Hooded  Warbler  nest  sites  differed  from  non-use  sites  in  several  ways. 
Concealment  of  nests  from  above  and  from  the  side  was  greater  {P  < 
0.005)  at  nest  sites  than  at  non-use  sites,  but  from  below  was  lower  (f 
= 0.002)  at  nest  sites  than  at  non-use  sites  (Table  1).  Potential  substrate 
density  was  greater  {P  = 0.014)  at  nest  sites  (3.79  ± 3.37  stems/m^)  than 
at  non-use  sites  (2.08  ± 1.88  stems/m^).  Vegetation  profile  measures  for 
all  heights  and  at  nest  level  were  greater  {P  < 0.05)  at  nests  sites  than  at 
non-use  sites  (Table  1).  Conversely,  only  one  difference  was  determined 


56 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Comparison  of  Microhabitat  Variables  (x  ± SE)  at  Hooded  Warbler  Nest  sites  (N 
= 45)  WITH  Those  at  Random  Sites  (N  = 45)  within  Bottomland  Hardwoods, 
Savannah  River  Site,  South  Carolina  1994-1994 


Parameter 


Nest  site 


Random  site 


Nest  site 


Nest  height  (m) 

0.98 

-h 

0.05 

1,01 

-1- 

0.05 

Plant  height  (m) 

1.76 

-h 

0.10 

1.78 

-h 

0.14 

Concealment 

Side 

1.93 

0.10 

1.50 

4- 

0.08 

0.002 

Above 

3.36 

-i- 

0.13 

2.40 

4- 

0.21 

0.001 

Below 

1.58 

-+- 

0.16 

2.09 

4- 

0.14 

0.002 

Nest  patch 

Canopy  coveC 

4.36 

-+- 

0.10 

4.49 

4- 

0.10 

0.360 

Potential  substrate  density^ 

3.79 

-+- 

0.60 

2.08 

4- 

0.33 

0.014 

Pern  cover“ 

1.19 

-+- 

0.12 

1.31 

4- 

0.16 

0.842 

Ground  cover“ 

1.48 

-+- 

0.10 

1.69 

4- 

0.12 

0.268 

Vegetation  profile'" 

0.0— 0.5  m 

3.07 

-+- 

0.10 

2.68 

4- 

0.13 

0.025 

0.5— 1.0  m 

3.39 

-+- 

0.10 

2.83 

4“ 

0.14 

0.000 

1.0-1. 5 m 

3.12 

-H 

0.09 

2.36 

4- 

0.14 

0.000 

1. 5-2.0  m 

2.94 

-+■ 

0.13 

2.14 

4- 

0.14 

0.000 

2.0-2.5  m 

2.53 

4- 

0.14 

2.02 

4- 

0.22 

0.002 

2. 5-3.0  m 

2.30 

-i- 

0.14 

1.79 

4- 

0.13 

0.007 

Mean 

2.88 

-h 

0.08 

2.31 

4- 

0.10 

0.000 

Nest  level 

3.47 

-h 

0.08 

2.86 

4- 

0.11 

0.000 

“ Index  of  percent  coverage:  0 = 0%,  1 

= 1-25%,  2 = 

26-50%.  3 

= 51-75%,  4 

= 

76-100%. 

Index  values  were 

compared  with  the  Wilcoxon  rank-sum  test;  all  other  comparisons  were  made  with  a two-sample  r-test. 

^ Estimated  as  the  sum  of  five  hit-miss  readings  taken  within  the  patch  (5  = total  canopy  closure). 

Stem  density  (#  stems/m^)  of  the  plant  species  used  as  substrate.  Substrates  were  categorized  as  switchcane  or  other 
(woody  stems  1. 0-3.0  m).  Sample  includes  switchcane  nests  from  1993  and  1994  (N  = 20)  and  other  nests  from  1994  (N 
— 12;  total  sample  = 32). 


for  the  comparison  between  successful  and  unsuccessful  nests:  fern  cover 
was  greater  (P  — 0.012)  around  successful  nests. 

DISCUSSION 

Nest-site  characteristics. — Switchcane  best  provides  the  structural  fea- 
tures of  a nest  substrate  sought  by  Hooded  Warblers  of  all  plant  species 
occurring  in  bottomland  hardwood  habitats  at  SRS.  It  apparently  is  the 
preferred  substrate  species  throughout  much  of  the  southeastern  United 
States  (Sprunt  and  Chamberlain  1949,  Burleigh  1958).  Switchcane  is  a 
woody  grass  (Poaceae)  that  may  grow  to  10  m (Radford  et  al.  1964)  but 
normally  ranges  from  1-3  m.  It  commonly  forms  extensive  thickets,  or 
canebrakes,  in  southeastern  swamps.  In  addition  to  the  nests  that  were  in 


Kilgo  et  al.  • HOODED  WARBLER  NEST  SITES 


57 


switchcane,  many  of  the  other  nests  were  in  saplings  growing  in  cane- 
brakes  (i.e.,  switchcane  provided  most  of  the  cover  for  most  nests). 

A variety  of  other  plant  species  also  were  used  as  nest  substrates.  Hood- 
ed Warblers  reportedly  prefer  mountain  laurel  (Kalmia  latifolia),  Ameri- 
can holly,  and  fetterbush  {Lyonia  spp.)  in  other  parts  of  their  range  (Bent 
1953).  All  of  these  species  are  thicket-forming  shrubs  (during  the  sapling 
stage  for  American  holly).  Thus,  Hooded  Warblers  may  select  shrubs, 
regardless  of  species,  not  only  for  their  microsite  characteristics  but  also 
for  their  thicket-forming  properties,  as  evidenced  by  the  greater  density 
of  potential  substrates  within  the  nest  patch  than  at  non-use  sites.  Holway 
(1991)  found  that  species  preference  by  another  shrub-nesting  warbler, 
the  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  (Dendroica  caerulescens),  also  was  site- 
specific;  they  selected  the  understory  shrub  that  offered  the  best  protection 
from  weather  and  predators. 

Hooded  Warblers  selected  nest  sites  that  were  less  concealed  from  be- 
low than  nests  at  non-use  sites.  Bent  (1953,  p.  613)  quotes  one  author 
who  said  that  “the  easiest  way  to  locate  a [Hooded  Warbler]  nest  was  to 
place  [his]  head  close  to  the  ground,  scan  the  low  open  spaces  and  look 
for  a clump  of  leaves,  which  sooner  or  later  proved  to  be  a nest.”  The 
adaptive  advantage  of  an  opening  immediately  below  the  nest  is  unclear, 
though  it  may  be  related  to  escape  strategies.  Although  Hooded  Warblers 
normally  do  not  approach  or  leave  the  nest  near  the  ground  (Odum  1931), 
when  flushed,  the  female  often  drops  from  the  nest  straight  to  the  ground 
before  flying  away  just  above  the  ground  for  a short  distance  (J.  C.  Kilgo, 
pers.  obs.;  Evans  Ogden  and  Stutchbury  1994).  Alternatively,  such  open- 
ings may  result  simply  from  the  greater  shading  provided  by  the  under- 
story. 

Murphy  (1983)  and  Martin  (1992,  1993a)  have  suggested  that  preda- 
tion, because  it  is  the  primary  cause  of  nest  failure,  should  be  the  key 
factor  influencing  nest-site  selection.  Selection  of  nest  sites  with  dense 
vegetation  theoretically  can  inhibit  predator  efficiency  by  visually  screen- 
ing the  nest  and  parent  activity,  by  providing  too  many  potential  nest  sites 
for  the  predator  to  search,  and  by  physically  impeding  predators  (Holway 
1991).  Our  results  indicate  that  Hooded  Warblers  may  utilize  each  of  these 
strategies  in  their  selection  of  nest  sites.  Hooded  Warblers  selected  nest 
sites  that  were  better  concealed  from  the  side  and  from  above  than  non- 
use sites.  Furthermore,  nest  patches  contained  a greater  density  of  poten- 
tial substrates  and  denser  vegetation  profiles  at  all  heights  than  non-use 
patches. 

Effect  of  nest-site  characteristics  on  success. — We  detected  no  differ- 
ence in  concealment  from  any  angle  between  successful  and  unsuccessful 
nests.  Similarly,  Howlett  and  Stutchberry  (in  press)  detected  no  effect  of 


58 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


nest  concealment  on  predation  of  Hooded  Warbler  nests  in  Pennsylvania, 
and  Holway  (1991)  was  unable  to  detect  a relationship  between  conceal- 
ment and  the  nest  success  of  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers.  We  also  failed 
to  detect  a difference  in  the  number  of  potential  substrates  between  suc- 
cessful and  failed  nests,  as  predicted  by  Martin  and  Roper  (1988)  and 
Martin  (1993a).  Several  factors  may  make  statistical  distinction  of  these 
subtle  habitat  features  difficult.  First,  Holway  (1991)  suggested  that  pred- 
ators using  olfactory  cues  would  be  less  inhibited  by  visual  concealment. 
Furthermore,  nest  predation  sometimes  can  be  random,  with  some  nests 
being  found  by  chance  alone.  Second,  human  visitation  of  nest  sites  dur- 
ing monitoring  may  have  increased  the  likelihood  of  predation,  and  thus 
masked  any  effects  of  habitat  on  predation  (Westmoreland  and  Best  1985, 
Martin  1992).  Finally,  all  nests  of  shrub-nesting  woodland  birds  should 
be  concealed  because  selection  of  poorly  concealed  sites  should  be  elim- 
inated by  natural  selection  (Wray  and  Whitmore  1979).  The  latter  predic- 
tion is  contradicted  by  several  authors  who  have  detected  differences  in 
concealment  between  successful  and  failed  nests  (e.g.,  Nolan  1978,  Wray 
and  Whitmore  1979,  Martin  and  Roper  1988).  However,  Wray  and  Whit- 
more (1979),  suggest  that  the  apparently  nonadaptive  trait  to  select  poorly 
concealed  nest  sites  may  be  maintained  in  Vesper  Sparrows  (Pooecetes 
gramineus)  because  annual  variation  in  their  environment  may  permit  the 
occupancy  of  a variety  of  nest  sites  to  be  adaptive  over  time.  Although 
such  temporal  variation  is  probably  great  in  the  early  successional  habitats 
of  Vesper  Sparrows,  the  environments  of  mature  forests  are  relatively 
stable.  In  addition,  nest  predation  generally  is  higher  in  shrub  and  grass- 
land habitats  than  in  mature  forests  (Martin  1993b).  Thus,  a relationship 
between  concealment  and  success  should  not  be  as  evident  in  forested 
habitat.  Studies  of  woodland  shrub-nesting  passerines  support  this  con- 
tention (Best  and  Stauffer  1980,  Conner  et  al.  1986,  Holway  1991,  How- 
lett  and  Stutchbury,  in  press;  but  see  Martin  and  Roper  1988),  whereas 
results  of  studies  of  birds  in  earlier  successional  habitats  are  more  variable 
(Caccamise  1977,  Best  1978,  Nolan  1978,  Wray  and  Whitmore  1979). 
Much  of  the  predation  on  shrub-nesting  woodland  birds  may  largely  be 
unrelated  to  fine-scale  differences  in  concealment  (Holway  1991). 

The  difference  in  fern  cover  between  successful  and  failed  nests  is 
intriguing.  This  finding  may  be  related  to  nest-defense  strategies.  Female 
Hooded  Warblers  almost  invariably  drop  to  the  ground  when  flushed  from 
the  nest,  and  rather  than  flying  away,  they  often  engage  in  a distraction 
display,  which  consists  of  running  through  the  underbrush  with  wings 
drooped  and  tail  spread  (J.  C.  Kilgo,  pers.  obs.;  Evans  Ogden  and  Stutch- 
bury 1994).  This  behavior  likely  is  their  primary  (if  not  only)  means  of 
nest  defense.  If  insufficient  ground  cover  exists  in  the  patch  to  make  this 


Kilgo  et  al.  • HOODED  WARBLER  NEST  SITES 


59 


technique  effective  (i.e.,  if  the  bird  must  itself  escape  and  is  not  able  to 
risk  distracting  the  predator)  the  nest  may  be  rendered  more  susceptible 
to  predation.  Ferns  may  provide  structure  that  conceals  the  displaying 
female  yet  is  sufficiently  open  to  allow  the  predator  to  detect  her.  Thus, 
degree  of  fern  cover  may  be  one  of  the  subtle  habitat  features  that  deter- 
mines nest  fate  of  Hooded  Warblers.  This  may  also  explain  why  the  more 
obvious  measures  of  concealment  and  vegetation  density  did  not  differ 
between  successful  and  failed  nests. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

This  study  was  funded  by  the  United  States  Dept,  of  Energy,  Savannah  River  Site,  the 
United  States  Forest  Service,  Savannah  River  Forest  Station  Biodiversity  Program,  the  Univ. 
of  Georgia,  and  Mclntire-Stennis  Project  No.  GEO-0074-MS.  J.  Blake  provided  logistical 
support.  We  thank  the  many  field  assistants  who  helped  in  locating  and  monitoring  nests 
and  measuring  vegetation.  We  thank  G.  W.  Ware  for  providing  statistical  advice  and  A.  S. 
Johnson,  K.  C.  Parker,  R.  J.  Warren,  and  D.  H.  White  for  reviewing  the  manuscript.  L.  B. 
Best  and  B.  J.  Stutchbury  also  provided  valuable  editorial  comments. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bent,  A.  C.  1953.  Life  histories  of  North  American  wood  warblers.  Bull.  203,  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  Washington,  D.C. 

Best,  L.  B.  1978.  Field  Sparrow  reproductive  success  and  nesting  ecology.  Auk  95:9-22. 
AND  D.  E Stauffer.  1980.  Factors  affecting  nesting  success  in  riparian  bird  com- 
munities. Condor  82:149-158. 

Burleigh,  T.  D.  1958.  Georgia  birds.  Univ.  of  Oklahoma  Press,  Norman,  Oklahoma. 
Caccamise,  D.  E 1977.  Nesting  success  and  nest  site  characteristics  in  the  Red-winged 
Blackbird.  Wilson  Bull.  89:396—403. 

Conner,  R.  N.,  M.  E.  Anderson,  and  J.  G.  Dickson.  1986.  Relationships  among  temtory 
size,  habitat,  song,  and  nesting  success  of  Northern  Cardinals.  Auk  103:23-31. 

Evans  Ogden,  L.  J.  and  B.  J.  Stutchbury.  1994.  Hooded  Warbler  {Wilsonia  citrina).  In 
The  birds  of  North  America,  No.  1 10  (A.  Poole  and  F.  Gill,  eds.).  The  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
of  Philadelphia,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania;  The  American  Ornithologists’  Union, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Holway,  D.  a.  1991.  Nest-site  selection  and  the  importance  of  nest  concealment  in  the 
Black-throated  Blue  Warbler.  Condor  93:575-581. 

Howlett,  j.  S.  and  B.  j.  Stutchbury.  Nest  concealment  and  predation  in  Hooded  Warblers: 

experimental  removal  of  nest  cover.  Auk  (in  press). 

Hunter,  W.  C.,  M.  E Carter,  D.  N.  Pashley,  and  K.  Barker.  1993a.  The  Partners  in 
Flight  prioritization  scheme.  Pp.  109-1  19  in  Status  and  management  of  Neotropical 
migratory  birds  (D.  M.  Finch  and  P.  W.  Stangel,  eds.).  U.S.D.A.  For.  Ser.  Gen.  Tech. 
Rep.  RM-229. 

Hunter,  W.  C.,  D.  N.  Pashley,  and  R.  E.  F.  Escano.  1993b.  Neotropical  migratory  landbird 
species  and  their  habitats  of  special  concern  within  the  southeast  region.  Pp.  159-171 
in  Status  and  management  of  Neotropical  migratory  birds  (D.  M.  Finch  and  P.  W. 
Stangel,  eds.).  U.S.D.A.  For.  Ser.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-229. 

James,  F.  C.  and  H.  H.  Shugart.  1970.  A quantitative  method  of  habitat  description. 
Audubon  Field  Notes  24:727—736. 


60 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Martin,  T.  E.  1992.  Breeding  productivity  considerations:  what  are  the  appropriate  habitat 
features  for  management?  Pp.  455^73  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical 
migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
Washington,  D.C. 

. 1993a.  Nest  predation,  nest  sites,  and  birds:  new  perspectives  on  old  patterns. 

BioScience  43:523-532. 

. 1993b.  Nest  predation  among  vegetation  layers  and  habitat  types:  revising  the 

dogmas.  Am.  Nat.  141:897-913. 

AND  J.  J.  Roper.  1988.  Nest  predation  and  nest-site  selection  of  a western  population 

of  Hermit  Thrush.  Condor  90:51—57. 

Murphy,  M.  T.  1983.  Nest  success  and  nesting  habits  of  Eastern  Kingbirds  and  other 
flycatchers.  Condor  85:208-219. 

Nolan,  V.  1978.  The  ecology  and  behavior  of  the  Prairie  Warbler  Dendroica  discolor. 
Ornithol.  Monogr.  26. 

Noon,  B.  R.  1981.  Techniques  for  sampling  avian  habitats.  Pp.  42-51  in  The  use  of  mul- 
tivariate statistics  in  studies  of  wildlife  habitat  (D.  E.  Capen,  ed.).  USDA  Eor.  Serv. 
Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-87. 

Nudds,  T.  D.  1977.  Quantifying  the  vegetative  structure  of  wildlife  cover.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull. 
5:113-117. 

Odum,  E.  P.  1931.  Notes  on  the  nesting  habits  of  the  Hooded  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull.  43: 
316-317. 

Powell,  G.  V.  N.  and  J.  H.  Rappole.  1986.  The  Hooded  Warbler.  Pp.  827—853  in  Audubon 
wildlife  report  1986  (R.  L.  Di  Silvestro,  ed.).  National  Audubon  Society,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Radford,  A.  E.,  H.  E.  Ahles,  and  C.  R.  Bell.  1964.  Manual  of  the  vascular  flora  of  the 
Carolinas.  Univ.  of  North  Carolina  Press,  Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina. 

Ralph,  C.  J.,  G.  R.  Guepel,  P.  Pyle,  T.  E.  Martin,  and  D.  F.  DeSante.  1993.  Handbook 
of  field  methods  for  monitoring  landbirds.  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  PSW-144. 

Sprunt,  a.  and  E.  B.  Chamberlain.  1949.  South  Carolina  bird  life.  Univ.  of  South  Carolina 
Press,  Columbia,  South  Carolina. 

Steele,  B.  B.  1993.  Selection  of  foraging  and  nesting  sites  by  Black-throated  Blue  War- 
blers: their  relative  influence  on  habitat  choice.  Condor  95:568-579. 

Westmoreland,  D.  and  L.  B.  Best.  1985.  The  effect  of  disturbance  on  Mourning  Dove 
nesting  success.  Auk  102:774—780. 

Workman,  S.  W.  and  K.  W.  McLeod.  1990.  Vegetation  of  the  Savannah  River  Site:  major 
community  types.  Publication  SRO-NERP-19,  National  Environmental  Research  Park 
Program.  Savannah  River  Ecology  Laboratory,  Aiken,  South  Carolina. 

Wray,  T.  and  R.  C.  Whitmore.  1979.  Effects  of  vegetation  on  nesting  success  of  Vesper 
Sparrows.  Auk  96:802-805. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  61-71 


CHANGE  IN  BODY  MASS  OF  FEMALE  COMMON 
GOLDENEYES  DURING  NESTING  AND 
BROOD  REARING 

Michael  C.  Zicus'  and  Michael  R.  Riggs^ 

Abstract. — We  measured  body  mass  of  female  Common  Goldeneyes  {Bucephala  clan- 
giila)  during  nesting  on  fish  bearing  lakes  in  northcentral  Minnesota,  in  1982-1985.  Median 
body  mass  during  egg  laying  was  775  g.  Female  mass  during  incubation  varied  among  lakes 
and  possibly  years.  Mass  at  the  start  of  incubation  (698—715  g)  was  10.7—11.0%  greater 
than  that  at  hatching.  Females  regained  most  of  the  mass  lost  during  incubation  by  the  time 
they  abandoned  their  class  IIC  or  class  III  ducklings.  Goldeneyes  in  Minnesota  weighed 
less  at  the  start  of  nesting  than  those  studied  on  predominately  fishless  Ontario  lakes;  pro- 
portional mass  loss  during  incubation  was  also  substantially  less  than  that  reported  in  Ontario 
(approximately  20%).  Differences  in  body  mass  dynamics  may  be  related  to  the  relative 
ease  of  food  acquisition  during  nesting;  foods  might  be  acquired  more  easily  in  more  pro- 
ductive wetlands  despite  the  presence  of  fish.  Received  24  Feb.  1995,  accepted  1 Sept.  1995. 


Relationships  among  incubation  behavior,  female  body  mass,  and  types 
of  nutrients  and  energy  sources  used  by  temperate  nesting  waterfowl  are 
understood  reasonably  well.  In  general,  species  that  begin  nesting  earlier 
have  greater  body  mass,  forage  relatively  less  while  nesting,  rely  more 
on  endogenous  resources,  and  lose  proportionately  more  mass  during  in- 
cubation than  do  later  nesting  species  (see  review  in  Afton  and  Paulus 
1992).  Common  Goldeneyes  {Bucephala  clangula)  deviate  somewhat 
from  this  pattern.  Although  they  are  relatively  small-bodied,  females  be- 
gin nesting  soon  after  arrival  when  many  wetlands  are  still  ice-covered. 
Foraging  territories  also  are  defended  vigorously  during  laying  and  early 
incubation  (Savard  1984,  Zicus  and  Hennes  1993).  In  addition,  laying 
rates  are  low  compared  to  other  similar-sized  waterfowl  (cf  Palmer  1976), 
and  clutch  mass  can  exceed  female  mass  (Zicus,  unpubl.  data).  These 
traits  suggest  that  although  females  arrive  with  some  stored  reserves,  ex- 
ogenous nutrient  sources  may  be  important  for  clutch  completion  and 
female  maintenance  during  incubation. 

Mallory  and  Weatherhead  (1993)  recently  predicted  that  female  Com- 
mon Goldeneyes  lose  approximately  18.5%  of  their  body  mass  during 
incubation.  Their  prediction  was  based  on  relationships  proposed  by  Af- 
ton and  Paulus  ( 1 992)  and  appeared  to  be  supported  by  data  from  an 
Ontario  study  where  wetlands  had  been  influenced  extensively  by  acid 

‘ Minnesota  Dept,  of  Natural  Resources,  Wetland  Wildlife  Populations  and  Research  Group,  102  2.3rd 
St.,  Bemidji,  Minnesota  56601. 

^ Minnesota  Dept,  of  Natural  Resources,  Wildlife  Populations  and  Research  Unit,  500  Lafayette  Road, 
St.  Paul,  Minnesota  55155. 


61 


62 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


deposition  (Mallory  et  al.  1994).  Harvey  et  al.  (1989)  concluded  that 
Wood  Duck  {Aix  sponsa)  body  mass  dynamics  during  incubation  varied 
substantially  among  and  within  individuals.  They  speculated  that  vari- 
ability in  Wood  Duck  incubation  mass  was  related  in  part  to  fluctuating 
environmental  conditions.  Unfortunately,  few  published  data  relate  local 
or  regional  environmental  factors  to  body  mass  changes  in  other  species 
of  incubating  waterfowl. 

We  describe  body  mass  changes  during  nesting  and  brood  rearing  for 
female  Common  Goldeneyes  in  Minnesota.  We  examined  the  effects  of 
different  lakes  and  years  and  of  changing  reproductive  stage  on  female 
body  mass.  Goldeneyes  have  been  studied  previously  in  areas  where  fish 
were  absent  or  where  goldeneyes  appeared  to  favor  fishless  wetlands 
thereby  avoiding  dietary  competition  with  fish  during  the  reproductive 
period  (Eriksson  1979,  Eadie  and  Keast  1982,  Blancher  et  al.  1992,  and 
others).  Whereas  many  lakes  in  Mallory  and  Weatherhead’s  1993  study 
area  were  fishless  (Mallory  et  al.  1994),  each  of  our  study  lakes  supported 
fish  communities.  Thus,  our  data  should  improve  the  understanding  of 
goldeneye  nesting  biology  where  they  commonly  occupy  fish-bearing 
lakes. 


STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

Lemale  Common  Goldeneyes  were  weighed  during  nesting  on  three  lakes  in  Beltrami  and 
Itasca  counties  of  northcentral  Minnesota.  Refuge  Pond,  North  Twin  Lake,  and  Island  Lake 
differed  in  size  (46,  117,  and  1250  ha,  respectively),  amount  and  type  of  public  use,  and 
use  by  goldeneyes  (Zicus  et  al.  1995).  The  two  larger  lakes  supported  fish  populations 
(dominated  by  Centrarchidae,  Percidae  and  Esocidae)  and  were  characterized  by  morpho- 
edaphic  indices  (MEI)  (Ryder  1965)  of  6.75  and  18.01,  respectively  (Minn.  Dept.  Nat. 
Resour.,  Section  of  Lisheries,  unpubl.  data).  These  values  are  near  optimum  for  highly 
productive  fish  communities  (Ryder  et  al.  1974).  The  smallest  lake  supported  only  minnows. 
Lemales  with  hatched  young  were  captured  and  weighed  on  Refuge  Pond  and  Island  and 
North  Twin  Lakes  as  well  as  on  10  additional  lakes,  each  of  which  supported  productive 
fish  populations  with  species  composition  similar  to  those  in  the  lakes  where  nesting  ducks 
were  weighed.  These  additional  lakes  had  MEIs  ranging  from  4.52  to  21.78  (Minn.  Dept. 
Nat.  Resour.,  Section  of  Lisheries,  unpubl.  data). 

Lemale  Common  Goldeneyes  were  captured  before  incubation  began  with  nest  traps  (Zi- 
cus 1989)  and  again  when  we  inspected  nest  boxes  for  use.  Lemales  were  leg  banded  with 
U.S.  Lish  and  Wildlife  Service  bands.  Incubating  female  mass  was  measured  when  possible 
during  weekly  nest  checks,  and  females  accompanying  broods  were  weighed  when  they 
were  caught  nest  prospecting  (Zicus  and  Hennes  1989)  and  during  annual  leg  banding 
(Johnson  1972).  Mass  was  determined  to  the  nearest  5 g using  spring  scales  and  was  un- 
adjusted for  female  structural  size. 

Reproductive  stage  for  egg-laying  females  was  defined  relative  to  the  start  of  incubation, 
and  that  of  incubating  and  brood-rearing  females  was  referenced  to  the  departure  of  young 
from  nests.  This  differs  from  the  convention  often  used  for  incubating  females.  However, 
we  believe  it  is  preferable  because  it  allows  corresponding  days  to  be  compared  more 
appropriately.  Reproductive  stage  of  females  with  young  from  unmonitored  nests  was  esti- 


Zicus  and  Riggs  • GOLDENEYE  BODY  MASS 


63 


mated  from  the  age  of  the  majority  of  the  ducklings  in  the  brood.  Duckling  age  was  deter- 
mined by  comparison  with  known-age  ducklings  in  various  stages  of  plumage  development. 
Plumage  stages  were  assigned  the  following  ages:  IB — 10  days,  IC — 18  days,  II A 27  days, 
IIB — 35  days,  and  IIC — 44  days. 

We  examined  mass  change  of  females  before  incubation  using  linear  regression  (PROC 
GEM;  SAS  Institute  Inc.  1988).  Year  and  location  effects  could  not  be  examined  because 
too  few  females  were  captured.  Most  females  were  weighed  more  than  once  during  incu- 
bation, so  we  investigated  their  mass  change  using  a generalized  linear  mixed  model 
(GLMM)  with  maximum  likelihood  estimators  (PROC  MIXED;  SAS  Institute  Inc.  1992). 
This  approach  allows  measurements  on  subjects  to  be  repeated  within  and  across  years. 
Dependencies  among  repeated  measures  are  modelled  explicitly  and  ensuing  tests  are  ad- 
justed for  this  dependence  based  on  the  underlying  covariance  structure  (Laird  and  Ware 
1982,  Ware  1985).  We  determined  (Jennrich  and  Schluchter  1986)  that  a compound  sym- 
metry covariance  structure  was  optimal  for  our  models.  We  modelled  the  effect  of  lake, 
year,  linear,  quadratic,  and  cubic  effects  of  incubation  day,  and  their  interactions  on  female 
mass.  When  interactions  were  not  significant  (a  = 0.05),  we  used  a reduced  model.  Log- 
likelihood  ratio  statistics  were  used  to  evaluate  model  goodness  of  fit,  and  simultaneous 
paired  comparisons  were  made  using  a Bonferroni  adjustment  to  pairwise  differences  in  the 
time-adjusted  means  (Dobson  1990).  Brood-rearing  females  were  measured  only  once  and 
their  mass  change  was  examined  using  linear  regression  (PROC  GLM;  SAS  Institute  Inc. 
1988).  We  ignored  possible  lake  and  year  effects  because  too  few  brood-rearing  females 
were  measured. 

We  further  examined  nonsignificant  statistical  results  using  post  hoc  power  analyses 
(Anonymous  1995).  Regression  results  were  evaluated  using  a SAS  MACRO  (Latour  1992). 
Power  calculations  for  the  generalized  linear  mixed  model  were  based  on  adjusted  least 
squares  effects  estimated  by  PROC  MIXED  (SAS  Institute  Inc.  1992). 

RESULTS 

From  1982  to  1985,  45  females  were  weighed  prior  to  or  during  egg- 
laying.  In  addition,  82  females  were  weighed  repeatedly  (1-5  times  each 
year)  for  a total  of  213  times  at  known  points  during  incubation  or  with 
hatched  young  in  the  nest.  One  female  was  weighed  in  four  years,  five 
in  three  years,  25  in  two  years,  and  51  in  only  one  year  for  a total  of  120 
within-year  time-series.  During  brood  rearing,  63  females  were  weighed. 

Prelaying  and  laying. — Reproductive  status  of  females  weighed  before 
the  start  of  incubation  varied  (Table  1).  Those  considered  known  nesters 
successfully  incubated  nests  that  we  observed.  Known  nesters  were 
weighed  from  one  to  30  days  before  incubation  (median  = 15.5  days) 
and  most  likely  represented  females  that  were  beginning  to  lay  the  clutch 
that  they  eventually  incubated.  In  contrast,  the  sample  of  unknown  status 
likely  included  females  nesting  elsewhere  as  well  as  those  laying  eggs 
parasitically  when  captured.  We  could  not  detect  any  linear  trend  in  mass 
of  known  nesters  during  the  laying  period  (mass  change  = 1.5  g/day, 
95%  confidence  interval  = -0.4  to  3.5). 

Incubation. — We  fit  the  GLMM  to  measurements  of  mass  for  females 
that  successfully  incubated  a clutch.  We  detected  no  significant  interac- 


64 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Mass  of  Eemale  Common  Goldeneyes  Captured  During  the  Laying  Period  in 
Northcentral  Minnesota,  1982-85 


Mass  (g) 

Stage  (daysp 

Status 

X 

SD 

Median 

Range 

N 

Median 

Known  nesters 

768 

34.0 

775 

685-810 

16 

15.5 

Unknown 

733 

43.8 

720 

660-830 

29 

7 

* Days  prior  to  the  start  of  incubation. 


tions  among  the  main  effects  (lake  and  year)  and  linear,  quadratic,  or 
cubic  measures  of  incubation  day  (all  Ps  > 0.46)  that  affected  mass  loss. 
Two  models,  one  linear  and  one  cubic  with  incubation  day,  indicated  mass 
was  influenced  by  stage  of  incubation.  The  cubic  model  fit  the  data  best 
(G“  = 16.48,  df  = 2,  P < 0.001)  and  indicated  a curvilinear  effect  of 
stage  on  female  mass  (Table  2 and  Fig.  1). 

Body  mass  also  was  influenced  by  conditions  related  to  specific  lakes 
(P  = 2.72;  df  = 2,  79;  P = 0.072).  Female  body  mass  was  greater 
throughout  incubation  on  Island  Lake  than  on  North  Twin  Lake  (P  = 
4.29;  df  = 1,  79;  P = 0.041),  but  mass  did  not  differ  between  Refuge 
Pond  and  either  North  Twin  (P  = 0.00;  df  = 1,  79;  P = 0.980)  or  Island 
Lake  (P  - 1.94;  df  = 1,  79;  P = 0.167)  (Fig.  1). 

We  detected  no  effect  due  to  different  years  with  the  GLMM  (P  = 
0.75;  df  = 3,  125;  P = 0.523),  but  graphical  comparison  of  body  mass 
of  females  for  whom  we  had  measurements  in  1982  and  1983  suggested 
year  might  have  an  effect.  Each  of  the  four  females  was  weighed  at 
similar  points  during  incubation  both  years,  and  each  was  20-^0  g lighter 
in  1983  than  1982  (Fig.  2). 

Four  of  eight  females  that  abandoned  their  nests  during  incubation  had 


Table  2 

Estimated  Coefficients  for  Polynomial  Measures  of  Incubation  Day  on  Mass 
Change  in  Eemale  Common  Goldeneyes  from  Three  Northcental  Minnesota  Lakes, 

1982-1985 


Measure 

P 

SE  (P) 

pa 

Day 

6.3027 

1.1799 

<0.001 

Day^ 

-0.4127 

0.0995 

<0.001 

Day^ 

0.0083 

0.0023 

<0.001 

“Two-sided  test  3 = 0. 


Zicus  and  Riggs  • GOLDENEYE  BODY  MASS 


65 


Fig.  1.  Maximum  likelihood  estimates  of  cubic  temporal  trend  in  female  Common  Gold- 
eneye body  mass  during  incubation  on  three  northcentral  Minnesota  lakes,  1982-1985. 


a body  mass  greater  than  that  predicted  for  successful  females  at  the 
comparable  point  in  incubation,  and  four  were  less  than  predicted. 

Brood  rearing. — Females  in  the  composite  sample  regained  body  mass 
at  approximately  2 grams/day  (F  = 51.7;  df  = 1,  62;  P < 0.001)  from 
the  low  they  had  reached  when  the  young  departed  the  nest  (Fig.  3). 
Females  apparently  regained  most  of  the  body  mass  lost  during  incubation 
by  the  time  they  left  their  broods  of  class  IIC  or  class  III  ducklings  to 
molt. 


DISCUSSION 

Our  results  differed  markedly  from  previous  measurements  of  Common 
Goldeneye  mass.  Minnesota  goldeneyes  appear  to  weigh  less  at  the  onset 
of  nesting  than  do  Ontario  birds.  Mallory  (1991:17)  reported  that  prelay- 
ing females  averaged  875  g at  his  Wanapitei  study  site  and  842  g at  a 
site  farther  east.  These  values  are  67-100  g more  than  our  median  at  the 
start  of  laying  and  12^5  g more  than  our  heaviest  females.  Whether 
females  truly  differ  to  this  extent  is  unclear.  Our  sample  of  prelaying 
females  was  small,  and  we  weighed  females  at  various  times  during  pre- 
laying and  laying.  Furthermore,  the  Wanapitei  values  are  estimates  ob- 
tained by  adjusting  female  mass  determined  during  incubation  to  account 


66 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Days  Before  Departure  From  Nest 

Fig.  2.  Body  mass  of  individual  female  Common  Goldeneyes  measured  during  incu- 
bation while  nesting  on  three  northcentral  Minnesota  lakes,  1982  and  1983.  Individual  fe- 
males are  identified  by  unique  symbols. 


for  incubation  mass  loss  and  that  assumed  lost  in  the  course  of  laying  a 
clutch  (Mallory  1991:16-17).  Goldeneye  females  have  been  reported  to 
lose  approximately  22  g/egg  (i.e.,  approximately  1 1 g/day)  during  egg 
laying  (H.  G.  Lumsden,  unpubl.  data  cited  in  Mallory  1991).  We  did  not 
detect  this  sort  of  change  in  Minnesota,  and  there  was  sufficient  power 
(>0.99)  to  detect  a change  of  as  little  as  6 g/day.  Projected  mass  of 
Wanapitei  females  may  be  biased  high  because  mass  loss  per  egg  in 
Ontario  is  now  believed  to  be  <22  g (M.  L.  Mallory,  Environ.  Can.,  pers. 
comm.).  Nonetheless,  model  predictions  of  mass  for  Minnesota  females 
at  the  start  of  incubation  ranged  from  698-715  g depending  on  factors 
associated  with  the  nesting  lake.  In  contrast,  Ontario  goldeneyes  appear 


ZicLis  and  Riggs  • GOLDENEYE  BODY  MASS 


67 


Fig.  3.  Linear  regression  predictions  (±95%  confidence  limits)  and  observed  mean  body 
mass  (sample  sizes)  for  female  Common  Goldeneyes  with  hatched  young  on  12  northcentral 
Minnesota  lakes,  1982—1985. 


to  begin  incubation  at  752-829  g (calculated  from  Mallory  and  Weath- 
erhead  1993). 

Minnesota  goldeneye  females  lost  proportionately  less  mass  during  in- 
cubation than  Ontario  birds.  Rate  of  mass  change  did  not  differ  among 
nesting  lakes  or  years,  although  our  analysis  indicated  location  and  pos- 
sibly year  affected  overall  incubation  mass.  The  proportionate  mass  loss 
by  goldeneyes  from  the  start  of  incubation  until  broods  departed  the  nest 
(31  days)  was  10.7-11.0%  depending  on  the  nesting  lake.  In  comparison, 
Mallory  and  Weatherhead  (1993)  estimated  mean  mass  loss  variously  and 
reported  changes  for  Ontario  goldeneyes  of  16.7%  (page  853),  17.8% 
(page  856),  and  24.5%  (calculated  from  equation  page  853  using  31  days 
of  incubation). 


68 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Incubating  Common  Goldeneyes  apparently  lose  body  mass  in  a non- 
linear fashion  (Mallory  and  Weatherhead  1993,  this  study).  However,  our 
analysis  suggested  a different  pattern  than  that  described  for  birds  in  On- 
tario. Minnesota  goldeneyes  experienced  a rapid  initial  decline  during 
early  incubation,  reduced  rate  of  loss  in  mid-incubation,  and  an  increased 
rate  of  loss  again  prior  to  hatching  and  duckling  departure.  Mass  loss 
during  incubation  for  Ontario  females  has  been  modelled  as  decreasing 
monotonically  with  the  lowest  mass  occurring  on  the  last  day  of  incu- 
bation (Mallory  and  Weatherhead  1993:equation  p.  853).  However,  Mal- 
lory and  Weatherhead  (1993:853)  also  indicated  that  some  females 
reached  their  lowest  mass  as  early  as  day  18  of  incubation,  after  which 
some  mass  was  regained. 

Female  mass  when  broods  departed  the  nest  was  similar  in  Ontario  and 
Minnesota,  but  again  measurements  are  not  directly  comparable.  Mallory 
and  Weatherhead  (1993:856)  reported  that  mean  body  mass  of  10  females 
at  the  end  of  incubation  was  626  g.  However,  two  of  the  females  included 
in  their  sample  had  deserted  their  nests  after  18  and  24  days  of  incubation, 
respectively.  By  comparison,  Minnesota  females  were  predicted  to  weigh 
615-633  g on  the  departure  day  (model  intercepts)  depending  on  the  lake. 
Unadjusted  arithmetic  mean  mass  on  the  day  broods  departed  the  nest 
was  616  g (N  = 20). 

Mallory  and  Weatherhead  (1993)  speculated  that  female  goldeneyes 
that  lost  too  large  a proportion  of  their  initial  incubation  weight  or 
dropped  below  approximately  600  g might  be  more  prone  to  nest  aban- 
donment than  others.  We  observed  no  indication  that  mass  of  females 
deserting  their  nests  differed  from  that  of  successful  females,  but  more 
data  are  needed.  Furthermore,  seven  of  20  successful  females  weighed 
the  day  ducklings  departed  the  nest  were  less  than  600  g and  five  were 
<580  g.  Some  females  remained  below  600  g well  into  brood  rearing. 

Methodology  alone  does  not  explain  the  marked  differences  in  incu- 
bation mass  and  proportional  mass  change  during  incubation  in  our  study 
versus  those  reported  for  Ontario  goldeneyes.  At  least  two  explanations 
are  tenable.  In  addition  to  the  well  known  difference  existing  in  geese, 
body  size  has  been  shown  to  vary  geographically  in  some  passerines 
(Aldrich  and  James  1991,  Twedt  et  al.  1994).  Ontario  females  may  be 
structurally  larger  than  those  nesting  in  Minnesota  and  thus  able  to  return 
to  breeding  areas  with  more  stored  reserves.  Alternatively,  Ontario  fe- 
males may  be  similar  in  size  but  may  return  with  proportionately  more 
stored  resources  (i.e.,  better  condition).  Several  studies  (e.g.,  Gatti  1983, 
Harvey  et  al.  1989,  Aldrich  and  Raveling  1983)  have  reported  that  heavier 
individuals  lost  a greater  proportion  of  their  body  mass  in  incubation  than 
lighter  conspecifics.  Gatti  (1983)  reasoned  that  heavier  Mallards  {Anas 


Zicus  and  Riggs  • GOLDENEYE  BODY  MASS 


69 


platyrhynchos)  could  afford  to  lose  more  mass  than  those  in  poorer  con- 
dition. In  contrast,  Kennamer  and  Hepp  (1987)  reported  that  double- 
brooded  Wood  Duck  females  lost  a smaller  proportion  of  their  body  mass 
after  their  first  nesting  than  single-brooded  females  and  may  have  been 
in  better  condition  as  a result. 

Whether  Ontario  females  are  structurally  larger  than  those  in  Minnesota 
or  just  begin  incubation  in  better  condition,  incubation  constancy  was 
similar  in  the  two  locations  (Mallory  and  Weatherhead  1993,  Zicus  et  al. 
1995).  Together  with  the  disparate  mass  loss  and  comparable  weights  at 
the  end  of  incubation,  these  results  indicate  that  either  differences  in.  for- 
aging time  during  incubation  recesses  exist  or  else  Ontario  females  con- 
sume less  food  or  food  of  lower  quality  during  incubation  than  do  Min- 
nesota females.  Most  resident  nesting  goldeneyes  from  Island  Lake  and 
Refuge  Pond  appeared  to  forage  exclusively  on  their  respective  lakes, 
whereas  most  females  nesting  on  North  Twin  Lake  foraged  elsewhere. 
Zicus  and  Hennes  (1993)  observed  nesting  female  goldeneyes  feeding  at 
least  as  much  as  most  small-bodied  waterfowl  which  rely  extensively  on 
exogenous  resources.  They  also  reported  that  time  devoted  to  foraging 
during  nesting  varied  among  years  and  concluded  that  females  foraged 
less  when  food  was  most  available.  Harvey  et  al.  (1989)  likewise  believed 
that  reduced  food  availability  in  some  years  contributed  to  a greater  rel- 
ative mass  loss  during  incubation  in  Wood  Ducks.  Furthermore,  incuba- 
tion mass  was  lowest  on  Refuge  Pond,  the  location  among  our  three  study 
sites  where  Zicus  et  al.  (1995)  reported  low  incubation  constancy  in  a 
concurrent  study.  They  speculated  that  low  constancy  was  a consequence 
of  increased  foraging  time  because  of  more  difficult  food  acquisition. 

Goldeneye  mass  during  incubation  varied  among  the  lakes  that  we  stud- 
ied. Although  we  detected  no  differences  among  years  with  the  GLMM, 
measurement  of  a small  sample  of  the  same  females  in  two  consecutive 
years  suggested  that  yearly  differences  of  at  least  20  g might  exist  in 
some  years.  The  GLMM  analysis  had  low  power  (0.46)  at  a = 0.05  to 
detect  such  a difference.  Nonetheless,  the  among  lake  and  year  mass 
differences  we  measured  were  less  than  differences  between  Minnesota 
and  Ontario.  Mann  and  Sedinger  (1993)  suggested  that  Northern  Pintail 
{Anas  acuta)  females  nesting  in  Alaska  relied  more  on  endogenous  re- 
sources than  temperate  nesting  congeners  because  of  less  productive  high 
latitude  wetlands.  Goldeneyes  might  use  different  nesting  strategies  de- 
pending on  average  environmental  conditions  and  food  availability  in  the 
regions  they  occupy.  In  some  regions,  wetland  productivity  may  be  suf- 
ficient to  provide  adequate  goldeneye  food  availability  even  in  the  pres- 
ence of  fish  (DesGranges  and  Gagnon  1994:220).  Resource  acquisition 
would  then  be  less  constrained  by  female  foraging  time  because  food 


70 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


could  be  acquired  easily.  Patterns  of  body  mass  change  before  and  during 
incubation  indicate  this  situation  is  likely  in  Minnesota.  Alternatively, 
females  might  rely  more  on  resources  acquired  before  arrival  to  nesting 
areas  where  wetland  productivity  is  low.  If  nesting  strategy  within  the 
species  is  flexible,  relationships  among  habitat  quality,  female  mass,  and 
reproductive  effort  and  success  (Mallory  et  al.  1994)  may  need  to  be 
reexamined. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  N.  L.  Weiland,  biologist  on  the  Chippewa  National  Lorest  Blackduck  District, 
and  private  landowners  on  North  Twin  and  Island  Lakes  for  permission  to  work  with  their 
waterfowl  nest  boxes.  Numerous  summer  technicians  with  the  Minnesota  Department  of 
Natural  Resources  helped  capture  and  weigh  brood  females  during  routine  leg  banding. 
Discussions  with  and  comments  by  M.  A.  Hanson,  S.  J.  Maxson,  R.  T.  Eberhardt,  and  D. 
R Rave  improved  the  manuscript.  M.  L.  Mallory  also  reviewed  an  earlier  draft  of  the 
manuscript. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Afton,  A.  D.  AND  S.  L.  Paulus.  1992.  Incubation  and  brood  care,  Pp.  62-108  in  Ecology 
and  management  of  breeding  waterfowl  (B.  D.  J.  Batt,  A.  D.  Afton,  M.  G.  Anderson, 
C.  D.  Ankney,  D.  H.  Johnson,  J.  A.  Kadlec,  and  G.  L.  Krapu,  eds.).  Univ.  of  Minnesota 
Press,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

Aldrich,  J.  W.  and  E C.  James.  1991.  Ecogeographic  variation  in  the  American  Robin 
(Turdus  migratorius).  Auk  108:230—249. 

Aldrich,  T.  W.  and  D.  G.  Raveling.  1983.  Effects  of  experience  and  body  weight  on 
incubation  behavior  of  Canada  Geese.  Auk  100:670—679. 

Anonymous.  1995.  Journal  news.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  59:196-198. 

Blancher,  P.  j.,  D.  K.  McNicol,  R.  K.  Ross,  C.  H.  R.  Wedeles,  and  P.  Morrison.  1992. 
Towards  a model  of  acidification  effects  on  waterfowl  in  Eastern  Canada.  Environ. 
Pollut.  78:57-63. 

Desgranges,  J-L.  and  C.  Gagnon.  1994.  Duckling  response  to  changes  in  the  trophic  web 
of  acidified  lakes.  Hydrobiologia  279/280:207—220. 

Dobson,  A.  J.  1990.  An  introduction  to  generalized  linear  models.  Chapman  and  Hall. 
London,  England. 

Eadie,  j.  M.  and  a.  Keast.  1982.  Do  goldeneyes  and  perch  compete  for  food?  Oecologia 
55:225-230. 

Eriksson,  M.  O.  G.  1979.  Competition  between  freshwater  fish  and  goldeneyes  Bucephala 
clangula  (L.)  for  common  prey.  Oecologia  41:99-107. 

Gatti,  R.  C.  1983.  Incubation  weight  loss  in  the  Mallard.  Can.  J.  Zool.  61:565-569. 

Harvey,  W.  E,  IV,  Hepp,  G.  R.,  and  R.  A.  Kennamer.  1989.  Body  mass  dynamics  of  wood 
ducks  during  incubation:  individual  variation.  Can.  J.  Zool.  67:570—574. 

Jennrich,  R.  I.  AND  M.  D.  SCHLUCHTER.  1986.  Unbalanced  repeated-measures  models  with 
structured  covariance  matrices.  Biometrics  42:805—820. 

Johnson,  L.  L.  1972.  An  improved  capture  technique  for  flightless  young  goldeneyes.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  36:1277-1279. 

Kennamer,  R.  A.  and  G.  R.  Hepp.  1987.  Frequency  and  timing  of  second  broods  in  Wood 
Ducks.  Wilson  Bull.  99:655-662. 


Zicus  and  Riggs  • GOLDENEYE  BODY  MASS 


71 


Laird,  N.  M.  and  J.  H.  Ware.  1982.  Random-effects  models  for  longitudinal  studies. 
Biometrics  38:963-974. 

Latour,  K.  R.  1992.  %Power:  a simple  macro  for  power  and  sample  size  calculations. 
Proc.  SAS  Lfser’s  Group  Int.  17:1173—1177. 

Mallory,  M.  L.  1991.  Acid  precipitation,  female  quality,  and  parental  investment  of  Com- 
mon Goldeneyes.  M.S.  thesis,  Carleton  Univ.,  Ottawa,  Ontario. 

AND  P.  J.  Weatherhead.  1993.  Incubation  rhythms  and  mass  loss  of  Common 

Goldeneyes.  Condor  95:849-859. 

, D.  K.  McNicol,  and  P.  j.  Weatherhead.  1994.  Habitat  quality  and  reproductive 

effort  of  Common  Goldeneyes  nesting  near  Sudbury,  Canada.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  58: 
552-560. 

Mann,  E E.  and  J.  S.  Sedinger.  1993.  Nutrient-reserve  dynamics  and  control  of  clutch 
size  in  Northern  Pintails  breeding  in  Alaska.  Auk  110:264—278. 

Palmer,  R.  S.  1976.  Handbook  of  North  American  birds,  Vol.  3.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New 
Haven,  Connecticut. 

Ryder,  R.  A.  1965.  A method  for  estimating  the  potential  fish  production  of  north-tem- 
perate lakes.  Trans.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  94:214—218. 

, S.  R.  Kerr,  K.  H.  Loftus,  and  H.  A.  Regier.  1974.  The  morphoedaphic  index,  a 

fish  yield  estimator — review  and  evaluation.  J.  Fish.  Res.  Board  Can.  31:663—688. 

SAS  Institute  Inc.  1988.  SAS/STAT  user’s  guide,  release  6.03  edition.  SAS  Institute  Inc., 
Cary,  North  Carolina. 

. 1992.  SAS  technical  report  p-229:  SAS/STAT  software  changes  and  enhancements, 

release  6.07.  SAS  Institute  Inc.,  Cary,  North  Carolina. 

Savard,  J.-P.  L.  1984.  Territorial  behavior  of  Common  Goldeneye,  Barrow’s  Goldeneye 
and  Bufflehead  in  areas  of  sympatry.  Ornis  Scand.  15:211-216. 

Twedt,  D.  j.,  W.  j.  Bleier,  and  G.  M.  Linz.  1994.  Geographic  variation  in  Yellow-headed 
Blackbirds  from  the  northern  Great  Plains.  Condor  96:1030—1036. 

Ware,  J.  H.  1985.  Linear  models  for  the  analysis  of  longitudinal  studies.  Am.  Stat.  39:95- 

101. 

Zicus,  M.  C.  1989.  Automatic  trap  for  waterfowl  using  nest  boxes.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  60: 
109-111. 

AND  S.  K.  Hennes.  1989.  Nest  prospecting  by  Common  Goldeneyes.  Condor  91: 

807-812. 

AND . 1993.  Diurnal  time  budgets  of  breeding  Common  Goldeneyes.  Wilson 

Bull.  105:680-685. 

, , AND  M.  R.  Riggs.  1995.  Common  Goldeneye  nest  attendance  patterns. 

Condor  97:461^72. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  72-79 


INTERSPECIFIC  VARIATION  IN  THE  CALLS  OF 
SPHENISCUS  PENGUINS 

Nina  N.  Thumser,'  - Jeffrey  D.  Karron,'  and 
Ml  LUCENT  S.  FiCKEN' 

Abstract. — We  compared  the  vocal  repertoires  of  Jackass  (Spheniscus  demersus),  Hum- 
boldt (5.  humboldti),  and  Magellanic  (5.  rnagellanicus)  penguins.  Discriminant  and  cluster 
analyses  of  the  bray  call  indicate  that  Jackass  and  Magellanic  penguins  are  more  similar  to 
each  other  than  either  is  to  the  Humboldt  penguin,  and  all  three  are  distinct  from  the  Rock- 
hopper  penguin  (Eudyptes  chrysocome).  The  congruence  of  the  vocal  analyses  with  phylog- 
enies  based  on  allozyme  data  suggests  that  differences  in  vocalizations  reflect  gradual  di- 
vergence over  time,  not  character  displacement.  Received  1 Jan.  1995,  accepted  20  Sept. 
1995. 

Vocalizations  frequently  are  used  to  assess  taxonomic  relationships  in 
birds  and  the  use  of  song  in  avian  systematics  has  been  thoroughly  re- 
viewed by  Payne  (1986).  Vocalizations  also  have  been  used  to  determine 
phytogenies  of  non-passerine  species  such  as  the  caledrine  sandpipers 
(Miller  et  al.  1988).  Jouventin  (1982)  found  calls  to  be  the  best  behavioral 
criterion  for  classifying  penguins.  The  degree  of  variation  in  calls  was 
used  to  infer  subspecies  and  species  status  in  island  populations  of  nine 
penguin  taxa.  Vocalizations  have  been  shown  to  be  of  primary  importance 
in  the  communication  of  many  penguin  species  (Pettingill  1960,  Stone- 
house  1960,  Boersma  1974,  Spurr  1975,  Jouventin  1982).  Although  be- 
havior has  been  studied  in  all  of  the  Spheniscus  penguins,  only  prelimi- 
nary information  exists  concerning  their  vocalizations  (Boersma  1974, 
1976,  Eggleton  and  Siegfried  1979,  Jouventin  1982,  Scolaro  1987). 

Species  status  and  phylogenetic  relationships  in  the  genus  Spheniscus 
are  not  clearly  defined.  There  is  insufficient  detail  in  the  fossil  record  to 
distinguish  among  species  (Simpson  1976).  Morphological  studies  led 
Clancey  (1966)  to  classify  Jackass  penguins  (5.  demersus)  as  a subspecies 
of  Magellanic  penguins  {S.  rnagellanicus).  O’Hare  (1989)  used  22  mor- 
phological characters  to  clearly  differentiate  Spheniscus  from  other  pen- 
guin genera.  However,  he  was  unable  to  determine  the  taxonomic  rela- 
tionships among  species  within  the  genus.  Utilizing  data  from  DNA-DNA 
hybridization,  Sibley  and  Monroe  (1990)  proposed  that  S.  demersus  be 
viewed  as  a superspecies  containing  demersus,  rnagellanicus,  and  the 
Humboldt  penguin  (S.  humboldti).  Recent  allozyme  analyses  suggest  that 

' Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  P.O.  Box  413,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin 
53201. 

^ Present  Address:  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences.  150  W.  University  Blvd.  Florida  Tech.  Melbourne,  Flor- 
ida 32901-6988. 


72 


Thumser  et  al.  • SPHENISCUS  VOCAL  COMPARISON 


73 


Humboldt  penguins  form  a distinct  species,  but  that  Jackass  and  Magel- 
lanic penguins  are  closely  related  (Grant  et  al.  1994,  Thumser  and  Karron 
1994). 

We  quantitatively  analyzed  the  vocalizations  of  three  Spheniscus  spe- 
cies (Jackass,  Humboldt,  and  Magellanic  penguins)  and  one  outgroup 
(Rockhopper  penguins,  Eudyptes  chrysocome).  Their  vocal  repertoires 
were  compared  to  determine  if  species  consistently  differ  in  the  acoustical 
structure  of  their  calls.  A resulting  phylogeny  was  compared  to  an  inde- 
pendent phylogeny  based  on  protein  polymorphisms  (Thumser  and  Kar- 
ron 1994). 


METHODS 

Vocalizations  of  21  Humboldt  penguins  were  recorded  at  the  Milwaukee  County  Zoo  in 
Wisconsin  (February  1986— May  1987,  February— March  1988),  the  Brookfield  Zoo  in  Chi- 
cago, Illinois  (November  1987- April  1988),  and  the  St.  Louis  Zoo  in  Missouri  (October 
1988).  Recordings  of  12  Jackass  penguins  were  made  at  the  Henry  Villas  Zoo  in  Madison, 
Wisconsin  (January-April  1988),  the  Knoxville  Zoo  in  Tennessee  (May  1989),  and  the 
Racine  Zoo  in  Wisconsin  (February-March  1990).  Seven  Magellanic  penguins  were  record- 
ed at  the  Cincinnati  Zoo  in  Ohio  (April  1988)  and  by  Jim  Klinesteker  at  the  John  Ball 
Zoological  Gardens  in  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan  (Spring  1989).  Eleven  Rockhopper  penguins 
were  recorded  at  the  Cincinnati  Zoo  (April  1988)  and  the  St.  Louis  Zoo  (October  1988). 

This  study  was  performed  exclusively  on  captive  penguins.  Although  the  majority  of 
recorded  Jackass  penguins  were  born  in  captivity,  most  of  the  Magellanic,  Rockhopper,  and 
Humboldt  penguins  were  born  in  the  wild.  The  birds  comprising  these  captive  populations 
may  have  been  drawn  from  a limited  number  of  wild  populations.  However,  the  results  from 
this  study  should  be  representative  since  seabirds  usually  have  limited  variation  in  their 
vocalizations,  particularly  at  or  below  the  species  level  (Pierotti  1987). 

Observations  were  made  during  breeding  periods,  mainly  prior  to  and  just  after  egg  laying, 
since  most  of  the  calls  occurred  at  those  times.  A microphone  was  placed  inside  the  exhibit, 
but  observations  were  made  from  outside  tbe  exhibit  to  minimize  disturbance  of  the  birds. 
Individuals  were  identified  by  tag  color.  General  behavior  was  observed  throughout  the  day 
(from  08:00  to  17:00  h CST).  Notes  were  recorded  on  videotape  (Hitachi  HJ  5000)  and  by 
hand.  Vocalizations  were  recorded  throughout  the  period  on  a cassette  recorder  (Aiwa  HSJ 
500)  using  a Nakamichi  (CM  100)  microphone.  Whenever  possible  the  identity  of  the  caller 
was  noted.  Peak  periods  of  vocalization  were  simultaneously  videotaped  and  tape-recorded. 

The  recorded  calls  were  analyzed  at  150  Hz  bandwidth  using  a Kay  7800  Digital  Sona- 
Graph  and  digitized  using  a Sigma  Scan  (1988)  Program.  For  the  bray  call,  the  number  of 
syllables  per  call,  total  duration  of  the  call,  sum  of  the  inter-syllable  intervals,  duration  of 
the  longest  syllable,  and  minimum,  main,  and  maximum  frequency  of  the  longest  syllable 
were  recorded.  The  main  frequency  represented  the  darkest  band  in  the  sonagram  of  the 
call.  These  seven  variables  were  selected  to  assess  the  acoustic  structure  of  the  bray  call 
based  on  both  frequency  and  temporal  components.  In  addition,  these  parameters  were 
selected  because  they  could  be  measured  precisely. 

The  vocalizations  were  analyzed  using  discriminant  and  cluster  analysis  in  SYSTAT  (Wil- 
kinson 1990).  The  bray  call  was  selected  for  analysis  since  nested  ANOVA  of  individuals 
within  populations  within  species  indicated  significant  differences  at  the  species  level  for 
more  than  one  parameter  (Thumser  1993).  The  data  set  included  all  recorded  bray  calls  of 
the  three  Spheniscus  penguins  and  the  Rockhopper  penguins.  There  were  109  calls  from 


74 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Discriminant  Eunction  1 Showing  the  Correlations  between  Conditional  Dependent 
Variables  and  Dependent  Canonical  Eactors  in  Eour  Penguin  Species 

Factor 

Variable 

1 

2 

3 

Number  of  syllables 

-0.289 

-0.710 

-0.024 

Total  duration 

0.337 

-0.652 

0.401 

Inter-syllable  interval 

0.270 

0.018 

-0.345 

Duration  of  longest  syllable 

0.622 

-0.229 

0.559 

Maximum  frequency 

0.008 

-0.635 

-0.075 

Minimum  frequency 

-0.145 

0.464 

0.083 

Main  frequency 

-0.292 

0.257 

0.544 

Chi-square 

496.75 

213.17 

39.61 

df 

21 

12 

5 

P 

<0.001 

<0.001 

<0.001 

Correlation 

0.764 

0.644 

0.339 

Humboldt,  77  calls  from  Jackass,  38  calls  from  Magellanic,  and  106  calls  from  Rockhopper 
penguins.  Each  of  the  bray  call  variables  was  standardized  by  converting  its  values  to  z- 
scores  prior  to  analysis.  In  discriminate  analysis  known  groups  were  used  to  generate  linear 
models  which  gave  the  best  fit  for  that  grouping.  The  data  were  also  analyzed  to  determine 
how  well  the  model  predicts  the  actual  groupings.  Another  multivariate  technique,  cluster 
analysis,  was  used  to  detect  natural  groupings  in  data  with  no  prior  expectations.  In  this 
case,  Pearson’s  distance  measures  and  the  single-linkage  method  were  performed  by  cal- 
culating the  mean  of  each  of  the  standardized  variables  for  each  species. 

RESULTS 

For  the  first  discriminant  function.  Factor  1 arranged  the  four  species 
primarily  on  the  basis  of  the  duration  of  longest  syllable  and  the  total 
duration  of  the  call,  while  Factor  2 was  primarily  based  on  the  number 
of  syllables,  the  total  duration  of  the  call,  and  the  maximum  frequency 
of  the  longest  syllable  (Table  1).  Overall,  the  analysis  correctly  catego- 
rized 86%  of  Humboldt,  82%  of  Jackass,  52%  of  Magellanic,  and  79% 
of  Rockhopper  penguin  calls.  These  vocal  parameters  clearly  separated 
the  Spheniscus  penguins  from  the  outgroup,  Rockhopper  penguins  (Fig. 
1 A).  Therefore,  the  outgroup  was  removed  from  the  analysis  and  a second 
discriminant  analysis  was  run  to  increase  the  spread  among  the  Spheniscus 
penguins.  In  this  discriminant  function.  Factor  A arranged  the  three  spe- 
cies primarily  on  the  basis  of  syllable  number  and  maximum  frequency 
of  the  longest  syllable,  and  Factor  B was  based  primarily  on  the  duration 
and  main  frequency  of  the  longest  syllable  (Table  2).  The  analysis  cor- 
rectly predicted  91%  of  Humboldt,  71%  of  Jackass,  and  61%  of  Magel- 
lanic penguin  calls.  Within  the  Spheniscus  penguins,  there  was  consid- 


Thumser  et  al.  • SPHENISCUS  VOCAL  COMPARISON 


75 


FACTOR(I) 

Fig.  1.  (A)  A scatterpiot  of  the  similarity  between  the  bray  calls  of  three  Speniscus 

species  (Jacka.ss,  Magellanic,  and  Humboldt)  and  an  outgroup  (Rockhopper  penguins).  (B) 
A scatterpiot  of  the  similarity  between  the  bray  calls  of  the  three  Spheniscus  species.  Both 
scatterplots  have  ellipses  around  50%  of  the  data  points  for  Humboldt  (dark  star),  Jacka.ss 
(open  .square),  Magellanic  (dark  circle),  and  Rockhopper  (cross)  penguins. 


76 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  2 

Discriminant  Function  2 Showing  the  Correlations  between  Conditional  Dependent 
Variables  and  Dependent  Canonical  Factors  in  Three  Spheniscus  Species 

Factor 

Variable 

A 

B 

Number  of  syllables 

0.711 

-0.020 

Total  duration 

0.311 

0.319 

Inter-syllable  interval 

-0.136 

-0.274 

Duration  of  longest  syllable 

-0.225 

0.735 

Maximum  frequency 

0.441 

-0.065 

Minimum  frequency 

-0.257 

0.074 

Main  frequency 

-0.041 

0.423 

Chi-square 

287.22 

60.23 

df 

14 

6 

P 

<0.001 

<0.001 

Correlation 

0.804 

0.491 

erable  overlap  in  the  vocalizations  of  Magellanic  and  Jackass  penguins 
(Fig.  IB).  In  fact,  37%  of  the  Magellanic  penguin  calls  were  incorrectly 
classified  as  Jackass  penguin  calls,  and  12%  of  Jackass  penguin  calls  were 
incorrectly  classified  as  Magellanic  penguin  calls.  By  contrast,  there  was 
less  similarity  in  the  bray  call  parameters  of  Humboldt  and  Jackass  pen- 
guins (Fig.  IB).  Only  6%  of  the  Humboldt  penguin  calls  were  incorrectly 
classified  as  Jackass  penguin  calls  and  17%  of  the  Jackass  penguin  calls 
were  incorrectly  classified  as  Humboldt  penguin  calls.  Humboldt  and 
Magellanic  penguins  were  the  least  similar  in  their  calls  (Fig.  IB).  In  both 
species  3%  of  their  calls  were  incorrectly  classified  as  the  other  species. 
These  results  were  supported  by  the  cluster  analysis  shown  in  Table  3 
and  Figure  2.  The  distance  matrix  and  tree  show  the  Magellanic  and 
Jackass  penguins  clustering  closely  together,  the  Humboldt  penguins  more 
distant,  and  the  Rockhopper  penguins  the  most  distant. 


Table  3 

Pearson’s  Distance  Matrix  Showing  the  Distance  between  Four  Penguin  Species 
Based  on  Seven  Variables  of  the  Bray  Call 

Species 

1 

2 

3 

1 Humboldt  Penguin 

2 Jackass  Penguin 

1.304 

3 Magellanic  Penguin 

1.436 

0.260 

4 Rockhopper  Penguin 

1.462 

1.664 

1.509 

Thiimser  et  al.  • SPHENISCUS  VOCAL  COMPARISON 


77 


A) 

Magellanic  

Jackass  

Humboldt  

Rockhopper  

I 1 1 1 

0.00  0.50  1.00  1.50 


DISTANCE 


B) 

Magellanic 

Jackass 

Humboldt 

Rockhopper 

King 


-+- 


0.00 


0.20  0.40 

DISTANCE 


0.60 


Fig.  2.  (A)  A tree  using  the  single-linkage  method  based  on  Pearson’s  distances  of 

parameters  of  the  bray  call.  (B)  UPGMA  tree  based  on  modified  Rogers  distance  of  allozyme 
data  (Thumser  and  Karron  1994). 


DISCUSSION 

Overall,  the  Spheniscus  penguins  have  retained  a complement  of  calls 
that  are  similar  in  structure  and  function  (Thumser  1993).  The  bray  call 
is  used  to  establish  a territory  and  to  advertise  availability  for  pairing. 
The  bird  stands  with  its  head  pointing  up  and  calls  while  slowly  flapping 
its  wings.  This  was  the  only  call  which  showed  sufficient  species-level 
variation  for  phenetic  analysis. 

The  analyses  of  selected  vocal  parameters  of  the  bray  call  clearly  dis- 
tinguish Humboldt  from  both  Jackass  and  Magellanic  penguins.  However, 
discriminant  and  cluster  analyses  often  could  not  distinguish  between  the 
Magellanic  and  Jackass  penguin  calls.  This  may  reflect  the  evolutionary 
relationships  among  the  species  or  may  have  resulted  from  other  factors. 
Since  Humboldt  and  Magellanic  penguins  occur  sympatrically  in  South 
America,  another  possible  explanation  for  the  differences  in  their  breeding 
calls  is  character  displacement.  By  contrast,  the  similarity  of  South  Amer- 
ican Magellanic  and  African  Jackass  penguin  calls  is  unlikely  to  result 
from  convergence. 

In  order  to  determine  whether  character  displacement  has  occurred  it 
is  necessary  to  know  which  vocal  characters  are  ancestral.  It  is  difficult 
to  root  a tree  based  on  vocalizations  and  determine  the  most  ancestral 
species  because  vocalizations  can  be  subject  to  strong  selection.  However, 
a comparison  of  allozyme  variation  enhances  these  results  because  protein 
markers  are  subject  to  weaker  and  different  selective  forces  than  those 


78 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


influencing  behavioral  traits.  Trees  based  on  allelic  characters  are  also 
more  easily  rooted  using  outgroup  taxa. 

The  allozyme  data  were  consistent  in  two  different  studies  (Grant  et 
al.  1994,  Thumser  and  Karron  1994).  Grant  et  al.  (1994)  based  their 
analysis  on  15  polymorphic  loci  in  75  captive  (Humboldt,  Magellanic) 
and  wild  (Jackass,  Rockhopper,  and  Macaroni  [Eudyptes  chrysolophus]) 
penguins.  Thumser  and  Karron  (1994)  studied  nine  polymorphic  loci  in 
165  captive  (Jackass,  Humboldt,  Rockhopper,  King  [Aptenodytes  pata- 
gonicus])  and  wild  (Humboldt,  Magellanic)  penguins.  In  both  studies. 
Jackass  and  Magellanic  penguins  were  very  closely  related  and  Humboldt 
penguins  clearly  formed  a distinct  species.  There  is  a striking  similarity 
of  phenetic  trees  based  on  the  allozyme  data  and  the  vocal  analysis  pre- 
sented here  (Fig.  2).  Cladistic  analysis  of  the  allozyme  data  confirmed 
that  Spheniscus  penguins  form  a monophyletic  group  (Grant  et  al.  1994, 
Thumser  and  Karron  1994).  These  findings  suggest  that  differences  in 
vocalizations  between  the  Humboldt  and  Magellanic  penguins  are  not  due 
to  character  displacement,  but  rather  reflect  gradual  genetic  divergence  of 
separate  evolutionary  lineages.  Although  the  Humboldt  and  Magellanic 
penguins  occur  sympatrically,  they  have  lower  genetic  identities  and 
greater  vocal  differences  than  the  more  closely  related  Jackass  and  Mag- 
ellanic penguins. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

This  research  was  partially  funded  by  grants  from  the  Ruth  Walker  Scholarship  Lund,  the 
Univ.  of  Wisconsin— Milwaukee  Graduate  School,  and  the  Institute  of  Museum  Services  (IC- 
10197-91).  We  thank  the  following  zoos  for  allowing  access  and  providing  assistance  in 
recording  penguin  vocalizations;  Brookfield,  Cincinnati,  Henry  Villas  Park,  Knoxville,  Mil- 
waukee County,  Racine,  and  St.  Louis.  We  are  also  grateful  to  Jim  Klinesteker  at  the  John 
Ball  Zoo  for  providing  us  with  recordings  of  a Magellanic  penguin  population.  P.  D.  Boers- 
ma,  G.  Miller,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  provided  several  helpful  suggestions  on  an  earlier 
version  of  the  manuscript. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Boersma,  P.  E.  1974.  The  Galapagos  penguin;  a study  of  adaptations  for  life  in  an  unpre- 
dictable environment.  Ph.D.  diss.  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

. 1976.  An  ecological  and  behavioral  study  of  the  Galapagos  penguin.  Living  Bird 

15;43-93. 

Clancey,  P.  a.  1966.  The  penguins  Spheniscus  clemersus  Linnaeus  and  Spheniscus  niagel- 
lanicus  Forster.  Ostrich  37;237. 

Eggleton,  P.  and  W.  R.  Siegfried.  1979.  Displays  of  the  Jackass  penguin.  Ostrich  50;  139- 
167. 

Grant,  W.  S.,  D.  C.  Duffy,  and  R.  W.  Leslie.  1994.  Allozyme  phylogeny  of  Spheniscus 
penguins.  Auk  1 I 1;7 16-720. 

JouvENTiN,  P.  1982.  Visual  and  vocal  signals  in  penguins,  their  evolution  and  adaptive 
characters.  Adv.  Ethology  24. 


Thumser  et  al.  • SPHENISCUS  VOCAL  COMPARISON 


79 


Miller,  E.  H.,  W.  W.  H.  Gunn,  and  B.  N.  Veprintser.  1988.  Breeding  vocalizations  of 
Baird’s  Sandpiper  Calidris  bairdii  and  related  species,  with  remarks  on  phylogeny  and 
adaptation.  Ornis  Scand.  19:257-267. 

O’Hare,  R.  J.  1989.  Systematics  and  the  study  of  natural  history,  with  an  estimate  of  the 
phylogeny  of  living  penguins  (Aves:  Spheniscidae).  Ph.D.  diss.  Harvard  Univ.,  Boston, 
Massachusetts. 

Payne,  R.  B.  1986.  Bird  songs  and  avian  systematics.  Pp.  87—116  in  Current  ornithology. 
Vol.  3 (R.  E Johnston,  ed.).  Plenum  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

Pettingill,  O.  S.  Jr.  1960.  Creche  behavior  and  individual  recognition  in  a colony  of 
Rockhopper  penguins.  Wilson  Bull.  72:209—221. 

PiEROTTi,  R.  1987.  Isolating  mechanisms  in  seabirds.  Evolution  41:559-570. 

SCOLARO,  J.  A.  1987.  A model  life  table  for  Magellanic  penguins  {Spheniscus  magellanicus) 
at  Punta  Tombo,  Argentina.  J.  Eield  Ornithol.  58:432-441. 

Sibley,  C.  G.  and  B.  L.  Monroe,  Jr.  1990.  Distribution  and  taxonomy  of  birds  of  the 
world.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Sigma  Scan.  1988.  Scientific  Measurement  Program,  Version  3.90.  Jandel  Scientific,  Corte 
Madera,  California. 

Simpson,  G.  G.  1976.  Penguins  past  and  present,  here  and  there.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New 
Haven,  Connecticut. 

Spurr,  E.  B.  1975.  Communication  in  Adelie  Penguins.  Pp.  449-501  in  The  biology  of 
penguins  (B.  Stonehouse,  ed.).  Macmillan,  New  York,  New  York. 

Stonehouse,  B.  1960.  The  King  Penguin  (Aptenodytes  patagonicus)  of  South  Georgia. 
Talk.  Isl.  Dep.  Surv.  Sci.  Rep.  23. 

Thumser,  N.  N.  1993.  Phylogenetic  relationships  among  Spheniscus  penguins  based  on  the 
analysis  of  vocal  and  allozyme  data.  Ph.D.  diss.  Univ.  of  Wisconsin-Milwaukee,  Mil- 
waukee, Wisconsin. 

AND  J.  D.  Karron.  1994.  Patterns  of  genetic  polymorphism  in  five  species  of 

penguins.  Auk  111:1018-1022. 

Wilkinson,  L.  1990.  SYSTAT:  the  system  for  statistics.  SYSTAT,  Inc.,  Evanston,  Illinois. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  80-93 

THE  BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  WILLOW  TIT  IN 
NORTHEASTERN  SIBERIA 

Vladimir  V.  Pravosudov  and  Elena  V.  Pravosudova 

Abstract. We  studied  the  breeding  biology  of  the  Willow  Tit  {Parus  montanus)  during 

19g7_1990  in  the  Magadan  region  of  northeastern  Siberia.  Clutch  size  and  number  of  fledg- 
lings averaged  7.5  and  6.5,  respectively,  and  both  were  correlated  negatively  with  the  date 
of  the  first  egg.  Nestling  growth  rate  was  correlated  positively  with  the  date  of  the  first  egg, 
but  was  not  related  to  brood  size.  Body  mass  at  fledging  was  related  negatively  to  brood 
size.  Males  fed  nestlings  significantly  more  often  than  did  females,  while  females  spent 
more  time  attending  nestlings.  The  number  of  parental  visits  per  young  did  not  change 
significantly  with  brood  size.  During  the  first  13  days  of  the  nestling  period,  female  feeding 
rate  per  young  was  positively  related  to  brood  size  while  for  males  this  relationship  was 
negative.  The  nestling  diet  consisted  mostly  of  Lepidoptera  larvae,  Arachnoidea,  and  Dip- 
tera.  Received  20  April,  1995,  accepted  21  Sept.  1995. 


Most  studies  of  the  Willow  Tit  {Parus  montanus),  a small  hole-nesting 
Palearctic  passerine,  have  focused  on  the  species’  non-breeding  biology 
in  northern  Europe  (see  Ekman  1989,  Matthysen  1990).  Eewer  studies 
have  been  done  on  its  breeding  biology  (Orell  1983,  Orell  and  Ojanen 
1983,  Pravosudov  1987,  Orell  and  Koivula  1988,  see  review  by  Cramp 
and  Perrins  1993).  Here,  we  report  details  of  breeding  biology  of  the 
Willow  tit  in  northeastern  Siberia  and  compare  it  with  breeding  biology 
of  other  parids.  Our  study  area  is  close  to  the  easternmost  part  of  this 
species’  range. 

METHODS 

We  collected  data  between  1987  and  1990  in  the  .southern  part  of  the  Magadan  legion  of 
northeastern  Siberia  (60°N,  150°E).  The  habitat  was  comprised  mainly  of  larch  {Lati.x  ca- 
jandery),  poplar  (Populus  suoveolens),  and  chosenia  {Chosenia  arbutifolia).  A detailed  de- 
scription of  the  study  area  has  been  published  previously  (Pravosudov  1993a,  b).  Most  of 
the  birds  were  fitted  with  unique  combinations  of  color  bands.  Nests  were  opened  with  a 
knife,  after  which  a patch  of  bark  was  used  to  cover  the  opening.  Nestlings  in  13  nests  were 
weighed  to  the  neare.st  0.1  g and  the  fifth  primary  was  measured  to  the  nearest  millimeter. 
Using  nonlinear  regression,  we  found  that  the  logistic  equation  was  the  most  suitable  for 
describing  rate  of  body  mass  increase,  and  we  used  the  growth  constant  K to  estimate 
nestling  growth  rate.  As  another  index  of  nestling  growth,  we  used  the  growth  of  the  fifth 
primary.  The  rate  of  increase  in  length  of  this  feather  is  very  close  to  linear,  so  we  used  the 
slope  of  the  linear  regression  as  an  estimate  of  the  growth  rate.  The  rates  at  which  nestlings 
were  fed  were  studied  by  repeatedly  observing  eight  nests  for  1-h  intervals  over  the  whole 
nestling  period.  All  observations  were  made  from  35^0  m,  and  the  parents  did  not  appear 


Institute  of  the  Biological  Problems  of  the  North,  Academy  ol  Sciences  of  Russia,  Far  East  Division,  K. 
Marx  pr.  24,  Magadan,  Russia.  (Present  address;  Behavioral  Ecology  Group,  Department  ot  Zoology, 
The  Ohio  State  University,  1735  Neil  Avenue,  Columbus,  Ohio,  43210-1293.) 


80 


Pravosudov  and  Pravosudova  * WILLOW  TITS 


81 


to  be  disturbed  by  our  presence.  To  collect  food  brought  to  each  nestling  by  its  parents,  we 
used  a thread  tied  loosely  around  each  nestling’s  neck.  After  the  parents  made  a number  of 
feeding  visits  corresponding  to  the  number  of  young  in  a nest,  we  collected  the  food  loads 
from  each  nestling’s  throat  with  forceps  and  stored  each  load  in  a separate  vial.  Parents 
resumed  feeding  as  soon  as  collared  nestlings  were  put  back  in  the  nest.  This  method  did 
not  appear  to  harm  the  young  tits.  In  1987,  we  determined  only  the  frequency  of  different 
prey  items  in  the  diet.  In  1989  and  1990,  we  also  weighed  to  the  nearest  mg  each  food  load 
taken  from  a nestling  and  each  individual  item  such  loads  contained.  Over  all  years,  we 
collected  296  food  items  contained  in  108  individual  loads  from  11  broods,  185  of  which 
were  weighed.  The  number  of  food  loads  collected  per  nest  was  5—23  loads.  The  food  loads 
were  collected  from  nestlings  6—12  days  old,  with  most  collected  during  7—11  days  of 
nestling  age. 

Multi-way  general  linear  models  (GLM)  and  multiple  and  simple  linear  regression  anal- 
yses were  used  for  the  majority  of  tests.  General  linear  model  (GLM)  is  a multivariate 
analysis  that  is  used  to  perform  analysis  of  variances  (ANOVA)  with  balanced  and  unbal- 
anced designs,  analysis  of  covariance  (ANCOVA),  and  regression  (Neter  et  al.  1990,  Anon- 
ymous 1991).  All  analyses  were  performed  using  MINITAB  routines  (Anonymous  1991). 
All  tests  of  the  slopes  in  regression  analyses  and  for  covariates  in  the  GLMs  were  two- 
tailed.  For  statistical  analyses  of  parental  feeding  rates,  we  used  two  methods  (1)  we  ana- 
lyzed averages  per  nest  for  the  whole  nestling  period  (16  days),  and  (2)  we  used  all  obser- 
vations (147  1-h  periods)  made  repetitively  at  the  eight  nests  in  a GLM  where  each  nest 
served  as  a factor.  All  models  dealing  with  parental  feeding  rate  consisted  of  a nest  as  a 
factor  and  nestling  age  and  brood  size  as  covariates.  Analyses  of  the  length  of  time  that 
parents  spent  in  the  nest  during  one  visit  while  feeding  nestlings  was  done  on  three  nests 
only,  and  all  579  such  observations  were  used  in  a GLM  where  each  nest  served  as  a factor 
and  brood  size  and  nestling  age  served  as  covariates.  For  statistical  analyses  of  variance  in 
food  loads  and  main  prey  type  in  the  diet  among  different  years  and  different  broods,  we 
used  average  frequency  of  every  prey  type  in  a load  per  nest  in  ANOVA.  Thus,  the  brood 
was  the  primary  sampling  unit.  To  analyze  variation  in  the  diet  among  different  broods,  we 
used  average  frequency  of  every  prey  type  in  a load  and  the  load  was  the  primary  sampling 
unit.  The  variation  among  broods  was  tested  separately  for  each  year. 

RESULTS 

Willow  Tits  almost  always  excavated  their  own  cavities.  Only  two  of 
22  nests  were  in  pre-existing  natural  holes,  and  in  both  cases,  the  birds 
altered  the  original  hole  by  shaping  the  cavity.  The  average  start  of  egg- 
laying  differed  significantly  among  years,  occurring  a week  later  during 
1990  than  during  the  two  preceding  years  (ANOVA,  ^2,8  = 5.7,  P = 
0.012;  Table  1).  Mean  clutch  size  was  7.5  eggs  and  varied  significantly 
among  years.  Birds  that  started  laying  eggs  later  had  smaller  clutches 
(ANCOVA,  effect  of  year,  F,  ,7  = 10.1,  P = 0.006;  date  of  the  first  egg, 
slope  = -0.15,  P = 0.006;  Table  1).  The  number  of  young  that  fledged 
was  6.5  and  did  not  vary  significantly  among  years,  but  pairs  that  started 
laying  eggs  later  had  significantly  fewer  fledglings  (ANCOVA,  effect  of 
year,  F,  ,6  = 2.4,  P = 0.124;  date  of  the  first  egg,  slope  = -0.19,  P = 
0.03;  Table  1).  Reproductive  success  as  fledglings  per  egg  averaged  0.85 
and  was  nearly  always  higher  than  0.7  (Table  1).  The  nestling  body  mass 


82 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table 

Breeding  Characteristics  of  Willow  Tits 

1 

IN  THE  Magadan  Region  of  Siberia*" 

Parameter 

1987 

1989 

1990 

Total 

Range 

No.  of  nests 

9 

6 

7 

22 

Mean  date  of  first  egg 

30  May 

30  May 

6 June 

1 June 

25  May-7  June 

1.6  days 

1.9  days 

1.7  days 

5.6  days 

Clutch  size 

7.1 

8.0 

7.7 

7.5 

6-10 

0.4 

0.5 

0.4 

1.1 

No.  of  fledglings 

6.4 

6.2 

6.8 

6.5 

3-9 

0.6 

0.7 

0.7 

1.6 

Reproductive  success** 

0.89 

0.75 

0.89 

0.85 

0.42-1.00 

5.2 

6.1 

6.1 

15.5 

K constant 

0.376 

0.372 

0.411 

0.385 

0.331-0.436 

0.017 

0.015 

0.016 

0.035 

Primary  growth  rate 

3.28 

3.44 

3.45 

3.39 

3.02-3.60 

(mm/day) 

0.07 

0.06 

0.07 

0.16 

Body  mass  of  young 

11.91 

12.49 

12.54 

12.33 

11.34-13.16 

on  day  14  posthatch 

0.43 

0.69 

0.27 

0.56 

•‘Within  each  cell  of  the  four  rows  on  the  left,  the  upper  number  is  the  mean  and  the  lower  number  is  the  standard 
deviation. 

Reproductive  success  = fledglings/eggs. 


growth  constant  (K)  did  not  vary  significantly  among  years  or  with  brood 
size  (ANOVA,  P > 0.2).  The  nestlings  in  the  later  nests,  however,  grew 
significantly  faster  (regression  on  the  date  of  the  first  egg,  b = +0.005, 
P - 0.011,  constant  K = 0.213  + 0.005  date;  Fig.  1).  Body  mass  of 
nestlings  on  day  14  posthatch  did  not  vary  significantly  among  years 
(Table  1)  or  with  date  of  first  egg  (ANOVA,  P > 0.2).  However,  day- 14 
body  mass  appeared  to  be  related  to  brood  size;  nestlings  in  smaller 
broods  were  heavier  (regression  on  the  brood  size,  b = —0.163,  P = 
0.064,  N = 13,  mass  = 13.4  — 0.163  brood  size).  Body  mass  of  fledglings 
was  not  significantly  related  to  their  growth  rate  (regression,  P = 0.80). 
The  growth  rate  of  the  fifth  primary  varied  similarly  with  the  growth 
constant,  K.  Feather  growth  was  not  significantly  affected  by  either  year 
or  brood  size  (ANOVA,  P > 0.2),  but  the  nestlings  in  later  broods  tend 
to  grow  their  fifth  primary  faster  (regression  on  the  date  of  the  first  egg, 
b = 0.017,  F = 0.082,  N = 13,  rate  = 2.83  + 0.017  date). 

Males  made  significantly  more  feeding  trips  to  nest  than  did  females 
(paired  t-test,  t — 3.56,  N = 8 nests,  P = 0.009,  Fig.  2).  Females  increased 
the  number  of  feeding  trips  per  brood  as  brood  size  increased  (Regression, 
b = 0.82,  P = 0.046,  N = 8 broods,  number  of  trips  = 1.18  + 0.82 
brood  size),  while  total  number  of  visits  and  number  of  visits  by  males 
per  nest  were  not  significantly  affected  by  brood  size  (F  > 0.2,  calculated 


Pravosudov  and  Pravosudova  • WILLOW  TITS 


83 


H 

< 

H 

CZJ 

Z 

O 

U 

u 

H 

< 

a 

H 

o 

a 

o 

cn 

< 

>- 

Q 

O 

a 


0.45 

0.44 

0.43 

0.42 

0.41 

0.40 

0.39 

0.38 

0.37 

0.36 

0.35 

0.34 

0.33 

0.32 

0.31 

0.30 


I I I I L 

25  30  4 9 14 

MAY  JUNE 

DATE  OF  THE  FIRST  EGG 


Fig.  1 . Relationship  between  body  mass  growth  rate  constant,  K,  of  Willow  Tits  and 
the  date  of  the  first  egg. 


on  averages  per  nest  for  the  entire  nestling  period).  GLM  analysis  using 
all  feeding  observations  and  brood  as  a factor  during  the  entire  nestling 
period  showed  no  significant  relationships  between  the  number  of  visits 
per  nest  (total,  male  and  female  separately)  and  brood  size  {P  > 0.2). 
Both  total  number  of  visits  per  nest  (slope  = 3.12,  P < 0.01)  and  number 
of  visits  by  females  (slope  = 3.95,  P < 0.01)  significantly  increased  as 
nestlings  grew  older,  although  male  feeding  rate  was  affected  by  nestling 
age  only  suggestively  (slope  = 1.56,  P = 0.095).  The  number  of  feeding 
trips  per  young  (total,  male  and  female  separately)  was  also  not  signifi- 
cantly affected  by  brood  size  {P  > 0.4,  calculated  both  for  nest  averages 
for  all  nesting  period  and  with  a nest  as  a factor  for  all  feeding  obser- 
vations). Both  total  number  of  feeding  trips  (GLM  with  a brood  as  a 


84 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Eig.  2.  Number  of  feeding  visits  of  Willow  Tits  per  nestling  per  hour  as  related  to 
nestling  age.  Open  circles  and  squares  represent  feeding  rates  of  males  and  females,  re- 
spectively. Triangles  represent  rates  for  males  and  females  combined.  Vertical  lines  represent 
± one  SD  of  the  means. 


factor,  slope  = 2.64,  P < 0.01)  and  number  of  visits  by  female  per  young 
(slope  = 3.30,  P < 0.01)  increased  significantly  as  nestlings  grew  older, 
while  male  feeding  rate  was  not  significantly  affected  by  nestling  age 
(slope  = 1.29,  P = 0.22).  Since  some  young  left  their  nest  on  the  14th 
day  posthatch  and  nestling  body  mass  (Fig.  3)  and  parental  feeding  rate 
(Fig.  3)  started  slowing  down  by  the  13th  day  posthatch,  we  analyzed  the 
frequency  of  parental  feeding  visits  separately  for  the  first  13  days  of 
nestling  age  (N  = 116  1-h  periods  for  8 nests).  This  separate  analysis  of 
the  first  13  days  may  be  very  important  since  the  young  reach  their  fledg- 
ing body  mass  and  are  able  to  fledge  by  that  time,  so  the  heaviest  pressure 
on  parents  should  fall  in  this  period.  The  results  were  strikingly  different 


Prcivosudov  and  Pravosndova  • WILLOW  TITS 


85 


Fig.  3.  Nestling  body  mass  of  Willow  Tits  as  related  to  nestling  age. 

from  those  of  the  whole  nesting  period  (Table  2).  Both  total  number  of 
feeding  trips  and  number  of  feeding  trips  by  female  per  brood  and  per 
young  increased  significantly  as  nestlings  grew  older.  Male  feeding  rate, 
though,  did  not  change  significantly  with  nestling  age  (Table  2).  Both 
males  and  females  increased  number  of  feedings  per  nest  as  brood  size 
increased.  Feeding  frequency  per  young  showed  a dramatic  difference 
between  sexes  (Fig.  4).  Females  made  more  feeding  trips  per  young  in 
larger  broods,  while  males  made  significantly  fewer  of  them  as  brood  size 
increased  (Table  2,  Fig.  4). 

Females,  but  not  males,  spent  more  time  attending  nests  containing 
fewer  young  during  the  entire  nesting  period  (GLM  with  nest  and  brood 
size  as  factors,  ^2,579  = 8.27,  P < 0.001).  Both  male  and  female  decreased 
their  attendance  time  as  nestlings  grew  older  (GLM  with  a nest  as  a factor, 
P < 0.01,  Fig.  5). 

Arachnoidea,  Lepidoptera,  and  Diptera  comprised  the  majority  of  the 


86 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Table  2 

Relationships  between  Parental  Leeding  Rate  and  Nestling  Age  (Day  1-13)  and 

Brood  Size  in  the  Willow  Tit 


No.  of  visils/h 

Age 

Brood 

size 

Slope 

p 

Slope 

p 

Male  per  brood 

0.16 

0.13 

1.10 

0.00 

Lemale  per  brood 

0.44 

0.00 

1.37 

0.00 

Total  per  brood 

0.59 

0.00 

2.49 

0.00 

Male  per  young 

0.03 

0.11 

-0.12 

0.01 

Lemale  per  young 

0.06 

0.00 

0.08 

0.01 

Total  per  young 

0.09 

0.00 

-0.03 

0.58 

nestlings’  diet  (79%,  Tables  3 and  4).  The  number  of  prey  items  contained 
in  each  individual  food  load  brought  to  nestlings  averaged  3.0  and  did 
not  vary  significantly  among  years  (Fj  g = 1.76,  P = 0.23,  Table  5)  or 
different  broods  (no  two  pairs  were  different  at  F = 0.05,  Tukey’s  test). 
Average  mass  of  a load  taken  during  1989-1990  also  was  not  statistically 
different  (r-test,  t = 1.74,  P = 0.22,  N = 7)  between  these  years  (Table 
3),  although  there  were  significant  differences  among  broods  during  both 
years  (in  1989,  one  nest  was  different  from  one  out  of  3 broods  and  in 
1990,  one  nest  was  different  from  the  rest,  all  differences  at  F = 0.05, 
Tukey’s  test).  The  mass  of  a food  load  was  positively  and  significantly 
related  to  the  number  of  prey  items  in  a load  when  differences  among 
years  and  broods  were  accounted  for  (ANCOVA  with  year  and  brood  as 
factors  and  the  number  of  items  in  a load  as  a covariate,  individual  load 
is  the  primary  sampling  unit;  slope  = 15.64,  t = 5.49,  F < 0.001).  Even 
though  all  major  prey  items  showed  a great  deal  of  variation  there  were 
no  significant  difference  in  average  frequency  of  any  major  prey  type  per 
load  either  among  years  or  among  broods  (no  pairs  compared  were  dif- 
ferent at  F = 0.05,  Tukey’s  test). 

DISCUSSION 

The  breeding  biology  of  the  Willow  Tit  in  northeastern  Siberia  and 
western  Europe  appears  to  be  very  similar  (Orell  and  Ojanen  1983).  Av- 
erage clutch  size  (7.62)  and  number  of  fledglings  (6.19)  in  Einland  (Orell 
and  Ojanen  1983)  are  nearly  identical  to  those  in  Siberia  (7.5  eggs  and 
6.5  fledglings).  The  trend  toward  reduced  clutch  size  with  later  breeding 
seems  to  be  general  not  only  for  Willow  Tits  but  for  many  other  bird 
species  as  well  (Orell  and  Ojanen  1983).  Nestling  growth  rate  (K)  of 
Siberian  Willow  Tits  (0.331-0.436)  is  very  similar  to  that  of  Willow  Tits 


Pravosudov  and  Pravosudova  • WILLOW  TITS 


87 


B 


X 

X 

u 

CL. 


2.2 


2.0 


Fig.  4.  Feeding  rates  by  male  and  female  Willow  tits  per  brood  (A)  and  per  nestling 
(B)  as  related  to  brood  size.  Feeding  rates  are  taken  as  averages  for  the  first  13  days  of 
nestling  age,  and  lines  represent  standard  deviations  of  the  means.  Males  are  represented  by 
circles  and  females  by  squares. 


88 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Eig.  5.  Eength  of  time  spent  in  the  nest  cavity  during  one  visit  by  male  and  female 
Willow  Tits  as  related  to  nestling  age.  Vertical  lines  represent  standard  deviations  of  the 
means.  Males  are  shown  by  circles  and  females  by  squares. 


in  other  studies  (0.380-0.406;  Foster  and  Godfrey  1950,  Inozemtsev 
1962,  Song  1980,  Orell  and  Ojanen  1983).  The  negative  coirelation  be- 
tween fledgling  body  mass  and  brood  size  has  also  been  demonstrated 
before  (Nur  1984,  Orell  and  Koivula  1990). 

It  seems  that  birds  that  start  breeding  earlier  typically  produce  more 
fledglings.  However,  we  found  that  nestling  growth  rate  was  positively 
correlated  with  the  start  of  breeding.  Nestlings  that  hatched  later  grew 
significantly  faster  although  there  was  no  effect  of  the  timing  of  breeding 
on  fledgling  body  mass.  The  fledgling  body  mass  was  also  unrelated  to 
their  growth  rate.  This  result  may  suggest  that  although  late-breeding  pairs 
produce  fewer  fledglings,  their  young  could  be  better  off  nutritionally. 
Timing  of  breeding  has  long  been  thought  of  as  a life-history  trade-off. 


Pravosudov  and  Pravosudova  • WILLOW  TITS 


89 


Table  3 

Frequency  of  Different  Food  Types  in  the  Diet  of  Nestling  Willow  Tits  in  Siberia 

Prey  taxon 

1987 

1989 

1990 

Total 

Percent 

Arachnoidea 

9 

20 

20 

49 

16.5 

Total  Lepidoptera 

25 

63 

45 

135 

45.6 

Larvae 

18 

59 

45 

122 

41.2 

Imago 

7 

4 

0 

13 

4.4 

Total  Hymenoptera 

15 

3 

2 

20 

6.8 

Larval  Hymenoptera 

0 

2 

0 

2 

0.7 

Tentridinidae 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0.3 

Pamphilidae 

0 

1 

0 

1 

0.3 

Formicidae 

1 

0 

2 

3 

1.0 

Total  Coleoptera 

16 

4 

2 

22 

7.4 

Larval  Coleoptera 

15 

2 

2 

19 

6.4 

Diptera 

38 

10 

2 

50 

16.9 

Limoniidae 

25 

0 

0 

25 

8.4 

Tipulidae 

10 

9 

2 

21 

7.1 

Unidentified 

3 

1 

0 

4 

1.3 

Plecoptera 

2 

4 

0 

6 

2.0 

Chloroperlidae 

0 

3 

0 

3 

1.0 

Unidentified 

2 

1 

0 

3 

1.0 

Homoptera 

1 

2 

0 

3 

1.0 

Gastropoda 

0 

1 

1 

2 

0.7 

Fish  bones 

2 

0 

0 

2 

0.7 

Total  number 

111 

1 14 

71 

296 

Birds  may  benefit  by  breeding  earlier,  possibly  because  food  abundance 
is  higher.  However,  for  the  Willow  Tits  breeding  in  Siberia,  this  is  prob- 
ably not  true  since  when  they  start  breeding  there  is  still  snow  cover  and 
food  becomes  abundant  only  later  (pers.  obs.).  Other  studies  have  shown 
that  in  some  resident  passerine  birds,  including  the  Willow  Tit,  there  is 
another  important  benefit  from  breeding  earlier;  young  fledged  earlier 
stand  a better  chance  of  recruitment  into  both  winter  flocks  and  into  the 
next  season’s  breeding  population  (Nilsson  1988,  Koivula  et  al.  1993, 
Pravosudov  1993b).  Our  results  suggest  that  there  may  be  a trade-off 
between  early  and  late  breeding  in  the  Willow  Tit.  If  nutritional  condition 
of  fledglings  were  independent  of  the  start  of  breeding,  birds  breeding 
earlier  would  produce  young  that  would  have  a higher  chance  of  estab- 
lishing themselves  into  a subsequent  breeding  population.  However,  birds 
breeding  later  may  produce  better  nourished  young,  although  fewer  of 
them.  The  optimal  time  of  breeding  may  thus  reflect  a trade-off  between 
breeding  early  enough  to  produce  early  dispersers  (and  successful  re- 
cruits) and  breeding  late  enough  to  produce  well  nourished  young. 


90 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  4 

Mass  (mg)  of  Different  Lood  Types  in  the  Diet  of  Nestling  Willow  Tits 

Prey  taxon 

1989 

1990 

Total 

Percent 

Arachnoidea 

833 

702 

1535 

20.5 

Lepidoptera 

2392 

2531 

4923 

65.8 

Larvae 

2175 

2531 

4706 

62.9 

Imago 

217 

0 

217 

2.9 

Hymenoptera 

160 

85 

245 

3.3 

Pamphilidae 

60 

0 

60 

0.8 

Lormicidae 

0 

85 

85 

1.1 

Larvae 

100 

0 

100 

1.3 

Coleoptera 

57 

104 

161 

2.1 

Larvae 

36 

104 

140 

1.9 

Diptera 

310 

119 

429 

5.7 

Tipulidae 

290 

119 

409 

5.5 

Plecoptera 

84 

0 

84 

1.1 

Chloroperlidae 

68 

0 

68 

0.9 

Homoptera 

76 

0 

76 

1.0 

Gastropoda 

16 

14 

30 

0.4 

Total 

3928 

3555 

7483 

Parental  behavior  in  which  male  Willow  Tits  fed  young  more  often 
than  females  but  females  spent  more  time  attending  nestlings  during  the 
whole  nesting  period  was  quite  similar  to  that  of  the  Mountain  Chickadee 
{Pams  gambeli)  (Grundel  1987).  However,  during  the  first  13  days  of 
nestling  life.  Willow  Tits  differed  significantly  from  Mountain  Chickadees 
in  the  way  the  sexes  responded  to  changes  in  brood  size.  In  our  study, 
both  males  and  females  increased  the  number  of  feeding  visits  per  brood 
as  the  brood  size  increased.  However,  the  number  of  feeding  trips  per 
young  was  negatively  correlated  with  brood  size  in  males  but  positively 
correlated  in  females.  This  result,  and  also  the  fact  that  male  feeding  rate 


Table  5 

Measurements  of  Nestling  Leeding  in  the  Willow  Tit 


Parameter 

1987 

1989 

1990 

Total 

Number  of  loads 

24 

49 

35 

108 

Number  of  broods 

4 

4 

3 

1 1 

Number  of  food  items/load 

4.2  (2.6)“ 

2.2  (0.7) 

2.5  (0.8) 

3.0  (1.8) 

Mass  of  a food  load 

— 

81.1  (22.2) 

127.9  (42.4) 

101.1  (38.4) 

" so. 


Pravosudov  and  P ravosudova  • WILLOW  TITS 


91 


did  not  change  much  with  nestling  age,  may  indicate  that  males  worked 
as  hard  as  possible  and  that  is  why  their  feeding  rate  was  similar  for 
broods  of  different  size  and  age  throughout  the  entire  nesting  period.  On 
the  other  hand,  females  appeared  to  adjust  their  feeding  rate  to  variation 
in  demand  caused  by  different  ages  of  young  and  different  brood  sizes. 
Females,  but  not  males,  also  adjusted  their  attendance  time  to  brood  size 
while  feeding  nestlings. 

It  is  known  that  parental  feeding  rate  by  itself  is  not  necessarily  a good 
indicator  of  parental  investment  since  the  biomass  of  food  brought  by 
parents  to  their  young  per  visit  may  differ  between  males  and  fernales 
(Grundel  1987).  However,  Grundel  (1987)  found  in  the  Mountain  Chick- 
adee that  differences  in  total  volume  of  food  per  nestling  in  broods  of 
different  size  were  due  to  changes  in  feeding  frequency  rather  than  in 
prey  size  or  load  size.  Therefore,  the  patterns  of  feeding  frequencies  by 
male  and  female  Willow  Tit  parents  of  large  and  small  broods  appear  to 
be  a valid  representation  of  their  investment.  The  pattern  of  feeding  rate 
with  an  increase  in  the  beginning  of  the  nestling  stage,  a plateau  in  the 
middle,  and  a decrease  before  fledging  seems  to  be  very  common  and 
has  been  shown  for  many  parids  (Gibb  1950,  Royama  1966,  Grundel 
1987).  Because  of  the  sexes’  opposite  trends  in  feeding  rate  per  young 
with  an  increase  in  brood  size,  the  total  number  of  feedings  per  young  in 
Siberian  Willow  Tits  was  not  significantly  different  in  broods  of  different 
size.  This  pattern  has  not  been  found  in  many  studies  (Gibb  1950,  1955; 
Royama  1966,  Walsh  1978,  Grundel  1987),  although  it  has  been  dem- 
onstrated before  (Pinkowski  1978).  Assuming  that  the  changes  in  feeding 
rate  associated  with  changes  in  brood  size  truly  represent  a change  in 
parental  investment,  our  results  are  consistent  with  the  individual  adjust- 
ment hypothesis  (Hogstedt  1980,  Pettifor  et  al.  1988)  which  assumes  that 
birds  adjust  their  clutch  size  to  their  own  capabilities  of  raising  young. 
The  absence  of  any  relationship  between  brood  size  and  nestling  growth 
rate  also  appears  to  support  this  hypothesis.  The  negative  relationship 
between  fledgling  body  mass  and  brood  size  seems  to  go  against  the 
individual  adjustment  hypothesis  since  post-fledging  survival  is  known  to 
correlate  positively  with  fledging  body  mass  (Nur  1984,  Orell  and  Koivula 
1990).  Since  young  in  large  broods  tend  to  be  lighter  compared  with 
young  from  smaller  broods,  one  can  assume  that  those  from  larger  broods 
should  have  lower  survival.  However,  experimental  results  from  studies 
of  Willow  Tits  in  Finland  did  not  fully  support  this  assumption,  suggest- 
ing that  any  relationship  among  brood  size,  nestling  weight,  and  juvenile 
survivorship  can  be  complicated  by  environmental  variability  (Orell  and 
Koivula  1990).  Also,  from  all  the  relationships  described  above,  we  can 
assume  that  lighter  young  fledge  earlier  (earlier  breeding  start  results  in 


92 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


larger  brood  size  which  results  in  lighter  body  mass  of  fledglings)  and, 
if  they  survive,  would  have  a greater  chance  of  breeding. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Elena  Zimireva  for  her  assistance  in  the  field.  T.  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  R.  A.  Mauck, 
and  T.  A.  Waite,  O.  Hogstad,  and  C.  R.  Blem  provided  valuable  comments  on  an  earlier 
draft  of  the  manuscript. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Anonymous.  1991.  Minitab  reference  manual:  release  8.  Minitab,  State  College,  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Cramp,  S.  and  C.  M.  Perrins.  1993.  The  birds  of  the  western  Palearctic.  Volume  VII. 
Flycatchers  to  Shrikes.  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  Oxford,  England. 

Ekman,  J.  1989.  Ecology  of  non-breeding  social  systems  of  Parus.  Wilson  Bull.  101:263— 
288. 

Foster,  J.  and  C.  Godfrey.  1950.  A study  of  the  British  Willow  Tit.  Brit.  Birds  43:351- 
361. 

Gibb,  J.  A.  1950.  The  breeding  biology  of  the  Great  and  Blue  titmice.  Ibis  92:507—539. 

. 1955.  Feeding  rates  of  Great  Tits.  Br.  Birds  48:49-58. 

Grundel,  R.  1987.  Determinants  of  nestling  feeding  rates  and  parental  investment  in  the 
Mountain  Chickadee.  Condor  89:319-328. 

Hogstedt,  G.  1980.  Evolution  of  clutch  size  in  birds:  adaptive  variation  in  relation  to 
territory  quality.  Science  210:1148-1150. 

Inozemtsev,  A.  A.  1962.  Notes  on  the  ecology  of  tits  in  the  Moscow  region.  Pp.  169-199 
in  Materialy  po  faune  i ekologii  zhivotnykh.  (S.  P.  Naumova,  ed.).  (in  Russian). 

Koivula,  K.,  K.  Lahti,  M.  Orell,  and  S.  Rytkonen.  1993.  Prior  residency  as  a key 
determinant  of  social  dominance  in  the  Willow  Tit  {Parus  montaniis).  Behav.  Ecol. 
Sociobiol.  33:283-287. 

Matthysen,  E.  1990.  Nonbreeding  social  organization  in  Parus.  Curr.  Ornithol.  7:209-249. 

Neter,  j.,  W.  Wasserman,  and  M.  H.  Kutner.  1990.  Applied  linear,  statistical  models. 
IRWIN  Press,  Homewood,  Illinois. 

Nilsson,  J.-A.  1988.  Causes  and  consequences  of  dispersal  in  Marsh  Tits:  time  as  a fitness 
factor  in  establishment.  Ph.D.  diss..  University  of  Lund,  Lund,  Sweden. 

Nur,  N.  1984.  The  consequences  of  brood  size  for  breeding  Blue  Tits.  II.  Nestling  weight, 
offspring  survival  and  optimal  brood  size.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  53:497-517. 

Orell,  M.  1983.  Nestling  growth  in  the  Great  Tit  Parus  major  and  the  Willow  Tit  P. 
montanus.  Ornis  Fenn.  60:65-82. 

AND  M.  Ojanen.  1983.  Breeding  biology  and  population  dynamics  of  the  Willow 
Tit  Parus  montanus.  Ann.  Zool.  Fenn.  20:99-1 14. 

AND  K.  Koivula.  1988.  Cost  of  reproduction:  parental  survival  and  production  of 
recruits  in  the  Willow  Tit  Parus  montanus.  Oecologia  77:423^32. 

AND . 1 990.  Effects  of  brood  size  manipulations  on  adult  and  juvenile  sur- 
vival and  future  fecundity  in  the  Willow  Tit,  Parus  montanus.  Pp.  297—306  in  Popu- 
lation biology  of  passerine  birds,  an  integrated  approach  (J.  Blondel,  A.  Gosler,  J.-D. 
Lcbreton,  and  R.  McCleery,  cds.),  NATO  ASI  Series,  vol.  G-24.  Springer- Verlag,  Hei- 
delberg, Germany. 

Peitifor,  R.  a.,  C.  M.  Perrins,  and  R.  H.  McCleery.  1988.  Individual  optimization  of 
clutch  size  in  Great  Tits.  Nature  336:160-162. 


Pruvosudov  and  Pravosudova  • WILLOW  TITS 


93 


PiNKOWSKi,  B.  C.  1978.  Feeding  of  nestling  and  fledgling  Eastern  Bluebirds.  Wilson  Bull. 
90:84-98. 

Pravosudov,  V.  V.  1987.  Ecology  of  two  closely  related  species  of  tits  in  the  northwestern 
part  of  the  USSR.  Ornitologia  (Moscow)  22:68-75  (in  Russian). 

. 1993a.  Breeding  biology  of  the  Eurasian  Nuthatch  in  northeastern  Siberia.  Wilson 

Bull.  105:475-482. 

. 1993b.  Social  organization  of  the  Nuthatch  Sitta  europaea  asiatica.  Ornis  Scand. 

24:290-296. 

Royama,  T.  1966.  Factors  governing  feeding  rate,  food  requirement  and  brood  size  of 
nestling  Great  Tits  Parus  major.  Ibis  108:313—347. 

Song,  Y.  1980.  Studies  on  the  breeding  ecology  and  feeding  habits  of  Willow  tits.  Acta 
Zool.  Sinica  26:370-377  (in  Chinese  with  English  summary). 

Walsh,  FI.  1978.  Food  of  nestling  Purple  Martins.  Wilson  Bull.  90:248-260. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  94-103 


CENSUSING  WINTERING  POPULATIONS  OF 
SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS:  SURVEYS  IN  THE 
BLUE  MOUNTAINS  OF  JAMAICA 

Gary  R.  Graves 

Abstract. — Census  methods  developed  for  breeding  populations  of  Nearctic-Neotropic 
migrant  passerines  are  largely  ineffective  for  determining  the  distribution  and  abundance  of 
Swainson’s  Warbler  {Limnothlypis  swainsonii)  on  its  wintering  grounds  in  the  Caribbean 
basin.  Using  playback  of  tape-recorded  call  notes  interspersed  with  advertising  songs,  I 
found  the  warbler  to  be  widespread  and  relatively  common  in  montane  forests  of  the  Blue 
Mountains  of  Jamaica.  Detection  rates  with  playback  varied  from  17.8  to  29.2  warblers/10 
h along  five  census  transects.  Census  efficiency  was  increased  by  an  estimated  factor  of  five 
to  10  times  with  the  use  of  tape  playback.  Received  23  March  1995,  accepted  20  Aug.  1995. 


For  conservationists,  the  apparent  decline  of  some  Nearctic-Neotropic 
migratory  birds  is  a serious  concern  (Terborgh  1989,  Robbins  et  al.  1989) 
that  demands  both  rigorous  management  and  quantitative  monitoring  of 
breeding  and  wintering  populations.  Effective  census  techniques  have 
been  developed  for  many  songbird  species  (Passeriformes)  during  the 
breeding  season  (Ralph  and  Scott  1981,  Robbins  et  al.  1986).  However, 
songbirds  rarely  sing  on  their  wintering  grounds  and  during  fall  migration, 
are  feathered  in  duller  basic  plumages,  and  hence,  are  more  difficult  to 
detect  and  identify  than  during  the  breeding  season.  Yet  most  studies  of 
migrants  in  the  Neotropics  employ  censusing  techniques  designed  for 
breeding  birds  of  higher  latitudes,  with  little  or  no  attempt  to  compensate 
for  the  decreased  detectability  of  wintering  populations.  As  this  report 
will  communicate,  standard  point  count  and  transect  censusing  methods 
can  be  relatively  ineffective  in  determining  the  true  abundance  of  secre- 
tive migratory  species  that  winter  in  dense  tropical  habitats. 

The  breeding  and  wintering  biologies  of  Swainson’s  Warbler  {Lim- 
nothlypis swainsonii)  are  among  the  most  poorly  known  of  the  migratory 
wood  warblers  (cf  Meanley  1971,  Eddleman  1978,  Graves  1992,  Brown 
and  Dixon  1994,  Thomas  1994).  Wintering  birds  have  been  reported  in 
the  Caribbean  basin  from  the  Bahamas,  Cuba  and  the  Isle  of  Pines,  Ja- 
maica, Cayman  Islands,  and  the  Yucatan  Peninsula,  casually  east  to  Puerto 
Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  from  southern  Veracruz  south  to  Hon- 
duras (Meanley  1971,  AOU  1983,  Pashley  1988,  Winker  et  al.  1992). 
Most  wintering  records  are  anecdotal  (e.g.,  Eaton  1953),  and,  at  present, 
wintering  sites  where  more  than  one  or  two  individuals  can  be  consis- 

Dept.  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington, 
D.C.  20560. 


94 


Graves  • CENSUSING  SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS 


95 


tently  encountered  per  day  are  known  only  from  certain  regions  of  Cuba 
(G.  Wallace,  pers.  comm.;  Kirkconnell  et  al.,  unpubl.  ms.).  This  paper 
documents  the  utility  of  playback  techniques  for  censusing  wintering  pop- 
ulations of  Swainson’s  Warbler  and  reports  the  discovery  of  what  appears 
to  be  a major  wintering  area  for  the  species  in  the  Blue  Mountains  of 
Jamaica. 


METHODS 

Study  area. — I surveyed  Swainson’s  Warbler  populations  along  the  same  trails  and  roads 
at  Hardwar  Gap  that  were  studied  by  the  Lacks,  from  2 to  10  February  1995.  Hardwar  Gap, 
at  the  divide  forming  the  boundary  between  St.  Andrew  and  Portland  Parishes  in  the  Port 
Royal  Mountains  (an  outlier  of  the  Blue  Mountains),  is  accessible  along  a hard-surfaced 
road  (B 1 ) from  Kingston  to  Buff  Bay  on  the  northern  coast.  Hardwar  Gap  is  one  of  the 
most  frequent  destinations  in  Jamaica  of  resident  and  visiting  ornithologists  and  bird  watch- 
ers. Both  Hardwar  Gap  and  the  adjacent  Hollywell  Park  now  lie  within  the  borders  of  the 
Blue  and  John  Crow  Mountains  National  Park  (Muchoney  et  al.  1994). 

Three  census  transects  were  established  along  trails  (“forest”  transects  in  Table  1)  that 
pass  through  a peninsula  of  upper  montane  rain  forest  connected  to  a much  larger  block  of 
forest  eastward  in  the  national  park  (see  Asprey  and  Robbins  1953  and  Muchoney  et  al. 
1994  for  descriptions  of  habitat).  The  Hardwar  Gap  region  was  extensively  affected  by 
Hurricane  Gilbert  in  1988  (Wunderle  et  al.  1992),  and  patches  of  early  successional  vege- 
tation were  present  along  all  three  forest  transects,  but  there  was  little  evidence  of  cutting 
or  other  human  disturbance  away  from  roadsides.  Transect  terrain  was  extremely  steep. 
Slopes  varied  from  15°  to  70°  and  were  estimated  to  average  over  40°.  Significant  portions 
of  forest  trail  No.  3 (Table  1)  were  at  the  summit  of  a knife-like  ridge. 

The  fourth  and  fifth  census  routes  followed  the  main  road  (Bl)  from  a point  just  below 
Hardwar  Gap  to  the  village  of  Section,  Portland  Parish.  This  road  forms  the  boundary 
between  relatively  undisturbed  montane  forest  (upslope)  and  a patchwork  of  lightly  modified 
montane  forest,  coffee  plantations,  residential  gardens,  and  agricultural  scrub  (downslope) 
in  the  1 km  buffer  zone  of  the  national  park.  The  upper  and  lower  sections  of  the  road, 
although  contiguous,  were  treated  as  separate  census  routes  (Table  1). 

The  length  of  “forest”  transects  was  estimated  by  averaging  the  number  of  steps  counted 
on  three  downslope  trips  (at  0.76  m/step).  The  road  transects  were  measured  with  a vehicle 
odometer.  Elevations  were  estimated  by  multiple  readings  of  a calibrated  altimeter. 

Census  methods. — I used  techniques  developed  for  monitoring  breeding  populations  of 
Swainson’s  Warblers  in  the  southeastern  United  States  (Graves,  unpubl.).  Loop  cassette  tapes 
(20  s and  60  s)  were  prepared  from  recordings  (made  a with  Marantz  PMD430  cassette 
recorder  and  a Sennheiser  ME  80  directional  microphone  in  Virginia  and  Louisiana)  of 
Swainson’s  Warbler  call  notes  interspersed  with  a primary  song  every  15  s (one  song  on  20 
s loop).  Advertising  songs  were  included  because  they  are  more  easily  heard  above  the  low 
frequency  noise  caused  by  ru.stling  leaves  and  dripping  water  in  the  forest  understory.  The 
opposite  proportion  of  songs  and  calls  are  used  to  census  breeding  populations. 

Recordings  were  broadcast  from  a dual-speaker  “boom  box”  (Sanyo).  Power  output  was 
variable  due  to  battery  use  and  atmospheric  conditions,  but  the  audio  output  was  adjusted 
before  every  census  run  so  that  call  notes  were  audible  to  me  at  a distance  of  60  m and 
songs  at  a somewhat  greater  distance  (unobstructed  by  vegetation).  The  direction  of  the 
speakers  was  rotated  every  5 to  10  s until  a probable  response  was  detected.  During  clear 
weather  at  Hardwar  Gap,  Swainson’s  Warblers  responded  to  tape  broadcasts  from  distances 


96 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Censuses  of  Swainson’s  Warblers  at  Hardwar  Gap,  Blue  Mountains,  Jamaica 


Census  transect 

Census 

run 

Starting 

time 

Census 

duration 

(m) 

Weather' 

Number 

recorded 

Cumu- 

lative 

number 

Lorest  trail 

1 

15:30 

45 

PC,  O,  L 

1 

1 

no.  U 

2 

06:55 

120 

PC,  L 

2 

2 

3 

14:27 

68 

C 

4 

4 

U8.0  warblers/ 10  h 

Lorest  trail 

1 

07:14 

40 

C 

2 

2 

no.  2"^ 

2 

07:55 

69 

C,  PC 

3 

4 

3 

16:21 

33 

C 

0 

4 

4 

16:55 

54 

C,  PC 

2 

4 

5 

13:21 

50 

O,  L 

1 

4 

6 

14:15 

45 

O,  L 

1 

4 

18.6  warblers/10  h 

Lorest  trail 

1 

12:02 

98 

O,  M,  R 

1 

1 

no.  3* *= 

2 

13:40 

84 

M,  R 

1 

2 

3 

13:18 

92 

O,  L 

6 

6 

4 

14:52 

73 

L R 

2 

6 

5 

07:16 

178 

C 

6 

10 

6' 

10:30 

70 

C,  PC 

7 

12 

23.2  warblers/ 10  h 

Road  (upper)® 

1 

07:05 

190 

PC 

8 

8 

2 

10:22 

98 

PC 

7 

11 

3’’ 

10:00 

60 

O,  PC 

2 

13 

29.2  warblers/10  h 

Road  (lower)'' 

1 

07:38 

54 

L M,  R 

1 

1 

2 

08:35 

57 

L M,  R 

1 

2 

3 

1 1:31 

69 

L M 

1 

3 

4 

12:42 

70 

L M 

1 

3 

5 

06:45 

72 

O 

6 

8 

6 

07:58 

84 

O 

2 

9 

17.8  warblers/10  h 


“ F = heavy  fog;  M = mist;  R = rain;  O = overcast;  PC  = partly  cloudy;  C = clear. 

^ Length  = 1604  m;  elevation  = 1 140-1200  m. 

Total  number  of  warblers  recorded  over  all  census  runs  standardized  by  duration  ol  censuses. 

Length  = 530  m;  elevation  = 1 140-1200  m. 

'Length  = 1808  m;  elevation  = 1140-1325  m. 

•^Playbacks  only  at  significant  distributional  gaps  (at  distances  >150  m from  nearest  flagging  marker). 

* Length  = 2980  m;  elevation  = 990-1  140  m. 

^Length  = 1409  m;  elevation  - 945-990  m. 


Graves  • CENSUSING  SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS 


97 


as  great  as  80  to  90  m (usually  upslope  or  downslope).  Response  was  significantly  curtailed 
during  periods  of  heavy  mist  and  rain,  probably  because  the  effective  range  of  the  tape 
broadcast  was  attenuated  by  noise. 

After  a warbler  responded  and  its  location  was  marked  with  plastic  flagging,  I walked 
quietly  from  the  area  until  I could  no  longer  hear  the  calling  bird  (80-90  m during  clear 
weather),  at  which  point  I resumed  playback.  Otherwise,  tape  playback  was  continuous  and 
only  intermittently  stopped  to  listen  for  suspected  responses. 

Territory  size  in  wintering  Swainson’s  Warblers  is  unknown.  “Playback-and-follow”  trials 
were  performed  on  more  than  a dozen  individuals.  Eive  warblers  followed  the  playback 
more  than  50  m (66,  80,  113,  119,  122  m,  respectively)  from  the  initial  point  of  response 
(measured  from  a point  perpendicular  to  the  trail  or  road).  Judging  from  this  evidence  and 
the  relatively  large  size  of  breeding  territories  (Graves  1992,  unpubl.  data),  I conservatively 
considered  any  subsequent  response  within  150  m of  the  original  discovery  point  to  refer 
to  the  same  bird  unless  two  or  more  individuals  were  heard  calling  simultaneously  in  the 
zone.  When  in  doubt,  I attempted  to  determine  the  approximate  territorial  boundary  with 
“playback-and-follow”  trials.  When  a warbler’s  territorial  boundaries  were  reasonably  un- 
derstood, playback  on  subsequent  census  runs  in  that  territory  was  halted  after  a response 
was  elicited. 


RESULTS 

Behavioral  responses  of  Swainson’s  Warblers  to  tape  playback  were 
variable,  ranging  from  close  approaches  (4-5  m)  to  the  observer  and 
frequent  back-and-forth  flights  accompanied  by  vigorous  calling,  to  a sub- 
dued approach  (8-14  m)  accompanied  by  a few  faint  chips  and  ventri- 
loquial  “seep”  notes,  following  by  rapid  disappearance  (within  30  s)  of 
the  warbler. 

On  several  occasions,  vigorous  responses  often  elicited  counter-calling 
from  other  individuals  in  adjacent  territories  (N  = 5 different  “counter- 
calling” pairs).  In  one  case,  a highly  agitated  Swainson’s  Warbler  flew 
across  the  road  only  to  be  promptly  attacked  by  a counter-calling  bird. 
Only  once  did  a warbler  respond  to  playback  by  giving  a primary  song 
(three  somewhat  incomplete  renditions).  Although  my  observations  in 
each  territory  were  necessarily  brief,  no  evidence  of  territorial  overlap  or 
pairing  was  observed.  The  intense  border  displays  and  skirmishes  ob- 
served are  the  first  evidence  of  intraspecific  territoriality  of  Swainson’s 
Warbler  on  its  wintering  grounds  (cf  Eaton  1953).  With  the  exception  of 
the  single  warbler  that  sang  (presumably  male),  the  sex  of  individuals 
was  unknown.  However,  the  timid  vocal  and  behavioral  responses  of  some 
warblers  were  similar  to  the  behavior  of  females  on  breeding  territories 
(Graves,  unpubl.  data). 

Interspecific  responses  of  other  wintering  wood  warblers  at  Hardwar 
Gap  to  Swainson’s  Warbler  call  notes  and  songs  were  variable.  Vigorous 
counter-calling  was  elicited  from  the  Ovenbird  (Seiurus  aiirocapillus). 
Common  Yellowthroats  (Geothlypis  trichas)  frequently  approached  the 
speakers  and  counter-called,  and  the  single  Louisiana  Waterthrush  (Seiu- 


98 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


ms  motacilla)  encountered  during  the  censuses  approached  from  a dis- 
tance of  >50  m along  a stream  channel  and  called.  More  subdued  re- 
sponses were  recorded  for  Black- throated  Blue  Warbler  (Dendroica  ca- 
€ml€sc€ns).  Black-and-white  Warbler  (^Mniotilto  vofici),  American  Red- 
start {Setophaga  ruticilla),  and  Worm-eating  Warbler  (Helmitheros 
vermivorus).  The  few  Prairie  Warblers  (D.  discolor)  encountered  along 
the  road  transect  and  in  bracken-dominated  swards  appeared  to  exhibit 
little  interest  in  Swainson’s  Warbler  playback. 

Forty-two  Swainson’s  Warblers  (68  census  records)  were  recorded  on 
the  five  census  transects.  The  number  of  detections  ranged  from  four  to 
13  warblers/transect  (Table  1),  and  relative  abundance  varied  from  2.13 
to  7.77  warblers/km.  Playback  of  taped  calls  and  songs  was  instrumental 
in  detecting  and  mapping  the  locations  of  individuals.  Call  notes  were 
heard  on  only  four  occasions  when  playback  was  not  being  used.  Detec- 
tion rates  were  consistently  high  under  clear  or  overcast  skies,  but  were 
markedly  lower  during  periods  of  heavy  mist  and  light  rain  or  immedi- 
ately afterwards  (e.g.,  forest  trail  no.  3:  census  runs  1,  2,  and  4 vs  3,  5, 
and  6).  In  general,  a minimum  of  three  or  four  census  runs  under  clear 
or  overcast  skies  was  necessary  to  locate  and  map  Swainson’s  Warbler 
territories  along  each  census  transect. 

Rates  of  Swainson’s  Warbler  detection  along  the  five  transect  segments 
(Table  1)  varied  from  17.8  to  29.2  warblers/10  h.  Because  of  territorial 
spacing,  the  number  of  individuals  recorded  along  a transect  is  clearly 
influenced  by  its  length  and  the  spatial  distribution  of  high-quality  habitat. 
A few  tentative  comparisons  can  be  made  between  my  data  (Table  1 ) and 
Lack’s  (1976:  appendices  19  and  20),  assuming  our  rates  of  movement 
(0.5-2. 1 km/h  vs.  slow  walk)  were  similar.  Lack’s  “slow  walk’’  censuses 
through  montane  forests  yielded  three  Swainson’s/10  h (N  = 32  h of 
censuses)  but  none  (N  = 12  h)  along  roadsides  at  Hardwar  Gap.  Com- 
parable figures  with  playback  ranged  from  18.0  to  23.2  Swainson  s War- 
blers/10 h (N  = 18.7  h of  censuses)  along  forest  trails  and  from  17.8  to 
29.2  warblers/10  h (N  = 12.6  h of  censuses)  along  roadsides.  The  contrast 
between  the  Lacks’  and  my  roadside  data  are  particularly  striking. 

Wunderle  et  al.  (1992)  failed  to  detect  Swainson’s  Warbler  with  fixed- 
radius  point  count  censuses  in  montane  forest  at  Hardwar  Gap  either 
before  (December  1987)  or  after  (January  1989)  Hurricane  Gilbert.  Based 
on  my  observations  and  previous  work  at  Hardwar  Gap  (especially  that 
of  the  Lack’s  1972,  1976),  I estimate  that  the  use  of  playback  is  five  to 
ten  times  more  efficient  than  standard  point  count  or  transect  methods  for 
censusing  wintering  Swainson’s  Warblers. 

1 estimated  that  tape  playback  of  Swainson’s  Warbler  calls  and  songs 
sampled  a path  approximately  150  m wide  along  census  transects  in  the 


Graves  • CENSUSING  SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS 


99 


Hardwar  Gap  area.  Detectability  is  a function  of  territory  placement.  The 
farther  a territorial  boundary  is  from  the  transect,  the  less  likely  the  oc- 
cupant will  be  detected,  with  or  without  tape  playback.  Thus,  the  cumu- 
lative totals  in  Table  1 represent  estimates  of  the  minimum  number  of 
warblers  along  each  transect. 

Mist-netting  studies  are  likely  to  be  less  efficient  in  determining  the 
distribution  and  abundance  of  wintering  Swainson’s  Warblers.  Because 
Swainson’s  Warblers  appeared  to  be  territorial  and  birds  were  dispersed 
in  the  Blue  Mountains  (2.13  to  7.55  warblers/km  of  transect),  mist  nets 
would  have  to  be  scattered  widely  to  capture  more  than  a few  resident 
birds,  regardless  of  the  number  of  net  hours.  Winter  foraging  behavior 
appeared  to  be  remarkably  similar  to  that  observed  during  breeding  season 
(Graves,  unpubl.  data;  see  Lack  1976).  All  foraging  motions  of  Swain- 
son’s Warblers  observed  during  February  1995,  were  directed  toward  dead 
leaves,  most  often  in  the  leaf  litter,  but  also  toward  dead  leaves  on  fallen 
logs  or  inclined  tree  trunks  within  1 .5  m of  the  ground.  Undisturbed  birds 
rarely  flew  more  than  a few  meters  and  usually  close  to  the  leaf  litter.  If 
observations  from  breeding  territories  might  serve  as  a guide,  foraging 
Swainson’s  on  their  wintering  territories  may  walk  up  to  mist  nets,  appear 
to  inspect  the  linear  net  lane  and  the  net  itself,  and  then  proceed  to  walk 
under  or  around  them.  The  consequence  of  large  and  dispersed  territories 
combined  with  a terrestrial  mode  of  foraging  produce  low  rates  of  mist- 
net  capture,  even  when  the  habitat  is  “saturated”  by  wintering  birds.  In 
any  event,  a large  area  (ca  100  ha)  that  would  require  hundreds  of  man 
hours  to  sample  adequately  with  mist  nets  may  be  efficiently  censused 
with  playback  in  one  or  two  days  by  a single  observer. 

As  a note  of  caution,  density  estimates  cannot  be  calculated  from  data 
in  Table  1 . Sections  of  the  census  transects  were  bordered  by  habitat  that 
appeared  to  be  unoccupied  by  Swainson’s  Warblers  in  the  Hardwar  Gap 
area  (e.g.,  bracken-dominated  swards  along  forest  transects;  coffee,  resi- 
dential gardens,  landslides,  and  agricultural  scrub  along  the  road).  Tran- 
sect data  also  need  to  be  corrected  for  “switch-back”  or  “hair-pin”  sam- 
pling. This  situation  occurs  when  census  transects  switch  directions 
abruptly  and  the  same  area  is  sampled  one  or  more  times  by  the  playback 
broadcast.  Wintering  density  at  Hardwar  Gap  can  be  estimated  only  after 
habitat  patchiness  and  “hair-pin”  sampling  are  accounted  for  (Graves, 
unpubl.  data). 

In  summary,  Swainson’s  Warblers  appeared  to  be  a widespread  and 
relatively  common  wintering  resident  in  undisturbed  and  slightly  modified 
montane  forest  in  the  Hardwar  Gap  region  of  the  Blue  Mountains.  At 
present,  more  than  50,000  ha  of  apparently  suitable  habitat  occurs  within 
the  borders  (including  buffer  zone)  of  the  Blue  and  John  Crow  Mountains 


100 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


National  Park  (Muchoney  et  al.  1994).  If  Swainson’s  Warbler  densities 
are  relatively  uniform  throughout  this  montane  region,  the  park  may  sup- 
port 17,000-25,000  wintering  individuals  (Graves,  unpubl.  data).  Regard- 
less, the  42  individuals  found  at  Hardwar  Gap  constitute  the  largest 
known  wintering  population  of  Swainson’s  Warbler. 

DISCUSSION 

History  and  status  of  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Jamaica. — The  distribu- 
tion and  abundance  of  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Jamaica  is  inadequately 
known,  perhaps  owing  to  its  secretive  behavior  and  cryptic  appearance. 
The  first  specimen  from  Jamaica  was  collected  by  Edward  Newton  at 
Hope,  St.  Andrew  Parish,  on  8 February  1879  (Newton  1879).  This  spec- 
imen was  the  first  of  a series  of  eight  collected  by  Newton  from  1 October 
to  8 April  (1879-1882)  at  Hope,  Hermitage,  and  Mt.  Elizabeth,  St.  An- 
drews Parish,  and  at  Port  Royal,  St.  Thomas  Parish  (Merriam  1885).  Bond 
(1940)  overlooked  Merriam’s  paper  and  referred  implicitly  to  Newton’s 
first  specimen  as  the  only  record  for  the  island.  Five  years  later.  Bond 
(1945:118)  noted  that  Swainson’s  Warbler  “winters  in  Jamaica  (at  least 
nine  records  from  October  1 to  April  8).’’ 

Foreshadowing  the  findings  of  Fack  some  twenty  years  in  the  future, 
Tordoff  (1952:321)  reported,  “I  collected  three  female  Swainson’s  War- 
blers in  the  winter  of  1946-47  . . . within  15  miles  of  Kingston.  In  ad- 
dition, I saw  at  least  nine  others  between  December  31  and  February  7. 
On  two  occasions  I saw  three  in  one  day.  My  observations  indicate  that 
this  warbler  winters  in  Jamaica  in  fair  numbers.  Six  of  the  individuals 
that  I saw  were  in  dry  lowland  woods;  the  rest  were  in  damp  forests  in 
the  hills  north  of  Kingston  (at  Hermitage,  St.  Andrew  Parish).’’ 

In  the  early  1970s,  Fack  (1976:174-175)  found  Swainson’s  Warbler  to 
be  “regular  in  lowland  woods  and  montane  forest  with  thick  undergrowth, 
and  also  in  the  tall  dark  forest  with  a dense  canopy  but  no  undergrowth.” 
Fack  recorded  1-3  birds/ 10  h of  observation  in  dry  limestone  forest  near 
sea-level  at  Morant  Point  and  Negril,  in  arid  ruinate  forest  on  Fong  Moun- 
tain, and  in  rich  secondary  forest  in  the  FeiTy  River  valley  and  Mona 
Wood.  In  montane  forest  at  Hardwar  Gap  in  the  Blue  Mountains,  he 
observed  three  Swainson’s  Warblers/ 10  h on  slow  walks,  and  six  warblers/ 
10  h on  fast  walks  along  forest  trails,  but  none  along  the  roadside  edges 
of  the  forest.  Fack  also  noted  that  five  Swainson’s  were  banded  but  none 
was  observed  in  the  overgrown  gardens  at  Greenhills,  about  1.5  km  ENE 
of  Hardwar  Gap  in  Portland  Parish. 

Compilations  of  the  Gosse  Bird  Club  (1963—1993)  indicate  that  Swain- 
son’s Warbler  was  banded  (cumulative  total  of  25  individuals)  or  observed 
nearly  annually  from  1963  through  1977,  most  frequently  at  Mona  Woods 


Graves  • CENSUSING  SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS 


101 


near  Kingston  (see  Diamond  and  Smith  1973).  The  last  published  record 
for  Jamaica  in  the  1970s  was  reported  from  the  Blue  Mountains  in  Oc- 
tober 1977.  Inexplicably,  there  were  no  additional  published  reports  of 
Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Jamaica  during  the  next  15  years  until  December 
1992. 

Three  recent  unpublished  observations  have  come  to  my  attention.  Pe- 
ter Marra  (pers.  comm.)  banded  3^  Swainson’s  Warblers  on  a 5-ha  study 
site  in  dry  limestone  forest  at  Kew  Park,  Westmoreland  Parish.  Russell 
Greenberg  (pers.  comm.)  observed  one  or  two  per  day  in  the  Hardwar 
Gap  area  during  six  days  of  field  work  in  January  1984.  Finally,  Robert 
Sutton  (pers.  comm.)  banded  Swainson’s  Warblers  at  Greenhills  in  1978, 
1982,  1985,  and  1986  (N  = 10  individuals).  In  summary,  the  field  studies 
of  Tordoff  (1952),  and  especially  those  of  Lack  and  Lack  (1972)  and 
Lack  (1976),  combined  with  scattered  sight  and  banding  records  compiled 
by  the  Gosse  Bird  Club  (1963-1993),  as  well  as  the  results  of  the  present 
study  suggest  that  Swainson’s  Warbler  is  a widespread  wintering  species 
occurring  at  low  densities  in  Jamaica. 

Conclusions. — The  most  significant  recent  advance  in  population  stud- 
ies of  wintering  songbirds  or  resident  Neotropical  species  has  been  the 
use  of  tape-recorded  playback  of  call  notes  and  songs  of  focal  species 
(e.g.,  Parker  1991).  Among  the  wood  warblers  (Parulini;  taxonomy  of 
Sibley  and  Monroe  1990),  tape  playback  has  been  used  successfully  to 
census  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  in  Jamaica  (Holmes  et  al.  1989, 
Sliwa  and  Sherry  1992)  and  Puerto  Rico  (Wunderle  1992),  American 
Redstarts  in  Jamaica  (Holmes  et  al.  1989,  Sliwa  and  Sherry  1992),  Ken- 
tucky Warblers  (Oporornis  formosus)  in  Panama  (Mabey  and  Morton 
1992),  and  Hooded  Warblers  (Wilsonia  citrina)  in  the  Yucatan  Peninsula 
(Lynch  et  al.  1985). 

Swainson’s  Warbler  may  be  added  to  the  list  of  Nearctic-Neotropic 
migrants  that  are  most  effectively  monitored  on  their  wintering  grounds 
with  tape  playback.  Although  playback  census  techniques  are  perhaps  less 
crucial  for  wintering  species  that  are  behaviorally  conspicuous  and  occupy 
open  habitats  (e.g..  Palm  Warbler  [Dendroica  palmarum]),  results  from 
the  cited  field  studies  suggest  that  censusing  efficiency  can  be  significantly 
enhanced  for  all  wintering  wood  warblers  with  species-specific  tape 
broadcast. 

At  Hardwar  Gap,  the  entire  wintering  warbler  fauna  could  be  censused 
along  the  same  census  transects  by  including  call  notes  of  the  nine  most 
common  species  on  a single  loop  cassette  or  audio  compact  disc  (CD) 
Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  {[Dendroica  caerulescens].  Prairie  Warbler 
[D.  discolor].  Black-and-white  Warbler  [Mniotilta  varia],  American  Red- 
start [Setophaga  ruticilla]'.  Worm-eating  Warbler  [Helniitheros  vermivo- 


102 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


rus},  Swainson’s  Warbler  [Limnothlypis  swainsonii],  Ovenbird  [Seiurus 
aurocapillus],  Louisiana  Waterthrush  [S.  motacilla],  and  Common  Yel- 
low-throat [Geothlypis  trichas]).  Extended  cuts  of  particular  species  could 
be  played  as  needed  (cut  selection  on  CD  or  separate  loop  cassettes). 
Tape  broadcast  of  “spishing”  noises,  call  notes  of  a single  species,  or 
owl  calls,  while  better  than  nothing,  are  less  effective  in  multi-species 
censuses  of  wintering  warblers  (Graves,  unpubl.). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  Russell  Greenberg,  Catherine  Levy,  Brooke  Meanley,  John  Rappole,  George  Wal- 
lace, David  Wiedenfeld,  and  Kevin  Winker  for  insightful  comments  on  the  manuscript. 
Robert  Sutton  provided  banding  data.  Logistics  in  Jamaica  were  greatly  facilitated  by  David 
Smith  and  Susan  Anderson  (Jamaica  Conservation  and  Development  Trust,  JCDT)  and 
members  of  the  Gosse  Bird  Club.  Harold  Thomas,  Hyacinth  Pascoe,  and  Dwight  Pryce 
assisted  my  work  at  Hollywell.  Permission  to  work  in  the  Blue  and  John  Crow  Mountains 
National  Park  was  granted  by  Lranklin  McDonald  of  the  Natural  Resources  Conservation 
Authority.  Lield  work  was  supported  by  the  JCDT  in  cooperation  with  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  6th  ed. 
A.O.U.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Asprey,  G.  E and  R.  G.  Robbins.  1953.  The  vegetation  of  Jamaica.  Ecol.  Monogr.  23: 
359^12. 

Bond,  J.  1940.  Check-list  of  birds  of  the  West  Indies.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia,  Penn- 
sylvania. 

. 1945.  Check-list  of  birds  of  the  West  Indies.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia,  Penn- 
sylvania. 

Brown,  R.  E.  and  J.  G.  Dixon.  1994.  Swainson’s  Warbler  {Limnothlypis  swainsonii).  In 
The  Birds  of  North  America,  No.  126  (A.  Poole  and  L Gill,  eds.).  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Philadelphia;  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Diamond,  A.  W.  and  R.  W.  Smith.  1973.  Returns  and  survival  of  banded  warblers  wintering 
in  Jamaica.  Bird  Banding  44:221—224. 

Eaton,  S.  W.  1953.  Wood  warblers  wintering  in  Cuba.  Wilson  Bull.  65:169-174. 

Eddleman,  W.  R.  1978.  Selection  and  management  of  Swainson’s  Warbler  habitat.  MSc. 
thesis,  Univ.  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri. 

Gosse  Bird  Club.  1963-1993.  Broadsheets  Nos.  1-60. 

Graves,  G.  R.  1992.  A case  of  aggregated  nest  placement  and  probable  polygyny  in  the 
Swainson’s  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull.  104:370—373. 

Holmes,  R.  T,  T.  W.  Sherry,  and  L.  Reitsma.  1989.  Population  structure,  territoriality  and 
overwinter  survival  of  two  migrant  warbler  species  in  Jamaica.  Condor  91:545-561. 

Kirkconnell,  A,  G.  E.  Wallace,  and  O.  H.  Garrido.  1995.  Notes  on  the  status  and 
behavior  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Cuba.  Wilson  Bull  108:175-178. 

Lack.  D.  1976.  Island  biology  illustrated  by  the  land  birds  of  Jamaica.  Univ.  California 
Press,  Berkeley,  California. 

AND  P.  Lack.  1972.  Wintering  warblers  in  Jamaica.  Living  Bird  11:129-153. 

Lynch,  J.  E,  E.  S.  Morton,  and  M.  E.  van  der  Voort.  1985.  Habitat  segregation  between 
the  sexes  of  wintering  Hooded  Warblers  (Wilsonia  citrina).  Auk  102:714-721. 


Graves  • CENSUSING  SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS 


103 


Mabey,  S.  E.  and  E.  S.  Morton.  1992.  Demography  and  territorial  behavior  of  wintering 
Kentucky  Warblers  in  Panama.  Pp.  329-336  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical 
migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagen  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Meanley,  B.  1971.  Natural  history  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler.  North  American  Fauna  No. 
69.  U.S.  Dept.  Interior,  Washington,  D.C. 

Merriam,  C.  H.  1885.  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Jamaica.  Auk  2:377. 

Muchoney,  D.  M,  S.  Iremonger,  and  R.  Wright.  1994.  A rapid  ecological  assessment  of 
the  Blue  and  John  Crow  Mountains  National  Park,  Jamaica.  Nature  Conservancy,  Ar- 
lington, Virginia. 

Newton,  A.  1879.  Exhibited  bird-skins  obtained  in  Jamaica.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London  1879: 
552-553. 

Parker,  T.  A.,  III.  1991.  On  the  use  of  tape  recorders  in  avifaunal  surveys.  Auk  108:443- 
444. 

Pashley,  D.  N.  1988.  Warblers  of  the  West  Indies  11.  The  western  Caribbean.  Carib.  J.  Sci. 
24:112-126. 

Ralph,  C.  J.  and  J.  M.  Scott.  1981.  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds.  Studies  in 
Avian  Biology  no.  6. 

Robbins,  C.  S.,  D.  Bystrak,  and  P.  H.  Geissler.  1986.  The  breeding  bird  survey:  Its  first 
fifteen  years,  1965-1979.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Serv.  Resource  Pub.  157. 

, J.  R.  Sauer,  R.  S.  Greeenberg,  and  S.  Droege.  1989.  Population  declines  in 

North  American  birds  that  migrate  to  the  neotropics.  Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  86:7658- 
7662. 

Sibley,  C.  G.  and  B.  L.  Monroe,  Jr.  1990.  Distribution  and  taxonomy  of  birds  of  the 
world.  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Sliwa,  a.  and  T.  W.  Sherry.  1992.  Surveying  wintering  warbler  populations  in  Jamaica: 
point  counts  with  and  without  broadcast  vocalizations.  Condor  94:924—936. 

Terborgh,  j.  1989.  Where  have  all  the  birds  gone?  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New 
Jersey. 

Thomas,  B.  G.  1994.  Habitat  selection  and  breeding  status  of  Swainson’s  Warbler.  Thesis, 
University  of  Missouri,  Columbia. 

Tordoff,  H.  B.  1952.  Notes  on  birds  of  Jamaica.  Auk  69:320-322. 

Winker,  K.,  R.  J.  Oehlenschlager,  M.  A.  Ramos,  R.  M.  Zink,  J.  H.  Rappole,  and  D.  W. 
Warner.  1992.  Avian  distribution  and  abundance  records  for  the  Sierra  de  los  Tuxtlas, 
Veracruz,  Mexico.  Wilson  Bull.  104:699-718. 

Wunderle,  j.  M.,  Jr.  1992.  Sexual  habitat  segregation  in  wintering  Black-throated  Blue 
Warblers  in  Puerto  Rico.  Pp.  299-307  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical 
migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagen  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
Washington,  D.C. 

, D.  J.  Lodge,  and  R.  B.  Waide.  1992.  Short-term  effects  of  Hurricane  Gilbert  on 

terrestrial  bird  populations  on  Jamaica.  Auk  109:148-166. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  104-114 


COLONY-SITE  AND  NEST-SITE  USE  BY  COMMON 
CRACKLES  IN  NORTH  DAKOTA 

H.  Jeffrey  Homan,'  George  M.  Linz,^ 

William  J.  Bleier,'  and  Robert  B.  Carlson^ 

Abstract. — We  searched  638  quarter  sections  (0.8  X 0.8  km)  for  Common  Crackle 
{Quiscalus  quiscula)  nesting  sites  in  Benson  County,  North  Dakota,  in  1989  and  1990.  We 
found  3596  active  nests  in  202  colonies  on  177  quarter  sections.  Colonies  in  shelterbelts 
next  to  inhabited  farmsteads  were  found  at  greater  than  expected  frequencies  {P  ^ 0.05), 
whereas  colonies  in  vegetation  associated  with  potholes  and  miscellaneous  habitats  (woods, 
ravines,  railroad  easements,  and  lakesides)  occurred  below  expected  frequencies.  Nest  sites 
in  stands  of  vegetation  >100  m from  farmstead  residences  occuiTed  less  frequently  than 
expected  (P  < 0.05).  Within  colonies,  nest  sites  in  blue  spruce  {Picea  pungens),  Siberian 
elm  (Ulmus  pumila)  and  black  poplar  (Populus  nigra)  were  found  at  greater  than  expected 
frequencies  (P  ^ 0.05)  according  to  these  species’  availabilities,  while  green  ash  {Fraxinus 
pennsylvanica),  American  elm  {Ulmus  americana),  and  Russian  olive  (Elaeagnus  angusti- 
folia)  were  used  below  expected  frequencies.  The  Common  Crackle’s  preference  for  shel- 
terbelts near  inhabited  farmsteads  affected  the  physical  and  vegetative  characteristics  of 
colony  sites  and  nest  sites;  with  the  exception  of  hawthorn  {Crataegus  rotundifolia),  colo- 
nized stands  had  species  compositions  typically  found  in  multi-rowed  farmstead  shelterbelts 
in  North  Dakota.  Received  7 Feb.  1995,  accepted  25  Aug.  1995. 


The  North  Dakota  population  of  breeding  Common  Crackles  {Quis- 
calus quiscula)  has  more  than  doubled  to  768,000  pairs  (Nelms  et  al. 
1994)  from  initial  estimates  made  in  1967  (Stewart  and  Kantrud  1972). 
In  the  northern  Great  Plains,  a region  of  intensive  agricultural  production, 
rows  of  shrubs  and  trees  (shelterbelts)  may  be  important  nesting  habitats 
for  Common  Crackles  (Yahner  1982).  In  South  Dakota  and  Minnesota, 
more  than  50%  of  the  birds  nesting  in  multi-rowed  shelterbelts  were  Com- 
mon Crackles  (Field  1971,  Yahner  1982).  North  Dakota  was  historically 
dominated  by  prairie  grasslands,  and  Common  Crackles  were  restricted 
to  nesting  in  the  vegetation  of  riparian  habitats,  wetlands,  and  towns 
(Coues  1878).  Recent  plantings  of  numerous  shelterbelts  for  agricultural 
and  other  purposes  (e.g.,  insulation  and  beautification  of  farmsteads)  may 
have  enhanced  the  Common  Crackle’s  access  to  prime  nesting  sites  in 
North  Dakota. 

Records  from  the  Cornell  Laboratory  of  Ornithology  indicate  that  co- 
niferous and  deciduous  trees  are  most  frequently  used  by  grackles  nest 
sites  with  24%  and  14%  of  the  nests,  respectively  (Maxwell  et  al.  1976). 


' Dept,  of  Zoology,  North  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Fargo,  North  Dakota  58105. 

^ U.S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Denver  Wildlife  Research  Center,  North  Dakota  Field  Station,  Stevens  Hall, 
North  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Fargo,  North  Dakota  58105. 

^ Dept,  of  Entomology,  North  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Fargo,  North  Dakota  58105. 


104 


Homan  et  al.  • COMMON  CRACKLE  NESTING 


105 


However,  quantitative  comparisons  of  nest-site  use  by  Common  Crackles 
have  been  made  only  by  Field  (1971)  and  Yahner  (1982).  These  studies 
involved  nest-site  use  at  the  substrate  level,  and  broader  perspectives  of 
colony-site  use  and  habitat  use  were  not  investigated. 

Our  objectives  were  to  determine  habitat,  colony-site,  and  nest-site  use 
by  Common  Crackles  in  northcentral  North  Dakota.  Our  data  on  the  pre- 
ferred nesting  sites  of  Common  Crackles  may  benefit  participants  in  shel- 
terbelt-planting  efforts  (e.g.,  the  North  Dakota  Centennial  Tree  Planting 
Project)  who  wish  to  avoid  creating  favorable  nesting  habitat  for  this 
species  because  it  can  damage  crops. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

Benson  County  is  located  in  northcentral  North  Dakota  in  the  north- 
eastern Drift  Plain  Physiographic  Region  (Stewart  1975).  The  topography 
is  flat  to  gently  rolling,  consisting  of  croplands  interspersed  with  numer- 
ous potholes,  temporary  wetlands,  and  shelterbelts.  The  county  is  pri- 
marily cropland  (74%).  The  remaining  land  area  is  dedicated  to  rangeland 
and  pasture  (17%)  and  woodlands,  federal  non-croplands,  and  other  lands 
(9%).  About  97%  (5666  ha)  of  Benson  County’s  native  woodlands  are  in 
the  east  in  the  Devils  Lake  and  Wood  Lake  regions.  Water  bodies  >16 
ha  represent  2%  of  the  county.  Siberian  elm  (Ulmus  pumila)  is  the  main 
species  found  in  single-row  shelterbelts.  Multi-row  shelterbelts  consist  of 
various  combinations  of  species  including  Siberian  elm,  caragana  (Car- 
agana  aborescens),  green  ash  (Fraxinus  pennsylvanicd),  boxelder  {Acer 
negundo),  plains  cottonwood  (Populus  deltoides),  and  blue  spruce  (Picea 
pungens).  In  low-lying  areas,  willow  (Salix  spp.),  quaking  aspen  {Populus 
tremuloides),  and  plains  cottonwood  grow  naturally.  Hawthorn  {Cratae- 
gus rotundifolia),  chokecherry  {Prunus  virginiana),  and  wild  plum  {Pru- 
nus  americana)  occur  frequently  in  pastures  and  uncultivated  areas.  Large 
stands  of  bur  oak  {Quercus  macrocarpa)  are  found  in  the  hill  region 
surrounding  Devils  Lake  Basin. 

Long-term  average  precipitation  is  44  cm,  with  72%  of  it  falling  in 
April-September  (North  Dakota  Agricultural  Statistics  Serv.  1990).  In 
May,  the  peak  breeding  period  for  Common  Crackles  in  Benson  County, 
the  average  temperature  is  12°C.  Average  dates  of  first  and  last  frosts 
(0°C)  are  13  September  and  23  May,  respectively. 

From  18  May  through  10  June  1989-1990,  we  located  active  nests  by 
systematic  walk-through  surveys  on  638  randomly  selected  quarter  sec- 
tions (0.8  km  X 0.8  km).  All  vegetation  capable  of  supporting  a Common 
Crackle  nest  was  searched.  Surveys  were  made  daily  from  09:00  to  18: 
00  h.  A nest  was  considered  active  if  it  contained  eggs,  nestlings,  or  was 
defended  by  adults.  An  extendable  pole  with  a mirror  was  used  to  check 


106 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


for  eggs  and  young.  All  nest  sites  were  marked  with  colored  mylar  tape 
attached  at  the  base  of  the  nesting  substrate. 

We  defined  a nest  site  as  the  substrate  on  which  a nest  was  built.  A 
colony  site  was  the  stand  of  vegetation  in  which  a nest  occurred,  with  a 
stand  being  any  continuous  body  of  vegetation  separated  from  all  other 
such  bodies  by  at  least  50  m.  We  selected  50  m because  colony  sites  were 
usually  not  defended  at  distances  >50  m and  thus  could  be  considered 
distinct  from  other  stands  (Gutzwiller  and  Anderson  1987). 

At  each  colony  site,  five  nest  sites  and  five  potential  nest  sites  (controls) 
were  randomly  selected.  Controls  included  vegetation  > 1 m in  height  and 
capable  of  supporting  a nest.  The  controls  were  selected  by  randomly 
drawing  numbers  and  converting  these  numbers  to  meters  on  an  x-y  axis 
defined  by  the  length  and  width  of  the  colony  site.  If  the  coordinates  did 
not  fall  on  a suitable  control,  coordinates  were  redrawn  until  five  controls 
were  chosen.  When  <5  nest  sites  were  present  at  a colony  site,  data  were 
collected  for  all  nest  sites.  We  recorded  plant  species  and  trunk  diameter 
at  breast  height  (DBH),  vegetation  height,  nest  height,  and  distances  to 
nearest  permanent  water  (DPW)  and  residence  (DRS)  in  0—100,  101—300, 
301-500,  and  >500  m categories.  In  1990,  we  measured  distance  from 
nest  sites  to  edge  (DEG).  Edge  was  defined  as  the  border  of  any  opening 
>5  m across  where  vegetation  was  :^1  m.  Heights  of  nests,  nesting  sub- 
strates, and  controls  were  estimated  with  a telescoping  pole  or  clinometer. 
Distance  measurements  >500  m were  estimated  with  an  optical  range 
finder.  A measuring  wheel  was  used  for  distances  <500  m. 

If  uncolonized  stands  were  in  a colonized  quarter  section  (quarter),  we 
gathered  data  from  five  controls  allocated  randomly  among  the  stands. 
Typically,  uncolonized  stands  were  single-row  shelterbelts  of  Siberian  elm 
or  low-lying  areas  dominated  by  willow,  quaking  aspen  or  plains  cotton- 
wood. If  only  one  uncolonized  stand  was  present,  data  for  all  five  controls 
were  drawn  from  this  stand.  Data  were  pooled  across  colonized  quarters, 
and  controls  from  uncolonized  stands  were  compared  against  controls 
from  the  colonized  stands. 

Additionally,  we  made  comparisons  between  colonized  and  uncolo- 
nized quarters.  Controls  from  70  uncolonized  quarters  that  were  surveyed 
for  Common  Crackles  during  1989-1990  were  compared  against  the  com- 
bined controls  from  the  colony  sites  and  unused  stands  in  the  colonized 
quarters.  Eive  controls  were  randomly  selected  from  each  of  the  colonized 
and  uncolonized  quarters. 

Colony  sites  and  uncolonized  stands  were  classified  according  to  the 
following  habitats:  inhabited  farmstead  shelterbelts,  abandoned  farmstead 
shelterbelts,  windbreaks  (agricultural  shelterbelts),  towns,  potholes,  pas- 
tures, and  miscellaneous.  When  delineating  habitats  for  uncolonized 


Homan  et  al.  • COMMON  CRACKLE  NESTING 


107 


stands,  potholes  were  considered  as  habitat  only  if  surrounded  by  shrubs 
or  trees;  no  Common  Crackle  nest  sites  in  cattail  (Typha  spp.)  were  ob- 
served during  our  two  years  of  surveys  in  Benson  County.  Because  of 
the  continuous  nature  of  vegetation  distributions  in  towns,  all  nests  in 
habitat  classified  as  town  were  attributed  to  a single  colony  site. 

County-wide  habitat  availabilities  were  estimated  with  the  non-map- 
ping technique  (Marcum  and  Loftsgaarden  1980).  We  selected  200  quar- 
ters from  our  1989-1990  surveys.  Only  quarters  with  vegetation  capable 
of  supporting  Common  Crackle  nests  were  used.  Five  controls  from  each 
quarter  were  selected  by  placing  an  80-grid,  transparent  sheet  on  an  aerial 
photograph  of  the  quarter  and  randomly  selecting  grids.  Only  colonizable 
habitats  were  selected,  and  non-nesting  areas  (e.g.,  croplands,  roads,  and 
water  bodies)  were  not  used. 

We  tested  four  null  hypotheses:  (1)  DRS  and  DPW  categories  and 
vegetation  were  used  as  nest  sites  according  to  their  availabilities  in  the 
colonies,  (2)  use  of  stands  in  colonized  quarters  was  independent  of  both 
vegetation  composition  and  DRS  and  DPW  categories,  (3)  use  of  quarters 
was  independent  of  vegetation  and  DRS  and  DPW  categories,  and  (4) 
colony  sites  were  distributed  among  the  seven  habitat  categories  in  pro- 
portion to  county-wide  habitat  availabilities.  We  used  G-tests  for  goodness 
of  fit  to  determine  if  actual  use  differed  from  expected  (null)  use  for 
habitats,  nest-site  vegetation,  and  DRS  and  DPW  categories  in  the  colony 
sites  (Sokal  and  Rolf  1981).  If  the  G-tests  were  significant  (P  < 0.05), 
preference  and  avoidance  were  estimated  using  the  Bonferroni  method 
with  an  a = 0.05  (Neu  et  al.  1974,  Byers  et  al.  1984,  Thomas  and  Taylor 
1990).  We  used  G-tests  of  independence  to  compare  colony  sites  with 
uncolonized  stands  and  to  compare  colonized  and  uncolonized  quarters. 
Nest-site  vegetation  used  <2%  of  the  time  was  combined  into  a miscel- 
laneous category.  Vegetation  height  and  DBH  and  DEG  variables  could 
not  be  transformed  to  approximate  normality;  therefore,  Wilcoxon  two- 
sample  tests  were  used  (Sokal  and  Rolf  1981).  Pairwise  comparisons  of 
vegetation  heights  and  DBH  were  made  only  for  preferred  and  avoided 
species  as  determined  by  Bonferroni  tests. 

RESULTS 

During  our  two-year  study,  we  found  202  colonies  with  3596  active 
nests  on  177  of  the  638  quarters  surveyed.  Thus,  Common  Crackles  had 
a mean  colony  and  nest  density  of  0.49  colonies  and  8.81  nests  per  km^ 
in  Benson  County,  with  28%  of  the  quarters  occupied.  In  decreasing  order, 
the  most  frequently  used  nesting  substrates  were  blue  spruce  (N  = 924), 
Siberian  elm  (N  = 819),  boxelder  (N  = 427),  caragana  (N  = 238),  and 
hawthorn  (N  = 230).  Habitat  classified  as  inhabited  farmstead  shelterbelt 


108 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Comparisons"  of  Use  and  Availability  of  Seven  Habitats  Occupied  by  202  Common 
Crackle  Colonies  in  Benson  County,  North  Dakota,  during  1989-90 


Habitat 

Availability 
(N  = 1000) 

% 

Use 

(N  = 202) 

% 

Preference'’ 

Windbreak 

25.6 

24.3 

0 

Miscellaneous'^ 

24.1 

11.4 

— 

Pothole 

22.7 

6.9 

— 

Inhabited  farmstead 

10.9 

32.2 

+ 

Pasture 

7.7 

9.9 

0 

Abandoned  farmstead 

7.5 

12.9 

0 

Town 

1.5 

2.5 

0 

^ G-test  for  goodness  of  fit:  G = 90.2,  df  = 6,  < 0.0001. 

” indicates  preference,  “ — ” avoidance,  and  “0”  use  according  to  availability.  Preference  was  determined  with 
Bonferroni  confidence  intervals  (a  = 0.05)  placed  on  use. 

Composition  of  the  miscellaneous  habitat  category:  lakesides  (35%),  woods  (32%).  roadsides  (14%),  ravines  (14%), 
ditches  (3%),  and  railroad  easements  (2%). 


accounted  for  57.8%  of  the  nests.  Towns,  which  occurred  on  five  quarters, 
had  the  highest  mean  number  of  nests  (N  = 5,  jc  = 142.5  nests/km^,  SE 
= 42.8). 

Habitats  were  not  colonized  in  proportion  to  their  availabilities  (G  = 
90.2,  6 df,  P < 0.0001).  Shelterbelts  of  inhabited  farmsteads  were  used 
more  frequently  than  expected,  while  potholes  and  miscellaneous  habitats 
(e.g.,  woods,  ravines,  railroad  easements,  and  lakesides)  were  used  below 
expected  frequencies  (Table  1).  Abandoned  farmstead  shelterbelts,  pas- 
tures, towns,  and  windbreaks  were  used  according  to  availabilities.  Col- 
onies were  larger  (Wilcoxon  Two-sample  Test:  Z = 4.9,  P < 0.0001)  on 
quarters  with  inhabited  farmsteads  {x  = 50.0  nests/km^,  SE  = 5.5,  N = 
65)  than  on  quarters  with  abandoned  farmsteads  (x  = 14.4  nests/km^,  SE 
= 4.1,  N = 26). 

The  use  of  quarters  depended  on  plant  species  composition  (G  = 251.1, 
18  df,  P < 0.0001).  Green  ash,  blue  spruce,  wild  plum,  and  hawthorn 
occurred  more  frequently  on  colonized  quarters  (Table  2).  Uncolonized 
quarters  were  typified  by  quaking  aspen,  plains  cottonwood,  and  willow. 
We  failed  to  detect  differences  between  controls  of  colonized  and  unco- 
lonized quarters  for  either  vegetation  heights  or  DBHs  (all  Ps  > 0.05). 
Distance  categories  of  controls  differed  between  colonized  and  uncolon- 
ized quarters  for  farmsteads  (G  = 379.3,  3 df,  P < 0.0001)  and  permanent 
water  (G  = 49.8,  3 df,  P < 0.0001),  with  more  controls  on  uncolonized 
quarters  >500  m from  both  of  these  features. 

Use  of  stands  within  colonized  quarters  was  dependent  on  vegetation 


Honum  et  al.  • COMMON  CRACKLE  NESTING 


109 


Table  2 

Comparisons^  between  Randomly  Selected  Control  Vegetation  (N  = 5)  from 
Quarter  Sections  Colonized  by  Common  Crackles  and  Unused  Quarter  Sections 


Vegetation 

Uncolonized 
quarter  sections 
(N  = 350) 

% 

Colonized 
quarter  section^ 

(N  = 880) 

% 

Preference^ 

Siberian  elm  (Ulmus  pumila) 

19.1 

16.2 

0 

Blue  spruce  (Picea  pungens) 

0.0 

3.8 

+ 

Boxelder  (Acer  negundo) 

8.6 

11.9 

0 

Hawthorn  (Crataegus  rotundifolia) 

1.4 

4.2 

4 . 

Caragana  (Caragana  arborescens) 

4.9 

5.8 

0 

Green  ash  (Fraxinus  pennsylvanica) 

7.7 

11.9 

+ 

Chokecherry  (Prunus  virginiana) 

6.9 

8.4 

0 

Willow  (Salix  spp.) 

21.4 

12.5 

— 

Lilac  (Syringa  vulgaris) 

1.1 

1.9 

0 

Wild  plum  (Prunus  americana) 

0.3 

3.0 

+ 

Black  poplar  (Populus  nigra) 

0.0 

1.0 

0 

Miscellaneous'* 

1.4 

1.6 

0 

Bur  oak  (Quercus  macrocarpa) 

2.0 

0.0 

0 

Honeysuckle  (Lonicera  tatarica) 

0.6 

1.5 

0 

Juneberry  (Amelanchier  canadensis) 

0.6 

0.8 

0 

American  elm  (Ulmus  americana) 

0.9 

2.3 

0 

Aspen  (P.  tremuloides) 

11.7 

5.1 

— 

Russian  olive  (Elaeagnus  angustifolia) 

2.0 

2.2 

0 

Cottonwood  (P.  deltoides) 

9.4 

5.9 

— 

“ G-lesl  of  independence:  G = 251.1,  df  = 18,  P < 0.0001. 

•’One  colonized  quarter  section  consisted  only  of  an  abandoned  shed  surrounded  by  wheat  and  was  not  used  in  the 
analysis  of  vegetation. 

+ indicates  preference,  “ — ” indicates  avoidance,  and  “O'*  indicates  use  according  to  availability.  Selection  was 
determined  with  Bonferroni  confidence  intervals  (a  = 0.05)  placed  on  the  vegetation  from  colonized  quarter  sections. 

^ Vegetation  comprising  <2%  of  the  combined  categories. 


composition  (G  = 252.4,  17  df,  P < 0.0001)  (Table  3).  Stands  with 
Siberian  elm,  green  ash,  boxelder,  caragana,  hawthorn,  blue  spruce,  lilac 
(Syringa  vulgaris),  and  American  elm  (Ulmus  americana)  were  more  like- 
ly to  be  colonized  than  stands  consisting  of  willow,  plains  cottonwood, 
and  quaking  aspen.  Plains  cottonwood  had  a larger  DBH  (P  = 0.04) 
within  colony  sites  (x  = 39.0  cm,  SE  = 4.2)  than  in  uncolonized  stands 
(x  = 26.2  cm,  SE  = 1.9).  No  differences  in  heights  of  control  vegetation 
were  detected  between  colony  sites  and  uncolonized  stands  (all  Ps  > 
0.05).  The  DRS  categories  were  not  independent  between  used  and  un- 
used stands  (G  = 221.4,  3 df,  P < 0.0001),  with  stands  of  vegetation  in 
the  0-100  m and  101-300  m DRS  categories  colonized  more  frequently 
than  stands  in  301-500  and  >500  m categories.  The  DPW  categories 
between  colony  sites  and  unused  stands  were  independent  (G  = 4.7,  3 
df,  P = 0.192). 


110 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  3 

COMPARISON‘‘  WITHIN  QUARTER  SECTIONS  USED  BY  NESTING  COMMON  GRACKLES  BETWEEN 

Randomly  Selected  Controls  (N  = 5)  from  Unused  Stands  of  Vegetation  and 

Colonized  Stands 


Species 

Unused  stands 
(N  = 405) 

% 

Colonized  stands 
(N  = 979) 

% 

Preference*’ 

Willow 

33.6 

8.0 

— 

Cottonwood 

13.8 

4.3 

— 

Siberian  elm 

11.8 

17.7 

+ 

Chokecherry 

8.6 

7.2 

0 

Aspen 

6.2 

4.0 

— 

Green  ash 

4.0 

13.0 

+ 

Boxelder 

3.7 

14.0 

+ 

Wild  plum 

3.5 

3.8 

0 

Caragana 

3.0 

7.0 

+ 

Miscellaneous‘S 

2.7 

2.4 

0 

Russian  olive 

2.5 

1.8 

0 

Hawthorn 

2.2 

4.8 

+ 

Blue  spruce 

1.5 

3.9 

+ 

Honeysuckle 

1.0 

1.7 

0 

Black  poplar 

0.7 

0.9 

0 

Juneberry 

0.7 

1.1 

0 

Lilac 

0.2 

2.1 

+ 

American  elm 

0.2 

2.2 

+ 

“ G-lest  of  independence:  G = 252.4,  df  = ]1,  P < 0.0001. 

^“  + " indicates  preference,  “ — ” indicates  avoidance  and  “0’'  indicates  use  according  to  availability.  Selection  was 
determined  with  Bonferroni  confidence  intervals  (a  = 0.05)  placed  on  the  vegetation  from  colonized  stands. 
Miscellaneous  category  consisted  of  species  that  formed  <2%  of  the  combined  categories. 


Within  colony  sites,  nesting  vegetation  was  not  used  according  to  avail- 
ability (G  = 203.6,  17  df,  P < 0.0001).  Blue  spruce,  Siberian  elm,  and 
black  poplar  were  used  at  greater  than  expected  frequencies,  whereas 
green  ash,  willow,  American  elm,  quaking  aspen,  Russian  olive,  and 
plains  cottonwood  were  used  below  expected  frequencies  (Table  4).  The 
DRS  categories  were  not  used  in  proportion  to  their  availabilities  in  col- 
ony sites  (G  ==  30.6,  3 df,  P < 0.0001).  Nest  sites  <100  m from  farm- 
steads were  used  more  frequently  than  expected;  all  other  DRS  categories 
were  used  below  expected  frequencies.  The  DRW  categories  were  not 
distributed  randomly  between  controls  and  nest  sites  (G  = 8.8,  3 df,  P = 
0.032);  nest  sites  in  the  301-500  m category  were  used  more  frequently, 
while  nest  sites  >501  m from  permanent  water  were  used  less  frequently. 
Nest-site  heights  were  greater  than  controls  (all  Ps  < 0.05)  for  Siberian 
elm,  blue  spruce,  green  ash,  and  American  elm.  The  DBHs  of  nest  sites 
were  larger  than  controls  for  green  ash  and  Siberian  elm,  while  nest-site 


Homan  et  al.  • COMMON  CRACKLE  NESTING 


Table  4 

Comparisons"  within  Colonies  between  Randomly  Selected  Vegetation  (N  = 5)  Used 
BY  Nesting  Common  Crackles  and  Randomly  Selected  Unused  Vegetation 


Species 

Use 

(N  = 799) 

% 

Availability 
(N  = 979) 

% 

Preference^ 

Siberian  elm 

23.6 

17.7 

+ 

Blue  spruce 

15.5 

3.9 

+ 

Boxelder 

11.9 

14.0 

0 

Hawthorn 

7.5 

4.8 

0 

Caragana 

7.5 

7.0 

0 

Green  ash 

6.3 

13.0 

— 

Chokecherry 

5.4 

7.2 

0 

Willow 

4.8 

8.0 

— 

Lilac 

4.3 

2.2 

0 

Wild  plum 

3.5 

3.8 

0 

Black  Poplar 

2.8 

0.9 

+ 

Miscellaneous*' 

2.5 

2.4 

0 

Honeysuckle 

1.1 

1.7 

0 

Juneberry 

1.1 

1.1 

0 

American  elm 

0.8 

2.2 

— 

Aspen 

0.8 

4.0 

— 

Russian  olive 

0.6 

1.8 

— 

Cottonwood 

0.1 

4.3 

— 

“ O-test  for  goodness  of  fit:  G = 203.6,  df  = 17,  P < 0.0001. 

^ “+’*  indicates  preference.  “ — ” indicates  avoidance  and  “O’"  indicates  use  according  to  availability.  Selection  was 
determined  with  Bonferroni  confidence  intervals  (a  = 0.05)  placed  on  use. 

Miscellaneous  category  consisted  of  substrates  that  formed  <2%  of  the  combined  use  and  availability  categories. 


DBH  was  smaller  for  caragana.  In  1990,  nest  sites  were  placed  randomly 
with  respect  to  DEG  (Z  = 1.6,  P = 0.12). 

DISCUSSION 

Common  Crackles  prefer  shelterbelts  of  inhabited  farmsteads  over  six 
other  habitat  categories.  Windbreaks,  which  offer  structurally  similar  nest- 
ing substrates  and  are  often  adjacent  to  farmstead  habitats,  are  used  only 
according  to  availability.  Windbreaks  in  North  Dakota  are  usually  single- 
rowed  structures  of  Siberian  elm  and  lack  the  areal  extent  and  species 
heterogeneity  of  multi-rowed  farmstead  shelterbelts.  Areal  extent  and  spe- 
cies heterogeneity,  however,  can  not  account  for  the  preference  shown  by 
Common  Crackles  for  shelterbelts  next  to  inhabited  rather  than  abandoned 
farmsteads.  Both  classes  of  farmstead  shelterbelts  are  of  comparable  size 
and  species  composition.  Common  Crackles  may  prefer  shelterbelts  of 
inhabited  farmsteads  because  of  the  increased  access  to  invertebrates. 
During  the  1989  nesting  season  in  Benson  County,  Common  Crackles 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


1 12 

used  invertebrates  as  their  major  food  (Homan  et  al.  1994).  By  establish- 
ing colonies  near  the  maintained  landscapes  of  active  farmsteads,  the  birds 
may  improve  their  foraging  success  for  invertebrates  (Yahner  1982).  An- 
thropogenic supplementation  of  food  and  water  resources  (e.g.,  spilled 
grains,  food,  and  water  for  livestock  and  pets)  may  further  encourage 
Common  Crackle  colonization  by  inhabited  farmsteads  (Martin  1978. 

141).  

Habitat  use  was  the  broadest  measurement  of  nesting  distribution  m 

our  study.  The  vegetation  and  DRS  data  show  that  Common  Crackles 
primarily  nest  by  farmsteads.  Excepting  hawthorn,  the  vegetation  char- 
acteristics associated  with  Common  Crackle  colonies  were  typical  of  plant 
species  compositions  found  in  multi-rowed  farmstead  shelterbelts.  The 
use  of  pastures  for  colony  sites  probably  cause  hawthorn  (and  to  a lesser 
extent  wild  plum)  to  be  included  with  the  shelterbelt  vegetation.  The 
apparent  discrepancies  among  our  vegetation  analyses  of  Common  Crack- 
le colony  and  nest-site  use  were  due  to  the  scalar  design  of  our  study. 
For  example  green  ash,  which  is  avoided  by  Common  Crackles  within 
colony  sites,  is  often  planted  in  farmstead  shelterbelts  with  more  preferred 
nesting  substrates  (e.g.,  blue  spruce);  thus,  green  ash  becomes  an  indicator 
of  colonized  quarters  by  association  with  preferred  species. 

In  colony  sites.  Common  Crackles  apparently  prefer  blue  spruce,  Si- 
berian elm,  and  black  poplar  over  other  plant  species.  These  species  are 
profusely  branched,  which  aids  in  nest  attachment;  moreover,  their  dense 
foliage  probably  offers  concealment  and  protection  from  excessive  heat 
loss  or  gain.  A warmer  microclimate  may  allow  for  earlier  initiation  of 
egg  laying  (Erskine  1971).  The  foliage  of  Siberian  elm  and  black  poplar 
does  not  appear  until  May  in  northcentral  North  Dakota,  and  blue  spruce 
(or  other  dense  conifers)  is  the  only  nesting  substrate  favorable  for  ini- 
tiating nests  in  April,  the  beginning  of  the  breeding  season  in  the  state 
(Stewart  1975). 

The  rarity  of  blue  spruce  in  habitats  not  classihed  as  farmsteads  made 
it  impossible  to  directly  separate  the  influence  of  human  activity  from  the 
influence  exerted  by  the  structural  characteristics  of  blue  spruce.  However, 
the  combination  of  a preferred  macrohabitat  (inhabited  farmstead)  with  a 
preferred  microhabitat  (blue  spruce)  may  present  the  most  favorable  en- 
vironment for  nesting  Common  Crackles.  The  infrequent  use  of  pothole 
habitat  may  have  confounded  the  avoidance  shown  by  nesting  Common 
Crackles  for  structurally  open  vegetation,  such  as  quaking  aspen  and 
plains  cottonwood,  but  open-structured  shelterbelt  vegetation  (e.g.,  green 
ash,  American  elm,  and  Russian  olive)  within  colony  sites  was  also  used 
below  expected  frequencies.  Our  data  support  those  of  Yahner  (1982)  and 
Field  ( 1971 ) who  observed  that  green  ash  and  other  open  shelterbelt  plant 


Homan  et  al.  • COMMON  CRACKLE  NESTING 


113 


species  were  used  infrequently  or  avoided  by  nesting  Common  Crackles. 
Avoidance  is  probably  a result  of  the  lack  of  secure  nest  attachments 
inherent  in  open-structured  vegetation. 

The  presence  of  permanent  water  probably  affects  nesting  behavior  of 
Common  Crackles.  Similar  observations  concerning  the  association  be- 
tween Common  Crackle  colonies  and  water  have  been  made  (Erskine 
1971,  Bent  1958:398-399,  Martin  1978:141).  However,  the  birds  may  be 
responding  to  vegetation  supported  by  water  rather  than  to  water  itself 
(Erskine  1971).  We  located  14  colonies  by  potholes;  although  this  habitat 
is  avoided  compared  to  availability,  potholes  may  influence  the  associa- 
tion of  colonies  with  permanent  water. 

Nesting  substrate  height  may  also  be  involved  in  nest-site  selection, 
with  Common  Crackles  displaying  a preference  for  taller  vegetation.  Us- 
ing taller  vegetation  allows  for  building  nests  at  greater  heights,  which 
may  provide  for  earlier  detection  of  predators  (Cutzwiller  and  Anderson 
1987,  Bekoff  et  al.  1987).  Additionally,  males  often  use  taller  vegetation 
for  displaying  (Petersen  and  Young  1950,  Wiens  1965,  Wiley  1976);  these 
displaying  sites  may  later  become  nest  sites. 

Planting  more  green  ash  and  less  blue  spruce  in  farmstead  shelterbelts 
may  help  reduce  nesting  densities  of  Common  Crackles  in  this  type  of 
habitat.  Structurally  open  vegetation,  including  open  coniferous  species 
such  as  ponderosa  pine  {Pinus  ponderosa),  probably  deters  nesting  be- 
cause of  the  lack  of  suitable  attachments  for  nests.  The  planting  of  blue 
spruce  windbreaks  at  distances  >500  m from  inhabited  residences  for 
reducing  soil  erosion  should  not  encourage  colonization. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  D.  Bergman,  K.  Fitzner,  D.  Foulk,  K.  Maier,  C.  Nelms,  B.  Osborne,  K.  Schei- 
decker  and  M.  Soehren  for  their  many  hours  of  help  in  the  field  and  lab.  R.  Dolbeer  and 
G.  Nuechterlein  contributed  valuable  comments  at  the  beginning  of  this  study.  D.  Twedt 
assisted  with  the  study  design.  We  also  thank  landowners  of  Benson  County  for  access  to 
their  properties.  A.  Barras,  D.  Bergman,  D.  Caccamise,  R.  Dolbeer,  M.  Kenyon,  and  an 
anonymous  reviewer  commented  on  earlier  drafts  of  this  manuscript.  This  research  was 
supported  by  the  Denver  Wildlife  Research  Center,  United  States  Dept,  of  Agriculture, 
Animal  Plant  Health  Inspection  Service,  [Contract  No.  1 2-34-4 1-0020(CA)]  and  the  Dept, 
of  Zoology,  North  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Fargo. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bekoff,  M.,  A.  C.  Scott,  and  D.  A.  Conner.  1987.  Nonrandom  nest-site  selection  in 
Evening  Grosbeaks.  Condor  89:819-829. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1958.  Life  histories  of  North  American  blackbirds,  orioles,  tanagers  and  allies. 
U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull.  211. 

Byers,  C.  R.,  R.  K.  Steinhorst,  and  P.  R.  Krausman.  1984.  Clarification  of  a technique 
for  analysis  of  utilization-availability  data.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  48:1050—1053. 


114 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


COUES,  E.  C.  1878.  Field  notes  on  birds  observed  in  North  Dakota  and  Montana  along  the 
forty-ninth  parallel  during  the  seasons  of  1873  and  1874.  U.S.  Dept.  Int.  Geolog.  and 

Geograph.  Surv.  Bull.  IV  No.  3.  i i 

Erskine,  a.  J.  1971.  Some  new  perspectives  on  the  breeding  ecology  of  Common  Crackles. 

Wilson  Bull.  83:352—370. 

Field,  N.  H.  1971.  Use  of  eastern  South  Dakota  shelterbelt  by  nesting  birds.  South  Dakota 
Bird  Notes  23:43^5. 

Gutzwiller,  K.  J.  and  S.  H.  Anderson.  1987.  Multiscale  associations  between  cavity- 
nesting birds  and  features  of  Wyoming  streamside  woodlands.  Condor  89:534-548. 
Homan,  H.  J.,  G.  M.  Linz,  and  W.  J.  Bleier.  1994.  Effect  of  crop  phenology  and  habitat 
on  the  diet  of  Common  Crackles.  Am.  Midi.  Nat.  131:381—385. 

Marcum,  C.  L.  and  D.  O.  Loftsgaarden.  1980.  A nonmapping  technique  for  studying 
habitat  preferences.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  44:963—968. 

Martin,  T.  E.  1978.  Diversity  and  density  of  shelterbelt  bird  communities.  M.S.  thesis. 
South  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Brookings,  South  Dakota. 

Maxwell,  G.  R.,  J.  M.  Nocilly,  and  R.  I.  Shearer.  1976.  Observations  at  a cavity  nest 
of  the  Common  Crackle  and  an  analysis  of  grackle  nest  sites.  Wilson  Bull.  88:505- 
507. 

Nelms  C.  O.,  W.  J.  Bleier,  D.  L.  Otis,  and  G.  M.  Linz.  1994.  Population  estimates  of 
breeding  blackbirds  in  North  Dakota,  1967,  1981-1982  and  1990.  Am.  Midi.  Nat.  132: 
256-263. 

Neu,  C.  W.,  C.  R.  Byers,  and  J.  M.  Peek.  1974.  A technique  for  analysis  of  utilization- 

availability  data.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  38:541-545. 

North  Dakota  Agricultural  Statistical  Service.  1990.  North  Dakota  agricultural  sta- 
tistics 1990.  Agricultural  Statistics  No.  58.  North  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Fargo. 

Petersen,  A.  and  J.  T.  Young.  1950.  A nesting  study  of  the  Bronzed  Grackle.  Auk  67: 
466-467. 

SOKAL,  R.  R.  AND  E J.  Rohlf.  1981.  Biometry,  second  ed.  W.  H.  Freeman,  San  Francisco, 
California. 

Stewart,  R.  E.  1975.  Breeding  birds  of  North  Dakota.  Tri-college  Center  for  Environmental 
Studies,  Fargo,  North  Dakota. 

AND  Kantrud,  H.  a.  1972.  Population  estimates  of  breeding  birds  in  North  Dakota. 

Auk  89:766-789. 

Thomas,  D.  L.  and  E.  J.  Taylor.  1990.  Study  designs  and  tests  for  comparing  resource 
use  and  availability.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  54:322—330. 

Wiens,  J.  A.  1965.  Behavioral  interactions  of  Red-winged  Blackbirds  and  Common  Crack- 
les on  a common  breeding  ground.  Auk  82:356—374. 

Wiley,  R.  H.  1976.  Communication  and  spatial  relationships  in  a colony  of  Common 
Crackles.  Anim.  Behav.  24:570—584. 

Yahner,  R.  H.  1982.  Avian  nest  densities  and  nest-site  selection  in  farmstead  shelterbelts. 
Wilson  Bull.  94:156-175. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  115-122 


EVIDENCE  OF  DUAL  BREEDING  RANGES  FOR  THE 
SEDGE  WREN  IN  THE  CENTRAL  GREAT  PLAINS 

Paul  A.  Bedell 

Abstract. — Sedge  Wrens  {Cistothorus  platensis)  are  very  rare  breeders  in  the  central 
plains  states  but  show  a pattern  of  mid-summer  arrival  dates.  I examined  their  status  in 
central  Nebraska  in  August  1994  by  conducting  six  Breeding  Bird  Survey  routes  and  by 
searching  suitable  habitat.  I recorded  Sedge  Wrens  on  three  of  the  six  survey  routes.  Most 
wrens  occurred  on  sub-irrigated  native  meadows,  but  a variety  of  grassland  types  were  used. 
Most  clutches  were  initiated  by  the  second  week  of  August.  Observers  should  be  aware  of 
the  potential  for  late-summer  breeding  in  other  portions  of  their  range.  Received  22  Mar. 
1995,  accepted  15  Aug.  1995. 


Although  the  breeding  range  of  the  Sedge  Wren  {Cistothorus  platensis) 
includes  much  of  the  midwestern  and  northeastern  United  States  (AOU 
1983),  it  is  apparently  common  and  widespread  only  in  the  upper  mid- 
west, e.g.,  Minnesota  (Janssen  1987)  and  Wisconsin  (Robbins  1991).  In 
much  of  the  remainder  of  their  breeding  range  in  the  United  States,  Sedge 
Wrens  are  rather  rare,  local,  and  erratic  in  occurrence.  The  breeding  status 
of  the  Sedge  Wren  is  an  enigma  as  there  are  few  or  no  nest  records  in 
many  areas,  combined  with  peculiar  mid-  to  late-summer  arrival  dates. 
Such  is  the  case  in  Alabama  (Imhof  1962),  Arkansas  (James  and  Neal 
1986),  Kansas  (Thompson  and  Ely  1992),  Kentucky  (Mengel  1965),  Mis- 
souri (Robbins  and  Easterla  1992),  Nebraska  (Lingle  and  Bedell  1989), 
and  Tennessee  (Robinson  1990).  McNair  (1983)  discussed  summer  oc- 
currences of  Sedge  Wrens  in  the  southeastern  states  and  questioned 
whether  these  records  indicate  possible  breeding  activity.  Late-summer 
breeding  may  occur  in  areas  where  wrens  are  absent  in  early  summer, 
although  nest  records  are  very  few.  This  phenomenon  has  been  observed 
in  Arkansas  (Meanly  1952),  Kansas  (Schwilling  1982),  and  Nebraska 
(Lingle  and  Bedell  1989).  Coincident  with  mid-summer  arrival  dates  in 
more  southerly  areas  is  a “shifting  about”  in  and  out  of  nesting  territories 
during  mid-July  in  Minnesota  (Burns  1982)  and  Illinois  (Kroodsma  and 
Verner  1978). 

Sedge  Wrens  are  highly  opportunistic  breeders  that  show  little  or  no 
site  fidelity  (Walkinshaw  1935,  Burns  1982),  probably  due  to  habitat  in- 
stability (Kroodsma  and  Verner  1978).  The  ephemeral  nature  of  wet  grass- 
land and  marsh  edge  habitat  dictates  that  species  breeding  in  these  habitats 
should  be  good  dispersers  (Remsen  and  Parker  1990).  Some  populations 
of  Sedge  Wrens  are  double-brooded  (Burns  1982),  and  they  are  polygy- 

10120  Silverleaf  Ter.,  Richmond,  VA  23236. 


115 


116 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


nous  (Crawford  1977).  Males  build  multiple  nests  which  may  be  used  for 
courtship  activities,  dormitories,  or  predator  decoys  (Burns  1982)  and 
which  are  referred  to  in  this  study  as  dummy  nests.  One  of  these  nests  is 
lined  and  used  by  the  female  as  a brood  nest.  However,  nest  building  by 
males  does  not  in  itself  prove  breeding,  as  they  may  not  attract  a mate 
(Crawford  1977,  McNair  1983). 

In  order  to  determine  if  territorial  Sedge  Wrens  occurred  in  suitable 
habitat  in  late  summer  throughout  central  Nebraska,  I censused  selected 
Breeding  Bird  Survey  (BBS)  routes  in  August  for  the  presence  or  absence 
of  wrens.  I also  checked  suitable  habitat  on  a random  basis  in  August 
and  compared  this  to  atlas  data,  nest  records,  and  local  ornithological 
literature.  Clutch  data  came  from  this  study  and  from  field  work  which  I 
conducted  during  the  summers  of  1988-1992  in  Hall  County,  Nebraska. 

METHODS 

Previous  field  work  in  the  Platte  River  valley  indicated  that  in  August  Sedge  Wrens  often 
occur  in  the  same  type  of  wet  meadows  favored  by  Bobolinks  {Dolichonyx  oryzivorus). 
Therefore,  I chose  BBS  routes  based  on  relatively  high  numbers  of  that  species.  The  chosen 
BBS  routes  had  no  previous  records  of  Sedge  Wrens.  The  mean  numbers  of  Bobolinks  per 
BBS  route  conducted  from  late  May  through  mid-June  from  1967—1992  were  provided  by 
the  Breeding  Bird  Survey  (B.  Peterjohn,  unpubl.).  I also  chose  routes  ba.sed  on  geographic 
coverage  of  central  Nebraska  and  the  Sandhills  region.  I conducted  Nebraska  BBS  route 
numbers  007,  018,  026,  029,  041,  and  116,  between  8-14  Aug.  1994  and  recorded  the 
presence  or  absence  of  Sedge  Wrens  at  half-mile  intervals.  I compared  August  Sedge  Wren 
occurrence  to  June  Bobolink  occurrence  at  identical  BBS  survey  stops  with  a Chi-square 
test  (Ambrose  and  Ambrose  1987). 

I also  checked  suitable  habitat  for  the  presence  of  Sedge  Wrens  throughout  the  central 
Nebraska  area  from  2—23  Aug.  1994  by  stopping  and  listening  from  the  roadside  as  I 
travelled.  Several  locations  were  reported  by  other  observers.  This  area  was  bounded  ap- 
proximately by  the  Platte  River  valley,  102°W.  Longitude  in  Cherry  and  Keith  Counties, 
98°W.  Longitude  in  Hamilton  County,  and  the  South  Dakota  border.  BBS  routes  were  in 
Nebraska  counties  Buffalo,  Cherry,  Holt,  Loup,  and  Wheeler.  When  access  permitted,  I 
searched  for  nests  by  first  observing  the  birds,  then  by  carefully  pushing  aside  the  vegetation 
as  I walked  through  their  territories. 

I categorized  wrens  in  a ranking  of  probable  breeding  evidence;  (A)  singing  in  suitable 
habitat,  (B)  nest  building  or  dummy  nests  observed,  (C)  nest  with  eggs  or  adult  feeding 
young.  Because  Sedge  Wrens  can  build  nests  yet  remain  mateless,  I considered  breeding  to 
be  confirmed  only  when  nests  with  eggs  or  offspring  were  observed  or  adults  were  observed 
carrying  food.  Clutch  initiation  was  defined  as  the  date  the  first  egg  was  laid.  Backdating  a 
clutch  to  initiation  was  determined  as  one  egg  laid  per  day  until  clutch  completion,  thirteen 
days  for  incubation,  and  another  fourteen  days  until  fledging  (Walkinshaw  1935,  Burns  1982, 
pers.  obs.). 

Locations  were  marked  on  county  maps  and  compared  to  Nebraska  Breeding  Bird  Atlas 
data  (Molhoff,  unpubl.)  and  to  June  breeding  records  from  state  literature  (Bruner  et  al. 
1904,  Cink  1973). 


Bedell  • SEDGE  WREN  BREEDING  RANGE 


1 17 


Table  1 

Numbers  of  Sedge  Wrens  Recorded  on  Breeding  Bird  Survey  (BBS)  Routes  in 

Nebraska 

BBS  route 

# Years  run 

Total  June 

August 

number' 

1967-1992 

occurrences 

1994 

001 

24 

2 

— 

022 

17 

2 

— 

007 

23 

0 

1 

018 

1 1 

0 

0 

026 

18 

0 

2 • 

029 

20 

0 

0 

041 

3 

0 

0 

116 

3 

0 

10 

* Rows  001  and  022  are  in  northeastern  Nebraska;  routes  007.  018,  026,  029,  041.  and  1 16  are  in  central  Nebraska. 


RESULTS 

Three  of  the  six  BBS  routes  had  Sedge  Wrens  singing  on  territories  in 
August  despite  no  previous  June  records.  Only  two  BBS  routes  in  Ne- 
braska have  ever  reported  Sedge  Wrens,  and  then  only  rarely  from  the 
eastern  border  of  the  state.  These  records  are  from  routes  #001  in  Otoe 
County,  with  individual  reports  in  two  out  of  24  years,  and  #022  in  Thurs- 
ton County,  also  with  individual  reports  in  two  out  of  17  years  (Table  1). 

I found  no  wrens  in  the  central  or  western  Sandhills  region  even  though 
there  appears  to  be  much  suitable  habitat.  Sedge  Wrens  occurred  in  this 
study  only  east  of  100°W.  longitude. 

Even  though  the  highest  incidence  of  Bobolinks  and  Sedge  Wrens  oc- 
curred on  the  same  route,  there  was  no  significant  association  between 
survey  stops  that  recorded  Bobolinks  in  June  and  identical  stops  that 
recorded  wrens  in  August  (x^  = 2.25,  df  = 1,  E > 0.05). 

Seventeen  additional  sites  with  territorial  Sedge  Wrens  were  located  in 
August  1994,  mostly  in  sub-irrigated  native  meadows  of  the  Platte  River 
valley  (Table  2).  But  one  site  was  on  Conservation  Reserve  Program 
(CRP)  land  idled  for  one  season.  Another  site  was  on  a three-year  old 
dry  1.2  ha.  native  prairie  planting.  This  prairie  restoration  site  in  Hamilton 
County,  Nebraska,  contained  an  active  nest  initiated  on  9 August  1994. 

Nine  additional  nests  were  discovered  at  Mormon  Island  Crane  Mead- 
ows (MICM)  in  Hall  County,  Nebraska,  in  August  1989  and  1992.  Two 
more  nests  in  central  Nebraska  are  described  by  Lingle  and  Bedell  (1989) 
from  August  1988.  Most  of  these  twelve  clutches  were  initiated  by  the 
second  week  of  August  (Fig.  1).  In  addition,  an  adult  wren  with  four 


118 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  2 

Habitat  Use  by  Sedge  Wrens  in  Nebraska  during  August  1994 

Occurrences 

Breeding  evidence  category 

Habitat 

A 

B 

c 

Subirrigated  native  meadow 

6 

3 

1 

Other  wetlands 

3 

0 

0 

Prairie  restoration  and  CRP  land 

2 

0 

1 

Upland  prairie 

0 

0 

1 

recently  fledged  young  were  reported  from  Buffalo  County,  Nebraska,  in 
an  upland  prairie  on  26  September  1994  (G.  Lingle,  pers.  comm.). 

DISCUSSION 

Since  Sedge  Wrens  can  easily  be  overlooked,  there  is  a possibility  that 
they  are  present  in  these  areas  in  early  summer  but  delay  the  onset  of 
breeding.  This  is  unlikely  due  to  the  paucity  of  atlas,  BBS,  and  other 
published  records  over  many  years.  Stronger  evidence  of  their  early-sum- 
mer  absence  comes  from  the  Mormon  Island  Crane  Meadows  where  ten 


Lig.  1.  Sedge  Wren  clutch  initiation  date.s  by  week  in  Nebraska. 


Bedell  • SEDGE  WREN  BREEDING  RANGE  1 1 9 

of  the  twelve  active  nests  were  located.  Thirteen  years  of  Breeding  Bird 
Census  studies  conducted  between  1980  and  1994  at  MICM  between  23 
May  and  20  June  have  recorded  only  single  males  in  1990  and  1994,  and 
there  are  no  records  prior  to  June. 

Although  most  wrens  occurred  on  native  wet  grasslands,  they  showed 
a range  of  adaptability  from  partly  flooded  sites  to  dry  prairie.  The  active 
nest  in  Hamilton  County  was  on  a dry  level  site  devoid  of  any  wetland 
vegetation.  The  adult  with  fledglings  in  Buffalo  County  was  seen  on  a 
dry  upland  prairie.  The  Conservation  Reserve  Program  (CRP)  site  was 
characterized  by  a rank  growth  of  annuals  up  to  3 m in  height.  Sedge 
Wrens  have  also  been  recorded  as  using  CRP  lands  in  the  Dakotas  and 
Minnesota  (Johnson  and  Schwartz  1993).  Vegetative  growth  of  at  least 
0.5  m was  common  to  all  sites. 

The  standard  breeding  phenology  of  most  avian  migrants  includes  a 
spring  migration  to  a breeding  region,  establishment  of  a breeding  site 
and  raising  offspring,  and  a return  migration.  The  only  North  American 
migrant  bird  species  known  to  possibly  deviate  from  this  pattern  by  uti- 
lizing dual  breeding  ranges  is  the  Phainopepla  (Phainopepla  nitens) 
(Walsberg  1977).  Phainopeplas  breed  in  the  Colorado  Desert  of  California 
in  March  and  April,  then  apparently  migrate  and  renest  in  coastal  oak 
woodlands  from  May  through  July.  However,  there  is  no  direct  evidence 
of  this.  The  evidence  for  dual  breeding  ranges  for  Sedge  Wrens  is  also 
conjectural  in  that  there  is  no  proof  that  they  have  first  nested  elsewhere 
before  appearing  in  the  central  plains  states  in  July  and  August.  But  the 
circumstantial  evidence  is  compelling.  The  period  of  “shifting  about” 
described  by  Burns  (1982)  and  Kroodsma  and  Verner  (1978)  coincides 
with  the  arrival  of  Sedge  Wrens  in  the  central  plains  and  in  other  states. 
The  ephemeral  habitat  and  low  philopatry  indicate  a need  and  the  ability 
for  undertaking  this  highly  unusual  breeding  strategy.  The  high  mobility 
of  Sedge  Wrens  may  not  be  unique.  There  is  an  intriguing  report  of 
Yellow  Rails  (Coturnicops  noveboracensis),  which  nest  in  similar  habitat, 
nesting  in  late  August  in  North  Dakota  (Lambeth  1994). 

The  breeding  range  of  the  Sedge  Wren  includes  eastern  Nebraska 
(Johnsgard  1979)  and  eastern  Kansas  (Thomson  and  Ely  1992),  but  this 
is  based  on  very  little  actual  evidence.  A survey  of  historical  early-sum- 
mer  breeding  records  from  local  ornithological  literature,  Nebraska  Breed- 
ing Bird  Atlas  data  (Molhoff,  unpubl.),  and  the  N.A.  Nest  Record  program 
revealed  only  two  June  records  of  active  nests  in  Nebraska  (Bruner  et  al. 
1904,  Cink  1973).  There  are  no  June  breeding  records  from  Kansas  and 
only  two  Kansas  BBS  routes,  020  in  Barton  County  and  026  in  Jefferson 
County,  have  reported  Sedge  Wrens,  with  a combined  historical  total  of 
six  birds.  Sch willing  (1982)  described  two  active  nests  and  recently 


120 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


fledged  young  from  Atchison  County,  Kansas,  from  August  1980.  There 
is  one  North  American  nest  record  card  of  a probable  dummy  nest  for 
Nebraska  and  none  for  Kansas.  There  are  a handful  of  additional  records 
of  singing  birds  in  appropriate  habitat  that  possibly  represent  breeding 
activity  (Cink  1973,  Labedz  1984).  Recently,  July-August  records  in  the 
Platte  River  valley  of  Hall  County  in  central  Nebraska  indicate  a regular 
mid-summer  migration  and  nesting  season  in  an  area  where  they  are  large- 
ly absent  until  mid-July  (Bedell  1987,  Lingle  and  Bedell  1989).  Observers 
have  become  aware  of  the  influx  of  Sedge  Wrens  into  the  area  m mid- 
summer where  they  have  been  recorded  in  numerous  locations  (Bedell 
1987,  Clausen  1989).  A similar  phenology  has  been  noted  for  the  Konza 
Prairie  near  Manhattan,  Kansas  (Zimmerman  1993).  The  breeding  status 
of  Sedge  Wrens  on  the  Konza  Prairie  has  yet  to  be  determined,  where 
they  occur  annually  in  drainages  that  have  ample  stands  of  Spartina. 
When  I visited  the  area  on  25  Aug.  1994,  I failed  to  find  any  activity, 
although  wrens  were  present  through  at  least  17  Aug.  (J.  Zimmerman, 
pers.  comm.). 

If  Sedge  Wrens  have  indeed  first  bred  elsewhere  in  their  range,  then 
where  are  they  coming  from  and  why  risk  the  hazards  of  migration?  Theie 
seems  to  be  little  benefit  for  individuals  that  may  have  been  successful 
in  raising  a first  brood  on  a good  territory  to  undertake  the  risks  inherent 
in  migration  and  of  establishing  another  territory,  so  this  migration  should 
consist  of  individuals  that  accrue  benefits  in  fitness  that  offset  the  costs. 
A possible  explanation  may  be  that  because  of  the  incidence  of  simulta- 
neous polygyny  (19%  in  Crawford  1977),  bachelor  males  migrate  to  sec- 
ondary areas  such  as  the  central  plains  anticipating  a possible  influx  of 
females.  If  changing  habitat  conditions  force  Sedge  Wrens  to  search  for 
new  territories  in  mid-season,  these  males  would  have  an  advantage,  and 
the  females  would  have  an  established  territory  to  quickly  move  into.  But 
if  habitat  conditions  in  the  primary  range  remain  favorable,  few  if  any 
females  may  undertake  this  mid-summer  migration.  This  may  explain  the 
lack  of  breeding  evidence  in  some  summers  in  Nebraska  and  elsewhere. 
Another  good  possibility  is  that  they  originate  from  the  northern  portion 
of  their  breeding  range  where  a shorter  season  prevents  them  from  raising 
a second  brood.  Or,  perhaps  these  are  individuals  that  occupied  marginal 
territories  which  became  unsuitable  by  July.  This  interesting  problem  cer- 
tainly deserves  further  study. 

If  Sedge  Wrens  expand  their  breeding  range  into  the  central  plains 
states  in  late  summer,  the  same  phenomenon  should  occur  in  othei  areas 
considered  beyond  their  normal  range.  To  understand  the  extent  of  this 
breeding  range  shift  will  require  other  observers  to  be  aware  of  this  pos- 
sibility, and  to  take  a closer  look  at  the  occunence  of  late-summer  Sedge 


Bedell  • SEDGE  WREN  BREEDING  RANGE 


121 


Wrens.  This  aspect  of  their  breeding  strategy  needs  to  be  determined  for 
any  understanding  of  the  status  of  this  possibly  declining  species. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

This  research  was  supported  by  the  Margaret  Morse  Nice  award  of  the  Wilson  Ornitho- 
logical Society  and  the  E.  A.  Bergstrom  fund  of  the  Association  of  Eield  Ornithologists. 
Bruce  Peterjohn  provided  data  and  maps  from  the  Breeding  Bird  Survey  program.  Gary 
Lingle  of  the  Platte  River  Whooping  Crane  Habitat  Maintenance  Trust  and  Bill  Whitney  of 
the  Prairie/Plains  Resource  Institute  provided  helpful  information  on  field  locations  and 
permitted  property  access.  Wayne  Molhoff  provided  data  gathered  during  the  Nebraska 
Breeding  Bird  Atlas  project.  C.  Blem,  G.  Lingle,  and  J.  Zimmerman  provided  helpful  com- 
ments on  earlier  versions  of  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Ambrose,  H.  W.  and  K.  P.  Ambrose.  1987.  A handbook  of  biological  investigation.  Hunter 
Textbooks,  Inc.,  Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina. 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  Birds,  6th  ed.  Am. 
Ornithol.  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Bedell,  P.  1987.  Early  fall  migration  of  Sedge  Wrens.  Nebr.  Bird  Rev.  55:86-88. 

Bruner,  L.,  R.  H.  Wolcott,  and  M.  H.  Swenk.  1904.  A preliminary  review  of  the  birds 
of  Nebraska.  Klopp  and  Bartlett,  Omaha,  Nebraska. 

Burns,  J.  T.  1982.  Nests,  territories,  and  reproduction  of  Sedge  Wrens  (Cistothorus  platen- 
sis).  Wilson  Bull.  94:338-349. 

CiNK,  C.  1973.  Summer  records  of  the  Short-billed  Marsh  Wren  in  Nebraska.  Nebr.  Bird 
Rev.  41:17-19. 

Clausen,  M.  K.  1989.  Recent  Sedge  Wren  observations  in  Nebraska.  Nebr.  Bird  Rev.  57: 
92-93. 

Crawford,  R.  D.  1977.  Polygynous  breeding  of  Short-billed  Marsh  Wrens.  Auk  94  359- 
362. 

Imhof,  T.  a.  1962.  Alabama  birds.  Univ.  of  Alabama  Press,  University,  Alabama. 

James,  D.  A.  and  J.  C.  Neal.  1986.  Arkansas  birds:  their  distribution  and  abundance.  The 
Univ.  of  Arkansas  Press,  Fayetteville,  Arkansas. 

Janssen,  R.  B.  1987.  Birds  in  Minnesota.  Univ.  of  Minn.  Press,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 
JoHNSGARD,  P.  A.  1979.  Birds  of  the  Great  Plains:  breeding  species  and  their  distribution. 
Univ.  of  Nebr.  Press,  Lincoln,  Nebraska. 

Johnson,  D.  H.  and  M.  D.  Schwartz.  1993.  The  Conservation  Reserve  Program  and 
grassland  birds.  Cons.  Biol.  7(4):934— 937. 

Kroodsma,  D.  and  j.  Verner.  1978.  Complex  singing  behaviors  among  Cistothorus  wrens. 
Auk  95:703-716. 

Labedz,  T.  1984.  Sedge  Wren,  a new  bird  species  for  Mormon  Island  Crane  Meadows. 
Nebr.  Bird  Rev.  52:65-66. 

Lambeth,  D.  O.  1994.  Territorial  Yellow  Rails  in  late  August  in  Grand  Forks  County.  North 
Dak.  Nat.  Science  Soc.  Newsletter  1 1(I):8-I0. 

Lingle,  G.  R.  and  P.  Bedell.  1989.  Nesting  ecology  of  Sedge  Wrens  in  Hall  County, 
Nebraska.  Nebr.  Bird  Rev.  57(2):47-49. 

McNair,  D.  B.  1983.  The  significance  of  breeding  season  records  of  Sedge  Wrens  in  the 
southeast  states.  The  Oriole  48(4):49-52. 

Meanly,  B.  1952.  Notes  on  the  ecology  of  the  Short-billed  Marsh  Wren  in  the  lower 
Arkansas  rice  fields.  Wilson  Bull.  64:22-25. 


122 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Mengel,  R.  M.  1965.  The  birds  of  Kentucky.  Ornithol.  Monographs  No.  3.  Amer.  Ornithol. 

Rem^n,°J.  V.  AND  T.  A.  Parker  III.  1990.  Seasonal  distribution  of  the  Azure  Gallinule 
(Porphyrula  flavirostris),  with  comments  on  vagrancy  in  rails  and  gallmules.  Wilson 

Bull.  102(3):380-399.  . 

Robbins,  M.  B.  and  D.  A.  Easterla.  1992.  Birds  of  Missouri:  their  distribution  and  abun- 
dance. Univ.  of  Missouri  Press,  Columbia,  Missouri. 

Robbins,  S.  D.  Jr.  1991.  Wisconsin  birdlife:  population  & distribution:  past  & present.  The 

Univ.  of  Wise.  Press,  Madison,  Wisconsin. 

Robinson,  J.  C.  1990.  An  annotated  checklist  of  the  birds  of  Tennessee.  The  Univ.  of  Tenn. 

Press,  Knoxville,  Tenn.  • . , c on 

SCHWILLING,  M.  D.  1982.  Sedge  Wrens  nesting  into  September.  Kansas  Ornithol.  Soc.  Bull. 

Thompson,  M.  C.  and  C.  Ely.  1992.  Birds  in  Kansas,  Vol.  II.  Univ.  Press  of  Kansas, 
Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Walkinshaw,  L.  1935.  Studies  of  the  Short-billed  Marsh  Wren  (Cistothorus  stellans)  m 
Michigan.  Wilson  Bull.  52:362-369. 

Walsberg,  G.  E.  1977.  Ecology  and  energetics  of  contrasting  social  systems  in  Phaino- 
pepla  nitens  (Aves:  Ptilogonatidae).  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.  108:1-63. 

Zimmerman,  J.  1993.  The  Birds  of  Konza:  the  avian  ecology  of  the  tallgrass  prairie.  Univ. 
Press  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  123-128 


DIETS  OF  NORTHERN  PYGMY-OWLS  AND 
NORTHERN  SAW- WHET  OWLS  IN 
WEST-CENTRAL  MONTANA 

Denver  W.  Holt  and  Leslie  A.  Leroux 

Abstract. — One  hundred  ninety-four  prey  from  31  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  {Glaucidium 
gnoma)  and  388  prey  from  23  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  {Aegolius  acadicus)  were  compared. 
Thirty-six  percent  of  the  pygmy-owl’s  prey  was  birds,  whereas,  98.0%  of  the  saw-whet 
owl’s  prey  was  small  mammals,  particularly  voles.  Food  niche  breadth  and  dietary  evenness 
was  10.6  and  0.69  for  pygmy-owls  vs  3.3  and  0.89  for  saw-whet  Owls.  Body  mass  of  prey 
killed  by  both  species  was  about  38  g.  Dietary  overlap  between  these  two  owl  species  was 
37.0%,  indicating  that  they  fed  on  different  prey  assemblages.  Received  4 April  1995,  ac- 
cepted 28  Aug.  1995. 


Northern  Pygmy-Owls  {Glaucidium  gnoma)  and  Northern  Saw-whet 
Owls  {Aegolius  acadicus)  overlap  throughout  much  of  their  range  in  the 
western  United  States  (AOU  1983).  The  natural  history  of  Northern  Pyg- 
my-Owls is  poorly  known  (Holt  and  Norton  1986,  Holt  et  al.  1990),  while 
that  of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  is  more  certain  (Cannings  1993). 

In  west-central  Montana,  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  and  Northern  Saw- 
whet  Owls  occur  sympatrically  from  mixed  deciduous  and  coniferous 
forested  valley  bottoms  (975  m)  to  higher  elevation  (1584  m)  coniferous 
forests  (Holt  and  Hillis  1987).  Both  species  are  obligate  cavity  nesters, 
dependent  upon  woodpeckers  or  natural  sites  for  nests.  Both  species  for- 
age similarly,  using  a perch  and  pounce  technique.  Northern  Pygmy-Owls 
are  crepuscular  or  diurnal,  and  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  are  nocturnal. 
The  diet  of  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  has  been  reported  at  the  class  level, 
while  that  of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  has  been  specihc  and  thoroughly 
reviewed  (Marks  and  Doremus  1988,  Holt  et  al.  1991,  Swengel  and  S wen- 
gel  1992).  Several  authors  have  compared  the  diets  of  sympatric  owl’s 
(Maser  et  al.  1970,  Knight  and  Jackman  1984,  Marks  and  Marti  1984, 
Nilsson  1984,  Bosakowski  and  Smith  1992),  but  Herrera  and  Hiraldo 
(1976)  in  Europe,  and  Hayward  and  Carton  (1988)  in  North  America, 
have  compared  the  diet  of  small  cavity  nesting  forest  owls.  Herein,  we 
compare  their  diet,  prey  biomass,  food  niche  breadth  (FNB),  dietary  even- 
ness (DE),  and  dietary  overlap  (DO). 

Pellets  and  pellet  fragments  from  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  and  Northern 
Saw-whet  Owls  were  collected  below  roost  trees  near  Missoula,  Montana, 
during  the  non-breeding  season — October  through  February  1987  to 
1992.  Pellets  were  dissected  by  hand,  and  prey  species  were  identified 

Owl  Research  Institute,  RO.  Box  8335,  Missoula,  Montana  59807. 


123 


124 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


and  quantified  using  skulls  and  mandibles.  Diurnal  field  observations  of 
hunting  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  with  prey  were  also  included.  To  evaluate 
these  owls’  trophic  niches,  we  first  compared  prey  species  frequencies 
and  percentages.  We  then  computed  the  Shannon-Weaver  diversity  index 
to  compare  their  FNB:  where  H'  = - S p.logp,  and  p,  represents  the 
proportion  of  each  species  in  the  prey  sample  (see  Marti  1987).  These 
values  range  from  one  to  N,  with  larger  values  suggesting  a broader  food 
niche  breadth.  Dietary  evenness  was  calculated  using  the  equation;  F - 
_ i)/(N|  — 1),  where  N,  is  the  antilog  of  the  Shannon-Weaver  index 
(H'),  and  N,  is  the  reciprocal  of  Simpson’s  index  (1/D)  (Marti  1987).  The 
dietary  evenness  values  range  from  zero  to  one.  As  prey  proportions 
become  more  equal,  evenness  values  approach  unity.  To  compare  dietary 
overlap,  we  used  the  equation;  O = S PyP.k/^S  P.j^  ^ where  p,j  and 
Pii,  are  proportions  of  prey  species  in  the  diets  of  owls  j and  k,  respectively 
(Marti  1987).  The  dietary  overlap  value  ranges  from  zero  to  one,  with 
zero  meaning  no  dietary  overlap  and  one  meaning  complete  dietary  over- 
lap. We  multiplied  the  values  by  100  and  report  them  as  percentages  for 
easier  interpretation.  Body  mass  of  prey  was  set  as  the  midpoint  of  the 
range.  We  did  this  because  of  inconsistencies  with  using  the  mean  body 
mass  from  the  literature,  and  age  differences  among  prey  species  are  not 
always  delineated  (Marti  1987,  Holt  et  al.  1991,  Holt  1993).  Prey  body 
mass  data  were  taken  from  Dunning  (1984)  for  birds  and  from  Burt  and 
Grossenheider  (1976)  for  mammals.  Prey  was  identified  to  species  foi  the 
FNB,  DE,  and  DO  equations. 

One  hundred  ninety-four  prey  items  were  recorded  from  31  Northern 
Pygmy-Owls.  Thirteen  bird  and  four  mammal  species  were  eaten  (see 
Table  1 for  list  and  scientific  names  of  prey  items).  Mammals  represented 
60.8%  of  the  prey  and  birds  at  least  36.6%.  Microtus  voles  represented 
53.6%  of  the  total  prey  eaten  and  88.1%  of  the  mammals  eaten  (Table 
1).  House  Sparrows  {Passer  domesticus)  represented  13.9%  of  the  total 
prey  eaten  and  35.5%  of  the  total  birds  eaten  (Table  1).  Food  niche 
breadth  was  10.6  (N  = 99),  and  this  value  suggests  a wide  trophic  niche. 
Dietary  evenness  was  0.69,  which  suggests  that  few  prey  species  were 
evenly  distributed  in  the  diet.  Prey  body  mass  ranged  from  3—167  g,  x — 
38.4  g. 

Three  hundred  eighty-eight  prey  items  were  recorded  from  23  Northern 
Saw-whet  Owls.  Six  mammals  and  one  bird  species  were  eaten  (see  Table 
2 for  list  and  scientific  names  of  prey  items).  Mammals  represented  at 
least  98.5%  of  the  total  prey,  with  deer  mice,  montane  voles,  and  meadow 
voles,  representing  92.0%  (Table  2).  When  combined,  Microtus  species 
were  more  frequently  eaten  then  Peromyscus,  57.9%  vs  34.8%.  Birds 
were  numerically  insignificant.  Food  niche  breadth  was  3.3  (N  = 366) 


Half  and  Lerou.x  • PYGMY-OWL  AND  SAW- WHET  OWL  DIETS 


125 


Table  1 

Prey  Species  from  31  Northern  Pygmy-Owls 

Species 

No. 

% 

MP 

Range 

Biomass 

(g) 

BIRDS 

House  Sparrow  {Passer  domesticus) 

27 

13.9 

27 

20-34 

729 

Pine  Siskin  (Carduelis  pinus) 

1 1 

5.7 

15 

10-20 

165 

Evening  Grosbeak  (Coccothraustes  vespertinus) 

9 

4.6 

62 

38-86 

558 

House  Finch  (Carpodacus  mexicanus) 

7 

3.6 

22 

19-25 

154 

Dark-eyed  Junco  {Jiinco  hyemalis) 

5 

2.6 

20 

14-26 

. 100 

Bohemian  Waxwing  (Bomhycilla  garndus) 

4 

2.1 

58 

46-69 

232 

Northern  Flicker  {Colaptes  auratus) 

2 

1.0 

144 

121-167 

288 

Black-capped  Chickadee  {Pams  atricapillus) 

2 

1.0 

11 

8-13 

22 

Song  Sparrow  {Melospiza  melodia) 

2 

1.0 

20 

11-29 

40 

Mountain  Chickadee  {P.  gambeli) 

I 

tr.2 

1 1 

8-14 

1 1 

American  Robin  {Tardus  migratorius) 

1 

tr. 

83 

63-103 

83 

American  Goldfinch  {Carduelis  tristis) 

1 

tr. 

14 

8-20 

14 

Long-billed  Marsh  Wren  {Cistothorus  palustris) 

1 

tr. 

1 1 

9-13 

1 1 

Waxwing  spp.  {Bombycilla  spp.) 

1 

tr. 

— 

— 

— 

Bird  spp. 

2 

1.0 

— 

— 

— 

subtotal 

76 

36.6 

— 

8-167 

2407 

MAMMALS 

Vole  spp.  {Microtus  spp.) 

88 

45.4 

57 

8-85 

5016 

Meadow  Vole  {Microtus  pennsylvanicus) 

13 

6.7 

49 

28-70 

637 

Montane  Vole  {M.  montanus) 

3 

1.5 

57 

28-85 

171 

Deer  Mouse  {Peromyscus  maniculatus) 

8 

4.1 

27 

18-35 

216 

Vagrant  Sbrew  {Sorex  vagrans) 

2 

1.0 

4 

3-6 

8 

Mammal  spp. 

4 

2.1 

— 

— 



subtotal 

118 

60.8 

— 

3-85 

6048 

Total 

194 

100.0 

— 

3-167 

8455 

“ tr.  = (race  amounts  <1%. 


suggesting  a narrow  trophic  niche.  Dietary  evenness  was  0.89,  suggesting 
few  species  were  eaten  in  similar  proportions.  Prey  body  mass  ranged 
from  3 to  130  g,  x = 37.7  g.  Mean  mammalian  prey  was  38.4  g. 

Food  niche  breadth  of  the  two  species  was  strikingly  different,  with 
Northern  Pygmy-Owls  feeding  on  greater  than  three  times  as  many  spe- 
cies as  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  (10.6  vs  3.3).  Evenness  values  were  also 
strikingly  different  (0.69  vs  0.89),  and  suggested  that  Northern  Pygmy- 
Owls  were  not  as  restricted  in  their  diet  as  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls. 
Thus,  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  in  our  study  area  fed  on  a wider  assemblage 
of  prey  than  did  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls.  Dietary  overlap  was  37.0%, 
again  indicating  that  these  two  species  used  different  prey  assemblages. 
At  the  generic  level  for  mammals  however,  Microtus  voles  represented 


126 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  2 

Prey  of  23  Northern  Saw-Whet  Owls 


Species 

MAMMALS 

Deer  Mouse  (Peromyscus  maniculatus) 
Montane  Vole  (Microtus  montanus) 

Meadow  Vole  (M.  pennsylvanicus) 

Vole  spp.  (Microtus  spp.) 

Shrew  Spp.  (Sorex  spp.) 

Vagrant  Shrew  (S.  vagrans) 

Masked  Shrew  (5.  cinereum) 

Northern  Pocket  Gopher  (Thymomas  talpoides) 
subtotal 

BIRDS 

Cedar  Waxwing  (Bombycilla  cedrorum) 

Bird  Spp. 
subtotal 
Total 


No. 

% 

MP 

Range 

Biomass 

(g) 

134 

34.5 

27 

18-35 

3618 

122 

31.4 

57 

28-85 

6954 

101 

26.0 

49 

28-70 

4949 

10 

2.6 

57 

28-85 

570 

10 

2.6 

5 

3-7 

50 

5 

1.3 

4 

3-6 

20 

1 

tr. 

4 

3-7 

4 

2 

tr. 

104 

78-130 

208 

385 

98.5 

— 

3-130 

16,373 

1 

tr. 

33 

25^0 

33 

2 

tr. 

— 

— 

— 

3 

tr. 

— 

— 

— 

388 

100.0 

— 

3-130 

16,406 

53.6%  of  the  Northern  Pygmy-Owl’s  diet  and  60. 1 % of  the  Northern  Saw- 
whet  Owl’s  diet.  This  comparison  suggests  that  Microtus  voles  were  al- 
most equally  important  to  both  species  of  owls. 

Northern  Pygmy  Owls  ate  prey  that  averaged  38.4  g,  with  the  smallest 
being  a shrew  spp.  (4  g)  and  the  largest  a Northern  Flicker  {Colaptes 
auratus-,  142  g).  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  ate  prey  that  averaged  37.7  g, 
with  the  smallest  being  a shrew  (4  g)  and  the  largest  a northern  pocket 
gopher  (104  g).  Yet  the  Northern  Pygmy-Owl  is  the  smaller  of  these  two 
species.  Indeed,  average  body  mass  for  museum  specimens  of  both  spe- 
cies are  Northern  Pygmy-Owls;  males  61.9  g,  range  54-74  (N  = 42)  and 
females  73.0  g,  range  64-87  (N  = 10)  and  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls; 
males  74.9  g,  range  54-96  (N  = 27)  and  females  90.8  g,  range  65-124 
(N  = 18)  (Earhart  and  Johnson  1970),  but  also  see  Cannings  (1993)  for 
live  weights. 

This  is  the  hrst  quantitative  review  of  the  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  diet 
in  North  America  and  the  first  to  compare  its  diet  with  another  small 
sympatric  forest  owl.  Previous  authors  (Holman  1926,  Norton  and  Holt 
1982,  Holt  and  Norton  1986,  Bull  et  al.  1987)  have  reported  dietary  data 
for  Northern  Pygmy-Owls.  In  these  studies  however,  sample  sizes  weie 
small  (<35),  and  prey  species  were  not  always  identified.  An  interesting 
similarity  arises  from  these  studies  however.  The  percentages  of  birds  in 
the  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  diet  were  about  25  to  50%  of  the  total  prey. 


Holt  and  Lerou.x  • PYGMY-OWL  AND  SAW-WHET  OWL  DIETS 


127 


26.0%,  32.0%,  47.0%,  36.0%,  respectively.  These  data  are  similar  to  our 
results,  and  we  know  of  no  other  North  American  owl  species  that  shows 
such  a preponderance  of  birds  in  its  diet.  During  the  breeding  season 
however,  Holman  (1926)  reported  42.0%  lizards,  and  Norton  and  Holt 
(1982)  and  Bull  et  al.  (1987)  also  reported  3.2%  and  30.0%  insects,  re- 
spectively. 

Diet  of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  was  consistent  with  other  studies 
reporting  their  feeding  ecology  (Marks  and  Doremus  1988,  Holt  et  al. 
1991,  Swengel  and  Swengel  1992).  Prey  body  mass  reported  here  (37.7 
g)  was  in  the  upper  limits  of  those  reported  by  Cannings  (1993).  We 
believe  this  reflects  the  high  proportions  of  Microtus  voles  in  the  owls 
diet  from  our  study  area. 

Marks  and  Marti  (1984)  compared  the  trophic  niche  of  breeding  Long- 
eared Owls  {Asia  otus)  and  Barn  Owls  {Tyto  alba).  They  concluded  that 
competition  could  not  be  stated  as  shaping  the  owl’s  FNB.  Hayward  and 
Carton  (1988)  compared  the  diets  of  Boreal  Owls  {Aegolius  funereus). 
Northern  Saw-whet  Owls,  and  Western  Screech-Owls  (Otus  kennicottii). 
These  owls  ate  similar  sized  prey,  but  sample  sizes  were  too  small  for 
meaningful  conclusions  to  be  drawn.  Bosakowski  and  Smith  (1992)  com- 
pared the  trophic  niche  of  Eastern  Screech-Owls  (D.  asio).  Barred  Owls 
iStrix  varia),  and  Great  Horned  Owls  {Bubo  virginianus)  and  concluded 
that  the  low  dietary  overlap  was  a result  of  size  differences  and  habitat 
use  between  these  owl  species. 

There  is  little  conclusive  proof  about  which  mechanisms  structure  com- 
munities. Wiens  (1989)  listed  two  conditions  that  must  be  met  for  inter- 
specific competition  to  exist  (1)  species  must  share  resources,  and  (2) 
joint  exploitation  of  those  resources  must  negatively  effect  one  or  all 
species  involved.  We  cannot  conclude  that  diet  is  shaping  the  sympatric 
distribution  of  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  and  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  in 
western  Montana.  Perhaps  diel  activity  rhythms  contribute  to  these  owls’ 
sympatry  and  reduced  dietary  overlap — Northern  Pygmy-Owls  are  diur- 
nal or  crepuscular  and  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  are  nocturnal.  Prey  ac- 
tivity rhythms  may  also  influence  spatial  overlap  between  these  species, 
and  these  type  of  data  need  to  be  incorporated  into  future  studies  of  owl 
feeding  ecology. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Charles  Blem,  Mike  Maples,  and  Scott  Swengel  for  comments  on  the  manu- 
script. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

American  Ornithologists  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  6th  ed. 

A.O.U.,  Washington,  D.C. 


128 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Bosakowski,  T and  D.  G.  Smith.  1992.  Comparative  diets  of  sympatric  nesting  raptors  in 
the  eastern  deciduous  forest  biome.  Can.  J.  Zool.  70:984— 991. 

Bull,  E.  L.,  J.  E.  Hohmann,  and  M.  G.  Henjum.  1987.  Northern  Pygmy-Owl  nests  in 
northeastern  Oregon.  J.  Rap.  Res.  21:77—78. 

Burt,  W.  H.  and  R.  G.  Grossenheider.  1976.  A field  guide  to  the  mammals.  Houghton 
Mifflin  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Cannings,  R.  J.  1993.  Northern  Saw-whet  Owl  (Aegolius  acadicus)  in  The  birds  of  North 
America,  No.  42  (A.  Poole  and  E Gill,  eds.).  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  The  American  Ornithologist’s  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Dunning,  J.  B.,  Jr.  1984.  Body  weights  of  686  species  of  North  American  birds.  West. 
Bird-Banding  Assoc.  Monog.  No.  1. 

Earhart,  C.  M.  and  N.  K.  Johnson.  1970.  Size  dimorphism  and  food  habits  of  North 
American  owls.  Condor  72:251-264. 

Hayward,  G.  D.  and  E.  O.  Garton.  1988.  Resource  partitioning  among  forest  owls  in  the 
River  of  No  Return  Wilderness.  Oecologia  75:253-265. 

Herrera,  C.  M.  and  F.  Hiraldo.  1976.  Food-niche  and  trophic  relationships  among  Eu- 
ropean owls.  Ornis  Scand.  7:29-41. 

Holman,  E C.  1926.  Nesting  of  the  California  Pygmy  Owl  in  Yosemite.  Condor  28:92-93. 

Holt,  D.  W.  1993.  Trophic  niche  of  nearctic  Short-eared  Owls.  Wilson  Bull.  105:497-503. 

, E.  Andrews,  and  N.  Claflin.  1991.  Non-breeding  season  diet  of  Northern  Saw- 

whet  Owls  {Aegolius  acadicus)  on  Nantucket  Island,  Massachusetts.  Can.  Field-Nat. 
105:382-385. 

AND  J.  M.  Hillis.  1987.  Current  status  and  habitat  associations  of  forest  owls  in 

western  Montana.  Pp.  281-288  in  Biology  and  conservation  of  northern  forest  owls  (R. 
Nero,  R.  J.  Clark,  R.  J.  Knapton,  R.  H.  Hamre,  eds.).  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep. 
RM-142,  Rocky  Mt.  For.  and  Range  Exper.  Stat.,  Ft.  Collins,  Colorado. 

, R.  Kline,  and  L.  S.  Holt.  1990.  A description  of  “tufts”  and  concealing  posture 

in  Northern  Pygmy-Owls.  J.  Rap.  Res.  24:59-63. 

and  W.  D.  Norton.  1986.  Observations  of  nesting  Northern  Pygmy-Owls.  J.  Rap. 

Res.  20:39-Jl. 

Knight,  R.  L.  and  R.  E.  Jackman.  1984.  Food-niche  relationships  between  Great  Horned 
Owls  and  Common  Barn  Owls  in  eastern  Washington.  Auk  101:175-179. 

Marks,  J.  S.  and  C.  D.  Marti.  1984.  Feeding  ecology  of  sympatric  Barn  Owls  and  Long- 
eared Owls  in  Idaho.  Ornis  Scand.  15:135-143. 

AND  J.  H.  Doremus.  1988.  Breeding  season  diet  of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  in 

southwestern  Idaho.  Wikson  Bull.  100:690-694. 

Marti,  C.  D.  1987.  Raptor  food  habits  studies.  Pp.  67—80  in  Raptor  management  techniques 
manual  (B.  G.  Pendleton,  B.  A.  Milsap,  K.  W.  Kline,  and  D.  A.  Bird,  eds.).  Nat.  Wildl. 
Fed.  Sci.  and  Tech.  Sen  No.  10,  Washington,  D.C. 

Maser,  C.,  E.  W.  Hammer,  and  S.  H.  Anderson.  1970.  Comparative  food  habits  of  three 
owl  species  in  central  Oregon.  Murrelet  51:29-33. 

Nilsson,  I.  N.  1984.  Prey  weight,  food  overlap  and  reproductive  output  of  potentially 
competing  Long-eared  and  Tawny  Owls.  Ornis  Scand.  16:176-182. 

Norton,  W.  D.  and  D.  W.  Holt.  1982.  Simultaneous  nesting  of  Northern  Pygmy-Owls 
and  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  in  the  same  snag.  MuiTelet  63:94. 

SwENGEL,  S.  R.  AND  A.  B.  SwENGEL.  1992.  Diet  of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  in  southern 
Wisconsin.  Condor  94:707-71 1. 

Wiens,  J.  A.  1989.  The  ecology  of  bird  communities.  Vol.  1,  Cambridge  Univ.  Press, 
London  England. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  129-136 


EFFECTS  OF  EGG  TYPE  ON  DEPREDATION  OF 
ARTIFICIAL  GROUND  NESTS 

Richard  H.  Yahner  and  Carolyn  G.  Mahan 

Abstract. — We  examined  depredation  of  artificial  ground  nests  containing  three  egg 
types  (brown  chicken,  white  chicken,  or  Northern  Bobwhite  [Colinus  virginianus])  in  rela- 
tion to  plot  age  (clearcut  vs  uncut)  and  time  period  (trials  1—5)  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  Habitat 
Management  Area,  Centre  County,  Pennsylvania,  from  May-July  1993.  One  hundred  thir- 
teen (38%)  of  the  total  nests  were  disturbed.  Fewer  nests  were  disturbed  in  clearcut  (32%) 
than  in  uncut  plots  (43%)  (P  < 0.05).  Clearcut  plots  had  higher  densities  of  brushy  vege- 
tation near  ground  level  which  better  concealed  nests  and  reduced  foraging  efficiency  of 
predators.  Rates  of  nest  disturbance  varied  with  time  period  (P  s 0.005);  in  general,  rates 
were  greater  in  trials  1—3  than  in  trials  4—5,  partially  because  of  gypsy  moth  {Lymantria 
dispar)  defoliation  during  trials  1-3.  Nest  fate  also  differed  significantly  (P  < 0.001)  with 
egg  type.  Rates  of  disturbance  were  lower  with  nests  containing  brown  chicken  eggs  (24%) 
compared  to  nests  containing  white  chicken  eggs  (46%)  or  Northern  Bobwhite  (43%)  eggs. 
Nests  with  brown  chicken  eggs  were  better  camoflaged  and,  hence,  less  likely  to  be  dis- 
turbed. Based  on  our  findings,  we  recommend  that  brown  chicken  eggs  be  used  as  an 
alternative  to  Japanese  Quail  {Coturnix  coturnix  japonica)  eggs  when  simulating  nests  of 
Ruffed  Grouse  {Bonasa  umbellus)  or  Wild  Turkey  (Meleagris  gallopavo)  in  artificial  ground 
nest  studies.  Received  28  Feb.  1995,  accepted  1 June  1995. 


The  effects  of  egg  size  (e.g.,  Reistma  et  al.  1990)  and  egg  color  (e.g., 
Westmoreland  and  Best  1986,  Yahner  and  DeLong  1992)  have  been  ex- 
amined in  experimental  studies  designed  to  infer  predation  rates  on  nests 
of  bird  species  with  relatively  small  eggs.  In  addition,  the  effects  of  egg 
size  on  predation  rates  by  American  Crows  {Corvus  brachyrhnchos)  have 
been  investigated  in  meadows  using  large  chicken  eggs,  small  chicken 
eggs,  and  white  painted  Japanese  Quail  {Coturnix  coturnix  japonica)  eggs 
(Montevecchi  1976).  Relatively  large  eggs,  including  brown  chicken,  Jap- 
anese Quail,  and  Northern  Bobwhite  {Colinu.s  virginianus)  eggs  also  have 
been  used  in  a variety  of  artificial  nest  studies  as  a means  of  determining 
rates  of  predation  on  nests  simulating  those  of  larger  birds  such  as  gal- 
linaceous birds  (e.g.,  Boag  et  al.  1984,  Yahner  and  Wright  1985).  How- 
ever, no  studies  to  our  knowledge  have  examined  differences  in  rates  of 
nest  disturbance  on  artificial  ground  nests  in  forested  habitats  using  large 
eggs  that  differ  in  both  size  and  color.  This  information  is  important  in 
the  experimental  design  of  artificial  nest  studies  intended  to  obtain  esti- 
mates of  predation  on  natural  ground  nests  in  various  landscapes  (e.g., 
Storaas  1988,  Willebrand  and  Marcstrbm  1988).  Our  objective  was  to 
compare  rates  of  depredation  among  artificial  ground  nests  containing 

School  of  Forest  Resources,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Univ.,  University  Park,  Pennsylvania  16802. 


129 


130 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


three  egg  types  that  vary  in  both  size  and  color  and  placed  in  forested 
plots  of  two  age  classes. 

Study  area  and  methods. — We  conducted  this  study  at  the  1166-ha 
Barrens  Grouse  Habitat  Management  Area  (HMA),  State  Game  Lands 
176,  Centre  County,  Pennsylvania,  the  site  of  four  previous  studies  of 
depredation  of  artificial  ground  nests  (Yahner  and  Wright  1985,  Yahner 
et  al.  1989,  1993;  Yahner  and  Mahan  1996).  The  Barrens  Grouse  HMA 
has  been  managed  via  forest  clearcutting  since  1976  by  the  Pennsylvania 
Game  Commission  to  create  habitat  for  Ruffed  Grouse  {Bonasa  umbellus) 
(Yahner  1991,  1992).  It  contains  an  uncut  (reference)  and  a cut  (treated) 
sector  of  similar  size.  The  treated  sector  is  subdivided  into  50%  and  75% 
cut  areas,  corresponding  to  the  amount  of  forest  clearcutting  and  con- 
tained 136  contiguous,  4-ha  blocks  (e.g.,  see  Yahner  1993,  Yahner  et  al. 
1993);  76  and  60  blocks  are  in  the  50%  and  75%  areas,  respectively. 
Each  block  is  subdivided  into  four  1-ha  (100  X 100  m)  plots  arranged  in 
a checkerboard  pattern  (plots  A-D).  Our  study  was  focused  in  the  75% 
area;  in  this  area,  plot  A (western  plot)  in  each  block  was  clearcut  during 
winter  1975-1976,  and  plot  B (northern  plot)  was  cut  during  winter  1980- 
1981,  plot  C (eastern  plot)  was  cut  in  winters  1985-1986  or  1986-1987, 
and  plot  D (southern  plot)  was  uncut. 

Overstory  trees  (>7.5  cm  dbh  and  >1.5  m tall)  in  plot  D of  the  75% 
area  were  about  70  years  old  and  consisted  primarily  of  quaking  aspen 
{Pop ulus  tremuloides),  bigtooth  aspen  (P.  grandidentata),  oak  {Quercus 
spp.),  and  pitch  pine  (Pinus  rigida).  Common  understory  trees  (2. 5-7. 7 
cm  dbh)  and  shrubs  (<2.5  cm  dbh)  in  all  plots  of  the  75%  area  were 
aspen,  dwarf  chinkapin  oak  (Q.  prinoides),  scrub  oak  {Q.  ilicifolia),  and 
blueberry  (Vaccinium  spp.)  (Yahner  1993). 

Gallinaceous  birds  nesting  at  ground  level  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  HMA 
were  Ruffed  Grouse  and  Wild  Turkey  {Meleagris  gallopavo)  (Yahner  et 
al.  1989,  Yahner  1993).  Potential  predators  on  ground  nests  were  Amer- 
ican Crow,  Blue  Jay  {Cyanocitta  cristata),  Virginia  opossum  {Didelphis 
virginianus),  eastern  chipmunk  {Tamias  striatus),  gray  squirrel  (Sciurus 
carolinensis),  red  squirrel  (Tamiasciurus  hudsonicus),  red  fox  (Vulpes 
vulpes),  gray  fox  {Urocyon  cinereoargenteus),  black  bear  (Ursus  ameri- 
canus),  raccoon  {Procyon  lotor),  striped  skunk  {Mephitis  mephitis),  and 
weasel  {Mustela  spp.)  (Therres  1982,  Yahner  et  al.  1993). 

We  placed  artificial  ground  nests  during  five  time  periods  from  late 
May  to  late  July  1993  in  the  75%  area  (Table  1).  Each  nest  consisted  of 
three  fresh  eggs  put  in  a slight  depression  in  leaf  litter  adjacent  to  a log, 
overstory  tree,  or  stump  (Yahner  and  Wright  1985,  Yahner  et  al.  1993). 
Each  nest  contained  one  egg  type:  brown  chicken,  white  chicken,  or 
Northern  Bobwhite.  Based  on  a sample  of  10  eggs/type,  mean  length  and 


Yahner  and  Mahan  • ARTIFICIAL  GROUND  NESTS 


131 


Table  1 

Fate  of  299  Artificial  Ground  Nests  in  Relation  to  Age  of  Plot,  Time  Period,  and 
Egg  Type  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  Habitat  Management  Study  Area,  Centre  County, 

Pennsylvania,  1993 


Nesl  fate 


Undisturbed  Disturbed 


Variable 

Level 

n 

% 

N 

% 

Age  of  plot 

Clearcut 

101 

68 

48 

32 

Uncut 

85 

57 

65 

43 

Time  period 

Trial  1 

37 

62 

23 

38 

Trial  2 

35 

58 

25 

42 

Trial  3 

26 

43 

34 

57 

Trial  4 

46 

77 

14 

23 

Trial  5 

42 

71 

17 

29 

Egg  type 

Brown  chicken 

76 

76 

24 

24 

White  chicken 

53 

54 

46 

46 

Northern  Bobwhite 

57 

57 

43 

43 

Total 

186 

62 

113 

38 

width  of  brown  chicken  eggs  were  52  X 40  mm,  white  chicken  eggs  were 
56  X 42  mm,  and  bobwhite  eggs  were  30  X 24  mm.  Brown  chicken  eggs 
are  light  brown  to  buffy  in  color;  white  chicken  and  bobwhite  eggs  were 
dull  or  creamy  white  (Harrison  1975).  Ruffed  Grouse  eggs  were  39  X 30 
mm  (buffy),  and  Eastern  Wild  Turkey  eggs  are  63  X 45  mm  (pale  buff 
or  buffy  white)  (Harrison  1975). 

A trial  was  six  days  in  length,  with  eight  days  between  trials  (meth- 
odology follows  that  of  Yahner  and  Scott  1988).  During  each  trial,  15 
clearcut  plots  (plot  C)  and  15  uncut  plots  (plot  D)  were  selected  randomly. 
Two  nests  were  placed  in  each  plot;  nests  were  separated  by  30-35  m 
and  placed  5 m from  the  edge  of  the  plot.  When  placing  nests,  we  wore 
rubber  gloves  and  boots  to  minimize  human  scent  at  nests  (Nol  and 
Brooks  1982).  This  experimental  design  gave  60  nests/trial  equally  divid- 
ed between  the  two  plot  ages  and  among  the  three  egg  types  (total  = 300 
nests;  one  of  the  300  nests  was  omitted  from  analysis  due  to  incorrect 
placement). 

We  checked  nests  six  days  after  placement  between  sunrise  and  12:00 
h (DST)  to  determine  the  fate  (undisturbed,  disturbed  by  avian  predator, 
disturbed  by  unknown  predator)  of  each  nest  (Yahner  and  Wright  1985). 
A disturbed  nest  was  characterized  by  > one  broken  or  missing  egg  on 
day  6 of  a given  trial.  Appearance  and  mode  of  disturbance  of  the  eggs 
were  used  to  identify  predators  as  avian  (e.g.,  peck  hole  in  egg)  or  un- 


132 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


known  (Rearden  1951,  Boag  et  al.  1984,  Yahner  and  Wright  1985).  In 
addition,  eggs  and  eggshells  were  removed  on  day  6 of  each  trial. 

We  examined  the  dependency  of  nest  fate  (undisturbed  vs  disturbed) 
on  plot  age  (clearcut  vs  uncut),  time  period  (trials  1-5),  egg  type  (brown 
chicken,  white  chicken,  or  Northern  Bobwhite),  using  a four-way  test-of- 
independence  (Dixon  1990).  Likelihood  ratios  (G^)  were  used  to  test  for 
interactions  of  nest  fate  with  the  three  other  variables,  using  log-linear 
models  (Sokal  and  Rohlf  1981,  Dixon  1990).  Likelihood  ratios  are  ap- 
propriate when  analyzing  attribute  variables  in  multi-way  contingency 
tables.  If  nest  fate  were  significantly  dependent  on  a given  variable,  we 
used  a posteriori  G-tests  for  goodness-of-fit  about  the  cell  (level)  of  in- 
terest (Sokal  and  Rohlf  1981).  Because  corvids  are  major  predators  on 
artificial  nests  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  HMA  (e.g.,  Yahner  and  Wright  1985, 
but  see  Yahner  et  al.  1993),  the  frequency  of  nests  disturbed  by  avian 
predators  was  compared  among  the  three  egg  types  using  a G-test  for 
goodness-of-fit. 


RESULTS 

One-hundred  thirteen  (38%)  of  299  artificial  ground  nests  were  dis- 
turbed during  the  five  trials  (Table  1).  Regardless  of  egg  type,  nest  fate 
was  associated  with  age  of  plot  (G  = 4.7,  df  = \,  P < 0.05).  Fewer  nests 
(all  egg  types  combined)  were  disturbed  in  clearcut  plots  (N  = 48,  32%) 
than  in  uncut  plots  (N  = 65,  43%).  Nest  fate  also  was  associated  with 
time  period  (G  = 18.0,  df  = 4,  P < 0.005).  The  frequency  of  total 
disturbed  nests  in  trial  3 (N  = 34,  57%)  was  significantly  higher  than 
expected  (G  = 6.3,  df  = 1,  P < 0.025),  whereas  frequency  of  total  dis- 
turbed nests  in  trial  4 (N  = 14,  23%)  was  significantly  lower  than  ex- 
pected (G  = 4.7,  df  = 1,  P < 0.05).  In  general,  the  percentage  of  disturbed 
nests/trial  was  greater  in  trials  1—3  (38—57%)  compared  to  that  in  trials 
4-5  (23-29%). 

Nest  fate  varied  with  the  three  egg  types  (G  = 14.0,  df  = 1,  ^ < 0.001) 
(Table  1).  The  frequency  of  disturbed  nests  with  brown  chicken  eggs  (N 
= 24,  24%)  was  considerably  lower  than  expected  (G  = 8.2,  df  = 1,  F* 
< 0.005),  but  the  frequencies  of  disturbed  nests  with  white  chicken  (N 
= 46,  46%)  or  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs  (N  = 43,  43%)  were  not  different 
from  expected  (Gs  < 2.7,  df  = 1,  F > 0.10).  Moreover,  there  was  a 
significant  interaction  among  nest  fate,  egg  type,  and  time  period  (G  = 
17.9,  df  = 8,  P < 0.05).  In  particular,  fewer  nests  with  brown  chicken 
eggs  were  disturbed  in  trial  1 (N  = 2,  2%)  than  expected  (G  = 6.0,  df 
— \,  P < 0.05),  and  more  nests  with  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs  were  dis- 
turbed in  trial  3 (N  = 16,  14%)  than  expected  (G  = 7.9,  df  = 1 P < 
0.005). 


Yahner  and  Malum  • ARTIFICIAL  GROUND  NESTS 


133 


Thirty-six  (32%)  of  the  113  disturbed  nests  were  preyed  upon  by  avian 
predators,  principally  Blue  Jays  and  American  Crows.  The  frequency  of 
nests  lost  to  avian  predators  differed  among  the  three  egg  types  (G  = 
11.9,  df  = 2,  P < 0.001).  Of  the  total  nests  disturbed  by  birds,  eight 
(22%)  were  those  containing  brown  chicken  eggs,  22  (61%)  had  white 
chicken  eggs,  and  six  (17%)  had  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs.  Avian  preda- 
tors destroyed  more  nests  with  white  chicken  eggs  than  expected  (G  — 
11.6,  df  = 1,  P < 0.001)  and  less  with  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs  than 

expected  (G  = 5.1,  df  = 1,  P < 0.05). 

Discussion. — Our  finding  that  rates  of  disturbance  of  artificial  ground 
nests  were  lower  in  clearcut  plots  than  in  uncut  plots  concurs  with  results 
obtained  in  other  studies  of  artificial  nests  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  HMA 
(e.g.,  Yahner  and  Wright  1985,  Yahner  and  Cypher  1987,  Yahner  and 
Scott  1988).  Clearcut  plots  were  characterized  by  higher  densities  of 
brushy  vegetation  near  ground  level,  which  presumably  better  concealed 
artificial  nests  and  reduced  foraging  of  nest  predators  such  as  crows  (Pi- 
cozzi  1975)  and  raccoons  (Bowman  and  Hanis  1980).  Moreover,  uncut 
plots  contained  overstory  trees  that  served  as  perch  sites  for  avian  nest 
predators  (Yahner  et  al.  1989). 

Most  studies  of  artificial  nests  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  HMA  have  not 
documented  significant  differences  in  rates  of  nest  disturbance  over  time 
(e.g.,  Yahner  et  al.  1989,  1993).  However,  as  in  the  present  study,  Yahner 
and  Wright  (1985)  found  reduced  rates  of  nest  disturbance  later  in  the 
breeding  season,  possibly  because  family  groups  of  crows  move  to  com- 
munal roosting  sites  and  agricultural  feeding  sites  (Cross  1946).  Another 
possible  explanation  for  greater  nest  disturbance  in  earlier  trials  of  our 
study  may  be  related  to  gypsy  moth  (Lymantria  dispar)  defoliation.  Al- 
though we  did  not  quantify  the  extent  of  defoliation  caused  by  gypsy 
moth  larvae,  it  was  greatest  during  trial  3,  which  preceded  the  pupal  stage 
of  the  life  cycle  and  corresponded  to  the  period  of  most  extensive  defo- 
liation on  the  study  area  in  spring  and  summer  1993  (Yahner  and  Mahan 
1996).  Extensive  defoliation  by  gypsy  moths  has  been  shown  to  increase 
rates  of  artificial  nest  predation  (Thurber  et  al.  1994). 

Nests  with  brown  chicken  eggs  in  our  study  were  better  camouflaged 
and,  hence,  less  likely  to  be  disturbed  by  predators  than  other  egg  types, 
particularly  by  avian  predators  that  rely  on  vision  when  foraging.  A 24% 
disturbance  of  nests  with  brown  chicken  eggs  was  comparable  to  the  rate 
found  in  a previous  study  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  HMA  (Yahner  et  al. 
1993).  Our  rate  of  disturbance  of  nests  with  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs 
(38%)  was  higher  than  that  reported  with  an  artificial  nest  study  in  Vir- 
ginia using  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs  (20%)  (Leimgruber  et  al.  1994). 

In  contrast  to  nests  with  brown  chicken  eggs,  nests  with  more  visually 


134 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


conspicuous  egg  types,  i.e.,  white  chicken  and  Northern  Bobwhite,  were 
lost  at  a comparable  rate  despite  appreciable  differences  in  size  between 
the  two  types.  These  results  concur  with  those  of  Montevecchi  (1976), 
who  found  similar  rates  of  predation  by  American  Crows  on  white  eggs 
of  three  sizes  placed  in  meadows.  Perhaps  because  corvids  are  common 
nest  predators  at  the  Barrens  Grouse  HMA  (Yahner  and  Wright  1985, 
Yahner  and  Scott  1988),  color  rather  than  egg  size  was  the  major  factor 
influencing  nest  disturbance  in  our  study.  Although  nests  with  Northern 
Bobwhite  eggs  were  preyed  upon  as  expected,  conceivably  many  of  the 
nests  with  missing  Northern  Bobwhite  eggs  at  the  end  of  trials  could  have 
been  those  in  which  eggs  easily  were  carried  away  by  large  avian  nest 
predators  such  as  the  American  Crow  (see  Montevecchi  1976).  For  in- 
stance, of  the  39  nests  with  no  eggs  present  at  the  end  of  a given  trial, 
the  majority  (N  = 30,  77%)  were  those  with  eggs  of  Northern  Bobwhite. 

Some  concern  has  been  raised  about  size  of  eggs  used  in  artificial  nest 
studies  (e.g.,  Boag  et  al.  1984,  Reitsma  et  al.  1990,  Roper  1992).  Eggs 
of  Japanese  Quail  used  in  artificial  nest  studies,  for  example,  are  consid- 
erably larger  than  those  of  songbirds,  e.g.,  warblers,  thereby  potentially 
reducing  rates  of  nest  disturbance  by  smaller-sized  mammalian  predators 
that  are  less  efficient  at  handling  a larger  egg  (e.g.,  red  squirrels  and 
eastern  chipmunks  (Boag  et  al.  1984,  Reistma  et  al.  1990).  Thus,  eggs 
used  in  our  study,  which  were  intended  to  simulate  egg  size  of  larger 
birds  (e.g..  Ruffed  Grouse,  Wild  Turkey),  probably  were  too  large  for 
handling  by  smaller  predators. 

Various  investigators  have  often  used  either  brown  chicken  eggs  (e.g., 
Andren  and  Angelstam  1988,  DeGraaf  and  Anglestam  1993,  Yahner  et 
al.  1993)  or  Japanese  Quail  eggs  (Boag  et  al.  1984,  Ratti  and  Reese  1988) 
as  part  of  the  experimental  design  of  artificial  nest  studies  in  forested 
habitats.  Based  on  our  findings,  we  recommend  brown  chicken  eggs  as  a 
suitable  alternative  to  Japanese  Quail  eggs,  both  in  terms  of  size  and  color, 
when  simulating  nests  of  Ruffed  Grouse  and  Wild  Turkeys  in  artificial 
ground  nest  studies. 


ACKNOWLEDGM  ENTS 

We  thank  J.  R.  Gillis,  S.  M.  Partridge,  and  B.  D.  Ross  for  field  assistance.  This  study 
was  funded  by  the  Pennsylvania  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  and  the  Max  McGraw 
Wildlife  Loundation. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Andrew,  P.  and  P.  Angelstam.  1988.  Elevated  predation  rates  as  an  edge  effect  in  habitat 
islands:  experimental  evidence.  Ecology  69:544—547. 

Boag,  D.  A.,  S.  G.  Reebs,  and  M.  A.  Schroeder.  1984.  Egg  loss  among  spruce  grouse 
inhabiting  lodgepole  pine  forests.  Can.  J.  Zool.  62:1034-1037. 


Yahner  and  Mahan  • ARTIFICIAL  GROUND  NESTS 


135 


Bowman,  G.  B.  and  L.  D.  Harris.  1980.  Effect  of  spatial  heterogeneity  by  ground-nest 
depredation.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  44:806-813. 

Cross,  A.  O.  1946.  Eastern  Crow.  Pp.  226—259  in  Life  histories  of  North  American  jays, 
crows,  and  titmice  (A.  C.  Bent,  ed.).  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull.  191. 

DeGraaf,  R.  M.  and  P.  Angelstam.  1993.  Effects  of  timber  size-class  on  predation  of 
artificial  nests  in  extensive  forests.  For.  Ecol.  Manage.  61:127-136. 

Dixon,  W.  J.  (chief  ed.).  1990.  BMDP  statistical  software  manual.  Univ.  California,  Berke- 
ley, California. 

Harrison,  H.  H.  1975.  A field  guide  to  birds’  nests  of  the  eastern  United  States.  Houghton 
Mifflin  Co.,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Leimgruber,  P,  W.  j.  McShea,  and  J.  H.  Rappole.  1994.  Predation  on  artificial  nests  in 
large  forest  blocks.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  58:254—260. 

Montevecchi,  W.  a.  1976.  Egg  size  and  the  egg  predatory  behavior  of  crows.  Behaviour 
57:307-320. 

Nol,  E.  and  R.  j.  Brooks.  1982.  Effects  of  predator  exclosures  on  nesting  outcome  of 
killdeer.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  53:263-268. 

Picozzi,  N.  1975.  Crow  predation  on  marked  nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  39:151-155. 

Ratti,  j.  T.  and  K.  P.  Reese.  1988.  Preliminary  tests  of  the  ecological  trap  hypothesis.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  52:484^91. 

Rearden,  j.  D.  1951.  Identification  of  waterfowl  nest  predators.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  15:386— 
395. 

Reitsma,  L.  R.,  R.  T.  Holmes,  and  T.  W.  Sherry.  1990.  Effects  of  red  squirrels,  Tamias- 
ciurus  hudsonicus,  and  eastern  chipmunks,  Tamias  striatus,  on  nest  predation  in  a north- 
ern hardwood  forest:  an  artificial  nest  experiment.  Oikos  57:375-380. 

Roper,  J.  J.  1992.  Nest  predation  experiments  with  quail  eggs:  too  much  to  swallow?  Oikos 
65:528-530. 

SoKAL,  R.  R.  AND  F.  J.  Rohlf.  1981.  Biometry,  second  ed.  W.  H.  Freeman  and  Co.,  San 
Francisco,  California. 

Storaas,  T.  1988.  A comparison  of  losses  in  artificial  and  naturally  occurring  Capercaillie 
nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  52:123-126. 

Therres,  G.  D.  1982.  Ruffed  Grouse  populations  and  relative  predator  abundance  on  a 
grouse  management  area  in  central  Pennsylvania.  M.S.  thesis.  The  Pennsylvania  State 
Univ.,  University  Park,  Pennsylvania. 

Thurber,  D.  K.,  W.  R.  McClain,  and  R.  C.  Whitmore.  1994.  Indirect  effects  of  gypsy 
moth  defoliation  on  nest  predation.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  58:493-500. 

Westmoreland,  D.  and  L.  B.  Best.  1986.  Incubation  continuity  and  the  advantage  of 
cryptic  egg  coloration  to  Mourning  Doves.  Wilson  Bull.  98:297-300. 

WiLLEBRAND,  T.  AND  V.  Marcstrom.  1988.  On  the  danger  of  using  dummy  nests  to  study 
predation.  Auk  105:378-379. 

Yahner,  R.  H.  1991.  Avian  nesting  ecology  in  small  even-aged  aspen  stands.  J.  Wildl. 
Manage.  55:155-159. 

. 1992.  Dynamics  of  a small  mammal  community  in  a fragmented  forest.  Amer. 

Midi.  Nat.  127:381-391. 

. 1993.  Effects  of  long-term  clear-cutting  on  wintering  and  breeding  birds.  Wilson 

Bull.  105:239-255. 

AND  B.  L.  Cypher.  1987.  Effects  of  nest  location  on  depredation  of  artificial  ar- 
boreal nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  51:178-181. 

AND  C.  A.  DeLong.  1992.  Avian  predation  and  parasitism  on  artificial  nests  and 

eggs  in  two  fragmented  landscapes.  Wilson  Bull.  104:162-168. 


136 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  I.  March  1996 


■ AND  C.  G.  Mahan. 


1996.  Depredation  of  artificial  ground  nests  in  a managed 

forested  landscapes.  Conserv.  Biol.  10:1^. 

^ and  C.  a.  DeLong.  1993.  Dynamics  of  depredation  on  artificial  ground 

nes’ts  in  habitat  managed  for  Ruffed  Grouse.  Wilson  Bull.  105:172-179. 

^ T.  E.  Morrell,  and  J.  S.  Rachael.  1989.  Effects  of  edge  contrast  on  depredation 

of  artificial  avian  nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:1 135-1  138.  ■ i 

and  D.  P.  Scott.  1988.  Effects  of  forest  fragmentation  on  depredation  of  artificial 


nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  52:158  161.  tr-  t j 

and  a.  L.  Wright.  1985.  Depredation  on  artificial  ground  nests:  effects  of  edge 

and  plot  age.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  49:508-513. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  137-150 


FOOD  AVAILABILITY  AND  FEEDING 
PREFERENCES  OF  BREEDING  FULVOUS 
WHISTLING-DUCKS  IN  LOUISIANA  RICEFIELDS 

William  L.  Hohman,  Timothy  M.  Stark,  and 
Joseph  L.  Moore 

Abstract. — Expansion  of  the  breeding  distribution  of  the  Fulvous  whistling-duck  (Den- 
drocygna  bicolor)  into  the  southeastern  United  States  after  the  mid- 1800s  coincided  with 
the  establishment  of  rice  (Oryza  sativa)  cultures  in  Texas,  Louisiana,  and  Florida.  In  southern 
Louisiana,  where  approximately  80%  of  rice  is  aerially  seeded  in  water,  Fulvous  whistling- 
ducks  are  suspected  of  feeding  extensively  on  planted  rice  and  are  considered  a nuisance. 
To  determine  the  extent  of  rice  utilization  by  ducks  nesting  in  southwestern  Louisiana,  we 
estimated  food  availability  in  ricefields  and  assessed  feeding  preferences.  We  also  examined 
effects  of  sex  and  stage  of  reproduction  on  food  selection.  Feeding  sites  in  Louisiana  rice- 
fields that  were  tilled  and  flooded  in  preparation  for  spring  planting,  contained  abundant 
foods  (mean  ± SE  = 109.0  ± 18.0  g/m^),  especially  seeds  of  moist  soil  plants  such  as 
signalgrass  (Brachiaria  exten.sa),  beakrush  (Rhynchospora  sp.),  and  flatsedge  (Cyperus  iria). 
Diets  of  males  and  females  were  similar  {P  = 0.080),  but  varied  through  the  reproductive 
cycle  (P  = 0.008).  Consumption  of  plant  material  was  slightly  reduced  during  the  period 
of  rapid  ovarian  follicle  growth  in  females;  however,  ingestion  of  animal  foods  never  ex- 
ceeded 4%.  Fulvous  whistling-ducks  exhibited  feeding  preferences  {P  < 0.001)  with  aquatic 
earthworms  (Oligochaeta)  and  wild  millet  seeds  (Echinochloa  sp.)  being  preferred  over  other 
food  taxa.  Rice  made  up  <4%  of  the  diet  and  was  selected  in  proportion  to  its  availability 
before  and  during  period  of  rapid  follicle  development.  Almost  25%  of  the  diet  of  incubating 
females  consisted  of  rice;  however,  we  concluded  that  crop  depredation  by  Fulvous  whis- 
tling-ducks (<0.1%)  was  of  minor  importance  relative  to  other  potential  sources  of  crop 
loss.  Indeed,  use  of  ricefields  by  whistling-ducks  may  actually  benefit  farmers  if  ingestion 
of  seeds  of  undesirable  plants  reduces  the  need  for  costly  herbicide  treatments.  Received  18 
April  1995,  accepted  22  Sept.  1995. 


Private  lands  provide  critical  habitat  for  many  wildlife  species,  but 
wildlife  use  of  these  areas  sometimes  results  in  significant  economic 
losses  (e.g.,  crop  depredation)  or  conflicts  with  intended  land  uses  (e.g., 
designation  as  critical  habitat  for  threatened  or  endangered  species).  Since 
1987,  >1  million  ha  of  rice  {Oryza  sativa)  have  been  planted  annually  in 
the  United  States,  mostly  in  the  Mississippi  Alluvial  Valley,  Gulf  Coastal 
Plain,  and  Central  Valley  of  California.  In  these  regions,  ricefields  similar 
to  other  seasonally  flooded  habitats  receive  high  use  by  shorebirds,  wad- 
ing birds,  and  waterfowl  (hereafter  waterbirds).  Rice  prairies  in  eastern 
Texas,  for  example,  provide  wintering  habitat  for  >2  million  waterfowl 
(Hobaugh  et  al.  1989).  In  Louisiana  and  California,  harvested  ricefields 


National  Biological  Service,  Southern  Science  Center,  700  Cajundome  Blvd.,  Lafayette  Louisiana  70506- 
3152. 


137 


138 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


are  used  extensively  by  feeding  and  resting  waterbirds  in  winter  and  dur- 
ing fall  migration  (Miller  1987,  Heitmeyer  et  al.  1989,  Rave  and  Cordes 
1993).  Indeed,  flooding  of  ricefields  after  harvest  to  provide  wintering 
and  migrational  habitat  for  waterbirds  has  been  actively  promoted  by 
some  farmers’  groups,  agricultural  extension  services,  state  and  federal 
wildlife  agencies,  representatives  of  the  rice  industry,  and  private  conser- 
vation organizations.  Advantages  to  rice  farmers  participating  in  winter 
flooding  programs  include  enhanced  waterfowl  hunting  (leasing)  and 
viewing  opportunities,  as  well  as  potential  for  positive  public  image,  re- 
tention of  nutrients  and  topsoil,  weed  control,  stubble  removal,  and  low- 
ered tillage  costs. 

Ricefields  may  also  receive  high  use  by  spring-migrating  and  nesting 
waterbirds  (Helm  et  al.  1987,  Hohman  et  al.  1994),  but  avian  use  of  fields 
after  they  have  been  prepared  for  planting  until  harvest  is  actively  dis- 
couraged. Waterbird  use  of  ricefields  in  spring  and  summer  may  be  es- 
pecially great  in  areas  such  as  southern  Louisiana  where  most  rice  is 
planted  in  water  (“water  seeding’’);  that  is,  pregerminated  seed  is  aerially 
dispersed  over  fields  following  discing,  flooding,  leveling  or  dragging 
with  a blade,  and  settling  of  particulate  matter.  Water-seeded  fields  gen- 
erally are  drained  within  24  hours  of  planting,  but  are  reflooded  from  7— 
14  days  after  rice  has  sprouted  until  2—3  weeks  before  harvest.  Elsewhere 
rice  is  mostly  broadcast  or  drilled  in  dry  fields  ( dry  seeding  ).  Both 
dry-  and  water-seeded  fields  may  be  flooded  in  winter  and  are  managed 
similarly  after  rice  has  sprouted,  so  the  principal  difference  between  plant- 
ing methods  is  the  presence  of  water  in  fields  immediately  before  spring 
planting.  In  spite  of  increased  risks  of  seed  depredation  by  waterbirds, 
water  seeding  is  preferred  by  Louisiana  rice  farmers  to  control  weeds. 

Fulvous  whistling-ducks  {Dendrocygna  bicolor,  hereafter  whistling- 
ducks)  occur  worldwide  in  tropical  and  semitropical  regions  (Johnsgard 
1978).  Their  expansion  into  the  southeastern  United  States  in  the  late 
1800s  coincided  with  the  establishment  of  rice  cultures  in  Texas,  Loui- 
siana, and  Florida  (Lynch  1943,  Bolen  and  Rylander  1983,  Turnbull  et 
al.  1989).  The  first  breeding  records  for  whistling-ducks  in  Louisiana  were 
obtained  in  1939  (Lynch  1943).  Their  numbers  in  Louisiana  increased 
rapidly  in  the  1940s  to  perhaps  10,000  ducks  but  soon  decreased  because 
of  hazing  practices  adopted  by  rice  farmers  to  reduce  crop  depredation 
(McCartney  1963).  Introduction  of  aldrin  (a  pesticide  used  to  protect  seed 
against  larvae  of  rice  water  weevil  {Lissorhoptrus  oryzophilus])  in  1960, 
further  depressed  whistling-duck  populations  in  Texas  and  Louisiana.  Al- 
though the  Louisiana  population  has  recovered  somewhat  since  1970 
when  use  of  aldrin-treated  seed  was  discontinued,  numbers  of  whistling- 
ducks  remain  below  peak  counts  observed  in  the  1940s  in  spite  of  in- 


Hohman  et  al.  • WHISTLING  DUCK  DIET 


139 


creased  acreages  of  planted  rice  (Flickinger  et  al.  1977,  Zwank  et  al. 
1988). 

Whistling-ducks  nesting  along  the  western  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  are  mi- 
gratory (Flickinger  et  al.  1973,  Hohman  and  Richard  1994),  arriving  in 
southern  Louisiana  in  February  or  March  (McCartney  1963)  when  rice- 
fields  are  being  flooded  in  preparation  for  planting.  Because  of  their  pres- 
ence in  ricefields  around  the  time  of  planting,  occasionally  in  flocks  of 
>2000  birds  (Davis  et  al.  1944  in  McCartney  1963),  whistling-ducks  are 
suspected  of  feeding  on  planted  rice;  consequently,  they  and,  secondarily, 
other  waterbirds  (e.g.,  shorebirds  and  wading  birds)  are  actively  hazed 
from  fields  by  rice  farmers.  We  conducted  this  study  to  determine  the 
extent  of  rice  utilization  by  whistling-ducks  nesting  in  southwestern  Lou- 
isiana. Specifically,  we  estimated  food  availability  in  ricefields,  assessed 
feeding  preferences,  and  examined  effects  of  sex  and  stage  of  reproduc- 
tion on  food  selection  by  whistling-ducks. 

METHODS 

Whistling-ducks  were  collected  on  private  agricultural  lands  in  southwestern  Louisiana, 
9-15  May  1992  and  18  March-8  May  1993.  Ducks  were  collected  throughout  the  diurnal 
period  and  most  were  observed  feeding  for  a minimum  of  15  min  before  collection.  Alcohol 
was  injected  into  the  gullets  of  specimens  immediately  after  collection  to  minimize  post- 
mortem digestion  of  foods  (Bailey  and  Titman  1984).  We  assigned  pair  status  to  birds  on 
the  basis  of  observations  made  before  collection.  Paired  individuals  were  those  showing 
active  association,  i.e.,  copulation,  mutual  display,  female  tolerance  of  the  male  or  nonran- 
dom spacing.  Sex  was  assigned  on  the  basis  of  cloacal  characteristics  (Hochbaum  1942). 
Specimens  then  were  wrapped  in  paper  towels  and  frozen  in  sealed  plastic  bags. 

In  the  laboratory,  thawed  specimens  were  dissected  and  esophageal  contents  were  re- 
moved, weighed  (±0.01  g),  and  frozen.  Carcasses  were  retained  for  contaminant  analyses 
and  proximate  analyses  of  fat  and  protein  composition.  Ovaries  removed  from  females  were 
weighed  (±0.01  g)  and  inspected  for  evidence  of  postovulatory  follicles.  We  assigned  fe- 
males and  their  mates  to  the  following  reproductive  categories,  based  in  part  on  Krapu 
(1974):  Prenesting — females  with  ovary  mass  <3  g and  no  post-ovulatory  follicles;  Rapid 
follicle  growth  (REG) — preovulatory  females  with  ovary  mass  >3  g and  ovulating  females; 
Incubation — birds  collected  at  nest  sites  with  embryo  development  si  day  (Weller  1956, 
Caldwell  and  Snart  1974). 

Food  availability  was  sampled  at  feeding  sites  by  using  a 6.1 -cm  diameter  corer  inserted 
to  a substrate  depth  of  at  least  10  cm.  Three  or  five  core  samples  were  taken  at  each  feeding 
site.  Corer  contents  (water  column  and  substrate)  were  emptied  into  individual  plastic  bags 
and  frozen.  Thawed  esophageal  and  core  samples  were  hand-sorted  to  remove  all  macro- 
scopic plant  and  animal  material.  Core  .samples  were  initially  washed  through  a .series  of 
screens  with  0.0625-4.0  mm^  openings.  Plant  and  animal  taxa  were  .separated,  identified, 
and  dried  to  constant  ma.ss  (±0.001  g)  at  50°C.  Common  names  of  invertebrates  and  plants 
followed  Pennak  (1989)  and  Scott  and  Wasser  (1980),  respectively.  Food  habits  and  avail- 
ability were  summarized  on  an  aggregate  percentage  of  dry  mass  basis  (Swanson  et  al. 
1974).  Only  food  samples  from  birds  containing  >five  items  were  included  in  the  analysis 
(Reinecke  and  Owen  1980). 

The  proportion  of  plant  material  in  the  diet  was  compared  by  reproductive  status  and  sex 


140 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


using  two-way  analysis  of  variance  with  Type  III  sum  of  squares  on  arsine  square  _root 
transformed  dL  (PROC  GLM,  SAS  Institute,  Inc.  1987).  To  determine  if  whistling  duck 
diets  differed  between  day  and  night,  we  compared  occurrences  (presence  or  absence)  of 
rice  in  incubating  birds  collected  before  and  after  08:00  h with  a Chi-squared  test  (Conover 
1980)  Incubators  collected  before  08:00  h and  found  to  have  food  in  their  esophagi  were 
assumed  to  have  fed  at  night.  Food  preferences  were  assessed  on  a dry  mass  basis  by  using 
PREFER,  a computer  program  that  assesses  preferences  using  nonparametnc  proc^ures 
(Johnson  1980).  Only  foods  having  an  aggregate  percentage  of  dry  mass  > an  - 
frequency  of  occurrence  in  use  or  availability  samples  were  included  m the  analysis  These 
melded  foxtail  {Alopecurus  caroUnianus),  rice,  junglerice  barnyardgrass  iEchtnochloa  co- 
lonum),  broadleaf  signalgrass  {Brachiaria  extensa),  rice  flatsedge  (Cyperus  ina),  other  flat- 
sedges  {Cyperus  spp.),  spikerush  {Eleocharis  sp.),  beakrush  (Rhynchospora  sp.),  razorsedge 
(Scleria  sp.),  mudplantain  (Heteranthera  limosa),  buttercup  {Ranunculus  spp.),  lesser  ^me- 
cress  {Coronopus  didvmus),  morningglory  {Ipomoea  sp.),  and  aquatic  earthworms  (O  igo- 
chaeta)  Aggregate  percentages  of  dry  mass  of  taxa  collected  at  feeding  sites  were  assumed 
to  represent  food  available  to  whistling  ducks  at  those  sites.  Significance  level  was  set  a 

priori  at  a = 0.05. 

RESULTS 

Food  availability.— Forty-nine  cores  were  taken  at  13  feeding  sites  in 
five  southwestern  Louisiana  ricefields.  Estimates  of  food  density  in  in- 
dividual ricefields  ranged  from  53.1-171.5  g/m^  and  averaged  (±  SE) 
109.0  ± 18.0  g/nrF-  Plant  material  consisted  almost  exclusively  of  seeds 
and  made  up  >98  aggregate  percentage  of  dry  mass  of  available  foods 
(Table  1).  A minimum  of  28  plant  taxa  were  identified  in  availability 
samples  of  which  only  four  taxa  contributed  >5%.  Although  animal  foods 
made  up  <2%  of  available  foods,  they  were  present  at  all  feeding  sites. 
Only  one  animal  taxon  (aquatic  earthworms)  contributed  appreciably  to 

available  foods.  • . • 

Food  use. — Eighty-five  of  121  whistling-ducks  collected  in  this  study 

had  >5  food  items  in  their  esophagi.  Four  males  collected  without  mates 
were  of  unknown  reproductive  status  and  excluded  from  subsequent  anal- 
yses. The  proportion  of  plant  material  in  the  diet  of  breeding  whistling 
ducks  was  similar  in  males  and  females  (E[,  75]  = 3.15,  P - 0.080) 
throughout  the  reproductive  cycle  (^[2,75]  = 1.31,  P = 0.276),  but  vaned 
among  reproductive  categories  (F[2,75]  = 5.21,  P = 0.008).  Plant  food 
consumption  was  somewhat  reduced  during  REG  relative  to  other  repro- 
ductive categories,  but  never  decreased  below  96%  even  in  females.  We 
found  no  difference  in  the  prevalence  of  rice  in  esophagi  of  incubating 
whistling-ducks  collected  before  and  after  08:00  h (x^  = 0.024,  1 df,  P 
= 0.84).  Plant  foods  eaten  by  whistling-ducks  consisted  almost  exclu- 
sively of  seeds  from  >29  taxa,  14  of  which  contributed  >1%  dry  mass 
or  occurred  with  >50%  frequency  (Table  2).  Aquatic  earthworms  were 
the  only  animal  food  contributing  appreciably  to  the  diet. 

Feeding  preferences. — Whistling-ducks  exhibited  feeding  preferences 


Hohnicm  et  al.  • WHISTLING  DUCK  DIET 


141 


Table  1 

Food  Availability  at  Fulvous  Whistling  Duck  Feeding  Sites  in  Five  Southwestern 

Louisiana  Ricefields 


Food  taxa'^ 

Aggregate  % 
dry  mass 

Dry  mass 

(g/m-) 

occurrence 

Mean  ± SE 

Range 

Plant 

98.2 

100.0 

106.8  ± 17.2 

52.6-165.4 

Seeds 

96.0 

100.0 

101.4  ± 16.5 

52.6-165.4 

Alopecurus  carolinianus 

2.3 

100.0 

1.5  ± 1.0 

0.0-5.6 

Oryzci  saliva 

4.2 

60.0 

4.1  ±2.1 

0.0-12.6 

Echinochloa  colonum 

1.2 

100.0 

1.0  ± 0.4 

0.2-2. 1 ■ 

Brachiaria  extensa 

30.6 

100.0 

34.4  ± 9.2 

2.4-60.7 

Cyperus  iria 

10.7 

80.0 

8.9  ± 4.6 

0.0-23.7 

Cyperus  spp. 

2.3 

100.0 

2.3  ± 0.8 

0.3-4.5 

Eleocharis  sp. 

3.9 

80.0 

3.1  ± 2.2 

0.0-12.9 

Rhynchospora  sp. 

19.0 

100.0 

29.5  ± 16.3 

0.0-96.6 

Heteranthera  limosa 

6.9 

100.0 

3.1  ± 2.6 

0.0-14.5 

Ranunculus  spp. 

4.1 

100.0 

3.6  ± 1.5 

0.6-9.7 

Coronopus  didynius 

1.2 

80.0 

0.9  ± 0.6 

0.0-3.3 

Ipomoea  sp. 

1.2 

80.0 

1.1  ± 0.5 

0.0-3.2 

Miscellaneous'’ 

8.4 

100.0 

8.0  ± 2.5 

1.0-17.0 

OtheU 

2.1 

40.0 

5.3  ± 4.7 

0.0-26.4 

Animal 

1.8 

100.0 

2.2  ± 0.9 

0.5-6. 1 

Oligochaeta 

1.0 

80.0 

1.3  ± 0.9 

0.0-5. 5 

Miscellaneous*' 

0.9 

100.0 

0.8  ± 0.2 

0.5-L6 

’ Includes  only  laxa  with  aggregate  percentage  of  dry  mass  a I and  frequency  of  occurrence  £50%. 

Miscellaneous  seeds  were  from  Motiugo  verticillata,  Cerastium  viscosum,  Commelina  sp.,  EcUpta  spp.,  Serinea  oppos- 
itifolia.  Scleria  sp.,  Fimhrisrylis  miliacea,  Sisyrinchium  sp.,  Digilaria  scmguinalis,  Lolium  temulenlum,  Panicum  spp.,  Pluil- 
aris  sp..  Polygonum  hyciropiperoides,  Polygonum  porloricen.se,  Solanum  americanum,  and  Verbena  sp. 

'Other  plant  material  included  unidentified  roots  and  tubers. 

Miscellaneous  animals  included  unidentified  vertebrate  and  invertebrate  eggs,  Copepoda,  Coleoptera  (larvae  and  adults), 
Chironomidae  (larvae  and  pupae),  Corixidae  (adults),  Formicidae  (adults),  and  Gastropoda. 


during  both  the  prenesting  (F[,3  22j  = 36.60,  P < 0.001)  and  RFG  periods 
(^[12.16]  ~ 10.68,  P < 0.001).  Aquatic  earthworms  and  junglerice  barn- 
yardgrass  were  preferred  over  other  food  items  during  both  reproductive 
periods  (Table  3).  Spikerush,  flatsedge,  and  beakrush  seeds  were  under- 
represented in  the  diets,  whereas  rice  was  eaten  in  proportion  to  its  abun- 
dance (Table  3). 


DISCUSSION 

Food  availability. — Density  of  potential  foods,  especially  seeds  of 
moist  soil  plants,  was  high  in  Louisiana  ricehelds  used  by  feeding  whis- 
tling-ducks in  spring.  Our  estimate  of  seed  density  at  whistling-duck  feed- 
ing sites  (101.2  ± 16.5  g/m^)  was  comparable  to  that  (range,  90-134.4 
g/m2)  in  impoundments  in  the  Mississippi  Alluvial  Valley  managed  spe- 


142 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Table  2 

Foods  of  Male  (M)  and  Female  (F)  Fulvous 

Whistling  Ducks  Collected  in 

Agricultural  Areas  in  Southwestern  Louisiana 

Aggregate  % dry 

mass 

<RFG" 

RFG 

M + F 

M 

F 

M + F 

Food  taxa*” 

N = 35 

N = 15 

N = 16 

N = 31 

Plant 

98.1 

99.0 

96.1 

97.5 

Seeds 

97.6 

98.9 

96.0 

97.4 

Lolium  temulentum 

0.0 

0.6 

3.4 

2.0 

Triticum  aestivum 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

u.u 

Phalaris  sp. 

tc 

0.2 

0.3 

0.2 

Oryza  sativa 

3.6 

1.4 

6.1 

3.8 

Echinochloa  colonum 

8.9 

9.3 

13.3 

1 1.3 

Brachiaria  extensa 

27.8 

49.3 

45.2 

47.2 

Panicum  spp. 

0.3 

tr 

tr 

tr 

Cvperus  iria 

30.3 

0.2 

1.7 

1.0 

Cvperus  spp. 

0.2 

1.4 

0.8 

1.1 

Eleocharis  sp. 

0.6 

0.0 

0.3 

0.2 

Rhynchospora  sp. 

12.1 

32.4 

21.6 

26.8 

Scleria  sp. 

3.0 

3.4 

0.8 

2.1 

Heteranthera  limosa 

8.6 

tr 

tr 

tr 

Ranunculus  spp. 

1.1 

0.2 

0.5 

0.4 

Miscellaneous'^ 

0.5 

0.5 

2.0 

1.3 

OtheF 

1.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

Animal 

1.9 

1.0 

3.9 

2.5 

Oligochaeta 

1.7 

0.6 

2.6 

1.6 

Miscellaneous'^ 

0.2 

0.4 

1.3 

l).v 

« Renmductive  catefiories'  <RFG  = prenestmg  females  (and  ineir  mates;  wiiii  uvai^  ..v.  ^ 

folliclL;  RFC  = preo^vulatory  females  with  ovary  mass  >3  g and  ovulating  females;  >RFG  - birds  collected  at  nest  sites 

with  embryo  development  a 1 day.  -,cnw 

” Includes  only  taxa  with  aggregate  percentage  of  dry  mass  al  or  frequency  of  occurrence  _50%. 

^ Trace  (tr),  aeeregate  % dry  mass  <0.1.  . 

<■  Miscellaneous  seeds  were  from  Coronopus  didymus.  Commelina  sp.,  Echpta  alba,  Ecltpta  sp.,  opposi  if  . 

Ipomoea  sp.,  Cyperus  compressu.i.  Fimbristylis  miUacea.  Sisyrincbium  sp.,  Alopecurus  caroUmamis.  D, guana  sangumahs. 
Phalaris  sp.,  Triticum  aestivum.  Polygonum  hydropiperoides,  and  Verbena  sp. 

'Other  nlani  material  included  unidentified  roots,  tubers,  and  other  parts. 

tMisclll^aneLs  animals  included  unidentified  invertebrate  eggs,  Coleoptera  (larvae  and  adults),  Chironomidae  (larvae 
and  pupae),  Tabanidae  (larvae),  Formicidae  (adults),  and  Mollusca  (Gastropoda  and  Pelecypoda). 


cifically  for  production  of  moist  soil  plants  (Reid  et  al.  1989)  and  2^ 
times  greater  than  densities  of  seeds  and  all  other  plant  foods  in  nearby 
coastal  marshes  (Jemison  and  Chabreck  1962,  Hohman  et  al.  1990,  Bie- 
lefeld and  Afton  1992,  Manley  et  al.  1992).  Observed  seed  densities  were 
substantially  greater  than  previous  estimates  obtained  in  Louisiana  rice- 
fields  in  late  winter  (4.3—38.0  g/m^;  Harmon  et  al.  1960,  Davis  et  al. 
1961);  however,  if  selection  of  feeding  sites  by  whistling-ducks  was  in- 


Hohman  et  al.  • WHISTLING  DUCK  DIET 


143 


Table  2 
Extended 


% Occurrence 


>RFG 

<RFG 

RFG 

>RFG 

M + F 

M+F 

M 

F 

M + F 

M + F 

N = 15 

N = 35 

N = 15 

N = 16 

N = 31 

N = 15 

99.8 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

99.8 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

100.0 

2.7 

0.0 

20.0 

18.8 

19.4 

53.0 

5.1 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

13.3 

0.1 

54.3 

33.3 

62.5 

48.4 

20.0 

24.4 

60.0 

13.3 

31.3 

22.6 

46.7 

16.6 

91.4 

80.0 

87.5 

83.9 

80.0 

28.9 

94.3 

86.7 

100.0 

93.6 

80.0 

0.0 

57.1 

6.7 

6.3 

6.5 

0.0 

0.1 

68.6 

26.7 

31.3 

29.0 

46.7 

tr 

45.7 

46.7 

18.8 

32.3 

13.3 

tr 

62.9 

0.0 

6.3 

3.2 

20.0 

20.7 

20.0 

86.7 

68.8 

77.4 

46.7 

0.5 

54.3 

26.7 

12.5 

19.4 

46.7 

0.1 

68.6 

6.7 

12.5 

9.7 

33.3 

0.1 

74.3 

46.7 

50.0 

48.4 

33.3 

0.4 

82.9 

53.3 

93.8 

74.2 

33.3 

tr 

28.6 

26.7 

18.8 

22.6 

6.7 

0.2 

68.6 

60.0 

100.0 

80.7 

26.7 

0.1 

51.4 

46.7 

68.8 

58.1 

13.3 

0.1 

40.0 

60.0 

93.8 

77.4 

26.7 

fluenced  by  food  availability  (i.e.,  bird  avoidance  of  sites  with  reduced 
food  availability),  then  we  likely  overestimated  food  density  in  ricefields. 

Abundance  of  potential  foods  in  ricefields  and  their  availability  to  feed- 
ing waterbirds  vary  temporally  and  geographically  in  relation  to  farming 
practices.  Seed  density  in  ricefield  sediments  is  probably  maximal  im- 
mediately after  autumn  harvest  (Harmon  et  al.  1960,  Miller  et  al.  1989) 
and  declines  thereafter  as  a result  of  granivory,  germination,  physical 
degradation  or  destruction  (e.g.,  tilling  or  burning),  burial,  and  dispersal 
of  seeds  (McGinn  and  Glasgow  1963).  To  control  noxious  weeds  such  as 
red  rice  {O.  sativa  van),  most  rice  farmers  in  southern  Louisiana  practice 
a two-year  planting  cycle  with  rice  cultivated  in  rotation  with  fallow, 
crayfish  (Decapoda)  aquaculture,  pasture,  or  row  crops  (e.g.,  soybeans, 
milo,  or  wheat).  Fields  sampled  in  this  study  had  been  flooded  and  me- 
chanically treated  (disced  and  bladed)  in  preparation  for  water  seeding  of 


144 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


UJ 

-J 

< 

H 


< 

z 

< 


o 

-! 

z 

OS 

tu 

H 

on 

W 


O 

oo 


c 

J 

l£ 

tu 

W 

u 


C 

tu 

H 

U 

tu 

_) 

o 

U 

c/? 

u 


o 

z 


X 

t/) 

3 

o 

> 

J 


o 

z 

E 

tu 

tu 

u 

pa 


t/i 

tu 

tj 

tu 

oi 

tu 

tu 

tu 

oi 

CL 

O 

z 

5 

tu 

tu 

Uh 


u 


a, 

GO 

U 


u 

J 

w 


o 

CL 


< 

Pi 

CQ 


H 

U 


z 

< 

Pi 


o 


Pi 

o 


X 

Pi 


Pi 

o 

u 


u 

GO 


X 

u 

UJ 


J 

o 


Oi) 

c 

to 

(U 

c 

1) 


Z 

< 

Pi 


O 

CL 


Pi 

O 

u 


X 

X 

u 


p, 

v> 

u 


< 

Pi 

oa 


Pi 

u 


o 

X 

< 

Pi 

o 


H 

UJ 

X 


X 

Pi 


-J 

o 


00 

r^\ 

<u  II 

1 Z 

£ :S 

o 

Q,  »-( 

OC 


^ T3 

£ § 

rt  Li- 


0 

s'  QC 

1 R 

3 & 


o 


>■  C 

QC 

O II 

r 0- 

CL  uo 

U 


3 

Pt 


X W 
tu 


■3  2 

2 I 
s-^ 
§ " 
S P 

o ^ 


tKC  ? 

r 53 
Q.'c: 

CO  5 


^ 

11  " s 

J < d 

u ai  A 
^ CCi 


S -< 

s :5 

II 

2 i3 


. 0. 


01) 

c 

c 

P3 


^ *5  b 
s:  J 


~ 'U 

;§  a: ; 


tu 
II  H 

-d  X y ■= 
(U  r 1 X 2 

,<u  ^ 


c/J 


-2 

15 

E 

01) 


1) 


0>  u 

a.  > 

CO 

c^  s: 


2 
^ 5 

CO 
GO 

o y 

c O U 
C 00  S 

J-  5 D 

II  or  e <- 


a c 


Hohman  el  ul.  • WHISTLING  DUCK  DIET 


145 


rice  (i.e.,  rice  had  not  been  planted  in  these  helds  in  the  preceding  growing 
season).  Seeds  found  in  our  samples  presumably  were  produced  during 
the  previous  growing  season.  Thus,  it  is  apparent  that  the  farming  prac- 
tices implemented  between  rice  plantings  may  have  a large  influence  on 
seed  abundance  in  Louisiana  ricefields  in  spring.  Outside  of  the  Gulf 
Coastal  Plain,  rice  is  mostly  dry-seeded  with  or  without  crop  rotation. 
Flooding  of  ricefields,  as  is  practiced  by  farmers  that  water-seed  rice,  is 
necessary  for  waterbirds  to  gain  access  to  potential  foods.  The  effect  on 
food  availability  of  mechanical  treatments  performed  in  flooded  ricefields 
is  unclear,  but  the  appearance  of  large  numbers  of  birds  (shorebirds  as 
well  as  waterfowl)  in  fields  following  such  treatments,  especially  blading 
(W.  L.  Hohman,  pers.  obs.),  suggests  that  food  availability  may  be  en- 
hanced. 

Feeding  preferences. — Greater  than  96%  of  the  diet  of  male  and  female 
whistling-ducks  nesting  in  southwestern  Louisiana  was  composed  of  plant 
material.  Animal  foods  were  actively  selected  by  whistling  ducks  before 
and  during  RFG  (i.e.,  period  of  high  protein  demand  in  females),  and 
animal  food  consumption  increased  slightly  (females  only)  during  RFG. 
Nonetheless,  the  amount  of  animal  food  eaten  by  whistling  ducks  during 
RFG  was  less  than  that  reported  for  any  other  small-bodied  waterfowl 
species  (Krapu  and  Reinecke  1992:  tables  1-5).  Other  female  ducks,  even 
those  that  are  primarily  herbivorous  (e.g.,  Gadwall  {Anas  strepera],  An- 
kney  and  Alisauskas  1991),  substantially  increase  their  consumption  of 
animal  foods  to  offset  high  protein  costs  of  reproduction  (Krapu  and  Re- 
inecke 1992),  but  that  apparently  is  not  necessary  for  female  whistling 
ducks.  Black-bellied  whistling-Ducks  (Dendrocygna  autumnalis)  also  eat 
only  small  amounts  (<10%)  of  animal  foods  during  the  nesting  period 
(Bourne  1981).  Although  the  amount  of  animal  material  at  whistling-duck 
feeding  sites  was  low  relative  to  plant  material,  our  estimate  of  animal 
food  density  (2.2  ± 0.9  g/m^)  was  comparable  to  that  (2.65-2.87  g/m^) 
found  in  freshwater  coastal  marshes  where  spring-migrating  blue-winged 
teal  (A.  discors)  consumed  >56%  animal  material  (Manley  et  al.  1992). 
This  result  suggests  that  whistling-ducks  fed  inefficiently  on  animal  foods 
or  that  not  all  foods  found  in  core  samples  were  available  to  birds.  It 
further  suggests  that  proteins  required  for  production  of  eggs  must  come 
from  exogenous  or  endogenous  sources  in  addition  to  those  contained  in 
animal  foods  eaten  by  birds  during  the  daytime. 

Whereas  previous  studies  reported  that  whistling  ducks  using  ricefields 
eat  mostly  rice  (Imler  1944  in  Meanley  and  Meanley  1959;  Bruzual  and 
Bruzual  1983),  we  found  only  limited  consumption  of  rice  by  ducks  nest- 
ing in  southwestern  Louisiana.  Rice  made  up  <4%  of  the  diet  and  was 
selected  in  proportion  to  its  abundance  before  and  during  RFG.  Almost 


146 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


25%  of  the  diet  of  incubating  whistling-ducks  consisted  of  rice,  but  we 
were  unable  to  assess  feeding  preferences  of  incubating  whistling  ducks 
because  feeding  sites  were  unknown  and  food  availability  therefore  could 
not  be  determined.  Whistling-ducks  are  known  to  feed  in  flooded  ricefields 
at  night  (Meanley  and  Meanley  1959).  The  potential  for  crop  depredation 
presumably  is  greatest  at  night  when  whistling-ducks  can  feed  undisturbed. 

It  is  possible  that  our  sampling  of  birds  only  during  the  daytime  underes- 
timated rice  utilization  by  whistling-ducks;  however,  prevalence  of  rice  in 
esophagi  of  incubating  birds  collected  before  08:00  h (assumed  to  have  fed 
at  night)  was  similar  to  that  of  incubators  collected  after  08.00  h.  Sample 
size  used  for  this  comparison  was  limited,  but  we  interpret  this  result  as 
evidence  that  bias  associated  with  time  of  collection  was  minimal.  We 
therefore  concur  with  Meanley  and  Meanley  (1959)  that,  relative  to  other 
seeds,  rice  was  of  minor  importance  in  overall  diet  of  whistling-ducks 
nesting  in  southwestern  Louisiana. 

Our  conclusion  that  whistling-ducks  ate  small  amounts  of  rice  relative 
to  seeds  of  other  plants  should  not  be  interpreted  as  evidence  that  they 
caused  no  damage  in  ricefields.  Based  on  energy  requirements  calculated 
for  nesting  whistling-ducks,  we  estimate  maximum  daily  consumption  of 
rice  to  be  44.5  g/bird  or  44.5  kg/day  for  the  entire  population  in  southern 
Louisiana  (Table  4).  Thus,  we  determined  the  potential  for  crop  depre- 
dation in  southern  Louisiana  during  the  60-day  planting  period  to  be 
^0.1%  of  seeded  rice  (Table  4).  Previous  estimates  of  crop  loss  caused 
by  feeding  whistling-ducks  ranged  from  0.25-2.0%  (Imler  1944  in  Mean- 
ley  and  Meanley  1959;  McCartney  1963,  Bourne  and  Osbourne  1978), 
but  estimates  made  before  1965  probably  do  not  accurately  represent 
losses  under  current  farming  practices.  Use  of  pregerminated  seed,  for 
example,  greatly  reduces  the  duration  of  flooding  after  planting  and  there- 
by limits  availability  of  rice  to  feeding  ducks.  (We  observed  no  diurnal 
feeding  by  whistling-ducks  in  dewatered  fields.)  Removal  of  water  within 
48  hours  of  planting  also  minimizes  puddling  or  trampling  of  seeded  rice 
(i.e.,  reduced  sprouting  caused  by  birds  stepping  on  and  burying  rice  seed, 
McCartney  1963).  Concentrated  feeding  by  large  flocks  of  whistling- 
ducks  may  result  in  localized  crop  losses  greater  than  those  projected  in 
this  study,  but  we  believe  that  such  instances  are  uncommon.  Under  cur- 
rent farming  practices,  depredation  is  restricted  to  fields  planted  early  in 
the  growing  season  (before  1 April)  when  whistling  ducks  occui  in  flocks 
and  temperatures  are  cool,  requiring  farmers  to  hold  water  on  seeded 
fields  >48  h.  We  further  suggest  that  crop  losses  caused  by  whistling- 
ducks  are  of  minor  importance  relative  to  other  potential  sources  of  crop 
loss  such  as  other  seed  predators,  variable  seed  germination  rates,  weather, 
and  disease.  Indeed,  we  suggest  that  use  of  ricefields  by  whistling-ducks 


Hohrnan  el  at.  • WHISTLING  DUCK  DIET 


147 


Table  4 

Energy  Requirements  of  Breeding  Fulvous  Whistling  Ducks  and  Potential  Crop 
Losses  in  Southern  Louisiana  Ricefields 

Calculation  assumptions 

Sources 

Total  seeded  rice  in  southern  Louisiana  = 22,662,080  kg 
Rice  acreage  = 202,340  ha 

Anonymous  (1995) 

80%  of  acreage  was  water-seeded  (i.e.,  available) 

R.  Levy  (pers.  comm.) 

Seeding  rate  =140  kg/ha 

Anonymous  (1995) 

Maximum  daily  rice  consumption/bird  = 45.9  g 

Whistling  Duck  Diet  = 100%  rice'" 

True  metabolizable  energy  of  rice  = 3.34  kcal/g 

Reinecke  et  al.  (1989) 

Body  mass  = 756  ± 4 g 

W.  L.  Hohrnan  (unpubl.  data) 

Basal  Metabolic  Rate  (BMR)  = 75  * (body  mass 
[kg])“’^ 

Owen  and  Reinecke  (1979) 

= 61.3  kcal/day 

Daily  energy  expenditures  = 2.5  BMR 

Owen  and  Reinecke  (1979) 

= 153.3  kcal/day 

Maximum  seasonal  rice  consumption/population 
= 27,539  kg 

Planting  season  = 60  days 

Anonymous  (1995) 

Population  = 10,000  ducks 

Flickinger  et  al.  (1977) 

" Actual  range  = 3.6-24.3%  (This  study). 


may  actually  benefit  farmers  if  ingestion  of  seeds  of  undesirable  plants 
reduces  the  need  for  costly  herbicide  treatments. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  county  agents  in  Acadia  (R.  Levy),  Evangeline  (A.  Mire),  and  Vermillion 
(C.  McCrory  [deceased],  H.  Cormier,  and  M.  Shirley)  Parishes,  and  also  E Bowers  (U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service)  and  C.  Cordes  (Southern  Science  Center)  for  their  support  of 
this  study.  We  are  sincerely  grateful  to  the  many  rice  farmers  and  other  cooperators  who 
shared  information  with  us  and/or  granted  us  permission  to  conduct  this  study  on  their  land. 
R.  E.  Olson  and  G.  A.  Weisbrich  assisted  in  the  field  or  laboratory.  Helpful  reviews  of  our 
manuscript  were  provided  by  S.  Linscombe,  Z.  A.  Malaeb,  S.  W.  Manley,  K.  J.  Reinecke, 
B.  A.  Vairin,  and  M.  W.  Weller.  Collections  were  authorized  under  scientific  permits  issued 
to  the  senior  author  by  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  (PRT-747267)  and  Louisiana 
Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  (LNHP-93-02  and  LNHP-94-21).  Before  implementation  of 
this  study,  procedures  involving  use  and  care  of  birds  were  reviewed  and  approved  by  the 
Anim.al  Use  and  Care  Committee,  Southern  Science  Center. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Anonymous.  1994.  Rice  industry  guide.  Rice  J.  97:33-39. 

. 1995.  Rice  varieties  and  management  tips.  Louisiana  State  Univ.  Agricultural 

Center  Pub.  2270. 


148 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Ankney,  C.  D.  and  R.  T.  Alisauskas.  1991.  Nutrient-reserve  dynamics  and  diet  of  breeding 
female  Gadwalls.  Condor  93:799-810. 

Bailey,  R.  O.  and  R.  D.  Titman.  1984.  Habitat  use  and  feeding  ecology  of  postbreeding 
Redheads.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  48:1 144-1 155. 

Bielefeld,  R.  R.  and  A.  D.  Afton.  1992.  Canvasback  food  density  in  the  Mississippi  River 
Delta,  Louisiana:  habitat  and  temporal  differences.  Proc.  Annu.  Conf.  Southeast.  Assoc. 
Game  Pish  Agencies  46:97-103. 

Bolen,  E.  G.  and  M.  K.  Rylander.  1983.  Whistling  ducks:  zoogeography,  ecology,  anat- 
omy. Mus.  Spec.  Publ.  20,  Texas  Tech.  Univ.,  Lubbock,  Texas. 

Bourne,  G.  R.  1981.  Pood  habits  of  Black-bellied  Whistling  Ducks  occupying  rice  culture 
habitats.  Wilson  Bull.  93:551—554. 

and  D.  R.  Osborne.  1978.  Black-bellied  whistling  duck  utilization  of  a rice  culture 

habitat.  Interciencia  3:152-159. 

Bruzual,  J.  and  I.  Bruzual.  1983.  Peeding  habits  of  whistling  ducks  in  the  Calabozo 
ricefields,  Venezuela,  during  the  non-reproductive  period.  Wildfowl  34:20-26. 

Caldwell,  P.  J.  and  A.  E.  Snart.  1974.  A photographic  index  for  aging  Mallard  embryos. 
J.  Wildl.  Manage.  38:298-301. 

Conover,  W.  J.  1980.  Practical  nonparametric  statistics.  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Davis,  J.  P,  C.  H.  Thomas,  and  L.  L.  Glasgow.  1961.  Poods  available  to  waterfowl  in 
fallow  rice  fields  of  southwestern  Louisiana,  1960—1961.  Proc.  Annu.  Conf.  Southeast. 
A.SSOC.  Game  Pish  Comm.  15:60-66. 

Plickinger,  E.  L.,  K.  a.  King,  and  O.  Heyland.  1973.  Pen-reared  Fulvous  Tree  Ducks  in 
movement  studies  of  wild  populations.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  37:171-175. 

, D.  S.  Lobpries,  and  H.  A.  Bateman.  1977.  Fulvous  Whistling  Duck  populations 

in  Texas  and  Louisiana.  Wilson  Bull.  89:329—331. 

Harmon,  B.  G.,  C.  H.  Thomas,  and  L.  Glasgow.  1960.  Waterfowl  foods  in  Louisiana 
ricefields.  Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Resour.  Conf.  25:153—161. 

Heitmeyer,  M.  E.,  D.  P.  Connelly,  and  R.  L.  Pederson.  1989.  The  Central,  Imperial,  and 
Coachella  Valleys  of  California.  Pp.  475-506  in  Habitat  management  for  migrating  and 
wintering  waterfowl  in  North  America  (L.  M.  Smith,  R.  L.  Pederson,  and  R.  M.  Ka- 
minski, eds.).  Texas  Tech  Univ.  Press,  Lubbock,  Texas. 

Helm,  R.  N.,  D.  N.  Pashley,  and  P.  J.  Zwank.  1987.  Notes  on  the  nesting  of  the  Common 
Moorhen  and  Purple  Gallinule  in  southwe.stern  Louisiana.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  58:55-61. 

Hobaugh,  W.  C.,  C.  D.  Stutzenbaker,  and  E.  L.  Plickinger.  1989.  The  rice  prairies.  Pp. 
367-383  in  Habitat  management  for  migrating  and  wintering  waterfowl  in  North  Amer- 
ica (L.  M.  Smith,  R.  L.  Pederson,  and  R.  M.  Kaminski,  eds.).  Texas  Tech  Univ.  Press, 
Lubbock,  Texas. 

Hochbaum,  H.  a.  1942.  Sex  and  age  determination  of  waterfowl  by  cloacal  examination. 
Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Resour.  Conf.  7:299-307. 

Hohman,  W.  L.,  D.  W.  Woolington,  and  J.  H.  Devries.  1990.  Food  habits  of  wintering 
Canvasbacks  in  Louisiana.  Can.  J.  Zool.  68:2605-2609. 

, J.  L.  Moore,  T.  M.  Stark,  G.  A.  Weisbrich,  and  R.  A.  Coon.  1994.  Breeding 

waterbird  use  of  Louisiana  rice  fields  in  relation  to  planting  practices.  Proc.  Annu.  Conf. 
Southeast.  Assoc.  Fish  Wildl.  Agencies  48:31-37. 

AND  D.  M.  Richard.  1994.  Remigial  molt  in  Fulvous  whistling  ducks  nesting  in 

Louisiana.  Southwest.  Nat.  39:190-192. 

Jemison,  E.  S.  and  R.  H.  Chabreck.  1962.  The  availability  of  waterfowl  foods  in  coastal 
marsh  impoundments  in  Louisiana.  Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Resour.  Cont.  27.288— 
300. 


Hohnum  et  at.  • WHISTLING  DUCK  DIET 


149 


JoHNSGARD,  P.  A.  1978.  Waterfowl  of  the  world.  Univ.  Nebraska  Press,  Lincoln,  Nebraska. 

Johnson,  D.  H.  1980.  The  comparison  of  usage  and  availability  measurements  for  evalu- 
ating resource  preference.  Ecology  61:65-71. 

Kraph,  G.  L.  1974.  Feeding  ecology  of  Pintail  hens  during  reproduction.  Auk  91 :278-290. 

AND  K.  J.  Reinecke.  1992.  Foraging  ecology  and  nutrition.  Pp.  1-29  in  Ecology 

and  management  of  breeding  waterfowl  (B.  D.  J.  Batt,  A.  D.  Alton,  M.  G.  Anderson, 
C.  D.  Ankney,  D.  H.  Johnson,  J.  A.  Kadlec,  and  G.  L.  Krapu,  eds.).  Univ.  Minnesota 
Press,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

Lynch,  J.  J.  1943.  Fulvous  tree-duck  in  Louisiana.  Auk  60:100—102. 

Manley,  S.  W.,  W.  L.  Hohman,  J.  L.  Moore,  and  D.  Richard.  1992.  Food  preferences  in 
migrating  Blue-winged  Teal  in  southwestern  Louisiana.  Proc.  Annu.  Conf.  Southeast. 
Assoc.  Game  Fish  Agencies.  46:46—56. 

McCartney,  R.  B.  1963.  The  Fulvous  Tree  Duck  in  Louisiana.  M.S.  thesis,  Louisiana  State 
Univ.,  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana. 

McGinn,  L.  R.  and  L.  L.  Glasgow.  1963.  Loss  of  waterfowl  foods  in  ricelields  in  southwest 
Louisiana.  Proc.  Annu.  Conf.  Southeast.  Assoc.  Game  Fish  Comm.  17:69-79. 

Meanley,  B.  and  a.  G.  Meanley.  1959.  Observations  on  the  Fulvous  Tree  Duck  in  Lou- 
isiana. Wilson  Bull.  71:33-45. 

Miller,  M.  R.  1987.  Fall  and  winter  foods  of  Northern  Pintails  in  ihe  Sacramento  Valley, 
California.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  51:405-414. 

, D.  E.  Sharp,  D.  S.  Gilmer,  and  W.  R.  Mulvaney.  1989.  Rice  available  to  wa- 
terfowl in  harvested  fields  in  the  Sacramento  Valley,  California.  Calif.  Fish  Game  75: 
113-123. 

Owen,  R.  B.,  Jr.  and  K.  J.  Reinecke.  1979.  Bioenergetics  of  breeding  dabbling  ducks.  Pp. 
71-93  in  Waterfowl  and  wetlands — an  integrated  review  (T.  A.  Bookhut,  ed.).  LaCrosse 
Printing  Co.,  Inc.,  LaCrosse,  Wisconsin. 

Pennak,  R.  W.  1989.  Fresh-water  invertebrates  of  the  United  States.  John  Wiley  & Sons, 
New  York,  New  York. 

Rave,  D.  P.  and  C.  L.  Cordes.  1993.  Time-activity  budgets  of  Northern  Pintails  using 
nonhunted  rice  fields  in  southwest  Louisiana.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  64:21 1-218. 

Reid,  F.  A.,  J.  R.  Kelley,  Jr.,  T.  S.  Taylor,  and  L.  H.  Fredrickson.  1989.  Upper  Mi.ssis- 
sippi  Valley  wetlands — refuges  and  moist-soil  impoundments.  Pp.  181-202  in  Habitat 
management  for  migrating  and  wintering  waterfowl  in  North  America  (L.  M.  Smith. 
R.  L.  Pederson,  and  R.  M.  Kaminski,  eds.).  Texas  Tech  Univ.  Press,  Lubbock,  Texas. 

Reinecke,  K.  J.  and  R.  B.  Owen,  Jr.  1980.  Food  use  and  nutrition  of  Black  Ducks  nesting 
in  Maine.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  44:549-558. 

, R.  M.  Kaminski,  D.  J.  Moorhead.  J.  D.  Hodges,  and  J.  R.  Nassar.  1989.  Mi.s- 

sissippi  Alluvial  Valley.  Pp.  203—247  in  Habitat  management  for  migrating  and  win- 
tering waterfowl  in  North  America  (L.  M.  Smith,  R.  L.  Pederson,  and  R.  M.  Kaminski, 
eds.).  Texas  Tech  Univ.  Press,  Lubbock,  Texas. 

SAS  Institute,  Inc.  1987.  SAS/STAT  guide  for  personal  computers.  Version  6 ed.  SAS 
Inst.,  Inc.,  Cary,  North  Carolina. 

Scott,  T.  G.  and  C.  H.  Wasser.  1980.  Checkli.st  of  North  American  plants  for  wildlife 
biologists.  The  Wildlife  Society,  Washington,  D.C. 

Swanson,  G.  W,  G.  L.  Krapu,  J.  D.  Bartonek,  J.  R.  Serie,  and  D.  H.  Johnson.  1974. 
Advantages  in  mathematically  weighing  waterfowl  food  habits  data.  J.  Wildl.  Manage. 
32:302-307. 

Turnbull,  R.  E.,  F.  A.  Johnson,  and  D.  H.  Brakhage.  1989.  Status,  distribution,  and  foods 
of  Fulvous  whistling  ducks  in  south  Florida.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:1053-1057. 


150  THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  I,  March  1996 

Weller,  M.  W.  1956.  A simple  field  candler  for  waterfowl  eggs.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  20: 

111-113.  . , 

ZwANK,  P.  J.,  R M.  McKenzie,  and  E.  B.  Moser.  1988.  Lulvous  whistlmg-duck  abundance 

and  habitat  use  in  southwestern  Louisiana.  Wilson  Bull.  100:488^94. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  151-153 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


Do  standardized  brood  counts  accurately  measure  productivity? — A standardized 
method  for  estimating  raptor  reproductive  success  and  productivity  is  crucial  for  making 
valid  comparisons  among  years  and  populations  (Steenhof  1987).  Steenhof  and  Kochert 
(1982)  recommended  that  reproductive  surveys  be  conducted  when  nestlings  reach  80%  of 
the  average  fledging  age  because  nestlings  are  easily  counted  (Steenhof  1987),  and  little 
mortality  occurs  after  this  age  and  prior  to  fledging  (Millsap  1981,  Steenhof  1987).  The 
utility  of  this  recommendation  would  be  enhanced  if  the  number  of  nestlings  reaching  80% 
of  average  fledging  age  was  also  indicative  of  a pair’s  productivity  later  in  the  nesting  cycle. 
We  tested  this  relationship  in  Prairie  Falcons  {Falco  mexicanus)  by  measuring  productivity 
at  80%  of  fledging  age  and  at  the  end  of  parental  care  (approximately  35  days  later  or  27 
days  after  fledging;  McFadzen  and  Marzluff,  unpubl.  data).  This  latter  measure  of  produc- 
tivity was  selected  because  attributes  of  habitat  and  land-use  around  nesting  areas  may  affect 
productivity  throughout  the  nesting  period  until  parental  care  ceases  and  fledglings  disperse. 

In  conjunction  with  a multi-year  study  of  Prairie  Falcon  productivity  (Lehman  et  al.  1993, 
Marzluff  et  al.  1993)  in  the  Snake  River  Birds  of  Prey  National  Conservation  Area  in 
southwestern  Idaho  (area  described  in  U.S.D.I.  1979),  we  knew  the  number  of  nestlings 
reaching  80%  of  fledging  age  and  the  number  subsequently  dispersing  from  the  natal  ter- 
ritory for  58  broods  during  the  1992  and  1993  breeding  seasons.  This  sample  included  all 
sites  we  knew  failed  to  produce  fledglings  (N  = 24)  and  34  sites  where  we  radio-tagged 
nestlings  (N  = 141)  and  monitored  their  survival  to  dispersal  (McFadzen  and  Marzluff, 
unpubl.  data). 

The  number  of  nestlings  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age  was  significantly  correlated  with 
the  number  of  young  dispersing  from  a territory  (Fig.  1;  r = 0.83,  P < 0.001,  N = 58 
broods),  but  the  number  of  young  per  brood  that  survived  to  disperse  differed  substantially 
from  the  number  of  nestlings  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age.  This  difference  was  significant 
for  broods  of  four  (Paired  t = -3.2,  11  df,  P = 0.008)  and  broods  of  five  to  six  (Paired  t 
= —3.9,  16  df,  P = 0.001)  but  not  for  broods  of  one  to  three  (Paired  t = -1.6,  4 df,  P = 
0.18).  The  relative  inaccuracy  of  predicting  the  number  of  dispersers  from  the  number  of 
nestlings  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age  was  indicated  by  the  large  95%  confidence  intervals 
associated  with  the  mean  difference  between  these  two  measures.  The  mean  number  of 
nestlings  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age  was  expected  to  be  larger  than  the  number  of 
dispersers  by  up  to  1.47,  3.91  and  4.37  nestlings,  respectively  for  broods  of  three  size  classes 
(1-3,  4,  and  5-6  nestlings;  upper  95%  confidence  limits  for  difference  between  two  means 
using  one-sided  confidence  intervals;  Hahn  and  Meeker  1991). 

Variation  in  the  number  of  young  dispersing  from  broods  of  a given  size  required  brood 
size  to  differ  by  at  least  two  nestlings  before  significant  differences  in  the  numbers  of 
dispersers  were  observed.  The  number  of  young  dispersing  from  broods  of  one,  two,  or 
three  (pooled  x ± SE  = 1.2  ± 0.51,  N = 5)  did  not  differ  significantly  from  the  number 
dispersing  from  broods  of  four  (x  ± SE  = 2.7  ± 0.33,  N = 12;  Tukey’s  pairwise  comparison, 
P = 0.08).  The  number  dispersing  from  broods  of  four  was  not  different  from  the  number 
dispersing  from  broods  of  five  or  six  (pooled  x ± SE  = 3.5  ± 0.4,  N = 17;  Tukey’s  pairwise 
comparison  P = 0.20).  Broods  of  five  or  six  produced  more  dispersers  than  broods  of  one, 
two,  or  three  (Tukey’s  pairwise  comparison,  P = 0.001). 

The  significant  correlation  between  the  number  of  nestlings  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age 
and  the  number  dispersing  verifies  that  standardized  nestling  counts  are  indicative  indices 
of  a pair’s  productivity.  However,  we  suggest  that  caution  be  applied  in  interpretations  of 


151 


Number  of  young  dispersing  from  natal  territory 


1 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  I OH,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Number  of  young  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age 

Eig.  1.  Relationship  between  the  number  of  young  attaining  80%  of  fledging  age  (brood 
size)  and  the  number  surviving  to  disperse  from  the  natal  temtory  35  days  later.  Sample 
sizes  for  each  brood  size  are  totalled  at  the  top  of  the  figure  and  listed  next  to  each  point 
with  multiple  observations.  The  least-squares  regression  line  (solid  line)  and  associated  95% 
confidence  (dotted  lines)  and  prediction  intervals  (dashed  lines)  are  plotted. 


brood  counts  as  a measure  of  productivity  for  two  reasons.  First,  brood  counts  may  not 
accurately  reflect  the  number  of  young  fledging  from  the  site.  From  16%  to  50%  of  young 
attaining  80%  of  fledging  age  died  before  they  fledged  (McFadzen  and  Marzlutt,  unpubl. 
data),  and  many  more  died  before  they  dispersed  (Fig.  1).  Second,  there  was  considerable 
variation  in  the  number  of  dispersers  produced  from  larger  broods  so  that  prediction  mtei  vals 
were  large  (Fig.  1)  and  brood  counts  needed  to  differ  by  at  least  two  nestlings  for  differences 
to  remain  significant  (P  < 0.05)  until  the  end  of  parental  care.  If  a study  compared  a large 
number  of  broods  between  treatments  (e.g.,  years,  study  areas,  etc.),  the  resulting  statistically 
powerful  test  could  provide  misleading  conclusions  about  dilferences  in  productivity  by 
showing  that  brood  counts  differing  by  less  than  two  nestlings  were  significantly  different 
(P  < 0.05). 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


153 


We  support  the  use  of  standardized  measures  of  productivity  but  urge  researchers  to 
measure  productivity  as  late  in  the  nesting  cycle  as  possible.  Measurements  at  earlier  stages, 
such  as  Steenhof  (1987)  proposes,  can  be  used  to  rank  pairs  in  order  of  their  productivity 
and  to  discriminate  most  successful  pairs  from  failed  ones.  This  may  be  adequate  for  studies 
designed  to  survey  avian  use  of  an  area  and  to  contrast  the  probability  of  successful  repro- 
duction among  treatments.  However,  studies  designed  to  compare  brood  counts  among  treat- 
ments, understand  the  demography  of  a population,  or  understand  the  factors  that  influence 
the  reproductive  success  of  individuals  should  not  rely  on  measures  of  productivity  made 
early  in  the  nesting  cycle  because  these  are  unlikely  to  correlate  precisely  with  the  number 
of  young  surviving  to  later  stages. 

Acknowledgments. — We  thank  the  Raptor  Research  and  Technical  Assistance  Center,  Na- 
tional Biological  Service,  Boise,  Idaho,  for  providing  us  with  nesting  data  and  field  support. 
This  note  is  a result  of  a cooperative  research  project  between  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Land 
Management  and  the  Idaho  Army  National  Guard.  Funding  for  the  work  was  provided  by 
the  Idaho  Army  National  Guard  through  the  U.S.  Army  Chemical  Research,  Development, 
and  Engineering  Center  to  Greenfalk  Consultants,  contract  # DAA  05-90-C-0135.  M.  Ko- 
chert,  K.  Steenhof,  M.  Vekasy,  L.  Schueck,  D.  Conner,  and  K.  Beal  provided  helpful  com- 
ments on  earlier  drafts  of  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Hahn,  G.  and  W.  Meeker.  1991.  Statistical  intervals.  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Lehman,  R.  N.,  K.  Steenhof,  M.  N.  Kochert,  and  L.  B.  Carpenter.  1993.  Raptor  abun- 
dance and  reproductive  success  in  the  Snake  River  Birds  of  Prey  Area.  Pp.  12-39  in 
Snake  River  birds  of  prey  1993  annual  report  (K.  Steenhof,  ed.).  U.S.  Dept.  Interior  B. 

L.  M.,  Boise,  Idaho. 

Marzluff,  J.  M.,  L.  S.  Schueck,  M.  Vekasy,  B.  A.  Kimsey,  M.  McFadzen,  R.  R.  Town- 
send, AND  J.  O.  McKinley.  1993.  Influence  of  military  training  on  the  behavior  of 
raptors  in  the  Snake  River  birds  of  Prey  Area.  Pp.  40-125  in  Snake  River  birds  of  prey 
1993  annual  report  (K.  Steenhof,  ed.).  U.S.  Dept,  of  Interior  B.  L.  M.,  Boise,  Idaho. 
Milsap,  B.  a.  1981.  Distributional  status  of  Falconi formes  in  west-central  Arizona  with 
notes  on  ecology,  reproductive  success,  and  management.  U.S.  Dept,  of  Interior  B.  L. 

M. ,  Tech.  Note  355. 

Steenhof,  K.  1987.  Assessing  raptor  reproductive  success  and  productivity.  Pp.  157-170 
in  Raptor  management  techniques  manual  (B.  A.  Giron  Pendleton,  B.  A.  Milsap,  K.  W. 
Cline,  and  D.  M.  Bird,  eds.).  National  Wildlife  Federation,  Washington,  D.C. 

and  M.  N.  Kochert.  1982.  An  evaluation  of  methods  used  to  estimate  raptor 

nesting  success.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  46:885-893. 

U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior.  1979.  Snake  River  birds  of  prey  special  research  Rep. 
Bur.  Land  Manage.,  Boise,  Idaho. 


John  M.  Marzluff  and  Mary  McFadzen,  Greenfalk  Consultants.  H210  Gantz  Ave..  lioi.se. 
Idaho  83709.  Received  4 April  1995.  accepted  3 June  1995. 


154 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  154-159 

Comparative  foraging  behavior  of  sympatric  Snow  Geese,  Greater  White-fronted 
Geese,  and  Canada  Geese  during  the  non-hreeding  season.— Interspecific  comparisons 
of  behavior  provide  a way  to  organize  information  for  several  species  that  can  lead  to 
hypotheses  regarding  the  functional  significance  of  observed  interspecific  differences  (Clut- 
ton-Brock  and  Harvey  1984).  Previous  studies  of  goose  time-activity  budgets  (e.g.,  Frederick 
and  Klaas  1982,  Giroux  and  Bedard  1990,  Black  et  al.  1991,  Ely  1992)  have  focused  on 
single  species  and  collectively  were  conducted  under  widely  differing  environmental  con- 
ditions. Certain  environmental  factors  are  known  to  affect  goose  behavioral  patterns  and 
may  confound  direct  interpretation  of  interspecific  comparisons  (Table  1).  These  environ- 
mental factors  include  geographic  region,  weather,  presence  of  heterospecifics,  group  size, 
habitat  and  vegetation  type,  year,  season,  age,  social  status,  and  gender.  We  are  aware  of  no 
studies  that  have  controlled  for  environmental  variation  and  examined  differences  in  time- 
budgets  solely  as  a function  of  species  membership.  The  objective  of  this  study  was  to 
identify  interspecies  differences  (and  similarities)  in  foraging  behavior  of  geese  during  the 
non-breeding  season,  while  accounting  for  sources  of  environmental  variation. 

Study  area  and  methods.— study  was  conducted  from  November  1991  to  February 
1992  and  October  1992  to  February  1993  southwest  of  Houston,  Texas.  The  area,  known 
as  the  rice-prairie  region  of  Texas,  lies  inland  from  the  coastal  marshes  and  extends  from 
Port  Lavaca,  Texas,  eastward  to  the  Louisiana  border  (Hobaugh  et  al.  1989,  Gawlik  1994). 
We  studied  Snow  Geese  {Chen  caerulescens).  Greater  White-fronted  Geese  {Anser  albi- 
frons),  and  Canada  Geese  {Branta  canadensis',  small  races),  the  three  most  abundant  species 
of  geese  wintering  in  the  mid-continental  United  States  (Haskins  1993).  A fourth  species, 
the  Ross’  Goose  (C.  rossii),  also  occurred  in  the  study  area  but  was  much  less  common 

than  the  other  three  species  (Harpole  et  al.,  in  press). 

We  selected  four  groups  of  agricultural  fields  as  sample  sites,  two  each  in  Colorado  and 
Wharton  counties.  Each  site  was  approximately  2000  ha  in  size  and  contained  the  three 
most  common  types  of  ground  cover  (i.e.,  plowed  soil,  rice  stubble,  and  annual  plants) 
(Gawlik  1994).  The  sequence  of  visitation  to  sites  was  chosen  randomly  to  reduce  biases. 
Each  site  was  observed  from  a vehicle  driven  along  a pre-established  route  starting  within 
one  hour  of  sunrise,  except  when  postponed  by  heavy  rain,  and  ending  by  early  to  mid 
afternoon.  Because  we  were  interested  in  the  foraging  behavior  of  geese,  we  selected  for 
behavior  quantification  only  those  flocks  in  which  >50%  of  individuals  were  feeding.  To 
reduce  the  chance  of  missing  rare  behavior  or  losing  sight  of  individuals  altogether,  we 
selected  only  those  flocks  that  provided  reasonable  visibility  (<300  m).  Flocks  were  char- 
acterized with  regard  to  their  species  composition  and  relative  abundances.  After  a 10-min 
settling  period,  flocks  were  filmed  with  a high-resolution  8-mm  video  camera  and  telephoto 
lens  for  about  15  min.  Video  tapes  were  later  analyzed  to  construct  5-12  mm  continuous 
time  budgets  for  one  focal  bird  (Altmann  1974)  of  each  species  visible  in  mixed-species 
flocks  and  two  focal  birds  of  the  same  species  for  single-species  flocks.  If  a focal  bird 
became  obscured  during  an  observation  period,  the  next  closest  individual  of  the  same 
species  exhibiting  the  same  behavior  was  chosen  to  complete  the  focal  sample.  Behavioral 
categories  included  feeding  stationary,  feeding  locomotion,  non-feeding  locomotion,  resting 
(head  pulled  close  to  body  or  tucked  under  wing),  comfort  (preening  and  wing  stretches), 
alert  (head  up),  and  aggression. 

We  quantified  interspecies  differences  in  the  percentage  of  time  spent  on  each  behavior 
for  each  of  the  species-pairs  (i.e..  Snow  and  Greater  White-fronted,  Snow  and  Canada,  and 
Greater  White-fronted  and  Canada)  with  paired  /-tests.  We  assessed  individual  variation  m 


Table  1 

Factors  Affecting  Time-Activity  Budgets  of  Geese  During  the  Non-breeding  Season 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


155 


o 5 ^ 

Vi  ® 

O J 'C 
CL  ^ 


I O O 
v:  il  ^ 

^ H 2'o 


3 <0 
o N 


S-a 


X o ^ 


“eI 

1)  Q.  00 
Q 2 W 


C/5  (Va  c/5 


c/5  c/5  c/5  C/5 


O 

O 

O 


(U 

c/a 

O 

o 

o 

o 

c/5 

0 

0 

V 

o 

<u 

O 

CO 

C 

o 

CO 

0 

0 

o 

«U 

CO 

0 

0 

I 

V 

<u 

t/D 

o 

o 

o 

CO 

0 

0 

O 

c/a 

0 

o 

c/5 

o 

c/5 

0 

c/a 

0 

O 

CT 

a 

CO 

0 

o 

*,E 

> 

O 

a 

<D 


<U 


ci^Q-^OOO 

Wcd>cd>>>— 
CQC>C>>>>^^C>C 
^•‘“CuOOOc30«-0'- 


<u 

w 

cd 


-o 

B 

c 

o 


C/D  02 


00 

a\ 

r<“) 

^ 00 


c ^ c c c 
CO  C/D  00  C/D  C/D  C/D  O 


00 
00 
On  00 


On 

00 

o 


a x: 

5 


On  — 00  — 


T3 

C 

cc3 

O 

'u 

<U 

<u 

V-. 

O. 


Oi) 

u. 

0) 

JO 

c 

<u 

TJ 


c 

Oi 

5= 

O 


•o 

C u 

03  <U 

'-s 

O 3 

iH  S 

CQ  O 


00 

c 


ON 
05 


05 

00  O 
05  05 
— 05 

TO 

!=  TO 
^ u< 

TO  ^ 

'O  TD 

CQ  S 

^ CQ  — 


o3  c 

PQ  c/i  ca  O 

CN 

05 

05 


5c 

s: 

C3 

Cj 


^ ii 
a U 
E ^ 
w 


05 

05 


a 


CQ 


05 

05 


C 

TO 

—4 

c 

cd 

TO 

«5 

cd 

c 

cd 

Cd 

cd 

c 

s 

a 

X 

S 

S 

u 

1) 

W) 

"5 

n 

05 

05 

CO 

o 

D 

4— • 

c 

u 

:> 

o 

0 

cd 

u 

jd 

o 

cd 

u 

3 

u 

e 

-2 

CQ 

Q 

H 

o 

< 

CQ 

CQ 

s 

E3 

Tj- 

05 

05 


o 

E 

x: 

o 

C/D 


s:  statistically  significant  or  used  as  a classification  category;  ns:  statistically  non-significant. 
Cloud  cover  was  statistically  significant,  other  weather  variables  were  not. 

Some  age  and  gender  classes  were  statistically  significant,  others  were  not. 


156 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


time  budgets  within  a species  by  assigning  members  of  smgle-species  pairs  randomly  to 
one  of  two  groups  for  subsequent  analyses  with  paired  /-tests  as  outlined  above. 

Because  our  sampling  framework  provided  paired  data  on  individuals  foraging  in  the 
same  location  at  the  same  time,  we  were  able  to  control  for  sources  of  environmental 
variation,  as  identified  in  other  studies  (Table  1),  such  as  geographic  region,  weather,  pres- 
ence of  heterospecifics,  group  size,  habitat  and  vegetation  type,  year,  and  season.  We  ac- 
counted for  age  differences  by  selecting  only  adults  as  focal  birds  for  Snow  Geese  and 
Greater  White-fronted  Geese  based  on  plumage  differences.  We  could  not,  however,  distin- 
guish between  adult  and  juvenile  Canada  Geese  because  both  age  classes  have  similar 
plumages.  Gender  was  a potential  source  of  variation  we  could  not  control  because  differ- 
ences in  body  size  or  plumage  were  not  discernable  at  the  distances  we  viewed  the  geese. 
However,  gender  does  not  appear  to  influence  significantly  time-activity  budgets  of  Snow 
Geese  (Lrederick  and  Klaas  1982,  Belanger  and  Bedard  1992)  and  we  do  not  believe  it  had 
an  effect  on  our  analysis.  Linally,  our  sampling  scheme  precluded  our  identifying  social 
status  of  individuals.  We  assume  that  this  potential  source  of  variation  was  distributed  ran- 
domly among  the  individuals  we  examined. 

Results  and  discussion.— i:\\c  Greater  White-fronted  Goose  was  the  only  species  we  ob- 
served in  single-species  flocks  often  enough  to  analyze  the  degree  to  which  individual 
differences  in  behavior  within  a species  affect  time-activity  budgets.  Time  spent  on  any 
behavior  by  Greater  White-fronted  Geese  differed  less  than  2%  among  individuals  (all  tests, 
df  = 44,  p > 0.05).  These  data  provide  quantitative  support  for  the  notion  that  individuals 
of  the  same  species  within  a flock  behave  similarly  and  thus  are  not  completely  independent 
(Gauthier  et  al.  1988,  Giroux  and  Bedard  1990,  Ely  1992).  We  suggest  that  individual 
differences  within  age  and  species  classes  are  not  a significant  source  of  variation  in  time- 
activity  budgets  of  wintering  geese. 

All  three  species  spent  most  of  their  time  feeding  or  in  alert  behavior,  with  substantially 
less  time  in  other  behavior  (Lig.  1 ).  The  large  amount  of  time  spent  feeding  was  not  un- 
expected because  we  restricted  our  analysis  to  observations  ot  flocks  engaged  primarily  in 
feeding,  and  feeding  has  been  reported  as  the  primary  activity  for  non-breeding  geese  in 
other  areas  (Gauthier  et  al.  1988,  Belanger  and  Bedard  1992,  Ely  1992).  Alert  behavior  is 
also  a common  activity  in  social  birds,  and  indeed,  most  explanations  of  why  birds  forage 
in  flocks  are  based  on  benefits  from  group  feeding  or  antipredator  behavior  (Barnard  and 
Thompson  1985).  Eor  many  species  of  geese,  the  greatest  cause  of  direct  mortality  is  hunting 
(Boyd  1957,  Owen  1980,  Francis  et  al.  1992).  In  our  study  sites,  hunting  pressure  was  heavy 
and  geese  were  frequently  disturbed  by  nearby  shooting;  thus  we  viewed  hunters  as  the 
main  predator  on  geese.  Another  potential  predator  that  frequently  disturbed  feeding  geese 
was  the  Bald  Eagle  {Haliaeetus  leucocephalus).  This  species  is  known  to  prey  on  geese  in 
other  areas  (McWilliams  et  al.  1994)  and  it  occurred  regularly  at  our  sites.  However,  during 
two  years  of  study  in  which  we  recorded  122  eagle  sightings,  we  observed  only  two  attempts 
by  eagles  to  capture  living  geese,  and  neither  was  successful.  We  observed  coyotes  (Canus 
latrans)  in  the  same  field  with  feeding  geese  only  three  times,  out  of  22  total  coyote  sight- 
ings, and  they  did  not  attempt  to  capture  the  geese. 

Interspecific  comparisons  showed  that  time  spent  feeding  differed  among  species  by  less 
that  1 1%,  time  spent  resting  differed  by  less  than  8%,  time  spent  alert  differed  by  less  than 
4%,  and  mher  behavior  collectively  differed  by  less  than  1%.  None  of  these  differences  was 
statistically  significant  for  Snow  Geese  and  Greater  White-fronted  Geese  (all  tests,  df  ^ 56, 
P > 0.05)  and  Canada  Geese  differed  only  in  the  manner  in  which  they  fed  (Fig.  1 ).  Canada 
Geese  spent  more  time  in  feeding  locomotion  than  did  Snow  Geese  (df  = 15,  F = 0.007) 
and  Greater  White-fronted  Geese  (df  = 28,  P = 0.0001)  and  less  time  feeding  stationary 
than  did  Snow  Geese  (df  = 15,  P = 0.059)  and  Greater  White-fronted  Geese  (df  = 28,  P 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


157 


P“ 


<c' 


.<5^ 

S'  <c' 


/ 


.<5^ 

<z» 


e» 


.<5^ 

<b 


4^ 


.<r 


s® 


O 


/ 


# 

£ 


Fig.  I.  Time  spent  on  various  activities  by  Snow  Geese  (N  = 65),  Greater  White-fronted 
Geese  (N  = 122),  and  Canada  Geese  (N  = 38)  during  the  non-breeding  season.  Bars  indicate 
the  mean  ± I SE.  Means  represent  percentages  pooled  within  a species  using  one  focal  bird/ 
species/fiock. 


= 0.004).  These  differences  in  feeding  behavior  corresponded  to  differences  in  diet  and 
morphology.  Diet  analysis  of  16  geese  collected  by  DEG  in  fields  of  plowed  soil  and  annual 
plants  within  the  same  study  area,  showed  that  subterranean  portions  of  plants  made  up 
27%  and  17%  of  esophageal  and  proventriculi  contents  for  Snow  Geese  and  Greater  White- 
fronted  Geese  respectively,  whereas  Canada  Gee.se  contained  no  subterranean  material 


158 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


(Gawlik  1994).  White-fronted  Geese  and  Snow  Geese  are  larger  than  Canada  Geese  and 
more  similar  to  each  other  in  bill  morphology.  Overall,  the  smaller-bodied  Canada  Geese 
spent  a greater  proportion  of  their  time  walking  and  feeding  on  exposed  portions  of  plants, 
whereas  Snow  Geese  and  Greater  White-fronted  Geese  spent  more  time  feeding  m one 
location  and  consuming  underground  plant  parts.  Thus,  although  the  type  of  feeding  behav- 
ior exhibited  by  geese  was  related  to  morphology  and  diet,  our  results  suggest  that  the 
overall  time  devoted  to  basic  daily  requirements  such  as  consuming  food  and  avoiding 
predation  was  similar  for  all  members  of  a flock  regardless  of  species. 

Acknowledgments.— Vundmg  for  this  study  was  provided  by  the  Southeast  Texas  Wildlife 
Eoundation  Texas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  and  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
at  Attwater’s  Prairie  Chicken  National  Wildlife  Refuge.  DEG  also  received  support  m the 
form  of  a Tom  Slick  Graduate  Fellowship.  We  acknowledge  the  many  landowners  who 
allowed  us  access  to  their  property  and  provided  additional  insight  into  the  wintering  ecology 
of  geese  We  thank  W.  Hobaugh  for  his  comments  and  suggestions  during  the  study  design. 
We  also  thank  K.  Bildstein,  P.  DuBowy,  M.  Clark,  E.  Klaas,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer 
for  their  comments  on  earlier  drafts  of  this  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Altmann,  J.  1974.  Observational  study  of  behavior;  sampling  methods.  Behaviour  49:227- 

267.  . . . 

Amat,  J.  a.,  B.  Garcia-Criado,  and  A.  Garcia-Ciudad.  1991.  Food,  feeding  behaviour 

and  nutritional  ecology  of  wintering  Greylag  Geese  (Anser  anser).  Ardea  79:271-282. 
Barnard,  C.  J.  and  D.  B.  A.  Thompson.  1985.  Gulls  and  plovers:  the  ecology  and  behav- 
iour of  mixed-species  feeding  groups.  Columbia  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 
BfiLANGER,  L.  AND  J.  Bedard.  1992.  Flock  composition  and  foraging  behavior  of  greater 
snow  geese  {Chen  caerulescens  atlantica).  Can.  J.  Zool.  70:2410—2415. 

Black,  J.  M.  and  M.  Owen.  1988.  Variations  in  pair  bond  and  agonistic  behaviors  in 
Barnacle  Geese  on  the  wintering  grounds.  Pp.  39-57  in  Waterfowl  m winter  (M.  W. 
Weller,  ed.).  Univ.  of  Minnesota  Press,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

and  . 1989.  Parent-offspring  relationships  in  wintering  barnacle  geese. 

Anim.  Behav.  37:187—198. 

, C.  Deerenberg,  and  M.  Owen.  1991.  Foraging  behavior  and  site  selection  of 

barnacle  geese  {Branta  leucopsis)  in  a traditional  and  newly  colonised  spring  staging 
habitat.  Ardea  79:349-358. 

^ Black,  J.  M.,  C.  Carbone,  R.  L.  Wells,  and  M.  Owen.  1992.  Foraging  dynamics 

in  goose  flocks:  the  cost  of  living  on  the  edge.  Anim.  Behav.  44:41-50. 

Boyd,  H.  1957.  Mortality  and  fertility  of  the  White-fronted  Goose.  Bird  Study  4:80-93. 
Clutton-Brock,  T H.  and  P.  H.  Harvey.  1984.  Comparative  approaches  to  investigating 
adaptation.  Pp.  7-29  in  Behavioural  ecology  (J.  R.  Krebs  and  N.  B.  Davies,  eds.). 

Blackwell  Scientihc  Publications,  Oxford,  U.K. 

Davis,  S.  E.,  E.  E.  Klaas,  and  K.  J.  Koehler.  1989.  Diurnal  time-activity  budgets  and 
habitat  use  of  Lesser  Snow  Geese  Anser  caerulescens  in  the  middle  Missouri  River 
valley  during  winter  and  spring.  Wildfowl  40:45-54. 

Ely,  C.  1992.  Time  allocation  by  greater  white-fronted  geese:  influence  of  diet,  energy 

reserves  and  predation.  Condor  94:857-870. 

Francis,  C.  M.,  M.  H.  Richards,  R.  Cooke,  and  R.  F.  Rockwell.  1992.  Long-term  changes 
in  survival  rates  of  Lesser  Snow  Geese.  Ecology  73:1346-1362. 

Frederick,  R.  B.  and  E.  E.  Klaas.  1982.  Resource  use  and  behavior  of  migrating  snow 

geese.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  46:601-614. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


159 


Gauthier,  G.,  Y.  Bedard,  and  J.  Bedard.  1988.  Habitat  use  and  activity  budgets  of  greater 
snow  geese  in  spring.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  52:191—201. 

Gawlik,  D.  E.  1994.  Competition  and  predation  as  processes  affecting  community  patterns 
of  geese.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station,  Texas. 

Giroux,  J.  F.  and  J.  Bedard.  1990.  Activity  budgets  of  greater  snow  geese  in  fall.  Can.  J. 
Zool.  68:2700-2702. 

Harpole,  D.  N.,  D.  E.  Gawlik,  and  R.  D.  Slack.  Distribution  of  Ross’  and  snow  geese  in 
Texas.  Proceedings  of  the  48th  annual  conference  of  the  Association  of  Fish  and  Wild- 
life Agencies  (in  press). 

Haskins,  J.  1993.  Analyses  of  selected  mid-winter  waterfowl  survey  data  (1955-1993): 
region  2 (central  flyway  portion).  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Albuquerque,  New 
Mexico. 

Hobaugh,  W.  C.,  C.  D.  Stutzenbaker,  and  E.  L.  Flickenger.  1989.  The  rice  prairies.  Pp. 
367-383  in  Habitat  management  for  migrating  and  wintering  waterfowl  in  North  Amer- 
ica (L.  M.  Smith,  R.  L.  Pederson,  and  R.  M.  Kaminski,  eds.).  Texas  Tech  Univ.  Press, 
Lubbock,  Texas. 

McWilliams,  S.  R.,  J.  P.  Dunn,  and  D.  G.  Raveling.  1994.  Predator-prey  interactions 
between  eagles  and  Cackling  Canada  and  Ross’  Geese  during  winter  in  California. 
Wilson  Bull  106:272-288. 

Owen,  M.  1980.  Wild  geese  of  the  world.  B.  T.  Batsford,  London,  U.K. 

SCHMUTZ,  J.  A.  1994.  Age,  habitat  and  tide  effects  on  feeding  activity  of  Emperor  Geese 
during  autumn  migration.  Condor  96:46—51. 

Turcotte,  Y.  and  j.  Bedard.  1989.  Prolonged  parental  care  and  foraging  of  Greater  Snow 
Goose  juveniles.  Wilson  Bull.  101:500-503. 

Ydenberg,  H.,  H.  H.  Th.  Prins,  and  J.  Van  Dijk.  1983.  The  post-roost  gatherings  of 
wintering  Barnacle  Geese:  information  centres?  Ardea  71:125-131. 


Dale  E.  Gawlik  and  R.  Douglas  Slack,  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences,  Texas 
A&M  Univ.,  College  Station,  Texas  77843-2258.  (Present  address  DEG:  Everglades  Sys- 
tems Research  Division,  South  Florida  Water  Management  District,  P.O.  Box  24680,  West 
Palm  Beach,  Florida  33416-4680.)  Received  7 March  1995,  accepted  1 Sept.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  159-163 

Survival  of  radio-collared  nestling  Puerto  Rican  Parrots. — A remnant  population  of 
the  critically  endangered  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  (Amazona  vittata)  survives  in  the  Luquillo 
Mountains  of  northeastern  Puerto  Rico  (Snyder  et  al.  1987).  During  the  last  three  decades, 
intensive  research  and  management  have  reversed  a precipitous  population  decline  to  one 
of  continual  population  growth  (Wiley  1980,  Snyder  et  al.  1987,  Lindsey  et  al.  1989,  Lindsey 
1992).  Prior  to  Hurricane  Hugo  in  1989,  the  wild  population  had  grown  from  14  birds 
during  the  mid-1970s  to  47  (Meyers  1995).  The  hurricane  reduced  the  population  to  about 
22-24  birds;  however,  by  early  1994,  the  population  was  estimated  at  38-39  individuals 
(Meyers  1995).  Population  surveys  for  late  1994  (post-breeding)  and  early  1995  were  42 
and  33,  respectively  (F.  J.  Vilella  and  F.  Nunez,  pers.  comm.).  These  data  invite  optimism 
for  the  full  recovery  of  the  population  because  the  species  has  shown  the  ability  to  recuperate 
about  83%  of  its  pre-disturbance  numbers  within  five  years  following  a major  disturbance. 


160 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  /,  March  1996 


Recovery  of  the  species,  however,  will  probably  require  relocation  of  wild  parrots  or  releases 
of  captive-reared  parrots  in  the  Luquillo  Mountains  and  other  suitable  areas  of  Puerto  Rico. 

Low  survival  of  free-flying,  juvenile  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  hinders  recovery  efforts  (Lind- 
sey et  al.  1994),  and  telemetry  is  the  only  reliable  means  for  determining  causes  of  mortality 
during  this  stage  of  the  life  cycle.  Radio  telemetry  was  first  proposed  in  the  mid-1980s  as 
a field  technique  to  monitor  wild  Puerto  Rican  Parrots.  Using  Hispaniolan  Parrots  (/I.  ven- 
tralis)  as  surrogates,  S.  A.  Temple  and  E.  Santana  C.  (pers.  comm.)  designed  one  of  the 
first  collar-mounted  transmitters  intended  for  future  use  on  Puerto  Rican  Parrots.  Early  field 
research  conducted  by  J.  W.  Wiley  (Wiley  1983,  Wiley  et  al.  1992)  showed  that  radio 
telemetry  was  not  only  possible,  but  imperative,  to  determine  survival  rates  of  wild  parrots. 
Until  recently,  telemetry  was  the  only  satisfactory  method  of  individually  identifying  Puerto 
Rican  Parrots  in  the  field. 

Herein,  we  report  the  resightings  of  three  radio-collared  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  that  were 
marked  during  1985-1987  and  present  the  expected  survival  for  all  radio-collared  parrots 
released  during  those  years.  Our  objectives  are  not  only  to  report  this  information  but  to 
demonstrate  that  radio  telemetry  is  crucial  to  our  understanding  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot’s 
ecology  and  indispensable  for  successful  management  and  conservation. 

Studv  area  and  methods. — The  extant  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  population  is  confined  to  the 
1 1,200  ha  Luquillo  Experimental  Lorest  within  the  Luquillo  Mountains  and  nearby  forests 
(max.  elev.  ca  1000  m)  of  northeastern  Puerto  Rico  ( 18°19'N,  65°45'W).  Parrots  nest  among 
valleys  and  ridges  at  elevations  of  370-670  m.  Rainfall  varies  from  2000  mm  in  the  foothills 
to  more  than  5000  mm  on  the  highest  peaks  (Snyder  et  al.  1987).  Lollowing  Holdridge’s 
(1947)  life  zone  classification  scheme,  the  Luquillo  Mountains  are  classified  as  subtropical 
wet  and  subtropical  rain  forest  (Ewel  and  Whitmore  1973).  More  than  1200  plant  species 
have  been  described,  of  which  240  are  trees.  Two  forest  types,  tabonuco,  characterized  by 
its  predominant  species,  tabonuco  (Dacryodes  excelsa),  and  palo  Colorado  forest  with  the 
predominant  palo  Colorado  {Cyrilla  racemiflora),  constitute  the  dominant  vegetative  cover 
in  the  parrot  nesting  areas  (Little  and  Wadsworth  1964,  Snyder  et  al.  1987). 

After  relatively  little  disturbance  in  parrot  areas  for  50  years,  major  habitat  disturbance 
was  caused  by  Hurricane  Hugo  on  1 8 September  1 989  which  damaged  much  ot  the  forest 
(Walker  1991,  Walker  et  al.  1992).  Although  the  parrot  population  declined  49%,  presumably 
caused  by  the  storm,  the  nesting  population  recovered  within  one  to  two  years  and  produced 
six  nesting  pairs  in  1991  and  1992  (Meyers  et  al.  1993). 

Prom  1985  to  1987,  15  nestling  parrots  were  radio-collared  and  released  (Lindsey  et  al. 
1994).  In  September  1985,  three  captive-reared  parrots  were  released  with  radio  transmitters 
(Snyder  et  al.  1987).  Only  one  parrot  survived  the  first  week  after  the  release.  After  17  days, 
however,  the  sole  survivor  lost  its  radio  1 .3  km  from  its  release  site.  This  parrot  was  iden- 
tified by  its  leg  band  location  in  the  spring  of  1986.  The  second  radio-marked  panot  (No. 
553)  was  hatched  from  a West  Pork  nest  in  1986  and  moved  to  an  East  Pork  nest  as  a 
hatchling,  a distance  of  about  1.3  km  to  the  SSL.  PaiTot  553  successfully  fledged  on  25 
June  1986  with  a 6.3-g  radio-collar  attached  (2.3%  of  its  body  weight).  It  was  radio-tracked 
until  19  December  1986.  The  third  parrot  was  one  of  the  remaining  13  radio-collared  and 
released  from  nests  (wild-reared  and  foster  captive-reared)  on  the  eastern  and  western  range 
of  the  Luquillo  Mountains  (Lindsey  et  al.  1994).  All  parrots  were  also  marked  with  num- 
bered stainless  steel  leg  bands  before  release. 

Results. — The  first  radio-collared  parrot,  released  in  1985,  was  observed  nesting  at  East 
Pork  during  1989  and  successfully  produced  one  fertile  egg  that  year  (M.  H.  Wilson,  pers. 
comm.).  It  was  presumed  dead  after  Hurricane  Hugo  when  it  failed  to  return  to  the  nesting 
area  with  its  mate. 

During  the  1991  breeding  season,  five  years  post-fledging,  panot  553  was  observed  with 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


161 


Year 

Fig.  1.  Expected  survival  of  marked  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  in  the  Luquillo  Mountains, 
Puerto  Rico,  1985-1987.  Number  of  parrots  radio-marked  and  released  by  year;  1985  = 3, 

1986  = 4,  1987  = 7.  Mortality  estimated  at  32.5%  from  fledging  to  one  year  of  age,  15.2% 
for  years  2-4,  8.7%  per  year  after  year  4 (Snyder  et  al.  1987,  Lacy  et  al.  1989),  and  50% 
(determined  from  surveys)  for  all  parrots  during  the  year  of  Hurricane  Hugo.  Survival  for 

1987  released  parrots  was  calculated  from  raw  data  for  minimum  number  alive  at  six  months 
after  fledging. 


its  transmitter  still  intact  al  an  East  Mountain  nest,  1.1  km  NE  of  its  natal  site  (B.  Roberts, 
pers.  comm.).  It  was  the  male  of  a breeding  pair  that  successfully  nested  in  a natural  cavity 
of  a tabonuco  tree  (Meyers  et  al.  1993).  The  parrot's  identity  was  confirmed  when  its  radio 
was  shed  inside  the  cavity  during  the  breeding  season  and  later  di.scovered  during  a nest 
check  (H.  Abreu,  pers.  comm.).  During  the  1992  breeding  season,  this  pair  nested  again  in 


162 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


the  same  cavity  and  produced  fledglings  (Meyers  et  al.  1993).  By  early  1993,  parrot  553 
had  disappeared  and  was  presumed  dead  when  the  female  was  seen  with  a new  mate  (B. 
Roberts,  pers.  comm.). 

The  third  radio-collared  parrot  was  sighted  in  the  South  Fork  nesting  area  on  18  February 
1993  by  B.  Roberts  (pers.  comm.).  Roberts  noted  a large  bulge  in  the  parrot’s  neck  feathers, 
attributing  it  to  an  unseen  transmitter.  Her  observations  were  later  verified  by  other  observers 
when  the  parrot  (with  its  radio  still  attached),  replaced  the  male  of  the  South  Fork  lA  nest- 
pair  in  early  June  of  the  same  year. 

Discussion. — Based  on  survival  estimates  for  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  (Snyder  et  al.  1987, 
Lacy  et  al.  1989)  and  assuming  from  previous  experience  no  effect  on  survival  due  to  the 
transmitter,  we  believe  that  two  to  three  of  the  15  parrots  marked  in  1985-1987  would  be 
alive  in  1993  (Fig.  1).  Verifying  that  at  least  two  of  the  radio-collared  parrots  were  alive  in 
that  year  demonstrates  that  this  type  of  radio  attachment  may  have  little  influence  on  juvenile 
survival.  Another  study  of  15  parrots  of  iour  Amazona  species  in  Puerto  Rico  during  1991- 
1993  resulted  in  no  mortalities  as  a consequence  of  similarly  designed  radio-collars  that 
remained  attached  for  up  to  1.8  years  (Meyers,  unpubl.  data,  Meyers  1995).  One  the  15 
radio-collared  parrots  (female)  and  its  unmarked  mate  successfully  fledged  two  nestlings. 
We  believe  that  important  information  gained  by  radio  telemetry  more  than  compensates 
for  minor  effects  that  this  technique  may  have  on  the  parrots.  Because  most  parrots  spend 
considerable  time  in  groups,  telemetry  provides  invaluable  life-history  and  survival  infor- 
mation. 

Most  of  the  radio-collared  parrots  probably  lost  their  transmitters  within  1—2  years.  Radio 
attachments  should  be  sufficiently  secure  to  retain  the  transmitter  for  the  predicted  battery 
life.  For  two  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  in  this  study,  however,  the  attachment  material  (heavy 
gauge  cotton  thread)  had  not  deteriorated  sufficiently  to  allow  the  successful  shedding  of 
the  transmitter  for  almost  four  years  after  the  battery  had  expired.  Research  is  underway 
using  a new  radio-collar  design  and  attachment  mechanism  to  test  the  practicality  of  low 
carbon  steel  connectors  that  rust  and  allow  the  parrot  to  shed  the  collar  after  the  battery 
expires  (Meyers  1995). 

Acknowledgments. — O.  H.  Pattee,  J.  H.  Rappole,  D.  H.  White,  and  J.  W.  Wiley  provided 
helpful  comments  for  improving  the  manuscript.  The  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  Project  is  a co- 
operative program  of  the  Puerto  Rico  Dept,  of  Natural  and  Environmental  Resources;  U.S. 
Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service;  and  U.S.  Dept,  of  Interior — Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
and  National  Biological  Service. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Ewel,  j.  j.  and  j.  L.  Whitmore.  1973.  The  ecological  life  zones  of  Puerto  Rico  and  the 
U.S.  Virgin  Islands.  U.S.D.A.  For.  Serv.  Res.  Paper  ITF-18,  Inst.  Trop.  For.,  Rio  Piedras, 
Puerto  Rico. 

Holdridge,  L.  R.  1947.  Determination  of  world  plant  formations  from  simple  climatic  data. 
Science  105:367—368. 

Lacy,  R.  C.,  N.  R.  Flesness,  and  U.  S.  Seal.  1989.  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  population  viability 
analysis  and  recommendations.  Captive  Breeding  Specialist  Group,  Apple  Valley,  Min- 
nesota. 

Lindsey,  G.  D.  1992.  Nest  guarding  from  observation  blinds:  strategy  for  improving  Puerto 
Rican  Parrot  nest  success.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  63:466-472. 

, W.  J.  Arendt,  and  j.  Kalina.  1994.  Survival  and  causes  of  mortality  in  juvenile 

Puerto  Rican  Parrots.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  65:76-82. 

, M.  K.  Brock,  and  M.  H.  Wilson.  1989.  Current  status  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot 

conservation  program.  Pp.  89—99  in  Wildlife  management  in  the  Caribbean  islands. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


163 


Proc.  Fourth  Meet.  Caribbean  Foresters.  U.S.D.A.  Forest  Service,  Inst.  Trop.  For.  and 
Caribbean  Natl.  For.,  Rio  Piedras,  Puerto  Rico. 

Little,  E.  L.,  Jr.  and  F.  H.  Wadsworth.  1964.  Common  trees  of  Puerto  Rico  and  the 
Virgin  Islands  (Second  printing,  1989).  U.S.D.A.  For.  Serv.  Agric.  Handbook  No.  249, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Meyers,  J.  M.  1995.  Puerto  Rican  parrots  in  Our  living  resources  1994:  a report  to  the 
nation  on  the  distribution,  abundance  and  health  of  U.S.  plants,  animals,  and  ecosystems 
(E.  T.  LaRoe  III,  G.  S.  Farris,  C.  E.  Puckett,  and  P.  D.  Doran,  eds.).  U.S.D.I.  National 
Biological  Service,  Washington,  D.C.  (in  press). 

. 1995.  Evaluation  of  three  radio  transmitters  and  collar  designs  for  Amazona.  Wildl. 

Soc.  Bull.  23  (in  press). 

, F.  J.  ViLELLA,  AND  W.  C.  Barrow,  Jr.  1993.  Positive  effects  of  Hurricane  Hugo: 

record  years  for  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  nesting  in  the  wild.  Endangered  Species  Tech. 
Bull.  28:1,10. 

Snyder,  N.  F.  R.,  J.  W.  Wiley,  and  C.  B.  Kepler.  1987.  The  parrots  of  Luquillo:  natural 
history  and  conservation  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot.  Western  Foundation  Vertebrate 
Zoology,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

Walker,  L.  R.  1991.  Tree  damage  and  recovery  from  Hurricane  Hugo  in  Luquillo  Exper- 
imental Forest,  Puerto  Rico.  Biotropica  23:379-385. 

, J.  VOLTZOW,  J.  D.  Ackerman,  D.  S.  Fernandez,  and  N.  Fetcher.  1992.  Immediate 

impact  of  Hurricane  Hugo  on  a Puerto  Rican  rain  forest.  Ecology  73:691—694. 

Wiley,  J.  W.  1980.  The  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  {Amazona  vittata):  its  decline  and  the  program 
for  its  conservation.  Pp.  133-159  in  Conservation  of  new  world  parrots.  (R.  F.  Pasquier, 
ed.).  Int.  Counc.  for  Bird  Preserv.  Tech.  Publ.  No.  1,  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press,  Wash- 
ington, D.C. 

. 1983.  The  role  of  captive  propagation  in  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  conservation.  Pp. 

441-^53  in  Jean  Delacour/IFCB  Symposium  on  breeding  birds  in  captivity  (A.  C.  Ris- 
ser,  Jr.  and  F.  S.  Todd,  eds.).  International  Foundation  for  Conservation  of  Birds,  North 
Hollywood,  California. 

, N.  F.  R.  Snyder,  and  R.  S.  Gnam.  1992.  Reintroduction  as  a conservation  strategy 

in  parrot  conservation.  Pp.  165— 2(X)  in  New  World  parrots  in  crisis:  solutions  from 
conservation  biology  (S.  R.  Beissinger  and  N.  F.  R.  Snyder,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Inst. 
Press,  Washington,  D.C. 


J.  Michael  Meyers,  National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center, 
P.O.  Box  N,  Highway  191  Km  4.4,  Palmer,  Puerto  Rico  00721-0501  (Present  address: 
National  Biological  Service,  Southeastern  Biological  Science  Center,  Southeast  Research 
Station,  D.  B.  Wamell  School  of  Forest  Resources,  The  Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia 
30602-2 1 52)-,  Wayne  J.  Arendt,  U.S.  Forest  Service,  Internationa!  Institute  of  Tropica! 
Forestry,  Call  Box  25000,  Rio  Piedras,  Puerto  Rico  00928-2500',  and  Gerald  D.  Lindsey, 
National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center,  Laurel,  Maryland 
20708.  (Present  address:  National  Biological  Service.  Hawaii  Research  Station,  P.O.  Box 
44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718).  Received  28  March  1995,  accepted  1 Sept.  1995. 


164 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  164-166 

New  nesting  area  of  Puerto  Rican  Parrots. — The  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  (Amazona  vittata) 
population  has  been  isolated  in  a 1 1,300-ha  tract  of  the  Luquillo  Mountains  of  northeastern 
Puerto  Rico  for  ca  80  years  and  has  been  using  only  a small  area  of  the  forest  for  nesting 
since  the  1950s.  During  the  last  50  years,  it  was  known  to  have  nested  only  in  cavities  of 
old  growth  palo  Colorado  (Cyrilla  racemiflora)  with  one  exception  (Snyder  et  al.  1987).  In 
1974,  an  occupied  cavity  was  found  in  a laurel  sabino  (Magnolia  splendens).  Three  to  six 
nests  have  been  monitored  annually  for  the  last  20  years,  often  in  the  same  cavity  trees  for 
up  to  11  years  (Snyder  et  al.  1987,  Meyers  et  al.  1993).  The  almost  exclusive  use  of  palo 
Colorado  trees  for  nesting  has  been  caused  by  the  scarcity  of  cavities  in  other  tree  species 
(Snyder  et  al.  1987).  A recent  study  (Meyers  and  Barrow,  unpubl.  report)  indicates,  however, 
that  potential  palo  Colorado  nesting  trees  have  declined  up  to  72%  since  1976  because  of 
lack  of  natural  recruitment.  Only  7%  of  palo  Colorado  stems  were  <30  cm  diameter  breast 
height  (dbh),  which  indicates  that  further  declines  are  expected  in  the  future. 

Snyder  et  al.  (1987)  conducted  interviews  that  revealed  that  earlier  in  this  century,  the 
Puerto  Rican  Parrot  occasionally  nested  in  tabonuco  (Dacryodes  excelsa)  and  caimitillo 
(Micropholis  chrysophylloides)  cavities  in  the  Luquillo  Mountains.  In  northwestern  Puerto 
Rico,  Rio  Abajo  residents  reported  that  parrots  commonly  nested  in  corcho  (Pisonia  suh- 
cordata),  aguacate  (Persea  americana),  jacana  (Poiiteria  multiflora),  Puerto  Rico  royalpalm 
(Roystonea  borinquena),  and  pot  holes  in  limestone  cliffs.  Gundlach  (1878,  cited  in  Snyder 
et  al.  1987)  also  reported  that  parrots  nested  in  palms  in  the  coastal  plain  near  Quebradillas. 
Clearly,  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  used  a diversity  of  nesting  sites  in  the  past  and  might  do 
so  again  in  the  future  if  nesting  sites  were  available.  I report  here  the  habitat  of  a new 
nesting  area  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  and  suggest  procedures  that  may  encourage  further 
expansion  and  changes  in  nesting  habits  of  this  critically  endangered  species. 

Methods. — I located  parrot  activity  sites  during  evening  and  morning  surveys  from  a tree 
platform  (20  m high)  and  by  plotting  the  location  of  breeding  pairs  on  maps  with  a compass 
and  rangefinder.  Habitat  data  were  collected  from  0.05-ha  and  0.20-ha  concentric,  circular 
plots  centered  at  the  nesting  tree  (nesting  site)  and  at  activity  sites  of  the  pair  in  the  nesting 
area.  Data  collected  in  the  0.05-ha  plot  were  (1)  elevation  (m),  (2)  slope  (%),  (3)  aspect 
(compass  direction),  (4)  canopy  height  (m)  measured  by  a rangefinder  or  Haga  tree  altimeter, 
and  (5)  vegetative  strata.  Midstory  cover  from  5-12  m high  and  canopy  cover  >12  m high 
were  estimated  by  three  persons  using  a scale  of  1 to  4 (1  ^ 25%,  2 = 26—50%,  3 = 51  — 
75%,  4 > 76%).  Small  trees,  >2  m high  and  <30  cm  dbh,  were  identified  to  species  and 
counted.  Large  trees,  >30  cm  dbh,  were  identified  to  speeies  and  measured  for  dbh  and 
height  (m).  Cavity  openings  were  categorized  by  diameter  classes:  ^5.0  cm,  5.1—20.0  cm, 
20.1-35.0  cm,  35.1-50.0  cm,  >50  cm.  Potential  parrot  ne.st  trees  (>49  cm  dbh,  see  Snyder 
et  al.  1987)  were  tallied,  identified  as  to  species,  and  measured  for  dbh  and  height  in  0.2- 
ha  plots. 

Results. — W.  Abreu  (O.  Carrasquillo,  pers.  comm.)  found  the  new  nesting  cavity  in  1991. 
These  parrots  nested  successfully  and  fledged  young  in  1991  and  1992  at  East  Mountain 
(Meyers  et  al.  1993),  but  the  male  was  presumed  dead  in  1993  when  its  mate  was  seen  at 
the  cavity  with  another  male  (B.  Roberts,  pers.  comm.).  East  Mountain  is  1.1  km  northeast 
of  East  Pork,  a traditional  parrot  nesting  area  at  higher  elevations  (500  m)  in  the  palo 
Colorado  forest  of  the  Luquillo  Mountains.  The  newly  discovered  nesting  cavity  was  in  a 
21-m  high  tabonuco  tree  (73  cm  dbh)  at  an  elevation  of  370  m in  tabonuco  forest.  Steep 
northwest  slopes  (55%)  were  prominent  at  the  nesting  site.  Seven  of  eight  trees  >49  cm 
dbh  and  surrounding  the  cavity  tree  (().2-ha  plot)  were  potential  nest  trees.  The  nest  cavity 
opening  was  35-50  cm.  Two  smaller  cavities  openings  (5—20  cm)  were  found  in  palo  col- 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


165 


orado  trees  nearby.  Density  of  trees  >30  cm  dbh  was  220  stems/ha,  of  which  35  stems  were 
potential  nest  trees.  Forest  canopy  and  midstory  cover  in  the  area  surrounding  the  nest  tree 
was  sparse  to  moderate  (25-50%  cover).  At  the  nesting  site,  many  colonizing  trees  (1640 
stems/ha),  such  as  trumpet-tree  {Cecropia  sheberiana),  had  recently  sprouted  (<6  cm  dbh) 
after  passage  of  Hurricane  Hugo. 

Habitat  used  by  the  breeding  pair  in  the  nesting  area  (activity  sites,  N = 3)  was  within 
150  m of  the  nest  and  was  oriented  towards  the  northwest  with  slopes  of  8^4%.  Fewer 
potential  nesting  trees  were  found  at  these  sites  (12  fewer  trees/ha).  Density  of  trees  >30 
cm  dbh  was  100  stems/ha,  of  which  21  stems  were  potential  nest  trees.  Forest  canopy  was 
broken  and  sparse  (25-50%  cover)  at  heights  of  17.4-26.4  m.  Palicourea  riparia  (626  stems/ 
ha),  Psychotria  berteriana  (373  stems/ha),  and  Tetrazygia  urbanii  (387  stems/ha),  all  small 
trees  or  shrubs  (<6  cm  dbh),  were  the  predominant  cover  in  the  understory  where  few 
trumpet-trees  were  found  (347  stems/ha). 

Discussion. — These  were  the  first  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  reported  nesting  in  a natural  cavity 
of  a tabonuco  tree  since  intensive  research  began  in  the  1950s  (Rodriguez- Vidal  1959, 
Snyder  et  al.  1987).  Old-growth  tabonuco  forest  at  East  Mountain  was  selected  for  nesting 
by  this  pair  in  contrast  with  old  growth  palo  Colorado  forest  used  in  the  past  (Snyder  et  al. 
1987,  Meyers  1994).  Few  large  trees  (25  stems/ha  >60  cm  dbh)  surrounded  the  nesting  tree, 
which  was  considerably  less  than  reported  for  the  nearby  East  Fork  nesting  area  (73  stems/ 
ha  >60  cm  dbh)  for  palo  Colorado  forest  by  Snyder  et  al.  (1987)  before  Huiricane  Hugo. 
The  hurricane,  however,  reduced  the  number  of  potential  nesting  trees  (>49  cm  dbh)  at  East 
Fork  to  23  stems/ha  (Meyers  and  W.  C.  Barrow,  Jr,  unpubl.  report).  Preserving  old-growth 
tabonuco  forest  in  the  Luquillo  and  other  mountains  of  Puerto  Rico  may  be  important  for 
the  recovery  of  the  species. 

The  high  density  of  colonizers  (e.g.,  trumpet-tree)  at  the  nest  site  used  by  parrots  at  East 
Mountain  was  the  consequence  of  extensive  canopy  openings  caused  by  Hurricane  Hugo. 
Parrot  nesting  areas  at  East  Mountain  and  East  Fork  received  significantly  more  hurricane 
damage  than  nesting  areas  on  western  slopes,  where  young  trumpet-trees  were  almost  non- 
existent (0—20  stems/ha)  in  nesting  plots  (Meyers  and  Barrow,  unpubl.  report).  This  change 
in  habitat,  without  the  loss  of  large  nest-trees,  may  have  little  effect  on  the  parrot.  Habitat 
damage,  even  from  a severe  storm,  may  not  be  detrimental  to  parrots  and  may  actually 
stimulate  the  population  growth  rate  (Meyers  et  al.  1993).  To  understand  this  effect,  however, 
forest  habitat  simulation  models  may  prove  valuable  in  predicting  potential  effects  of  hur- 
ricanes and  availability  of  potential  nest-trees  and  food. 

Although  47  cavities  in  palo  Colorado  trees  were  enhanced  for  Puerto  Rican  Panots  in 
1990,  only  one  has  been  used  in  five  years  (E.  Garcia,  pers.  comm.).  The  site  selection  for 
enhancing  cavities  was  based  on  parrot  activity  in  the  area  which  was  determined  by  qual- 
itative surveys.  A recent  study,  however,  revealed  that  parrot  activity  sites,  based  on  quan- 
titative surveys,  are  different  from  nesting  sites  for  an  important  habitat  characteristic.  Nest- 
ing sites  have  16—20  more  potential  nesting  tree.s/ha  than  activity  sites  of  panots  (Meyers 
and  Barrow,  unpubl.  report).  It  may  be  beneficial  to  create  clusters  of  cavities  in  potential 
nesting  trees  (palo  Colorado,  tabonuco,  caimitillo,  and  laurel  sabino)  in  habitat  similar  to 
that  used  by  the  parrot  for  nesting,  i.e.  with  a high  density  of  potential  nesting  trees. 

Acknowledgments. — Steven  C.  Latta,  Eugene  P.  Odum,  Paul  W.  Sykes,  Jr.,  and  two  anon- 
ymous reviewers  provided  helpful  comments  for  revising  the  manuscript.  Wylie  C.  Banow, 
Jr.,  Rafael  de  Leon,  Jennifer  D.  Horn,  and  Keith  L.  Pardieck  collected  parrot  activity  and 
habitat  data.  The  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  Project  is  a cooperative  program  of  the  Puerto  Rico 
Dept,  of  Natural  and  Environmental  Resources;  U.S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture,  Forest  Service; 
and  U.S.  Dept,  of  Interior — Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  and  National  Biological  Service. 


166 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Meyers,  J.  M.  1994.  Old  growth  forests  and  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot.  Endangered  Species 
Tech.  Bull.  29:12. 

, E J.  ViLELLA,  AND  W.  C.  Barrow,  Jr.  1993.  Positive  effects  of  Hurricane  Hugo: 

record  years  for  Puerto  Rican  Parrots  nesting  in  the  wild.  Endangered  Species  Tech. 
Bull.  28:1-10. 

Rodriguez- Vidal,  J.  A.  1959.  Puerto  Rican  Parrot  {Amazona  vittata  vittata)  study.  Com- 
monwealth of  Puerto  Rico,  Dept,  of  Agric.  and  Commerce,  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico. 

Snyder,  N.  F.  R.,  J.  W.  Wiley,  and  C.  B.  Kepler.  1987.  The  parrots  of  Luquillo:  natural 
history  and  conservation  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot.  West.  Found.  Vertebr.  Zool.,  Los 
Angeles,  California. 


J.  Michael  Meyers,  National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center, 
P.O.  Box  N,  Highway  191  Km  4.4,  Palmer,  Puerto  Rico  00721-0501 . (Present  address: 
National  Biological  Service,  Southeastern  Biological  Science  Center,  D.  B.  Warnell  School 
of  Forest  Resources,  The  Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia  30602-2152.)  Received  17  May 
1995,  accepted  19  Sept.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  166-170 

Neotropical  migrants  in  marginal  habitats  on  a Guatemalan  cattle  ranch. — Recent 
studies  of  migratory  birds  overwintering  in  Central  America  and  the  Caribbean  have  focused 
on  bird  communities  in  particular  types  of  disturbed  habitats,  such  as  citrus  orchards  (Rogers 
et  al.  1982,  Mills  and  Rogers  1992)  or  agricultural  fields  in  varying  stages  of  succession 
after  human  abandonment  (Waide  1980,  Kricher  and  Davis  1989),  while  others  have  at- 
tempted to  discern  broader  patterns  of  species  occurrence  across  a wide  variety  of  habitat 
types  (Waide  et  al.  1980,  Leek  1985,  Lynch  1989,  Robbins  et  al.  1992,  Wunderle  and  Waide 
1995).  Although  a few  in  the  latter  category  have  included  a small  amount  of  data  from 
cattle  ranches.  Central  American  cattle  ranches  have  received  little  attention  in  the  ornitho- 
logical literature.  This  is  unfortunate  because  conversion  to  cattle  ranching  is  the  single 
largest  threat  to  the  remaining  undisturbed  lands  in  Central  America  (Myers  1980,  Busch- 
bacher  1986,  Lynch  1989).  Given  the  amount  of  land  already  used  for  cattle  ranching  in 
Central  America  and  the  amount  likely  to  be  converted  in  the  near  future,  knowledge  of 
patterns  of  species  occurrence  on  land  modified  for  cattle  ranching  is  critical  for  formulating 
future  conservation  strategies. 

We  mist  netted  birds  on  an  active  cattle  ranch  in  the  Pacific  lowlands  of  Guatemala  to 
investigate  the  extent  to  which  narrow  riparian  corridors  and  other  marginal  habitat  set  in 
a matrix  of  open  cattle  pasture  serve  as  usable  habitat  for  overwintering  migratory  birds. 

Study  area  and  methods. — We  conducted  the  study  from  2 February  to  2 March  1995  on 
Finca  Caobanal,  a working  cattle  ranch  in  the  Pacific  lowlands  of  Guatemala.  The  region  is 
characterized  by  relatively  flat  topography  with  elevation  ranging  from  sea  level  to  approx- 
imately 200  m.  The  average  annual  temperature  is  25°C,  and  annual  rainfall  averages  200 
cm,  with  a pronounced  dry  season  between  November  and  April  (Universidad  Rafael  Lan- 
dfvar  1987).  Although  the  native  vegetation  type  is  subtropical  humid  forest,  the  vast  ma- 
jority of  the  region  has  been  converted  to  agricultural  land,  particularly  cattle  pasture,  and 
more  recently,  sugar  cane. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


167 


Finca  Caobanal  comprises  approximately  1000  ha  situated  along  the  Maria  Linda  River, 
about  30  km  southeast  of  the  town  of  Escuintla.  The  ranch  is  a mosaic  of  open  pastures 
separated  by  hedgerows  and  artificial  canals  lined  with  narrow  corridors  of  secondary  growth 
vegetation  and  one  250-ha  parcel  of  secondary  growth  forest.  The  riparian  corridors  range 
in  width  from  approximately  10-80  m;  lower  and  mid-story  vegetation  is  generally  dense 
and  is  dominated  by  tall  grasses,  Heliconia  sp..  Acacia  hindsii,  Ricinus  communis  and  Piper 
sp.  Isolated  overstory  trees  include  Pithecolobium  saman,  Bombax  ellipticum.  Acacia 
hindsii,  Enterolobium  cyclocarpum,  Salix  sp.  and  Ficus  sp.  In  the  secondary  growth  forest, 
dominant  tree  species  include  Terminalia  oblonga,  Cedrela  odorata,  Ficus  sp.,  Triplaris 
malaenodedron  and  Cecropia  sp.,  and  the  average  canopy  height  is  15-20  m.  The  understory 
is  relatively  open,  but  in  some  places  is  dominated  by  large  patches  of  Heliconia  sp. 

Although  previous  studies  that  surveyed  avian  communities  on  cattle  ranches  in  Central 
America  (Saab  and  Petit  1994,  Robbins  et  al.  1992,  Lynch  1989)  focused  on  open  pasture, 
deliberately  avoiding  edges  and  hedgerows,  we  focused  our  mist  netting  efforts  in  the  veg- 
etation on  the  margins  of  actively  grazed  cattle  pastures,  in  the  riparian  corridors  along  the 
irrigation  canals,  and  in  the  250  hectare  forest.  Two  to  seven  black  nylon  30  mm  mesh  nets 
(depending  on  habitat  shape  and  size)  were  operated  daily,  generally  in  a line  with  approx- 
imately 1 2m  between  each  net,  and  one  or  two  nets  situated  perpendicular  to  the  others.  In 
order  to  avoid  heat  stress  on  the  birds,  nets  were  checked  every  15  min  and  were  closed 
between  approximately  10:30  and  15:00.  Nets  were  moved  every  three  days  to  lessen  the 
problem  of  net  shyness  and  were  open  for  a total  of  446  net-h.  Birds  were  marked  with 
indelible  ink  underneath  the  wing  in  order  to  identify  recaptures. 

Mist  netting  is  strongly  biased  against  species  that  spend  most  or  all  of  their  time  in  the 
canopy,  and  this  investigation  should  therefore  be  viewed  as  a study  of  primarily  understory 
birds.  Additionally,  using  mist  net  data  to  infer  absolute  species  abundance  directly  is  prob- 
lematic because  some  species  have  a higher  probability  of  capture  than  others;  nonetheless, 
when  interpreted  cautiously  such  data  can  still  serve  as  a meaningful  index  of  relative 
species  abundance  (Karr  1981). 

Results. — We  caught  258  individual  birds  of  45  different  species;  49%  of  individual  birds 
were  long-distance  migrants,  and  51%  were  residents  (Table  1).  This  approximately  1:1  ratio 
of  overwintering  migrants  to  residents  is  consistent  with  other  published  netting  studies 
conducted  in  secondary  growth  habitats  in  Central  America  and  the  Caribbean  (Lynch  1989, 
Waide  1980). 

The  five  migratory  songbird  species  most  frequently  captured  were  Yellow  Warbler,  Den- 
droica  petechia  (N  = 22),  Common  Yellowthroat,  Geothlypis  trichas  (N  = 16),  Northern 
Waterthrush,  Seiurus  noveboracensis  (N  = 10),  Yellow-breasted  Chat,  Jcteria  virens  (N  = 
8),  and  Painted  Bunting,  Passerina  ciris  (N  = 15).  The  first  four  species  are  widely  reported 
to  be  abundant  on  disturbed  and/or  agricultural  lands  in  Central  America  (Rogers  et  al. 
1982,  Kricher  and  Davis  1992,  Petit  et  al.  1992,  Robbins  et  al.  1992,  Lynch  1992,  Mills 
and  Rogers  1992),  but  the  Painted  Bunting  is  less  well-documented  as  an  inhabitant  of 
severely  human-modified  environments  in  Central  America. 

Capture  rates  of  birds  in  the  riparian  corridors  were  strikingly  different  from  those  in  the 
secondary  growth  forest;  working  in  the  corridors  we  caught  an  average  of  76  birds  per  100 
net-h,  compared  to  only  20  birds  per  100  net-h  in  the  forest  (x^  = 30.5,  P < 0.01).  The 
low  capture  rate  in  the  forest  may  have  resulted  partly  from  the  fact  that  the  average  forest 
canopy  height  was  considerably  greater  than  in  the  corridors,  and  consequently  canopy- 
foraging birds  may  never  have  flown  low  enough  in  the  forest  to  be  captured.  We  do  not 
believe  this  entirely  explains  the  disparity,  however,  as  casual  observations  also  indicated  a 
greater  density  of  birds  in  the  riparian  corridors.  Although  casual  observations  may  have 
been  biased  by  a lower  probability  of  detection  of  birds  in  the  forest  canopy,  the  corrobo- 


168 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Table  1 

Bird  Species  Netted  at  Linca  Caobanal 

Species 

Number 

capiured 

Migratory 

status 

Ruddy  Ground-Dove  {Columbina  talpacoti) 

3 

R 

Common  Ground-Dove  (C  passerina) 

1 

R 

Groove-billed  Ani  (Crotophaga  sulcirostris) 

1 

R 

Cinnamon  Hummingbird  {Amazila  rutila) 

28 

R 

Rubv-throated  Hummingbird  {Archilochus  colubris) 

1 

M 

Amazon  Kingfisher  {Cholorceryle  amazona) 

1 

R 

Smoky-brown  Woodpecker  {Venilornis  fumigatus) 

1 

R 

Ivory-billed  Woodcreeper  {Xiphorynchus  flavigaster) 

2 

R 

Barred  Antshrike  (Thamnophilus  doliatus) 

1 

R 

Rufous-breasted  Spinetail  {Synallaxis  erythrothorax) 

8 

R 

Rose-throated  Becard  {Pachyramphus  aglaiae) 

2 

M 

Dusky-capped  Llycatcher  {Myiarchus  tuberculifer) 

2 

M 

Unknown  Llycatcher  (Empidonax  sp.) 

1 

R 

Least  Llycatcher  (E.  minimus) 

1 1 

7 

Yellow-olive  Llycatcher  (Tolmomyias  sulphurescens) 

1 

R 

White-throated  Spadebill  (Flatyrinchus  mystaceus) 

1 

R 

Unknown  Pewee  (Contopus  sp.) 

7 

Common  Tody-flycatcher  (Todirostrum  cinereum) 

4 

R 

Mangrove  Swallow  {Tachycineta  albilinea) 

1 

R 

Barn  Swallow  (Hirundo  rustica) 

17 

M 

Northern  Rough-winged  Swallow  {Stelgidopteryx  serripennis) 

3 

M 

Rufous-naped  Wren  {Camplylorhynchus  rufinucha) 

4 

R 

Swainson’s  Thrush  (Catharus  uslulatus) 

4 

M 

Clay-colored  Robin  {Turdus  greyi) 

25 

R 

Bell’s  Vireo  {Vireo  bellii) 

] 

M 

Tennessee  Warbler  {Vermivora  peregrina) 

1 

M 

Black-and-White  Warbler  (Mniotilta  varia) 

1 

M 

Magnolia  Warbler  {Dendroica  magnolia) 

M 

Yellow  Warbler  {D.  petechia) 

M 

MacGillivray’s  Warbler  (Oporornis  tolmiei) 

2 

M 

Kentucky  Warbler  {O.  formosus) 

1 

M 

Hooded  Warbler  {Wilsonia  citrina) 

1 

M 

Worm-eating  Warbler  (Helmithers  vermivorus) 

1 

M 

Ovenbird  (Seiurus  aurocapillus) 

3 

M 

Northern  Waterthrush  (S.  novehoracensis) 

10 

M 

Common  Yellowthroat  (Geothlypis  trichas) 

16 

M 

Yellow-breasted  Chat  {Icteria  virens) 

8 

M 

American  Redstart  (Setuphaga  ruticilla) 

1 

M 

Northern  Oriole  (Icterus  galbula) 

1 

M 

Blue-gray  Tanager  (Thraupis  episcopus) 

4 

R 

Painted  Bunting  (Passerina  c/m) 

15 

M 

Indigo  Bunting  (P.  cyanea) 

4 

M 

White-collared  Seedeater  (Sporophila  torqueola) 

28 

R 

Blue-black  Grassquit  (Volatina  Jacarina) 

9 

R 

Grayish  Saltator  (Saltator  coerulescens) 

1 

R 

SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


169 


ration  of  the  mist-net  data  is  highly  suggestive  that  there  is  indeed  a greater  density  of  birds 
in  the  riparian  corridors  than  in  the  secondary  forest  patch. 

Discussion. — Our  results  suggest  that  lands  already  under  use  for  cattle  ranching  should 
not  simply  be  written  off  as  lost  by  conservation  advocates;  riparian  vegetation  corridors 
and  other  marginal  habitat  patches  on  cattle  ranches  can  be  valuable  habitat  refuges  for  a 
large  variety  of  migrant  and  resident  species.  Although  large-scale  clearing  of  forest  for 
cattle  ranching  is  surely  disastrous  to  many  birds,  as  well  as  other  animal  and  plant  species, 
in  an  area  like  the  Pacific  lowlands  of  Guatemala,  where  virtually  all  of  the  forest  has 
already  been  cleared  (Universidad  Rafael  Landivar  1987),  there  may  still  exist  valuable 
conservation  opportunities. 

In  the  region  where  we  conducted  our  study,  there  exists  a wide  variety  of  land  manage- 
ment strategies  on  different  cattle  ranches  and  farms;  some  allow  relatively  lush  corridors 
of  vegetation  and  overstory  trees  to  grow  along  irrigation  canals  and  fence  lines,  while 
others  bulldoze  virtually  all  vegetation.  These  differing  practices  surely  have  an  enormous 
impact  on  bird  communities.  Even  at  Finca  Caobanal,  riparian  corridors  are  massively  cut 
back  once  or  twice  a year;  the  seasonal  timing  of  this  event  may  profoundly  affect  the 
suitability  of  the  area  for  overwintering  migrants  or  the  nesting  success  of  residents. 

Conservation  advocates  in  North  America  as  well  as  Central  America  must  concern  them- 
selves not  only  with  securing  the  last,  isolated  parcels  of  undisturbed  habitat  for  preservation, 
but  just  as  importantly,  with  influencing  land-management  practices  on  lands  that  have 
already  been  modified  by  humans.  Future  research  should  provide  a basis  for  prescribing 
beneficial  management  practices,  so  that  the  harm  done  in  clearing  forests  for  cattle  ranching 
or  agriculture  is  mitigated  to  the  greatest  extent  possible. 

Acknowledgments. — We  thank  Francois  and  Nini  Berger  and  FUNDAVES  for  hosting  us 
at  Finca  Caobanal.  Ann  T.  Brice  of  the  Psittacine  Research  Project  at  U.C.  Davis  provided 
financial  and  logistical  support,  and  W.  W.  Weathers  provided  helpful  criticism  on  the  manu- 
script. This  project  was  supported  in  part  by  U.S.A.I.D.  Science  and  Technology  Grant  HRN- 
5600-G-00-2I6-00  to  ATB. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Buschbacher,  R.  J.  1986.  Tropical  deforestation  and  pasture  development.  Bioscience  36: 
22-28. 

Karr,  J.  R.  1981.  Surveying  birds  with  mist  nets.  Pp.  62-77  in  Estimating  numbers  of 
terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Allen  Press,  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 
Kricher,  j.  C.  and  W.  E.  Davis,  Jr.  1992.  Patterns  of  avian  species  richness  in  disturbed 
and  undisturbed  habitats  in  Belize.  Pp.  240-246  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neo- 
tropical migrant  landbirds  (J.  Hagen  and  D.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Leck,  C.  F.  1985.  The  use  of  disturbed  habitats  by  North  American  birds  wintering  in 
Mexico.  Biotropica  17:263-264. 

Lynch,  J.  F.  1989.  Distribution  of  overwintering  nearctic  migrants  in  the  Yucatan  Peninsula, 
I:  General  patterns  of  occurrence.  Condor  91:515-544. 

. 1992.  Distribution  of  overwintering  nearctic  migrants  in  the  Yucatan  Peninsula, 

II:  use  of  native  and  human-modified  vegetation.  Pp.  178-195  in  Ecology  and  conser- 
vation of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J.  Hagen  and  D.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Mills,  E.  D.  and  D.  T.  Rogers,  Jr.  1992.  Ratios  of  neotropical  migrant  and  neotropical 
resident  birds  in  winter  in  a citrus  plantation  in  central  Belize.  J.  Field  Ornith.  63:109- 
116. 

Myers,  N.  1980.  Conversion  of  tropical  moist  forests.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.,  Washington,  D.C. 


170 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


Petit,  D.  R.,  L.  J.  Petit,  and  K.  G.  Smith.  1992.  Habitat  associations  of  migratory  birds 
overwintering  in  Belize,  Central  America.  Pp.  247-255  in  Ecology  and  conservation 
of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J.  Hagen  and  D.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Robbins,  C.  S.,  B.  A.  Dowell,  D.  K.  Dawson,  J.  A.  Col6n,  R.  Estrada,  A.  Sutton,  R. 
Sutton,  and  D.  Weyer.  1992.  Comparison  of  neotropical  migrant  landbird  populations 
wintering  in  tropical  forest,  isolated  forest  fragments,  and  agricultural  habitats.  Pp.  207- 
220  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J.  Hagen  and  D. 
Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington.  D.C. 

Rogers,  D.  T,  Jr.,  D.  L.  Hicks,  E.  W.  Wischusen,  and  J.  R.  Parrish.  1982.  Repeats, 
returns,  and  estimated  flight  ranges  of  some  North  American  migrants  in  Guatemala.  J. 
Field  Ornithol.  53:133—138. 

Saab,  V.  A.  and  D.  R.  Petit.  1994.  Impact  of  pasture  development  on  winter  bird  com- 
munities in  Belize,  Central  America.  Condor  94:66-71. 

Universidad  Rafael  LandIvar.  1987.  Perfil  Ambiental  de  la  Republica  de  Guatemala. 
Guatemala  City:  Universidad  Rafael  Landivar. 

Waide,  R.  B.  1980.  Resource  partitioning  between  migrant  and  resident  birds:  the  use  of 
irregular  resources.  Pp.  337—352  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior, 
distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

, J.  T.  Emlen,  and  E.  j.  Tramer.  1980.  Distribution  of  migrant  birds  in  the  Yucatan 

Peninsula:  A survey.  Pp.  165-171  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior, 
distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

WUNDERLE,  J.  M.,  Jr.  and  R.  B.  Waide.  1995.  Distribution  of  overwintering  nearctic  mi- 
grants in  the  Bahamas  and  Greater  Antilles.  Condor  95:904—933. 


Rodney  B.  Siegel,  Dept,  of  Avian  Sciences,  Univ.  of  California,  Davis,  California  95616; 
and  Marco  V.  Centeno,  2da  Calle  21-31,  Zona  15,  Vista  Hermosa  1,  Guatemala  Ciudad, 
Guatemala.  Received  18  May,  1995,  accepted  1 Oct.  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  170-175 

Ungulate  ectoparasite  removal  by  Black  Caracaras  and  Pale-winged  Trumpeters  in 
Amazonian  forests. — Interspecific  interactions  in  which  an  organism  eats  the  ectoparasites 
of  another,  usually  larger,  organism  (sometimes  referred  to  as  “cleaning  symbioses”;  Wit- 
tenberger  1981)  comprise  a relatively  common  form  of  mutualism.  In  terrestrial  vertebrates, 
these  associations  are  chiefly  represented  by  a few  bird  species  which  routinely  remove  ticks 
and  hematophagous  diptera  from  large  mammals.  Such  interactions,  however,  are  by  no 
means  regularly  distributed  across  different  macrohabitats  and  appear  to  be  more  common 
in  tropical  savannas  where  recent  radiations  of  large  herbivores  and  their  parasites  are  most 
impressive.  Cleaning  mutuali.sms  are  thus  perhaps  best  illustrated  by  certain  savanna  bird 
species  of  sub-Saharan  Africa  such  as  Yellow-billed  (Buphagus  africanu.s)  and  Red-billed 
oxpeckers  (B.  erythrorhvnchus)  which  are  highly  specialized  in  plucking  ticks  from  a wide 
range  of  wild  and  domestic  ungulate  hosts  for  the  mainstay  of  their  diet  (Attwell  1966, 
Bezuidenhout  and  Stutterheim  1980,  Hart  et  al.  1990).  In  other  open  habitats,  similar  inter- 
actions also  occur  less  frequently,  for  example,  between  Fan-tailed  Ravens  {Corvus  rhipi- 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


171 


durus)  and  camels  {Camelus  dromedarius)  (Lewis  1989),  Pale-winged  Starlings  (Onychog- 
nathus  nabouroup)  and  mountain  zebras  {Equus  zebra)  (Penzorn  and  Horak  1989),  Black- 
billed Magpies  (Pica  pica)  and  moose  (Alces  alces)  (Samuel  and  Welsh  1991),  and  Yellow- 
bellied  Bulbuls  {Alophoixus  phaeocephalus),  and  klipspringers  (Oreotragus  oreotragus) 
(Roberts  1993).  Cattle  Egrets  {Bubulcus  ibis)  are  perhaps  the  best  known  case  of  open- 
habitat  cleaning  mutualists  in  the  New  World  (Burger  and  Gochfeld  1982),  but  here  domestic 
bovid  herds  have  largely  replaced  the  aborigine  megaherbivores  with  which  this  species  was 
formerly  associated. 

In  comparison,  documented  cases  of  avian  species  conducting  similar  lifestyles  under 
close-canopy  tropical  forests  are  apparently  rare.  It  remains  to  be  seen,  however,  whether 
this  should  be  attributed  to  the  fact  that  (1)  these  habitats  support  far  fewer  species  and 
lower  densities  (or  smaller  surface  area)  of  large-bodied  terrestrial  herbivores,  or  (2)  far  less 
is  known  about  the  behavior  and  interspecific  associations  of  forest  vertebrates.  Here  I report 
two  distinct  cases  of  previously  undocumented  bird-ungulate  mutualistic  interactions  ob- 
served at  different  Amazonian  forest  sites.  The  bird  species  involved  in  these  interactions 
are  the  Black  Caracara  {Daptrius  ater)  and  Pale-winged  Trumpeter  {Psophia  leucoptera) 
which  were  observed  providing  “cleaning”  services  to  Brazilian  tapirs  (Tapirus  terrestris) 
and  gray  brocket  deer  {Mazama  gouazoubira),  respectively.  Moreover,  despite  the  disparate 
ecological  and  phylogenetic  differences  between  these  bird  species,  it  is  suggested  that  these 
interactions  may  be  consistent  throughout  much  of  the  Amazon  basin. 

Black  Caracaras  are  small  (330^45  g)  raptors  more  closely  related  to  polyborine  falcons 
rather  than  to  true  falcons  and  hawks  (Griffiths  1994).  The  Black  Caracara  is  widely  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  Amazon  basin  from  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  Andes  east  to  Ma- 
ranhao,  north  to  the  Guianas,  and  south  to  the  woodland  fringes  of  northern  Mato  Grosso, 
Brazil.  In  Brazilian  Amazonia,  this  species  is  more  commonly  found  along  rivers,  forest 
edges,  and  associated  habitats  than  in  vast  undisturbed  areas  of  unflooded  (terra  firme)  forest 
interior  far  removed  from  large  rivers  (Peres  and  Whittaker  1991,  unpubl.  data).  Small  family 
flocks  of  3—5  individuals  are  often  seen  along  rivers  where  they  scavange  primarily  on  small 
carrion,  prey  on  arthropods  and  nestling  birds,  and  occasionally  feed  on  ripe  fruit  pulp 
(Brown  and  Amadon  1968,  pers.  obs.).  Daptrius  ater,  therefore,  diverges  from  its  widely 
sympatric  congener,  the  Red-throated  Caracara  (D.  americanus),  which  is  more  social,  far 
more  frugivorous,  but  also  specializes  on  raiding  collonial  wasp  and  bee  nests  (Thiollay 
1991,  pers.  obs.). 

Black  Caracaras  were  observed  cleaning  a tapir  on  12  September  1993  (late  dry  season) 
along  a small  stream  draining  a “cacaia”  (i.e.,  water-logged  forest  patch  where  trees  undergo 
a sudden  die-off  following  a change  in  stream  channel)  on  the  right  bank  of  the  upper 
Tarauaca  river,  western  Acre,  Brazil  (9°23'S,  71°54'W).  A field  assistant  and  I saw  a group 
of  eight  Black  Caracaras,  ca  25  m from  us,  immediately  next  to  an  adult  male  tapir.  An 
additional  10  or  more  caracaras  were  perched  in  the  understory  nearby,  apparently  awaiting 
their  turn  to  descend  upon  the  tapir.  The  tapir  partly  exposed  its  ventral  parts  and  one  of  its 
inner  hind-thighs,  while  lying  on  its  side  in  a rather  relaxed  posture.  The  single  juvenile 
and  several  adult  caracaras  (differentiated  by  the  lemon-yellow  and  bright-orange  facial  skin, 
respectively)  were  actively  searching  for  and  plucking  ticks  attached  to  the  large  tapir  which 
was  later  determined  to  be  a bull.  Four  of  these  caracaras  were  searching  for  and  grooming 
ticks  while  perched  directly  on  top  of  the  tapir.  Another  bird  meticulously  inspected  the 
ventral  side  of  the  tapir  between  its  front-  and  hind-quarters,  whereas  a third  caracara  partly 
circled  around  the  back  and  dorsal  flanks  of  the  tapir,  also  examining  its  body  surface.  We 
were  unable  to  observe  whether  the  other  caracaras  were  also  foraging  in  this  manner,  for 
they  were  obstructed  from  view  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  tapir.  Upon  detecting  our  pres- 


172 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


ence  4-5  min  later,  all  caracaras  suddenly  retreated  to  nearby  perches,  thus  startling  the  tapir 
which  immediately  got  up  and  fled  from  us  through  Maranthaceae-dominated  undergrowth. 

Interviews  with  subsistence  hunters  of  three  local  communities  of  different  parts  of  the 
Brazilian  Amazon — Kaxinawa  Indians  of  the  Rio  Jordao  Reserve  in  western  Acre,  Kayapo 
Indians  of  A’Ukre,  southeastern  Para,  and  caboclo  (non-tribal)  hunters  of  Vila  Moura,  upper 
Tefe  river,  central  Amazonas — revealed  that  the  associations  between  Black  Caracaras  and 
tapirs  witnessed  in  the  upper  Tarauaca  also  occurred  at  these  forest  sites.  Cleaning  sessions 
in  the  upper  Xingu  basin  (Rio  Riozinho),  as  reported  by  Kayapo  warriors,  usually  involve 
one  adult  tapir  and  3-4  D.  ater,  and  may  last  several  hours  while  tapirs  “roll  over  on  both 
sides  to  facilitate  tick  removal  from  all  body  parts”.  Most  intriguingly,  experienced  Kayapo 
hunters  reported  that  tapirs  and  Black  Caracaras  typically  are  able  to  approach  one  another 
through  a series  of  vocal  exchanges  (whistles  in  the  case  of  tapirs;  rasping  calls  in  the  case 
of  D.  ater),  which  apparently  helps  to  coordinate  their  encounters  within  a closed-canopy 
habitat  where  visibility  is  inherently  poor.  Both  Black  Caracaras  and  tapirs,  however,  are 
reported  to  discontinue  counter-calling  and  to  remain  very  quiet  once  they  eventually  get  to 
within  sight  of  one  another  and  during  actual  cleaning  sessions.  Indeed,  hunters  well  aware 
of  such  rallying  calls  have  reported  cueing  onto  vocalizations  of  Black  Caracaras  suspected 
of  “searching  for  tapirs”  in  order  to  home  in  on  a potentially  easy  kill,  for  tapirs  are  the 
largest-bodied  and  often  most  preferred  game  species  of  native  Amazonians.  Should  the 
occurrence  of  such  mutual  “approach  calls”  be  confirmed,  they  would  suggest  that  such 
cleaning  mutualism  between  Black  Caracaras  and  tapir  is  relatively  stable  and  has  a long 
history.  Interestingly,  both  Black  Caracaras  and  tapirs  are  more  commonly  found  in  river- 
edge,  backwater  palm  swamps,  and  river-  or  stream-disturbed  habitats,  rather  than  in  high 
terra  firme  forest  on  well  drained  soils  (e.g.,  Bodmer  1990,  Peres  in  press).  Lurthermore, 
Black  Caracaras  have  not  been  reported  to  pick  ticks  from  any  other  Amazonian  ungulate, 
which  perhaps  suggests  a high  degree  of  specificity  in  these  associations. 

The  second  set  of  observations  involves  a group  of  trumpeters  (Psophiidae),  which  are 
highly  social,  large-bodied  (ca  1200  g),  terrestrial  frugivore-insectivore  birds  foraging  almost 
entirely  on  the  forest  leaf-litter.  The  three  recognized  species  of  trumpeters  White-winged 
Trumpeter  (P.  leiicoptera).  Green-winged  Trumpeter  {P.  viridis),  and  Gray-winged  Trum- 
peter (P.  crepitans)  are  of  widespread  occurrence  in  Amazonian  and  the  Guianan  Shield 
forests,  and  comprise  the  only  representatives  of  the  entire  family  Psophiidae.  Closed  mem- 
bership monospecihc  groups  of  4—10  individuals  maintain  relatively  large,  stable  territories 
which  are  actively  defended  against  neighboring  groups  (Sherman  1991).  I made  these 
observations  at  a remote  terra  firme  forest  4 km  inland  from  the  headwaters  of  the  Urucu 
river,  Amazonas,  Brazil  (4°50'S,  65°16'W).  Trumpeter  group  size  at  this  site  averaged  6.2 
individuals  (N  = 12).  On  the  morning  of  26  September  1988  (late  dry  season),  as  I sat 
under  a stationary  group  of  woolly  monkeys  {Lagothrix  lagotricha  cana),  I observed  an 
approaching  group  of  seven  White-winged  Trumpeters  walking  slowly  alongside  an  adult 
male  Gray  Brocket  Deer  (Mazama  gouazouhira).  Pour  of  those  trumpeters  immediately  next 
to  the  deer  were  clearly  gleaning  over  specific  parts  of  its  pelage  surface  from  ground  level 
while  striving  to  maintain  hxed  positions  relative  to  the  front-  or  hind-quarters  of  this  cervid. 
Horse  Hies  (Diptera:  Tabanidae)  of  15-25  mm  swarming  around  the  brocket  deer  were  being 
rapidly  snatched  by  the  trumpeters  through  precise  pecking  and  neck-stretching  maneuvers, 
some  of  which  involved  a quick  upward  leap  off  the  ground.  I observed  three  tabanids 
beeing  successfully,  captured  by  two  different  trumpeters  during  an  observation  period  of 
45  sec.  Moreover,  I suspect  that  ticks  which  may  have  been  attached  to  the  deer  (which 
unfortunately  could  not  be  resolved  through  a pair  of  10  X 40  Zeiss  binoculars)  were  also 
being  removed  and  eaten:  several  pecks  were  directed  at  specific  leg  and  ventral  parts  of 
the  animal  for  no  other  obvious  reason.  Once  the  birds  and  the  deer  had  already  cleared  the 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


173 


nearest  distance  between  their  path  and  the  point  where  I had  been  sitting,  one  of  the  birds 
sounded  an  alarm  call,  presumably  directed  at  me.  This  clearly  triggered  the  deer  to  sprint 
away  in  leaps  and  bounds,  and  the  typical  collective  response  of  trumpeters  under  contexts 
of  predation  threat,  which  involves  increased  group  vigilance  and  alarm-calling,  followed 
by  a rapid  withdrawal  from  the  source  of  threat  once  it  has  been  identified  (pers.  obs.). 

As  suggested  by  several  interviews,  both  sets  of  observations  reported  here  may  have  a 
more  widespread  occurrence  across  the  geographic  distribution  of  Daptrius  ater  and  Psophia 
spp.  in  Amazonia.  Of  particular  interest.  Sick  (1984)  named  Daptrius  ater  as  “Gaviao-de- 
Anta”  (“tapir-hawk”),  but  although  he  reports  that  this  species  “sometimes  removes  ticks 
and  maggots  from  wild  animals”  (my  translation),  he  does  not  specify  which  species  of 
“animals”  those  might  actually  be.  The  larger,  more  terrestrial  and  better  known  relatives 
of  forest  caracaras  (Milvago),  which  typically  inhabit  cattle-raising  districts  and  savannas 
farther  south,  also  engage  in  similar  interactions  with  other  species  of  large  marrimals. 
Yellow-headed  Caracaras  (Milvago  chimachima),  for  instance,  are  well  reknowed  to  be 
professional  “tick-eaters”,  frequently  picking  ectoparasites  off  livestock  and  capybaras  (Hy- 
drochaeris  hydrochaeris)  in  the  Brazilian  pantanal  and  cerrado  (Sick  1984,  F.  Olmos,  pers. 
comm.).  M.  chimachima  and  a number  of  other  avian  species  which  remove  ectoparasites 
from  large  mammals  (e.g.,  magpies:  Goodwin  1986)  can,  however,  take  advantage  of  these 
associations  to  nibble  at  flesh  and,  therefore,  maintain  or  enlarge  branding  wounds  on  their 
mammalian  hosts  (Brown  and  Amadon  1968).  Although  this  clearly  brings  nutritional  ad- 
vantages to  these  birds,  it  remains  to  be  determined  whether  or  not  Daptrius  ater  and 
Psophia  leucoptera  “cheat”  in  these  otherwise  mutualistic  interactions  by  also  eating  live 
tissue  from  open  sores. 

At  oxbow  lake-  and  river-edge  habitats  along  white-water  rivers  of  western  Amazonia, 
Giant  Cowbirds  (Scaphidura  oryzivora)  are  commonly  observed  catching  tabanid  flies,  and 
perhaps  ticks,  parasitizing  capybaras  (J.  Terborgh,  pers.  comm.),  and  Robinson  (1988)  once 
observed  a Giant  Cowbird  foraging  on  the  back  of  a tapir.  One  of  the  few  other  cases  of 
ectoparasite  removal  from  Tapirus  was  reported  for  white-nosed  coatis  (Nasua  narica) 
grooming  a few  individuals  of  Baird’s  tapirs  (T.  bairdii)  near  the  Barro  Colorado  Island 
Field  Station  in  Panama  (McClean  1992).  This  interaction,  however,  was  apparently  learned 
locally  and  represented  a human  artefact  in  that  both  species  had  been  routinely  fed  in  the 
laboratory  clearing,  and  thus  spent  a disproportionately  large  amount  of  time  together. 

The  three-way  interactions  reported  here,  although  easily  overlooked  in  forest  habitats, 
may  be  of  great  importance  to  hematophagus  arthropods,  large  mammalian  hosts,  and  bird 
species,  such  as  caracaras  and  trumpeters,  which  successfully  take  advantage  of  such  for- 
aging opportunities.  Ticks  and  tabanid  flies,  particularly  if  engorged  with  a full  bloodmeal, 
may  represent  a key  nutritional  supplement  to  the  birds.  For  the  ungulate  ho.sts,  too,  this 
may  represent  the  most  efficient  way  of  eliminating  unwelcome  ectoparasites,  which  could 
serve  as  vectors  of  major  debilitating  diseases.  Of  special  interest,  Amazonian  forest  un- 
gulates, such  as  tapirs,  both  brocket  deer  species  {Maz.ama  americana  and  M.  gouazouhira) 
and  peccaries  (Tayassu  tajacu  and  T.  pecari)  appear  to  be  particularly  susceptible  to  infes- 
tations of  large  ticks.  Hunters  throughout  the  region  often  report  examining  carcasses  of 
these  species  with  conspicuous  ectoparasite  loads,  suggesting  that  infestation  rates  may  be 
faster  than  removal  rates  by  mutualists  or  spontaneous  withdrawal  of  the  ectoparasite.  In 
the  case  of  tapirs,  kills  are  reported  either  to  be  heavily  infested  with  ticks  or  conspicuously 
“clean”  (carrying  no  ticks),  which  suggest  that  tick-removal  bouts  by  avian  mutualists  may 
be  relatively  sporadic.  Indeed,  several  species  of  ungulate  may  lose  physical  condition  if 
subject  to  chronic  ectoparasite  infestations,  but  whether  or  not  such  associations  depress 
ectoparasite  populations  to  any  significant  extent  is  yet  to  be  determined  (but  see  Samuel 
and  Welsch  1991).  Indeed,  greater  population  densities  of  open-habitat  mutualists  (such  as 


174 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


that  of  Yellow-headed  Caracaras  in  central  Brazil)  appear  to  be  available  to  provide  ecto- 
parasite removal  services  to  savanna  and  forest-edge  grazers  than  are  their  equivalent  forest 
species  to  browser-frugivore  ungulates.  Perhaps  the  evolutionary  opportunity  presented  by 
the  inherently  low  densities  (and  smaller  body  surface  area)  of  forest  megaherbivores 
which  could  otherwise  subsidize  larger  populations  of  large-bodied  hematophagous  arthro- 
pods—was  never  significant  enough  to  be  claimed  by  cleaning  mutualists  more  specialized 
than  caracaras  and  trumpeters. 

Acknowledgments. — The  faunal  inventories  which  made  these  observations  possible  were 
funded  by  the  Wildlife  Conservation  Society  and  the  Brazilian  Science  Council  (CNPq).  I 
thank  Josimar  Pinheiro  (Kaxinawa),  Karuro  and  Batidn  (Kayapo),  and  Edvar  Dias  for  their 
valuable  assistance  during  fieldwork  at  sites  surveyed  in  the  upper  Tarauaca,  upper  Xingu, 
and  upper  Tefe  rivers,  respectively. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Attwell,  R.  I.  G.  1966.  Oxpeckers,  and  their  associations  with  mammals  in  Zambia.  Puku 
4:17^8. 

Bezuidenhout,  J.  D.  and  C.  J.  Stutterheim.  1980.  A critical  evaluation  of  the  role  played 
by  the  red-billed  oxpecker  Buphagus  erythrorhrynchus  in  the  biological  control  of  ticks. 
Onderstepoort.  J.  Vet.  Res.  47:51—75. 

Bodmer,  R.  E.  1990.  Responses  of  ungulates  to  seasonal  inundations  in  the  Amazon  flood- 
plain.  J.  Trop.  Ecol.  6:191-201. 

Brown,  L.  and  D.  Amadon.  1968.  Eagles,  hawks  and  falcons  of  the  world.  McGraw-Hill, 
New  York,  New  York. 

Burger,  J.  and  M.  Gochfeld.  1982.  Host  selection  as  an  adaptation  to  host-dependent 
foraging  success  in  the  cattle  egret  (Bubulcus  ibis).  Behaviour  79:212-229. 

Goodwin,  D.  1986.  Crows  of  the  world,  2nd  ed.  Univ.  of  Washington  Press,  Seattle,  Wash- 
ington. 

Griffiths,  C.  S.  1994.  Syringeal  morphology  and  the  phylogeny  of  the  Falconidae.  Condor 
96:127-140. 

Hart,  B.  L.,  L.  A.  Hart,  and  M.  S.  Mooring.  1990.  Differential  foraging  of  oxpeckers 
on  impala  in  comparison  with  sympatric  antelope  species.  Afr.  J.  Ecol.  28:240-249. 

Lewis,  A.  D.  1989.  Notes  on  two  ravens  Corvus  spp.  in  Kenya.  Scopus  13:129-131. 

McClean,  D.  1992.  The  rise  and  fall  of  a mutualism?  Coatis,  tapirs,  and  ticks  on  Barro 
Colorado  Island,  Panama.  Biotropica  24:220-222. 

Penzhorn,  B.  L.  and  I.  G.  Horak.  1989.  Starlings,  mountain  zebras  and  ticks.  Koedoe  32: 
133-134. 

Peres,  C.  A.  In  press.  Nonvolant  mammal  community  structure  in  different  Amazonian 
forest  types  in  Mammals  of  the  Neotropics,  Vol.  3 (J.  E Eisenberg,  ed.).  Univ.  of 
Chicago  Press,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

and  a.  Whittaker.  1991.  Annotated  checklist  of  bird  species  of  the  upper  Rio 

Urucu,  Amazonas,  Brazil.  Bull.  Brit.  Ornith.  Cl.  111:156—171. 

Roberts,  S.  C.  1993.  Yellowbellied  bulbul  gleaning  on  a klipspringer.  Ostrich  64:136. 

Robinson,  S.  K.  1988.  Foraging  ecology  and  host  relationships  of  Giant  Cowbirds  in  south- 
eastern Peru.  Wilson  Bull.  100:224—235. 

Samuel,  W.  M.  and  D.  A.  Welsh.  1991.  Winter  ticks  on  moose  and  other  ungulates:  factors 
influencing  their  population  size.  Alces  27:169-182. 

Sherman,  FT  1991.  The  ecology  and  social  behavior  of  the  white-winged  trumpeter 
(Psophia  leucoptera).  Ph.D.  diss.,  Univ.  of  California,  Davis,  California. 

Sick,  H.  1984.  Ornitologia  brasileira:  uma  introdu9ao.  Vol.  1.  Editora  Univ.  de  Brasilia, 
Brasilia,  Brazil. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


175 


Thiollay,  J.  M.  1991.  Foraging,  home  range  use  and  social  behaviour  of  a group-living 
rainforest  raptor,  the  red-throated  caracara  Daptrius  americanus.  Ibis  133:382—393. 
WiTTENBERGER,  J.  F.  1981.  Animal  social  behavior.  Duxbury  Press,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 


Carlos  A.  Peres,  Dept,  of  Ecology,  Universidade  de  Sdo  Paulo,  Caixa  Postal  1 1.46I,  Sdo 
Paulo-S.P.  05422-970,  BRAZIL.  (Present  address:  CSERGE,  School  of  Environmental  Sci- 
ences. University  of  East  Anglia,  Norwich  NR4  7TJ,  ENGLAND).  Received  25  April  1995, 
accepted  I Sept.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  175-178 


Notes  on  the  status  and  behavior  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Cuba. — The  Swain- 
son’s  Warbler  (Limnothlypis  swainsonii)  is  one  of  the  less  common  North  American  warblers 
(Morse  1989).  Although  data  from  the  Breeding  Bird  Survey  suggest  that  the  species  has 
undergone  a significant  range-wide  population  increase  during  the  period  1966-1988  (Sauer 
and  Droege  1992),  regional  Neotropical  migrant  prioritization  schemes  for  the  midwestern 
(Thompson  et  al.  1993)  and  southeastern  (Hunter  et  al.  1993)  United  States  consider  the 
Swainson’s  Warbler  among  the  more  vulnerable  Neotropical  migrants  based  on  its  low 
population,  threats  on  the  breeding  and  wintering  grounds,  and  its  restricted  range.  Consid- 
ering its  vulnerability,  the  status  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  is  poorly  known  in  its  breeding 
range  (Hunter  et  al.  1993),  and  even  more  so  in  winter.  Here,  we  summarize  recent  and 
historical  records  for  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Cuba,  re-assess  its  status  there,  and  describe 
aspects  of  its  foraging  and  flocking  behavior  based  on  casual  observations,  previously  pub- 
lished information,  and  anecdotal  reports. 

The  Swainson’s  Warbler  winters  in  the  northern  Bahama  Islands,  Cuba,  the  Cayman 
Islands,  Jamaica,  the  Yucatan  Peninsula,  and  Belize  (AOU  1983).  There  are  also  sight  and 
banding  records  from  Puerto  Rico  (AOU  1983;  J.  Faaborg,  pers.  comm.)  and  sight  records 
from  St.  John  (Raffaele  1989).  It  is  reported  as  casual  on  the  Swan  Islands  (AOU  1957).  In 
Cuba,  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  has  been  considered  a rare  winter  resident  (Garrido  and  Garcia 
Montana  1975).  The  first  report  for  Cuba  was  provided  by  Gundlach  (1876)  who  knew  of 
a single  sight  record  from  La  Habana  (Fig.  1).  In  the  150  years  prior  to  1991,  it  is  unknown 
exactly  how  many  Swainson’s  records  exist  for  Cuba,  but  we  are  aware  of  only  21  (Fig.  1). 

Banding  activities  carried  out  during  the  winters  of  1991-1994  by  Cuban  researchers  of 
the  Institute  of  Ecology  and  Systematics  (lES)  of  the  Ministry  of  Science,  Technology,  and 
Environment,  the  Cuban  National  Museum  of  Natural  History;  and  by  a cooperative  forest 
bird  survey  project  of  the  lES,  the  Canadian  Wildlife  Service  (CWS),  and  the  Long  Point 
Bird  Observatory  (LPBO)  have  provided  many  new  records  of  Swainson’s  Warbler.  Recent 
bird-watching  tours  have  contributed  additional  sight  records  of  the  species.  In  total,  58 
individuals  were  observed,  netted,  or  collected  at  17  sites  during  the  winters  of  1991-1994 
(Fig  1).  Highest  numbers  were  at  El  Cenote,  Cienaga  de  Zapata,  Matanzas  Province,  where 

13  (1.80/100  net-h)  were  captured  1 1-14  February  1991,  and  at  Camino  al  Sitio  Viejo,  Cayo 
Coco,  Ciego  de  Avila  Province,  where  12  (1.67/100  net-h)  were  captured  27-30  January 
1994.  Seasonally,  Swainson’s  Warblers  have  been  observed  in  Cuba  from  15  September  to 

14  April  (Garrido  and  Garcia  Montana  1975;  Garrido  and  Kirkconnell,  unpubl.  data). 

Historical  and  recent  Cuban  records  indicate  that  Swainson’s  Warblers  occur  in  the  low- 
lands, montane  regions,  and  in  swampy  areas.  They  apparently  prefer  semideciduous  forest 
with  high  shrub  and  tree  stem  density,  complete,  or  nearly  complete,  canopy  cover,  abundant 


176 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  1,  March  1996 


The  first  numeral,  followed  by  a colon,  indicates  number  of  sites  at  that  location  trom  which 
records  are  derived  and  is  followed  by  the  number  of  individuals  in  each  of  the  following 
categories:  C = Collected,  N = Netted  and  usually  banded,  R = Recapture  of  bird  banded 
previous  year,  S = Sight  record,  ? = exact  number  of  individuals  unknown. 


dry  leaf  litter,  and  humid,  shady  areas,  sometimes  near  streams,  or  near  waterholes  in  lime- 
stone bedrock  near  the  coast.  While  they  seem  to  inhabit  mostly  larger  forest  tracts,  they 
also  occasionally  reside  in  smaller  forest  fragments  in  the  vicinity  of  larger  forests,  or,  in 
the  keys,  in  patches  of  low  coastal  scrub. 

Inter-winter  site  fidelity  has  been  documented  for  the  Swain.son’s  Warbler  in  Jamaica  (Di- 
amond and  Smith  1973).  In  the  recent  Cuban  banding  surveys,  a Swain.son’s  Warbler  was 
recaptured  one  year  after  banding  and  120  m from  the  original  capture  site  (McNicholl  1992). 

Swainson's  Warblers  spend  most  of  their  time  on  the  ground  or  less  than  1-2  m above  it. 
Lack  and  Lack  (1972)  reported  that  Swainson’s  Warblers  in  Jamaica  always  feed  on  the 
forest  floor  where  they  rummage  and  probe  in  leaf  litter,  sometimes  tossing  leaves  aside. 
Our  observations  in  Cuba  support  this,  but  include  sightings  of  the  species  insect  gleaning 
from  surfaces  of  leaf  litter  or  bare  ground,  and  gleaning  prey  in  slow  moving  water.  Whereas 
insects  seem  to  be  the  principal  food  items,  Eaton  (1953)  discovered  the  bones  of  small 
lizards,  perhaps  anoles  (Anoli.s  sp.)  or  geckos  {Sphaerodactyhis  sp.),  in  stomach  samples  of 
Swainson’s  Warblers  wintering  in  Cuba. 

Although  Eaton  (1953)  classified  Swainson’s  Warblers  as  solitary  foragers,  we  frequently 
observed  them  foraging  in  close  association  with  other  warblers,  particularly  Ovenbirds 
{Seinni.s  aurocapilla.s)  and  Worm-eating  Warblers  {Helniitheros  vermivorus).  When  the  three 
species  were  together,  Swainson’s  Warblers  foraged  in  the  wettest  areas  with  Worm-eating 
Warblers,  while  Ovenbirds  foraged  in  drier  areas.  At  La  Giiira,  Pinar  del  Rfo  Province  in 
Feb-Mar  1986,  Garrido  twice  observed  Kentucky  Warblers  (Opororis  formosus)  and  Hooded 
Warblers  (Wilsonia  cilrina),  joining  such  mixed-species  Hocks,  typically  feeding  within  a 
few  inches  of  the  ground,  and  sallying  or  hovering  in  a manner  similar  to  the  American 
Redstart  (Seiophaf^a  ruticiUa)  (Bennett  1980). 

In  many  ol  our  sightings,  we  observed  an  apparent  association  between  Swainson  s War- 
blers and  Ovenbirds.  Like  Swainson’s  Warblers,  Ovenbirds  pick  insects  oft  leal  litter  or  the 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


177 


ground,  but,  in  general,  they  use  their  bills  to  rummage  in  dry  leaves  more  frequently  than 
Swainson’s  Warblers.  During  four  of  our  sightings,  we  observed  a Swainson’s  Warbler  feed- 
ing in  the  "wake”  of  an  Ovenbird,  sometimes  following  the  Ovenbird  within  a few  centi- 
meters. During  many  other  observations  Ovenbirds  and  Swainson’s  Warblers  foraged  in 
close  proximity  without  any  apparent  aggression.  Ovenbirds  and  Swainson’s  Warblers  were 
frequently  captured  side-by-side  in  mist  nets  suggesting  that  they  were  moving  together 
through  the  forest.  We  suggest  that  the  body  movements  of  walking  Ovenbirds,  which  often 
include  repeated  cocking  of  the  tail,  and  the  disruption  of  the  leaf  litter  with  the  bill  and 
feet,  make  otherwise  cryptic  insects  move  or  fly,  facilitating  their  capture  by  Swainson’s 
Warblers  (the  “beater  effect”  of  Powell  1985).  Other  potential  explanations  of  this  trailing 
behavior  include  the  possibility  that  active  foraging  by  Ovenbirds  signals  the  presence  of 
food  resources  to  Swainson’s  Warblers,  as  proposed  for  a variety  of  mixed-species  assem- 
blages (e.g.,  Gannon  1934,  Rand  1954,  Sealy  1973,  Turner  1965);  or  that  the  association 
provides  enhanced  predator  detection  for  both  species,  as  proposed  for  other  mixed-species 
flocks  (e.g.,  Cody  1971). 

In  summary,  the  recent  evidence  provided  by  bird  banding  and  regular,  intensive  searching 
during  bird-watching  tours  suggests  that  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  is  a more  common  winter 
resident  in  Cuba  than  previously  believed.  The  total  of  58  individuals  recorded  during  the 
winters  of  1991-1994  is  nearly  three  times  the  total  recorded  in  the  previous  150  years.  We 
believe  that  the  paucity  of  early  records  is  attributable  to  the  cryptic  plumage  of  the  species, 
its  elusive  behavior  in  dense  vegetation,  and,  particularly,  the  lack  of  intensive  surveys 
utilizing  mist  nets. 

Acknowledgments. — We  thank  the  Cuban  Ministry  of  Science,  Technology,  and  Environ- 
ment, the  Canadian  Wildlife  Service,  Great  Auk  Nature  Tours,  Long  Point  Bird  Observatory, 
and  the  Canadian  Nature  Federation  for  financial  and  logistical  support.  Graeme  Gibson  of 
Great  Auk  Nature  Tours  and  CubaTour  made  the  bird-watching  trips  to  Zapata  and  La  Guira 
possible.  The  following  people  assisted  in  the  field:  Martin  Acosta,  Vincente  Berovides,  Pedro 
Blanco,  Jane  Bowles,  Beverly  Collier,  Ronel  Concepcion,  Donald  Fillman,  Esteban  Godinez, 
Raul  Gomez,  Hiram  Gonzalez,  Colleen  Hyslop,  Judith  Kennedy,  Alejandro  Llanes,  Frank 
Loyola,  Miriam  Martinez,  Jonathan  McCracken,  Martin  McNicholl,  Lourdes  Mugica,  Ramona 
Oviedo,  Alina  Perez,  Ronald  Ridout,  Days!  Rodriguez,  Barbara  Sanchez,  Eliser  Socarras, 
Steven  Wendt,  and  Daily  Zuniga.  Joseph  Walter  of  the  Geographic  Resource  Center,  Univ.  of 
Missouri  produced  the  map.  Michael  Baltz,  John  Faaborg,  Herbert  Raffaele,  Elizabeth  Wallace, 
and  an  anonymous  reviewer  contributed  valuable  comments  on  the  manu.script. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1957.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  5th  ed. 
A.O.U.,  Washington,  D.C. 

. 1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  6th  ed.  A.O.U.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Bennett,  S.  E.  1980.  Interspecific  competition  and  the  niche  of  the  American  Redstart 
(Setophaga  ruticilla)  in  winter  and  breeding  communities.  Pp.  919-335  in  Migrant  birds 
in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distribution,  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E. 
S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Cody,  M.  L.  1971.  Finch  flocks  in  the  Mojave  Desert.  Theor.  Popul.  Biol.  2:142-158. 
Diamond,  A.  W.  and  R.  W.  Smith.  1973.  Returns  and  survival  of  banded  warblers  wintering 
in  Jamaica.  Bird-Banding  44:221-224. 

Eaton,  S.  W.  1953.  Wood  warblers  wintering  in  Cuba.  Wilson  Bull.  65:169-174. 

Gannon,  G.  R.  1934.  Associations  of  small  insectivorous  birds.  Emu  34:122-129. 

AND  F.  Garcia  Montana.  1975.  Catalogo  de  las  aves  de  Cuba.  Acad.  Cien.,  La 

Habana. 


178 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Gundlach,  J.  1876.  Contribucion  a la  Ornitologia  Cubana.  Imprenta  La  Antilla. 

Hunter,  W.  C.,  D.  N.  Pashley,  and  R.  E.  E Escano.  1993.  Neotropical  migratory  landbird 
species  and  their  habitats  of  special  concern  within  the  southeast  region.  Pp.  159—171 
in  Status  and  management  of  Neotropical  migratory  birds  (D.  M.  Finch  and  P.  W. 
Stangel,  eds.).  USDA  Forest  Serv.,  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-229. 

Lack,  D.  and  P.  Lack.  1972.  Wintering  warblers  in  Jamaica.  Living  Bird  11:179-183. 

McNicholl,  M.  K.  1992.  Surveys  of  Nearctic  migrant  and  Neotropical  resident  birds  win- 
tering in  Cuban  forest  ecosystems:  report  of  the  1992  field  season.  Unpubl.  rep..  Long 
Point  Bird  Obs.,  Port  Rowan,  Ontario. 

Morse,  D.  H.  1989.  American  warblers,  an  ecological  and  behavioral  perspective.  Harvard 
Univ.  Press,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Powell,  G.  V.  N.  1985.  Sociobiology  and  adaptive  significance  of  interspecific  foraging 
flocks  in  the  neotropics  in  P.  A.  Buckley  et  al.  (eds.).  Neotropical  Ornithology.  Ornithol. 
Monographs  36. 

Raffaele,  H.  a.  1989.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Puerto  Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands,  2nd  ed. 
Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Rand,  A.  L.  1954.  Social  feeding  behavior  of  birds.  Fieldianna,  Zool.  36:1-71. 

Sanchez,  B.  and  D.  Rodriguez.  1992.  Relacion  de  aves  y nuevo  reporte  de  Bijirita  de 
Swainson  (Limnothlvpis  swainsonii)  en  el  Rincon  del  Guanal,  sur  Isla  de  Juventud, 
Cuba.  Comunicaciones  Breves  de  Zoologia:  15— 1 8.  Editorial  Academia,  La  Habana. 

Sauer,  J.  R.  and  S.  Droege.  1992.  Geographic  patterns  in  population  trends  of  Neotropical 
migrants  in  North  America.  Pp.  26^2  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical 
migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  III  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Sealy,  S.  G.  1973.  Interspecific  feeding  assemblages  of  marine  birds  of  British  Columbia. 
Auk  90:796-802. 

Thompson,  E R.,  S.  J.  Lewis,  J.  Green,  and  D.  Ewert.  1993.  Status  of  Neotropical  migrant 
landbirds  in  the  Midwest:  identifying  species  of  management  concern.  Pp.  145-158  in 
Status  and  management  of  Neotropical  migratory  birds  (D.  M.  Finch  and  P.  W.  Stangel. 
eds.).  USDA  Forest  Serv.,  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-229. 

Turner,  E.  R.  A.  1965.  Social  feeding  in  birds.  Behavior  24:1-46. 


Arturo  Kirkconnell,  Museo  Nacional  de  Historia  Natural.  CapitoHo  Nacional,  Lm  Ha- 
hana,  Cuba',  George  E.  Wallace,  Long  Point  Bird  Obserx’atory,  Box  160.  Port  Rowan, 
Ontario,  NOE  I MO  Canada',  and  Orlando  H.  Garrido,  Museo  Nacional  de  Historia  Nat- 
ural. CapitoHo  Nacional,  La  Habana,  Cuba.  Received  5 Dec.  1994,  accepted  I Oct.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  178-180 

Comments  on  a probable  gynandromorphic  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler. — Sexual 
plumage  differences  in  passerine  birds  are  believed  to  be  controlled  genetically  and  only 
minimally  influenced  by  hormones  (Murton  and  Westwood  1977).  Bilateral  gynandromorphs 
are  among  the  most  striking  manifestations  ot  chromosomal  regulation  of  plumage  (Crew 
and  Munro  1938,  Cock  I960,  Witschi  1961).  In  these  rare  individuals,  plumages  of  the  left 
and  right  sides  of  the  body  are  demarcated  along  the  midline  and  presumably  reflect  gonadal 
placement.  In  most  cases,  an  ovary  and  female  plumage  are  found  on  the  lelt  side,  a testis 
and  male  plumage  on  the  right.  Several  hypotheses  have  been  advanced  to  explain  the 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


179 


genesis  of  gynandromorphs  and  mosaics,  but  it  is  possible  that  several  genetic  mechanisms 
or  ontogenetic  tracks  may  produce  a variety  of  phenotypic  outcomes  collectively  lumped  as 
bilateral  gynandromorphs.  This  idea  is  suggested  by  variation  in  the  degree  of  plumage 
asymmetry  in  gynandromorphs.  For  example,  traces  of  definitive  male  plumage  may  appear 
on  the  "female”  side  and  vice  versa  (e.g.,  Laybourne  1967).  One  problem  with  categorizing 
gynandromorphic  birds,  is  that  there  are  no  standard  conventions  of  analysis,  such  as  those 
developed  for  diagnosing  hybrids  (Graves  1990).  The  following  example  illustrates  some 
of  the  difficulties. 

Patten  (1993)  reported  an  unusually  plumaged  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  (Dendroica 
caerulescens)  that  was  photographed  but  could  not  be  collected  at  Stovepipe  Wells,  Death 
Valley  National  Monument,  Inyo  County,  California,  in  October  1987.  Patten  described  (p. 
696)  this  individual  as  “sexually  dimorphic  with  respect  to  each  lateral  half  of  the  bird, 
with  the  left  side  appearing  to  be  male  and  the  right  looking  like  a female.”  While  we 
believe  the  bird  was  correctly  identified  as  a bilateral  gynandromorph,  the  first  such  record 
for  the  subfamily  Parulinae,  a reappraisal  of  photographs  suggests  that  its  phenotype  was 
qualitatively  different  from  bilateral  gynandromorphs  previously  reported  among  passerines 
(Crew  and  Munro  1938,  Kumerloeve  1987). 

We  examined  two  color  transparencies  taken  by  Dunn  (Visual  Resources  for  Ornithology 
[VIREO]  archives  catalog  numbers  v06/23/00]-v06/23/002)  as  well  as  those  examined  by 
Patten  (taken  by  Paul  E.  Lehman,  VIREO  v06/ 1 2/00  l-v06/l  2/004).  The  left  side  of  the  bird 
appears  to  be  in  male  first-basic  plumage  (hatching  year),  as  indicated  by  brownish  second- 
aries and  primaries  and  an  unusual  white  spot  on  the  lower  eyelid.  The  left  side  is  clearly 
demarcated  from  the  right  side  along  the  midline  of  the  mantle.  The  right  side  has  an 
enigmatic  appearance  not  matched  by  any  of  the  1370+  study  specimens  of  Black-throated 
Blue  Warbler  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  (USNM),  Smithsonian  Institution. 
The  principal  characters  of  the  right  side  include  (1)  pale  supercilium  that  extends  from  the 
base  of  the  bill  posteriorly  to  the  rear  of  the  auriculars  where  it  becomes  broader,  (2) 
extensively  white  lower  eyelid,  (3)  grizzled  black  and  white  throat,  whiter  at  the  center,  (4) 
pale  malar  mark,  (5)  yellowish  wash  on  the  belly  and  lower  sides,  (6)  a relatively  wide 
black  stripe  on  the  side  that  extends  from  the  lower  edge  of  the  throat  posteriorly  past  the 
bend  of  the  wing  to  the  base  of  the  primary  coverts,  (7)  large  white  triangle  at  the  base  of 
the  primaries,  and  (8)  mantle  and  crown,  olive-gray,  distinctly  less  “blue”  than  the  left  side. 

A comparative  description  of  the  right  side  of  this  gynandromorph  and  basic  plumages 
of  male  and  female  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  follows.  White  superciliary  and  lower 
eyelid  markings  occur  rarely  in  fall  male  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  in  first  basic  plumage 
but  are  unknown  in  males  in  definitive  basic  plumage.  In  contrast,  nearly  all  females  have 
pale  superciliaries  and  lower  eyelid  spots  (.see  Parkes  1979).  The  face  pattern  of  Patten’s 
bird  was  more  strongly  pronounced  than  that  of  any  male  or  female  we  have  examined. 

Throat  feathers  of  males  in  first  basic  plumage  are  often  tipped  with  white,  imparting  a 
grizzled  appearance.  With  very  rare  exceptions,  females  have  unmarked  throats.  Patten’s 
bird  had  a grizzled  throat,  whiter  near  the  center,  and  a pale  malar  mark,  thus  appearing 
more  male-like  than  female  in  this  character. 

A black  stripe  extends  from  the  side  of  the  throat  posteriorly  along  the  sides  to  the  lower 
flanks  in  basic-plumaged  males,  whereas  females  in  all  plumages  have  unmarked  sides.  Pat- 
ten’s bird  exhibited  a distinctive  black  stripe  tbal  began  at  the  right  side  of  the  throat  and 
continued  to  the  upper  flanks,  becoming  more  diffuse  posteriorly.  The  extent  of  the  black 
stripe  was  well  within  the  range  exhibited  by  males  in  first  basic  plumage.  The  remainder  of 
the  underparts  of  Patten’s  bird  more  closely  resembled  those  of  females  in  basic  plumage. 

In  sum,  the  right  side  of  Patten’s  bird  appeared  to  be  a mosaic  of  distinctive  elements 
from  both  male  and  female  plumages,  but  weighed  more  heavily  toward  male  characters. 


180 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


while  the  left  side  was  typically  male.  However,  the  true  nature  and  cause  of  this  plumage 
asymmetry  will  never  be  known  without  a specimen. 

Crew  and  Munro  (1938)  concluded  that  bilateral  gynandromorphism  in  birds  is  of  three 
types:  (1)  the  finch  or  sparrow  type  where  plumage  is  genetically  determined  and  reflective 
of  lateral  chromosome  distribution;  (2)  the  chicken  or  fowl  type  in  which  sexual  differences 
in  plumage  are  subject  to  hormonal  regulation  so  that  perfect  bilaterahty  of  plumage  is 
impossible-  and  (3)  the  pheasant  type  where  plumage  on  one  half  of  the  bird  is  normal  and 
the  other  half  is  an  intersexual  mosaic  (Danforth  1937a,b).  Nearly  forty  years  later,  Hollan- 
der’s (1975)  review  of  sectorial  mosaics  in  pigeons  suggested  that  mosaics  of  sex-linked 
plumage  may  be  caused  by  bipaternity  and  the  subsequent  incorporation  of  tissue  derived 
from  supernumerary  sperm  into  an  embryo.  This  process  may  result  m an  asymmetrical 
patchwork  of  male  and  female  plumage  such  that  one  side  appears  to  be  normal  and  the 
other  side  an  intersexual  mosaic.  In  any  case,  little  has  been  learned  about  gynandromor- 
phism in  passerines  other  than  the  fact  that  departure  from  bilateral  asymmetry  is  variable 
(see  Laybourne  1967,  Kumerloeve  1987).  The  appearance  of  Patten’s  bird,  normal  male  on 
the  left  side  and  intersexual  mosaic  on  the  right,  marks  an  observed  extreme  within  the 
order  Passeriformes. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Cock,  A.  G.  1960.  Pour  half-and-half  mosaic  fowls.  Genet.  Res.  1 :275-287. 

Crew,  P.  A.  E.  and  S.  S.  Munro.  1938.  Gynandromorphism  and  lateral  asymmetry  m birds. 
Proc.  Royal  Soc.  Edinburgh  58:114—135. 

Danforth,  C.  H.  1937a.  Artificial  gynandromorphism  and  plumage  m Phasianus.  J.  Genet. 
34:497-506. 

. 1937b.  An  experimental  study  of  plumage  in  Reeves  Pheasants.  J.  Exp.  Zool.  77: 

Graves,  G.  R.  1990.  Systematics  of  the  “green-throated  sunangels”  (Aves:  Trochilidae): 

valid  taxa  or  hybrids?  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  103:6-25. 

Hollander,  W.  E 1975.  Sectorial  mosaics  in  the  domestic  pigeon:  25  more  years.  J.  He- 
redity 66:177— 202. 

Kumerloeve,  H.  1987.  Le  gynandromorphisme  chez  les  oiseaux — recapitulation  des  don- 
nees  connues.  Alauda  55:1-9. 

Laybourne,  R.  C.  1967.  Bilateral  gynandrism  in  an  Evening  Grosbeak.  Auk  84:267-272. 
Murton,  R.  K.  and  N.  j.  Westwood.  1977.  Avian  breeding  cycles.  Clarendon  Press,  Ox- 
ford, England. 

Parkes,  K.  C.  1979.  Plumage  variation  in  female  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers.  Cont. 
Birdlife  1:133-135. 

Patten,  M.  A.  1993.  A probable  bilateral  gynandromorphic  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler. 
Wilson  Bull.  105:695—698. 

WIT.SCHI  E.  1961.  Sex  and  secondary  sexual  characters.  Pp.  1 15-168  in  Biology  and  com- 
parative physiology  of  birds,  Vol.  II  (A.  J.  Marshall,  ed.).  Academic  Press,  New  York. 


Gary  R Graves,  Dept,  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  National  Mii.seuni  of  Natural  History,  Smith- 
sonian hutitution,  Washington,  D.C.  20560-  Michael  A.  Patten,  Department  of  Biology, 
Univer.sitv  of  California,  Riverside,  California  9252  C,  and  Jon  L.  Dunn,  153  Grange  Hall 
Road.  Dayton.  Ohio  45430.  Received  19  Jan.  1995,  accepted  5 Sept.  1995. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


181 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  181-182 


Rufous  crown  feathers  on  adult  male  Tennessee  Warblers. — The  presence  of  rufous 
crown  feathers  in  Tennessee  Warblers  [Vennivora  peregrinci)  is  an  undescribed  feature  that 
supports  taxonomic  affinities  with  other  Vennivora  warblers,  although  the  possibility  of 
hybrid  origins  exists.  In  1980,  among  Tennessee  Warblers  collected  from  Aquatuk  Lake  in 
northeastern  Ontario,  J.  A.  Dick  noted  two  adult  males  with  crown  feathers  with  some  rufous 
coloration  among  the  normally  grayish  crown  feathers.  This  phenomenon  seems  to  have 
been  overlooked  in  descriptions  of  this  species,  except  for  a very  brief  passing  comment  by 
Chapman  (1917).  S.  V.  Nash  and  R.  D.  James  located  another  example  in  northeastern 
Ontario  in  1982.  The  Royal  Ontario  Museum  has  six  additional  birds  displaying  some  rufous 
in  the  crown.  This  note  describes  in  greater  detail  the  extent  of  rufous  crown  feathers  in 
Tennessee  Warblers. 

J.  A.  D.  asked  curators  of  several  other  North  American  museums,  if  they  had  Tennessee 
Warblers  with  rufous  crown  feathers.  Nine  of  850  (about  I %)  were  reported  to  have  them. 
The  proportion  may  be  higher,  as  the  coloration  can  be  overlooked  easily  (see  below)  and 
in  Royal  Ontario  Museum  collections  eight  examples  among  136  specimens  (nearly  6%) 
show  some  rufous  on  crown  feathers. 

The  rufous  feathers,  as  is  typical  of  other  Vennivora,  are  found  on  adult  males  that 
normally  have  completely  gray  crowns.  On  any  individual  feather,  the  rufous  is  in  the  center 
of  the  feather,  including  the  rachis,  although  one  vane  may  be  more  highly  colored.  It  may 
be  fairly  distinct  and  roughly  tear-drop  shaped,  and  the  gray  distal  border  of  the  feather  is 
as  wide  as  the  rufous  drop.  Thus,  the  rufous  might  be  scarcely,  if  at  all,  visible  when  the 
feathers  are  in  place,  as  only  the  gray  terminal  edges  of  the  feathers  would  show.  On  some 
other  birds,  the  rufous  is  much  less  distinct,  being  a very  light  suffusion  among  the  gray, 
and  extends  closer  to  the  distal  ends  of  the  crown  feathers.  This  type  is  usually  visible  with 
the  feathers  in  place  but  can  be  so  pale  as  to  be  scarcely  noticeable. 

The  rufous  color  is  not  as  orange  as  on  an  Orange-crowned  Warbler  (U.  celata),  nor  as 
chestnut  as  on  a Nashville  Warbler  (V.  ruficapilla).  It  is  somewhat  intermediate,  but  more 
orange  than  chestnut.  It  approximates  the  orange-rufous  of  Smithe  (1975),  color  132C,  but 
is  very  much  paler  than  that  illustrated,  making  it  easy  to  overlook.  The  number  of  colored 
feathers  also  varies  considerably  from  bird  to  bird.  Some  have  only  one  or  a very  few, 
usually  clo.se  to  the  front  center  of  the  crown  and  usually,  but  not  always,  the  more  strongly 
colored;  one  bird  had  only  a single  very  pale  colored  feather.  The  paleness  and  the  small 
numbers  and  size  of  the  feathers  makes  them  difficult  to  detect.  On  several  others  there 
were  numerous  colored  feathers,  usually  less  intensely  colored  and  lying  in  a “patch”  across 
the  center  to  hind  crown.  The  rufous  coloration  becomes  more  obvious  if  the  feathers  are 
ruffled  to  show  the  length  of  individual  feathers.  But  it  is  akso  possible  that  the  rufous  color 
has  faded  on  the  older  specimens,  making  them  even  more  difficult  to  detect.  One  bird 
showed  some  stronger  coloring  toward  the  front  center  as  well  as  more  lightly  colored 
feathers  toward  the  back  of  the  crown.  Another  showed  a suffusion  of  color  across  only  the 
fore  crown,  strongest  toward  the  front  center. 

There  is  only  one  known  hybrid  specimen  involving  the  Tenne.s.see  Warbler,  Carnegie 
Museum  of  Natural  History  152341,  collected  at  the  museum’s  Powdermill  Nature  Reserve, 
Rector,  Pennsylvania,  on  26  Augu.st  1979.  The  other  putative  parent  species  was  identified 
by  K.  C.  Parkes  and  R.  C.  Leberman  as  the  Nashville  Warbler,  a species  in  which  adult 
males  have  an  obvious  rufous  crown  patch.  The  hybrid  specimen,  however,  is  a male  in 
first  basic  plumage.  Although  70%  of  males  of  V.  r.  ruficapilla  of  this  plumage  stage  in  the 
Carnegie  collection  have  crown  patches,  the  patches  are  unknown  in  young  Tennes.see  War- 
blers, and  there  is  no  sign  of  one  in  the  hybrid  (K.  C.  Parkes,  in  litt.).  Intrageneric  hybrids 


182 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


are  rare  in  the  Parulinae  (Parkes  1978;  Bledsoe,  1988),  and  it  would  seem  unlikely  that  the 
crown  patch  in  Tennessee  Warblers  is  a consequence  of  hybridization.  None  of  those  we 
have  examined  with  rufous  crown  feathers  would  appear  to  be  anything  but  typical  Ten- 
nessee Warblers  in  other  respects.  With  more  than  one  percent  of  the  population  exhibiting 
rufous  crown  feathers,  it  seems  much  more  likely  that  the  rufous  is  a vestigial  plumage 
pattern  of  the  type  typically  found  in  most  other  members  of  the  genus  Vermivora. 

Among  other  Vermivora  warblers  in  which  the  males  exhibit  obvious  rufous  crown  patch- 
es, it  might  be  presumed  that  these  patches  serve  a display  function.  It  seems  very  unlikely, 
however,  that  the  coloration  now  serves  any  display  function  in  Tennessee  Warblers,  since 
it  is  either  very  restricted  or  very  pale. 

Acknowledgments — We  thank  S.  V.  Nash  for  assistance  in  the  field.  S.  L Bailey,  Univ.  of 
California,  Berkeley,  J.  W.  Litzpatrick,  Lield  Museum  of  Natural  History,  J.  Hinshaw,  Univ. 
of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  H.  Ouellet,  Canadian  Museum  of  Nature,  K.  C.  Parkes,  Carnegie 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  T.  Webber,  Llorida  State  Museum  kindly  examined  spec- 
imens in  their  respective  institutions  for  us.  We  would  also  like  to  thank  K.  C.  Parkes  and 
J.  D.  Rising  for  comments  on  an  earlier  draft  of  this  paper. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bledsoe,  A.  H.  1988.  A hybrid  Oporornis  Philadelphia  X Geothlypis  trichas,  with  com- 
ments on  the  taxonomic  interpretation  and  evolutionary  significance  of  intrageneric 
hybridization.  Wilson  Bull.  100:1—8. 

Chapman,  P.  M.  1917.  The  warblers  of  North  America.  D.  Appleton  & Co.,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Parkes,  K.  C.  1978.  Still  another  parulid  intergeneric  hybrid  (Mniotilta  X Dendroica)  and 
its  taxonomic  and  evolutionary  implications.  Auk  95:682-690. 

Smithe,  L B.  1975.  Naturalist’s  color  guide.  New  York,  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 


James  A.  Dick  and  Ross  D.  James,  Dept,  of  Ornithology,  Royal  Ontario  Museum,  100 
Queen’s  Park  Crescent,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,  MSS  2C6.  Received  19  Mar.  1995, 
accepted  20  Aug.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  182-186 


American  Goldfinch  nests  in  purple  loosestrife.— Bird  foraging,  nesting,  and  other  ac- 
tivities are  often  closely  related  to  vegetation  characteristics.  Introduced  plants  may  alter  the 
architecture  and  chemistry  of  the  plant  community,  potentially  affecting  the  food  base  and 
nest  substrate  available  to  birds.  One  non-indigenous  plant,  purple  loosestrife  {Lythrum  sal- 
icaria),  is  said  to  have  little  value  to  North  American  wildlife,  and  a biological  control 
program  is  predicted  to  dramatically  reduce  American  populations  of  loosestrife  (Malecki 
et  al.  1993).  Here  I report  American  Goldfinch  {Carduelis  tristis)  use  of  loosestrife  as  nest 
substrate. 

The  American  Goldfinch  is  a widespread  breeding  bird  in  North  America  and  nests  in  a 
variety  of  habitats  that  include  parks  and  yards  with  ornamental  vegetation,  weedy  waste 
grounds,  forest  edges,  fence  rows,  old  fields,  abandoned  orchards,  shrub  swamps,  and  marsh- 
es. Nickell  (1951)  and  Smith  (1988)  suggested  that  pre-Columbian  habitats  were  beaver 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


183 


Table  1 

American  Goldfinch  Nests  in  Purple  Loosestrife,  Southeastern  New  York 

Dimension 

Mean 

Median 

IQR" 

Range 

N 

Nest  rim  to  soil  (cm) 

140.3 

134 

121-182 

90-190 

7 

Plant  height  from  soil  (cm) 

229.7 

224 

200-246 

192-315 

7 

Nest  height  fraction  of  plant  height  (%) 

60.9 

60.3 

54-66.7 

45-74 

7 

Maximum  plant  diameter  at  level  of  nest  (cm) 

94.2 

94 

67-1 14 

58-152 

12 

Nearest  woody  plant  > 1 m tall  (m)“ 

14.6 

11.5 

6.5-21 

2-34 

12 

Nearest  open  water  >1  m wide  (m)"' 

9.2 

4 

1-16 

1-37 

1 1 

Nearest  shore  (upland)  (m)^ 

19.4 

17 

0-29 

0-71 

11 

• Paced  or  estimated  from  maps. 
Interquartile  range. 


meadows,  wetlands,  lake  and  river  banks,  and  bum  areas.  Purple  loosestrife,  a robust,  shmb- 
like  forb  introduced  to  North  America  ca  1800  (Thompson  et  al.  1987),  is  common  in  the 
moister  types  of  habitats  used  by  nesting  goldfinches  in  New  York. 

From  1971  to  1994,  in  the  course  of  other  field  work,  I found  15  American  Goldfinch 
nests  in  purple  loosestrife  in  Dutchess  and  Ulster  counties  in  the  Hudson  Valley  (Table  1 ). 
I have  deposited  voucher  photographs  at  Visual  Resources  for  Ornithology  (VIREO  catalog 
numbers  v06/22/001  through  v06/22/004;  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia, 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania).  Three  nests  were  active  and  12  abandoned,  the  abandoned  nests 
identified  by  a persistent  accumulation  of  nestling  feces  on  the  nest  rim  (Walkinshaw  1939, 
Berger  1971:258). 

The  goldfinch  nests  were  above  water  or  intermittently  saturated  soil  as  follows:  five  in 
flooded  nontidal  marshes,  two  in  the  upper  intertidal  zone  of  a freshwater-tidal  marsh,  two 
at  pond  margins,  two  in  patches  of  unmowed  wet  meadow  within  mowed  fields,  one  in  a 
patch  of  wet  meadow  in  a dry  old  field,  two  in  extensive  wet  old  fields,  and  one  in  a small 
roadside  wetland.  The  nests  were  attached-statant  and  resembled  types  1,  2,  and  6 illustrated 
by  Nickell  (1958)  for  the  goldfinch.  The  nests  were  typically  woven  around  several  primary 
vertical  stems  of  loosestrife  and  their  ascending  secondary  branches,  with  the  branches 
preventing  the  nests  from  sliding  down  the  primary  stems.  Nests  were  attached  to  stalks  of 
the  current  year  (8),  previous  year  (1),  or  both  years  (2),  and  remained  identifiable  through 
one  or  even  two  winters  (Smith  1988).  The  nests  were  in  tall,  wide,  many-stemmed  loose- 
strife clumps  near  or  touching  other  robust  loosestrife  (Table  1).  The  nests  were  not  wider 
than  high  (contra  Allen  1934),  probably  the  result  of  attachment  to  the  vertical  stalks  of 
loosestrife  rather  than  being  saddled  on  horizontal  branches  of  woody  plants. 

Goldfinch  nesting  habitat,  nest  sites  (plant  species),  and  nest  height  vary  greatly  (Berger 
1971),  but  nests  are  not  placed  on  wholly  artificial  substrates  or  on  the  ground  (Nickell 
1951).  I compiled  literature  reports  of  5991  nest  substrate  records,  predominantly  (94%) 
from  the  Great  Lakes  region,  representing  87  plant  species  or  genera.  Of  these  records, 
87.5%  are  in  broad-leaved  trees  or  shrubs  and  only  1 1 .6%  in  herbs  (almost  all  thistles 
[Cirsium]).  The  same  records  comprise  55%  nests  in  plant  taxa  native  (Gleason  and  Cron- 
quist  1991,  Peattie  1991)  to  the  American  Goldfinch  breeding  range,  1%  in  introduced  taxa, 
and  44%  not  determinable  as  native  or  introduced  (mostly  hawthorns  [Crataegus]  and  wil- 
lows [^a/ix]).  The  records  are  32%  wetland  plant  taxa  following  the  classification  of  Reed 
(1988),  22%  upland  taxa,  and  46%  ambiguous  (mostly  hawthorns,  elms  [Ulmus],  and  maples 
[Acer]).  The  data  compilation  and  a list  of  sources  have  been  deposited  at  the  National 


184 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  I OH,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Technical  Information  Service  (NTIS  Accession  Number  PB95-226965;  5285  Port  Royal 
Road,  Springfield,  Virginia  22161). 

Nickell  (1958)  remarked  that  American  Goldhnch  and  Red-winged  Blackbird  (Agelaius 
phoeniceus)  are  exceptions  to  the  rule  that  bird  species  nesting  above  the  ground  do  not 
attach  nests  to  herbs  because  they  are  weak,  insufficiently  branched,  and  not  fully  grown  at 
the  peak  of  the  nesting  season.  Goldfinch  nests  with  shorter  distances  from  woody  plants 
(Table  1)  suggest  loosestrife  was  occasionally  selected  in  preference  to  apparently  suitable 
woody  species  close  by,  and  nests  with  longer  distances  indicate  loo.sestrife  allowed  gold- 
finches to  nest  in  the  interiors  of  herbaceous  wetlands  not  otherwise  usable.  Purple  loose- 
strife is  intermediate  in  growth  form  between  the  shrubs  and  the  thistles  used  by  nesting 
goldfinches.  Like  the  thistles,  loosestrife  shoots  develop  late;  they  do  not  reach  full  height 
until  August  (Rawinski  1982:27).  Most  goldfinches  begin  nest  construction  mid-June  to  mid- 
August.  The  late  development  of  loosestrife  may  make  it  unsuitable  for  some  marsh  birds 
that  build  elevated  nests  in  May  and  June. 

McCabe  (1991:50,  55)  believed  concealment  from  predators,  weather,  sunlight,  and  con- 
specifics  the  key  factor  governing  taxonomic  choice  of  nest  site  in  the  Willow  Flycatcher 
Empidona.x  traillii  Goldfinch  eggs,  nestlings,  and  sitting  females  are  vulnerable  to  over- 
heating in  the  sun  and  to  chilling  in  rain  and  wind  (Mayer  1981,  Kleinhenz  1984).  Eggs 
and  nestlings  can  also  drown  when  tightly  constructed  nests  fill  with  rain  (Allen  1934). 
Kleinhenz  (1984)  found  that  successful  nests  had  more  overhead  vegetation  cover,  and  that 
goldfinches  selected  broad-leaved  rather  than  nanow-leaved  hawthorns.  Mature  loosestrife 
has  a dense  leafy  crown  that  presumably  shelters  goldfinch  nests  from  sun,  wind,  and  rain; 
tall,  dense  loosestrife  growth  probably  also  conceals  nests  from  predators  and  the  Brown- 
headed Cowbird  (Molothrus  ater). 

Wetlands  can  be  refuges  from  predation  and  brood  parasitism  (Kiviat  1989).  Expanses  of 
soft  wet  soil,  stream  channels,  or  frequent  flooding  may  deter  some  mammals  and  snakes 
from  reaching  nests.  Many  potential  avian  predators  and  the  Brown-headed  Cowbird  do  not 
venture  far  into  marshes  that  lack  tall  shrubs  or  trees.  Low  rates  of  nest  predation  and  brood 
parasitism  of  blackbirds.  Swamp  Sparrow  {Melospiza  georgiana),  and  Song  Sparrow  {M. 
melocJia)  have  been  recorded  in  extensive  marshes  (Johnston  1956,  Friedmann  1963,  Mean- 
ley  and  Webb  1963,  Ortega  and  Cruz  1991). 

Native  birds  commonly  nest  in  certain  introduced  plants,  e.g.,  shrubby  honeysuckles  (Lo- 
nicera  spp.),  common  buckthorn  (Rhamnus  cathartica),  and  multiflora  rose  (Rosa  multiflora) 
DeGraaf  et  al.  1975,  Whelan  and  Dilger  1992),  whereas  other  aliens  such  as  tamarisk  (Ta- 
marix  spp.)  (Brush  1983,  Ohmart  et  al.  1988:156-157)  are  rarely  used,  and  not  all  native 
species  are  used  equally  (Berger  1971:217).  Although  the  American  Goldhnch  more  often 
nests  in  native  than  introduced  plants,  a few  abundant  alien  taxa  are  used.  The  breeding 
range  of  the  American  Goldhnch  (AOU  1983)  and  the  American  range  of  purple  loosestrife 
(Thompson  et  al.  1987:19)  are  nearly  conterminous,  making  loosestrife  a potential  ne.st 
substrate  for  the  goldhnch  over  much  of  its  range.  In  extensive  marshes  lacking  woody 
vegetation,  loosestrife  could  have  facilitated  an  ecological  extension  of  goldhnch  nesting 
habitat.  Native  forbs  that  form  tall  clumps  and  dense  patches  in  marshes  and  wet  meadows 
rarely  provide  a structure  as  dense,  leafy,  and  sturdy  as  that  of  mature  clumps  of  purple 
loosestrife. 

Acknowledgments. — Charles  Leek,  Brooke  Meanley,  Thomas  J.  Rawinski,  Gretchen  Ste- 
vens, Bryan  L.  Swift,  and  Julie  Zickefoose  reviewed  a dralt,  and  1 am  also  grateful  to 
referees  Alex  L.  A.  Middleton,  Charles  R.  Smith,  and  Doris  Watt.  This  is  Bard  College 
Field  Station  - Hudsonia  Contribution  31. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


185 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Allen,  A.  A.  1934.  American  bird  biographies.  Comstock  Publishing  Co.,  Ithaca,  New 
York. 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  6th  ed. 
A.O.U.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Berger,  A.  J.  1971.  Bird  study.  Dover  Publications,  New  York,  New  York. 

Brush,  T.  1983.  First  nesting  of  a New  World  woodpecker  in  tamarisk  (Tarnarix  chinensis). 
Southwestern  Naturalist  28(1  ):1  13. 

DeGraaf,  R.  M.,  H.  R.  Pywell,  and  J.  W.  Thomas.  1975.  Relationships  between  nest 
height,  vegetation,  and  housing  density  in  New  England  suburbs.  Transactions  of  the 
Northeast  Section,  Wildlife  Society  32:130-150. 

Friedmann.  H.  1963.  Host  relations  of  the  parasitic  cowbirds.  U.S.  National  Museum  Bul- 
letin 233. 

Gleason,  H.  A.  and  A.  Cronquist.  1991.  Manual  of  vascular  plants  of  northeastern  United 
States  and  adjacent  Canada,  2nd  ed.  New  York  Botanical  Garden,  Bronx,  New  York. 

Johnston,  R.  F.  1956.  Population  structure  in  salt  marsh  Song  Sparrows.  Part  II.  Density, 
age  structure,  and  maintenance.  Condor  58:254—272. 

Kiviat,  E.  1989.  The  role  of  wildlife  in  estuarine  ecosystems.  Pp.  437-475  in  Estuarine 
ecology  (J.  W.  Day  et  al.,  eds.).  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  New  York. 

Kleinhenz,  P.  C.  1984.  Nest  site  microclimates  and  their  energetic  significance  to  nesting 
American  Goldfinches  (Carduelis  tristis).  M.S.  thesis,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus, 
Ohio. 

Malecki,  R.  a.,  B.  Blossey,  S.  D.  Hight,  D.  Schroeder,  L.  T.  Kok,  and  J.  R.  Coulson. 
1993.  Biological  control  of  purple  loosestrife.  BioScience  43:680-686. 

Mayer,  L.  P.  1981.  The  importance  of  seasonal  microclimate  utilization  of  two  small  birds, 
Carolina  Chickadee  (Pams  caroUnensis)  and  American  Goldfinch  (Carduelis  Irislis). 
Ph.D.  diss.  Ohio  State  Univ.  Columbus,  Ohio. 

McCabe,  R.  A.  1991.  The  little  green  bird;  ecology  of  the  Willow  Flycatcher.  Corrected 
printing.  Rusty  Rock  Press,  Madison,  Wisconsin. 

Meanley,  B.  and  j.  S.  Webb.  1963.  Nesting  ecology  and  reproductive  rate  of  the  Red- 
winged Blackbird  in  tidal  marshes  of  the  upper  Chesapeake  Bay  region.  Chesapeake 
Science  4:90—100. 

Nickell,  W.  P.  1951.  Studies  of  habitats,  territory,  and  nests  of  the  Eastern  Goldfinch.  Auk 
68:447^70. 

. 1958.  Variations  in  engineering  features  of  the  nest  of  several  species  of  birds  in 

relation  to  nest  sites  and  nesting  materials.  Botanical  Studies,  Butler  University  (Indi- 
anapolis, Indiana)  13:121-139. 

Ohmart,  R.  D.,  B.  W.  Anderson,  and  W.  C.  Hunter.  1988.  The  ecology  of  the  lower 
Colorado  River  from  Davis  Dam  to  the  Mexico — United  States  international  boundary: 
a community  profile.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  Biological  Report  85(7.19). 

Ortega,  C.  P.  and  A.  Cruz.  1991.  A comparative  study  of  cowbird  parasitism  in  Yellow- 
headed Blackbirds  and  Red-winged  Blackbirds.  Auk  108:16-24. 

Peattie,  D.  C.  1991.  A natural  history  of  western  trees.  Houghton  Mifflin,  Boston. 

Rawinski,  T.  j.  1982.  The  ecology  and  management  of  purple  loosestrife  (Lyihrum  salicaria 
L.)  in  central  New  York.  M.S.  thesis,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Reed,  P.  B.,  Jr.  1988.  National  list  of  plant  species  that  occur  in  wetlands:  national  sum- 
mary. U.S.  Department  of  the  Interior,  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Biological  Report 
88(24). 

Smith,  C.  R.  1988.  American  Goldfinch,  Carduelis  tristis.  P.  496  in  The  atlas  of  breeding 


186 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


birds  in  New  York  State  (R.  L Andrle  and  J.  R.  Carroll,  eds.).  Led.  New  York  State 
Bird  Clubs,  New  York  State  Dept,  of  Environmental  Conservation,  and  Cornell  Univ. 
Laboratory  of  Ornithology,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Thompson,  D.  Q.,  R.  L.  Stuckey,  and  E.  B.  Thompson.  1987.  Spread,  impact,  and  control 
of  purple  loosestrife  {Lythrum  salicaria)  in  North  American  wetlands.  U.S.  Dept,  of  the 
Interior,  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research  2. 

Walkinshaw,  L.  H.  1939.  Life  history  studies  of  the  Eastern  Goldfinch.  Part  II.  Jack-Pine 
Warbler  17:12-21. 

Whelan,  C.  J.  and  M.  L.  Dilger.  1992.  Invasive,  exotic  shrubs:  a paradox  for  natural  area 
managers?  Natural  Areas  Journal  12:109-110. 


Erik  Kiviat,  Hudsonia  Ltd.,  Bard  College  Field  Station,  Annandale,  New  York  12504. 
Received  22  April  1994,  accepted  22  Sept.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  186-187 

Opportunistic  winter  water  acquisition  by  Pine  Grosbeaks. — The  sparse  documenta- 
tion of  water  acquisition  by  birds  in  cold  regions  is  limited  primarily  to  observations  of 
consumption  of  water  in  a frozen  form.  Methods  reported  include  Pine  Siskins  (Carduelis 
pinus)  eating  snow.  Cedar  Waxwings  {Bombcilla  cedrorum)  catching  snowflakes  during  a 
storm  (both  by  Dr.  Glover  Allen  as  cited  in  Gordon  (1934)  and  in  Allard  (1934)),  and  “Song 
Thrush”  chipping  ice  (Harding  1986).  Allard  (1934)  also  reported  “starlings”  eating  snow 
and  catching  snowflakes.  Other  species  observed  eating  snow  include  the  “Redwing  (T. 
iliacus)  and  Blackbird  (T.  merula)”  (editors  note  following  Harding  [1986]),  and  Bohemian 
Waxwing  (B.  garrulus)  (pers.  obs.). 

This  note  documents  the  opportunistic  exploitation  of  free  water  droplets  in  a cold  region 
in  winter  by  Pine  Grosbeaks  (Pinicola  enucleator).  It  also  notes  that  this  species  has  the 
ability  to  hover,  somewhat  like  a hummingbird,  for  short  periods. 

Lone  Pine  Grosbeaks  were  observed  on  7 November  1992  and  again  20  December  1994 
at  a site  about  24  km  northeast  of  Anchorage,  Alaska,  in  Eagle  River  Valley  (61°19'N/ 
149°28'W),  flying  from  a cottonwood  tree  (Populus  sp.)  perch  to  hover  briefly  below  an 
icicle  as  a droplet  of  water  formed.  The  droplet  was  sipped  off  the  end  of  the  icicle  and 
then  the  bird  returned  to  its  perch  in  the  tree  about  1.5  m away.  This  process  was  repeated 
5—10  times  over  a 5-min  period.  The  icicles  were  forming  off  the  roof  of  a cabin  located 
on  a south-facing  27°  slope.  The  area  is  under  what  Viereck  et  al.  (1992)  classifies  as  an 
“open  poplar”  (I.B.2.C)  or  “open  spruce-poplar”  (I.C.2.d)  forest  and  receives  its  first  mea- 
surable snowfall  in  September  and  is  snowfree  by  mid  April  (pers.  obs).  The  area  is  visited 
intermittently  throughout  the  winter  months  by  Pine  Grosbeaks.  Temperatures  prior  to  both 
observations  varied  somewhat  (±3°C)  but  were  consistently  subfreezing  (x  = -10°C)  at 
night  (National  Weather  Service,  pers.  comm.;  NO  A A 1992)  and  at  or  above  freezing  (0- 
5°C  range)  during  the  day  at  the  610  m elevation  observation  site.  Both  observations  were 
preceded  by  snowfall  of  25  cm  (6—7  November  1992)  (NOAA  1992)  to  46  cm  (15—18 
December  1994)  (pers.  obs.).  These  conditions  led  to  droplet-producing  icicles  along  the 
south-facing  roof  pitch. 

Acknowledgments. — I thank  A.  Carter,  Alaska  Bird  TLC;  D.  Irons,  USFWS;  and  anony- 
mous reviewers  for  their  helpful  suggestions  on  the  manuscript.  I also  appreciate  the  research 
assistance  received  from  University  of  Alaska— Fairbanks  and  USFWS  library  staffs. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


187 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Allard,  H.  A.  1934.  How  some  birds  satisfy  thirst.  Science  80:116-117. 

Gordon,  S.  1934.  The  drinking  habits  of  birds.  Nature  133:436^37. 

Harding,  B.  D.  1986.  Song  Thrush  chipping  ice.  Br.  Birds.  79:405. 

NOAA.  1992.  Climatological  data,  Alaska,  November  1992.  v.  78,  #11.  Department  of 
Commerce,  National  Oceanic  Atmospheric  Administration,  National  Climate  Data  Cen- 
ter, North  Carolina. 

ViERECK,  L.  A.,  C.  T.  Dyrness,  a.  R.  Batten,  and  K.  J.  Wenzlick.  1992.  The  Alaska 
vegetation  classification.  Gen  Tech.  Rep.  PNW-GTR-286.  Portland,  Oregon.  USDA  For- 
est Service,  Pac.  NW  Res.  Sta. 


David  F.  G.  Wolfe,  Wildlife  Ecologist,  P.O.  Box  101572,  Anchorage,  Alaska  99510-1 572. 
Received  16  May  1995,  accepted  30  Sept.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  187-189 

Evidence  of  nest  parasitism  in  Mottled  Ducks. — Intraspecific  nest  parasitism,  which  is 
the  fostering  of  one  or  more  eggs  into  the  nest  of  a conspecific,  is  widespread  in  waterfowl 
(Yom-Tov  1980,  Eadie  1991).  Intraspecific  nest  parasitism  is  most  common  among  cavity 
nesting  waterfowl  and  waterfowl  that  nest  in  colonies  (Rohwer  and  Freeman  1989).  In 
contrast,  it  is  rare  in  solitary,  upland-nesting  waterfowl,  including  most  Anatini  (Eadie  et 
al.  1988,  Rohwer  and  Freeman  1989),  except  when  they  nest  in  high  densities  (e.g.,  Drewien 
and  Fredrickson  1970,  Titman  and  Lowther  1975,  Hines  and  Mitchell  1984).  Dense-nesting 
situations  may  facilitate  parasitism  by  reducing  the  time,  energy,  and  risk  associated  with 
finding  host  nests  (Rohwer  and  Freeman  1989).  Some  authors  (e.g.,  Jones  and  Leopold 
1967,  Erskine  1990)  have  suggested  nest  parasitism  may  also  occur  as  a consequence  of 
nest  site  competition  when  waterfowl  nest  in  high  densities.  However,  parasitism  persists  in 
cavity  nesting  ducks  when  nest  sites  are  abundant  (Semel  and  Sherman  1986)  and  evidence 
for  nest  site  competition  in  non-cavity  nesting  waterfowl  is  equivocal  (Rohwer  and  Freeman 
1989).  Intraspecific  nest  parasitism  has  been  documented  for  only  six  species  of  Anatini 
from  North  America:  Northern  Shoveler  (Anas  clypeata).  Green-winged  Teal  (A.  crecca). 
Cinnamon  Teal  (A.  cyanoptera).  Mallard  (A.  platyrhynchos),  American  Black  Duck  (A. 
rubripes),  and  Gadwall  (A.  strepera)  (reviewed  in:  Eadie  et  al.  1988,  Rohwer  and  Freeman 
1989,  Sayler  1992).  Here  we  report  the  first  evidence  of  intraspecific  nest  parasitism  in  the 
Mottled  Duck  (A.  fulvigula). 

We  found  132  Mottled  Duck  nests  during  searches  of  six  islands  in  the  Atchafalaya  Delta 
Wildlife  Management  Area  (29°26'N,  9I°20'W),  Saint  Mary  Parish,  Louisiana,  during 
March  through  August  1994.  When  we  found  a nest,  we  estimated  incubiUion  stage  (Weller 
1956)  and  individually  marked  all  eggs.  Newly  laid  eggs  were  marked  on  subsequent  nest 
checks  and  incubation  stage  was  estimated  again.  Incubation  period  for  Mottled  Ducks  was 
assumed  to  be  26  days  (Stutzenbaker  1988). 

We  found  four  cases  of  apparent  nest  parasitism.  (1)  On  8 April,  we  found  a nest  con- 
taining 12  eggs,  which  we  estimated  at  19  days  incubation.  On  16  April,  the  nest  contained 
several  recently  hatched  eggs  and  one  unhatched  egg.  We  opened  the  unhatched  egg,  which 
contained  a 15  day-old  embryo  (Caldwell  and  Snail  1974).  We  believe  that  this  was  a non- 
term  egg  (an  egg  laid  after  the  onset  of  incubation,  Morse  and  Wight  1969)  and  not  an 


188 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


embryo  that  died  during  development,  because  it  had  not  deteriorated.  (2)  On  16  April,  we 
found  a laying  stage  nest  containing  10  eggs.  The  nest  contained  15  eggs  on  29  April.  Four 
of  these  eggs  clearly  differed  in  color  from  the  rest  of  the  clutch  and  were  estimated  to  have 
been  incubated  <four  days.  Egg  color  difference  can  accurately  distinguish  parasitic  eggs 
in  some  birds  (Lyon  1993)  and  has  been  used  to  identify  parasitic  eggs  in  waterfowl  (Jones 
and  Leopold  1967).  Egg  color  difference,  together  with  an  approximate  eight  day  difference 
in  incubation  stage,  suggests  that  the  four  eggs  were  laid  by  a hen  other  than  the  host.  On 
12  May,  the  nest  contained  10  ducklings  and  eight  unpipped  eggs.  Seven  of  the  unhatched 
eggs  differed  in  color  from  shells  of  the  hatched  eggs.  The  large  clutch  size  (18  vs  typical 
range  of  8-13  eggs,  Stutzenbaker  1988)  was  further  evidence  of  nest  parasitism.  (3)  On  7 
May.  we  found  a nest  containing  12  eggs,  most  of  which  had  12-day-old  embryos.  Three 
eggs,  however,  differed  in  color  from  the  others  and  were  5-10  days  less  developed.  On  18 
May,  there  were  hatching  movements  (>23  days  of  incubation)  in  all  eggs  except  the  three 
differently  colored  eggs.  On  25  May,  there  was  evidence  of  hatched  eggs,  but  no  intact  eggs 
remained  in  the  nest.  (4)  On  6 July,  we  found  a laying  stage  nest  containing  six  eggs.  It 
contained  nine  eggs  on  20  July,  one  of  which  was  a different  color  and  was  unincubated 
(<3  days,  Weller  1956).  On  30  July,  the  nest  still  contained  nine  eggs,  several  of  which  had 
hatching  movements,  but  the  off-color  egg’s  incubation  stage  was  1 1 days.  An  8 August 
nest  check  revealed  evidence  of  hatched  eggs,  but  two  unhatched  eggs  remained,  one  of 
which  was  the  egg  of  different  color. 

All  four  cases  of  suspected  parasitism  occurred  on  one  22-ha  island,  where  most  (N  = 
82)  nests  were  found.  The  estimated  parasitism  rate  (minimally  5%)  on  this  island  was 
similar  to  other  studies  of  island  nesting  Anatini  (Rohwer  and  Freeman  1989).  We  were 
unable  to  estimate  nest  densities  because  we  did  not  systematically  search  islands.  However, 
during  March  and  April,  areas  searched  on  islands  were  approximately  equal  and  twice  as 
many  nests  were  found  on  the  22-ha  island  as  on  all  other  islands  combined.  Three  of  the 
other  islands  were  >40  ha.  The  other  two  were  <20  ha  and  were  often  flooded.  Failure  to 
detect  parasitism  on  other  islands  may  reflect  smaller  samples  of  nests  or  lower  nest  den- 
sities. 

Acknowledgments. — Financial  support  was  provided  by  the  Fur  and  Refuge  Division, 
Louisiana  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries.  We  are  grateful  to  the  Atchafalaya  Delta  Wildlife 
Management  Area  staff  for  logistical  support  provided  during  field  work.  R R.  Garrettson 
and  W.  L.  Hohman  provided  helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Caldwell,  P.  J.  and  A.  E.  Snart.  1974.  A photographic  index  for  aging  Mallard  embryos. 
J.  Wildl.  Manage.  38:298-301. 

Drewien,  R.  C.  and  L.  F.  Fredrickson.  1970.  High  density  Mallard  ne.sting  on  a South 
Dakota  island.  Wilson  Bull.  82:95—96. 

Eadie,  j.  McA.  1991.  Constraint  and  opportunity  in  the  evolution  of  brood  parasitism  in 
waterfowl.  Proc.  International  Ornithological  Congress  20:1031  — 1040. 

, F P.  Kehoe,  and  T.  D.  Nudds.  1988.  Pre-hatch  and  post-hatch  brood  amalgamation 

in  North  American  Anatidae:  a review  ol  hypotheses.  Can.  J.  Zool.  66:1709—1721. 
Erskine,  a.  j.  1990.  Joint  laying  in  Bucephala  ducks — “parasitism”  or  nest-site  competi- 
tion? Ornis  Scand.  21:52—56. 

Hines,  J.  E.  and  G.  J.  Mitchell.  1984.  Parasitic  laying  in  nests  of  Gadwalls.  Can.  J.  Zool. 
62:627-630. 

Jones,  R.  E.  and  A.  S.  Leopold.  1967.  Nesting  interference  in  a dense  population  of  Wood 
Ducks.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  31:221—228. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


189 


Lyon,  B.  E.  1993.  Conspecific  brood  para.sitisni  as  a flexible  female  reproductive  lactic  in 
American  Coots.  Anim.  Behav.  46:91  1-928. 

Rohwer,  F.  C.  and  S.  Freeman.  1989.  The  distribution  of  conspecific  nest  parasitism  in 
birds.  Can.  J.  Zool.  67:239-253. 

Sayler,  R.  D.  1992.  Ecology  and  evolution  of  brood  parasitism  in  waterfowl.  Pp.  290-322 
in  Ecology  and  management  of  breeding  waterfowl  (B.  D.  J.  Batt,  A.  D.  Alton,  M.  G. 
Anderson,  C.  D.  Ankney,  D.  H.  Johnson,  J.  A.  Kadlec,  and  G.  L.  Krapu,  eds.).  Univ. 
Minnesota  Press,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

Semel,  B.  and  P.  W.  Sherman.  1986.  Dynamics  of  nest  parasitism  in  Wood  Ducks.  Auk 
103:813-816. 

Stutzenbaker,  C.  D.  1988.  The  Mottled  Duck:  its  life  history,  ecology,  and  management. 
Texas  Parks  and  Wildl.  Dept.,  Austin,  Texas. 

Titman,  R.  D.  and  j.  K.  Lowther.  1975.  The  breeding  behavior  of  a crowded  population 
of  Mallards.  Can.  J.  Zool.  53:1270-1283. 

Weller,  M.  W.  1956.  A simple  field  candler  for  waterfowl  eggs.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  20: 
1 1 1-1 13. 

Yom-Tov,  Y.  1980.  Intraspecific  nest  parasitism  in  birds.  Biol.  Rev.  Cambridge  Philos.  Soc. 
55:93-108. 


William  P.  Johnson,  School  of  Forestry,  Wildlife  and  Fisheries,  Louisiana  Agricultural 
Experiment  Station,  Louisiana  State  Univ.  Agricultural  Center,  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana 
70803\  Frank  C.  Rohwer,  School  of  Forestry,  Wildlife  and  Fisheries,  Louisiana  Agricul- 
tural Experiment  Station,  Louisiana  State  Univ.  Agricultural  Center,  Baton  Rouge,  Louisi- 
ana 70803'.  AND  Michael  Carloss,  Louisiana  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Eisheries,  2415  Darnall 
Road,  New  Iheria,  Louisiana  70560.  Received  13  April  1995,  accepted  / Sept.  1995. 


WiLson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  189-190 

Eight  new  host  species  for  the  parasitic  blow  fly  genus  Protocalliphora  (Diptera: 
Calliphoridae). — Larvae  of  Protocalliphora  blow  flies  (Diptera:  Calliphoridae)  are  obligate 
hematophagous  parasites  that  reside  in  nests  of  birds  with  nidicolous  young  where  they 
intermittently  attach  to  the  nestlings  to  feed.  Only  one  species  of  Protocalliphora,  P.  hraueri, 
is  known  to  be  an  obligate  subcutaneous  parasite  (Sabrosky  et  al.  1989).  Protocalliphora 
blow  flies  appear  to  have  little  host  specificity  (Bennett  and  Whitworth  1992),  and,  with  the 
exception  of  birds  whose  nest  structure  is  not  conducive  to  blowfly  retention  and  develop- 
ment (e.g.,  loosely  arranged  stick  nests,  very  wet  nests),  eventually  all  nidicolous  bird  spe- 
cies within  the  range  of  these  blow  flies  are  likely  to  be  recorded  as  hosts  (Sabrosky  el  al. 
1989). 

During  a three-year  study  of  interactions  between  Protocalliphora  blow  flies  and  Neo- 
tropical migratory  bird  species,  bird  nests  were  collected  from  study  plots  in  Arkansas  in 
the  Ozark  National  Forest,  in  1991,  1992,  and  1993,  and  from  the  Ouachita  National  Forest 
in  1993.  In  Idaho,  ne.sts  were  collected  during  1992  and  1993  from  Targhee  National  Fore.st. 
Nests  were  located  and  monitored  following  the  protocols  detailed  in  Marlin  and  Geupel 
(1993).  When  the  nests  were  no  longer  active  (i.e.  after  fledging,  death,  or  depredation), 
they  were  collected  in  plastic  bags,  taken  to  the  laboratory,  and  searched  for  Protocalliphora 
larvae  and  pupae.  Larvae  were  collected  from  nestlings  and  fledglings  whenever  noted.  The 
larvae  and  pupae  were  reared  to  maturity  and  identified  using  the  taxonomic  key  provided 


190 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


in  Sabrosky  et.  al.  (1989).  Voucher  specimens  were  deposited  in  the  Univ.  of  Arkansas 
Museum  of  Entomology. 

I recorded  eight  new  host  species  for  this  parasitic  genus  of  blow  flies.  In  Arkansas,  P. 
deceptor  larvae  were  collected  from  Acadian  Flycatcher  {Empidonax  virescen.s).  Hooded 
Warbler  (Wilsonia  citrina),  and  Bachman’s  Sparrow  (AimophUa  aestivalis)  nests.  Larvae  ol 
P.  braueri  were  collected  from  the  nests  of  Black-and-white  Warbler  (Mniotilta  varia)  and 
Kentucky  Warbler  (Oporornis  formosus).  Subcutaneous  larvae  of  P.  braueri  were  collected 
from  Kentucky  Warbler  nestlings  and  from  a single  Yellow-throated  Vireo  (Vireo  flavifron.s) 
fledgling.  In  Idaho,  an  unknown  species  of  Protocalliphora  larvae  was  collected  from  Veery 
{Catharus  fuscescens)  nests  and  P.  metallica  and  an  unknown  Protocalliphora  species  from 
MacGillivray’s  Warbler  (Oporornis  tolmiei)  nests.  Unknown  species  could  not  be  identified 
due  to  damage  incurred  during  transport.  These  appear  to  be  the  first  records  of  Protocal- 
liphora parasitism  in  these  bird  species. 

Acknowledgments. — I thank  C.  Sabrosky  for  identifying  blow  fly  specimens.  Numerous 
graduate  students  and  field  assistants  collected  nests  in  Arkansas  and  Idaho.  J.  Johnson  and 
the  University  of  Arkansas  Cooperative  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research  Unit  provided  trans- 
portation and  laboratory  space.  T.  Martin,  L.  Garner,  S.  Garner,  and  their  field  assistants 
collected  nests  in  Idaho.  A special  thanks  to  N.  Ball,  S.  Foster,  R.  King,  and  C.  Sagers  for 
thoughtful  comments  on  earlier  versions  of  this  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bennett,  G.  F.  and  T.  L.  Whitworth.  1992.  Host,  nest,  and  ecological  relationships  of 
species  of  Protocalliphora  (Diptera:  Calliphoridae).  Can.  J.  Zool.  70:51—61. 

Martin,  T.  E.  and  G.  R.  Geupel.  1993.  Nest-monitoring  plots:  Methods  for  locating  nests 
and  monitoring  success.  J.  Field  Ornith.  64:507—519. 

Sabrosky,  C.  W,  G.  F.  Bennett,  and  T.  L.  Whitworth.  1989.  Bird  blow  flies  {Protocal- 
liphora) in  North  America  (Diptera:  Calliphoridae),  with  notes  on  the  Palearctic  species. 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 


Mia  Revels,  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Univ.  of  Arkan.sas,  Fayetteville,  Arkansas  72701. 
Received  20  April  1995,  accepted  I Sept.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  190-192 

Observations  of  shorebird  predation  by  snapping  turtles  in  eastern  Lake  Ontario. — 

Accounts  of  snapping  turtle  (Chelydra  serpentina)  predation  on  birds  other  than  waterfowl 
are  rare.  These  include  Laughing  Gull  (Larus  atricilla)  (Alexander  1921),  Semipalmated 
Sandpiper  (Calidris  pusilla)  and  Lesser  Yellowlegs  (Tringa  flavipes)  (Street  1989),  and  the 
possible  predation  of  a Forster’s  Tern  (Sterna  forsteri)  chick  (Fraser  1994). 

The  present  observations  were  made  at  a freshwater  dune  ecosystem  at  the  Nature  Con- 
servancy’s El  Dorado  Beach  Preserve  in  Jefferson  County,  New  York.  Thick,  partially- 
submerged  algal  mats  accumulate  there  annually  in  the  shallow  embayments  of  Lake  On- 
tario. Large  quantities  of  a green,  filamentous  algae  (Cladophora  glomerata)  break  oft  from 
underwater  rocky  substrates  when  the  lake  temperature  exceeds  25°C,  as  in  late  summer 
(Vetterle  1976).  The  resulting  offshore  algal  mats  entrap  invertebrates,  including  freshwater 
crustaceans,  gastropods,  and  insects  and  some  vertebrates  such  as  small  fish.  This  concen- 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


191 


tration  of  food  organisms  is  subject  to  predation  by  northern  water  snakes  {Nerodia  sipedon), 
painted  turtles  {Chrysemys  picta),  snapping  turtles,  and  many  species  of  birds,  especially 
migrating  shorebirds. 

On  7 August  1994  at  16:15  EST,  a Semipalmated  Sandpiper  was  observed  being  pulled 
underwater,  through  an  algal  mat.  The  captured  sandpiper  was  peeping  loudly  with  only  its 
head  visible  above  water.  The  nearby  shorebirds  (Semipalmated  Sandpipers  and  Lesser  Yel- 
lowlegs)  also  vocalized  excitedly.  A Lesser  Yellowlegs  fluttered  briefly  above  the  site  while 
vocalizing  frenziedly.  A large  turtle’s  carapace  was  felt  at  the  immediate  location  where  the 
captured  sandpiper  was  last  observed;  the  turtle  had  presumably  consumed  the  bird  imme- 
diately. At  12:30  on  8 August  1994  another  Semipalmated  Sandpiper  was  pulled  under  the 
same  algal  mat  by  a snapping  turtle.  The  bird  was  repeatedly  pulled  underwater,  but  resur- 
faced each  time  with  its  wings  fully  extended  outward.  This  reaction  made  it  difficult  for 
the  turtle  to  pull  the  bird  through  the  algae.  The  event  was  photographed  at  the  site.  After 
I nudged  the  turtle’s  carapace  with  my  foot,  the  turtle  released  the  sandpiper.  The-  bird 
quickly  flew  away,  landed  nearby,  and  began  preening.  The  sandpiper  shivered  and  preened 
for  approximately  10  minutes,  at  which  time  it  joined  a close  flock  of  feeding  shorebirds. 
There  was  no  visible  damage  to  the  bird. 

At  12:25  on  11  August  1994  a large  snapping  turtle  was  observed  crossing  the  sandy 
beach  from  an  inland  pond  in  order  to  enter  the  algal  mat.  The  turtle  was  estimated  to  weigh 
between  10  and  15  kilograms,  and  had  a carapace  approximately  35  cm  long.  The  shorebirds 
exhibited  a distinct  pattern  of  aggression  in  response  to  the  fully  exposed  turtle.  Three  Black- 
bellied  Plovers  (Pluvialis  squatarola)  “escorted”  the  turtle  closely.  A Killdeer  (Charadrius 
vociferus)  stood  further  back  and  vocalized.  Six  Lesser  Yellowlegs  called  and  periodically 
fluttered  in  the  air  above  the  turtle.  The  remaining  shorebirds  (130-135  Semipalmated  Sand- 
pipers, four  Sanderlings  [Calidris  alba],  four  Semipalmated  Plovers  [Charadrius  semipal- 
matus],  and  one  Spotted  Sandpiper  [Actitus  macularia])  remained  in  a tight,  distant  group 
until  the  turtle  was  submerged  under  the  algae.  Within  15  min,  the  birds  resumed  normal 
feeding  activity  in  the  vicinity  of  the  submerged  turtle.  It  was  later  observed  that  there  were 
two  snapping  turtles  under  the  algal  mat. 

At  10:00  on  13  August  1994  a Lesser  Yellowlegs  was  observed  being  pulled  under  the 
algae,  with  only  its  head  exposed.  Three  other  Lesser  Yellowlegs  were  frantically  peeping 
and  fluttering  above  the  victim.  I again  waded  into  the  algae  and  nudged  a large  snapping 
turtle,  which  released  the  bird.  The  yellowlegs  flew  nearby,  preened,  and  apparently  had  no 
damage  done  to  its  body  or  legs.  It  soon  joined  a feeding  flock  of  shorebirds  and  could  be 
identified  by  the  algae  and  duckweed  (Lemna  sp.)  remaining  on  its  undertail  coverts  and 
legs. 

It  appears  that  individual  snapping  turtles  can  become  efficient  seasonal  predators  of 
shorebirds.  Contrary  to  popular  assumptions,  even  large  snapping  turtles  did  not  rely  entirely 
on  strong  jaw  musculature  to  capture  prey,  but  instead  displayed  a furtive  hunting  tactic. 
The  delicate  legs  of  those  birds  that  escaped  were  not  visibly  damaged  by  the  turtles’  sharp, 
heavy  mandibles,  as  might  otherwi.se  be  expected.  Populations  of  shorebirds,  which  may 
seem  to  be  unlikely  prey  for  sluggish  snapping  turtles,  can  be  reduced  during  migration 
when  feeding  in  areas  where  the  turtles  occur.  Three  confirmed  events  of  snapping  turtle 
predation  on  shorebirds,  at  the  same  site  and  within  six  days,  represent  a potential  impact 
on  migratory  shorebird  numbers. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Alexander,  E.  G.  1921.  Laughing  Gull  (Larus  atricilla)  captured  by  snapping  turtles.  Auk 
38:596. 


192 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  J,  March  1996 


Eraser,  G.  1994.  Possible  predation  of  a Forster’s  Tern  chick  by  a snapping  turtle.  Prairie 
Nat.  26:33-35. 

Street,  H.  M.  1989.  Semipalmated  Sandpiper  captured  by  turtle.  Ont.  Birds  7:70. 
Vetterle,  P.  1976.  The  importance  of  the  macroinvertebrate  benthos  in  Lake  Ontario  Cla- 
dophora  mats.  Masters’  thesis,  Professional  Studies  Division,  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences, SUNY  College  at  Oswego,  Oswego,  New  York. 


Gregory  S.  Pryor,  RD#  8 Box  194,  Oswego,  New  Yoric  13126.  Received  28  April  1995, 
accepted  8 Sept.  1995. 


Erratum 

The  paper  entitled  “Gray  Flycatcher  predation  on  a hummingbird,”  in  Wilson  Bulletin 
107:565-567,  actually  refers  to  observations  of  the  Gray  Kingbird.  Although  the  correct 
scientific  name  is  given,  the  substitution  of  “flycatcher”  for  “kingbird”  escaped  two  ref- 
erees, a proofreader,  this  editor,  and  (apparently)  the  author. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(1),  1996,  pp.  193-204 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 

Edited  by  William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 

Arena  Birds:  Sexual  Selection  and  Behavior.  By  Paul  A.  Johnsgard,  illus.  by  the 
author.  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C.  1994:  330  pp.,  38  color  plates,  70 
pen-and-ink  illustrations.  $39.95  (cloth). — Arena  birds  are  those  species  that  exhibit  elabo- 
rate courtship  behavior  in  well-defined,  often  communal  areas  called  arenas.  Familiar  ex- 
amples from  North  America  include  many  of  the  grouse  species,  some  duck  species,  as  well 
as  certain  shorebirds  such  as  the  Pectoral  (Calidris  melanotos)  and  Buff-breasted  (Tringites 
subruficoUis)  sandpipers.  Familiar  examples  from  outside  of  North  America  include  the  New 
Guinea  and  Australia  birds-of-paradise  and  bowerbirds,  the  contingas  and  manakins  of  the 
Neotropics,  and  the  European  and  African  bustards.  Other  examples  include  species  in  such 
diverse  groups  as  the  parrots  (the  Kakapo  [Strigops  hahroptilus]  of  New  Zealand),  the 
hummingbirds  (the  hermit  species  as  well  as  others),  African  widowbirds  and  whydahs,  and 
the  Australian  lyrebirds.  Obviously,  arena  courtship  has  evolved  independently  in  numerous 
taxonomically  distant  bird  groups.  It  is  one  form  of  sexual  selection,  a pervasive  evolution- 
ary force  in  animals  ranging  from  arthropods  to  apes.  In  this  volume,  Paul  Johnsgard,  known 
for  his  prolific  popularized  treatments  of  various  of  the  world’s  bird  families,  has  again 
attempted  a broad  review,  this  time  not  taxonomically  oriented  but  evolutionarily  oriented: 
arena  courtship  in  birds. 

Johnsgard’s  book  is  comprehensive  and  well  referenced.  It  will  prove  important  to  stu- 
dents and  researchers  interested  in  sexual  selection  as  manifested  in  arena  courtship.  A total 
of  460  references  are  included  in  the  literature  cited,  making  this  volume  clearly  the  best 
available  review  of  this  subject  as  it  applies  to  birds.  In  addition,  students  will  find  the 
thorough  26  page  glossary  most  helpful  in  that  many  definitions  (Bateman’s  principle,  hand- 
icap hypothesis,  male  dominance  polygyny,  sexy  son  hypothesis)  are  treated  as  short  para- 
graphs, providing  a very  sound  and  quickly  referenced  summary  of  the  complex  terminology 
and  conceptual  hypotheses  that  currently  pepper  the  field  of  sexual  selection  theory. 

The  book  is  divided  into  12  chapters,  most  of  which  deal  with  specific  taxonomic  groups 
in  which  arena  behavior  is  particularly  dominant.  The  first  two  chapters  are  introductory, 
one  to  introduce  sexual  selection  as  an  evolutionary  process,  the  other  to  focus  on  arenas, 
courts,  and  leks.  Both  of  these  chapters  try  to  provide  a sound  overview  of  relevant  evo- 
lutionary theory,  introducing  (perhaps  too  briefly)  the  various  models  of  sexual  selection 
and  the  kinds  of  data  sets  that  support  sexual  selection  as  an  explanation  for  a particular 
courtship  pattern.  These  chapters  provide  an  adequate  introduction  to  the  field  although  they 
are  best  read  after  one  has  a relatively  sound  understanding  of  the  principles  of  natural 
selection.  Johnsgard  gives  perhaps  an  overly  concise  introduction  to  Darwin’s  thinking  in 
conceiving  of  sexual  selection  (there  is  only  a reference  to  “Descent  of  Man  and  Sexual 
Selection,”  none  to  “The  Origin  of  Species,”  where  the  idea  was  first  introduced)  as  well 
as  to  Alfred  Russel  Wallace’s  views  on  Darwin’s  theory.  But  one  must  remember  that  this 
is  not  a book  on  all  of  sexual  selection  but  on  only  one  form  of  it  as  shown  in  some  birds. 

There  are  seven  tables  in  chapter  1 that  will  prove  useful  in  gaining  an  overview  of  the 
numerous  hypotheses  that  envelop  this  complex  subject:  models  of  sexual  selection  among 
birds,  hypotheses  that  relate  to  male  showiness  among  normally  monogamous  birds,  hy- 
potheses that  relate  to  sexual  monomorphism  among  nonmonogamous  birds,  costs  and  ben- 
efits influencing  female  mate  choice  strategies  in  lekking,  costs  and  benefits  influencing 
male  clustering  strategies,  relative  individual  mating  success  among  males  of  selected  arena 
species,  and  examples  of  male  age-related  dominance/fitness  ratios  in  lekking  birds.  Johns- 
gard's  discussion  is  meant  to  summarize,  although  he  does  go  into  much  greater  depth  when 


193 


194 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  1,  Inarch  1996 


discussing  various  species  treated  in  the  main  body  of  the  text.  Chapter  2 is  brief  and  also 
summary  in  nature.  Johnsgard  provides  definitions  of  arenas,  courts,  and  leks  and  attempts, 
as  in  the  preceding  chapter,  to  outline  all  of  the  relevant  terminology  in  tabular  form. 
Included  in  this  chapter  is  a useful  table  listing  all  of  the  60  arena  bird  species,  describing 
for  each  its  dispersion  pattern  (lek,  exploded  lek,  mobile  lek),  color  pattern  (dimorphic, 
nondimorphic,  reverse  dimorphic),  mass  pattern  (never  clearly  defined  in  the  table  but  un- 
doubtedly referring  to  males  having  greater,  equal,  or  less  mass  than  females),  display  types 
(aerial,  ground,  joint  male,  stage  or  arena,  tree  or  shrub),  and  a principal  reference  source 
from  the  ornithological  literature. 

The  remaining  10  chapters  deal  with  specific  examples.  For  example,  chapter  9,  “Man- 
akins:  spectacular  soloists  and  dazzling  duets,”  spotlights  the  24  species  of  lekking  Neo- 
tropical manakins,  some  of  which  have  been  intensively  studied  and  for  which  much  is 
therefore  known.  Even  readers  quite  familiar  with  this  group  will  find  Johnsgard  s treatment 
praiseworthy.  He  discusses  well-chosen  examples,  provides  excellent  pen-and-ink  diagrams 
of  the  behaviors  he  describes  (a  very  useful  feature  throughout  the  book),  and  summarizes 
the  essential  hypotheses  that  have  been  advanced  to  account  for  the  elaborate  behaviors. 
Other  chapters  are  similar  in  approach. 

What  is  missing  from  the  volume  is  a final  chapter  that  insightfully  brings  together  the 
numerous  threads  contained  within  the  main  body  of  the  text.  There  is  no  concluding  chapter 
of  any  kind.  Missing,  therefore,  are  comparisons  among  taxonomically  distant  groups,  sub- 
stantive discussions  of  convergent  evolution,  and  suggestions  about  how  such  diverse  taxa 
evolved  independently  into  arena  birds.  There  is,  for  instance,  no  real  comparison  of  the 
ecology  of  Neotropical  species  such  as  the  Guianan  Cock-of-the  Rock  (Rupicola  rupicola) 
with  that  of  the  various  species  of  New  Guinea  birds-of-paradise,  two  cases  in  which  a 
frugivorous  diet  has  been  suggested  as  influential  in  structuring  the  birds’  reproductive 
ecologies.  This  quibble  aside,  anyone  interested  in  this  subject  cannot  but  help  to  find 
Johnsgard’s  book  of  great  use.  It  is  a most  thorough  popular  review  of  the  literature,  greatly 
enhanced  by  numerous  well-crafted  illustrations. — John  C.  Kricher. 


My  Double  Life;  Memoirs  of  a Naturalist.  By  Frances  Hamerstrom.  University  of 
Wisconsin  Press,  Madison.  1994:  316  pp.,  72  black-and-white  photographs,  42  line  draw- 
ings. $16.95  (paper);  $35  (cloth). — This  autobiographical  .sketch  consists  of  90  snippets — 
recollections  and  reminiscences — mostly  two-to-four  pages  in  length,  which  provide  a win- 
dow into  the  life  of  an  accomplished  naturalist  and  conservationist.  The  first  85  pages  or 
so  deal  with  Frances’s  childhood — glimpses  into  the  secret  life  of  a bright,  alert,  questioning, 
secretive,  naughty,  awful,  and  sometimes  manipulative  child — the  kind  that  drives  parents 
and  governesses  to  distraction  but  often  produces  accomplished  adults.  The  descriptions,  for 
example,  of  a child  of  six  smoking  cigarettes,  cutting  her  new  Christmas  doll’s  hair,  con- 
ducting a formal  funeral  for  a Blue  Jay,  or  cutting  up  her  mother’s  white  kid  opera  gloves 
to  make  jesses  for  her  pet  kestrel,  are  sometimes  sad,  sometimes  humorous,  sometimes 
poignant.  There  are  undertones  of  strife  against  grownups  who  "forbade  wild  pets  and  tried 
to  squelch  my  companionship  with  creepy  crawly  creatures  . . .”  She  found  grownups  "ei- 
ther weak  or  not  to  be  trusted.”  Another  20  pages  deal  with  the  metamorphosis  of  a tomboy 
into  a young  woman. 

The  remainder  of  the  book  deals  largely  with  the  prairie  chicken  work  she  shared  with 
her  husband  of  59  years,  Frederick,  with  occasional  glimpses  and  hints  of  raptor  research. 
We  follow  their  lives  in  a series  of  deserted  farmhouses  in  central  Wisconsin  during  the 
Great  Depression  and  war  yeans — behavioral  studies  from  blinds,  harsh  winters  with  frozen 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


195 


pumps  and  prairie  chicken  censuses  on  snowshoes,  graduate  school  with  Aldo  Leopold,  a 
succession  of  7000  “boomers,”  or  helpers,  with  the  chicken  work,  parenting  under  primitive 
conditions  (two  children),  and  local  politics  and  conservation  initiatives. 

This  book  is  well  written,  well  illustrated,  and  provides  an  interesting  perspective  on 
some  facets  of  ornithological  research,  particularly  during  the  first  half  of  the  twentieth 
century.  What  were  the  two  lives  of  this  most  interesting  ornithologist/naturalist?  Read  this 
delightful  book  and  find  out  for  yourself — I highly  recommend  it. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Annotated  Bibliography  of  the  Loons,  Gaviidae.  By  Judith  W.  McIntyre  and  Norma 
G.  Cutler.  North  American  Loon  Fund,  Gilford,  New  Hampshire.  1995:  170  pp.  Available 
in  paperback  for  $12  plus  $2  S&H  within  U.  S.  A.  from:  NALF,  6 Lilypond  Road,  Gilford, 
NH  03246. — This  bibliography  contains  1650  citations  with  the  most  recent  1994.  The 
introduction  lists  44  sub-categories  (e.g.,  acid  rain,  food,  predation)  for  which  separate  sub- 
bibliographies may  be  obtained.  Anyone  purchasing  the  entire  bibliography  is  entitled  to 
one  free  sub-bibliography,  and  additional  ones  at  cost,  ordered  from  the  above  address.  Not 
available  on  disk.  About  half  of  the  entries  are  annotated,  and  annotations  run  up  to  nine 
lines  of  type.  This  bibliography  will  be  useful  for  anyone  interested  in  loon  biology  or 
conservation. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Atlas  of  the  Breeding  Birds  of  New  Hampshire.  By  Carol  R.  Foss  (ed.).  Audubon 
Society  of  New  Hampshire,  Dover  N.  H.  1994.  459  pp.,  many  b/w  sketches,  241  maps. 
$39.95  (cloth). — This  publication  from  a New  England  state  continues  the  expansion  of  the 
breeding  bird  atlas  shelf  in  libraries.  The  birders  of  the  Granite  State  have  produced  a fine 
work  which  matches  the  high  standards  of  the  earlier  Atlases. 

The  book  follows  the  well-known  format,  with  a page  of  text  and  a sketch  of  the  species 
facing  a map  occupying  a full  page.  The  resulting  large  maps  for  a small  state  are  perhaps 
the  most  easily  interpreted  of  any  in  the  atlases  I have  seen.  The  atlas  blocks  were  set  up 
on  the  standard  6 blocks  per  7.5  minute  topographic  sheet,  but  as  with  several  other  states 
having  limited  manpower  only  one  block  per  sheet  was  selected  as  a “priority  block.” 

New  Hampshire  has  varied  habitat  and  the  second  greatest  altitudinal  range  of  any  eastern 
state  (from  sea  level  to  over  6200  feet.)  This  variety  has  been  organized  under  16  physical 
divisions.  The  Atlas  workers  found  breeding  evidence  for  204  species  with  176  of  these 
“Confirmed”.  Twenty-one  other  species  are  listed  as  “Historically  or  potentially  breeding” 
species  which  were  not  found  during  the  atlas  project.  No  attempt  is  made  to  consider 
populations  using  Breeding  Bird  Survey  data  or  something  similar  as  other  state  atlases  have 
done. 

The  species  accounts,  written  by  a large  panel  of  experts,  provide  a variety  of  natural 
history  information,  some  it  from  New  Hampshire  publications  but  much  of  it  from  standard 
sources  such  as  the  Bent  series.  Besides  the  customary  table  summarizing  the  number  of 
blocks  for  which  “Confirmed”,  “Probable”,  and  “Possible”  status  was  obtained  for  the 
species,  another  table  detailing  the  number  of  records  meeting  each  of  the  criteria  for  con- 
firmation (i.e..  Nest  Building,  Nest  with  eggs,  etc.)  together  with  the  range  of  dates  for  each. 
This  useful  information  is  not  included  in  other  atlases. 

Besides  the  species  accounts  and  the  usual  summary  of  the  geography  of  the  state,  there 
are  two  essays  that  are  unique  for  this  atlas.  A chapter  entitled  “Major  Changes  in  Breeding 
Avifauna  of  New  Hampshire  Since  Its  First  Settlements  by  Europeans  in  1623”  gives  a 


196 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


very  lucid  historical  discussion  of  the  effect  of  settlement  and  habitat  change,  as  well  as 
more  recent  range  changes.  Accompanying  this  is  an  appendix  showing  range  maps  for  the 
period  1963-1980  of  several  species.  Some  of  these  have  greatly  disappeared  in  this  short 
interval.  Another  fascinating  chapter  by  Tudor  Richards  is  a discussion  of  the  occurrence 
of  species  along  the  great  altitudinal  gradient  in  the  state.  Richards  attempted  to  count  the 
species  present  at  500  foot  intervals  at  stations  throughout  the  state.  He  classifys  his  results 
results  into  seven  avifaunal  regions.  The  highest  count  was  134  species  in  the  interval 
between  1000  and  1500  feet,  and  the  lowest  count  was  one  species  (Dark-eyed  Junco)  in 
the  5500-6000  feet  interval. 

I have  only  one  minor  negative  comment.  The  maps  of  land  elevations  and  forest  types 
are  done  in  a 6-interval  “gray”  scale.  It  is  next  to  impossible  to  distinguish  between  the 
three  darkest  categories. 

The  field  work  for  this  atlas  was  completed  in  1986,  and  the  long  delay  in  publication 
seems  to  be  characteristic  of  the  atlas  business.  Other  states  have  experienced  similar  delays. 
In  any  event,  this  is  a well-done  compilation  and  welcome  addition. — George  A.  Hall. 


A Birder’s  Guide  to  Coastal  North  Carolina.  By  John  O.  Eussell  III.  Univ.  of  North 
Carolina  Press,  Chapel  Hill.  1994:  540  pp.,  10  black-and-white  photographs,  44  maps. 
$16.95  (paper);  $29.95  (cloth). — The  purpose  of  this  book  is  to  describe  and  facilitate  vis- 
iting the  better  birding  sites  along  the  North  Carolina  coast.  It  accomplishes  this  goal  in 
fine  fashion.  The  book  is  divided  into  three  parts.  Part  1 consists  of  three  chapters,  the  first 
of  which  describes  the  climate,  physiography,  and  habitat  of  the  various  sections  of  the 
coast.  The  second  chapter  provides  general  planning  and  travel  advice  and  introduces  birders 
to  the  pleasantries  of  ticks,  fire  ants,  and  poisonous  snakes.  Chapter  3 is  a list  of  more  than 
350  species  which  may  be  found  in  the  region,  with  annotations  on  status,  season,  and 
habitat  and  sometimes  specific  site  information  of  from  one  to  nine  lines  of  text;  a list  of 
41  accidentals  is  included.  Part  2 is  a site  guide  consisting  of  six  chapters,  five  of  which 
describe  (from  north  to  south)  sections  of  the  coast  and  associated  tidewater  or  outer 
coastal  plain.  The  sixth  deals  with  pelagic  birding.  Each  chapter  has  a map  of  the  entire 
section  of  coast  described,  and  detailed  maps  for  particularly  interesting  sites.  There  is 
usually  a section  on  logistics,  and  the  text  guides  the  reader  on  a “tour  of  each  site  with 
distances  described  to  the  nearest  tenth  of  a mile,  notable  birds  enumerated,  and  habitats 
described.  Telephone  numbers,  e.g.,  for  pertinent  wildlife  refuge  headquarters,  are  included, 
as  are  helpful  hints  about  avoiding  problems  with  hunting  seasons.  The  text  is  highlighted 
by  ample,  common  sense  advice.  For  the  site  1 had  most  recently  visited  (fall  1994),  I found 
the  directions  and  descriptions  excellent;  I assume  that  this  is  the  rule  rather  than  the  ex- 
ception. Certainly,  the  text  reads  smoothly  and  the  directions  are  clear  and  detailed.  Part  3 
consists  of  more  detailed  descriptions  of  status,  season,  distribution,  habitat,  and  special 
features  of  141  bird  species  “of  special  interest.’  The  accounts  average  a third  to  half  a 
page,  but  some  run  to  two  pages.  An  appendix  contains  detailed  bar  graphs  describing 
seasonal  occurrence  and  status  (common,  rare,  etc.)  of  all  but  accidental  species.  The  graphs 
are  large,  detailed,  and  user  friendly,  with  a status  key  on  each  pair  ot  facing  pages. 

The  book  is  generally  well  done,  but  is  not  without  problems.  It  is  a big  book — it  won  t 
lit  in  your  pocket  or  in  most  automobile  glove  boxes.  This  large  size  at  least  partially  results 
from  redundancy  (which  the  author  acknowledges)  among  the  annotated  bird  list  (chapter 
3),  the  section  on  birds  of  special  interest  (part  3),  and  the  bar  graphs — triple  coverage  for 
141  species.  Integrating  the  annotated  lists  would  probably  have  been  a good  idea.  Nowhere 
in  the  book  is  there  a map  of  the  entire  region  to  help  a reader  untamiliar  with  the  region 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


197 


put  into  a visual  context  the  physiography  and  habitat  descriptions  in  the  opening  chapter. 
But  despite  these  few  detracting  features,  1 would  recommend  the  book  and  consider  it 
indispensable  for  anyone  planning  to  visit  the  North  Carolina  coast. — Wili.iam  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


The  Birds  of  Kentucky.  By  Burt  L.  Monroe,  Jr.  Indiana  Univ.  Press,  Bloomington, 
Indiana.  1994:  145  pp.,  numerous  color  plates.  $49.95. — “The  birds  of  Kentucky”  is  an 
attractive  “coffee  table”  book  describing  all  birds  known  to  have  occuned  in  that  state.  The 
late  author  was  the  dean  of  Kentucky  ornithologists  and  one  of  the  grand  men  of  our  science. 
However,  anyone  looking  for  new  or  comprehensive  information  about  the  birds  of  Kentucky 
will  be  disappointed  by  this  book.  Why  such  beautiful  tomes  are  done  with  such  thin  detail 
continues  to  bewilder  me.  On  the  other  hand,  the  illustrations  in  the  book  are  outstanding. 
William  Zimmerman  is  one  of  the  best  illustrators  of  living  birds  in  the  world  and  the 
figures  in  this  book  demonstrate  his  abilities.  It  is  unfortunate  that  not  all  species  were 
illustrated.  The  reference  section  is  comprehensive  and  well  done.  I wish  the  rest  of  the 
book  was  as  thorough  in  its  coverage. — C.  R.  Blem. 


The  Chronicles  of  the  Rowleys.  By  Peter  Rowley.  Huntingdonshire  Local  History  So- 
ciety, Huntingdon,  Cambridgeshire,  England.  1995:  158  pp.  Available  in  U.S.A.  from  Peter 
Rowley,  815  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  New  York  10021.  $25  (cloth). — This  book  provides 
glimpses  of  English  life  for  about  a century  (ca  1780-1880)  from  the  perspective  of  one 
family,  the  Rowleys.  People  with  such  phonic  names  as  Owsley  Rowley  stride  across  the 
stage  of  English  history.  All  of  the  chapters  should  be  of  interest  to  those  with  a general 
fascination  for  history,  but  one  chapter,  “The  Rigid  Squire  and  the  Eclectic  Ornithologist” 
(25  pages),  is  a biographical  account  of  ornithologist  Dawson  Rowley  (1822-1878).  Daw- 
son, under  the  influence  of  famed  ornithologist  Alfred  Newton,  compiled  two  massive  vol- 
umes on  the  Great  Auk  (Pinguinus  impennis)  which,  although  never  published,  are  appar- 
ently still  extant.  After  Rowley  abandoned  the  Great  Auk  project,  he  turned  his  attention  to 
the  publication  of  three  volumes  of  Ornithological  Miscellany,  published  in  parts  as  a mag- 
azine beginning  in  1875  and  before  his  death  in  1878.  These  issues  apparently  included 
hand-colored  lithograph  plates  by  John  Gerard  Keulemans. 

The  book  is  a scholarly  work  based  on  primary  sources  (mostly  correspondence)  and 
should  appeal  to  those  interested  in  the  history  of  ornithology. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Before  the  Echo:  Essays  on  Nature.  By  Pete  Dunne.  Univ.  Of  Texas  Press,  Austin. 
1995:  152  pp.,  20  line  drawings.  $19.95  (cloth). — In  contrast  to  his  previous  books  of  essays, 
which  dealt  mostly  with  birds,  this  collection  of  30  essays  deals  largely  with  other  facets 
of  the  natural  world.  Most  of  the  essays  were  first  published  in  the  New  Jersey  edition  of 
the  Sunday  New  York  Times.  The  essays  treat  a variety  of  rather  mundane  subjects,  such 
as  the  first  snowfall  of  the  year,  confrontations  with  mice  in  an  old  farmhouse,  or  burning 
leaves  in  the  fall.  My  favorite,  “Before  the  Echo,”  deals  with  hunting,  and  is  not  a polemical 
anti-hunting  statement  but  rather  a consideration  of  hunting  as  a natural  phenomenon.  Many 
of  the  essays  center  on  poignant  reminisces  of  youth  (e.g.,  catching  fireflies),  and  most  have 
a mildly  polemical,  but  not  offensive  tone  (after  all,  Pete  Dunne  is  an  environmentalist  who 
has  worked  most  of  his  professional  life  with  the  New  Jersey  Audubon  Society).  He  does 
go  after  an  occasional  Sacred  Cow,  such  as  the  grass  lawns  of  suburbia. 


198 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


Pete  Dunne  has  become  one  of  the  premier  natural  history  writers  of  North  America,  and 
his  essays  are  beautifully  written.  You  may  not  always  agree  with  his  biases,  but  the  stories 
he  tells  and  the  yarns  he  spins  are  delightful.  Even  though  there  isn’t  much  about  birds,  I 
would  recommend  reading  this  book  to  anyone  interested  in  the  interaction  of  people  with 
the  natural  world. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Birds  of  the  Cayman  Islands.  Revised  edition.  By  Patricia  Bradley,  photography  by 
Yves-Jacques  Rey-Millet.  Caerulea  Press,  Italy.  1995:  261  pp.,  77  color  photos,  4 maps.  No 
price  given  (cloth). — This  excellent  little  guide  has  been  substantially  revised,  and  the  status 
of  individual  bird  species  updated,  with  several  new  species  added  and  the  status  of  many 
changed.  The  photographs  are  much  the  same  as  in  the  first  edition  (1985),  but  there  have 
been  a few  replacements  and  the  number  of  habitat  photos  increased.  In  the  copies  I ex- 
amined, the  new  edition  photos  were  not  as  sharp  as  those  of  the  first  edition,  but  the  color 
seemed  to  be  more  realistic,  at  least  in  some  photographs.  The  maps  have  been  redrafted 
and  updated,  and  the  bibliography  has  been  considerably  expanded.  A new  appendix  pro- 
vides a check-list  of  breeding  birds  with  status  and  distribution  for  each  of  the  three  islands. 
Most  of  the  minor  errors  mentioned  by  Jon  Barlow  in  his  thorough  review  of  the  first  edition 
in  The  Wilson  Bulletin  (1987,  99:512-514)  seem  to  have  been  corrected,  although  curiously, 
the  subspecific  designation  bairdi  for  the  local  Jamaican  Oriole  {Icterus  leucopteryx)  is  still 
misspelled. 

This  book  should  be  indispensable  to  anyone  visiting  the  Cayman  Islands  and  remains 
an  important  component  of  Caribbean  ornithological  literature. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Swifts.  By  Phil  Chantler  and  Gerald  Driessens.  Pica  Press,  East  Sussex,  U.K.  1995:237 
pp.  £ 26.— This  field  guide  is  similar  to  others  on  seabirds,  waterfowl,  sparrows,  warblers, 
and  shorebirds  published  by  Houghton-Miffiin  and  Princeton  Univ.  Press.  As  such,  this 
volume  becomes  an  important  addition  to  the  library  of  those  interested  in  knowing  and 
identifying  the  birds  of  the  world.  The  present  book  carries  on  the  tradition  of  the  others  in 
that  it  is  considerably  more  than  just  a field  guide.  The  book  contains  a rich  variety  of 
infoimation  about  swifts.  It  provides  maps  of  the  distribution  of  the  swifts  of  the  world, 
gives  detailed  descriptions  of  status,  relative  abundance,  migration,  breeding,  adverse  factors, 
habits  and  habitat,  and  describes  problems  of  identification.  I greatly  enjoyed  the  sections 
on  swift  biology,  the  possibility  of  new  (undescribed)  species,  conservation,  and  “how  to 
watch  swifts.”  The  reference  section  is  comprehensive  and  modern.  The  binding  and  format 
are  excellent  and  the  book  is  attractive. — C.  R.  Blem. 


Contributions  to  the  History  of  North  American  Ornithology.  William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 
and  Jerome  A.  Jackson  (eds.).  Memoirs  Nuttall  Omithol.  Club.  No.  12.  Cambridge  MA. 
1995:  vii  +501  pp.,  many  b/w  photos.  $40  (cloth) — This  book  is  an  outgrowth  of  a sym- 
posium on  the  history  of  North  American  ornithology  given  at  the  1991  meeting  of  the 
Association  of  Field  Ornithologists.  The  editors  gathered  the  material  of  that  symposium 
together  with  a number  of  invited  chapters  into  an  engaging  and  valuable  preamble  to  a 
definitive  history.  The  history  of  American  ornithology  is  a neglected  subject,  and  many 
current  workers  show  a lack  of  interest  in  it,  possibly  because  they  lack  any  knowledge  of 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


199 


it.  A history  was  contemplated  as  a part  of  the  Centennial  celebration  of  the  AOU  but  this 
did  not  eventuate. 

The  bulk  of  the  book  consists  of  1 1 chapters  detailing  the  development  of  ornithology  at 
as  many  noted  centers  of  ornithological  research;  7 museums  and  4 universities  (also  with 
museums.)  Since  the  authors  of  these  accounts  are  usually  noted  and  important  participants 
in  their  subject  institutions,  the  result  is  a set  of  fascinating  stories.  Thus  we  have  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  (by  Gill);  U.S.  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  (Banks);  Harvard’s  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  (Barrow);  Univ.  of  Kansas 
(R.  Johnston);  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  (W.  Lanyon);  Field  Museum 
(Lowther);  Carnegie  Museum  of  Natural  History  (Parkes);  Univ.  of  California’s  Museum  of 
Vertebrate  Zoology  (Johnson);  Cornell  Univ.  (Butcher  and  McGowan);  National  Museum 
of  Canada  (Ouellet);  and  the  Royal  Ontario  Museum  (Barlow). 

The  format  and  content  of  these  chapters  varies  from  institution  to  institution.  Some  are 
straightforward  historical  summaries,  but  some  include  delightful  anecdotes  about  people 
whom  we  all  know  by  reputation,  but  who  have  lived  before  our  time.  Most  of  the  accounts 
detail  the  major  contributions  of  the  institution,  and  some  itemize  the  strength  of  their 
collections.  The  MVZ  account  contains  a series  of  short  biographies  of  many  of  the  people 
associated  with  that  museum,  and  also  includes  an  “academic  genealogy”  of  Joseph  Grinnell 
involving  a list  50  distinguished  present-day  ornithologists  who  are  “academic  grandchil- 
dren”. The  Cornell  and  Kansas  Universities  each  has  a list  of  the  doctoral  degrees  granted 
in  ornithology.  The  problems  of  the  present  day  come  into  view  in  Henri  Ouellet’s  low 
keyed  description  of  the  regrettable  situation  at  the  Canadian  National  Museum. 

Most  of  the  accounts  are  illustrated  by  excellent  photographs.  These  range  from  formal 
studio  shots,  through  group  photos  of  departmental  staffs,  to  informal  shots  in  the  field, 
highlighted  by  one  of  a group  from  the  MVZ  taking  a bath  in  a Mexican  stock  tank  at  the 
end  of  an  expedition.  One  impressive  group  photo  taken  in  1984  shows  40  people  associated 
with  the  University  of  Kansas.  I was  most  interested  to  see  photos  of  Annie  Alexander,  C. 
E.  Hellmayr,  J.  T.  Zimmer,  and  Witmer  Stone.  (If  the  reader  cannot  identify  these  people, 
he  will  learn  much  from  reading  this  book.)  It  is  also  interesting  to  see  youthful  photos  of 
some  of  the  “Elders  of  Our  Clan”,  whom  we  perhaps  knew  only  in  their  declining  years. 

In  addition  to  these  chapters  there  is  a chapter  on  ornithological  research  within  the  U.S. 
Forest  Service  (by  R.  Conner)  and  one  on  the  history  of  Canadian  ornithology  (by  M.  G. 
Ainley). 

The  three  final  chapters  are  more  general.  Edward  Burtt  and  Alan  Peterson  discuss  “Al- 
exander Wilson  and  the  Founding  of  North  American  Ornithology.”  Besides  a brief  outline 
of  Wilson’s  life  there  is  a detailed  discussion  of  Wilson’s  contribution  to  the  taxonomy  of 
North  American  birds.  Wilson  claimed  to  have  first  described  51  species,  but  the  AOU 
Check-list  today  gives  him  credit  for  only  20.  Burtt  and  Peterson  provide  a table  correlating 
Wilson’s  taxonomy  with  that  of  the  present  day.  The  authors  then  discuss  in  turn  their  ideas 
of  Wilson’s  contributions  to  aspects  of  ornithology  unrelated  to  taxonomy,  his  contributions 
to  nature  writing,  and  his  influence  on  bird  illustration. 

In  a chapter  derived  from  a paper  given  at  the  1990  WOS  meeting  Fran9ois  Vuilleumier 
and  Allison  V.  Andors  describe  the  “Origin  and  Development  of  North  American  Avian 
Biogeography.”  They  argue  convincingly  that  this  history  is  a good  example  of  Kuhn’s 
“paradigm”  model  of  scientific  progress. 

The  final  chapter  by  Davis  and  Jackson  is  an  annotated  listing  of  “The  Literature  of  the 
History  of  North  American  Ornithology.”  About  300  references  are  discussed  in  a classified 
fashion,  in  which  they  hope  to  guide  to  researchers  interested  in  the  history. 

In  summary,  this  is  an  excellent  beginning.  I recommend  it  to  all  with  no  reservations. 
It  may  be  a selfish  thought  to  want  more  of  a good  thing,  but  I for  one  do.  The  reader  can 


200 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


think  of  several  institutions  (perhaps  his  own)  which  are  not  included.  Other  subfields  of 
ornithology  could  proht  by  having  historical  reviews  done.  The  present  editors  hint  that 
they  might  prepare  a second  volume.  Indeed,  Dr.  Jackson  has  hinted  to  me  that  they  might 
eventually  attempt  a full  scale  history.  Let  us  hope  that  they  do. — George  A.  Hall. 


A Naturalist  in  Indian  Territory:  The  Journals  of  S.  W.  Woodhouse,  1 849-5Q  Edited 
and  annotated  by  John  S.  Tomer  and  Michael  J.  Brodhead.  University  of  Oklahoma  Press, 
Norman,  Oklahoma.  1992:  304  pp.,  26  figs.,  4 maps.  $29.95  (cloth). — In  1849  and  1850 — 
over  two  decades  after  the  Creeks  had  been  forcibly  resettled  into  Indian  Territory  (now  the 
state  of  Oklahoma) — the  Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers  finally  surveyed  the  northern 
and  western  boundary  of  their  new  homeland.  The  individual  selected  to  serve  as  surgeon- 
naturalist  for  the  expedition  was  Samuel  Washington  Woodhouse  (1821  — 1904),  an  assistant 
resident  physician  at  the  Philadelphia  Hospital.  Woodhouse  had  first  become  interested  in 
natural  history  as  a teenager.  Soon  he  discovered  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  where  he  spent  long  hours  pouring  through  the  specimen  collections,  inter- 
acting with  some  of  the  leading  naturalists  of  his  day,  and  learning  the  rudiments  of  orni- 
thological theory  and  practice.  A lack  of  employment  prospects  prevented  the  young  man 
from  seriously  considering  the  idea  of  ornithology  as  a vocation.  Instead,  Woodhouse  de- 
cided to  pursue  the  more  traditional  careers  of  farming  and  medicine.  However,  he  did  not 
completely  lose  his  taste  for  natural  history,  and  when  the  opportunity  to  join  the  Creek 
boundary  survey  presented  itself,  the  single,  twenty-seven-year-old  doctor  quickly  seized  it. 

By  the  mid-nineteenth  century,  the  Creek  Nation  contained  numerous  scattered  settle- 
ments, and  Woodhouse  was  the  first  naturalist  to  undertake  a systematic  scientific  inventory 
of  the  area.  The  expedition’s  slow  pace  and  relatively  light  medical  caseload  allowed  him 
ample  time  to  examine  the  flora  and  fauna  of  the  region.  After  two  seasons  in  the  field, 
Woodhouse  brought  back  over  two  thousand  specimens,  including  15  animal  forms  which 
proved  new  to  science.  Among  these  were  a new  kind  of  Mourning  Dove  (Ectopistes  niar- 
ginella  Woodhouse,  now  Zenaida  macroura  morginella).  In  1 849,  Woodhouse  also  collected 
the  skin  of  the  previously  undescribed  Prairie  Ealcon  (Falco  mexicanus),  but  he  failed  to 
gain  credit  for  the  discovery  because  he  carelessly  mistook  the  specimen  for  a Peregrine 
Ealcon  (F.  peregrinus).  One  year  later,  before  anyone  caught  the  mistake,  the  German  or- 
nithologist Hermann  Schlegel  named  and  described  the  Prairie  Ealcon  based  on  another 
specimen  taken  in  Nuevo  Leon,  Mexico.  The  editors  of  the  volume  at  hand  were  able  to 
track  down  this  and  many  other  interesting  episodes  associated  with  the  expedition  by 
examining  surviving  specimens  at  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  other 
natural  history  repositories. 

In  addition  to  many  valuable  specimens,  Woodhouse  also  brought  back  three  private 
journals  which  Tomer  and  Brodhead  have  carefully  edited  for  publication.  These  documents 
contain  fascinating  descriptions  of  the  survey  party's  experiences  in  the  field,  detailed  ac- 
counts of  medical  practice  on  the  frontier,  as  well  as  invaluable  observation.s  about  the 
environment  and  people  of  the  Creek  Nation  in  the  mid-nineteenth  century.  A lengthy 
introduction  and  careful  annotations  help  to  illuminate  and  place  into  broader  context  Wood- 
house’s  sometimes  cryptic  entries.  Included  in  the  introduction  are  a thorough  (though  oc- 
casionally tedious)  summary  of  early  western  exploring  expeditions,  a brief  history  of  the 
Creek  boundary  expedition,  an  examination  of  the  significance  of  Woodhouse’s  natural 
history  work  in  Indian  Territory,  and  a sketch  of  his  life.  The  annotations  run  the  gamut 
from  discussion  of  current  scientific  names  of  plants  and  animals  mentioned  in  the  text  to 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


201 


identification  of  the  people,  places,  and  objects  Woodhouse  encountered  on  his  journey. 
Tomer  and  Brodhead  have  done  an  excellent  job  of  making  these  important  journals  acces- 
sible to  a broad  audience,  although  this  reader  would  like  to  have  seen  a few  more  of 
Woodhouse’s  fine  field  sketches  reproduced. 

Shortly  after  his  return  from  Indian  Territory,  Woodhouse  returned  to  the  field  as  a mem- 
ber of  the  Zuni  and  Colorado  rivers  expedition  (1851  — 1852)  and  a private  expedition  to 
Central  America  (1853).  For  reasons  that  are  still  unclear,  he  devoted  the  remainder  of  his 
life  to  professional  medical  practice.  Although  his  collections  and  publications  were  signif- 
icant, they  were  soon  overshadowed  by  the  work  of  the  well-funded  and  highly  publicized 
Pacific  Railroad  Surveys  of  the  1850s.  Woodhouse  and  his  scientific  contribution  faded  into 
obscurity.  Tomer  and  Brodhead  have  done  a great  service  in  resurrecting  the  legacy  of  this 
important  but  forgotten  naturalist. — Mark  V.  Barrow,  Jr. 


The  Eastern  Screech-Owl;  Life  History,  Ecology  and  Behavior  in  the  Suburbs  and 
Countryside.  By  Frederick  R.  Gehlbach,  Texas  A & M Univ.  Press,  College  Station,  Texas. 
1994:  302  pp.,  a color  frontispiece  with  no  caption,  ten  chapters,  34  black-and-white  pho- 
tographs, 27  tables,  25  figs.,  $45.00  (hardcover). — This  book  is  a personal  narrative  of  25 
years  of  Gehlbach’s  studies  of  Eastern  Screech-Owls  {Otus  asio)  in  central  Texas.  For  eleven 
of  those  years  (1976  to  1987),  Gehlbach  compared  the  life  history  of  suburban  and  rural 
populations.  Gehlbach’s  passion  for  these  owls  and  for  natural  history  in  general  surfaces 
throughout  the  book. 

In  chapter  one — “On  Studying  Screech  Owls,”  Gehlbach  outlines  the  beginnings  of 
what  he  terms  the  exploratory  (1967  to  1975),  or  trial  and  eiTor  period,  and  the  confirm- 
atory period  (1976  to  1991).  There  is  also  a brief  overview  of  statistical  procedures. 
Chapter  two — “Landscapes,”  a straight  forward  description  of  the  suburban  and  rural 
habitats — vegetation,  nesting  and  roosting  environments.  Chapter  three — “Food  Supplies 
and  Predation.”  Food  niche,  prey  species,  seasonality,  and  prey  body  mass  are  all  cal- 
culated from  cached  prey,  but  no  pellet  analysis  was  conducted.  Gehlbach  provides  data 
on  hunting  tactics  and  periodicity  from  direct  observations.  The  brief  discussion  on  mob- 
bing is  interesting,  as  Gehlbach  convincingly  correlates  resident  mobbers  with  their  po- 
tential as  prey.  Chapter  four — “Adult  Weight,  Coloration  and  Molt.”  Comparative  weights 
of  80  males  and  166  females  provide  ample  samples  for  some  of  Gehlbach’s  analysis.  In 
particular,  the  weight  dynamics  seem  to  be  tied  to  weather  and  food  fluctuations.  There 
is  a lengthy  discussion  on  red  and  grey  color  morphs  and  speculation  as  to  why.  The  molt 
data,  although  brief,  seems  adequately  covered.  Chapter  five — “Eggs  and  Incubation.” 
This  chapter  chronicles  the  start  of  the  nesting  season  from  egg  laying  and  replacement 
clutches  through  clutch  and  egg  sizes,  laying  intervals,  incubation  duration,  and  hatching. 
Of  particular  note,  is  the  re-mating  and  re-laying  by  one  female  whose  mate  was  killed 
by  a car  while  she  incubated  one  egg.  She  abandoned  the  egg  after  six  days,  re-mated 
three  days  later  and  re-nested  about  12  days  after  that.  Chapter  six — “Chicks  and  Fledg- 
lings.” In  his  longest  chapter,  Gehlbach  uses  male  roosting  proximity  to  nests  as  a barom- 
eter of  egg  hatching,  brooding  and  fledgling.  Hatch  dates,  sequences,  brooding,  nest  mi- 
croclimate, parental  responsibility,  growth  rates,  mortality,  nest-cavity  symbiosis,  fledging 
and  dispersal  are  all  well  covered.  Two  bits  of  information  I found  particularly  interesting 
were;  (1)  “coincidental  hatching”  in  which  the  typical  asynchronous  hatching  of  most 
owls  was  complicated  by  the  fact  that  13  (23.6%)  and  eight  (14.5%)  of  55  clutches, 
respectively,  had  two  and  three  eggs  respectively  hatch  within  a 24  hour  period  (p.  105); 
and  (2)  “nest-cavity  symbiosis”,  in  which  Eastern  Screech-Owls  bring  live  Texas  blind 


202 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  1,  March  1996 


snakes  {Leptotyphlops  dulcis)  back  to  the  nest  cavity  and  these  snakes  apparently  eat 
insects  that  might  compete  with  nestlings  for  stored  food  items.  In  fact,  young  in  nests 
with  these  snakes  grew  faster  and  had  better  survival  than  nests  without  them.  Gehlbach 
concludes  this  is  probably  coincidental  and  not  selective.  In  any  case  it  is  very  intriguing. 
Chapter  seven — “Vocalizations.”  An  overview  of  song  types,  hoots,  barks,  non-vocal 
sounds,  and  juvenile  development  is  given.  Gehlbach  describes  in  which  context  and 
chronology  the  various  sounds  are  produced.  This  perhaps  is  the  weakest  chapter.  Chapter 
eight — “Lifetime  Reproduction.”  Discussions  on  age  and  size,  nest  sites,  mates,  recruit- 
ment, and  inheritance  are  provided.  Most  of  the  data,  however  emphasizes  females  because 
sample  sizes  were  to  small  for  males.  Gehlbach  summarizes  this  chapter  by  stating  that 
about  half  the  females  each  season  are  yearlings,  of  which  about  half  disappear  after  their 
first  attempt  at  breeding.  Those  yearlings  that  reproduce  successfully  are  usually  larger 
and  tend  to  show  site  fidelity  in  following  years.  Life  long  monogamous  pair  bonds  are 
the  general  rule,  with  few  polygynous  relationships.  Interestingly,  females  began  to  have 
smaller  clutches  and  fledged  fewer  young  after  about  age  five.  Chapter  nine — “Population 
Structure  and  Elux.”  Topics  include  age  classes  and  survival,  productivity,  use  of  space, 
densities  and  cycles.  This  is  a good  overview  of  Gehlbach’s  marked  individuals  and  com- 
parative data  between  the  suburban  and  rural  populations  are  given.  Survival  is  better  in 
the  suburbs,  but  surprisingly  these  owls  have  short  life  spans,  except  in  a few  cases. 
Breeding  densities  seemed  to  fluctuate  in  relation  to  environmental  factors  and  predators, 
and  Gehlbach  concludes  that  the  suburban  owls  exhibit  a nine  year  cycle,  similar  to  the 
9.3  year  lunar  cycle.  Chapter  ten — “The  Suburban  Advantage.  Gehlbach  sums  up  the 
advantages  that  his  suburban  screech  owls  have  over  rural  screech  owls.  The  sections  are 
pre-adaptations  of  Eastern  Screech-Owls,  connections,  and  prescriptions  for  the  future. 

Throughout  the  entire  book,  Gehlbach  has  carefully  compared  many  aspects  of  these  owl’s 
life  history.  In  short,  the  suburban  birds  seem  to  have  an  easier  life  than  the  rural  birds. 
Whether  this  is  really  important  for  the  screech-owl  population  of  central  Texas  is  for  the 
reader  to  decide.  In  any  case,  this  small  owl  seems  well-adapted  to  a wide  range  of  habitats 
and  habitat  modification  due  to  people. 

Although  it  appears  that  the  book  was  intended  to  be  readable  for  all  audiences  interested 
in  natural  history,  it  is  not.  It  is  a technical  book.  The  book  is  beyond  the  interest  of  average 
bird  watchers  or  naturalists.  Even  the  serious  researcher  must  review  each  page  carefully  to 
fully  understand  the  message.  Gehlbach’s  continuous  emphasis  throughout  the  text  concern- 
ing the  exploratory  period  gets  a bit  old.  I agree  that  it  often  takes  a few  years  to  become 
familiar  with  the  organism  one  is  studying,  but  I believe  that  an  eight-year  exploratory 
period  is  not  necessary.  I also  would  have  liked  to  see  more  reference  to  Van  Camp  and 
Henny  (1975,  The  screech  owl;  its  life  history  and  population  ecology  in  northern  Ohio. 
North  American  Fauna  71 ).  This  was  also  a long-term  study  that  could  have  provided  a lot 
of  comparative  data  to  Gehlbach’s  work.  Gary  Ritchison  and  his  graduate  students  have  also 
published  a number  of  good  papers  on  Eastern  Screech-Owl  vocalizations  and  dispersal  in 
Kentucky,  but  deserved  more  recognition.  Perhaps  less  comparisons  with  Boreal  Owls  {Ae- 
golius  fiinereus)  and  more  with  other  species  of  Otus  also  would  have  been  preferable. 

Should  you  buy  this  book?  Absolutely.  There  is  an  incredible  amount  of  information 
throughout  the  book.  I recommend  this  book  for  anyone  .studying  birds.  Gehlbach’s  25  years 
of  screech-owl  watching  have  given  him  much  time  to  think  ol  various  ways  to  analyze 
data.  There  are  many  good  ideas  for  other  species.  Although  one  may  not  agree  with  his 
methods  or  conclusions,  these  types  of  long-term  data  are  rare.  Although  the  book  at  $45.00 
is  expensive,  it  has  a hard  cover,  includes  a great  deal  of  inlormation  and  will  last  a long 
time — buy  it! — Denver  W.  Holt. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


203 


The  Birds  of  Nigeria.  By  J.  H.  Elgood  et  al.  British  Ornithologists’  Union  Check-list 
No.  4 (second  edition).  1994.  306  pp.,  hardback,  7 figs.,  10  tables,  gazetteer,  16  color  plates 
of  habitat  and  48  of  Nigerian  birds.  £21.00  (UK),  £23.00  (overseas)  including  postage  from 
British  Ornithologists’  Union,  % The  Natural  History  Museum,  Akeman  Street,  Tring,  Herts. 
HP23  6AP,  UK. — Nigeria  is  among  the  ten  most  populous  nations  on  earth,  with  a size  and 
human  density  comparable  to  that  of  Pakistan.  It  is  hardly  a premier  destination  either  for 
ecotourists  or  ornithologists.  In  1976,  the  British  Ornithologists’  Union  began  to  publish 
check-lists  of  avifaunas  for  little-known  countries  and  regions  of  the  world.  “The  Birds  of 
Nigeria”  first  appeared  in  1981,  compiled  by  J.  H.  Elgood,  a former  professor  of  zoology 
( 1949  to  1965)  at  Ibadan  University  in  that  West  African  nation,  who  described  the  country’s 
only  endemic  bird  species,  the  Ibadan  Malimbe  {Malimhus  ibadanensis).  When  the  first 
edition  of  “The  Birds  of  Nigeria”  sold  out  ten  years  after  publication,  the  B.O.U.  prevailed 
upon  its  author  to  spearhead  its  revision  and  updating,  which  happily  appeared  in  his  85th 
year. 

As  a national  check-list,  this  work  is  exemplary.  Not  only  does  it  contain  an  annotated 
list  of  about  900  species  reported  in  the  country  to  date  (884  being  admitted  to  tbe  official 
list),  but  it  also  has  excellent  summaries  of  Nigeria’s  environment — its  topography,  geology, 
climate,  weather,  and  vegetative  zones.  Migration  and  breeding  both  are  insightfully  cate- 
gorized and  summarized.  It  has  a list  of  names  of  people  who  have  recorded  birds  in  the 
country,  several  maps  plus  an  excellent  gazetteer,  a compilation  of  banding  recoveries  (none 
intra-African),  and  a comprehensive  bibliography.  In  short,  I found  everything  one  might 
hope  for  in  a work  of  this  nature. 

The  color  photos,  including  an  attractive  cover  photo  of  a Red-throated  Bee-eater  (Merops 
hullocki),  plus  a lovely  color  painting  of  the  endemic  Ibadan  Malimbe  by  Martin  Woodcock, 
all  are  welcome  enhancements  to  this  second  edition.  Other  changes  since  the  first  edition, 
in  addition  to  adding  and  updating  species  accounts  and  various  summaries,  include  the 
renaming  and  reordering  of  the  avifauna  to  conform  largely  to  “The  Birds  of  Africa”  series 
(“BoA",  Academic  Press  1982  ff).  Appendices  list  the  numerous  changes  to  both  scientific 
and  English  names  between  editions.  BoA  was  a sensible  choice  for  a taxonomic  and  no- 
menclatural  model,  but  unfortunately  it  is  not  yet  complete;  the  four  volumes  published  to 
date  cover  only  slightly  more  than  60%  of  Nigeria’s  species.  Elgood  and  his  team  had  access 
to  some  BoA  work  in  progress,  but  for  species  towards  the  end  of  the  systematic  order,  parts 
of  the  original  nomenclature,  including  such  quirky  English  names  as  Exclamatory  Paradise 
Whydah  {Vidua  interjecta),  can  be  found.  It  might  have  been  better  to  have  followed  the 
well-researched  taxonomy  and  nomenclature  of  Dowsett  and  Forbes- Watson’s  “Cbecklist  of 
Birds  of  the  Afrotropical  and  Malagasy  Regions,”  Vol.  I (Tauraco  Press  1993),  cited  in  the 
bibliography,  for  the  remaining  species. 

If  there  is  any  overall  problem  with  this  work,  it  involves  the  authors’  difficulty  in  re- 
stating the  present  status  of  Nigeria’s  birds  after  considering  the  massive  changes  in  the 
Nigerian  environment  since  Elgood  left  the  country  some  thirty  years  ago.  Much  of  the 
book  is  based  on  data  gathered  by  him  and  several  essentially  contemporaneous  expatriates, 
updated  whenever  possible  by  more  recent  material.  Sadly,  the  latter  is  at  best  spotty.  Details 
of  evidence  (existence  and  location  of  cataloged  specimens,  photographs,  sight  report  doc- 
umentation, etc.)  to  support  many  species’  stated  status  also  would  have  enhanced  the  check- 
list’s authority.  A more  conservative  assessment  might  have  admitted  somewhat  fewer  spe- 
cies to  the  official  list,  and  more  cunent  information  if  available  might  have  decreased  the 
stated  distribution  and  abundance  of  many  species.  In  relation  to  this  work’s  overall  u.se- 
fulness,  however,  these  comments  are  minor. 

When  asked  to  update  his  original  section  on  Nigerian  vegetation,  Ronald  Keay  revisited 
the  country  and  reported  wryly,  “There  is  no  vegetation  left  in  Nigeria!”  With  most  local 


204 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  I,  March  1996 


biological  work  to  date  having  been  undertaken  by  foreigners,  the  importance  of  a work 
such  as  “The  Birds  of  Nigeria”  cannot  be  understated.  It  perhaps  was  not  coincidental  that 
the  Nigerian  Conservation  Eoundation  (NCE)  was  formed  locally  shortly  after  the  first  edi- 
tion was  published.  The  NCE  has  been  instrumental  in  establishing  the  framework  for  sound 
national  conservation  policy.  This  second  edition  gives  a concise  statement  of  the  present 
conservation  situation.  One  can  hope  that  now  expanded,  improved,  and  more  attractive, 
this  new  edition  will  inspire  more  direct  local  interest  in  the  country’s  birds  and  their 
protection. 

B.O.U.’s  support  of  basic  efforts  like  compiling  check-lists  worldwide  may  have  more 
ultimate  impact  on  protecting  the  earth’s  birdlife  than  any  other  modest  single  measure  I 
can  think  of.  I salute  both  the  B.O.U.  and  the  authors  of  “The  Birds  of  Nigeria,”  as  should 
we  all.  At  less  than  $40  in  hardback,  this  book  is  a worthwhile  bargain  for  any  student  of 
West  African  avifaunas.  Its  purchase  also  further  encourages  the  B.O.U.  to  continue  its  fine 
program. — P.  William  Smith 


ADDENDUM  TO  “BIRDS  OF  CONIFEROUS  FOREST  ON 
MOUNT  GRAHAM,  ARIZONA,”  Wilson  Bulletin  107(4):7I9-722 

Audio  evidence  recorded  by  the  author,  Joe  T.  Marshall,  and  engineered  by  Michael  A. 
Wascher,  is  available  gratis  as  a 66-min  stereo  recording  to  accompany  this  article.  The  17 
tracks  are  arranged  from  lower  to  higher  elevations  along  Swift  Trail,  Mount  Graham.  Be- 
sides nearby  birds,  other  species  heard  in  the  background  at  each  altitudinal  station  are  listed 
in  an  accompanying  printout.  Send  written  or  electronic  mail  requests  stating  your  scientific 
or  other  interests  in  Mt.  Graham  birds  to  Joe  T.  Marshall,  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Room  378,  Washington,  D.C.  20560-0111  (email:  mnhvzll3@sivm.si.edu).  Indi- 
cate whether  your  preference  is  to  borrow  a digital  audiocassette,  borrow  a CD,  or  receive 
one  of  a limited  supply  of  analog  audiocassettes. 


This  i,ssue  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin  was  published  on  1 March  1996. 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 


Editor  CiiAKl.i'.s  R.  Bi.km 

Department  of  Biology 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University 
816  Park  Avenue 
Richmotul,  Virginia  23284-2012 


Assuitonl  Editors  Leann  Bi.EM 

Ai.beut  E.  Conway 


Editorial  Board  Kath>  C.  Bkai, 

Bichahi)  N.  Connek 
Thomas  M.  Ha(;(;ehtv 
John  A.  Smai.ewood 

Review  Editor  WiEEIAM  E.  Davis,  Jh. 

127  East  Street 

Eoxboro,  Massachusetts  02035 

Index  Editor  Kathy  G.  Beai, 

616  Xenia  Avenue 
Yellow  Springs,  Ohio  45387 


SUCGESTIONS  TO  AUTHOUS 

See  Wilson  Bulletin.  107:574—575,  1995  for  more  detailed  “Information  for  Authors.” 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  in  The  Wilson  Bulletin  should  be  submitted  in  trij)licate, 
neatly  typewritten,  double-spaced,  with  at  least  3 cm  margins,  and  on  one  side  only  of  good 
quality  white  paper.  Do  not  submit  xerographic  copies  that  are  made  on  slick,  heavy  paper.  Tables 
should  be  typed  on  separate  sheets,  and  should  be  narrow  and  deep  rather  than  wide  and  shallow. 
Eollow  the  AOU  Check-list  (Sixth  Edition,  1983)  insofar  as  scientific  names  of  U.S.,  Canadian. 
Mexican,  Central  .American,  and  West  Indian  birds  are  concerned.  Abstracts  of  major  papers 
should  be  brief  but  quotable.  In  both  Major  Papers  and  Short  Communications,  where  fewer  than 
5 papers  are  cited,  the  citations  may  be  included  in  tbe  text.  Eollow  carefidly  the  style  used  in 
this  issue  in  listing  the  literature  cited;  othenvise,  follow  the  “CBE  Style  Manual”  (AIBS,  1983). 
Photographs  for  illustrations  should  have  good  contrast  and  be  on  glossy  paper.  Submit  prints 
unmounted  and  attach  to  each  a brief  but  adequate  legend.  Do  not  write  heavily  on  the  backs  of 
jihotograpbs.  Diagrams  and  line  drawings  shouki  be  in  black  ink  aiul  ibeir  lettering  large  enougb 
to  permit  reduction.  Original  figures  or  photographs  submitted  must  be  smaller  than  22  X 28  cm. 
Alterations  in  copy  after  the  type  has  been  set  must  be  charged  to  the  author. 

NoTtCE  OE  CtlANGE  OE  Al)l)tiE.S.S 

If  your  address  changes,  notify  the  Society  immediately.  Send  your  complete  new  address  to 
Ornithological  Societies  of  North  America.  P.O.  Box  1897.  Lawrence.  KS  66044-8897. 

The  permanent  mailing  address  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  is:  c/o  The  Museum  of 
Zoology.  The  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor.  Micbigan  48109.  Persons  having  business  with 
any  of  the  officers  may  address  them  at  their  various  addresses  given  on  the  back  of  tbe  front 
cover,  and  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Bulletin  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Editor. 

MEMItEti.SIlIt’  lN(,)littilE.S 

Membership  inquiries  should  be  sent  to  Dr.  John  .Smallwood.  Dept,  of  Biology,  Montclair  State 
Univ..  Upper  Montclair.  New  jersey  07043. 


CONTENTS 


MAJOR  PAPERS 

A NEW  SPECIES  OF  EMERALD  HUMMINGBIRD  (TROCHILIDAE,  CHLOROSTILBON)  FROM  THE  SIERRA  DE 
CHIRIBIQUETE,  SOUTHEASTERN  COLOMBIA,  WITH  A REVIEW  OF  THE  C.  MELLISUGUS  COMPLEX 

F.  Gary  Stiles 

REPRODUCTION  AND  MOVEMENTS  OF  MOUNTAIN  PLOVERS  BREEDING  IN  COLORADO  

Fritz  L.  Knopf  and  Jeffery  R.  Rupert 

TRIGEMINAL  REPELLENTS  DO  NOT  PROMOTE  CONDITIONED  ODOR  AVOIDANCE  IN  EUROPEAN  STAR- 
LINGS.  Clark 

NEST-SITE  SELECTION  BY  HOODED  WARBLERS  IN  BOTTOMLAND  HARDWOODS  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA 

John  C.  Kilgo,  Robert  A.  Sargent,  Brian  R.  Chapman,  and  Karl  V.  Miller 

CHANGE  IN  BODY  MASS  OF  FEMALE  COMMON  GOLDENEYES  DLIRING  NESTING  AND  BROOD  REARING 

Michael  C.  Zicus  and  Michael  R.  Riggs 

INTERSPECIFIC  VARIATION  IN  THE  CALLS  OF  SPHENISCUS  PENGUINS  

Nina  N.  Thumser,  Jeffrey  D.  Karron,  and  Millicent  S.  Ficken 

THE  BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  WILLOW  TIT  IN  NORTHEASTERN  SIBERIA  

Vladimir  V.  Pravosudov  and  Elena  V.  Pravosudova 

CENSUSING  WINTERING  POPULATIONS  OF  SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS:  SURVEYS  IN  THE  BLUE  MOUNTAINS 
OF  JAMAICA Gary  R.  Graves 

COLONY-SITE  AND  NEST-SITE  USE  BY  COMMON  CRACKLES  IN  NORTH  DAKOTA  

H.  Jeffrey  Homan,  George  M.  Linz,  William  J.  Bleier,  and  Robert  B.  Carlson 

EVIDENCE  OF  DUAL  BREEDING  RANGES  FOR  THE  SEDGE  WREN  IN  THE  CENTRAL  GREAT  PLAINS 

Paul  A.  Bedell 

DIETS  OF  NORTHERN  PYGMY-OWLS  AND  NORTHERN  SAW-WHET  OWLS  IN  WEST-CENTRAL  MONTANA 

Denver  W.  Holt  and  Leslie  A.  Leroux 

EFFECTS  OF  EGG  TYPE  ON  DEPREDATION  OF  ARTIFICIAL  GROUND  NESTS  

Richard  H.  Yahner  and  Carolyn  G.  Mahan 

FOOD  AVAILABILITY  AND  FEEDING  PREFERENCES  OF  BREEDING  FULVOUS  WHISTLING-DUCKS  IN  LOUIS- 
IANA RICEFIELDS  - William  L.  Hohman,  Timothy  M.  Stark,  and  Joseph  L.  Moore 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

DO  STANDARDIZED  BROOD  COUNTS  ACCURATELY  MEASURE  PRODUCTIVITY?  - 

John  M.  Marzluff  and  Mary  McFadzen 

COMPARATIVE  FORAGING  BEHAVIOR  OF  SYMPATRIC  SNOW  GEESE,  GREATER  WHITE-FRONTED 

GEESE,  AND  CANADA  GEESE  DURING  THE  NON-BREEDING  SEASON  

Dale  E.  Gawlik  and  R.  Douglas  Slack 

SURVIVAL  OF  RADIO-COLLARED  NESTLING  PUERTO  RICAN  PARROTS  -- 

J.  Michael  Meyers,  Wayne  J.  Arendt.  and  Gerald  D.  Lindsey 

NEW  NESTING  AREA  OF  PUERTO  RICAN  PARROTS  — J-  Michael  Meyers 

NEOTROPICAL  MIGRANTS  IN  MARGINAL  HABITATS  ON  A GUATEMALAN  CATTLE  RANCH  — 

Rodney  B.  Siegel  and  Marco  V.  Centeno 

UNGULATE  ECTOPARASITE  REMOVAL  BY  BLACK  CARACARAS  AND  PALE-WINGED  TRUMPETERS 
IN  AMAZONIAN  FORESTS - Carlos  A.  Peres 

NOTES  ON  THE  STATUS  AND  BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  SWAINSON’S  WARBLER  IN  CUBA  - 

Arturo  Kirkconnell,  George  E.  Wallace,  and  Orlando  H.  Garrido 

COMMENTS  ON  A PROBABLE  GYNANDROMORPHIC  BLACK-THROATED  BLUE  WARBLER  

Gary  R.  Graves,  Michael  A.  Patten,  and  Jon  L.  Dunn 

RUFOUS  CROWN  FEATHERS  ON  ADULT  MALE  TENNESSEE  WARBLERS  

James  A.  Dick  and  Ross  D.  James 

AMERICAN  GOLDFINCH  NESTS  IN  PURPLE  LOOSESTRIFE  Erik  Kiviat 

OPPORTUNISTIC  WINTER  WATER  ACQUISITION  BY  PINE  GROSBEAKS  David  J . G.  Wolfe 

EVIDENCE  OF  NEST  PARASITISM  IN  MOTTLED  DUCKS  

William  P.  Johnson,  Erank  C.  Rohwer,  and  Michael  Carloss 

EIGHT  NEW  HOST  SPECIES  FOR  THE  PARASITIC  BLOW  FLY  GENUS  PROTOCALLIPHORA  (DIPTERA: 
CALLIPHORIDAE)-. Kevels 

OBSERVATIONS  OF  SHOREBIRD  PREDATION  BY  SNAPPING  TURTLES  IN  EASTERN  LAKE  ONTARIO 
Gregory  S.  Pryor 


1 

28 

36 

53 

61 

72 

80 

94 

104 

115 

123 

129 

137 

151 

154 

159 

164 

166 

170 

175 

178 

181 

182 

186 

187 

189 

190 
193 


ORNITIIOIXMSICAL  LITERATURE 


ThcWsonBulktin 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  WILSON  ORNITHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


VOL.  108,  NO.  2 JUNE  1996  PAGES  205-396 

(ISSN  (X)43-5643) 


The  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 
Founded  December  3,  1888 

Named  after  ALEXANDER  WILSON,  the  first  American  Ornithologist. 

President— Keith  L.  Bildstein,  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary,  RR  2,  Box  191,  Kempton,  Pennsylvania 
19529-9449. 

First  Vice-President— Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  Department  of  Biology,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University, 
Delaware,  Ohio  43015. 

Second  Vice-President-John  C.  Kricher,  Biology  Department,  Wheaton  College,  Norton,  Mas- 
sachusetts 02766. 

Editor— Charles  R.  Blem,  Department  of  Biology,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University,  P.O.  Box 
842012,  Richmond,  Virginia  23284-2012. 

Secretary-John  A.  Smallwood,  Department  of  Biology,  Montclair  State  University,  Upper  Mont- 
clair, New  Jersey  07043. 

Treasurer— Doris  J.  Watt,  Department  of  Biology,  Saint  Mary’s  College,  Notre  Dame,  Indiana 
46556. 

Elected  Council  Members— Donald  F.  Caccamise  and  Laurie  J.  Goodrich  (terms  expire  1996), 
Carol  A.  Corbat  and  William  E.  Davis  (terms  expire  1997),  and  Margaret  C.  Bnttingham  an 
Herbert  T.  Hendrickson  (terms  expire  1998). 

Membership  dues  per  calendar  year  are:  Active,  S21.00;  Student,  $15.00;  Family,  $25.00;  Sus- 
taining, $30.00;  Life  memberships  $500  (payable  in  four  installments). 

The  Wilson  Bulletin  is  sent  to  all  members  not  in  arrears  for  dues. 

The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library 

The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society,  housed  in  the 
University  of  Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  was  established  in  concurrence  with  the  University 
of  Michigan  in  1930.  Until  1947  the  Library  was  maintained  entirely  by  gifts  and  bequests  ol 
books,  reprints,  and  ornithological  magazines  from  members  and  friends  of  the  Society.  Two  mem- 
bers have  generously  established  a fund  for  the  purchase  of  new  books;  members  and  friends  are 
invited  to  maintain  the  fund  by  regular  contribution,  thus  making  available  to  all  Society  members 
the  more  important  new  books  on  ornithology  and  related  subjects.  The  fund  will  be  administered 
by  the  Library  Committee,  which  will  be  happy  to  receive  suggestions  on  the  choice  of  new  books 
to  be  added  to  the  Library.  William  A.  Lunk,  University  Museums,  University  of  Michigan,  is 
Chairman  of  the  Committee.  The  Library  currently  receives  195  periodicals  as  gifts  and  in  ex- 
change for  The  Wilson  Bulletin.  With  the  usual  exception  of  rare  books,  any  item  in  the  Library 
may  be  borrowed  by  members  of  the  Society  and  will  be  sent  prepaid  (by  the  University  of 
Michigan)  to  any  address  in  the  United  States,  its  possessions,  or  Canada.  Return  postage  is  paid 
by  the  borrower.  Inquiries  and  requests  by  borrowers,  as  well  as  gifts  of  books,  pamphlets,  reprints, 
and  magazines,  should  be  addressed  to:  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library,  University  of 
Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Contributions  to  the  New  Book  Fund 
should  be  sent  to  the  Treasurer  (small  sums  in  stamps  are  acceptable).  


The  Wilson  Bulletin 
(ISSN  0043-5643) 

THE  WIUSON  BULLETIN  (ISSN  004:1-5643)  is  published  quarterly  in  March,  June.  September,  and  December  by 
0:ilo,ica.  Society.  8,0  East  lO.h  Street.  I.wrence 

elsewhere,  is  $40.00  per  year.  Second-class  postage  paid  at  Lawrence.  KS.  PUS  1 MAS  I hrt.  Sena  a g 

HII!  I KTIN  PO  Box  1897,  I.awrence,  KS  66044-8897.  , j j 

Back  issues  or  single  copies  are  available  for  $12.00  each.  Most  back  issues  of  the  Bulletin  are  available  and  may  be  ordered 

from  the  Treasurer.  Special  prices  will  be  quoted  for  quantity  orders.  , , i i .1  i , iho  Pdiinr  F,- 

All  articles  and  communications  for  publications,  books  and  publications  for  reviews  should  be  ^ 

changes  should  1.  addressed  to  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library  Museum  Ti^tnce. 

Subscriptions,  changes  of  address  and  claims  for  undelivered  copies  should  be  sent  to  the  OSNA,  . 

KS  66044-8897.  Phone:  (913)  84.3-1221;  FAX:  (913)  84,3-1274. 

© Copyright  1996  by  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 

Printed  by  Allen  Press,  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044,  U.S.A. 


This  paper  meets  the  requirements  of  ANSI/NISO  Z39.48-1992  (Permanence  of  Paper). 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN 

A QUARTERLY  MAGAZINE  OF  ORNITHOLOGY 

Published  by  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 


VoL.  108,  No.  2 June  1996  Pages  205-396 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  2Q5-221 

GEOGRAPHIC  VARIATION  AND  SPECIES  LIMITS  IN 
CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS  OF  THE  ANDES 

Robb  T.  Brumfield'  - and  J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr.' 

Abstract. — Few  studies  have  quantified  geographic  variation  in  widely  distributed  An- 
dean birds  despite  the  fact  that  the  linearity  of  their  distributions  provides  unique  opportunity 
to  assess  latitudinal  geographic  variation.  We  examined  geographic  variation  of  morpho- 
metric and  plumage  characters  in  populations  currently  treated  as  a single  species,  the  Sepia- 
brown  Wren  (Cinnycerthia  peruana),  that  inhabits  humid  montane  forests  from  northern 
Colombia  to  central  Bolivia.  Our  analysis  supports  the  recognition  of  three  biological  species 
(olivascens,  peruana,  and  fulva)  based  on  discrete  morphometric  differences  as  well  as 
marked  plumage  differences.  Size  variation  within  populations  is  inconsistent  with  the  pre- 
dictions of  Bergmann’s  Rule,  whereas  variation  across  species  runs  counter  to  the  predic- 
tions, with  the  smallest  species  occurring  farthest  from  the  Equator.  Received  20  June  1995, 
accepted  10  Dec.  1995. 


Before  hypotheses  concerning  the  origin  and  maintenance  of  geograph- 
ic variation  in  bird  species  can  be  formulated,  the  patterns  of  variation 
must  be  well-described  (Zink  and  Remsen  1986).  Although  the  humid 
slopes  of  the  Andes  mountains  are  potentially  one  of  the  world’s  most 
productive  areas  for  the  study  of  geographic  variation  (Remsen  1984a, 
Graves  1985,  1988),  few  workers  (e.g..  Graves  1982,  1985,  1991,  Remsen 
et  al.  1991)  have  quantified  geographic  variation  in  widely  distributed 
Andean  birds.  We  present  here  an  evaluation  of  moiphometric  and  plum- 
age variation  in  populations  currently  treated  as  a single  species,  the  Se- 
pia-brown Wren  (Cinnycerthia  peruana),  that  inhabits  humid  montane 
forests  in  the  temperate  and  subtropical  zones  of  the  Andes  from  northern 
Colombia  to  central  Bolivia  (Fig.  1).  We  also  re-evaluate  species  limits 
among  these  populations. 

' Museum  of  Natural  Science,  Louisiana  State  Univ.,  Baton  Rouge.  Louisiana  70803. 

^ Present  address:  Laboratory  of  Molecular  Systematics,  National  Mu.seum  of  Natural  History,  Smithson- 
ian Imstitution  MRC  534,  Washington.  D.C.  20560,  and  Dept,  of  Zoology,  Univ.  of  Maryland,  College 
Park,  Maryland  20742. 


205 


206 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  C/NNYCERTHIA  WRENS  207 

The  four  cun'ently  recognized  subspecies  of  Cinnycerthia  peruana 
{bogotensis,  olivascens,  peruana,  and/w/va;  Paynter  1960,  Ridgely  and 
Tudor  1989,  Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe  1990)  were  all  originally  described  as 
distinct  species  based  on  size  and  plumage  differences.  Known  only 
from  the  eastern  Andes  of  Colombia,  bogotensis  differs  from  its  geo- 
graphically closest  relative  from  the  rest  of  the  northern  Andes,  olivas- 
cens, by  its  darker  coloration  (Hellmayr  1934,  Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe 
1990).  Nominate  peruana  is  smaller  in  size  and  less  olivaceous  than 
olivascens.  Hellmayr  (1934)  noted  that  two  of  nine  specimens  from  Ec- 
uador had  a faint  greyish  tinge  in  the  postocular  region;  he  interpreted 
this  as  revealing  the  close  relationship  between  olivascens  and  peruana. 
It  is  not  clear,  however,  whether  Hellmayr  realized  that  juveniles  of 
olivascens  typically  have  a grey  postocular  area.  Hellmayr  (1934)  in- 
cluded the  preceding  taxa  as  subspecies  within  Cinnycerthia  peruana 
but  considered  the  most  southern  subspecies,  fulva,  to  be  a separate 
species  (C.  fulva)  based  on  its  distinctly  smaller  size  and  well-defined 
buffy-white  superciliary.  Until  Hellmayr’s  (1934)  revision, /w/va  was  not 
considered  to  be  congeneric  with  the  other  taxa  (all  in  Cinnycerthia), 
but  was  placed  in  the  genus  Thryophilus.  Paynter  (1960)  placed /w/va 
as  a subspecies  within  C.  peruana  and  retained  the  other  three  subspe- 
cies; no  reasons  were  published  for  the  merger  of  fulva  into  peruana. 
Subsequent  works  on  South  American  birds  have  followed  Paynter’s 
treatment  (e.g.,  Meyer  de  Schauensee  1966,  1970;  Ridgely  and  Tudor 
1989;  Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe  1990). 

METHODS 

We  examined  six  mensural  characters  with  dial  calipers  (measured  to  the  nearest  0.05 
mm)  on  235  (118  males  and  1 17  females,  according  to  gonad  information  on  label)  study 
skins:  (1)  wing-length  (chord  of  unflattened  wing  from  bend  of  wing  to  longest  primary); 
(2)  bill-length  (of  exposed  culmen);  (3)  bill-width  (at  its  base);  (4)  bill-depth  (at  its  base); 
(5)  tail-length  (measured  from  point  of  insertion  of  central  rectrices  to  tip  of  longest  rectrix); 
and  (6)  tarsus  length  (from  the  joint  of  tarsometatarsus  and  tibiotarsus  to  the  lateral  edge  of 
last  undivided  scute).  In  addition  to  the  specimens  at  the  Museum  of  Natural  Science, 
Louisiana  State  University  (hereafter  LSUMZ),  specimens  were  examined  from  five  other 
museums  with  major  collections  of  Andean  birds  (see  Acknowledgments). 

Specimens  in  juvenal  or  downy  plumage  or  with  damaged,  extensively  worn  or  molting 
wing  and  tail  feathers  were  excluded.  Because  many  specimens  in  “adult”  plumage  lacked 
data  on  age  (e.g.,  skull  pneumatization),  we  also  perfonned  separate  analyses  using  only  those 
specimens  with  skull  pneumatization  S:90%  to  determine  the  effect  of  inclusion  of  young  birds 


<— 


Fig.  1.  Distribution  of  Cinnycerthia  taxa  based  on  samples  included  in  this  study.  Triangles 
are  bogotensis.  dark  circles  are  olivascens,  hollow  circles  are  peruana,  and  squares  are  fulva. 


208 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


in  adult  plumage.  Similarly,  most  specimens  did  not  possess  data  on  body  mass,  a potentially 
useful  size  character.  Using  only  specimens  of  known  mass,  an  ANOVA  was  used  to  detect 
sex  and  subspecies  differences.  Mass  was  not  used  in  the  multivariate  analyses. 

Geographic  coordinates  for  each  locality  were  taken  from  Paynter  et  al.  (1975),  Paynter 
and  Traylor  (1977,  1981),  and  Stephens  and  Traylor  (1983).  SAS  software  (SAS  Institute, 
Inc.  1982)  was  used  to  calculate  all  univariate  statistics  and  perform  regressions,  analyses 
of  variance  (ANOVA,  MANOVA),  principal  component  analyses  (PCA),  and  discriminant 
function  analyses  (DEA).  Morphometric  data  were  log,o-transformed  for  all  analyses  to  cor- 
rect for  a non-normal  distribution.  All  ANOVAs  were  two-way  a posteriori  comparisons  of 
least  squares  means  with  the  rejection  level  set  according  to  the  number  of  comparisons  by 
using  the  Bonferroni  method. 

Plumage  colors  of  the  235  specimens  were  compared  to  a published  color  standard  (Ridg- 
way  1912)  under  a combination  of  fluorescent  and  natural  overhead  lighting.  For  bogotensis, 
olivascens  and  peruana,  the  postocular  area  of  each  specimen  was  scored  as  (0)  no  post- 
ocular stripe  evident,  (1)  postocular  stripe  inconspicuous,  poorly  demarcated,  and  probably 
not  visible  in  the  field,  or  (2)  postocular  stripe  conspicuous,  reasonably  well-defined,  and 
probably  visible  in  the  field.  For  all  specimens,  the  amount  of  white  feathering  on  the  head 
{in  fulva  group,  excluding  the  superciliary)  was  scored  as  (0)  none,  (1)  partial  or  complete, 
small,  white  eye-ring,  (2)  a portion  of  the  forecrown  with  white  feathers,  (3)  both  1 and  2, 
(4)  extensive  white  feathering  on  face  and  forecrown,  or  (5)  much  of  the  head  white,  es- 
pecially most  of  the  face  and  crown.  Because  the  degree  of  development  of  the  superciliary 
and  the  extent  of  white  feathering  on  the  head  are  continuously  distributed  characters,  our 
scoring  system  reflects  an  arbitrary  typology. 

Specimens  collected  from  the  same  region  more  than  70  years  apart  showed  no  sign  of 
post-mortem  color  change.  There  is  some  seasonal  variation  in  coloration  caused  by  wear. 
For  example,  in  nominate  peruana,  and  especially  in  the  fulva  group,  specimens  from  Oc- 
tober to  June  tended  to  be  more  richly  colored  and  ochraceous  than  those  taken  from  July 
to  September.  This  is  the  only  Andean  forest  bird  with  which  we  are  familiar  that  shows 
such  seasonal  plumage  wear. 


RESULTS 

Sexual  dimorphism. — ANOVAs  of  the  six  skin  measurements  indicate 
a significant  {P  < 0.05)  sex  effect  on  wing-length  in  all  subspecies  except 
bogotensis  (Table  1).  This  was  also  found  in  the  analysis  of  specimens 
with  skull  pneumatization  >90%.  Differentiation  in  other  characters  de- 
pend on  the  subspecies  examined.  The  larger  sample  sizes  of  olivascens 
and  peruana  may  account  for  their  having  significant  sexual  dimorphism 
in  more  characters  than  /w/va  or  bogotensis.  Because  of  the  apparent  dif- 
ferences between  sexes,  all  subsequent  analyses  were  performed  sepa- 
rately on  males  and  females. 

Univariate  geographic  variation. — Except  for  wing  length,  bill  length, 
and  mass,  males  and  females  show  similar  patterns  of  mensural  character 
differentiation  among  subspecies.  ANOVAs  indicate  that  wing,  tail,  and 
tarsus  lengths  are  significantly  different  among  all  subspecies  except  be- 
tween bogotensis  and  olivascens.  Other  differences  depend  on  the  sub- 
species compared  (Table  1).  The  elimination  of  specimens  lacking  data 
on  skull  pneumatization  caused  a loss  of  significance  in  those  compari- 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS 


209 


Table  1 

Morphometric  Character  Means  with  Standard  Deviations'* 

Character 

Males 

C 

bogoiensis 

C o. 

olivascens 

C.  peruana 

C.  fulva 

Mass 

— 

25.9  ± 4.1 

*20.6  ± 1.7 

18.4  ± 2.7 

(15)# 

(36)# 

(6) 

Wing  length 

67.9  ± 0.6 

69.5  ± 3.0 

*62.0  ± 1.6 

*57.9  ± 1.9 

(4) 

(42)# 

(57)# 

(14)# 

Bill  length 

14.4  ± 0.7 

14.1  ± 0.7 

*13.3  ± 0.6 

*12.8  ± 0.8 

(4) 

(42) 

(56)# 

((4) 

Bill  width 

4.9  ± 0.1 

5.2  ± 0.3 

*4.8  ± 0.3 

4.8  ± 0.2 

(4) 

(43) 

(56) 

(14) 

Bill  depth 

5.1  ±0.1 

5.1  ± 0.2 

*4.7  ± 0.3 

4.5  ± 0.2 

(4) 

(40)# 

(56) 

(13) 

Tail  length 

64.9  ± 1.2 

65.4  ± 2.3 

*58.8  ± 1.9 

*54.9  ± 1.3 

(4) 

(41)# 

(56)# 

(14) 

Tarsus  length 

25.3  ± 0.6 

24.6  ± 1.3 

*23.1  ± 0.9 

*21.7  ± 1.1 

(4) 

(42)# 

(55)# 

(13)# 

Females 

C,  o. 

C.  o. 

Character 

bogoiensis 

olivascens 

C.  peruana 

C.  fulva 

Mass 

— 

23.0  ± 2.7 

*18.4  ± 1.3 

*14.8  ± 1.6 

(22)# 

(32)# 

(10) 

Wing  length 

68.3  ± 1.7 

*65.9  ± 2.2 

*60.2  ± 2.2 

*55.3  ± 1.7 

(5) 

(52)# 

(42)# 

(18)# 

Bill  length 

13.8  ± 0.1 

14.0  ± 0.6 

*12.8  ± 0.5 

12.6  ± 0.7 

(4) 

(51) 

(42)# 

(17) 

Bill  width 

5.1  ± 0.2 

5.1  ± 0.3 

*4.7  ± 0.2 

4.7  ± 0.3 

(5) 

(52) 

(41) 

(18) 

Bill  depth 

4.8  ± 0.5 

4.9  ± 0.2 

*4.6  ± 0.2 

4.5  ± 0.3 

(5) 

(49)# 

(42) 

(16) 

Tail  length 

62.5  ± 1.7 

62.6  ± 2.5 

57.1  ± 2.1 

*53.3  ± 1.9 

(5) 

(51)# 

(41)# 

(18) 

Tarsus  length 

24.4  ± 2.6 

23.5  ± 1.3 

*22.4  ± 0.9 

*20.7  ± 0.8 

(5) 

(49)# 

(42)# 

(17)# 

“ Sample  sizes  are  in  parentheses. 

* Significant  difference  between  subspecies,  P < 0,05. 

# Significant  difference  between  sexes.  P < 0.05. 


sons  that  were  only  weakly  significant  in  the  full  analysis.  Differences  in 
wing  length,  tail  length,  and  tarsus  length  remained  strongly  significant 
except  in  the  comparison  of  peruana  ‘dx\d  fulva,  for  which  tail  length  was 
no  longer  significantly  different. 

In  all  six  size  characters,  olivascens  differs  significantly  from  its  south- 
ern neighbor  peruana.  To  determine  whether  the  samples  of  olivascens 


210 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


c 

o 

c 

o 

Q. 

E 

o 

U 

"E 

a 

fi 


5.0 


2.5 


0.0* 


-2.5- 


-5.0 


□ 

bogotensis 

° olivascens 

□ 

□ B 

° peruana 

□ 

□ 

□ t g 

Q S 

□ 

* fulva 

□ 

0 

Q 

□ 

□ 

S 

o 

a 

□ 

o 

o 

o 

§ 

e 

o 

• 

O 

° 1 

o 

o 

8o 

0 

° f 

8 ® 

OA 

o 1 

o 

o 

A 

A 

r ^ 

A 

A 

A 

A 

o 

o 


o 

o 

d 


Latitude 

Fig.  2.  Plot  of  first  principal  component  axis  against  latitude  in  males.  Larger  circle 
denotes  olivascens  specimen  that  clusters  with  peruana  (LSUMZ  88567).  Negative  numbers 
represent  northern  latitudes. 


from  north  of  the  Equator  contributed  to  a larger  size  difference  between 
olivascens  and  peruana  as  a function  of  geographic  distance,  we  used  an 
ANOVA  to  compare  populations  of  olivascens  north  and  south  of  the 
equator.  None  of  the  morphometric  characters  showed  significant  differ- 
ences in  either  sex. 

A discrete  size  difference  exists  between  olivascens  and  peruana  where 
the  two  meet.  Two  adult  olivascens  (males;  LSUMZ  1 17378,  1 1739)  were 
taken  on  the  east  slope  of  the  Cordillera  Colan  at  “30  km  by  road  E 
Florida  on  road  to  Rioja,”  depto.  Amazonas.  Only  16  km  SW  on  the  west 
slope  of  Colan  four  adult  peruana  from  “33  road  km  NE  Ingenio  on  road 
to  Laguna  Pomacochas,”  depto.  Amazonas,  were  collected  (males: 
LSUMZ  82126,  153098-9;  female:  LSUMZ  82125).  A clue  as  to  where 
the  two  taxa  meet  comes  from  a series  taken  east  of  La  Peca  Nueva.  From 
site  two,  one  male  specimen  (ca.  2680  m elev.;  LSUMZ  88567;  skull 
completely  pneumatized)  is  peruana  based  on  the  morphometric  charac- 
ters (in  multivariate  space  this  individual  sorts  out  with  peruana;  see  large 
circle  in  Fig.  2).  Although  Graves  (1980)  considered  this  specimen  as 
evidence  for  introgression  because  of  a “few  white  feathers  in  the  eye- 
ring,” it  is  clearly  typical  of  peruana  in  size  and  plumage  as  well  as  in 
presence  of  white  feathers.  The  other  nine  specimens  taken  from  the  La 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS  2 1 1 

Peca  Nueva  sites  are  all  olivascens  based  on  size,  and  all  lack  white  facial 
feathering.  This  suggests  sympatry  between  the  two  forms  without  intro- 
gression.  When  individual  skin  measurements  are  compared  for  all  west 
slope  sites,  the  discrete  difference  in  size  between  the  two  subspecies  is 
apparent  (Table  2). 

In  both  sexes,  peruana  and  /m/vc/  differ  signihcantly  in  wing,  tail,  and 
tarsus  lengths.  Our  most  northern  sample  of  fulva  is  from  a northern  spur 
of  the  Cordillera  Vilcabamba  (depto.  Cuzco,  Peru),  a ridge  bounded  on 
the  west  by  the  “deeply  incised”  Apurfmac  Valley  (Haffer  1974).  Our 
southernmost  sample  of  peruana  is  only  150  km  NW  on  a slope  of  the 
Cordillera  Occidental,  west  of  the  Apurfmac  (Yuraccyacu,  depto.  Aya- 
cucho,  Peru).  All  specimens  except  one  of  unknown  age  (female:  Amer- 
ican Museum  of  Natural  History  820507;  hereafter  AMNH)  are  clear 
representatives  of  their  respective  subspecies  (Table  2).  The  aberrant  spec- 
imen was  taken  from  the  Cordillera  Vilcabamba  and  is  peruana  in  tail 
length. 

Specimens  from  the  Cordillera  Vilcabamba  represent  a distinctive  new 
subspecies  based  on  plumage  (Remsen  and  Brumfield,  unpubl.  data).  Be- 
cause these  populations  are  allopatric  from  populations  of  peruana  and 
fulva  from  the  main  Andes,  they  are  less  likely  to  show  signs  of  intro- 
gression  between  the  two  forms.  To  determine  if  there  is  any  evidence  of 
introgression  between  peruana  and  fulva,  we  compared  the  southernmost 
samples  of  peruana  (from  Yuraccyacu)  with  our  northern  most  sample  of 
fulva  from  the  main  Andes  (males:  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 
311813-4,  from  Pillahuata,  depto.  Cuzco;  hereafter  FMNH).  Although 
bo\h  fulva  specimens  were  typical  of  fulva  in  wing-length,  one  individual 
(31 1814)  was  typical  of  peruana  in  both  tail-length  and  tarsus-length,  two 
characters  that  are  reliable  for  distinguishing  all  subspecies  except  bo- 
gotensis  (Table  2).  This  may  indicate  some  introgression  between  popu- 
lations of  fulva  from  the  main  Andes  and  peruana. 

North  of  the  equator,  the  elevational  distribution  of  specimens  is  not 
correlated  with  latitude  (Spearman  r = 0.25,  ns).  South  of  the  equator, 
the  elevations  of  specimens  increase  slightly  but  significantly  with  dis- 
tance from  the  equator  (Spearman  r = 0.29,  P < 0.0005).  A MANOVA 
revealed  that  there  is  no  significant  elevation  effect  on  the  morphometric 
characters  in  either  sex  (Wilk’s  Lambda  = 0.07,  ns). 

Multivariate  geographic  variation. — Because  individual  characters  do 
not  vary  independently,  we  performed  a principal  component  analysis  to 
determine  which  variables  best  account  for  the  variation  expressed  across 
the  range  of  the  species.  In  specimens  missing  one  or  two  characters  (N 
= 17),  the  subspecies  mean  was  substituted  for  the  missing  value.  Eigen- 
values and  eigenvectors  were  extracted  from  the  correlation  matrix.  Load- 


Table  2 

Individual  Measurements  of  Specimens  Near  Potential  Contact  Zones  (Refer  to  Figures  1 and  2;  Subspecies  Means  are  for  All 

Other  Specimens) 


212 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


~ a. 
CD  w 
T3 


OB 

CD  = 


ob-£ 

C OB 

5 5 


+1 

CN 


O r'  00  m 
cn  iri  enco- 
re CN  (N  (N  O'! 


(N 

+ 1 

yn 

so 


(N 

d 

+1 


d 

+1 

CN 

in 


r- 

d 

+1 


o 
d 

r-  so  so 


00  (N  00 
d — CN 

so  ■ 


so 

00 

in 


(N  o Os 
^ in  in 


o so  (N  (N 
in  in  in  in  in 


m (N  r-  m 

cn  sd  in  d 


q 

cn 

+ 1 
in 
On 
sO 


+ 1 

q 

in 

(N 


C 

C3 

<U 

E 


r-  so  m r-  r- 


m so  r- 
so  r-  so 


so  so 


os 

d 

+1 


(N 


q 

f! 

00 

00 

in 


CN 

d 

+1 


d 
+ 1 
00 


so 

d 

+1 

cn 

d 


q 

+ 1 
q 

(N 

so 


q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

00 

+1 

rn 

CN 

<n 

CN 

CN 

— 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

(N 

CN 

(N 

CN 

CN 

CN 

21.7 

r^inONr^osOOcNoo  — 


OS 


ooor-osr-"^inin 


insomsominininmin 


so  00  On  00  00 
^ 


^ P 9 P P +1 

o Os  m 00 

(N  CN  — — \0 

d 

CN 


r-  00  cn  SO 

'Sf  Tj-  -rf 


CNOOOsOsOOOCNOsqq 
in  in  ^ in 


— inocNr-'qqqq 

^cncndcNcndcNcn 


q 

S 


ON  ON  00  so  o in  o 


o 

so 


(N 

SO 


(N 

SO 


in  CN 

d d 

CN 


£ 

C^I 

>5 

o 

B 

OJ 

B 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

O 

a 

O 

cd 

O 

03 

O 

03 

O 

3 

O 

3 

’ly) 

’c/5 

’oo 

>. 

>> 

0 

f. 

o 

o 

o 

O 

U 

U 

C^l 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

CJ 

ex 

03 

3 

3 

03 

3 

3 

u 

ob 

ob 

ob 

_ob 

ob 

tj 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

£ 

12 

12 

12 

12 

>- 

>- 

>- 

>- 

+ 1 

q 

•d 

in 


CN 

d 

+1 

»n 


CN 

d 

+1 


00 
d 
+ 1 
00 
CN 


q 

+ 1 

q 

d 

m 


q 

CN 

+ 1 

q 

00 


C3  a 

-O  X) 

S E 

C3  cd 

X)  X 
C3  CC 

JJ  JJ 

> > 

S S 2 S 

S "S  (u  (u 

3 3 X = 


C 

03 

O 

E 

a 

> 

u 


Brumfield  and  Reinsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS  2 1 3 


ON 

00 

= 5 

— H 

d 

d 

+i 

CN 

o 

00 

(N 

On 

m 

+1 

00 

00 

o 

+1 

(d 

d 

— 

d 

P ^ 

lO 

(N 

(N 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

CN 

C^J 

CN 

r- 

C<) 

CN 

d 

<N 

CN 

CN 

lO 

CO 

CN 

CN 

0 

+1 

o 

d 

00 

vd 

id 

(N 

id 

m 

id 

00 

vd 

+1 

r- 

vd 

O) 

cd 

CO 

vd 

+1 

SO 

VD 

VO 

NO 

VO 

m 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

cn 

(N 

cd 

VO 

»n 

in 

m 

(N 

cn 

d 

d 

d 

+1 

00 

ON 

m 

o 

in 

+1 

in 

in 

1^ 

ON 

in 

+1 

CQ  U 

lO 

iri 

id 

id 

id 

ON 

VD 

in 

•d 

m 

cn 

m 

C/D 

a> 

d 

d 

d 

E 

+1 

vO 

CN 

(N 

in 

00 

+1 

ON 

in 

X 

CN 

+1 

CQ-- 

>o 

iri 

»d 

id 

id 

id 

id 

id 

OJ 

Uh 

lo 

'd 

(N 

Q 

o 

in 

r- 

UJ 

-1 

oa 

<; 

z 

p 

z 

Bill 

nglh 

d 

+1 

(N 

lo 

m 

id 

in 

q 

q 

rd 

d 

+1 

(N 

(N 

00 

CN 

00 

CN 

cd 

d 

+1 

H 

0 

u 

q 

q 

(N 

— 1 

X 

CN 

(N 

CN 

r- 

(N 

CN 

— 

ap-S 

+1 

On 

o 

o 

in 

+1 

ON 

00 

ON 

00 

CN 

+1 

^ J 

00 

ON 

d 

vd 

ON 

ON 

CN 

vd 

id 

On 

VO 

VO 

vO 

VO 

'O 

r- 

vO 

in 

CN 

in 

m 

in 

in 

in 

m 

tri 

d 

id 

vO 

VO 

in 

m 

X 

(N 

75 

75 

+1 

o 

IT) 

uo 

in 

o 

o 

o 

o 

+1 

ON 

+1 

vS 

IT) 

id 

id 

id 

r-' 

»d 

o 

(N 

CN 

n 

CN 

C^l 

IN 

C^l 

— 

00 

d 

00 

c 

cd 

cd 

cd 

cd 

M 

X 

X 

XJ 

(U 

E 

S 

Cd 

E 

Cd 

E 

Cd 

E 

Cd 

c 

X) 

X 

X 

X 

Cd 

cd 

cd 

Cd 

v 

o 

o 

() 

c> 

p 

c 

C^l 

<n 

m 

m 

c 

> 

> 

> 

> 

cd 

V 

O 

(U 

V 

o 

V 

V 

V 

u 

cd 

>5 

’c/D 

’c^ 

'55 

s: 

2 

cd 

u 

<U 

cd 

u 

V 

Cd 

u 

0) 

cd 

u 

(1) 

P 

C3 

0 

— * 

CN 

CN 

C^J 

C^J 

CN 

CN 

CN 

C^l 

!:x 

u 

o 

"P 

EEE 

q 

o 

U 

-£P 

_W) 

_ob 

_ob 

_ob 

-S? 

-£P 

_oo 

cd 

u 

3 

■o 

u 

O 

XJ 

Ui 

0 

TD 

u 

O 

X) 

u 

0 

£ 

IE 

iE 

iE 

IE 

iE 

lE 

u 

u 

u 

u 

<o 

214 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  3 

Character  Loadings  from  Principal  Component  Analysis  of  Morphometric 

Characters 


PCA  I 

PCA  II 

PCA  III 

Males 

Females 

Males 

Females 

Males 

Females 

Wing  length 

0.458 

0.451 

-0.279 

-0.294 

-0.133 

-0.173 

Bill  length 

0.394 

0.398 

0.213 

-0.341 

-0.781 

0.628 

Bill  width 

0.322 

0.361 

0.854 

0.630 

0.327 

0.293 

Bill  depth 

0.408 

0.372 

-0.040 

0.544 

0.272 

-0.056 

Tail  length 

0.458 

0.456 

-0.183 

-0.321 

-0.038 

0.051 

Tarsus  length 

0.393 

0.402 

-0.335 

-0.037 

0.435 

-0.695 

Percentage  of  variance 

62.7 

63.8 

12.2 

1 1.7 

8.3 

8.8 

ings  on  the  first  principal  component  (PCA  1)  are  large  and  positive 
(wing-length  and  tail-length  had  the  highest  loadings)  for  all  characters 
(this  was  also  found  in  an  analysis  of  known  adults)  indicating  that  gen- 
eral size  accounts  for  most  (males  63%,  females  64%)  of  the  variation 
(Table  3). 

A regression  of  PCA  1 against  latitude  illustrates  a significant  negative 
correlation  between  size  and  latitude  in  males  both  north  (r  = —0.47,  P 

< 0.05,  N = 26)  and  south  (r  =-0.79,  P < 0.0001,  N = 91)  of  the 
equator,  and  in  females  both  north  (r  = —0.47  P < 0.05,  N = 32)  and 
south  (r  = -0.79,  P < 0.0001,  N = 85)  of  the  equator  (Fig.  2;  Table  1). 
It  should  be  noted  that  the  two  taxa  that  occur  north  of  the  equator, 
bogotensis  and  olivascens,  were  represented  by  small  sample  sizes  from 
all  collecting  localities  (Fig.  1).  Latitudinal  variation  within  populations 
south  of  the  equator  is  interesting  in  that  measurements  of  olivascens  are 
positively  correlated  with  latitude  in  both  males  (r  = 0.50,  P < 0.05,  N 
= 21)  and  females  (r  = 0.50,  P < 0.05,  N = 24).  Populations  of  peruana, 
with  the  greatest  range  in  latitudinal  sampling,  however,  show  no  signif- 
icant correlation  with  latitude  in  either  males  (/•  = 0.26,  ns,  N = 56)  or 
females  {r  = 0.05,  ns,  N = 42).  Finally,  populations  oi  fulva  are  signif- 
icantly negatively  correlated  with  latitude  in  both  males  (r  = —0.62,  P 

< 0.05,  N = 15)  and  females  (r  = —0.51,  P < 0.05,  N = 18).  If  the 
subspecies  examined  were  the  result  of  clinal  variation  (i.e.,  not  distinct 
evolutionary  units),  then  we  would  expect  size  to  be  negatively  correlated 
with  latitude  both  within  as  well  as  among  subspecies.  The  subspecies 
with  the  best  latitudinal  sampling,  peruana,  showed  no  correlation  of  size 
with  latitude.  More  samples  of  bogotensis,  olivascens,  <xnd  fulva  are  need- 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTH/A  WRENS 


215 


ed  to  allow  sufficient  examination  of  clinal  variation  within  each  subspe- 
cies. 

A discriminant  function  analysis  was  used  to  determine  the  percentage 
of  specimens  that  could  be  classihed  correctly  solely  on  size  measure- 
ments. This  analysis  is  similar  to  PCA,  but  assumes  a priori  the  identi- 
fication of  the  groups  based  on  the  museum  label.  By  making  this  as- 
sumption, DFA  can  determine  which  characters  cause  maximal  separation 
of  the  groups.  We  plotted  discriminant  functions  for  each  specimen  along 
an  axis.  Specimens  were  considered  unidentifiable  if  their  discriminant 
function  value  overlapped  with  any  values  from  their  neighbor  taxon. 
Specimens  of  bogotensis  could  not  be  distinguished  from  olivascens. 
When  compared  only  to  each  other,  79%  of  olivascens  and  92%  of  per- 
uana were  identified  unambiguously.  When  compared  only  to  each  other, 
87%  of  peruana  and  73%  of  fulva  were  identified  unambiguously.  All 
unidentifiable  specimens  were  examined  individually  for  geographic  prox- 
imity to  their  neighbor  taxon  and  size  relative  to  the  rest  of  their  taxon. 
Most  unidentifiable  specimens  occurred  far  from  their  neighbor  taxon  and, 
therefore,  probably  represent  extreme  within-subspecies  variation  and  not 
introgression  from  subspecific  neighbors.  Three  of  the  five  individuals 
from  our  most  northern  specimens  of  fulva  (Cordillera  Vilcabamba),  how- 
ever, could  not  be  differentiated  from  peruana  based  on  size  measure- 
ments. These  three  are,  however,  unambiguously  diagnosable  based  on 
plumage  (presence  of  buffy-white  superciliary  stripe  in  fulva). 

Plumage  Coloration 

1.  Eastern  Andes  of  Colombia  and  bogotensis. — Beginning  near  the 
northeastern  extreme  of  latitudinal  distribution  of  our  sample,  specimens 
examined  (N  = 14)  from  the  eastern  Andes  of  Colombia  (deptos.  Huila, 
Putumayo,  and  Narino)  can  be  distinguished  from  other  populations  in 
the  Andes  of  Colombia  and  Ecuador  by  their  darker,  redder  brown  un- 
derparts. In  being  darker  than  olivascens,  these  specimens  match  Hell- 
mayr’s  (1934)  brief  notes  on  bogotensis,  which  were  described  from  “Bo- 
gota” specimens  that  lacked  precise  locality  data.  However,  we  were  un- 
able to  locate  specimens  from  the  possibly  disjunct  population  (see  map 
in  Hilty  and  Brown  1986)  farther  north  in  deptos.  Santander,  Boyaca,  and 
Cundinamarca,  a region  more  likely  to  contain  the  true  type  locality  for 
“Bogota”  specimens,  as  noted  for  this  taxon  in  particular  by  Olivares 
(1969).  Hellmayr  (1934),  who  examined  the  type  specimen  of  bogotensis, 
assigned  a specimen  from  Andalucia,  depto.  Huila  (presumably  the  same 
specimen  in  our  sample,  AMNH  I 16874)  to  this  taxon.  Therefore,  we 
treated  our  sample  as  bogotensis  but  with  some  hesitancy.  In  any  case, 
these  specimens  differ  strongly  from  our  nearest  specimens  from  adjacent 


216 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Ecuador  in  depto.  Napo  in  being  a darker,  richer,  redder  (particularly  in 
depto.  Narino)  brown  on  the  underparts,  closer  to  Front’s  Brown  or  Van 
Dyke  Brown  than  to  the  Cinnamon  Brown  or  Saccardo’s  Umber  of  the 
Ecuadorian  specimens,  and  in  having  much  darker  throats.  Such  levels  of 
differentiation  in  color  are  typically  accorded  subspecies  status. 

2.  Central  and  western  Andes  of  Colombia  to  northern  Peru. — Popu- 
lations from  the  central  Andes  and  the  western  Andes  of  Colombia,  the 
eastern  Andes  of  Ecuador,  the  eastern  Andes  of  Peru  north  of  the  Maranon 
Valley,  and  some  localities  south  of  the  Maranon  in  the  eastern  Andes  of 
extreme  northern  depto.  Amazonas,  Peru,  are  all  similar  in  general  col- 
oration. Their  underparts  are  fairly  dark  brown,  closest  to  Cinnamon 
Brown  or  Saccardo’s  Umber,  with  the  throats  slightly  paler;  their  upper- 
parts  are  an  even  darker  brown,  closest  to  Chestnut  Brown  or  Van  Dyke 
Brown,  with  a paler,  often  ochraceous-tinged  forecrown.  We  are  unable 
to  distinguish  by  using  any  color  character  the  specimens  from  the  two 
extremes  in  latitudinal  distribution  (central  Colombia  vs.  northern  Peru), 
except  that  populations  from  Ecuador  south  to  Peru  show  an  increasing 
tendency  towards  having  a trace  of  a postocular  stripe  (Table  4).  Also, 
several  specimens  from  Colombia  have  white  feathering  on  the  forehead, 
a feature  not  yet  known  from  populations  from  Ecuador  and  Peru.  These 
populations  represent  the  taxon  olivascens,  the  type  locality  of  which  is 
Santa  Elena  on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Central  Andes  near  the  northern 
limit  of  the  taxon.  We  found  only  one  specimen  each  from  the  western 
Andes  of  Colombia  and  Ecuador.  Both  are  within  the  range  of  color  of 
olivascens. 

In  northern  Peru,  where  olivascens  meets  nominate  peruana,  geograph- 
ic variation  in  color  is  complex.  All  but  one  specimen  from  three  localities 
in  extreme  northern  Peru  on  both  sides  of  the  Maranon  River  are  virtually 
indistinguishable  from  one  another.  These  specimens  are  from  (1)  the 
Cerro  Chinguela  area  in  depto.  Cajamarca,  north  of  the  Maranon  (see 
Parker  et  al.  1985),  (2)  the  Cordillera  Colan  area  in  central  depto.  Ama- 
zonas, south  of  the  Maranon,  and  (3)  the  Abra  Patricia  area  in  extreme 
northern  depto.  San  Martin.  The  only  difference  between  the  populations 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  Maranon  was  a tendency  towards  faint  postocular 
stripes  in  populations  on  the  south  side  (Table  4).  These  represent  the 
southernmost  populations  of  what  is  currently  considered  C.  p.  olivascens 
(Ejeldsa  and  Krabbe  1990). 

However,  one  specimen  from  Cordillera  Colan  (ca  2680  m elev.; 
LSUMZ  88567;  skull  completely  pneumatized)  differs  dramatically  from 
the  other  1 1 from  the  region  in  being  paler  and  less  reddish  throughout 
and  in  having  a distinct  postocular  streak.  As  noted  above,  it  is  also 
distinctly  smaller  than  males  from  the  same  area  (wing-length  63.7  mm 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS 


217 


Table  4 

Prominence  of  Postocular  Area  in  Populations  of 
(Numbers  in  Rows  Refer  to  the  Number  of  Spec 

CiNNYCERTHiA  Wrens  in  Peru 
imens  with  Each  Score) 

Postocular  score 

Region^ 

0>' 

u 

2d 

C.  o.  bogotensis 

E.  Andes 

7 

0 

0 

C.  o.  new  subspecies? 

depto.  Narino 

8 

0 

0 

C.  o.  olivascens 

W.  Andes  (e.  slope),  Colombia 

19 

0 

0 

Central  Andes,  Colombia 

7 

0 

0 

Ecuador 

14 

2 

0 

depto.  Cajamarca 

15 

0 

0 

Cordillera  Colan 

9 

2 

0 

Abra  Patricia 

2 

4 

0 

Total  (C.  o.  olivascens) 

66  (89%) 

8 (11%) 

0 

C.  peruana 

Cordillera  Colan 

0 

0 

1 

Ne.  of  Ingenio;  La  Lejia 

0 

0 

4 

Puerta  del  Monte 

0 

0 

4 

depto.  La  Libertad 

0 

6 

6 

depto.  Huanuco 

1 

31 

2 

depto.  Pasco 

2 

23 

2 

depto.  Jum'n 

0 

14 

4 

depto.  Ayacucho 

0 

7 

0 

Total  (C.  peruana) 

3 (3%) 

81  (76%) 

23  (21%) 

" Arranged  from  north  to  south. 

0 = No  postocular  stripe  evident. 

' I = Postocular  stripe  inconspicuous,  poorly  demarcated,  and  probably  not  visible  in  the  field. 
■■  2 = Postocular  stripe  conspicuous,  reasonably  well-defined,  and  probably  visible  in  the  field. 


VS.  72,0  mm  average  for  other  two  males),  and  it  also  has  an  indistinct 
white  eye-ring,  a condition  found  in  many  specimens  of  nominate  peru- 
ana but  unknown  in  olivascens.  In  these  respects,  therefore,  it  matches 
specimens  of  nominate  peruana  from  localities  to  the  south.  It  differs, 
however,  from  nominate  peruana  from  deptos.  San  Martin  and  La  Lib- 
ertad  in  being  less  ochraceous.  As  noted  above.  Graves  (1980)  considered 
this  specimen  to  be  an  olivascens  with  signs  of  introgression  from  nom- 
inate peruana.  However,  other  than  being  collected  in  the  same  area  as 
true  olivascens,  it  has  no  characters  of  that  taxon,  and  its  paler,  less  red- 
dish coloration  is  not  really  intermediate  between  that  of  olivascens  and 


218 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


typically  more  ochraceous  peruana.  For  those  reasons,  Graves  (pers. 
comm.),  with  a much  larger  series  of  specimens  available  to  him  than  in 
1980,  now  considers  the  specimen  to  represent  peruana  and  not  an  in- 
tergrade. Because  Cinnycerthia  wrens  are  sedentary,  secretive,  under- 
growth-dwelling  species  with  short,  rounded  wings,  it  seems  unlikely  that 
this  individual  represented  a long-distance  wanderer,  but  rather  a sym- 
patric  resident  population. 

Three  adults  from  “33  road  km  NE  Ingenio  on  road  to  Laguna  Po- 
macochas,”  depto.  Amazonas  (LSUMZ  82125-26,  153098;  elevs.  ca. 
2315  and  2135  m),  are  like  typical  nominate  peruana  in  having  prominent 
postocular  streaks  (Table  4),  in  being  a paler,  less  reddish  brown  overall, 
and  in  being  small  (see  Morphometries  section  above).  One  (female: 
LSUMZ  82125)  is  distinctly  ochraceous  on  the  underparts  and  has  a white 
eye-ring  and  whitish  feathers  on  the  forehead;  it  is  indistinguishable  from 
nominate  peruana.  The  other  two  (both  males),  however,  lack  the  ochra- 
ceous tones  and  are  virtually  identical  to  LSUMZ  88567  from  Cordillera 
Colan;  one  has  a partial  white  eye-ring.  The  locality  from  which  these 
three  specimens  come  is  just  south  of  the  main  part  of  the  Cordillera 
Colan  and  only  about  10  km  from  localities  that  have  typical  olivascens. 
This  locality,  however,  is  also  between  the  Cordillera  Colan  and  a locality 
farther  southeast,  Abra  Patricia,  where  typical  olivascens  is  found.  An- 
other specimen  (male:  AMNH  234998)  from  slightly  farther  south  at  La 
Lejia,  N.  of  Chachapoyas,  depto.  Amazonas,  is  slightly  less  reddish 
throughout  and  less  ochraceous  on  the  throat  than  typical  nominate  per- 
uana from  farther  south,  but  it  is  more  reddish  throughout  than  the  three 
above-mentioned  specimens.  We  suspect  that  a thorough  elevational  tran- 
sect in  this  region  would  show  that,  where  the  two  taxa  come  together, 
olivascens  will  be  found  at  high  elevations  and  peruana  at  low  elevations. 

Whether  the  above  specimens  represent  intermediates  between  olivas- 
cens and  nominate  peruana  or  whether  they  represent  geographic  varia- 
tion at  the  northern  extreme  of  nominate  peruana  cannot  be  determined 
without  larger  series  of  specimens,  preferably  accompanied  by  genetic 
samples.  We  currently  favor  the  latter  treatment  because  the  specimens  in 
question  are  like  nominate  peruana  in  size,  presence  of  white  facial  feath- 
ering, and  prominence  of  the  postocular  streak.  The  only  tendency  to- 
wards nominate  peruana  in  the  series  of  olivascens  in  the  region  is  the 
presence  of  class  1 postocular  streaks  in  some  specimens  (Table  4).  There- 
fore, if  there  is  gene  flow  between  the  populations,  it  is  only  faintly 
expressed  in  the  phenotypes  of  the  populations  there.  The  differences 
between  nominate  peruana  and  olivascens  are  of  the  same  general  mag- 
nitude as  those  between  olivascens  and  C.  unirufa,  which  are  clearly  two 
separate  species  (Hellmayr  1934,  Parker  et  al.  1985).  We  therefore  believe 


Brumfield  ami  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS 


219 


that  the  burden  of  proof  falls  on  those  who  would  treat  olivascens  and 
nominate  peruana  as  a single,  freely  interbreeding  biological  species,  and 
we  regard  C.  olivascens  Sharpe  as  a separate  species.  We  propose  “Sharpe’s 
Wren’’  as  an  English  name  for  C.  olivascens  and  “Peruvian  Wren,”  the 
name  used  by  Hellmayr  (1934),  for  C.  peruana,  which  is  endemic  to  Peru. 

3.  Eastern  Andes  of  central  Peru. — A series  of  106  adult  specimens 
from  Puerta  del  Monte,  depto.  San  Martin,  south  through  deptos.  La  Lib- 
ertad,  Huanuco,  Pasco,  Junm,  and  Ayacucho  are  all  relatively  uniform  in 
coloration  but  with  some  individual  variation  that  shows  little  geographic 
pattern.  Their  upperparts  are  a dark,  rich  brown  closest  to  Brussels  Brown 
or  Russet  Brown  but  darker;  most  specimens  have  an  ochraceous  tinge 
to  the  forecrown.  Their  underparts  are  generally  closest  to  Cinnamon 
Brown.  Their  throats  range  from  buffy  white  to  ochraceous.  All  but  three 
specimens  have  either  a class  1 or  class  2 postocular  streak  (Table  4), 
and  38%  (N  = 41)  have  some  white  feathering  on  the  head  (Table  5). 
We  concur  with  Graves  (1980)  that  this  white  feathering  is  found  only 
on  birds  with  nearly  or  completely  pneumatized  skulls  and  that  it  is  found 
in  both  males  and  females  (cf.  Gochfeld  1979). 

4.  Eastern  Andes  of  southern  Peru  and  northern  Bolivia. — Reference 
works  (Paynter  1960,  Ridgely  and  Tudor  1989,  Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe  1990) 
currently  treat  all  populations  from  depto.  Cuzco,  Peru,  south  to  depto. 
Cochabamba,  Bolivia,  as  one  taxon,  C.  peruana  fulva.  However,  this  re- 
gion includes  at  least  three  discrete  taxa,  as  we  outline  below. 

At  the  northern  extreme  in  latitude  of  this  region,  specimens  (N  = 7) 
from  the  isolated  Cordillera  Vilcabamba,  depto.  Cuzco,  differ  dramatically 
from  any  other  Cinnycerthia  wren  in  having  a well-defined  dark  crown. 
These  are  clearly  a distinct,  undescribed  taxon  most  closely  related  to  C. 
{p}.  fulva  (Remsen  and  Brumfield,  unpubl.  data).  The  Cordillera  Vilca- 
bamba specimens  do  not,  however,  differ  significantly  in  any  size  char- 
acter from  fulva  populations  in  Cuzco  or  depto.  Puno,  Peru,  south  to 
depto.  Cochabamba,  Bolivia. 

The  type  locality  fulva  is  in  the  main  Andes  of  depto.  Cuzco.  Un- 
fortunately, few  specimens  o^  fulva  have  been  collected  in  that  region, 
and  these  wrens  are  notably  rare  there  (T.  A.  Parker,  pers.  comm.);  in 
fact,  we  can  find  no  specimens  or  published  localities  from  west  of  the 
Rio  Apurimac  Valley  through  the  Urubamba  drainage  east  to  at  least  the 
Rfo  Paucartambo  valley.  Because  humid  forest  in  this  region  has  been 
thoroughly  sampled  (e.g..  Chapman  1921,  Parker  and  O’Neill  1980),  we 
suspect  that  the  absence  of  Cinnycerthia  wrens  in  this  region  may  be  a 
true  gap  in  their  distribution.  In  addition  to  the  type  specimen,  taken  at 
Huasampilla,  we  found  only  two  other  specimens  in  depto.  Cuzco;  all 
three  are  in  the  Rfo  Madre  de  Dios  drainage  in  the  humid  eastern  portion 


220 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


X 

O 

H 

a: 

LJ 

u. 

UJ 

(A 

o 

CxC 


00 

O' 

UJ 

CQ 

z 

< 

> 

Ij 

o 

CQ 

Q 

z 

< 


D 

o' 

UJ 

UJ 

Qc: 

CX 

O 

u 

Z 

C/O 

00 

X 

Z 

u 

< 

UJ 

X 

in 

H 

m 

3: 

S 

00 

Z 

UJ 

§ 

j 

03 

< 

g 

H 

1 

u 

UJ 

0 

a. 

00 

u. 

O 

u. 

O 

c/5 

a^ 

X 

CQ 

z 

o 

H 

< 

J 

X 

X 

Z 

a. 

O 

D- 


Q 

< 

LU 

d: 

z 

o 

o 

z 

E2 

UJ 

X 

h- 

< 

UJ 

X 

u. 

o 

H 

z 

X 

o 

< 


C W3 
O (U 


o o o o o o o 


o o o o o o o 


o o o o o 


(N 


(N 


in  (N  O O O O 


o o o o o o o 


Os 

00 


m 'O  »r) 


vO 


Pi 


o 

00 

o 


U 


o 

(U 

CL 

oo 

Xi 

3 


X 

E 

^ o 

O U 


T3 

C 

< 

ui 


u 


o 

iC 

'C 

cj 

Z 


CL 

(U 

TD 


'X) 

;j 

»3 


u 


• <0 
O "O 

^ c 

CO  << 
(D  ^ 
— 
c 
< 


CO 

o 

u 

CO 

E 

cd 


O cd 

O o 

'c5’  2 S 

U U C3 

. =:  Cu 

° "H  S 

^ D b S'  -9 

^ U UJ  "O  U <! 


o 

-a 

C3 

3 


oooomooo 


o o 


00  C^l 


X 

r- 


(N  — (N  CN  ON 


o o o o 


o o 


(N 

CN 


— — O CN  (N 


ON 


o 

o — 


(N 

X 

OcNCNoooNOmc^ 

— (N  — ’ X 


to 


U 


t2 


c 

"o 

U 


(U 

cd  -o 
J OJ  C3 
..  c t: 

11^ 


C 

Q 

s 

L. 

Ci. 

u 


0) 


« 3 

S -a  J K 


o 

X 

o 

3 

O 

cd 

< 


cd 

-X  ^ t. 

u . (D 
0^3 

U Z CL 


c 

s 

Cl 

U 


o o o o ^ 

Cl  cx  Cl  x<  Cl 

0)  1)  !U  1)  D 

•o  -O  “O  -O  T)  o 

H 


Brumfield  ami  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS 


IT) 


uj  ^ 

j S 

CQ  H 

H U 


o o o o o o 


o o o o o o 


o o 


00 

CN  O m 


O (U 


(N 

O ^ O 00 


o o o o o o 


^ (N  Tf  o so 


> 

o 

c 


X) 

a 


a 

3 

o 

u 

0/j 

^3 

u 


(N 

r- 


00 

(N 


03 

X 

e 

a. 

3 

0 

N 

3 

X 

bO 

o 

o 

N 

O 

c 

a 

0. 

03 

X 

o 

C3 

3 

3 

ci 

O 

u 

cu 

U 

o 

o 

O 

o 

a 

a 

D- 

a 

(U 

<u 

dJ 

03 

TD 

X) 

T3 

X3 

,0 

H 

“The  amount  of  white  feathering  on  the  head  (\n  fulva,  excluding  the  superciliary)  was  scored  as:  (0)  none;  (1)  partial  or  complete,  small,  white  eye-ring;  (2)  a portion  of  the  forecrown 
with  white  feathers;  (3)  both  I and  2;  (4)  extensive  white  feathering  on  face  and  forecrown;  or  (5)  much  of  the  head  white,  especially  most  of  the  face  and  crown. 


222 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


of  the  departamento.  The  two  specimens  that  we  examined  (FMNH 
311813-814,  from  Pillahuata)  are  extremely  similar  to  each  other  and 
differ  dramatically  from  specimens  from  depto.  Puno,  Peru,  to  depto. 
Cochabamba,  Bolivia,  in  having  a superciliary  that  is  less  conspicuous 
because  it  is  ochraceous  rather  than  buff-white,  and  because  it  is  not  as 
broad.  Also,  the  broad,  dark  eye-line  is  less  conspicuous  because  the 
auriculars  are  much  darker,  and  the  back  and  underparts  are  slightly 
darker.  In  these  features,  the  Cuzco  specimens  could  be  regarded  as  show- 
ing variation  in  the  direction  of  peruana.  We  suspect  that  this  is  why 
Paynter  (1960)  merged  fulva  into  peruana.  Even  if  the  gap  in  distribution 
in  western  depto.  Cuzco  is  a sampling  artifact,  peruana  would  be  sepa- 
rated from  fulva  by  the  canyon  of  the  Rio  Urubamba,  and  so  no  test  of 
sympatry  is  possible  for  direct  assessment  of  species  limits.  Therefore, 
whether  peruana  and  fulva  should  be  treated  as  different  biological  spe- 
cies depends  on  the  importance  one  assigns  to  the  apparent  variation 
towards  peruana  shown  in  Cuzco  specimens  of  fulva. 

We  propose  that  fulva  be  elevated  to  species  status  because  fulva,  par- 
ticularly those  populations  from  the  Cordillera  Vilcabamba  and  those 
from  depto.  Puno  south,  differs  in  plumage  pattern  more  than  peruana 
does  from  C.  olivascens  or  than  even  C.  olivascens  does  from  C.  unirufa. 
All  populations  currently  included  in  fulva  differ  from  C.  peruana  in 
having  a distinctive,  well-defined  superciliary  that  extends  from  the  fore- 
crown at  the  nares  posteriorly  to  the  nape.  The  auriculars  are  pale  like 
the  superciliary,  thereby  sharply  demarcating  a broad,  dark  eye-stripe,  and 
the  auriculars  are  only  slightly  darker  than  the  pale  throat.  Thus,  fulva 
has  a patterned  face,  with  a conspicuous  pale  superciliary  and  dark  eye- 
stripe,  whereas  peruana,  which  only  occasionally  has  a hint  of  a post- 
ocular superciliary  on  an  otherwise  uniform  reddish-brown  face,  has  no 
face  pattern.  The  head  pattern  of  fulva  gives  the  bird  a different  “look” 
from  C.  peruana,  a difference  that  doubtless  led  to  these  populations’ 
original  placement  in  a different  genus,  Thryophilus  (now  merged  in  Thry- 
othoriis).  As  noted  by  Ridgely  and  Tudor  (1989),  the  face  pattern  of  fulva 
recalls  that  of  the  sympatric  Mountain  Wren  {Troglodytes  solstitialis).  The 
rest  of  the  plumage,  however,  is  similar  to  other  Cinnycerthia  species. 
The  breast  and  belly,  closest  to  a pale  dull  Sayal  Brown,  are  paler  and 
less  reddish  than  those  of  C.  peruana.  The  upperparts  are  like  those  of 
C.  peruana  but  are  also  paler  and  slightly  less  reddish.  Finally,  the  ex- 
tensive white  feathering  found  in  some  peruana  is  unknown  in  fulva 
(Table  5).  We  propose  that  Hellmayr’s  (1934)  English  name  for  fulva, 
“Superci hated  Wren,”  be  used  for  this  species.  We  suspect  that  compar- 
isons of  vocalizations  will  be  especially  important  in  resolving  species 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTH/A  WRENS 


223 


limits;  T.  A.  Parker  (pers.  comm.)  has  observed  that  fulva  is  rather  quiet 
compared  to  the  often  noisy  peruana. 

The  distinctively  small,  pale  specimens  from  depto.  Puno,  Peru,  and 
deptos.  La  Paz  and  Cochabamba,  Bolivia,  seem  to  be  indistinguishable 
from  one  another  in  plumage  or  size;  the  paleness  of  a recent  LSUMZ 
series  of  13  July- August  specimens  from  the  Chuspipata  region  of  La  Paz 
seems  attributable  to  seasonal  wear.  The  Puno-to-Cochabamba  population 
represents  an  undescribed  subspecies  (Remsen  and  Brumfield,  unpubl. 
data)  that  differs  from  the  depto.  Cuzco  population  in  the  ways  described 
above. 

Although  white  facial  feathering  has  been  reported  in  C.  peruana  sensu 
latu  from  Ecuador  south  (Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe  1990),  we  cannot  find  any 
explicit  reference  to  such  white  feathering  mfulva.  In  a series  of  39  adults 
of  fulva  from  depto.  Puno  to  depto.  Cochabamba,  eight  individuals  show 
“extra”  white  feathers  on  the  forecrown  above  the  superciliary  and  three 
of  these  have  “extra”  white  feathers  around  the  eyes  (Table  5);  none, 
however,  shows  the  class  4 or  class  5 white  feathering  found  regularly  in 
peruana. 


DISCUSSION 

Zoogeography. — Somewhere  in  the  Eastern  Andes  of  extreme  northern 
Ecuador  or  southern  Colombia,  bogotensis  must  meet  olivascens.  We- 
know  of  no  geographic  barriers  in  the  region  that  might  separate  the  two. 
The  southern  limit  of  olivascens  also  does  not  correspond  to  any  prom- 
inent geographic  boundary.  The  deep,  arid  Marafion  valley  has  long  been 
recognized  as  a major  barrier  to  dispersal  for  birds  occurring  in  humid 
montane  forest.  Parker  et  al.  (1985)  noted  18  pairs  of  allospecies  separated 
by  the  Rfo  Marafion.  However,  C.  olivascens  is  found  on  both  sides  of 
the  barrier,  and  our  limited  samples  suggest  that  it  interdigitates  with  C. 
peruana  in  the  Andes  Just  south  of  the  Marafion.  The  southern  limit  of 
peruana  corresponds  to  one  of  the  most  important  biogeographic  bound- 
aries in  the  humid  Andes,  the  Rio  Apurfmac  valley  (Haffer  1974). 

The  distinctive  new  subspecies  oi  fulva  in  the  Cordillera  Vilcabamba 
adds  another  taxon  endemic  to  this  major  outlying  range.  The  gap  in 
distribution  between  the  distinctive  taxon  in  the  Cordillera  Vilcabamba 
and  the  range  of  nominate /m/vcz  in  southeastern  depto.  Cuzco  is  a pattern 
also  found  in  the  Rufous-naped  Brush-Finch  (Atiapetes  rufinucha)  (Rem- 
sen 1993). 

Nominate  fulva  and  the  undescribed  southern  subspecies  must  meet 
somewhere  in  southern  depto.  Cuzco  or  northern  depto.  Puno.  Several 
other  pairs  of  Andean  bird  taxa  share  this  pattern  (e.g.,  Marcapata  Spi- 
netail  [Cranioleuca  marcapatae]  and  Light-crowned  Spinetail  [C.  alhi- 


224 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


ceps\,  Remsen  1984b;  White-throated  Spadebill  [Platyrinchus  mystaceus 
zamorae  and  P.  m.  partridgei],  Remsen  et  al.  1991).  Precisely  where  this 
turnover  takes  place  is  not  known,  but  the  most  likely  geographic  barrier 
in  the  region  is  the  Rio  Marcapata  valley  in  extreme  southeastern  depto. 
Cuzco. 

Species  limits. — Our  analysis  of  geographic  variation  in  plumage  and 
morphology  in  populations  currently  treated  as  Cinnycerthia  peruana  sup- 
ports recognition  of  three  biological  species.  The  northernmost,  olivas- 
cens,  shows  large,  discrete  morphometric  differences  from  the  next  pop- 
ulation to  the  south,  peruana,  as  well  as  marked  plumage  differences. 
Some  specimens  in  the  region  of  contact,  however,  have  intermediate 
plumage  characters  that  could  be  interpreted  as  evidence  of  past  or  present 
gene  flow.  The  presence  of  these  two  different  forms  in  such  geographic 
proximity  suggests  that  either  an  abrupt  step  dine  serves  to  differentiate 
the  groups  or,  more  likely,  past  geological  events  (e.g.,  Rio  Maranon) 
isolated  the  forms  long  enough  for  differentiation  to  occur.  The  absence 
of  unambiguously  intermediate  forms  and  the  presence  of  an  individual 
of  peruana  within  a population  of  olivascens  suggest  that  these  two  taxa 
are  best  treated  as  separate  but  closely  related  species. 

Although  contact  between  peruana  and/w/va  is  prevented  by  the  Apu- 
rimac  Valley,  the  distinctive  plumage  pattern  of  fulva  relative  to  other 
Cinnycerthia  species  suggests  that  fulva  should  be  treated  as  a separate 
species;  in  fact,  no  reason  was  ever  published  for  the  merger  (by  Paynter 
1960)  of  fulva  into  peruana. 

In  summary,  we  recommend  the  following  taxonomic  treatment; 

Cinnycerthia  olivascens  Sharpe’s  Wren 

C.  o.  hogotensis  (eastern  Andes  of  Colombia) 

C.  o.  olivascens  (central  Andes  and  western  Andes  of  Colombia, 
eastern  Andes  of  Ecuador,  eastern  Andes  of  Peru  south  extreme 
northern  depto.  Amazonas,  Peru) 

Cinnycerthia  peruana  Peruvian  Wren  (eastern  Andes  of  Peru  from  dep- 
to. Amazonas  to  depto.  Ayacucho) 

Cinnycerthia  fulva  Superciliated  Wren 

C.  f (undescribed  subspecies)  (Cordillera  Vilcabamba,  depto.  Cuzco, 
Peru) 

C.  f fulva  (eastern  Andes  of  depto.  Cuzco,  Peru) 

C.  f (undescribed  subspecies)  (depto.  Puno,  Peru,  to  depto.  Cocha- 
bamba, Bolivia) 


Bergmann’s  Rule. — The  linearity  of  the  distributions  of  Andean  forest 
birds  (Remsen  1984a,  Graves  1988)  creates  a unique  opportunity  to  assess 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS 


225 


Bergmann’s  Rule,  which  predicts  that  the  body  size  of  organisms  increas- 
es in  colder  and  drier  areas  as  a response  to  changes  in  climatic  conditions 
(James  1970).  Although  climatological  data  are  unavailable  for  the  humid 
Andes,  we  assume  that  temperatures  in  the  Andes  are  colder  with  increas- 
ing distance  from  the  Equator;  rainfall  data  from  LSUMZ  collecting  lo- 
calities in  Peru  and  Bolivia  also  suggest  that  localities  farthest  from  the 
equator  are  drier.  The  elevational  distribution  of  our  specimen  localities 
remains  constant  over  latitude  north  of  the  Equator  and  increases  with 
latitude  south  of  the  equator.  Therefore,  we  do  not  believe  that  elevation 
per  se  is  a variable  that  would  influence  body  size,  or  if  so,  the  influence 
would  be  in  producing  colder  temperatures  with  increasing  elevations 
south  of  the  Equator. 

Although  Bergmann’s  Rule,  including  both  the  pattern  and  the  expla- 
nation for  the  pattern  (James  1970),  seems  deeply  entrenched  in  vertebrate 
biology,  68%  of  the  studies  on  intraspecific  variation  compiled  by  Peters 
(1992)  do  not  support  the  rule  (see  also  McNab  1971,  Zink  and  Remsen 
1986,  Geist  1987).  Only  four  studies  have  investigated  Bergmann’s  rule 
in  Andean  birds.  Graves  (1991)  found  a positive  correlation  between  body 
size  and  latitude  in  the  Carbonated  Elowerpiercer  (Diglossa  carbonaria) 
in  both  directions  away  from  the  equator,  as  did  Kratter  (1993)  for  the 
Yellow-billed  Cacique  (Amblycercus  holosericeus).  Remsen  et  al.  (1991) 
found  that  body  size  in  the  White-throated  Spadebill  {Platyrinchus  mys- 
taceus)  decreased  south  of  the  equator,  counter  to  the  prediction  of  Berg- 
mann’s rule,  but  the  analysis  included  only  populations  south  of  the  equa- 
tor. Additionally,  Remsen  (1993)  found  that  body  size  decreased  away 
from  the  equator  in  Atlapetes  rufinucha,  but  only  those  populations  from 
depto.  Cuzco  (13°S.  Eat.)  to  depto.  Santa  Cruz,  Bolivia  (18°S.  Eat.)  were 
analyzed.  Although  Bergmann’s  Rule  is  intended  to  apply  primarily  to 
intraspecific  variation,  we  believe  that  its  application  to  allopatric  sister- 
species  (allospecies),  as  in  the  Cinnycerthia  populations  analyzed  herein, 
is  also  appropriate.  Our  results  indicate  that  body  size  is  negatively  cor- 
related with  latitude  in  Cinnycerthia  wrens  both  north  and  south  of  the 
equator,  counter  to  Bergmann’s  Rule.  The  only  exception  appears  within 
populations  of  olivascens  south  of  the  equator,  where  size  may  be  posi- 
tively correlated  with  latitude.  Obviously,  congruence  between  large  num- 
bers of  a wide  variety  of  taxa  is  necessary  to  determine  the  applicability 
of  Bergmann’s  “Rule”  to  Andean  birds. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  curatorial  staffs  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  Amer- 
ican Museum  of  Natural  History  (New  York),  Carnegie  Museum  of  Natural  History  (Pitts- 
burgh), Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  (Chicago),  and  Delaware  Museum  of  Natural 


226 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


History  (Dover)  for  generous  loans  of  specimens.  We  thank  A.  P.  Capparella,  R.  T.  Chesser, 
J.  C.  Coulson,  G.  R.  Graves,  A.  W.  Kratter,  T.  S.  Schulenberg,  D.  A.  Wiedenfeld,  and  two 
anonymous  reviewers  for  providing  helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript.  G.  R.  Graves  re- 
examined material  from  northern  Peru.  J.  M.  Bates,  S.  J.  Hackett,  T.  A.  Parker  III,  K.  V. 
Rosenberg,  and  T.  S.  Schulenberg  provided  to  RTB  immeasurable  help  and  encouragement 
in  the  project’s  development.  S.  A.  Juliano  assisted  with  statistical  analyses.  The  morpho- 
metric analyses  of  this  paper  initially  were  prepared  by  RTB  as  a research  project  for  JVR’s 
ornithology  course. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Chapman,  L M.  1921.  Distribution  of  bird  life  in  the  Urubamba  Valley  of  Peru.  Bull.  U.S. 
Nat.  Mus.  No.  1 17. 

LjeldsA,  j.  and  N.  Krabbe.  1990.  Birds  of  the  high  Andes.  Zool.  Mus.,  Univ.  of  Copen- 
hagen, Denmark. 

Geist,  V.  1987.  Bergmann’s  Rule  is  invalid.  Can.  J.  Zool.  65:1035-1038. 

Graves,  G.  R.  1980.  Relationship  of  white  facial  feathering  to  age  and  locality  in  Peruvian 
Cinnycerthia  peruana.  Bull.  Brit.  Orn.  Club  100:149—150. 

. 1982.  Speciation  in  the  Carbonated  Llower-piercer  {Diglossa  carbonaria)  complex 

of  the  Andes.  Condor  84:1-14. 

. 1985.  Elevational  correlates  of  speciation  and  intraspecific  geographic  variation  in 

plumage  of  Andean  forest  birds.  Auk  102:556—579. 

. 1988.  Linearity  of  geographic  range  and  its  possible  effect  on  the  population 

structure  of  Andean  birds.  Auk  105:47-52. 

. 1991.  Bergmann’s  rule  near  the  equator:  Latitudinal  dines  in  body  size  of  an 

Andean  passerine  bird.  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  88:2322—2325. 

Haffer,  j.  1974.  Avian  speciation  in  tropical  South  America.  Publ.  Nuttall  Orn.  Club  14: 
1-390. 

Hellmayr,  C.  E.  1934.  Catalogue  of  birds  of  the  Americas.  Lield  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Publ., 
Zool.  Ser.  13,  pt.  6. 

Hilty,  S.  L.  and  W.  L.  Brown.  1986.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Colombia.  Princeton  Univ. 
Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

James,  P.  C.  1970.  Geographic  size  variation  in  birds  and  its  relationship  to  climate.  Ecology 
51:365-390. 

Kratter,  A.  W.  1993.  Geographic  variation  in  the  Yellow-billed  Cacique,  Amblycercus 
holosericeus,  a partial  bamboo  specialist.  Condor  95:641—651. 

McNab,  B.  K.  1971.  On  the  ecological  significance  of  Bergmann’s  Rule.  Ecology  52:845- 
854. 

Meyer  De  Schauensee,  R.  1966.  The  species  of  birds  of  South  America.  Livingston  Publ. 
Co.,  Narberth,  Pennsylvania. 

. 1970.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  South  America.  Livingston  Publ.  Co.,  Narberth, 

Pennsylvania. 

Olivares,  A.  1969.  Aves  de  Cundinamarca.  Publicaciones,  Direccion  de  Divulgacion  Cul- 
tural, Bogota,  Colombia. 

Parker,  T.  A.,  Ill  and  J.  P.  O’Neill.  1980.  Notes  on  little  known  birds  of  the  upper 
Urubamba  Valley,  southern  Peru.  Auk  97:167-176. 

, T.  S.  Schulenberg,  G.  R.  Graves,  and  M.  J.  Braun.  1985.  The  avifauna  of  the 

Huancabamba  region,  northern  Peru.  Pp.  169—197  in  Orn.  Monogr,  Vol.  36  (P.  A Buck- 
ley,  M.  S.  Foster,  E.  S.  Morton,  R.  S.  Ridgely,  and  E G.  Buckley,  eds.). 

Paynter,  R.  a.,  Jr.  1960.  Family  Troglodytidae.  Pp.  379-440  in  Check-list  of  the  birds  ot 
the  world.  Vol.  9.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 


Brumfield  and  Remsen  • VARIATION  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS 


227 


AND  M.  A.  Traylor,  Jr.  1977.  Ornithological  gazetteer  of  Ecuador.  Mus.  Comp. 

Zool.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

AND  M.  A.  Traylor,  Jr.  1981.  Ornithological  gazetteer  of  Colombia.  Mus.  Comp. 

Zool.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

, M.  A.  Traylor,  Jr.,  and  B.  Winter.  1975.  Ornithological  gazetteer  of  Bolivia. 

Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Peters,  R.  H.  1992.  A critique  for  ecology.  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 
Remsen,  J.  V.,  Jr.  1984a.  High  incidence  of  “leapfrog”  pattern  of  geographic  variation  in 
Andean  birds:  implications  for  the  speciation  process.  Science  224:171-173. 

. 1984b.  Geographic  variation,  zoogeography,  and  possible  rapid  evolution  in  some 

Cranioleuca  spinetails  (Furnariidae)  of  the  Andes.  Wilson  Bull.  96:515-523. 

. 1993.  Zoogeography  and  geographic  variation  in  Atlapetes  rufinucha  (Aves:  Em- 

berizinae),  including  a distinctive  new  subspecies,  in  southern  Peru  and  Bolivia.  Proc. 
Biol.  Soc.  Wash.  106:429-435. 

, O.  Rocha,  C.  G.  Schmitt,  and  D.  C.  Schmitt.  1991.  Zoogeography  and  geograph- 
ic variation  of  Platyrinchus  mystaceus  in  Bolivia  and  Pena,  and  the  Circum-Amazonian 
distribution  pattern.  Ornitologia  Neotropical  2:77-83. 

Ridgely,  R.  S.  and  G.  Tudor.  1989.  The  birds  of  South  America:  the  oscine  passerines. 
Univ.  Texas  Press,  Austin,  Texas. 

Ridgway,  R.  1912.  Color  standards  and  color  nomenclature.  Published  by  the  author.  Wash- 
ington, D.C. 

Sas  Institute,  Inc.  1982.  SAS  user’s  guide:  statistics.  1982  edition.  SAS  Institute,  Cary, 
North  Carolina. 

Stephens,  L.  and  M.  A.  Traylor,  Jr.  1983.  Ornithological  gazetteer  of  Peru.  Mus.  Comp. 
Zool.,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Zink,  R.  M.  and  Remsen,  J.  V.,  Jr.  1986.  Evolutionary  processes  and  patterns  of  geographic 
variation  in  birds.  Cum  Ornithol.,  Vol.  4 (R.  F.  Johnston,  ed.).  Plenum  Press,  New  York, 
New  York. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  228-245 


NEST  ATTENTIVENESS  IN  HUMMINGBIRDS 

William  H.  Baltosser 

Abstract. — With  few  exceptions,  nest  building,  incubation,  and  care  of  young  are  the 
responsibilities  of  the  female  in  hummingbirds  (Trochilidae).  The  time  females  spent  on 
these  tasks  (collectively  defined  as  attentiveness)  was  determined  for  three  species  of  hum- 
mingbirds nesting  in  southeastern  Arizona  and  southwestern  New  Mexico,  i.e.,  the  Broad- 
billed (Cynanihus  latirostris),  Violet-crowned  (Amazilia  violiceps),  and  Black-chinned  {Ar- 
chilochus alexandri)  hummingbirds.  In  addition  to  elucidating  attentiveness,  the  data  from 
my  study  also  provide  insights  into  the  allocation  of  time  for  maintenance  and  other  activ- 
ities. This  information,  combined  with  that  from  other  studies,  shows  a remarkable  unifor- 
mity in  attentiveness  in  the  Trochilidae  regardless  of  the  taxa  or  geographic  areas  involved. 
Received  1 Mar.  1994,  accepted  15  Aug.  1995. 


With  few  exceptions,  nest  building,  incubation,  and  care  of  young  are 
the  responsibilities  of  the  female  in  hummingbirds,  with  males  rarely  par- 
ticipating in  reproduction  beyond  copulation.  In  addition  to  carrying  out 
these  responsibilities,  female  hummingbirds  must  also  tend  to  their  own 
needs,  such  as  food  procurement,  plumage  maintenance,  and  predator 
avoidance.  The  allocation  of  time  to  this  array  of  tasks  is  also  influenced 
by  a number  of  other  factors,  including  the  availability  of  resources, 
weather  conditions,  and  interactions  among  individuals  and  taxa.  With 
such  factors  and  the  demands  of  non-reproductive  activities  in  mind,  I 
examined  nest  attentiveness  in  nesting  Broad-billed  {Cynanthus  latiros- 
tris), Violet-crowned  {Amazilia  violiceps),  and  Black-chinned  {Archilo- 
chus alexandri)  hummingbirds  in  southwestern  New  Mexico  and  south- 
eastern Arizona.  My  focus  was  on  determining  the  time  allotted  by  in- 
dividual females  to  the  tasks  of  nest  building,  incubation,  and  care  of 
young.  These  findings  are  presented  along  with  comparisons  to  hum- 
mingbird attentiveness  in  other  studies.  In  general,  hummingbirds  show 
similar  attentiveness  patterns,  particularly  as  regards  incubation  and  to 
lesser  degrees  with  other  stages  of  the  reproductive  cycle. 

STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

Three  areas  were  selected  for  this  study;  all  lacked  artificial  food  sources  such  as  hum- 
mingbird feeders  or  extensive  areas  of  cultivated  plants.  The  first  and  largest  of  these  was 
Guadalupe  Canyon,  situated  along  the  United  States-Mexico  border  in  southwestern  New 
Mexico  (Hidalgo  Co.)  and  southeastern  Arizona  (Cochise  Co.).  Hummingbirds  regularly 
nesting  in  this  area  include  the  Broad-billed,  Violet-crowned,  and  Black-chinned,  while 
Costa’s  Hummingbird  {Calypte  costae)  nests  occasionally  (Baltosser  1986b,  1989a,  1989b) 
and  the  Lucifer  Hummingbird  (Calothorax  lucifer)  has  nested  at  least  once  (Scott  1994). 


Dept,  of  Biology,  Univ.  of  Arkansas  at  Little  Rock,  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  72204. 


228 


Baltosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


229 


The  second  area  was  a segment  of  Rucker  Canyon  which  lies  on  the  west  side  of  the 
Chiricahua  Mountains  in  Cochise  Co.  in  southeastern  Arizona.  Black-chinned  Humming- 
birds were  the  primary  species  at  this  site,  with  a few  Magnificent  Hummingbirds  {Eugenes 
fulgens)  also  nesting  (Baltosser  1986b).  The  third  and  most  northern  of  the  areas  was  along 
the  Gila  River  near  the  town  of  Cliff,  Grant  County,  New  Mexico  (Baltosser  1986a).  The 
Black-chinned  Hummingbird  was  the  only  hummingbird  to  nest  at  this  site  (for  map  and 
extensive  description  of  each  area  see  Baltosser  1986b). 

I recorded  periods  of  attentiveness  in  nesting  female  hummingbirds  during  209  h of 
observation  in  the  summer  of  1976.  My  data  sets  are  based  on  six  nests  and  17.5  h of 
observation  for  Broad-billed  Hummingbirds,  five  nests  and  26.1  h for  Violet-crowned  Hum- 
mingbirds, and  46  nests  and  165.6  h for  Black-chinned  Hummingbirds  (25  nests  and  67.4 
h for  Guadalupe  Canyon,  1 1 nests  and  50.5  h for  Rucker  Canyon,  and  10  nests  and  47.7  h 
for  Cliff).  Only  sessions  (attentive  periods)  and  recesses  (periods  away  from  nest)  thought 
to  have  begun  and  ended  spontaneously  have  been  included  in  my  study  in  order  to  eliminate 
unnaturally  short  or  long  intervals  (see  Skutch  1962).  Nests  were  randomly  selected  for 
intensive  study  (stratified  random  sampling)  and  they  were  monitored  from  vantage  points 
far  enough  away  to  prevent  my  interfering  with  natural  events.  Events  were  timed  using  a 
stopwatch  and  chronicled  with  the  aid  of  a tape  recorder. 

My  periods  of  observation  were  1-4  h,  and  I stratified  these  into  morning  (06:00-10:00), 
mid-day  (1 1:00-16:00),  and  evening  (17:00-20:30)  segments  to  gather  data  when  ambient 
temperatures  were  lowest  (morning  hours),  highest  (mid-day),  and  intermediate  (evening). 
Observations  scheduled  in  this  manner  also  allowed  me  to  gather  data  for  the  period  fol- 
lowing the  nocturnal  fast  (morning)  and  prior  to  the  onset  of  fasting  (evening).  A tally  of 
the  hours  that  I devoted  to  each  period  by  species  and  area  was  maintained,  so  that  the 
observer  effort  would  be  similar  for  each. 

Observations  of  nest  attentiveness  were  further  broken  down  by  stage  of  the  nesting  cycle, 
which  I categorized  as  (1)  nest  construction,  (2)  incubation,  (3)  care  of  smaller  young,  and 
(4)  care  of  larger  young.  My  reason  for  having  two  categories  for  the  care  of  young  was  to 
allow  for  the  detection  of  any  differences  in  attentiveness  due  to  differences  that  might  exist 
in  the  energy  needs  of  the  chicks.  Small  young  in  my  study  are  defined  as  nestlings  of 
approximately  1-7  days  in  age,  whereas  large  young  are  defined  as  nestlings  in  excess  of 
seven  days  of  age. 

In  this  study,  I depict  nest  attentiveness  in  terms  of  the  average  duration  (data  pooled)  of 
sessions  and  recesses  for  each  stage,  species,  and  area.  These  data  have  in  turn  been  stan- 
dardized to  compare  the  frequency  of  the  females’  arrivals  and  departures  (number  on/off 
bouts)  on  an  hourly  basis  (collectively  referred  to  as  their  activity  budget).  Diurnal  fluctu- 
ations in  attentiveness  (e.g.,  morning  vs  evening)  are  based  on  the  duration  of  sessions  and 
recesses  during  morning,  mid-day,  and  evening  periods.  Data  within  these  three  periods 
were  averaged  and  then  ranked  for  each  species,  stage  of  nesting,  and  area.  Rankings  show 
the  relative  duration  of  sessions  and  recesses  throughout  the  day  (e.g.,  morning  sessions  the 
shortest  of  the  day,  afternoon  sessions  the  longest,  and  evening  sessions  of  intermediate 
duration).  The  frequency  of  “unscheduled”  disruptions  (e.g.,  sudden  presence  of  a conspe- 
cific,  another  species,  predator,  or  a passing  vehicle  near  the  nest)  and  their  influence  upon 
attentive  patterns  was  enumerated  via  direct  observation. 

Statistical  comparisons  were  made  using  nonparametric  analy.ses  of  variance  (Kruskal- 
Wallis),  coupled  with  multiple  comparison  tests  (.see  Day  and  Quinn  1989).  Modified  non- 
parametric Student-Newman-Keuls’  multiple  range  tests  (SNK)  and  Tukey’s  honestly  sig- 
nificant difference  tests  (HSD)  were  used  because  they  represent  the  extremes  in  perfor- 
mance of  a posteriori  multiple  comparison  methods  (Pimentel  and  Smith  1990).  SNK  tends 
to  form  too  many  nonsignificant  subsets  (high  error  rate)  and  HSD  too  few  (lower  error 


230 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  1 

Duration  (min)  of  Sessions  (on)  and  Recesses  (off)  of  Hummingbirds  in  Guadalupe 

Canyon  for  All  Stages  of  Nesting^ 

Stage 

Broad-billed 

(A) 

Violet-crowned 

(B) 

Black-chinned 

(C) 

Significance 
among  species  (*) 

On 

Off 

On 

Off 

On  Off 

Species 

On  Off 

Construction 

N = 

1 

N 

= 1 

N = 8 

Mean 

1.5 

1.1 

0.6 

0.5 

1.2  3.0 

A-B 



SD 

2.1 

0.7 

0.2 

0.04 

0.7  2.7 

A-C 



Effort 

6.1 

3.2 

42.2 

29.6 

194.6  480.8 

B-C 

* * 

Incubation 

N = 

3 

N 

= 2 

N = 16 

Mean 

17.3 

4.7 

15.1 

5.6 

9.1  3.8 

A-B 

SD 

7.6 

1.9 

8.2 

1.5 

5.8  2.4 

A-C 

* 

Effort 

435.0 

125.4 

247.9 

101.3 

1274.8  520.1 

B-C 

Small  young 

N 

= 1 

N = 4 

Mean 

— 

— 

10.2 

7.1 

5.5  9.9 

A-B 



SD 

— 

— 

4.4 

0.5 

2.8  6.8 

A-C 



Effort 

— 

— 

165.5 

126.2 

314.0  405.1 

B-C 

Large  young 

N = 

2 

N 

= 3 

N = 5 

Mean 

2.2 

17.9 

0.8 

22.8 

1.8  26.7 

A-B 

SD 

2.0 

5.5 

0.3 

10.4 

1.7  9.8 

A-C 

Effort 

49.9 

209.7 

24.7 

658.2 

45.2  475.2 

B-C 

• N = Number  of  nests  sampled.  Effort  = total  observation  time  (minutes). 


rate).  I used  SNK  to  gauge  the  results  of  HSD  and,  of  72  comparisons,  the  two  methods 
differed  in  only  14  instances  (19%).  The  14  differences  were  distributed  among  the  four 
stages  as  follows:  construction  (12%),  incubation  (4%),  small-young  (3%),  and  large-young 
(0%).  I have  been  conservative  in  that  my  findings  are  based  on  Tukey’s  HSD,  with  the 
level  of  significance  set  at  P < 0.05. 


RESULTS 

Duration  of  Alternating  Bouts 

Hummingbirds  in  Guadalupe  Canyon. — During  nest  construction  a rap- 
id pace  of  sessions  and  recesses  occurs  (Table  1),  punctuated  by  extended 
recesses.  Black-chins  completed  an  average  of  10  on/off  bouts  averaging 
1.2  and  3.0  minutes,  respectively,  before  taking  recesses  that  averaged 
15.8  min.  Violet-crowns  completed  an  average  of  14  on/off  bouts  before 
recesses  averaging  9.2  min  were  taken.  Data  for  Broad-bills  are  limited, 
but  additional  observations  (untimed)  suggest  that  attentiveness  in  nest 
construction  is  similar  to  the  above.  Attentiveness  among  species  for  the 
remaining  stages  of  the  nesting  cycle  showed  generally  similar  patterns 
(Table  1 ).  The  only  significant  differences  in  incubation  were  in  the  length 


Baliosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


231 


Table  2 

Duration  (min)  of  Sessions  (on)  and  Recesses  (off)  of  Black-Chinned  Hummingbirds 
Among  Three  Areas  for  All  Stages  of  Nesting"* 


Stage 

Guadalupe 

(G) 

Rucker 

(R) 

Cliff 

(C) 

Significance 
among  areas  (*) 

On 

Off 

On 

Off 

On 

Off 

Area 

On  Off 

Construction 

N = 

8 

N 

= 1 

N 

= 2 

Mean 

1.2 

3.0 

0.9 

2.4 

0.5 

0.5 

G-R 

SD 

0.7 

2.5 

0.4 

1.6 

0.3 

0.01 

G-C 

* * 

Effort"* 

194.6 

480.8 

11.4 

21.5 

16.4 

24.5 

R-C 

* 

Incubation 

N = 

16 

N 

= 10 

N 

= 7 

Mean 

9.1 

3.8 

8.9 

3.9 

17.1 

7.0 

G-R 

SD 

5.8 

2.4 

4.9 

2.2 

10.4 

3.0 

G-C 

* * 

Effort"* 

1274.8 

520.1 

863.8 

339.0 

545.9 

224.9 

R-C 

* * 

Small  young 

N = 

4 

N 

= 3 

N 

= 5 

Mean 

5.5 

9.9 

13.1 

17.0 

1 1.7 

12.8 

G-R 

* * 

SD 

2.8 

6.8 

6.8 

9.0 

4.1 

5.3 

G-C 

Effort"* 

314.0 

405.1 

268.8 

421.4 

356.2 

392.4 

R-C 

Large  young 

N = 

5 

N 

= 2 

N 

= 3 

Mean 

1.8 

26.7 

0.8 

13.5 

0.7 

25.9 

G-R 

SD 

1.7 

9.8 

0.1 

1.2 

0.3 

6.0 

G-C 

Effort"* 

45.2 

475.2 

8.2 

149.1 

15.0 

605.5 

R-C 

■ N = Number  of  nests  sampled.  Effort  = total  observation  time  (min). 


of  sessions  between  Broad-bills  and  Black-chins.  For  both  the  small- 
young  and  large-young  stages,  there  were  no  significant  differences 
among  species. 

Black-chinned  Hummingbirds. — I found  no  significant  differences 
among  stages  between  Guadalupe  and  Rucker  canyons,  except  for  the 
small-young  stage  (Table  2).  In  this  case,  sessions  and  recesses  were 
shorter  in  Guadalupe  Canyon.  Comparisons  between  Guadalupe  Canyon 
and  Cliff  showed  significant  differences  in  the  construction  and  incubation 
stages.  Sessions/recesses  were  longer  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  during  con- 
struction, whereas  they  were  longer  during  incubation  at  Cliff.  Between 
Rucker  Canyon  and  Cliff,  significant  differences  existed  between  con- 
struction and  incubation.  Construction  sessions  were  longer  in  Rucker 
Canyon  (recesses  did  not  differ  between  the  two  areas),  while  on/off  bouts 
during  incubation  were  significantly  shorter  in  Rucker  Canyon. 

Activity  Budgets 

Nest  construction. — Female  Broad-billed  Hummingbirds  spent  59.8% 
of  each  hour  on  the  nest,  while  the  remaining  40.2%  was  spent  away 


232 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  3 

Comparisons  among  Stages  of  Nesting  Showing  the  Percentage  of  Time  Nesting 
Lemale  Hummingbirds  Spent  on  and  off  Nests  and  the  Associated  Number  of  Bouts 

(Scaled  for  1-h  Intervals) 


Stage 

Broad-billed 

Guadalupe 

Violet- 

crowned 

Guadalupe 

Black-chinned 

Guadalupe 

Black-chinned 

Rucker 

Black-chini 

Cliff 

Construction 

On 

59.8 

56.4 

29.2 

28.0 

47.6 

Bouts 

23.4 

56.4 

14.8 

19.0 

59.0 

Off 

40.2 

43.6 

70.8 

72.0 

52.4 

Bouts 

23.0 

56.0 

14.0 

18.4 

59.0 

Incubation 

On 

84.3 

76.6 

75.0 

74.0 

76.7 

Bouts 

2.9 

3.0 

4.9 

4.9 

2.7 

Off 

15.7 

24.4 

25.0 

26.0 

23.3 

Bouts 

2.0 

2.6 

4.0 

4.0 

2.0 

Small  young 

On 

— 

64.7 

36.6 

43.7 

57.3 

Bouts 

— 

3.8 

4.0 

2.0 

2.9 

Off 

— 

35.3 

63.4 

56.3 

42.7 

Bouts 

— 

3.0 

3.9 

2.0 

2.0 

Large  young 

On 

10.8 

3.8 

9.0 

6.9 

3.5 

Bouts 

3.0 

3.0 

3.0 

5.0 

3.0 

Off 

89.2 

96.2 

91.0 

93.1 

96.5 

Bouts 

3.0 

2.5 

2.1 

4.1 

2.2 

(Table  3).  They  averaged  23.4  attentive  bouts  (mean  duration  1.5  min. 
Table  1)  and  23.0  inattentive  bouts  (mean  1.1  min,  Table  1)  per  hour 
(Table  3).  Violet-crowned  Hummingbirds  were  similar  to  Broad-bills  but 
they  differed  from  syntopic  Black-chins  in  that  the  latter  spent  less  time 
at  the  nest  and  had  fewer  bouts.  Black-chins  in  Rucker  Canyon  were 
similar  to  those  in  Guadalupe  Canyon,  whereas  those  at  Cliff  were  inter- 
mediate between  these  two  populations  and  Broad-bills  and  Violet-crowns 
in  Guadalupe  Canyon  (Table  3). 

Incubation. — Attentiveness  for  this  stage  of  the  nesting  cycle  was  sim- 
ilar for  all  species  and  areas  in  my  study.  Black-chins  in  Guadalupe  and 
Rucker  canyons  and  Violet-crowns  spent  virtually  the  same  percentage 
of  time  on  and  away  from  nests,  but  this  was  achieved  through  different 
strategies  (Table  3).  Black-chins  exhibited  a greater  frequency  of  on/off 
bouts  (Table  3),  and  these  were  of  shorter  duration  than  those  of  Violet- 


Baltosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


233 


crowns  (Table  1).  Broad-bills  spent  more  time  on  their  nests  than  either 
of  the  above  species,  were  away  less,  and  had  fewer  bouts  (Table  3). 
Black-chins  at  Cliff  were  similar  to  all  other  species,  although  the  fre- 
quency of  on/off  bouts  was  most  like  Broad-bills  (Table  3). 

Small  young. — In  one  segment  of  Guadalupe  Canyon,  I was  able  to 
observe  a Violet-crowned  nest  and  a Black-chinned  nest  simultaneously. 
The  Black-chinned  under  surveillance  was  generally  present  when  the 
Violet-crowned  was  away  and  absent  when  it  was  present.  Additionally, 
the  Violet-crowned  was  on  its  nest  about  the  same  average  time  that 
Black-chins  in  the  canyon  were  away  and  vice  versa  (Table  3).  Black- 
chins  at  Rucker  and  Cliff  spent  more  time  on  their  nests  and  were  away 
for  shorter  periods  than  Black-chins  in  Guadalupe  Canyon.  Black-chins 
at  all  three  sites  had  shorter  sessions  and  longer  recesses  than  Violet- 
crowns  (Table  3). 

Large  young. — All  species  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  showed  similar  at- 
tentiveness patterns,  although  Violet-crowns  averaged  less  time  on  the 
nest  than  Black-chins  and  Broad-bills  (Table  3).  Attentiveness  in  Black- 
chins  in  Rucker  Canyon  was  similar  to  that  in  this  species  in  Guadalupe 
Canyon,  except  that  the  former  had  shorter  recesses  (Table  1 and  Table 
2)  and  thus  more  bouts  (Table  3).  Black-chins  at  Cliff  differed  from  those 
in  Guadalupe  and  Rucker  canyons  in  terms  of  the  number  of  bouts  and 
in  total  time  spent  on  and  away  from  nests.  In  these  respects,  this  pop- 
ulation was  more  like  Violet-crowns  than  other  Black-chinned  popula- 
tions. 

Feeding  young. — The  time  females  spent  feeding  young  did  not  differ 
significantly  among  species  or  areas.  Feeding  sessions  in  Broad-bills  av- 
eraged 44  sec  (N  = 13,  SD  = 19.3),  which  is  the  same  as  in  Violet- 
crowns  (N  = 46,  SD  = 18.1).  Black-chins  in  Guadalupe  and  Rucker 
canyons  had  the  same  average  time,  which  amounted  to  5 1 sec  (N  = 30, 
SD  = 20.4  and  N = 20,  SD  = 23.2,  respectively).  The  feeding  sessions 
in  Black-chins  at  Cliff  averaged  43  sec  (N  = 29,  SD  = 16.3). 

Diurnal  Patterns 

Hummingbirds  in  Guadalupe  Canyon. — Attentiveness  during  incuba- 
tion was  shortest  in  the  morning,  longest  during  mid-day,  and  intermediate 
during  the  evening  (Fig.  1).  Recesses  for  all  species  were  longest  in  the 
evening,  which  is  the  period  preceding  the  nighttime  fast.  Violet-crowns 
differed  from  Broad-bills  and  Black-chins  (morning  recesses  shortest  and 
intermediate  during  mid-day)  in  that  their  recesses  were  of  intermediate 
duration  during  mornings  and  shortest  during  mid-day. 

Data  for  Broad-bills  during  the  small-young  stage  are  limited  to  casual 
observations,  and  thus  comparisons  are  restricted  to  Black-chins  and  Vi- 


234 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Broad-billed 

Violet-crowned 

Guadalupe 

Guadalupe 

On  Off 

On  Off 

Incubation 

Morning 

■ ■ 

■1 

Mid-day 

Evening 

■1 

Black-chinned 

Black-chinned 

Black-chinned 

Guadalupe 

Rucker 

Cliff 

On 

Off 

On  Off 

On  Off 

■ 

■ 

■i 

■ ■ 

■■  * 

Small  Young 


Morning 

Mid-day 

Evening 


Large  Young 


Morning 

Mid-day 

Evening 


Fig.  1.  Diurnal  patterns  in  attentive  behavior  among  species  and  areas  for  different 
stages  of  nesting;  duration  of  bouts  shortest  (smallest  polygon),  duration  intermediate  m 
length  (medium  polygon),  and  duration  longest  (largest  polygon;  bout  duration  based  on 
morning,  mid-day,  and  evening  averages). 


olet-crowns  (Fig.  1).  Sessions  were  shortest  during  evening  hours,  longest 
during  mid-day,  and  of  intermediate  length  during  mornings,  which  is  the 
first  opportunity  to  renew  energy  levels  following  nocturnal  fasting.  Re- 
cesses for  both  species  were  of  intermediate  length  during  morning  hours. 
They  were  longest  for  Violet-crowns  during  mid-day  and  for  Black-chins 

during  the  evening. 

When  large  young  were  present,  each  of  the  three  species  exhibited  a 
different  pattern  with  regard  to  the  duration  of  sessions  (Fig.  1).  However, 
all  species  exhibited  the  same  pattern  for  recesses  in  that  they  were  short- 
est in  the  morning,  longest  during  mid-day,  and  of  intei  mediate  duration 
during  evening  periods.  Comparisons  among  species  show  no  other 
shared  patterns  within  stages  of  nesting,  and  relatively  few  patterns  were 
the  same  when  comparisons  were  made  among  stages  (Fig.  1). 

Black-chinned  Hummingbirds. — Comparisons  among  aieas  reveal  that 
a number  of  patterns  were  similar  in  this  species  (Fig.  1 ).  For  example, 
incubation  sessions  in  Guadalupe  and  Rucker  canyons  were  shortest  dur- 
ing mornings,  which  was  in  marked  contrast  to  Cliff  where  they  were 
longest  (response  to  lower  ambient  temperature?).  Recesses  were  shortest 
during  mid-day  in  Rucker  Canyon  and  Cliff,  whereas  they  were  longest 
during  evening  hours  in  Guadalupe  and  Rucker  canyons. 

The  single  feature  in  common  among  areas  was  during  the  small-young 


Baltosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


235 


Stage  (Fig.  1),  with  sessions  shortest  during  evening  hours  (the  last  op- 
portunity to  renew  energy  reserves  prior  to  nocturnal  fasting).  At  Rucker 
Canyon  and  Cliff,  sessions  and  recesses  were  longest  during  morning 
hours  (first  opportunity  after  the  nighttime  fast  to  renew  energy  levels). 
Mid-day  recesses  were  of  intermediate  duration  in  Rucker  Canyon  and 
shortest  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  and  Cliff. 

When  large  young  were  present,  sessions  in  Rucker  Canyon  and  Cliff 
were  shortest  during  mid-day,  longest  in  the  morning,  and  of  intermediate 
duration  during  evening  hours  (Fig.  1).  In  Guadalupe  Canyon,  sessions 
were  shortest  in  the  morning  and  longest  in  the  evening.  Recesses  were 
shortest  during  mornings  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  and  Cliff,  but  in  Rucker 
Canyon  they  were  longest.  Recesses  were  of  intermediate  duration  in  the 
evening  for  Guadalupe  and  Rucker  canyons  (they  were  most  lengthy  at 
Cliff). 


Nest  Defense 

Females  often  reacted  to  intrusions  by  other  animals  (even  machinery) 
when  these  transgressions  were  into  areas  near  their  nests  (Table  4).  In 
some  instances,  this  involved  scolding  or  even  attack  by  the  female.  Dis- 
ruptions at  other  times  resulted  in  the  female  disappearing  for  a brief 
period,  whereas  in  other  cases  they  evidenced  “curiosity”  at  the  intrusion. 
Conspecifics  were  the  major  cause  of  nest  defense  by  Black-chins  in 
Guadalupe  and  Rucker  canyons.  Black-chins  rarely  responded  in  this 
manner  at  Cliff,  even  though  in  several  instances  incubating  females  were 
within  sight  of  each  other.  Interspecific  intrusions  were  also  the  major 
cause  of  nest  defense  in  Violet-crowns.  In  Broad-bills,  nest  defense  was 
less  frequent  but  it  was  elicited  equally  by  incursions  by  conspecifics  and 
other  hummingbirds. 


DISCUSSION 
Diurnal  Patterns 

The  incubation  and  small-young  stages  of  the  nesting  cycle  were  most 
similar  to  one  another  (Table  1 ).  By  contrast,  the  construction  and  large- 
young  stages  had  little  in  common  and  were  each  very  different  from  the 
other  two  stages.  These  relationships  (or  lack  thereof)  can  be  interpreted 
in  a number  of  ways.  However,  1 assume  that  the  similarity  between  the 
incubation  and  small-young  stages  was  due,  at  least  in  part,  to  thermal 
constraints,  small  young  being  somewhat  ectothermic  after  hatching.  On 
the  other  hand,  large  young  are  farther  along  in  their  development  and 
thus  would  not  be  expected  to  make  the  same  demands  upon  the  female 
as  developing  embryos  or  small  young,  which  is  also  true  of  nest  con- 


236 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  4 

Lactors  that  Induced  Lemale  Broad-billed  (BB),  Violet-crowned  (VC),  and  Black- 
chinned  (BC)  Hummingbirds  to  Leave  Their  Nests“ 

Distractions/h  by  area 
and  hummingbird  species 


Guadalupe  Rucker 

Canyon  Canyon  Cliff 


Source  of  distraction 

BB 

VC 

BC 

BC 

BC 

Cooper’s  Hawk  {Accipiter  cooperii) 

— 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

American  Kestrel  {Falco  span’erius) 

— 

0.04 

0.02 

— 

— 

Broad-billed  Hummingbird  (Cynanthus  latirostris) 

0.11 

0.08 

— 

— 

— 

Violet-crowned  Hummingbird  (AmaziHa  violiceps) 

0.17 

— 

0.02 

— 

— 

Magnificent  Hummingbird  {Eugenes  fut gens) 

— 

— 

— 

0.08 

— 

Black-chinned  Hummingbird  {Archilochus  alexandri) 

0.06 

0.19 

0.28 

0.18 

0.02 

Hummingbird  spp.  (Trochilidae) 

— 

— 

0.06 

0.02 

— 

Acorn  Woodpecker  {Melanerpes  formicivorus) 

— 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

Gila  Woodpecker  {Melanerpes  uropygialis) 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

— 

Ash-throated  Llycatcher  {Myiarchus  cinerascens) 

— 

— 

0.06 

— 

— 

Brown-crested  Llyeatcher  {Myiarchus  tyrannulus) 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

— 

Cassin’s  Kingbird  {Tyrannus  vociferam) 

— 

— 

0.05 

— 

— 

Thick-billed  Kingbird  {Tyrannus  crassirostris) 

— 

0.08 

0.02 

— 

— 

Gray-breasted  Jay  {Aphelocoma  ultramarina) 

— 

— 

0.05 

— 

— 

Northern  Mockingbird  (Mitnus  polyglottos) 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

— 

Summer  Tanager  {Piranga  rubra) 

— 

0.04 

0.05 

— 

0.02 

Black-headed  Grosbeak  {Pheucticus  melanocephalus) 

— 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

Canyon  Towhee  {Pipilo  fuscus) 

— 

— 

0.03 

— 

— 

Hooded  Oriole  {Icterus  cucullatus) 

— 

0.04 

0.12 

— 

— 

Evening  Grosbeak  {Coccothraustes  vespertinus) 

— 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

Unknown  bird  speeies 

— 

— 

0.02 

0.04 

— 

Cattle  {Bos  taunts) 

— 

0.04 

— 

— 

— 

People  {Homo  sapiens) 

0.06 

— 

0.03 

0.02 

0.06 

Bumblebee  {Bombus  sp.) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.02 

Pipevine  Swallowtail  Butterfly  {Battus  philenor) 

— 

— 

0.02 

— 

— 

Unknown 

0.06 

0.04 

— 

— 

— 

Total  number  of  distraction.s/hour 

0.46 

0.55 

0.89 

0.42 

0.12 

• Broad-billed  observations  based  on  six  nests  and  17,5  h of  direct  observation;  Violet-crowned  observations  based  on 
live  nests  and  26  I h of  direct  observation;  Black-chinned  observations  for  Guadalupe  Canyon  based  on  25  nests  and  67.4 
h.  for  Rucker  Canyon  I I nests  and  50.5  h.  and  for  Cliff  10  nests  and  47.7  h of  direct  observation. 

struction.  I have  confined  my  discussion  of  diurnal  patterns  in  attentive 
behavior  (Fig.  1)  to  the  incubation  and  small-young  stages  and,  in  turn, 
to  hummingbirds  in  Guadalupe  Canyon.  This  was  done  to  avoid  the  con- 
founding effects  of  differing  selective  pressures  during  other  stages  in  the 
nesting  cycle  and  among  geographic  areas. 

Incubation. — A consistent  pattern  of  nest  attentiveness  relative  to  time 
of  day  was  evident  among  the  hummingbirds  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  (Fig. 


Ballosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


237 


1).  Morning  sessions  were  shortest,  which  may  well  have  resulted  from 
the  needs  of  females  to  feed  themselves  after  the  nocturnal  fast,  balanced 
against  meeting  the  requirements  of  the  developing  embryos.  Mid-day 
sessions  were  longest  during  incubation  when  temperatures  were  highest 
(average  ambient  temperatures  [shade]  of  32.6°C  [SD  = 0.8],  with  ex- 
tremes of  31  to  38°C).  This  is  contrary  to  many  published  expectations 
(e.g.,  Kendeigh  1952,  1963;  von  Haartman  1956;  White  and  Kinney  1974) 
which  suggest  the  existence  of  an  inverse  correlation  between  temperature 
and  attentiveness.  The  intermediacy  of  evening  sessions  (Fig.  1)  and  the 
duration  of  evening  recesses  (longest  of  day  for  each  species)  are  believed 
to  represent  periods  of  crop-filling  anticipatory  to  evening  fasting.  Such 
an  explanation  is  consistent  with  the  feeding  behavior  of  both  free-living 
and  captive  hummingbirds  (Beuchat  et  al.  1979,  Wheeler  1980,  Powers 
and  Nagy  1988,  Tiebout  1989,  Powers  1991). 

My  findings  regarding  mid-day  sessions  might  be  interpreted  as  females 
shading  their  eggs  (see  Wolf  1964,  Vleck  1981).  However,  female  posture 
on  the  nest,  and  the  fact  that  nests  were  not  in  direct  sunlight,  does  not 
support  this  interpretation.  Instead,  the  results  might  indicate  that  females 
remained  on  the  nest  as  a way  of  minimizing  energy  expenditures  or  be 
a strategy  for  heat  dissipation  without  excessive  water  loss  (see  Ricklefs 
1971,  1974;  Calder  1974).  Another  possibility  is  that  females  remained 
at  the  nest  to  foil  ectothermic  predators  (e.g.,  snakes),  many  of  which  are 
most  active  during  the  warmer  portion  of  the  day. 

Small  young. — Attentive  patterns  of  Violet-crowned  and  Black-chinned 
hummingbirds  generally  were  similar  (Fig.  1 ; data  for  Broad-bills  lack- 
ing). Afternoon  sessions  were  longest,  which  strengthens  the  argument 
that  temperature  and  attentiveness  were  not  inversely  related.  The  inter- 
mediacy of  sessions  in  both  species  during  morning  sessions  contrasts 
with  that  for  incubation  when  sessions  were  shortest.  This  may  indicate 
that  newly  hatched  young  either  ( 1 ) required  more  parental  care  than 
developing  embryos  or  (2)  that  females  expended  less  nighttime  energy 
and  could  “afford”  to  remain  at  the  nest  longer.  That  evenings  were  used 
to  “tank  up”  prior  to  fasting  is  supported  in  Black-chins  by  the  fact  that 
sessions  were  shortest  and  recesses  longest  during  this  stage  (same  pattern 
as  in  incubation). 

Violet-crowned  Hummingbird  attentiveness  during  the  evening  period 
differed  from  that  of  Black-chins,  being  marked  by  the  shortest  sessions 
and  recesses  of  the  day.  When  the  female  was  not  at  her  nest,  she  was 
often  perched  in  sight  of  it  for  relatively  long  periods.  This  might  suggest 
that  this  period  was  not  important  for  replenishing  nectar  supplies.  How- 
ever, plentiful  and  nearby  Parry  agaves  {Agave  parryi)  were  beginning  to 
produce  large  quantities  of  nectar  at  this  time  (Baltosser  1989b),  thus 


238 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS.  No.  2,  June  1996 


providing  an  abundance  of  food.  This  fact,  plus  the  dominance  of  the 
Violet-crowned  over  Black-chinned  and  Broad-billed  hummingbirds  (Bal- 
tosser  1989b),  may  well  have  allowed  the  former  to  “refuel”  more  quick- 
ly (see  Howell  and  Dawson  1954  for  pertinent  discussion). 

Attentiveness  Strategies 

In  most  birds  in  which  only  one  sex  tends  the  eggs  (excluding  certain 
nidifugous  species),  the  eggs  are  incubated  60-80%  of  the  daylight  hours 
(Skutch  1962).  These  levels  of  attentiveness  curtail  foraging,  and  under 
some  circumstances,  incubating  birds  may  have  difficulty  finding  enough 
food  to  maintain  themselves  (Skutch  1962,  Walsberg  1983,  Williams 
1993).  When  levels  fall  below  60%,  hatching  may  be  retarded.  However, 
an  increase  in  levels  above  70-80%  does  not  necessarily  shorten  the  in- 
cubation period  (Skutch  1962). 

In  my  study,  the  percentage  of  time  hummingbirds  covered  their  eggs 
during  incubation  was  similar  among  the  three  species  (Table  3).  Black- 
chins  and  Violet-crowns  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  were  very  similar,  as  was 
the  case  for  Black-chins  among  areas  (x  = 75.2%,  SD  = 1.4).  However, 
despite  the  uniformity  in  overall  time  spent  at  the  nest,  the  way  in  which 
it  was  partitioned  varied  among  species.  For  example.  Broad-billed  and 
Violet-crowned  hummingbirds  had  relatively  few  on/off  bouts,  which 
were  relatively  longer  (Table  1).  By  contrast,  Black-chinned  Humming- 
birds had  shorter  sessions  and  recesses  (at  least  for  Guadalupe  and  Rucker 
canyons)  which  resulted  in  more  bouts. 

Disruptions 

Nest  attentiveness  during  incubation  and  care  of  small  young  is  clearly 
affected  by  what  might  be  termed  “intrinsic”  considerations,  e.g.,  ther- 
moregulation, self-maintenance,  and  feeding  of  young.  In  addition,  “ex- 
trinsic” considerations  also  affect  attentiveness,  the  most  important  of 
which  is  intrusions  into  the  nest  area  by  other  animals.  Whether  the  in- 
truders are  potential  competitors,  predators,  or  neutral  in  intent,  female 
hummingbirds  can  respond  in  one  of  two  ways:  passively  or  actively. 
Two  opposing  tendencies  are  thus  exhibited  by  female  hummingbirds 
while  sitting  on  their  nests:  (1)  to  passively  reduce  interactions  centered 
around  the  nest  and  (2)  to  actively  defend  the  nest  against  intruders  (Wolf 
and  Wolf  1971,  present  study). 

Comparative  material  is  virtually  lacking,  but  in  the  Purple-throated 
Carib  (Eiilampis  jugularis).  Wolf  and  Wolf  (1971)  found  that  nest  defense 
was  strongest  against  birds  that  posed  the  greatest  source  of  danger;  it 
declined  as  this  potential  diminished.  Female  Caribs  often,  though  not 
inevitably,  responded  to  intrusions  by  leaving  the  nest  in  pursuit.  Large 


Baltosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


239 


passerines  were  responsible  for  51%  of  all  disruptions,  followed  in  de- 
scending order  by  small  passerines  (29%),  conspecifics  (12%),  and  other 
hummingbirds  (9%). 

Responses  similar  to  those  of  the  Purple-throated  Carib  were  seen  in 
my  study  when  females  were  faced  with  intrusions  by  animals  near  their 
nests.  However,  compared  to  the  Caribs,  intrusions  by  conspecifics  and 
other  hummingbirds  played  a more  prominent  role  (Table  4).  Conspecifics 
were  the  major  single  source  of  disruption  for  Black-chins  in  both  Gua- 
dalupe and  Rucker  canyons,  amounting  to  34%  and  43%,  respectively. 
The  impact  of  other  hummingbirds  on  this  species  was  less  in  both  areas, 
being  only  9%  and  24%,  respectively.  In  Guadalupe  Canyon,  the  impact 
of  all  other  species  on  Black-chins  was  57%,  of  which  most  were  attrib- 
utable to  large  passerines  (Table  4).  For  Black-chins  in  Rucker  Canyon, 
34%  of  all  interactions  resulted  from  other  non-hummingbird  species, 
primarily  large  passerines.  Black-chins  were  the  only  nesting  humming- 
bird at  Cliff,  and  despite  the  presence  of  an  occasional  migrant  Broad- 
tailed {Selasphorus  platycercus).  Rufous  (Selasphorus  rufus),  or  Calliope 
{Stellula  calliope),  were  not  disrupted  by  these  hummingbirds.  Overall, 
disruptions  at  this  site  were  minimal,  with  50%  being  generally  attribut- 
able to  human  interference. 

Conspecific  intrusions  were  not  a factor  for  Violet-crowns,  as  the  spe- 
cies was  relatively  rare  and  nests  were  widely  dispersed.  However,  intru- 
sions by  Black-chinned  and  Broad-billed  hummingbirds  accounted  for 
50%  of  all  cases  in  which  Violet-crowns  left  their  nest.  Larger  passerines 
were  the  other  major  source  of  disruption,  accounting  for  29%  of  the 
intrusions  to  which  Violet-crowns  responded.  In  Broad-billed  Humming- 
birds, conspecific  intrusions  accounted  for  25%  of  the  aggressive  re- 
sponses by  this  species.  In  addition,  defense  of  the  nest  against  other 
hummingbirds  accounted  for  50%  of  the  responses  of  nesting  Broad-bills. 

The  potential  impact  of  intrusions  around  the  nest  can  be  examined  by 
noting  how  frequently  females  left  their  nests  and  their  fledging  success. 
Comparisons  of  species  nesting  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  show  a significant 
inverse  correlation  between  these  parameters  (r  = —0.996,  df  = 1,  P < 
0.05),  based  on  6663  minutes  (111  h.)  of  intensive  observation  at  36  nests 
(Baltosser  1986b).  On  average,  fledging  success  for  Black-chins  was  44%, 
with  nearly  one  intrusion/hour  (Table  4),  60%  for  Violet-crowns  with  just 
over  0.5  intrusions/hour  (Table  4),  and  66.7%  for  Broad-bills  with  just 
under  0.5  intrusions/hour  (Table  4).  Black-chinned  nesting  success  vs  in- 
trusion rate  was  not  significantly  correlated  in  Rucker  Canyon  or  at  Cliff. 

Comparing  attentiveness  at  successful  nests  vs  those  that  were  unsuc- 
cessful is  another  way  of  assessing  the  impact  of  intrusions  around  the 
nest.  Because  of  limited  sample  size,  this  is  possible  only  for  Black- 


240 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


chinned  Hummingbirds,  and  then  only  during  incubation  (stage  with 
greatest  mortality,  see  Baltosser  1986b).  Attentiveness  for  Black-chins  in 
Guadalupe  Canyon  that  fledged  averaged  75%  (SD  = 7.4,  Range  = 66- 
84%)  and  unsuccessful  nests  averaged  67%  (SD  = 10.7,  Range  = 50- 
81%).  In  Rucker  Canyon,  attentiveness  was  reversed,  i.e.,  percentages  for 
nests  that  fledged  were  lower  (T  = 71%,  SD  = 10.4,  Range  = 61-84%) 
than  those  which  failed  {x  — 76%,  SD  = 3.9,  Range  = 71—81%).  Black- 
chins  at  Cliff  that  were  successful  had  greater  attentiveness  {x  = 77%, 
SD  = 7.2,  Range  = 68-86%)  than  those  that  were  unsuccessful  (x  = 
71%,  SD  = 5.8,  Range  = 67-75%). 

Attentiveness  in  the  Trochilidae 

The  data  presented  in  this  paper  on  nest  attentiveness  during  incubation 
are  compared  with  those  on  other  hummingbirds  in  Table  5.  In  addition 
to  studies  already  cited,  this  table  includes  data  from  Orr  (1939),  Skutch 
(1951,  1958,  1964,  1967),  Calder  (1971,  1975),  Smith  et  al.  (1974),  and 
Montgomerie  and  Redsell  (1980).  Data  are  arranged  by  species  and  by 
the  primary  area  in  which  each  nests  (i.e.,  temperate,  subtropical,  and 
tropical  latitudes).  Collectively,  these  data  show  that  hummingbirds  are 
similar  in  incubation  attentiveness  regardless  of  species  and  latitude.  This 
suggests  the  existence  of  a fixed  requirement  for  this  stage  of  reproduc- 
tion, which  hummingbirds  have  been  able  to  meet  effectively  throughout 
a wide  variety  of  nesting  habitats  (Vleck  1981). 

Aside  from  the  present  study,  comparative  data  for  other  stages  of  the 
nesting  cycle  are  generally  unavailable  for  most  hummingbirds.  However, 
comparisons  are  possible  based  on  Wolf  and  Wolf’s  study  (1971)  of  the 
Purple-throated  Carib  and  that  of  Bene  (1940)  on  the  Black-chinned  Hum- 
mingbird. Female  Caribs  with  small  young  spent  59.5%  of  each  hour  at 
the  nest,  compared  to  57-59%  for  Black-chins  in  the  study  by  Bene. 
These  percentages  are  similar  to  my  findings  on  Violet-crowned  Hum- 
mingbirds in  Guadalupe  Canyon  and  nearly  identical  to  Black-chins  at 
Cliff  (Table  2).  Attentiveness  in  Black-chins  in  Guadalupe  Canyon  at  this 
stage  was  only  36.6%,  while  that  in  Rucker  Canyon  was  43.7%. 

For  nests  having  large  young,  data  from  Wolf  and  Wolf  (1971)  shows 
attentiveness  to  average  8.5%  (range  5.7—13.4%),  based  on  three  days  of 
observation.  This  average  is  nearly  the  same  as  the  9%  obtained  for 
Black-chins  by  Bene  (1940),  and  these  are  very  similar  to  the  10.8%-  in 
Broad-bills  and  9.0%  in  Black-chins  1 found  in  Guadalupe  Canyon.  In 
contrast,  my  figures  were  3.8%  for  Violet-crowns,  3.5%  for  Black-chins 
at  Cliff,  and  6.9%  for  Black-chins  at  Rucker  Canyon. 

Wolf  and  Wolf  (1971)  found  that  feeding  bouts  for  young  in  Purple- 
throated  Caribs  averaged  38  sec  (SD  =11).  This  is  similar  to  the  44  sec 


Boltosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


241 


Table  5 

Comparisons  among  Temperate,  Subtropical,  and  Tropical  Nesting  Hummingbirds 
Showing  Uniformity  in  Attentiveness  During  Incubation 


Species  of 
hummingbird 

Average  length  (min.) 

Sessions  Recesses  ; 

Percent 

attentive 

Source 

Temperate 

Black-chinned  Hummingbird 

6.3 

2.3 

70 

Vleck  1981 

(Archilochus  alexandri) 

8.9 

3.9 

74 

Baltosser,  present  study 

17.1 

7.0 

77 

Baltosser,  present  study 

9.1 

3.8 

75 

Baltosser,  present  study 

Anna’s  Hummingbird 

14.5 

6.4 

69 

Calder  1975 

(Calypte  anna) 

15.5 

2.8 

84 

Howell  and  Dawson  1954 

8.5 

2.2 

79 

Smith  et  al.  1974 

8.1 

3.0 

75 

Vleck  1981 

Costa’s  Hummingbird 

(Calypte  costae) 

15.8 

2.4 

83 

Vleck  1981 

Broad-tailed  Hummingbird 

7.7 

2.1 

78 

Calder  1975 

(Selasphorus  platycercus) 

— 

— 

72 

Montgomerie  and  Redsell 

1980 

Allen’s  Hummingbird 

(Selasphorus  sasin) 

4.6 

1.4 

77 

Orr  1939 

Calliope  Hummingbird 

(Stellula  calliope) 

7.3 

2.0  77 

Subtropical 

Calder  1971 

Violet-crowned  Hummingbird 

(Amazilia  violiceps) 

15.1 

5.6 

77 

Baltosser,  present  study 

Broad-billed  Hummingbird 

(Cynanthus  latirostris) 

17.3 

4.7 

84 

Baltosser,  present  study 

White-eared  Hummingbird 

(Hylocharis  leucotis) 

9.1 

4.0 

Tropical 

70 

Skutch  1962 

Violet  Sabrewing  (Campylop- 

terns  hernileucurus) 

42.8 

24.0 

64 

Skutch  1967 

Purple-throated  Carib 

(Eu  lamp  is  jugularis) 

— 

— 

69 

Wolf  and  Wolf  1971 

Violet-headed  Hummingbird 

(Klais  guimeti) 

40.6 

15.2 

73 

Skutch  1958 

White-crested  Coquette 

(Lophornis  adorabilis) 

1 1.9 

6.4 

64 

Skutch  1962 

Scaly-breasted  Hummingbird 

(Phaeochroa  cuvierii) 

20.9 

6.9 

76 

Skutch  1962 

Little  Hermit 

24.7 

1 1.7 

67 

Skutch  1951 

(Phaethornis  longuemareus) 

40.7 

16.4 

71 

Skutch  1962 

36.9 

15.3 

70 

Skutch  1964 

242 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


that  I found  in  Broad-billed  and  Violet-crowned  hummingbirds  and  to  the 
43  sec  in  Black-chins  at  Cliff.  Black-chins  in  Guadalupe  and  Rucker 
canyons  had  bouts  that  averaged  51  sec,  which  is  similar  to  what  can  be 
deduced  for  this  species  from  Bene  (1940). 

SUMMARY  AND  CONCLUSIONS 

Hudson  (1920)  and  Woods  (1927)  were  among  the  first  to  comment 
on  the  uniformity  of  general  life-history  traits  among  hummingbirds.  Pi- 
telka  (1942)  noted  that  this  degree  of  uniformity  is  perhaps  as  extreme 
as  that  in  any  group  of  similar  taxonomic  rank.  The  data  from  the  present 
study,  coupled  with  those  cited  within,  demonstrate  considerable  unifor- 
mity in  nest  attentiveness  within  the  Trochilidae.  This  is  best  exemplified 
during  incubation,  but  evidence  of  behavioral  consistency  is  shown  in  all 
stages.  This  is  remarkable,  given  the  disparity  among  the  species  and 
latitudes  from  which  comparative  data  were  obtained. 

The  three  hummingbird  species  that  I studied  in  Guadalupe  Canyon 
exhibited  similar  attentiveness  during  the  incubation  and  small-young 
stages,  i.e.,  stages  of  development  when  embryos  and  young  were  perhaps 
most  vulnerable  to  thermal  fluctuations.  Anticipatory  feeding  was  com- 
mon and  often  characterized  the  behavior  of  female  hummingbirds  during 
hours  immediately  preceding  the  nocturnal  fast.  During  morning  hours 
when  ambient  temperatures  were  lowest,  the  need  to  replenish  energy 
reserves  depleted  during  the  night  was  apparent  in  the  behavior  of  nesting 
females.  However,  presumably  because  of  thermoregulatory  needs  of  em- 
bryos and  newly-hatched  young,  attentive  patterns  seem  to  reflect  a com- 
promise between  the  female’s  needs  and  those  of  her  brood. 

Lengths  of  sessions  and  recesses  can  provide  insight  into  resource 
availability  and  the  competitive  environment  among  hummingbirds.  Fac- 
tors that  increase  the  comings  and  goings  from  a nest  beyond  those  es- 
sential for  self-maintenance,  incubation,  or  the  feeding  of  young  may  play 
a critical  role.  Success  vs  failure  may  hinge  on  extrinsic  items  that  in- 
crease the  number  of  unscheduled  departures  from  the  nest.  For  example, 
escalating  the  number  of  departures  from  a nest  may  increase  predation 
through  nest  betrayal  (Skutch  1949,  1962).  Low  constancy  during  incu- 
bation may  also  result  in  the  death  of  embryos  and  young  (e.g..  Grant 
1982)  or  prolong  incubation  (Pienkowski  1984)  and,  thereby,  the  risk  of 
nest  predation  (Byrkjedal  1985). 

Correlation  is  not  the  strongest  form  of  inference  (e.g.,  see  Eberhardt 
1970,  Romesburg  1981),  but  results  such  as  mine  can  provide  valuable 
insights  into  biological  processes.  Given  the  potential  data  to  be  gained 
by  focusing  on  interactions  at  the  nest,  it  is  surprising  that  more  studies 
have  not  pursued  this  line  of  investigation.  My  research  and  that  con- 


Bultosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


243 


ducted  by  Wolf  and  Wolf  (1971)  demonstrate  the  need  to  investigate  the 
extent  to  which  female  hummingbirds  are  induced  by  outside  forces  to 
leave  their  nests.  The  consequences  of  such  disruptions  (including  fre- 
quency and  duration)  are  potentially  great  and  are  a much  overlooked 
aspect  of  the  breeding  biology  of  hummingbirds. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  R.  J.  Raitt  and  J.  R Hubbard  for  their  help  throughout  all  aspects  of  this  study. 
Appreciation  is  extended  to  S.  M.  Russell,  E N.  White,  W.  M.  Shepherd,  C.  R.  Blem,  and 
three  anonymous  reviewers  for  their  guidance  and  encouragement.  I am  indebted  to  the 
Magoffin  and  Hadley  families  of  Guadalupe  Canyon,  the  personnel  of  the  Coronado  National 
Forest  in  Rucker  Canyon,  and  the  Hunt  family  at  Cliff.  I also  am  extremely  grateful  to  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  W.  W.  Baltosser,  my  wife  Ginger,  and  my  daughter  Dianna.  This  work  was  sup- 
ported in  part  by  the  New  Mexico  State  Univ.  Dept,  of  Biology,  the  New  Mexico  Dept,  of 
Game  and  Fish  (contract  No.  519-68-06),  and  Chapman  Memorial  grants  (61462,  84472, 
and  110115)  from  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Baltosser,  W.  H.  1986a.  Seasonal  analysis  of  a southwestern  New  Mexico  riparian  bird 
community.  Western  Birds  17:115-131. 

. 1986b.  Nesting  success  and  productivity  of  hummingbirds  in  southwestern  New 

Mexico  and  southeastern  Arizona.  Wilson  Bull.  98:353-367. 

. 1989a.  Costa’s  Hummingbird:  its  distribution  and  status.  Western  Birds  20:41-62. 

. 1989b.  Nectar  availability  and  habitat  selection  by  hummingbirds  in  Guadalupe 

Canyon.  Wilson  Bull.  101:559-578. 

Bene,  F.  1940.  Rhythm  in  the  brooding  and  feeding  routine  of  the  Black-chinned  Hum- 
mingbird. Condor  42:207-212. 

Beuchat,  C.  a.,  S.  B.  Chaplin,  and  M.  L.  Morton.  1979.  Ambient  temperature  and  the 
daily  energetics  of  two  species  of  hummingbirds,  Calypte  anna  and  Selasphorus  rufous. 
Physiol.  Zool.  52:280-295. 

Byrkjedal,  I.  1985.  Time-activity  budget  for  breeding  Greater  Golden-Plovers  in  Norwe- 
gian mountains.  Wilson  Bull.  97:486-501. 

Calder,  W.  a.  1971.  Temperature  relationships  and  nesting  of  the  Calliope  Hummingbird. 
Condor  73:314-321. 

. 1974.  Consequences  of  body  size  for  avian  energetics.  Pp.  86-151  in  Avian  en- 
ergetics (R.  A.  Paynter,  ed.).  Publ.  Nuttall  Ornithol.  Club  No.  15. 

. 1975.  Daylength  and  the  hummingbirds’  use  of  time.  Auk  92:81-97. 

Day,  R.  W.  and  G.  P.  Quinn.  1989.  Comparisons  of  treatments  after  an  analysis  of  variance 
in  ecology.  Ecol.  Monogr.  59:433-463. 

Eberhardt,  L.  L.  1970.  Correlation,  regression,  and  density  dependence.  Ecology  51:306- 
310. 

Grant,  G.  S.  1982.  Avian  incubation:  egg  temperature,  nest  humidity,  and  behavioral 
thermoregulation  in  a hot  environment.  Ornithol.  Monogr.  No.  30. 

Howell,  T.  R.  and  W.  R.  Dawson.  1954.  Nest  temperatures  and  attentiveness  in  the  Anna 
Hummingbird.  Condor  56:93—97. 

Hudson,  W.  H.  1920.  Birds  of  La  Plata.  J.  M.  Dent  and  Sons  Ltd.,  London  and  Toronto. 
Kendeigh,  S.  C.  1952.  Parental  care  and  its  evolution  in  birds.  111.  Biol.  Monogr.  22:1—357. 


244 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2.  June  1996 


. 1963.  Thermodynamics  of  incubation  in  the  House  Wren,  Troglodytes  aedon.  Proc. 

Int.  Ornithol.  Congo  13:884-904. 

Montgomerie,  R.  D.  and  C.  A.  Redsell.  1980.  A nesting  hummingbird  feeding  solely  on 
arthropods.  Condor  82:463—464. 

Orr,  R.  T.  1939.  Observations  on  the  nesting  of  the  Allen  Hummingbird.  Condor  41:17-24. 
PiENKOWSKi,  M.  W.  1984.  Breeding  biology  and  population  dynamics  of  Ringed  Plovers 
{Charadrius  hiaticula)  in  Britain  and  Greenland:  nest-predation  as  a possible  factor 
limiting  distribution  and  timing  of  breeding.  J.  Zool.  (London)  202:83—114. 

Pimentel,  R.  A.  and  J.  D.  Smith.  1990.  Biostat  I:  a univariate  statistical  toolbox  (Version 
2.0).  Sigma  Soft,  Placentia,  California. 

PiTELKA,  E A.  1942.  Territoriality  and  related  problems  in  North  American  hummingbirds. 
Condor  44: 1 89-204. 

Powers,  D.  R.  1991.  Diurnal  variation  in  mass,  metabolic  rate,  and  respiratory  quotient  in 
Anna’s  and  Costa’s  hummingbirds.  Physiol.  Zool.  64:850—870. 

AND  K.  A.  Nagy.  1988.  Eield  metabolic  rate  and  food  consumption  by  free-living 

Anna’s  Hummingbirds  (Calypte  anna).  Physiol.  Zool.  61:500-506. 

Ricklefs,  R.  E.  1971.  Eoraging  behavior  of  Mangrove  Swallows  at  Barro  Colorado  Island. 
Auk  88:635-651. 

. 1974.  Energetics  of  reproduction  in  birds.  Pp.  152—297  in  Avian  energetics  (R.  A. 

Paynter,  ed.).  Publ.  Nuttall  Ornithol.  Club  No.  15. 

Romesburg,  H.  C.  1981.  Wildlife  science:  gaining  reliable  knowledge.  J.  Wildl.  Manage. 
45:293-313. 

Scott,  P.  E.  1994.  Lucifer  Hummingbird  {Calothorax  lucifer).  In  The  birds  of  North  Amer- 
ica, No.  134  (A.  Poole  and  E Gill,  eds.).  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia; The  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Skutch,  a.  E 1949.  Do  tropical  birds  rear  as  many  young  as  they  can  nourish?  Ibis  91: 
430-455. 

. 1951.  Life  history  of  the  Longuemares’  Hermit  Hummingbird.  Ibis  93:180-195. 

. 1958.  Life  history  of  the  Violet-headed  Humminghird.  Wikson  Bull.  70:5-19. 

. 1962.  The  constancy  of  incubation.  Wilson  Bull.  74:1  15-152. 

. 1964.  Life  histories  of  hermit  hummingbirds.  Auk  81:5-25. 

. 1967.  Life  histories  of  Central  American  highland  birds.  Publ.  Nuttall  Ornithol. 

Club  No.  7. 

Smith,  W.  K.,  S.  W.  Roberts,  and  P.  C.  Miller.  1974.  Calculating  the  nocturnal  energy 
expenditure  of  an  incubating  Anna’s  Hummingbird.  Condor  76:176-183. 

Tiebout,  H.  M.  1989.  Tests  of  a model  of  food  passage  rates  in  hummingbirds.  Auk  106: 
203-208. 

Vleck,  C.  M.  1981.  Hummingbird  incubation:  female  attentiveness  and  egg  temperature. 
Oecologia  51:199—205. 

VON  Haartman,  L.  1956.  Der  einfluss  der  temperatur  auf  den  brutrhythmus  experimentell 
nachgewiesen.  Ornis.  Fenn.  33:100-107. 

Walsberg,  G.  E.  1983.  Avian  ecological  energetics.  Pp.  161-220  In  Avian  biology  (D.  S. 

Earner  and  J.  R.  King,  eds.).  Vol.  8.  Academic  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

Wheeler,  T G.  1980.  Experiments  in  feeding  behavior  of  the  Anna  Hummingbird.  Wilson 
Bull.  92:53-62. 

White,  F.  N.  and  J.  L.  Kinney.  1974.  Avian  incubation.  Science  189:107-115. 

Williams,  J.  B.  1993.  Energetics  of  incubation  in  free-living  Orange-breasted  Sunbirds  in 
South  Africa.  Condor  95:1  15-126. 


Baltosser  • NEST  ATTENTIVENESS 


245 


Wolf,  L.  L.  1964.  Nesting  of  the  Eork-tailed  Emerald  in  Oaxaca,  Mexico.  Condor  66:51—55. 

AND  J.  S.  Wolf.  1971.  Nesting  of  the  Purple-throated  Carib  Hummingbird.  Ibis 

1 13:306-315. 

Woods,  R.  S.  1927.  The  hummingbirds  of  California.  Auk  44:297—318. 


Wilson  Bull,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  246-267 


SEASONAL  POPULATION  SURVEYS  AND  NATURAL 
HISTORY  OL  A MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 

Robert  J.  Craig 

Abstract. — I replicated  quarterly  population  surveys  of  landbirds  on  Saipan,  Mariana 
Islands  at  two  environmental  scales;  habitat  specific  and  island-wide.  I determined  popula- 
tion densities  and  the  degree  of  seasonal  fluctuation  in  counts  to  compare  densities  in  native 
vs  disturbed  habitat  and  to  observe  whether  populations  exhibited  characteristics  of  those 
at  either  saturation  or  below  saturation  densities.  I also  gathered  new  data  on  the  natural 
history  of  largely  unknown  species.  For  seven  of  the  nine  forest  birds  examined,  inter- 
seasonal  census  variation  was  greater  than  intra-seasonal  variation,  suggesting  that  most  of 
the  species  undergo  seasonal  shifts  in  population  or  breeding  status  (the  latter  case  was 
indicated  for  four  forest  species).  The  principal  difference  uncovered  between  the  two  census 
scales  was  that  the  Micronesian  Honeyeater  {Myzomela  ruhrata)  was  relatively  uncommon 
in  native  forest  but  regular  on  island-wide  counts.  Otherwise,  forest  species  showed  nu- 
merous similarities  in  count  trends  at  both  scales.  However,  habitat-specific  data  showed 
that  for  many  species,  counts  and  computed  densities  were  greater  in  native  forest  than  in 
disturbed  habitat.  Independent  density  assessment  (based  on  a new  procedure)  for  the  Bridled 
White-eye  (Zosterops  conspicillatus)  was  of  the  same  order  ot  magnitude  as  that  obtained 
through  censusing.  The  densities  reported  here,  particularly  for  the  Rufous  Fantail  (Rhipi- 
diira  rufifrons).  Bridled  White-eye,  and  Golden  White-eye  (Cleptornis  marchei),  are  among 
the  highest  ever  reported  for  birds  (>1900/km^)  and  are  almost  certainly  at  habitat  saturation. 
Interspecific  competition  is  expected  in  such  a case,  and  interspecific  aggression  was  prev- 
alent, particularly  among  ecologically  similar  species.  Received  27  April  1995,  accepted  1 
Dec.  1995. 


Land  birds  of  the  Mariana  Islands,  Micronesia  have  received  limited, 
mostly  qualitative  study  (e.g.,  Marshall  1949,  Baker  1951,  Pratt  et  al. 
1987,  Reichel  and  Glass  1991),  and  the  quantitative  ecology  of  most 
species  remains  unknown.  Jenkins  (1983)  reviewed  aspects  of  the  natural 
history  of  the  now  mostly  extinct  (Savidge  1987)  avifauna  of  the  south- 
ernmost island  of  Guam,  and  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  reported  population 
estimates,  based  on  one  survey,  for  Rota,  Aguiguan,  Tinian,  and  Saipan. 
Quantitative  scrutiny  has  been  given  only  to  the  Nightingale  Reed-War- 
bler (Acrocephalus  luscinia)  (Craig  1992a)  and  Bridled  White-eye  {Zos- 
terops conspicillatus)  and  Golden  White-eye  {Cleptornis  marchei)  (Craig 
1989,  1990). 

The  island  of  Saipan  presently  has  the  most  diverse,  albeit  meager, 
assemblage  of  land  birds  in  the  Marianas.  It  consists  of  three  medium- 
sized predators,  the  Yellow  Bittern  {Ixobrychus  sinensis).  Collared  King- 
fisher {Halcyon  chlori.s)  and  Nightingale  Reed-warbler;  two  herbivores. 

Northern  Mariana.s  College,  P.O.  Box  I2.‘i(),  Commonwealth  No.  Mariana  fslands,  Saipan.  MP  969.‘)0. 
Present  address:  90  Liberty  Highway.  Putnam.  Connecticut  06260. 


246 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


247 


the  Mariana  Fruit-Dove  (Ptilinopus  roseicapilla)  and  White-throated 
Ground  Dove  {Gallicolumba  xanthonura)',  four  omnivores,  the  Microne- 
sian  Megapode  {Megapodius  laperoiise),  Micronesian  Starling  {Ap/onis 
opoco).  Golden  White-eye,  and  Bridled  White-eye,  a nectarivore,  the  Mi- 
cronesian Honeyeater  {Myzoniela  rubrata)\  and  two  small  insectivores, 
the  Island  Swiftlet  {Aerodramus  vanikorensis)  and  Rufous  Fantail  (Rhip- 
idura  rufifrons).  Most  of  these  species,  or  at  least  their  local  subspecies, 
are  endemic  to  the  Marianas  or  Micronesia.  Prehistorically,  perhaps  twice 
as  many  species  were  present  (Steadman  1992).  Two  other  species,  the 
Javanese  Turtle  Dove  (Streptopelia  bitorquata)  and  Eurasian  Tree  Spar- 
row {Passer  montanus),  are  present  but  not  native. 

This  study  reports  replicated,  quarterly  population  surveys  I made  of 
these  species  on  Saipan.  They  were  made  at  two  environmental  scales, 
habitat  specific  and  island-wide,  to  determine  population  densities  and  the 
degree  of  fluctuation  in  populations  or  breeding  activity.  Because  all  spe- 
cies are  nonmigratory,  I hypothesized  that  populations  might  build  to  the 
maximum  density  sustainable  by  available  resources  and  that  little  fluc- 
tuation in  densities  generally  occurs.  I also  gathered  new  natural  history 
data  on  many  species. 


STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

Habitats. — The  island  of  Saipan  is  predominantly  a raised  coral  island  22  km  long  and 
3-10  km  wide.  It  has  a climate  with  uniform  temperatures  but  seasonal  rainfall.  Typically, 
and  during  this  study,  the  dry  season  is  December-June  and  the  wet  season  is  July-Novem- 
ber.  Reduced  rainfall,  establishment  of  easterly  trade  winds  (Young  1989),  and  decline  in 
flowering,  fruiting,  and  growth  by  certain  native  tree  and  vine  species  characterize  the  dry 
season.  During  the  wet  .sea.son  rain  increases,  particularly  August-September,  trade  winds 
break  down  (Young  1989),  and  beginning  in  the  late  dry  season,  many  native  trees  and 
vines  flower  and  fruit.  Typhoons  are  frequent  during  the  latter  half  of  the  year  and  exert  a 
strong  influence  on  the  structure  of  natural  habitats  (Fosberg  I960). 

Much  of  Saipan  likely  was  once  forested,  particularly  on  limestone  soils  (Fosberg  1960), 
Such  limestone  forest  is  relatively  xerophytic  except  at  the  highest  elevations  (ca  300-466 
m),  where  near  cloud  forest  conditions  prevail.  This  forest  is  typically  den.se,  with  a canopy 
dominated  by  two  widespread  Indo-Pacific  trees,  Pisonia  grandis  and  Cynometra  ramijiora, 
and  understory  of  mostly  C.  ramijiora  and  the  Mariana  endemic  Guamia  mariannae  (Craig 
1992b).  Other  natural  habitats,  including  ravine  forest,  swordgrass  (Mi.scanthus  fioridus) 
savannah  (both  occurring  on  exposures  of  volcanic  soil),  mangrove  swamp,  freshwater- 
swamp,  reed  (Phragmites  karka)  marsh,  strand  forest,  and  coastal  scrub  are  also  present. 
Combined,  native  habitats  presently  cover  roughly  30%  of  the  island. 

The  remainder  of  Saipan’s  natural  habitats  have  developed  on  disturbed  sites.  Level  areas 
are  largely  abandoned  agricultural  lands  (Fosberg  1960)  vegetated  by  elephant  grass  {Pen- 
nisetum  ptirpureum)  meadows,  and  tangantangan  (Leucaena  leucocephala)  thickets.  Sec- 
ondary forests  of  introduced  species,  particularly  sosuge  (Acacia  confusa),  white  monkeypod 
(Albizia  lebheck),  and  flametree  {Delonix  regia)  are  also  common,  as  are  areas  of  “agrifo- 
rest” (Fngbring  et  al.  1986)  where  trees  such  as  coconut  {Cocos  nucifera)  and  r-nango 
(Mangifera  indica)  are  frequent. 


248 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Bird  censuses— \ performed  two  types  of  bird  censuses;  variable  circular  plot  (Reynolds 
et  al.  1980)  surveys  and  U.S.  Eish  and  Wildlife  Service  breeding  bird  surveys.  The  former 
were  conducted  in  limestone  forests  of  the  Marpi  region  of  northern  Saipan  (Eig.  1).  I 
censused  two  separate  locations.  The  first  was  an  old  Japanese  hiking  trail,  the  Banadero 
Trail,  located  along  the  west  slope  of  a steep  escarpment  known  as  Suicide  Chtf.  The  second 
was  a modern  hiking  trail  along  the  Laderan  Tangke  cliffline.  Marpi  is  characterized  by 
steep  limestone  escarpments  with  the  most  extensive  native  forest  remaining  on  the  island. 
The  breeding  bird  survey  traversed  the  island  from  north  to  south  and  covered  a variety  of 

habitats.  . , . 

1 used  the  variable  circular  plot  (VCP)  technique,  chosen  because  of  its  utility  in  rough 

tropical  terrain  (Scott  et  al.  1986),  to  survey  15  points  each  at  the  two  census  routes  (30 
total  points).  Based  on  the  frequency  with  which  birds  provided  cues,  I established  count 
periods  of  8 min/station.  Points  were  100  m apart  except  at  Laderan  Tangke,  where  one  set 
of  stations  was  placed  200  m apart  and  another  300  m apart  to  avoid  disturbed  habitat.  At 
each  point,  1 recorded  all  birds  seen  or  heard  and  estimated  the  distance  of  each  bird  Irom 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


249 


Table  1 

Detection  Distances  (m)  Used  for  Computing  Population  Estimates  of  Birds  in 


Disturbed  Habitats,  Limestone  Forest,  and 

1986) 

IN  THE 

1982  Survey  (Engbring  et  al. 

Disturbed 

Limestone 

habitats 

forest 

1982 

Species 

Distance 

N 

Distance  N 

Distance 

Micronesian  Megapode 

0 

0 

80 

32 

105 

White-throated  Ground  Dove 

a 

— 

20 

51 

80 

Mariana  Fruit  Dove 

70 

20 

50 

155 

159 

Collared  Kingfisher 

70 

56 

50 

283 

193 

Rufous  Fantail 

20 

127 

10 

706 

58 

Nightingale  Reed-warbler 

50 

34 

0 

0 

87 

Micronesian  Starling 

40 

30 

15 

220 

66 

Micronesian  Honeyeater 

25 

54 

15 

52 

58 

Bridled  White-eye 

15 

590 

10 

2291 

33 

Golden  White-eye 

20 

70 

10 

615 

42 

* Because  an  insufficient  sample  was  available,  the  distance  estimate  for  limestone  forest  was  used  in  computations. 


the  point.  Censuses  began  at  sunrise  and  were  conducted  under  conditions  of  minimal  rain 
and  low  wind  (although  wind  averaged  higher  in  the  dry  season).  Practice  censuses  were 
conducted  in  October  1990,  and  censuses  were  made  at  quarterly  intervals  thereafter  in 
January,  April,  July,  and  October,  1991-1992.  Replicate  data  were,  therefore,  available  for 
each  year  and  for  the  wet  and  dry  seasons.  I also  made  five  replicate  censuses  each  at  the 
two  routes  from  late  April  to  mid-May  1993  in  order  to  assess  within-season  variation  in 
counts. 

Although  1 attempted  to  calibrate  distance  estimates  by  placing  plastic  flagging  at  10,  15, 
and  20  m intervals  (the  maximum  distance  easily  visible  in  limestone  fore.st)  from  selected 
census  points  and  by  walking  from  the  point  to  distantly  vocalizing  birds  during  practice 
censuses,  distances  were  difficult  to  estimate  (Table  1).  Indeed,  correctly  estimating  the 
distance  to  the  roughly  15  birds/census  point,  under  varying  conditions  of  topography,  veg- 
etation density,  and  orientation  of  the  bird  to  the  point,  even  for  an  ob.server  with  20  years 
of  censusing  experience,  seemed  an  unrealistic  expectation.  Hence,  population  densities 
derived  from  such  estimates  are  of  limited  accuracy.  I report  computed  densities  and  make 
independent  assessments  of  their  utility  but  use  direct  counts  for  many  analyses  and  rec- 
ommend that  future  studies  compare  counts  rather  than  densities  when  possible. 

In  addition  to  these  regularly  performed  surveys,  I employed  the  VCP  procedure  at  three 
disturbed  sites  to  provide  data  comparable  with  those  for  native  forest.  Using  the  same 
procedures  outlined  above  (except  that  points  were  150  m apart  to  improve  sampling  in- 
dependence in  habitats  in  which  birds  could  be  detected  farther),  1 censused  25  points  at 
Laderan  Hakmang  (Kagman),  17  points  at  Sabanan  Fiiang,  and  17  points  at  Mt.  Takpochao 
(Tapotchau)  in  March  1993.  Laderan  Hakmang,  the  site  of  a former  World  War  II  fighter 
field  complex,  is  presently  a xeric  mosaic  of  meadows,  tangantangan  thickets,  and  .scattered 
introduced  and  native  tree  species.  Sabanan  Fiiang,  formerly  a World  War  II  hospital  site, 
is  similarly  xeric  and  largely  overgrown  by  tangantangan  and  scattered  introduced  and  native 
trees,  particularly  ironwood  (Casuarina  equisetifolia).  The  Mt.  Takpochao  area,  at  least  in 


250 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


part  a pre-war  coffee  (Coffea  arahica)  plantation  (ca  300  m elevation),  is  a mesic  mosaic 
of  meadows,  swordgrass  savannah,  thickets,  and  copses  of  native  forest. 

The  breeding  bird  survey  involved  censusing  for  3 min  at  each  of  50  roadside  stops 
placed  0.8  km  (0.5  mi)  apart.  Counts  began  15  min  before  sunrise  on  days  with  low  wind 
and  little  rain,  and  all  birds  seen  or  heard  to  0.4  km  away  were  recorded.  Because  the  quality 
of  back  roads  on  Saipan  is  poor,  the  entire  survey  took  ca.  4.5-5  h to  complete.  Moreover, 
the  limited  availability  of  back  roads  necessitated  breaking  the  route  into  two  segments 
(after  station  23)  in  order  to  traverse  the  entire  island.  Surveys  also  were  conducted  quarterly 
in  1991-1992. 

Additional  observations. — to  investigate  additional  aspects  of  avian  populations  and  social 
systems,  I mist  netted  and  color  banded  small  passerines  in  the  Marpi  native  forest  and  at 
Capitol  Hill.  This  second  site  facilitated  study  of  the  Micronesian  Honeyeater  which  was 
uncommon  in  limestone  forest  but  common  in  suburban  settings. 

Intensive  banding  of  Bridled  W^hite-eyes  at  Capitol  Hill  provided  an  assessment  of  pop- 
ulation densities  independent  of  those  obtained  through  bird  censuses.  I banded  white-eyes 
intermittantly  from  Lebruary  1992  to  June  1993,  and  in  Lebruary  and  May  1993,  I recorded 
the  proportion  of  banded  vs  unbanded  birds  present  within  a 50  m radius  of  the  banding 
site.  To  determine  population  distribution,  in  May  1993  I also  assessed  the  proportions  of 
banded  vs  unbanded  birds  at  50  m intervals  to  300  m from  the  banding  site. 

I made  incidental  observations  on  all  Saipan  land  birds  throughout  my  investigations.  I paid 
particular  attention  to  occurrences  of  interspecific  aggression,  and  I assessed  intraspecific  ag- 
gression by  playing  back  recorded  songs  to  selected  species.  Data  on  breeding,  foraging,  and 
microhabitat  use  also  were  gathered.  Lrom  1988  to  1993,  I made  additional  observations  on 
the  nearby  Mariana  Islands  of  Tinian  (4  d).  Rota  (69  d),  and  Aguiguan  (6  d). 

Analysis. — I used  the  procedure  described  by  Scott  et  al.  ( 1988)  and  followed  by  Engbring 
et  al.  (1986)  to  compute  population  densities. 

Lor  two  loudly  vocal  and  wide  ranging  species,  the  Mariana  Eruit  Dove  and  Collared 
Kingfisher,  VCP  census  points  100  m apart  were  inadequate  to  ensure  that  observations 
from  each  point  were  independent.  For  these  species,  I computed  population  densities  based 
on  16  alternate  census  points  (at  least  200  m apart).  Micronesian  Megapodes  also  were 
detectable  at  long  distances,  but  because  they  were  .sedentary  and  rare,  I was  able  to  distin- 
guish the  locations  of  all  individuals  encountered. 

To  obtain  independent  population  estimates  for  the  Bridled  White-eye,  I employed  the 
Jolly-Seber  procedure  (Tanner  1978)  to  analyze  capture-recapture  data  from  banding  oper- 
ations. In  addition,  I used  the  Lincoln-Peterson  index  (Tanner  1978)  to  evaluate  populations 
based  on  the  relative  proportions  of  banded  and  unbanded  birds  observed  directly  around 
(to  50  m)  the  banding  site  (the  region  assumed  to  include  intersections  ot  home  ranges  of 
all  birds  banded).  An  assumption  of  the  Jolly-Seber  procedure,  random  sampling  of  banded 
and  unbanded  members  of  the  population,  may  not  have  been  met  because  previously  cap- 
tured birds  might  become  net  shy.  Moreover,  the  Lincoln-Peterson  index  requires  that  no 
recruitment  occur  during  the  study  period,  an  assumption  not  met  during  the  extended  study 
period.  Hence,  population  estimates  based  on  both  methods,  particularly  the  latter,  are  likely 
inflated. 

To  compute  population  densities,  P,  from  the  above  indices,  1 employed  data  gathered  on 
the  dispersion  of  marked  birds  from  the  banding  site.  I developed  a relation  using  the  number 
of  birds  with  home  ranges  intersecting  the  banding  site  (A/)  as  generated  lrom  the  two 
methods  above,  the  area  (A)  of  each  of  / zones  radiating  from  the  banding  site  at  50  m 
intervals,  the  multiple  (aj  of  the  basal  zone  (0-50  m from  the  banding  site)  area  (A;)  of 
each  A,  and  the  proportion  of  birds  banded  in  each  of  these  areas  {Pi).P  = N/X|(r//>,).  P was 
converted  to  birds/ha  by  dividing  it  by  the  area  ol  the  basal  zone,  7853  m . 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


251 


Table  2 

Comparative  Counts  of  Birds  (Birds/10  Stations)  for  I99I-I992  (Limestone  Forest), 


THE  1993  Survey  of  Disturbed  Sites,  and  the  1982  Survey  (Engbring  et  al. 

1986) 

Species 

Limeslone 

forest 

Disturbed 

sites 

1982 

survey 

1991 

1992 

Micronesian  Megapode 

1.0 

1.3 



0.2 

Yellow  Bittern 

— 

— 

0.2 

0.6 

White-throated  Ground  Dove 

1.7 

2.1  (2.8)“ 

0.7 

0.6 

Mariana  Fruit  Dove 

5.9  (5.6)'’ 

5.9  (6.8)“  (7.0)'’ 

3.6 

20.0 

Collared  Kingfisher 

10.6  (12.5)'’ 

10.3  (12.3)'’ 

10.0 

13.6 

Rufous  Fantail 

25.3 

28.4 

23.0 

45.0 

Nightingale  Reed-warbler 

— 

— 

6.1 

1 1.8 

Micronesian  Starling 

8.5 

7.5 

5.4 

4.7 

Micronesian  Honeyeater 

2.0 

2.3 

9.8 

22.6 

Bridled  White-eye 

87.3 

88.7 

107.1 

77.0 

Golden  White-eye 

22.1 

23.9 

12.5 

30.4 

• April  counts  of  species  with  seasonal  shifts  in  calling  frequency. 
Based  on  1 6 stations  spaced  200  m apart. 


SPECIES  ACCOUNTS 

Micronesian  Megapode. — Believed  to  have  become  extinct  on  Saipan 
after  the  early  1930s,  it  was  rediscovered  in  1978  by  Pratt  et  al.  (1987). 
This  present  population,  estimated  at  25-50  by  Glass  and  Aldan  (1987) 
is  suspected  to  be  descended  from  birds  brought  to  Saipan  from  more 
northern  Mariana  islands  by  island  inhabitants  (Engbring  et  al.  1986). 
During  this  study,  I estimated  14  birds  to  be  present  in  native  forests  (and 
occasionally  in  adjacent  tangantangan  thickets)  of  the  Marpi  region.  In 
1989  I also  heard  a bird  farther  south  at  Laderan  Papao,  although  I found 
none  there  in  later  years.  Despite  intensive  surveys,  I located  none  at 
Naftan  Point,  the  southernmost  point  on  Saipan,  where  Glass  and  Aldan 
(1987)  previously  reported  individuals.  Hence,  populations  are  likely  de- 
clining. Both  direct  counts  (Table  2)  and  density  estimates  (Table  3)  for 
limestone  forest  were  greater  than  those  recorded  in  1982  by  Engbring  et 
al.  (1986),  but  the  present  VCP  transects  overlapped  the  only  remaining 
range  of  the  species  on  Saipan,  whereas  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  surveyed 
all  habitats  throughout  the  island. 

No  firm  evidence  of  breeding  by  this  endangered  species  is  known  from 
Saipan.  However,  in  1991  I located  the  possible  remains  (soil  and  rotting 
vegetation)  of  an  old  nest  mound  in  the  Marpi  forest,  similar  in  dimen- 
sions to  those  which  I have  observed  in  interior  forests  of  the  Palau 
Islands  (where  a different  subspecies  occurs).  Glass  and  Aldan  (1987) 


252 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  3 

Comparative  1991-1992  Density  Estimates  (Birds/Km^)  for  Birds  of  Limestone 
Lorest,  the  1993  Survey  of  Disturbed  Sites,  and  the  1982  Survey  (Engbring  et  al. 

1986) 


Species 

Limestone 

forest 

Disturbed 

sites 

1982 

survey 

1991 

1992 

Micronesian  Megapode 

2 

3 

— 

1 

White-throated  Ground  Dove 

58 

72 

24 

2 

Mariana  Fruit  Dove 

27  (26)=' 

27 (32) 

1 1 

25 

Collared  Kingfisher 

43  (51) 

42  (50) 

26 

1 1 

Rufous  Eantail 

2160 

2423 

647 

456 

Micronesian  Starling 

403 

356 

48 

32 

Micronesian  Honeyeater 

123 

138 

205 

203 

Bridled  White-eye 

5904 

5994 

3992 

2221 

Golden  White-eye 

1935 

2095 

390 

532 

“Numbers  in  parentheses  are  population  estimates  based  on  16  stations  200  m apart. 


suspected  a peak  in  calling  (and  breeding  activity)  in  January,  but  in  1991 
both  limestone  forest  and  island-wide  surveys  showed  a calling  peak  in 
July  (Figs.  2A,  3A),  the  month  in  which  I saw  two  birds  engaging  in 
apparent  courtship  chases  (the  birds  otherwise  foraged  together  and 
showed  no  evidence  of  aggression).  This  pattern  was  not  repeated  in  1992, 
although  replicate  counts  performed  in  April  1993  (Table  4)  suggested 
that  census  variation  between  seasons  was  greater  than  that  within  a sea- 
son. Individuals  or  pairs  were  sedentary,  responded  vigorously  to  play- 
back, and  appeared  to  defend  all-purpose  territories.  Birds  could  be  found 
in  the  same  areas  even  between  years,  although  during  the  study  period 
they  invaded  new  locations  on  two  occasions,  thus  providing  evidence 
for  either  territory  relocation  or  reproduction. 

Baker  (1951)  reported  that  the  Micronesian  Megapode  is  omnivorous, 
although  field  observations  on  foraging  are  virtually  nonexistent.  I re- 
corded feeding  only  once,  when  I observed  an  individual  capture  an  in- 
sect. Foraging  birds  generally  scratched  leaf  litter  with  the  feet  and,  at 
least  occasionally,  scratched  alternately  with  one  foot  and  then  the  other. 


Eig.  2.  Mean  1991-1992  population  trends  of  land  birds  for  island-wide  counts.  (A) 
MIME — Micronesian  Megapode,  WTGD — White-throated  Ground  Dove,  MEDO — Mariana 
Emit  Dove,  COKI — Collared  Kingfisher,  MIHO — Micronesian  Honeyeater,  YEBI — Yellow 
Bittern;  (B)  RUEA — Rufous  Eantail,  MIST — Micronesian  Starling,  BWEY — Bridled  White- 
eye,  GWEY — Golden  White-eye,  NRWA — Nightingale  Reed-warbler. 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


253 


c 

D 

O 


o 


Month 


MIME  -B-  WTGD  MFDO 

COKI  MIHO  YEBI 


RUFA  -e-  MIST  BWEY 
GWEY  NRWA 


254 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


-m-  MIME  WTGD  -A-  MFDO 

COKI  MIHO 


-m-  RUFA  -e-  MIST  BWEY  GWEY 

Lig.  3.  Mean  1991-1992  population  trends  of  land  birds  for  limestone  forest  counts. 
See  Lig.  2 for  legend  abbreviations. 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


255 


Table  4 

Coefficients  of  Variation  for  1 99 1- 1 992  Limestone  Forest  and  Island- wide  Surveys, 
AND  FOR  1993  Replicated  (5  times)  VCP  Surveys 

Species 

Limestone  forest 

Island-wide 

survey 

1991-1992 

1993 

1991-1992 

Micronesian  Megapode 

43.2 

27.2 

82.8 

Yellow  Bittern 

— 

— 

33.9 

White-throated  Ground  Dove 

57.0 

64.4 

52.9 

Mariana  Fruit  Dove 

50.3 

35.2 

62.7 

Collared  Kingfisher 

15.1 

22.9 

15.0  . 

Rufous  Fantail 

13.4 

8.5 

14.4 

Nightingale  Reed-warbler 

— 

— 

29.9 

Micronesian  Starling 

19.0 

9.8 

22.6 

Micronesian  Honeyeater 

32.4 

17.6 

11.6 

Bridled  White-eye 

13.4 

4.3 

18.5 

Golden  White-eye 

18.5 

5.0 

12.9 

Gut  contents  from  two  individuals  collected  on  islands  north  of  Saipan 
contained  spiders,  insects,  seeds,  and  plant  fragments  (Stinson  1993a). 

Yellow  Bittern. — This  species  is  typically  categorized  as  a water  bird 
(e.g.  Engbring  et  al.  1986),  and  it  indeed  foraged  in  ponds,  marshes,  tidal 
flats,  and  shorelines.  However,  the  Yellow  Bittern  also  inhabited  upland 
habitat  mosaics  in  which  grasslands  were  an  important  part.  It  was  absent 
from  the  forests  of  the  VCP  transects  (Table  2)  but  occurred  uncommonly 
on  the  island-wide  survey  and  showed  weak  October  peaks  each  year 
(Fig.  2A).  Direct  counts  were  low  at  disturbed  sites  compared  to  those 
reported  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  (Table  2),  but  my  sample  size  was  too 
limited  for  a valid  comparison  to  be  made  or  for  population  denities  to 
be  computed. 

I recorded  nesting  in  February  (eggs)  in  a patch  of  elephant  grass  sur- 
rounded by  tangantangan.  Birds  were  seen  in  pairs  and  were  observed 
flying  hundreds  of  meters,  thus  suggesting  that  no  all  purpose  territory 
existed.  Observations  of  foraging  were  limited  to  two  captures  of  lizards 
in  upland  habitat. 

White-throated  Ground  Dove. — Although  fairly  common  (but  reported 
as  rare  by  Jenkins  and  Aguon  1981),  based  on  the  frequency  with  which 
flying  birds  were  seen,  the  species  was  otherwise  visually  inconspicuous 
and  called  infrequently.  Such  characteristics  resulted  in  its  being  poorly 
censused.  However,  birds  were  usually  encountered  at  close  range  (Table 
1)  and,  therefore,  densities  computed  (Table  3)  were  high  relative  to  fruit 
doves. 


256 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Despite  under-representation  on  censuses,  three  of  four  annual  counts 
made  at  the  two  environmental  scales  peaked  in  April-July  (Figs.  2A, 
3A).  Such  a trend  likely  indicated  an  increase  in  breeding  activity  during 
those  months  (most  census  detections  were  of  vocalizing  birds).  Indeed, 
Stinson  (1993b)  reported  that  all  14  nests  in  the  Division  of  Fish  and 
Wildlife  (DFW)  files  were  found  between  April  and  September.  However, 
Jenkins  (1983)  provided  evidence  that  the  extinct  Guam  population  could 
breed  year  round. 

The  cyclic  nature  of  counts  led  to  high  coefficients  of  variation  for 
census  data  compared  to  Saipan  passerines,  although  even  variation  with- 
in a season  was  high  (Table  4).  Based  on  direct  counts,  the  species  ap- 
peared more  frequent  in  native  forest  than  in  disturbed  habitats  and  more 
frequent  than  found  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  (Table  2).  Computed  den- 
sities followed  similar  trends  (Table  3). 

The  White-throated  Ground  Dove  on  Saipan,  Rota,  and  Aguiguan  used 
a range  of  forest  strata  (Table  5),  including  the  ground  (N  = 60).  These 
observations  contrast  with  those  of  Marshall  (1949),  Baker  (1951),  Jen- 
kins (1983),  and  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  who  considered  the  species  to  be 
largely  or  entirely  arboreal.  On  Saipan,  it  occurred  in  native  forest,  sec- 
ondary forest,  agriforest,  tangantangan  thickets,  and  habitat  mosaics  that 
included  fields.  In  such  habitats,  it  flew  for  at  least  300  m above  the 
canopy,  suggesting  that  it  did  not  defend  all  purpose  territories. 

Foraging  observations  included  feeding  on  the  ground  on  seeds  and 
probing  leaf  litter  (4),  feeding  on  fruits  of  the  native  trees  Melanolepsis 
multiglandulosa  (1)  and  Premna  obtusifolia  (2),  and  inspecting  papaya 
(Carica  papaya)  fruits  (1).  Marshall  (1949),  Jenkins  (1983),  and  Villa- 
gomez (1987)  list  additional  fruits  eaten.  Many  members  of  the  genus  are 
forest  understory  herbivores  (Beehler  et  al.  1986),  but  the  White-throated 
Ground  Dove  appears  to  be  more  of  a microhabitat  generalist. 

Mariana  Fruit  Dove. — All  counts  showed  evidence  of  a population 
peak  in  April-July,  although  the  trend  was  most  pronounced  in  island- 
wide data  (Figs.  2A,  3 A).  Data  from  1983—84  and  1987  roadside  call 
counts  on  Saipan  (Villagomez  1987)  showed  a similar  trend.  As  with  the 
White-throated  Ground  Dove,  these  peaks  appeared  to  represent  increases 
in  breeding  activity  rather  than  population  cycles.  Most  census  detections 
were  of  calling  birds,  and  fruiting  peaks  by  certain  common  native  tree 
and  vine  species  (e.g..  Ficus  spp.,  Premna  obtusifolia,  Jasminum  marian- 
um\  unpubl.  data)  corresponded  with  these  high  counts.  Wet  season  in- 
creases in  breeding  are  known  for  New  Guinea  Fruit  Doves  (Frith  et  al. 
1974).  1 recorded  breeding  in  February  (carrying  nesting  material).  May 
(egg),  and  July  (nestling),  and  Stinson  (1993b)  reported  that  35  of  38 
nests  in  DFW  files  were  found  between  April  and  September. 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


257 


Table  5 

Percent  Use  of  Forest  Zones  by  Native  Mariana  Island  Doves 

Forest 

zone 

Species 

Top 

Middle 

Lower 

Ground 

White-throated  Ground  Dove 

45.0  (27)“ 

20.0  (12)“ 

5.0  (3)“ 

30.0  (18)“ 

Mariana  Fruit  Dove 

76.6  (49)" 

21.9  (14)“ 

1.6  (1)“ 

0 

= N. 


Direct  counts  showed  that  the  Mariana  Fruit  Dove  was  more  common 
in  limestone  forest  than  in  disturbed  habitat,  but  uncommon  compared  to 
that  reported  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  (Table  2).  However,  because  I 
encountered  fruit  doves  at  closer  range  than  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  (Table 
1),  density  estimates  for  limestone  forest  were  similar  to  those  from  1982 
(Table  3).  Like  the  White-throated  Ground  Dove,  the  cyclic  nature  of 
counts  produced  high  variation  in  seasonal  census  results.  Variation  was 
comparatively  low  within  a season,  although  still  higher  than  for  passer- 
ines (Table  4). 

The  Mariana  Fruit  Dove  appeared  to  focus  activities  (N  = 64)  in  upper 
and  mid-forest  strata  (Table  5).  Otherwise,  it  occupied  a range  of  habitats 
similar  to  that  of  the  White-throated  Ground  Dove.  Also,  like  the  preced- 
ing species,  it  flew  >100  m (often  in  pairs)  above  the  canopy,  suggesting 
that  it  did  not  defend  all-purpose  territories.  I saw  individuals  feeding  on 
fruits  of  the  native  Ficus  spp.  (9)  and  Premna  obtusifolia  (2)  trees,  the 
vine  Jasminum  marianum  (1),  and  the  introduced  Muntingia  calabura  (1). 
Jenkins  (1983)  and  Villagomez  (1987)  list  additional  fruits  eaten  by  the 
Mariana  Fruit  Dove.  Like  many  members  of  the  genus  (Beehler  et  al. 
1986),  this  species  is  a canopy  frugivore. 

Collared  Kingfisher. — Both  limestone  forest  and  island-wide  surveys 
showed  that  three  of  four  annual  counts  peaked  in  October  (Figs.  2A, 
3A).  Seasonal  variation  in  censuses  was  similar  to  that  obtained  for  pas- 
serines, but  lower  than  that  for  doves.  Variation  within  was  greater  than 
that  between  seasons  (Table  4),  which  illustrated  the  difficulty  in  census- 
ing  a species  that  regularly  flew  >300  m above  the  forest  canopy.  Den- 
sities computed  (Table  3)  are  likely  exaggerated  because  of  the  liklihood 
of  overcount  from  flight  calls  made  during  these  long  flights.  The  Collared 
Kingfisher  was  encountered  with  similar  frequency  on  limestone  forest 
and  disturbed  habitat  counts  (Table  2),  although  because  it  was  observed 
at  greater  distances  in  disturbed  habitat  (Table  1 ),  its  computed  density 
was  comparatively  low.  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  found  birds  with  similar 
frequency  to  that  of  this  study  (Table  2)  but  with  lower  computed  density 


258 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


(Table  3)  because  detection  distances  were  lower  in  the  present  study 
(Table  1). 

I detected  breeding  in  January  (recently  fledged  nest).  May  (nest),  and 
June  (nestlings,  incubating).  The  Collared  Kingfisher  was  present  in  every 
habitat,  including  shorelines,  wetlands,  savannah,  disturbed  sites,  and 
limestone  forest.  In  forest,  I usually  observed  it  flying  above  the  canopy, 
at  the  forest  edge,  or  perched  in  the  top  of  canopy  trees.  However,  it  also 
entered  the  forest  interior,  where  I mist  netted  individuals  twice.  It  often 
occurred  in  pairs  or  groups  of  three  to  four  birds,  which  probably  were 
family  groups. 

I observed  15  feeding  attempts  by  the  Collared  Kingfisher.  Prey  items 
included  a millipede,  grasshopper,  unidentified  insect,  lizards  (four  con- 
firmed, three  apparent),  Micronesian  Honeyeater,  Golden  White-eye  (at- 
tempt), and  Bridled  White-eye  (capture,  attempt,  apparent  capture).  Mar- 
shall (1949)  had  previously  listed  insects,  spiders,  crabs,  lizards,  and  mice 
as  prey,  and  he  also  described  frequent  but  unsuccessful  attacks  on  Bri- 
dled White-eyes.  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  reported  an  instance  of  predation 
on  a Rufous  Fantail.  The  Collared  Kingfisher  is  the  only  extant  native 
predator  on  birds  in  the  Marianas. 

The  importance  of  this  species  as  a bird  predator  is  reflected  in  obser- 
vations of  mobbing,  scolding,  and  alarm  calls  directed  against  it  by  other 
species,  including  the  Bridled  White-eye  (6),  Golden  White-eye  (1),  Ru- 
fous Fantail  (1),  and  Micronesian  Honeyeater  (1).  I also  saw  a Collared 
Kingfisher  chase  a Yellow  Bittern  (1)  and  fight  with  a Black  Drongo 
{Dicrurus  macrocercus)  on  Rota. 

Island  Swiftlet. — Because  of  its  crepuscular  nature,  this  species  was 
poorly  censused  by  the  techniques  employed,  and  census  data  are  not 
reported.  However,  incidental  dawn/dusk  observations  and  data  from  the 
island-wide  census  demonstrated  that,  unlike  most  species,  it  was  found 
unevenly  about  the  island.  Its  distribution  appeared  correlated  with  the 
occurrence  of  suitable  nest  caves.  Hence,  it  was  common  in  mountainous 
areas  around  Takpochao,  Capitol  Hill,  Navy  Hill,  As  Teo,  eastern  Marpi, 
Laderan  Hakmang,  and  Sabanan  Nanasu  but  largely  absent  from  western 
Marpi  and  flat  lowlands  throughout  the  island.  I gathered  no  breeding  or 
behavioral  data  on  the  Island  Swiftlet. 

Rufous  Fantail. — Annual  counts  consistently  peaked  in  October  (Figs. 
2B,  3B).  Seasonal  variation  in  counts  was  lower  than  that  for  doves,  but 
variation  within  a season  was  still  lower  (Table  4),  suggesting  that  pop- 
ulations or  breeding  status  changed  seasonally.  The  species  was  found 
with  similar  frequency  in  limestone  forest  and  disturbed  habitats  (Table 
2),  although  because  birds  were  detected  at  greater  distances  in  disturbed 
habitat  (Table  I ),  computed  densities  there  (Table  3)  were  relatively  low. 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


259 


Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  recorded  the  Rufous  Fantail  more  frequently  than 
did  this  study  (Table  2),  but  their  computed  densities  were  far  lower 
(Table  3)  than  in  limestone  forest,  because  my  detection  distances  in  forest 
were  lower  (Table  1). 

Breeding  was  recorded  for  January  (nest  construction,  eggs,  fledglings, 
juveniles),  February  (eggs,  juveniles),  March  (nest),  April  (nestlings),  Oc- 
tober (nest  construction,  eggs),  and  November  (nestlings).  Jenkins  (1983) 
reported  breeding  in  January— April,  June,  and  November  on  Guam,  and 
Marshall  (1949)  believed,  based  on  gonad  condition  of  specimens,  that 
breeding  occurred  year  round.  Birds  occurred  commonly  in  a variety  of 
wooded  and  thicket  habitats,  including  beach  strand  and  suburban  habi- 
tats, but  they  were  largely  absent  from  swordgrass  savannah. 

Frequently  observed  food  begging  in  small  flocks  of  three  to  four  birds 
indicated  that  these  were  family  groups.  Color  banding  further  showed 
that  groups  remained  at  a single  location.  At  such  locations,  males  en- 
gaged in  song  duels  with  neighbors  and  responded  aggressively  to  taped 
playback  of  songs.  Hence,  individuals  appeared  to  defend  all  purpose 
territories. 

Observations  of  interspecific  aggression  were  restricted  to  one  instance 
each  of  supplanting  a Bridled  White-eye  at  a perch  and  chasing  a foraging 
Golden  White-eye  from  near  a fantail  nest.  More  frequently,  I saw  birds 
following  Golden  (10)  and  Bridled  white-eyes  (10)  to  capture  insects 
flushed  by  the  foraging  activities  of  these  species. 

Nightingale  Reed-warbler. — I regularly  recorded  birds  only  on  island- 
wide and  disturbed  site  counts  (Table  2).  Birds  detected  on  limestone 
forest  surveys  were  almost  all  calling  from  outside  the  forest.  Island-wide 
counts  showed  no  clear  seasonal  trend  (Fig.  2B).  Previous  studies  at  Mar- 
pi  demonstrated  a drop  in  territorial  activity  in  the  wet  season  by  up  to 
24%  (Craig  1992a).  Indeed,  my  only  breeding  record  was  for  February 
(fledgling).  My  inability  to  detect  a similar  island-wide  trend  by  this  loud- 
ly vocal  species  likely  meant  that  the  census  data  were  inherently  variable, 
although  the  local  trend  I found  might  not  have  been  general. 

In  five  years  of  observing  on  Saipan,  I located  Nightingale  Reed-war- 
blers  in  interior  forest  on  only  three  occasions.  These  birds  did  not  appear 
to  be  territory  holders,  because  on  subsequent  visits  to  the  same  site  they 
were  absent.  At  the  disturbed  census  sites  (surveyed  in  March),  I found 
individuals  with  lower  frequency  (Table  2)  and  density  (Table  3)  than  did 
the  more  comprehensive  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  survey  (made  in  May), 
although  the  species  was  generally  widespread  and  common  on  the  island. 
It  occurred  in  all  thicket-meadow  mosaics,  forest  edge,  reed  marshes,  and 
forest  openings,  but  it  was  absent  from  beach  strand  and  swordgrass  sa- 
vannah. 


260 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Because  Nightingale  Reed-warblers  usually  are  concealed  in  thick  veg- 
etation, I recorded  foraging  rarely  despite  intensive  study.  Observations 
included  eating  insects  (3),  gleaning  invertebrate  from  leaves  (3)  and  a 
dead  leaf  (1),  and  probing  a dead  stub  (1).  Marshall  (1949)  reported  in- 
sects, spiders,  snails,  and  lizards  as  prey.  Although  the  species  was  in- 
traspecifically  aggressive  and  defended  all-purpose  territories  (Craig 
1992a),  I saw  no  interaction  between  it  and  other  species. 

Micronesian  Starling. — This  species  showed  little  clear  seasonal  trend 
in  censuses  (Figs.  2B,  3B).  Although  seasonal  variation  in  counts  was 
low  compared  to  doves,  within-season  variation  was  even  lower  (Table 
4),  suggesting  a seasonal  shift  in  populations  or  breeding  status.  Com- 
pared to  limestone  forest,  it  was  encountered  less  frequently  (Table  2) 
and  observed  to  greater  distances  (Table  1)  in  disturbed  habitats.  Hence, 
computed  densities  (Table  3)  were  lower  in  disturbed  habitats.  It  also  was 
found  more  commonly  in  limestone  forest  than  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986) 
(Table  2). 

Micronesian  Starlings  were  usually  seen  in  pairs,  family  groups  (based 
on  observations  of  adults  attending  food  begging  juveniles,  mist  netted 
juveniles  with  an  aggressive  adult  nearby)  or  juvenile  flocks  (all  birds  in 
juvenal  plumage).  Larger  flocks  (5-11,  not  50  as  reported  by  Marshall 
1949),  made  up  mostly  of  birds  in  juvenal  plumage  were  likely  the  prod- 
uct of  several  nestings  by  a single  adult  pair.  As  Jenkins  (1983)  reported 
for  Guam,  I observed  single  pairs  nesting  at  the  same  location  nearly  year 
round.  Banding  showed  that  birds  maintain  a home  range.  The  species 
used  virtually  all  habitats  from  beach  strand  to  interior  forest  and  sword- 
grass  savannah. 

Jenkins  (1983)  listed  a variety  of  fruits  and  seeds  taken  by  the  Micro- 
nesian Starling,  and  Marshall  (1949)  described  it  as  omnivorous.  I ob- 
served birds  feeding  on  fruits  of  Ficus  spp.  (4),  papaya  (Carica  papaya) 
(3),  camachile  (Pithecellobium  diilce)  (1)  and  an  insect  (1).  Reichel  and 
Glass  (1990)  reported  that  it  preys  on  seabird  eggs. 

Micronesian  Honeyeater. — No  clear  seasonal  trend  emerged  in  census 
data  at  either  environmental  scale  (Figs.  2A,  3A).  In  limestone  forest, 
between  season  variation  was  high  compared  to  other  passerines  and  to 
within-season  variation  (Table  4),  suggesting  that  seasonal  shifts  occurred 
in  populations  or  breeding  status.  Jenkins  (1983)  reported  breeding  on 
Guam  year  round,  although  he  was  uncertain  if  breeding  peaks  occuired. 
I recorded  breeding  in  February  (nest  building)  and  May  (courtship).  It 
was  uncommon  in  limestone  forest  compared  to  disturbed  habitats,  as 
well  as  to  other  passerines  (Tables  2,  3).  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  found 
that  the  frequency  (Table  2)  and  computed  density  of  the  Micronesian 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


261 


Honeyeater  was  higher  than  I found  for  birds  in  limestone  forest  (Table 
3). 

The  Micronesian  Honeyeater  was  aggressively  territorial  against  con- 
specifics,  chased  individuals  and  dispersed  flocks  of  Golden  White-eyes 
(4),  and  chased  Rufous  Fantails  (2).  I also  saw  a Micronesian  Starling 
supplant  a Micronesian  Honeyeater  at  a perch. 

At  Capitol  Hill,  a color  banded  male  had  a territory  of  ca  0.7  ha.  Two 
additional  banded  territorial  males  were  observed  to  within  150  m from 
the  banding  site.  However,  repeated  mist  netting  at  one  site  yielded  regular 
capture  of  unhanded  birds  (mostly  females  or  juveniles,  based  on  plumage 
and  measurements)  which  indicated  the  existence  of  a population  of  non- 
territorial birds.  These  floaters  or  nomadic  birds  may  account  for  the 
seasonal  variation  in  census  data,  because  they  may  opportunistically  fol- 
low ephemeral  nectar  sources  as  do  certain  of  the  Hawaiian  Honeycreep- 
ers  (Scott  et  al.  1986). 

The  species  occupied  a variety  of  habitats,  including  beach  strand,  man- 
groves, upland  forest,  suburban  areas,  and  disturbed  habitats.  It  was  large- 
ly absent  from  swordgrass  savannah,  but  particularly  common  in  the  vi- 
cinity of  coconut  {Cocos  nucifera)  groves  where  it  fed  on  nectar.  Foraging 
is  discussed  in  detail  by  Craig  and  Beal  (ms),  and  Table  6 lists  1 1 nectar 
sources  that  I recorded. 

Bridled  White-eye. — No  clear  pattern  emerged  in  counts  at  either  en- 
vironmental scale,  although  January  counts  averaged  lowest,  probably 
because  higher  winds  at  this  season  reduced  the  detectability  of  this  can- 
opy species  (Figs.  2B,  3B).  Like  most  passerines,  variation  in  counts  was 
relatively  low,  and  variation  between  seasons  was  greater  than  within  a 
season  (Table  4).  Although  even  more  individuals  were  encountered  in 
disturbed  habitats  than  in  limestone  forest  (Table  2),  birds  detected  were 
at  greater  distances  so  that  population  densities  (Table  3)  were  lower  in 
disturbed  habitat.  1 recorded  more  Bridled  White-eyes  (Table  2),  and  den- 
sities computed  were  far  greater  than  reported  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986) 
(Table  3),  because  I detected  birds  at  closer  range  (Table  1). 

Banded  birds  declined  in  frequency  of  occurrence,  p,  from  the  banding 
site  to  300  m in  an  empirically  fitted  quadratic  relationship  (r-  = 0.99): 

p = 1.47x2  - 1.21x  + 53.82, 

where  x has  values  from  one  for  the  basal  zone  (0-50  m from  the  banding 
site)  to  six  for  the  outermost  zone  (251-300  m).  Based  on  this  relation- 
ship, I solved  Equation  (3)  for  my  Lincoln-Peterson  (8754  bird/km^)  and 
Jolly-Seber  (7770  birds/km^)  population  estimates,  which  yielded  densi- 
ties of  the  same  order  of  magnitude  as  those  obtained  through  VCP  cen- 
susing  (Table  3). 


262 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  6 

Plant  Species  Led  upon  by  Three  Small  Forest  Passerines 


Plant  species 

Bridled 

White-eye 

Golden 

White-eye 

Micronesian 

Honeyeater 

se“  fr 

fl 

ne 

se  fr 

fl 

ne 

se  fr  fl 

ne 

Vines: 

Momordica  charantia 

X X 

X X 

Mikania  scandens 

7 

X 

Passiflora  foetida 

X 

Opercidina  ventricosa 

X 

Jasminum  marianum 

X 

X 

Trees: 

Pisonia  grandis 

X 

X 

X 

Cynometrci  ramiflora 

X 

X 

X 

Premna  obtusifolia 

X 

7 

X 

X 

Ficus  spp. 

X 

X 

Melanolepsis  multiglandulosa 

X 

7 

X 

Erythrina  variegata 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Psychotria  mariana 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Morinda  citrifolia 

X 

X 

Artocarpus  spp. 

X 

X 

Aidia  cochinchinensis 

X 

X 

X 

Pipturus  argenteus 

X 

Bikkia  mariannensis 

X 

Hibiscus  tiliaceus 

X 

X 

Delonix  regia 

X 

Lantana  camara 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Albizia  lebbeck 

X 

X 

Carica  papaya 

X 

X 

Leucaena  leucocephala 

X 

Cocos  nucifera 

X 

Muntingia  calabura 

X 

X 

Herbs: 

Biclens  pilosa  x 


■’  se  = seed,  fr  = fruit,  fl  = flower,  ne  = nectar. 


The  Bridled  White-eye  was  found  in  all  habitats  from  beach  strand  to 
disturbed  habitats,  suburban  areas,  and  forest.  It  was  less  common  in 
swordgrass  savannah.  I recorded  breeding  in  January  (carrying  nesting 
material),  February  (nestlings,  carrying  nesting  material),  August  (eggs, 
carrying  nesting  material),  and  October  (carrying  food).  Moreover,  I ob- 
served food  begging  by  juveniles  year-round.  Jenkins  (1983)  also  reported 
that  the  Guam  Bridled  White-eye  bred  year-round.  Although  it  is  not 
territorial,  banding  demonstrated  that  birds  remain  in  a home  range,  and 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


263 


individuals  could  be  attracted  to  playback  of  various  flocking  calls.  Other 
than  scolding  Collared  Kingfishers,  interspecific  social  interactions  in- 
volved only  an  observation  of  a Bridled  White-eye  following  a foraging 
Rufous  Fantail.  No  interspecific  aggression  initiated  by  Bridled  White- 
eyes  was  noted.  I recorded  feeding  on  seeds,  nectar,  flowers,  and  fruit  of 
22  plant  species  (Table  6)  in  addition  to  invertebrates. 

Golden  White-eye. — No  clear  pattern  emerged  in  counts  at  either  en- 
vironmental scale  (Figs.  2B,  3B).  Although  as  with  other  passerines,  sea- 
sonal variation  in  censuses  was  relatively  low,  intraseasonal  variation  was 
still  lower  (Table  4).  The  Golden  White-eye  was  decidedly  more  common 
in  limestone  forest  than  in  disturbed  habitats  (Table  2,  3),  although  slight- 
ly less  frequently  encountered  than  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986).  Neverthe- 
less, computed  densities  were  greater  in  this  study  (Table  3)  because  I 
encountered  birds  at  closer  range  (Table  1). 

I recorded  breeding  in  January  (gathering  nesting  material,  eggs,  fledg- 
lings), February  (eggs),  March  (eggs).  May  (recently  fledged  nest),  June 
(eggs),  July  (copulation,  carrying  nesting  material,  eggs,  nestlings),  Au- 
gust (nest  construction),  and  October  (eggs).  Moreover,  I heard  song  and 
observed  food  begging  year-round,  except  during  the  protracted  dry  sea- 
son of  1993,  when  I heard  no  singing  during  June  despite  my  almost 
daily  presence  in  the  field.  This  latter  observation  may  help  to  explain 
Marshall’s  (1949)  failure  to  detect  any  song  in  this  species.  Other  than 
limited  observations  reported  by  Stinson  and  Stinson  (1994),  little  other 
data  on  breeding  exist. 

Aggression  involved  chases  and  dispersing  flocks  of  Bridled  White- 
eyes  (20)  and  Rufous  Fantails  (2).  Golden  White-eyes  were  territorial. 
Banded  males  defended  territory  boundaries  against  other  males  and  re- 
sponded, although  not  vigorously,  to  playback  of  recorded  songs.  Family 
groups  of  3-4  (as  demonstrated  by  food  begging  of  Juvenal  plumaged 
birds)  were  typical.  The  Golden  White-eye  occurred  in  all  wooded  hab- 
itats, including  strand  forest  and  suburban  areas,  although  it  was  generally 
absent  from  swordgrass  savannah.  Foraging  is  discussed  by  Craig  and 
Beal  (ms);  I observed  feeding  upon  invertebrates  and  the  nectar,  flowers, 
and  fruit  of  13  plant  species  (Table  6). 

DISCUSSION 

For  seven  of  the  nine  forest  bird  species  examined,  census  variation  in 
limestone  forest  between  seasons  was  greater  than  that  within  a season. 
The  remaining  two  species  possessed  behavioral  characteristics  which 
made  them  particularly  difficult  to  census.  Hence,  most  or  all  forest  spe- 
cies likely  undergo  seasonal  shifts  in  either  populations  or  conspicuous- 
ness (i.e.,  increased  vocalizations  related  to  breeding).  In  the  case  of 


264 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


doves.  Strong  shifts  in  vocalizing  related  to  breeding  activity  are  indicated. 
Many  tropical  forest  passerines  increase  breeding  activity  during  the  wet 
season  (Beehler  et  al.  1986),  but  only  two  species  showed  consistent  peak 
counts  at  this  time.  These,  the  Collared  Kingfisher  and  Rufous  Fantail, 
are  also  the  only  Mariana  Island  forest  species  with  widespread  Indo- 
Pacific  distributions.  Other  species  showed  divergence  in  seasonal  counts 
between  years,  suggesting  that  no  regular  pattern  in  counts  existed.  Com- 
bined with  evidence  for  year-round  breeding  for  such  species  as  the  Mi- 
cronesian  Starling,  Micronesian  Honeyeater,  Bridled  White-eye,  and 
Golden  White-eye,  seasonal  variation  in  counts  may,  therefore,  be  caused 
by  actual  population  shifts  or  differing  peak  breeding  times  related  to 
resource  availability.  Storms,  the  vagaries  of  seasonal  patterns,  and  atten- 
dant alteration  in  food  supplies  may  drive  such  population  or  breeding 
shifts. 

For  many  forest  species,  peak  counts  (7  of  9)  and  computed  densities 
(8  of  9)  were  greater  in  native  forest  than  in  disturbed  habitat.  Therefore, 
native  limestone  forest,  with  its  comparatively  high  diversity  of  tree  spe- 
cies, its  cooler,  wetter  microclimate,  and  variety  of  food  sources,  is  likely 
to  be  superior  habitat  for  most  forest  species.  Only  the  Micronesian  Hon- 
eyeater was  noticeably  more  common  outside  native  forest.  Presumably, 
nectar  is  insufficiently  abundant  or  consistently  available  to  support  high 
densities  of  this  species  in  limestone  forest.  However,  on  nearby  Aguig- 
uan,  which  has  forests  similar  to  those  on  Saipan  (Chandran  et  al.  1992), 
the  Micronesian  Honeyeater  was  common  in  native  forest  (Craig  et  al. 
1992).  Extensive  stands  of  the  introduced  Lantana  camara,  are  found 
adjacent  to  forest  on  Aguiguan  but  not  Saipan.  This  shrub  flowers  year- 
round  and  is  frequently  visited  by  Micronesian  Honeyeaters  (Craig  et  al. 

1992). 

Censusing  at  two  environmental  scales  uncovered  few  clear  differences 
in  seasonal  trends.  The  principal  difference  uncovered  was  that  the  Mi- 
cronesian Honeyeater  was  relatively  uncommon  in  limestone  forest  but 
regular  on  island-wide  counts.  Otherwise,  forest  species  showed  numer- 
ous similarities  in  counts  at  both  scales,  thereby  suggesting  that  a wide 

range  of  habitat  was  suitable  for  most. 

Results  of  the  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  population  survey  of  Saipan  biids 
showed  direct  counts  of  roughly  the  same  order  of  magnitude  as  those 
reported  in  this  study.  Major  differences  in  counts  probably  result  from 
this  study’s  survey  of  primarily  native  forest,  as  opposed  to  all  habitats 
in  the  1982  survey.  However,  the  much  higher  numbers  ot  Mariana  Fruit 
Doves  and  Rufous  Fantails  found  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  are  not  easily 
accounted  for  and  may  indicate  population  declines  in  these  species.  Re- 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


265 


cent  surveys  on  Aguiguan  also  detected  declines  in  counts  of  Mariana 
Fruit  Doves  compared  to  1982  (Craig  et  al.  1992). 

Although  direct  counts  exhibited  similarities,  densities  reported  here 
are  generally  well  above  those  computed  by  Engbring  et  al.  (1986).  Most 
of  this  difference  may  be  attributed  to  the  shorter  distances  at  which  I 
detected  species.  Recomputation  of  densities  for  my  counts  using  the 
Engbring  et  al.  (1986)  distance  estimates  indeed  yielded  similar  densities 
to  those  they  obtained.  Shorter  detection  distances  were  a consequence 
of  my  surveying  only  in  dense,  interior  forest,  whereas  Engbring  et  al. 
(1986)  censused  in  all  habitats.  Despite  the  large  difference  in  results,  I 
believe  my  density  estimates  are  realistic.  Independent  density  computa- 
tions for  the  Bridled  White-eye  were  of  the  same  order  of  magnitude  as 
those  obtained  through  censusing.  Moreover,  Craig  et  al.  (1992)  pointed 
out  that  densities  determined  for  such  small  passerines  as  the  Golden 
White-eye  translated  to  encountering  one  family  group  of  four  directly 
on  the  transect  line  once  roughly  every  100  m.  Such  a frequency  is  con- 
sistent with  field  experience  for  these  species. 

The  densities  reported  here,  particularly  for  the  Rufous  Eantail,  Bridled 
White-eye,  and  Golden  White-eye  are  among  the  highest  ever  reported 
for  birds  and  are  similar  to  those  obtained  for  the  most  abundant  of  the 
Hawaiian  Honeycreepers  (Drepanidinae)  (Scott  et  al.  1986).  Indeed,  per- 
sonal observations  of  the  Common  Amakihi  (Hemignathus  virens)  and 
Apapane  (Himatione  sanguinea)  in  the  heart  of  their  present  range  on 
Hawaii  indicated  that  densities  of  Marianas  small  passerines  were  similar 
to  those  of  these  Hawaiian  species.  In  temperate  forests,  in  contrast,  the 
density  of  the  Ovenbird  (Seiurus  aurocapillus),  the  most  abundant  breed- 
ing species  in  two  typical  northeastern  forest  tracts,  averaged  149.5-1 16.8 
birds/km^  (Magee  1989— 1993a,  1989— 1993b).  These  densities  are  about 
1/15  that  of  the  similarly  territorial  Golden  White-eye  and  1/44  that  of 
the  flocking  Bridled  White-eye.  That  such  immense  densities  occur  sug- 
gests that  at  least  some  forest  birds  in  the  Marianas  exist  at  the  maximum 
densities  allowed  by  resources  available  in  the  habitat. 

I cannot  definitively  attribute  census  variation  to  population  fluctua- 
tions, because  differences  in  breeding  activity  can  also  produce  census 
variation.  Eurther  study  is  required  to  demonstrate  that  populations  are  at 
carrying  capacity.  However,  existing  at  saturation  densities  is  a charac- 
teristic of  avian  communities  that  is  predicted  to  elicit  interspecific  com- 
petition, particularly  between  ecologically  similar  species  (MacArthur 
1972,  Wiens  1977).  Interspecific  competition  is  most  obviously  mani- 
fested through  aggression,  and  indeed  the  most  ecologically  similar  of  the 
small  passerines,  the  two  species  of  white-eyes  (Craig  1989,  Craig  and 
Beal,  unpubl.  data)  are  those  for  which  I observed  the  most  aggression. 


266  THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 

The  larger  Golden  White-eye  was  clearly  socially  dominant  over  the  Bri- 
dled White-eye,  and  much  of  the  aggression  observed  involved  chases  of 
foraging  Bridled  White-eyes.  Such  behavior  suggested  that  the  contested 
resource  was  food.  Based  on  observations  on  the  four  small  passerines, 
the  order  of  social  dominance  appeared  to  be  Micronesian  Honeyeater, 
Golden  White-eye,  Rufous  Fantail,  and  Bridled  White-eye.  In  contrast 
with  temperate  systems  in  which  bird  species  can  overlap  widely  in  eco- 
logical space  with  little  aggression  because  populations  are  rarely  at  sat- 
uration densities  (Wiens  1977,  Craig  1987),  this  study  found  aggression 
prevalent  between  species  that  were  only  generally  similar  in  their  ecol- 
ogy (Craig  1989,  Craig  and  Beal,  unpubl.  data).  The  existence  of  popu- 
lations at  the  carrying  capacity  of  the  habitat  most  likely  accounts  foi  this 
difference. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

My  research  benefitted  from  discussions  on  censusing  procedures  with  J.  Engbring.  It 
was  funded  in  part  by  Pittman-Robertson  Eederal  aid  to  wildlife. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Baker,  R.  H.  1951.  The  avifauna  of  Micronesia,  its  origin,  evolution,  and  distribution. 
Univ.  Kansas  Publ.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  3:1—359. 

Beehler,  B.  M.,  T.  K.  Pratt,  and  D.  A.  Zimmerman.  1986.  Birds  of  New  Guinea.  Princeton 
Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Chandran,  R.,  R.  J.  Craig,  Z.  Keys,  C.  Sheu,  and  J.  Dubrall.  1992.  Sti-ucture  and  com- 
position of  native  forest  on  Aguiguan.  Proc.  Marianas  Res.  Sympos.  1.51—56. 

Craig,  R.  J.  1987.  Divergent  prey  selection  in  two  species  of  waterthrushes  (Seiurus).  Auk 

104:180-187. 

. 1989.  Observations  on  the  foraging  ecology  and  social  behavior  ol  the  Bridled 

White-eye.  Condor  91:187—192. 

, 1990.  Foraging  behavior  and  microhabitat  use  of  two  species  of  white-eyes  (Zos- 

teropidae)  on  Saipan,  Micronesia.  Auk  107:500—505. 

1992a.  Territoriality,  habitat  use,  and  ecological  distinctness  ot  an  endangered 

Pacific  island  reed-warbler.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  63:436-444. 

1992b.  Ecological  characteristics  of  a native  limestone  fore.st  on  Saipan,  Mariana 

Islands.  Micronesica  25:85-97. 

, R.  Chandran,  and  A.  Ellis.  1992.  Bird  populations  on  Aguiguan:  a ten  year 

update.  Proc.  Marianas  Res.  Sympos.  1:8-15. 

Engbring,  J.,  E L.  Ramsey,  and  V.  J.  Wildman.  1986.  Micronesian  forest  bird  survey, 
1982:  Saipan  Tinian,  Aguijan,  and  Rota.  U.S.  Fish  Wildl.  Serv.  Report,  Honolulu, 
Hawaii. 

Fosberg,  E R.  1960.  The  vegetation  of  Micronesia.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Bull.  199:1-76. 
Frith,  H.  J.,  L.  W.  Braithwaite,  and  T.  O.  Wolfe.  1974.  Sexual  cycles  of  pigeons  in  a 
tropical  environment.  Ausl.  Wildl.  Res.  1:117-128. 

Glass,  P.  O.  and  D.  T.  Aldan.  1987.  Micronesian  Megapode  surveys  and  research.  Pp. 

131  — 153  in  Commonwealth  No.  Mariana  Is.,  Div.  Fish  Wildl.  Prog.  Rep.  1982—1987. 
Jenkins,  J.  M.  1983.  The  native  forest  birds  ol  Guam.  Orn.  Monogr.  31. 


Craig  • MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY 


267 


AND  C.  F.  Aguon.  1981.  Status  of  candidate  endangered  species  on  Saipan,  Tinian, 
and  Rota  of  the  Mariana  Islands.  Micronesica  17:184-186. 

MacArthlir,  R.  H.  1972.  Geographical  ecology.  Harper  and  Row,  New  York. 

M.agee,  a.  1989-1993a.  Climax  hemlock-white  pine  forest  with  transition  hardwoods.  J. 
Field  Orn.  60:38,  61:49,  62:57-58,  63:73-74,  64:72-73. 

. 1989-19936.  Second  growth  hardwood  forest.  J.  Field.  Orn  60  26-27  61-30  62- 
35,  63:37,  64:37-38. 

Marshall,  J.  T.  Jr.  1949.  The  endemic  avifauna  of  Saipan,  Tinian,  Guam,  and  Palau. 
Condor  51:200-221. 

Pratt,  D.  H.,  P.  L.  Bruner,  and  D.  G.  Berrett.  1987.  A field  guide  to  the  birds  of  Hawaii 
and  the  tropical  Pacific.  Princeton  University  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Reichel,  j.  D.  and  P.  O.  Glass.  1990.  Micronesian  Starling  predation  on  seabird  eggs 
Fmu  90:135-136. 

AND  P.  O.  Glass.  1991.  Checklist  of  the  birds  of  the  Mariana  Islands.  Flepaio  51- 
3-11. 

Reynolds,  R.  T,  J.  M.  Scott,  and  R.  A.  Nussbaum.  1980.  A variable  circular-plot  method 
for  estimating  bird  numbers.  Condor  82:309-313. 

Savidge,  j.  a.  1987.  Extinction  of  an  island  forest  avifauna  by  an  introduced  snake.  Ecol- 
ogy 68:660-668. 

Scott,  J.  M.,  S.  Mountainspring,  F.  L.  Ramsey,  and  C.  B.  Kepler.  1986.  Forest  bird 
communities  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands:  their  dynamics,  ecology,  and  conservation.  Stud- 
ies Avian  Biol.  9. 

, E.  Garton,  and  j.  Jeffrey.  1988.  Guideline  for  field  surveys  of  birds.  U.S.  Fish 
Wildl.  Serv.  Report,  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

Steadman,  D.  W.  1992.  Extinct  and  extirpated  birds  of  Rota,  Mariana  Islands.  Micronesica 
25:71-84. 

Stinson,  D.  W.  1993a.  Micronesian  megapode  research.  Pp.  217-233  in  Commonwealth 
No.  Mariana  Is.,  Div.  Fish  Wildl.  Prog.  Report  1987-1992. 

.,  1993b.  Dove  research.  Pp.  81-84  in  Commonwealth  No.  Mariana  Is.,  Div.  Fish 
Wildl.  Prog.  Report  1987-1992. 

Stinson,  C.  W.  and  D.  W.  Stinson.  1994.  Nest  size,  clutch  size,  and  incubation  behavior 
in  the  Golden  White-eye.  J.  Field  Orn.  65:65-69. 

Tanner,  J.  T.  1978.  Guide  to  the  study  of  animal  populations.  Univ.  of  Tennessee  Press, 
Knoxville,  Tennessee. 

Villagomez,  E.  C.  1987.  Game  bird  (dove)  survey  and  research.  Pp.  37-46  in  Common- 
wealth No.  Mariana  Is.,  Div.  Fish  Wildl.  Prog.  Ann.  Report. 

Wiens,  J.  A.  1977.  On  competition  and  variable  environments.  Am.  Sci.  65:590-597. 

Young,  F J.  1989.  Soil  survey  of  the  islands  of  Aguijan,  Rota,  Saipan,  and  Tinian,  Com- 
monwealth of  the  Northern  Mariana  Islands.  U.S.  Soil  Cons.  Serv. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  26S-219 


NATURAL  HISTORY  AND  CONSERVATION  STATUS 
OF  THE  TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 

Cristian  F.  Estades' 

Abstract. I studied  Tamarugo  Conebill  {Conirostrum  tamarugense)  populations  at  the 

Pampa  del  Tamarugal  National  Reserve  in  northern  Chile  between  October  1993  and  July 
1994.  The  estimated  population  of  conebills  was  35,107  individuals  in  10,787  ha  of  tama- 
rugo forests.  A strong  relationship  was  found  between  forest  foliage  volume  per  hectaie  and 
breeding  conebill  density.  The  Tamarugo  Conebill  breeds  in  the  tamarugal  September-De- 
cember  and  then  probably  migrates  to  the  highlands  of  southern  Peru.  Although  the  species’ 
breeding  locality  presently  is  protected,  it  faces  some  important  threats  including  the  pump- 
ing of  the  subterranean  aquifers  upon  which  the  tamarugal  vegetation  depends,  attempts  to 
control  the  butterfly  upon  whose  larvae  the  species  forages,  and  human  disturbance  on  the 
wintering  grounds.  Received  15  May  1995,  accepted  30  Nov.  1995. 

The  western  slope  of  the  Andes,  comprising  the  arid  regions  of  northern 
Chile  and  southern  Peru,  is  one  of  57  areas  of  high  avian  endemism  in 
South  America  (Bibby  et  al.  1992b).  Among  the  birds  of  this  region,  the 
Tamarugo  Conebill  {Conirostrum  tamarugense)  is  one  of  the  rarest  spe- 
cies, and  has  been  known  to  science  only  since  1969  (Mayr  and  Vuilleu- 
mier  1983).  The  species  was  formally  described  by  Johnson  and  Millie 
(1972)  from  six  specimens  collected  at  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal,  northern 
Chile.  Afterward,  the  few  documented  records  of  the  species  (see  Mc- 
Farlane  and  Loo  1974,  McFarlane  1975,  Tallman  et  al.  1978,  and  Schu- 
lenberg  1987)  have  provided  little  information  about  its  natural  history 
and  general  status.  All  records  are  of  solitary  individuals  or  small  gioups, 
generally  in  mixed  flocks  with  the  Cinereous  Conebill  (C.  cinereum) 
(McFarlane  1975).  Thus  far,  there  have  been  no  estimates  of  its  population 
size,  habitat  requirements,  or  seasonal  movements.  Recently  Estades  and 
Lopez-Calleja  (in  press)  have  reported  the  nesting  of  the  species  at  the 
Pampa  del  Tamarugal.  The  conservation  status  of  the  Tamarugo  Conebill 
is  uncertain,  and  the  Chilean  Eorest  Service  (CONAE)  considers  it  “in- 
sufficiently known”  (Glade  1988).  More  recently  Rottmann  and  Lopez- 
Calleja  (1992)  considered  the  Tamarugo  Conebill  as  “vulnerable,”  while 
Collar  et  al.  (1992)  also  categorized  the  species  as  “insufficiently  known” 
in  the  list  of  threatened  birds  of  the  Americas. 

The  present  paper  reports  on  an  assessment  of  the  conservation  status 
of  the  Tamarugo  Conebill  (C.  tamarugense)  in  northern  Chile.  The  ob- 
jectives of  the  study  were  to  obtain  estimates  of  the  species’  population 


' Depl.  dc  Mancjo  dc  Recur.so.s  Foreslale.s,  Univ.  de  Chile,  Ca.silla  9206,  Santiago,  Chile.  (Present  address. 
Dept,  of  Wildlife  Ecology,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  I6.J9  Linden  Dr..  Madison,  Wisconsin  53706.) 


268 


Estades  • TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 


269 


70 


Fig.  1.  Geographical  location  of  the  study  area. 


size,  describe  its  habitat  requirements,  assess  its  seasonal  movements,  and 
determine  principal  threats  to  its  survival. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

I studied  conebills  at  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  National  Reserve  (20°24'S,  69°44'W)  in 
the  Tarapaca  Region,  northern  Chile  (Fig.  I).  This  area,  at  an  elevation  of  1000  m,  has  an 
extreme  dry  climate  with  a mean  annual  rainfall  of  0.3  mm  (di  Castri  and  Hajek  1976). 
Annual  temperatures  range  between  an  absolute  minimum  of  -12°C  and  a maximum  of 
35°C.  Relative  humidity  undergoes  wide  daily  fluctuations  (3-8%  during  the  day  to  80- 
100%  during  the  night  in  October;  Sudzuki  1985).  The  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  is  a vast  salt 
flat  over  subterranean  aquifers.  It  is  dominated  by  savannas  of  tamarugo  (Prosopis  tama- 
rugo),  a highly  drought-resistant  tree.  Shrub  and  herbaceous  layers  are  almost  nonexistent, 
with  only  scattered  individuals  of  Atriplex  utacamensis.  Tessaria  ahsinthioides,  Caescdpinia 
aphyllci,  and  the  extreme  halophyte  DistichUs  spicata  (Gajardo  1994).  During  the  last  four 
centuries,  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  was  intensively  exploited  for  the  production  of  lirewood 
and  charcoal,  mainly  to  support  the  mining  industry.  This  cutting  drastically  reduced  the 
extent  ot  the  tamarugo  forest,  leaving  few  remnants  of  forest,  mainly  low  density  stands  of 
little  economic  interest.  In  the  1930s,  a reforestation  program  was  started,  which  by  the 
1970s  had  generated  14,600  ha  of  tamarugo  plantations  (Aguime  and  Wrann  1985).  In 
addition,  approximately  1900  ha  of  algarrobo  (Prosopis  cdha)  plantations  were  established 
at  the  Reserve.  In  1983  the  administration  of  the  plantations  passed  to  the  Chilean  Forest 
Service  which  created  the  109,842-ha  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  National  Reserve  (Fig.  1).  Since 
Its  creation,  the  reserve  has  been  used  for  the  production  of  forage  for  sheep  which  feed  on 


270 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


tamarugo  pods,  for  the  production  of  firewood  and  charcoal,  and,  occasionally,  for  the 
production  of  lumber. 

I visited  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  three  times  between  October  1993  and  July  1994.  The 
hrst  visit  (25  Oct-2  Nov)  was  during  the  austral  spring,  the  second  (14-21  March)  during 
late  summer  and  the  third  (19-26  July)  during  mid-winter.  The  reserve  is  divided  into  four 
major  areas:  Pintados,  Bellavista,  La  Tirana,  and  Zapiga  (Fig.  1).  Due  to  time  constraints, 
only  the  first  three  plots  were  assessed.  These  areas  were  selected  for  the  following  reasons: 
Pintados  is  the  largest  stand  and  holds  the  oldest  tamarugo  plantations,  Bellavista  is  at  the 
southern  limit  of  the  Reserve  and  might  correspond  to  the  southern  limit  of  the  Tamarugo 
ConebilFs  range,  and  the  La  Tirana  plot  holds  the  last  natural  tamarugo  stands. 

In  order  to  estimate  population  densities  18  line  transects  were  established  at  Pintados 
and  six  at  Bellavista  in  the  spring  of  1993.  Because  no  birds  were  found  at  La  Tirana  during 
the  surveys,  no  transects  were  established  and  density  was  considered  to  be  zero.  Three  of 
the  transects  at  Pintados  were  located  in  a 60-ha  managed  stand.  The  trees  of  the  latter  stand 
had  been  pruned  in  1991  for  the  production  of  timber  and  charcoal.  As  a result  of  this 
management,  these  trees  lacked  almost  the  entire  lower  half  of  their  foliage.  Additionally, 
four  transects  were  surveyed  at  an  algarrobo  plantation  at  Pintados. 

The  transects  used  were  of  the  “fixed  belt”  type  (Bibby  et  al.  1992a).  In  each  transect, 
all  the  birds  seen  or  heard  between  two  rows  of  trees  were  counted.  Thus  the  width  of  the 
belt  was  two  times  the  distance  between  tree  rows.  Because  this  distance  was  different 
between  years  of  planting  (10,  13.5  or  15  m)  the  length  of  the  transects  varied  from  300  to 
200  m,  in  order  to  equalize  the  surveyed  areas.  Preliminary  observations  carried  out  in  the 
afternoon  (i.e.,  after  13:00  h)  consistently  gave  lower  densities  than  observations  m the 
morning.  Therefore,  all  surveys  were  made  between  7:00  and  12:00  h.  Transects  were  sur- 
veyed 3.1  times,  on  average,  during  the  first  visit. 

During  March  and  July  1994,  four  of  the  transects  at  Pintados  were  surveyed  a total  of 
eight  times  per  visit  in  order  to  compare  densities  between  seasons.  The  other  transects  were 
not  formally  assessed. 

Habitat  along  transects  was  characterized  in  terms  of  foliage  volume  per  ha.  The  esti- 
mation of  each  tree's  volume  (m^)  was  based  on  the  formula  volume  — (0.5  diameter)  X 
pi  X % height.  The  estimated  dimensions  of  the  trees  were  total  height,  crown  diameter, 
and  presence  or  absence  of  the  lower  third  of  the  foliage.  To  convert  the  results  to  volume 
per  ha,  the  number  of  trees  in  the  transect  was  recorded. 

To  describe  the  patterns  of  microhabitat  use  by  foraging  conebills,  I divided  trees  visually 
into  six  sections.  The  parts  of  the  tree  that  contained  the  leaves  and  flowers  were  separated 
from  those  that  consisted  of  leafless  branches,  and  the  tree  was  divided  into  three  horizontal 
layers.  All  observed  birds  were  assigned  to  the  section  in  which  they  were  first  observed. 
Individuals  were  captured  in  mist  nets  and  banded  to  study  the  species’  migratory  move- 
ments. Finally,  non-systematic  observations  were  made  to  expand  knowledge  of  the  species 
general  natural  history,  both  in  the  reserve  and  in  adjacent  localities.  Mean  densities  were 
compared  among  seasons  using  one-way  ANOVA.  The  el  feet  of  tamarugo  pruning  on  biid 
density  was  assessed  using  a /-test. 


RESULTS 

Population  size. — Densities  derived  from  transects  were  calculated  se- 
paratedly  for  the  different  types  of  tamarugo  forests  surveyed  during 
spring  1993.  During  this  period,  many  conebills  were  observed  through- 
out the  tamarugo  plantations  but  at  varying  local  densities  (Table  1).  No 
individuals  were  found  at  La  Tirana.  The  total  estimated  conebill  popu- 


Estades  • TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 


271 


Table  1 

Densities  (ind/ha)  and  Population  Sizes  of  Tamarugo  Conebill  in  Pampa  del 
Tamarugal  National  Reserve,  Northern  Chile,  during  October  1993 


Stand 

Stand 

age 

Stand 
area  (ha) 

Conebill  density 
mean  (SD) 

Total  population 

Pintados 

46 

964 

9.27  (2.85) 

8940 

Pintados 

27 

2881 

4.84  (3.23) 

13,947 

Pintados 

21 

4833 

2.38  (3.39) 

1 1,517 

Bellavista 

21 

2109 

0.33  (1.49) 

703 

All  stands 

— 

10,787 

3.25  (0.68“) 

35,107'’ 

“Weighted  mean's  standard  deviation  (Cochran  1980) 

" 95%  confidence  interval:  18,970-51,244;  11.3  degrees  of  freedom. 


lation  was  35,107  individuals.  At  Pintados,  significant  differences  were 
found  between  conebill  densities  in  different  seasons  (Fig.  2).  Densities 
declined  (F  = 74.37,  df  = 2,  F = 0.000)  over  time  from  a high  of  8.3 
ind/ha  m October  1993  (breeding  season)  to  almost  no  birds  at  all  in  July 
1994  (nonbreeding  season). 


Fig,  2.  Mean  conebill  densities  (±SD)  on  four  transects  in  a 46-year-old  forest  stand  at 
Lintados  for  three  periods.  The  empty  circle  with  the  inteiTogative  symbol  repre.sents  the 
possibility  that  the  population  had  increa.sed  in  November-December  due  to  the  addition  of 
rst-year  birds  following  the  breeding  .sea.son.  The  asterisk  indicates  individuals  were  ob- 
served in  the  area,  but  none  was  recorded  on  the  transects. 


Conebill  Density  [ind/ha] 


272 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Foliage  Volume  (Thousands  of  mVha) 

Lig.  3.  Relationship  between  tamarugo  foliage  volume  per  ha  and  conebill  density  dur- 
ing October  (breeding  season)  1993  at  Pintados.  Points  represent  the  mean  conebill  density 
on  each  transect. 


Habitat  use. — A significant  relationship  was  observed  between  forest 
maturity  and  density  of  breeding  conebills  (October  1993).  At  Pintados, 
a high  percentage  of  the  variance  (r-  = 0.744;  N = 18;  P < 0.0001)  of 
conebill  density  is  explained  by  the  total  foliage  volume  (Fig.  3).  Surveys 
of  algarrobo  plantations  show  that  the  Tamarugo  Conebill  does  not  use 
this  forest  type;  on  the  four  transects,  no  individuals  were  seen  (October 
1993).  During  the  breeding  season,  the  managed  stand  at  Pintados  held  a 
signihcatively  lower  density  of  conebills  than  the  unmanaged  stands  {t- 
test,  P = 0.0000). 

The  species  was  found  wintering  (July  1994)  at  the  localities  of  Pica 
and  Mamina  (see  Fig.  1 ).  At  the  first  site,  a few  individuals  were  observed 
foraging  with  C.  cinereutn  in  Citrus  plantations.  The  same  situation  was 
found  at  Mamina,  where  conebills  were  foraging  in  mixed  flocks  in  ri- 
parian scrubs  of  Baccharis  petiolata  and  Tessaria  ahsinthioides. 

Microhahitat  use. — During  the  breeding  season,  the  Tamarugo  Conebill 
showed  a marked  tendency  to  use  the  outer  and  upper  parts  of  tamarugo 


Estades  • TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 


273 


Fig.  4.  Percent  of  sightings  of  conebills  in  each  tamarugo  microhabitat  zone 


trees  (Fig.  4).  The  species  was  observed  foraging  mainly  on  Lepidoptera 
larvae,  specifically  on  the  species  Leptotes  trigemmatus  Butler  (Lycaen- 
idae)  which  feeds  on  tamarugo  leaves,  buds,  and  flowers  (Cogollor  et  al. 
1982).  Conebills  preferentially  selected  the  descending  terminal  branches 
of  the  trees  for  nesting  (Estades  and  Lopez-Calleja,  in  press).  In  the  oldest 
forests,  breeding  pairs  held  territories  that  included  only  a few  trees 
around  the  nest  tree.  During  the  nonbreeding  season,  the  species  did  not 
show  a clear  pattern  of  microhabitat  use  at  Pampa  del  Tamarugal.  At  the 
other  sites  surveyed,  the  species  foraged  mainly  inside  the  scrub. 

Because  conebills  principally  used  the  upper  half  of  tamarugo  trees  for 
foraging,  I thought  that  the  removal  of  the  lower  half  of  the  crown  (as  a 
result  of  the  pruning  of  the  trees  in  the  managed  area)  might  have  little 
impact  on  the  birds,  but  their  density  was  lower  in  the  managed  stand. 
The  hypothesis  that  pruning  created  microclimatic  changes  that  may  have 
affected  the  habitat  suitability  of  the  trees  was  tested.  In  July  1994  air 
temperatures  were  measured  at  ground  level  and  at  1 .5  m and  at  4.5  m 
at  the  center  of  15  pruned  and  15  non-pruned  trees  and  then  averaged. 
Data  were  collected  at  7:00  and  12:00  and  repeated  over  two  days.  No 
significant  differences  were  found  between  pruned  and  non-pruned  trees 
at  7:00  h (r-test,  P = 0.635).  At  12:00  h,  mean  temperature  was  signifi- 
cantly lower  at  the  pruned  plot  (/-test,  P = 0.009),  probably  due  to  the 
convective  cooling  of  wind. 

Breeding.  The  nesting  of  C.  tamarugense  was  first  recorded  at  Pin- 
tados m October  1993,  austral  spring  (Estades  and  Lopez-Calleja,  in 


274 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


press).  These  authors  found  several  active  nests  and  presented  evidence 
that  the  species  has  been  breeding  at  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  for  many 
years. 

Breeding  success  was  not  evaluated.  However,  during  March  1994  (late 
summer),  conebills  at  the  reserve  were  observed  flying  in  small  flocks 
composed  of  approximately  60%  adults  (individuals  with  the  rufous  su- 
perciliary line,  throat,  upper  breast,  and  undertail  coverts)  and  40%  im- 
matures.  The  only  juvenile  conebill  captured  was  slightly  smaller  than 
the  adults  and  showed  a dirty  grayish  color  instead  of  the  characteristic 
rufous  pattern. 

During  July  1994  (winter),  very  few  individuals  were  observed  at  the 
reserve  (0-6/day).  It  was  not  possible  to  determine  their  age  since  all 
were  seen  from  a distance.  However,  many  of  the  conebills  observed  at 
the  Mamina  oasis  lacked  the  rufous  adult  color. 

DISCUSSION 

Habitat  and  distribution. — Even  though  C.  tamanigense  is  not  restrict- 
ed to  tamarugo  forests  (McFarlane  1975,  Tallman  et  al.  1978,  this  report 
and  several  personal  communications),  the  species  depends  on  this  type 
of  vegetation  for  breeding.  Moreover,  given  the  high  concentration  of 
individuals  and  reproductive  activity  (Estades  and  Lopez-Calleja,  in  press) 
and  the  absence  of  significant  tamarugo  forests  outside  the  reserve,  it 
seems  possible  that  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  species’  population  breeds  in 
this  area.  Maturity  of  the  forest  seems  to  be  an  important  factor  in  deter- 
mining the  habitat  suitability  for  conebills.  The  strong  relationship  be- 
tween foliage  volume  per  hectare  and  the  density  of  breeding  conebills 
parallels  patterns  described  by  Mills  et  al.  (1991).  Considering  that  the 
number  of  flowers  and  the  density  of  larvae  in  these  flowers  at  Pintados 
are  correlated  positively  with  tamarugo  foliage  volume  (Lopez-Calleja 
and  Estades,  unpubl.  data),  the  relationship  between  conebill  density  and 
foliage  volume  (Fig.  3)  suggests  that,  above  a certain  foliage  volume, 
conebill  density  could  be  limited  by  territoriality  instead  of  availability 
of  food.  Below  approximately  2000  m^  of  foliage  per  ha,  the  tamarugo 
forest  is  not  a suitable  habitat  for  the  Tamarugo  Conebill  (Fig.  3).  This 
hypothesis  could  explain  the  absence  of  the  species  at  La  Tirana.  Even 
though  foliage  density  was  not  formally  assessed  at  this  site,  it  was  clearly 
below  2000  m\  as  trees  are  separated  by  30  m or  more  in  this  area. 

Low  density  of  conebills  at  Bellavista  could  be  explained  by  the  scar- 
city of  Leptotes  larvae  feeding  on  tamarugo  flowers  there  (Lopez-Calleja 
and  Estades,  unpubl.  data).  This  situation  could  be  due  to  the  high  degree 
of  isolation  of  the  plot  which  may  reduce  immigration  of  these  butterflies. 

The  high  proportion  of  time  spent  by  the  species  at  the  top  of  trees 


Estades  • TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 


275 


(see  Fig.  4),  might  be  mainly  due  to  the  concentration  of  flowers  and 
Leptotes  larvae  there,  rather  than  a territorial  behavior.  In  fact,  breeding 
conebills,  instead  of  singing  from  high  branches,  call  constantly  while 
looking  for  food,  as  stated  by  Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe  (1990). 

Johnson  and  Millie  (1972)  and  Tallman  et  al.  (1978)  suggested  that  the 
Tamarugo  Conebill  could  be  a high-altitude  species  that  breeds  during  the 
summer  (highlands  breeding  season),  then  in  winter  moves  into  lowlands 
of  Tarapaca  until  the  spring  (late  lowlands  breeding  season).  Our  present 
study  does  not  support  this  hypothesis,  indicating  instead  that  breeding 
occurs  at  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  between  September  and  December  during 
the  tamarugo  flowering  and  the  outbreak  of  Leptotes  trigenimatus  larvae. 
Individuals  may  then  move  upwards  (to  2500-3500  m)  and  to  the  north, 
following  a chain  of  small,  mid-elevation,  vegetated  valleys.  Possibly  a 
small  group  could  also  migrate  to  the  north  from  or  through  Zapiga  to 
the  lowlands  of  Arica,  where  the  species  has  been  observed  (McFarlane 
1975)  (Fig.  5).  Given  the  results  of  this  study,  isolated  individuals  or  small 
flocks  of  the  species  seen  in  lowlands  near  Arica  during  the  breeding 
season  (Sept. -Nov.;  McFarlane  1975,  Sallaberry  pers.  comm.)  are  prob- 
ably wandering,  nonbreeding  birds.  This  uncommon  pattern  of  migration 
would  enable  the  species  to  use  an  important  food  resource  almost  ex- 
clusively during  its  breeding  period  (no  other  bird  species  was  observed 
foraging  on  Leptotes  larvae  at  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal)  and  thereafter 
to  share  seasonally  rich  food  resources  with  the  species  of  the  highlands 
of  northern  Chile  and  southern  Peru  during  their  breeding  season  (Jan.- 
March). 

It  IS  possible  that  some  conebills  could  remain  near  the  Pampa  del 
Tamarugal  during  the  entire  year,  since  in  May-June  the  tamarugos  have 
a second  flowering  period  (“devareo”).  However,  the  extent  and  intensity 
of  this  phenomenon  seems  to  be  insufficient  to  support  a large  conebill 
population. 

Conservation  status.  The  relationship  observed  between  the  vegeta- 
tion and  Tamarugo  Conebill  density  suggests  that,  in  the  year  of  the  spe- 
cies’ discovery  (1969)  the  oldest  of  the  reforested  forests  (which  then  had 
a mean  age  of  23  years)  were  just  beginning  to  provide  a suitable  habitat 
for  the  species,  allowing  its  populations  to  reach  a level  that  permitted 
detection  by  ornithologists.  This  hypothesis  implies  that  the  present  pop- 
ulation of  the  species  is  derived  from  a small  number  of  individuals  that 
survived  a major  population  decrease  during  the  period  of  deforestation 
at  Pampa  del  Tamarugal. 

My  estimates  for  the  total  population  of  C.  tamarugense  at  the  study 
area  are  larger  than  any  of  the  general  estimates  for  minimum  viable 
populations  (see  Shaffer  1987).  In  addition,  assuming  that  the  relationship 


276 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


70 


Lig.  5.  Known  localities  (symbols)  and  hypothetical  migratory  movements  (arrows)  of 
C.  tamcirugense. 


between  vegetation  and  conebill  density  will  not  change  during  future 
years,  the  total  population  of  the  species  should  increase  with  the  forest 
volume  as  younger  plantations  mature.  However,  even  if  Tamarugo  Cone- 
bill  populations  are  increasing  and  viable,  there  are  at  least  three  major 
threats  that  could  reduce  the  species’  short-term  survival  probability.  (1) 
Presently  the  tamarugo  is  still  managed  mainly  for  production  of  sheep 
forage  (pods)  and  for  production  of  timber  and  charcoal,  and  pruning  of 
trees  reduces  habitat  suitability  for  conebills.  However,  management  tech- 
niques could  be  modified  in  order  to  reduce  the  negative  impact  on  the 


Estades  • TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 


277 


birds.  The  threat  of  forage  production  is  quite  different,  because  manage- 
ment attempts  to  control  populations  of  Leptotes  trigemmatus,  which  feed 
on  flowers  and  drastically  reduce  the  yield  of  pods.  Initially  it  was  in- 
tended to  control  the  species  by  using  chemicals  (Cogollor  et  al.  1982). 
At  present,  the  Chilean  Forest  Service  is  studying  the  use  of  parasitoid 
microhymenoptera  as  an  alternative  way  of  control.  The  success  of  such 
a control  program  could,  without  doubt,  be  extremely  harmful  for  conebill 
populations.  (2)  Since  the  mean  annual  rainfall  in  the  area  is  0.3  mm,  the 
only  water  available  for  the  tamarugos  are  the  subterranean  aquifers  that 
are  found  beneath  the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal.  At  present,  these  waters  are 
pumped  at  a rate  of  700  Its/sec  (CONAF  rangers,  pers.  comm.)  in  order 
to  supply  the  requirements  of  the  city  of  Iquique  (see  Fig.  1).  The  eco- 
logical consequences  of  this  water  removal  are  not  known.  It  is  not  clear 
whether  these  aquifers  are  recharged  by  rainfall  in  the  mountains,  or  if 
they  are  fossil  waters.  In  the  last  few  years,  there  has  been  an  increas- 
ing number  of  dead  trees  observed  at  several  sites  in  the  reserve.  How- 
ever, this  phenomenon  has  been  related  to  an  excessive  salt  accumulation 
within  the  xylem  vessels  rather  than  to  water  deficit  (Donoso  et  al.  1989). 
(3)  Almost  all  localities  where  C.  tamarugense  has  been  observed,  out  of 
the  Pampa  del  Tamarugal  National  Reserve,  seem  to  lack  of  any  type  of 
legal  protection.  During  the  non-breeding  season,  the  Tamarugo  Conebill 
has  been  reported  foraging  in  sites  dominated  by  tree  species  such  as 
Polylepis,  shrubs  such  as  Gynoxys  in  Peru  (Tallman  et  al.  1978),  and  scrub 
{Tessaria,  Baccharis),  trees  {Schmus)  and  cultivated  species  {Citrus)  in 
Chile  (McFarlane  and  Loo  1974,  McFarlane  1975,  this  study).  Even 
though  there  are  no  direct  threats  to  conebill  populations  at  the  species' 
wintering  localities,  all  these  areas  are  characterized  by  extreme  aridity, 
and  there  is  increasing  human  disturbance  (e.g.,  Polylepis  cutting).  The 
security  of  the  species’  wintering  grounds  is,  therefore,  uncertain  (Collar 
et  al.  1992). 

I suggest  the  following:  (1)  To  give  the  species  the  lUCN  conservation 
status  of  “Vulnerable,”  as  suggested  by  Rottmann  and  Lopez-Calleja 
(1992).  Further  research  and  population  monitoring  should  continue  to 
clarify  its  status.  (2)  To  stop  or  limit  the  control  of  Leptotes  trigemmatus. 
An  economic  assessment  would  be  necessary  in  order  to  estimate  the  cost 
of  not  controlling  this  insect.  (3)  To  study  the  short-  and  long-term  effects 
of  tamarugo  management  strategies  on  conebill  populations  in  order  to 
design  management  techniques  that  best  benefit  all  tamarugo  users.  (4) 
To  study  the  effects  of  water  pumping  on  the  survival  of  Tamarugo  Cone- 
bills. 


278 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  J996 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  M.  V.  Lopez-Calleja,  H.  J.  Hernandez,  and  P.  B.  Aguirre  for  their  valuable  field 
assistance.  The  Chilean  Eorest  Service  (ConaO  gave  permission  to  work  at  the  Pampa  del 
Tamarugal  National  Reserve  and  provided  some  assistance.  G.  H.  Rosenberg  kindly  shared 
with  me  his  field  observations.  I thank  J.  Jimenez  for  his  review  of  an  earlier  draft  of  the 
manuscript.  I also  thank  J.  M.  Bates,  J.  P.  O’Neill,  C.  R.  Blem,  and  S.  A.  Temple  for  their 
helpful  comments  on  this  paper.  This  study  was  supported  by  the  Pan  American  section  of 
BirdLife  International  and  the  U.S.  Pish  and  Wildlife  Service. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Aguirre,  J.  J.  and  J.  Wrann.  1985.  Especies  del  genero  Prosopis  y su  manejo  en  la  Pampa 
del  Tamarugal.  Pp.  3-33  in  Estado  actual  del  conocimiento  sobre  Prosopis  tamarugo. 
(M.  A.  Habit,  ed.).  United  Nations,  Pood  and  Agriculture  Organization,  Santiago,  Chile. 
Bibby,  C.  j.,  N.  D.  Burgess,  and  D.  A.  Hill.  1992a.  Bird  census  techniques.  British  Trust 
for  Ornithology/Royal  Society  for  the  Protection  of  Birds.  Academic  Press,  London, 
England. 

, N.  J.  Collar,  M.  J.  Crosby,  M.  E Heath,  Ch.  Imboden,  T.  H.  Johnson,  A.  J. 

Long,  A.  J.  Stattersfield,  and  S.  J.  Thirgood.  1992b.  Putting  biodiversity  on  the 
map:  priority  areas  for  global  conservation.  International  Council  for  Bird  Preservation, 
Cambridge,  England.  * 

Cochran,  W.  G.  1980.  Tecnicas  de  muestreo.  Compania  Editorial  Continental  S.A.,  Ciudad 
de  Mexico,  Mexico. 

CoGOLLOR,  G.,  M.  Cheul,  and  M.  Poblete.  1982.  Evaluacion  del  dano  producido  por 
insectos  en  Tamarugo  Prosopis  tamarugo  Phil.  Universidad  de  Chile  and  Corporacion 
Nacional  Porestal,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Collar,  N.  J.,  L.  P.  Gonzaga,  N.  Krabbe,  A.  Madrono  Nieto,  L.  G.  Naranjo,  T.  A.  Parker 
III,  AND  D.  C.  Wege.  1992.  Threatened  birds  of  the  Americas.  The  ICBP/IUCN  Red 
Data  Book.  3d  ed.,  part  2.  International  Council  for  Bird  Preservation,  Cambridge, 
England. 

Di  Castri,  P.  and  E.  R.  Hajek.  1976.  Bioclimatologi'a  de  Chile.  Universidad  Catolica  de 
Chile,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Donoso,  j.,  R.  Rosende,  I.  Ulloa,  and  E.  Cuevas.  1989.  Estudio  de  mortalidad  de  arboles 
en  la  Pampa  del  tamarugal.  Universidad  de  Chile  and  Corporacion  Nacional  Forestal, 
Santiago,  Chile. 

Estades,  C.  E and  M.  V.  Lopez-Calleja.  First  nesting  record  of  the  Tamarugo  Conebill. 
Auk  (In  press). 

FjeldsA,  j.,  and  N.  Krabbe.  1990.  Birds  of  the  high  Andes.  Zoological  Museum,  Univ. 

Copenhagen  and  Apollo  Books,  Svendborg,  Denmark. 

Gajardo,  R.  1994.  La  vegetacion  natural  de  Chile.  Clasificacion  y distribucion  geografica. 
Editorial  Universitaria,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Glade,  A.  A.  (Ed.).  1988.  Libro  rojo  de  los  vertebrados  terrestres  de  Chile.  Corporacion 
Nacional  Forestal,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Johnson,  A.  W.  and  W.  R.  Millie.  1972.  A new  species  of  conebill  (Coni rostrum)  from 
northern  Chile.  Pp.  3-8  in  Supplement  to  the  birds  of  Chile  and  adjacent  regions  of 
Argentina,  Bolivia  and  Peru  (A.  W.  Johnson,  ed.).  Platt  Establecimientos  Graficos,  Bue- 
nos Aires,  Argentina. 

Mayr,  E.  and  F.  Vuilleumier.  1983.  New  species  of  birds  described  from  1966  to  1975. 
J.  Ornithol.  124:217-232. 


Estades  • TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 


279 


McFarlane,  R.  W.  1975.  The  status  of  certain  birds  in  northern  Chile.  Bull.  Intern  Council 
Bird  Preserv.  12:300-309. 

AND  E.  Loo.  1974.  Food  habits  of  some  birds  in  Tarapaca.  Idesia  3:163-166. 

Mills,  G.  S.,  J.  B.  Dunning,  Jr.,  and  J.  M.  Bates.  1991.  The  relationship  between  breeding 
bird  density  and  vegetation  volume.  Wilson  Bull.  103:468-479. 

Rottmann,  j.  and  M.  V.  Lopez-Calleja.  1992.  Estrategia  nacional  de  conservacidn  de 
aves.  Servicio  Agricola  y Ganadero,  Division  de  Proteccion  de  los  Recursos  Naturales 
Renovables,  Serie  Tecnica  1,  Santiago,  Chile. 

SCHULENBERG,  T.  S.  1987.  Observations  on  two  rare  birds,  Upucerthia  albigula  and  Coni- 
rostrum  tamarugense,  from  the  Andes  of  southwestern  Peru.  Condor  89:654-658. 

Shaffer,  M.  1987.  Minimum  viable  populations:  coping  with  uncertainty.  Pp.  69-86  in 
Viable  populations  for  conservation.  (M.  E.  Soule,  ed.).  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  Cam- 
bridge, England.  ’ • 

SuDZUKi,  F.  1985.  Utilizacion  de  la  humedad  ambiental  por  Prosopis  tamarugo  Phil.  Pp. 
35-50  in  Estado  actual  del  conocimiento  sobre  Prosopis  tamarugo.  (M.  A.  Habit,  ed.). 
United  Nations,  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Tallman,  D.  a.,  T.  a.  Parker  III,  G.  D.  Lester,  and  R.  A.  Hughes.  1978.  Notes  on  two 
species  of  birds  previously  unreported  from  Peru.  Wilson  Bull.  90:445-446. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  280-291 


AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES  OF 
THREE  FOREST  TYPES  IN  THE 
CASCADE  MOUNTAINS,  OREGON 

Robert  G.  Anthony,'  Gregory  A.  Green, ^ Eric  D.  Forsman,'^  and 

S.  Kim  Nelson' 

Abstract. We  surveyed  bird  populations  along  headwater  streams  of  old-growth,  ma- 

ture, and  young  coniferous  forests  of  the  Oregon  Cascade  Mountains  during  summer  and 
winter.  Brown  Creepers  {Certhia  americana).  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees  (Parus  rufes- 
cens).  Golden-crowned  Kinglets  (Regulus  satrapa).  Evening  Grosbeaks  {Hesperiphona  ves- 
pertinus),  and  Winter  Wrens  {Troglodytes  troglodytes)  were  common  in  all  stand  types. 
During  the  summer,  abundances  of  Brown  Creepers,  Hammond  s Flycatchers  {Empidonax 
hammondii),  Hermit/Townsend’s  warblers  {Dendroica  occidentalis),  and  Chestnut-backed 
Chickadees  were  significantly  higher  in  old-growth  and  mature  forests  compared  to  young 
forests.  Species  richness  and  densities  generally  were  not  signihcantly  different  among  the 
stand  types  during  winter.  However,  numbers  of  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees,  Evening  Gros- 
beaks, Golden-crowned  Kinglets,  Hairy  Woodpeckers  {Picoides  villosus),  and  Winter  Wrens 
were  much  higher  in  the  winter  than  in  summer.  Swainson  s Thrushes  {Cothorus  ustulotus) 
and  Rufous  Hummingbirds  {Selasphorus  rufus)  were  more  abundant  in  riparian  areas  in  this 
study  compared  to  other  studies  in  upland  forests  and  may  be  riparian  associates  along  these 
headwater  streams.  Received  4 Oct  1994,  accepted  20  Oct.  1995. 


Complexity  of  streamside  vegetation  associated  with  the  aquatic  and 
terrestrial  interface  creates  unique  habitats  which  are  generally  high  in 
wildlife  diversity  and  abundance  (Thomas  et  al.  1979,  Bull  and  Skovlin 
1982).  This  is  especially  true  in  arid  land  environments  or  along  large 
streams  and  rivers  where  riparian  vegetation  is  markedly  different  from 
upland  vegetation  (Johnson  and  Jones  1977).  However,  vegetative  com- 
munities along  small  mountain  streams  within  western  coniferous  forests 
are  less  distinct  from  upland  areas  because  conifers  dominate  and  suppress 
the  deciduous  components  of  the  riparian  community  (Swanson  et  al. 
1982).  The  importance  of  these  mountain  streams  as  habitat  for  birds  has 
been  largely  overlooked  to  date,  especially  in  the  dense  forest  lands  of 
the  western  Cascade  Mountains. 

The  rapid  liquidation  of  old-growth  forests  and  their  recognition  as 
unique  wildlife  habitat  has  made  old-growth  management  a major  for- 
estry-wildlife issue  in  the  Pacific  Northwest  (Meslow  et  al.  1981).  Ini- 
tially, the  old-growth  issue  focused  on  the  Northern  Spotted  Owl  {Strix 

■ National  Biological  Service,  Oregon  Cooperative  Wildlife  Research  Unit,  Dept,  of  Fisheries  and  Wild- 
life, Oregon  State  Univ.,  Corvallis,  Oregon  97331. 

^ Parametrix,  Inc.  5808  Lake  Washington  Blvd.  NE,  Kirkland,  Washington  98033. 

■’  USDA  Forest  Service,  Pacific  Northwest  Research  Station,  3200  Jefferson  Way,  Corvallis,  Oregon 
9733  I . 


280 


Anthony  et  al.  • AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES 


281 


occidentalis),  but  other  studies  have  indicated  that  many  more  species  of 
wddlife  may  find  optimum  habitat  in  old-growth  forests  (Meslow  1978; 
Thomas  1979;  Verner  and  Boss  1980;  Anthony  et  al.  1982;  Mannan  1980, 
1982;  Manuwal  1991). 

In  this  study,  we  compared  abundance  of  birds  in  small  riparian  zones 
among  old-growth,  mature,  and  young-aged  forests.  Specifically,  species 
richness  and  density  of  the  avian  communities  were  compared  among 
stand  types  and  between  summer  and  winter  seasons. 

STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

The  study  was  conducted  in  the  western  hemlock  {Tsuga  heterophylla)  zone  of  the  Oregon 
Cascade  Range  on  the  Blue  River  and  McKenzie  River  Ranger  Districts  of  Willamette 
National  Forest,  Lane  County,  Oregon.  Study  areas  were  located  along  riparian  zones  of 
second  and  third-order  streams  within  old-growth  (400-450  yrs),  mature  (130-200  yrs),  and 
young  (25-35  yrs)  forest  stands.  Five  study  areas  were  selected  in  both  old-growth  and 
mature  stands  and  two  in  young  stands.  Old-growth  stands  were  natural,  unharvested  forests, 
and  mature  stands  were  relatively  even-aged  and  originated  from  an  extensive  wildfire  dur- 
ing the  1 850s.  Young  stands  originated  from  clear-cut  forest  practices.  Study  areas  ranged 
in  mean  elevation  from  490-975  m and  varied  in  slope  and  aspect.  Annual  rainfall  is 
approximately  180  cm. 

Douglas-fir  (Pseudotsuga  menziesii)  dominated  the  forest  community  in  all  successional 
stages.  Western  hemlock  and  western  red  cedar  {Thuja  plicata)  contributed  to  the  old-growth 
canopy.  Western  red  alder  (Alnus  rubra)  was  a conspicuous  component  of  the  young  stands 
and  was  co-dominant  with  big-leaf  maple  {Acer  macrophyllum)  and  willow  {Salix  spp.). 
The  shrub  layer  included  salmonberry  {Ruhus  spectabilis),  red  huckleberry  {Vaccinium  par- 
vifohum),  vine  maple  {Acer  circinatum),  salal  {Gaultheria  shallon).  Pacific  rhododendron 
{Rhododendron  macrophyllum),  dwarf  Oregon  grape  {Berberis  nervosa),  western  swordfern 
{Polystichum  munitum),  and  common  bracken  fern  {Pteridium  aquilinum).  The  young-aged 
stands  had  the  lowest  shrub  cover  because  of  the  dense  overstory  of  young  Douglas-fir  and 
western  red  cedar;  however,  early  serai  plants  such  as  willow  and  snowbrush  ceanothus 
{Ceanothus  velutinus)  were  common. 

We  established  five  plots  at  200-m  intervals  along  the  riparian  zone  in  each  of  the  12 
study  areas.  Inclusion  of  more  than  five  plots  was  not  possible  because  of  difficulty  of 
locating  homogeneous  habitats  that  were  more  than  1 km  long.  Stream  noise  was  minimal, 
because  the  streams  were  small  (1—3  m wide).  Birds  were  surveyed  using  the  variable 
circular  plot  method  (Reynolds  et  al.  1980).  Each  plot  was  sampled  once  per  week  for  10 
min  during  the  period  of  dawn  to  10:00  h.  Each  bird  seen  or  heard  during  the  sample  period 
was  identified,  and  the  distance  from  their  location  to  the  plot  center  was  estimated  and 
verified  with  range  finders.  Surveys  were  repeated  five  to  seven  times  during  summer  (May- 
June)  and  six  times  during  winter  (Jan-Feb).  The  third  and  fourth  authors  conducted  the 
surveys  and  alternated  visits  to  a stand  to  minimize  observer  bias. 

Estimates  of  bird  density  were  determined  by  the  method  first  described  by  Emien  (1971), 
and  later  modified  by  Ram.sey  and  Scott  (1981),  to  distance  sampling  of  birds.  At  least  15 
detections  per  species  over  all  stands  were  required  for  the  algorithm  to  estimate  detection 
distances  and  generate  density  estimates.  Densities  were  not  estimated  for  species  with  <15 
detections. 

Differences  in  densities  between  serai  stages  were  tested  using  analysis  of  variance  with 
Duncan’s  multiple  range  test  for  mean  separation  (Steel  and  Torrie  1980:187).  All  statistical 


282 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  1 

Common  Names,  Scientific  Names,  and  Abbreviations  for  Bird  Species  Observed 

DURING  the  Study 

Common  name 

Scientific  name 

Abbreviation 

Black-capped  Chickadee 

Parus  atricapillus 

BCCH 

Brown  Creeper 

Certhia  americana 

BRCR 

Chestnut-backed  Chickadee 

P.  rufescens 

CBCH 

Common  Raven 

Corvus  corax 

CORA 

Dark-eyed  Junco 

Junco  hyemalis 

DEJU 

Evening  Grosbeak 

Hesperiphona  vespertinus 

EVGR 

Golden-crowned  Kinglet 

Regulus  satrapa 

GCKI 

Gray  Jay 

Perisoreus  canadensis 

GRJA 

Hammond’s  Elycatcher 

Empidonax  hammondii 

HAFL 

Hairy  Woodpecker 

Picoides  villosus 

HAWO 

Hermit  Warbler 

Dendroica  occidentalis 

HEWA 

MacGillivray’s  Warbler 

Oporornis  tolnuei 

MGWA 

Olive-sided  Flycatcher 

Contopus  borealis 

OS  EL 

Pine  Siskin 

Corduelis  pinus 

PISI 

Pileated  Woodpecker 

Dryocopus  pileatus 

PIWO 

Red-breasted  Nuthatch 

Sitta  canadensis 

RBNU 

Rufous  Hummingbird 

Selasphorus  rufus 

RUHU 

Steller’s  Jay 

Cyanocitta  sfelleri 

STJA 

Swainson’s  Thrush 

Catharus  ustulatus 

SWTH 

Vaux’s  Swift 

Chaetura  vauxi 

VASW 

Varied  Thrush 

Ixoreus  naevius 

VATH 

Warbling  Vireo 

Vireo  gilvus 

WAVI 

Pacific  Slope  Flycatcher 

Empidonax  difficilis 

WEFL 

Western  Tanager 

Piranga  ludovicianus 

WETA 

Wilson’s  Warbler 

Wilsonia  pusilla 

WIWA 

Winter  Wren 

Troglodytes  troglodytes 

WIWR 

tests  were  performed  at  the  0.05  level  of  significance.  A key  to  bird  species  codes,  common 
names,  and  scientific  names  is  provided  in  Table  1 . 

RESULTS 

Species  composition. — Forty-six  species  were  detected  during  the 
study.  The  Brown  Creeper,  Chestnut-backed  Chickadee,  Golden-crowned 
Kinglet,  Evening  Grosbeak,  and  Winter  Wren  were  common  in  all  stands 
during  both  seasons  (Table  2).  In  addition,  Hammond’s  Flycatcher,  Her- 
mit/Townsend’s warbler,  Swainson’s  Thrush,  and  Western  Flycatcher  were 
found  in  all  stands  during  the  summer.  Because  the  study  was  conducted 
in  the  zone  of  hybridization  between  Hermit  and  Townsend’s  warblers, 
we  could  not  distinguish  the  two  species  by  song.  Vaux’s  Swift  (4  ob- 
servations) and  Black-capped  Chickadee  (8  observations)  were  observed 


Anthony  et  al.  • AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES 


283 


Table  2 

Avian  Population  Densities  (#/40  ha)  in  Old-growth,  Mature,  and  Young  Seral 
Stages  in  the  Western  Cascade  Mountains,  Oregon,  during  Summer  and  Winter  1984 


Old-growth  (N  = 5) 

Mature  (N 

= 5) 

Young  (N  = 2) 

Species-’ 

x 

± 2 SE 

X 

± 2 SE 

X 

± 2 SE 

BRCR 

24.10 

6.50 

Summer 

9.50 

4.50 

1.00 

1 8** 

CBCH 

42.00 

17.20 

33.40 

19.20 

22.40 

1 1 3* 

CORA 

0.70 

1.20 

0.00 

0.00 

0.70 

0.80 

DEJU 

9.00 

9.70 

1.60 

1.50 

26.30 

36.90 

EVGR 

0.10 

0.10 

0.60 

0.30 

0.20 

0.3* 

GCKI 

14.30 

6.70 

12.10 

8.00 

1 1.90 

14.10 

HAFL 

30.90 

10.60 

30.70 

10.90 

7.40 

0.0* 

HAWO 

0.50 

0.50 

0.50 

0.30 

0.50 

1.00 

HETH 

0.90 

1.00 

0.30 

0.20 

1.80 

2.40 

HEWA 

5.90 

4.70 

4.70 

2.30 

1.70 

2.00 

MGWA 

1.60 

3.20 

0.00 

0.00 

8.80 

17.70 

ROBI 

0.10 

0.10 

0.80 

0.80 

0.50 

0.60 

RUHU 

66.70 

29.80 

29.50 

31.40 

40.00 

80.00 

STJA 

0.80 

0.70 

1.20 

0.90 

3.50 

2 1** 

SWTH 

6.50 

3.90 

14.30 

9.70 

25.50 

3 0* 

VATH 

3.60 

2.00 

1.20 

1.30 

0.00 

0.00 

WAVI 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

0.00 

1 1.70 

23.30 

WEFL 

1 1.70 

4.80 

12.50 

11.30 

14.60 

0 00 

WETA 

1.40 

1.20 

2.20 

1.40 

5.40 

10.70 

WIWA 

1.90 

2.00 

3.90 

3.50 

3.00 

0.30 

WIWR 

39.30 

5.00 

47.00 

13.20 

18.80 

27.40 

Total 

261.70 

58.50 

205.70 

43.80 

205.30 

169.30 

BRCR 

6.20 

2.90 

Winter 

7.50 

2.20 

3.60 

7.10 

CBCH 

103.20 

30.00 

91.70 

32.20 

97.70 

77.60 

DEJU 

3.90 

4.50 

1.30 

2.50 

6.00 

4.90 

EVGR 

5.00 

4.80 

10.90 

6.70 

92.90 

144.0* 

GCKI 

55.80 

1 1.00 

57.40 

31.90 

72.10 

13.60 

HAWO 

5.40 

4.50 

2.60 

3.30 

1.80 

3.70 

WIWR 

171.10 

24.00 

218.90 

88.70 

148.30 

70.00 

Total 

350.50 

36.90 

390.20 

8 1 .00 

422.30 

139.70 

“ Table  1 . 

* P < 0.05,  analysis  of  variance. 
**  p < 0.0 1,  analysis  of  variance. 


only  in  old-growth  stands,  and  Olive-sided  Flycatcher  (10  observations) 
were  observed  in  two  old-growth  and  one  mature  stand  during  the  sum- 
mer. Varied  Thrush  was  recorded  only  in  old-growth  and  mature  stands 
and  during  summer.  Pileated  Woodpecker  was  detected  predominately  in 
old-growth  and  mature  forests.  Similarly,  the  Hairy  Woodpecker  was  re- 


284 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


corded  mostly  in  old-growth  and  mature  forests  during  winter,  but  some 
were  observed  in  one  young-aged  stand.  Twenty-one  observations  of  War- 
bling Vireos  occurred  in  a single  young-aged  stand  during  summer. 

Summer  densities  and  species  richness. — No  major  differences  in  spe- 
cies richness  were  observed  between  the  three  forest  types  with  26,  29, 
and  32  species  recorded  in  mature,  old-growth,  and  young  stands,  re- 
spectively. Thirty-nine  species  of  birds  were  detected  in  the  12  stands 
during  the  summer,  of  which  21  were  observed  >15  times  to  estimate 
density.  Brown  Creepers,  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees,  Hermit/Town- 
send’s warblers.  Rufous  Hummingbirds,  and  Varied  Thrushes  had  highest 
densities  in  old-growth  stands  (Table  2).  Abundances  of  Brown  Creepers 
and  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees  were  significantly  {P  < 0.05)  higher  in 
the  old-growth  and  mature  forests  than  in  young  forests.  Abundances  of 
Hammond’s  Flycatchers  (P  < 0.05),  Hermit/Townsend’s  warblers,  and 
Winter  Wrens  were  similar  in  old-growth  and  mature  forests  and  greater 
than  densities  in  young  stands.  Common  Ravens  were  equally  abundant 
in  old-growth  and  young  stages,  but  densities  were  very  low,  and  there 
was  no  significant  difference  among  all  three  serai  stages.  Numbers  of 
Evening  Grosbeaks,  Wilson’s  warblers,  and  Winter  Wrens  were  highest 
in  the  mature  stands;  but  only  densities  of  the  Evening  Grosbeak  were 
significantly  {P  < 0.05)  higher.  Species  with  highest  abundance  in  the 
young  successional  stages  were  Dark-eyed  Junco,  MacGillivray’s  warbler. 
Stellar’s  Jay,  Swainson’s  Thrush,  Warbling  Vireo,  and  Western  Tanager. 
The  Warbling  Vireo  was  found  only  in  one  young  stand  and  at  low  num- 
bers. Abundances  of  Hairy  Woodpecker,  Golden-crowned  Kinglet,  and 
Pacific  Slope  Elycatcher  were  similar  across  all  forest  types.  Abundances 
of  Brown  Creeper,  Varied  Thrush,  Chestnut-backed  Chickadee,  and  Her- 
mit warbler  were  greater  with  increasing  age  of  forest  stands,  while  num- 
bers of  Steller’s  Jays,  Swainson’s  Thrushes,  and  Western  Tanagers  were 
less  with  increasing  age  of  forest  stands. 

Winter  densities. — Species  richness  during  winter  differed  little  among 
the  three  forest  types,  with  12,  15  and  15  species  recorded  in  old-growth, 
mature,  and  young  stands,  respectively.  Twenty  species  were  recorded  in 
all  12  stands  during  the  winter  survey  period,  and  densities  could  be 
estimated  for  seven  of  these.  Except  for  Evening  Grosbeaks,  only  minor 
differences  in  abundance  were  noted  among  the  three  forest  types  (Table 
2).  Evening  Grosbeak  densities  were  10-20  times  greater  {P  < 0.05)  in 
the  young  stands  as  in  mature  and  old-growth  forests.  Highest  numbers 
were  found  in  the  old-growth  forests  for  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees  and 
Hairy  Woodpeckers,  although  neither  were  significantly  different  among 
forest  types.  Abundances  of  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees  were  high  and 
similar  throughout  all  forest  types.  Brown  Creepers  and  Winter  Wrens 


Anthony  et  al.  • AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES 


285 


had  their  highest  numbers  in  the  mature  forests.  Abundances  of  the  Dark- 
eyed Junco,  Evening  Grosbeak,  and  Golden-crowned  Kinglet  were  high- 
est in  young  forests.  Hairy  Woodpecker  numbers  were  greater  with  in- 
creased stand  age;  Evening  Grosbeak  numbers  were  less  with  stand  age. 

Seasonal  changes. — Abundances  of  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees,  Eve- 
ning Grosbeaks,  Golden-crowned  Kinglets,  Hairy  Woodpeckers,  and  Win- 
ter Wrens  were  much  higher  in  winter  as  compared  to  summer  (Figs.  1, 
2)-  These  species  are  the  most  common  winter  residents,  and  some  form 
large  winter  flocks.  In  contrast,  numbers  of  Dark-eyed  Junco  were  gen- 
erally lower  in  the  winter  than  in  summer  (Fig.  2c).  All  the  warblers, 
flycatchers,  and  thrushes  were  not  present  on  the  study  area  during  winter 
because  they  migrated  out  of  the  area. 

DISCUSSION 

Overall,  population  densities  were  highest  in  old-growth  stands  during 
summer  and  young  stands  during  winter.  These  results  are  different  from 
those  of  Manuwal  and  Huff  (1987)  for  the  Washington  Cascades  where 
species  richness  and  abundance  were  greater  in  old-growth  versus  young 
forests  during  winter.  Birds  present  in  the  summer  period  were,  for  the 
most  part,  breeders,  and  the  greater  structural  diversity  of  vegetation  in 
the  old-growth  forests  likely  provided  more  nesting  and  foraging  habitat, 
resulting  in  greater  abundance.  Total  overall  bird  numbers  for  the  three 
successional  stages  were  approximately  twice  as  high  during  the  winter 
as  compared  to  the  summer.  This  was  likely  a result  of  “flocking”  of 
migrants  from  higher  elevations  and  latitudes,  and  there  could  be  more 
seed-  and  fruit-bearing  vegetation  in  young  stands. 

Brown  Creepers  were  relatively  more  abundant  in  old-growth  stands 
than  in  young  and  mature  stands  during  summer;  they  were  more  abun- 
dant with  increasing  age  of  stands.  This  is  consistent  with  other  studies 
(e.g.,  Thomas  1979,  Verner  1980,  Mannan  1982).  Fidelity  to  old-growth 
was  not  as  great  during  winter,  as  Brown  Creeper  numbers  were  similar 
in  both  old-growth  and  mature  stands.  We  found  highest  numbers  of  Var- 
ied Thrushes  in  old-growth  stands  during  summer,  and  they  were  totally 
absent  from  the  young  stands.  Varied  Thrushes  appear  to  reach  their  high- 
est breeding  densities  in  older  coniferous  forests  (Ramsden  et  al.  1979, 
Mannan  1982).  We  observed  greater  abundances  of  Chestnut-backed 
Chickadees  and  Golden-crowned  Kinglets  in  old-growth  forests.  These 
results  compare  well  with  findings  by  Hagar  (1960),  Buckner  et  al. 
(1975),  and  Manuwal  (1991)  who  found  both  species  to  prefer  the  late- 
successional  forests.  We  found  Hammond’s  Flycatchers  equally  abundant 
in  the  old-growth  and  mature  forests  and  four  times  greater  than  in  the 
young  stands  during  the  summer,  which  is  consistent  with  the  reports  of 


Density  per  40  ha  Density  per  40  ha  Density  per  40  ha 


286 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Anthony  et  al.  • AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES 


287 


Hagar  (1960),  Verner  (1980),  McMillan  and  Walter  ( 1981),  and  Manuwal 
(1991)  for  Douglas-fir  forests.  However,  Mannan  (1982)  found  Ham- 
mond’s Flycatcher  densities  to  be  equal  for  both  85  and  >200-year-old 
stands  in  mixed-conifer  forests  in  northeastern  Oregon.  Evening  Gros- 
beaks were  found  at  consistently  low  numbers  (<1/40  ha)  during  summer 
but  were  significantly  more  abundant  in  mature  stands.  They  were  about 
100-fold  more  abundant  during  winter  with  highest  densities  found  in 
young  stands.  Our  results  are  consistent  with  those  of  Thomas  (1979)  and 
McMillan  and  Walter  (1981)  who  found  that  Evening  Grosbeaks  breed 
in  dense  stands  of  older  conifer  forests  and  move  to  younger  forests  dur- 
ing winter.  Winter  Wrens  were  most  abundant  in  three  mature  stands 
during  both  seasons,  and  all  of  these  sites  were  at  low  elevations  and 
contained  much  shrub  cover.  Hagar  (1960)  also  found  Winter  Wren  den- 
sities to  be  highest  in  mature  stands,  while  Peterson  and  Peterson  (1983) 
stated  that  slash  and  brush  cover  positively  influenced  Winter  Wren  den- 
sities, not  age  class. 

In  summary,  the  results  of  this  study  provide  information  on  species 
that  attain  their  highest  densities  in  small  riparian  areas  of  late-succes- 
sional  forests  (>120  yrs  old)  or  are  found  predominately  in  old-growth 
forests.  During  summer.  Brown  Creepers,  Varied  Thrushes,  Hermit/Town- 
send’s warblers,  and  Chestnut-backed  Chickadees  were  more  abundant 
with  increasing  age  of  stands.  Hammond’s  Flycatchers  were  more  abun- 
dant m old-growth  and  mature  forests  and  much  less  common  in  young 
forests.  Evening  Grosbeaks  were  most  abundant  in  mature  forest  stands 
Vaux’s  Swifts,  Black-capped  Chickadees,  Olive-sided  Flycatchers,  and  Pi- 
leated  Woodpeckers  were  not  abundant  enough  to  estimate  densities,  but 
most  observations  of  these  species  were  in  old-growth  stands.  Likewise, 

numbers  of  Hairy  Woodpeckers  were  greater  with  age  of  forest  stands 
during  winter. 

Of  the  above  list  of  species,  the  Brown  Creeper,  Chestnut-backed 
Chickadee,  Black-capped  Chickadee,  Evening  Grosbeak,  Varied  Thrush, 
and  Hairy  Woodpecker  are  common  and  widely  distributed  species,  so 
any  dependencies  on  late-successional  forests  are  unlikely.  However,'the 
group  contains  a number  of  cavity-nesting  species  (Chestnut  backed 
Chickadee,  Black-capped  Chickadee,  Brown  Creeper,  Vaux’s  Swift  and 
Plicated  Woodpecker)  that  may  be  responding  to  higher  densities  of  snags 


Fig.  1 . Densities  of  Chestnut-backed  Chickadee  ( 1 a),  Evening  Grosbeak  ( I b)  and  Gold- 
en-crowned Kinglet  (Ic)  in  three  forest  types  during  summer  (S)  and  winter  (W)  western 
Oregon.  Circles  and  bars  represent  mean  ± 2 SE;  where  only  circles  are  present,  error  bars 


Density  per  40  ha  Density  per  40  ha  Density  per  40  ha 


288 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Anthony  et  uL  • AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES 


289 


Table  3 

Ranked  Abundance  of  Bird  Species  in  Young,  Mature,  and  Old-growth  Forests  of 
THE  Oregon  and  Washington  Cascades 


Young 


Mature 


Gilbert 

and 

This  Allwine  Manuwal  This 
Species"  study  1991  1991  study 


Gilbert 

and 

Allwine  Manuwal 
1991  1991 


RUHU 

CBCH 

WIWR 

HAFL 

BRCR 

GCKI 

WEFL 

DEJU 

SWTH 

HEWA 

RBNU 

VATH 

PIS  I 

GRJA 

VASW 


1 

4 

5 
9 

16 

7 

6 
2 
3 


3 6 

2 2 

4 

9 

3 

5 4 
5 

1 1 

6 8 
7 

10 


4 
2 
I 
3 
8 
7 
6 

10 

5 


4 5 

2 1 

3 

6 

2 

6 4 

8 

1 3 

5 9 
7 

10 


“ See  Table  1 for  list  of  common  and  scientific  names  of  birds. 


Old-growth 


Gilbert 

and 

This  Allwine  Manuwal 

study  1991  1991 


1 

2 3 3 

3 1 1 

4 4 

5 . 7 

6 2 

7 5 4 

8 8 
9 

2 9 

6 

6 5 


10 


or  logs  in  late-successional  forests.  The  importance  of  snags  to  these 
species  in  relation  to  their  association  with  late-successional  forests  needs 
further  clarification.  Hairy  Woodpeckers  were  the  only  species  that  dis- 
played an  association  with  old-growth  forests  during  winter.  Based  on 
these  findings  and  the  common  and  widely  distributed  nature  of  Hairy 
Woodpeckers,  winter  bird  surveys  in  riparian  areas  are  probably  not  high 
priority  to  assess  associations  with  late-successional  forests. 

Riparian  associates — Similar  studies  on  avian  communities  in  upslope 
habitats  have  been  conducted  in  young,  mature,  and  old-growth  forests 
in  the  Oregon  Cascades  (Gilbert  and  Allwine  1991 ),  Oregon  Coast  Range 
(Carey  et  al.  1991),  and  Washington  Cascades  (Manuwal  1991).  These 
studies  provide  estimates  of  relative  bird  abundance  but  only  qualitative 
comparisons  of  ranked  abundances  can  be  made  (Table  3),  because  the 


f— 

Fig.  2.  Densities  of  Hairy  Woodpecker  (2a),  Winter  Wren  (2b),  and  Dark-eyed  Junco 
(2c)  in  three  forest  types  during  summer  (S)  and  winter  (W),  western  Oregon.  Circles  and 
bars  represent  mean  ± 2 SE;  where  only  circles  are  present  error,  bars  are  too  small  to 
graph. 


290 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


previous  studies  did  not  estimate  densities.  All  the  species  we  detected  in 
riparian  areas  were  also  found  in  upland  areas  in  the  above  studies  so  we 
did  not  identify  any  riparian  obligate  species.  However,  Swainson’s 
Thrushes  and  Rufous  Hummingbirds  were  abundant  along  headwater 
streams  in  this  study,  but  were  detected  infrequently  in  upland  areas  in 
the  above  studies.  Further  study  may  reveal  some  association  with  riparian 
areas  for  these  two  species.  In  contrast,  Hermit/Townsend’s  warblers.  Var- 
ied Thrushes,  and  Red-breasted  Nuthatches  were  abundant  in  upland  areas 
of  the  above  three  studies  but  were  not  among  the  top  10  most  abundant 
species  in  riparian  areas  in  this  study.  These  species  may  be  associated 
with  upland  habitats. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

This  study  was  funded  by  the  U.S.D.A.  Lorest  Service,  Pacific  Northwest  Research  Sta- 
tion, Olympia,  Washington.  The  research  was  contracted  through  the  Oregon  Cooperative 
Wildlife  Research  Unit;  Oregon  State  Univ.,  Oregon  Department  of  Lish  and  Wildlife,  Na- 
tional Biological  Service,  and  Wildlife  Management  Institute  cooperating. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Anthony,  R.  G.,  R.  L.  Knight,  G.  T Allen,  B.  R.  McClelland,  and  J.  I.  Hodges.  1982. 
Habitat  use  by  nesting  and  roosting  bald  eagles  in  the  Pacific  Northwest.  Trans.  N. 
Amer.  Wildl.  Natur.  Resour.  Conf.  47:332-342. 

Buckner,  C.  H.,  A.  J.  Erskine,  R.  Lidstone,  B.  B.  McLeod,  and  M.  Ward.  1975.  The 
breeding  bird  community  of  coast  forest  stands  on  northern  Vancouver  Island.  Murrelet 
56:6-11. 

Bull,  E.  L.  and  J.  M.  Skovlin.  1982.  Relationships  between  avifauna  and  streamside 
vegetation.  Trans.  N.  Amer.  Wildl.  Natur.  Resour.  Conf.  47:496—506. 

Carey,  A.  B.,  M.  M.  Hardt,  S.  P.  Horton,  and  B.  L.  Biswell.  1991.  Spring  bird  com- 
munities in  the  Oregon  Coast  Range.  Pp.  123—142.  in  Wildlife  and  vegetation  of  un- 
managed Douglas-fir  forests.  (L.  P.  Ruggerio  et  al.,  eds.)  USDA  Lorest  Seivice.  Gen. 
Tech.  Rep.  PNW-GTR-285,  Portland,  Oregon. 

Emlen,  j.  T.  1971.  Population  densities  of  birds  derived  from  transect  counts.  Auk  88:323- 
342. 

Gilbert,  P.  L and  R.  Allwine.  1991.  Spring  bird  communities  in  the  Oregon  Cascade 
range.  Pp.  145-158.  in  Wildlife  and  vegetation  of  unmanaged  Douglas  fir  forests.  (L.L 
Ruggerio  et  al.,  eds.)  USDA  Lorest  Service.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  PNW-GTR-285,  Portland, 
Oregon. 

Hagar,  D.  C.  1960.  The  interrelationships  of  logging,  birds,  and  timber  regeneration  in  the 
Douglas-fir  region  of  northwestern  California.  Ecology  41:1 16-125. 

Horvath,  D.  1963.  Contributions  to  nesting  ecology  of  forest  birds.  M.S.  thesis.  Univ.  of 
British  Columbia,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia. 

Johnson,  R.  R.  and  D.  A.  Jones  (eds.)  1977.  Importance,  pre.servation,  and  management 
of  riparian  habitat:  A symposium.  U.S.  Lor.  Serv.,  Gen.  Tech.  Rept.  Rm-43.  Port  Collins, 
Colorado. 

M ANNAN,  R.  W.  1980.  Assemblages  of  bird  species  in  western  coniferous  old-growth  for- 
ests. Pp.  357-368  in  R.  M.  Degraff  (ed.).  Management  of  western  forests  and  grasslands 
for  nongame  birds.  Gen.  Tech.  Rept.  INT-86.  U.S.  Lor.  Serv.,  Odgen,  Utah. 


Anthony  et  al.  • AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES 


291 


Mannan,  R.  W.  1982.  Bird  populations  and  vegetation  characteristics  in  managed  and  old- 
growth  forests,  northeastern  Oregon.  Ph.D.  diss.  Oregon  State  Univ.  Corvallis,  Oregon. 

Manuwal,  D.  a.  1991.  Spring  bird  communities  in  the  southern  Washington  Cascade 
Range.  Pp.  161-174  in  Wildlife  and  vegetation  of  unmanaged  Douglas-fir  forests  (L.  E 
Ruggerio  et  al.,  eds.).  USDA  Forest  Service.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  PNW-GTR-285,  Portland, 
Oregon. 

AND  M.  H.  Huff.  1987.  Spring  and  winter  bird  populations  in  a Douglas-fir  forest 
sere.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  51:586-595. 

McMillan,  A.  and  M.  Walter.  1981.  Wildlife  habitats  and  species  management  relation- 
ships program.  Vol.  III.  Birds.  Siuslaw  Nat.  For.,  U.S.  For.  Serv.,  Corvallis,  Oregon. 

Meslow,  E.  C.  1978.  The  relationship  of  birds  to  habitat  structure-plant  communities  and 
successional  stages.  Pp.  12-18  in  Proceedings  of  workshop  on  nongame  bird  habitat 
management  in  the  coniferous  forests  of  the  western  United  States.  U.S.  For.  Serv., 
Gen.  Tech.  Rept.  WO-1.  U.S.  For.  Serv.,  Washington,  D.C. 

, C.  Maser,  and  J.  Verner.  1981.  Old-growth  forests  as  wildlife  habitat.  Trans.  N. 
Amer.  Wildl.  Natur.  Resour.  Conf.  46:329-335. 

Peterson,  E.  B.  and  N.  M.  Peterson.  1983.  Summer  bird  densities  in  relation  to  forest 
types  in  western  North  America:  Annotated  bibliography  and  analysis  of  literature.  Can. 
Wildl.  Serv.,  Delta,  British  Columbia. 

Ramsden,  D.  j.,  L.  j.  Fyon,  and  G.  L.  Halvorsen.  1979.  Small  bird  populations  and 
feeding  habitats — western  Montana  in  July.  Amer.  Birds  33:11-16. 

Ramsey,  F.  L.  and  J.  M.  Scott.  1981.  Analysis  of  bird  survey  data  using  a modification 
of  Fmlen’s  method.  Pp.  483-387  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terre.strial  birds.  Studies  in 
avian  biology  No.  6 (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Cooper  Ornith.  Soc.  Publ.  Allen 
Press,  Fawrence,  Kansas. 

Reynolds,  R.  T,  J.  M.  Scott,  and  R.  A.  Nussbaum.  1980.  A variable  circular-plot  method 
for  estimating  bird  densities.  Condor  82:309-313. 

Swanson,  F.  J.,  S.  V.  Gregory,  J.  R.  Sedell,  and  A.  B.  Campbell.  1982.  Land-water 
interactions:  the  riparian  zone.  Pp.  267-291  in  Analysis  of  coniferous  forest  ecosystems 
in  the  western  United  States.  US/IBP  Synthesis  Series  14  (R.  L.  Edmonds,  ed.).  Hutch- 
inson Ross  Publ.  Co.,  Stroudsburg,  Pennsylvania. 

Thomas,  J.  W.  (ed.)  1979.  Wildlife  habitats  in  managed  forests:  the  Blue  Mountains  of 
Oregon  and  Washington.  Agric.  Handb.  553.  U.S.  For.  Serv.,  Washington,  D.C. 

, C.  Maser,  and  J.  F.  Rodiek.  1979.  Riparian  zones.  Pp.  40-47  in  Wildlife  habitats 
in  managed  forests:  the  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon  and  Washington.  Agric.  Handb.  553 
(J.  W.  Thomas,  ed.).  U.S.  For.  Serv.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Steel,  R.  G.  D.  and  J.  H.  Torrie.  1980.  Principles  and  procedures  of  statistics.  McGraw- 
Hill,  New  York,  New  York. 

Verner,  J.  1980.  Bird  communities  of  mixed-conifer  forests  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  Pp.  198- 
223  in  Management  of  western  forests  and  grasslands  for  nongame  birds.  (R.  M.  De- 
graff,  ed.).  U.S.  For.  Serv.,  Gen.  Tech.  Rept.  INT-86.  Ogden,  Utah. 

• AND  A.  S.  Boss  (eds.)  1980.  California  wildlife  and  their  habitats:  western  Sierra 

Nevada.  U.S.  For.  Serv.,  Gen.  Tech.  Rept.  PSW-37.  Berkeley,  California. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  292-301 


HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  SUCCESS  OE  ARTIEICIAL 
NESTS  ON  AN  ALKALINE  ELAT 

Marcus  T.  Koenen,'  David  M.  Leslie,  Jr.,“  and  Mark  Gregory^ 

Abstract. We  studied  habitat  changes  and  success  of  artificial  ground  nests  on  an  ex- 

pansive alkaline  flat  at  Salt  Plains  National  Wildlife  Refuge  (NWR),  Oklahoma,  in  1993 
and  1994.  Aerial  photographs  of  the  refuge  taken  during  1941-1942,  1966,  and  1989  were 
digitized  to  evaluate  changes  of  the  alkaline  flat,  herbaceous  rangeland,  and  shrub  rangeland 
that  was  dominated  by  saltcedar  (Taniarix  spp.).  Vegetation  cover  increased  by  about  600 
ha  between  1941  and  1989,  and  alkaline  flat  decreased  by  >240  ha.  Field  experiments  were 
conducted  to  determine  predator  and  flooding  impacts  on  artificial  nests  that  simulated  Least 
Tern  {Sterna  antillarum)  and  Snowy  Plover  (Charadrius  alexandrinus)  nests.  Experimental 
nest  plots  were  placed  on  the  alkaline  flat  adjacent  to,  500  m from,  and  1000  m from 
herbaceous  rangeland,  shrub  rangeland,  and  stream  habitat  that  was  not  associated  with 
vegetation.  Plot  comparisons  were  made  by  calculating  the  probability  of  nest  success  with 
a modified  Mayfield  Method.  Nests  near  vegetation  had  significantly  higher  losses  to  mam- 
malian predators  (P  < 0.05)  but  significantly  lower  losses  to  flooding  (P  < 0.05)  than  nests 
at  500  or  1000  m from  vegetation.  Encroaching  vegetation  will  likely  continue  to  reduce 
habitat  for  ground-nesting  birds  and  simultaneously  increase  predation  lates  on  nests.  Re- 
ceived 20  June  1995,  accepted  10  Jan.  1996. 


The  interior  population  of  the  Least  Tern  {Sterna  antillarum)  has  been 
listed  as  endangered  since  27  June  1985  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Seiv. 
1985).  The  inland  population  of  the  Snowy  Plover  {Charadrius  alexan- 
drinus) is  currently  listed  as  a Category  2 species  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl. 
Serv.  1991),  and  the  coastal  population  of  the  Snowy  Plover  was  federally 
listed  as  threatened  on  5 March  1993  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1993). 
The  population  decline  of  the  interior  Least  Tern  has  been  attributed  large- 
ly to  loss  of  breeding  habitat  due  to  river  channelization  and  construction 
of  impoundments  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1990).  Snowy  Plovers  use 
similar  habitat  and  likely  are  affected  by  the  same  habitat  changes  that 
caused  the  population  decline  of  the  interior  Least  Tern. 

An  alkaline  flat  at  Salt  Plains  NWR  contains  the  largest  concentration 
of  breeding  Least  Terns  in  Oklahoma  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1990). 
Predation  and  flooding  have  been  identified  as  the  major  causes  of  Least 
Tern  and  Snowy  Plover  egg  losses  on  the  flat  (Grover  and  Knopf  1982, 
Hill  1985,  Utych  1993).  Coyotes  {Canis  latran.s)  are  the  main  egg  predator, 
and  rain  causes  sheet  flooding  on  the  flat  which  can  wash  eggs  out  of  nests. 


' Oklahoma  Cooperative  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research  Unit,  Dept,  of  Zoology,  Oklahoma  State  Univ., 

Stillwater,  Oklahoma  74078.  ■ ■ 

2 U.S.  National  Biological  Service,  Oklahoma  Cooperative  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research  Unit,  Dept,  of 
Zoology,  Oklahoma  State  Univ.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma  74078. 

^ Dept,  of  Agronomy,  Oklahoma  State  Univ.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma  74078. 


292 


Koenen  et  al.  • HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  NEST  SUCCESS 


293 


Predation  and  flooding  are  likely  consequences  of  habitat  changes  that 
have  occurred  at  Salt  Plains  NWR  since  its  creation  in  the  1930s.  Res- 
ervoir consti action  and  the  spread  of  saltcedar  {Tamarix  spp.)  have  altered 
riparian  habitats  in  the  southwestern  United  States,  including  parts  of 
Oklahoma  (Block  1994,  Stinnet  et  al.  1987).  Several  studies  have  reported 
higher  predation  lates  on  artificial  bird  nests  close  to  forest-prairie  or 
forest-farmland  edge  habitats  than  on  nests  farther  from  the  edge  (Andren 
and  Angelstram  1988,  Burger  1988,  Baton  1993,  Wilcove  et  al.  1986), 
but  no  studies  have  examined  predation  rates  on  Least  Terns  and  Snowy 
Plover  eggs  relative  to  proximity  to  vegetated  habitat.  We  assessed  habitat 
changes  at  Salt  Plains  NWR  and  evaluated  their  impact  on  predation  and 
flooding  of  Least  Tern  and  Snowy  Plover  nests.  As  our  alternate  hypoth- 
eses, we  predicted  that  predation  rates  would  be  higher  on  nests  situated 
close  to  vegetation  that  provides  cover  for  predators  than  nests  farther 
from  vegetation  and  that  nests  closer  to  streams  would  be  more  suscep- 
tible to  flooding  losses  than  nests  farther  away  from  streams. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

Salt  Plains  NWR  is  located  in  Alfalfa  County  in  northcentral  Oklahoma  and  currently 
contains  an  alkaline  flat  of  5095  ha  where  Least  Terns  and  Snowy  Plovers  nest  (Grover  and 
Knopf  1982,  Hill  1985,  Utych  1993,  Schweitzer  1994).  The  alkaline  flat  is  closed  to  the 
general  public  except  for  a small  public  use  area  on  the  southwestern  corner  of  the  flat  that 
is  open  between  1 April  and  15  October  for  collecting  selenite  crystals  (Koenen  1995). 

The  alkaline  flat  is  nearly  level  and  poorly  drained.  The  water  table  is  at  the  surface  in 
some  areas  and  up  to  1-m  deep  in  others  (Williams  and  Grover  1975).  Salt  Plains  NWR 
receives  an  average  annual  rainfall  of  68  cm,  of  which  about  60%  occurs  in  spring  and 
summer.  Rain  can  cause  1-3  cm  sheets  of  moving  water  on  the  alkaline  flat,  which  can 
remain  for  several  hours  to  several  days.  Sheet  flooding  can  wash  eggs  out  of  nests  and 
submerge  entire  colonies. 

The  alkaline  flat  at  Salt  Plains  NWR  is  nearly  bare;  sparse  vegetation  includes  sea  purslane 
{Sesuvium  verrucosiim)  and  inland  salt  grass  (Distichlis  stricta).  Vegetation  forms  well- 
defined  borders  at  the  edge  of  the  alkaline  flats.  The  east  and  south  sides  of  the  alkaline  flat 
are  dominated  by  exotic  saltcedar;  the  north  and  west  sides  of  the  alkaline  flat  are  primarily 
bordered  by  grazed  mixed-grass  prairie. 

Creeks  flow  across  the  alkaline  flat  into  the  Great  Salt  Lake  of  Oklahoma  and  are  ephem- 
eral and  multibranched.  The  Great  Salt  Lake  was  created  by  a dam  across  the  Salt  Fork  of 
the  Arkansas  River  in  1941.  The  resulting  re.servoir  flooded  about  30%  of  the  original  1 1, 
137-ha  alkaline  flat  (Purdue  1976). 

Least  Terns  nest  in  loo.sely  defined  colonies  along  the  west  branch  of  the  Salt  Fork  of  the 
Arkansas  River,  Clay  Creek,  Cottonwood  Creek,  and  Spring  Creek  and  in  scattered  patches 
throughout  the  alkaline  flat  (Hill  1985,  Schweitzer  1994).  The  average  distance  between 
Least  Tern  nests  is  70  m (Schweitzer  1994).  Snowy  Plover  nests  are  widely  scattered  and 
can  be  found  in  Least  Tern  colonies  and  areas  not  used  by  terns.  Nests  of  both  species  are 
shallow  scrapes  (ca  0.5-4  cm  deep  X 5-10  cm  wide)  and  typically  contain  1-3  eggs  (Har- 
rison 1979). 

We  identified  and  manually  digitized  habitat  at  Salt  Plains  NWR  from  1:16,000  and  1: 


294 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


20,000  aerial  photographs  obtained  from  the  Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service,  U.S. 
Dept,  of  Agriculture,  using  an  Altek  graphic  digitizer  board  and  GRASS#4.0  (USACERL 
1991)  Geographical  Information  System  software.  Aerial  photographs  were  taken  on  (1)  24 
November  1941  and  22  January  1942,  (2)  10  June  1966,  and  (3)  2 December  1989.  The 
refuge  boundary  was  superimposed  over  the  1966  photograph,  digitized  as  a separate  file, 
and  laid  over  each  digitized  habitat  map.  Digitized  habitat  (vector)  maps  were  labeled  ac- 
cording to  major  cover  types  and  converted  to  30-m  resolution  raster  maps  for  habitat 
analyses  (Johnson  1993).  Cover  (ha)  was  calculated  for  herbaceous  rangeland,  shrub  range- 
land,  alkaline  flat,  and  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  including  an  island  within  Salt  Plains  NWR’s 
boundary  south  of  Highway  11. 

To  evaluate  the  impact  of  habitat  changes  and  predators  on  survival  of  nests  of  ground 
nesting  birds,  we  conducted  controlled  experiments  with  artificial  nests  and  Japanese  Quail 
(Coturnix  coturnix)  eggs  that  simulated  Least  Tern  and  Snowy  Plover  nests.  Artificial  nests 
were  used  because  we  could  control  nest  placement  in  desired  treatment  areas.  The  goal  was 
to  identify  potential  predators,  areas  sensitive  to  predation,  and  areas  sensitive  to  flooding. 

In  1993,  60-  X 90-m  plots  were  placed  adjacent  to,  500  m from,  and  1000  m from  shrub 
rangeland  and  the  west  branch  of  the  Salt  Fork  of  the  Arkansas  River  in  the  northeastern 
corner  of  the  alkaline  flat  (N  = 3 plots).  In  1994,  the  experiment  was  expanded  with  15 
new  plots.  A new  plot  was  established  about  1000  m north  of  each  of  the  1993  plots  (N  = 

3 plots)  to  replicate  assessment  of  proximity  to  shrub  rangeland.  Paired  plots  were  placed 
about  1000  m from  one  another  and  adjacent  to,  500  m from,  and  1000  m from  grazed 
herbaceous  rangeland  on  the  west  side  of  the  alkaline  flat  (N  = 6 plots).  Similarly,  paired 
plots  were  placed  adjacent  to,  500  m from,  and  1000  m from  Cottonwood  Creek,  not 
associated  with  vegetation  cover  (N  = 6 plots). 

Each  plot  contained  12  artificial  nest  scrapes  placed  30  m apart,  and  each  nest  contained 
2—3  quail  eggs.  Eggs  were  placed  in  the  nests  for  three  21 -day  trials  (17  May— 6 June;  16 
June-6  July;  and  16  July-6  August)  in  1993  and  1994  to  imitate  the  incubation  period  of 
Least  Terns  and  Snowy  Plovers  (Hill  1985).  The  remaining  eggs  were  removed  after  each 
21 -day  trial,  and  scrapes  were  left  empty  for  10  days  before  the  beginning  of  the  next  trial. 
Nests  were  monitored  every  3—4  days  to  determine  predation  rates  and  other  factors  causing 
nest  losses. 

Mayfield’s  method  (1975)  was  used  to  compare  the  probability  of  nest  success  in  each 
plot.  We  used  a slight  modification  of  the  Mayfield  method  to  compare  effects  of  flooding 
and  predation.  The  Mayfield  method  determined  daily  mortality  rates  and  the  probability  of 
ne.st  success  based  on  nest  failure  over  the  number  of  days  that  nests  were  observed  (ex- 
posure). Because  nest  failure  may  have  been  the  result  of  flooding,  predation,  abandonment, 
or  other  factors,  we  modified  the  Mayfield  method  to  calculate  separate  rates  of  daily  mor- 
tality due  to  predators  (predator  mortality)  and  flooding  (flooding  mortality).  Only  clutches 
lost  to  predators  were  considered  to  have  failed  when  calculating  predator  mortality.  Simi- 
larly, only  clutches  lost  to  flooding  were  considered  to  have  failed  when  calculating  flooding 
mortality.  The  number  of  days  that  >one  egg  remained  in  nest  scrapes  was  used  to  determine 
exposure.  Predator  and  flooding  mortality  rates  were  compared  among  treatments  with  95% 
confidence  intervals;  significant  differences  (P  < 0.05)  were  demonstrated  by  non-overlap- 
ping confidence  intervals  (Johnson  1979).  Nest  success  comparisons  were  made  by  pooling 
data  for  similar  treatments  (i.e.,  similar  distance  from  a vegetation  type)  and  trial  periods 
when  there  were  no  significant  differences. 

A nest  was  considered  successful  if  sone  egg  remained  in  the  nest  scrape  at  the  end  ol 
the  21 -day  trial.  Nests  were  considered  predated  if  crushed  eggs,  large  shell  fragments,  and/ 
or  predator  footprints  were  located  at  a nest.  Nests  were  considered  flooded  if  eggs  were 


Koenen  et  al.  • HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  NEST  SUCCESS 


295 


Table  1 

Aerial  Coverage  of  Dominant  Habitat  (ha)  at  Salt  Plains  National  Wildlife 

Refuge 


1941/1942 

1966 

1989 

Herbaceous  rangeland 

311 

197 

336 

Shrub  rangeland  (north) 

1546 

1853 

2142 

Shrub  rangeland  (south) 

1044 

937 

1014 

Salt  flat 

5342 

5688 

5095 

Great  Salt  Lake 

3811 

3290 

3349 

Total  area 

12,175 

12,175 

12,175 

washed  out  of  nests  and  relocated  in  the  area.  Nests  without  clear  signs  of  outcome  were 
categorized  as  unknown  and  were  not  included  in  the  final  analysis. 

RESULTS 

Habitat  changes. — The  refuge  boundary  south  of  Highway  1 1 encom- 
passed 12,175  ha  (Table  1).  Herbaceous  rangeland  decreased  by  114  ha 
between  1941  and  1966  and  increased  by  139  ha  between  1966  and  1989. 
The  most  dramatic  changes  occurred  on  the  northeastern  side  of  the  refuge 
where  shrub  rangeland  increased  from  1546  to  1853  ha  from  1941  to 
1966  and  increased  to  2142  ha  between  1966  to  1989.  The  shrub  vege- 
tation spread  12.3  ha/yr  between  1941  and  1966  and  12.6  ha/yr  between 
1966  and  1989.  Total  herbaceous  and  shrub  rangeland  cover  increased 
from  2901  ha  in  1941  to  3492  ha  in  1989,  which  represented  a 3.4  ha/yr 
spread  from  1941  to  1966  and  a 22.0  ha/yr  spread  from  1966  to  1989. 
The  alkaline  flat  decreased  from  5342  ha  in  1941  to  5095  ha  in  1989, 
and  the  Great  Salt  Lake  decreased  462  ha  over  the  same  period.  This 
represented  a net  loss  of  709  ha  of  alkaline  flat  and  lake  cover. 

Predator  and  flooding  impact. — In  1993,  there  were  no  significant  dif- 
ferences iP  > 0.05)  in  overall  nesting  success  of  artificial  nests  at  various 
distances  from  shrub  rangeland  (Table  2).  In  1994,  overall  nest  success 
adjacent  to  shrub  rangeland  (0.42)  and  adjacent  to  Cottonwood  Creek 
(0.47)  was  significantly  higher  {P  > 0.05)  than  nest  success  in  plots  500 
m from  Cottonwood  Creek  (0.16)  (Table  3).  Nest  success  was  not  sig- 
nificantly different  among  plots  placed  adjacent  to,  500  m,  and  1000  m 
from  shrub  rangeland  or  herbaceous  rangeland.  In  contrast,  nest  success 
was  higher  adjacent  to  Cottonwood  Creek  than  500  m from  the  Creek. 

Coyotes  were  the  only  mammalian  nest  predator  positively  identified 
on  the  salt  flats  by  sight  or  tracks;  however,  some  tracks  may  have  been 
from  feral  dogs  {Canis  familiaris).  Canids  left  distinctive  eggshell  remains 
at  nests  where  eggs  were  eaten;  egg  remains  were  similar  to  those  shown 


296 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2.  June  1996 


Table  2 


Probability  of  Nest  Success  (Mayfield  Method)  and  95%  Confidence  Interval  of 
ALL  Nest  Plots  Placed  at  Three  Intervals  (0  m,  500  m,  and  1000  m)  from  Shrub 
Rangeland  at  Salt  Plains  National  Wildlift;  Refuge,  Oklahoma,  in  1993  (N  — 36) 

Adjacent  to 

Shrub  rangeland 

500  m 

1000  m 

Overall  nest  success 

0.49“ 

0.37“ 

0.28“ 

Confidence  interval  (95%) 

0.35-0.68 

0.25-0.55 

0.21-0.50 

Nest  success  based  on  canid  mortality 

0.24 

0.31 

0.15 

Confidence  interval  (95%) 

0.08-0.69 

0.12-0.79 

0.02-1.21 

Nest  success  based  on  flood  mortality 

0.52 

0.43 

0.49 

Confidence  interval  (95%) 

0.24-1.09 

0.18-0.98 

0.23-0.99 

“ Probabilities  followed  by  the  same  letter  are  not  significantly  different  among  columns;  95%  confidence  interval  com 
parisons  (Johnson  1979). 


and  discussed  by  Scoter  (1946).  Ring-billed  Gulls  {Lams  delawarensis) 
increased  substantially  on  the  alkaline  flat  in  late  July  and  August  1993 
and  1994.  They  predated  up  to  83%  of  artificial  nests  in  treatment  plots, 
but  this  was  not  included  in  our  analysis  of  predation  because  they  did 
not  predate  the  relatively  few  Least  Tern  and  Snowy  Plover  nests  that 
remained  that  late  in  the  nesting  season  (Hill  1985,  Schweitzer  1994, 
Koenen  1995).  Therefore,  our  estimates  of  predator  mortality  on  artificial 
nests  represented  predation  by  only  canids,  primarily  coyotes. 

In  1993,  there  were  no  significant  {P  < 0.05)  differences  in  nest  success 
among  plots  associated  with  shrub  rangeland  based  on  mortality  due  to 
canids  (Table  2).  However,  comparison  of  canid  predated  plots  in  1994 
indicated  significant  lower  nest  success  for  plots  adjacent  to  shrub  and 
herbaceous  rangelands  and  within  500  m of  herbaceous  rangeland  than 
500  m and  1 000  m from  shrub  rangeland,  1 000  m from  herbaceous  range- 
land,  and  all  Cottonwood  Creek  plots  (Table  3). 

Losses  of  artificial  nests  associated  with  shrub  rangeland  due  to  flood- 
ing were  not  significantly  different  among  plots  in  1993  (Table  2).  Com- 
parison of  flooded  nests  in  1994  indicated  significantly  {P  > 0.05)  higher 
nest  success  adjacent  to  shrub  rangeland  (0.89)  than  on  plots  located  500 
m and  1000  m from  shrub  rangeland,  1000  m from  herbaceous  rangeland, 
and  all  Cottonwood  Creek  plots  (Table  3).  Plots  adjacent  to  herbaceous 
rangeland  also  had  higher  nest  success  than  plots  located  500  m and  1000 
m from  Cottonwood  Creek. 

DISCUSSION 

The  absence  of  high  scouring  floods  due  to  flood  control  by  reservoir 
construction  has  resulted  in  dense  saltcedar  stands  in  sandy  floodplains 


Table  3 


Koenen  el  al.  • HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  NEST  SUCCESS 


297 


u 


(N 

-§ 

d « 
d 


00 

CN 


'O 


00 

o 

d 


lo 

VO 

d 

I 

d 


o\ 

^ O 

3:2 


CN 

r-  9 

3^ 


r- 


00 


ro 

C^ 

d 


fo 

o 


00 


o 

O 


00 


sD 

00 

d 


(N 

C^ 

? 

lo 


00 

On 

? 

lO 

r- 


d 

d (N 
d 


00 


lo 

d 

I 

r-- 

r-J 


VD 


lO 

?■ 

IT) 

(N 


On 

;3 


ON 

d 


NO 

NO 

? 

NO 

d 


r- 


d 


ON 

(N 


NO 


On 

NO 


(N 

00 

d 

I 

o 

VO 

d 

NO 

00 

d 

I 

VO 

VO 


o 

o 

o 

— H 

o 

X 

lo 

On 

d 

X 

d 

X) 

On 

d 

1 

r-* 

00 

nA 

VO 

1 

VO 

(N 

d 

r- 

d 

d 

d 

d 

00 

r- 

X 

ON 

r- 

d 

d 

ON 

d 

1 

00 

1 

VO 

1 

CN 

d 

(N 

r- 

d 

VO 

d 

d 

d 

ON 

VO 

On 

VO 

VO 

ON 

? 

ON 

(O 

? 

On 

00 

d 

1 

o 

(O 

d 

ON 

CN 

d 

o 

00 

d 

d 

d 

•n 

“O 

*c 

0 

VO 

C3 

VO 

0 

VO 

On 

o 

ON 

c 

ON 

c 

c 

o 

o 

> 

u 

“O 

> 

u 

-o 

> 

u< 

O 

o 

<U 

o 

(U 

c/5 

c/5 

C 

c 

3 

c 

.— 

X) 

X 

(U 

00 

o 

c/5 

O 

u 

c 

c/5 

O 

o 

c 

c/5 

<u 

CJ 

c 

o 

o 

. M 

o 

o 

<u 

T3 

u 

3 

"O 

o 

13 

T3 

vn 

C 

3 

c/5 

c 

o 

X 

c 

3 

c/5 

c 

o 

X 

c 

o 

U 

(y5 

OJ 

g 

0 

u 

C4 

<U 

E 

0 

U 

298 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


in  the  southwestern  United  States,  including  Oklahoma  (Kerpez  and 
Smith  1987,  Stinnet  et  al.  1987).  Sandbars  along  the  Canadian  River  in 
western  Oklahoma  decreased  from  68%  to  15%  of  the  total  floodplain 
between  1954  and  1983;  shrub  dominated  wetlands  increased  from  13% 
to  46%.  Schulenberg  and  Ptacek  (1984)  noted  that  encroaching  salt  cedar 
on  sandbanks  in  Kansas  reduced  nesting  habitat  available  to  Least  Terns. 

Vegetation  in  Least  Tern  colonies  generally  does  not  cover  >20%  of 
the  ground  surface  (Thompson  and  Slack  1982,  Gochfeld  1983).  En- 
croaching vegetation  and  related  habitat  changes  may  cause  terns  to  aban- 
don a site  (Gochfeld  1983,  Burger  1984,  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1990, 
Boyd  and  Rupert  1991,  Ziewitz  1992).  Saltcedar  tolerates  the  salt  levels 
found  on  the  alkaline  flats  at  Salt  Plains  NWR  (Ungar  1966)  and  domi- 
nated the  shrub  rangeland  that  encroached  about  709  ha  onto  the  alkaline 
flat  and  waterways  between  1941  and  1989.  The  rate  of  spread  on  the 
northeastern  alkaline  flats  was  similar  from  1941  to  1966  and  from  1966 
to  1989.  Because  of  the  high  water  table  and  often  saturated  soils  on  the 
salt  flat,  the  saltcedar-dominated  shrub  rangeland  will  likely  continue  to 
spread  away  from  the  west  branch  of  the  Salt  Fork  of  the  Arkansas  River 
and  onto  the  alkaline  flat.  Herbaceous  rangeland  cover  fluctuated  slightly 
between  periods  analyzed;  however,  it  does  not  appear  to  be  encroaching 
onto  the  salt  flat  habitat. 

Our  artificial  nest  experiment  indicated  that  overall  nest  success  was 
relatively  similar  near  vegetated  or  away  from  vegetated  areas.  However, 
causes  of  nest  failure  differed  among  experimental  areas.  In  support  of 
our  alternate  hyotheses,  nests  adjacent  to  shrub  rangeland  had  greatest 
nest  failure  from  predators  in  1994  and  areas  near  streams  had  highest 
nest  losses  due  to  flooding.  However,  areas  adjacent  to  a stream  with 
shrub  rangeland  had  lower  nest  losses  due  to  flooding  than  areas  near  a 
stream  with  no  vegetation.  The  saltcedar-dominated  rangeland  may  have 
encroached  into  these  areas  because  flooding  did  not  regularly  occur  there. 
In  contrast,  dense  saltcedar  stands  also  can  stabilize  substrate  and  alter 
fluvial  processes  (Stinnet  et  al.  1987).  After  established,  vegetation  may 
have  channeled  water  away  from  the  salt  flats  or  acted  as  a barrier  to 
sheet  flooding.  Saltcedar  has  not  become  fully  established  on  the  west 
bank  of  the  west  branch  of  the  Salt  Fork  of  the  Arkansas  River;  continued 
saltcedar  encroachment  may  further  alter  fluvial  processes  and  have  pos- 
itive or  negative  consequences  for  ground  nesting  birds.  Accelerated  salt- 
cedar growth  along  the  Rio  Grande,  Pecos,  and  Gila  rivers,  for  example, 
stabilized  channel  sediments,  reduced  stream  velocity,  accelerated  sedi- 
mentation, and  increased  flood  risks  (Blackburn  et  al.  1982). 

The  increase  in  shrub  rangeland  over  the  last  50  years  at  Salt  Plains 
NWR  likely  increased  habitat  favorable  for  canids  and  their  predation  of 


Koenen  el  cil.  • HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  NEST  SUCCESS 


299 


tern  and  plover  nests.  Coyotes  have  been  implicated  as  major  nest  pred- 
ators of  Least  Tern  and  Snowy  Plover  nests  at  Salt  Plains  NWR;  about  5 
to  60%  of  monitored  nests  have  been  lost  to  predators  annually  between 
1977  and  1994  (Grover  and  Knopf  1982,  Hill  1985,  Utych  1993,  Koenen 
et  al.  1996).  Artificial  nests  may  not  be  as  vulnerable  to  predation  as  real 
nests  (Angelstram  1986,  Andren  and  Angelstram  1988,  Martin  1987,  Wil- 
lebrand  and  Marctstrom  1988,  Paton  1993);  however,  there  was  no  sig- 
nificant difference  in  the  rate  of  canid  predation  of  artificial  nests  and  real 
nests  in  our  study  (Koenen  1995).  Because  of  similarity  between  artificial 
nests  and  real  nests,  we  contend  that  management  must  account  for  the 
different  factors  that  cause  nest  losses  on  different  areas  of  the  alkaline 
flat.  Nesting  areas  near  vegetated  areas  should  receive  greater  protection 
from  predators,  while  areas  farther  from  vegetation  should  be  managed 
to  minimize  effects  of  flooding  (Koenen  et  al.  1996).  Long-term  man- 
agement plans  also  should  consider  vegetation  control  to  maintain  nesting 
areas,  reduce  impact  of  predators,  and  monitor  changes  in  flooding  po- 
tential. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT 

We  thank  S.  L.  Gale  Koenen,  K.  A.  Shannon,  and  S.  Smith,  for  checking  nest  plots  and 
the  G.  M.  Sutton  Avian  Research  Center  and  hundreds  of  Coturnix  Quail  for  donating  eggs. 
We  greatly  appreciate  comments  on  an  earlier  draft  of  this  paper  from  E Knopf,  P.  Hendricks, 
and  two  anonymous  reviewers.  Appreciation  also  is  extended  to  the  refuge  personnel,  par- 
ticularly manager  R.  Krey,  for  their  immense  and  gracious  support.  Eunding  for  this  study 
was  provided  by  Region  2 of  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Salt  Plains  NWR,  and  the 
Oklahoma  Cooperative  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research  Unit  (U.S.  Nat.  Biol.  Serv.,  Okla.  Dept. 
Wildl.  Conserv.,  Okla.  State  Univ.,  and  Wildl.  Manage.  Inst.,  cooperating). 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Angelstram,  P.  1986.  Predation  on  ground-nesting  birds’  ne.sts  in  relation  to  predator  den- 
sities and  habitat  edge.  Oikos  47:365-373. 

Andren,  H.  and  P.  Angelstram.  1988.  Elevated  predation  rates  as  an  edge  effect  in  habitat 
islands:  experimental  evidence.  Ecology  69:544-547. 

Blackburn,  W.  H.,  R.  W.  Knight,  and  J.  L.  Schuster.  1982.  Saltcedar  influence  on  sed- 
imentation in  the  Brazos  River.  J.  Soil  Water  Conserv.  37:286—301. 

Boyd,  R.  L.  and  J.  Rupert.  1991.  Habitat  management  and  population  ecology  studies  of 
the  Least  Tern  in  Kansas.  Kansas  Dept.  Wildl.  and  Parks  Nongame  Wildl.  Proj.  Rep., 
Baldwin  City,  Kansas. 

Brock,  J.  H.  1994.  Tamari.x  spp.  (Salt  Cedar),  an  invasive  exotic  woody  plant  in  arid  and 
semi-arid  riparian  habitats  of  western  USA.  Pp.  27-44  in  Ecology  and  management  of 
invasive  riverside  plants  (L.  C.  de  Waal,  L.  E.  Childs,  P.  M.  Wade,  and  J.  H.  Brock, 
eds.).  International  Centre  of  Landscape  Ecology,  John  Wiley  and  Sons,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Burger,  J.  1984.  Colony  stability  in  Least  Terns.  Condor  86:61-67. 

Burger,  L.  D.  1988.  Relation  between  forest  and  prairie  fragmentation  and  depredation  of 
artificial  ne.sts  in  Missouri.  M.S.  thesis.  Univ.  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri. 


300 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Gochfeld,  M.  1983.  Colony  site  selection  by  Least  Terns;  physical  attributes  of  sites. 
Colon.  Waterbirds  6:205-213. 

Grover,  P.  B.  and  L.  L.  Knopf.  1982.  Habitat  requirements  and  breeding  success  of  char- 
adriiform  birds  nesting  at  Salt  Plains  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  Oklahoma.  J.  Lield 
Ornithol.  53:139-148. 

Harrison,  H.  H.  1979.  A field  guide  to  western  bird’s  nests.  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.  Boston, 
Massachusetts. 

Hill,  L.  A.  1985.  Breeding  ecology  of  interior  Least  Terns,  Snowy  Plovers,  and  American 
Avocets  at  Salt  Plains  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  Oklahoma.  M.S.  thesis,  Oklahoma 
State  Univ.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 

Johnson,  D.  H.  1979.  Estimating  nest  success:  the  Mayfield  Method  and  an  alternative. 
Auk  96:65 1-661 . 

Johnson,  L.  B.  1993.  Ecological  analysis  using  geographic  information  systems.  Pp.  27- 
38  in  GIS  applications  in  mammalogy  (S.  B.  McLaren  and  J.  K.  Braun,  eds.).  Oklahoma 
Museum  Nat.  Hist.,  Norman,  Oklahoma. 

Kerpez,  T a.  and  N.  S.  Smith.  1987.  Saltcedar  control  for  wildlife  habitat  improvement 
in  the  southwestern  United  States.  U.S.  Lish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  Res.  Publ.  169. 

Koenen,  M.  T.  1995.  Breeding  ecology  and  management  of  Least  Terns,  Snowy  Plovers, 
and  American  Avocets.  M.S.  thesis,  Oklahoma  State  Univ.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 

^ R.  B.  Utych,  and  D.  M.  Leslie  Jr.  1996.  Methods  used  to  improve  Least  Tern 

and  Snowy  Plover  nesting  success  on  alkaline  flats.  J.  Lield  Ornithol.  67:281-291. 

Martin,  T.  E.  1987.  Artificial  nest  experiments:  effects  of  nest  appearance  and  type  of 
predator.  Condor  89:925—928. 

Mayfield,  H.  L 1975.  Suggestions  for  calculating  nest  success.  Wilson  Bull.  87:456-466. 

Baton,  P.  W.  1993.  The  effect  of  edge  on  avian  nest  success:  how  strong  is  the  evidence? 
Conserv.  Biol.  8:17-26. 

Purdue,  J.  R.  1976.  Adaptations  of  the  Snowy  Plover  on  the  Great  Salt  Plains,  Oklahoma. 
Southwest.  Nat.  21:347-357. 

ScHULENBERG,  J.  H.  AND  M.  B.  Ptacek.  1984.  Status  of  the  interior  Least  Tern  in  Kansas. 
Am.  Birds  38:975-981. 

Schweitzer,  S.  H.  1994.  Abundance  and  conservation  of  endangered  interior  Least  Terns 
nesting  on  salt  flat  habitat.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Oklahoma  State  Univ.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 

SooTER,  C.  A.  1946.  Habits  of  coyotes  in  destroying  nests  and  eggs  of  waterfowl.  J.  Wildl. 
Manage.  10:33-38. 

Stinnet,  D.  P,  R.  W.  Smith,  and  S.  W.  Conrady.  1987.  Riparian  areas  of  western  Okla- 
homa. U.S.  Pish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Ecological  Services,  Tulsa,  Oklahoma. 

Thompson,  B.  C.  and  R.  D.  Slack.  1982.  Physical  aspects  of  colony  selection  by  Least 
Terns  on  the  Texas  coast.  Colon.  Waterbirds  5:161-168. 

Ungar,  I.  A.  1966.  Salt  tolerance  of  plants  growing  in  saline  areas  of  Kansas  and  Okla- 
homa. Ecology  47:154-155. 

USACERL.  1991.  Grass4.0  user’s  manunal.  U.S.  Army  Construction  Engineering  Research 
Laboratory,  Champaign,  Illinois. 

U.S.  Pish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1985.  Interior  population  of  the  Least  Tern  determined  to  be 
endangered.  Led.  Reg.  50:21784-21792. 

. 1990.  Interior  population  of  the  Least  Tern  {Sterna  antiHanun):  recovery  plan. 

Twin  Cities,  Minnesota. 

1991.  Endangered  and  threatened  wildlife  and  plants;  animal  candidate  review  for 

listing  as  endangered  or  threatened  species.  Led.  Reg.  56(225):58804-588 10. 

1993.  Endangered  and  threatened  wildlife  and  plants;  determination  of  threatened 


Koenen  el  al.  • HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  NEST  SUCCESS 


301 


status  tor  the  Delta  Smelt  and  the  Pacihc  Coast  population  of  the  Western  Snowy  Plover. 
Fed.  Reg.  58(42):  12864-12874. 

Utych,  R.  B.  1993.  Compatibility  of  selenite  crystal  digging  with  breeding  ecology  of 
Least  Terns  and  Snowy  Plovers  at  Salt  Plains  National  Wildlife  Refuge.  M.S.  thesis, 
Oklahoma  State  Univ.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 

WiLLEBRAND.  T.  AND  V.  Marctstrom.  1988.  On  the  danger  of  using  dummy  nests  to  study 
predation.  Auk  105:378-379. 

Williams,  G.  E.  and  E.  S.  Grover.  1975.  Soil  survey  of  Alfalfa  County,  Oklahoma.  U.S. 
Soil  Conserv.  Serv.,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 

WiLCOVE,  D.  S.,  C.  H.  McLellan,  and  A.  P.  Dobson.  1986.  Habitat  fragmentation  in  the 
temperate  zone.  Pp.  237-256  in  Conservation  biology  (M.  E.  Soule,  ed.).  Sinauer  As- 
sociates, Inc.,  Sunderland,  Massachusetts. 

ZiEWiTZ,  J.  W.,  J.  G.  Sidle,  and  J.  J.  Dinan.  1992.  Habitat  conservation  for  nesting  Least 
Terns  and  Piping  Plovers  on  the  Platte  River,  Nebraska.  Prairie  Nat.  24:1-20. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  302-316 


NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  SCISSOR-TAILED 
FLYCATCHERS  IN  SOUTH  TEXAS 

Kenneth  R.  Nolte  and  Timothy  E.  Fulbright 

Abstract. — We  examined  nest-site  selection  and  nesting  success  of  the  Scissor-tailed 
Flycatcher  {Tyrannus  forficatiis)  on  the  Rob  and  Bessie  Welder  Wildlife  Foundation  Refuge, 
San  Patricio  County,  Texas  in  1992-1993.  Mesquite  {Prosopis  glandulosa)  comprised  22% 
of  available  shrubs;  however,  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  used  shrubs  out  of  proportion  to 
their  availability,  placing  91%  of  their  nests  in  mesquite.  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  were 
placed  in  taller  shrubs  with  less  vertical  cover  and  patchiness,  with  less  total  horizontal 
cover,  and  with  greater  heterogeneity  than  in  random  sites.  The  majority  of  nests  were 
oriented  to  the  northwest  (18%),  north  (17%),  and  northeast  (23%).  Successful  nests  were 
in  shrubs  with  less  vertical  patchiness  and  horizontal  cover  and  with  greater  vertical  cover 
(<1  m)  and  horizontal  heterogeneity  than  unsuccessful  nests.  Nest-site  selection  appeared 
to  be  a tradeoff  between  orienting  nests  to  provide  protection  from  abiotic  factors  while 
minimizing  horizontal  cover  to  allow  sufficient  visibility  for  nest  defense.  Received  7 April 
1995,  accepted  1 Dec.  1995. 


Nest-site  selection  is  closely  tied  to  fitness  (Martin  and  Roper  1988) 
by  influencing  losses  caused  by  predators  and  weather.  Tyrant  flycatchers 
{Tyrannus  spp.)  breed  later  (Robins  1970)  and  have  longer  nesting  cycles 
than  most  other  open-nesting  passerines.  Except  for  three  species  of  phoe- 
bes  (Sayornis  spp.),  the  Vermilion  Flycatcher  {Pyrocephalus  rubinus),  and 
the  Acadian  Flycatcher  {Empidonax  virescens),  most  flycatchers  raise 
only  one  brood  per  year  (Bent  1942,  Robins  1970,  Murphy  1989).  Scis- 
sor-tailed Flycatchers  {T.  forficatus)  tend  to  have  the  largest  clutch  size 
among  the  tyrannids  (Murphy  1989),  slower  growth  rates  for  nestlings, 
and  more  time  spent  in  the  nest  (Murphy  1988).  Scissor-tails  breed 
throughout  the  south-central  United  States,  with  the  core  nesting  range 
being  located  in  north-central  Texas  (Fitch  1950).  Like  other  flycatchers, 
Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  typically  place  nests  in  relatively  conspicuous 
locations,  often  near  the  canopy  edge  (Bent  1942)  and  at  heights  ranging 
from  1.5  to  12.2  m (Fitch  1950).  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  tend  to  forage 
and  nest  along  roadways  in  open  prairies  dotted  with  few  trees  (Bent 
1942).  Use  of  roadways  and  ditches  by  mammalian  predators  may  render 
Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  more  susceptible  to  predation  as  well  as 
increasing  the  possibility  of  predation  on  adults  while  foraging.  The  in- 
herently greater  diversity  of  snakes  and  avian  predators  in  southern  lati- 


' Caesar  Kleberg  Wildlife  Research  Institute.  Campus  Box  218,  Texas  A&M  Univ.-Kingsville.  Kingsville, 
Texas  78363.  Present  address:  Buenos  Aires  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  RO.  Box  109,  Sasabe,  Arizona 
8563^ 

2 Dept'  of  Agronomy  and  Resource  Sciences,  Campus  Box  I.S6.  Texas  A&M  Univ.-Kingsville,  Kingsville, 
Texas  78363. 


302 


Nohe  and  Fidhhght  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


303 


tudes  may  impose  an  additional  cause  of  potential  nest  failure.  These 
factors,  combined  with  the  intense  heat,  high  winds,  heavy  rainfall,  and 
high  humidity  typical  of  the  summer  months  in  south  Texas,  are  predom- 
inant factors  influencing  the  environment  and,  therefore,  nesting  success. 
This  leads  to  the  prediction  that  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  have  evolved 
specialized  nest  placement  to  mitigate  these  influences.  Scissor-tailed  Fly- 
catchers should  select  the  largest  available  shrubs  within  an  area  as  nest 
sites  because  tall  shrubs  with  greater  volume  facilitate  placement  of  nests 
at  locations  inaccessible  to  terrestrial  predators,  provide  protection  from 
abiotic  factors,  and  allow  for  nest  defense  from  reptilian  and  avian  pred- 
ators and  avian  nest  parasites. 

Our  objectives  were  to  quantify  nesting  ecology  and  to  test  the  hy- 
pothesis that  nest-site  selection  and  nesting  success  of  the  Scissor-tailed 
Flycatcher  is  a positive  function  of  vertical  cover  and  a negative  function 
of  horizontal  cover  of  the  nest  shrub.  Predictions  based  on  this  hypothesis 
were  that  (1)  successful  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  are  placed  in 
shrubs  with  greater  vertical  cover  than  shrubs  containing  unsuccessful 
nests;  (2)  successful  nests  are  placed  in  shrubs  with  less  horizontal  cover 
than  at  unsuccessful  nests;  and  (3)  nests  are  placed  within  shrubs  at  lo- 
cations inaccessible  to  mammalian  and  reptilian  predators,  i.e.,  a negative 
relationship  should  exist  between  relative  nest  height  and  relative  hori- 
zontal distance  of  nest  from  main  stem  to  shrub  canopy. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

We  conducted  this  study  on  the  Rob  and  Bessie  Welder  Wildlife  Foundation  Refuge  which 
encompasses  3156  ha  and  is  80  km  northeast  of  Corpus  Christi  in  northern  San  Patricio 
County,  Texas.  The  primary  habitat  associated  with  the  study  area  was  a mesquite-mixed 
grass  community  (Drawe  et  al.  1978)  and  was  composed  of  moderately  dense  stands  of 
honey  mesquite  interspersed  with  den.se  clusters  of  chapairal  and  interstitial  areas  of  grass. 
Other  common  brush  species  include  huisache  {Acacia  sniallii),  spiny  hackbeny  {Celtis 
pallida),  agarito  (Berberis  trifoliata),  lotebush  {Ziziphus  ohtusifolia),  and  lime  pricklyash 
(Zanihoxylum  fagara).  The  soil  associated  with  the  mesquite-mixed  grass  community  is 
Victoria  clay  (0-1%  slope).  Prevailing  winds  are  from  the  southeast  and  may  reach  average 
speeds  of  56  km/h  (Guckian  and  Garcia  1979).  Peak  periods  of  rainfall  occur  during  April, 
May,  and  June. 

We  found  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  from  May  through  August  1992  and  1993  by 
traversing  pastures  and  by  using  an  extensive  network  of  unimproved  roads.  Nests  were 
located  by  observing  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  and  by  visually  inspecting  shrubs.  We 
marked  nests,  using  florescent  flagging  placed  on  a shrub  or  structure  adjacent  to  the  nest 
shrub,  and  we  revisited  at  three-day  intervals,  recording  the  number  of  eggs  and/or  young 
at  each  nest  to  determine  nest  fates.  An  extendible  minor-and-pole  device  was  used  to  view 
the  contents  of  nests.  Evidence  of  nest  success  included  observations  of  young  fledging 
from  a nest  or  the  presence  of  young  near  a nest.  Nests  were  considered  successful  if  >1 
nestling  fledged.  Failure  was  assumed  when  nest  contents  disappeared  before  the  anticipated 
fledging  date  or  when  the  nest  was  damtigcd  or  blown  out  of  the  shrub.  Not  all  nests  were 


304 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


found  before  the  onset  of  egg-laying  or  incubation;  therefore,  success  was  quantified  by 
using  Mayfield’s  method  (Mayfield  1961,  1975)  to  compensate  for  exposure.  We  tested  for 
a difference  in  nest  success  between  years  with  an  F-test  (Johnson  1979). 

Nest  sites  were  revisited  to  conduct  vegetation  measurements  following  fledging  of  young 
or  upon  nest  failure.  Since  some  nests  were  lost  because  of  abiotic  factors  or  predation  or 
because  some  nests  were  inaccessible,  only  60  nest  sites  were  measured.  Vegetation  mea- 
surements were  also  taken  at  randomly  selected  sites  (N  = 30  each  year)  to  represent 
available  nest  sites.  Available  shrubs  were  selected  by  pacing  100  m in  a random  direction 
from  each  Scissor-tailed  Llycatcher  nest  site  and  then  choosing  the  shrub  nearest  the  end  of 
the  100-m  distance.  We  recorded  shrub  species  and  determined  proportions  of  each  species 
at  used  and  at  available  sites  for  preference/avoidance  analysis.  Lrequency  of  nest  placement 
among  available  shrubs  was  compared  using  chi-square  analysis.  If  a chi-square  test  resulted 
in  rejecting  the  null  hypothesis  that  a species  was  used  in  proportion  to  availability,  a 
Bonferroni  z-statistic  was  used  (Neu  et  al.  1974)  to  estimate  whether  a Scissor-tailed  Lly- 
catcher selected  or  avoided  that  shrub  species. 

Variables  were  grouped  into  two  levels  of  resolution:  nest  placement  within  the  shrub 
and  vertical  and  horizontal  structure  of  the  nest  shrub  to  six  m from  the  nest  (Table  1).  A 
6-m-radius  from  the  nest  was  selected  to  describe  horizontal  structure,  since  most  nests  were 
in  uniform  habitats  composed  of  mesquite  trees  with  canopies  <10  m in  diameter.  We 
quantified  horizontal  and  vertical  structure  (cover)  and  patterning  (patchiness)  of  the  vege- 
tation using  a method  similar  to  the  “bird  centered  view”  described  by  (Weins  and  Roten- 
berry  1985).  We  quantified  vertical  and  horizontal  cover  using  a 2-cm  diameter  rod  marked 
at  0.1  m increments.  We  recorded  the  number  of  0.1  m increments  touching  vegetation  out 
of  the  total  possible  number  of  increments  within  each  of  three  height  (vertical)  or  distance 
(horizontal)  classes  (0-1  m,  1-3  m,  and  3-6  m).  Lor  example,  within  the  1-3  m class  (a 
distance  of  2 m)  there  were  20  possible  increments.  If  vegetation  touched  10  of  the  20 
increments,  cover  was  50%.  Vertical  cover  was  measured  by  extending  the  rod  from  the 
ground  to  the  canopy  projecting  through  the  nest.  Horizontal  structure  was  quantified  by 
extending  the  rod  parallel  to  the  ground,  at  nest  height,  in  each  of  the  four  cardinal  directions 
from  the  nest.  Cover  was  calculated  from  the  mean  of  the  four  cover  estimates  within  each 
of  the  three  distance  classes.  If  the  nest  was  too  high  to  be  reached  from  the  ground  or  it 
could  not  be  reached  by  climbing  the  tree,  a ladder  was  used  to  measure  horizontal  cover. 
At  the  nest  placement  level,  we  determined  average  three-dimensional  cover  surrounding 
the  nest.  The  structure  rod  was  oriented  vertically  to  nest  height  and  structure  measurements 
were  recorded  at  0.5-m  increments  moving  away  from  the  nest  in  each  of  the  four  cardinal 
directions.  Mean  percent  cover  was  determined  within  each  of  three  distance  classes  (0-1 
m,  1-3  m,  and  3-6  m)  horizontally  from  the  nest  and  extending  from  the  ground  to  the 
outer  canopy  of  the  shrub.  The  coefficient  of  variation  (CV)  for  structure  variables  repre- 
sented an  index  of  the  patchiness  of  the  measured  variable.  We  also  calculated  a horizontal 
heterogeneity  index  (HHI)  (Rotenberry  and  Weins  1980)  using  horizontal  structure  data. 

We  compared  means  and  variances  for  statistical  differences  between  nest  sites  and  ran- 
dom sites  and  between  successful  and  unsuccessful  nests  to  explore  the  relationship  between 
nest  success  and  nest-site  selection,  (Ratti  et  al.  1984).  Homogeneity  of  variance  tests  can 
indicate  aspects  of  nest-site  .selection  not  readily  detectable  by  comparing  sample  means 
alone.  We  considered  nest-site  .selection  to  have  occuned  when  ( 1)  Scissor-tailed  Llycatchers 
selected  nest-site  characteristics  with  different  means  but  similar  variance  as  random  sites, 
(2)  nest  sites  had  similar  means  but  less  variance  than  at  random  sites,  and  (3)  nest  sites 
had  different  means  and  less  variance  than  at  random  sites  (Lig.  1).  In  the  second  situation, 
traditional  compari.sons  of  sample  means  would  not  have  detected  habitat  selection,  whereas. 


Nolte  ami  Fulhhght  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


305 


Table  1 

Measured  and  Calculated  Vegetation  Variables  Used  to  Quantify  Nest  Sites  and 

Available  Random  Sites 


Variable 

Description 

Shrub  characteristics^ 

TOTHT 

VI 

NSDIAM 

NSVOL 

VCOVOI 

VCOV13 

VCOV36 

TVCOV 

CVVCOV 

HCOVOl 

HCOV13 

HCOV36 

THCOV 

CVHCOV 

HHI 

AVEDNW 

CVDNW 

Placement  characteristics 

Total  height  of  the  shrub  (m) 

Shrub  vigor  (1  = <25%,  2 = 26  < 50%,  3 = 51  < 75%,  4 = 
76  100%)  based  on  the  percent  of  living  material 

Average  diameter  of  the  shrub  at  nest  height  (m) 

Shrub  volume  (pil3)  (NSDIAM*NSDIAM*TOTHT/2)  (mO 
Vertical  cover  projected  through  nest  from  0-1  m (%) 

Vertical  cover  projected  through  nest  from  1-3  m (%) 

Vertical  cover  projected  through  nest  from  3-6  m (%) 

Total  vertical  cover  0-6  m (%) 

Coefficient  of  variation  (CV)  for  the  three  vertical  cover  vari- 
ables 

Average  horizontal  cover  0-1  m from  nest  (%) 

Average  horizontal  cover  1-3  m from  nest  (%) 

Average  horizontal  cover  3-6  m from  nest  (%) 

Total  horizontal  cover  (%) 

Coefficient  of  variation  (CV)  for  the  three  horizontal  cover 
variables 

Horizontal  heterogeneity 

Average  distance  to  the  nearest  shrub  (m) 

Coefficient  of  variation  (CV)  of  distance  to  the  nearest  shrub 
in  each  of  the  four  compass  directions 

NESTHT 

RELHT 

TOPDIST 

ORIENT 

DTRK 

TOTTRK 

RELDIST 

NSTANGL 

COVOl 

COV13 

COV36 

TCOV 

CVCOV 

Height  of  nest  (m) 

Ratio  between  nest  height  and  total  height  of  shrub 

Vertical  distance  from  nest  to  canopy  of  shrub  (m) 

Orientation  of  the  nest  within  the  shrub  (degrees) 

Horizontal  distance  from  the  main  stem  to  the  nest  (m) 

Distance  from  main  stem  to  the  canopy  through  nest  (m) 
Relative  horizontal  distance  of  nest  between  main  stem  and 
shrub  canopy 

Angle  of  main  branch  supporting  nest  (degrees) 

Three  dimensional  cover  from  0-1  m around  the  nest  (%) 

Three  dimensional  cover  from  1-3  m around  the  nest  (%) 

Three  dimensional  cover  from  3-6  m around  the  nest  (%) 

Total  cover  in  a 6-m  radius  cube  around  the  nest  (%) 

CV  for  the  three  cover  measurements 

“All  shrub  variables  were  used  to  compare  flycatcher  nests  and  random  sites. 


306 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Mean  value 


Variance  not  different  different 


not  different 

1. 

no  selection 

2. 

selection 

less  at  nest  site 

3. 

selection 

4. 

selection 

less  at  random  site 

5. 

no  selection 

6. 

no  selection 

Fig.  1 . Possible  combinations  of  means  and  variances  at  nest  sites  and  random  sites  that 
indicate  habitat  selection  or  random  choice. 

an  instance  when  sample  means  were  different  but  variance  was  less  at  random  sites  would 
not  indicate  habitat  selection. 

Treatment  means  (nest  vs  random,  successful  vs  unsuccessful)  for  nest-site  variables  were 
compared  with  a completely  random  design  and  a two-way  factorial  treatment  structure  with 
the  general  linear  model  (GLM)  procedure  (SAS  1988).  When  an  interaction  occuiTcd  be- 
tween years,  contrasts  were  used  to  compare  treatments  by  year.  Percentage  or  proportional 
data  were  arc-sine  transformed  before  statistical  analyses  (Sokol  and  Rohlf  1973).  Analyses 
were  performed  with  SAS  (Statistical  Analysis  Institute  1988)  and  conclusions  were  based 
on  a = 0.05  unless  otherwise  indicated. 


RESULTS 

Reproductive  success. — Forty-eight  nests  were  monitored  during  1992- 
1993,  resulting  in  789  nest-days  of  observations  (Table  2).  The  first  nest- 


Nolle  ami  Fulbri^ht  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


307 


Table  2 

Estimates  of  Nest  Success,  Confidence  Intervals,  and  Sources  of  Nest  Failure  for 

SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHERS  BREEDING 


1992  1993 


Nest  days 

186 

603 

Number  of  eggs  (.f  ± SD)  (N) 

4.4  ± 0.5  (I2)A 

4.5  ± 0.5  (19)A 

Number  of  young  (x  ± SD)  (N) 

3.2  ± 1.6  (7)A 

3.0  ± 1.0(10)A 

Daily  mortality  rate 

5.9% 

2.2% 

Mayfield  estimate  (N) 

94.1%  (17) 

97.8%  (31) 

95%  confidence  interval 

90.6-97.6% 

96.6-99.0% 

Probability  of  survival  to  fledging 

15. 6%  A 

50.7%B 

95%  confidence  interval 

4.9-26.3% 

34.8-66.6% 

Sources  of  nest  failure 

Weather  (N) 

45.5%  (5) 

7.7%  (1) 

Predation  (N) 

36.4%  (4) 

15.4%  (2)  ■ 

Abandonment  (N) 

18.1%  (2) 

7.7%  (1) 

Unknown  (N) 

0.0%  (0) 

69.2%  (9) 

^ Means  followed  by  the  same  letter  are  not  significantly  different  {P  > 0.05). 


ing  activity  was  recorded  on  5 May  1992  and  3 May  1993.  Egg  laying 
began  on  28  May  1992  and  25  May  1993.  Mean  fledging  dates  respec- 
tively were  1 July  1992  (N  = 7)  and  3 July  1993  (N  = 10).  Based  on 
complete  nests,  the  number  of  eggs/nest  and  number  of  fledglings/nest 
did  not  differ  {P  > 0.05)  between  years  (Table  2).  Nineteen  nests  were 
destroyed  during  storms  or  were  removed  (used  as  nesting  material)  by 
other  birds  before  vegetation  could  be  quantified.  These  and  all  other  nests 
that  could  not  be  visually  inspected  because  they  were  inaccessible  were 
excluded.  Of  the  remaining  48  nests  (17  in  1992,  31  in  1993)  used  to 
calculate  success,  31  were  found  before  initiation  of  egg-laying.  Proba- 
bility of  nesting  success  was  greater  {P  = 0.03)  during  1993  than  1992. 
Nest  success  was  39%  when  years  were  pooled.  There  was  a year  X nest 
success  interaction  for  the  number  of  eggs/nest  {P  — 0.03)  and  for  the 
number  of  young/nest  (P  = 0.0001)  between  successful  and  unsuccessful 
nests.  Both  the  number  of  eggs/nest  {P  = 0.09)  and  the  number  of  young/ 
nest  were  similar  (P  = 0.06)  at  successful  and  unsuccessful  nests  during 

1992.  Number  of  eggs/nest  and  young/nest  were  greater  {P  — 0.01,  P = 
0.0001,  respectively)  at  successful  nests  than  at  unsuccessful  nests  during 

1993. 

Rainfall  during  1992  (128.4  cm)  and  1993  (102.8  cm)  was  above  the 
annual  average  of  88.9  cm  for  the  Welder  Refuge  and  therefore  may  not 
reflect  average  conditions.  Abiotic  factors  accounted  for  the  largest  per- 
centage (46%)  of  nest  failures  in  1992.  All  five  nests  lost  to  abiotic  factors 


308 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


were  found  on  the  ground  near  the  shrub  following  storms.  Predation 
accounted  for  36%  of  nest  failures,  and  the  remaining  18%  of  failures 
were  because  of  abandonment.  Predation  was  assumed  when  nest  contents 
disappeared  under  suspicious  circumstances,  i.e.,  eggs  or  young  disap- 
peared between  consecutive  visits  or  when  contents  disappeared  following 
observations  of  predators  near  the  nest  site.  In  1993,  the  majority  (69%) 
of  nest  failures  were  because  of  unknown  causes. 

Frequency  of  shrub  selection. — Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  (N  = 60) 
were  placed  nonrandomly  among  the  available  shrub  species  (x^  = 170.46, 
df  = 4,  P < 0.0001).  Frequency  of  available  shrubs  in  the  habitat  was 
mesquite  (22%),  huisache  (20%),  spiny  hackberry  (18%),  lime  pricklyash 
(20%),  brazil  (Ziziphus  obtusifolia)  (8%),  agarito  (5%),  Texas  persimmon 
(Diospyros  texana)  (3%),  sugar  hackberry  {Celtis  laevigata)  (2%),  and 
wolfberry  (Lycium  berlandieri)  (2%).  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  selected 
mesquite  and  avoided  all  other  shrubs  during  1992  and  1993.  Ninety-one 
percent  of  the  nests  (N  = 55)  were  placed  in  mesquite.  Nests  were  also 
placed  in  huisache  (N  = 1),  lime  pricklyash  (N  = 2),  sugar  hackberry  (N 
= 1),  and  under  a transformer  on  a telephone  pole  (N  = 1). 

Nest-site  characteristics. — Nests  were  placed  2.8  ± 0.8  m high  and  1.9 
± 1.0  m (x  ± 1 SD;  N = 60)  from  the  main  stem  of  the  shrub.  Relative 
height  of  the  nest  within  the  shrub  and  relative  horizontal  distance  from 
main  stem  to  the  shrub  canopy  were  0.60  ±0.11  and  0.49  ± 0.18,  re- 
spectively. There  was  no  correlation  (r  = -0.15,  P = 0.26)  between 
relative  nest  height  and  relative  horizontal  distance.  Average  height,  di- 
ameter, and  volume  of  nest  shrubs  were  4.7  ± 0.9  m,  7.6  ± 2.7  m,  and 
172.0  ± 133.0  m-\  respectively.  Mean  nest  orientation  was  to  the  south- 
east; however,  a majority  (58%)  of  nests  were  oriented  northwest  (18%), 
north  (17%),  and  northeast  (23%)  (Fig.  2). 

Flycatcher  v.v  random  comparisons. — Thirteen  of  the  17  vegetation 
characteristic  means  differed  {P  < 0.05)  between  flycatcher  nests  and 
random  sites  (Table  3).  The  year  X treatment  (used  or  random)  interaction 
was  significant  {P  = 0.0001)  for  total  horizontal  cover.  Total  horizontal 
cover  was  greater  (P  < 0.05)  at  random  sites  than  at  nest-sites  during 
1992  but  was  not  different  {P  > 0.05)  during  1993.  Scissor-tailed  Fly- 
catchers chose  shrubs  that  were  taller  {P  < 0.001),  greater  in  diameter  (P 
< 0.001)  and  volume  (P  < 0.001),  and  had  less  (P  < 0.001)  variation  in 
vertical  cover  than  random  shrubs.  They  also  chose  shrubs  with  less  ver- 
tical cover  from  0-1  m (P  < 0.001),  from  1-3  m (P  = 0.001),  and  from 
0-6  m (total  vertical  cover)  (P  < 0.001).  However,  there  was  more  (P  < 

0. 001)  vertical  cover  from  3-6  m at  their  nests  than  at  random  shrubs. 
Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  selected  sites  that  were  more  (P  = 0.002)  open, 

1. e.,  a greater  distance  to  the  nearest  shrub  and  shrubs  that  were  patchier 


Nolte  and  Fidhright  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


309 


s 

Fig.  2.  Percent  of  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  (N  = 60)  oriented  within  each  of  the 
eight  cardinal  compass  directions  on  the  Rob  and  Bessie  Welder  Wildlife  Refuge,  1992- 
1993. 


{P  < 0.001),  i.e.,  greater  variation  in  the  amount  of  horizontal  cover,  than 
random  sites.  Nests  were  also  placed  in  shrubs  with  greater  {P  < 0.001) 
horizontal  heterogeneity  than  random  sites. 

Tests  for  homogeneity  of  variance  indicated  differences  {P  < 0.05)  for 
seven  characteristics  (Table  3).  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  selected  shrubs 
with  greater  variation  in  shrub  diameter  {P  < 0.001)  and  volume  {P  < 
0.001)  than  random  shrubs.  Random  shrubs  had  greater  {P  < 0.001)  vari- 
ance for  vertical  cover  from  0-1  m,  from  1-3  m and  for  total  vertical 
cover,  with  less  iP  < 0.001)  variance  for  vertical  cover  from  3-6  m than 
shrubs  selected  by  flycatchers.  The  variance  of  average  distance  to  the 
nearest  woody  vegetation  was  greater  {P  < 0.001)  at  nests  than  at  random 
sites. 

Successful  unsuccessful  nest  comparisons. — There  was  no  difference 
(P  > 0.05)  between  relative  height  or  relative  horizontal  distance  at  sue- 


310 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  3 

Comparison  of  Vegetation  Characteristics  at  Scissor-tailed  Elycatcher  Nests  (N  = 

60)  vs  Random  Sites  (N  = 60) 

Ho:  Ho: 

Flycatcher  Random  equal  equal 

means  variance 

Variable  T SD  x SD  P-value  P-value 


Shrub  characteristics 


TOTHT* 

4.7 

0.9 

2.0 

0.9 

0.000 

0.841 

VI 

3.3 

0.9 

3.6 

0.7 

0.051 

0.060 

NSDIAM 

7.6 

2.7 

2.0 

1.5 

0.000 

0.000 

NSVOL 

172.0 

133.0 

10.3 

27.0 

0.000 

0.000 

VCOVOl* 

0.23 

0.15 

0.70 

0.26 

0.000 

0.000 

VCOV13* 

0.19 

0.12 

0.39 

0.30 

0.001 

0.000 

VCOV36 

0.33 

0.17 

0.04 

0.10 

0.000 

0.000 

TVCOV* 

0.25 

0.08 

0.39 

0.15 

0.000 

0.000 

CVVCOV* 

64.4 

33.4 

108.2 

40.0 

0.000 

0.170 

HCOVOl 

0.53 

0.27 

0.59 

0.21 

0.199 

0.083 

HCOV13 

0.37 

0.21 

0.34 

0.27 

0.345 

0.075 

HCOV36* 

0.20 

0.25 

0.26 

0.23 

0.037 

0.466 

THCOV*‘> 

0.32 

0.20 

0.41 

0.19 

0.000 

0.674 

CVHCOV* 

73.5 

43.0 

65.4 

38.0 

0.000 

0.351 

HHI* 

1.7 

0.6 

1.0 

0.5 

0.000 

0.239 

AVEDNW 

13.8 

24.7 

3.8 

2.4 

0.002 

0.000 

CVDNW 

40.0 

25.2 

47.1 

26.9 

0.129 

0.624 

“Significant  (P  < 0.05)  interaction  between  year  and  treatment  (used  and  random).  THCOV  at  used  and  random  sites 
differed  (P  < 0.0001)  for  1992  and  was  similar  (P  = 0.6545)  for  1993. 

* Habitat  selection. 


cessful  and  unsuccessful  nests.  Analysis  of  cover  measurements  at  Scis- 
sor-tailed Flycatcher  nests  indicated  vertical  cover  from  0-1  m was  great- 
er (P  = 0.036)  at  successful  nests  (Table  4).  Successful  nests  were  also 
placed  in  shrubs  with  less  (P  = 0.013)  patchiness  of  vertical  cover  than 
unsuccessful  nests.  The  year  X treatment  (nest  success)  interaction  was 
significant  (P  < 0.05)  for  horizontal  cover  from  1-3  m and  from  3-6  m 
and  for  total  horizontal  cover.  Contrasts  indicated  that  three  cover  attri- 
butes at  successful  and  unsuccessful  nests  differed  for  1993  (P  < 0.05) 
but  not  for  1992  (P  > 0.05). 

Tests  for  homogeneity  of  variance  indicated  differences  for  four  char- 
acteristics (Table  4).  Successful  nests  were  placed  in  shrubs  with  less 
variation  in  vertical  cover  from  0-1  m (P  = 0.027),  CV  of  mean  distance 
to  the  nearest  shrub  in  each  of  the  four  cardinal  compass  directions  (P  = 
0.005),  and  horizontal  heterogeneity  (P  = 0.005).  Variance  for  average 
distance  to  the  nearest  shrub  (P  = 0.009)  was  greater  at  successful  nests. 


Nolle  and  Fidhright  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


311 


Table  4 

Comparison  of  Vegetation  Characteristics  at  Successful  (N  = 17)  and 
Unsuccessful  (N  = 39)  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  Nests  on  the  Rob  and  Bessie 
Welder  Wildlife  Refuge,  San  Patricio  County,  Texas,  1992-1993 


Ho:  Ho: 

Successful  Unsuccessful  equal  equal 

means  variance 

Variable  T SD  T SD  P-value  P-value 


Shrub  characteristics 


TOTHT 

VI 

NSDIAM 

NSVOL 

VCOVOl* * 

VCOV13 

VCOV36 

TVCOV 

CVVCOV* 

HCOVOl 

Hcovn*^' 

HCOV36*“ 

THCOV^^" 

CVHCOV 

HHI* 

AVEDNW 

CVDNW* 

Placement  characteristics 
NESTHT 
RELHT 
TOPDIST 
ORIENT 
DTRK 
TOTTRK 
RELTRK 
NSTANGL 
COVOl 
COV13 
COV36 
TCOV 
CVCOV 


4.6 

0.8 

4.7 

3.4 

1.0 

3.2 

7.7 

2.7 

7.7 

173.0 

128.0 

175.0 

0.29 

0.12 

0.21 

0.20 

0.12 

0.18 

0.31 

0.15 

0.33 

0.27 

0.06 

0.24 

48.8 

25.7 

71.6 

0.45 

0.25 

0.56 

0.33 

0.22 

0.39 

0.15 

0.19 

0.24 

0.26 

0.16 

0.36 

73.6 

49.0 

72.5 

1.6 

0.3 

1.8 

17.9 

34.6 

12.7 

37.4 

14.8 

40.6 

2.8 

0.9 

2.8 

0.60 

0.13 

0.60 

1.8 

0.6 

1.9 

171.0 

68.0 

1 13.0 

1.7 

1.1 

2.1 

3.8 

1.4 

3.9 

0.46 

0.21 

0.50 

37 

27 

31 

0.27 

0.07 

0.23 

0.23 

0.06 

0.23 

0.20 

0.13 

0.19 

0.24 

0.06 

0.23 

32.7 

35.7 

31.8 

0.9 

0.220 

0.668 

0.9 

0.801 

0.648 

2.7 

0.426 

0.939 

137.0 

0.368 

0.797 

0.16 

0.036 

0.027 

0.11 

0.342 

0.953 

0.18 

0.172 

0.131 

0.09 

0.218 

0.231 

32.6 

0.047 

0.304 

0.27 

0.200 

0.811 

0.21 

0.003 

0.686 

0.28 

0.000 

0.153 

0.22 

0.000 

0.232 

42.5 

0.812 

0.453 

0.6 

0.285 

0.005 

20.8 

0.401 

0.009 

29.3 

0.776 

0.005 

0.8 

0.176 

0.643 

0.11 

0.409 

0.326 

0.5 

0.912 

0.373 

68.0 

0.066 

0.867 

1.0 

0.466 

0.900 

1.4 

0.426 

0.939 

0.18 

0.775 

0.243 

22 

0.483 

0.324 

0.08 

0.066 

0.326 

0.07 

0.140 

0.672 

0.1 1 

0.208 

0.394 

0.06 

0.279 

0.685 

25.1 

0.463 

0.077 

•Significant  (P  < 0.05)  interaction  between  year  and  treatment  (successful  and  unsuccessful).  HCOV13,  HCOV36.  and 
THCOV  at  successful  and  unsuccessful  nests  differed  (P  < 0.05)  during  1993  but  were  similar  (P  > 0.05)  during  1992. 

* Habitat  selection. 


312 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


DISCUSSION 

The  nesting  success  rate  (39%)  for  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  on  the 
Welder  Refuge  was  less  than  that  reported  for  other  flycatchers  except 
Eastern  Kingbirds  (25.6%)  in  Kansas  (Murphy  1986).  Scissor-tailed  Fly- 
catchers had  the  highest  success  rate  81%  (N  = 16)  (Murphy  1983)  and 
clutch  size  4.69  (N  = 16)  (Murphy  1988)  of  all  tyrannids  reported.  Mean 
clutch  size  on  the  Welder  Refuge  was  similar  to  that  reported  by  Murphy 
(1988),  suggesting  Fitch’s  (1950)  estimate  of  nest  success  was  low,  pos- 
sibly because  of  the  inclusion  of  incomplete  nests.  Similarities  between 
clutch  sizes  indicate  nests  on  the  Welder  Refuge  suffered  a greater  mor- 
tality rate  during  the  post-laying  period.  Above-average  rainfall  during 
the  1992  and  1993  breeding  seasons  was  partially  responsible  for  lower 
nesting  success  because  high  winds  and  heavy  rains  dislodged  nests  from 
shrubs.  Murphy  (1986)  reported  losses  caused  by  weather  were  mostly 
from  wind  blowing  nests  from  trees.  Abiotic  factors  were  also  believed 
to  have  accounted  for  many  of  the  nest  failures  from  unknown  causes 
during  1993.  However,  since  most  of  the  these  nests  could  not  be  found, 
or  the  nest  contents  had  disappeared,  the  exact  cause  of  failure  remains 
uncertain. 

Nest  success  may  be  affected  at  two  spatial  scales:  habitat  in  the  im- 
mediate vicinity  of  the  nest  (shrub  characteristics)  and  habitat  surrounding 
the  nest  (characteristics  of  the  nest  patch)  (MacKenzie  and  Sealy  1981, 
Martin  and  Roper  1988).  This  study  focused  on  nesting  success  and  nest- 
site  selection  at  the  nest  shrub  scale.  We  believe  this  degree  of  resolution 
was  sufficient  to  describe  nest-site  selection  by  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers. 
Nests  were  placed,  on  average,  2.8  m high  in  shrubs  4.7  m tall.  Mean 
height  of  available  shrubs  was  only  2 m and  therefore  would  not  provide 
much  horizontal  obstruction  for  their  nests  placed  in  adjacent  shrubs. 
Because  of  the  nest  height,  conspicuous  nest  placement,  and  orientation 
away  from  prevailing  winds,  it  appears  that  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  se- 
lect attributes  related  to  nest  shrubs  rather  than  the  surrounding  habitat. 

Site  selection  for  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  may  have  been  a function 
of  selecting  characteristics  that  allowed  adults  to  monitor  and  defend  the 
nest  site  since  horizontal  cover  was  less  at  successful  nests.  Ricklefs 
(1977)  found  that  a strong  correlation  existed  between  nest  conspicuous- 
ness and  intensity  of  nest  defense  in  tropical  passerines.  Scissor-tailed 
Flycatcher  nests  were  generally  found  >100  m apart  and  were  located  in 
open  stands  of  mesquite  on  the  Welder  Refuge.  Fitch  (1950)  noted  that 
nests  were  never  found  within  76  y of  each  other.  Spacing  of  Scissor- 
tailed  Flycatcher  nests  is  partially  a function  of  the  open  habitat  selected 
and  partially  because  of  the  size  and  aggressive  defense  of  individual 


Nolte  and  Fidbhght  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


313 


territories.  Placing  nests  in  open  shrubs  (less  vertical  and  horizontal  cover) 
would  allow  for  sufhcient  air  space  in  which  the  birds  can  maneuver  to 
attack  intruders.  However,  less  total  cover  may  also  increase  the  risk  of 
nest  failure  from  abiotic  factors. 

Nest  orientation  relative  to  the  center  of  the  shrub  should  influence 
losses  of  nests  because  of  abiotic  factors,  including  prevailing  southeast 
winds  and  numerous  thunderstorms  originating  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
during  the  nesting  season.  Since  only  25%  of  the  nests  were  oriented  to 
the  east,  southeast,  or  south  (toward  prevailing  winds),  the  birds  appeared 
to  place  nests  so  as  to  minimize  the  effects  of  abiotic  factors.  Placement 
of  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nests  within  shrubs  appeared  to  minimize  hor- 
izontal cover  while  favorable  nest  orientation  may  have  provided  some 
respite  from  the  wind,  rain,  and  sun,  thus  partially  mitigating  the  effects 
of  mortality  from  overexposure  to  the  sun.  Murphy  (1985)  described  nest- 
ling deaths  from  overexposure  to  sun  in  Eastern  Kingbirds,  as  a source 
of  mortality. 

Murphy  (1983)  noted  that  predation  was  the  driving  force  behind  nest- 
site  selection  in  Eastern  Kingbirds,  as  nests  placed  extremely  low  or  ex- 
tremely high  within  trees  had  the  lowest  probability  of  fledging  young. 
He  added  that  maximum  success  occurred  at  relative  nest  heights  and 
relative  horizontal  distances  from  the  tree  center  to  the  shrub  canopy  edge 
of  about  0.5.  Our  results  differ  somewhat  from  the  above.  Although  nests 
were  placed  at  relative  heights  and  horizontal  distances  of  0.6  and  0.5, 
respectively,  there  was  no  difference  between  successful  and  unsuccessful 
nests  for  either  variable. 

Nest  concealment  was  greater  at  low  predation  nests  than  at  high  pre- 
dation nests  for  woodland  birds  including  the  Hermit  Thrush  {Hylocichla 
guttata).  Prairie  Warbler  (Dendroica  discolor).  Mourning  Dove  (Zenaida 
macroura),  and  Eastern  Kingbird  (Murphy  1983,  Westmoreland  and  Best 
1985,  Martin  and  Roper  1988).  Great-tailed  Grackles  (Cassidix  mexican- 
us)  appeared  to  be  the  primary  avian  predator  of  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher 
nests.  Large  groups  of  grackles  were  observed  harassing  Scissor-tailed 
Flycatchers  at  their  nest  sites  on  numerous  occasions.  Raccoons  (Procyon 
lotor),  and  opossums  (Didelphis  virginianus)  were  the  only  common 
mammalian  predators  present  on  the  study  site  capable  of  depredating  the 
flycatcher  nests.  We  documented  no  incidence  of  mammalian  predation 
on  nests  during  the  two  years  of  this  study;  however,  these  mammalian 
predators  are  nocturnal  and  direct  observations  would  be  unlikely.  Vertical 
cover  <1  m was  greater  at  successful  nests  than  at  unsuccessful  nests. 
Greater  ground  cover  may  inhibit  some  terrestrial  predators  from  locating 
nests,  although  reptilian  predators  may  actually  benefit. 

Nineteen  nests  were  abandoned  before  egg-laying  for  unknown  reasons. 


314 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Frequent  visitation  to  nests  has  been  documented  to  affect  nesting  success. 
However,  daily  intrusions,  including  removal  of  young  for  measurements, 
did  not  adversely  affect  nesting  success  of  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers 
(Fitch  1950).  Because  nests  of  unknown  fate  were  often  found  intact 
although  empty,  snake  predation  likely  contributed  to  nest  failure.  Had 
mammalian  and  avian  predators  been  responsible,  it  is  likely  that  shell 
fragments  or  other  signs  would  have  been  left  at  the  nest  site.  Several 
species  of  snakes  known  to  prey  on  eggs  and  nestlings  were  present 
throughout  the  study  area.  Kingsnakes  (Lampropeltis  spp.),  yellow-bellied 
racers  {Coluber  constrictor  flaviventris),  and  western  coachwhips  {Mas- 
ticophis  flagellum  testaceus)  were  observed  at  nest  sites  on  several  oc- 
casions and  were  observed  or  suspected  to  be  the  source  of  nest  failure 
on  numerous  other  occasions  for  Dickcissels  {Spiza  americana).  Mourn- 
ing Doves,  Northern  Mockingbirds  {Mimus  polyglottos),  and  Northern 
Cardinals  (Cardinalis  cardinalis)  on  the  Welder  Refuge  (Nolte,  pers.  ob- 
serv.). 

Strength  of  attachment  of  the  nest  to  the  shrub  may  be  an  important 
component  of  nest  success.  Many  nests  failed  before  hatching  or  fledging 
because  they  were  dislodged  from  the  nest  shrub  following  storms.  Con- 
spicuous placement  of  nests  may  render  them  more  vulnerable  to  unpre- 
dictable, heavy  rainfall  and  wind  events  than  those  of  most  other  passer- 
ines which  nest  in  short,  dense  shrubs  in  south  Texas.  Additional  research 
should  be  conducted  to  determine  if  the  firmness  of  nest  attachment  is 
related  to  nesting  success. 

On  the  Welder  Refuge,  randomly  available  shrubs  appeared  to  be  of 
insufficient  size  to  accommodate  placement  of  flycatcher  nests.  Mesquite 
seemed  to  afford  the  best  compromise  by  providing  optimal  cover  and 
by  allowing  nests  to  be  placed  at  locations  inaccessible  to  terrestrial  pred- 
ators. Previous  investigators  have  reported  that  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers 
nest  in  any  species  of  tree  that  is  isolated  and  is  open-foliaged  (Bent  1942, 
Fitch  1950).  The  structural  attributes  provided  by  mesquite  may  be  only 
partially  responsible  for  nest-site  selection  by  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers. 
They  selected  for  total  height  of  nest  shrubs;  therefore,  size  relative  to 
other  available  shrubs  may  also  have  a role  in  shrub  selection  on  the 
Welder  Refuge. 

Based  on  the  results  of  this  study,  we  accept  the  hypothesis  that  Scissor- 
tailed  Flycatchers  select  nest  sites  based  on  horizontal  structure  of  the 
shrub.  Our  results  indicate  that  nest-site  selection  in  Scissor-tailed  Fly- 
catchers appears  to  be  a trade-off  between  providing  air  space  around  the 
nest  (less  horizontal  cover)  for  defense  from  predators  and  at  the  expense 
of  increasing  exposure  to  abiotic  influences  such  as  wind,  rain,  and  solar 
radiation.  Results  did  not,  however,  support  the  predictions  that  nest-site 


Nolle  and  Fidhright  • SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHER  NESTING 


315 


selection  was  a function  of  vertical  cover  or  that  a negative  relationship 
existed  between  relative  nest  height  and  relative  horizontal  distance  within 
the  nest  shrub. 

About  400,000  ha  of  rangelands  in  Texas  are  annually  treated  with 
herbicides,  often  with  the  goal  of  decreasing  the  density  of  mesquite. 
Brush  management  practices,  to  one  degree  or  another,  result  in  setting 
back  succession.  We  found  evidence  that  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  show 
shrub-specific  site  tenacity.  In  1993,  six  nests  were  placed  in  shrubs  that 
contained  a Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher  nest  in  1992.  Subsequent  observa- 
tions in  1994  indicated  that  25  nests  were  in  shrubs  containing  Scissor- 
tailed  Flycatcher  nests  in  at  least  one  of  the  two  previous  years.  If  areas 
used  as  nest-sites  are  subsequently  altered  via  some  brush  management 
practice,  returning  pairs  of  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers  may  attempt  to  re- 
nest in  dead  shrubs.  We  documented  eight  occasions  when  nests  were 
placed  in  shrubs  that  were  dead  before  initiation  of  nesting  activity,  and 
in  all  eight  cases  the  nests  failed.  The  widespread  use  of  such  practices 
could  decrease  the  available  nesting  habitat  for  Scissor-tailed  Flycatchers. 
Our  results  indicate  this  will  undoubtedly  result  in  a greater  rate  of  nest 
mortality.  Other  passerine  species,  including  cavity  nesters  or  those  that 
require  larger  shrubs  for  nest  placement  and  support,  could  be  equally 
affected.  Managers  should  consider  leaving  strips  or  patches  of  untreated 
brush  when  large  acreages  of  rangeland  are  managed.  Another  manage- 
ment strategy  could  be  to  leave  dispersed  mature  mesquite  in  an  area 
following  treatment.  Brush  control  on  sites  without  mesquite  should  allow 
for  the  preservation  of  individuals  or  loose  clumps  of  the  largest  trees 
available. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  are  grateful  to  James  Teer  and  the  Rob  and  Bessie  Welder  Wildlife  Foundation  for 
support  during  this  study.  We  thank  P.  A.  Moody  for  assisting  with  field  work  and  data 
management.  We  also  thank  Fred  Guthery,  Eric  Hellgren,  Ralph  Bingham,  Michael  T.  Mur- 
phy, Richard  Conner,  and  several  anonymous  reviewers  for  valuable  comments  on  this 
manuscript.  This  is  Rob  and  Bessie  Welder  Wildlife  Foundation  contribution  447. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bent,  A.  C.  1942.  Life  histories  of  North  American  flycatchers,  larks,  swallows,  and  their 
allies.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull.  179. 

Drawe,  D.  L.,  a.  D.  Chamrad,  and  T.  W.  Box.  1978.  Plant  communities  of  the  Welder 
Wildlife  Refuge,  2nd  ed.  Cont.  No.  5,  revised.  Welder  Wildlife  Foundation,  Sinton, 
Texas. 

Fitch,  R.  W,  Jr.  1950.  Life  history  and  ecology  of  the  Scissor-tailed  Flycatcher,  Muscivoro 
forficata.  Auk  67:144-168. 

Guckian,  W.  J.  and  R.  N.  Garcia.  1979.  Soil  survey  of  San  Patricio  and  Aransas  Counties, 
Texas.  U.S.D.A.,  Soil  Conserv.  Serv. 


316 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2.  June  1996 


Johnson,  D.  H.  1979.  Estimating  nest  success:  the  Mayfield  method  and  an  alternative. 
Auk  96:651-661. 

Mackenzie,  D.  I.  and  S.  G.  Sealy.  1981.  Nest  site  selection  in  Eastern  and  Western 
Kingbirds:  a multivariate  approach.  Condor  83:310-321. 

Martin,  T.  E.  and  J.  J.  Roper.  1988.  Nest  predation  and  nest-site  selection  of  a western 
population  of  the  Hermit  Thrush.  Condor  90:51—57. 

Mayfield,  H.  1961.  Nesting  success  calculated  from  exposure.  Wilson  Bull.  73:255—261. 

. 1975.  Suggestions  for  calculating  nest  success.  Wilson  Bull.  87:456-466. 

Murphy,  M.  T.  1983.  Nest  success  and  nesting  habits  of  Eastern  Kingbirds  and  other 
flycatchers.  Condor  85:208—219. 

. 1985.  Nestling  Eastern  Kingbird  growth:  effects  of  initial  size  and  ambient  tem- 
perature. Ecology  66:162—170. 

. 1986.  Temporal  components  of  reproductive  variability  in  Eastern  Kingbirds  {Tyr- 

annus  tyrannus).  Ecology  67:1483-1492. 

. 1988.  Comparative  reproductive  biology  of  kingbirds  (Tyrannus  spp.)  in  eastern 

Kansas.  Wilson  Bull.  100:357-376. 

. 1989.  Life  history  variability  in  North  American  breeding  tyrant  flycatchers:  phy- 
togeny, size  or  ecology?  Oikos  54:3-14. 

Neu,  C.  W.,  C.  R.  Byers,  and  J.  M.  Peek.  1974.  A technique  for  analysis  of  utilization- 
availability  data.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  38:541-545. 

Ratti,  j.  T,  D.  L.  Mackey,  and  J.  R.  Alldredge.  1984.  Analysis  of  spruce  grouse  habitat 
in  north-central  Washington.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  48:1188-1196. 

Ricklefs,  R.  E.  1977.  Reactions  of  some  Panamanian  birds  to  human  intrusion  at  the  nest. 
Condor  79:376-379. 

Robins,  J.  D.  1970.  The  relationship  of  food  supply  to  the  timing  of  breeding  in  aerial 
foragers.  Kansas  Ornithol.  Soc.  Bull.  21:9-15. 

Rotenberry,  j.  T.  and  J.  A.  Wiens.  1980.  Habitat  structure,  patchiness,  and  avian  com- 
munities in  North  American  steppe  vegetation:  a multivariate  analysis.  Ecology  6:1228- 
1250. 

Statistical  Analysis  Institute.  1988.  SAS/STAT  user’s  guide.  SAS  Inst.  Cary,  North 
Carolina. 

Sokol,  R.  R.  and  R.  J.  Rohlf.  1973.  Introduction  to  biostatistics.  W.H.  Ereeman,  San 
Francisco. 

Weins,  j.  a.  and  j.  T.  Rotenberry.  1985.  Response  of  breeding  pas.serine  birds  to  range- 
land  alteration  in  a North  American  shrubsteppe  locality.  J.  Appl.  Ecol.  22:655—668. 

Westmoreland,  D.  and  L.  B.  Best.  1985.  The  effect  of  disturbance  on  Mourning  Dove 
nesting  success.  Auk  102:774—780. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  317-334 


BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  BROWN  NODDY  ON 
TERN  ISLAND,  HAWAII 

Jennifer  L.  Megyesi'  and  Curtice  R.  Griffin^ 

Abstract. — We  observed  Brown  Noddy  (Anoiis  stolidiis  pileatus)  breeding  phenology 
and  population  trends  on  Tern  Island,  French  Frigate  Shoals,  Hawaii,  from  1982  to  1992. 
Peaks  of  laying  ranged  from  the  first  week  in  January  to  the  first  week  in  November; 
however,  most  laying  occurred  between  March  and  September  each  year.  Incubation  length 
was  34.8  days  (N  = 19,  SD  = 0.6,  range  = 29-37  days).  There  were  no  differences  in 
breeding  pairs  between  the  measurements  of  the  first  egg  laid  and  successive  eggs  laid  within 
a season.  The  proportion  of  light-  and  dark-colored  chicks  was  26%  and  74%,  respectively 
(N  = 221)  and  differed  from  other  Brown  Noddy  colonies  studied  in  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
oceans.  The  length  of  time  between  clutches  depended  on  whether  the  previous  outcome 
was  a failed  clutch  or  a successfully  fledged  chick.  Hatching,  fledging,  and  reproductive 
success  were  significantly  different  between  years.  The  subspecies  (A.  s.  pileatus)  differs  in 
many  aspects  of  its  breeding  biology  from  other  colonies  in  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans, 
in  regard  to  year-round  occurrence  at  the  colony,  frequent  renesting  attempts,  large  egg  size, 
proportion  of  light  and  dark  colored  chicks,  and  low  reproductive  success  caused  by  in- 
clement weather  and  predation  by  Great  Frigatebirds  (Fregata  minor).  Received  31  Mar., 
1995,  accepted  5 Dec.  1995. 


The  Brown  Noddy  (Anous  stolidus)  is  the  largest  and  most  widely 
distributed  of  the  tropical  and  subtropical  tern  species  (Cramp  1985).  The 
breeding  biology  of  the  nominate  subspecies  A.  s.  stolidus  has  been  stud- 
ied extensively  in  its  Atlantic  range  (Dorward  and  Ashmole  1963,  Rob- 
ertson 1964,  Morris  and  Chardine  1992);  however,  few  studies  exist  for 
A.  s.  pileatus  which  ranges  over  most  of  the  Pacific  and  Indian  oceans 
(Cramp  1985).  Brown  (1973,  1977)  published  most  of  the  information  on 
Brown  Noddies  breeding  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands;  however,  his  obser- 
vations spanned  only  two  breeding  seasons.  Here,  we  present  observations 
of  the  breeding  biology  of  this  species  in  the  Northwestern  Hawaiian 
Islands,  the  northern-most  part  of  its  range,  and  compare  it  to  previous 
reports  from  other  Hawaiian  Islands  and  with  observations  of  the  biology 
of  the  subspecies  A.  s.  stolidus  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

French  Frigate  Shoals  is  a crescent-shaped  atoll  situated  approximately  midway  in  the 
Hawaiian  Archipelago  (23°45'N,  166°17'W)  and  is  part  of  the  Northwe.stern  Hawaiian  Is- 
lands National  Wildlife  Refuge  administered  by  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
(USFWS).  The  atoll  contains  10  well-established  islands  and  as  many  as  nine  sandy  islets 
that  are  seasonally  awash  (Fig.  1).  Tern  Island,  located  near  the  northwestern  tip  of  the  atoll, 

' RO.  Box  741,  Truro,  Massachusetts  02666. 

^ Dept.  Forestry  and  Wildlife  Management,  Univ.  of  Massachusetts,  Amherst,  Massachusetts  OUKH. 

317 


318 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS 


Gf^' 


ME' 


v\^' 


166  20' W 


FRENCH  FRIGATE  SHOALS 

166'l0' W 


23' 50'  N 

TRIG 

. ■ - TERN  • 

- 

..SHARK 

• 

WHALESKATE 

23'50'N 

ROUND 
• • MULLET 



LA  PEROUSE 

EAST  / 

\ 

• 

23  40'N 


. kciN 

'■  %LITTLE  GIN 

r 


DISAPPEARING 

•- 


23  40'N 


/ 


166  20' W 166  10' W 

Fig.  1 . French  Frigate  Shoals,  with  insert  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands. 


is  the  largest  island  and  the  only  human-made  island  at  French  Frigate  Shoals.  Originally 
4.4  ha  in  size,  the  island  is  now  approximately  15.0  ha,  measuring  945  m in  length  and 
99.1  m wide  (Amerson  1971,  USFWS  unpubl.  data).  The  island  was  expanded  to  accom- 
modate military  operations  during  the  1940s.  An  active,  crushed-coral  runway,  approxi- 
mately 76.2  m wide,  extends  the  length  of  the  island.  Sixteen  species  of  seabirds  nest  on 
Tern  Island  (Amerson  1971,  USFWS).  No  mammalian  land  predators  occur  within  the  atoll. 
At  French  Frigate  Shoals,  Brown  Noddies  nest  on  Tern,  La  Perouse,  Whaleskate,  East  and 
Little  Gin  islands.  Tern  Island  has  the  largest  nesting  colony,  with  approximately  1700- 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


319 


Fig.  2.  Location  of  Brown  Noddy  study  plots  A,  B,  C,  and  D on  Tern  Island,  French 
Frigate  Shoals,  Hawaii. 


2500  nesting  pairs.  East  Island,  approximately  13  km  southeast  of  Tern  Island,  is  the  next 
largest  colony  with  approximately  500  breeding  pairs. 

Four  study  plots  were  chosen  on  Tern  Island  because  of  high  numbers  of  accessible  Brown 
Noddy  nests  (Fig.  2).  Study  plot  A oceurred  on  the  north  side  of  Tern  Island.  The  plot 
measured  78  m in  length  and  ranged  from  10.3  to  7.8  m wide.  The  plot  consisted  of  non- 
vegetated  areas  of  coralline  rubble,  dense  stands  of  the  grass  Lepturus  repens  on  its  northern 
edge  and  sparse  patches  of  small  Chenopodium  oahuense  shrubs  on  its  southern  edge;  two 
small  Tournefortia  argentea  bushes  were  in  the  middle  of  the  plot.  Study  plot  B was  on 
the  south  side  of  the  island,  extending  120  m east  to  west  and  3.5  m north  to  south  from 
the  edge  of  the  runway.  Small  (<2  m in  height)  Tournefortia  argentea  bushes,  Lepturus 
repens,  Boerhavia  repens,  Portulaca  spp.,  and  Eleusine  indica  were  the  major  vegetative 
cover  in  study  plot  B.  A coralline  berm  extended  along  the  plot’s  length,  approximately  1.5 
m from  the  north  edge  of  the  plot.  Habitat  and  total  area  of  study  plot  C were  similar  to 
that  of  study  plot  A.  Study  plot  D was  used  to  determine  breeding  success  of  Brown  Noddy 
nests  > 1 m above  the  ground  in  Tournefortia  argentea  and  Pluchea  spp.  bushes.  Study  plot 
A was  used  in  all  years  of  the  study,  while  study  plot  B was  used  in  1989-1992;  plots  C 
and  D were  used  in  1980,  1981,  and  1982. 

We  made  observations  of  Brown  Noddy  breeding  phenology  and  population  trends  on 
Tern  Island  from  1982  to  1992.  Data  on  other  aspects  of  breeding  biology,  including  incu- 
bation behaviors,  egg  measurements,  chick  polymorphism  and  growth,  and  parental  care 
and  breeding  success  were  collected  in  1980-1982  and  1989-1992  (Table  1).  Observations 
in  1980  through  1987  were  made  by  several  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  personnel; 
observations  in  1988-1992  were  made  primarily  by  the  senior  author. 

Beginning  each  breeding  season,  from  1982  to  1992,  we  conducted  island-wide  searches 
and  recorded  dates  of  first  arrival  for  Brown  Noddy  adults,  first  eggs  laid,  and  first  chicks 
hatched  and  fledged.  Because  of  protracted  laying  and  numerous  ne.sting  attempts,  only  the 
minimum  number  of  breeding  pairs  on  the  island  was  determined  each  breeding  season  by 
recording  the  highest  number  of  nests  containing  either  an  egg  or  a chick  on  island-wide 
monthly  counts  of  ne.sts  during  1982-1985  and  by  island-wide  counts  made  every  36  days 
(the  mean  incubation  length  of  Brown  Noddies  reported  by  Brown  |1977|),  during  1985- 


320 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  1 

Data  Collection  on  Tern  Island,  Lrench  Lrigate  Shoals,  Hawaii 

Data  collected 

Year  collected 

Study  ploP 

Breeding  phenology 

1982-1992 

Island-wide 

Number  of  breeding  pairs 

1982-1992 

Island-wide 

Incubation  behaviors 

1980-1981,  1989-1992 

A,  B,  C,  D 

Egg  morphometries 

1980-1982,  1989-1992 

A,  B,  C,  D 

Chick  polymorphism 

1980-1981,  1988 

A,  C,  D 

Chick  growth 

1980 

A,  C,  D 

Relay  intervals 

1989-1992 

B 

Parental  care  of  nestling 

1989-1992 

B 

Breeding  success 

1982,  1989-1992 

A,  B,  C,  D 

“Study  plots  C and  D were  primarily  used  only  in  1980  and  1981  and  in  1982  for  breeding  success. 


1992.  Study  plots  were  checked  every  other  day  while  nests  were  active,  and  every  five 
days  when  there  were  no  active  nests,  except  during  inclement  weather  (winds  exceeding 
8.6  km/h  in  combination  with  rain).  Because  laying  occurs  throughout  the  year  on  Tern 
Island  but  is  extremely  synchronous  for  noddies,  we  defined  breeding  season  as  the  period 
between  the  laying  of  the  first  egg  to  the  laying  of  the  last  egg  within  the  study  plots, 
regardless  of  calendar  year.  In  1980  and  1981,  breeding  occurred  from  March  to  October. 
However,  from  November  20,  1988  to  October  7,  1990,  Brown  Noddies  nested  continuously. 
We  considered  the  beginning  of  the  1990  breeding  season  to  be  December  21,  1989,  when 
there  were  no  chicks  less  than  four  weeks  of  age  left  on  the  island  and  within  the  plots  and 
when  a new  peak  of  laying  occurred.  Lrom  this  peak,  study  plot  A was  monitored  contin- 
uously for  three  successive  breeding  seasons,  December  21,  1989  to  October  7,  1990,  March 
15  to  September  10,  1991,  and  Lebruary  2 to  November  12,  1992.  In  1980  and  1981,  all 
nests  within  study  plots  A,  C,  and  D were  marked  with  individually  numbered  metal  tags, 
and  the  fate  of  each  nest  was  recorded.  In  1989-1992,  nesting  success  in  study  plot  A was 
observed  by  marking  each  nest  with  a blue-painted  piece  of  coral  placed  5—12  cm  north  of 
the  nest.  Lor  all  of  study  plot  A,  the  total  number  of  new  eggs,  eggs  lost,  and  newly  hatched 
chicks  were  recorded  at  each  check.  All  chicks  that  reached  three  weeks  of  age  were  banded 
with  a size  3 incaloy  USLWS  band.  All  dead  chicks  found  within  the  plot  were  recorded. 

Beginning  in  October  1989,  breeding  adults  were  color-banded  within  study  plot  B to 
monitor  individual  breeding  success  and  effort.  Twenty-one  pairs  were  banded  during  1989. 
All  breeding  attempts  for  these  color-banded  pairs  were  recorded.  Thereafter,  pairs  were 
captured  at  the  beginning  of  each  season  so  that  the  number  of  breeding  attempts  for  each 
pair  could  be  monitored  for  the  entire  breeding  season.  Thirteen  pairs  were  banded  in  1990, 
and  29  pairs  were  banded  in  1991.  All  birds  were  captured  by  hand,  or  by  using  a long- 
handled  minnow  net  during  daytime  hours.  They  were  then  banded  with  a unique  color- 
band  combination  consisting  of  three  plastic  bands  and  a size  3 incaloy,  USLWS  band.  A 
total  of  1 14  birds,  representing  62  pairs,  were  color-banded. 

All  nests  within  study  plot  B belonging  to  color-banded  pairs  were  marked  with  a uniquely 
numbered  rock.  Dates  of  laying,  hatching,  fledging,  and  chick  departure  from  the  island  for 
each  nesting  attempt  were  recorded.  Eggs  in  marked  nests  were  weighed  with  a 100-g  Pesola 
scale  to  the  nearest  1 g;  eggs  three  days  of  age  or  older  were  not  weighed.  Measurements 
of  egg  length  and  breadth  were  taken  with  digital  or  manual  vernier  calipers  to  the  nearest 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOEOGY 


321 


0.1  mm.  The  late  of  each  marked  nest  was  recorded  (i.e.,  failed  egg  or  dead  chick).  In 
addition  to  daily  searches,  observations  of  color-banded  birds  were  conducted  from  May  I 
to  May  27,  1992  at  06:00—07:45,  12:00—13:45,  and  20:00-21:45  h.  All  sightings  of  color- 
banded  birds  on  any  part  of  the  island  were  recorded  during  1989-1992.  Incubation  lengths 
were  gathered  periodically  throughout  1989—1992  for  nests  with  known  dates  for  laying  and 
hatching.  Incubation  shifts  were  followed  for  a total  of  10  pairs  in  1980  and  57  pairs  in 
1981;  one  bird  from  each  pair  was  marked  on  the  crown  with  picric  acid.  Incubation  shifts 
were  recorded  every  2 h for  a total  of  72  h during  each  of  five  observation  periods.  The 
sex  was  not  known  for  any  of  the  67  pairs  of  birds,  and  pairs  were  in  various  stages  of 
incubation  at  the  time  of  monitoring. 

Proportions  of  chicks  with  light  down  versus  dark  down  were  determined  in  1980,  1981, 
and  1989.  Although  there  were  intermediate  plumages,  chicks  were  considered  light-colored 
if  they  did  not  contrast  markedly  with  the  coralline  rubble  and  dark  if  they  resembled  the 
color  ol  the  adult  plumage.  In  1980,  chick  growth  for  an  initial  sample  of  28  chicks  in  study 
plot  A was  measured  every  3—4  days  until  chicks  fledged.  Chicks  were  weighed  with  a 
Pesola  scale  to  the  nearest  0.5  g;  culmen,  wing  chord,  and  tarsus  lengths  were  measured 
with  vernier  calipers  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm.  In  1989-1992,  fledglings  were  weighed  (Sone 
week  post-fledging)  using  a 500-g  Pesola  scale  to  the  nearest  2.0  g,  and  culmen  and  wing 
chord  were  measured  with  vernier  calipers  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm.  In  all  years  of  study, 
chicks  were  considered  fledged  at  the  first  sign  of  sustained  flight  when  nests  were  being 
checked.  Island-wide  searches  for  fledglings  were  conducted,  and  their  nests  were  checked 
periodically  after  dusk  between  19:00  and  22:00  h.  After  14  days  of  no  sightings,  a fledgling 
was  considered  absent  from  the  island. 


RESULTS 

Breeding  phenology  and  population  estimates. — The  minimum  nesting 
population  on  Tern  Island  appeared  to  increase  during  the  ten  years  of 
the  study  from  at  least  375  pairs  in  1982  to  at  least  2410  pairs  in  1992. 
Breeding  phenology  varied  widely  between  years  = 15824.28;  df  = 
88;  P < 0.001);  however,  the  largest  peaks  of  laying  occurred  between 
March  and  September  each  year  (Fig.  3).  Peaks  of  laying  varied  widely 
during  these  months  from  1982  through  1985  and  in  1991;  while  in  1986 
and  1987,  peak  laying  occurred  in  late  April,  and  in  late  June  in  1992. 
From  1988  through  1989,  Brown  Noddies  nested  continuously. 

Noddies  usually  nested  on  the  ground  in  open,  coralline  rubble  areas. 
Nests  varied,  ranging  from  inornate  to  elaborately  lined  with  pieces  of 
colored  plastic,  shells,  crab  carapaces,  and  vegetation.  Brown  Noddies 
nested  as  high  as  1.0  m above  the  ground  in  Pluchea  spp.,  Chenopodium 
ohauense,  and  Lepturus  repens,  in  which  nests  consisted  of  dense  plat- 
forms of  vegetation  as  large  as  0.5  m in  diameter  and  20  cm  thick. 

Egg  measurements,  incubation  behaviors,  and  renesting. — Of  2,889 
nests  observed  on  Tern  Island,  all  contained  one  egg  that  ranged  in  color 
from  all  white  to  heavily  speckled  brown.  There  was  little  variation  in 
mean  egg  length  and  breadth  between  years  (N  = 304  and  303,  respec- 
tively); however,  egg  mass  differed  in  some  years  (N  = 253;,  one-way 
ANOVA,  Table  2).  Mean  length,  breadth,  and  mass  of  color-banded  pairs’ 


Number  of  Nests 


322 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N 


1982  1 1983  I 1984  | 1985  | 1986  | 1987 


J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N J MM  J S N 
1988  I 1989  1 1990  | 1991  1 1992 

Year 

Fig.  3.  Nesting  phenology  and  numbers  of  nests  containing  eggs  of  Brown  Noddies  on 
Tern  Island,  French  Frigate  Shoals,  Hawaii,  1982—1992. 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


323 


Mean  Egg  Measurements  (± 

Table  2 

SD;  N IN  Parentheses)  for  Tern  Island  Brown  Noddies 

Year 

Length 

(mm) 

Breadth 

(mm) 

Mass 

(g) 

1981 

53.7  ± 2.0 

36.9  ± 1.0 

36.0  ± 2.4 

(30) 

(30) 

(30) 

1982 

53.4  ± 2.2 

36.7  ± 1.2 

37.2  ± 3.0 

(150) 

(149) 

(124) 

1989 

53.3  ± 1.5 

36.6  ± 1.6 

38.2  ± 2.5 

(20) 

(20) 

(2) 

1990 

53.2  ± 1.8 

36.9  ± 0.9 

39.0  ± 2.7 

(94) 

(49) 

(48) 

1991 

53.2  ± 2.1 

36.8  ± 1.1 

37.9  ± 3.0 

(55) 

(55) 

(49) 

0.28 

0.53 

7.89 

P 

0.89 

0.71 

<0.00D 

* ANOVA  tests  for  differences  between  years;  df  = 4,  299,  for  length;  4,  298,  for  breadth;  and  3,  247,  for  mass. 

"Egg  mass  in  1990  differed  significantly  from  1981  and  1982;  in  1991  egg  mass  differed  significantly  from  1981;  1989 
was  not  compared  due  to  small  sample  size. 


first  eggs  were  not  different  from  eggs  laid  later  in  the  same  season  (F2  /02 
= 0.29,  P — 0.02  and  F2gj  = 2.63,  respectively;  P > 0.05  for  all  three 
measures). 

Incubating  noddies  shifted  more  frequently  in  the  morning  (02:00- 
08:00  h)  and  night  (20:00-02:00  h)  than  in  the  midday  (08:00-14:00  h) 
and  evening  (14:00-20:00  h)  (N  = 67;  ==  31.5;  df  = 3;  F < 0.001), 

with  adults  averaging  as  much  as  2.0  shifts  during  the  night  period  (Table 
3).  There  was  no  difference  in  mean  shift  length  between  years,  so  data 
were  pooled  (F.^g/  = 0.02;  P > 0.05).  Average  shift  length  for  67  pairs 
during  360  hrs  of  observation  was  11.3  h (SE  = 0.9;  range  = 5.3-25.2 
h).  Average  duration  from  laying  to  hatching  was  34.8  d (N  = 19,  SD  = 
0.6,  range  = 29-37  d). 

Of  the  total  number  of  pairs,  47.0%  (N  = 34)  and  34.3%  (N  = 35) 
renested  after  the  first  nest  failed  in  1990  and  1991,  respectively.  Thirteen 
of  the  renests  occurred  after  the  loss  of  an  egg,  and  24  occurred  after 
losing  a chick;  one  pair  relaid  twice  after  losing  a chick  on  each  of  the 
two  previous  attempts  (Table  4).  There  were  no  differences  in  the  pro- 
portion of  pairs  that  relaid  in  1990  compared  to  1991  (x^  = 1.17;  df  = 
\ \ P > 0.05),  nor  were  pairs  more  likely  to  relay  after  losing  an  egg 
versus  losing  a chick  (x^  = 1.56;  df  = 1;  P > 0.05).  Average  age  of 
chicks  lost  among  pairs  that  relaid  was  7.1  d (N  = 26;  SD  = 7.1;  range 
= 1-20  d).  Further,  relay  interval  lengths  (the  time  from  laying  the  first 


324 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  3 

Incubation  Behaviors  for  Brown  Noddies  on  Tern  Island  During  Each  of  Live  72-h 

Periods  of  Observation 


Mean 
incubation 
shift  length 
(hours) 

Total  number 
of  shifts 
per  pair 

Number  of  shifts  per  lime  period' 

Year 

Morning 

Midday 

Evening 

Night 

1980 

10.4  ± 6.7'’ 

6.0  ± 2.3'= 

1.6  ± 1.1 

1.5  ± 1.3 

1.6  ± 1.1 

1.3  ± 0.9 

(50) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

(10) 

1981 

March 

1 1.1  ± 9.5 

7.7  ± 3.4 

1.9  ± 1.6 

0.4  ± 0.9 

1.5  ± 1.0 

2.3  ± 1.4 

(73) 

(14) 

(14) 

(14) 

(14) 

(14) 

May 

12.6  ± 7.9 

6.4  ± 1.9 

1.5  ± 1.1 

1.1  ± 1.2 

1.5  ± 0.9 

1.2  ± 1.1 

(57) 

(15) 

(15) 

(15) 

(15) 

(15) 

June 

1 1.7  ± 7.7 

6.9  ± 1.96 

1.3  ± 1.0 

1.0  ± 0.9 

0.9  ± 1.0 

1.7  ± 1.2 

(68) 

(15) 

(15) 

(15) 

(15) 

(15) 

August 

10.5  ± 7.8 

7.2  ± 2.6 

1.3  ± 1.6 

1.2  ± 1.1 

1.4  ± 0.8 

1.6  ± 1.3 

(67) 

(13) 

(13) 

(13) 

(13) 

(13) 

All  years 

1 1.3  ± 0.9“ 

6.8  ± 0.7 

1.5  ± 1.3 

0.96  ±1.1 

1.1  ± 1.0 

2.0  ± 1.1 

“ Morning:  02:00 

-08:00  h;  midday 

; 08:00-14:00  h; 

evening:  14:00- 

-20:00  b;  night:  20:00-02:00  h. 

*’  Mean  ± SD;  number  of  shifts  per  observation  period  in  parentheses. 
'Mean  ± SD;  number  of  pairs  in  parentheses. 

Mean  ± SE. 


egg  to  laying  the  replacement  egg)  were  not  different  whether  the  pair 
lost  an  egg,  a chick  < 1 week  of  age,  or  a chick  > 1 week  of  age  (Kruskal- 
Wallis,  H = 4.11;  df  = 2,  N = 7,  11  and  7,  respectively;  P > 0.05). 
However,  pairs  that  successfully  fledged  a chick  waited  longer  to  nest 
again  than  did  pairs  that  lost  an  egg  or  a chick  (Kruskal-Wallis,  H = 
16.08;  df  = 2;  N = 6;  7*  < 0.001).  These  data  should  be  inteipreted  with 
caution,  however,  as  the  sample  sizes  were  small. 

Chick  polymorphism,  growth  and  parental  care. — There  were  no  dif- 
ferences between  years  in  the  proportion  of  light-  and  dark-colored  chicks 
in  1980,  1981,  or  1989  (N  = 221;  = 0.253;  df  = 2;  P > 0.05).  Down 

color  for  chicks  during  these  three  years  was  26%  light-  and  74%  dark- 
colored.  For  84  of  160  chicks,  average  age  prior  to  disappearance  from 
the  nest  did  not  differ  with  respect  to  color  (N  = 19  and  65,  mean  = 9.9 
d and  7.5  d,  SD  = 6.9  and  4.6  for  dark  and  light-colored  chicks,  respec- 
tively). 

Average  chick  mass  at  one  day  of  age  was  28.8  g (N  = 29,  SD  = 
3.83);  chicks  attained  average  adult  mass  (200.4  g,  N = 122)  at  34  d of 
age.  Chick  mass  increased  until  38  d post-hatching  and  began  decreasing 
on  day  43  (Fig.  4).  At  the  end  of  the  measurement  period  (range  = 47- 
51  d),  the  average  chick  mass  was  195.8  g (N  = 13,  SD  = 18.39).  There 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


325 


as 

c 

m t3 

*00 

+1  'Z' 

Tl  VO 

<U 

r<^  ^ IN 

U. 

oi  o 

"Z  x> 

<N  _: 

w 

j 

OQ 

< 


ON 

On 

Q 

2 

< 

O 

Ov 

On 


U 

D 

Q 

c/5 

u 

s 

Q 

O 

:z: 

2 

O 

a: 

CQ 

a: 

O 

u, 

c/5 

-J 

< 

> 

q: 

u 

H 

2 

X 

U 

H 

D 

_) 

u 

Q 

2 

< 

C/) 

>■ 

< 

J 

UJ 

OC 

u. 

O 

oc 

UJ 

03 

D 

z 


00  a. 
^ P 
- 1 

> ^ 
S-- 

.5  a 

>^2 

— 

dj 

QC 


5 O 

Is 


IT) 

c/5 

Os 

03 

"O 

+1 

NO 

i 

rn 

r-> 

>* 
C3 
"O 

ON 

(N  ^ 

(N  ^ 


+ 1 


NO 
(N 

+ 1 


>, 

CQ 

r- 

00 

I 

(N 


a 

u 

o 

X « 

c 

= 

.w 

^ d> 

?r  00 
o 


_0  c/5 
■P  +1 
> = 


ra 


ii  aj 


Weighi  (g)  Culmen  (mm) 


326 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


40 

35  - 
30 

25  - 
20  - 
15  - 
10 

0/f r- 

hatch  5 

300  ■ 

250 
200 
150  - 
100  - 
50  - 
0 


. .M- 

I 


10  15  20  25  30  35  40  45  fledge 

Age  of  chick  in  days 


hatch  5 


— 1 1 i 1 1 i 1 I 

10  15  20  25  30  35  40  45  fledge 


300 

250  - 

200 

'b 

•S.  150 

QO 

c 

^ 100 
50 
0 


• I • . 


i ; 1 1 1 1 1 I I t 

hatch  5 10  15  20  25  30  35  40  45  fledge 


40 

35 

30 

25 

20 

15 

o'4 


Age  of  chick  in  days 


r' 


hatch  5 10  15  20  25  30  35  40  45  fledge 

Age  of  chick  in  days 


Age  of  chick  in  days 

Fig.  4.  Growth  of  Brown  Noddy  chicks  on  Tern  Island. 


was  no  difference  in  weight  loss  between  newly  fledged  chicks  and  chicks 
that  were  weighed  ^ one  week  post-fledging  (t  = 1.01,  df  = 21,  P > 
0.05).  There  was  relatively  little  growth  in  wing  length  until  10  d of  age, 
followed  by  steady  growth  up  to  50  d post-hatching,  when  the  measure- 
ment period  ended  (Fig.  4).  Culmen  length  increased  throughout  the  50 
d of  measurement,  while  tarsus  length  increased  until  20  d of  age  (Fig. 
4).  Mean  duration  from  hatching  to  fledging  was  47.8  d (N  = 31,  SD  = 
4.3,  range  = 39-61  d);  however,  chicks  remained  in  the  nest  and  were 
fed  by  their  parents  an  average  of  65.1  d after  fledging  (N  = 14,  SD  = 
13.4,  range  = 38-88  d).  Three  birds  returned  to  within  10  m of  their 
natal  site  11,  21,  and  24  months  after  leaving  the  island.  The  youngest 
bird  observed  breeding  was  two  years  and  1 1 months  old. 

Breeding  success. — In  1990,  a combination  of  severe  storms  during 
peak  laying  period  and  depredation  of  chicks  by  Great  Frigatebirds  {Fre- 
gata  minor)  resulted  in  poor  reproductive  success  in  comparison  with 
1991  and  1992  (Table  5).  Similarly,  breeding  success  was  poor  from 
February  1 to  June  23,  1992;  only  three  of  79  eggs  laid  hatched,  and  no 
chicks  survived  to  fledging.  However,  after  this  date,  nearly  all  eggs  laid 
hatched  and  resulted  in  fledged  chicks  (Table  5).  There  was  a difference 
in  hatching  and  fledging  success  between  study  plots;  both  plots  B and 
D had  greater  hatching  success  than  A and  C,  while  fledging  success  was 
lower  in  plot  B and  greater  in  plot  D when  compared  to  plots  A and  C 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


327 


Table  5 

Brown  Noddy  Hatching,  Eledging,  and  Reproductive  Success 

1982 

1990 

1991 

1992 

Total  # eggs  laid 

222 

1239 

702 

726 

Total  # eggs  lost 

51 

644 

128 

161 

Total  # eggs  hatched 

171 

595 

574 

565 

Total  # chicks  found 

dead  in  nests 

0 

42 

12 

3 

Total  # fledged 

62 

15 

263 

324 

Hatching  success  (%)“ 

77 

48*’ 

82'-- 

78” 

Fledging  success  (%)“ 

36 

3*’ 

46^ 

57” 

Reproductive  success  (%)“ 

28 

1.2 

38 

45 

^ Hatching  success  is  the  number  of  chicks  hatched  from  the  total  number  of  eggs  laid;  fledging  success  is  the  number 
of  chicks  fledged  from  the  total  number  of  chicks  hatched,  and  reproductive  success  is  the  number  of  chicks  fledged  from 
the  total  number  of  eggs  laid. 

Lower  than  in  other  years;  X‘  = 313.2  for  hatching  success  and  430.4  for  fledging  success;  df  - 3;  P < 0.001. 

Higher  than  in  other  years;  P < 0.001 . 


(X"  - 22.3  and  60.4  for  hatching  and  fledging,  respectively;  df  = 3;  P < 

0.001). 

DISCUSSION 

Collectively,  the  Hawaiian  Islands  support  between  89,500  and  150,000 
breeding  pairs  of  Brown  Noddies.  Nearly  32%  of  these  occur  in  the  north- 
western Hawaiian  Islands,  with  the  largest  population  found  on  Nihoa 
Island  (Harrison  et  al.  1983).  Breeding  Brown  Noddies  were  documented 
by  the  Rothschild  expedition  at  French  Frigate  Shoals  as  early  as  1891, 
when  thousands  were  observed  nesting  on  Tern  Island  (Munro  1941). 
Wetmore  observed  500  pairs  nesting  on  Tern  Island  in  1923;  however, 
they  were  not  observed  nesting  on  the  island  from  1953  to  1969  (in 
Amerson  1971).  This  period  of  non-nesting  corresponds  with  its  use  by 
Coast  Guard  personnel  as  a LORAN  station  and  the  presence  of  cats  and 
dogs  on  the  island  (Richardson  1954,  Amerson  1971).  In  June  1967,  an 
estimated  10,182  Brown  Noddies  were  observed  at  French  Frigate  Shoals. 
However,  the  maximum  number  of  nests  recorded  was  1675,  occurring 
mainly  on  East  and  Whaleskate  islands  (Amerson  1971).  Breeding  nod- 
dies were  observed  again  on  Tern  Island  in  1977,  shortly  before  the  island 
was  abandoned  by  the  Coast  Guard  (M.  Rauzon,  pers.  comm.).  It  is  dif- 
ficult to  interpret  whether  an  increase  in  the  nesting  population  at  French 
Frigate  Shoals  has  occurred  since  1891,  but  the  population  at  Tern  Island 
has  expanded  greatly  since  1977  (Fig.  3;  USFWS  unpubl.  data). 

Time  of  arrival  for  breeding  adult  Brown  Noddies  and  their  occurrence 


328 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  2,  June  1996 


at  a breeding  colony  vary  among  Pacific,  Indian,  and  Atlantic  ocean  col- 
onies (Table  6).  In  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  Brown  (1973)  observed  adults 
year-round  on  Manana  Island  but  noted  their  absence  during  the  day  from 
December  to  March  in  1971  and  1972.  Similarly,  noddies  are  year-round 
residents  on  Nihoa,  Necker,  and  Laysan  islands,  but  fewer  adults  are  pres- 
ent during  the  day  from  December  to  March  (Ely  and  Clapp  1973,  Clapp 
et  al.  1977,  Clapp  and  Kridler  1977).  Woodward  (1972)  noted  that  Brown 
Noddies  are  entirely  absent  from  January  to  March  on  Kure  Atoll.  We 
observed  adults  on  Tern  Island  year-round  except  during  an  El  Nino  event 
which  occurred  from  October  1990  to  March  1991,  when  adults  aban- 
doned the  island  and  left  fledglings  still  dependent  on  parental  care  to 
starve  (Eig.  3).  In  contrast,  Murphy  (1936)  stated  that  noddies  from  all 
of  the  sub-tropical  South  Atlantic  Islands  migrate  from  their  nesting 
grounds  between  May  and  December.  Similarly,  Morris  and  Chardine 
(1992)  reported  that  noddies  were  absent  annually  from  Cayo  Noroeste, 
Culebra,  Puerto  Rico  from  September  to  March.  In  Elorida,  Robertson 
(1964)  noted  that  Brown  Noddies  departed  the  Dry  Tortugas  as  early  as 
May,  and  Watson  (1908)  reported  that  all  birds  were  absent  annually  from 
these  colonies  by  the  end  of  September.  We  suggest  that  the  variation  in 
occurrence  of  Brown  Noddies  at  Pacific  and  Indian  Ocean  breeding  col- 
onies versus  those  in  the  Atlantic  may  be  due  to  a variety  of  factors, 
including  food  availability,  ocean  currents,  and  water  temperature.  How- 
ever, there  are  no  data  to  confirm  these  relationships. 

In  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  the  Brown  Noddy’s  breeding  season  is  erratic. 
Laying  occurs  from  May  to  August  on  Manana  Island  (Brown  1973), 
while  on  Nihoa,  Necker,  and  Laysan  islands  egg  laying  has  been  docu- 
mented throughout  the  year  (Ely  and  Clapp  1973,  Clapp  et  al.  1977,  Clapp 
and  Kridler  1977).  Woodward  (1972)  documented  egg  laying  at  Kure 
Atoll  annually  from  April  through  August  (Table  6).  We  observed  that 
laying  on  Tern  Island  could  occur  throughout  the  year,  although  most 
eggs  were  laid  between  March  and  September  during  1982  to  1992  (Eig. 
3).  Brown  Noddy  breeding  phenology  and  synchrony  has  been  explained 
as  a response  to  food  availability  (Ashmole  1963).  Morris  and  Chardine 
(1992)  attributed  variation  in  Brown  Noddy  breeding  phenology  to  geo- 
graphic differences  in  feeding  regimes,  ffrench  (1990)  stated  that  inclem- 
ent weather  on  Soldado  Rock,  Trinidad,  prolonged  the  breeding  season 
so  that  two  peaks  of  laying  occurred  in  1966,  but  during  other  years,  only 
one  peak  of  laying  was  recorded.  High  loss  of  eggs  and  chicks  to  high 
tides,  inclement  weather,  and  predation  by  Pied  Crows  {Cot-vus  alhus)  on 
Aldabra  Atoll  in  the  Seychelles  also  caused  variability  in  laying  patterns 
(Diamond  and  Prys-Jones  1986).  Likewise,  Dorward  and  Ashmole  (1963) 
attributed  the  double  peaks  of  laying  on  Ascension  Island  to  relaying  or 


Table  6 

Breeding  Phenology  of  Brown  Noddies  in  Pacific,  Atlantic,  and  Indian  Ocean  Colonies 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


329 


u 


o 

c/5 


Os 


O 

O 


U 

’O 

c 


UJ 


•o 

D 


-C 

H 


X 

r- 

ON 

r-* 

r- 

ON 

3 

0 

r-* 

u 

13 

r- 

On 

?3. 

X 

C/D 

5 

*0 

00 

A 

c 

’3- 

*3 

r- 

3 

On 

x 

On 

w 

3 

3 

(U 

3 

0 

C 

a 

a 

3 

!ZI 

u 

3 

a 

a 

(U 

u 

3 

3 

O 

3 

D. 

u 

3 

C/D 

U 

u 

CQ 

< 

CN 

ON 

On 


C 


cd 

j:: 

U 

■o 

c 

C3 


fc 

O 


cn 

X 

On 

X 

00 

ON 

a 

(U 

tU 

3 

*0 

O 

E 

c/5 

X 

Ol 

< 

a 

■o 

•o 

c 

3 

3 

3 

X5 

T3 

u 

3 

3 

0 

£ 

u 

O 

3 

Q Q 

r- 

ON 


s 

c 

o 

c/) 

Xi 

O 


D.  ^ 


a o 


.g-§ 

t 


C3 

D 

C 

c3 


00 

3 

< 

D, 

< 


<U 

X) 

6 

o 

a. 

V 

on 


(U  0)  — O (U 


U u 
CO  CO 
> > 


*o  -o 
c c 

3 3 

O O 

Lh  U 

CO  3 


'cO 

a a 

- *0 

■o  c 

C 3 

i2 

at 

^ C 
C 3 
1>  a 
(U  >Y 

O J 


3 

O 

X 

LTi 

B 

3 

00 

'u 

Un 


<u 

X 

E 

<u 


3 ^ 

WJ  ^ 

- V 3 3 

I S 


D. 

(U 


a 

< 


Xi 

2 

'C 

:> 


Ofl 

I ^ 

^ 9 

S £ 


99 

D. 

< s 


a 

< 

I 

> 

o 

Z 


T3  -O  “O  T3 
C C C C 
3 3 3 3 

O O O O 


3 3 3 3 

U.  n;  dj  (U  O 

< >.  >H  >,  >. 


> (U  c 

§ E S 

•c  2 ^ i 

5*  k2 

< u.  Z > 


3 

.*E 

'u 


"O 

C .- 

iH  3 

E p: 


3 ^ 

S — 

3 -E  a 

u ^ 

O »- 

H CO 

>N  X ^ 
u .-  <D 

Q Z Z 


u 

X 

'o 

3 

O, 


c 

o 

O) 

c 

X 

o 


-o 

c 

iS  c 

c/5  3 

dJ 

3 O 

3 

(A 


o 

o 

5 


(U 

3 

CU 

3*^ 


C 

3 

a> 

u 

o 


^ ^ I 

JJ  XJ  J3 

•E  < 


3 

u 

<u 


i -o 
^ c 

^ ^ 3 

O)  O X 
dJ  00  nX 
0 3^ 

*-  X 3 

Z t2  -2 

O u S 

W u 
3 X czi 

U J < 


(U 

X 

o 

>. 

dJ 

C/D 


O- 

dJ 

C/D 

i 

D. 

< 


■o 

c 

3 

o 


3 


V 

T3 

b 

> 

> 

> 

00 

b 

> 

w 

w 

3 

’5b 

o 

00 

•ct 

o 

o 

X 

fN 

in 

o 

o 

3* 

in 

o 

3- 

0 

r- 

o 

ON 

(N 

o 

b 

C3 

o 

CN 

CN 

b 

(N 

C N 

3- 

0 

c 

o 

r- 

X 

CN 

X 

X 

in 

X 

in 

o 

o 

o 

X 

in 

Q 

"" 

00 

— 

— 

*— ' 

X 

X 

3" 

flj 

.. 

"O 

3 

Z 

Z 

Z 

z 

Z 

Z 

Z 

Z 

Z 

Z 

00 

3 

un 

b 

rj 

b 

in 

X 

b 

in 

Z-. 

00 

r- 

9t 

in 

J 

(N 

»n 

(T) 

p 

(N 

(N 

in 

p 

00 

un 

ro 

bi 

X 

00 

9-( 

r^ 

On 

b 

fNl 

(^1 

(N 

(N 

(N 

— 

o 

O 

•o  O 
< 


C 

3 

(U 

O 

O 

c 

3 

*■5 

C 


*0 

c 

3 


3 

E 


X 

U 


330 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


to  birds  laying  for  the  first  time  that  had  been  prevented  from  nesting  due 
to  high  seas.  On  Tern  Island,  Brown  Noddy  pairs  attempted  to  renest  as 
often  as  four  times  during  a breeding  season  after  losing  an  egg  or  chick. 
We  know  of  no  other  study  that  has  documented  Brown  Noddies  relaying 
after  losing  their  second  and  third  clutches  within  the  same  breeding  sea- 
son. Ashmole  (1963)  observed  that  Sooty  Terns  will  renest  more  fre- 
quently if  loss  of  an  egg  occurs  early  rather  than  late  in  the  incubation 
period.  He  also  suggested  that  predation  of  Sooty  Tern  chicks  by  Ascen- 
sion Frigatebirds  {Fregata  aquila)  may  have  contributed  to  the  breeding 
cycles  observed  on  Ascension  Island,  where  birds  laying  during  the  peak 
season  are  more  likely  to  fledge  young.  The  renesting  efforts  we  observed 
on  Tern  Island  could  explain  the  multiple  peaks  in  laying  and,  conse- 
quently, the  variation  in  Brown  Noddy  breeding  phenology.  Predation  on 
chicks  by  Great  Frigatebirds,  on  eggs  by  Ruddy  Turnstones  {Arenaria 
interpres),  and  inclement  weather  resulting  in  nesting  failure  may  all  con- 
tribute to  the  multiple  laying  peaks  we  observed. 

Brown  Noddy  eggs  on  Tern  Island  were  significantly  larger  than  those 
laid  on  Manana  Island  and  at  other  Pacific  and  Atlantic  ocean  colonies 
(One-way  ANOVA,  P < 0.05;  Table  7).  Morris  and  Chardine  (1992) 
stated  that  differences  in  egg  sizes  between  Pacific  and  Atlantic  ocean 
colonies  were  probably  not  due  to  a difference  in  body  size.  However, 
the  body  mass  of  122  adults  studied  on  Tern  Island  averaged  larger  than 
those  on  Cayo  Noroeste,  Culebra;  Ascension  Island  (mistakenly  reported 
as  a Pacific  Ocean  colony  by  Morris  and  Chardine  1992);  and  Manana 
Island  (SD  = 16.7,  range  = 165-242  g,  F = 65.5,  df  = 3,  F < 0.001). 
Egg  weight  as  a function  of  body  weight  has  also  been  discussed  by  Rahn 
et  al.  (1975),  Verbeek  and  Richardson  (1982),  and  Pierotti  and  Bellrose 
(1986).  Our  data  support  the  results  of  Monis  and  Chardine  (1992)  who 
found  no  differences  in  the  measurements  of  a pair’s  first  egg  in  com- 
parison with  subsequent  eggs  laid  during  the  breeding  season. 

Mean  incubation  period  did  not  differ  for  noddies  nesting  at  Tern  Island 
or  Cayo  Noroeste,  Culebra,  although  both  of  these  colonies  had  shorter 
incubation  periods  than  did  noddies  on  Manana  Island  (One-way  ANO- 
VA, F = 1 18.6,  df  = 2,  F < 0.001;  Brown  1973,  Morris  and  Chardine 
1992).  Mean  incubation  shift  lengths  for  noddies  on  Tern  Island  were  also 
shorter  than  those  observed  on  Manana  Island  (Brown  1973)  and  the  Dry 
Tortugas,  where  Watson  (1908)  reported  shifts  occumng  every  two  hours 
during  the  day.  Finally,  birds  at  both  Tern  and  Manana  islands  switched 
most  often  during  the  morning  and  night. 

Although  the  proportion  of  light-  and  dark-colored  chicks  was  not  dif- 
ferent between  years  on  Tern  Island,  it  did  differ  among  five  colonies  in 
the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  oceans  (Table  7;  = 72.92,  df  = 4;  F < 0.001). 


1 


Table  7 

Aspects  of  Brown  Noddy  Breeding  Biology  Compared  to  Some  Pacific,  Atlantic,  and  Indian  Ocean  Colonies 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


oo 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

O 

o 

o 

cn 

irj 

f-l, 

NO 

NO 

d 

f<N 

r-- 

NO 

CN 

in 

in 

On 

o 

o 

o 

q 

o 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

O 

O 

NO 

iri 

00 

Tt 

d 

u 

X 

nO 

(N 

cn 

in 

N- 

rt 

00 

O 

un 

(N 

m 

in 

Z 

NO 

(N 

j 

On 

in 

j 

CN 

(N 

cn 

in 

(N 

q 

in 

CN 

q 

(N 

CN 

CN  ^ 

d 

r- 

CO 

lo 

eigl 

Ig) 

+ 1 

(>• 

+1 

00 

NO 

1 

+i  S 

.1  CN 

Tl  ^ 

O' 

q 

CN 

q 

q O 

q ^ 

NO 

cn 

m 

cn 

cn 

m 

ON 

00 

00 

SI  — S 

— * 

?-• 

d 

d ^ 

d ^ 

O' 

■5  £ 

L-  C 

1 

+1 

O 

+ 1 c^. 

-f-l 

ON 

CN 

+1 

+ 1 2 

+ 1 

00 

fO 

q 

o 

T c 

(n  C- 

O 

NO 

lO 

NO 

in 

NO 

NO 

cn 

m 

m 

m 

(n 

(N 

(N 

00 

o 

s 

CN 

O' 

CN 

CN  ^ 

O' 

oe  £ 

1 

+ 1 

o 

-t-l 

O' 

+1 

ON 

CN 

1 

+ 1 ^ 

+1  Z3 

+ 1 

V £ 

52.0 

00 

q C. 

w 

(T) 

rn 

CN 

CN 

d 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

Q 

00 

O' 

in 

O' 

NO 

O' 

CN 

d 

d 

O 

\0  I 
ro 


O 

r-- 


CXD  r-) 

^ A 

m On 
(N 


o 


o 

NO 

I 

q 

lO 


ON 


^ r- 
o 

NO  1 
ro 


rj 

r- 

ON 


- 
- "O 


1) 

o 

5 


cd 

"O 

0 

1 


“O 

3 


(>0 

Um 

u- 

“O 

c 

r3 


I 

cd 

q 

u 

P-- 

c/f 

id 

00  ^ 
3 § 

^ c 


c 

o 

u 

CQ 


q 

ir! 


ON 


o 

< 

c 

o 


I 

o 


-C 


"O 


n ^ 

C 

<U  .« 


u j 
u 


>Y 

u 

Q 


3 

JZ 

c 

3 

2 

c/5 

*0 

c 

3 

o 

d 

3 

3 

0 

c/5 

(U 

0 

u 

3 

c/5 

3* 

3 

3 

O' 

3 

C/D 

U 

O 

E 

NO 

r- 

O 

2 

■fc 

o 

C 

3 

On 

“O 

3 

< 

On 

o 

s 

S 

3 

cn 

3 

U 

(U 

c 

o 


on 


3 
O 
J= 

* c 

"c  2 

cd  on 

2 -u 

c 

cd 


(N 

On 


C 2 
2 — 
^ — 

£ X 


nO 

On 


^ 5 

2 5 

C4l 

« c 
E 3 

W (D 
c/5  o 

o 


u 


331 


■■  Mean  ± SD,  N in  parentheses. 

Brown  (1973)  placed  I 10  chicks  in  a gray  category;  these  chicks  were  omitted  from  the  analysis.  N = number  of  chicks  analyzed. 
* Egg  dimensions  from  these  colonies  compared  to  Tern  Island,  one-way  ANOVA,  P < 0.05  for  all  three  measures. 


332 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


While  there  were  more  light-colored  chicks  at  Kure  Atoll  and  Cayo  No- 
roeste,  Culebra,  there  were  more  dark-colored  chicks  on  Ascension,  Man- 
ana, and  Tern  islands.  Because  of  the  subjective  methods  used  at  all  five 
colonies  to  classify  chicks  as  either  light  or  dark,  some  observer  bias  may 
explain  the  differences  between  colonies. 

Brown  Noddy  chick  growth  rates  on  Tern  Island  were  similar  to  those 
reported  by  Dorward  and  Ashmole  (1963),  Brown  (1973),  and  Morris 
and  Chardine  (1992)  at  other  Pacific  and  Atlantic  ocean  colonies.  How- 
ever, chicks  on  Tern  Island  fledged  at  a later  age  than  those  observed  on 
Cayo  Noroeste,  Culebra  (mean  = 45.7  d,  cf  Morris  and  Chardine  1992) 
and  Manana  Island,  although  this  difference  may  be  the  result  of  observer 
bias  in  determining  when  a chick  has  fledged.  Gibson-Hill  (1951)  re- 
marked that  chicks  are  fed  by  their  parents  some  weeks  after  learning  to 
fly,  and  Brown  (1973)  observed  a chick  being  fed  more  than  100  days 
after  fledging.  It  seems  likely  that  Brown  Noddy  chicks  are  attended  at 
the  colony  and  learn  to  forage  during  this  time  rather  than  leaving  the 
colony  with  adults  as  is  the  case  for  Sooty  Terns  and  Red-tailed  Tropic- 
birds  (Phaethon  rubricauda)  (Ainley  et  al.  1986).  This  is  further  sup- 
ported by  our  observation  of  both  members  of  a pair  back  at  the  breeding 
colony  within  12  d after  the  departure  of  their  fledglings  from  the  island. 
Finally,  although  our  data  support  Burger’s  (1980)  conclusion  that  terns 
defer  breeding  until  their  third  year,  our  study  documents  that  birds  can 
return  to  their  natal  site  as  early  as  1 1 months  after  independence. 

Ashmole  (1963)  attributed  poor  breeding  success  on  Ascension  Island 
to  chick  starvation.  Likewise,  Morris  and  Chardine  (1992)  concluded  that 
higher  breeding  success  at  Cayo  Noroeste,  Puerto  Rico,  was  the  result  of 
a reliable  food  source  for  adults.  In  contrast.  Brown  (1973)  reported  that 
on  Manana  Island  all  eggs  hatched  after  June  1 1 were  preyed  upon  by 
Black-Crowned  Night-Herons  {Nycticorax  nycticorax),  and  although 
breeding  seasonality  was  governed  by  food  supply,  the  ultimate  factor 
affecting  fledging  and  success  of  the  breeding  season  was  predation  on 
Brown  Noddy  chicks.  Robertson  (1964)  also  reported  predation  by  Mag- 
nificent Frigatebirds  {Fregata  magnificens)  on  Brown  Noddy  chicks  on 
the  Dry  Tortugas,  although  neither  he  nor  Watson  (1908)  quantified  the 
effect  on  reproductive  success.  In  our  study.  Great  Frigatebird  predation 
was  responsible  for  nearly  all  chick  losses  in  1990-1991  (Megyesi  1995). 
Anecdotal  observations  collected  by  USFWS  personnel  in  previous  years 
since  1979  confirm  that  Great  Frigatebird  predation  occurs  regularly  on 
Tern  Island.  Although  most  Brown  Noddy  chick  loss  was  attributed  to 
frigatebird  predation  in  this  study,  in  1992,  Brown  Noddies,  Black  Nod- 
dies {Anoiis  tenuirostris).  Sooty  Terns,  and  White  Terns  {Gygis  alba)  ex- 
perienced complete  nesting  failure,  where  incubating  adults  abandoned 


Megyesi  and  Griffin  • BROWN  NODDY  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


333 


pipped  and  hatching  eggs  and  newly  hatched  chicks  up  to  June  23.  Fol- 
lowing this  date,  Brown  Noddies  renested,  and  reproductive  success  was 
higher  than  had  been  observed  in  previous  years  of  study.  We  suggest 
that  this  series  of  events  in  1992  may  be  related  to  El  Nino  Southern 
Oscillation  (Schreiber  and  Schreiber  1984;  unpubl.  data,  USFWS). 

The  differences  in  fledging  success  between  plots  B and  D are  probably 
a result  of  Great  Frigatebird  predation.  Plot  B lies  parallel  to  the  runway 
and  is  more  readily  accessible  to  hunting  frigatebirds.  In  contrast,  plot  D 
contained  nests  built  in  low  growing  vegetation  that  might  have  provided 
more  cover  from  hunting  frigatebirds.  We  suggest  that  lower  reproductive 
success  for  Brown  Noddies  on  Tern  Island  in  comparison  with  other  col- 
onies is  the  result  of  inclement  weather  and  constant  predation  pressure 
by  Great  Frigatebirds. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  numerous  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  staff  and  volunteers  on  Tern  Island 
who  helped  to  collect  a decade  of  biological  observations.  We  especially  thank  Ken  Mc- 
Dermond  and  Ken  Niethammer  for  their  encouragement  and  support.  We  also  thank  Kyle 
Jones,  Sheila  Conant,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  who  read  an  earlier  draft  of  this  manu- 
script. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Ainley,  D.  G.,  L.  B.  Spear,  and  R.  J.  Boekelheide.  1986.  Extended  post-fledging  parental 
care  in  the  Red-tailed  Tropicbird  and  Sooty  Tern.  Condor  88:101-102. 

Amerson,  a.  B.,  Jr.  1971.  The  natural  history  of  French  Frigate  Shoals,  Northwestern 
Hawaiian  Islands.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Atoll  Res.  Bull.  150.  Washington,  D.C. 

AND  R C.  Shelton.  1976.  The  natural  history  of  Johnston  Atoll,  central  Pacific 

Ocean.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Atoll  Res.  Bull.  162.  Washington,  D.C. 

Ashmole,  N.  P.  1963.  The  biology  of  the  wideawake  or  Sooty  Tern  (Sterna  fuscata)  on 
Ascension  Island.  Ibis  103b:294-364. 

Brown,  W.  Y.  1973.  The  breeding  biology  of  Sooty  Terns  and  Brown  Noddies  on  Manana 
or  Rabbit  Island,  Oahu,  Hawaii.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Univ.  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

. 1977.  Temporal  patterns  in  laying,  hatching  and  incubation  of  Sooty  Terns  and 

Brown  Noddies.  Condor  79:133-136. 

Burger,  J.  1980.  The  transition  to  independence  and  postHedging  ptirental  care  in  seabirds. 
Pp.  367-440  in  Behavior  of  marine  animals,  current  perspectives  in  research.  Vol.  4 (J. 
Burger,  B.  L.  Olla,  and  H.  E.  Winn,  eds.).  Plenum  Press.  New  York,  New  York. 

Clapp,  R.  B.  and  E.  Kridler.  1977.  The  natural  history  of  Necker  Island,  northwestern 
Hawaiian  Islands.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Atoll  Res.  Bull.  No.  206.  Washington.  D.C. 

’ > and  R.  R.  Fleet.  1977.  The  natural  history  of  Nihoa  Island,  Northwestern 

Hawaiian  Islands.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Atoll  Res.  Bull.  No.  207.  Washington,  D.C. 

Cramp,  S.  1985.  Birds  of  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  North  Africa:  the  birds  of  the 
Western  Palearctic.  Oxford  Univ.  Press.  New  York.  New  York. 

Diamond,  A.  W.  and  R.  P.  Prys-Jones.  1986.  The  biology  of  terns  nesting  at  Aldabra  Atoll, 
Indian  Ocean,  with  particular  reference  to  breeding  seasonality.  J.  Zool.  Lond  2I0'527- 
549. 


334 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Dorward,  D.  E and  N.  P.  Ashmole.  1963.  Notes  on  the  biology  of  the  Brown  Noddy 
Anous  stoliclus  on  Ascension  Island.  Ibis  103b:447-457. 

Ely,  C.  a.  and  R.  B.  Clapp.  1973.  The  natural  history  of  Laysan  Island,  northwestern 
Hawaiian  Islands.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Atoll  Res.  Bull.  No.  171.  Washington,  D.C. 

FFRENCH,  R.  1990.  The  birds  and  other  vertebrates  of  Soldado  Rock,  Trinidad.  Liv.  Wrld. 
Jour.  Trinidad  and  Tobago  Field  Nat.  Club;  16-19. 

Gibson-Hill,  C.  a.  1951.  Notes  on  the  nesting  habits  of  seven  representative  tropical 
seabirds.  J.  Bombay  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  48:214—235. 

Harrison,  C.  S.,  T.  S.  Hida,  and  M.  P.  Seki.  1983.  Hawaiian  seabird  feeding  ecology. 
Wildlife  Mongr.,  No.  85.  Bethesda,  Maryland. 

Megyesi,  J.  L.  1995.  Breeding  biology  of  the  Brown  Noddy  Anous  stolidus  pileatus  on 
Tern  Island,  Hawaii.  Master’s  thesis.  Univ.  of  Massachusetts  Amherst,  Amherst,  Mas- 
sachusetts. 

Morris,  R.  D.  1984.  Breeding  chronology  and  reproductive  success  of  seabirds  on  Little 
Tobago,  Trinidad,  1975—1976.  Colon.  Waterbirds  7:1—9. 

and  j.  W.  Chardine  1992.  The  breeding  biology  and  aspects  of  the  feeding  ecology 

of  Brown  Noddies  Anous  stolidus  nesting  near  Culebra,  Puerto  Rico,  1985-1989.  J. 
Zool  (Lond).  226:65-79. 

Munro,  G.  C.  1941.  Birds  of  Hawaii  and  adventures  in  bird  study;  an  ocean  cruise.  ’Elepaio 
2:63-64. 

Murphy,  R.  C.  1936.  Oceanic  birds  of  South  America,  vol.  II.  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  New  York,  New  York. 

PiEROTTi,  R.  AND  C.  A.  Bellrose.  1986.  Proximate  and  ultimate  causation  of  egg  size  and 
the  “third-chick  disadvantage”  in  the  Western  Gull.  Auk  103:401-407. 

Rahn,  H.,  C.  V.  Paganelli,  and  A.  Ar.  1975.  Relation  of  avian  weight  to  body  weight. 
Auk  92:750-765. 

Richardson,  E 1954.  Notes  on  the  birds  of  French  Frigate  Shoal.  Part  II.  General  accounts 
of  visits  of  December  1953  and  March  1954.  ’Elepaio  14:73—75. 

Robertson,  W.  B.,  Jr.  1964.  The  terns  of  the  Dry  Toitugas.  Bull.  Flor.  State.  Mus.  8:1-94. 

SCHREIBER,  R.  W.  AND  E.  A.  SCHREIBER.  1984.  Central  Pacific  seabirds  and  the  El  Nino 
southern  oscillation:  1982  to  1983  perspectives.  Science  225:713-716. 

Sprunt,  a.,  Jr.  1948.  The  tern  colonies  of  the  Dry  Tortugas  Keys.  Auk  65:1-19. 

Stonehouse,  B.,  and  S.  Stonehouse.  1963.  The  frigate  bird  Fregata  aquila  of  Ascension 
Island.  Ibis  103b;409-422. 

Verbeek,  N.  a.  M.  and  H.  Richardson.  1982.  Limits  to  egg  size  in  gulls:  another  point 
of  view.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  53:168—170. 

Watson,  J.  B.  1908.  The  behavior  of  Noddy  and  Sooty  Terns.  Carnegie  Inst.,  Washington, 
Papers  from  the  Tortugas  Laboratory  2:187—255. 

Woodward,  P.  W.  1972.  The  natural  history  of  Kure  Atoll,  Northwestern  Hawaiian  Islands. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Atoll  Res.  Bull.  No.  164.  Washington,  D.C. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  335-341 


DISCRIMINATION  BETWEEN  REGIONAL  SONG 
FORMS  IN  THE  NORTHERN  PARULA 

Daniel  J.  Regelski'  - and  Ralph  R.  Moldenhauer' 

Abstract. — Distinctly  different  territorial  (Type  A)  song  forms  characterize  western  and 
eastern  populations  within  the  breeding  range  of  the  Northern  Parula  (Parula  americana). 
We  conducted  playback  experiments  to  determine  if  territorial  males  respond  differentially 
to  the  two  song  forms.  Male  response  is  stronger  to  Type  A songs  of  their  own  population 
than  to  the  songs  of  the  other  population  (two-tailed  Wilcoxon  test,  P < 0.001 ).  The  possible 
basis  for  this  discrimination  is  discussed.  Received  3 Dec.  1993,  accepted  15  Oct.  1995. 


Many  oscine  species  exhibit  geographic  song  variation  (Thielcke  1969), 
and  some  of  these  species’  songs  vary  microgeographically,  with  two  or 
more  small  scale  local  dialects  (Kroodsma  1981,  Tomback  et  al.  1983, 
Kroodsma  et  al.  1984).  In  species  such  as  the  Mourning  Warbler  {Opo- 
rornis  Philadelphia),  there  is  macrogeographical  song  variation,  with  two 
or  more  distinct  and  widespread  regional  song  forms  or  song  populations 
(Pitocchelli  1990). 

The  Northern  Parula  {Parula  americana)  has  two  primary  song  types. 
Types  A and  B (Moldenhauer  1992).  Spectrographic  analysis  of  Type  A 
songs  from  throughout  the  breeding  range  by  Moldenhauer  (1992)  re- 
vealed an  eastern  and  a western  song  population  (Fig.  1)  whose  songs 
are  characterized  by  distinctly  different  terminal  notes  (Fig.  2).  Playback 
experiments  have  shown  that  in  species  whose  song  varies  geographically, 
territorial  males  can  often  distinguish  between  different  dialects  or  song 
forms,  as  inferred  from  the  intensity  of  response  to  playback  (Kroodsma 
et  al.  1984,  Ritchison  1985).  Usually,  the  response  is  stronger  to  local  or 
familiar  song  forms.  In  the  present  study  we  conducted  playback  exper- 
iments with  eastern  and  western  Northern  Parulas  to  determine  if  terri- 
torial males  would  respond  differentially  to  eastern  and  western  forms  of 
the  Type  A song. 


METHODS 

Our  experimental  design  and  data  analysis  follow  Kroodsma  et.  al.  (1984)  and  Kroodsma 
(1989),  with  certain  modifications.  We  obtained  over  100  Northern  Parula  Type  A songs 
from  the  Texas  Bird  Sound  Library  (TBSL)  at  Sam  Houston  State  Univ.  in  Huntsville,  Texas, 
the  Cornell  Library  of  Natural  Sounds  (CLNS)  at  Cornell  Univ.,  and  The  BoiTor  Laboratory 
of  Bioacoustics  (BLB)  at  The  Ohio  State  Univ. 

We  used  REAL  TIME  SPECTROGRAM  .software  (by  Engineering  Design,  Belmont, 
MA)  to  measure  the  trill  portion  of  each  .song  for  two  characteristics:  trill  duration  (TD) 

' Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Sam  Houston  State  Univ.,  Huntsville,  Texas  77341. 

^ Pre.sent  Addre.ss:  Dept,  of  Zoology,  The  Ohio  State  Univ.,  1735  Neil  Ave.,  Columbus.  Ohio  43210. 


335 


336 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


IH  EASTERN  FORM  “ RECORDING  LOCATIONS 

Eig.  1.  Map  of  the  distributions  of  the  western  and  eastern  song  populations  within  the 
breeding  range  of  the  Northern  Parula,  as  well  as  the  recording  locations  for  the  songs  used 
to  make  the  playback  tapes  and  the  locations  of  the  playback  experiments. 


and  trill  rate  (TR),  the  number  of  trill  syllables  per  second.  The  trill  is  the  portion  of  the 
.song  preceding  the  last  syllable  or  terminal  note.  The  eastern  and  western  populations  differ 
significantly  in  the  mean  values  for  these  two  variables  (Moldenhauer  1992).  Two  values 
were  calculated  for  each  song:  TD/mean  TD  and  TR/mean  TR,  using  the  mean  values  for 
the  appropriate  song  population  as  reported  by  Moldenhauer  (1992).  The  songs  were  ar- 
ranged into  pairs  of  one  eastern  and  one  western  song  that  were  matched. as  closely  as 
possible  for  the  values  of  TD/mean  TD  and  TR/mean  TR,  to  pair  .songs  that  were  similar 
to  one  another,  while  taking  into  account  the  characteristics  of  each  of  the  two  song  popu- 
lations. Using  this  method,  12  playback  tapes  were  made,  using  songs  recorded  at  various 


FREQUENCY  IN  KHz  oo  o FREQUENCY  IN  KHz 


Regelski  and  Moldenhauer  • NORTHERN  PARULA  SONG 


337 


0 


0.5  1.0 

TIME  IN  SECONDS 


1.5 


EASTERN  FORM 


0 


0.5  1.0 

TIME  IN  SECONDS 


1.5 


Fig.  2.  Representative  western  and  eastern  forms  of  the  Northern  Parula  Type  A song.  Notice 
the  difference  in  the  terminal  note.  These  songs  were  used  to  make  playback  tape  number  10. 


338 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


dates  from  throughout  the  ranges  of  the  two  song  populations  (Lig.  1 ).  Each  tape  consisted 
of  25  repetitions  of  one  eastern  song  spaced  1 2 sec  apart  on  the  right  channel,  and  the  same 
treatment  of  one  western  song  on  the  left  channel.  The  two  channels  were  staggered  by  6 
sec  so  that  a song  was  broadcast  from  alternating  speakers  every  6 sec.  On  half  the  tapes 
an  eastern  song  was  broadcast  first,  on  the  other  half,  a western  song  was  broadcast  first. 
Erom  9 April  to  14  May  1993,  playback  experiments  were  conducted  with  12  western  males 
near  Huntsville  in  Walker  County,  Texas.  Erom  19  to  24  May  1993,  playback  experiments 
were  conducted  with  12  eastern  males  in  Liberty  County,  Elorida,  as  well  as  Bulloch,  Cam- 
den, Jenkins  and  Screven  Counties,  Georgia  (Fig.  1).  The  same  12  tapes  were  used  for  the 
playbacks  to  both  western  and  eastern  males.  This  reciprocal  design  is  discussed  in  Kroods- 
ma  (1989). 

Songs  were  played  on  a Uher  4200  tape  recorder  through  a pair  of  Radio  Shack  Minimus 
0.8  self-amplified  speakers  placed  18  m apart.  The  playback  level  was  set  by  ear  to  ap- 
proximate a singing  bird.  Ribbons  were  placed  every  2 m between  the  speakers,  and  the 
location  of  the  bird  during  the  playback  period  with  respect  to  the  measured  18  m was 
recorded  every  6 s.  After  the  first  5 min.  playback  period  with  the  western  song  broadcast 
from  position  0 m and  the  eastern  song  from  position  18  m,  the  speaker  cables  were  switched 
and  the  tape  played  a second  time. 

For  the  western  trials,  the  median  position  of  the  bird  during  the  first  playback  period 
was  subtracted  from  the  median  position  during  the  second  playback  period.  For  the  eastern 
trials,  the  median  position  of  the  bird  during  the  second  playback  period  was  subtracted 
from  the  median  position  during  the  first  playback  period.  Positive  values  for  difference  in 
median  positions  (measured  in  meters)  indicate  a closer  approach  to  and/or  more  time  spent 
in  proximity  to  the  speaker  broadcasting  the  bird’s  own  song  form,  while  negative  values 
indicate  a closer  approach  and/or  more  time  spent  in  proximity  to  the  speaker  broadcasting 
the  other  song  form.  Comparing  two  positive  values,  the  larger  reflects  a closer  approach 
and/or  more  time  spent  in  proximity  to  the  speaker  broadcasting  the  bird’s  own  song  form 
than  the  smaller  value.  Kroodsma  (1989)  suggests  that  such  differences  in  median  positions 
can  be  used  as  an  “index  of  response’’  to  the  two  stimuli.  The  greater  the  positive  difference 
in  median  position,  the  stronger  the  response  to  the  bird’s  own  song  type.  The  rationale  for 
this  method  is  presented  by  Kroodsma  et.  al.  (1984).  Therefore,  we  interpret  closer  approach 
to,  and  more  time  spent  in  proximity  to  a speaker  broadcasting  a song  form,  as  evidenced 
by  the  difference  in  the  bird’s  median  position  during  two  playback  periods,  as  a stronger 
aggressive  response  to  that  song  form.  Hereafter,  we  will  use  the  terms  “stronger  response” 
and  “responded  more  strongly”  to  reflect  this  interpretation.  Trials  where  the  male  did  not 
approach  and  spend  time  between  the  speakers  were  not  included  in  the  analysis. 

RESULTS 

Ten  of  twelve  western  birds  responded  more  strongly  to  their  own  song 
form,  and  two  responded  more  strongly  to  the  other  song  form.  The  bias 
in  response  is  significant  (two-tailed  Wilcoxon  test,  = 8,  P < 0.05). 
Nine  of  twelve  eastern  birds  responded  more  strongly  to  their  own  song 
form,  and  three  responded  more  strongly  to  the  other  song  form.  The  bias 
in  response  is  significant  (two-tailed  Wilcoxon  test,  Ts  = 12,  P < 0.025). 

To  justify  pooling  both  data  sets,  we  compared  the  means  of  the  dif- 
ferences in  median  position,  a measure  of  the  average  strength  of  response 
for  all  12  subjects  to  their  own  song  type.  These  values,  4.48  m for 
western  birds  and  3.78  m for  eastern  birds,  are  not  statistically  different 


Regelski  ami  Moldenhauer  • NORTHERN  PARULA  SONG 


339 


C/D 

u 

< 

PQ 

< 

CU 

uu 

O 

Qi 

W 

03 

S 

D 

2 


DIFFERENCE  IN  MEDIAN  POSITIONS  (m) 


Fig.  3.  Summary  of  all  the  playbacks  to  Northern  Parulas.  Each  cell  represents  a play- 
back session  to  a different  male.  The  letter  in  each  cell  indicates  whether  the  playback  was 
to  a (W)estern  or  (E)astern  bird,  and  the  number  is  the  playback  tape  used.  The  playbacks 
were  conducted  in  Texas,  Florida,  and  Georgia.  The  abscissa  is  the  difference  between  the 
median  positions  during  the  first  and  second  playback  periods.  Positive  values  reflect  a 
stronger  response  to  the  subject’s  own  song  form,  a negative  value  reflects  a stronger  re- 
sponse to  the  other  song  form,  and  zero  (0)  indicates  no  preference.  Note:  for  this  figure, 
the  median  differences  were  rounded  to  the  nearest  whole  number. 


(two-tailed  Mann-Whitney  U-test  P > 0.20).  Applying  Bonferroni’s  In- 
equality (Lehman  1991),  the  a for  the  test  of  the  pooled  data  cannot 
exceed  0.049.  Pooling  the  data  gives  the  following  results:  19  out  of  24 
birds  responded  more  strongly  to  their  own  song  form,  and  five  out  of 
24  responded  more  strongly  to  the  alternate  song  form  (Fig.  3).  The  bias 
in  response  is  significant  (two-tailed  Wilcoxon  test,  = 35,  P < 0.001). 
These  results  suggest  that  the  birds  respond  more  strongly  to  their  own 
song  form. 


DISCUSSION 

Territorial  male  Northern  Parulas  respond  to  both  regional  forms  of  the 
Type  A song  but  seem  to  be  able  to  discriminate  between  the  two,  as 


340 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


evidenced  by  stronger  response  (closer  approach,  more  time  spent  in  prox- 
imity) to  playback  of  their  own  song  form.  This  resembles  the  pattern  of 
response  that  has  been  observed  in  the  Chiffchaff  {Phylloscopus  colly- 
bita),  a species  with  macrogeographic  song  variation  comparable  to  that 
of  the  Northern  Parula  (Thielcke  and  Linsenmair  1963). 

In  Song  Sparrows  {Melospiza  melodia),  the  strength  of  response  to 
playback  of  various  songs  increases  with  similarity  to  the  subject’s  own 
song  (McArthur  1986).  There  is  also  evidence  that  the  learned  association 
of  song  with  aggressive  behavior  or  territorial  disputes  (Payne  1986,  Rich- 
ards 1979)  or  visual  stimuli  (Crook  1984,  Murray  and  Gill  1976)  is  in- 
volved in  song  form  discrimination. 

The  two  Type  A song  forms  of  the  Northern  Parula  are  relatively  sim- 
ilar (Fig.  2),  and  the  song  probably  is  partially  learned  (Kroodsma  and 
Baylis  1982).  It  is  unlikely  that  any  of  the  subjects  had  been  exposed  to 
the  other  song  form  on  the  breeding  or  wintering  grounds,  as  the  play- 
backs were  conducted  in  areas  of  allopatry,  and  preliminary  evidence 
suggests  that  the  two  song  populations  may  have  separate  wintering 
grounds  (Moldenhauer,  unpubl.  data).  Thus,  the  song  discrimination  re- 
ported in  this  paper  may  be  a result  of  (1)  stronger  response  to  the  more 
structurally  similar  song  form,  (2)  association  of  the  bird’s  own  song  form 
with  territorial  disputes  or  aggressive  interactions,  (3)  association  of  the 
bird’s  own  song  form  with  visual  stimuli,  such  as  conspecific  plumage, 
or  (4)  some  combination  of  the  above.  Determining  how  the  song  dis- 
crimination reported  here  affects  gene  flow  in  this  species  will  require 
further  study,  especially  in  the  area  of  female  choice  between  song  forms. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Bill  and  Martha  Lovejoy  for  their  hospitality;  Andrew  Dewees  and  Cecil  Hallum 
for  statistical  assistance;  Monte  Thies  for  help  with  the  figures;  Donald  Kroodsma,  Lrank 
B.  Gill,  Robert  B.  Payne,  J.  B.  Dunning,  Richard  Bradley,  and  Tom  C.  Grubb,  Jr.’s  reading 
group  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  for  their  comments,  Lrederick  Weinzierl  for  making  his 
property  available  for  playback  experiments,  and  the  staff  of  the  A.  J.  Brown  (Parker  Creek) 
Wastewater  Treatment  Plant  for  allowing  access  to  Northern  Parula  habitat. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Crook,  J.  R.  1984.  Song  variation  and  species  discrimination  in  Blue-winged  Warblers. 
Wilson  Bull.  96:91—99. 

Kroodsma,  D.  E.  1981.  Geographical  variation  and  functions  of  song  types  in  warblers 
(Parulidae).  Auk  98:743—751. 

. 1989.  Suggested  experimental  designs  for  song  playbacks.  Animal  Behavior  37: 

600-609. 

and  j.  R.  Baylis.  1982.  Appendix:  a world  survey  of  evidence  for  vocal  learning 

in  birds.  Pp.  311-337  in  Acoustic  communication  in  birds,  Vol.  2.  (D.  E.  Kroodsma 
and  E.  H.  Miller,  eds.).  Academic  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 


Regelski  and  Moldenhauer  • NORTHERN  PARULA  SONG 


341 


, W.  R.  Meservey,  a.  L.  Whitlock,  and  W.  M.  VanderHaegen.  1984.  Blue-winged 
Warblers  (Vennivora  pinus)  “recognize”  dialects  in  type  II  but  not  type  I songs.  Behav. 
Ecol.  Sociobiol.  15:127-131. 

Lehman,  R.  S.  1991.  Statistics  and  research  design  in  the  behavioral  sciences.  Wadsworth 
Publishing,  Belmont  California. 

McArthur,  P.  D.  1986.  Similarity  of  playback  songs  to  .self  song  as  a determinant  of 
response  strength  in  song  sparrows  (Melospiza  melodia).  Anim.  Behav.  34:199-207. 

Moldenhauer,  R.  R.  1992.  Two  song  populations  of  the  Northern  Parula.  Auk  109:215- 

222. 

Murray,  B.  G.  and  E B.  Gill.  1976.  Behavioral  interactions  of  Blue-winged  and  Golden- 
winged warblers.  Wilson  Bull.  88:231-254. 

Payne,  R.  B.  1986.  Bird  songs  and  avian  systematics.  Current  ornithology  3:87-126. 

PiTOCCHELLi,  J.  1990.  Plumage,  morphometric,  and  song  variation  in  Mourning  {Oporoniis 
Philadelphia)  and  MacGillivray’s  (O.  tolniei)  warblers.  Auk  107:161-171. 

Richards,  D.  G.  1979.  Recognition  of  neighbors  by  as.sociative  learning  in  Rufous-sided 
Towhees.  Auk  96:688-693. 

Ritchison,  G.  1985.  Responses  of  neighboring  conspecifics  to  typical  and  atypical  songs 
of  a Rufous-sided  Towhee.  J.  Eield  Ornith.  56:280-282. 

Thielcke,  G.  a.  1969.  Geographic  variation  in  bird  vocalizations.  Pp.  311-339  in  Bird 
vocalizations  (R.  A.  Hinde,  ed.).  Cambridge  University  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

AND  K.  Linsenmair.  1963.  Zur  geographischen  Variation  des  Gesanges  des  Zilp- 
zalps,  Phylloscopus  collybita,  in  Mittel-  und  Siidwesteuropa  mit  einem  Vergleich  des 
Gesanges  des  Fitis,  Phylloscopus  trochilus.  J.  Ornith.  104:372-402. 

Tomback,  D.  E,  D.  B.  Thompson,  and  M.  C.  Baker.  1983.  Dialect  discrimination  by  White- 
crowned  Sparrows:  reactions  to  near  and  distant  dialects.  Auk  100:452-460. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  342-356 


DISPERSAL  AND  HABITAT  USE  BY  POST-FLEDGING 
JUVENILE  SNOWY  EGRETS  AND 
BLACK-CROWNED  NIGHT-HERONS 

R.  Michael  Erwin,'  John  G.  Haig,'-^  Daniel  B.  Stotts,'  and 

Jeff  S.  Hatfield' 

Abstract. — We  studied  the  post-fledging  dispersal  movements  and  habitat  use  of  juvenile 
Snowy  Egrets  (Egretta  thida)  (SNEG)  and  Black-crowned  Night-Herons  (Nycticorax  nyc- 
ticorax)  (BCNH)  in  coastal  Virginia  using  a dye  (picric  acid)  and  radiotelemetry.  Results 
from  monitoring  radiomarked  birds  revealed  significant  differences  both  years  between  spe- 
cies, with  SNEGs  dispersing  more  widely  than  BCNHs.  BCNH  juveniles  usually  remained 
south  of  Delaware,  but  SNEGs  often  moved  into  Delaware  and  southern  New  Jersey.  The 
maximum  dispersal  distance  found  for  a SNEG  was  ca  340  km  north  of  the  natal  colony. 
Temporal  patterns  of  movement  followed  logistic  relationships,  with  rapid  initial  move- 
ments, but  relatively  few  movements  after  about  2—3  weeks  for  most  birds.  Cumulative 
distances  moved  by  juvenile  SNEGs  during  August-September  differed  from  1992  to  1993. 
No  such  year  difference  was  found  for  BCNHs.  Compared  to  SNEGs,  BCNHs  used  man- 
made impoundments  relatively  more  often  than  natural  wetlands;  however  no  quantitative 
assessment  of  habitat  preferences  could  be  made.  Received  25  May  1995,  accepted  9 Dec. 
1995. 


Little  is  known  about  survival,  movements,  or  habitat  use  during  the 
post-breeding  period  for  most  North  American  migratory  birds  (Finch  and 
Stangel  1993).  Even  for  large,  conspicuous  species  such  as  colonial  wa- 
terbirds,  few  quantitative  dispersal  data  have  been  published.  Numerous 
anecdotal  reports  indicate  that  many  terns,  gulls,  and  wading  birds  move 
northward  along  the  coasts  and  large  interior  rivers  of  the  United  States 
after  the  nesting  season.  In  some  regions,  the  movement  pattern  is  con- 
strained by  geography,  with  waterbirds  often  following  major  drainages 
(Gill  and  Mewaldt  1979)  regardless  of  the  cardinal  direction  or  following 
a peninsula  or  island  archipelago  (e.g.,  in  Florida,  Powell  and  Bjork  1990, 
Strong  and  Bancroft  1994  on  Great  White  Herons,  Ardea  herodias  oc- 
cidentalis).  Studies  of  individual  species  revealed  some  extensive  north- 
ward dispersal  after  breeding;  e.g..  Black-crowned  Night-Herons  (Nyctic- 
orax nycticorax)  in  the  eastern  United  States  (Bartsch  1952,  Byrd  1978), 
Little  Blue  Herons  (Egretta  caerulea)  in  Mississippi  (Coffey  1943)  and 
elsewhere  in  the  southeast  (Townsend  1931),  Great  White  Herons  in  Flor- 
ida (Powell  and  Bjork  1990),  and  Cattle  Egrets  (Buhulcus  ibis)  in  Africa 
(Siegfried  1970). 

Studies  of  dispersal  can  yield  information  that  has  both  basic  and  ap- 

‘ National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center.  Laurel,  Maryland  20708. 

2 Present  addre.ss;  59  Ramona,  San  Franci.sco  California  94103. 


342 


Envin  et  al.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


343 


plied  value.  Better  estimates  of  movement  rates,  habitat  use,  and  mortality 
tor  most  migrant  species  would  assist  in  developing  population  viability 
analyses  that  are  currently  in  demand  for  threatened  or  endangered  spe- 
cies. Further,  determining  levels  of  site  fidelity  and  identifying  habitat 
types  used  during  dispersal  could  have  immediate  management  implica- 
tions. 

In  this  study,  we  followed  movements  during  dispersal  of  juvenile 
Snowy  Egrets  (hereafter  SNEGs)  and  Black-crowned  Night-Herons  (here- 
after BCNHs)  to  address  the  following  questions:  (1)  How  do  young  birds 
move  during  the  post-fledging  period?  Are  there  differences  between  spe- 
cies and  years?  (2)  How  much  site  fidelity  do  birds  show  during  repeated 
observations?  (3)  What  types  of  habitats  do  the  species  use  during  this 
period,  and  are  there  species  differences? 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

We  studied  nesting  ecology  of  two  mixed-species  colonies  near  the  town  of  Chincoteague, 
Accomack  County,  Virginia  (Fig.  1).  The  colonies  are  located  in  Iva  frutescens  shrubs  along 
the  margins  of  a saltmarsh  island  complex.  The  Causeway  Colony,  the  largest  in  Virginia 
(Erwin  et  al.,  in  press),  had  230-640  SNEGs  and  32-37  BCNHs  in  1992-1993  in  addition 
to  large  numbers  of  five  other  species.  The  Willis  Colony  had  300-390  SNEGs  and  47-90 
BCNHs  in  the  two  years  and  also  included  other  wader  species. 

The  habitat  surrounding  the  colonies  consisted  of  natural  Spartina  saltmarshes,  creeks, 
and  pannes,  as  well  freshwater  ponds  and  large  impounded  brackish  marshes  at  the  Chin- 
coteague National  Wildlife  Refuge  to  the  east. 

Radio  telemetry. — When  nestlings  were  approximately  two  weeks  old,  we  fixed  10  g 
radio  transmitters  to  aluminum  U.S.  Fish  & Wildlife  Service  bands  and  attached  the  package 
above  the  tarsometatarsal  joint  (see  Erwin  et  al.,  in  press).  Radios  were  equipped  with  a 
mortality  sensor  that  resulted  in  a 50%  increase  in  pulse  rate  when  the  radio  remained 
stationary  for  12  h.  The  transmitters  had  a range  of  about  1-2  km  on  the  ground  and  5-18 
km  from  aircraft  depending  on  altitude  and  habitats.  The  battery  life  was  rated  at  three 
months.  We  attached  the  radiotransmitters  only  to  the  largest  chicks  (presumably  the  A 
chick)  in  the  brood  to  insure  that  we  would  have  a reasonable  sample  size  for  monitoring 
post-fledging  movements.  We  used  radios  only  at  the  Causeway  colony.  A total  of  10  and 
19  radiomarked  BCNHs  fledged  in  1992  and  1993,  respectively  (of  totals  of  10  and  20 
initially  marked);  for  SNEGs,  the  comparable  figures  were  19  and  20  (of  totals  of  20  initially 
marked  both  years). 

In  late  July,  when  most  young  were  fully  feathered  and  capable  of  short  flights  (age  40- 
50  d),  we  conducted  radio  checks  of  the  colonies  2-5  times  weekly  to  estimate  fledging  age 
and  to  determine  when  to  begin  broader  surveillance  for  dispersing  individuals.  During  the 
initial  period  (1-2  weeks)  after  fledging,  we  concentrated  our  searches  by  vehicle  and  boat 
in  the  Chincoteague  vicinity,  e.specially  on  the  Chincoteague  National  Wildlife  Refuge  about 
6 km  to  the  east.  We  began  airplane  surveys  after  all  the  birds  had  fledged.  We  made  four 
flights  between  12  August  and  24  September  in  1992  and  six  flights  between  27  July  and 
2 October  in  1993.  We  followed  a regular  search  pattern  that  included  the  coastal  areas  of 
the  DelMarVa  peninsula  and  Delaware  Bay.  The  basic  route  followed  the  Chesapeake  shore 
of  the  peninsula  from  Cambridge,  Maryland  south  to  Cape  Charles,  Virginia,  continued 
north  along  the  Atlantic  shore  of  the  peninsula  into  Delaware  Bay  up  to  the  Che.sapeake 


344 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Lig.  1.  Study  area  in  coastal  Virginia  showing  the  south  end  of  Assateague  Island  Na- 
tional Seashore,  including  Chincoteague  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  and  two  colony  sites. 


and  Delaware  (C  and  D)  Canal,  and  finished  along  the  New  Jersey  shoreline  from  Salem 
to  Cape  May.  We  made  additional  searches  1-2  times  each  year  up  the  Delaware  River  to 
an  area  10  km  N of  Philadelphia,  and  along  the  Atlantic  shoreline  of  New  Jersey  from  Cape 
May  north  to  Manasquan.  We  made  two  flights  in  each  year  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay  side 
of  the  peninsula  north  of  Cambridge  to  the  C and  D canal.  On  1 October  1993,  we  made 
one  search  along  the  western  shore  of  Chesapeake  Bay  from  the  lower  Patuxent  River  south 
to  the  mouth  of  the  James  River  in  Virginia.  Our  search  route  and  the  limited  range  of  the 
transmitters  could  have  introduced  some  bias  because  we  did  not  survey  (except  once)  the 
western  shore  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  nor  did  we  effectively  survey  the  interior  of  the  peninsula. 
Bunding  and  time  precluded  more  exhaustive  surveys.  Nonetheless,  species  comparisons  are 
still  meaningful. 

During  aerial  surveys,  we  usually  maintained  an  altitude  of  500-1000  m,  scanning  for 
birds  with  strut-mounted  Yagi  antennae.  Upon  detecting  a signal,  we  circled  to  determine  a 
location  for  the  individual  and  identified  a landmark  (e.g.,  a named  creek  or  impoundment) 
whenever  possible.  We  recorded  locations  on  maps,  and  later  converted  them  to  UTM  co- 
ordinates. Because  the  precision  of  location  was  probably  ±0.5  km,  we  used  the  center  of 


Erwin  et  cil.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


345 


a large  impoundment  for  the  UTM  coordinate  when  appropriate.  All  wetland  locations  were 
identified  as  either  natural  or  manmade  (ponds  or  impounded  marshes). 

Colonncirking. — Just  before  most  young  SNEGs  in  the  colonies  fledged,  we  conducted  a 

roundup  with  7—12  participants.  We  held  captured  birds  in  wooden  duck  crates,  dyed 
them  with  picric  acid  on  the  wings  and  back,  and  banded  each  prior  to  release.  We  marked 
123  SNEGs  in  1992  and  182  in  1993.  After  marking  the  birds,  we  continued  to  monitor  the 
colonies  for  at  least  two  weeks  to  record  survival  of  radiomarked  young  and  to  look  for 
any  moribund  or  dead  dyed  birds.  We  dyed  egrets  in  both  the  Causeway  and  Willis  colonies. 

To  stimulate  the  reporting  of  colormarked  egrets  by  the  public  and  colleagues  in  other 
natural  resource  agencies,  we  sent  information  packages  to  national  wildlife  refuges,  parks, 
state  wildlife  management  areas,  and  state  wildlife  administrations  from  New  Jersey  to  North 
Carolina.  We  also  sent  releases  to  a number  of  newspapers  and  magazines  in  the  DelMarVa 
region.  We  solicited  the  following  information:  date,  time,  name  of  wetland  used  by  the 
bird,  wetland  type,  nearest  town/village,  band  colors  (if  applicable),  and  size  of  associated 
group.  Upon  receiving  a report,  we  converted  map  locations  to  UTM  coordinates  and,  when- 
ever possible,  recorded  the  type  of  wetland  used  (impoundment,  pond,  creek). 

Statistical  tests. — We  used  the  Multi-Response  Permutation  Procedure  (MRPP)  to  test  for 
large-scale  differences  in  spatial  distributions  between  species  and  years  (Biondini  et  al. 
1988).  The  MRPP  compares  the  distribution  of  one  group  of  points  to  another  group  using 
a permutation  procedure  (Manly  1991)  and  tests  whether  the  two  distributions  are  identical. 
We  used  this  test  only  on  the  radio  locations  determined  for  birds  that  had  left  the  Chin- 
coteague  vicinity.  Locations  reported  for  colormarked  birds  were  biased  because  of  the  over- 
representation of  sightings  at  public-access  wetlands  (e.g.,  refuges).  These  sightings  were 
valuable,  however,  because  they  revealed  locations  that  were  not  included  in  our  aerial 
survey  route. 

To  further  investigate  movements  of  the  two  species,  we  computed  the  number  of  relo- 
cations, total  number  of  different  wetlands  used,  and  the  cumulative  distance  (km)  moved 
during  the  entire  tracking  period  for  each  individual.  Because  of  some  locational  imprecision 
when  conducting  aerial  searches,  we  did  not  record  a “new  location”  from  a radiomarked 
bird  unless  it  had  moved  ca  1—2  km  from  its  previous  location. 

Because  sampling  intensity  and  duration  differed  between  years  (four  aerial  surveys  over 
6 weeks  in  1992,  six  surveys  over  nine  weeks  in  1993),  we  selected  a subset  of  radiomarked 
birds  for  standardized  periods.  To  permit  a reasonable  time  period  for  dispersal,  we  used 
data  for  only  those  individuals  (N  = 33  out  of  48)  resighted  at  least  two  times  and  followed 
at  least  30  days  from  the  time  they  left  the  colony  site.  After  examining  the  raw  data  plots 
for  each  bird,  we  applied  the  logistic  model  for  describing  cumulative  distances.  The  ma- 
jority of  individuals  for  which  we  had  more  than  five  observations  revealed  a sigmoidal 
(logistic)  pattern  in  distances  moved.  We  fit  a separate  3-parameter  logistic  curve  (Draper 
and  Smith  1981)  to  each  individual  (using  PROC  NLIN  procedure  in  SAS).  Erom  each  of 
these  logistic  curves,  we  estimated  the  cumulative  distances  travelled  by  Day  5,  15,  30,  45, 
and  60.  Next,  to  test  for  species  and  year  effects,  we  conducted  two-way  ANOVAs  on  the 
cumulative  distance  variables  for  Days  5,  15,  30,  45,  and  60  with  Tukey  tests  to  discern 
pairwise  differences. 

We  wanted  to  determine  gross  habitat  preferences  for  each  species  by  comparing  use  of 
natural  wetlands  and  manmade  impoundments  or  ponds.  However,  because  of  our  limited 
(coastal  edge)  search  route  and  the  difficulty  in  obtaining  wetland  area  on  the  local  (county) 
scales,  we  were  unable  to  assess  habitat  preferences.  Instead,  we  compared  the  number  of 
individuals  of  each  species  found  in  the  two  types  of  habitats,  and  also  the  total  number  of 
the  two  wetland  types  used  (regardless  of  how  many  individuals  used  them). 


346 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  1 

Summary  of  Numbers  of  Juvenile  Snowy  Egrets  (SNEG)  and  Black-crowned  Night- 
Herons  (BCNH)  Radiomarked  in  1992  and  1993  at  Chincoteague,  Virginia 


Species 

Year 

No.  marked 
that  fledged 

No. 

censored'* 

Local 

relocation’’-' 

SNEG 

1992 

19 

2 

10 

1993 

20 

6 

6 

Total  uncensored 

31 

BCNH 

1992 

10 

0 

9 

1993 

20 

1 

15 

Total  uncensored 

29 

“ Not  relocated. 

Relocated  at  least  once  in  the  Chincoteague-S.  Assateague  Island  block  (Chincoteague  National  Wildlife  Refuge)  after 
fledging  from  colony. 

'Chi-square  test  for  local  vs  nonlocal  relocation  by  species  (using  uncensored  totals):  x’  = 6.54,  P = 0.01 1. 


RESULTS 

Dispersal. — From  an  earlier  analysis,  we  found  that  juveniles  fledged 
and  left  the  colony  when  they  were  between  53  and  58  days  old  (Erwin 
et  ah,  in  press).  Of  the  29  and  39  radiomarked  juveniles  in  1992  and 
1993,  respectively,  19  and  21  individuals  were  recorded  at  least  once  in 
the  wetlands  within  about  10  km  of  the  nesting  colony.  Birds  usually 
returned  to  the  vicinity  of  the  colony  site  at  least  once,  or  moved  to  the 
Chincoteague  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  about  6-10  km  east  of  the  col- 
onies (Table  1).  We  found  more  juvenile  BCNHs  at  least  once  in  the  local 
area  (24/29  or  83%)  than  juvenile  SNEGs  (16/31  or  52%;  = 6.54,  P 

= 0.011).  The  remainder  (as  well  as  later  dispersers  from  the  Chinco- 
teague vicinity)  dispersed  primarily  to  the  north,  but  also  west  and  south 
(Figs.  2,  3,  and  4).  We  never  located  a few  of  the  fledglings  (=censored 
observations.  Table  1);  in  1992,  we  never  located  two  SNEGs  after  fledg- 
ing, whereas  in  1993,  we  failed  to  locate  one  BCNH  and  six  SNEGs.  In 
1992,  SNEGs  moved  north  into  Delaware  and  New  Jersey,  whereas 
BCNHs  were  confined  to  Maryland  and  Virginia.  Delaware  Bay  seemed 
to  act  as  a partial  barrier,  with  few  birds  crossing  the  bay  into  New  Jersey. 
We  received  99  reports  of  colormarked  individual  SNEGs,  the  majority 
from  the  Chincoteague  National  Wildlife  Refuge.  These  sightings  added 
a few  new  locations  in  1992,  with  the  northernmost  bird  reported  from 


Fig.  2.  Locations  of  radiomarked  Snowy  Egrets  and  Black-crowned  Night-HerOns  in 
1992  during  August-September. 


Erwin  et  al.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


347 


348 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Fig.  3.  Locations  of  radiomarked  Snowy  Egrets  and  Black-crowned  Night-Herons  in 
1993  during  late  July-early  October.  All  locations  outside  the  Chincoteague  block  (nesting 
colony  locale)  are  shown. 


Erwin  et  al.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


349 


Fig.  4.  Locations  of  dye-marked  Snowy  Egrets  in  1992  and  1993.  If  two  different  sym- 
bols abut  each  other,  the  same  location  is  indicated. 


350 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  2 

Summary  of  Multi-response  Permutation  Procedure"’  Comparing  Spatial  Patterns  of 
Dispersing  Snowy  Egrets  (SNEG)  and  Black-crowned  Night-Herons  (BCNH),  1992 

AND  1993 

Comparison 

P Value 

Radiomarked: 

SNEG  92  vs  93 

<0.001 

BCNH  92  vs  93 

0.02 

SNEG  vs  BCNH  (1992) 

0.01 

SNEG  vs  BCNH  (1993) 

<0.001 

Dye-marked: 

SNEG  92  vs  93 

0. 18  ns 

Dye  vs  radiomarked  (SNEG): 

1992 

0.002 

1993 

0.09  ns 

“See  Biondini  et  al.  1988. 


the  Tinicum  National  Wildlife  Refuge  south  of  Philadelphia  about  210 
km  from  the  nesting  colony  (Fig.  3). 

In  1993,  both  species  generally  dispersed  slightly  greater  distances  (cf 
Figs.  2,  3,  and  4)  and,  the  number  of  “lost”  (censored)  birds  also  in- 
creased. The  radiomarked  BCNHs  moved  north  into  Delaware,  and  more 
SNEGs  were  found  farther  north  in  New  Jersey  (Figs.  2 and  3).  In  1992, 
no  dyed  SNEGs  were  reported  west  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  but  three 
were  seen  in  1993  (Eig.  4).  A total  of  141  colormarked  SNEGs  were 
reported  in  1993,  mostly  from  the  Chincoteague  area.  Also,  we  received 
a report  of  a dyed  SNEG  from  far  northern  New  Jersey  in  Lyndhurst, 
near  the  extensive  tidal  Hudson  River  wetlands  known  as  the  Meadow- 
lands  (Fig.  4).  This  location  is  342  km  north  of  the  nesting  colonies.  In 
contrast,  the  longest  distances  recorded  for  radiomarked  BCNHs  were 
only  85  km  in  1992  and  102  km  in  1993. 

Spatial  pattern. — MRPP  test  results  revealed  significant  differences  {P 
< 0.05)  for  comparisons  between  years  within  species  and  between  spe- 
cies within  years  for  the  radiomarked  birds  (Table  2).  Dye-marked  SNEGs 
showed  no  yearly  difference,  but  their  distribution  was  significantly  dif- 
ferent from  radiomarked  SNEGs  in  1992  (Table  2).  Although  the  MRPP 
test  reveals  that  both  species  and  yearly  “geographic  centroids”  differed, 
the  test  does  not  indicate  how  the  patterns  differed. 

Temporal  pattern  of  dispersal. — We  found  a high  degree  of  variability 
among  individual  SNEGs  and  BCNHs  during  both  years  of  the  study;  A 


Ei-n’in  et  al.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


351 


Table  3 


Summary  of  Dispersal  Movement  of  Juvenile  Snowy  Egrets  (SNEG)  and  Black- 

CROWNED  Night-Herons  (BCNH)  during  Late  Summer,  1992  and  1993 

Group  Year  N“ 

Day" 

Mean  cum. 
distance‘s 
(±SD) 

Mean  Mean  no. 

total  different 

relocations‘^  locations'^ 

SNEG  1992  11 

5 

37.2  (30.2) 

15 

50.6  (35.6) 

30 

52.5  (39.4) 

45 

52.5  (39.4) 

60 

52.5  (39.4) 

Total 

4.3  3.9 

SNEG  1993  8 

5 

97.0  (66.7) 

15 

121.3  (61.5) 

30 

121.3  (61.5) 

45 

121.3  (61.5) 

60 

124.9  (53.9) 

Total 

6.1  4.4 

BCNH  1992  6 

5 

17.5  (14.2) 

15 

18.4  (13.3) 

30 

21.3  (1 1.4) 

45 

28.1  (14.4) 

60 

44.2  (37.3) 

Total 

16.2  5.0 

BCNH  1993  8 

5 

40.6  (47.2) 

15 

44.1  (45.1) 

30 

44.3  (44.9) 

45 

44.8  (44.4) 

60 

44.8  (44.4) 

Total 

4.3  3.0 

^ Only  birds  followed  for  >30  days,  with  two  or  more  locations,  were  included  in  the  analysis. 

•’To  adjust  for  sampling  intensity  differences  between  years,  values  for  specific  numbers  of  days  since  colony  departure 
(i.e.,  5.  15,  30,  45.  and  60)  were  predicted  from  the  logistic  curve  for  each  bird. 

' Means  of  cumulative  distances  moved  by  individuals  from  the  colony  site  (origin),  based  on  predictions  from  individual 
logistic  curves. 

Mean  number  of  relocations  per  individual  during  ground  and  air  surveys  in  1992  and  1993. 

' Mean  number  of  different  wetland  locations  per  individual  during  surveys.  Because  of  locational  uncertainty  from  aerial 
surveys,  a “move”  to  a new  location  required  an  estimated  1-2  km  actual  relocation. 

few  individual  herons  and  egrets  made 

return  trips 

to  the  Chincoteague 

vicinity  after  short  dispersals. 

, while  most  moved 

increasing  distances 

from  the  colony  vicinity.  The  general  pattern  was  for  an  initial  move  to 

local  wetlands  near  the  colony  site  and  at  the  Chincoteague  NWR.  From 
here,  a rapid  movement  occurred  during  the  next  1—2  weeks,  with  less 
movement  afterward  (Table  3,  Fig.  5).  In  both  years,  individuals  of  both 
species  moved  relatively  little  after  about  30  days,  with  many  individuals 


352 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Fig.  5.  Examples  of  cumulative  distances  moved  over  time  by  individual  Snowy  Egrets 
since  fledging  (1992  solid  line,  1993  dotted  line).  Predicted  logistic  curves  were  generated 
using  a three-parameter  logistic  equation.  Symbols  represent  actual  location  distances  for 
two  individuals. 


remaining  in  the  same  wetland  complex  (see  last  column  in  Table  3). 
Extreme  cases  in  1992  included  a BCNH  that  spent  73  days  in  an  im- 
poundment at  Chincoteague  NWR  from  August  3 to  October  14  (24  total 
relocations)  and  a SNEG  that  spent  24  days  in  a marsh  also  at  Chinco- 
teague NWR  (9  relocations).  In  1993,  a BCNH  spent  57  days  (July  21 
to  September  15)  at  the  same  location  as  the  previous  year  (13  relocations) 
and  a SNEG  spent  53  days  from  August  10  to  October  1 at  Eortesque 
Wildlife  Management  Area  on  the  Delaware  Bay  shore  of  New  Jersey. 

We  found  several  significant  differences  in  the  cumulative  distances 
moved  by  dispersing  birds  (Table  4).  Eor  SNEGs,  individuals  averaged 
more  than  twice  the  cumulative  distance  in  1993  than  in  1992,  whereas 
BCNHs  showed  no  year  effect.  Also,  in  1993,  we  found  a significant 
species  effect  (Tables  3 and  4). 

Habitat  use. — More  birds  of  both  species  used  natural  wetlands  than 
manmade  ones  (Table  5);  however,  habitat  availability  could  not  be  as- 
sessed for  the  study  area  (see  Methods).  BCNHs  were  associated  with 
manmade  wetlands  relatively  more  often  than  SNEGs  in  both  years  (Table 
5).  Because  manmade  impoundments  only  comprise  a small  fraction  (15% 
in  Delaware)  of  the  total  area  of  coastal  estuarine  emergent  wetland  in 


Erwin  et  al.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


353 


Table  4 

Differences  in  Cumulative  Dispersal  Distance  between  Snowy  Egrets  (SNEG)  and 
Black-crowned  Night-Herons  (BCNH)  in  1992  and  1993“ 


Comparison 

Day 

Difference 
between  means 
(km) 

Significance 

level 

(P  < 0.05) 

SNEG,  1992-1993 

5 

59.8 

* 

15 

70.7 

* 

30 

68.9 

* 

45 

68.9 

* 

60 

72.4 

* 

BCNH,  1992-1993 

5 

23.1 

ns 

15 

25.7 

ns 

30 

23.1 

ns 

45 

16.7 

ns 

60 

0.6 

ns 

1992,  SNEG-BCNH 

5 

19.7 

ns 

15 

32.2 

ns 

30 

31.2 

ns 

45 

24.4 

ns 

60 

8.3 

ns 

1993,  SNEG-BCNH 

5 

56.4 

ns 

15 

77.2 

* 

30 

77.0 

* 

45 

76.6 

* 

60 

80.1 

* 

"Two-way  ANOVAs  performed  on  cumulative  distances  at  each  predicted  day,  with  Tukey  multiple  comparison  test 
results.  The  corresponding  one-way  reparameterized  ANOVAs  with  Tukey  tests  were  used  for  interaction  terms. 


Table  5 

Habitat  Use  of  Young  Radiomarked  BCNHs  and  SNEGs  in  the  Delmarva  Region 
DURING  THE  DISPERSAL  PERIOD  (AUGUST-SePTEMBER,  1992  AND  1993) 


Number  using  habitat:" 

Species 

Natural 

Impounded 

Total 

BCNH 

1992 

14(11) 

11  (9) 

25  (20) 

1993 

18  (15) 

7 (10) 

25  (25) 

SNEG 

1992 

30  (22) 

4(7) 

34  (29) 

1993 

27  (12) 

4(6) 

31(18) 

“ First  number  listed 
number  of  individual 

is  the  number  of  locations  in 
birds  using  these  habitats.  An 

that  habitat  type  with  one  or  more  individuals;  in  parentheses  is  the 
individual  may  be  counted  more  than  once  if  it  was  found  in  more 

than  one  wetland. 


354 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


our  region,  our  results  suggest  that  BCNHs  may  show  some  preference 
for  manmade  over  natural  wetlands. 

DISCUSSION 

Dispersal  pattern. — The  MRPP  test  results  suggest  that  juvenile 
SNEGs  and  BCNHs  disperse  in  somewhat  different  ways,  with  SNEGs 
more  free  ranging  (see  Eigs.  4-5).  The  greater  tendency  for  BCNHs  to 
remain  in  the  local  region  of  their  natal  colony  is  reflected  by  the  high 
frequency  with  which  we  located  individual  BCNHs  within  the  Chinco- 
teague  region  in  both  years  (Table  1). 

Reports  of  the  dye-marked  SNEGs  indicated  that  our  radiomarking  data 
were  probably  underestimating  the  overall  movements  of  birds.  At  least 
one  dye-marked  SNEG  was  found  342  km  north  of  the  natal  colony 
(about  130  km  farther  than  the  farthest  radiomarked  individual  and  well 
beyond  the  240  km  northward  extent  of  our  aerial  surveys).  Reports  of 
dye-marked  SNEGs  also  were  reported  from  the  southwestern  shore  of 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  in  1993,  an  area  beyond  our  normal  aerial  search 
route.  Perhaps  the  censored  birds  rapidly  left  our  DelMarVa  search  area. 
However,  radiotelemetry  studies  are  often  plagued  by  a failure  to  distin- 
guish radio  failures  from  movements  beyond  the  survey  area. 

The  results  from  our  dyed  egrets  and  those  from  studies  in  southern 
New  Jersey  (W.  Crans,  Rutgers  Univ.,  unpubl.  data),  from  which  SNEGs 
moved  into  southern  New  England  after  dispersal,  suggest  that  SNEG 
dispersal  is  greater  northward  than  our  telemetry  results  suggests. 

Both  species  showed  a rapid  initial  movement  away  from  the  natal 
colony  area,  but  made  relatively  restricted  movements  thereafter,  resulting 
in  a logistic  relationship  for  cumulative  distance  traveled.  Such  a pattern 
may  result  from  local  depletion  of  prey  resources  during  the  long  nesting 
period  in  the  colonies.  Others  have  noted  a similar  movement  pattern. 
Powell  and  BJork  (1990)  found  that  most  radiomarked  juvenile  Great 
White  Herons  in  Elorida  Bay  rapidly  moved  north  from  the  Bay  to  central 
Florida  in  summer.  Strong  and  Bancroft  (1994)  described  a rapid  (>20 
km  the  first  10  days)  northward  dispersal  of  young  White-crowned  Pi- 
geons {Columba  leucocephala)  from  the  Florida  Keys.  Immature  Spanish 
Imperial  Eagles  {Aquila  adalberti)  also  make  long  solo  flights  soon  after 
leaving  the  natal  area  (Gonzalez  et  al.  1989). 

Variable  water  conditions  may  have  contributed  to  yearly  differences 
in  dispersal  by  juvenile  SNEGs.  In  1993,  the  eastern  shore  region  of 
Virginia  suffered  from  a severe  drought  (B.  Truitt,  pers.  comm.).  Unlike 
the  wetter  conditions  in  1992,  by  late  July  and  early  August  1993  during 
the  wading  bird  dispersal  period,  most  of  the  impoundments  at  the  Chin- 
coteague  NWR  were  dry.  This  may  explain  why  the  cumulative  distances 


£m-//i  et  al.  • DISPERSAL  BY  YOUNG  HERONS 


355 


of  radiomarked  SNEGs  averaged  more  than  twice  as  far  in  1993.  Snowy 
Egrets  seem  to  search  widely  for  other  wading  birds  and  often  concentrate 
in  “drawdowns”  in  impoundments  and  tidal  pools  (Kushlan  1978,  Erwin 
1983).  We  received  a report  of  seven  dyed  SNEGs  in  one  salthay  im- 
poundment in  New  Jersey  in  August  1993  (W.  Grans,  unpubl.  data). 
BCNHs,  in  contrast,  are  more  generalized  in  feeding  habitat  use  (Davis 
1993).  Because  they  may  use  freshwater  ponds  and  creeks  as  well  as  tidal 
areas,  they  probably  do  not  have  to  move  as  far  to  find  adequate  food. 

Habitat  use. — Habitat  selection  during  the  post-breeding  dispersal 
phase  for  juveniles  could  not  be  fully  evaluated  since  we  lacked  quanti- 
tative estimates  of  wetland  types  for  our  limited  survey  region.  The  gen- 
eral pattern  seemed  to  show  a tendency  for  BCNHs  to  use  impounded 
areas,  including  both  farm  ponds  and  large  wildlife  impoundments,  to  a 
greater  relative  extent  than  did  SNEGs. 

Data  on  movements  of  juvenile  Great  White  Herons  in  central-south 
Florida  (Powell  and  Bjork  1990)  suggested  a seasonal  component  to  hab- 
itat selection.  Early  and  late  in  the  season,  birds  seemed  to  settle  into 
human-modified  habitats  towards  the  central  part  of  the  state,  whereas 
during  the  middle  period,  they  traveled  shorter  distances  and  settled  into 
natural  marshes  in  the  southern  Everglades.  Gill  and  Mewaldt  (1979) 
described  the  dispersal  patterns  of  SNEGs  and  BCNHs  leaving  a south 
San  Francisco  Bay  heronry.  Both  species  followed  nonrandom  patterns, 
with  BCNHs  following  the  Bay  edge  and  tributaries,  while  SNEGs  mostly 
moved  <50  km  to  the  “nearest  appropriate  habitats.”  The  farthest  dis- 
tance travelled  by  a SNEG  in  their  study  was  209  km  from  the  natal 
colony.  Neither  of  these  studies  addressed  the  issue  of  habitat  use  versus 
availability. 

For  young  inexperienced  juveniles,  a critical  ecological  factor  may  be 
locating  a concentrated  source  of  prey,  whether  it  be  a small  sewage 
treatment  lagoon,  a large  impoundment,  or  a natural  drying  freshwater 
slough  (Kushlan  1978,  Powell  and  Bjork  1990).  Site  tenacity  seemed  to 
be  high  for  many  radiomarked  individuals,  with  an  average  of  only  3-5 
different  locations  per  species-year  group  (Table  3).  Variation  in  the 
amount  of  time  specific  sites  were  used  was  enormous,  ranging  from  one 
to  73  days  at  Chincoteague  NWR. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  John  Schroer  and  his  staff  at  Chincoteague  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  for  the 
field  logistical  support,  and  the  many  volunteers  (including  Jason  and  Lindsay  Erwin  and 
David  Jachowski)  who  assisted.  W.  Link  helped  with  statistical  advice,  K.  Fontaine  assisted 
in  preparing  the  manuscript,  and  M.  Banker  and  K.  Boone  provided  graphics  help.  C.  Blem, 
T.  Custer,  C.  Henny,  J.  Smith,  and  B.  Watts  provided  useful  comments  on  earlier  drafts  of 
the  manuscript. 


356 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bartsch,  P.  1952.  A note  on  the  first  bird  banding  in  America.  Bird-Banding  33:59-60. 

Biondini,  M.  E.,  P.  W.  Mielke,  Jr.,  and  K.  J.  Berry.  1988.  Data-dependent  permutation 
techniques  for  the  analysis  of  ecological  data.  Vegetatio  75:161-168. 

Byrd,  M.  A.  1978.  Dispersal  and  movements  of  six  North  American  ciconiiforms.  Pp.  161- 
185  in  Wading  birds  (A.  Sprunt,  IV,  J.  C.  Ogden,  and  S.  Winckler,  eds.)  National 
Audubon  Society  Rept.  No.  7,  New  York,  New  York. 

Coffey,  B.  B.,  Jr.  1943.  Post-juvenal  migration  of  herons.  Bird-Banding  14:34-39. 

Davis,  W.  E.  1993.  Black-crowned  Night-Heron.  Pp.  1-20  in  The  birds  of  North  America, 
No.  74  (A.  Poole  and  P.  Gill,  eds.)  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia  and 
The  American  Ornithologists  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Draper,  N.  R.  and  H.  Smith.  1981.  Applied  regression  analysis.  2nd  edition.  J.  Wiley  and 
Sons,  Inc.,  New  York,  New  York. 

Erwin,  R.  M.  1983.  Peeding  habitats  of  nesting  wading  birds:  spatial  use  and  social  influ- 
ences. Auk  100:  960—970. 

, J.  G.  Haig,  D.  B.  Stotts,  and  J.  S.  Hatfield.  1996.  Growth,  nest  success,  and 

survival  of  Black-crowned  Night-Heron  {Nycticorax  nycticorax)  and  Snowy  Egret 
(Egretta  thula)  chicks  in  coastal  Virginia.  Auk  (in  press). 

Pinch,  D.  M.  and  P.  W.  Stangel.  1993.  Status  and  management  of  neotropical  migratory 
birds.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-229,  Rocky  Mountain  Exper.  Sta.,  U.S.  Forest  Service,  Ft. 
Collins,  Colorado. 

Gill,  R.,  Jr.  and  L.  R.  Mewaldt.  1979.  Dispersal  and  migratory  patterns  of  San  Francisco 
Bay  produced  herons,  egrets,  and  terns.  North  Amer.  Bird  Bander  4:4-13. 

Gonzalez,  L.  M.,  B.  Heredia,  J.  L.  Gonzalez,  and  J.  C.  Alonso.  1989.  Juvenile  dispersal 
of  Spanish  Imperial  Eagles.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  60:369—379. 

Kushlan,  j.  a.  1978.  Feeding  ecology  of  wading  birds.  Pp.  249-298  in  Wading  birds  (A. 
Sprunt,  IV,  J.  C.  Ogden,  and  S.  Winckler,  eds.)  National  Audubon  Society  Rept.  No.  7, 
New  York,  New  York. 

Manly,  B.  F.  T.  1991.  Randomization  and  Monte  Carlo  methods  in  biology.  Chapman  and 
Hall,  New  York,  New  York. 

Powell,  G.  V.  N.  and  R.  Bjork.  1990.  Studies  of  wading  birds  in  Florida  Bay:  a biological 
assessment  of  the  ecosystem.  National  Audubon  Society  report  to  the  E.  Ordway  Dunn 
Foundation,  National  Audubon  Soc.,  Tavernier,  Florida. 

Siegfried,  W.  R.  1970.  Mortality  and  dispersal  of  ringed  Cattle  Egrets.  Ostrich  41:122- 
135. 

Strong,  A.  and  G.  T.  Bancroft.  1994.  Postfledging  dispersal  of  White-crowned  Pigeons: 
implications  for  conservation  of  deciduous  seasonal  forests  in  the  Florida  Keys.  Con- 
serv.  Biol.  8:770—779. 

Townsend,  C.  W.  1931.  The  post-breeding  northern  migration  of  North  American  herons. 
Proc.  Intern.  Ornithol.  Congr.  7:366-369. 


Wilson  Bull..  108(2),  1996,  pp.  357-368 


NEST-SITE  SELECTION  OF  RED-SHOULDERED  AND 
RED-TAILED  HAWKS  IN  A MANAGED  FOREST 

Christopher  E.  Moorman''^  and  Brian  R.  Chapman' 

Abstract. — We  compared  nest-site  macro-  and  microhabitat  selection  of  Red-shouldered 
(Biiteo  lineotus)  and  Red-tailed  hawks  (B.  jamaicensis)  and  examined  potential  relationships 
between  habitat  selection  and  nest  success  in  a managed  forest  in  central  Georgia.  We 
located  12  Red-shouldered  and  10  Red-tailed  hawk  nests  during  the  1994  breeding  season. 
Circular  plots  (1  km-)  were  mapped  around  each  hawk  nest  and  100  random  points,  and 
selected  macrohabitat  characteristics  within  the  plots  were  measured  and  compared.  Red- 
shouldered Hawk  nest-site  macrohabitat  was  characterized  by  significantly  more  bottomland 
hardwood  habitat,  less  older  age  (>50  yr)  pine  habitat,  and  larger  nest-site  stands  than 
random  plots.  Red-tailed  Hawk  nest  plots  contained  significantly  more  agriculture  habitat, 
more  young  (6-20  yr)  pine  habitat,  less  upland  hardwood  habitat,  less  total  amount  of  edge, 
fewer  number  of  stands,  and  larger  average  stand  size  than  random  plots.  Red-shouldered 
Hawk  nest  sites  (0.04  ha)  had  more  large  (>69  cm  DBH)  trees  and  lower  percent  total 
canopy  cover  than  random  points.  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  were  placed  close  to  habitat  edges 
and  openings  in  the  canopy,  and  nest  sites  had  taller  trees,  larger  (>69  cm)  trees,  and  greater 
percent  understory  cover  than  random  points.  Successful  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  were  placed 
in  shorter  trees  than  unsuccessful  nests.  On  the  study  site,  large  floodplain  forests  offering 
mature  trees  were  important  to  breeding  Red-shouldered  Hawks,  and  mature  pine  forest 
edges  near  openings  created  by  silvicultural  and  agricultural  practices  were  important  to 
breeding  Red-tailed  Hawks.  Received  7 April  1995,  accepted  15  Nov.  1995. 


Forest  management  practices  in  Georgia  often  are  directed  towards  in- 
creasing the  production  of  pine  timber.  Silvicultural  treatments  result  in 
forest  modifications  that  include  alterations  in  horizontal  and  vertical 
structural  diversity,  stand  diversity,  size  class  distribution,  and  vegetative 
species  composition  (Nelson  and  Titus  1988).  Hardwood  species  are  usu- 
ally removed  from  the  overstory  in  managed  pine  stands.  The  remaining 
stands  of  pine  probably  provide  little  habitat  that  is  suitable  for  raptors 
(Edwards  1978).  Declines  in  Red-shouldered  Hawk  (Buteo  Uneatus)  pop- 
ulations elsewhere  in  its  range  have  been  attributed  to  alterations  of  nest- 
ing habitat,  especially  riparian  habitat,  and  replacement  by  the  Red-tailed 
Hawk  (B.  jamaicen.si.s)  which  is  more  xeric-adapted  (Stewart  1949  Henny 
etal.  1973). 

Nest-site  selection  of  the  Red-shouldered  and  the  Red-tailed  hawk  sel- 
dom has  been  studied  at  the  landscape  level.  Few  studies  have  described 
nest-site  habitat  selection  of  sympatric  populations  of  the  Red-shouldered 
and  the  Red-tailed  hawk  (Titus  and  Mosher  1981,  Bednarz  and  Dinsmore 
1982),  and  none  have  described  nest-site  selection  for  either  of  the  two 


^ Daniel  B.  Warnell  School  of  Forest  Resources,  The  Univ.  of  Georgia.  Athens.  Georgia  30602-2152 
'Present  address:  Dept.  Forestry.  261  Lehotsky  Hall,  Clemson  Univ.,  Clemson,  South  Carolina  29634. 


357 


358 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


species  in  the  southeastern  United  States.  We  conducted  a study  in  a 
managed  forest  (1)  to  determine  whether  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed 
hawks  establish  nest  sites  in  proximity  to  specific  micro-  and  macrohabitat 
types;  (2)  to  determine  how  silvicultural  practices  could  create  or  modify 
these  specific  habitat  types;  (3)  to  describe  potential  relationships  between 
reproductive  success  and  nesting  habitat;  and  (4)  to  determine  whether 
habitat  partitioning  exists  between  the  two  species. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

Field  investigations  took  place  at  Bishop  E Grant  Memorial  Forest,  a 5718  ha  wildlife 
management  area  (WMA)  owned  by  the  Univ.  of  Georgia  School  of  Forest  Resources  and 
operated  in  cooperation  with  the  Georgia  Dept,  of  Natural  Resources.  The  WMA  is  located 
in  Putnam  County  approximately  14.5  km  north  of  Eatonton,  GA.  The  property  lies  within 
the  southern  Piedmont  physiographic  province,  a region  of  broad,  gently  sloping  topography 
with  occasional  steep  or  strongly  sloping  terrain  around  the  major  drainage  basins.  A ma- 
jority of  the  existing  upland  habitat  types  are  dominated  by  loblolly  pine  {Pinus  taeda). 
Present  silvicultural  treatments  in  the  pine  forests  range  from  thinning  and  prescribed  burn- 
ing to  clear-cutting  and  replanting.  Bottomland  hardwood  habitats  dominate  along  the  pro- 
perty’s three  largest  creeks  (Glady  Creek,  Big  Indian  Creek,  and  Little  River),  and  upland 
hardwood  habitats  exist  in  some  areas  along  the  drainage  basins  associated  with  these  creeks. 
The  Univ.  of  Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  grazes  cattle  on  several  large  pastures 
that  lie  within  the  WMA. 

We  used  a number  of  techniques  to  locate  active  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawk 
nests  during  the  1994  breeding  season.  We  searched  for  old  nests  during  the  preceding 
winter  months  and  later  returned  to  check  for  signs  of  activity.  Because  taped  calls  of 
conspecific  vocalizations  have  proven  effective  in  locating  nesting  raptors  (Rosenfield  et  al. 
1988,  Kimmel  and  Yahner  1990),  Red-shouldered  Hawk  alarm  calls  were  broadcast  from  a 
cassette  recorder  near  potential  nest  sites.  Vocalizations  were  played  for  15-s  periods  dis- 
tributed evenly  over  5 min.  Broadcasting  was  repeated  every  10-20  min  while  an  investi- 
gator moved  through  the  wooded  area  (Mosher  et  al.  1990).  When  Red-shouldered  Hawks 
were  present,  they  normally  responded  to  the  vocalizations  either  by  calling  or  flying  towards 
the  broadcasts.  We  made  extensive  nest  searches  in  areas  where  birds  responded.  Because 
Red-tailed  Hawks  are  relatively  conspicuous  visually,  we  located  nests  by  searching  areas 
where  birds  were  seen  perched  or  soaring.  To  prevent  bias,  nest  searches  also  were  conducted 
in  all  forested  stands  (trees  >20  yrs)  in  areas  where  birds  were  not  seen  or  heard.  Stands 
were  searched  on  foot  by  walking  transects  that  were  spaced  to  permit  observation  of  most 
tree  crowns.  These  searches  began  in  late  April  and  were  continued  through  mid-June. 
Occupied  nests  of  both  species  were  monitored  every  7-10  days  and  outcomes  were  re- 
corded. Nests  that  fledged  at  least  one  young  were  considered  successful. 

Macrohabitat  analy.sis. — We  classihed  habitat  types  on  a digital  database  developed  with 
the  geographical  information  system  (GIS)  software  package  ARC/INFO  (Environmental 
Systems  Research  Institute  1987).  Pine  habitats  were  separated  into  hve  types  based  on  age 
(numbers  indicate  age  of  forest  in  years):  <6PINE;  6-20PINE;  21-30PINE;  31-50PINE; 
>50PINE.  Three  additional  habitats  types  included  in  the  analysis  were  bottomland  hard- 
woods (BOTTOM),  upland  hardwoods  (UPLAND)  and  agricultural  land  such  as  pastures 
and  Helds  (AGR).  Once  nests  were  located  and  verified  as  occupied,  they  were  recorded  on 
the  GIS  database  within  the  habitat  types  in  which  they  occurred.  To  characterize  available 
habitat,  we  selected  100  random  points  from  a UTM  coordinate  grid  using  a random  number 


Moorman  and  Chapman  • HAWK  NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


359 


geneiator.  Since  hawks  require  large  trees  as  nest  substrates,  only  random  points  that  fell 
within  forested  habitat  greater  than  20  years  old  were  selected  for  analysis. 

When  analyzing  macrohabitat  preference,  it  is  important  to  know  the  scale  at  which 
selection  occurs.  Sedgwick  and  Knopf  (1992)  analyzed  nesting  habitat  within  three  concen- 
tric circles  of  increasing  size  using  the  nest  site  as  the  center.  Lehmkuhl  and  Raphael  (1993) 
also  assessed  owl  habitat  pattern  within  three  concentric  circles  centered  on  foraging  loca- 
tions. Using  a similar  technique  and  a GIS,  we  mapped  concentric  circles  of  increasing  size 
around  each  nest  site  and  random  point.  The  central  circle,  or  mesoplot,  was  1 km^  (radius 
= 564  m)  which  was  approximately  equal  to  the  smallest  Red-shouldered  Hawk  home  range 
(D.  L.  Howell,  pers.  comm.).  We  selected  the  smallest  home  range  size  to  minimize  sampling 
outside  of  territories  (Sedgwick  and  Knopf  1992).  The  innermost  circle  (radius  = 399  m), 
or  microplot,  had  an  area  approximately  half  that  of  the  home  range.  An  outer  circle  (radius 
— 798  m),  or  macroplot,  encompassed  twice  the  area  of  the  mesoplot.  Eor  comparison  and 
because  home  range  size  of  Red-tailed  Hawks  in  the  Southeast  is  unknown,  circles  of  the 
same  size  were  generated  around  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests. 

We  measured  macrohabitat  characteristics  of  nest  plots  and  random  plots  with  the  GIS. 
Area  of  each  habitat  type,  amount  of  edge  (TOTEDGE),  average  patch  size  (AVGSIZE), 
and  number  of  patches  within  circles  (#STAND)  were  compared  for  each  circle  size.  The 
patch  size  containing  the  plot  center  (STSIZE)  for  each  nest  site  and  random  point  also  was 
tested  for  differences. 

Microhabitat  analysis.  To  quantify  available  habitat,  we  used  the  same  random  points 
as  for  the  macrohabitat  analysis.  Field  locations  of  the  UTM  coordinates  selected  were  found 
using  a global  positioning  system.  At  the  end  of  the  nesting  season  (July-Aug.),  we  mea- 
sured nest-site  vegetation  using  a modification  (Noon  1981)  of  the  James  and  Shugart  (1970) 
technique.  In  this  study,  we  defined  the  nest  site  as  a 0.04  ha  circular  plot  with  the  nest  tree 
as  its  center.  Distance  to  water  (DISTWAT),  distance  to  a road  (DISTROAD),  distance  to 
a break  in  the  overstory  canopy  (DISTOP),  and  distance  to  a change  in  habitat  type  (DIS- 
TEDGE)  were  determined  with  the  GIS.  Except  for  the  nest-tree-specific  variables  (Table 
1),  the  sampling  was  the  same  at  random  points  as  at  nest  sites.  A spherical  densiometer  (4 
samples  per  site)  was  used  to  measure  percent  canopy  cover  and  an  ocular  tube  (20  samples 
per  site)  was  used  to  determine  percent  ground  cover  and  percent  understory  cover.  Heights 
of  four  dominant  trees  in  the  0.04  ha  plot  were  determined  using  a clinometer  and  their 
average  was  used  as  the  site  canopy  height.  For  each  species,  only  random  points  that  fell 
within  the  same  habitat  as  nests  were  used  in  comparative  analysis.  Limiting  the  random 
sites  prevented  comparing  nest  sites  to  habitats  where  hawks  were  known  not  to  nest. 

Statistics. — We  used  Wilcoxon  rank-sum  tests  to  compare  nest  sites  and  random  points. 
Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawk  nest  sites,  and  successful  and  unsuccessful  nest  sites 
of  each  species.  Nonparametric  analyses  were  used  because  some  sample  sizes  were  small 
and  most  data  were  non-normally  distributed.  Since  nonparametric  statistics  were  used,  non- 
normal, percentage,  and  count  data  did  not  require  transformation  (Zar  1974).  All  statistical 
analyses  were  performed  using  the  Statistical  Analysis  System  (SAS  Institute  Inc.  1982). 

RESULTS 

Macrohahitat  analysis. — Because  plot  scale  had  little  effect  for  the  two 
species  (Moorman  1995),  we  used  mesoplot  (1  km^)  values  for  all  anal- 
yses. Ten  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  were  located  in  bottomland  hard- 
wood habitat  and  two  were  found  in  upland  hardwood  ridges  bordering 
bottomland  forest.  Two  of  these  nests  were  located  in  areas  where  hawks 
previously  were  not  seen  or  heard.  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nest  sites  were 


360 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  1 

List  of  Additional  Nest  Site  and  Random  Point  Variables  and  Explanation  of  Their 

Mnemonics 

Variable 

Description 

3-8cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  between 

3 and  8 cm 

9-15cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  between 

9 and  15  cm 

16— 23cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  between 

16  and  23  cm 

24-38cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  between 
24  and  38  cm 

39-53cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  between 
39  and  53  cm 

54-69cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  between 
54  and  69  cm 

>69cm(#) 

Number  of  stems  within  the  0.04  ha  plot  with  DBH  greater 
than  69  cm 

BASALAREA 

Total  basal  area  per  hectare 

SHRUBDEN 

Estimate  of  the  number  of  shrubs  per  hectare 

CANHT(m) 

Average  height  of  four  dominant  trees  in  the  0.04  ha  plot 

GRCOVER(%) 

Percent  ground  cover  determined  with  an  ocular  tube 

CANCOVER(%) 

Percent  total  canopy  cover  determined  with  a spherical  den- 
siometer 

UNCOVER(%) 

Percent  understory  cover  determined  with  an  ocular  tube 

NESTHT(m) 

Height  of  the  nest  determined  with  a clinometer 

NETREEHT(m) 

Height  of  the  nest  tree  determined  with  a clinometer 

NETREEDBH(cm) 

DBH  of  the  nest  tree 

PER.NESTHT 

Percent  of  the  nest  height  of  the  nest  tree  height 

NEARNGHBR(m) 

Distance  to  nearest  nest  of  the  same  species 

located  in  larger  stands  (x  = 194.15  ha)  than  random  points  (x  = 63.8 
ha)  (Table  2).  Nest  plots  had  significantly  more  BOTTOM  (x  = 28.43 
ha)  and  less  >50PINE  (x  = 16.61  ha)  than  random  plots  (x  = 9.08  ha 
and  33.94  ha,  respectively). 

Eight  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  were  in  >50PINE  habitat,  one  was  in  30- 
50PINE  habitat,  and  one  was  located  in  a loblolly  pine  within  UPLAND 
habitat.  One  of  the  ten  nests  was  located  in  an  area  where  Red-tailed 
Hawks  previously  had  not  been  observed.  Nest  plots  had  more  AGR  (x 
= 31.71  ha)  and  less  UPLAND  (x  = 16.92  ha)  and  6-20PINE  (x  = 7.87 
ha)  than  random  plots  (x  = 7.49  ha,  23.79  ha,  13.79  ha,  respectively).  In 
addition.  Red-tailed  Hawk  nest  plots  had  less  TOTEDGE,  less  #STAND, 
and  a greater  AVGSIZE  (Table  2). 

Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawk  nest-site  macrohabitats  were  sep- 


Moorman  am!  Chapman  • HAWK  NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


361 


Table  2 

Mean  ± one  Standard  Error  of  Mesoplot  Variables  Measured  at  Red-shouldered 
Hawk  Nests,  Red-tailed  Hawk  Nests,  and  100  Random  Points 


Red-shouldered  Red-tailed  Random 

Variable  Hawk  (1.0  km-)  Hawk  ( 1 .0  km-)  (1.0  km^) 


STSIZE(ha) 

194.15 

-F 

42.32- 

39.66 

4- 

11.13 

63.80 

-F 

7.81 

BOTTOM!  ha) 

28.43 

-+■ 

3.21- 

4.07 

-F 

2.06 

9.08 

-F 

1.35 

UPLAND!  ha) 

26.67 

-h 

3.24*= 

16.92 

-F 

2.50” 

23.79 

-F 

0.89 

AGR!ha) 

4.89 

H- 

L53‘^ 

31.71 

-F 

7.62*’ 

7.49 

-F 

1.10 

<6PINE!ha) 

4.18 

-F 

2.15 

8.29 

-F 

3.84 

5.26 

-F 

0.87 

6-20PINE!ha) 

13.78 

-F 

3.27 

7.87 

-F 

4.63*’ 

13.79 

-F 

1.10 

21-30PINE!ha) 

2.03 

-F 

1.15 

0.37 

-F 

0.36 

1.59 

-F 

0.44 

31-50PINE!ha) 

3.43 

-F 

2.22 

5.04 

-F 

2.91 

5.07 

-F 

0.83 

>50PINEtha) 

16.61 

-F 

3.18“ 

25.74 

-F 

5.06 

33.94 

-F 

1.66- 

TOTEDGE!  km) 

25.00 

-F 

1.39^ 

20.10 

-F 

1.77*’ 

25.40 

-F 

0.39 

#STAND 

25.58 

-F 

3.01 

17.30 

-F 

2.53*’ 

22.96 

-F 

0.57 

AVGSIZE!ha) 

4.46 

-F 

0.45 

7.45 

-F 

1.42*’ 

4.60 

-F 

0.14 

N 

12 

10 

100 

® Significant  differences  {P  ^ 0.05)  between  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nest  plots  and  random  plots  according  to  Wilcoxon 
rank-sum  tests. 

^Significant  differences  {P  < 0.05)  between  Red-tailed  Hawk  nest  plots  and  random  plots  according  to  Wilcoxon  rank- 
sum  tests. 

•=  Significant  differences  {P  ^ 0.05)  between  Red-shouldered  Hawk  and  Red-tailed  Hawk  nest  plots  according  to  Wilcoxon 
rank-sum  tests. 


arated  by  significant  differences  in  several  variables  (Table  2).  Red-tailed 
Hawk  macrohabitat  was  characteristic  of  upland  habitat;  Red-shouldered 
Hawk  macrohabitat  represented  bottomland  habitat.  Red-shouldered 
Hawk  nests  were  located  in  larger  stands  (T  = 194.15  ha)  and  nest  plots 
had  more  BOTTOM  {x  = 28.43  ha),  more  UPLAND  (T  = 26.67  ha),  less 
AGR  {x  = 4.89  ha),  and  more  TOTEDGE  (x  = 25.0  km)  than  Red-tailed 
Hawk  nest  plots  (L  = 39.66  ha,  4.07  ha,  16.92  ha,  31.71  ha,  20.1  km, 
respectively). 

We  found  no  significant  differences  between  successful  and  unsuc- 
cessful nesting  macrohabitats  for  Red-shouldered  or  Red-tailed  hawks. 
Four  of  12  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  failed  to  fledge  at  least  one  young. 
One  nest  was  abandoned  during  incubation  and  one  was  damaged  during 
a severe  storm.  The  causes  of  nest  failure  were  unknown  for  the  other 
two.  Five  of  the  10  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  were  successful  in  fledging 
young.  Causes  of  nest  failures  were  not  known. 

Microhahitat  analysis. — One  Red-shouldered  Hawk  pair  nested  in  a 
loblolly  pine,  but  the  remaining  1 1 pairs  placed  nests  in  deciduous  trees. 
Four  were  in  American  sycamores  (Platanus  occidentalis),  two  in  sweet- 
gums  (Liquidambar  styraciflua),  two  in  southern  red  oaks  {Quercus  fal- 


362 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


cata),  one  in  a water  oak  {Q.  nigra),  one  in  a green  ash  {Fraxinus 
pennsylvanica),  and  one  in  an  eastern  cottonwood  (Populus  deltoides). 
Red-shouldered  Hawks  only  nested  in  hardwood  habitat,  so  only  random 
points  located  in  hardwood  habitat  were  used  in  comparative  analyses. 
Red-shouldered  Hawk  nest  sites  had  significantly  more  large  trees  (>69 
cm)  and  lower  CANCOVER  than  other  sites  within  hardwood  habitat 
(Table  3). 

All  Red-tailed  Hawk  pairs  nested  in  loblolly  pines.  Nest  sites  were 
located  in  either  pine  or  upland  hardwood-pine  habitat,  so  only  random 
points  located  in  these  habitat  types  were  used  in  statistical  comparisons. 
Red-tailed  Hawks  built  their  nests  significantly  closer  to  edges  and  closer 
to  openings  in  the  canopy  than  random  points  (Table  3).  Nest  sites  had 
greater  UNCOVER  and  more  understory  trees  (9-15  cm)  than  random 
points.  Nest  sites  had  more  large  trees  (>69cm)  and  more  tall  trees 
(CANHT)  than  other  points  within  potential  nesting  habitat. 

Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  were  placed  closer  to  water  {x  = 68  m) 
and  farther  from  edges  (x  = 57.3  m)  and  openings  (x  = 139.1  m)  than 
Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  (x  = 355.3  m,  14.9  m,  19.6  m,  respectively).  Red- 
shouldered Hawk  nest  sites  had  greater  CANCOVER  and  lower  SHRUB- 
DEN  than  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  (Table  3).  We  also  compared  nest-tree 
variables  and  nearest  neighbor  distances  between  the  two  species  (Table 
4).  Red-tailed  Hawks  nested  higher  (NESTHT)  and  higher  in  the  tree 
(PERNESTHT)  than  Red-shouldered  Hawks.  Nearest  neighbor  distances 
ranged  from  448  m to  4195  m for  Red-shouldered  Hawks  and  from  1389 
m to  2971  m for  Red-tailed  Hawks.  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nearest  neigh- 
bor distances  generally  were  smaller  (x  = 1322  m)  than  those  of  Red- 
tailed Hawks  (x  = 1827  m),  but  one  pair  nested  in  a solitary  location 
(4195  m from  its  nearest  neighbor).  When  nest-site  habitat  variables  were 
compared,  successful  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  were  determined  to  be  in 
significantly  (P  = 0.02)  shorter  trees  (x  = 32.0  m,  N = 5)  than  unsuc- 
cessful (x  = 37.9  m,  N = 5)  nests. 

DISCUSSION 

The  effects  of  plot  scale  were  minimal  for  both  Red-tailed  and  Red- 
shouldered hawks.  Degree  of  differences  gradually  decreased  with  in- 
crease in  circle  scale,  but  some  differences  existed  at  the  largest  scale. 
Because  the  size  of  the  mesoplot  circle  was  based  on  actual  Red-shoul- 
dered Hawk  home  ranges,  final  results  and  discussions  of  management 
implications  may  be  most  appropriately  based  at  this  scale;  Red-tailed 
Hawk  home  range  analysis  is  needed  for  the  heavily  forested  Southeast. 
Once  home  range  size  is  determined,  applicability  of  our  plot  sizes  could 


Moorman  and  Chapman  • HAWK  NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


a: 

E 

X 

H 

Q 

Z 

< 

CO 

W 

H 

(y5 

00 

LU 

Z 

< 

X 

Q 

LU 

U 

< 

H 

I 

Q 

LU 

o: 

Q 

z 

< 


w 

Q 

J 

D 

O 

X 

Q 

uj 

Qi 


H 

Z 

o 

CL, 


r<i 

UJ 

-j 

DC 

< 

H 


J 

D O 
00  Z 

< 5 
s z 

^ g 

CO  00 

UJ  w 


Qi 

O 


2 U 
< 


< 

t 

5 

< 

I 

o 

cc 

O 


u. 

O 

0^ 

O 

a: 

ai 

UJ 

Q 

cc 

< 

Q 

Z 

< 

(— 

C/3 

UJ 

z 

O 

+ 1 

z 

< 

UJ 

s 


Eos 

o'« 


QSZ 


s 

X3 

X5 

<N 

X 

X 

X 

NO 

<N 

X 

NO 

T3 

II 

CN 

cn 

ON 

ON 

ID 

CN 

q 

q 

o 

O 

o 

NO 

<N 

(N 

(N 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

(D 

d 

d 

d 

2 

■o 

Z 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

U 

NO 

O' 

ro 

ON 

(N 

m 

NO 

On 

(N 

o 

q 

o 

o 

?3 

X 

iri 

ON 

Os 

d 

iri 

ro 

(N 

d 

d 

ON 

(N 

(N 

*— i 

IT) 

NO 

— H 

CN 

NO 

m 

00 

LTl 

oc 

o ^ 


liz 


2 II 
oZ 


^ S 

LJ  r3 

CliX 


■o 

On 

ON 

•o 

q 

T3 

q 

•o 

q 

<D 

q 

in 

CD 

(N 

o 

q 

oo 

On 

ID 

m 

o 

tN 

o 

tn 

o 

CN 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

NO 

d 

d 

d 

d 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

+ f 

+ i 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

o 

(N 

q 

o 

q 

in 

o 

q 

q 

q 

q 

o 

d 

On 

00 

r-' 

ON 

d 

CD 

(N 

d 

d 

CD 

d 

ro 

On 

NO 

<N 

CD 

ON 

CN 

00 

00 

NO 

CN 

in 

(N 

o\ 


•q 

00 

•o 

17. 2> 

q 

r-- 

CN 

00 

CN 

D 

NO 

m 

o 

o 

o 

(N 

O 

CN 

NO 

(N 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ f 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

4-1 

-fl 

-rl 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

00 

O) 

00 

■q 

CD 

— - 

CN 

00 

(N 

q 

q 

■q 

q 

q 

q 

CD 

CD 

•*=t 

CD 

ON 

ID 

(N 

d 

d 

CD 

CD 

d 

ON 

NO 

o 

00 

CN 

CD 

CN 

CD 

m 

ON 

in 

ro 


Dj 

CN 

NO 

00 

On 

C 

NO 

■q 

q 

D 

N- 

CN 

« 

CN 

q 

00 

CD 

o 

o 

m 

o 

CN 

CD 

D 

CD 

— H 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

CD 

CD 

CN 

d 

d 

d 

-H 

4-1 

■M 

-HI 

4-1 

-Hi 

+1 

4-1 

-HI 

+1 

+1 

4-1 

-HI 

-HI 

+1 

+i 

+1 

q 

Di 

-H 

— ■ 

On 

CD 

q 

q 

q 

00 

q 

ON 

D 

q 

o 

q 

00 

d 

ON 

On 

d 

CD 

CN 

d 

d 

d 

CN 

00 

d 

00 

NO 

ID 

CD 

r- 

CN 

CD 

CN 

00 

CD 

m 

oo 

in 

UJ 

Q 

□ 

E 

< 

< 

Q 

IX 

O 

W 

O 

oi 

H 

H 

H 

H 

cn 

cn 

00 

cn 

5 

S 

5 

Q 

* 

c 

o 


=tt= 


.-EE 

C O o O ^ 

O fn  00  m On 

n (N  rn  i/N  “ 

T I si  ^ Os  , 

m ON  — cs|  m iri 


* 

c 

UJ 

cc: 

Z 

u 

p 

a; 

aJ 

UJ 

'c 

< 

Q 

UJ 

> 

c 

o 

r" 

j 

m 

H 

> 

O 

ON 

E 

< 

D 

X 

o 

u 

NO 

1 

o 

ON 

00 

aj 

Z 

u 

z 

1 

'^4' 

NO 

< 

X 

< 

aJ 

< 

D 

A 

m 

cn 

u 

a 

u 

UJ 

> 

O 

u 

z 

D 


363 


Significant  difference  {P  ^ 0.05)  between  Red-tailed  Hawk  nest  sites  and  their  corresponding  random  sites. 
Significant  difference  {P  ^ 0.05)  between  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawk  nest  sites. 

Sample  size  = 50. 


364 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  4 

Mean  ± One  Standard  Error  of  Nest-tree  Variables  and  Nearest  Neighbor 
Distances  Measured  at  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  Hawk  Nest  Sites 

Red-shouldered 

Red-tailed 

Variable 

Hawk  (N  = 12) 

Hawk  (N  = 10) 

NESTHT(m) 

21.32  ± 1.49“ 

28.22  ± 1.18 

NETREEHT(m) 

37.17  ± 2.72 

34.97  ± 1.33 

NETREEDBH(cm) 

67.17  ± 7.02 

53.70  ± 2.63 

PERNESTHT 

56.0  ± 0.02“ 

81.0  ± 0.02 

NEARNGHBR(m) 

1322.99  ± 317.12 

1827.47  ± 193.00 

“Significant  difference  (P  < 0.05)  between  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawk  nests  according  to  Wilcoxon  rank-sum 
tests. 


be  addressed.  However,  for  the  purpose  of  this  study.  Red-tailed  Hawk 
nest  eircle  mesoplot  values  probably  sufficed  for  comparative  analyses. 

Habitat  studies  are  often  based  on  nests  located  without  a random  or 
complete  search  of  the  study  site  because  of  the  time  required  to  locate 
nests.  Instead,  raptor  nests  are  usually  located  in  an  area  where  the  birds 
previously  were  seen  or  heard.  We  were  able  to  locate  an  additional  one 
Red-tailed  Hawk  nest  and  two  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  because  we 
searched  in  areas  where  there  were  no  previous  hawk  observations.  How- 
ever, these  nests  were  not  in  habitat  types  different  than  the  other  nests 
in  our  study  and  probably  did  not  alter  the  results  of  our  tests. 

Red-shouldered  Hawk  nesting  habitat  was  characterized  by  greater  area 
of  bottomland  habitat  with  nests  located  in  large  stands.  Both  Bednarz 
and  Dinsmore  (1981,  1982),  in  Iowa,  and  Bosakowski  et  al.  (1992),  in 
New  Jersey,  determined  quantitatively  that  bottomland  and  other  wetlands 
are  important  habitats  for  breeding  Red-shouldered  Hawks.  Stewart 
(1949),  Henny  et  al.  (1973),  Portnoy  and  Dodge  (1979),  and  Woodrey 
(1986)  also  reported  riparian  forests  as  the  predominant  nesting  habitat. 
Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  (1981)  suggested  a critical  floodplain  forest  size 
of  250  ha,  which  was  much  larger  than  the  100  ha  proposed  by  Robbins 
(1979).  Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  (1982)  also  suggested  that  upland  habitat 
surrounding  smaller  floodplain  forests  may  provide  sufficient  habitat  for 
Red-shouldered  Hawks  and  act  as  a buffer  against  Red-tailed  Hawk  en- 
croachment. Red-tailed  Hawks  historically  have  been  described  as  open 
country  raptors  often  found  in  association  with  agriculture  and  forest 
clearings  (Bent  1937).  All  of  the  Red-tailed  Hawks  nested  at  or  near  the 
edge  between  forested  habitat  and  either  pasture  or  recently  clearcut  hab- 
itat. We  often  observed  pairs  foraging  at  the  edge  of  expansive  cow  pas- 
tures or  from  snags  in  relatively  large  (40  and  264  ha)  clearcuts.  Red- 


Moorman  and  Chapman  • HAWK  NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


365 


tailed  Hawk  nests  were  located  near  these  foraging  sites.  Therefore,  nest 
plots  had  a lower  amount  of  edge  and  fewer  and  larger  stands  than  random 
plots.  Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  (1982)  also  reported  that  Red-tailed  Hawks 
seemed  to  prefer  larger  hunting  areas  with  less  interspersion. 

Because  Red-shouldered  Hawks  were  associated  with  bottomland  hab- 
itats and  Red-tailed  Hawks  with  upland  sites,  differences  in  nest-site  mac- 
rohabitat characteristics  were  not  surprising.  Red-shouldered  Hawks  se- 
lected large  areas  of  hardwood  habitat,  and  Red-tailed  Hawk  nesting  mac- 
rohabitat had  more  agricultural  area.  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nest  plots  also 
contained  more  edge.  In  their  comparison  of  Red-shouldered  and  Red- 
tailed hawk  macrohabitats,  Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  (1982)  also  determined 
that  edge  and  number  of  feeding  areas  were  important  to  Red-shouldered 
Hawks,  which  used  numerous  small  marshes  interspersed  with  forest 
when  foraging. 

If  the  primary  step  in  choosing  a nest  site  is  habitat  type  selection,  then 
it  is  important  to  determine  what  cues  within  that  habitat  type  are  involved 
in  final  nest-site  selection.  Within  nesting  habitat,  larger  trees  (>69  cm) 
and  lower  percent  canopy  cover  were  the  structural  differences  between 
Red-shouldered  Hawk  nest  sites  and  random  sites.  Outside  of  the  South- 
east, nesting  Red-shouldered  Hawks  also  are  associated  with  mature  forest 
in  or  near  wetland  habitat.  Pairs  nested  closer  to  water  (Titus  and  Mosher 
1981,  Bosakowski  et  al.  1992)  and  in  microhabitats  characterized  by  larg- 
er, more  mature  trees  (Titus  and  Mosher  1981,  Morris  and  Lemon  1983, 
Woodrey  1986)  than  random  sites.  In  Ohio,  Woodrey  (1986)  described 
Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  as  having  greater  percent  canopy  cover  in 
association  with  more  large  trees.  Because  our  nest  sites  also  were  char- 
acterized by  more  large  overstory  trees,  a lower  total  canopy  cover  may 
be  the  result  of  a reduced  number  of  understory  and  midstory  trees  in 
nest  sites. 

All  Red-tailed  Hawk  nests  were  in  loblolly  pines  in  either  pine  or 
upland  hardwood-pine  habitat.  No  other  study  has  shown  an  exclusive 
use  of  conifers  as  nest  trees  (Bent  1937,  Fitch  et  al.  1946,  Seidensticker 
and  Reynolds  1971,  Titus  and  Mosher  1981).  Because  deciduous  trees 
were  readily  available,  loblolly  pines  may  have  some  important  structural 
characteristics  preferred  by  Red-tailed  Hawks.  Perhaps  the  loblolly  pine’s 
straight  growth  form  or  open  canopy  provides  easier  access  to  the  nest 
(Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  1982). 

The  large  diameter  trees  and  well-developed  understory  at  Red-tailed 
Hawk  nest  sites  are  characteristic  of  mature  pine  microhabitats.  Nest  sites 
were  closer  to  openings  and  edges,  had  a greater  canopy  height,  and  had 
taller  trees  than  other  sites  within  pine  and  hardwood-pine  habitat.  Each 
of  these  characteristics  favors  easy  nest  access.  Other  studies  also  deter- 


366 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


mined  that  nest  access  was  important  in  Red-tailed  Hawk  nest-site  selec- 
tion. Speiser  and  Bosakowski  (1988)  determined  that  Red-tailed  Hawks 
nested  closer  to  forest  openings  and  on  steeper  slopes  than  random  sites. 
Titus  and  Mosher  (1981)  and  Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  (1982)  also  found 
that  pairs  nested  on  steeper  slopes. 

Red-shouldered  Hawks  nested  in  sites  with  greater  percent  canopy  cov- 
er and  lower  shrub  density,  which  are  both  probably  correlates  of  the 
habitat  in  which  the  birds  nested.  Floodplain  forests  tended  to  have  a 
sparser  shrub  layer  and  a more  dense  canopy  than  upland  pine  habitat. 
By  placing  nests  high  in  the  nest  tree  near  forest  canopy  openings.  Red- 
tailed Hawks  may  have  improved  access  from  above.  However,  Red- 
shouldered Hawks  placed  nests  low  in  the  canopy,  maybe  improving  ac- 
cess from  below,  where  these  agile  flyers  typically  approach  the  nest. 
Nesting  low  in  the  canopy  may  protect  Red-shouldered  nestlings  from 
insolation  and  adverse  weather  (Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  1982),  and  pre- 
dation by  large  avian  species  (Morris  et  al.  1982,  Woodrey  1986). 

Each  species  selected  mature  forests  offering  more  nest  sites  with  larger 
trees  when  compared  to  available  areas.  Therefore,  it  may  be  important 
to  leave  some  stands  of  older,  larger  trees  in  both  pine  and  hardwood 
habitats  to  maintain  these  species.  Encroachment  by  Red-tailed  Hawks  on 
Red-shouldered  Hawk  breeding  territories  was  probably  of  minimal  im- 
portance. In  the  study  site,  silvicultural  activities  were  limited  to  upland 
pine  habitat,  and  bottomland  corridors  were  left  undisturbed.  The  number 
of  nesting  Red-shouldered  Hawks  was  relatively  high  and  nest  density 
was  only  slightly  smaller  than  the  highest  recorded  density  (0.22/100  ha; 
Bosakowski  et  al.  1992).  Although  many  intraspecific  confrontations  were 
observed  for  the  species  during  the  study,  no  interspecific  competition  for 
territory  was  noted.  The  minimum  distance  between  a Red-shouldered 
and  a Red-tailed  hawk  nest  was  650  m,  and  the  Red-shouldered  Hawk 
nest  successfully  fledged  young.  Bednarz  and  Dinsmore  (1982)  suggested 
that  forest  clearing  and  development  of  pastures  along  drainage  areas 
might  shift  the  competitive  advantage  from  Red-shouldered  to  Red-tailed 
hawks.  Bryant  (1986)  also  reported  that  selective  cutting  in  woodlots  and 
failure  to  maintain  uncut  buffer  zones  around  traditional  Red-shouldered 
Hawk  nest  sites  may  result  in  local  extirpation  of  the  species.  We  also 
agree  that  contiguous  floodplain  forests  must  be  left  relatively  undisturbed 
to  conserve  this  species.  Large  bottomland  corridors  should  exclude  Red- 
tailed Hawks  because  they  provide  poor  canopy  access  from  above.  How- 
ever, pine  timber  management  on  upland  sites  probably  does  not  adversely 
affect  nesting  Red-shouldered  Hawks  and  silvicultural  and  agricultural 
practices  provide  the  edges  and  openings  important  to  nesting  Red-tailed 
Hawks. 


Moorman  and  Chapman  • HAWK  NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


367 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  D.  L.  Howell,  J.  H.  Brunjes,  and  C.  W.  Eberly  for  continued  help  with  field 
research.  We  also  thank  A.  Harris  and  J.  Gallagher  for  providing  housing  and  on-site  support 
and  K.  V.  Miller  and  B.  D.  Shiver  for  their  reviews  of  earlier  manuscripts.  This  manuscript 
was  improved  by  comments  provided  by  J.  C.  Bednarz  and  two  anonymous  referees.  Fund- 
ing for  this  project  was  provided  by  the  Daniel  B.  Warnell  School  of  Forest  Resources, 
Univ.  of  Georgia  and  Mclntire-Stennis  ProJ.  No.  GEO-0074-MS. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bednarz,  J.  C.  and  J.  J.  Dinsmore.  1981.  Status,  habitat  use,  and  management  of  Red- 
shouldered Hawks  in  Iowa.  J.  Wild.  Manage.  45:236-41. 

AND . 1982.  Nest  sites  and  habitat  of  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawks 

in  Iowa.  Wilson  Bull.  94:31-45. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1937.  Life  histories  of  North  American  birds  of  prey.  Pt.  1.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus. 
Bull.  167,  Washington,  D.C. 

Bosakowski,  T,  D.  G.  Smith,  and  R.  Speiser.  1992.  Status,  nesting  density,  and  macro- 
habitat selection  of  Red-shouldered  Hawks  in  northern  New  Jersey.  Wilson  Bull.  104: 
434-446. 

Bryant,  A.  A.  1986.  Influence  of  selective  logging  on  Red-shouldered  Hawks,  Buteo  li- 
neatiis,  in  Waterloo  Region,  Ontario,  1953-1978.  Can.  Field-Nat.  100:520-525. 
Edwards,  M.  G.  1978.  Raptor  management.  Pp.  129-134  in  Proc.  of  the  workshop  man- 
agement of  southern  forests  for  nongame  birds  (R.  M.  DeGraaf,  technical  coordinator). 
U.S.  Dep.  Agric.  For.  Serv.,  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  SE-14,  Southeast.  For.  Exp.  Stn.,  Asheville, 
North  Carolina. 

Environmental  Systems  Research  Institute.  1987.  ARC/INFO.  Redlands,  California: 
ESRI. 

Fitch,  H.  S.,  F.  Swenson,  and  D.  F.  Tillotson.  1946.  Behavior  and  food  habits  of  the  Red- 
tailed Hawk.  Condor  48:205-237. 

Henny,  C.  j.,  F.  C.  Schmid,  E.  M.  Martin,  and  L.  L.  Hood.  1973.  Territorial  behavior, 
pesticides,  and  the  population  ecology  of  Red-shouldered  Hawks  in  central  Maryland, 
1943-1971.  Ecology  54:545-554. 

Howell,  J.,  B.  Smith,  J.  B.  Holt,  Jr.,  and  D.  R.  Osborne.  1978.  Habitat  structure  and 
productivity  in  Red-tailed  Hawks.  Bird-Banding  49:162-171. 

James,  F.  C.  and  H.  H.  Shugart,  Jr.  1970.  A quantitative  method  of  habitat  description. 
Aud.  Field  Notes  24:727-736. 

Kimmel,  j.  T.  and  R.  H.  Yahner.  1990.  Response  of  Northern  Goshawks  to  taped  conspe- 
cific  and  Great  Horned  Owl  calls.  J.  Raptor  Res.  24:107-112. 

Lehmkuhl,  j.  F.  and  M.  G.  Raphael.  1993.  Habitat  pattern  around  Northern  Spotted  Owl 
locations  on  the  Olympic  Peninsula,  Washington.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  57:302-315. 
Moorman,  C.  E.  1995.  Nest-site  selection  of  Red-shouldered  and  Red-tailed  hawks  in  a 
managed  forest  in  central  Georgia.  M.S.  thesis.  University  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia. 
Morris,  M.  M.  J.  and  R.  E.  Lemon.  1983.  Characteristics  of  vegetation  and  topography 
near  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  in  southwestern  Quebec.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  47:138- 
145. 

, B.  L.  Penak,  R.  E.  Lemon,  and  D.  M.  Bird.  1982.  Characteristics  of  Red-shoul- 
dered Hawk,  Buteo  lineatus,  nest  sites  in  .southwestern  Quebec.  Can.  Field-Nat.  96: 
139-142. 

Mosher,  J.  A.,  M.  R.  Fuller,  and  M.  Kopeny.  1990.  Surveying  woodland  raptors  by 
broadcast  of  conspecific  vocalizations.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  61:453-461. 


368 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Nelson,  B.  B.  and  K.  Titus.  1988.  Silviculture  practices  and  raptor  habitat  associations  in 
the  Northeast.  Pp.  171-179  in  Proc.  northeast  raptor  management  symposium  and  work- 
shop (B.  G.  Pendleton,  M.  N.  Lefranc,  Jr.,  M.  B.  Moss,  C.  E.  Ruibal,  M.  A.  Knighton, 
D.  L.  Krahe,  eds.).  Nat.  Wildl.  Led.  Sci.  Tech.  Sen  No.  13. 

Noon,  B.  R.  1981.  Techniques  for  sampling  avian  habitats.  Pp.  42-49  in  The  use  of  mul- 
tivariate statistics  in  the  study  of  wildlife  habitat  (D.E.  Capen,  ed.).  USDA  Lorest  Ser- 
vice General  Technical  Report  RM-87. 

Portnoy,  J.  W.  and  W.  E.  Dodge.  1979.  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nesting  ecology  and  be- 
havior. Wilson  Bull.  91:104-1  17. 

Robbins,  C.  S.  1979.  Effects  of  forest  fragmentation  on  bird  populations.  Pp.  198-212  in 
Management  of  north-central  and  northeastern  forests  for  nongame  birds  (R.  M.  De- 
Graaf  and  K.  E.  Evans,  eds.).  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  NC-51,  St.  Paul,  Minnesota:  U.S.  Dept. 
Ag.,  Forest  Service,  North  Central  Forest  Expt.  Station. 

Rosenfield,  R.  N.,  J.  Bielefeldt,  R.  K.  Anderson,  and  W.  A.  Smith.  1988.  Effectiveness 
of  broadcast  calls  for  detecting  breeding  Cooper’s  Hawks.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull.  16:210- 
212. 

SAS  Institute  Inc.  1982.  SAS  user’s  guide:  statistics.  1982  edition.  Carey,  North  Carolina. 

Sedgwick,  J.  A.  and  F.  L.  Knopf.  1992.  Describing  Willow  Flycatcher  habitats:  scale  per- 
spectives and  gender  differences.  Condor  94:720-733. 

Seidensticker,  j.  C.  and  H.  ’V.  Reynolds.  1971.  The  nesting,  reproductive  performance, 
and  chlorinated  hydrocarbon  residues  in  the  Red-tailed  Hawk  and  Great  Horned  Owl 
in  south-central  Montana.  Wilson  Bull.  83:408-418. 

Speiser,  R.  T.  and  T.  Bosakowski.  1988.  Nest  site  preferences  of  Red-tailed  Hawks  in  the 
Highlands  of  southeastern  New  York  and  northern  New  Jersey.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  59: 
361-368. 

Stewart,  R.  E.  1949.  Ecology  of  a nesting  Red-shouldered  Hawk  population.  Wilson  Bull. 
61:26-35. 

Titus,  K.  and  J.  A.  Mosher.  1981.  Nest-site  habitat  selected  by  woodland  hawks  in  the 
central  Appalachians.  Auk  98:270—281. 

WOODREY,  M.  S.  1986.  Characteristics  of  Red-shouldered  Hawk  nests  in  southeast  Ohio. 
Wilson  Bull.  98:466-469. 

Zar,  j.  H.  1974.  Biostatistical  analysis.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood  Cliffs,  New  Jersey. 


Wilson  Bull..  108(2),  1996,  pp.  369-371 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


Avoidance  of  cabbage  fields  by  Snow  Geese. — Available  evidence  suggests  that  herbi- 
vores generally  avoid  sulfuroiis  odors  and  volatile  fatty  acids  (Mason  et  al.  1994)  because 
such  odors  are  associated  with  carnivore  urine  and  feces  (Nolte  et  al.  1994).  Alternatively, 
or  in  addition,  herbivores  may  avoid  sulfur  volatiles  because  they  signal  the  bioaccumulation 
of  toxicants  such  as  selenium  (Morris  1970)  or  because  they  indicate  the  presence  of  mi- 
crobial degradation  products  that  are  toxic  to  vertebrates  (Guildford  et  al.  1987). 

Greylag  Geese  {Anser  anser)  avoid  skatol  (Neuhaus  1963),  a (albeit  nitrogenous)  volatile 
present  in  the  feces  of  predatory  civet  cats  (Civetriciis  civetta)  and  in  the  fruits  of  some 
plants.  Contrary  to  prevailing  belief,  the  olfactory  performance  of  birds  in  general  is  on  a 
par  with  that  of  mammals  (Clark  and  Mason  1989).  Anecdotes  provided  by  farmers  suggest 
that  geese  rarely  forage  on  winter  cover  crops  in  fields  where  cabbage  had  been  planted  tbe 
previous  summer.  A variety  of  sulfurous  volatiles  result  from  the  decomposition  of  cabbage 
(Brassica  oleracea  capitata).  including  hydrogen  sulfide,  methyl  disulfide,  dimethyl  disul- 
fide, and  various  methyl  mercaptans  (Dateo  et  al.  1957,  Self  et  al.  1963).  We  patterned  the 
present  series  of  observations  to  test  the  hypothesis  that  the  odors  of  decaying  cabbage  repel 
Snow  Geese  {Chen  caerulescens).  We  chose  Snow  Geese  as  our  model  species  for  three 
reasons.  First,  this  bird  is  a strict  herbivore.  Second,  large  numbers  of  Snow  Geese  over- 
winter in  southern  New  Jersey,  our  study  area.  They  routinely  forage  on  the  winter  cover 
crops  planted  in  fields  (Mason  and  Clark  1994).  Thus  it  was  possible  to  obtain  a large 
number  of  fields  in  which  cabbage  had  been  planted  the  previous  summer,  and  within  which 
geese  could  possibly  feed.  Third,  Domestic  Geese  {Anser  anser)  respond  to  plant  odors 
(Neuhaus  1963,  Wurdinger  1979),  and  captive  Snow  Geese  will  avoid  high  concentrations 
of  Deer  Away  Big  Game  Repellent  (IntAgra,  Minneapolis,  Minn.)  (Mason,  unpubl.  obs.). 
The  repellency  of  this  commercially  available  product  depends  upon  the  production  of  sulfur 
odors  and  volatile  fatty  acids  (Bullard  et  al.  1978). 

Study  area  and  methods. — We  selected  16  fields  near  Cedarville,  New  Jersey,  for  study. 
All  were  physically  similar  (30—40  ha  in  size,  adjacent  to  other  agricultural  fields  on  at  least 
3 sides)  and  within  5 km  of  Delaware  Bay  marsh  habitat  used  by  >30,000  overwintering 
Snow  Geese  (L.  Widjeskog,  N.  J.  Div.  Fish  and  Game,  pers.  commun.). 

Cabbage  had  been  planted  in  eight  of  the  fields  during  the  1994  growing  season.  Peppers 
{Capsicum  frutescens,  N = 6)  or  soybeans  {Glycine  max.  N = 2)  had  been  planted  in  the 
other  eight  fields.  Conversations  with  farmers  indicated  that  cabbage,  peppers,  and  soybeans 
were  rotated  among  all  of  the  fields  in  multiyear  cycles.  During  the  observation  period,  all 
of  the  fields  were  planted  with  rye  {Secale  cereale).  The  maturity  of  the  rye  in  all  16  fields 
was  similar. 

We  paired  cabbage  and  control  fields  on  the  basis  of  proximity;  no  member  of  any  pair 
was  more  than  200  m apart.  At  the  middle  of  each  field,  we  established  a 100-m  transect 
parallel  to  the  longest  axis  of  the  field  and  marked  the  ends  of  each  transect  with  0.4  m 
long  wooden  survey  stakes. 

Between  30  October  1994  and  20  March  1995,  we  visited  all  fields  at  seven-day  intervals. 
During  each  visit,  we  walked  each  transect  and  collected  all  goose  droppings  with  0.5  m of 
the  transect  midline.  We  took  the  droppings  to  the  laboratory  and  dried  them  in  an  oven  at 
37  C to  a constant  mass  or  for  72  h.  We  used  these  masses  as  an  indication  of  goose  activity 
(Mason  et  al.  1993,  Mason  and  Clark  1994).  We  did  not  attempt  to  analyze  the  cover  crop 
or  the  soil  for  the  presence  of  sulfurous  compounds,  although  sulfurous  odors  were  readily 
apparent  to  us  during  our  visits  to  cabbage  fields. 


369 


370 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


1/2  1/9  1/16  1/23  1/30  2/6  2/13  2/20  3/6  3/13  3/20 


Dates 


Lig.  1.  Mean  snow  goose  feces/transeet  meter  in  cabbage  fields  and  control  fields  be- 
tween January  2 1995  (week  1)  and  March  20,  1995  (week  1 1).  Whiskers  represent  standard 
errors  of  the  means. 


We  used  a two-factor  (sampling  date,  field  type)  repeated  measures  analysis  of  variance 
to  evaluate  the  data.  Subsequently,  we  used  Tukey  tests  (Winer  1962:198)  to  isolate  signif- 
icant differences  among  means  {P  < 0.05). 

Results. — No  droppings  were  found  in  any  field  (cabbage  or  control)  until  the  beginning 
of  January.  Lor  that  reason,  only  those  data  collected  between  2 January  1995  and  20  March 
1995  were  evaluated.  Overall,  masses  of  droppings  increased  over  time  {F  = 18.3;  10,40 
df;  P < 0.0001)  and  were  greater  in  control  fields  than  in  cabbage  fields  {F  = 65.4;  10,40 
df;  P < 0.0002).  The  significant  interaction  between  time  (dates)  and  field  type  {F  = 5.2; 
10,40  df;  P < 0.0002)  showed  that  differences  of  masses  of  droppings  between  cabbage 
and  control  fields  decreased  as  the  season  progressed  (Lig.  1).  There  were  no  significant 
differences  by  late  March. 

Di.scussion. — Snow  Goose  activity  levels  were  significantly  less  in  cabbage  fields  than  in 
control  fields.  Although  the  data  do  not  unambiguously  address  the  issue  of  sulfur  repellency, 
we  believe  that  the  activity  difference  is  consistent  with  avoidance  of  the  former  and  not 
preferenee  for  the  latter.  Sulfurous  volatiles  were  readily  apparent  to  us  during  our  visits  to 
cabbage  fields  throughout  the  study  period.  Similar  odors  were  not  detected  in  control  fields. 
If  sulfurous  volatiles  were  important,  then  avoidance  could  reflect  some  characteristic  of  the 
cover  crop  (e.g.,  unpalatability  acquired  through  the  absorption  and  translocation  of  degra- 
dation products)  or  it  could  reflect  an  aversion  to  ambient  (and  readily  detectable)  volatiles 
in  the  field  (Guildford  et  al.  1987).  Regardless,  our  data  are  consistent  with  the  notion  that 
sulfurous  volatiles  may  repel  Snow  Geese,  at  least  within  a feeding  context.  Perhaps  sulfur 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


371 


containing  substances  could  be  developed  as  a method  for  goose  grazing  control.  Many 
avian  species  have  an  acute  sense  of  smell  (Davis  1973,  Clark  and  Mason  1989,  Clark  et 
al.  1993),  with  variability  among  species  similar  to  that  observed  for  mammals  (Fazzalari 
1978).  While  threshold  data  are  unavailable,  there  is  evidence  that  geese  are  highly  respon- 
sive to  odorous  cues  (Neuhaus  1963,  Wurdinger  1979,  1982). 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bullard,  R.  W.,  T.  J.  Leiker,  J.  E.  Peterson,  and  S.  R.  Kjlburn.  1978.  Volatile  components 
of  fermented  egg,  an  animal  attractant  and  repellent.  J.  Agr.  Food  Chem.  26:155-159. 

Clark,  L.,  K.  V.  Avilova,  and  N.  J.  Bean.  1993.  Chemical  repellency  in  birds:  relationship 
between  chemical  structure  and  avoidance  response.  J.  Exp.  Zool.  260:310-322. 

AND  J.  R.  Mason.  1989.  Sensitivity  of  Brown-headed  Cowbirds  to  volatiles.  Condor 
91:922-932. 

Dateo,  G.  R,  R.  C.  Clapp,  D.  A.  M.  Mackay,  E.  J.  Hewitt,  and  T.  Hasselstrom.  1957. 
Identification  of  the  volatile  sulfur  components  of  cooked  cabbage  and  tbe  nature  of 
the  precursors  in  the  fresh  vegetable.  Food  Res.  22:440-445. 

Davis,  R.  G.  1973.  Olfactory  psychophysical  parameters  in  man,  rat,  dog,  and  pigeon.  J. 
Comp.  Physiol.  Psychol.  85:221-232. 

Fazzalari,  F.  A.  1978.  Compilation  of  odor  and  taste  threshold  values  data.  American 
Society  for  Testing  and  Materials,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Guildford,  T,  C.  Nicol,  M.  Rothschild,  and  B.  P.  Moore.  1987.  The  biological  roles  of 
pyrazine:  evidence  for  a warning  odour  function.  Biol.  J.  Linn.  31:1 13-128. 

Mason,  J.  R.,  L.  Clark,  and  N.  J.  Bean.  1993.  White  plastic  flags  repel  snow  geese  {Chen 
caerulescens).  Crop  Prot.  12:497-500. 

AND  L.  Clark.  1994.  Evaluation  of  plastic  and  mylar  flagging  as  repellents  for 

snow  geese  (Chen  caerulescens).  Crop  Prot.  13:531-534. 

, G.  Epple,  and  D.  L.  Nolle.  1994.  Semiochemicals  and  improvements  in  rodent 
control.  Pp.  327-346.  in  Behavioral  aspects  of  feeding.  (B.  G.  Galef,  M.  Mainardi,  and 
P.  Valsecchi,  eds.),  Harwood  Academic  Publishers,  Switzerland. 

Morris,  V.  C.  1970.  Selenium  content  of  foods.  J.  Nutri.  100:1385-1386. 

Neuhaus,  W.  1963.  On  the  olfactory  sense  of  birds.  Pp.  111-115.  in  Olfaction  and  taste 
(Y.  Zotterman,  ed.),  Macmillian,  New  York. 

Nolle  D.  L.,  J.  R.  Mason,  G.  Epple,  E.  Aronov,  and  D.  L.  Campbell.  1994.  Why  are 
predator  urines  aversive  to  prey?  J.  Chem.  Ecol.  20:1505-1516. 

Self,  R.,  J.  C.  Casey  and  T.  Swain.  1963.  The  low  boiling  point  volatiles  of  cooked  foods. 
Chem.  Indus,  p.  863. 

Winer,  B.  J.  1962.  Statistical  principles  in  experimental  design.  McGraw-Hill,  New  York, 
New  York. 

Wurdinger,  I.  1979.  Olfaction  and  feeding  behavior  in  juvenile  geese  (Anser  a.  Anser  and 
Anser  domesticus).  Zeit.  Tierpsychol.  49:132-137. 

. 1982.  Olfaction  and  home  learning  in  juvenile  geese  (Anser  and  Branta  species). 

Biol.  Behav.  5:347-351. 


J.  Russell  Mason  and  Larry  Clark,  USDA/Animal  and  Plant  Health  In.spection  Service. 
Animal  Damage  Control,  Denver  Wildlife  Re.search  Center.  % Monell  Chemical  Senses 
Center,  3500  Market  Street.  Philadelphia.  Penn.sylvania  I9J04-330H.  Received  25  Max 
1995,  accepted  7 Nov.  1995. 


372 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  372-374 

Taxonomic  status  of  the  Cuban  form  of  the  Red-winged  Blackbird. — The  Cuban  Red- 
winged Blackbird  was  described  as  a species,  Agelaius  assimilis,  by  Gundlach  in  Lembeye 
in  1850  (Ridgway  1902,  Blake  1968).  It  was  treated  as  a species  by  Ridgway  (1902)  who 
noted  that  it  differed  from  the  widespread  Red-winged  Blackbird  {A.  phoeniceus)  because 

( 1 ) the  female  plumage  was  uniformly  black,  unlike  any  subspecies  of  A.  phoeniceus  and 

(2)  the  male  was  smaller  than  almost  any  form  of  A.  phoeniceus.  Hellmayr  ( 1937),  however, 
treated  it  as  a subspecies  of  the  Red-winged  Blackbird  with  only  the  following  explanation: 
“A.  p.  assimilis  is  nothing  but  a small  race  of  the  American  Red-wing  with  a very  dark 
female.”  Subsequent  authors  (e.g.,  Barbour  1943,  Bond  1956,  Blake  1968,  Orians  1985, 
Sibley  and  Monroe  1990)  have  followed  Hellmayr’s  taxonomy,  although  Mayr  and  Short 
(1970)  considered  assimilis  a sibling  species.  Recent  fieldwork  by  Whittingham  et  al.  (1992) 
has  shown  that  the  form  assimilis  differs  from  other  populations  of  A.  phoeniceus  in  voice 
and  social  behavior.  This  new  evidence,  combined  with  the  similar  plumage  of  male  and 
female  assimilis,  leads  us  to  conclude  that  this  taxon  is  best  treated  at  the  species  level. 
Below  we  summarize  the  evidence. 

Plumage  dichromatism. — Although  the  Red-winged  Blackbird  shows  much  geographic 
variation  in  size  over  its  large  range  (e.g..  Power  1969,  1970;  Dickerman  1974),  the  basic 
plumage  pattern  of  the  female,  brown  and  heavily  streaked,  is  consistent  throughout  its 
range,  except  in  guhernator.  This  includes  populations  closest  to  Cuba,  A.  p.  bryanti  of  the 
Bahamas  and  A.  p.  richmondi  of  the  tropical  lowlands  of  Middle  America.  In  the  subspecies 
of  the  Mexican  plateau,  A.  p.  gubernator,  female  streaking  is  greatly  reduced  and  limited 
to  the  throat,  the  remaining  plumage  is  very  dark  brown  (but  not  as  black  as  assimilis).  In 
the  Californian  subspecies,  A.  p.  californicus  and  A.  p.  mailliardorum,  streaking  is  also 
reduced  in  females  and  the  plumage  is  dark  brown,  although  not  to  the  degree  that  it  is  in 
gubernator.  Although  not  stated  explicitly,  the  tendency  of  these  populations  to  vary  in 
female  plumage  color  in  the  direction  of  assimilis  almost  certainly  influenced  Hellmayr’s 
and  others’  decisions  to  regard  the  latter  as  only  an  end-point  of  the  variation  in  female 
plumage  of  A.  phoeniceus. 

In  our  opinion,  however,  the  female  plumage  of  assimilis  differs  qualitatively  from  being 
merely  an  unstreaked,  dark  extreme  in  plumage  variation  because  the  plumage  is  unifomily 
coal-black,  like  the  males  and  not  brown,  as  in  even  the  darkest  forms  currently  treated  as 
subspecies  of  A.  phoeniceus.  Lurthermore,  the  evidence  for  maintaining  guhernator  as  a 
subspecies  of  A.  phoeniceus  is  weak  (see  Hardy  and  Dickerman  1965).  Linally,  in  the 
Tricolored  Blackbird  (A.  tricolor),  the  female  has  a relatively  less-streaked  plumage  that 
differs  from  that  of  the  male  less  than  do  male  and  female  plumages  of  sympatrically 
breeding  A.  phoeniceus.  The  sexual  dichromatism  of  assimilis  is  even  less  than  that  of  A. 
tricolor.  Therefore,  differences  in  female  plumage  in  Agelaius  are  associated  with  differ- 
ences in  taxa  designated  as  .separate  species. 

The  plumages  of  nestlings  and  second  year  males  also  differ  between  A.  phoeniceus  and 
A.  assimilis.  In  A.  assimilis,  nestling  plumage  is  entirely  dull  black  and  some  nestlings  have 
reddish-brown  lesser  wing  coverts  (presumably  males;  Kirkconnell  pers.  obs.).  In  contrast, 
the  nestling  plumage  of  A.  phoeniceus  is  entirely  streaked  brown  (Pyle  et  al.  1987).  Second 
year  (SY)  male  A.  assimilis  are  entirely  black  except  for  the  orange  epaulets  which  are 
mottled  with  black  (Kirkconnell  pers.  obs.).  In  contrast,  the  plumage  of  SY  males  of  A. 
phoeniceus  is  blackish  with  heavy  white  or  buff  streaking  (Pyle  et  al.  1987). 

Vocalizations. — Whittingham  et  al.  (1992)  compared  the  vocalizations  of  Red-winged 
Blackbirds  in  North  America  and  Cuba.  Sonographic  analyses  showed  that  male  phoeniceus 
and  assimilis  songs  were  similar  in  structure;  however,  male  assimilis  songs  were  shorter 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


373 


and  had  a greater  frequency  range  (see  Fig.  1 in  Whittingham  et  al.  1992).  In  contrast,  songs 
ot  female  phoeniceits  differed  dramatically  from  those  of  female  cissimilis.  The  latter  were 
nearly  identical  to  male  assimilis  songs  (see  Fig.  1 in  Whittingham  et  al.  1992).  In  contrast, 
phoeniceits  females  sing  two  song  types  (Beletsky  1983),  each  a series  of  individual  notes 
that  differ  distinctly  from  songs  of  male  phoeniceits  or  of  either  sex  in  assimilis.  The  vocal 
behavior  of  phoeniceits  and  assimilis  also  differs  dramatically;  assimilis  males  and  females 
often  sing  their  songs  in  a duet  (Whittingham  et  al.  1992),  whereas  phoeniceits  males  and 
females  sing  only  solo  songs. 

Mating  system. — Duetting  is  generally  associated  with  prolonged  monogamous  pair  bonds 
(Farabaugh  1982),  which  suggests  that  the  mating  systems  of  phoeniceits  and  assimilis  also 
differ.  Further,  studies  of  color-marked  birds  show  that  male  and  female  assimilis  are  ob- 
served only  in  pairs  whether  on  their  breeding  territories  or  while  foraging  away  from  their 
territories  (Kirkconnell,  pers.  obs.).  These  observations  further  support  the  idea  of  a mo- 
nogamous mating  system  in  assimilis.  In  contrast,  phoeniceus  is  polygynous  throughout  its 
range  (reviewed  in  Whittingham  and  Robertson  1994).  In  some  cases,  males  may  have  as 
many  as  15  females  breeding  on  their  territory  at  one  time  (Beletsky  and  Orians  1990). 

Validity  of  A.  assimilis  subniger. — Bangs  and  Zappey  (1905)  recognized  the  population 
on  the  Isle  of  Pines  (now  Isle  of  Youth)  as  A.  assimilis.  Bangs  (1913)  later  described  the 
population  as  A.  subniger  based  on  its  coloration  being  very  dark  brown  and  “.  . . the  bill 
has  a tendency  to  be  rather  longer  and  with  a slightly  rounded,  less  flattened  culmen.” 
However,  the  validity  of  these  characters  was  questioned  because  the  specimens  Bangs 
examined  were  mostly  immature  (Todd  1916).  Todd  (1916)  stated  “.  . . all  but  one  of  the 
male  specimens  are  clearly  in  the  immature  stage.  . ..the  culmen  is  slightly  flatter,  it  is  true, 
in  the  Cuban  specimens,  but  I believe  that  even  this  difference  would  disappear  in  a large 
series;  at  any  rate,  it  is  certainly  too  trifling  a difference  upon  which  to  base  the  recognition 
of  even  a subspecies.  Garrido  (1970),  in  his  revision,  agreed  with  Todd’s  comments  and 
considered  the  taxon  subniger  a synonym  of  assimilis. 

In  summary,  the  sexes  are  similar  in  phenotype  and  vocalizations  in  assimilis,  whereas 
these  characteristics  differ  dramatically  between  the  sexes  in  phoeniceus.  Furthermore,  the 
plumage  of  nestlings  and  SY  males  as  well  as  the  mating  system  differs  between  assimilis 
and  phoeniceus.  We  believe  that  the  evidence  strongly  favors  treatment  of  the  taxon  endemic 
to  Cuba  as  a species,  Agelaius  assimilis. 

Acknowledgments. — We  thank  J.  V.  Remsen  Jr.  and  L.  A.  Whittingham  for  comments  on 
the  manuscript.  (Ed.  note:  L.  A.  Whittingham  helped  immensely  to  expedite  publication  of 
this  paper.) 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bangs,  O.  1913.  New  Birds  from  Cuba  and  the  Isle  of  Pines.  Proc.  New  England  Zool. 
Club  4:92. 

AND  W.  R.  Zappey.  1905.  Birds  of  the  Isle  of  Pines.  Am.  Nat.  39:179-215. 

Barbour,  T.  1943.  Cuban  Ornithology.  Memoirs  of  the  Nutthall  Ornithological  Club,  Cam- 
bridge, Massachusetts.  No.  9,  p.  123. 

Beletsky,  L.  D.  1983.  Aggressive  and  pair-bond  maintenance  songs  of  female  Red-winged 
Blackbirds  {Agelaius  phoeniceus).  Z.  Tierpsychol.  62:47-54. 

AND  G.  H.  Orians.  1990.  Male  parental  care  in  a population  of  Red-winged  Black- 
birds, 1983-1988.  Can.  J.  Zool.  68:606-609. 

Blake,  E.  R.  1968.  Family  Icteridae.  Pp.  138-202  in  Checklist  of  birds  of  the  world,  vol. 
XIV  (R.  A.  Paynter  Jr.,  ed.)  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts. 


374 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Bond,  J.  1956.  Checklist  of  birds  of  the  West  Indies.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania. 

Dickerman,  R.  W.  1974.  Review  of  Red-winged  Blackbirds  (Agelaius  phoeniceus)  of  east- 
ern, west-central,  and  southern  Mexico  and  Central  America.  Amerc.  Mus.  Novitates 
2538:1-8. 

Larabaugh,  S.  1982.  The  ecological  and  social  significance  of  duetting.  Pp.  85-124.  in 
Acoustic  communication  in  birds  (D.  E.  Kroodsma.  and  E.  H.  Miller,  eds.).  Academic 
Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

Garrido,  O.  H.  1970.  Variacion  del  genero  Agelaius  (Aves:  Icteridae)  en  Cuba.  Poeyana 
68:1-18. 

Hardy,  J.  W.  and  R.  W.  Dickerman.  1965.  Relationships  between  the  two  forms  of  the 
Red-winged  Blackbird  in  Mexico.  Living  Bird  4:107-130. 

Hellmayr,  C.  E.  1937.  Catalogue  of  birds  of  the  Americas  and  adjacent  islands.  Eield  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.  Zool.  Series  Vol.  XIII,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Mayr,  E.  and  L.  L.  Short.  1970.  Species  taxa  of  North  American  birds.  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts. 

Orians,  G.  H.  1985.  Blackbirds  of  the  Americas.  Univ.  of  Washington  Press,  Seattle,  Wash- 
ington. 

Power,  D.  M.  1969.  Evolutionary  implications  of  wing  and  size  variation  in  the  Red- 
winged Blackbird  in  relation  to  certain  geographic  and  climatic  factors:  a multiple 
regression  analysis.  Syst.  Zool.  18:363—373. 

. 1970.  Geographic  variation  of  Red-winged  Blackbirds  in  central  North  America. 

Univ.  Kansas  Publ.  Mus.  Natur.  Hist.  90:1-83. 

Pyle,  P,  S.  N.  G.  Howell,  R.  P.  Yunick,  and  D.  E Desante.  1987.  Identification  guide  to 
North  American  passerines.  Slate  Creek  Press,  Bolinas,  Calif. 

Ridgway,  R.  1902.  The  birds  of  North  and  Middle  America.  Part  II.  Washington,  D.C. 

Sibley,  C.  G.  and  B.  L.  Monroe,  Jr.  1990.  A world  checklist  of  birds.  Yale  Univ.  Press, 
New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Todd,  W.  E.  C.  1916.  The  Birds  of  the  Isle  of  Pines.  Ann.  Carnegie  Museum,  Vol.  10. 

Whittingham,  L.  a.,  a.  Kirkconnell,  and  L.  M.  Ratcliffe.  1992.  Differences  in  song 
and  sexual  dimorphism  between  Cuban  and  North  America  Red-winged  Blackbirds 
(Agelaius  phoeniceus).  Auk  109:928—933. 

AND  R.  J.  Robertson.  1994.  Pood  availability,  parental  care  and  male  mating  suc- 
cess in  Red-winged  Blackbirds  (Agelaius  phoeniceus).  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  63:139-150. 


Orlando  Garrido  and  Arturo  Kirkconnell,  Museo  Nacional  de  Historia  Natural,  Cap- 
itol io  National,  La  Hahana,  Cuba.  Received  12  Sept.  1995,  accepted  6 Dec.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  374-377 

Nest  adoption  by  Monk  Parakeets. — Monk  Parakeets  (Mylopsitta  monachus)  are  un- 
usual, being  the  only  non-cavity  nesting  psittacines.  Rather  than  using  tree  holes,  burrows, 
or  crevices  as  other  parrots  typically  do,  they  build  large  domed  nests  of  twigs  (Porshaw 
1989).  Their  nests  often  include  several  compartments,  each  with  a separate  entranee,  and 
several  nests  may  be  built  in  the  same  tree  or  in  neighboring  trees.  Monk  Parakeets  are  non- 
migratory  and  use  their  nests  year-round  for  roosting  as  well  as  for  breeding.  Nests  typically 
are  built  in  trees,  as  well  as  on  a variety  of  man-made  structures  (windmill  towers,  utility 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


375 


poles,  sign  posts,  etc.).  One  sub-species,  M.  monachus  luchsi,  builds  stick  nests  on  cliffs 
(Tanning  1991). 

During  a visit  to  southern  Buenos  Aires  Province,  Argentina,  Humphrey  and  Peterson 
(1978)  noted  an  association  between  nests  ot  the  Firewood  Gatherer  (Anumbius  anniimbi) 
and  those  of  Monk  Parakeets.  They  found  that  parakeets  frequently  used  Anumbius  nests  as 
a foundation  on  which  to  build  their  own  nests.  From  Humphrey  and  Peterson’s  observa- 
tions, it  is  not  clear  whether  or  not  the  nests  added  to  by  parakeets  had  been  abandoned  by 
their  original  builders.  In  the  resulting  duplex  nests,  twigs  added  by  the  parakeets  frequently 
engulfed  the  original  nest,  but  the  nest  cavities  were  separated  by  a double  wall,  and  the 
parakeets  built  and  used  a separate  entrance  tunnel. 

Here,  I report  a similar  association  found  during  a study  of  Monk  Parakeets  in  Entre  Rios 
Province,  Argentina.  A large  proportion  of  Monk  Parakeet  nests  were  found  to  be  remodeled 
nests  ot  the  Brown  Cacholote  (PseucJoseisura  lophotes).  The  occasional  adoption  of  Brown 
Cacholote  nests  by  Monk  Parakeets  has  been  previously  noted  (Nores  and  Nores  1994);  I 
show  that  adopted  nests  are  widely  used  by  Monk  Parakeets  and  suggest  that  the  association 
may  provide  a clue  to  understanding  the  evolution  of  the  Monk  Parakeet’s  domed  nest. 

Study  area  and  methods. — During  the  austral  spring/summers  of  1993-94  and  1994-95, 

I studied  the  breeding  behavior  of  Monk  Parakeets  on  a portion  of  Estancia  Santa  Ana  de 
Carpinchorf,  a cattle  ranch  in  northern  Entre  Ri'os  Province,  Argentina.  Parts  of  the  ranch 
have  been  cleared,  but  much  of  it  retains  its  native  savannah  woodland  vegetation,  which 
is  dominated  by  three  xerophytic  trees:  Acacia  caven,  Prosopis  affinis  and  Prosopis  nigra. 

I monitored  the  occupancy  and  breeding  activity  of  all  nests  that  were  found  on  1000  ha  of 
uncleared  land  and  that  were  accessible  with  a 7-m  ladder.  The  locations  of  all  nests  in  the 
study  area  were  mapped,  and  for  each  one  I measured  (or  estimated,  in  the  case  of  very 
isolated  nests)  the  distance  to  the  nearest  neighboring  nest.  The  height  to  the  center  of  each 
nest  was  measured  as  well.  Only  nests  that  were  occupied  (used  either  for  roosting  or 
breeding)  by  parakeets  for  at  least  a portion  of  the  study  are  discussed  here.  All  nests  were 
scored  as  being  either  original  Monk  Parakeet  nests  or  adopted  Brown  Cacholote  nests  that 
had  been  remodeled  by  parakeets.  This  determination  was  made  by  visual  inspection  of  the 
twigs  used  in  a nest’s  construction.  Adopted  nests  are  recognizable  because  a portion  (gen- 
erally the  back  and/or  underside)  of  the  nest  comprises  twigs  of  more  variable  and  greater 
thickness  than  those  used  by  parakeets  (see  Results). 

Results  and  discussion. — Monk  Parakeets  were  observed  to  construct  nests  using  thorn 
twigs  clipped  from  nearby  A.  caven,  P.  affinis,  and  P.  nigra  trees  (usually  <100  m from 
nest  site).  Twigs  from  other  species  of  trees,  or  picked  up  from  the  ground,  were  used  <1% 
of  the  time  (JRE,  unpubl.  data).  Parakeets  consistently  used  the  terminal  ends  of  twigs  for 
nest-building  and  occasionally  used  twigs  stolen  from  nearby  parakeet  nests.  Brown  Cach- 
olotes,  on  the  other  hand,  use  a variety  of  types  and  sizes  of  twigs  (Nores  and  Nores  1994), 
resulting  in  a nest  that,  though  similar  in  shape  and  size  to  that  of  the  Monk  Parakeet,  is 
readily  distinguishable  because  of  the  nesting  materials  employed  in  its  construction.  To 
document  this  difference  in  sizes  of  twigs  used  by  the  two  species,  I measured  the  mid-twig 
diameters  of  100  randomly  chosen  twigs/nest  from  three  cacholote  nests  and  three  parakeet 
nests.  The  variance  and  median  did  not  vary  significantly  among  nests  within  each  species, 
so  data  were  pooled  within  each  species  for  the  analyses  presented  here.  Variance  in  twig 
diameter  is  much  higher  in  cacholote  nests  than  in  nests  built  by  Monk  Parakeets  (F-test; 
F = 5.67,  df  = 299,  P 0.0001),  and  twigs  used  by  the  parakeets  are  significantly  thinner 
(Mann-Whitney  U test:  Z = -14.55,  P = 0.0001,  N = 600). 

In  the  course  of  the  two  field  seasons,  I monitored  a total  of  39  accessible  and  occupied 
Monk  Parakeet  nests,  some  of  which  were  occupied  during  both  years.  Of  these  39  nests, 
20  (51%)  were  originally  cacholote  nests  that  had  been  adopted  and  remodeled  to  varying 


376 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Table  1 

Nest  and  Nest-site  Characteristics  of  Monk  Parakeets  at  Estancia  Santa  Ana  de 
CarpinchorI,  Entre  Rios  Province,  Argentina 


Mean  nest 

Mean  nearest 

Original 

Number 

height 

neighbor  dist. 

Number  used 

builder 

(%  total) 

(X  ± SE) 

(X  ± SE) 

for  breeding 

M.  monachus 

19  (48.7) 

5.32  (±  0.3) 

39.2  (±  16.2) 

1 1 

P.  lophotes 

20  (51.3) 

4.5  (±  0.3) 

150.8  (±  46.6) 

1 

extents  by  Monk  Parakeets.  This  is  likely  to  be  a conservative  estimate,  since  extensive 
remodeling  of  a cacholote  nest  by  the  parakeets  could  eventually  engulf  its  foundation, 
leading  me  to  score  some  adopted  nests  as  originally  being  parakeet  nests.  Parakeets  ap- 
peared to  adopt  nests  that  had  been  abandoned  by  their  original  owners  and  had  begun  to 
fall  apart,  creating  an  opening  in  the  nest  chamber.  In  their  study  of  Brown  Cacholote  nesting 
behavior,  Nores  and  Nores  (pers.  comm.)  also  found  that  monk  parakeets  usually  moved 
into  abandoned  Brown  Cacholote  nests  (8  of  the  9 cases  they  observed).  When  remodeling 
cacholote  nests,  parakeets  add  twigs  to  the  roof  and  around  the  entrance.  For  the  six  nests 
that  I found  in  early  stages  of  remodeling,  parakeets  had  built  a new  entrance  tunnel;  how- 
ever, Nores  and  Nores  (pers.  comm.)  found  that  in  eight  of  the  nine  cases  of  nest  adoption 
they  observed,  the  parakeets  used  the  cacholote  nest’s  original  entrance.  Unlike  the  nest 
association  found  by  Humphrey  and  Peterson  (1978)  in  which  Monk  Parakeets  used  An- 
umbius  nests  as  foundations  upon  which  to  build  their  own  nesting  compartment,  parakeets 
adopting  cacholote  nests  always  re-used  the  original  nest’s  chamber. 

The  main  site  characteristics,  nest  height  and  nearest-neighbor  distance  and  whether  or 
not  the  nest  was  used  for  breeding,  are  summarized  in  Table  1.  The  heights  of  nests  built 
by  Monk  Parakeets  and  cacholote  nests  adopted  by  parakeets  did  not  differ  significantly 
(Mann-Whitney  U test:  Z = -1.548,  N = 39,  P = 0.12).  Adopted  nests  were  more  isolated, 
as  reflected  by  their  significantly  longer  nearest-neighbor  distances  (Mann-Whitney  U test: 
Z = -2.757,  N = 39,  P < 0.01).  Breeding  attempts  occurred  in  12  nests,  and  most  (92%) 
of  these  were  in  nests  originally  built  by  parakeets  themselves.  This  significant  preference 
(X^  = 12.82,  df  = 1,  P < 0.005)  for  breeding  in  non-adopted  nests  is  probably  due  to  the 
fact  that  these  nests  were  more  likely  to  be  in  colonies  (a  colony  was  defined  as  groups  of 
nests  with  nearest-neighbor  distances  of  less  than  100  m).  In  the  single  case  in  which  a 
breeding  attempt  took  place  in  an  adopted  nest,  the  nest  had  been  enlarged  and  contained 
two  compartments,  both  of  which  were  occupied. 

The  Monk  Parakeet’s  willingness  to  adopt  and  remodel  the  nests  of  another  species  is 
particularly  interesting  in  light  of  the  fact  that  the  Monk  Parakeet  is  the  only  parrot  species 
that  builds  a nest  that  is  completely  dis.sociated  from  a cavity.  Nest  adoption  may  originally 
have  arisen  in  this  species’  ancestor  as  an  alternative  nesting  strategy  used  by  pairs  unable 
to  find  or  .successfully  compete  for  nesting  cavities.  The  adoption  behavior  may  have  pre- 
ceded the  evolution  of  more  complex  nest-building  behavior.  The  ability  to  construct  a nest 
would  then  have  emancipated  them  from  a dependence  on  cavities  or  other  species’  nests 
for  breeding.  By  giving  pairs  flexibility  in  choosing  nest  sites,  nest-construction  may  in  turn 
have  facilitated  the  strong  tendency  of  Monk  Parakeets  to  breed  colonially. 

Acknowledgment.'!. — During  the  preparation  of  this  paper,  I was  supported  by  Princeton 
University  and  an  NSF  pre-doctoral  fellowship.  I thank  the  Ortiz  Basualdo  family  and  the 
employees  of  Estancia  Santa  Ana  de  Carpinchori  for  their  hospitality  and  logistical  support 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


377 


in  the  field.  K.  Harms  assisted  in  the  collection  of  field  data,  and  P.  Grant,  K.  Harms,  and 
H.  Horn  made  helpful  comments  on  early  drafts  of  the  manuscript.  I also  thank  D.  Panning 
for  comments  on  the  manuscript,  as  well  as  A.  Nores  and  M.  Nores  for  allowing  me  to 
include  unpublished  data. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Forshaw,  J.  M.  1989.  Parrots  of  the  world.  3rd  edition.  Lansdowne  Editions,  Sydney, 
Australia. 

Humphrey,  P.  S.  and  R.  T.  Peterson.  1978.  Nesting  behavior  and  affinities  of  Monk  Par- 
akeets of  southern  Buenos  Aires  Province,  Argentina.  Wilson  Bull.  90:544-552. 
Panning,  D.  V.  1991.  Distribution  and  nest  sites  of  the  monk  parakeet  in  Bolivia.  Wilson 
Bull.  103:366-372. 

Nores,  A.  I.  and  M.  Nores.  1994.  Nest  building  and  nesting  behavior  of  the  Brown 
Cacholote.  Wilson  Bull.  106:106-120. 


Jessica  R.  Eberhard,  Ecology  and  Evolutionary  Biology,  Princeton  Univ.,  Princeton,  New 
Jersey  08544-1003.  Received  20  April  1995,  accepted  15  Oct.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  377-378 

Vermilion  Flycatcher  and  Black  Phoebe  feeding  on  fish. — We  describe  our  observa- 
tions of  two  species  of  flycatchers,  the  Vermilion  Flycatcher  (Pyrocephalus  rubinus)  and 
the  Black  Phoebe  (Sayornis  nigricans)  feeding  on  fish.  Observations  of  Black  Phoebes 
capturing  fish  have  been  noted  as  unusual  (Bent  1942,  Lawson  1975),  and  this  is  the  first 
account  of  a Vermilion  Flycatcher  feeding  on  fish  (Bent  1942,  Terres  1980). 

We  made  these  observations  at  the  Hassayampa  River  Rest  Area  approximately  6 km 
southeast  of  Wickenburg,  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.  On  2 Dec.  1993,  we  observed  an  adult 
male  Vermilion  Flycatcher  eating  a small  fish.  The  flycatcher  was  first  observed  perched  in 
a mesquite  tree  (Prosopsis  velutina)  approximately  12  m from  the  Hassayampa  River.  With 
binoculars  we  could  clearly  see  the  distal  half  of  a fish  protruding  from  the  flycatcher’s  bill. 
It  was  unknown  if  the  flycatcher  captured  or  scavenged  the  fish.  Vermilion  Flycatchers  most 
commonly  feed  by  hawking  for  insects,  but  occasionally  they  land  on  the  ground  to  feed 
on  terrestrial  invertebrates  (Bent  1942,  Terres  1980,  Ehrlich  et  al.  1988  Rosenberg  et  al 
1991). 

Andrews  returned  to  the  area  on  4 Dec.  1993  and  observed  an  adult  male  vermilion 
Flycatcher  on  a small  mesquite  tree  branch  2.5  m directly  over  the  water.  After  several  min 
of  observation,  the  flycatcher  flew  down,  breaking  the  surface  of  the  water.  It  then  hovered 
just  above  the  water  for  several  seconds  before  again  darting  into  the  water.  The  bird  hovered 
then  darted  into  the  water  two  more  times.  All  four  attempts  were  unsuccessful.  It  then 
returned  to  the  same  me.squite  branch  above  the  water.  The  depth  of  the  water  at  this  location 
was  approximately  12  cm.  Suspecting  that  the  flycatcher  may  have  been  diving  into  the 
water  after  insects,  we  looked  for  insects  or  other  aquatic  invertebrates.  No  insects  were 
observed  in  or  over  the  water  in  the  area  where  the  flycatcher  was  hunting.  Several  large 
schools  of  longfin  dace  (Agosia  chrysoga.ster),  an  abundant  native  fish  of  the  family  Cy- 
prinidae,  were  observed  at  the  site  where  the  flycatcher  had  been  hovering  and  diving. 
Attempts  to  photograph  the  flycatcher’s  feeding  behavior  were  unsuccessful. 


378 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS.  No.  2,  June  1996 


Approximately  one  hour  after  the  Vermilion  Llycatcher  observation,  Andrews  saw  a Black 
Phoebe  capture  a small  fish,  probably  a longfin  dace,  in  the  same  area.  Although  Black 
Phoebes  feeding  on  small  fish  have  been  noted  in  the  literature  and  reported  as  an  unusual 
diet  item  (Bent  1942,  Lawson  1975),  it  is  noteworthy  to  describe  here  the  capture  and  kill 
method  used.  Using  binoculars,  Andrews  observed  a Black  Phoebe  perched  on  the  edge  of 
the  river  looking  into  the  water.  It  quickly  jumped  into  the  shallows  and  emerged  with  a 
small  fish  in  its  bill.  The  phoebe  returned  to  the  bank  with  the  wiggling  fish  and  forcibly 
threw  the  fish  on  the  ground  three  times.  When  the  fish  ceased  to  move  it  was  swallowed 
headfirst  by  the  phoebe.  This  method  of  immobilizing  the  fish  was  similar  to  that  described 
by  Lawson  (1975)  who  reported  a Black  Phoebe  repeatedly  striking  a captured  fish  against 
a tree  branch  until  it  ceased  to  struggle  then  swallowed  it,  apparently  headfirst.  We  hypoth- 
esize that  the  two  species  of  flycatchers’  feeding  behavior  was  an  opportunistic  response  to 
the  abundance  and  visibility  of  small  fish  in  shallow  water. 

Acknowledgments. — We  are  grateful  to  K.  A.  King  for  his  encouragement  and  constructive 
comments  on  early  drafts  of  this  manuscript.  We  thank  T.  A.  Gatz,  for  his  literature  search 
and  review  of  the  manuscript,  S.  Robertson  for  his  review  of  the  final  draft,  and  J.  Hanson 
for  her  grammatical  expertise. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Bent,  A.  C.  1942.  Life  histories  of  North  American  flycatchers,  larks,  swallows,  and  their 
allies.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull.  179:159-163,  306-307. 

Ehrlich,  P.  R.,  D.  S.  Dobkin,  and  D.  Wheye.  1988.  The  birders  handbook;  a field  guide 
to  the  natural  history  of  North  American  birds.  Simon  and  Schuster,  New  York,  New 
York. 

Lawson,  C.  S.  1975.  Pish  catching  by  a Black  Phoebe.  West.  Birds  6:107-109. 

Rosenberg,  K.  V.,  R.  D.  Ohmart,  W.  C.  Hunter,  and  B.  W.  Anderson.  1991.  Birds  of 
the  Lower  Colorado  River  Valley,  Univ.  of  Ariz.  Press,  Tucson,  Arizona. 

Terres,  J.  K.  1980.  The  Audubon  Society  encyclopedia  of  North  American  birds.  Alfred 
A.  Knopf,  New  York,  New  York. 


Brenda  J.  Andrews  and  Marie  Sullivan,  U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  2321  W.  Royal 
Palm  Rd.,  Suite  103,  Phoenix,  Arizona  85021,  and  J.  David  Hoerath,  Bureau  of  Land 
Management,  2015  W.  Deer  Valley  Rd.,  Phoenix,  Arizona  85027.  Received  29  Aug.  1995, 
accepted  20  Oct.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  378-380 


Nest-site  reuse  in  the  Western  Wood-Pewee. — Reuse  of  the  same  nest  site  within  a 
territory  from  one  year  to  the  next  is  well  documented  for  birds  such  as  colonial  breeders 
(Shields  1984),  cavity  nesters  (Harvey  et  al.  1979,  Newton  1994),  and  species  nesting  on 
natural  ledges  and  artificial  structures  (Bent  1942).  In  these  groups,  nest  site  reuse  is  pro- 
moted by  the  scarcity  of  suitable  nest  sites.  Pew  non-colonial,  open-nesting  passerines  have 
been  documented  reusing  nest  sites  between  years.  Breeding  studies  that  compare  nest  lo- 
cations between  years  for  this  nesting  guild  generally  report  that  nest  sites  are  not  reu.sed 
(Hendricks  1991,  Martin  and  Roper  1988)  or  are  rarely  reused  (Nolan  1978).  Howeyer, 
.some  open  nesting  tyrannid  flycatchers,  i.e..  Eastern  Kingbird  (Tyrannus  tyrannus)  (Blancher 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


379 


and  Robertson  1985),  Western  Flycatcher  {Empidonax  difficilis),  and  Eastern  Wood-Pewee 
{Contopus  Virens)  (Bent  1942),  regularly  reuse  nest  sites  between  years.  We  report  several 
instances  of  nest  site  reuse  in  another  flycatcher,  the  Western  Wood-Pewee  (C.  sordidulus). 

During  1992-1994,  we  monitored  the  nesting  dynamics  of  birds  breeding  in  pinyon  pine 
(Finns  ednlis)  - one-seed  juniper  (Jimiperus  monospennci)  habitat  in  Colfax  County,  north- 
eastern New  Mexico.  During  this  period,  we  located  46  Western  Wood-Pewee  nests  that 
reached  the  egg-laying  stage.  All  of  these  nests  were  in  the  dominant  tree  species,  pinyon 
pine.  In  1993,  two  of  seven  nest  sites  u.sed  during  1992  were  reused,  and  in  1994,  three  of 
15  nest  sites  used  during  1993  were  reused.  One  nest  site  was  used  in  all  three  years,  with 
the  new  nests  constructed  by  adding  material  to  the  remaining  portion  of  the  previous  year’s 
nest.  In  other  instances  where  the  previous  year’s  nest  had  fallen  off  the  branch  over  the 
winter,  the  new  nest  was  built  in  the  same  location.  Because  we  did  not  band  pewees  on 
our  site,  individual  recognition  was  not  possible.  However,  we  suspect  that  reuse  involved 
the  return  of  at  least  one  individual  of  a pair  from  the  previous  year. 

In  1993,  a pewee  nest  which  had  been  depredated  during  incubation  was  reused  in  the 
same  season.  The  second  clutch,  initiated  less  than  a week  after  the  depredation  event,  was 
raised  successfully,  and  this  nest  site  was  also  reused  successfully  the  following  year.  It 
seems  unusual  for  birds  to  reuse  a depredated  nest  or  nest  site  (Harvey  et  al.  1979,  Dow 
and  Fredga  1983).  A previously  depredated  nest  might  be  more  vulnerable  to  future  pre- 
dation than  would  be  a new  nest  site,  since  some  predators  (e.g.,  corvids)  appear  to  search 
the  locations  of  nests  that  they  have  previously  depredated,  even  a year  later  (Sonerud  and 
FJeld  1987). 

Several  explanations  for  the  reuse  of  nest  sites  by  the  Western  Wood-Pewee  on  our  study 
area  are  possible,  including  (1)  high  quality  nest  sites  may  be  in  limited  supply,  despite  the 
abundance  of  pinyons  in  the  breeding  habitat,  (2)  nest  site  reuse  may  be  an  extreme  behav- 
ioral expression  of  site  fidelity,  and  (3)  pewees  may  benefit  from  time  and  energy  savings 
by  not  searching  for  new  nest  sites  or  nest  materials. 

Acknowledgments.~We  thank  Scott  Adair,  Thomas  Adams,  Earl  Bell,  Sharon  Childers, 
Jeff  Kozma,  Peter  Skylstad,  Boyd  Trolinger,  Jerrad  Van’t  Hul,  and  Van  Wu  for  their  help 
in  observing  nests.  The  NRA  Whittington  Center  and  V-7  Ranch  provided  access  to  their 
lands  and  logistical  support  for  this  study.  Steven  R.  Beissinger  provided  helpful  comments 
on  this  manuscript.  This  research  is  part  of  the  BBIRD  (Breeding  Biology  Research  and 
Monitoring  Database)  program,  which  is  funded  by  the  Global  Climate  Change  Research 
Program  of  the  National  Biological  Service.  This  is  BBIRD  Publication  # 5. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bent,  A.  C.  1942.  Life  hi.stories  of  North  American  flycatchers,  larks,  swallows  and  their 
allies.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull.  179. 

Blancher,  P.  J.  and  R.  J.  Robertson.  1985.  Site  consistency  in  kingbird  breeding  perfor- 
mance: implications  for  site  fidelity.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  54:1017-1027. 

Dow,  H.  AND  S.  Fredga.  1983.  Breeding  and  natal  dispersal  of  the  goldeneye,  (Bucephala 
clangula).  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  52:681-695. 

Harvey,  P.  H.,  P.  J.  Greenwood,  and  M.  Perrins.  1979.  Breeding  area  fidelity  of  great  tits 
(Pams  major).  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  48:305-313. 

Hendricks,  P.  1991.  Site  fidelity  and  renesting  of  female  American  pipits.  J.  Field  Ornithol 
62:338-342. 

Martin,  T.  E.  and  J.  J.  Roper.  1988.  Nest  predation  and  nest-site  selection  of  a western 
population  of  the  Hermit  Thrush.  Condor  90:50-57. 

Newton,  I.  1994.  The  role  of  nest  sites  in  limiting  the  number  of  hole-nesting  birds:  a 
review.  Biol.  Conserv.  70:265-276. 


380 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Nolan,  V.,  Jr.  1978.  Ecology  and  behavior  of  the  Prairie  Warbler  (Dendroica  discolor). 
Ornithol.  Monograph  No.  26. 

Shields,  W.  M.  1984.  Lactors  affecting  nest  and  site  fidelity  in  Adirondack  barn  swallows. 
Auk  101:780-789. 

SONERUD,  G.  A.  AND  P.  E.  Fjeld.  1987.  Long-term  memory  in  egg  predators:  an  experiment 
with  a Hooded  Crow.  Ornis  Scand.  18:323-324. 


David  R.  Curson,  Christopher  B.  Goguen,  and  Nancy  E.  Mathews,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin- 
Madison,  Dept,  of  Wildlife  Ecology,  226  Russell  Lxibs,  J630  Linden  Drive,  Madison,  Wis- 
consin 53706-1598.  Received  21  June  1995,  accepted  20  Dec.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  380-381 


Nest  sharing  by  a Lesser  Scaup  and  a Greater  Scaup. — Nest  sharing  has  been  loosely 
defined  as  two  females  sharing  a nest,  incubating  their  eggs  together,  and  (perhaps)  sharing 
in  the  care  of  the  young  (Torres  1982).  It  is  a relatively  uncommon  phenomenon,  reported 
infrequently  in  ornithological  literature  (see  Torres  1982,  for  a brief  review).  While  con- 
ducting field  studies  of  nesting  waterfowl  on  the  islands  of  the  North  Arm  of  Great  Slave 
Lake  (approximately  62°30'N  1 15°10'W)  in  June  1993,  we  discovered  a clutch  of  26  scaup 
eggs  which  was  being  incubated  by  two  females,  one  a Lesser  Scaup  (Aythya  afftnis)  and 
one  a Greater  Scaup  (Aythya  niarila).  Both  females  flushed  at  close  range  (although  not 
simultaneously)  and  were  identified  visually  via  wing  stripe  characteristics  and  size.  Incu- 
bation status  was  determined  by  female  behavior,  egg  warmth,  and  amount  of  down  present 
at  the  nest. 

The  clutch  of  26  eggs  consisted  of  17  “large”  and  nine  “small”  eggs,  and  may  have 
been  the  product  of  more  than  two  females.  Two  eggs  were  cracked,  possibly  indicating 
some  aggressive  interaction  between  the  females.  We  measured  a sample  of  eggs  using 
vernier  calipers.  Three  large  eggs  averaged  63.9  X 43.5  mm,  whereas  four  small  eggs 
averaged  56.8  X 42.5  mm.  These  measurements  lie  within  the  ranges  reported  for  Greater 
and  Lesser  scaup,  respectively  (Bent  1923,  Bellrose  1976,  Palmer  1976).  The  eggs  were 
laid  in  an  oval-shaped  depression  lined  with  grass  and  were  marginally  concealed  by  a 
clump  of  grass.  This  aiTangement  provided  ample  room  for  two  females  to  sit  side  by  side, 
probably  in  direct  contact  with  each  other,  and  thereby  incubate  virtually  the  entire  clutch 
simultaneously. 

Subsequent  inspection  of  this  nest  in  late  July  revealed  that  it  had  been  partially  suc- 
cessful. Seven  membranes  from  hatched  eggs  were  observed.  In  addition,  six  eggs  were 
found  intact  in  the  nest,  four  dead  ducklings  were  still  in  their  partially  opened  egg  shells, 
two  dead  ducklings  were  outside  their  egg  shells  but  still  in  the  nest,  and  one  dead  duckling 
was  found  outside  the  nest.  One  egg  which  had  been  destroyed  by  a predator  and  was 
assumed  to  belong  to  the  same  nest  was  found  nearby.  The  fate  of  the  remaining  five  eggs 
could  not  be  determined. 

Skutch  (1961)  stated  that  unless  the  young  of  the  two  nest  sharing  species  hatch  at  about 
the  same  time,  and  are  of  similar  size  and  feeding  habits,  it  is  unlikely  that  the  young  of 
both  species  will  survive.  Given  the  ecological  similarities  between  the  two  species  of  scaup, 
it  is  unlikely  that  any  resulting  combinations  of  females  and  ducklings  that  survived  through 
departure  from  the  nesting  island  would  experience  anything  beyond  the  normal  threats  to 
their  survival.  For  example,  mixed  age  (and  thus  mixed  size)  broods  and  broods  attended 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


381 


by  two  or  more  Females  have  been  reported  for  both  species  of  scaup  (Bellrose  1976,  Palmer 
1976)  and  are  relatively  commonly  observed  among  breeding  scaup  in  the  Great  Slave  Lake 
area  (Fournier  and  Hines,  unpubl.  data). 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bellrose,  F.  C.  1976.  Ducks,  geese,  and  swans  of  North  America.  Stackpole  Books.  Har- 
risburg, Pennsylvania. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1923.  Life  histories  of  North  American  wild  fowl.  Part  one.  U.S.  National 
Museum.  Bull.  126. 

Palmer,  R.  S.  1976.  Handbook  of  North  American  birds.  Vol.  3,  Waterfowl  (Part  2).  Yale 
Univ.  Press.  New  London,  Connecticut. 

Skutch,  a.  F.  1961.  Helpers  among  birds.  Condor  63:198-199. 

Terres,  J.  K.  1982.  The  Audubon  Society  encyclopedia  of  North  American  birds.  Alfred 
A.  Knopf  Inc.  New  York,  New  York. 


Michael  A.  Fournier  and  James  E.  Hines,  Canadian  Wildlife  Sendee,  P.O.  Box  637,  Yel- 
lowknife, NWT,  XI A 2N5.  Received  20  Aug.  1995,  accepted  9 Nov.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  381-382 

Garni vory  observed  in  the  Cedar  Waxwing.— On  9 Aug.  1992,  I observed  an  adult 
Cedar  Waxwing  (Bombycilla  cedrorum)  fly  to  a tree  branch  approximately  12  m above  the 
ground  with  an  unidentified  nestling  bird  in  its  bill.  Through  7 X 35  binoculars  it  appeared 
the  nestling  was  naked,  approximately  3 cm  in  length  and  being  held  by  the  tail.  It  had 
been  eviscerated,  with  the  stomach  hanging  down  to  one  side.  The  Cedar  Waxwing  paused 
briefly  after  landing,  then  swallowed  the  nestling  whole  in  approximately  three  successive 
swallowing  motions.  Cedar  Waxwings  are  frugivorous,  with  the  exception  of  a relatively 
small  proportion  of  invertebrate  prey  (Tyler  1950).  To  my  knowledge,  carnivory  has  not 
been  reported  for  this  species. 

The  species  of  the  nestling  was  not  known.  It  is  unlikely  it  was  a Brown-headed  Cowbird 
(Molothrus  ater),  since  cowbirds  are  not  abundant  in  the  area  (pers.  obs.),  and  Cedar  Wax- 
wings  do  not  readily  accept  cowbird  eggs  (Friedmann  1963).  It  seems  most  probable  the 
nestling  was  a Cedar  Waxwing  and  was  eaten  either  as  a form  of  infanticide  or  was  a dead 
nestling  removed  from  the  nest  for  hygienic  reasons. 

Infanticide  has  been  reported  for  a variety  of  avian  taxa  (Stanback  and  Koenig  1992). 
Non-nutritional  motivations  for  infanticide  include  the  removal  of  unrelated  offspring  by  a 
replacement  mate  and  the  lowering  of  the  reproductive  output  of  competitors  (Stanback  and 
Koenig  1992).  A number  of  other  individuals  of  this  species  were  observed  in  the  area, 
providing  opportunity,  and  perhaps  the  motive,  for  infanticidal  behavior.  Although  Cedar 
Waxwings  may  be  less  predisposed  to  cannibalism  because  of  their  largely  frugivorous  diet 
(Stanback  and  Koenig  1992),  they  are  colonial  nesters  (Tyler  1950)  which,  combined  with 
the  tendency  to  swallow  foods  whole  (Tyler  1950),  could  potentially  increase  their  predis- 
position towards  cannibali.sm  (Mock  1984,  Stanback  and  Koenig  1992).  Whether  or  not  this 
observation  represented  cannibalism  or  predation  of  another  species,  it  certainly  represents 
a bizarre  deviation  from  cu.stomary  Cedar  Waxwing  diet. 


382 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Eriedmann,  H.  1963.  Host  relations  of  the  parasitic  cowbirds.  Bull.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull. 
233. 

Mock,  D.  W.  1984.  Infanticide,  siblingicide,  and  avian  nesting  mortality.  Pp.  3—33  in  In- 
fanticide: comparative  and  evolutionary  perspectives  (G.  Hausfater  and  S.  B.  Hrdy, 
eds.).  Aldine,  New  York. 

Stanback,  M.  T.  and  W.  D.  Koenig.  1992.  Cannibalism  in  birds.  Pp.  277-298  in  Canni- 
balism: ecology  and  evolution  among  diverse  taxa  (M.  A.  Elgar  and  B.  J.  Crespi,  eds.). 
Oxford  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

Tyler,  W.  M.  1950.  Cedar  Waxwing,  in  Life  histories  of  the  North  American  wagtails, 
shrikes,  vireos  and  their  allies  (A.  C.  Bent,  ed.).  Bull.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  197. 


David  I.  King,  Dept,  of  Forestry  and  Wildlife  Conservation,  Univ.  of  Massachusetts,  Am- 
herst, Massachusetts  01003.  Received  3 Oct.  1995,  accepted  1 Dec.  1995. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  382-384 

A case  of  cooperative  breeding  in  the  Hooded  Warbler. — Cooperative  breeding  in- 
volves one  or  more  individuals,  in  addition  to  the  genetic  parents,  giving  parental  care  to 
offspring  (Stacey  and  Koenig  1990,  Emlen  1991).  In  birds,  this  parental  care  may  take 
several  forms,  such  as  feeding  nestlings,  nest  construction,  incubation,  defense  against  pred- 
ators, and  territory  defense  (Stacey  and  Koenig  1990).  The  social  organization  of  cooperative 
breeders  occurs  in  a variety  of  forms  including  (1)  nonreproductive  adults  helping  their 
parents  raise  young,  (2)  “plural  breeders”  where  more  than  one  monogamous  pair  within  a 
social  group  breeds  simultaneously,  (3)  “highly  gregarious”  monogamous  cooperative 
breeding  groups,  and  (4)  polyandrous  or  polygynandrous  cooperative  breeding  groups  (Sta- 
cey and  Koenig  1990,  Krebs  and  Davies  1991).  Cooperative  breeding  in  birds  is  relatively 
rare,  existing  in  only  2.4%  (220  of  9000)  of  avian  species  (Stacey  and  Koenig  1990,  but 
see  Emlen  and  Vehrencamp  1983).  Herein,  we  report  the  first  documented  case  of  cooper- 
ative breeding  in  a warbler,  the  Hooded  Warbler  (Wilsonia  citrina). 

Methods. — Hooded  Warblers  are  small,  migratory  songbirds  that  breed  in  selectively- 
logged  mixed  hardwood  deciduous  forests.  We  conducted  this  research  in  Crawford  County, 
Pennsylvania  (41°N,  79°W)  as  part  of  a two-year  mating  system  study  from  May- August 
1994  and  1995.  The  mating  system  is  socially  monogamous,  with  one  male  and  one  female 
occupying  a single  breeding  territory  (Stutchbury  et  al.  1994,  Evans  Ogden  and  Stutchbury 
1994).  We  discovered  the  nest  where  cooperative  breeding  occurred  on  June  16,  1995.  When 
the  nestlings  were  five  days  old,  a banded  female,  a banded  male  (B)  and  an  unbanded  male 
(U)  were  caught  with  mist  nets  near  the  nest.  Unbanded  adults  were  banded  with  U.S.  Fish 
and  Wildlife  aluminum  bands  and  unique  color  band  combinations  to  identify  individuals. 
Upon  returning  nestlings  to  the  nest  after  banding  them,  the  female  and  U male  began 
chipping  rapidly  near  the  nest  while  the  B male  chipped  rapidly  approximately  10-15  m 
away.  This  peripheral  male  then  flew  to  the  nest  and  fed  one  of  the  nestlings. 

To  determine  if  both  males  were  feeding  nestlings,  the  nest  was  video-taped  from  08:00- 
09:00  EDT  each  day  for  four  days.  Playback  experiments  were  also  conducted  to  determine 
the  role  of  the  males  in  territory  defense.  A recording  of  male  “repeat”  and  “mixed”  mode 
song  patterns  (Wiley  et  al.  1995)  was  used.  After  feeding  rate  observations  were  complete 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


383 


on  the  fourth  day,  three  playback  experiments  of  a lO-min.  duration  were  conducted  in  mid- 
moining  in  the  center  of  the  teixitory.  A model  of  a male  Hooded  Warbler  was  placed  beside 
the  playback  speaker.  Playbacks  were  conducted  at  approximately  30-min.  intervals.  Re- 
peating the  playback  experiment  confirmed  that  the  same  male  was  responding  each  time. 

Results. — Mean  feeding  rates  (±SE)  (N  = 4 h)  for  the  female  was  7.4  ± 3.0  trip.s/h. 
Mean  feeding  rates  for  the  B and  U males  were  9.6  ± 1.6  trips/h  and  I.I  ± 0.2  trips/h 
respectively.  The  feeding  rate  for  the  B male  was  significantly  higher  (unpaired  /-test,  / = 
5.29,  df  — 6,  P = 0.002)  than  that  of  the  U male.  Feeding  rates  did  not  differ  significantly 
between  either  the  female  and  the  B male  (/-test,  / = -0.65,  df  = 6,  P = 0.54)  or  the  U 
male  (/-test,  / = 2.12,  df  = 6,  P = 0.08). 

The  degree  of  aggressive  behavior  during  playbacks  varied  between  the  two  males.  Both 
males  chipped  rapidly  and  countersang  within  one  minute  of  the  start  of  the  playback. 
However,  only  the  B male  circled  repeatedly  around  the  model  (at  a radius  of  10-15  m), 
changed  its  perch  frequently  and  flew  within  5 m of  the  model  twice.  The  U male  stayed 
about  20-25  m away.  Neither  male  physically  attacked  the  model.  Each  time  I approached 
the  nest,  all  three  adults  flew  to  the  nest  in  defense. 

Discussion.  Previously  in  this  study  area,  feeding  behavior  to  nestlings  has  been  ob- 
served for  5-6  h/nest  for  about  60  nests,  with  no  prior  instances  of  cooperative  breeding 
(Evans  Ogden  and  Stutchbury  1994,  Neudorf,  unpubl.  data).  Therefore,  cooperative  breeding 
is  rare  (1/60  or  1.5%)  in  Hooded  Warblers.  The  “auxiliary”  male  (U)  could  have  shared 
paternity  with  the  “dominant”  male  (B)  because  about  40%  of  female  Hooded  Warblers 
produce  extra-pair  young  from  fertilizations  with  neighboring  males  (Stutchbury  et  al.  1994). 
High  levels  of  extra-pair  matings  could  increase  the  likelihood  of  cooperative  breeding,  just 
as  It  may  favor  adoption  of  fledglings  in  this  species  (Stutchbury  and  Evans  Ogden,  unpubl. 
data).  In  1994,  the  auxiliary  male  was  pair-bonded  with  this  same  female  on  a nearby 
territory,  but  was  genetically  unrelated  to  his  offspring  that  year  (Tarof,  Stutchbury  and 
Piper,  unpubl.  data).  This  cuckoldry,  along  with  subsequent  mate-switching  the  following 
year  by  the  female,  may  be  explained  by  the  relative  low  quality  of  this  auxiliary  male. 
Why  the  dominant  male  permits  an  ASY  (after-second  year)  auxiliary  male  to  help  raise 
offspring  is  a question  that  has  perplexed  researchers  since  cooperative  breeding  was  first 
reported  (Skutch  1935),  particularly  with  a territorial  species  such  as  Hooded  Warblers. 
Although  males  were  never  seen  at  the  nest  together,  no  overt  aggression  was  observed.  We 
expect  that  cooperative  breeding  may  be  widespread  in  warblers,  although  it  likely  occurs 
at  very  low  frequencies  within  a species. 

Acknowledgments. — Diane  Neudorf  and  Joan  Howlett  provided  advice  and  pertinent  com- 
ments on  the  manuscript.  We  appreciate  the  assistance  of  Margaret  Tarof,  Diane  Neudorf, 
Lesley  Evans  Ogden,  and  Trevor  Pitcher  with  fieldwork.  A Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering 
Research  Council  of  Canada  scholarship  to  S.A.T.  supported  this  research. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Emlen,  S.  T.  1991.  Evolution  of  cooperative  breeding  in  birds  and  mammals.  Pp.  301-337 
in  Behavioural  ecology:  an  evolutionary  approach.  Third  ed.  (J.  R.  Krebs  and  N.  B. 
Davies,  eds.).  Blackwell,  Oxford,  England. 

AND  S.  L.  Vehrencamp.  1983.  Cooperative  breeding  strategies  among  birds.  Pp. 
93-133  in  Perspectives  in  ornithology  (A.  H.  Brush  and  G.  A.  Clark  Jr.,  eds.).  Cam- 
bridge Univ.  Press,  Cambridge,  England. 

Evans  Ogden,  L.  and  B.  J.  Stutchbury.  1994.  Hooded  Warbler.  In  The  Birds  of  North 
America,  No.  1 10  (A.  Poole,  P.  Stettenheim,  and  E Gill,  eds.).  Philadelphia:  The  Acad- 
emy of  Nat.  Sci.,  Washington,  D.C. 


384 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  2,  June  1996 


Krebs,  J.  R.  and  N.  B.  Davies.  1991.  Behavioural  ecology:  an  evolutionary  approach. 
Blackwell,  Oxford,  England. 

Skutch,  a.  L 1935.  Helpers  at  the  nest.  Auk  52:257-273. 

Stacey,  R B.  and  W.  D.  Koenig.  1990.  Cooperative  breeding  in  birds:  long-term  studies 
of  ecology  and  behaviour.  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  Cambridge,  England. 

Stutchbury,  B.  J.,  J.  M.  Rhymer,  and  E.  S.  Morton.  1994.  Extra-pair  paternity  in  hooded 
warblers.  Behav.  Eeol.  Sociobiol.  5:384—392. 

Wiley,  R.  H.,  R.  Godard,  and  A.  D.  Thompson  Jr.  1995.  Use  of  two  singing  modes  by 
hooded  warblers  as  adaptations  for  signalling.  Behaviour  129:243-278. 


Scott  A.  Tarof  and  Bridget  J.  Stutchbury,  Dept,  of  Biology,  York  Univ.  4700  Keele  St., 
North  York,  Ontario,  M3J  IPS,  Canada.  Received  3 Oct.  1995,  accepted  1 Jan.  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(2),  1996,  pp.  385-394 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 

Edited  by  William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 

A BIRDER  s GUIDE  TO  ARKANSAS.  By  Mel  White.  American  Birding  Association,  Inc., 
Colorado  Springs,  Colorado.  1995:259  pp.,  53  maps,  20  black-and-white  photographs,  16 
line  drawings.  $16.95  (soft  wrap-around  cover). — This  is  the  seventh  in  the  series  of  the 
American  Birding  Association’s  birdfinding  guide  series,  which  is  a revision  and  extension 
of  the  Lane  series  which  served  birders  well  for  many  years.  Like  the  other  six  guides 
published  so  far,  this  book  is  well-written,  well-edited,  and  well-designed  and  a must  for 
anyone  interested  in  birds  visiting  an  area  covered  by  one  of  tbe  series.  The  book  is  sturdy, 
printed  on  heavy  paper  with  a wire-o  binding  and  a wrap-around  cover  wbicb  serves  to 
protect  the  book  and/or  serve  as  a book  mark.  Its  roughly  15  by  21.5  cm  size  is  small 
enough  to  fit  into  a car’s  glove  box  and  some  jacket  pockets.  It  is  designed  to  be  used. 

An  introductory  chapter  has  sections  on  the  physiography  of  the  state,  the  birding  cal- 
endar, and  historical  and  ecological  notes.  The  book  is  written  with  humor,  and  the  section 
entitled  Weather  and  other  pests,”  which  provides  useful  information  on  ticks,  chiggers, 
mosquitos,  poisonous  snakes,  etc.,  concludes  with  “Try  not  to  walk  off  any  cliffs.”  The 
major  portion  of  the  text  describes  59  birding  sites  clustered  into  five  geographic  regions 
bounded  by  county  lines.  Each  regional  cluster  of  sites  has  an  introduction  and  map  of  site 
locations,  followed  by  detailed  descriptions,  including  a map,  of  each  site.  The  site  maps 
are  clear  and  readable,  and  descriptions  of  directions  are  given  to  a tenth  of  a mile — an 
excellent  feature.  The  usual  list  of  useful  telephone  numbers  for  the  local  birding  “hotline,” 
travel  information,  etc.,  are  supplemented  by  the  numbers  to  call  for  information  for  any  of 
the  sites  in  state  or  federal  parks  or  preserves.  Following  the  site  guide  chapters  are  sections 
on  specialty  birds  and  bar  graphs  for  each  species  giving  status  (e.g.,  “hard  to  miss,” 
lucky  to  find”)  throughout  the  year.  Additional  appendices  list  “seldom-seen”  and  “ac- 
cidental” birds,  and  lists  of  Arkansas  mammals,  amphibians,  reptiles,  and  butterflies. 

I cannot  imagine  anyone  interested  in  birds  visiting  Arkansas  without  taking  a copy  of 
this  book  along. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Stories  I like  to  tell:  an  autobiography.  By  H.  Elliott  McClure.  Privately  printed, 
Camarillo,  California.  1995:373  pp.,  110  black-and-white  photograph  figures.  Available  in 
paperback  for  $14  (S&H  inch)  from  H.  Elliott  McClure,  69  E.  Loop,  Camarillo,  California 
93010-2327. — This  is  the  story  of  an  entomologist  turned  ornithologist  and  naturalist  who 
began  his  professional  career  as  a wildlife  biologist  studying  doves  in  the  mid-west  and 
ended  it  nearly  35  years  later  with  involvement  in  an  international  bird-banding  .scheme  in 
Asia.  This  very  personal  narrative  includes  recollections  of  youthful  adventures  from  dodg- 
ing streetcars  with  his  bicycle  to  an  awe-inspiring  viewing  of  a local  doctor’s  butterfly 
collection.  The  pages  are  full  of  interesting  anecdotes,  including  many  which  are  bird  related. 
Twenty-five  years  were  spend  in  Asia,  beginning  with  an  encephalitis  study  in  Japan,  and 
many  adventures  describe  exotic  birds  and  places.  There  are  chapters  on  hornbills  and 
bulbuls  and  lots  of  birdwatching  adventures  in,  for  example,  Australia,  the  Philippines, 
Thailand,  and  Malaya.  A lot  of  historical  information  on  M.A.P.S.  (Migratory  Animals 
Pathological  Survey)  Asian  project  is  woven  into  the  latter  part  of  the  book.  Several  hundred 
photographs  (usually  several  per  figure)  present  a photographic  collage  of  everything  from 
family  photos  to  scorpions  and  hornbills. 

Despite  the  minor  annoyance  of  the  many  typos,  occasional  grammatical  collapses,  lack 


385 


386 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


of  an  index,  and  a table  of  contents  with  no  page  numbers,  I found  this  a delightful  book 
full  of  the  fun  and  adventures  of  an  interesting  ornithological  career.  The  narrative  is  en- 
gaging, and  there  was  enough  about  birds,  conservation,  and  natural  history  to  satisfy  my 
ornithological  cravings. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


The  hornbills.  By  Alan  Kemp,  illustrated  by  Martin  Woodcock.  Oxford  University  Press, 
New  York.  1995:  302  pp.,  14  color  plates,  black-and-white  line  drawings,  53  range  maps, 
7 tables,  glossary.  $60. — The  hornbills,  (Order  Buceroti formes  sensu  Sibley  and  Monroe. 
1990.  “Distribution  and  Taxonomy  of  Birds  of  the  World.”  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New  Haven, 
Connecticut)  are  separated  by  Kemp  into  two  families,  including  one  genus  and  two  species 
of  very  large  (to  4000  g)  ground  hornbills  (Bucorvidae)  and  52  species  and  eight  genera  of 
medium  to  large  (83-3300  g)  true  hornbills  (Bucerotidae).  The  taxonomy  of  hornbills  seems 
to  be  in  a state  of  flux,  and  there  are  some  taxonomic  changes  included  in  this  book — 
primarily  the  elevation  of  subspecies  to  species  level  and  the  inclusion  of  some  new  common 
names.  Lor  example,  Sibley  and  Monroe  (1990)  refer  to  Tockus  albicristatus  as  the  White- 
crested  Hornbill,  a translation  of  the  specific  name,  whereas  Kemp  refers  to  it  as  the  Long- 
tailed Hornbill.  Kemp  apparently  used  Long-tailed  Hornbill  to  reduce  confusion  with  the 
White-crowned  Hornbill  (Aceros  comatus)  which  has  also  at  times  been  called  the  White- 
crested  Hornbill. 

The  ground  hornbills  are  found  only  on  the  savannas  of  Africa;  the  true  hornbills  are 
forest  birds  of  Africa,  south  and  east  Asia,  and  many  of  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean. 
Most  of  the  hornbills  have  a large  bill  with  a casque  which  has  suggested  functions  ranging 
from  sex  and  age  recognition  to  sound  reception,  to  use  in  foraging,  nest  maintenance,  or 
territorial  defense.  In  a dramatic  introduction,  territorial  male  Great  Helmeted  Hornbills 
(Buceros  vigil)  rivals  are  described  as  meeting  in  a manner  analogous  to  the  behavior  of 
rams — by  flying  at  one  another  and  butting  heads  in  mid-air!  Unfortunately,  it  turns  out  that 
the  behavior  has  yet  to  be  substantiated  (Cranbrook  and  Kemp,  1995.  Ibis  137:588-589). 

Hornbills  are  cavity  nesters,  most  taking  advantage  of  natural  tree  cavities.  In  the  true 
hornbills,  the  female  seals  herself  in  and  undergoes  a complete  molt  of  flight  feathers  during 
the  nesting  effort.  As  a result  of  their  large  size  and  associated  need  for  large  trees  for  their 
cavity  nests  and  because  of  the  limited  distribution  of  many  species,  hornbills  may  be 
particularly  susceptible  to  becoming  endangered  as  a result  of  elimination  of  old  growth 
forest.  Range  maps  are  shown  for  all  but  the  Visayan  Wrinkled  Hornbill  (Aceros  waldeni), 
but  these  are  of  historic  ranges  and  populations  of  many  species  are  already  fragmented  and 
declining.  At  least  some  species  will  use  nest  boxes,  and  an  appendix  provides  guidelines 
for  captive  management  and  breeding.  These  management  tools  are,  however,  just  that — 
tools.  They  are  not  answers  to  long-term  survival.  Only  protection  of  natural  habitats  and 
ecosystems  can  provide  a future  for  these  birds.  Kemp  acknowledges  the  use  of  hornbills 
as  human  food  and  for  medicinal  and  religious  purposes  in  various  cultures  and  suggests 
that  any  efforts  to  manage  the  species  must  consider  these  human  needs.  Since  most  of  the 
larger  species  produce  two  eggs,  but  raise  only  a single  chick,  he  suggests  removal  of  the 
.second  chick  as  one  means  of  meeting  the.se  needs. 

Tables  include  a wealth  of  morphological  and  ecological  data  begging  for  further  analysis 
and  comparison  with  other  taxa.  Plates  include  not  only  superb  field  guide  style  composites, 
showing  each  species  with  sex  and  age  variants,  but  also  ones  showing  all  Asian  and  all 
African  hornbills  in  flight.  Colored  photographs  illustrate  some  habitats,  nests,  and  a skull 
carved  by  a Chinese  craftsman.  The  bibliography  of  nearly  600  references  includes  some 
unpublished  reports  and  citations  from  an  incredible  array  of  journals  and  often  obscure 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


387 


series.  Certainly,  this  is  a resource  that  in  itself  will  facilitate  further  advancement  of  our 
knowledge  ot  this  group.  The  three-page  glossary  dehnes  some  hornbill-specific  terms  and 
also  a strange  assortment  of  other  ornithological  and  non-ornithological  (e.g.,  “selective 
logging,”  “swidden  agriculture”)  terms.  “Rectrix”  is  misspelled  in  the  glossary. 

The  Hornbills  is  obviously  a labor  of  love,  dedication,  and  deep  understanding,  and  I 
thoroughly  enjoyed  reading  it.  It  is  a model  tor  monographic  coverage  that  would  be  difficult 
to  surpass. — Jerome  A.  Jackson. 


Woodpeckers.  By  Hans  Winkler,  David  A.  Christie,  and  David  Nurney.  Houghton  Mifflin 
Company,  Boston.  1995:  406  pp.,  64  color  plates,  some  black-and-white  figures,  214  range 
maps.  $40.  (hardcover). — This  guide  to  the  woodpeckers  of  the  world  follows  on  the  heels 
of  somewhat  similarly  comprehensive  monographs  on  woodpeckers  by  Short  (1982.  “Wood- 
peckers of  the  World,”  Delaware  Museum  of  Natural  History  Monogr.  Ser.  No.  4,  Green- 
ville, Delaware)  and  Frugis,  Malaguzzi,  Vicini  and  Cristina  (1988,  “Guida  ai  Picchi  del 
Mondo.  Museo  Regionale  di  Scienze  Natural!  Monogr  VIE  Torino,  Italy.”  In  Italian.).  How 
does  Winkler  et  al.  compare  to  these  other  monographs? 

Winkler  et  al.  recognize  214  species,  following  the  systematic  arrangement  of  Sibley  and 
Monroe  (1990.  “Distribution  and  Taxonomy  of  Birds  of  the  World.”  Yale  Univ.  Press,  New 
Haven),  which  was  based  largely  on  Short  (1982).  Short  and  Frugis  et  al.  recognize  “about” 
200  species,  with  Frugis  et  al.  following  Short  closely.  The  taxonomic  differences  in  Winkler 
et  al.  result  in  general  from  recognition  of  Short’s  subspecies  of  two  piculets  and  several 
woodpeckers  as  distinct  species. 

Introductory  material  in  Winkler  et  al.  includes  35  pages  that  describe  the  layout  of  species 
accounts,  the  nature  of  taxonomic  decisions  made,  descriptions  of  tribes  and  genera  of 
woodpeckers,  basic  zoogeography,  morphology,  plumages  and  molt,  foods  and  foraging, 
habitats,  ecology,  behavior,  and  interactions  with  man.  Short’s  introductory  coverage  is  sim- 
ilar in  scope  and  depth;  Frugis  et  al.  is  a skeleton  by  comparison,  covering  a similar  scope 
of  material  in  much  less  depth  but  including  useful  drawings  illustrating  foraging  patterns 
and  a bit  more  discussion  of  conservation  problems  than  found  in  introductory  material  of 
the  others. 

Color  plates  by  Nurney  in  Winkler  et  al.  include  several  species/subspecies  per  page  in 
somewhat  field  guide  fashion.  These  focus  primarily  on  adult  males  but  also  show  heads  of 
adult  females.  The  plates  in  general  are  excellent,  although  the  bills  of  Campephilus  species 
seem  too  slender  and  “weak.”  Detailed  captions  face  each  plate;  captions  in  the  other  books 
are  essentially  limited  to  species  identification.  The  plates  by  Sandstrom  in  Short  (1982)  are 
larger  but  with  generally  fewer  species  per  page,  sometimes  showing  species-specific  habitat 
characteristics.  The  plates  by  Cristina  and  Vicini  in  Frugis  et  al.  often  include  only  one  or 
two  species  per  page,  are  generally  adequate  but  less  refined,  and  not  as  well  reproduced 
as  in  the  other  books.  The  plates  in  Short  and  Frugis  et  al.  focus  only  on  adult  males. 

Species  accounts  in  Winkler  et  al.  include  a range  map,  statement  of  identifying  charac- 
teristics and  distribution,  description  of  habitat,  sex  and  age  differences,  geographic  varia- 
tion, sample  measurements,  and  descriptions  of  voice,  habits,  food,  and  timing  of  breeding. 
Short’s  species  accounts  provide  a similar  range  and  depth  of  information.  Species  accounts 
in  Frugis  et  al.  include  both  English  and  Italian  common  names,  listing  of  subspecies,  and 
very  brief  descriptions  of  distinctive  characteristics,  habitat,  distribution,  and  for  some  spe- 
cies, notes  on  behavior  and  diet.  There  are  no  range  maps  in  either  Short  or  Frugis  et  al. 

In  format  and  in  being  more  recent,  Winkler  et  al.  have  the  most  useful  and  comprehensive 
of  these  monographs.  Their  “Woodpeckers”  is  much  more  than  indicated  by  the  subtitle  on 


388 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


the  dust  jacket  (one  of  three  subtitles  used!):  “An  Identification  Guide  to  the  Woodpeckers 
of  the  World.”  All  of  these  books  are  useful  introductions  to  the  diversity,  behavioral  ecol- 
ogy, and  adaptive  strategies  of  the  Picidae.  Frugis  et  al.  was  intended  only  as  an  illustrated 
checklist  of  the  woodpeckers  of  the  world,  and  it  succeeds  quite  well  in  that.  In  comparing 
the  two  more  comprehensive  books,  however,  one  must  also  consider  the  backgrounds  of 
the  authors,  for  these  certainly  have  influenced  the  nature  of  the  finished  products.  Winkler 
has  studied  woodpeckers  in  many  parts  of  the  world  and  has  emphasized  vocalizations  in 
much  of  his  work.  As  might  be  expected,  text  material  for  European  species  is  much  stron- 
ger. Short  has  spent  a lifetime  studying  woodpeckers  throughout  the  world  with  an  emphasis 
on  taxonomic  studies.  His  studies  in  the  New  World  and  in  Africa  have  been  extensive  and 
are  strongly  reflected  in  his  monograph. 

Having  established  the  similarities  and  differences  in  these  works,  I will  now  focus  on 
the  details  included  in  Winkler  et  al.  With  the  incredible  amount  of  information  included  in 
Winkler  et  al.,  some  problems  could  be  expected  and  some  are  pre.sent.  On  p.  12,  the  authors 
refer  to  Dryocopus  magellanicus  as  the  Magellanic  Woodpecker,  stating  that  it  is  “often 
seen  as  a good  intermediate  between  Dryocopus  and  Celeus.  . .”  Surely  this  is  in  error,  since 
elsewhere  throughout  the  book  (and  among  other  authors)  the  Magellanic  Woodpecker  is 
treated  as  Campephilus  magellanicus.  Furthermore,  the  species  generally  considered  inter- 
mediate to  Dryocopus  and  Celeus  is  Dryocopus  galeatus,  the  Helmeted  Woodpecker,  a 
species  with  very  limited  range  in  Brazil,  Paraguay,  and  Argentina. 

As  a measure  of  accuracy,  I most  carefully  examined  accounts  of  species  with  which  I had 
the  greatest  familiarity.  These  accounts  were  generally  very  good  with  very  up-to-date  infor- 
mation, but  I found  several  minor  problems  with  the  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  (Picoides 
borealis)  account.  The  range  map  for  this  species  appropriately  shows  a very  fragmented 
distribution  but  inappropriately  seems  to  show  the  species  still  occupying  Missouri,  Tennessee, 
and  Maryland  and  a much  wider  range  in  Kentucky  than  has  ever  been  known.  It  also  shows 
the  species  absent  from  some  areas  of  the  mid-South  where  it  is  known.  In  the  caption  tor 
Plate  34,  in  reference  to  the  adult  female  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker,  the  authors  indicate  that 
this  is  the  “only  ‘ladder-backed’  species  in  its  range.”  Since  this  is  a guide  intended  for 
identification,  and  since  this  species  is  considered  endangered,  it  is  important  to  note  the 
“ladder  back”  of  the  very  common  Red-bellied  Woodpecker  (Melanerpes  carolinus)  which 
occurs  throughout  the  range  of  the  Red-cockaded.  Finally,  the  list  of  pine  species  used  as  nest 
sites  by  the  Red-cockaded  is  incomplete  (e.g.,  Finns  virginiana  isn’t  included)  and  seems  to 
inappropriately  downplay  the  importance  of  loblolly  pine  {Pinus  taeda)  relative  to  others. 

Another  problem  is  the  perpetuation  of  the  notion  that  juvenile  female  Hairy  Woodpeckers 
(Picoides  villosus)  normally  have  an  “orange-red  patch  on  crown”  (pp.  35,  291).  The  fe- 
males very  rarely  have  even  a reduced  orange-red  patch.  Eye  color  mentioned  for  the  Ivory- 
billed Woodpecker  (Campephilus  principalis)  follows  Short  (1982)  and  is  given  as  “white 
to  creamy-white”  (p.  354),  whereas  numerous  specimen  labels  and  descriptions  of  early 
naturalists  who  closely  observed  the  species  almost  always  refer  to  the  yellow  color  of  the 
iris.  The  range  map  for  the  Pileated  Woodpecker  (Dryocopus  pileatus)  shows  the  species 
much  farther  north  than  it  is  known  to  occur  in  Canada.  These  are  all  minor  problems  that 
are  sometimes  ambiguous  or  incorrect  elsewhere  in  the  literature,  illustrating  that  there  is 
still  much  to  be  learned  about  woodpeckers. 

In  general,  “Woodpeckers”  is  an  up-to-date  and  thorough  compendium  of  information 
about  the  world’s  woodpeckers.  It  is  put  together  in  a user  friendly  format  with  good  doc- 
umentation and  outstanding  illustrations.  Winkler  et  al.  have  brought  us  to  a new  plateau  in 
our  understanding  of  woodpeckers  and  have  made  it  easier  for  us  to  surge  on  ahead. — 
Jerome  A.  Jackson. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


389 


Endangered  ecosystems  of  the  united  states:  a preliminary  assessment  of  loss  and 
DEGRADATION.  By  Reed  E Noss,  Edward  T.  LaRoe  III,  and  J.  Michael  Scott.  U.S.  Department 
of  the  Interior,  National  Biological  Service,  Biological  Report  28,  Washington,  D.C.  1995: 
58  pp.,  three  numbered  text  figs.,  eight  black-and-white  photographs  with  captions,  five 
appendices,  no  charge  (paper). — The  status  of  natural  ecosystems  throughout  the  United 
States  is  cuiTently  a topic  of  considerable  concern.  Unfortunately,  minimal  information  is 
available  to  determine  the  geographical  extent  and  condition  of  the  ecosystems  of  the  United 
States,  and  the  quality  of  information  varies  greatly  from  state  to  state.  In  spite  of  these 
difficulties,  Noss  et  al.  have  done  a superb  job  of  defining  ecosystems  to  evaluate  and 
compiling  and  analyzing  large  databases  in  order  to  estimate  the  loss  and  degradation  of 
United  States  ecosystems.  The  authors’  arguments  for  managing  and  protecting  ecosystems 
to  prevent  the  necessity  to  have  to  deal  with  threatened  and  endangered  species  focuses  on 
the  primary  problem  of  endangered  species  management. 

The  booklet  is  well  written  and  treatments  of  topics  are  presented  clearly  in  a logical 
fashion.  The  authors  list  ecosystems  as  critically  endangered  (30),  endangered  (58),  or  threat- 
ened (38),  with  the  real  “meat”  of  the  publication  located  in  the  appendices  where  the 
extent  of  loss  for  each  ecosystem  is  presented.  The  authors  indicate  that  degradation  and 
losses  of  ecosystems  have  been  most  pronounced  in  the  South,  Northeast,  Midwest,  and 
California.  Akso  evaluated  is  the  potential  risk  for  further  loss  within  each  ecosystem.  Be- 
cause pristine  sites  of  many  ecosystems  are  already  nearly  nonexistent,  the  authors  suggest 
that  restoration  be  an  integral  part  of  ecosystem  management.  The  authors  show  where 
significant  information  gaps  occur.  The  illumination  of  these  gaps  should  help  state  and 
federal  agencies  adjust  methodologies  and  priorities  for  data  collection.  This  publication  is 
essential  for  researchers  and  managers  who  work  with  threatened,  endangered,  or  sensitive 
species  and  any  aspect  of  ecosystem  management.  The  authors  should  be  commended  for 
this  excellent  publication. — Richard  N.  Conner. 


This  fragile  land.  A natural  history  of  the  Nebraska  sandhills.  By  Paul  A.  Johns- 
gard.  Univ.  Nebraska  Press,  Lincoln,  Nebraska.  1995:xv  -F  256  pp.  48  numbered  figs.,  5 
tables.  $35.00  (cloth).— Warning!  Read  this  book  and  you  will  never  again  travel  across  the 
Great  Plains  on  180  single-mindedly  driven  by  purple  mountains  majesty  over  the  western 
horizon.  You  will  be  obliged  to  make  a significant  diversionary  journey  northward  into  the 
largest  area  of  sand  dunes  in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  But  once  on  the  blue  highways,  of 
which  there  are  very  few,  you  will  discover,  as  Johnsgard  writes,  “Most  roads  in  the  sand- 
hills lead  nowhere.”  But  that  is  their  charm,  “a  land  of  no  straight  lines  . . . patiently  shaped 
by  water,  wind,  and  time.”  It’s  a landscape  laid  down  in  the  Miocene,  formed  during  the 
post-glacial,  stabilized  by  prairies,  richly  endowed  with  rivers,  brooks,  fens,  and  marshes 
and  with  a human  population  of  about  one  person  per  square  mile.  This  is  an  ecological 
natural  history  that  illustrates  the  diverse  biotic  communities  in  a region  that  comprises 
almost  a quarter  of  the  area  of  the  state.  While  grasshoppers  and  grasshopper  mice  (complete 
with  sonogram),  midges,  and  sticklebacks  (yes,  they  do  it  in  Nebraska  just  like  they  do  it 
for  European  ethologists)  are  described,  birds  are  well  represented,  including  some  bird 
transect  data  gathered  by  H.  Elliot  McClure  in  the  mid-l940’s.  Part  One  takes  you  around 
the  periphery — the  valley  of  the  Niohrara,  the  (ponderosa)  pine  ridge  and  High  Plains,  the 
Platte,  tallgrass  praiiie,  and  cornfields.  Part  Two  takes  you  into  the  interior  with  chapter 
subtitles  such  as  Sandreed,  Sicklehills,  and  ’Roo  Rats;”  “Boots,  Burrowing  Owls  and  Box 
Turtles;  Whispers,  Bells,  and  Trumpets.”  Part  Three  de.scribes  the  advent  of  the  ranching 
economy  in  the  nineteenth  century  and  the  development  of  center-pivot  irrigation  during 


390 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


the  last  third  of  the  twentieth  century.  Irrigation  has  not  depressed  the  water  table  very  much 
because  of  the  rapid  recharge  rates;  but  as  a consequence  of  the  ease  at  which  water  returns 
to  the  aquifers  deep  in  the  sand,  irrigation  has  led  to  widespread  ground-water  pollution  by 
nitrates,  herbicides,  and  pesticides.  But  there  is  hope.  Johnsgard  tells  us  that  the  people  who 
are  making  their  living  in  the  sandhills  have  banded  together  to  thwart  external  economic 
and  political  pressures  to  increase  short-term  profit  at  the  expense  of  long-term  productivity. 
The  seven  appendices  in  the  book  comprise  30%  of  its  length  and  provide,  for  example,  a 
checklist  of  the  vertebrates  and  vascular  plants  indicating  the  biotic  communities  in  which 
they  occur,  a distributional  list  of  sandhills  birds,  an  annotated  list  of  natural  areas  in  the 
sandhills,  and  a very  helpful  glossary.  Most  of  you  have  read  other  books  by  the  author. 
This  is  Johnsgard  at  his  poetic  best,  not  only  in  the  prose,  but  also  in  his  delightful  line 
drawings  that  complement  the  text. — John  L.  Zimmerman. 


Where  to  watch  birds  in  South  America.  By  Nigel  Wheatley.  Princeton  Univ.  Press, 
41  William  St.,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540.  1995:  431  pp.,  52  black-and-white  bird  figs., 
108  maps,  $35.00  US  (hardback). — This  is  a highly  useful  work  that  discusses  an  entire 
continent  and  related  offshore  archipelagos.  As  some  recent  books  on  South  American  birds 
have  ignored  the  Galapagos  and  Falklands,  it  was  good  to  see  them  included.  Each  country 
(and  archipelago)  has  an  introduction,  with  notes  on  size,  getting  around,  lodging  and  food, 
health  and  safety  concerns,  climate  and  best  months  to  visit,  habitats,  and  conservation; 
along  with  country  species  totals,  highlights,  and  endemic  species.  The  author  is  a numbers 
gatherer  with  many  accountings  and  tables  of  birds  and  endemic  families  per  country; 
species  numbers  per  size  of  country;  statistics  on  trip  lists,  day  lists;  top  ten  sites  for  species 
lists;  and  endemic  family  lists  per  country.  The  most  useful  lists  are  each  country’s  endemics 
with  brief  notes  on  where  such  endemics  are  found  (with  179  in  Brazil,  for  instance). 

The  sites  within  each  country  are  clustered,  rather  than  alphabetized,  and  well-labeled 
and  numbered  in  each  country’s  locator  map.  The  nearly  100  site  maps  are  well  executed. 
One  would  wish  that  there  were  maps  for  all  206  sites.  A typical  site  account  has  a good 
introduction,  .separate  lists  of  endemics,  specialties,  others  (birds),  other  wildlife  (usually  a 
few  mammals,  good  feature),  and  access  notes.  Many  sites  are  published  for  the  first  time 
in  a book  with  broad  availability. 

The  highly  competitive  business  of  bird  li.sting  companies  competing  with  each  other  for 
the  same  clients  has  led  to  many  great  spots  being  kept  semi-secret.  Independent  travelers 
have  often  remarked  on  how  rarely  they  weaseled  information  out  of  such  companies  or 
their  trip  leaders.  Some  tips  on  where  to  go  would  end  up  on  competitor’s  itineraries.  The 
outdated  code  of  ethics  that  birders  must  share  all  finding  information  with  no  charge  for 
cost  of  gathering  or  preparing  such  information  for  strangers  was  in  place  before  the  tour 
businesses.  Grossly  underpaid  bird  tour  leaders  pay  top  dollar  for  legal,  medical,  financial 
and  other  consulting  advice,  but  when  those  same  professionals  are  birders  they  demand 
our  consulting  advice  for  free.  This  book  will  save  tour  leaders  countless  hours  of  pro  hono 
work  answering  the  questions  so  well  answered  in  this  work. 

The  actual  species  lists  given  for  each  locale  are  confusingly  broken  up  into  three  cate- 
gories. What  a pain  to  have  to  search  through  three  incomplete  lists  running  like  prose  text. 
1 would  have  much  preferred  two  columns  side-by-side  with  annotations  as  to  endemics, 
specialties,  and  others  (via  bolds  and  italics),  along  with  crude  abundance  symbols  (where 
such  information  is  available).  As  “no  one  reads  introductions,”  the  reader  will  have  a hard 
time  figuring  out  what  the  asterisks  mean  (tip:  it’s  buried  on  page  18).  Space  does  preclude 
complete  lists  in  a book  treating  an  entire  continent,  but  I felt  that  North  American  migrants 
and  winterers  were  rarely  covered. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


391 


How  good  are  the  locale  lists?  To  answer  this,  I compared  my  notes  from  three  recent 
annual  visits  to  the  excellent  Costanera  Sur  Faunal  Reserve  adjacent  to  downtown  (city 
centre)  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina.  Taking  civilized  non-birders  en  route  to  Antarctica  at  mid- 
morning and  mid-afternoon  hours,  with  no  tapes  or  playbacks,  and  without  wading  in  the 
marshes,  I found  82  species.  We  saw  four  of  his  12  specialties  listed,  36  of  his  51  “Others,” 
and  42  species  not  mentioned.  The  author  does  state  that  common  and  widespread  species 
are  purposely  left  off  such  lists.  Not  listed  in  the  book  were  such  species  as  White-faced 
Ibis  (Plegadis  chihi)  (much  commoner  than  two  other  ibises  listed),  the  “southern”  endemic 
Coscoroba  Swan  {Coscoroba  coscoroba)  (large  numbers  in  “dry”  years).  Red  Shoveler 
(A>ias  clypeata)  (always  there),  rarities  such  as  Masked  Duck  {Oxyura  dominica)  and  Pam- 
pas Paintedsnipe  {Nycticryphes  semicollciris)  and  interesting  common  species  for  first-time 
visitors  such  as  Rufous  Hornero  (Funmrius  rufus)  and  Chalk-browed  Mockingbird  (Mimus 
satuniinus). 

Ornithologists  should  note  that  not  a single  scientific  name  appears  in  the  book;  other 
checklists  will  have  to  be  handy.  Fortunately,  South  America  was  nearly  devoid  of  British 
colonies  and  a confusing  plethora  of  “common”  names  in  English  (as  has  existed  in  Africa 
and  Asia)  did  not  evolve.  Common  sense  common  names  with  unique  modifiers  that  tied 
species  to  correct  group-names  were  agreed  upon  in  an  early  (recent)  period  by  several 
American  ornithologists.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  it  was  a British  birder  who  put  together 
this  work  despite  the  much  greater  number  of  Americans  traveling  there.  As  expected,  there 
was  no  mention  of  the  Malvinas  name  in  the  FalkJands  chapter.  There  was  also  no  mention 
of  the  22  pioneering  chapters  on  South  America  in  “Finding  Birds  Around  the  World” 
(Peter  Alden  and  John  Gooders,  Houghton  Mifflin,  Boston,  1981). 

Mistakes  of  commission  appeared  few.  Like  so  many  writers,  he  says  the  train  climbs  UP 
to  the  ruins  of  Machu  Picchu  (7374  feet)  from  Cusco  (10,200  feet)  in  Peru.  Listing  of 
significant  inbound  tour  operators  and  lodge  addresses  is  most  useful,  although  I doubt  the 
Venezuelan  Audubon  Society  is  the  main  avenue  for  booking  Hato  Pinero  in  the  llanos.  The 
listing  of  Antarctic  ships  in  this  1995  guide  has  no  mention  of  the  new  inexpensive  Russian 
ships  on  the  scene  for  several  years,  while  mentioning  the  Ocean  Princess  which  has  been 
out  of  service  since  April  1993. 

Despite  the  high  price  tag  for  a book  with  no  color  plates,  this  is  a work  that  will  repay 
Its  cost  easily  m directing  casual  and  serious  visitors  to  the  most  representative  accessible 
parks  and  wild  areas  on  the  bird  continent. — Peter  Alden. 


A GUIDE  TO  the  birds  OF  MEXICO  AND  NORTHERN  CENTRAL  AMERICA.  By  Steve  N.G. 
Howell  and  Sophie  Webb.  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  New  York.  1995.  1,010  pp.,  1087  maps  71 
color  plates,  44  linecuts.  $39.95  paper,  $75.00  cloth.— This  long  awaited  handbook  covers 
all  birds  known  from  Mexico,  Belize,  Guatemala,  Honduras,  and  western  Nicaragua.  The 
fine  color  plates  by  Sophie  Webb  cover  many  plumages  and  subspecies  for  the  first  time. 
The  plates  in  my  copy  appear  to  be  overexposed,  as  the  colors  seem  a bit  washed  out 
compared  to  .some  originals  I’ve  seen.  Most  North  American  winterers  are  not  illustrated, 
so  that  visitors  will  again  have  to  take  along  one  of  the  North  American  field  guides.  The 
range  maps  (all  at  the  species  level)  are  excellent  and  show  where  birds  are  present  in 
migration,  as  well  as  breeding  and  wintering  areas.  These  maps  are  done  on  an  outline  of 
provinces  which  is  far  better  than  doing  so  with  a few  rivers  or  no  provinces  as  some  books 
present  them.  The  species  accounts  are  exhaustive,  with  good  attention  to  vocalizations, 
similar  species,  ranges,  relative  abundances,  habitats,  taxonomic  questions,  and  major  sub- 
species. With  such  excellent  plates,  it  appears  that  the  descriptions  are  too  long.  Every  shade. 


392 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


streak,  and  pattern  is  included  in  minute  detail,  often  running  on  for  many  hundreds  of 
words. 

Steve  N.  G.  Howell,  from  Britain,  embarked  on  this  project  in  November  1981  and 
proceeded  to  spend  the  better  part  of  the  next  dozen  years  gathering  identification,  ecolog- 
ical, distribution,  and  vocalization  information  in  thousands  of  sites  in  the  field.  Based  at 
the  Point  Reyes  Bird  Observatory,  he  queried  hundreds  of  (chiefly  American)  colleagues 
for  details  (note  the  five  pages  of  acknowledgments)  and  supervised  the  production  of  plates 
and  range  maps.  Most  of  the  field  guide  work  in  Latin  America  has  focused  on  areas  from 
Costa  Rica  southward  since  the  early  1970s  when  no  less  than  four  were  published  on  the 
Mexico/Guatemala  region.  It  is  so  nice  to  see  such  a compendium  of  knowledge  come  out 
on  this  area  after  a gap  of  roughly  20  years,  especially  since  this  area  is  an  important  one 
for  wintering  Nearctic  birds,  contains  many  endemics  and  has  a rapidly  diminishing  stock 
of  pristine  habitat. 

The  book  suffers  from  an  overuse  of  abbreviations,  and  the  various  keys  to  this  plethora 
of  them  are  scattered  in  too  many  places.  Some  abbreviations  are  listed  on  unnumbered 
page  87,  some  on  unnumbered  pages  xv  and  xvi,  others  in  acknowledgments  (by  extrapo- 
lation), and  others  such  as  INIREB,  ICACH,  RSMHN,  and  SEOUL,  on  page  798.  They 
should  all  have  been  listed  from  A-Z  on  both  endpapers  for  reference.  Why  can’t  Chiapas 
be  Chia  instead  of  Chis?  Couldn’t  LCUNAM  be  shortened  somehow?  Under  each  species 
account  the  sections  are  split  up  into  ID,  SS,  SO,  RA,  and  NB,  which  could  have  been 
spelled  out  or  at  least  given  as  Ident.,  Sim.  sp..  Status,  Distr.,  Range  and  Note.  In  a short 
sample  species  account  such  as  Worm-eating  Warbler  Helmitheros  vermivorus  the  reader 
will  have  to  translate  ID,  SE,  SD,  L,  C,  S,  Ver,  U,  R,  S,  Tamps,  Nay,  PA,  SNGH,  PP,  L,  U, 
NE,  R,  W,  DL,  RA,  E,  and  SE.  This  makes  for  unpleasant  reading.  It  took  a long  time  to 
figure  out  what  the  asterisk  indicated.  On  page  87  you  will  find  that  it  means  different  things 
depending  on  where  it  is  placed. 

The  maps  on  pages  2—6  appear  to  have  enough  space  to  have  most  names  of  islands, 
provinces,  and  selected  cities  and  towns  written  out  at  the  correct  site  rather  than  resorting 
to  a endless  letters  and  numbers.  The  biogeographic  maps  on  pages  8-9  are  yet  another 
nightmare  of  letters  and  numbers.  Despite  this,  the  geography  and  bird  distribution  section 
is  well  organized.  The  various  tables  on  migration,  visitors  and  species  that  withdraw  from 
parts  of  ranges  are  of  great  interest.  Note  that  all  the  microscopic  asterisks  are  actually  tiny 
letter  a,  b,  and  c symbols  explained  on  page  35.  I was  pleased  to  see  the  country-by-country 
chapters  on  conservation.  Maps  showing  sites  of  present  day  reserves  would  have  been 
helpful. 

Rare  indeed  these  days  is  the  author  of  regional  guides  who  fails  to  “lump  and  split” 
any  number  of  species  and  attempt  to  improve  English  names.  This  book  is  no  exception. 
The  sequence  of  orders  and  families  follows  the  A.O.U.  Checklist  of  North  American  Birds 
(1983)  rather  than  the  more  controversial  DNA-DNA  sequence.  The  “lumping/splitting” 
pendulum  swings  over  to  splits  here  with  four  species  created  out  of  the  Green  Parakeet 
(Aratinga  holochroa)  and  four  species  created  out  of  the  Fork-tailed  Emerald  (Chlorostilhon 
canivelii).  There  are  several  dozen  other  accepted  splits  involving  such  genera  as  Amazona 
parrots,  Glaiicidium  pygmy-owls,  Caprinmlgus  nightjars,  Campylopterus  sabrewings,  Cy- 
nanthiis  and  Amazilia  hummingbirds,  Trogon,  Formicarius  ant-thrushes,  Platyrinchus  spa- 
debills,  Progne  martins,  Stelgiclopleryx  swallows,  Hylorchilus  and  Troglodytes  wrens,  Vireo, 
Icterus  orioles,  and  Junto.  The  Yellow-namped  Warbler  (Dendroica  coronata)  is  not  divided. 
Many  birders  will  be  surprised  to  see  the  flowerpiercer  genus  Diglossa  placed  in  the  Eni- 
herizinae. 

As  for  English  names  he  fails  to  use  Louisiana  Heron  as  a good  alternate  to  Tricolored 
Heron  (Egretta  tricolor),  coins  Eared  Quetzal  (better  than  Trogon)  for  Euplilos  neoxemus. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


393 


and  fails  to  adopt  Whitestart  lor  Myiohoriis.  Members  of  Myiohorus  genus  (all  of  which 
have  white  outer  tail  feathers)  have  no  red  in  the  tail  and  should  not  retain  the  grossly 
incorrect  name  applied  to  Old  World  thrushes  of  the  genus  Phoenicurus.  I note  that  the 
silver-like  color  is  spelled  grey.  An  informal  group  of  ornithologists  involved  with  English 
names  in  the  1980’s  proposed  that  the  Americans  might  use  grey  (not  gray)  in  return  for 
the  British  dropping  the  use  of  the  u in  colour  and  harbour. 

Useful  appendices  include  lists  of  species  known  from  islands  and  cays  of  both  the  Pacific 
and  Atlantic  coasts,  descriptions  of  fifty  species  of  eastern  Honduras  that  are  omitted  from 
the  main  text,  and  a 26  page  bibliography  that  somehow  omits  my  “Finding  Birds  in  Western 

Mexico”  (University  of  Arizona  Press,  Tucson,  1969)  that  would  have  been  listed  first! 

Peter  Alden. 


Current  ornithology.  Volume  12.  Dennis  M.  Power  (ed.).  Plenum  Press,  New  York, 
New  York.  1995:278  pp.$79.50. — Plenum  Press  continues  to  provide  outstanding  service  to 
the  community  of  scientific  ornithologists  by  publishing  this  series.  The  present  volume 
includes  chapters  on  (1)  testosterone  and  polygyny  in  birds  by  Les  D.  Beletsky,  David  E 
Gori,  Scott  Freeman,  and  John  C.  Wingfield,  (2)  use  of  migration  counts  to  monitor  landbird 
populations  by  Erica  H.  Dunn  and  David  J.  T.  Hussell,  (3)  ptilochronology  by  Thomas  C. 
Grubb,  Jr.,  (4)  individual  voice  discrimination  by  Marcel  M.  Lambrechts  and  Andre  A. 
Dhondt,  (5)  evolution  of  bird  coloration  and  plumage  elaboration  by  Udo  M.  Savalli,  and 
(6)  hatching  asynchrony  and  the  onset  of  incubation  by  Scott  J.  Stoleson  and  Steven  R. 
Beissinger.  As  has  been  true  in  all  previous  volumes,  the  editing  and  writing  of  these  chap- 
ters is  excellent  and  the  content  remarkably  good,  particularly  given  the  length  of  the  series. 

I will  not  describe  the  contents  of  the  chapters  here  as  the  titles  pretty  much  tell  the  story. 
The  accounts  on  migration  and  hatching  asynchrony  were  particularly  interesting  to  me  and 
promise  to  have  wide  application  in  ornithology.  The  chapters  on  voice  discrimination, 
evolution  of  color,  and  ptilochronology  forced  me  to  revise  and  expand  my  course  notes  for 
my  university  class  in  ornithology.  The  chapter  on  polygyny  illustrates  how  physiology  and 
behavior  can  be  integrated  to  better  understand  birds.  As  usual,  these  sources  are  a gold 
mine  for  researchers,  graduate  students,  and  teachers. — C.  R.  Blem. 


Last  of  the  curlews.  By  Fred  Bodsworth.  Counterpoint,  Washington  D.C.  1995.  $15 
(cloth).  This  little  book  of  less  than  a hundred  pages  has  become  a conservation  classic 
since  it  was  published  in  1955  by  Dodd,  Mead  & Company.  This  edition  has  been  expanded 
by  including  a Forward  by  Pulitzer  Prize-winning  poet  and  conservationist  W.S.  Mervin,  a 
brief  Epilogue  by  Bodsworth,  and  a 45  page  Afterword  by  Nobel  Prize-winning  particle 
physicist  Murray  Gell-Mann.  Gell-Mann’s  Afterward  begins  with  the  question:  “Can  the 
human  race  learn,  while  there  is  still  time,  how  to  coexist  with  the  great  diversity  of  bird 
life  on  this  planet?  In  the  pages  which  follow,  he  examines  the  question  of  extinction  in 
the  context  of  geologic  time  and  past  periods  of  catastrophic  extinction  of  species  and  then 
focuses  on  the  changes  to  the  biosphere  which  humans  have  produced  in  the  past  few 
centuries  and  the  enormous  stress  we  continue  to  put  on  the  ecological  systems  of  the  planet. 
He  eventually  enters  an  arena  which  is  perhaps  best  described  as  philo.sophical  or  political 
with  a discussion  of  quality  of  human  life  versus  quantity,  at  one  point  asking:  “Why 
squander  quality  of  life  for  the  sake  of  mere  numbers  of  humans?”  In  a world  already 
overcrowded  with  humans,  this  is  perhaps  the  most  fundamental  question  one  could  ask. 


394 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  2,  June  1996 


The  book  itself  contains  1 1 chapters  which  comprise  a biographical  sketch  of  the  hypo- 
thetical “last  of  the  curlews,”  an  Eskimo  Curlew  (Numenius  borealis).  It  is  a touching  story 
told  by  a biologist  with  a deep  understanding  of  shorebird  biology.  The  skillful  avoidance 
of  anthropomorphism  is  quite  remarkable,  as  is  the  author’s  use  of  language  to  evoke  an 
emotional  response  from  the  reader.  The  chapters  are  separated  by  short  sections  entitled 
“The  Gantlet”  [gauntlet]  which  consist  of  vignettes  quoted  from  published  historical  doc- 
uments which  delineate  the  slaughter  of  Eskimo  Curlews  by  man  and  the  virtual  disap- 
pearance of  the  species. 

This  classic  story  of  human  exploitation  and  extinction,  together  with  the  penetrating 
analysis  of  global  problems  by  Gell-Mann,  are  well  worth  reading  and  discussing,  particu- 
larly in  times  of  political  and  economic  change. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Erratum 

In  the  paper  “Detectability  and  population  density  of  Scaly-naped  Pigeons  before  and 
after  Hurricane  Hugo  in  Puerto  Rico  and  Vieques  Island,”  (Wilson  Bulletin,  107[4];727— 
733),  the  first  sentence  should  be:  “Hurricane  Hugo  hit  northeastern  Puerto  Rico  with  sus- 
tained winds  of  30-40  m/s  (gusting  to  50-60  m/s)  on  18  September  1989  (see  Boose  et 
al.,  1994).” 


INFORMATION  FOR  AUTHORS 


The  Wilson  Bulletin  publishes  significant  research  and  review  articles  in  the  field  of 
ornithology.  Mss  are  accepted  for  review  with  the  understanding  that  the  same  or  similar 
work  has  not  been  and  will  not  be  published  nor  is  presently  submitted  elsewhere,  that  all 
persons  listed  as  authors  have  given  their  approval  for  submission  of  the  ms,  and  that  any 
person  cited  as  a personal  communication  has  approved  such  citation.  All  mss  should  be 
submitted  directly  to  the  Editor. 

Text.  Manuscripts  should  be  prepared  carefully  in  the  format  of  this  issue  of  The  Wilson 
Bulletin.  Mss  will  be  returned  without  review  if  they  are  not  properly  prepared.  They 
should  be  neatly  typed,  double-spaced  throughout  (including  tables,  figure  legends,  and 

Literature  cited  ),  with  at  least  3 cm  margins  all  around,  and  on  one  side  of  good  quality 
8.5"  X 1 1"  paper.  Do  not  use  erasable  bond.  Mss  typed  on  low-quality  dot-matrix  printers 
are  not  acceptable.  The  ms  should  include  a cover  sheet  (unnumbered)  with  the  following: 

( 1 ) Title,  (2)  Authors,  their  institutions,  and  addresses,  (3)  Name,  address,  and  phone  number 
of  author  to  receive  proof,  (4)  A brief  title  for  use  as  a running  head.  All  pages  of  the  text 
through  the  Literature  cited  should  be  numbered,  and  the  name  of  the  author  should 
appear  in  the  upper  right-hand  corner  of  each.  The  text  should  begin  in  the  middle  of  the 
first  numbered  page.  Three  copies  should  be  submitted.  Xerographic  copies  are  acceptable 
if  they  are  clearly  readable  and  on  good  quality  paper. 

Tables.  Tables  are  expensive  to  print  and  should  be  prepared  only  if  they  are  necessary. 
Do  not  repeat  material  in  the  text  in  tables.  Tables  should  be  narrow  and  deep  rather  than 
wide  and  shallow.  Double  space  all  entries  in  tables,  including  titles.  Do  not  use  vertical 
rules.  Lise  tables  in  a recent  issue  of  the  Bulletin  as  examples  of  style  and  format.  Tables 
should  be  typed  on  separate  unnumbered  pages  and  placed  at  the  end  of  the  ms. 

F/gMrci.— Illustrations  must  be  readable  (particularly  lettering)  when  reduced  in  size. 
Final  size  will  usually  be  1 1.4  cm  wide.  Illustrations  larger  than  22  X 28  cm  will  not  be 
accepted,  and  should  be  reduced  photographically  before  submission.  Legends  for  all  figures 
should  be  typed  on  a separate  page.  Photographs  should  be  clear,  of  good  contrast,  and  on 
glo,ssy  paper.  Drawings  should  be  in  India  ink  on  good  drawing  board,  drafting  paper,  or 
blue-lmed  graph  paper.  Figures  produced  by  high-quality  laser  printers  may  be  acceptable. 
All  lettering  should  be  done  with  a lettering  instrument  or  printer.  Do  not  use  typewriter 
lettering  and  do  not  submit  figures  having  adhesive  transfer  letters  affixed  to  them.  Designate 
the  top  of  each  illustration  and  label  (on  the  back  in  soft  pencil)  with  author’s  name,  ms 
title,  and  figure  number.  Submit  two  duplicates  or  readable  xerographic  copies  of  each  figure 
as  well  as  the  original  or  high-contrast  glossy  photo  of  the  original. 

Authors  of  accepted  papers  are  urged  to  submit  voucher  photographs  of  their  work  to 
Visual  Re.sources  for  Ornithology  (VIREO)  at  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia. Accession  numbers  from  VIREO  will  then  be  published  within  appropriate  sections 
of  the  paper  to  facilitate  access  to  the  photographs  in  subsequent  years. 

Style  and  format.— The  current  issue  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin  should  be  used  as  a guide 
for  preparing  your  ms;  all  mss  must  be  submitted  in  that  format.  For  general  matters  of 
style  authors  should  consult  the  “CBE  Style  Manual,”  5th  ed..  Council  of  Biology  Editors, 
Inc.,  Bethe.sda,  MD,  1983.  Do  not  use  footnotes  or  more  than  two  levels  of  subject  sub- 
headings. Except  in  rare  circumstances,  major  papers  should  be  preceded  by  an  abstract,  not 
to  exceed  5%  of  the  length  of  the  ms.  Abstracts  should  be  informative  rather  than  indicative, 
and  should  be  capable  of  standing  by  themselves.  Most  units  should  be  metric,  and  com- 
pound units  should  be  in  one-line  form  (i.e.,  cm-.sec  ^-).  The  continental  system  of  dating 
(19  Jan.  1950)  and  the  24  hour  clock  (09:00,  22:00)  should  be  u.sed,  and  the  Standard  Time 
specified  (e.g.,  EST  for  Eastern  Standard  Time)  at  first  reference. 

References.— In  both  major  papers  and  general  notes,  if  more  than  four  references  are 
cited,  they  should  be  included  in  a terminal  “Literature  cited”  section.  Include  only  refer- 


395 


396 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  2,  June  1996 


ences  cited  in  the  ms,  and  only  material  available  in  the  open  literature.  (“In-house”  reports 
and  the  like  should  not  be  cited.)  Use  recent  issues  of  the  Bulletin  for  style,  and  the  most 
recent  issue  of  “BIOSIS,”  BioScience  Information  Service,  Philadelphia,  PA,  for  abbrevi- 
ations of  periodical  names.  If  in  doubt,  do  not  abbreviate  serial  names.  Manuscripts  with 
fewer  than  hve  references  should  be  cited  internally,  e.g.,  (Sprenkle  and  Blem,  Wilson  Bull. 
96:184—195)  or  Sprenkle  and  Blem  (Wilson  Bull.  96:184-195). 

Nomenclature. — Common  names  and  technical  names  of  birds  should  be  those  given  in 
the  1983  A.O.U.  Check-list  (and  supplements  as  may  appear)  unless  justification  is  given. 
Lor  other  species  the  Bulletin  uses  the  common  names  in  Sibley  and  Monroe,  “Distribution 
and  Taxonomy  of  Birds  of  the  World.”  Common  names  of  birds  should  be  capitalized.  The 
scientific  name  should  be  given  at  first  mention  of  a species  both  in  the  abstract  and  in  the 
text. 

The  editor  welcomes  queries  concerning  style  and  format  during  your  preparation  of  mss 
for  submission  to  the  Bulletin. — Charles  R.  Blem,  Editor. 


This  issue  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin  was  published  on  1 June  1996. 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 


Editor  Charles  R.  Blem 

Department  of  Biology 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University 
816  Park  Avenue 
Richmond,  Virginia  23284-2012 


Assistant  Editors  Leann  Blem 

Albert  E.  Conway 


Editorial  Board  Kathy  G.  Be  At. 

Richard  N.  Conner 
Thomas  M.  Haooerty 
John  A.  Smali.wood 

Review  Editor  William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 

127  East  Street 

Foxboro,  Massachusetts  02035 

Index  Editor  Kathy  G.  Beal 

616  Xenia  Avenue 
Yellow  Springs,  Ohio  45387 


Suggestions  to  Authors 

See  Wilson  Bulletin,  108:395—396,  1995  for  more  detailed  “Information  for  Authors.” 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  in  The  Wilson  Bulletin  should  be  submitted  in  triplicate, 
neatly  typewritten,  double-spaced,  with  at  least  3 cm  margins,  and  on  one  side  only  of  good 
quality  white  paper.  Do  not  submit  xerographic  copies  that  are  made  on  slick,  heavy  paper.  Tables 
should  be  typed  on  separate  sheets,  and  should  be  narrow  and  deep  rather  than  wide  and  shallow. 
Follow  the  AOU  Check-list  (Sixth  Edition,  1983)  insofar  as  scientific  names  of  U.S.,  Canadian, 
Mexican,  Central  American,  and  West  Indian  birds  are  concerned.  Abstracts  of  major  papers 
should  be  brief  but  quotable.  In  both  Major  Papers  and  Short  Communications,  where  fewer  than 
5 papers  are  cited,  the  citations  m.ay  be  included  in  the  text.  Follow  carefully  the  style  used  in 
this  issue  in  listing  the  literature  cited;  otherwise,  follow  the  “CBE  Style  Manual”  (AIBS,  1983). 
Photographs  for  illustrations  should  have  good  contrast  and  be  on  glossy  paper.  Submit  prints 
unmounted  and  attach  to  each  a brief  but  adequate  legend.  Do  not  write  heavily  on  the  backs  of 
photographs.  Diagrams  and  line  drawings  should  be  in  black  ink  and  their  lettering  large  enough 
to  permit  reduction.  Original  figures  or  photographs  submitted  must  be  smaller  than  22  X 28  cm. 
Alterations  in  copy  after  the  type  has  been  set  must  be  charged  to  the  author. 

Notice  of  Change  of  Address 

If  your  address  changes,  notify  the  Society  immediately.  Send  your  complete  new  address  to 
Ornithological  Societies  of  North  America,  P.O.  Box  1897,  Lawrence,  KS  66044-8897. 

The  permanent  mailing  address  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  is:  c/o  The  Museum  of 
Zoology,  The  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Persons  having  business  with 
any  of  the  officers  may  address  them  at  their  various  addresses  given  on  the  back  of  the  front 
cover,  and  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Bulletin  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Editor. 

Member.ship  Inquiries 

Membership  inquiries  should  be  sent  to  Dr.  John  Smallwood,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Montclair  State 
Univ.,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 


CONTENTS 


MAJOR  PAPERS 

GEOGRAPHIC  VARIATION  AND  SPECIES  LIMITS  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS  OF  THE  ANDES  

Robb  T.  Brumfield  and  J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr. 

NEST  ATTENTIVENESS  IN  HUMMINGBIRDS William  H.  Baltosser 

SEASONAL  POPULATION  SURVEYS  AND  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  A MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY  ... 
Robert  J.  Craig 

NATURAL  HISTORY  AND  CONSERVATION  STATUS  OF  THE  TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 
Christian  F.  Estades 

AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES  OF  THREE  FOREST  TYPES  IN  THE  CASCADE  MOUNTAINS, 
OREGON Robert  G.  Anthony,  Gregory  A.  Green,  Eric  D.  Eorsman,  and  S.  Kim  Nelson 

HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  SUCCESS  OF  ARTIFICIAL  NESTS  ON  AN  ALKALINE  FLAT  

Marcus  T.  Koenen,  David  M.  Leslie,  Jr.,  and  Mark  Gregory 

NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHERS  IN  SOUTH  TEXAS  

- Kenneth  R.  Nolte  and  Timothy  E.  Eulbright 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  BROWN  NODDY  ON  TERN  ISLAND,  HAWAII  

Jennifer  L.  Megyesi  and  Curtice  R.  Griffin 

DISCRIMINATION  BETWEEN  REGIONAL  SONG  FORMS  IN  THE  NORTHERN  PARULA  

Daniel  J.  Regelski  and  Ralph  R.  Moldenhauer 

DISPERSAL  AND  HABITAT  USE  BY  POST-FLEDGING  JUVENILE  SNOWY  EGRETS  AND  BLACK-CROWNED 
NIGHT-HERONS  R.  Michael  Erwin,  John  G.  Haig,  Daniel  B.  Stotts,  and  Jeff  S.  Hatfield 

NEST-SITE  SELECTION  OF  RED-SHOULDERED  AND  RED-TAILED  HAWKS  IN  A MANAGED  FOREST  

Christopher  E.  Moorman  and  Brian  R.  Chapman 

SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

AVOIDANCE  OF  CABBAGE  RELDS  BY  SNOW  GEESE  J.  Russell  Mason  and  Larry  Clark 

TAXONOMIC  STATUS  OF  THE  CUBAN  FORM  OF  THE  RED-WINGED  BLACKBIRD  

— - Orlando  Garrido  and  Arturo  Kirkconnell 

NEST  ADOPTION  BY  MONK  PARAKEETS  Jessica  R.  Eberhard 

VERMILION  FLYCATCHER  AND  BLACK  PHOEBE  FEEDING  ON  FISH  

Brenda  J.  Andrews,  Marie  Sullivan,  and  J.  David  Hoerath 

NEST-SITE  REUSE  IN  THE  WESTERN  WOOD-PEWEE 

David  R.  Curson,  Christopher  B.  Goguen,  and  Nancy  E.  Mathews 

NEST  SHARING  BY  A LESSER  SCAUP  AND  A GREATER  SCAUP 

- Michael  A.  Fournier  and  James  E.  Hines 

CARNIVORY  OBSERVED  IN  THE  CEDAR  WAXWING  David  /.  King 

A CASE  OF  COOPERATIVE  BREEDING  IN  THE  HOODED  WARBLER  

- Scott  A.  Tarof  and  Bridget  J.  Stutchbury 

ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE..... 


20! 

12\ 

24( 

26f 

28C 

292 

302 

317 

335 

342 

357 

369 

372 

374 

377 

378 

380 

381 

382 

385 


V 


Tlie  Wilson  Bulletin 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  WILSON  ORNITHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


VOL.  108,  NO.  3 SEPTEMBER  1996  PAGES  397-606 

(ISSN  (X)43-5643) 


The  Wilson  Oknitholikhcal  Society 
Founded  December  3,  1888 

Named  after  ALEXANDER  WILSON,  the  first  American  Ornithologist. 

President — Keith  L.  Bildstein,  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary,  RR  2,  Box  191,  Kempton,  Pennsylvania 
19529-9449. 

First  Vice-President — Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  Department  of  Biology,  Ohio  W'esleyan  University, 
Delaware,  Ohio  43015. 

Second  Vice-President — John  C.  Kricher,  Biology  Department,  Wheaton  College,  Norton,  Mas- 
sachusetts 02766. 

Editor — Charles  R.  Blem,  Department  of  Biology,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University,  P.O.  Box 
842012,  Richmond,  Virginia  23284-2012. 

Secretary — John  A.  Smallwood,  Department  of  Biology,  Montclair  State  University,  Upper  Mont- 
clair, New  Jersey  07043. 

Treasurer — Doris  J.  Watt,  Department  of  Biology,  Saint  Mary’s  College,  Notre  Dame,  Indiana 
46556. 

Elected  Council  Members — Carol  A.  Corbat  and  William  E.  Davis  (terms  expire  1997),  and 
Margaret  C.  Brittingham  and  Herbert  T.  Hendrickson  (terms  expire  1998),  Peter  C.  Frederick 
and  Danny  J.  Ingold  (terms  expire  1999). 

Membership  dues  per  calendar  year  are:  Active,  $21.00;  Student,  $15.00;  Family,  $25.00;  Sus- 
taining, .$30.00;  Life  memberships  $500  (payable  in  four  installments). 

The  WiI-SON  Bulletin  is  sent  to  all  members  not  in  arrears  for  dues. 

The  Jo-sselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library 

The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society,  housed  in  the 
University  of  Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  was  established  in  concurrence  with  the  University 
of  Michigan  in  1930.  Until  1947  the  Library  was  maintained  entirely  by  gifts  and  bequests  of 
books,  reprints,  and  ornithological  magazines  from  members  and  friends  of  the  Society.  Two  mem- 
bers have  generously  established  a fund  for  the  purchase  of  new  books;  members  and  friends  are 
invited  to  maintain  the  fund  by  regular  contribution,  thus  making  available  to  all  Society  members 
the  more  important  new  books  on  ornithology  and  related  subjects.  The  fund  will  be  administered 
by  the  Library  Committee,  which  will  be  happy  to  receive  suggestions  on  the  choice  of  new  books 
to  be  added  to  the  Library.  William  A.  Lunk,  University  Museums,  University  of  Michigan,  is 
Chairman  of  the  Committee.  The  Library  currently  receives  195  periodicals  as  gifts  and  in  ex- 
change for  The.  Wilson  Bulletin.  With  the  usual  exception  of  rare  books,  any  item  in  the  Library 
may  be  borrowed  by  members  of  the  Society  and  will  be  sent  prepaid  (by  the  University  of 
Michigan)  to  any  address  in  the  United  States,  its  possessions,  or  Canada.  Return  postage  is  paid 
by  the  borrower.  Inquiries  and  requests  by  borrowers,  as  well  as  gifts  of  books,  pamphlets,  reprints, 
and  magazines,  should  be  addressed  to:  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library,  University  of 
Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Contributions  to  the  New  Book  Fund 
should  be  sent  to  the  Treasurer  (small  sums  in  stamps  are  acceptable). 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 
(ISSN  0043-5643) 

THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  (ISSN  004.5-.364.3)  is  published  quarterly  in  March.  June.  September,  and  December  by  the  W ilson 
Omitholonical  .Society.  810  East  lOtli  Street.  Ijiwrence.  KS  66044-8897.  The  subscription  price,  both  in  the  United  Slates  and 
elsewhere,  is  $40.(M)  per  year.  Berimlicals  postage  paiti  at  I,.awrence.  KS.  POSTMASTER;  Send  address  changes  to  THE  WILSON 
BULLETIN.  P.O.  Box  1897.  Uwrence.  KS  66044-8897. 

Back  issues  or  single  copies  are  available  for  $I2.(K)  each.  Most  back  issues  of  the  Bulletin  are  available  and  may  be  onlered 
from  the  Treasurer.  Special  prir-es  will  be  quoted  for  (piantily  ortlers. 

,411  articles  and  communications  for  publications.  b(H)ks  and  publications  for  reviews  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor.  Ex- 
changes should  be  addressed  to  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library.  Museum  of  Zoology.  Ann  .Arbor.  Michigan  48109. 

Subscriptions,  changes  of  address  and  claims  for  undelivered  copies  should  be  sent  to  the  O.SNA.  P.O.  Box  1897.  Liwrence. 
KS  66(H4-8897.  Phone:  (91.-})  848-1221;  FAX:  (918)  848-1274. 

© Copyright  1996  by  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 
Printed  by  Allen  Press.  Inc..  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044,  U.S.A. 


@ This  paper  meets  the  requirements  of  ANSi/NISO  Z39.48-1992  (Permanence  of  Paper). 


Frontispiece.  Adult  (right)  and  juvenile  (left)  Acrobatornis  fonsecai.  Pink-legged  Grav- 
eteiro,  a new  genus  and  species  in  the  Furnariidae  from  southeastern  Bahia,  Brazil.  Painting 
by  Paul  Donahue. 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN 

A QUARTERLY  MAGAZINE  OF  ORNITHOLOGY 

Published  by  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 


VoL.  108,  No.  3 September  1996  Pages  397-606 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  397-433 

A NEW  GENUS  AND  SPECIES  OF  FURNARIID 
(AVES:  FURNARIID AE)  FROM  THE  COCOA-GROWING 
REGION  OF  SOUTHEASTERN  BAHIA,  BRAZIL 

Jose  Fernando  Pacheco,'  Bret  M.  Whitney,'-  and  Luiz  P Gonzaga' 

Abstract. — We  here  describe  Acrobatornis  fonsecai,  a new  genus  and  species  in  the 
Furnariidae,  from  the  Atlantic  Forest  of  southeastern  Bahia,  Brazil.  Among  the  outstanding 
features  of  this  small,  arboreal  form  are:  black-and-gray  definitive  plumage  lacking  any 
rufous;  juvenal  plumage  markedly  different  from  adult;  stout,  bright-pink  legs  and  feet;  and 
Its  acrobatic  foraging  behavior  involving  almost  constant  inverted  hangs  on  foliage  and 
scansorial  creeping  along  the  undersides  of  canopy  limbs.  Analysis  of  morphology,  vocal- 
izations, and  behavior  suggest  to  us  a phylogenetic  position  close  to  Asthenes  and  Crani- 
oleuca,  in  some  respects,  it  appears  close  to  the  equally  obscure  Xenerpestes  and  Meto- 
pothrix.  New  data  on  the  morphology,  vocalizations,  and  behavior  of  several  funiariids 
possibly  related  to  Acrobatornis  are  presented  in  the  context  of  intrafamilial  relationships. 
We  theorize  that  Acrobatornis  could  have  colonized  its  current  range  during  an  ancient 
period  of  continental  semiaridity  that  promoted  the  expansion  of  stick-nesting  prototypes 
from  a southern,  Chaco-Patagonian/Pantanal  center,  and  today  represents  a relict  that  sur- 
vived by  adapting  to  build  its  stick-nest  in  the  relatively  dry,  open,  canopy  of  leguminaceous 
trees  of  the  contemporary  humid  forest  in  southeastern  Bahia.  Another  theory  of  origin 
places  emphasis  on  the  fact  that  the  closest  relatives  of  practically  all  (if  not  all)  other  birds 
syntopic  with  Acrobatornis  are  of  primarily  Amazonian  distribution.  Acrobatornis  fonsecai 
has  a most  unusual  distribution  in  a restricted  region  in  which  lowland  Atlantic  Forest  has 
been  converted  virtually  entirely  to  cocoa  plantations.  Until  very  recently  a lucrative  and 
vitally  important  source  of  income  for  Bahia,  the  economic  base  for  cocoa  production  has 
suffered  catastrophic,  apparently  irrecoverable,  decline  owing  to  “witch's  broom”  disease, 
which  has  proven  resistant  to  all  forms  of  control.  The  predictable  wave  to  cut  and  sell  the 
tall  trees  shading  failing  cocoa  plantations  has  already  begun  in  earnest  with  the  consequence 
that  the  remnant  forest  canopies  in  this  region,  upon  which  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  is  totally 
dependent,  are  being  rapidly  destroyed.  This  remarkable  new  furnariid  and  the  secrets  it 
holds  for  elucidation  of  phylogeny,  evolutionary  history,  speciation  patterns,  and  zoogeog- 
raphy, if  not  safeguarded  immediately,  when  its  habitat  is  still  for  sale,  could  disappear  in 
the  coming  decade.  Received  23  April  1996,  accepted  21  May  1996. 


' Instituto  de  Biologia,  Depto.  de  Zoologia.  Cidade  Universitaria,  Univer.sidade  Federal  do  Rio  de  Janeiro 
21941-000,  Rio  de  Janeiro.  RJ,  Brasil. 

= Museum  of  Natural  Science.  1 19  Foster  Hall,  Louisiana  State  Univ.,  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana,  70803. 

397 


398 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Resumo. — Acrobatomis  fonsecai,  um  novo  genero  e nova  especie  de  Lurnariidae,  e des- 
crito  da  Mata  Atlantica  do  sudeste  da  Bahia,  Brasil.  Centre  os  aspectos  notaveis  desta 
pequena  ave  arbon'cola  estao:  a sua  plumagem  definitiva  cinza  e preta  sem  qualquer  aver- 
melhado;  plumagem  juvenil  bem  diferenciada  da  adulta;  patas  e pes  fortes  de  colora9ao  rosa 
vivo;  e seu  comportamento  acrobatico  de  forrageamento  de  envolve  uma  quase  permanente 
posigao  invertida  dependurada  na  folhagem  e uma  “escalada  negativa”  ao  longo  das  su- 
perficies inferiores  dos  galhos  da  copa.  Atraves  de  analises  da  morfologia,  vocalizagoes,  e 
comportamento,  e sugerido  uma  posi^ao  filogenetica  de  Acrobatomis  proximo  aos  Asthenes 
e Cranioleuca\  em  alguns  aspectos  o novo  genero  mostra-se  proximo  aos  igualmente  ob- 
scuros  Xenerpestes  e Metopothrix.  Novos  dados  sobre  a morfologia,  vocaliza96es,  e com- 
portamento de  varios  Lurnariidae  relacionados  a Acrobatomis  sao  apresentados  no  contexto 
das  afinidades  intrafamiliares.  E teorizado  que  Acrobatomis  colonizou  sua  atual  area  de 
distribui^ao  durante  um  periodo  remoto  de  semi-aridez  continental,  que  promoveu  a expan- 
sao  oriunda  do  sul,  Chaco  e Patagonia,  dos  prototipos  construtores  de  ninhos  de  graveto. 
Lie  hoje  representaria  uma  “relfquia”  que  conseguiu  sobreviver,  no  sudeste  da  Bahia,  ao 
periodo  umido  contemporaneo,  por  adaptar  construir  seu  ninho  de  gravetos  nas  copas  re- 
lativamente  secas  e abertas  das  arvores  leguminosas.  Uma  outra  teoria  sobre  a origem  en- 
fatiza  o fato  de  que  os  parentes  mais  prdximos  de  quase  a totalidade  (se  nao  todos)  das 
aves  sintopicas  com  Acrobatomis  possuem  uma  distribui^ao  principalmente  amazonica. 
Num  padrao  incomum  de  distribui9ao,  Acrobatomis  fonsecai  ocorre  numa  regiao  restrita  da 
Mata  Atlantica  de  tabuleiro  do  sudeste  da  Bahia,  que  tern  sido  quase  completamente  con- 
vertida  em  planta9oes  de  cacau.  A cacauicultura,  ate  muito  recentemente  lucrativa  e sub- 
stancial  fonte  de  receita  para  a Bahia,  tern  sofrido  um  catastrofico,  aparentemente  irrecu- 
peravel,  declmio  na  produ9ao  devido  a dissemina9ao  da  “vassoura-de-bruxa,”  doen9a  cau- 
sada  por  fungos,  que  tern  resistido  a diversas  formas  de  controle.  De  maneira  grave,  as 
grandes  arvores  copadas,  remanescentes  da  floresta  Integra,  das  quais  Acrobatomis  fonsecai 
6 totalmente  dependente,  ja  estao  sendo  cortadas  e vendidas.  Este  notavel  novo  furnarldeo, 
e os  segredos  que  ele  guarda  para  elucida9ao  da  filogenia,  historia  evolutiva,  padroes  de 
especia9ao  e zoogeografia,  se  nao  imediatamente  salvaguardados,  quando  o seu  habitat  ainda 
esta  a venda,  poderao  desaparecer  na  proxima  decada. 


From  a continental  perspective,  the  Neotropical  family  Furnariidae  has 
undergone  a geographical  and  ecological  radiation,  paralleled  by  a diver- 
sity of  form  and  function,  without  equal  in  the  world  of  birds.  The  Fur- 
nariidae contains  more  than  230  species  in  53  genera  (as  currently  de- 
fined; Sibley  and  Monroe  1990,  1993).  To  this  magnificent  assemblage 
we  must  now  add  one  more  genus  and  species,  a member  of  such  singular 
appearance,  ecology,  and  distribution  as  to  mark  it  truly  outstanding  even 
in  a family  characterized  by  adaptive  extremes.  Perhaps  most  remarkable, 
however,  is  our  discovery  of  this  new  form  in  the  remnant  Atlantic  Forest 
of  southeastern  Bahia,  a heavily  populated  region  in  which  we  never 
would  have  predicted  the  contemporary  existence  of  a furnariid  of  such 
affinities. 

On  26  January  1988,  in  search  of  habitat  that  might  harbor  the  little- 
known  Stresemann’s  Bristlefront  {Merulaxis  stresemanni),  Whitney  lo- 
cated a slope  cloaked  in  undisturbed  Atlantic  Forest  in  the  serra  das  Lon- 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  399 


tras  above  the  village  of  Itatingui  in  the  cocoa-growing  region  of  southern 
Bahia.  Although  observations  were  precluded  by  rain,  the  area  was  tar- 
geted for  a detailed  avifaunal  survey.  In  November  1994,  following  an 
ornithological  investigation  of  selected  points  in  interior  Minas  Gerais 
and  Bahia  ending  in  the  city  of  Salvador,  Whitney  suggested  to  Pacheco 
and  Paulo  Sergio  M.  da  Fonseca  that  they  make  an  introductory  visit  to 
Itatingui  along  their  return  drive  to  Rio  de  Janeiro.  Documentation  of  a 
largely  unknown  avifauna  in  Atlantic  Forest  fragments  in  the  highest  parts 
of  the  serra  de  Ouricana  approximately  125  km  WNW  of  Itatingui  (Gon- 
zaga  et  al.  1995),  and  recent  discoveries  of  undescribed  species  there 
(Gonzaga  and  Pacheco  1995,  Pacheco  and  Gonzaga  1995),  indicated  an 
urgent  need  to  explore  the  Atlantic  Forest  of  southern  Bahia  north  of  the 
Rio  Jequitinhonha  and  interior  from  the  relatively  well  known  coastal 
forests.  Thus,  on  the  morning  of  17  November  1994,  while  observing 
birds  in  a mixed-species  flock  foraging  in  the  canopy  of  trees  shading  a 
cocoa  plantation  at  the  edge  of  undisturbed  forest  above  Itatingui,  Fonseca 
called  Pacheco  s attention  to  a strange  pair  of  birds,  one  gray-and-black 
and  the  other  largely  brown,  creeping  along  the  undersides  of  limbs,  and 
hanging  acrobatically  on  clusters  of  foliage  and  flowers  of  a tall  Croton 
tree.  They  were  able  to  observe  the  birds  for  several  minutes,  noting 
details  of  the  plumage  and  foraging  behavior.  It  was  clearly  a species 
unknown  from  Brazil,  and  quite  possibly  unknown  altogether.  After  dis- 
cussion of  this  exciting  news  with  Gonzaga  and  Whitney,  Pacheco,  Fon- 
seca, and  Claudia  Bauer  returned  to  Itatingui  in  late  January  1995  and 
obtained  four  specimens,  including  two  of  each  “morph”  they  had  iden- 
tified previously. 

It  was  clear  even  on  cursory  inspection  that  the  specimens  represented 
a species  unknown  to  science,  and  further  examination  indicated  a strong 
probability  that  a new  genus  would  have  to  be  erected  as  well.  Rather 
than  describe  the  new  form  immediately,  it  was  decided  to  return  to  Ita- 
tingui  in  October,  when  the  birds  would  likely  be  breeding  and  vocal,  so 
that  more  ecological  and  distributional  information  could  be  gathered. 
Thus,  from  2 to  12  October  1995,  Pacheco,  Fonseca,  Whitney,  and  Barth 
explored  the  serra  das  Lontras  above  Itatingui,  and  a number  of  other 
localities  in  the  general  region.  This  expedition  was  highly  successful, 
resulting  in:  the  discovery  and  collection  of  the  nest  and  the  location  of 
52  additional  nest  sites  which  defined,  we  think  to  a large  extent,  the 
distributional  limits  of  the  new  bird;  the  tape-recording  of  several  indi- 
viduals, which  documented  the  vocal  repertoire  of  the  species  almost 
completely;  the  tape-recording  and  collection  of  two  additional  voucher 
specimens,  which  permitted  preparation  of  a skeleton  and  preservation  of 
additional  biochemical  material;  and  the  production  of  photographs  and 


400 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Fig.  1.  Adult  Acrobatomis  fonsecai,  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov.  Video  image  captured  from  Hi-8 
format  original  (11  Oct.  1995  near  Camacan,  Bahia;  video  by  Whitney). 


video  recordings  of  habitat,  nests,  and  foraging  maneuvers.  Furthermore, 
we  determined  that  the  known  distribution  of  the  new  species  was  entirely 
coincident  with  the  cocoa-growing  province  of  southern  Bahia — the  con- 
sequences of  which  appear  to  be  devastating  for  the  continued  survival 
of  the  new  bird.  Finally,  in  March  1996,  Whitney  located  the  new  species 
at  additional  localities  in  the  cocoa-growing  region  slightly  north  and  west 
of  previously  documented  ones. 

Consideration  of  all  these  data,  informed  through  extensive  personal 
field  experience  with  the  Furnariidae,  including  all  but  one  genus  and  1 1 
currently  recognized  species,  and  comparison  with  museum  anatomical 
and  skin  specimens  from  a cross-section  of  potentially  related  genera, 
convinces  us  that  the  unknown  form  indeed  represents  a new  genus  and 
species  in  the  Furnariidae.  The  descriptions  follow. 

Acrobatomis  gen.  nov. 

TYPE-SPECIES:  Acrobatomis  fonsecai  Pacheco,  Whitney,  and  Gonzaga. 

DIAGNOSIS. — A small,  arboreal  furnariid  (weight  14  g)  completely  lacking  rufous  in 
definitive  plumage,  and  largely  orange-tawny  in  Juvenal  plumage.  Adults  basically  gray  with 
black  wings,  tail,  and  cap  (Frontispiece,  Fig.  1).  Tail  shorter  than  the  wing  (with  tail/wing 
ratio  varying  from  0.86  to  0.92,  with  an  average  of  0.89);  strongly  graduated  and  slightly 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  401 

stiffened,  composed  of  12  rectrices.  Two  inner  pairs  of  rectrices  strongly  acuminate  at  the 
tips  and  deeply  excised  on  the  inner  web;  the  acumination  at  the  tips  of  the  rectrices  de- 
creases gradually  from  innermost  to  outermost,  so  that  outermost  are  almost  blunt,  cuneiform 
in  shape  and  only  slightly  excised  on  the  inner  web.  Outer  pair  of  rectrices  about  60%  of 
the  length  of  the  innermost  pair,  and  projecting  far  beyond  the  under  tail  coverts.  Wing 
relatively  long  in  comparison  to  most  furnariids  of  similar  mass,  and  extending  well  beyond 
base  of  the  tail.  Seventh  to  ninth  primaries  longest  and  approximately  equal  in  length;  sixth 
primary  only  slightly  shorter;  tenth  and  fifth  primaries  of  nearly  equal  length  and  about  5 
mm  shorter  than  longest  ones. 

Bill  compressed,  short  and  pointed;  culmen  slightly  decurved,  skull  pseudo-schizorhinal 
(Fig.  2A).  Tarsi  short  and  strong  (Fig.  2A),  conspicuously  pink-colored.  Hind  toe  thicker 
than  front  toes;  claw  of  hind  toe  slightly  shorter  than  the  length  of  the  toe  itself.  Sternum 
two-notched.  Syrinx  typically  furnarioid,  with  well-defined  Membranae  tracheales.  Process! 
vocales  without  “horns,”  and  two  pairs  of  intrinsic  syringeal  muscles  (Fig.  3).  Membranae 
tracheales  limited  posteriorly  by  A-2  (A-3  vestigial),  and  anteriorly  by  a drum  formed  by 
the  partial  fusion  of  two  elements. 

SPECIMENS  EXAMINED:  SKINS. — Only  specimens  actually  measured  are  listed;  many 
others  were  compared  superficially.  Acrobatornis  fonsecai,  gen.  nov,  sp.  nov.:  Brazil:  Bahia, 
2 males  (Museu  de  Zoologia  da  Univ.  de  Sao  Paulo  [hereafter  MZUSP]  No.  74154  [holo- 
type],  Museu  Paraense  Emilio  Goeldi  [hereafter  MPEG]  No.  52345),  1 female  (MZUSP 
74155),  and  3 sex  unk.  (MZUSP  74156  [juv.],  MPEG  52346  [juv.],  and  Louisiana  State 
Univ.  Museum  of  Natural  Science  [hereafter  LSUMZ]  160000  [ad.]).  Cranioleuca  pyrrho- 
phia:  Bolivia:  Santa  Cruz,  3 males  (LSUMZ  124033,  124036,  124040).  C.  curtata:  Peru: 
San  Martin,  1 male  (LSUMZ  86368);  Pasco,  1 male  (LSUMZ  130232);  Ayacucho,  1 male 
(LSUMZ  69428);  Bolivia:  Cochabamba,  1 male  (LSUMZ  37666).  C.  pallida:  Brazil:  Sao 
Paulo,  1 male  (LSUMZ  63352).  C.  albiceps:  Bolivia:  La  Paz,  3 males  (LSUMZ  95950, 
101981,  101983).  Asthenes  dorbignyi:  Peru:  Arequipa,  2 males  {arequipae:  LSUMZ  1 14142, 

1 19197);  Bolivia:  La  Paz,  2 males  {consobrina:  LSUMZ  101995,  101996).  A.  baeri:  Bolivia: 
Santa  Cruz,  3 males  (LSUMZ  153692,  153693,  153698);  Argentina:  Corrientes,  1 male 
(LSUMZ  54632);  Uruguay:  1 male  (Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  [hereafter  ANSP]  No. 
169843).  A.  patagonica:  Argentina:  Chubut,  2 (LSUMZ  73269,  ANSP  186350).  Thripopha- 
ga  fusciceps:  Bolivia:  Beni,  2 males,  1 female  (LSUMZ  124062,  124063,  124065).  Pha- 
cellodomus  sibilatrix:  Bolivia:  Santa  Cruz,  2 males,  1 female  (LSUMZ  153700,  153701, 
153702);  Argentina,  Chaco,  1 male  (LSUMZ  83932).  P.  rufifrons:  Brazil:  Minas  Gerais,  2 
males  (LSUMZ  65165,  65166),  Mato  Grosso,  1 male  (LSUMZ  80295);  Bolivia:  Santa  Cimz, 

2 males  (LSUMZ  124070,  124074).  Siptomis  striaticollis:  Peru:  Cajamarca,  3 males 
(LSUMZ  87015,  87016,  87017);  Colombia:  Huila,  1 male  (ANSP  155470).  Xenerpestes 
minlosi:  Panama:  Darien,  1 sex  unk.,  (ANSP  150153);  Colombia:  Bolivar,  1 female  (ANSP 
160747).  X.  singulars:  Ecuador:  Morona-Santiago,  1 female  (ANSP  176812),  Zamora  Chin- 
chipe,  1 female  (ANSP  185397);  Peru:  San  Martin,  2 females,  1 sex  unk.  (LSUMZ  84690, 
84691,  84692).  Metopothrix  aurantiacus:  Ecuador:  Napo,  2 males  (LSUMZ  70898,  82963); 
Peru:  Loreto,  1 male  (LSUMZ  1 19657).  Margaromis  squamiger:  Bolivia:  La  Paz  3 males 
(LSUMZ  95985,  95989,  95991). 

SPECIMENS  EXAMINED:  ANATOMICALS.— Skulls  illustrated:  Acrobatornis  fonse- 
cai, gen.  nov.,  sp.  nov.:  Brazil:  Bahia  (MPEG  3762  from  skin  specimen  MPEG  52345). 
Cranioleuca  pyrrhophia:  Bolivia:  Santa  Cruz  (LSUMZ  125825).  C.  albiceps:  Bolivia:  La 
Paz  (LSUMZ  101317).  Asthenes  baeri:  Bolivia:  Santa  Cruz  (LSUMZ  153909).  Asthenes 
dorbignyi:  Bolivia:  La  Paz  (LSUMZ  101323).  Thripophaga  fusciceps:  Bolivia:  Beni  (bill; 
LSUMZ  124064).  Phacellodornus  sibilatrix:  Bolivia:  Santa  Cruz  (LSUMZ  153910).  Xener- 
pestes singularis:  Peru:  San  Martin  (bill;  LSUMZ  84692).  Metopothrix  aurantiacus:  Peru: 


402  THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


A 


Eig.  2.  Cranial  and  tarsal  profiles  of:  A.  Acrohatornis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov.  (in- 
terorbital septum  and  frontal  destroyed  by  shot);  B.  Asthenes  baeri\  C.  A.  dorbignyr,  D. 
Cranioleuca  albiceps\  E.  C.  pyrrhophia  to  show  the  pseudo-schizorhinal  skull  of  Acroba- 
tonii.s  and  to  permit  general  comparisons,  especially  bill  shapes  and  relative  thicknesses  and 
lengths  of  tarsi,  with  some  relevant  taxa  (continued). 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  403 


Fig.  2.  (continued)  Cranial  and  tarsal  profiles  of:  F.  Thripophaga  fusciceps  (no  skull 
available);  G.  Phacellodomus  sibilatrix\  H.  Xenerpestes  singularis  (no  skull  available);  I. 
Metopothrix  aurantiacus;  J.  Margaromis  squamiger  for  comparison  with  Acrohatoniis  fon- 
secai  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov.  in  2A.  Drawings  by  Dan  Lane. 


404 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Eig.  3.  Syrinx  of  Acrobatornis  fon.secai  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov.  showing  well-defined  Mem- 
branae  tracheales  and  two  pairs  of  intrinsic  syringeal  muscles,  features  that  place  it  in  the 
Furnarioidea.  The  lack  of  “horns”  on  the  Process!  vocales  (PV)  unequivocally  places  the 
new  genus  in  the  Furnariidae  (as  opposed  to  the  Dendrocolaptidae).  MT  = M.  tracheola- 
teralis;  MVD  = M.  vocalis  dorsalis;  MW  = M.  vocalis  ventralis;  MS  = M.  sternotrachealis; 
PV  = Processus  vocalis;  A-1  and  B-1  = cartilaginous  elements.  Nomenclature  follows  Ames 
(1971).  Drawing  by  Gonzaga. 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  405 


Loreto  (LSUMZ  51912).  Margarornis  sqiiamiger.  Peru:  Pasco  (LSUMZ  129867).  Syrinx: 
Acrobatoniis  fonsecai:  Brazil:  Bahia  (from  holotype). 

SPECIMENS  EXAMINED:  TAPE-RECORDINGS. — The  voices  of  all  but  about  20  spe- 
cies of  furnariids  were  included  in  initial  comparisons  with  the  vocalizations  of  Acrobatoniis 
gen.  nov.  sp.  nov.  Selected  recordings  from  which  sound  spectrograms  were  made  are  listed, 
with  pertinent  data,  in  the  figure  legends.  All  recordings  will  be  archived  at  the  Library  of 
Natural  Sounds  (hereafter  LNS),  Cornell  Laboratory  of  Ornithology,  Ithaca,  New  York,  and 
those  made  in  Brazil,  also  at  the  Arquivo  Sonoro  Elias  P.  Coelho  (ASEC),  Universidade 
Federal  do  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

BIOCHEMICAL  SPECIMENS. — All  biochemical  specimens  stored  at  LSUMZ,  with  the 
following  tissue  collection  catalog  numbers:  B-26329  (voucher  MZUSP  74154,  holotype; 
male;  blood);  B-26330  (voucher  MZUSP  74155;  female;  blood  and  liver  in  separate  tubes); 
B-26331  (voucher  MPEG  52345;  male;  blood  and  liver  in  separate  tubes). 

ETYMOLOGY. — From  the  Greek  words  akrobatos,  and  ornis,  referring  to  the  acrobatic 
climbing  and  hanging  foraging  behavior  of  this  bird;  the  root  akrobatos  is  immediately 
understood  in  a remarkably  diverse  set  of  languages.  The  name  is  masculine  in  gender. 

Acrobatornis  fonsecai  sp.  nov. 

Pink-legged  Graveteiro 
Acrobata  (Portuguese) 

HOLOTYPE. — MZUSP  No.  74154;  adult  male  from  15°1 1'S,  39°23'W,  at  approximately 
550m  elevation  in  the  serra  das  Lontras  above  Itatingui,  Municipality  of  Arataca,  Bahia, 
Brazil;  25  January  1995;  collected  by  J.  F.  Pacheco,  prepared  by  L.  P.  Gonzaga.  Blood 
sample  housed  at  LSUMZ,  No.  B-26329.  Not  tape-recorded. 

DISTRIBUTION. — Apparently  restricted  to  the  region  of  southeastern  Bahia  between  the 
drainage  of  the  Rio  de  Contas  in  the  north  (known  to  just  north  of  Ibirataia,  14°02'S, 
39°40'W)  and  the  Rio  Jequitinhonha  in  the  south  (southernmost  record  near  Teixeira  do 
Progresso,  approximately  15°45'S,  39°28'W),  occurring  west  at  least  as  far  as  Ipiaii  ( 14°06'S, 
39°42'W)  and  east  as  far  as  the  vicinity  of  Itabuna  (14°48'S,  39°17'W)  (Fig.  4).  Altitudinal 
distribution  from  near  sea-level  to  approximately  550  m. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  HOLOTYPE. — The  two  descriptive  colors,  “medium-gray”  and 
“dark-gray,”  correspond  to  Munsell®  Soil  Color  Chart  (1994  ed.)  7.5YR  5/1  and  7.5YR 
4/1,  respectively.  Crown  black.  Frontal  and  loral  feathers  (which  are  normal,  not  elongated 
or  stiffened),  posteriorly  to  approximately  the  anterior  edges  of  the  orbits,  medium-gray  with 
black  apical  margins  imparting  a grizzled  appearance  to  these  regions.  Tiny  feathers  of  malar 
and  suborbital  regions  margined  blackish  more  narrowly  than  the  frontal  feathers.  Supercil- 
iary stripes  subtly  whiter,  about  2.5  mm  wide  and  10  mm  long  posterior  to  orbit,  blending 
into  medium-gray  of  sides  of  neck.  Post-ocular  stripes  (about  3.5  mm  wide  and  10  mm 
long)  blackish  and  surrounded  by  medium-gray  of  headside.  Nuchal  and  mantle  feathers 
dark-gray  with  conspicuous  blackish  margins,  imparting  a weakly  scalloped  effect.  Small, 
anteriormost  scapular  feathers  largely  blackish;  larger,  posterior  ones  wholly  dark-gray.  Mid- 
dle back  posteriorly  through  rump  and  upper  tail  coverts  pure-medium-gray.  Underparts 
from  chin  to  belly  same  medium-gray  as  headsides,  but  appearing  narrowly  streaked  (or 
mottled,  on  throat)  with  white,  widest  on  lower  breast,  owing  to  white  feather  shafts  and 
margins  of  these  feathers.  Medium-gray  of  flanks  and  undertail  coverts  very  weakly  tinged 
olivaceous,  and  streaking  in  these  regions  obsolete.  Tail  and  wing  in  molt.  Rectrices  dark- 
gray,  blackish  at  tips,  lighter  overall  on  undersurface;  shafts  blackish  dorsally  and  whitish 
ventrally.  Outermost  rectrices  with  narrow  but  conspicuous  whitish  fringes  on  inner  webs. 
Feathers  at  wrist  whitish  flecked  with  medium-gray.  Alula  and  upper  primary  coverts  black. 


406 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Eig.  4.  Distribution  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  in  southeastern  Bahia,  Brazil,  showing 
principal  rivers,  cities,  and  the  major  highway  BR-lOl.  Triangle  is  the  type  locality  in  the 
serra  das  Lontras.  Stars  indicate  trees  with  nests;  a few  sites  very  close  together  were  mapped 
as  a single  point.  Circled  stars  mark  nests  confirmed  active  in  October  1995.  The  roughly 
linear  distribution  of  stars  reflects  the  fact  that  we  conducted  searches  mostly  from  roadsides, 
“n”  marks  areas  we  searched  for  nests  but  found  none.  The  single  “?”  is  in  a region  we 
suspect  holds  Acrobatornis  but  which  we  were  unable  to  check.  Shaded  areas  are  above 
500  m elevation.  Dotted  line  is  the  Bahia/Minas  Gerais  state  boundary.  We  expect  Acro- 
batornis occurs  locally  as  far  west  as  about  40°W,  which  is  approximately  the  western  limit 
of  cocoa  cultivation  in  this  region. 


forming  a conspicuous,  diagonally  oriented  slash  along  bend  of  folded  wing;  the  other  upper 
wing  coverts  black  with  light-gray  or  whitish  borders  producing,  in  effect,  a gray-edged 
panel  in  the  wing-covert  region.  Remiges  blackish,  narrowly  margined  (except  two  outer- 
most pairs)  light-gray  on  the  proximal  portion  of  outer  webs  (these  margins  widest  where 
remiges  meet  the  wing-coverts),  and  whitish  on  proximal  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  inner 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  407 


webs.  Secondaries  and  tertials  slightly  paler  than  primaries,  and  similarly  pale-fringed  on 
outer  webs;  some  worn  feathers  in  this  region,  including  at  least  one  probable  juvenal 
scapular  feather  with  a brownish  tinge.  Soft  parts  in  life:  irides  pale-gray;  maxilla  dark- 
brown;  mandible  pink;  tarsi  and  feet  clear,  bright-pink;  claws  brownish-pink. 

MEASUREMENTS  OF  HOLOTYPE  (mm). — Wing  (chord)  65.1;  tail  56.0;  culmen  from 
base  (at  skull)  11.2;  culmen  from  anterior  edge  nares  7.5;  bill  depth  at  anterior  edge  nares 
3.6;  bill  width  at  anterior  edge  naes  3.0;  tarsus  17.3;  mass  15  gr. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  FEMALE.— The  single  known  female  (MZUSP  No.  74155)  is  like 
the  holotype  except  mantle  with  almost  no  black,  instead  being  concolor  with  the  medium- 
gray  back  and  rump.  Wing  with  tips  of  primaries  broken;  tail  52.3;  culmen  from  base  (at 
skull)  11.6;  culmen  from  anterior  edge  nares  7.5;  bill  depth  not  measurable;  bill  width  at 
anterior  edge  nares  2.9;  tarsus  17.2;  mass  unknown. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  JUVENILE. — There  are  two  specimens,  both  unsexed,  quite  similar 
in  plumage,  and  patterned  basically  like  the  adults,  but  with  gray  regions  instead  largely 
reddish-yellow;  MZUSP  No.  74156  is  described  here.  Frontal  and  supraloral  feathers  red- 
dish-yellow  (nearest  7.5YR  6/8;  slightly  oranger  than  Tawny,  Color  No.  38,  of  Smithe 
[1975]),  a few,  irregularly  scattered  ones,  posteriorly  to  about  the  posterior  edge  of  orbits, 
with  conspicuous  black  tips  or  with  thin  black  margins  (possibly  not  juvenal  feathers?). 
Crown  feathers  in  orbital  region  slightly  paler  reddish-yellow,  the  pale  shafts  of  which 
overlay  darker,  rather  worn,  brownish  (7.5YR  4/2)  feathers,  producing  a sublty  streaked  or 
mottled  effect.  Posterior  half  of  crown  more  completely  brownish,  carrying  a weak  tinge  of 
forecrown  color.  Superciliary  stripes  blending  posteriorly  into  subtly  darker  sides  of  neck 
and  nearly  complete  nuchal  collar.  Post-ocular  stripes  (perhaps  extending  anteriorly  through 
loral  region)  slightly  paler  than  crown,  weakly  contrasting  with  rather  grizzled  headsides. 
Mantle  and  scapulars  pale-brownish  (7.5YR  5/2),  most  washed  with  reddish-yellow,  dis- 
tinctly paler  than  crown,  and  with  two  or  three  medium-gray  (7.5YR  5/1)  feathers  (probably 
not  juvenal)  in  the  anterior  region.  Rump  and  upper  tail  coverts  rather  bright  yellowish-red 
(5YR  5/8).  Underparts  generally  same  reddish-yellow  as  sides  of  neck,  but  with  a blotchy 
appearance  owing  to  differences  in  color  saturation  of  individual  feathers  (effects  of  wear?), 
grayish  feather  bases  showing  on  some  feathers,  and  small,  pale,  subapical  spots  on  most 
throat  feathers.  There  are  also  a few  wholly  gray  feathers  (probably  not  juvenal)  on  the  side 
of  the  breast.  Most  rectrices  are  abraded  at  tips;  central  pairs  slightly  narrower  than  adult 
and  not  excised.  The  outermost  three  pairs  largely  orange-rufous  (nearest  2.5YR  5/8),  with 
this  color  concentrated  on  outer  web.  Dark-gray  (7.5 YR  4/1)  bases  present  on  all  rectrices, 
increasing  in  extent  from  outermost  to  innermost  such  that  three  innermost  pairs  have  largely 
dark  proximal  webs.  Wing  patterned  as  in  adult  (black  regions  same),  but  all  gray  feather 
margins  instead  yellowish-red  (5YR  5/8).  Secondaries  and  tertials  with  wider,  more  con- 
spicuous margins,  and  primaries  with  thin,  yellowish-red  apical  fringes  instead  of  .solidly 
blackish.  Soft  parts  as  in  adults,  with  pale-grayish  irides.  Wing  (chord)  61.1;  tail  56.1; 
culmen  from  base  (at  skull)  11.3;  culmen  from  anterior  edge  nares  7.2;  bill  depth  not 
measurable;  bill  width  at  anterior  edge  nares  3.0;  tarsus  17.3;  mass  14  gr. 

ETYMOLOGY. — We  are  pleased  to  name  this  distinctive  new  furnariid  for  Paulo  Sergio 
Moreira  da  Fonseca  (“P.S.”)  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  our  multi-talented  friend  of  many  years,  not 
only  because  he  was  the  first  to  gasp  in  wonder  at  the  living  bird,  but  also  in  recognition 
of  his  unending  encouragement  and  deep  generosity.  Through  his  excellence  in  the  identi- 
fication and  observation  of  birds,  PS.  has  contributed  much  valuable  data  to  our  continuing 
studies  of  the  Brazilian  avifauna. 

We  designate  the  English  name  Pink-legged  Graveteiro  to  call  attention  to  conspicuous 
morphological  and  ecological  features  of  the  bird:  the  stout,  bright-pink  legs  and  feet,  and 
the  fact  that  it  gathers  twigs  and  sticks  (“gravetos”  in  Portuguese)  to  construct  its  ne.st,  as 


408 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  3,  September  1996 


do  several  other  groups  of  furnariids,  such  as  the  canasteros  (“basket-makers”  in  Spanish). 
Indeed,  to  call  Acrobatornis  a “canastero”  or  “thornbird”  or  “spinetail”  or  any  other  ex- 
isting English  name  seems  inappropriate,  regardless  of  its  phylogenetic  affinities. 

The  Portuguese  name  Acrobata  refers  to  the  highly  acrobatic  foraging  behavior  of  the 
new  species,  and  this  is  the  name  we  became  accustomed  to  use  while  studying  it  in  the 
field. 


REMARKS 

Variation  in  the  type  series. — The  type  series  comprises  four  adults 
and  two  specimens  in  largely  juvenal  plumage.  The  adult  specimens,  aside 
from  the  holotype  and  the  female  described  above,  are  an  adult  male 
(MPEG  No.  52345),  and  an  unsexed  bird  (LSUMZ  No.  160000),  both  of 
which  are  virtually  like  the  holotype  except  that  they  have  considerably 
less  black  feather-edging  in  the  mantle  region,  more  closely  approaching 
the  adult  female  than  the  holotype.  The  second  juvenile  specimen,  MPEG 
No.  52346,  is  very  much  like  MZUSP  No.  74156,  but  with  all  orangish 
feathers  slightly  paler,  and  with  the  lower  back  and  rump  largely  medium- 
gray.  This  specimen  weighed  only  12  g. 

Habitat. — Mori  (1989)  summarized  specific  climatic  data  from  the  low- 
land “moist  forest”  of  southeastern  Bahia,  and  characterized  the  region 
as  generally  hot  and  humid,  without  a distinct  dry  season  (but  with  short, 
unpredictable  dry  periods  of  one  to  three  months),  and  with  rainfall  great- 
er than  1300  mm/year.  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  inhabits  the  canopy  and 
subcanopy  in  a restricted  section  (Eig.  4)  of  the  moist  Atlantic  Eorest 
domain  of  southeastern  Bahia,  hereafter  refened  to  as  the  Itabuna-Ca- 
macan  region.  Native  forest  within  its  known  range,  where  not  removed 
altogether,  has  been  converted  to  cocoa  (Theobroma  cacao)  plantations 
virtually  completely;  we  found  no  intact  forest  habitat  below  about  400 
m elevation  and  almost  none  below  600  m.  Traditionally,  cocoa  is  culti- 
vated by  thorough  removal  of  the  native  forest  understory,  and  thinning 
of  the  canopy  to  about  25  trees/hectare  to  provide  the  necessary  shade 
for  the  growing  cocoa,  a system  known  as  “cabruca”  (Mori  et  al.  1983). 
Within  the  known  range  of  Acrobatornis,  cocoa  is  cultivated  to  elevations 
of  about  600  m (pers.  observ.);  indeed,  there  is  little  land  above  this 
elevation.  We  found  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  only  in  canopy  trees  left  to 
shade  cocoa  plantations  (Eig.  5). 

When  first  discovered  at  550  m in  the  serra  das  Lontras  (which  turned 
out  to  be  the  highest  elevation  at  which  we  ever  found  it),  we  expected 
that  Acrobatornis  was  a montane  forest  species,  like  other  undescribed 
forms  recently  discovered  in  southern  Bahia.  It  soon  became  apparent, 
however,  that  Acrobatornis  was  absent  from  undisturbed  montane  forest 
and,  at  these  higher  elevations,  was  to  be  found  only  in  the  tall  trees 
shading  cocoa,  beyond  the  forest  edge.  Eollowing  our  October  field  ex- 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  409 


Fig.  5.  Habitat  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov.  Leguminosae  and  other  trees 
(thinned,  “cabruca”  canopy)  shading  cocoa  monoculture  at  the  type  locality  in  the  serra  das 
Lontras  of  southeastern  Bahia,  Brazil.  Three  nests  of  Acrobatornis  are  visible  in  the  canopy 
of  the  thin  tree  right  of  center  (two  nests  above  the  horizon,  one  below).  Photo  by  Whitney. 


pedition,  all  evidence  indicates  that  Acrobatornis  has  spread  from  a nar- 
row distributional  center  in  the  contiguous  lowlands  into  the  higher  ele- 
vations of  the  serra  das  Lontras  and  serra  Bonita,  exactly  following  the 
opening  of  these  denser,  more  humid,  montane  canopies  for  the  propa- 
gation of  cocoa. 

The  broken,  cabruca  canopies  in  the  Itabuna-Camacan  region,  and  the 
continuous  canopies  of  undisturbed  forests  above  about  500  m,  have 
many  trees  heavily  laden  with  bromeliads,  lianas,  orchids,  and  mosses. 
We  also  noted  many  species  and  individuals  of  Leguminosae  (e.g.,  Ery- 


410 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


thrina  verna,  Senna  multijuga,  Schizolobium  parahyba,  Inga  spp.),  the 
small  leaves  and  relatively  open  canopies  of  which  allow  much  greater 
penetration  of  sunlight  and  wind  and,  consequently,  support  almost  no 
epiphytic  growth.  Acrobatornis  favors  Leguminosae  for  nesting  (Whitney 
et  al.  1996).  Other  species  of  Leguminosae  listed  by  Lewis  (1987)  as 
common  in  the  cocoa-growing  region  of  southern  Bahia  are  Diplotropis 
incexis,  Platycyamus  regnellii,  Sweetia  friiticosa,  Parkia  pendula,  and 
Plathymenia  foliolosa.  In  late  January,  Acrobatornis  also  foraged  in  large, 
flowering,  Croton  sp.  trees  (Euphorbiaceae;  see  frontispiece). 

The  native  habitats  of  the  Itabuna-Camacan  region  have  suffered  ex- 
tensive alteration  for  so  long  that  it  is  now  difficult,  perhaps  impossible, 
to  reconstruct  the  natural  habitats  there  beyond  a basic  structural  descrip- 
tion. What  is  clear  is  that  Acrobatornis  has  been  able  to  tolerate  radical 
changes  in  the  habitat  in  which  it  evolved,  in  both  a paleoclimatic  time- 
frame,  over  probably  millions  of  years,  and  a recent-historical  context, 
over  the  past  century  or  so.  Today,  Acrobatornis  persists  as  a fairly  com- 
mon species  along  roads,  including  even  the  major  Brazilian  highway, 
BR-101  (we  have  even  observed  it  flying  across  this  thoroughfare),  and 
forages  and  nests  in  close  proximity  to  human  presence  (see  Fig.  10  in 
“Conservation,”  below). 

We  suspect  that  Acrobatornis  is  absent  from  coastal  forests  east  and 
south  of  Itabuna,  where  recent,  pluviomarine  soils  (RADAMBRASIL 
1981;  see  discussion  under  “Origins”  below)  and  forest  structure  (pers. 
observ.,  unquantified)  differ  from  those  in  the  Itabuna-Camacan  region. 
We  failed  to  find  Acrobatornis  along  the  principal  roads  from  just  east  of 
Arataca  east  to  Una  (practically  on  the  coast),  then  north  along  the  coast 
to  near  Ilheus.  Indeed,  we  noted  few  cocoa  plantations  east  of  the  vicinity 
of  Arataca  (which  might  reflect  the  different  soil  type?).  We  did  not  con- 
duct tape-playback  presentations  to  attempt  to  find  birds,  but  base  the 
above  suggestion  on  the  fact  that  we  noted  no  nests  of  Acrobatornis  (see 
below).  Acrobatornis  might  occur  somewhat  farther  east,  to  the  north  of 
Ilheus,  where  soils  and  cocoa  plantations  quite  near  the  coast  are  appar- 
ently much  like  those  in  the  Itabuna-Camacan  region;  we  did  not  have 
an  opportunity  to  explore  this  area  (see  “?”  in  Fig.  4).  We  expect  it  occurs 
west  to  about  40°W,  which  is  near  the  western  limit  of  cocoa  cultivation 
in  this  region. 

Breeding. — As  appears  to  be  true  of  most  species  of  passerines  in  the 
Atlantic  Forest  (pers.  observ.),  Acrobatornis  breeds  in  the  Septem- 
ber/October, spring  period,  at  least.  Two  adults  collected  in  early  October 
appeared  to  be  in  breeding  condition  and,  at  this  season,  the  birds  were 
singing  conspicuously  and  feeding  both  nestlings  and  fledged,  food-beg- 
ging juveniles.  On  4 October  1995,  when  we  were  actively  looking  for 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  4 1 I 


potential  nests  of  the  new  species,  it  was  the  food-begging  calls  of  nest- 
ling Acrobatornis  that  first  called  our  attention  to  an  unusually  sized  and 
shaped  stick-nest  in  the  canopy  of  a leafy  Erythrina  tree.  Nests  were 
characteristic,  often  conspicuous  masses  of  sticks  and  twigs  in  the  cano- 
pies of  tall  trees,  easily  seen  from  roadsides.  We  confirmed  that  the  pres- 
ence of  nests  was  a highly  reliable  indicator  of  the  presence  of  Acroba- 
tomis,  as  previously  undetected  birds  responded  within  1 min  to  playback 
of  tape-recordings  presented  below  nests.  The  nest  and  nesting  ecology 
of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai,  and  implications  for  intrafamilial  relationships, 
were  described  by  Whitney  et  al.  (1996). 

We  observed  adult  Acrobatornis  feeding  young  in  four  nests  at  widely 
scattered  localities  (Fig.  4).  At  one  active  nest,  we  determined  that  both 
adults  feed  the  young,  although  they  usually  were  not  at  the  nest  simul- 
taneously. Feeding  intervals  between  08;30  and  11:00  averaged  about 
once  every  10  min.,  with  more  regular  feedings  earlier  in  the  period. 
Feeding  intervals  probably  vary  considerably  with  the  age  of  the  young; 
noisiness  of  the  young  in  this  nest  suggested  that  they  were  fairly  well- 
developed.  We  also  noted  that  adults  (perhaps  only  the  male?)  usually 
sang  once  from  near  the  nest  entrance  immediately  after  feeding  the 
young.  At  another  active  nest  in  which  no  young  birds  were  audible,  we 
suspect  that  the  adult  (presumed  female,  as  the  presumed  male  was  sing- 
ing some  50  m away  at  the  time)  was  incubating  or  brooding  small  young, 
because  it  once  stayed  inside  the  nest  for  13  mins.  We  suspect  that  the 
clutch  size  is  two  or  three,  because  we  saw  pairs  of  adults  accompanied 
by  two  young  birds  several  times  and,  on  two  occasions,  by  three  pre- 
sumed offspring  (one  of  which  could  have  been  from  a previous  nesting). 
Gonads  of  the  two  adult  specimens  collected  in  late  January  were  largely 
destroyed  by  shot  (one  could  not  be  sexed),  such  that  reproductive  con- 
dition was  not  possible  to  determine,  but  Pacheco,  Fonseca,  and  Bauer 
noted  that  Acrobatornis  was  not  vocal  and  was  generally  inconspicuous 
then.  Similarly,  Whitney  noted  relatively  poor  response  to  tape  playback 
m early  March,  and  presumed  young  birds  in  the  company  of  adults  were 
not  food-begging. 

Molt. — Of  the  two  (adult)  specimens  of  Acrobatornis  collected  in  early 
October,  during  the  breeding  season,  one  (female)  showed  no  sign  of  molt, 
and  one  (male)  was  molting  the  inner  primaries;  tail  molt  had  not  com- 
menced. The  two  adults  collected  in  late  January  had  little  evidence  of 
molt  in  the  head  and  body.  One  (male;  holotype)  was  molting  primary 
No.  7 and  molt  of  the  rectrices  was  well  underway.  It  had  retained  at 
least  one  brownish-tinged  scapular  feather  on  the  left  side.  The  other 
specimen  (unsexed)  was  molting  some  primaries  but  no  rectrices.  Juvenal 
plumage  is  apparently  replaced  in  the  postjuvenal  molt.  Both  juveniles 


412 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


collected  in  late  January  showed  at  least  one  ingrowing,  adult-colored 
rectrix  and  several  black  or  gray  head  and  body  feathers.  If  these  birds 
were  fledged  in  the  previous  breeding  season,  definitive  feathering  is 
probably  attained  by  about  six  months  age.  Although  we  have  no  firm 
evidence  that  Acrobalornis  has  a distinct  subadult  plumage  (one  ingrow- 
ing rectrix  with  a rufous  margin  on  the  right  side  of  MZUSP  No.  74156 
seems  different  from  adult),  as  do  Scytalopus  tapaculos,  for  instance,  this 
merits  further  attention. 

Behavior  and  ecology. — Acrobatornis  fonsecai  foraged  in  the  canopy 
and  subcanopy  of  tall  trees,  virtually  always  in  the  company  of  mixed- 
species  flocks  of  small  insectivores  and  frugivores.  Consistent  flock  as- 
sociates in  cocoa  plantations  were  Gray  Elaenia  (Myiopagis  caniceps). 
Chestnut-crowned  Becard  {Pachyramphus  castaneus).  Black-capped  Be- 
card  {P.  marginatus).  Streaked  Xenops  (Xenops  rutilans),  Rufous-browed 
Peppershrike  {Cyclarhis  gujanensis).  Red-eyed  Vireo  (Vireo  olivaceus)'. 
Tropical  Parula  {Parula  pitiayumi),  Bananaquit  (Coereba  flaveola). 
Flame-crested  Tanager  (Tachyphonus  cristatus),  Sayaca  Tanager  (Thrau- 
pis  sayaca).  Palm  Tanager  (T.  palmarum).  Violaceous  Euphonia  {Eu- 
phonia  violacea).  Chestnut-bellied  Euphonia  {E.  pectoralis).  Green-head- 
ed Tanager  {Tangara  seledon).  Red-necked  Tanager  (T.  cyanocephala), 
and  Blue  Dacnis  (Dacnis  cayana).  At  higher  elevations.  Rufous-headed 
Tanager  (Hemithraupis  ruficapilla)  was  a near-constant  member  of  mixed- 
species  flocks,  and  a variety  of  other  species  occasionally  joined  near 
undisturbed  forest  borders.  At  about  550  m in  the  serra  das  Lontras,  Cran- 
ioleuca  pallida  (Pallid  Spinetail)  foraged  in  some  of  the  same  mixed- 
species  flocks  as  Acrobatornis,  generally  keeping  to  lower  heights  and  in 
more  tangled  vegetation,  performing  gleans  and  short  reaches  in  vines 
and  dead  leaves,  but  also  gleaning  from  bark. 

Acrobatornis  traveled  through  the  treetops  with  a variety  of  acrobatic 
maneuvers,  seldom  spending  more  than  about  10  sec.  at  a foraging  site. 
The  birds  also  flew  strongly,  adults  sometimes  traversing  more  than  300 
m in  a single  flight  to  join  mixed-species  foraging  flocks  after  feeding 
young  at  the  nest.  The  most  characteristic  foraging  maneuvers  were  in- 
verted hangs  and  inverted  creeping  or  hitching  along  limbs  (ranging  in 
diameter  from  about  3 mm  to  8 cm),  with  the  tail  parallel  to  the  substrate; 
we  estimated  these  behaviors  constituted  at  least  80%  of  search  maneu- 
vers (terminology  follows  Remsen  and  Robinson  1990).  Most  other 
searches  were  scansorial  along  the  uppersides  of  limbs.  Individuals 
crawled  with  agility  over  and  through  the  terminal  leaf-  and  flower-clus- 
ters of  tall  trees,  hanging  and  swinging  as  they  poked  their  heads  into  the 
foliage.  Their  powerful  legs  and  feet  (Fig.  2A)  allowed  them  to  perform 
these  maneuvers  without  fluttering  the  wings  for  balance.  Unfortunately, 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  413 


we  were  not  able  to  determine  the  precise  orientation  of  the  legs  and  feet 
dining  scansorial  locomotion,  but  some  of  these  behaviors  were  video- 
taped, and  might  show  sufficient  detail  to  be  informative  in  future  study. 
Almost  all  attack  maneuvers  were  near-perch,  mostly  gleans  in  live  fo- 
liage and  flowers,  and  probes  in  moss  coating  trunks  and  limbs  and  the 
bark  of  dead  limbs.  They  also  reached  into  new,  unopened  (still  curled) 
leaves,  probing  deeply  with  the  bill.  On  only  one  occasion  did  we  note 
dead-leaf  searching.  An  adult  Acrobatornis  hitched  along  terminal  bran- 
chlets  to  reach  a small  cluster  ot  dead  leaves,  then  poked  and  probed  in 
these  for  several  seconds.  Most  of  the  trees  in  which  Acrobatornis  foraged 
(Leguminosae)  did  not  hold  dead  leaves  or  leaf-clusters,  and  their  tall 
canopies  trapped  few  dead  leaves  fallen  from  other  trees. 

On  two  occasions  (one  of  which  was  partially  video-taped)  we  ob- 
served Acrobatornis  hitching  upwards  for  distances  of  about  1 m on  the 
principal  trunks  of  trees  at  least  25  cm  in  diameter  at  foraging  height 
(about  20  m above  ground),  using  the  tail  as  a brace  or  prop  (a  behavior 
rarely  reported  in  Furnariidae),  and  probing  intently  in  moss  and  at  the 
bases  of  small  epiphytic  ferns  and  a bromeliad  (spending  nearly  3 min  at 
this  latter  site).  In  general,  trees  in  which  Acrobatornis  foraged  held  (apart 
from  thin  patches  of  moss)  almost  no  epiphytic  growth. 

On  the  afternoon  of  1 1 October,  following  a brief  but  hard  rain,  we 
observed  a family  group  of  Acrobatornis  foraging  in  the  mostly  leafless 
canopy  of  a tree  at  least  35  m tall.  One  adult  performed  two  aerial,  fly- 
catching  maneuvers  to  capture  large,  winged  termites.  It  flew  about  3 m 
upwards  from  the  crown  of  the  tree,  stalled  as  it  took  the  insect  in  the 
bill,  then  fluttered  back  to  land  near  the  other  birds.  Each  time,  a food- 
begging juvenile  followed  the  adult  after  it  landed,  but  was  not  fed.  In- 
stead, the  adult  bounded  away  quickly  through  the  branches,  and  once 
we  were  able  to  see  it  hold  the  termite  with  its  foot  as  it  pecked  it  against 
the  limb  and  swallowed  it. 

Apparently,  most  prey  were  very  small;  the  only  items  we  were  able 
to  see  clearly  in  the  field  were  the  winged  termites,  several  small  cater- 
pillars (fed  to  nestlings  and  food-begging  juveniles),  and  a fairly  large 
moth  (gleaned  from  a dead  limb)  that  fluttered  in  the  bird’s  grasp  for 
several  seconds  before  being  subdued  and  swallowed.  Stomachs  of  three 
specimens  collected  in  January  contained  remains  of  tiny  arthropods. 
These  were  principally  Coleoptera  (including  several  Curculionidae  and 
one  Staphylinidae),  which  were  present  in  all  stomachs  and  represented 
58%  of  all  (N  = 90)  identifiable  food  items.  Ants  and  insect  larvae  (in- 
cluding catterpilars)  were  also  present  in  all  stomachs,  but  the  first  totaled 
only  11%  and  the  latter  only  7%  of  the  items.  Other  insects  included 
winged  Hymenoptera  (including  a minute  apoid),  Hemiptera,  and  Ho- 


414 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


moptera  (including  two  nymphs).  Insect  eggs,  oothecae  of  an  orthopter- 
oid,  and  spiders  were  also  found,  each  in  only  one  of  the  stomachs  ex- 
amined. 

Singing  posture  was  nearly  vertical,  with  the  bill  parallel  to  the  ground 
and  opened  fairly  widely.  Sometimes,  as  the  birds  sang,  they  leaned  for- 
ward and  swung  the  head  and  neck  from  side  to  side,  broadcasting  the 
song  more  widely.  In  response  to  tape  playback  of  songs  in  October, 
individuals  (often  just  the  presumed  male)  usually  responded  almost  im- 
mediately by  flying  in  to  perch  in  the  tree  nearest  the  tape  recorder.  They 
perched  in  an  upright  posture  and  remained  silent  for  up  to  several  min- 
utes. They  then  either  sang  one  song  before  departing  or,  most  frequently, 
flew  off  to  rejoin  the  female  and  sang  once  from  there.  With  repeated 
tape  playbacks,  males  twice  descended  to  near  the  ground,  and  females 
and  immatures  sometimes  came  to  trees  overhead. 

Vocalizations. — The  vocal  repertoire  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  is  typi- 
cal of  that  of  most  furnariids  (pers.  observ.).  Whitney  recorded  29  songs 
(at  least  19  of  which  were  in  response  to  playback)  from  12-14  individual 
adult  Acrobatornis,  and  other  vocalizations  from  several  (number  unde- 
termined) individuals,  four  of  which  were  immatures  or  juveniles.  The 
natural  (unsolicited)  song  may  be  generally  characterized  as  a simple 
series  of  very  short,  piercing  syllables  at  about  5.5  kHz  that  begins  with 
syllables  delivered  slowly  enough  to  be  counted  (5-8/sec),  then  gradually 
accelerates  in  pace  while  decreasing  slightly  in  amplitude,  finishing  with 
syllables  spaced  tightly.  It  is  almost  always  introduced  by  2-4  more  ir- 
regularly spaced,  sharp  syllables,  and  lasts  from  about  4-8  sec  (Fig.  6A, 
B,  C).  Some  parameters  of  songs  vary  slightly,  mostly  with  respect  to 
overall  duration.  The  shortest  songs  always  begin  as  described  above,  but 
then  do  not  achieve  a delivery  rate  greater  than  about  15  syllables/sec. 
Longer  songs,  and  those  given  in  response  to  playback,  finish  with  syl- 
lables delivered  at  a rate  of  20-26/sec,  and  the  series  tends  to  drop  ap- 
proximately 0.5  kHz  in  frequency  as  it  loses  amplitude  (Fig.  6B,  C). 
Songs  given  in  response  to  playback  may  be  nearly  12  sec  in  duration 
and  usually  have  a few  stutters  in  the  fastest  section,  after  the  halfway 
point  (Fig.  6C).  Songs  are  audible  to  at  least  200  m.  Acrobatornis  pro- 
duces a duet  in  which  the  two  members  of  the  pair  sing  different  parts. 
The  presumed  male  sings  a normal  version  of  the  song  and  the  female 
joins  in  with  irregularly  paced  bursts  of  sharp  chips  much  like  the  intro- 
ductory syllables  of  songs  (Fig.  6D).  Few  duets  were  heard,  and  these 
were  in  response  to  tape  playback. 

Calls  given  by  foraging  Acrobatornis  are  short,  sharp,  single  syllables 
delivered  at  irregular  intervals;  flight  calls  are  similar.  Food-begging  ju- 
veniles utter  a slightly  higher-sounding  version  of  this  call  and  sometimes 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  4 1 5 


give  doublets  with  the  two  elements  about  0.17  sec  apart  and  the  first 
slightly  louder  (adult  and  juv.  calls  Fig.  6E).  Also  given  by  adults,  al- 
though rather  rarely  (heard  only  twice),  is  a chattery  vocalization  that 
may  be  a pair  greeting.  It  is  delivered  when  one  member  of  a pair  that 
has  been  foraging  apart  flies  in  to  land  near  its  mate.  It  may  be  described 
as  a jumble  of  10-12  syllables,  quietest  in  the  middle,  then  loudest 
through  the  final  three  or  four  syllables,  which  are  more  distinctly  sepa- 
rated from  each  other  (Fig.  6F).  Complete  songs  are  sometimes  delivered 
immediately  following  this  vocalization.  We  did  not  hear  the  scolding  or 
mobbing  vocalization  of  Acrobatornis. 

SYSTEMATIC  RELATIONSHIPS,  ORIGIN,  AND  DESTINY 

Phylogeny  and  classification  of  the  Dendrocolaptidae/Furnariidae  com- 
plex, or  of  its  many  subgroups,  have  been  the  subjects  of  some  important 
recent  studies  (Vaurie  1971,  1980;  Feduccia  1973;  Sibley  and  Ahlquist 
1985;  Rudge  and  Raikow  1992a,b;  Clench  1995),  all  of  which,  however, 
have  focused  on  morphological  comparison  with  limited  or  inconsistent 
discussion  of  other  characters.  Vaurie  (1980)  focused  especially  on  nest 
location  and  architecture.  Owing  to  the  variety  of  taxa  judged  “interme- 
diate in  one  or  another  kind  of  analysis,  and  the  fact  that  many  species 
and  several  genera  have  not  been  included  in  most  of  these  analyses,  even 
familial  limits  remain  the  subject  of  considerable  debate.  Detailed  docu- 
mentation of  a new  genus,  then,  especially  one  well-differentiated  from 
all  others  and  perhaps  basal  to  some  contemporary  groups,  seems  partic- 
ularly desirable.  Placement  of  the  new  genus  in  the  Furnariidae  requires 
comparison  to  several  other,  possibly  related  genera.  Much  further  anal- 
ysis, incorporating  morphological,  vocal,  ecological,  and  biochemical  data 
(a  great  deal  of  which  are  now  available)  is  needed  to  construct  a well- 
corroborated  phylogeny  of  this  large  and  complex  assemblage  of  birds. 

In  Table  1 (comparative  mensural  data  from  selected  furnariids).  Fig. 

2 (skulls  and  tarsi),  and  Figs.  6-9  (spectrograms  of  songs  and  other  vo- 
calizations, many  examples  from  near  type  localities),  we  present  com- 
parative data  for  Acrobatornis  and  a variety  of  selected  genera  (and  se- 
lected species  of  each)  that  we  judge,  from  field  and  museum  experience, 
to  be  relevant,  regardless  of  degree  of  actual  relatedness.  These  are:  Cran- 
ioleuca,  Asthenes,  Thripophaga,  Phacellodomus,  Xenerpestes,  Metopoth- 
rix,  and  Margarornis\  aspects  of  each  will  be  described  and  discussed 
relative  to  Acrobatornis.  We  consider  each  of  them,  except  Asthenes,  to 
be  monophyletic  as  currently  defined,  or  close  enough  to  monophyletic 
(e.g.,  Cranioleuca)  for  the  purposes  of  the  present  comparisons.  Perhaps 
the  monotypic  Siptornis  should  be  considered  as  well,  but  we  have  in- 
sufficient data  (no  nest,  no  recordings  of  song).  Tails  of  these  various 


Frequency  ( kHz) 


416 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Time  (sec) 

Fig.  6.  Sound  spectrograms  of  vocalizations  of  Acrobatoniis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov. 
for  comparison  with  tho.se  of  other  taxa  shown  in  subsequent  figures.  All  songs  in  this  and 
subsequent  figures  (except  A in  this  figure)  shown  on  same  time  scale;  all  other  vocalizations 
are  on  a scale  4X  that  of  songs  to  show  greater  detail.  A.  Natural  song,  short  version, 
presented  on  scale  2X  that  of  other  songs.  Serra  das  Lontras,  5 Oct.  1995,  475  m.  B.  Natural 
song,  long  version,  with  more  rapidly  paced  ending.  Serra  das  Lontras,  8 Oct.  1995,  480  m. 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  4 1 7 


genera  are  at  least  moderately  graduated  and  composed  of  12  rectrices 
that  are  somewhat  stiffened,  except  Thripophaga  and  Xenerpestes,  in 
which  rectrices  are  soft.  Most  of  the  following  discussion  of  these  genera 
stems  from  Whitney’s  unpublished  observations. 

Cranioleuca.  Bill  length  varies  substantially  in  Cranioleuca  (e.g.,  Fig. 
2B,  C),  with  even  the  smallest-billed  species  (such  as  C.  curtata  Ash- 
browed  Spinetail)  considerably  longer-billed  than  Acrobatornis  (Table  1). 
Body  mass  is  roughly  similar  (Table  1 ).  Tail/wing  ratios  for  the  three 
representatives  of  Cranioleucci  in  Table  1 average  1.1  (and  all  species 
have  the  tail  longer  than  the  wing,  although  the  albiceps  complex  has 
low  tail/wing  ratio),  whereas  Acrobatornis  has  the  tail  shorter  than  the 
wing  with  an  average  ratio  of  0.89.  Rectrices  of  almost  all  Cranioleuca 
species  are  acuminate  and,  in  many  species,  the  innermost  are  excised  on 
the  inner  web  near  the  tip,  forming  a point  without  an  exposed  spine.  The 
excised  tips  of  the  rectrices  of  some  Cranioleuca  taxa  closely  approach 
the  shape  of  those  of  Acrobatornis.  W^ings  and  tails  of  all  members  of 
Cranioleuca  are  almost  entirely  rufous,  but  many  species  show  darker 
feathers  in  the  alula  region,  and  some  have  blackish  proximal  webs  on 
the  primary  coverts.  The  obvious  difference  in  color  aside,  none  shows 
as  marked  a pattern,  or  the  same  pattern,  on  the  wing  as  Acrobatornis, 
but  we  do  see  a vague  similarity.  Almost  all  species  of  Cranioleuca  have 
pale  superciliary  stripes  contrasting  with  a dark  (brown  or  rufous,  streaked 
in  two)  crown  or  cap;  a few  have  dark  superciliaries  contrasting  with 
buffy  or  white  crowns.  The  superciliaried/capped  pattern  of  Cranioleuca 
seems  much  like  that  of  Acrobatornis,  but  this  pattern  is  pervasive  in 
Furnariidae.  All  members  of  Cranioleuca,  except  the  marsh-inhabiting  C. 
sulphurifera  (Sulphur-bearded  Spinetail),  forage  arboreally  and  almost  ex- 
clusively with  mixed-species  flocks,  moving  through  the  middle  strata  and 
subcanopies  (C.  albiceps  complex  in  understory)  of  forest  and  woodland 
with  short  hops  and  hitches  along  horizontal  and  vertical  substrates,  per- 
forming reaches  and  gleans  from  vines,  bark,  dead  leaves,  and  tangles. 


C.  Song  after  tape  playback  of  conspecific  song,  which  is  essentially  identical  to  the  long 
natural  song  shown  in  B.  7 km  W Camacan,  12  Oct.  1995,  105  m.  D.  Duet  in  which  one 
bird  (adult  male?)  delivers  a long  song  and  is  joined  by  the  other  bird  giving  irregularly 
paced  bursts  of  similar  syllables.  Serra  das  Lontras,  7 Oct.  1995,  475  m.  E.  Calls:  forag- 
ing/contact of  adult  (three  on  left)  and  food-solicitation  of  one  accompanying  Juvenile  (three 
on  right).  4 km  W Arataca,  1 1 Oct.  1995,  1 10  m.  E Chatter  that  seems  to  serve  as  a pair 
greeting  call,  and  is  sometimes  followed  immediately  by  the  song.  Same  loc.  and  date  as 
E.  All  recordings  by  Whitney.  Sound  spectrograms  produced  with  “Canary”  1 .2  of  the 
Bioacoustics  Research  Program  of  the  Cornell  Laboratory  of  Ornithology,  Ithaca,  New  York, 
and  Canvas”  of  Deneba  Software,  Miami,  Florida. 


418 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Standard  measurements  of  acrobatornis  fonsecai  and  Selected  other  Genera  and  Species  of  Furnarjidae 


Acrobatornis 

fonsecai 

Asthenes 

Cranioleuca 

Thripophaga 

fusciceps 

Phacellodo- 
mus  sibllaira 

Xenerpesles 

singularis 

Metopoihra 

auranliacus 

Margaromis 

squamiger 

baeri 

dorbignyi 

albiceps 

pyrrhophia 

curlauj 

Bill  width 

S±  SD 
(N)  range 

3.0  ±0,05 
(4)  2.9-3.0 

3.0  ±028 
(5)  2.6-3.6 

3.0  ± 0.13 
(4)  2.9-32 

3.2  ± 0.06 
(3)  32-32 

2.8  ± 021 
(3)  2.6-3.0 

3.3  ± 0.29 
(4)  3.0-3.7 

4.1  ±0.10 
(3)  4,0-42 

32  ± 023 
(4)  3.0-3  8 

32  ±0.18 
(5)  3.0-3.4 

32  ± 0.06 
(3)3.1-32 

3.1  ±0.15 
(3)  3.0-32 

Bill  depth 
s 1 SD 
(N)  range 

3,6  ± 0.07 
(2)  3.5-3.6 

3.5  ± 0.24 
(4)  3 4-3,9 

3.7  ± 026 
(4)  3.5-4.0 

3 .9  ±0.10 
(3)  3.8-4.0 

3,4  ± 0.06 
(3)  3.4-3  5 

3.7  ± 0.26 
(4)3.54.1 

4.7  ± 0.15 
(3)  4.5-4  8 

3.9  ±0.14 
(2)  3.8;  4.0 

32  ±0.15 
(5)31-3.5 

32  ± 0.07 
(2)  3.3;  3.4 

32  ±0.0 
(3)  32-32 

Bill  length 
fixtm  nares 
kiSD 
(N) range 

7.4  ± 0.16 
(4)  72-7.5 

7.6  ± 0.48 
(5)  6.9-8.1 

9.9  ± 0.25 
(4)  9.6-102 

102  ± 0.15 
(3)  10.0-10.3 

10.5  ±0.55 
(3)  9.9-10.9 

9.5  ± 0.88 
(4)  8,9-10.8 

10.0  ±0.17 
(3)  9.9-102 

8.5  ±0.61 
(4)  8,1-9  4 

7.7  ± 0.57 
(5)  6.8-82 

8.1  ±020 
(3)  7.9-82 

7.9  ±0-10 
(3)  7 8-8-0 

Bill  length 

Grom  skull 
«±SD 
(N)  range 

11.4  ± 021 
(4)  112-11,6 

122  ± 0,52 
(5)  11.8-13  1 

15.4  ± 0.32 
(4)  15.1-15.8 

13.9  ± 029 
(3)  14.9-15.1 

16.2  ± 0.42 
(3)  15.7-16.5 

15-1  ± 1.09 
(4)  14.4-16.7 

15.6  ±022 
(3)  15,4-16.0 

13.5  ±0,84 
(4)  12.8-14.7 

11.5±0.5l 
(5)  10.9-12.1 

11,7  ±0.06 
(3)  1I.6-II.7 

13.9  ± 029 
(3)  13.6-14.1 

Tarsus 
s±SD 
(N)  range 

17.5  ± 0.42 
(5)  17.2-182 

19.7  ± 1.09 
(4)  18.5-21.0 

24.4  ±0.14 
(4)  242-24.5 

202  ±0.21 
(3)  20.1-20.5 

19-7  ± 1.08 
(3)  18.9-20.9 

18.8  ±0.55 
(3)  18.3-19.4 

21.8  ±0.15 
(3)21.6-21,9 

18.5  ± 0.17 
(3)  18,4-18.7 

15.5  ±0.12 
(3)  15.4-15.6 

15.0  ± 021 
(3)  14.8-152 

20.5  ± 0.66 
(3)  20.1-212 

Tail 

S ± SD 
(N)  range 

55.4  ±2,10 
(5)  52J-58.0 

62.9  ± 5.58 
(5)  56.5-70.4 

74.6  ± 1-91 
(4)  722-76.2 

65.2  ± 0.87 
(3)  64  5-66.5 

75.6  ± 0.42 
(3)  752-76.1 

73.4  ± 423 
(3)  702-78.3 

87.4  ±3.75 
(2)  84  8;  90.1 

62.4  ± 1.82 
(4)  59.7-63.6 

49.1  ± 125 
(4)  48  4-51.0 

51.5  ± 121 
(3)  50.1-522 

722  ± 1.42 
(3)  70.8-73.6 

Wing 

USD 
(N)  range 

63.6  ± 3.54 
(4)  60.2-67.8 

58.1  ±3.59 
(5)  55.3-62.1 

67.1  ±4.22 
(4)  62.6-71.4 

64.9  ± 0.80 
(3)  642-65.8 

64.6  ± 2.40 
(3)619-66  4 

65.7  ± 1.57 
(4)  64.0-672 

74.4  ±3.70 
(3)  70.1-76.7 

55.8  ± 125 
(4)  54,7-57,5 

55.9  ± 1-51 
(5)  54-0-57.8 

57,9  ± 0.58 
(3)  57.5-58.6 

762  ± 1.15 
(3)  752-77.5 

Mass 
k±SD 
(N)  range 

13.7  ± 1.26 
(4)  12.0-15,0 

14.4  ± 0.55 
(3)  14.0-15.0 

18.4  ± 0.48 
(4)  18.0-19.0 

15.7  ± 1.05 
(3)  14.6-16.7 

12,9  ± 0.72 
(3)  12.1-13.5 

16,7  ± 1.06 
(2)  16.0:  17  5 

25.2  ± 1.04 
(3)  24.0-25.9 

15.6  ±0,61 
(3)  14.9-16.0 

11.6  ±048 
(4)  11.0-12,0 

112  ± 021 
(2)  11.2;  11.5 

162  ±2.07 
(3)  14-5-18-5 

and  probes  in  mosses  and  epiphytic  growth.  Cranioleuca  spinetails  rarely 
hang  inverted  for  more  than  1—2  sec.  There  are  some  published  reports 
of  scansorial  foraging  in  Cranioleuca  (e.g.,  Skutch  1969,  Vuilleumier  note 
81  in  Vaurie  1980),  and  we  have  observed  this  behavior  ourselves  many 
times.  We  do  not  believe  that  any  member  of  Cranioleuca  is  as  highly 
scansorial,  or  hangs  as  much,  as  Acrobatornis,  which  we  suspect  is  re- 
flected in  the  relatively  short  and  stout  tarsus  of  Acrobatornis  (compare 
Fig.  2A  with  2D,  E). 

Cranioleuca  shows  remarkable  homogeneity  in  vocalizations  across  its 
18  or  so  members,  especially  the  montane  and  far-southern  species,  which 
is  most  of  them.  These  songs  are  short  (generally  less  than  2 sec)  series 
of  thin,  spritely,  syllables  on  a level  or  slightly  descending  frequency  (the 
last  syllable  or  two  almost  always  at  lower  frequency),  introduced  by  two 
or  three  relatively  loud  and  widely  spaced  syllables  with  subsequent  syl- 
lables spaced  more  closely  and  quieter  (Fig.  7 A,  B;  two  species  selected 
from  recordings  of  all  species).  Cranioleuca  songs  of  this  type,  except 
for  their  relatively  rapid  beginning  and  truncated  length,  are  structured 
much  like  and  sound  similar  to  the  song  of  Acrobatornis.  Songs  of  C. 
gutturata  (Speckled  Spinetail)  and  the  two  or  three  members  of  the  C. 
vulpina  (Rusty-backed  Spinetail)  complex,  all  principally  of  lowland  Am- 
azonian distribution  in  river-created  habitats,  differ  distinctly  from  those 
of  the  other  members  of  the  genus  (and  from  each  other)  and  do  not 
approach  the  song  of  Acrobatornis.  Cranioleuca  calls  are  short,  sharp. 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  4 1 9 


1 0 


8 - 
6 - 

^ 4 

N 

^ 2-1 


C.  pallida 


n 


C.  pyrrhophia 


T.  macroiira 


B 


'"111 


li 


liiljfllii 


.11 
ilii. 


^ ' 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 “ 

3120120123456 

C.  albiceps  C.  pyrrhophia 

D 

E 

1 1 1 1,  I 

; / 1 

''  w mi  

iLliJ 

! o 1 M M 

* j ■ i j ; 

O 

c 

0) 

3 

o* 

<D 


0.5  1.0 

Time  (sec) 


1.5 


Fig.  7.  Sound  spectrograms  of  vocalizations  of  selected  Cranioleuca  species  and  Thri- 
pophaga  macroura.  A.  Cranioleuca  pallida,  natural  song.  Brazil;  Bahia,  about  10  km  E. 
Boa  Nova,  8 Aug.  1993,  900  m.  Recording  by  Gonzaga.  B.  C.  pyrrhophia,  natural  song. 
Argentina.  Salta,  about  75  km  E.  J.  V.  Gonzalez,  30  Dec.  1987,  330  m.  Close  resemblance 
m species  shown  in  A and  B is  characteristic  of  the  montane  and  far-southern  members  of 
the  genus  (thus,  most  species).  C.  Thripophaga  macroura,  natural  song.  Bahia,  near  Al- 
madina,  9 Oct.  1995,  425  m.  D.  Cranioleuca  albiceps,  scold.  Bolivia:  La  Paz,  31  Mar.  1993, 
3180  m.  E.  C.  pyrrhophia,  calls  (two  on  left)  and  scold  (two  series  on  right).  Argentina: 
Salta,  about  60  km  E.  J.  V.  Gonzalez,  29  Dec.  1987,  330  m.  LNS  43819.  Scolds  of  most 
Cranioleuca  species  share  this  two-  to  six-syllable,  rapidly  paced  structure.  Foraging  and 
pair-contact  calls  of  most  are  similar  as  well.  All  recordings  except  A by  Wbitney. 


single  syllables  (e.g.,  Fig.  7E  [left  side])  that  sound  much  like  the  calls 
of  Acrobatornis.  Scold  or  mobbing  vocalizations  of  Cranioleuca  (we 
know  most  species)  consist  of  2-6  emphatic,  sharp  syllables  (vertical 
orientation  in  spectrograms)  delivered  in  rapid  succession  (e.g..  Fig.  7D 
and  E [two  examples  on  right  side]).  In  Cranioleuca,  pairs  rarely  duet, 
although  both  members  may  sing  simultaneously  in  an  unsynchronized 
manner.  As  we  observed  for  Acrobatornis,  duets  are  most  frequently 
heard  in  response  to  tape  playback. 

Asthenes. — To  place  our  discussion  of  relationships  of  Asthenes  to  Ac- 
robatornis in  perspective,  it  is  necessary  to  express  our  view  ihtxi  Asthenes 
includes  two,  possibly  three,  distinct  lineages,  the  evolutionary  histories 
of  which  have  probably  been  independent  since  pre-Andean  times.  It 
serves  to  separate  the  two  most  obvious  ones,  generally,  by  habitat  and 
nest  architecture.  The  “stick-nesting”  group  inhabits  woody  brush  and 
rocks  and  is  not  dependent  on  grassland  (e.g.,  Chaco  woodland  and  scrub; 


420 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


arid  and  semi-arid  interandean  valleys;  barren  altiplanos;  one  in  Brazilian 
serra),  and  builds  sturdy  nests  of  sticks  (depending  on  their  availability) 
lined  mostly  with  wool  and  grass.  The  second,  “grass-nesting,”  group  is 
completely  dependent  on  grassland  (with  or  without  scattered  shrubs  and 
rocks;  e.g.  grassy  paramos;  Festuca-dovaxndXcd  hillsides  and  valleys;  one 
in  grassy  coastal  marshes  from  extreme  southern  Rio  Grande  do  Sul  to 
Buenos  Aires,  Argentina)  and  builds  nests  of  grasses  and  other  herbaceous 
material;  most  species  use  no  or  few  sticks  (far-southern  A.  anthoides 
[Austral  Canastero]  may  be  an  exception).  A thorough  definition  of  this 
division,  which  finds  parallel  in  distinct  morphotypes,  vocalizations,  and 
ecologies,  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  paper.  Species  limits  within  Asthe- 
nes  have  been  the  subject  of  much  debate  over  the  years  and,  unfortu- 
nately, recent  modifications  that  seem  to  have  gained  general  acceptance 
(e.g.,  the  A.  dorbignyi  [Creamy-breasted  Canastero]  complex)  have  been 
extraordinarily  poorly  documented.  For  comparison  with  Acrobatornis, 
we  selected  some  typical  members  of  our  “stick-nesting”  group  of  As- 
thenes  (see  “Specimens  Examined,”  above.  Table  1,  and  Fig.  9). 

Bill  lengths  and  overall  shapes  vary  considerably  within  stick-nesting 
Asthenes,  but  small-billed  species  like  A.  baeri  (Short-billed  Canastero; 
Fig.  2D,  Table  1)  and  A.  patagonica  (Patagonian  Canastero)  closely  ap- 
proach Acrobatornis.  These  are  also  the  lightest  members  of  the  group, 
with  body  mass  essentially  like  Acrobatornis  (data  for  baeri  in  Table  1). 
Like  Cranioleuca,  Asthenes  have  tail/wing  ratios  greater  than  1.  Stick- 
nesting Asthenes  have  blunt-tipped  or  weakly  acuminate  rectrices  that  are 
not  excised.  They  forage  on  the  ground  or  low  in  brush  and  rocks  with 
short  gleans,  reaches,  and  probes,  often  moving  quickly  between  places 
of  concealment,  seldom  ascending  to  heights  of  more  than  about  1 m 
except  to  sing  or  for  nesting. 

Two  types  of  songs  or  song-like  vocalizations  are  shared  by  stick- 
nesting Asthenes,  each  of  generally  uniform  pattern  and  cadence  (but  a 
few  differ  appreciably  in  auditory  quality)  across  the  group.  One  begins 
with  well-separated  syllables  then  rapidly  accelerates  through  several  (at 
least  5)  seconds,  often  descending  slightly  through  the  terminal  third. 
Examples  are  shown  in  Fig.  8A  and  C (selected  from  recordings  of  all 
species  of  Asthenes).  Figure  8E  shows  a variant  of  this  song-type  in  which 
pace  is  much  slower  through  about  the  first  two-thirds,  and  syllables  are 
finely  modulated  (and  sound  harsher),  probably  communicating  a different 
message.  In  all  respects,  including  auditory  quality  (which  is  especially 
difficult  to  judge  from  a spectrogram),  this  song-type  of  Athenes  is  re- 
markably similar  to  the  song  of  Acrobatornis  (compare  with  Fig.  6A,  B, 
C).  The  second  song-type  is  a rattling  series  of  rapidly  paced  syllables 
that  begins  quietly,  quickly  crescendos,  and  then  trails  off  as  it  slows 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  42 1 


down  (Fig.  8B,  D,  F).  We  have  not  heard  a song  of  this  type  from  Ac- 
robatornis.  Among  all  stick-nesting  Asthenes,  the  songs  of  A.  baeri  (of 
semiarid  brush  and  woodland  from  extreme  southern  Brazil  to  central 
Argentina)  and  A.  clorbignyi  (of  arid  and  semiarid,  brushy  valleys  and 
slopes  of  the  Andes  of  southern  Peru  to  central  Argentina)  are  most  sim- 
ilar to  songs  of  Acrobatornis\  indeed  A.  dorbignyi  and  A.  baeri  appear  to 
be  sister  species  elevationally  allopatric  in  the  north  and  perhaps  para- 
patric  farther  south,  in  Mendoza,  Argentina.  Like  Acrobatornis,  calls  of 
Asthenes  species  (Fig.  8A,  E,  G)  are  sharp,  single  syllables  similar  to  the 
introductory  syllables  of  the  song.  Some  canasteros  occasionally  sing  du- 
ets, especially  at  territorial  encounters  or  in  response  to  tape-recording 
playback;  an  example  is  shown  in  Fig.  8H  (A.  patagonica). 

Thripophaga. — The  bill  of  T.  fusciceps  (Plain  Softtail;  Fig.  2F,  Table 
1 ) is  proportioned  much  like  that  of  Acrobatornis,  but  is  larger;  body 
mass  is  correspondingly  greater  as  well.  The  rectrices  of  the  four  species 
currently  included  in  Thripophaga  are  wide,  soft,  and  blunt-tipped  (the 
poorly  known  T.  berlepschi  [Russet-mantled  Softtail],  which  probably 
does  not  belong  in  this  genus,  somewhat  more  pointed).  We  have  field 
experience  only  with  T.  macroura  (Striated  Softtail)  and  T.  fusciceps 
(Plain  Softtail).  Both  forage  with  mixed-species  flocks,  mostly  in  the  mid- 
dle strata  of  dense,  vine-rich,  humid,  lowland  forest,  by  hitching  and 
crawling  upwards  and  laterally  through  tangles  with  the  tail  partially 
spread,  reaching  and  gleaning  (rarely  hanging)  from  bark,  vines,  and  es- 
pecially dead  foliage  trapped  in  such  places.  They  are  not  scansorial. 
Songs  and  calls  of  T.  macroura  and  T.  fusciceps  are  very  similar  in  struc- 
ture and  auditory  quality.  A long  song  of  T.  macroura,  selected  to  show 
maximum  similarity  to  Acrobatornis,  is  shown  in  Fig.  7D;  most  songs 
are  introduced  by  a single  or  two  well-separated,  loud  syllables  followed 
immediately  by  a short  burst  of  tightly  spaced  syllables,  the  whole  lasting 
less  than  about  1.5  sec.  Although  cadence  and  pace  of  the  long  song 
resemble  the  song  of  Acrobatornis,  structure  of  individual  syllables,  and 
thus  auditory  quality,  are  quite  different. 

Phacellodomus. — The  smallest  member  of  Phacellodomus,  P.  sibilatrix 
(Little  Thornbird),  is  slightly  larger  than  Acrobatornis  (Table  1,  tail/wing 
ratio  1.1).  Like  other  members  of  the  genus,  its  bill  is  also  differently 
shaped,  with  a hump  above  the  nares  and  steeply  sloping  culmen  (Fig. 
2G).  Rectrices  of  Phacellodomus  thornbirds  are  blunt-tipped.  They  forage 
primarily  with  reaches  and  gleans  on  the  ground  and  in  low  brush  and 
thickety  growth,  often  hopping  on  the  ground.  Across  the  genus  (we  do 
not  know  P.  dorsalis  [Chestnut-backed  Thornbird],  of  the  middle  Mara- 
non  valley  of  n.  Peru),  male  thornbird  songs  are  delivered  from  prominent 
perches  (bush-  or  treetops,  for  instance,  always  near  the  nest)  and  con- 


Frequency  { kHz) 


422 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


A.  baeri 


A.  baeri 


Time  (sec) 

Fig.  8.  Sound  spectrograms  of  vocalizations  of  selected  stick-nesting  Asthenes  species. 
A.  A.  baeri,  song  after  conspecific  tape  playback  (same  as  natural).  Introductory  syllables 
are  like  one  common  type  of  pair-contact  call.  Argentina:  Salta,  05  km  S.  Rivadavia,  27 
Oct.  1989,  260  m.  LNS  46142.  B.  A.  baeri,  a second  .song-type.  Argentina:  Salta,  50  km 
N.  J.  V.  Gonzalez,  28  Oct.  1989,  390  m.  LNS  46166.  C.  A.  dorbignyi,  natural  song.  Argen- 
tina: Jujuy,  13  km  N.  Humahuaca,  4 Jan.  1988,  3300  m.  LNS  43944.  D.  A.  dorbignyi,  a 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  423 


sistently  comprise  series  of  evenly  spaced  syllables  on  a steady  or  slightly 
ascending  and  descending  frequency,  the  whole  lasting  about  2—4  sec  and 
repeated  at  intervals  ot  several  seconds.  Examples  are  shown  in  Fig.  9 
(A,  C,  D;  selected  trom  recordings  of  all  species  except  dorsalis).  Females 
and  immatures  sing  and  sometimes  duet  with  males  (Fig.  9A).  Individuals 
are  capable  of  singing  several  variants  of  the  song;  some  (especially  those 
in  duets)  are  considerably  longer  and  more  complex  than  the  “normal” 
songs  shown  in  the  figures.  Calls  of  Phacellodomus  delivered  while  for- 
aging are  sharp,  penetrating  syllables  (e.g..  Fig.  9B).  Somewhat  different, 
single-syllable  calls  are  given  while  scolding  or  mobbing.  Although  songs 
of  Phacellodomus  are  not  similar  to  those  of  Acrobatornis  in  overall  pat- 
tern, some  variants  (e.g.,  female  part  of  duet  in  Fig.  9A)  sound  like  the 
beginning  of  songs  of  Acrobatornis. 

Xenerpestes. — The  two  species  of  Xenerpestes  are  little-known,  and 
their  relationship  within  the  Furnariidae  (in  fact,  whether  they  are  fur- 
nariids  at  all),  is  poorly  corroborated.  One  anatomical  specimen  exists 
(National  Museum  of  Natural  History),  but  has  not  been  analyzed.  Men- 
sural data  for  X.  singularis  presented  in  Table  1 (see  Fig.  2H  for  bill  and 
tarsus  shapes)  are  remarkably  similar  to  those  of  Acrobatornis,  although 
Acrobatornis  is  about  15%  heavier  and  has  a thicker,  more  powerfully 
clawed  tarsus.  The  average  tail/wing  ratio  of  four  Xenerpestes  singularis 
is  0.88,  essentially  identical  to  Acrobatornis  (0.89).  Within  Furnariidae, 
the  black-and-gray  definitive  plumage  of  Acrobatornis  is  approached,  al- 
beit superficially,  only  by  the  two  members  of  Xenerpestes,  both  of  which 
have  restricted  distributions  in  nw  South  America:  X.  minlosi  (Double- 
banded  Graytail)  and  X.  singularis  (Equatorial  Graytail).  Both  are  basi- 
cally grayish  above  and  have  pale  superciliaries;  X.  minlosi  is  black-cap- 
ped, like  Acrobatornis-,  X.  singularis  lacks  a contrasting  cap  and  has  a 
rufous-streaked  forecrown.  Xenerpestes  minlosi  is  mostly  whitish  below, 
and  has  two  fairly  conspicuous,  white  wingbars;  singularis  has  yellowish. 


■second  song-type.  Argentina:  Jujuy,  30  km  W.  La  Quiaca,  05  Jan.  1988,  3640  m.  LNS 
43952.  E.  A.  dorbignyi,  harsh  version  of  natural  song-type  shown  in  C (this  example  also 
natural).  Same  individual  (and  part  of  same  recording)  as  in  D.  LNS  43952.  E A.  potagonica, 
natural  song.  Argentina:  Rio  Negro,  8 km  E.  Villa  Regina,  7 Jan.  1988,  485  m.  G.  A. 
patagonica,  calls  of  a single  individual.  Argentina:  Chubut,  08  km  NNW  Trelew,  12  Jan. 
1988.  LNS  46108.  Context  for  these  calls  unknown;  possibly  pair-contact  calls.  H.  A.  pci- 
tagonica,  pair  duet  involving  same  individual  shown  in  F,  after  playback  of  song  shown  in 
E LNS  43960.  Note  almost  identical  songs,  both  types,  of  A.  baeri  and  dorbignvi-,  also 
similarity  of  the  three  Asthenes  species  shown  in  B,  D,  and  H,  and  of  these  to  song  of 
Xenerpestes  minlosi  in  Fig.  9E.  Note  close  similarity  of  songs  of  A.  baeri  and  dorbignyi  A 
and  C to  songs  of  Acrobatornis  in  Fig.  6B  and  C.  All  recordings  by  Whitney. 


Frequency  (kHz) 


424 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


M.  aurantiacus  M.  SQuamiger 


G 

H ,,  i u'-  u . Jiu.  1, 

/l  /'  A A 

1 1 i I ' ^ ''  f»  ' 



- f r V f 

1 

\ 1 

1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 —I 1 r- 

0 1 2 0 0.5  1.0  1.5  2.0 


Time  (sec) 

Fig.  9.  Sound  spectrograms  of  vocalizations  of  some  other  stick-nesting  furnariids,  and 
the  highly  scansorial  Margarornis  .squaniiger.  A.  Phacellodomus  sibilatri.x,  natural  duet  at 
nest.  Presumed  male  begins  with  more  widely  spaced  syllables  centered  at  about  4 kHz, 
joined  by  presumed  female  singing  rapid  series  at  higher  frequency.  Argentina;  Salta,  50 
km  N.  J.  V.  Gonzalez,  28  Oct.  1989,  390  m.  LNS  46163.  One  common  type  of  male  song 
is  similar  to  that  shown  in  this  duet.  The  presumed  female  song  shown  here  is  similar  to 
the  beginning  of  the  song  of  Acrobatornis  (Fig.  6B  and  C).  B.  P.  sibilatrix,  natural  calls, 
apparently  pair-contact.  Argentina;  Salta,  75  km  E.  J.  V.  Gonzalez,  30  Dec.  1987,  330  m. 
LNS  4383 \.C.  P.  rufifron.s,  natural  song.  Song-type  repeated  at  fairly  regular  intervals  from 
a stationary  perch,  often  in  active  nest  tree.  Brazil;  Mato  Grosso  do  Sul,  NW.  Miranda  at 
“Pousada  Caiman,”  19  July  1995.  D.  P.  rufifrons,  natural  song.  Different  song-type  from 
that  shown  in  C.  We  believe  individuals  give  both  song  types,  and  some  others;  thornbirds 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  425 


black-streaked  underparts  and  plain,  grayish  wings.  Rectrices  of  both  Xe- 
nerpestes  are  grayish  and  blunt-tipped.  They  forage  actively  in  the  sub- 
canopy of  humid  forest,  almost  always  with  mixed-species  flocks,  hop- 
ping and  hitching  along  the  uppersides  of  limbs,  occasionally  hanging  on 
leaf-clusters,  rarely  inverted  from  limbs,  performing  gleans  and  short 
reaches.  They  are  not  scansorial,  but  Ridgely  and  Tudor  ( 1994;  129)  noted 
for  X.  singidaris  that  “occasionally  one  briefly  creeps  along  a branch.” 
Xenerpestes  minlosi  often  forages  in  dead  leaves  and  leaf-clusters,  and 
often  hangs  briefly  from  foliage.  Similar  behaviors  of  X.  singularis  were 
described  by  Parker  and  Parker  (1980).  The  voice  of  X.  minlosi  is  a long, 
extraordinarily  rapidly  paced,  chattering  series  of  syllables  on  a steady 
frequency,  beginning  quietly  and  quickly  attaining  an  increased  amplitude 
with  slight  pulses  at  irregular  intervals;  the  whole  lasts  from  3-12  sec 
(Fig.  9E).  We  believe  pairs  sometimes  duet.  Calls  are  sharp,  thin,  almost 
bisyllabic  notes  (Fig.  9F).  The  song  differs  from  that  of  Acrobatornis  in 
its  rapid  beginning  and  overall  rapid  pace,  but  is  approached  by  the  tightly 
spaced  ending  of  long  songs  of  Acrobatornis.  One  individual  singing  in 
the  Acrobatornis  duet  shown  in  Fig.  6D  sounded  much  like  Xenerpestes 
minlosi  shown  in  Fig.  9E.  In  our  opinion,  the  song  of  Xenerpestes  minlosi, 
together  with  other  evidence  gathered  to  date,  clearly  places  this  genus 
in  the  Furnariidae. 

Metopothrix. — Metopothrix  aurantiacus  (Orange-fronted  Plushcrown; 
sole  member  of  the  genus),  like  Xenerpestes,  is  a small,  phylogenetically 
obscure  furnariid  bearing  marked  structural  resemblance  to  Acrobatornis 
(Fig.  21,  Table  1).  Its  tarsus  and  foot  appear  to  be  somewhat  stronger  than 
those  of  Xenerpestes,  thus  closer  to  Acrobatornis,  and  the  average 
tail/wing  ratio  of  three  specimens  exactly  matches  Acrobatornis  (0.89). 
Rectrices  of  Metopothrix  are  grayish  and  blunt-tipped  or  slightly  pointed. 
Metopothrix  usually  forages  with  mixed-species  flocks  in  the  subcanopy 


<— 

have  complex  vocal  repertoire.s.  Brazil:  Bahia,  06  km  NW  Boa  Nova,  9 Mar.  1996.  E. 
Xenerpestes  minlosi,  song  after  playback  (same  as  natural  but  longer).  Dark  band  at  about 
7 kHz  is  insect  noise.  Panama:  Darien,  Cana  airstrip  in  Parque  Nacional  Darien.  Note 
similarity  with  songs  of  stick-nesting  Asthenes  species  in  Fig.  8B,  D,  and  F,  and  with  .songs 
of  Acrobatornis  in  Fig.  6B  and  C,  especially  the  rapidly  paced  ending  of  those  songs.  It 
also  seems  quite  similar  to  one  of  the  individuals  singing  in  the  duet  of  Acrobatornis  in 
Fig.  6D.  F.  X.  minlosi,  natural  pair-contact  calls.  Same  individual  as  E.  G.  Metopothrix 
aurantiacus,  natural  song.  Peru:  Madre  de  Dios,  near  Atalaya  above  “Hacienda  Amazonia” 
lodge,  8 July  1989,  about  600  m.  Songs  vary  from  2 to  5 syllables  (3  most  common).  H. 
Margarornis  squamiger,  natural  calls  of  foraging  birds,  context  unknown.  Songs  of  all 
Margaromis  species  are  sharp,  high-frequency  syllables  like  these,  but  are  delivered  in  a 
rapid,  steady  series  lasting  about  I .sec.  All  recordings  by  Whitney. 


426 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


of  forest  and  well-developed  second-growth,  mostly  in  river-created  hab- 
itats (medium/old  whitewater  islands,  river  edge,  and  foothill  forest  near 
river  floodplains)  in  upper  Amazonia.  It  performs  gleans  and  reaches  in 
live  foliage  and  vine  tangles,  often  at  or  near  the  periphery  of  trees, 
paying  particular  attention  to  the  undersides  of  leaves,  including  large 
leaves  like  those  of  Cecropia  species,  and  very  small  leaves  like  those  of 
Leguminosae.  Individuals  may  hang  inverted  for  several  seconds  at  a 
time,  and  sometimes  crawl  in  an  inverted  position.  The  song  of  Meto- 
pothrix  is  an  inconspicuous  series  of  3-5  evenly  spaced,  high,  thin  syl- 
lables lasting  1.5-2. 5 sec  (Fig.  9G).  The  birds  nearly  always  travel  in 
pairs  or  family  groups,  and  we  have  heard  a variety  of  other,  quiet,  in- 
trafamilial  vocalizations.  The  song  and  these  other  vocalizations  show 
little  resemblance  to  those  of  Acrobatornis. 

Margarornis. — The  three  or  four  (including  M.  bellulus  [Beautiful 
Treerunner])  currently  recognized  species  of  Margarornis  treerunners  are 
small  furnariids  (Rudge  and  Raikow  1992a)  that  inhabit  humid  montane 
forest  of  southern  Middle  America  and  the  Andes.  The  bill  of  Marga- 
rornis squamiger  is  shaped  much  like  that  of  Acrobatornis,  but  is  slightly 
longer,  as  is  the  tail/wing  ratio  (average  of  3 specimens  0.95);  body  mass 
is  also  greater  (Fig.  2J;  Table  1).  Rectrices  are  acuminate  with  the  rachis 
extending  slightly  beyond  the  feather  vanes.  Margarornis  species  forage 
with  mixed-species  flocks  in  the  forest  interior.  They  are  highly  scansorial, 
almost  constantly  creeping  along  limbs,  both  upper-  and  undersides,  and 
sometimes  up  tree  trunks,  performing  gleans  and  probes  in  moss,  epi- 
phytic growth,  and  dead  leaf  clusters.  They  sometimes  use  the  tail  as  a 
prop  when  stationary  (Slud  1964,  Wetmore  1972,  pers.  observ.,  all  spe- 
cies). Individuals  may  hang  inverted  on  balls  of  moss  or  leaf  clusters  for 
several  seconds.  The  scansorial  behavior  of  Margarornis  species  appears 
to  be  much  like  that  of  Acrobatornis,  although  we  have  not  been  able  to 
determine  whether  the  locomotory  and  grasping  action  of  the  legs  and 
feet  of  the  two  are  the  same.  Dissection  of  hindlimb  musculature  of  Ac- 
robatornis, in  comparison  with  that  reported  by  Rudge  and  Raikow 
(1992b)  for  their  Margarornis  assemblage,  would  perhaps  be  enlightening 
in  this  regard.  Acrobatornis  spends  much  time  hanging  from  and  crawling 
through  foliage,  a search-method  rarely  practiced  by  Magarornis  species. 
Songs  of  all  Margarornis  treerunners  consist  of  short,  sharp,  high-fre- 
quency syllables  delivered  in  a steady  series  lasting  about  1 sec.  Calls  are 
like  individual  syllables  of  the  song,  but  are  delivered  at  irregular  intervals 
(i.e.,  not  in  repetitive  series;  Fig.  9H,  selected  from  recordings  of  all 
species).  Their  vocalization  seem  quite  different  from  those  of  Acroba- 
tornis. 

So  what  is  Acrobatornis  most  likel — Overall  morphological  compari- 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  427 


sons  trom  both  Table  1 and  Fig.  2 show  particularly  close  parallels  in  bill 
shape,  tail/wing  ratio,  and  all  standard  absolute  measurements  between 
Acrobatornis,  Metopothrix,  and  Xenerpestes,  and  lesser  similarity  of  these 
with  Margarornis.  The  acuminate  and  strongly  excised  central  rectrices 
of  Acrobatornis  are  different  from  the  blunt  rectrices  of  these  others,  but 
are  like  several  species  of  Cranioleuca.  Among  stick-nesting  Asthenes, 
A.  baeri  and  A.  patagonica  seem  close  to  Acrobatornis.  We  judge  plum- 
age parallels  (overall  pattern  and  regions  of  contrast)  strongest  with  Cran- 
ioleuca (notwithstanding  that  no  species  are  colored  like  Acrobatornis) 
and  Xenerpestes.  Comparisons  of  vocalizations,  especially  songs  and 
adult  contact  (foraging)  calls,  show  a strikingly  close  similarity  to  one 
song-type  of  some  stick-nesting  Asthenes,  and  notable  parallels  with  Xe- 
nerpestes. Single-syllable  foraging  or  pair-contact  calls  of  Acrobatornis 
appear  most  like  those  of  montane  Cranioleuca  species,  but  this  is  more 
complicated  by  the  difficulty  of  judging  homology  of  these  vocalizations. 
The  hanging  and  inverted-scansorial  foraging  maneuvers  oi  Acrobatornis 
are  approached  most  notably  by  Margarornis  and  Cranioleuca  and,  to  a 
lesser  extent,  Metopothrix  and  Xenerpestes,  and  some  other  arboreal  fur- 
nariids.  Asthenes  are  highly  terrestrial  foragers,  and  bear  no  resemblance 
to  Acrobatornis  in  this  regard. 

Our  intrafamilial  comparisons  of  morphology,  vocalizations,  and  for- 
aging behavior,  together  with  nest  architecture  and  placement  discussed 
by  Whitney  et  al.  (1996),  suggest  that  Acrobatornis  is  related  to  stick- 
nesting Asthenes  canasteros  and  Cranioleuca  spinetails,  and  may  be  the 
closest  relative  of  the  Xenerpestes  graytails  and  the  monotypic  Metopoth- 
rix. It  is,  of  course,  impossible  at  the  moment  to  know  how  many  of  the 
similarities  among  these  genera  might  be  the  result  of  convergence.  Our 
hypotheses  are,  at  least,  supported  by  multiple,  corroborative  parallels, 
and  may  be  helpful  in  orienting  future,  especially  biochemical,  investi- 
gation. Pertinent  specimens  are  at  hand. 

On  the  origin  of  Acrobatornis. — As  pointed  out  by  Remsen  (1984), 
“Although  reconstructions  of  historical  zoogeographic  events  often  con- 
tain more  speculation  than  warranted  by  available  data,  such  historical 
hypotheses  are  a necessary  part  of  a zoogeographic  and  taxonomic  anal- 
ysis.” We  postulate  that  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  represents  a relict  from  an 
expansion  of  stick-nesting  furnariids  from  a (probably  arid  or  semi-arid) 
Chaco-Patagonian/Pantanal  distributional  center  that  survived  in  arboreal 
habitats  on  ancient  and  stable  soils  in  southeastern  Bahia.  Soils  in  the 
restricted  region  from  Feira  de  Santana  south  to  the  vicinity  of  Camacan 
and  Pau-Brasil  are  formed  primarily  of  decomposed  crystalline  rock  of 
lower  Precambrian  age  known  as  the  Jequie  Complex,  and  are  among  the 
oldest  soils  on  the  planet  (Caldeira  1954,  RADAMBRASIL  1981).  The 


428 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


entire  known  distribution  of  Acrobatornis  is  encompassed  in  this  area. 
Acrobatornis  appears  to  be  absent  from  forests  on  the  sandy  fluvio-marine 
plain  (“Planicie  fluviomarinha”  RADAMBRASIL  1981).  It  may  inhabit 
evergreen  seasonal  forest  (“mata  de  tabuleiro”),  however,  where  the  co- 
coa-growing region  approaches  the  coast  between  Itabuna  and  Ilheus. 
This  forest  is  also  mostly  on  soils  of  the  Jequie  Complex.  The  fact  that 
these  soils  are  extremely  old  and  have  apparently  been  stable  for  a long 
period  of  time  may  help  explain  the  peculiar,  relictual  distribution  of 
Acrobatornis. 

As  the  arid  and  semi-arid  periods  that  had  originally  allowed  it  to  reach 
the  region  eventually  gave  way  to  a more  mesic  environment  with  taller 
trees,  Acrobatornis  survived  by  gradually  adapting  to  build  its  nests  in 
the  relatively  xeric  crowns  of  trees,  especially  Leguminosae.  These  wide, 
leguminaceous  canopies,  with  their  small  leaves  and  open,  layered  strat- 
ification of  limbs,  are  indeed  hot  and  dry,  supporting  virtually  no  epi- 
phytic growth.  Acrobatornis  may  have  managed  to  survive  through  suc- 
cessful ecological  adaptation;  we  suspect  the  nest  and  vocalizations  have 
undergone  little  structural  modification. 

A quite  different  hypothesis  of  origin  of  Acrobatornis  in  the  humid 
forest  of  southeastern  Bahia  gives  primary  importance  to  analysis  of  dis- 
tributions of  birds  syntopic  with  it  today.  Almost  all  (if  not  all)  birds 
inhabiting  the  lowland  forest  of  southeastern  Bahia,  from  terrestrial  spe- 
cies to  canopy  species,  are  unequivocally  most  closely  related  to  (and 
probably  derived  from)  Amazonian  stock  (Willis  1992,  Whitney  et  al. 
1995).  Why  should  Acrobatornis  be  any  different?  Fox  Acrobatornis,  un- 
like all  other  birds  in  this  region  of  Bahia,  it  is  difficult  to  identify  and 
justify  a contemporary  link  to  an  Amazonian  relative.  In  this  context, 
however,  we  recall  various  similarities  to  upper  Amazonian  Metopothrix 
and,  in  the  subtropical  forests  of  the  east  slope  of  the  Andes  and  in  trans- 
Andean  lowlands,  Xenerpestes.  Could  there  be  (or  could  there  have  been) 
an  Acrobatornis-\\V.Q  bird  in  the  vast  and  little-known  canopies  of  Ama- 
zonia? The  answer  to  this  riddle  may  lie  in  elucidation  of  such  poorly 
understood  factors  as  edaphic  habitat  maintenance  and  variable  distribu- 
tion of  vegetation  types. 

Conservation:  the  destiny  of  Acrobatornis. — The  area  of  occurrence  of 
Acrobatornis  fonsecai  lies  entirely  within  the  nucleus  of  the  cocoa-grow- 
ing region  of  southern  Bahia.  Up  to  now,  it  has  maintained  apparently 
viable  numbers  in  harmony  with  intense  anthropogenic  alteration  of  its 
habitat  and  pervasive  human  presence  (Fig.  10).  Although  virtually  no 
undisturbed  forest  remains  in  the  lowlands  of  the  Rio  Jequitinhonha-Rio 
de  Contas  interfluvium,  it  is  clear  that  the  persistence  of  the  “cabruca” 
canopies  shading  the  cocoa  guarantees  the  survival  of  a considerable  por- 


Pacheco  el  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  429 


Fig.  10.  House  and  cocoa  plantation  on  the  side  of  the  major  highway  BR-101,  about 
14  km  N.  of  Itabuna,  Bahia.  Tall,  native  trees  shading  cocoa  plantations  such  as  this  provide 
acceptable  breeding  habitat  for  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  and  a wide  variety  of  other  birds.  A 
nest  of  Acrobatornis  is  visible  as  a dark  spot  in  the  upper  left  of  the  tall  tree  in  the  center 
of  the  photograph.  Photo  by  Whitney. 


tion  of  the  indigenous  canopy  fauna  and  flora,  including  the  avifauna 
(Alves  1990,  pers.  observ.),  and  maintains  corridors  for  fauna  only  sea- 
sonally or  temporally  dependent.  The  cabruca  system  of  growing  cocoa 
has  preserved,  to  a considerable  extent,  the  humid  microclimate  upon 
which  many  forms  of  life  depend,  and  must  be  responsible  on  a large 
scale  for  maintenance  of  the  local  hydrologic  regime.  Cabruca  canopies 
are  in  some  areas  almost  continuous  over  large  tracts,  and  hold  magnif- 
icent adult  trees  of  a wide  variety  of  species.  Many  individuals  of  these 
mature  trees  must  be  near  the  end  of  their  lifespans,  however,  and  there 
are  no  seedlings  to  regenerate  them  because  of  constant  weeding  of  the 
understory  in  cocoa  plantations.  Consequences  of  this  were  summarized 
by  Mori  et  al.  (1981):  “A  system  of  clear-cut  and  burn  with  the  subse- 
quent replacement  of  native  trees  by  monotypic  stands  of  [introduced] 
Erythrina  fusca  has  been  developed.  In  this  system,  banana  trees  are  used 
to  shade  the  young  cocoa  plants  and  to  provide  income  until  the  cocoa 
trees  produce  fruit.  Fertilizers,  herbicides,  and  pesticides  are  used  in  both 
systems  [this  and  cabruca]  but  more  .so  in  the  cut-and-burn  system.”  This 
system  is  called  “derruba  total”  (Alger  and  Caldas  1996). 


430 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Cocoa  was  introduced  into  southern  Bahia  from  the  Amazon  in  1746, 
and  has  been  the  most  important  crop  in  that  region  ever  since  (Mori  et 
al.  1983).  In  their  concise  and  well-balanced  discussion  of  the  history  of 
cocoa  cultivation  and  the  current  socioeconomic  problems  confronting  the 
cocoa  growers  of  southeastern  Bahia,  Alger  and  Caldas  (1996)  reported 
that  during  a brief  period  in  the  1970s,  cocoa  from  southern  Bahia  was 
the  second  most  important  export  for  Brazil,  after  coffee.  During  this  era, 
more  than  half  a million  hectares  were  planted  in  cocoa,  and  the  industry 
flourished.  Between  1986  and  1992,  however,  the  international  price  for 
cocoa  fell  from  US  $2500  to  $1000  per  ton,  hitting  the  industry  hard. 
Then,  in  1989,  came  the  accidental  introduction  of  the  fungus  Crinipellis 
perniciosa,  which  causes  the  disease  known  as  “witch’s-broom.”  Ac- 
cording to  the  Executive  Commission  for  the  Economic  Recovery  of  the 
Cocoa  Industry  (CEPLAC),  as  of  March  1995,  the  disease  had  spread 
through  more  than  70%  of  the  cultivated  region.  Control  of  the  fungus 
was  expensive  and  ultimately  not  effective.  Cocoa  production  plummeted, 
with  dire  consequences  for  the  livelihoods  of  tens  of  thousands  of  people 
and,  concomitantly,  for  the  remnant  forests  of  southeastern  Bahia.  For 
example,  the  newspaper  A Tarde  of  Salvador,  Bahia,  for  16  Feb.  1996 
(article  by  Rosa  M.  Carvalho),  reported  that  Hershey,  the  largest  chocolate 
producer  in  the  United  States  and  perhaps  the  biggest  buyer  of  Bahian 
cocoa,  was  on  the  verge  of  terminating  contracts  with  Bahian  growers 
because  of  the  drastic  decline  in  cocoa  production.  And  Alger  and  Caldas 
(1996)  reported  how  plantation  owners,  although  often  with  reluctance, 
have  little  choice  but  to  cut  their  valuable  old  trees  and  sell  the  timber 
for  immediate  cash.  They  explained,  “The  shift  from  cocoa  to  other  crops 
or  for  livestock  pasture  is  not  considered  remunerative.  Deforestation  for 
timber  sale  is  generating  pasture  more  because  of  lack  of  alternatives  than 
enthusiasm  for  livestock  raising.”  They  went  on  to  describe  how  many 
of  the  largest  plantation  owners,  faced  with  steady  losses,  are  highly  ame- 
nable to  preserving  their  remnant  forests,  but  receive  little  support  from 
the  government  to  do  so,  and  emphasized  the  importance  of  establishing 
economic  incentives  for  land  preservation,  such  as  subsidies  for  formation 
of  private  reserves. 

As  it  stands  now,  there  is  not  one  officially  protected  area  of  forest  in 
the  range  of  Acrobatornis,  although  it  may  eventually  be  found  in  the 
nearby  Una  Reserve,  the  avifauna  of  which  is  poorly  known.  This  reserve 
is  the  stronghold  of  one  of  the  rarest  primates  in  the  world,  Leontopithecus 
chrysomelas  (Golden-headed  Lion  Tamarin),  which  has  a distribution  al- 
most exactly  coincident  with  that  of  Acrobatornis:  remnant  lowland  forest 
between  the  Rio  de  Contas  and  the  Rio  Jequitinhonha.  Even  a tribe  of 
Indians,  the  Kamakan,  was  indigenous  to  the  still  more  restricted  region 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  43  1 


between  the  Rio  de  Contas  and  the  Rio  Pardo;  the  modern  town,  Cama- 
can,  takes  their  name.  The  last  member  of  the  Kamakan  died  in  1938 
(Viveiros  de  Castro  1986). 

The  only  practical  means  that  we  can  imagine  of  preserving  a popu- 
lation of  Acrobatoniis  and  the  other  fauna  in  this  region  is  the  immediate 
purchase  of  two  large,  separate  blocks,  one  in  the  serra  das  Lontras  and 
one  in  the  serra  Bonita,  that  encompass  forest  from  the  highest  elevations 
in  these  ranges  down  to  near  sea-level.  Such  blocks  must  incorporate 
extensive  cabruca  canopies  in  contact  with  healthy  forest  canopies.  The 
cocoa  could  then  be  removed  and  seedlings  of  native  tree  species  planted 
to  replace  the  aging  adults.  Local  people,  especially  large  land-owners, 
must  be  integrally  involved  in  establishment  and  maintenance  of  these 
forest  reserves.  This  land  is  for  sale  today,  and  the  price  and  socio-polit- 
ical climate  are  favorable  (Alger  and  Caldas  1996). 

We  will  never  cease  to  be  amazed  at  how  this  striking  little  bird  that 
constructs  conspicuous  stick-nests  in  treetops  along  the  congested  high- 
way BR-101  could  have  been  overlooked  so  completely.  Its  discovery 
serves  to  remind  us  of  how  much  remains  to  be  learned,  even  as  it  fades 
from  existence. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

This  description  benefitted  from  the  generous  collaboration  of  Phyllis  Isler  (who  produced 
the  sound  spectrograms  from  our  recordings),  P.S.M.  da  Fonseca  (whose  assistance  and 
enthusiasm  in  the  field  were  unflagging),  Dan  Lane  (who  illustrated  the  skulls  and  tarsi), 
Claudia  Bauer  (who  helped  in  the  field  and  in  making  the  map),  Robert  Barth  (who  assisted 
in  and  funded  part  of  the  October  1995  field  work);  and  Morton  Isler  (who  produced  the 
morphological  table  from  our  data):  their  contributions  are  tremendously  appreciated.  We 
are  grateful  to  J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr.  and  Steven  Cardiff  of  LSUMZ,  and  Robert  Ridgely,  David 
Agro,  and  Sally  Conyne  of  ANSP  for  allowing  us  to  examine  specimens  in  their  care.  Steven 
Cardiff  and  Donna  Dittmann  also  oversaw  preparation  of  the  skeleton  of  the  new  genus, 
and  Steve  prepared  the  study  skin  that  documents  its  identity.  Hannah  Gould  of  the  Univ. 
of  Texas  at  Austin  helped  us  locate  pertinent  references,  and  Johann  Becker  of  the  National 
Museum  of  Rio  de  Janeiro  gave  us  valuable  advice  on  questions  of  nomenclature.  Francisco 
Mallet-Rodrigues  and  Inge  M.  Schloemp  helped  us  in  a variety  of  ways.  Howard  Wilson 
assisted  m making  black-and-white  images  from  Hi-8  format  video  tape.  Gary  Graves  and 
J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr.  gave  us  helpful  criticism  of  the  manuscript,  and  Charles  Blem  assisted  in 
seeing  that  it  was  published  promptly.  Mark  and  Allison  Duffel  of  “Mr.  Wizard’s”  in  Austin, 
Texas  have  been  especially  helpful  in  keeping  our  recording  equipment  in  optimal  condition, 
often  on  short  notice,  and  Holland  Photo  of  Austin  produced  the  black-and-white  photos  in 
the  figures.  Field  Guides  Incorporated,  of  Austin,  Texas,  generously  financed  part  of  our 
expenses  for  research  in  southern  Bahia,  and  tour  participants  Jane  Brooks,  James  Plyler, 
Thomas  Raque,  John  and  Barbara  Ribble,  and  Polly  Rothstein  helped  Whitney  make  im- 
portant observations  in  March  1996.  Finally,  we  are  grateful  to  Paul  Donahue  for  his  at- 
tractive frontispiece  painting  of  the  new  genus  and  species. 


432 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  3,  September  1996 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Alger,  K.  and  M.  Caldas.  1996.  Cacau  na  Bahia.  Decadencia  e amea9a  a Mata  Atlantica. 
Ciencia  Hoje  117:28—35. 

Alves,  M.  C.  1990.  The  role  of  cocoa  plantations  in  the  conservation  of  the  Atlantic  Forest 
of  southern  Bahia,  Brazil.  M.  S.  thesis  Univ.  of  Florida,  Gainesville,  Florida. 

Ames,  P.  L.  1971.  The  morphology  of  the  syrinx  in  passerine  birds.  Peabody  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.  Yale  Univ.  Bull.  37. 

Caldeira,  C.  1954.  Fazendas  de  cacau  na  Bahia.  Ministerio  da  Agricultura,  Servi^o  de 
Informa9ao  Agricola,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil. 

Clench,  M.  H.  1995.  Body  pterolysis  of  woodcreepers  and  ovenbirds  (Dendrocolaptidae 
and  Furnariidae).  Auk  1 12:800-804. 

Feduccia,  J.  a.  1973.  Evolutionary  trends  in  the  Neotropical  ovenbirds  and  woodhewers. 
Ornith.  Monogr.  No.  13. 

Gonzaga,  L.  P.  and  J.  F.  Pacheco.  1995.  A new  species  of  Phylloscartes  (Tyrannidae) 
from  the  mountains  of  southern  Bahia.  Bull.  Brit.  Orn.  Club  115:88-97. 

, , C.  Bauer  and  G.  D.  A.  Castiglioni.  1995.  An  avifaunal  survey  of  the 

vanishing  montane  Atlantic  forest  of  southern  Bahia,  Brazil.  Bird  Conserv.  International 
5:213-224. 

Lewis,  G.  P.  1987.  Legumes  of  Bahia.  Royal  Botanical  Gardens.  Kew,  United  Kingdom. 

Mori,  S.  A.  1989.  Eastern,  extra- Amazonian  Brazil.  Pp.  427—454  in  Floristic  inventory  of 
tropical  countries:  the  status  of  plant  systematics,  collections,  and  vegetation,  plus  rec- 
ommendations for  the  future  (D.  G.  Campbell  and  H.  David  Hammond,  eds.).  New 
York  Botanical  Garden,  New  York,  New  York. 

, B.  M.  Boom,  and  G.  T.  Prance.  1981.  Distribution  patterns  and  conservation  of 

eastern  Brazilian  coastal  forest  tree  species.  Brittonia  33:233-245. 

, A.  M.  DE  Carvalho,  and  T.  S.  dos  Santos.  1983.  Southern  Bahian  moist  forests. 

Bot.  Rev.  (Lancaster)  49:155-232. 

Munsell®.  1994.  Soil  Color  Charts.  Revised  Edition.  Macbeth  Division  of  Kollmorgan 
Instruments  Corporation,  New  Windsor,  New  York. 

Pacheco,  J.  F.  and  L.  P.  Gonzaga.  1995.  A new  species  of  Synallaxis  of  the  ruficapil- 
lalinfiiscatci  complex  from  eastern  Brazil  (Passeriformes:  Furnariidae).  Ararajuba  3:3- 
1 1. 

Parker,  T.  A.  Ill  and  S.  A.  Parker.  1980.  Rediscovery  of  Xenerpestes  singularis.  Auk  97: 
203-205. 

RADAMBRASIL.  1981.  Projeto  Radambrasil,  levantamento  de  recursos  naturals,  (vol.  24. 
Folha  SD.  24:  Salvador).  Ministerio  das  Minas  e Energia,  Secretaria  Geral,  Rio  de 
Janeiro,  Brazil. 

Remsen,  j.  V.,  Jr.  1984.  Geographic  variation,  zoogeography,  and  possible  rapid  evolution 
in  some  Cranioleuca  spinetails  (Furnariidae)  of  the  Andes.  Wilson  Bull.  96:515-523. 

AND  S.  K.  Robinson.  1990.  A classification  scheme  for  foraging  behavior  of  birds 

in  terrestrial  habitats.  Pp.  144-160  in  Avian  foraging:  theory,  methodology,  and  appli- 
cations (M.  L.  Morrison,  C.  J.  Ralph,  J.  Verner,  and  J.  R.  Jehl,  Jr.,  eds.).  Studies  in 
Avian  Biol.  13. 

Ridgely,  R.  S.  and  G.  Tudor.  1994.  The  Birds  of  South  America.  Vol  11.  University  of 
Texas  Press,  Austin,  Texas. 

Rudge,  D.  W.  and  R.  j.  Raikow.  1992a.  The  phylogenetic  relationships  of  ihe  Margarornis 
Assemblage  (Furnariidae).  Condor  94:760—766. 

. 1992b.  Structure,  function,  and  variation  in  the  hindlimb  muscles  of  the 


Pacheco  et  al.  • A NEW  FURNARID  FROM  SOUTHEASTERN  BRAZIL  433 


Margaroniis  assemblage  (Aves:  Passeriformes:  Furnariidae).  Ann.  Carnegie  Mus  61- 
207-237. 

Sibley,  C.  G.  and  J.  E.  Ahlquist.  1985.  Phylogeny  and  classification  of  new  world  sub- 
oscme  passerine  birds  (Passeriformes,  Oligomyodi:  Tyrannides).  Pp.  396-428  in  Neo- 
tropical Ornithology  (P.  A.  Buckley,  M.  S.  Foster,  E.  S.  Morton,  R.  S.  Ridgely,  and  F. 
G.  Buckley,  eds.).  Ornith.  Monogr.  No.  36. 

AND  B.  L.  Monroe,  Jr.  1990.  Distribution  and  Taxonomy  of  Birds  of  the  World. 
Yale  University  Press,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

’ • 1993.  A supplement  to  Distribution  and  Taxonomy  of  Birds  of  the  World. 

Yale  Univ.  Press,  New  Haven,  Connecticut. 

Skutch,  a.  F.  1969.  Life  histories  of  Central  American  birds  III.  Pacific  Coast  Avifauna 
No  35. 

Slud,  P.  1964.  The  birds  of  Costa  Rica.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  128. 

Smithe,  F.  B.  1975.  Naturalist’s  color  guide.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York,  New  York. 

Vaurie,  C.  1971.  Classification  of  the  Ovenbirds  (Furnariidae).  Whitherby,  London,  U.K. 

. 1980.  Taxonomy  and  geographical  distribution  of  the  Furnariidae  (Aves,  Passeri- 
formes). Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  166. 

ViVEiROS  DE  Castro,  E.  B.  1986.  Curt  Nimuendaju,  104  mitos  indi'genas  nunca  publicados. 
A redescoberta  do  etnologo  teuto-brasileiro.  Rev.  Patr.  Hist.  Art.  Bras.  21:64-1 1 1. 

Wetmore,  a.  1972.  The  birds  of  the  Republic  of  Panama.  Part.  3.  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Whitney,  B.  M.,  J.  F.  Pacheco,  P.  S.  M.  da  Fonseca,  and  R.  H.  Barth,  Jr..  1996.  The 
nest  and  nesting  ecology  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  (Aves:  Furnariidae),  with  implica- 
tions for  intrafamilial  relationships.  Wilson  Bull.  108(3):  434-448. 

’ ’ Parrini.  1995.  Two  species  of  Neopelma  in  southeastern  Brazil 

and  diversification  within  the  Neopelma/Tyranneutes  complex:  implications  of  the  sub- 
species concept  for  conservation.  Ararajuba  3:43-53. 

Willis,  E.  O.  (1992)  Zoogeographical  origins  of  eastern  Brazilian  birds.  Omit  Neotrop  3- 
1-15. 


WILSON  ORNITHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  MEETING 


The  78th  Meeting  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  will  be  held  17-20  Apr.,  1997, 
Kansas  State  Univ.,  Manhattan,  KS.  The  Society  will  meet  jointly  with  the  Kansas  Orni- 
thological Society.  Registration  materials  and  call  for  papers  will  be  sent  to  members  in 
December  1996.  Inquiries  about  the  scientific  program  should  be  directed  to  John  C. 
Kricher,  Biology  Dept.,  Wheaton  College,  Norton,  MA  02766  (508-286-3950; 
jkricher@wheatonma.edu).  Local  chair  is  John  L.  Zimmerman,  Div.  Biology-Ackert  Hall, 
KSU,  Manhattan,  KS  66506-4901  (913-532-6659  or  -6615). 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  434-448 


THE  NEST  AND  NESTING  ECOLOGY  OE 
ACROBATORNIS  FONSECAI  (EURNARIIDAE),  WITH 
IMPLICATIONS  EOR  INTRAFAMILIAL 
RELATIONSHIPS 

Bret  M.  Whitney, ‘ ^ Jose  Fernando  Pacheco,' 

Paulo  Sergio  Moreira  da  Fonseca,^  and  Robert  H.  Barth,  Jr.'* 

Abstract. — Descriptions  of  the  nest  and  nesting  ecology  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  (Pink- 
legged Graveteiro),  a newly  described  genus  and  species  in  the  Furnariidae,  are  presented. 
Nests,  constructed  of  twigs  and  sticks,  are  single-chambered,  well-lined  with  mosses  and 
leaves  (one  examined  in  detail),  and  situated  in  the  canopy  of  tall  trees.  In  October  1995, 
we  located  131  nests  in  72  trees  at  54  sites.  The  average  number  of  nests/tree  was  1.8  with 
a maximum  of  five  nests  in  a single  tree;  apparently  only  one  nest/tree  is  active.  “Extra” 
nests  were  often  smaller  than  active  nests,  and  at  least  sometimes  had  no  entrance  or  cham- 
ber. We  postulate  that  these  nest-like  structures  represent  dummy  or  cock  nests  to  confuse 
predators  or  parasites  (it  certainly  worked  on  us),  and  may  serve  as  resource  stores  (i.e., 
construction  materials  and  nest  foundations).  Brief  observations  indicated  that  immatures 
(probably  offspring)  help  adults  in  nest  construction,  and  may  help  feed  food-begging  ju- 
veniles. Comparison  with  other,  possibly  related,  furnariids,  suggests  that  nest  architecture 
of  A.  fonsecai  is  most  similar  to  that  of  the  “stick-nesting”  group  of  Asthenes  canasteros, 
for  which  nests  are  relatively  well  known,  but  is  also  similar  to  some  Cranioleuca  spinetails 
and  perhaps  to  the  Xenerpestes  graytails  and  the  Metopothri.x  plushcrown,  which  are  poorly 
known.  Our  data  supplement  the  discussion  of  morphological,  vocal,  and  behavioral  com- 
parisons of  the  same  groups  presented  by  Pacheco  et  al.  (1996).  We  postulate  that  stick- 
nesting in  Furnariidae  arose  in  a pre-Andean,  Chaco-Patagonian/Pantanal  center,  and  provide 
some  theories  on  the  evolution  of  this  behavior.  Received  23  April  1996,  accepted  21  May 
1996. 

Resumo. — Descrigao  do  ninho  e dados  ecologicos  da  nidifica9ao  dc  Acrobatornis  fonsecai 
(Acrobata),  um  novo  genero  e especie  de  Furnariidae  recentemente  descrito  sao  apresenta- 
dos.  Os  ninhos,  construidos  de  gravetos,  possuem  uma  unica  camara  bem  forrada  com 
musgos  e folhas  (N  = 1 examinado  em  detalhe),  e sao  situados  na  copa  de  arvores  altas. 
Em  outubro  de  1995  foram  localizados  131  ninhos  em  72  arvores  em  54  pontos  diferentes. 
O niimero  medio  de  ninhos  por  arvore  foi  de  1,8,  com  um  maximo  de  cinco  ninhos  em 
uma  unica  arvore;  aparentemente  apenas  um  ninho  por  arvore  e ativo.  Os  ninhos  “extras” 
sao  geralmente  menores  do  que  os  ninhos  ativos  e,  ao  menos  as  vezes,  nao  apresentam 
entrada  ou  camara.  E postulado  que  estas  estruturas  representem  “ninhos  falsos”  para  con- 
fundir  predadores  ou  parasitas  (como  aconteceu  com  os  autores)  ou,  talvez,  para  servir  como 
reserva  de  recursos  (i.e.,  material  de  constru9ao  e “alicerce”  de  ninhos).  Breves  observa9oes 
indicam  que  imaturos  (provavelmente  filhotes  de  uma  ninhada  anterior)  ajudam  adultos  na 
constru9ao  do  ninho  e,  talvez,  colaborem  na  alimenta9ao  de  jovens.  Compara96es  com 
outros,  possivelmente  aparentados,  furnan'deos,  sugere  que  a arquitetura  do  ninho  de  A. 

' Institute  de  Biologia,  Depto.  de  Zoologia,  Cidade  Universitaria,  Universidade  Federal  do  Rio  de  Janeiro 
21941-000,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  RJ,  Brasil. 

- Mu.seum  of  Natural  Science,  1 19  Foster  Hall,  Louisiana  State  Univ.,  Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana,  70803. 

^ Rua  Diamantina  20,  Apto.  No.  201,  22461,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  RJ,  Brasil. 

■*  Dept,  of  Zoology,  Patterson  Laboratory,  Univ.  of  Texas,  Austin,  Texas,  78754. 


434 


Whitney  et  cil.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECAI  435 


fonsecai  tenha  mais  semelhan^a  com  aqueles  do  grupo  de  Asthenes  “construtores  de  ninhos 
de  graveto,  para  o qual  os  ninhos  sao  relativamente  bem  conhecidos,  mas  tambem  apresenta 
similaridades  com  aqueles  de  algumas  Crcinioleuca  e talvez  com  aqueles  de  Xenerpestes  e 
Metopothrix,  os  quais  sao  insuficientemente  conhecidos.  Os  dados  sobre  o ninho  e nidifi- 
ca^ao  complementam  a discussao  de  mortologia,  vocaliza^ao  e comportamento  em  com- 
paragao  aos  mesmos  grupos  conforme  apresentados  por  Pacheco  et  al.  (1996).  E teorizado 
que  a contru^ao  de  ninhos  de  gravetos  em  Furnariidae  surgiu  num  periodo  pre-andino  no 
centro  Chaco-Patagonia-pantanal,  e sao  fornecidas  algumas  teorias  sobre  a evolu^ao  deste 
comportamento. 


Nest  architecture  and  placement  have  been  considered  important  in 
judging  systematic  relationships  in  the  Neotropical  family  Furnariidae 
(Vaurie  1971,  1980),  and  we  concur  that  data  on  nests,  at  least  insofar  as 
definition  of  basic  nest-type,  are  desirable  in  any  analysis  of  intrafamilial 
relationships  of  this  complex  assemblage  of  birds.  We  are  also  in  full 
agreement  with  Narosky  et  al.  (1983)  that  caution  regarding  assumptions 
of  relatedness  based  on  current  classifications  or  on  nesting  similarities 
must  be  maintained.  Data  on  nests  should  be  overlaid  with  as  many  other 
potentially  informative  data  as  possible.  This  report  on  the  nest  and  nest- 
ing ecology  of  the  recently  discovered  and  described  Acrobatornis  fon- 
secai (Pink-legged  Graveteiro;  Pacheco,  et  al.  1996),  a new  genus  and 
species  in  the  Furnariidae,  supplements  the  discussion  of  its  relationships 
based  on  intrafamilial  comparisons  of  morphology,  vocalizations,  and  be- 
havior presented  by  Pacheco  et  al.  (1996).  Distribution  of  A.  fonsecai  in 
the  remnant  lowland  forest  of  southeastern  Bahia,  Brazil,  was  mapped  by 
Pacheco  et  al.  (1996;  Fig.  4). 

Description  of  the  nest  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai. — As  seen  from  the 
ground,  the  nest  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  is  a globular,  ovoid,  or  roughly 
rectangular  structure  of  twigs  and  sticks,  usually  situated  in  a fork  of 
branches,  sometimes  on  top  of  a limb  if  angled  less  than  about  30°  above 
the  horizontal,  and  inside  the  crown  of  a tall  tree  surrounded  by  or  ad- 
jacent to  other  tall  trees  (Fig.  1).  Because  nests  are  generally  conspicuous 
in  treetops,  sometimes  in  leafless  trees,  we  located  them  easily  with  visual 
searches,  mostly  from  roadsides.  These  nests  may  have  been  overlooked 
or  ignored  by  the  many  observers  who  have  traversed  this  region  in  the 
past  because  of  their  superficial  similarity  to  nests  of  Phacellodonius  ruf- 
ifrons  (Rufous-fronted  Thornbird)  which,  however,  typically  builds  much 
longer  nests  that  hang  in  a vertical  column  from  the  periphery  of  isolated 
trees  (Skutch  1969a,  Thomas  1983).  Like  those  of  A.  fonsecai,  nests  of 
thornbirds  are  also  variable  in  shape  and  size,  with  some,  probably  un- 
finished, nests  being  constructed  around  upright  branches  or  even  thin 
tree  trunks  (Figs.  2,  3).  Such  nests  are  often  smaller  than  normal,  and 
similar  in  outward  appearance  to  those  of  A.  fonsecai. 


436 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Lig.  1.  Nest  tree  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  at  the  edge  of  a mixed  cocoa  and  banana 
plantation  along  a road  near  Arataca,  Bahia.  Most  nest  trees  were  in  closer  proximity  to 
other  tall  trees.  This  Senna  multijuga  tree  held  five  nests  (see  Lig.  2).  Photos  in  this  and 
other  figures  by  Whitney. 


Between  4 and  12  October  1995  we  plotted  a total  of  131  nests  of 
Acrobatornis  fonsecai  in  72  nest  trees  at  53  different  sites  in  the  Itabuna- 
Camacan  region  of  southeastern  Bahia  (see  Fig.  4 in  Pacheco  et  al. 
[1996]).  At  36  sites  we  observed  only  a single  nest  tree,  at  16  sites,  two 
nest  trees,  and  1 site  had  four  trees  with  nests.  At  sites  with  more  than 
one  nest  tree,  we  noted  that  these  were  generally  less  than  about  100  m 
apart  (unless  on  opposite  sides  of  a road),  but  that  they  were  rarely  im- 
mediately adjacent.  We  do  not  know  whether  these  separate  trees  were 
occupied  by  separate  pairs  of  A.  fonsecai.  As  can  be  deduced  from  the 
numbers  above,  individual  trees  usually  held  more  than  one  nest.  Of  the 


Whitney  et  al.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECA!  437 


Fig.  2.  Nest  tree  (Senna  niultijuga',  see  Fig.  1)  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  near  Arataca, 
Bahia.  Five  nests  are  visible;  we  do  not  know  if  any  were  active  in  October  1995. 


total  of  72  nest  trees  we  found  in  October,  31  (43%)  held  one  nest,  27 
(37%)  held  two  nests,  1 1 (15%)  held  three  nests,  2 held  four  nests,  and 
1 tree  had  five  nests  (Figs.  1,  2).  The  average  number  of  nests/tree  was 
1.8.  Nest-height  varied  considerably  with  tree  height,  but  nests  were  al- 
ways in  the  upper  V3,  usually  in  the  upper  Va,  of  trees.  Most  nests  were 
in  excess  of  about  20  m above  ground,  and  we  estimated  some  as  higher 
than  30  m. 

Acrobatornis  fonsecai  builds  nests  mostly  in  mature  trees  of  the  family 
Leguminosae.  Of  the  72  nest  trees  located,  37  (51%)  were  members  of 
the  genera  of  Leguminosae  mentioned  in  the  “habitat”  section  of  Pacheco 
et  al.  (1996;  except  that  no  nests  were  found  in  Inga  species),  25  (35%) 
were  not  identified  to  family  (but  we  suspect  that  many  of  these  were 
male  Erythrina  species),  and  10  were  leafless  trees  (most  of  which  we 
suspect  were  Leguminosae  that  had  dropped  their  leaves).  Leguminosae 
are  among  the  dominant  trees  along  roadsides  over  cocoa  plantations  in 
the  range  of  A.  fonsecai.  This  notwithstanding,  we  do  not  estimate  that 
Leguminosae  were  so  overwhelmingly  more  numerous  than  other  tall 
trees  that  this  could  account  for  the  tact  that  A.  fonsecai  nested  mostly  in 
Leguminosae.  A more  plausible  explanation  might  be  that  the  relatively 
open  nature  of  the  crowns  of  Leguminosae,  and  the  fact  that  many  had 


438 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Eig.  3.  Nest  tree  of  Phacellodomus  r.  rufifrons  isolated  in  a field  near  Arataca,  Bahia. 
Three  nests  are  visible.  Vertically  oriented,  pendant  nest  on  lower  left  of  tree  is  typical  of 
an  active  nest.  The  two  spherical,  nest-like  structures  built  around  limbs  are  superficially 
similar  to  nests  of  Acrobatornis. 


dropped  at  least  some  of  their  leaves  in  October,  made  it  easier  to  see 
nests  in  them  than  in  many  other  trees.  To  test  this,  we  searched  carefully 
in  various  kinds  of  trees  shading  cocoa  and  presented  tape  playback  of 
A.  fonsecai  in  parts  of  the  serra  Bonita  where  no  nests  were  obvious.  This 
effort  resulted,  however,  in  the  location  of  only  one  nest  tree,  which 
turned  out  to  be  a Schizolohium  parahyba  (Leguminosae). 

We  were  able  to  collect  two  of  five  nests  in  a Senna  multijuga  tree 
(Figs.  1,  2),  neither  of  which  was  active.  One  of  these,  shown  in  Fig.  4, 
was  damaged  on  removal  from  the  tree,  having  lost  a horizontal  (roughly 


Whitney  et  ul.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECA!  439 


Fig.  4.  Ne.st  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  removed  from  nest  tree  shown  in  Figs.  I and  2. 
This  nest  is  missing  the  entrance  tunnel,  but  shows  the  single,  moss-lined  chamber  with  its 
covering  of  twigs  and  sticks. 


in  the  same  line  as  the  main  axis  of  the  nest)  antechamber  or  entrance 
tunnel  of  undetermined  length.  We  noted  such  entrance  tunnels  on  all  four 
active  nests  located,  and  numerous  other  nests,  and  concluded  that  it  is  a 
typical  feature  of  active  nests  of  A.  fonsecai.  Entrance  tunnels  were  al- 
ways toward  one  end  of  the  nest,  usually  the  lower  end  if  the  orientation 
of  the  nest  was  other  than  horizontal.  Bearing  in  mind  that  description  of 
most  aspects  of  the  external,  stick-structure  of  this  nest  are  rendered  some- 
what inaccurate  because  an  undetermined  number  of  sticks  was  lost,  we 
present  the  following  observations. 

The  outer  layer,  which  was  made  up  entirely  of  a dense  weave  (lining 
materials  not  visible)  of  sticks,  none  of  which  had  thorns  or  spines,  mea- 
sured 18  cm  long,  about  24  cm  in  diameter  (across  the  center  of  the 
chamber),  and  18  cm  tall  or  deep,  not  including  sticks  extending  out 
irregularly  from  the  main  body.  We  dismantled  the  nest  for  more  detailed 
analysis  of  its  architecture.  It  contained  374  sticks  (total  mass  115  g) 
ranging  1 to  3 mm  in  diameter,  which  we  separated  into  three  classes  by 
length:  10-15  cm  (276;  74%  of  number,  50%  of  mass);  15-20  cm  (75; 
20%  of  number,  32%  of  mass);  and  over  20  cm  (23;  6%  of  number,  18% 
of  mass).  The  longest  and  thickest  sticks,  all  of  which  were  around  the 


440 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Eig.  5.  Nest-like  structure  of  Acrobatoniis  fonsecai,  built  around  the  fork  of  a rather 
heavy  branch,  with  no  entrance  or  chamber,  and  with  an  EpiphyUum  sp.  cactus  growing  out 
of  it.  This  structure  contained  several  small  ant  nests.  We  suspect  that  such  nest-like  struc- 
tures, or  “extra  nests”  of  Acrobatoniis  might  serve  as  dummy  or  cock  nests,  or  as  stores 
of  sticks  and  building  foundations. 


outside  edge,  were  27  cm  long  and  3 mm  in  diameter  (N  = 4).  These 
sticks  seemed  light  in  weight  relative  to  their  length,  varying  from  0.8— 
1.2  g.;  the  heaviest  equaled  about  8.5%  of  the  body  weight  of  the  bird 
(about  14  g.). 

Beneath  the  external  layer  of  sticks  was  a dense  lining,  18  cm  in  di- 
ameter (thus  75%  of  the  total  width  of  the  nest)  and  about  10  cm  deep, 
with  a mass  of  about  85  g.  It  was  made  up  primarily  (about  70%)  of  one 
type  of  moss,  most  of  which  appeared  to  be  healthy  and  green  when 
collected,  and  even  when  the  nest  was  dismantled  in  February  1996.  Also 


Whitney  el  cil.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECA/  441 


woven  into  this  layer  were  rachises  of  decomposed  leaves,  which  were 
more  numerous  around  the  incubation  chamber.  The  chamber  was  quite 
rounded,  and  measured  about  6X6  cm.  Concentrated  around  it  were 
pieces  of  Tillandsia  usneoides  lichens  and  Marasmius  sp.  fungus  (see  Sick 
1957).  One  convoluted  strand  of  the  latter  measured  90  cm.  The  chamber 
was  surrounded  with  one  type  of  leaf,  which  seemed  to  be  a species  of 
bamboo  or  bamboo-like  grass.  These  leaves  were  folded  or  wrapped 
around  the  walls  of  the  chamber,  and  averaged  12  cm  long  and  about  2.5 
cm  wide.  Some  of  the  leaves  had  flecks  of  bird  droppings  on  them.  Be- 
cause this  nest  was  not  active  at  the  time  of  collection,  it  is  possible  that 
other  birds  or  mammals  had  modified  the  interiormost  lining  materials. 

Some  nests  are  considerably  longer  (thus,  more  rectangular  in  profile) 
than  others,  which  we  suspect  is  owing  mostly  to  variation  in  length  of 
the  entrance  tunnel.  This  variation  was  not  great  relative  to  variation  in 
the  dimensions  of  the  stick-nests  of  some  other  furnariids,  as  in  some 
species  of  Phacellodomus,  Pseudoseisura,  dtnd  Asthenes  species  (pers.  ob- 
serv.),  and  we  estimated  the  largest  nest  we  saw  to  be  about  45  cm  long 
and  of  average  circumference. 

Our  limited  observations  suggest  that  only  one  nest  per  tree  is  active 
at  one  time.  This  is  reported  to  be  the  case  with  Phacellodomus  rufifrons, 
which  often  has  multiple  nests  in  a single  tree  (Thomas  1983;  Fig.  3).  A 
variety  of  furnariids  are  known  to  build  substantial  stick-nests  (Vaurie 
1980,  Narosky  et  al.  1983)  that  may  persist  with  little  external  damage 
for  months  or  even  years  (e.g.,  Skutch  1969,  Nores  and  Nores  1994, 
various  taxa  pers.  observ.).  Thus,  it  seems  likely  that  some  of  the  “extra” 
nests  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  in  multiple-nest  trees  are  old  nests. 

Does  Acrobatornis  build  dummy  or  cock  nests? — A number  of  obser- 
vations suggest  that  A.  fonsecai  may  frequently  construct  one  or  more 
dummy  or  cock  nests  in  trees  with  an  active  nest.  Of  two  nests  collected 
the  one  described  above  appeared  to  be  a true  or  complete  nest,  with  a 
single,  well-lined  chamber  occupying  most  internal  space  of  the  nest.  It 
was  not  active  when  collected,  but  the  fact  that  it  was  lined,  and  had 
traces  of  old  bird  droppings  on  some  of  the  lining  material,  may  indicate 
that  it  was  at  one  time  an  incubation  nest  rather  than  a dormitory  or 
dummy  nest  (Skutch  1969a).  The  other  nest,  although  quite  similar  in 
overall  size,  shape,  and  external  composition  to  the  true  nest,  had  no  sign 
of  an  entrance  or  internal  chamber;  it  was  simply  an  oblong  ball  of  sticks 
in  a fork  of  a branch  with  one  part  of  the  branch  through  the  middle  of 
it,  thus,  not  an  old  nest  or  a potential  dormitory  (Fig.  5).  This  nest  had 
an  epiphytic  cactus  {Epiphyllum  sp.)  growing  out  of  it  in  several  direc- 
tions, which  we  suspect  had  formed  the  original  foundation  for  construc- 
tion, and  there  were  several  small  ant  nests  within  it.  In  the  orientation 


442 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


in  which  it  was  in  the  tree  (similar  to  that  in  Fig.  5),  it  measured  32  cm 
high,  22  cm  wide,  and  16  cm  deep.  Relative  to  the  other  nest,  this  cham- 
berless one  was  constructed  of  shorter  sticks. 

A third  nest  from  this  same  tree  fell  apart  when  detached  from  its 
supporting  limb.  We  could  not,  therefore,  examine  it  in  detail,  but  we 
determined  that  it  contained  no  lining,  and  suspect  that  it  had  no  internal 
chamber.  We  noted  on  many  occasions  that  “nests”  in  multi-nest  trees 
showed  appreciable  variation  in  size,  with  the  smallest  ones  often  too 
small  to  have  an  internal  chamber. 

We  have  one  more,  rather  fascinating  observation  relating  to  the  pos- 
sible deployment  of  dummy  nests  by  A.  fonsecai.  We  observed  that  one 
of  four  nests  in  a single  tree  near  Camacan  was  actually  a small,  arboreal 
ant  nest  that  had  been  decorated  with  twigs,  resulting  in  its  remarkable 
similarity  to  the  other  three  Acrobatornis  nests  in  the  tree.  It  seemed  to 
us  that  the  sticks  had  been  applied  evenly  and  loosely  in  a horizontal 
orientation,  after  the  ant  nest  was  in  place,  and  not  left  over  after  an 
interior  occupation  and  outward  construction  by  the  ants  that  resulted  in 
a uniform  distribution  of  sticks.  It  also  seems  almost  unimaginable  to  us 
that  the  birds  had  perceived  that  the  ant  nest  was  similar  in  size  and  shape 
to  their  own  nests,  then  added  some  sticks  to  make  it  a dummy.  It  is 
perhaps  more  likely  that  they  started  adding  twigs  to  the  stable  substrate 
of  the  ant  nest,  and  built  around  it  to  some  extent.  Regardless  of  the 
birds’  “intent,”  it  fooled  us  for  a few  moments. 

We  suggest  that  the  normal-sized  but  chamberless  nest  (Fig.  5),  the 
“customized”  ant  nest,  and  small,  probably  chamberless  nest-like  struc- 
tures in  multi-nest  trees,  serve  as  dummies  that  may  confuse  predators  as 
to  the  location  of  the  true  nest.  Such  a function  has  been  attributed  to 
dummy  nests  atop  true  nests  constructed  by  pairs  of  Barred  Waxbills 
{Estrilda  astrild). 

The  multi-chambered  stick  nest  of  Phacellodomus  rufifrons  may  con- 
tain dormitories  and  an  incubation  chamber  or,  if  not  the  active  nest,  just 
dormitories,  but  they  apparently  always  have  internal  chambers  (Skutch 
1969,  Thomas  1983).  Skutch  (1969)  believed  that  the  complexity  of  nests 
of  P.  rufifrons  made  it  difficult  for  predators  (and  even  him)  to  locate  the 
eggs  and  young  within,  and  he  proposed  that  complex  construction  was 
not  only  designed  to  confuse  predators  but  also  represented  “an  outlet 
for  excess  energy  or  a pastime.” 

Although  neither  of  the  above  authors  suggested  that  the  multiplicity 
of  nests  of  P.  rufifrons  in  a single  tree  might  confuse  predators  (or  nest 
parasites  like  Tapera  naevia,  the  Striped  Cuckoo),  looking  for  eggs, 
young,  or  adults,  we  suspect  that  this  could  contribute  an  important  ad- 
vantage for  thornbirds’  survivorship.  The  same  reasoning  applies  equally 


Whitney  et  al.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECAI  443 


well  to  explain  the  tact  that  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  often  has  more  than 
one  nest  or  nest-like  structure  in  a tree.  Even  if  non-active  nests  are 
assumed  or  eventually  proven  to  be  nests  previously  used  by  the  birds  as 
incubation  chambers  or  dormitories,  the  fact  remains  that  the  birds  re- 
peatedly select  the  same  tree  for  nest  construction,  one  reasonable  con- 
sequence of  which  is  confusion  of  predators. 

-Another,  non-exclusive,  explanation  for  the  construction  of  more  than 
one  nest  in  a single  (presumably  especially  desirable)  tree  might  be  that 
“extra  nests”  represent  resource  stores  (i.e.,  building  materials  and  con- 
struction foundations).  Sticks  take  a great  deal  of  time  and  energy  to 
gather  and  transport,  and  are  a valuable  enough  resource  that  they  are 
pirated  by  conspecifics  in  some  species  (Skutch  1969,  Thomas  1983),  or 
even  other,  unrelated  species  (pers.  observ.).  Furthermore,  a wide  variety 
of  birds  (conspecifics  and  others)  are  known  to  take  advantage  of  old 
stick  nests  for  construction  materials  or  in  their  entirety,  for  nesting.  We 
observed  Phacellodomus  rufifrons  stealing  sticks  from  a nest  of  Acro- 
batornis fonsecai',  we  noted  no  interspecific  interaction,  and  we  were  un- 
able to  determine  whether  the  nest  of  the  latter  was  active  at  the  time. 
Extra  nests  of  Acrobatornis,  many  of  which  are  smaller  than  active  nests, 
might  also  secure  foundation  sites,  ensuring  the  rapid  construction  of  a 
nest  should  the  primary  one  be  lost  or  damaged.  Thomas  (1983)  pointed 
out  that  the  most  difficult  and  energy-expensive  stage  of  nest  construction 
for  Phacellodomus  rufifrons  was,  by  far,  the  establishment  of  a founda- 
tion. 

Does  Acrobatornis  have  “helper”  offspringl — In  early  October,  we 
observed  many  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  occupied  principally  with  feeding 
young  (see  Pacheco  et  al.  1996),  and  we  observed  nest-building  or  main- 
tenance behavior  on  only  one  occasion.  Late  on  the  afternoon  of  1 1 Oc- 
tober we  saw  three  of  four  A.  fonsecai  remove  sticks,  one  at  a time,  from 
a single  nest  in  a densely  foliated  tree  and  carry  them  to  another,  slightly 
taller,  leafless  tree  about  40  m away  that  contained  two  nests.  Two  adult 
birds  and  one  of  two  brown,  immature  birds  each  carried  one  stick.  The 
birds  took  sticks  in  the  bill  near  the  midpoint  and,  flying  rather  laboriously 
with  the  neck  craned  upwards,  landed  on  the  nest  under  construction. 
After  clambering  around  on  the  top  and  sides  of  the  nest  for  a moment 
with  the  stick,  they  deftly  placed  it  in  the  upper  exterior  of  the  nest.  We 
do  not  know  how  sticks  are  originally  gathered  (i.e.,  from  the  ground  or 
by  breaking  them  off  trees)  but,  among  furnariids,  reuse  of  sticks  from 
old  nests  or  nests  of  other  species  has  been  reported  by  Skutch  (1969) 
and  Thomas  (1983)  for  Phacellodomus  rufifrons,  and  for  Pseudoseisura 
lophotes  by  Nores  and  Nores  (1994). 

The  observation  of  an  immature  bird  involved  in  construction  of  a nest 


444 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


where  adults  were  also  building  seems  to  be  rare  within  the  Furnariidae. 
Such  “helping”  behavior  of  presumed  offspring  has  been  previously  re- 
ported for  Phacellodomus  rufifrons  by  Gilliard  (1959)  and  Skutch  (1969), 
although  Thomas  (1983)  judged  that  the  contribution  of  young  thombirds 
to  nest  construction  and  maintenance  was  “minimal.”  Additionally,  Nores 
and  Nores  (1994)  found  that  young  Pseudoseisura  lophotes  performed  a 
low  level  of  helping  in  nest  construction.  Because  few  studies  sufficiently 
detailed  to  reveal  this  kind  of  behavior  have  been  conducted  on  furnariids, 
it  is  perhaps  not  surprising  that  there  have  been  so  few  reports  of  young 
helping  parents  in  construction  of  nests.  In  the  case  of  Acrobatornis  fon- 
secai,  in  which  adults  and  immatures  (juveniles,  at  least)  are  strikingly 
dichromatic,  a most  unusual  condition  in  the  Furnariidae,  it  would  be 
relatively  easy  to  conduct  further  observations  to  determine  to  what  extent 
immatures  (and,  if  color-banded,  offspring)  assist  in  nest-building  or  other 
activities. 

Brown  (1987)  included  Phacellodomus  rufifrons  in  a list  of  species  (his 
table  2.2)  having  helpers  at  the  nest,  citing  Skutch  (1969)  and  Thomas 
(1983).  He  defined  a helper  as  “an  individual  that  performs  parent-like 
behavior  toward  young  that  are  not  genetically  its  own  offspring.”  How- 
ever, the  accounts  of  helping  in  Skutch  (1969)  and  Thomas  (1983)  doc- 
ument only  that  presumed  young  birds  occasionally  help  parents  in  nest 
construction  or  maintenance.  Phacellodomus  rufifrons,  as  presently 
known,  then,  does  not  fit  Brown’s  (1987)  definition  of  a helper  and  should 
be  removed  from  his  table  2.2.  Consequently,  no  member  of  Furnariidae 
is  known  to  have  a helper.  On  the  morning  of  1 1 October,  Barth  saw  an 
immature  (brown-plumaged)  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  feed  an  insect  to  a 
food-begging  juvenile  being  fed  occasionally  by  a pair  of  adults.  The  four 
birds  probably  formed  a family  group.  This  observation  of  apparent  help- 
ing (sensu  Brown  1987;  no  pun  intended)  is  intriguing,  and  merits  further 
investigation. 

The  extra,  possibly  dummy  nests  of  Acrobatornis,  without  entrances  or 
chambers,  if  proven  to  be  typical,  might  be  a simpler,  primitive  form  of 
false  nest,  with  more  complex,  derived,  dummy  nests  of  some  other  birds 
(e.g.,  Phacellodomus  rufifrons,  some  Troglodytidae)  having  evolved  to 
serve  as  dormitories  as  well.  It  seems  worthwhile  to  advance  the  possi- 
bility, in  other  words,  that  these  nest-like  structures  represent  the  ances- 
tral, least-complex  state,  the  derived  state  of  which  is  dummy  nests  that 
have  false  chambers  that  may  or  may  not  serve  as  dormitories.  One  ap- 
parent problem  with  this  idea  is  that  dummy  nests  have  not  been  reported 
for  other  furnariids  (or  other  suboscines?).  We  suggest,  however,  that  extra 
thornbird  nests  within  a single  tree  or,  in  the  case  of  very  large  nests  such 
as  those  of  Pseudoseisura  species,  perhaps  even  in  nearby  trees,  could  be 


Whitney  el  cil.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OE  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECA!  445 


dummy  nests  (i.e.,  construction  of  dummy  nests  might  have  been  mis- 
interpreted to  a large  extent).  Interestingly,  neither  Skutch  (1969),  Thomas 
( 1983),  or  Nores  and  Nores  ( 1994)  advanced  any  explanation  for  multiple 
stick-nests  in  a tree,  apparently  assuming  that  these  were  all  old  nests  or 
(in  the  case  of  Skutch)  the  result  of  excess  energy.  Another  problem  is 
that  chamberless  “nests,”  whether  dummies  or  not,  are  apparently  unre- 
ported in  birds.  Thus,  the  theory  that  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  might  be 
using  such  structures  as  dummy  nests  or  resource  stores  (as  described 
earlier)  is  novel  and,  of  course,  untested. 

Intrafamilial  comparison  of  nest  architecture. — Genera  and  species 
here  compared  with  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  are  the  same  discussed  by 
Pacheco  et  al.  (1996)  for  comparisons  of  morphology,  vocalizations,  and 
behavior. 

Cranioleuca. — Nests  (apparently  only  one  per  tree)  are  generally  25- 
30  cm  in  diameter,  and  are  single-chambered,  globular  or  conical  masses 
of  moss,  grass,  thin  vines,  and  other  flexible  vegetation,  in  some  species 
pendant  from  limbs  at  the  periphery  of  trees,  in  others  placed  in  a fork 
of  branches  or  network  of  supporting  vines  and  other  vegetation.  Crani- 
oleuca pyrrhophia  (Stripe-crowned  Spinetail,  of  semiarid  scrub  and 
woodland  in  Bolivia,  Paraguay,  and  northern  Argentina),  however,  builds 
a nest  of  dry,  thorny  twigs  bound  with  wool  and  vegetable  fiber,  and  well- 
lined  with  lichen,  or  other  soft  material  (Hoy  in  Vaurie  1980),  or  of  soft 
vegetable  material  with  a covering  of  sticks,  in  some  cases  spiny  ones 
(Narosky  et  al.  1983).  Reports  differ  regarding  the  location  of  the  entrance 
(near  the  top  or  the  bottom),  and  there  is  apparently  no  entrance  tunnel. 

Asthenes. — In  comparing  nests  of  Asthenes  species  with  that  of  Acro- 
batornis fonsecai,  we  follow  Pacheco  et  al.  (1996)  in  limiting  discussion 
to  the  “stick-nesting”  group  of  Asthenes.  Typical  nests  (usually  one,  oc- 
casionally two  or  three,  per  tree/shrub)  are  masses  of  twigs  and  sticks 
roughly  20-40  cm  in  diameter  with  single  internal  chambers  built,  for 
example,  inside  the  crown  of  a tree  or  shrub,  around  the  arms  and  trunk 
of  columnar  cacti,  or  within  piles  of  rocks  or  in  vegetation  clinging  to 
cliffsides.  Some,  such  as  A.  patagonica  (Patagonian  Canastero),  have  en- 
trance tunnels  as  long  as  the  main  body  of  the  nest  (Narosky  et  al.  1983; 
pers.  observ.). 

Thripophaga. — Both  T.  macroura  (Striated  Softtail)  and  T.  fusciceps 
(Plain  Softtail)  construct  roughly  globular  nests  about  20  cm  in  diameter 
of  small  twigs  and  flexible  vegetable  material,  such  as  grasses,  rootlets, 
and  thin  vines.  Nests  are  situated  on  thin  limbs  in  the  crowns  of  midstory 
and  subcanopy  trees,  near  the  periphery  of  the  tree,  inside  or  at  the  edge 
of  tall  forest.  We  have  seen  only  two  nests  of  each  species,  however,  and 
have  examined  none  in  detail. 


446 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Phacellodomus.—^es,i?,  of  most  species  are  similar  to  those  of  P.  ruf- 
ifrons  shown  in  Fig.  3 and  described  in  detail  by  Skutch  (1969)  and 
Thomas  (1983).  As  is  true  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai,  there  is  often  more 
than  one  nest/tree;  active  nests  are  usually  situated  at  the  periphery  of 
trees,  well  below  the  crown  and,  as  described  earlier,  differ  from  nests  of 
A.  fonsecai  in  a number  of  important  respects. 

Xenerpestes. — The  two  distinctive  species  in  this  genus  are  poorly 
known.  Unfortunately,  nests  remain  undescribed,  although  Ridgely  and 
Gwynne  (1989)  suspected  that  a large  stick-nest  in  eastern  Panama  be- 
longed to  the  Double-banded  Graytail  {X.  minlosi).  Whitney  observed  a 
pair  of  X.  minlosi  hopping  on  a mass  of  twigs  and  sticks  about  20  cm  in 
diameter  that  he  suspected  was  their  nest,  in  the  crown  of  a tall,  foliated 
and  flowering  Erythrina  tree  at  the  Cana  airstrip,  Darien,  Panama,  in 
January  1992. 

Metopothrix. — The  sole  member  of  Metopothrix,  M.  aurantiacus  (Or- 
ange-fronted Plushcrown),  like  Xenerpestes,  is  poorly  known.  Nests  were 
briefly  described  by  Ridgely  and  Tudor  (1994:128)  as  masses  of  sticks 
nearly  0.5  m across  with  the  entrance  at  the  side,  built  on  lateral  branches 
of  trees  from  4 to  20  m above  ground,  “not  dissimilar  in  overall  form 
from  those  of  Phacellodomus  thornbirds.”  These  authors  stated  that  Fraga 
(1992)  had  previously  “described  just  such  a nest”  of  Metopothrix,  but 
Fraga’s  paper  indicates  that  he  saw  birds  carrying  sticks  only;  he  did  not 
observe  or  describe  a nest.  Metopothrix  nests  are  apparently  considerably 
larger  than  those  of  Acrobatornis  and  are  sometimes  placed  much  nearer 
the  ground;  details  of  construction  remain  unknown. 

Margarornis. — The  only  descriptions  of  the  nest  of  any  species  appear 
to  be  those  of  Hilty  and  Brown  (1986:367)  and  Fjeldsa  and  Krabbe  (1990: 
384)  for  M.  squamiger  (Pearled  Treerunner):  “moss  ball  nest  with  side 
entrance”  and  “closed  nest  of  moss,  placed  under  a limb  or  a rock,” 
respectively.  In  exterior  architecture  and  general  size  and  shape,  nests  of 
“stick-nesting”  Asthenes  are  much  like  nests  of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai, 
and  appear  to  be  the  most  similar  in  the  family.  Cranioleuca  pyrrhophia's 
construction  of  sticks  around  a well-lined  chamber  recalls  that  of  A.  fon- 
secai. This  seems  to  be  the  only  described  stick-nest  of  that  genus,  al- 
though Whitney  has  recently  discovered  that  C.  meulleri  (Scaled  Spine- 
tail)  of  the  lower  Amazon  region,  also  builds  an  arboreal  stick-nest  (ms. 
in  prep.).  Cranioleuca  pyrrhophia  lives  in  habitats  with  little  or  no  moss 
or  flexible,  herbaceous  growth  suitable  for  structural  binding  (or  at  least 
no  reliable  sources  of  such  materials),  which  may  have  promoted  stick- 
nesting (or  the  maintenance  of  it)  in  this  species.  We  suspect,  however, 
that  the  single-chambered,  mossy  globes  of  some  of  the  other  Cranioleuca 
species  would  be  quite  similar  to  nests  of  Acrobatornis  if  covered  with  a 


Whiitiey  et  al.  • NESTING  ECOLOGY  OE  ACROBATORN/S  FONSECA!  447 


layer  of  sticks.  Just  as  sticks  are  abundant  and  easily  accessible  in  the 
habitat  ot  C.  pyrrhophia,  they  are  relatively  rare  (i.e.,  soft,  hard  to  break 
off,  and  decompose  quickly  on  the  ground)  in  the  humid  montane  habitats 
of  most  of  the  other  members  of  the  genus.  We  await  documentation  and 
detailed  descriptions  of  the  nests  of  the  two  species  of  Xenerpestes,  and 
of  Metopothrix  aurantiacus. 

On  the  origin  of  stick-nesting  in  Furnariidae. — There  appears  to  be  no 
published  discussion  of  the  origin  of  stick-nesting  in  Furnariidae.  We 
suspect  that  powerful  environmental  factors  in  place  for  prolonged  periods 
would  be  required  for  evolution  and  establishment  of  such  energetically 
expensive,  sex-shared  (i.e.,  nests  are  not  sexually  selected  structures),  nest 
architecture  across  the  broad  group  of  furnariids  in  which  the  behavior  is 
prevalent  today.  During  arid  or  semi-arid  epochs,  for  example,  there  may 
have  been  few  other  construction  materials  available.  Extended  periods 
of  winds,  frequent  violent  weather,  or  cold  would  represent  substantial 
selective  forces.  Similarly,  fortified  nests  might  have  evolved  to  thwart 
large  reptilian  and  avian  predators  and  to  withstand  the  shock  of  regular, 
incidental  contact  of  nests  and  supporting  vegetation  by  large  vertebrates. 
Operative  evolutionary  mechanisms  aside,  we  assume  that  the  ancestral 
forms  of  stick-nesting  furnariids  arose  in  a southern,  Chaco-Patago- 
nian/Pantanal  (in  contemporary  terms)  distributional  center  during  a pre- 
Andean  epoch.  In  light  of  the  overwhelming  concentration  and  diversity 
of  stick-nesting  species  surviving  in  this  region  of  the  continent  today, 
origin  of  stick-nesting  there  is  a reasonable  assumption.  This  ancient  cen- 
ter probably  extended  to  interior  northeastern  Brazil,  which  today  shares 
numerous  forms  with  Chaco-northern  Patagonia  and  the  Pantanal  (Short 
1975  and  numerous  subsequent  authors),  including  such  stick-nesting  fur- 
nariids as  the  Chotoy  Spinetail  (Schoeniophylax  phryganophila),  Phacel- 
lodomus  rufifrons.  Firewood-gatherer  {Anumbius  annumbi),  and  Rufous 
Cacholote  (Pseudoseisura  cristata).  The  contemporary  distribution  of 
stick-nesting  Asthenes  reaches  its  northeastern  extreme  only  slightly  far- 
ther south,  in  the  serras  of  Minas  Gerais  {A.  luizae  Cipo  Canastero).  Cer- 
tain successful  forms  apparently  radiated  widely  (e.g.,  Phcicellodomus  ruf 
ifrons  and  Anumbius,  which  are  still  spreading,  following  forest  clear- 
ance), and  some,  like  stick-nesting  Asthenes,  speciated  rapidly  as  they 
colonized  a new,  vertical  stratum  of  Andean  habitats  to  spread  north  to 
central  Peru,  where  speciation  seems  relatively  incipient.  Forest-inhabit- 
ing Cranioleuca  may  have  radiated  following  evolution  of  a more  recent 
ancestral  form  in  the  forests  that  must  have  flourished  with  the  conden- 
sation-precipitation (at  least)  resulting  from  Andean  uplift.  Such  a se- 
quence of  events  implies  that  stick-nesting  is  the  primitive  condition  in 
this  group  of  birds,  at  least. 


448 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  are  grateful  to  Haroldo  C.  de  Lima  of  the  Botanical  Garden  of  Rio  de  Janeiro  for 
determining  the  species  of  one  of  the  nest  trees  from  dried  samples  we  provided.  Claudia 
Bauer  and  Luiz  Gonzaga  helped  in  analysis  of  nest  architecture  of  A.  fonsecai.  We  thank 
Hannah  Gould  of  the  Univ.  of  Texas  at  Austin  for  helping  us  locate  pertinent  references. 
Gary  Graves  and  J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr.  commented  on  the  manuscript,  and  Charles  Blem  assisted 
in  seeing  that  it  was  published  promptly.  Holland  Photo  ot  Austin  produced  the  black-and- 
white  photos  in  the  figures.  Eield  Guides  Incorporated,  of  Austin,  Texas,  generously  financed 
part  of  our  expenses  for  research  in  southern  Bahia. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Brown,  J.  L.  1987.  Helping  and  communal  breeding  in  birds:  ecology  and  evolution. 

Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

FjeldsA,  j.  and  N.  Krabbe.  1990.  Birds  of  the  high  Andes.  Zoological  Museum,  Univ.  of 
Copenhagen,  and  Apollo  Books,  Svendborg,  Denmark. 

Fraga,  R.  M.  1992.  Nesting  behavior  of  Metopothrix  aurantiacus  in  Ecuador.  Hornero,  13: 
236. 

Gilliard,  E.  T.  1959.  Notes  on  some  birds  of  northern  Venezuela.  Amer.  Mus.  Novitates 
1927:1-33. 

Hilty,  S.  L.  and  W.  L.  Brown.  1986.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Colombia.  Princeton  Univ. 
Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Narosky,  S.,  R.  Fraga,  and  M.  de  La  Pena.  1983.  Nidificacion  de  las  aves  argentinas 
(Dendrocolaptidae  y Furnariidae).  Asoc.  Orn.  Plata,  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina. 

Nores,  a.  I.  AND  M.  Nores.  1994.  Nest  building  and  nesting  behavior  of  the  Brown 
Cacholote.  Wilson  Bull.  106:106—120. 

Pacheco,  J.  E,  B.  M.  Whitney,  and  L.  P.  Gonzaga.  1996.  A new  genus  and  species  of 
furnariid  (Aves:  Furnariidae)  from  the  cocoa-growing  region  of  southeastern  Bahia, 
Brazil.  Wilson  Bull.  108(3):397-433. 

Ridgely,  R.  S.  and  G.  Tudor.  1994.  The  Birds  of  South  America.  Vol  11.  University  of 
Texas  Press,  Austin,  Texas. 

Short,  L.  1975.  A zoogeographic  analysis  of  the  South  American  Chaco  avifauna.  Bull. 
Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  154:165—352. 

Sick,  H.  1957.  Rosshaarpilze  als  Nestbau-Material  brasilianischer  Voegel.  J.  Orn.  98:421- 
431. 

Skutch,  a.  F.  1969.  A study  of  the  Rufous-fronted  Thornbird  and  associate  birds.  Part  1. 

Life  history  of  the  Rufous-fronted  Thornbird.  Wilson  Bull.  81:5-43. 

Thomas,  B.  T.  1983.  The  plain-fronted  Thornbird:  Nest  construction,  material  choice,  and 
nest  defense  behavior.  Wilson  Bull.  95:106-117. 

Vaurie,  C.  1971.  Classification  of  the  Ovenbirds  (Furnariidae).  Whitherby,  London,  U.K. 
1980.  Taxonomy  and  geographical  distribution  of  the  Furnariidae  (Aves,  Passeri- 
formes). Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  166. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  449-456 


WOODPECKER  EXCAVATION  AND  USE  OE  CAVITIES 
IN  POLYSTYRENE  SNAGS 

Richard  N.  Conner  and  Daniel  Saenz 

Abstract. — We  examined  woodpecker  excavation  and  use  of  artificial  polystyrene  snags 
in  four  forest  types  in  eastern  Texas  for  five  years.  Twenty-three  of  47  artificial  snags  were 
used  by  Downy  Woodpeckers  (Picoides  pubescens)  for  cavity  excavation  and  subsequent 
nocturnal  roosting;  they  did  not  use  the  artificial  snags  for  nesting.  Although  six  other  species 
of  woodpeckers  were  present  in  the  area,  only  Downy  Woodpeckers  excavated  cavities  in 
the  artificial  cavity  substrate.  Entrances  to  cavities  in  artificial  snags  became  enlarged  within 
several  months  of  excavation.  Other  wildlife  species  using  abandoned  cavities  in  artificial 
snags  were  Carolina  Chickadees  {Pams  carolinensis),  Prothonotary  Warblers  (Protonotaria 
citrea),  southern  flying  squirrels  (Glaucomys  volans),  and  red  wasps  (Polistes  sp.).  In  one 
instance,  Carolina  Chickadees  excavated  their  own  cavity  and  nested  within  a polystyrene 
snag.  Until  an  artificial  cavity  substrate  acceptable  for  both  woodpecker  excavation  and 
nesting  can  be  found,  the  utility  of  artificial  snags  as  a means  to  augment  woodpecker  nesting 
substrate  remains  inadequate.  Received  18  October  1995,  accepted  16  January  1996. 


Many  woodpecker  species  and  secondary  cavity  nesters  depend  on 
snags  (standing  dead  trees)  for  cavity  sites  that  they  use  for  nesting  and 
roosting  (Conner  1978,  Evans  and  Conner  1979,  Thomas  et  al.  1979, 
Raphael  and  White  1984).  Harvesting  of  mature  forests  can  greatly  reduce 
the  availability  of  substrate  for  woodpeckers  to  excavate  nest  cavities 
(Conner  1978,  Dickson  et  al.  1983).  Thus,  artificial  cavity  substrate  may 
benefit  nesting  woodpeckers  in  areas  where  snag  availability  is  low. 

Peterson  and  Grubb  (1983)  evaluated  woodpecker  use  of  50  artificial 
polystyrene  snags  (242-cm  high  X 22-cm  diameter)  over  an  11 -month 
period  in  Ohio.  Downy  Woodpeckers  {Picoides  pubescens)  excavated  51 
cavities  in  42  of  the  snags,  used  them  for  nocturnal  roosting,  but  failed 
to  use  the  cavities  for  nesting.  House  Wrens  {Troglodytes  aedon)  and 
Carolina  Chickadees  {Parus  carolinensis)  nested  in  cavities  excavated  by 
Downy  Woodpeckers.  Peterson  and  Grubb  (1983)  speculated  that  other 
larger  species  of  woodpeckers  might  use  polystyrene  snags  if  snags 
>22-cm  diameter  were  provided,  but  this  idea  has  never  been  tested. 
Artificial  polystyrene  snags  have  also  been  used  to  explore  sexual  differ- 
ences in  selection  of  cavity  sites  by  Downy  Woodpeckers  and  to  evaluate 
cavity  entrance  orientation  and  snag  selection  relative  to  vegetation  in  a 
regenerating  clear  cut  (Grubb  1982,  Petit  et  al.  1985). 

We  evaluated  woodpecker  use  of  26-cm  diameter  X 242-cm  high  poly- 

' Wildlife  Habitat  and  Silviculture  Laboratory  (Maintained  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Forestry 
Stephen  F.  Austin  State  Univ.),  Southern  Research  Station,  USDA  Forest  Service,  Nacogdoches,  Texas 


449 


450 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Vegetational  Characteristics  (Means  ± SD)  of  Mature  Pure  Pine,  Pine-Hardwood, 
Upland  Hardwood,  and  Bottomland  Hardwood  Forest  Stands  Where  Artificial 
Polystyrene  Snags  Were  Studied  on  the  Stephen  E Austin  Experimental  Forest  in 

Eastern  Texas 

Vegetation  variable 

Pure  pine 
(N  = 20) 

Pine-hardwood 
(N  = 20) 

Upland 
hardwood 
(N  = 20) 

Bottomland 
hardwood 
(N  = 20) 

Vegetation  height  (m) 

30.0  (3.7) 

27.4  (5.5) 

20.6  (2.9) 

27.1  (5.3) 

Pine  basal  area  (m^/ha) 

23.5  (3.9) 

22.6  (7.3) 

3.8  (3.6) 

0.2  (0.5) 

Hardwood  basal  area  (m^/ha) 

0.2  (0.6) 

4.0  (3.2) 

15.6  (3.5) 

18.5  (4.8) 

Tree  density  (#/0.04  ha) 

11.5  (3.6) 

18.5  (9.6) 

10.1  (3.2) 

14.0(3.6) 

Canopy  closure  (%) 

73.1  (11.1) 

71.2  (14.3) 

69.3  (13.8) 

72.5  (13.0) 

Ground  cover  (%) 

2.9  (2.8) 

3.5  (2.4) 

3.5  (2.7) 

9.6  (6.4) 

Natural  snags  (#/0.04  ha) 

0.8  (0.8) 

0.7  (0.9) 

0.7  (0.8) 

1.1  (1.0) 

Styrene  snags  in  four  forest  types  over  a five-year  period.  We  determined 
secondary  cavity  nester  use  of  woodpecker  cavities  and  evaluated  cavity 
shape  and  condition  with  long-term  use. 

STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

We  constructed  47  artificial  snags  from  solid  blocks  of  polystyrene  (26-cm  diameter  X 
242-cm  high).  The  4-cm  increase  in  diameter  of  the  polystyrene  snags  above  what  had  been 
used  previously  (Peterson  and  Grubb  1983),  placed  the  substrate  diameter  within  the  range 
of  sizes  used  by  Hairy  {Picoides  villosus)  and  Red-bellied  {Melanerpes  carolinus)  wood- 
peckers for  cavity  sites  (Conner  1978).  Similar  to  Peterson  and  Grubb  (1983),  we  painted 
the  artificial  snags  with  a thick  coating  of  brown  latex  paint  to  enhance  the  snag-like  ap- 
pearance of  the  polystyrene  snags.  After  drilling  a centrally  located  3-cm  diameter  hole 
(parallel  to  the  length  of  the  snag),  80  cm  deep  into  the  base  of  each  artificial  snag,  we 
installed  it  in  the  field  on  20  October  1986  by  sliding  it  onto  a 184-cm  long  “T-pole”  (iron 
fence  post)  that  had  been  driven  into  the  ground  approximately  110  cm  deep.  The  hole 
drilled  into  the  base  of  each  artificial  snag  was  made  solely  to  mount  (impale)  the  snags  on 
T-poles.  All  artificial  snags  were  installed  as  close  to  vertical  as  possible,  i.e.,  no  lean  could 
be  visually  detected.  Artificial  snags  were  installed  at  1 12-m  intervals  on  four  nest  box  trails 
in  four  forest  types  (ten  snags  per  trail  and  one  trail  in  each  forest  type:  mature  pure  pine 
{Pitms  spp.l,  pine-hardwood,  upland  hardwood,  and  bottomland  hardwood  forest  habitats) 
located  on  the  Stephen  E Austin  Experimental  Forest  (31°29'N,  94°47'W)  in  southern  Nac- 
ogdoches County,  Texas.  Each  nest  box  trail  was  circular  and  approximately  1130  m in 
length.  Cavities  for  secondary  cavity  nesters  were  readily  available  on  each  trail,  becau.se 
20  sites  with  three  nest  boxes  per  site  were  established  at  56-m  intervals  on  each  trail  as  a 
part  of  a different  study.  Seven  additional  artificial  snags  were  installed  on  the  edge  of 
mature  pine-hardwood  forest  next  to  dirt  roads. 

Vegetation  characteristics  were  measured  at  56-m  intervals  (20  points)  on  each  of  the 
four  nest  box  trails  (Table  1 ).  We  measured  vegetation  height  with  a clinometer,  and  tree 
basal  areas  were  measured  with  a one-factor  metric  prism.  Densities  of  trees  and  snags  >15 
cm  diameter  at  breast  height  were  counted  within  an  1 L3-m  radius  circular  plot.  We  esti- 


Conner  and  Saenz  • WOODPECKERS  AND  POLYSTYRENE  SNAGS  45 1 


Table  2 

Species  Use  of  Cavities  Excavated  by  Downy  Woodpeckers  in  Artificial  Polystyrene 
Snags  in  Four  Forest  Types  on  the  Stephen  E Austin  Experimental  Forest  in 

Eastern  Texas 


Cavity  occupant 

Number  of  polystyi 

rene  snags  used 

Pure  pine 
(N  = 10) 

Pine- 

hardwood“ 

(N  = 17) 

Upland 
hardwood 
(N  = 10) 

Bottomland 
hardwood 
(N  = 10) 

Downy  WoodpeckeU 

0 

13 

10 

0 

Carolina  Chickadee 

0 

4“^ 

2 

0 

Prothonotary  Warbler 

0 

0 

2 

0 

Southern  flying  squirrel 

0 

1 

0 

0 

Red  wasps 

0 

3 

2 

0 

“Artificial  snags  in  forest  (N  = 10)  and  edge  (N  = 7)  pine-hardwood  habitat  combined. 

•’  All  cavities  except  one  were  initially  excavated  by  Downy  Woodpeckers. 

' In  one  instance  in  pine-hardwood  edge  habitat  Carolina  Chickadees  excavated  their  own  cavity. 


mated  percent  canopy  closure  and  ground  cover,  using  a 4-cm  diameter  X 12-cm  long  hollow 
tube.  We  recorded  height  and  compass  aspect  of  pecking  and  cavity  excavation  on  all 
artificial  snags  from  fall  1986  to  summer  1991. 

Occupants  of  cavities  were  determined  by  checking  roosts  with  a mirror,  watching  oc- 
cupants use  a cavity,  or  flushing  the  occupant.  Artificial  snags  were  visited  during  the  spring 
(March— May),  fall  (September— October),  and  winter  (December— January)  during  each  year 
of  the  study.  The  species  of  woodpeckers  excavating  cavities  in  artificial  snags  were  deter- 
mined by  watching  the  actual  excavation  or  by  measuring  the  final  size  of  the  completed 
cavity.  We  also  noted  claw  marks  and  their  relative  size  to  determine  if  they  had  been  made 
by  a squirrel  or  a possible  predator  (house  cat  [Fells  domesticus]  and  raccoon  [Procyon 
lotor]).  We  were  not  able  to  determine  nesting  success  on  all  of  the  avian  nests  detected 
because  of  time  and  personnel  constraints.  Artificial  snags  in  the  bottomland  hardwood  area 
were  monitored  only  until  spring  1989  because  flooding  lifted  the  snags  off  the  T-poles  and 
washed  them  down  the  Angelina  River. 


RESULTS 

Except  for  one  case.  Downy  Woodpeckers  were  the  only  species  de- 
tected excavating  and  using  cavities  in  the  artificial  polystyrene  snags 
(Table  2).  We  did  not  observe  Downy  Woodpeckers  nesting  in  any  of  the 
cavities,  but  they  regularly  used  the  cavities  as  nocturnal  roosts.  Downy 
Woodpeckers  excavated  cavities  in  artificial  snags  only  in  the  pine-hard- 
wood and  upland  hardwood  forest  types.  Carolina  Chickadees  were  the 
most  frequent  secondary  users  of  cavities  excavated  by  Downy  Wood- 
peckers (Table  2).  In  one  instance,  Carolina  Chickadees  excavated  a cav- 
ity during  the  early  spring  and  successfully  nested  in  it.  Prothonotary 
Warblers  (Protonotaria  citrea)  successfully  nested  in  two  different  cavi- 
ties in  the  upland  hardwood  forest  type.  Standing  water  was  present  in 
parts  of  this  area  for  much  of  the  spring.  Five  cavities  were  used  by  red 


452 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Fig.  1.  Seasonal  appearance  of  cavities  completed  by  Downy  Woodpeckers  in  polysty- 
rene snags  (starting  in  winter  15  months  after  snag  installation),  enlargement  of  cavities  by 
subsequent  use,  and  use  by  secondary  cavity  users  during  successive  winter  (WTR),  spring 
(SPR),  and  fall  (FALL)  seasons  on  the  Stephen  E Austin  Experimental  Forest  in  eastern 
Texas. 


wasps  {Polistes  sp.)  and  one  by  southern  flying  squirrels  {Glaucomys 
volans). 

Artificial  snags  were  in  place  five  months  before  small  holes  began  to 
appear  in  them  in  the  upland  hardwood  and  pine-hardwood  areas  during 
the  early  spring  1987.  Downy  Woodpeckers  were  the  only  woodpecker 
species  observed  excavating  cavities  in  the  artificial  snags,  and  the  first 
completed  cavities  (9)  appeared  in  these  two  habitat  types  by  early  Jan- 
uary 1988  (15  months  after  installation)  indicating  that  they  had  been 
excavated  during  late  fall  to  early  winter  1987.  Additional  completions 
of  cavities  in  other  artificial  snags  occurred  during  the  next  two  years 
(Fig.  1).  Avian  secondary  cavity  nesters  did  not  begin  to  use  the  com- 
pleted cavities  until  more  than  a year  had  passed  (Fig.  1).  Southern  flying 
squirrels  were  first  detected  after  two  years. 

All  completed  cavity  entrances  were  excavated  between  12  and  16  cm 
from  the  top  of  the  artificial  snags.  It  was  difficult  to  detect  visually  a 
preference  for  cavity  orientation.  Cavity  entrances  appeared  to  be  bimodal 
in  their  distribution  (Fig.  2).  A Rao’s  test  indicated  a non-random  orien- 
tation of  entrances  ((/  = 1,591;  P < 0.01). 

Small  holes  that  seemed  to  be  similar  to  cavity  starts  appeared  near  the 
tops  of  two  artificial  snags  in  the  pure  pine  area  within  five  months  of 
snag  installation.  Cavities  in  those  two  snags,  however,  were  never  com- 


Conner  and  Saenz  • WOODPECKERS  AND  POLYSTYRENE  SNAGS  453 


s 

Fig.  2.  Aspects  of  entrances  to  cavities  excavated  into  artificial  polystyrene  snags  (N  = 
22)  in  eastern  Texas. 


pleted.  By  January  1988,  two  other  artificial  snags  in  the  pure  pine  area 
had  small  excavations  in  them  but  were  also  abandoned.  Artificial  snags 
in  the  bottomland  hardwood  area  had  small  and  some  large  holes  exca- 
vated within  30  cm  of  the  base  of  the  snags,  most  likely  excavated  by 
Pileated  Woodpeckers  (Dryocopus  pileatus).  But,  apparent  start  holes  in 
both  the  pure  pine  and  bottomland  hardwood  areas  were  never  excavated 
beyond  several  centimeters  deep.  Artificial  snags  in  all  areas  had  varying 
amounts  of  their  surface  paint  and  polystyrene  pecked  away,  as  if  wood- 
peckers or  other  bark  foragers  had  attempted  to  forage  on  them. 

Seven  cavity  entrances  became  quite  enlarged  within  8-10  months  fol- 
lowing cavity  completion  and  subsequent  use  (Fig.  1).  Although  entrances 
enlarged  in  all  directions,  the  bottom  of  each  entrance  was  affected  the 
most.  Polystyrene  would  erode  away  10-15  cm,  most  likely  during  the 
passage  of  the  occupant,  so  that  entrances  gradually  became  elongated 
vertically.  Downy  Woodpeckers  appeared  to  abandon  enlarged  cavities. 


454 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Claw  marks  of  sufficient  size  to  suggest  attempted  predation  appeared  on 
four  of  the  artificial  snags  with  cavities  during  the  fall  and  winter.  In  one 
instance,  the  cavity  entrance  was  torn  open  and  about  half  of  the  cavity 
chamber  exposed. 


DISCUSSION 

Our  attempt  to  use  large  diameter  polystyrene  snags  to  encourage  some 
of  the  larger  woodpeckers  to  excavate  cavities  was  unsuccessful.  Al- 
though both  Red-bellied  and  Hairy  woodpeckers  were  present  within  the 
vicinity,  neither  species  apparently  excavated  cavities  in  the  artificial 
snags.  Diameters  of  the  artificial  snags  were  sufficient  to  house  cavities 
made  by  these  two  species  (Conner  et  al.  1975,  Jackson  1976).  However, 
the  3-m  height  of  the  artificial  snags,  which  was  the  tallest  block  of 
polystyrene  commercially  available,  may  have  been  too  low  for  these  two 
species.  Hairy  and  Red-bellied  woodpeckers  typically  excavate  nest  cav- 
ities at  heights  above  3 m (Conner  1978).  Downy  Woodpeckers  often  nest 
in  dead  tree  stubs  that  are  approximately  3 m in  height  (Conner  et  al. 
1975).  They  also  are  known  to  excavate  cavities  in  very  soft,  well-de- 
cayed natural  snags  (Conner  et  al.  1975,  1976).  The  consistency  of  poly- 
styrene is  very  similar  to  that  of  well-decayed  wood  tissue  found  in  some 
snags  used  by  Downy  Woodpeckers  for  cavity  excavation.  Both  the  poly- 
styrene and  well-decayed  wood  tissue  can  be  easily  excavated  by  a human 
finger  nail.  Substrate  of  such  little  structural  strength  may  be  too  soft  for 
the  larger  woodpecker  species. 

Although  there  were  woodpeckers  within  the  pure  pine  and  bottomland 
hardwood  study  areas,  none  of  the  polystyrene  snags  in  these  study  areas 
was  used  for  cavity  excavation.  There  was  an  abundance  of  natural  snags 
in  the  bottomland  habitat  (Conner  et  al.  1994,  Table  1);  thus,  the  attrac- 
tiveness of  artificial  snags  was  likely  less.  Natural  snags  were  as  common 
in  the  pure  pine  stand  as  they  were  in  the  pine-hardwood  study  area  (Table 
1).  The  failure  of  Downy  Woodpeckers  to  use  artificial  snags  in  the  pure 
pine  stand  is  enigmatic. 

The  long  term  value  of  polystyrene  snags  as  an  artificial  substrate  for 
woodpecker  cavity  excavation  appears  to  be  relatively  low.  Only  Downy 
Woodpeckers  excavated  cavities,  and  they  did  not  nest  in  the  cavities 
following  excavation.  The  artificial  snags  do  appear  to  have  some  value 
as  roosting  sites  for  Downy  Woodpeckers,  and  the  polystyrene  material 
is  well  known  for  its  high  insulating  ability,  which  would  be  particularly 
valuable  during  winter  at  northern  latitudes.  Although  woodpeckers  did 
not  use  the  cavities  for  nesting,  secondary  cavity  nesters  such  as  Pro- 
thonotary  Warblers  and  Carolina  Chickadees  successfully  nested  in  the 
artificial  substrate.  Entrances  to  cavities,  however,  soon  begin  to  erode 


Conner  and  Saenz  • WOODPECKERS  AND  POLYSTYRENE  SNAGS  455 


away  with  use,  rendering  the  cavity  unusable  after  several  years.  This 
problem  could  be  rectihed  by  reinforcing  cavity  entrances  with  wire  mesh 
or  thin  wood  following  the  woodpecker’s  completion  of  the  cavity  cham- 
ber. 

Still,  artificial  substrates  for  woodpecker  cavity  excavation  may  have 
value.  Substrates  with  a stronger  yet  brittle  structure  may  be  needed  to 
entice  other  woodpecker  species  to  excavate  cavities  and  Downy  Wood- 
peckers to  nest.  Also,  additional  structure  strength  or  hardness  is  needed 
on  the  surface  of  the  artificial  snags.  Such  strength  might  help  deter  pred- 
ators and  provide  sufficient  hardness  and  resonance  for  mutual  tapping 
behavior  and  drumming  which  occur  during  cavity  site  selection  (Kilham 
1958,  1983).  Also,  further  study  using  larger  diameter  and  taller  artificial 
snags  in  areas  where  natural  snags  are  limited  or  absent  may  provide 
additional  insight. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  T.  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  D.  R.  Petit,  and  J.  R.  Walters  for  constructive  comments  on 
an  early  draft  of  the  manuscript. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Conner,  R.  N.  1978.  Snag  management  for  cavity  nesting  birds.  Pp.  120-138  in  Proc.  of 
the  workshop;  management  of  southern  forests  for  nongame  birds  (R.  M.  DeGraaf,  tech, 
coord.).  U.S.  Eor.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  SE-14. 

, R.  G.  Hooper,  H.  S.  Crawford,  and  H.  S.  Mosby.  1975.  Woodpecker  nesting 

habitat  in  cut  and  uncut  woodlands  in  Virginia.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  39:144-150. 

, O.  K.  Miller,  Jr.,  and  C.  S.  Adkisson.  1976.  Woodpecker  dependence  on  trees 
infected  by  fungal  heart  rots.  Wilson  Bull.  88:575-581. 

, S.  D.  Jones,  and  G.  D.  Jones.  1994.  Snag  condition  and  woodpecker  foraging 
ecology  in  a bottomland  hardwood  forest.  Wilson  Bull.  106:242-257. 

Dickson,  J.  G.,  R.  N.  Conner,  and  J.  H.  Williamson.  1983.  Snag  retention  increases  bird 
use  of  a clear-cut.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  47:799-804. 

Evans,  K.  E.  and  R.  N.  Conner.  1979.  Snag  management.  Pp.  214-224  in  Management 
of  north  central  and  northeastern  forests  for  nongame  birds  (R.  M.  DeGraaf,  tech, 
coord.).  U.S.  Eor.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  NC-5L 

Grubb,  T.  C.,  Jr.  1982.  Downy  Woodpecker  sexes  select  different  cavity  sites:  an  experi- 
ment using  artificial  snags.  Wilson  Bull.  94:577-579. 

Jackson,  J.  A.  1976.  A comparison  of  some  aspects  of  the  breeding  ecology  of  Red-headed 
and  Red-bellied  woodpeckers  in  Kansas.  Condor  78:67-76. 

Kilham,  L.  1958.  Pair  formation,  mutual  tapping  and  nest  hole  selection  of  Red-bellied 
Woodpeckers.  Auk  75:318-329. 

. 1983.  Life  history  studies  of  woodpeckers  of  eastern  North  America.  Nuttall  Or- 

nithol.  Club  # 20. 

Peterson,  A.  W.  and  T.  C.  Grubb,  Jr.  1983.  Artificial  trees  as  a cavity  substrate  for 
woodpeckers.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  47:790-798. 

Petit,  D.  R.,  K.  E.  Petit,  T.  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  and  L.  J.  Reichhardt.  1985.  Habitat  and  snag 


456 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


selection  by  woodpeckers  in  a clear-cut:  an  analysis  using  artificial  snags.  Wilson  Bull. 
97:525-533. 

Raphael,  M.  G.  and  M.  White.  1984.  Use  of  snags  by  cavity-nesting  birds  in  the  Sierra 
Nevada.  Wildl.  Monogr.  No.  86. 

Thomas,  J.  W.,  R.  G.  Anderson,  C.  Maser,  and  E.  L.  Bull.  1979.  Snags.  Pp.  60-77  in 
Wildlife  habitats  in  managed  forests,  the  Blue  Mountains  of  Oregon  and  Washington 
(J.  W.  Thomas,  tech.  ed.).  U.S.  For.  Serv.  Agric.  Handbk.  No.  553. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  457-466 


NESTING  SUCCESS  OF  THE  PROTHONOTARY 
WARBLER  IN  THE  UPPER  MISSISSIPPI 
RIVER  BOTTOMLANDS 

David  J.  Flaspohler 

Abstract. — In  1993  and  1994,  I studied  the  breeding  biology  and  nesting  success  of 
Prothonotary  Warblers  {Protonotaria  citrea)  at  the  margin  of  the  species’  breeding  range 
on  the  upper  Mississippi  and  Black  rivers  in  west-central  Wisconsin.  During  the  severe 
flooding  of  1993,  nesting  success  was  reduced  to  a third  of  the  level  recorded  in  1994,  a 
more  typical  year.  The  rate  of  Brown-headed  Cowbird  {Molothrus  ater)  parasitism  was  the 
highest  (26.9%)  yet  reported.  House  Wrens  (Troglodytes  aedon)  were  observed  destroying 
only  one  nest,  but  they  were  suspected  of  having  a larger  role  in  nest  failure  as  has  been 
found  in  other  studies  (Walkinshaw  1938).  Received  30  Mar.  1995,  accepted  21  Sept.  1995. 


The  Prothonotary  Warbler  {Protonotaria  citrea)  is  a secondary  cavity 
nester  that  breeds  in  floodplain  forests  of  the  eastern  U.S.  Between  1966 
and  1987,  it  experienced  regional  population  declines  in  the  southern  U.S. 
(James  et  al.  1991)  and  in  the  northern  Midwest  (Graber  et  al.  1983).  It 
is  listed  as  one  of  ten  area-sensitive  warbler  species  (subfamily  Parulinae) 
(Robbins  1979).  Much  of  its  floodplain  forest  habitat  has  been  lost  or 
degraded  since  presettlement  times  (Fredrickson  1979),  and  mangrove  and 
riparian  forests  of  Latin  America  used  by  the  Prothonotary  during  the 
non-breeding  season  (Skutch  1989)  are  being  rapidly  destroyed  or  con- 
verted to  other  uses  (Terborgh  1 989).  In  the  center  of  its  breeding  range 
in  the  southern  U.S.,  less  than  25%  of  the  original  bottomland  forest 
remains  (Fredrickson  1979,  Harris  et  al.  1984).  In  Wisconsin,  only  8%  of 
presettlement  floodplain  forest  remains  in  moderate  to  high  quality  con- 
dition (Mossman  1988). 

Population  monitoring  of  the  Prothonotary  Warbler  across  its  breeding 
range  is  hampered  by  the  inaccessibility  of  bottomland  forests.  In  Wis- 
consin, where  this  study  was  conducted,  there  has  been  only  one  occur- 
rence of  a Prothonotary  Warbler  on  all  Breeding  Bird  Survey  (BBS) 
routes  from  1966  to  1991  (USFWS,  unpubl.  data),  even  though  the  spe- 
cies breeds  commonly  in  suitable  habitat  (Mossman  1988).  Furthermore, 
brood  parasitism  by  the  Brown-headed  Cowbird  {Molothrus  ater)  may  be 
contributing  to  population  declines  by  reducing  productivity. 

Several  studies  have  examined  the  nesting  ecology  of  the  Prothonotary 
Warbler  (Walkinshaw  1938,  1939,  1941,  1953;  Petit  1986,  1989;  Blem 
and  Blem  1991,  1992).  However,  the  majority  of  nests  in  these  studies 
were  built  in  artificial  nest  boxes.  Use  of  artificial  nest  boxes  may  affect 

Dept,  of  Wildlife  Ecology,  A229  Rus.sell  Labs,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin-Madison,  Madison,  Wisconsin  53706. 

457 


458 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


breeding  parameters  such  as  clutch  size  and  nesting  success  (Mertens 
1977),  although  preliminary  studies  do  not  support  the  hypothesis  that 
nest  box  size  affects  clutch  size  for  this  species  (C.  Blem,  pers.  comm.). 
Hole  nesting  birds  using  nest  boxes  may  also  suffer  artificially  reduced 
rates  of  predation  (Nilsson  1984,  1986,  Moller  1989)  as  compared  to  nests 
in  natural  cavities.  Conversely,  the  greater  conspicuousness  of  nest  boxes 
may  increase  predation  rates  compared  to  natural  cavities.  The  diameter 
of  a nest  box  entrance  may  also  discourage  or  prevent  cowbird  parasitism. 
Few  data  exist  on  nesting  success  and  brood  parasitism  rates  for  naturally 
occurring  nests.  The  reproductive  ecology  of  the  Prothonotary  Warbler 
has  not  been  studied  in  detail  in  the  upper  Mississippi  River  region.  I 
present  here  nest  site  characteristics,  reproductive  success,  and  rate  of 
cowbird  parasitism  for  Prothonotary  Warblers  nesting  in  the  upper  Mis- 
sissippi River.  This  study  also  provides  some  insight  into  the  effect  of 
extreme  flooding  on  the  reproductive  success  of  Prothonotary  Warblers 
in  this  region. 


STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

I collected  nesting  data  at  three  sites  along  a 1 13-km  section  of  the  Mississippi  River  in 
west  central  Wisconsin  during  1993  and  1994  (Eig.  1)  (pools  5—9,  elevations  664—625'  asl, 
44°09'N,  91°48'W,  43°31'N,  91°14'W).  In  this  area,  the  river  ranges  from  L3-4.0  km  wide 
with  numerous  forested  islands  0.25  to  300  ha  in  size.  The  river  is  bordered  by  steep  bluffs 
dominated  by  oak  forest  (Qiiercm  spp.)  with  patches  of  remnant  prairie  on  steep  south- 
facing slopes.  Beyond  the  bluffs  lie  broad  areas  of  agricultural  land  with  scattered  woodlots 
where  there  was  once  hardwood  forest,  savanna,  and  open  prairie  (Emlen  et  al.  1986). 
Riparian  habitat  occurs  on  islands  and  in  strips  0.1  to  1.5  km  wide  on  either  shore  of  the 
river.  Eastern  cottonwood  {Populus  deltoides)  and  black  willow  {Salix  nigra)  are  found  on 
new  alluvial  deposits  (Olsen  and  Meyer  1976).  Older  alluvial  sites  and  mesic  areas  are 
dominated  by  silver  maple  (Acer  saccharinum),  green  ash  {Fraxinus  pennsylvanica),  river 
birch  (Betula  nigra),  box  elder  (Acer  negundo),  and  basswood  (Tilia  americana).  American 
elm  (Ulmus  americana),  once  a dominant  canopy  species,  is  now  represented  only  by  sap- 
lings and  young  trees,  larger  trees  having  succumbed  to  Dutch  Elm  disease.  Dominant 
understory  plants  include  woodbine  (Parthenocissus  inserta),  wood-nettle  (Laportea  cana- 
densis), jewelweed  (Impatiens  capensis),  violet  (Viola  spp.),  poison  ivy  (Rhus  radicans), 
button  bush  (Cephalanthus  occidentalis),  and  grape  (Vitis  spp.)  (Olsen  and  Meyer  1976). 

Information  on  nesting  Prothonotary  Warblers  was  also  collected  at  two  sites  along  the 
lower  portion  of  the  Black  River,  two  and  seven  km  above  its  confluence  with  the  Missis- 
sippi River.  Floodplain  vegetation  along  the  lower  Black  River  is  similar  to  that  on  the 
Mississippi  River  (Barnes  1991).  From  mid-June  to  the  end  ot  July  1993,  both  the  Missis- 
sippi River  and  the  Black  River  experienced  record-breaking  floods  which  were  directly 
responsible  for  numerous  nest  failures. 

From  mid-May  to  the  end  of  July  1993  and  1994,  I found  nests  by  walking  or  canoeing 
through  promising  habitat  and  by  following  singing  males.  I recorded  the  location  and  stage 
of  nesting  along  with  characteristics  of  the  nest  and  site.  I returned  to  check  each  nest 
approximately  every  four  days.  I calculated  nest  success  according  to  procedures  in  Mayfield 
(1961,  1975)  and  Caccamise  (1977).  Nest  height  was  the  distance  from  the  ground  to' the 


Flaspohler  • NESTING  OF  PROTHONOTARY  WARBLERS 


459 


bottom  of  the  cavity  opening,  and  only  data  from  nests  that  had  solid  ground  under  them 
for  some  part  of  the  nesting  period  were  used  (Table  1 ).  Ratios  of  the  number  of  young 
hatched  to  the  number  of  eggs  laid  (H/E)  and  the  number  of  chicks  fledged  to  the  number 
of  young  hatched  (F/H)  were  used  as  indices  of  breeding  success  (Caccamise  1977).  The 
Mayfield  (1961,  1975)  method  for  calculating  nest  success  adjusts  for  the  stage  at  which  a 
nest  is  first  discovered. 


460 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Nest  Parameters  of  Prothonotary  Warblers  in  the  Upper  Mississippi  River 

Bottomlands 

Parameter 

1993 

1994 

No.  nests“ 

22 

20 

No.  eggs 

90 

73 

No.  hatched 

41 

23 

Hatched/egg 

0.46 

0.32 

No.  fledged 

25 

22 

Pledged/hatched 

0.61 

0.96 

No.  successful  nests 

10 

6 

Percent  successfuP 

45 

30 

Mayfield  estimate*^^ 

0.20 

0.66 

’ Nests  include  only  those  found  during  egg  incubation  stage. 

Success  = hedged  at  least  one  young. 

'Success  calculated  using  Mayfield's  (1961)  correction  for  exposure.  Estimate  includes  all  nests  (1993:  N = 28;  1994: 
N = 32)  found  during  incubation  and  nestling  stages  and  represents  probability  of  nest  surviving  through  both  stages. 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

The  three  greatest  sources  of  mortality  for  eggs  and  nestlings  during 
this  study  were  flooding,  predation,  and  destruction  by  House  Wrens 
{Troglodytes  aedon).  These  were  also  the  principal  sources  of  nest  mor- 
tality in  Michigan  (Walkinshaw  1938,  1953).  Flooding  was  devastating 
in  1993  since  the  “hundred  year”  floods  coincided  precisely  with  peak 
nesting  activity  in  mid-June.  In  1993,  36%  of  all  nests  were  flooded,  while 
none  was  lost  to  flooding  in  1994.  No  nests  were  abandoned  during  this 
study.  Increased  predation  rates  associated  with  observer  nest  visits  are 
unlikely,  since  most  nests  were  located  over  water,  nest  visits  were  brief, 
and  a variety  of  non-terminal  routes  were  used  when  visiting  a nest. 

Of  43  nests  for  which  monitoring  began  during  the  incubation  period, 
only  one  was  observed  being  destroyed  by  a House  Wren.  In  this  case, 
the  House  Wren  punctured  all  four  eggs  in  an  unattended  nest  and 
dropped  one  into  the  water  below  the  nest.  It  is  possible,  based  on  their 
abundance  and  aggressive  habits,  that  House  Wrens  were  responsible  for 
other  losses  attributed  to  predation. 

Mean  clutch  size  (4.31,  Table  2)  was  smaller  than  that  reported  by  Petit 
(1989,  X = 4.75,  N = 120),  Walkinshaw  (1941,  x = 5.62,  N = 1 18),  or 
Blem  and  Blem  (1992,  x = 4.38,  N = 266).  Mean  tree  stub  diameter  at 
nest  height  in  this  study  was  greater  (29.9  cm)  than  in  Petit’s  (1987)  study 
(13.6  cm).  Prothonotary  Warblers  use  cavities  excavated  by  other  birds 
as  well  as  naturally  occurring  cavities.  Many  nests  were  found  in  cavities 


Flaspohler  • NESTING  OF  PROTHONOTARY  WARBLERS 


461 


Table  2 

Characteristics  of  Prothonotary  Warbler  Nests 

Characteristic 

N 

X ± SD 

Mean  clutch  size"'  (eggs) 

36 

4.31  ± 0.79 

Nest  diameter  opening  (cm) 

Least 

2.5 

Greatest 

9.8 

Mean 

74 

5.0  ± 1.35 

Mean  nest  height  above  ground'’  (cm) 

43 

219.4  ± 124.3 

Mean  stub  diameter  at  nest  height  (cm) 

76 

29.9  ± 13.7 

“ Nests  included  are  only  those  found  during  incubation. 

Nests  from  1993  were  not  included  because  all  nests  were  found  over  highly  fluctuating  water  levels. 


that  had  been  expanded  through  decomposition,  and  these  accounted  for 
the  larger  diameter  openings. 

Prothonotary  Warblers  glean  arthropods  from  the  ground  and  shrub 
layer  of  riparian  forests.  While  the  Prothonotary  Warbler  is  not  an  obligate 
ground  forager,  it  does  use  the  shrub  layer  extensively  when  foraging, 
and  the  absence  of  this  layer  during  much  of  the  1993  breeding  season 
may  have  influenced  foraging  efficiency. 

The  record-breaking  floods  along  the  Mississippi  and  its  tributaries  in 
1993  were  largely  responsible  for  the  lower  nest  success  in  1993  com- 
pared with  1994.  Peak  flood  levels  occurred  precisely  during  the  height 
of  breeding  activity  for  Prothonotary  Warblers  in  June.  The  Mississippi 
River  near  Merrick  State  Park,  Wisconsin  (Fig.  1,  Sites  #1,  #2)  rose  nearly 
3 m between  June  16  and  June  26  (U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  1993). 
Although  no  data  were  available  on  water  levels  at  study  sites  on  the 
Black  River,  I noted  similarly  dramatic  rates  of  rise.  The  Prothonotary 
Warbler  typically  nests  within  2-3  m of  the  water’s  surface  (Flarrison 
1975). 

Pieman  et  al.  (1993)  found  that  nest  predation  near  marshes  decreased 
with  increasing  water  depth.  Unusual  flood  waters  may  have  made  some 
nests  less  accessible  to  predators,  thus  decreasing  nest  losses  from  pre- 
dation in  1993.  The  percentage  of  nests  depredated  in  this  study  (27.6%, 
N = 28  from  1993  only)  was  lower  than  in  Walkinshaw’s  (1941)  study 
(41%,  N = 27)  but  higher  than  in  Petit’s  (1989)  study  (20.9%,  N = 191). 
If  nests  lost  to  flooding  are  removed  from  the  pool  of  nests  available  to 
predators,  a predation  frequency  similar  to  Walkinshaw’s  (1941)  is  gen- 
erated (44.4%,  N = 18  from  1993  only).  No  attempt  was  made  to  distin- 
guish predation  losses  from  other  nest  losses  in  1994.  Most  of  Petit’s 
nests  were  in  artificial  nest  boxes  with  entrance  holes  smaller  than  the 


462 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  3,  September  1996 


mean  of  the  entrance  holes  in  this  study,  which  may  have  influenced 
predation  rates  in  that  study.  Such  nest  box-specific  effects  on  nest  success 
will  depend  on  the  material  used  to  construct  the  box  (e.g.,  cardboard  vs 
wood).  House  Wrens  were  absent  from  Petit’s  (1989)  and  Walkinshaw  s 
(1941)  Tennessee  sites  while  they  were  common  on  Walkinshaw’s  (1941) 
Michigan  sites  and  in  this  study.  The  presence  of  House  Wrens  may 
explain  the  similar  predation  rates  for  non-flooded  nests  in  Michigan  and 
Wisconsin,  while  the  absence  of  House  Wrens  on  the  Tennessee  sites  may 
account  for  the  lower  predation  rates  reported  by  Petit  (1989). 

Potential  nest  predators  observed  in  this  study  included  Common 
Crackle  {Quiscalus  quiscula).  Blue  Jay  (Cyanocitta  cristata).  House 
Wren,  Common  Crow  (Corvus  brachyrhynchos),  gray  squirrel  {Sciurus 
carolinensis),  and  mink  {Mustela  vison).  Species  known  to  prey  on  Pro- 
thonotary  Warbler  nests  include  the  gray  squirrel  (Walkinshaw  1938)  and 
mice  of  the  genus  Peroinyscus  (Guillory  1987).  Other  likely  predators  in 
the  study  area  include  the  raccoon  {Procyon  lotor),  striped  skunk  (Me- 
phitis mephitis),  fox  squirrel  (Sciurus  niger),  and  opossum  (Didelphus 
virginianus).  Although  no  snakes  were  seen  in  1993,  they  were  seen  seven 
times  in  1994  and  have  been  reported  as  predators  in  other  studies  of 
Prothonotary  Warblers  (Petit  1989).  Excluding  the  single  nest  destroyed 
by  a House  Wren,  1 was  able  to  identify  the  predator  of  a nest  by  teeth 
marks  in  only  three  cases.  Squirrels  (Sciurus  spp.)  gnawed  through  the 
side  of  a total  of  three  cavities  in  both  live  and  dead  trees.  One  such  nest 
contained  three  Prothonotary  Warbler  eggs  and  five  cowbird  eggs  and 
was  located  on  a small  island  (<1  ha)  isolated  by  approximately  200  m 
of  swift  and  deep  (>5m)  floodwaters  and  had  no  dry  land  on  it.  Clearly, 
islands  do  not  provide  complete  safety  from  tree-climbing  terrestrial  pred- 
ators. 

Nests  were  often  placed  in  severely  rotted  trees  in  relatively  exposed 
areas  over  water  where  they  are  vulnerable  to  damage  from  storms  and 
wave  action  from  boats.  Of  76  nests  in  snags  and  stubs,  none  was  lost 
due  to  the  collapse  of  the  tree,  although  two  nest  trees  collapsed  within 

one  week  after  the  warbler’s  fledging. 

The  incidence  of  cowbird  parasitism  was  the  highest  yet  reported  (Table 
3).  A comparison  of  regional  cowbird  populations  indicates  that  Midwest 
cowbird  abundance  is  2.5  times  greater  than  in  the  eastern  U.S.  and  is 
increasing  (Robbins  et  al.  1986).  The  bottomland  forests  of  the  upper 
Mississippi  are  in  agricultural  lands  that  provide  foraging  habitat  for  cow- 
birds.  Petit’s  (1989)  Tennessee  study  was  conducted  in  a riparian  zone 
within  a mostly  forested  landscape.  These  different  land-use  patterns  may 
partly  explain  the  higher  parasitism  rates  in  this  study.  Since  Walkin- 
shaw’s (1938,  1941)  studies  in  Michigan,  cowbird  populations  have  in- 


Flaspohler  • NESTING  OF  PROTHONOTARY  WARBLERS 


463 


Table  3 

Rates  of  Cowbird  Parasitism  of  Prothonotary  Warblers  in  the  United  States 

Location 

No.  nests 

% Parasitism 

Reference 

Iowa 

70 

25.7 

Norris  (1890) 

Michigan 

28 

10.7 

Walkinshaw  (1938) 

Louisiana 

57 

12.3 

Goertz  ( 1977) 

Illinois 

154 

15.6 

Graber  et  al.  (1983) 

Tennessee 

128 

20.3 

Petit  (1989) 

Wisconsin 

67 

26.9 

This  study  (1996) 

Virginia 

998 

0.013 

Blem,  unpubl.  data 

creased  across  the  eastern  U.S.  This  population  increase  could  be  partly 
responsible  for  increased  parasitism  rates  since  Walkinshaw’s  time. 

Belles-Isles  and  Pieman  (1986)  noted  that  House  Wrens  poke  holes  in 
eggs  of  other  species  within  their  territories,  often  removing  the  pecked 
eggs  and  disturbing  the  nest  lining.  Although  I observed  House  Wrens 
destroying  only  one  nest,  Walkinshaw  (1941)  reported  that  25%  of  413 
Michigan  Prothonotary  eggs  and  chicks  were  destroyed  by  House  Wrens. 
Walkinshaw  spent  more  time  observing  nesting  behavior  than  I did  during 
this  study,  giving  him  more  opportunities  to  identify  the  cause  of  egg  and 
nestling  loss. 

It  has  long  been  assumed  that  cavity-nesting  birds  are  limited  primarily 
by  the  availability  of  nest  sites  (Hilden  1965,  Scott  1979,  Mannan  et  al. 
1980)  and  that  House  Wrens  benefit  from  nest-destroying  behavior  by 
freeing  up  nest  sites  and  perhaps  decreasing  foraging  competition.  Several 
studies  have  observed  that  Prothonotary  Warblers  often  compete  unsuc- 
cessfully for  cavities  with  House  Wrens  (Smith  and  Dumont  1944,  Graber 
et  al.  1983).  In  Walkinshaw’s  (1941)  comparative  study  of  Prothonotary 
Warblers  nesting  in  Michigan  and  Tennessee,  he  attributed  comparatively 
lower  nesting  success  in  Michigan  to  competition  from  and  nest  destruc- 
tion by  House  Wrens,  a species  not  common  on  his  Tennessee  sites. 

In  a trial  nest-box  study  conducted  in  1994,  we  placed  20  wooden  nest 
boxes  within  past  Prothonotary  Warbler  breeding  habitat.  House  Wrens 
occupied  16  (80%)  of  the  nest  boxes,  and  Tree  Swallows  (Tachycinefa 
bicolor)  nested  in  three  (15%).  No  Prothonotary  Warblers  nested  in  the 
boxes. 

House  Wrens  were  the  most  abundant  bird  species  in  the  study  sites, 
as  measured  by  point  counts  conducted  during  the  study  (Flaspohler 
1994),  and  are  common  and  widespread  in  floodplain  forests  throughout 
Wisconsin  (Mossman  1988).  I found  numerous  nests  with  missing  eggs 


464 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


and  with  both  disturbed  and  undisturbed  nest  linings.  Because  of  the 
House  Wren’s  habit  of  removing  nesting  material  from  the  nests  that  it 
destroys  (Belles-Isles  and  Pieman  1986),  and  thereby  disturbing  the  nest, 
one  cannot  confidently  conclude  that  a disturbed  nest  implies  a mam- 
malian predator  as  proposed  by  Best  (1978)  and  Petit  (1989).  Where  no 
cowbird  parasitism  was  present,  I attributed  the  disappearance  of  eggs 
and  nestlings  to  predation.  Where  House  Wrens  are  abundant,  this  method 
may  tend  to  overestimate  predation  rates  and  underestimate  House  Wren 
nest  destruction  rates. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  K.  Goffin,  S.  Matteson,  D.  Hinebaugh,  and  V.  Patton,  for  field  assistance,  and  S. 
Temple,  P.  Arcese,  M.  Mossman,  and  D.  Sample  for  helpful  comments.  Constructive  reviews 
were  provided  by  C.  Blem,  L.  Petit,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer.  I am  grateful  for  a variety 
of  logistical  and  material  assistance  provided  by  G.  Evland  of  the  Wisconsin  Dept,  of  Natural 
Resources  and  E.  Nelson  and  S.  Lewis  of  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  C.  VanderVeen 
provided  essential  research  support  during  1993.  This  research  was  supported  by  the  Wis- 
consin Endangered  Resources  Cahill  Gift  Fund,  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  and  the 
Max  McGraw  Wildlife  Foundation. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Barnes,  B.  1991.  Tree  populations  on  the  islands  of  the  lower  Chippewa  River  in  Wiscon- 
sin Bull,  of  the  Torrey  Bot.  Club.  118:424-431. 

Belles-Isles,  J.  C.  and  J.  Picman.  1986.  House  Wren  nest-destroying  behavior.  Condor 

88'  190—193. 

Best,  L.  B.  1978.  Field  Sparrow  reproductive  success  and  nesting  ecology.  Auk  95:9-22. 
Blem,  C.  R.  and  L.  B.  Blem.  1991.  Nest  box  selection  by  Prothonotary  Warblers.  J.  Field 

Ornithol.  62:299—307.  , u • a 

1992.  Prothonotary  Warblers  nesting  in  nest  boxes:  clutch  size  and 

timing  in  Virginia.  Raven  63:15-20.  j • j 

Caccamise,  D.  F.  1977.  Breeding  success  and  nest  site  characteristics  of  the  Red-winged 

Blackbird.  Wilson  Bull.  89:396-403. 

Emlen,  j.  T,  M.  j.  DeJong,  M.  J.  Jaeger,  T.  C.  Moermond,  K.  A.  Rusterholtz,  and  R.  P. 
White.  1986.  Density  trends  and  range  boundary  constraints  of  forest  birds  along  a 
latitudinal  gradient.  Auk  103:791-803. 

Flaspohler  D j 1994  Report  on  point-counts  of  breeding  birds  in  the  upper  Mississippi 

River  during  the  spring  and  summer  of  1993.  Wisconsin  Dept,  of  Natural  Resources. 

Madison,  Wisconsin.  . ^ r u- 

Fredrickson  L H 1979.  Floral  and  faunal  changes  in  lowland  hardwood  forests  resulting 

from  channelization,  drainage,  and  impoundment.  U.S.  Dept.  Interior,  FWS/OBS-78/9L 
Goertz,  j.  W.  1977.  Additional  records  of  Brown-headed  Cowbird  nest  parasitism  in  Lou- 
isiana. Auk:386-389. 

Graber,  j.  W.,  R.  R.  Graber,  and  E.  L.  Kirk.  1983.  Illinois  birds:  wood  warblers.  Illinois 

Natural  History  Survey,  Biol.  Note  118.  _ 

Guillory,  H.  D.  1987.  Cavity  competition  and  suspected  predation  on  prothonotary  war- 
blers by  Peromyscus  spp.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  58:425-427. 

Harris,  L.  D.,  R.  Sullivan,  and  L.  Badger.  1984.  Bottomland  hardwoods:  valuable,  van- 


Flaspohler  • NESTING  OF  PROTHONOTARY  WARBLERS 


465 


ishing,  vulnerable.  Univ.  of  Florida  School  of  Forest  Resources  and  Conservation  tech- 
nical report.  Tallahassee,  Florida. 

Harrison,  H.  H.  1975.  A Held  guide  to  bird’s  nests.  Houghton  Mifflin,  Boston,  Massachu- 
setts. 

Hilden,  O.  1965.  Habitat  selection  in  birds.  Ann.  Zool.  Fenn.  2:53-75. 

James,  F.  C.,  D.  A.  Wiedenfeld,  and  C.  E.  McCulloch.  1991.  Trends  in  breeding  popu- 
lations of  warblers:  declines  in  the  southern  highlands  and  increases  in  the  lowlands. 
Pp.  43-56  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  neotropical  migrant  landbirds,  (J.  M.  Hagan 
III  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press,  Washington  D.C. 

Mannan,  R.  W,  E.  C.  Meslow,  and  H.  M.  Wright.  1980.  Use  of  snags  by  birds  in 
Douglas-fir  forest.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  44:787-797. 

Mayfield,  H.  F.  1961.  Nesting  success  calculated  from  exposure.  Wilson  Bull  73-255- 
261. 

. 1975.  Suggestions  for  calculating  nest  success.  Wilson  Bull.  87:456-466. 

Mertens,  j.  a.  L.  1977.  Thermal  conditions  for  successful  breeding  in  Great  Tits.  II. 
Thermal  properties  of  nests  and  nest-boxes  and  their  implications  for  the  range  of 
temperature  tolerance  of  Great  Tit  broods.  Oeologia  28:31-56. 

Moller,  a.  P.  1989.  Parasites,  predators  and  nest  boxes:  facts  and  artifacts  in  nest  box 
studies  of  birds?  Oikos  56:421-423. 

Mossman,  M.  j.  1988.  Birds  of  southern  Wisconsin  floodplain  forests.  Passenger  Pigeon 
50:321-337. 

Nilsson,  S.  G.  1984.  The  evolution  of  nest-site  selection  among  hole-nesting  birds:  the 
importance  of  nest  predation  and  competition.  Ornis  Scand.  15:167-175. 

. 1986.  Evolution  of  hole  nesting  in  birds:  on  balancing  selection  pressures  Auk 
103:432-435. 

Norris,  J.  P.  1890.  A series  of  eggs  of  the  Prothonotary  Warbler.  Ornithologist  and  Oologist 
Vol.  15,  No.  12:177-182. 

Olsen,  K.  N.  and  M.  P.  Meyer.  1976.  Vegetation,  land,  and  water  surface  changes  in  the 
upper  navigable  portion  of  the  Mississippi  River  basin  over  the  period  1939-1973. 
Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Inst,  of  Ag.,  Forestry,  and  Home  Econ.,  Remote  Sensing  Lab. 
Research  Rep.  76-4.  St.  Paul,  Minnesota. 

Petit,  L.  J.  1986.  Factors  affecting  the  reproductive  success  of  Prothonotary  Warblers 
(Protonotaria  citrea)  nesting  in  riverine  habitat.  M.S.  thesis.  Bowling  Green  State  Univ. 

. 1987.  Nest-box  use  by  Prothonotary  Warblers  (Protonotaria  citrea)  in  riverine 
habitat.  Wilson  Bull.  99:485-488. 

. 1989.  Breeding  biology  of  Prothonotary  Warblers  (Protonotaria  citrea)  in  riverine 
habitat  in  Tennessee.  Wilson  Bull.,  101:51-61. 

PiCMAN,  J.,  M.  L.  Milks,  and  M.  Leptich.  1993.  Patterns  of  predation  on  passerine  nests 
in  marshes:  effects  of  water  depth  and  distance  from  edge.  Auk  1 10:89-94. 

Robbins,  C.  S.  1979.  Effect  of  forest  fragmentation  on  bird  populations.  Pp.  198-212  in 
Management  of  North  Central  and  Northeastern  forests  for  nongame  birds  (R.  M. 
DeGraaf  and  K.  E.  Evans,  eds.)  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  NC-51,  U.S.  Forest  Service,  St.  Paul, 
Minnesota. 

, D.  Bystrak,  and  P.  H.  Geissler.  1986.  The  breeding  bird  survey;  its  first  fifteen 
years,  1965-1979.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  Resource  Publ.  157. 

Scott,  V.  E.  1979.  Bird  responses  to  snag  removal  in  ponderosa  pine.  J Forestry  77-26- 
28. 

Skutch,  a.  E 1989.  Birds  of  Co.sta  Rica.  Cornell  Univ.  Pre.ss,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Smith,  E.  T.  and  P.  A.  Dumont.  1944.  Middle-western  region.  Audubon  Mag.  47:104-106. 
(Supplement) 


466 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Terborgh,  J.  1989.  Where  have  all  the  birds  gone?  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New 
Jersey. 

United  States  Army  Corps  of  Engineers.  1993.  Mississippi  River  data.  St.  Paul,  Min- 

nesota.  . . n j-  n 

Walkinshaw,  L.  H.  1938.  Nesting  studies  of  the  Prothonotary  Warbler,  Bird-Bandmg  9: 

1939.  Additional  information  on  the  Prothonotary  Warbler.  Jack-Pine  Warbler  17. 

64-71. 

1941.  The  Prothonotary  Warbler,  a comparison  of  nesting  conditions  in  Tennessee 

and  Michigan.  Wilson  Bull.  53:3—21. 

1953.  Life-history  of  the  Prothonotary  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull.  65:152-168. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  467-479 


FACTORS  AFFECTING  FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF 
NESTLING  BLACK-THROATED  BLUE  WARBLERS 

Catherine  O’Neill  Goodbred'  - and  Richard  T.  Holmes’ 

Abstract. — Using  video  cameras  at  nests,  we  measured  rates,  quantities,  and  types  of 
food  delivered  by  male  and  female  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  (Dendroica  caerulescens) 
to  nestlings  of  different  ages  and  at  different  times  of  day  and  nesting  season.  Based  on  89 
1.5—2  h observation  periods  at  18  nests,  all  of  which  contained  four  young,  we  found  that 
larval  Lepidoptera  comprised  60—87%  of  the  estimated  prey  biomass  brought  to  nestlings 
and  that  the  female  and  male  parents  delivered  approximately  equal  amounts  of  food  over 
the  nesting  cycle.  Food  provisioning  rates  did  not  vary  with  time  of  day  or  with  parental 
age,  but  did  increase  significantly  with  age  of  nestlings  and  decrease  with  time  of  season 
(early  vs  mid-summer).  The  lower  rate  and  quantity  of  provisioning  in  mid-summer  was 
reflected  in  significantly  slower  growth  of  nestlings  in  that  part  of  the  season,  suggesting 
constraints  on  parental  food  provisioning,  perhaps  due  to  lower  food  availability.  Received 
27  Aug.  1995,  accepted  2 Feb.  1996. 


Successful  production  of  offspring  is  an  essential  component  of  indi- 
vidual fitness  (Stearns  1992),  as  well  as  being  crucial  to  the  maintenance 
of  population  levels  for  most,  if  not  all,  bird  species  (Nolan  1978,  Viro- 
lainen  1984,  Sherry  and  Holmes  1992,  Holmes,  et  al.  1992.  Robinson  et 
al.  1995).  Although  predation  at  the  nest  is  probably  the  single  most 
important  factor  affecting  breeding  success  of  most  passerine  birds  (Rick- 
lefs  1969,  Holmes  et  al.  1992,  Martin  1992a),  parental  care  of  nestlings 
can  also  be  important  (Kuitunen  and  Suhonen  1991).  Parental  care,  which 
includes  nest  building,  incubation,  food  provisioning,  vigilance,  and 
brooding,  is  not  only  energy-demanding  but  also  potentially  risky  to  the 
survival  of  the  parents  and  their  lifetime  reproductive  success  (Curio 
1988).  Quantities  of  food  delivered  can  influence  nestling  survival  as 
evidenced  by  brood  reduction  due  to  starvation  in  many  passerine  birds 
(Magrath  1990)  and  in  some  cases  by  starvation  of  whole  broods  (Ro- 
denhouse  and  Holmes  1992,  Sherry  and  Holmes  1992).  Also,  nestlings 
that  are  not  well  fed  may  beg  more,  which  could  result  in  the  attraction 
of  predators,  leading  to  higher  nest  losses  (Skutch  1949,  Martin  1992b). 
The  patterns  of  food  delivery  to  nestlings  and  the  factors  that  affect  them 
are,  therefore,  important  for  understanding  population  processes.  Infor- 
mation about  which  factors  influence  food  delivery  patterns  is  also  useful 
for  designing  sampling  protocols  for  future  studies  of  reproductive  biol- 
ogy of  particular  species. 

In  this  study,  we  examined  the  rates  and  quantities  of  food  delivered 


' Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences.  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  New  Hampshire  03755. 
^Present  address:  Norfolk  Academy,  1585  Wesleyan  Drive,  Norfolk,  Virginia  23502. 


467 


468 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


to  nestlings  by  male  and  female  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  (Dendroica 
caerulescens)  breeding  in  a northern  hardwoods  forest  in  north-central 
New  Hampshire.  Specifically,  we  tested  whether  or  not  feeding  rates  and 
quantities  of  food  delivered  by  males  and  females  varied  with  nestling 
age,  time  of  season,  time  of  day,  and/or  parental  age.  We  also  considered 
the  effect  of  parental  provisioning  by  measuring  the  growth  rates  of  young 
in  the  nests  being  videotaped. 

STUDY  SITE  AND  METHODS 

This  study  was  conducted  in  the  Hubbard  Brook  Experimental  Forest,  West  Thornton, 
New  Hampshire.  This  forest  consists  of  northern  hardwoods,  dominated  by  sugar  maple 
{Acer  saccharum),  American  beech  {Fagus  grandifolia),  and  yellow  birch  {Betula  alle- 
ghaniensis),  with  a shrub  layer  of  hobblebush  {Viburnum  alnifolium),  saplings  of  sugar 
maple  and  especially  beech,  and  striped  maple  {A.  pensylvanicum).  The  ground  stratum 
consists  mostly  of  herbs,  tree  seedlings,  mosses,  and  ferns  (Bormann  and  Likens  1979, 
Holmes  1990). 

At  Hubbard  Brook,  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  nest  at  an  average  height  of  0.6  m 
above  ground,  mostly  in  hobblebush  but  also  in  other  shrub-level  vegetation  (Holmes  1994). 
We  located  most  nests  during  the  building  or  incubation  stages  and  then  checked  them 
periodically  until  hatching.  Nestlings  were  weighed  with  a 10-g  Pesola  balance  on  days  2, 
4,  and  6 (hatching  = day  0),  the  last  day  they  could  be  handled  without  causing  premature 
fledging  (Holmes  et  al.  1992).  Parents  at  each  nest  were  color  banded,  and  aged  as  yearlings 
(i.e.,  in  their  first  potential  breeding  season  after  hatching)  or  as  older  individuals  (i.e.,  m 
their  second  or  later  breeding  season),  using  plumage  criteria  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
1977,  Pyle  et  al.  1987).  Identification  of  the  sexes  was  unambiguous,  due  to  strong  sexual 
dichromatism  in  this  species. 

To  record  parental  feeding  rates  and  foods  brought  to  nests  we  used  two  Sony  camcorders 
and  one  Panasonic  S-VHS  Recorder  (VCR)  equipped  with  8-lOX  telephoto  lens.  Cameras 
were  set  on  tripods  (0.5-1. 5 m high)  at  distances  of  3-5  m from  the  nest,  depending  on 
local  topography  and  on  density  and  arrangement  of  nearby  foliage.  The  video  cameras  and 
tripods  were  covered  with  black  plastic  for  rain  protection  and  then  draped  with  burlap  for 
camouflage.  If  necessary,  overhanging  leaves  around  the  nest  were  pulled  aside  and  tied  so 
as  not  to  obscure  the  nest  during  taping.  Any  tapes  containing  evidence  that  the  adults  were 
disturbed  were  eliminated  from  the  analyses.  Taped  sequences  ranged  from  1.5-2  h de- 
pending on  battery  life;  data  were  converted  to  number  of  visits,  or  quantities  of  food 

delivered,  per  hour.  ^ ,o  di  v 

Between  12  June  and  17  July  1991,  we  obtained  89  video  samples  at  nests  of  18  Black- 

throated  Blue  Warbler  pairs.  We  restricted  the  nests  used  for  analysis  to  those  containing 
four  young,  the  mean  and  modal  brood  size  for  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  at  Hubbard 
Brook  (Holmes  et  al.  1992).  Each  nest  was  attended  by  one  male  and  one  female,  and  none 
of  the  males  was  known  to  be  polygynous  (see  Holmes  et  al.  1992,  1996).  Visits  to  nests 
were  video-taped  when  nestlings  were  2,  4,  6,  and  8 days  of  age  (hatch  = day  0).  In  this 
species,  nestlings  typically  fledge  late  on  day  8 or  on  day  9 (Holmes  1994).  Samples  were 
obtained  from  the  same  nests  on  different  days,  but  no  nests  were  sampled  more  than  once 
per  time-of-day/age-of-nestling  category.  Data  from  each  recording  session  were  categorized 
according  to  age  of  nestlings  (see  above),  time  of  the  season  (“early  nests  fledged  young 
before  1 July,  “late”  nests  after  1 July,  see  Holmes  et  al.  1992  for  nesting  chronology),  the 
time  of  day  when  the  nests  were  videotaped  (grouped  in  three  time  intervals  [EDT];  morn- 


Goodbred  and  Holmes  • FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLINGS 


469 


ing,  06:30-09:45  h,  midday,  10:30-13:30,  and  afternoon,  14:00-17:00),  and  the  age  of 
parents  (yearling  vs  older,  see  above). 

From  each  taped  sample,  we  recorded  the  number  of  visits  made  by  each  parent  and, 
where  possible,  the  number,  size,  and  life-form  (larval  or  adult,  the  latter  including  Arach- 
nida)  delivered  to  the  young.  Prey  size  was  determined  by  comparing  the  length  of  prey 
item  (or  the  prey  load  when  there  was  more  than  one  item  that  could  not  be  distinguished) 
with  the  7 mm-long  exposed  portion  of  the  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  bill.  These  data 
were  grouped  into  four  size  classes  (<7  mm,  7—14  mm,  14—21  mm,  >21  mm),  regardless 
of  taxa.  They  were  then  converted  to  biomass,  based  on  length-mass  regressions  for  mid- 
points of  each  size  class.  Conversion  factors  for  the  four  size  classes  were  1,  2,  8,  and  20 
mg,  respectively,  following  the  rationale  and  protocol  of  Omland  and  Sherry  (1994:  Table 
1).  Estimates  of  food  biomass  delivered  to  the  nest  per  hour  were  then  obtained  by  summing 
the  estimated  prey  biomass  on  each  trip  during  the  sample  period,  and  expressing  these  as 
mg  of  food  delivered  brood^'  h '. 

Data  for  both  the  number  of  feeding  trips  per  hour  and  the  food  biomass  delivered  per 
hour  were  normalized  by  square  root  transformation.  The  relationships  between  food  pro- 
visioning and  each  variable  for  both  females  and  males  were  evaluated  by  analyses  of 
variance  (ANOVA).  Differences  between  the  sexes  and  parental  age  classes,  where  appro- 
priate, were  examined  with  r-tests.  Potential  differences  in  nestling  growth  in  early  versus 
late  season  nests  was  assessed  by  comparing  ( 1 ) the  mean  body  mass  of  nestlings  on  day 
6 (mean  mass  per  nestling  in  nests  with  4 young,  N = number  of  nests)  and  (2)  the  rate  of 
gain  in  body  mass  between  day  2 and  day  6 (mean  mass  per  nest  on  day  6 minus  that  on 
day  2,  N = number  of  nests). 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

The  number  of  feeding  trips  and  the  biomass  of  food  delivered  to 
broods  per  hour  by  adult  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  varied  signifi- 
cantly with  nestling  age  (except  for  feeding  trips  by  females)  and  with 
time  of  season  (for  both  sexes),  but  not  with  time  of  day  (Table  1 ) or 
with  parental  age  (see  below).  Two  and  three-way  interactions  among 
these  variables  were  not  statistically  significant  (P  values  > 0.2).  Removal 
of  time  of  day  from  the  ANOVAS  did  not  alter  these  results.  As  men- 
tioned previously,  brood  size  was  not  a factor  in  these  analyses,  because 
only  nests  containing  four  young  were  considered. 

Effects  of  nestling  age. — The  most  important  factor  affecting  both  the 
number  of  food  delivery  trips  and  amount  of  food  delivered  per  nestling 
was  nestling  age.  Both  sexes  increased  their  feeding  visitation  rates  from 
day  2 through  day  8 of  the  nestling  phase  (Fig.  lA).  This  trend  was  not 
statistically  significant  for  females  (Table  1),  probably  because  they  were 
already  feeding  nestlings  relatively  frequently  on  day  2 and  did  not  in- 
crease their  rate  substantially  between  days  4 and  6.  In  contrast,  males 
progressively  increased  their  feeding  visits  as  the  nestlings  became  older 
(Fig.  lA).  This  difference  between  the  sexes  was  also  evident  in  com- 
parisons of  food  visitation  rates  on  particular  days;  on  average,  females 
made  significantly  more  trips  to  the  nest  than  did  males  on  days  2 and  4 
it  = 4.01,  df  = 38,  P = 0.000,  and  t = 3.26,  df  = 46,  P = 0.002, 


470 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


A.  Feeding  trips 


B.  Food  biomass  delivered  26 


LiG.  1 Leeding  rate  (A)  and  estimated  food  biomass  delivered  (B)  by  female  and  male 
Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  to  broods  of  four  young  on  days  2,  4,  6,  and  8 following 
hatching  (Means  ± SE,  N = number  of  1.5-2  h video-taped  samples). 


Goodhred  and  Holmes  • FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLINGS 


471 


Table  1 

Results  of  Analyses  of  Variance  (ANOVA)  Tests  of  Food  Provisioning  by  Male  and 
Female  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  at  Nests  with  Four  Young“ 


Females 

Males 

SS" 

df  F 

P 

SS" 

df  F 

P 

Number  of  food  deliveries 

ModeF 

12.50 

6 

1.74 

0.121 

41.24 

6 

15.90 

0.000 

Age  of  nestlings 

1.25 

3 

0.35 

0.790 

38.76 

3 

29.89 

0.000 

Time  of  day 

0.95 

2 

0.40 

0.673 

0.01 

2 

0.01 

0.988 

Time  of  season 

5.18 

1 

4.34 

0.040 

2.13 

1 

4.92 

0.029 

Residual 

1 10.42 

88 

76.69 

88 

Food  biomass  delivered 

Model 

120.47 

6 

11.06 

0.000 

119.47 

6 

6.93 

0.000 

Age  of  nestlings 

50.71 

3 

9.31 

0.000 

53.15 

3 

6.16 

0.001 

Time  of  day 

4.65 

2 

1.28 

0.284 

0.69 

2 

0.12 

0.887 

Time  of  season 

9.84 

1 

5.42 

0.023 

14.24 

1 

4.95 

0.029 

Residual 

256.62 

81 

346.52 

85 

“ Analyses  were  performed  separately  on  the  number  of  food  delivery  trips  h''  and  on  the  estimated  food  biomass  (mg) 
deliveredh"'.  ® 

^ Sum  of  squares. 

‘Explained  variance  for  full  models:  female  number.  E = 0.11;  female  biomass,  E = 0.47,  male  number  E = 0 54- 
male  biomass  H = 0.34. 


respectively),  but  not  on  days  6 and  8 (r  = -0.61,  df  = 36,  P = 0.546, 
and  t = 0.08,  df  = 50,  P = 0.938,  respectively). 

The  quantity  of  food  delivered  to  the  brood  increased  significantly  with 
nestling  age  for  both  sexes  (Table  1,  Fig.  IB).  There  were  no  significant 
differences  between  the  sexes,  however,  in  the  quantity  of  food  delivered 
per  hour  at  any  of  the  four  nestling  ages  days  sampled  (r  tests,  P values 
> 0.49).  Because  males  made  fewer  trips  to  nests  on  days  2 and  4 but 
were  contributing  about  equal  biomass  (Fig.  IB),  they  must  have  been 
bringing  larger  and/or  more  prey  per  trip  (see  below). 

The  positive  relationship  between  nestling  age  and  feeding/food  bio- 
mass delivery  rate  was  related,  as  expected,  to  the  increasing  energy  de- 
mands of  the  young,  either  for  growth  or  thermoregulation.  This  same 
pattern  has  been  reported  for  most  species  where  it  has  been  studied  (e.g., 
Morehouse  and  Brewer  1968,  Nolan  1978,  Johnson  and  Best  1982,  Bier- 
mann  and  Sealy  1982,  Bedard  and  Meunier  1983,  Breitwisch  et  al.  1986, 
Haggerty  1992).  The  only  apparent  exception  is  the  Nashville  Warbler 
(Vermivora  ruficapilla)  in  which  both  males  and  females  were  reported 
to  feed  nestlings  at  an  essentially  constant  rate  (Knapton  1984).  This 
study,  however,  examined  feeding  rates  only  on  days  4 to  8 of  the  nestling 
period. 


472 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Differences  between  male  and  female  passerines  in  the  provisioning  of 
their  nestlings  have  been  noted  frequently,  but  there  appears  to  be  no 
consistent  pattern.  In  Prairie  Warblers  (D.  discolor)  and  Eastern  Phoebes 
(Sayornis  phoebe),  both  sexes  fed  about  equally  throughout  the  nestling 
period  (Nolan  1978  and  Conrad  and  Robertson  1993,  respectively).  In 
Yellow  Warblers  (D.  petechia),  males  brought  more  food  to  the  nest  than 
did  females  when  nestlings  were  two  days  old,  but  by  day  8,  males  and 
females  were  delivering  food  at  equal  rates  (Biermann  and  Sealy  1982). 
Female  and  male  Savannah  Sparrows  {Passerculus  sandwichensis)  made 
approximately  equal  number  of  trips  to  the  nest  through  the  entire  nestling 
period,  although  this  varied  some  with  brood  size  (Bedard  and  Meunier 
1983).  In  the  latter  study,  however,  when  food  biomass  was  considered, 
males  and  females  brought  different  quantities  of  food  at  different  parts 
of  the  nestling  cycle.  Similarly,  when  food  biomass  estimates  were  made 
for  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  in  this  study,  we  found  that  although 
the  sexes  fed  at  different  rates  at  different  parts  of  the  nesting  cycle,  they 
delivered  approximately  equal  quantities  of  food  over  the  nestling  period. 

Effects  of  time  of  season.— Black-throaied  Blue  Warblers  made  signif- 
icantly fewer  feeding  visits  and  delivered  less  food  biomass  per  nest  per 
hour  in  mid-summer  (July)  than  earlier  in  the  season  in  June  (Table  1, 
Fig.  2).  These  lowered  provisioning  rates  in  the  later  part  of  the  breeding 
season  were  evident  for  both  female  and  male  parents.  Furthermore,  there 
were  no  significant  differences  between  the  sexes  in  their  rates  of  feeding 
visits  or  in  the  quantities  of  food  biomass  delivered  on  any  of  the  four 
sample  days  in  either  the  early  or  the  late  parts  of  the  season  {t  tests,  P 
values  > 0.13).  The  lower  provisioning  at  nests  in  mid  summer,  therefore, 
was  not  due  to  one  sex  being  a poorer  provider  at  that  time. 

Other  studies  have  found  either  no  change  in  food  provisioning  rates 
during  the  course  of  a breeding  season  (Johnson  and  Best  1982),  or  if 
changes  did  occur,  they  were  compensated  for  by  an  increase  in  the  quan- 
tities of  prey  brought  to  the  nest  (Royama  1966).  The  fewer  trips  to  the 
nest/hour  and  lower  food  biomass  delivered  by  Black-throated  Blue  War- 
blers in  this  study  could  be  due  to  several  factors.  First,  nestlings  in  mid- 
summer may  have  lower  energy  requirements  because  of  lower  thermo- 
regulatory costs  in  the  warmer  temperatures,  although  this  seems  unlikely 
in  these  relatively  cool  northern  forests.  Second,  because  the  nests  in  mid- 


LiG.  2.  Leeding  rate  (A)  and  estimated  food  biomass  delivered  (B)  by  female  and  male 
Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  to  broods  of  four  young  in  June  and  July  (Means  ± SE,  N 
= number  of  1.5-2  h video-taped  samples). 


Food  biomass  (mg)  delivered  per  hour  Number  per  hour 


Goodbred  and  Holmes  • FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLINGS 


473 


A.  Feeding  trips  by  season 


Early  summer 


Mid  summer 


B.  Food  biomass  delivered  by  season 


474 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


summer  were  either  replacements  for  ones  lost  earlier  in  the  season  or 
were  second  broods  (Holmes  unpubl.  data),  perhaps  they  may  be  more 
“expendable”  if  other  energy  demands  for  the  parents  become  more  im- 
portant, e.g.,  the  onset  of  the  annual  molt  or  fat  deposition  for  migration. 
Molt  in  this  species,  however,  does  not  begin  until  early  August  and 
departure  on  migration  doesn’t  occur  until  later  in  the  season  (Holmes 
1994),  so  this  explanation  seems  unlikely. 

A third  possible  explanation  for  lower  food  provisioning  of  nestlings 
in  mid-summer  is  that  parents  had  more  difficulty  in  finding  food  at  that 
time  of  the  season.  If  so,  the  reduced  level  of  provisioning  should  result 
in  slower  nestling  growth.  To  test  this,  we  compared  growth  rates  of 
nestlings  in  early  and  late  season  nests,  as  indicated  by  changes  in  body 
mass  of  nestlings  between  day  2 and  day  6 following  hatching  and  body 
mass  on  day  6.  The  mean  (±SE)  change  in  body  mass  of  nestlings  m 
early  season  nests  (5.08  ± 0.16  g,  N = 8 nests)  was  significantlyjiigher 
than  that  for  nestlings  in  late  season  nests  (4.32  ± 0.21,  N = 7;  r - 2.94, 
df  = 13,  P = 0.012).  Similarly,  nestlings  on  day  6 in  the  early  part  of 
the  summer  were  heavier  (7.71  ± 0.02  g,  N = 10  nests)  than  those  in 
mid-summer  (7.03  ± 0.30,  N = 8),  although  these  differences  were  only 
marginally  significant  (r  = 1.93,  df  = 16,  P = 0.07).  Thus,  Black-throated 
Blue  Warbler  nestlings  in  late  season  nests  grew  more  slowly  than  did 
their  early  season  counterparts,  which  could  ultimately  have  a major  im- 
pact on  their  post-fledging  survival  as  has  been  shown  by  Perrins  (1980) 
for  Great  Tits  {Pams  major).  This  finding  suggests  that  food  provisioning 
by  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  parents  is  not  always  sufficient  to  max- 
imize growth  of  their  nestlings  and  is  consistent  with  the  proposition  that 
food  is  limiting  for  Black- throated  Blue  Warblers,  at  least  in  some  years 
or  seasons  (Holmes  et  al.  1991,  Rodenhouse  and  Holmes  1992). 

Effects  of  time  of  day. — Food  provisioning  by  Black-throated  Blue 
Warblers  did  not  differ  significantly  with  time  of  day,  either  for  feeding 
visitation  rate  or  food  biomass  delivered  (Table  1).  Also,  there  were  no 
significant  differences  between  the  sexes  in  either  feeding  visits  or  food 
delivered  at  different  times  of  day  (t  tests,  P values  > 0.22). 

Nolan  (1978)  found  little  variation  in  foraging  rate  during  the  day  for 
Prairie  Warblers,  except  for  an  increase  in  the  morning  shortly  after  dawn 
(06:00-07:00)  and  a smaller  increase  late  in  the  day  (19:00-20:00).  Sim- 
ilarly, Haggerty  found  no  significant  diurnal  variation  in  provisioning 
rates  of  Bachman’s  Sparrow  {Aimophila  aestivalis,).  More  pronounced 
diurnal  patterns  have  been  reported  for  other  species,  e.g..  Eastern  King- 
birds (Tyranniis  tyrannus,  Morehouse  and  Brewer  1968)  and  Nashville 
Warblers  {Vermivora  ruficapilla,  Knapton  1984),  in  which  feeding  rates 
decrease  in  the  middle  of  the  day  and  increase  again  later.  These  are 


Goodbred  and  Holmes  • FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLINGS 


475 


mainly  species  of  more  open  habitats  in  which  mid-day  temperatures  may 
depress  insect  activity  or  increase  physiological  stress  on  foraging  adults. 
In  the  present  study.  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  nested  and  foraged 
largely  in  the  cool,  well-shaded  understory  of  a closed-canopy  forest, 
where  diurnal  variation  in  summer  temperature  and  insect  abundance, 
especially  of  Lepidoptera  larvae,  is  not  pronounced  (R.  T.  Holmes,  un- 
publ.). 

Ejfects  of  parental  age. — Because  of  relatively  small  sample  sizes  for 
each  parental  age  class  within  a sex  and  the  lack  of  independence  arising 
from  multiple  samples  from  individual  nests,  we  were  unable  to  include 
parental  age  in  the  ANOVAs.  However,  we  could  test  for  parental  age 
effects  within  a restricted  part  of  the  nestling  period.  To  do  this,  we 
compared  the  feeding  rates  of  yearling  and  older  parents,  both  females 
and  males,  at  nests  containing  4 young  on  day  6 of  the  nestling  period, 
the  time  when  our  sample  was  largest.  The  results  of  one-way  ANOVAs 
indicated  no  significant  difference  in  feeding  visitation  rate  or  food  bio- 
mass delivered  between  yearling  and  older  females  (F,  ,7  = 0.06,  P = 
0.81,  and  F,  ,7  = 0.03,  P = 0.881,  respectively)  or  between  yearling  and 
older  males  (F,  ,7  = 0.09,  P = 0.768,  and  F,  = 1.51,  P = 0.237).  Thus, 
at  least  on  day  6 of  the  nestling  period,  there  was  no  effect  of  age  on 
food  provisioning  of  nestlings  for  either  female  or  male  Black-throated 
Blue  Warblers. 

There  is  little  comparative  information  on  food  provisioning  rates 
among  parental  age  classes  for  passerines.  Goossen  and  Sealy  (1982) 
suggested  that  older  Yellow  Warblers  (D.  petechia),  because  of  their  great- 
er experience,  should  provide  better  care  for  their  nestlings  than  first-time 
breeding  yearlings,  but  they  did  not  provide  supporting  data.  Studd  and 
Robertson  (1989)  found  no  difference  in  provisioning  rate  between  age 
classes  in  Yellow  Warblers,  nor  did  Omland  and  Sherry  (1994)  for  male 
American  Redstarts  Setophaga  ruticilla.  Current  evidence  thus  suggests 
that  year-old  parents  do  about  as  well  as  older,  and  presumably  more 
experienced,  adults  in  providing  food  for  their  nestlings. 

Foods  delivered. — For  purposes  of  analysis,  food  brought  to  nestlings 
was  divided  into  two  broad  categories  recognizable  in  video  images, 
namely  larval  arthropods  (almost  entirely  lepidopteran  caterpillars)  and 
arthropod  adults  (e.g.,  crane  flies  (Tipulidae)  and  other  Diptera,  some 
Hymenoptera  and  Lepidoptera,  and  occasional  Coleoptera  and  Arachni- 
da).  On  a biomass  basis,  larval  insects  comprised  60  to  87%  of  the  food 
brought  to  nestlings  by  both  females  and  males  (Table  2).  Females  deliv- 
ered 43  to  50%  of  the  food  biomass  to  the  brood  over  the  course  of  the 
nesting  cycle.  There  were  no  significant  differences  between  the  sexes  in 
larval  and  adult  biomass  delivered  per  hour  (/  tests,  P values  > 0.3), 


476 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


Table  2 

Estimates  (x  ± SE)  of  Food  Biomass  Delivered  to  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler 
Nestlings  on  Days  2,  4,  6,  and  8 Following  Hatching 


Food  biomass  (mg  dry  weight) 

delivered  brood" ' h" ' 
for  nestling  age  (in  days) 


2 

4 

6 

8 

Food  delivered  by  females 

Larval  insect  biomass'" 

Adult  insect  biomass^" 

% larvae 

(NF 

4.9  ± 0.9 
2.5  ± 0.6 
63% 

(20) 

12.2  ± 1.7 
3.2  ± 0.8 
80% 

(23) 

14.9  ± 2.4 
5.8  ± 1.6 
78% 

(19) 

21.8  ± 3.9 
14.0  ± 5.0 
60% 

(20) 

Food  delivered  by  males 

Larval  insect  biomass'* 

Adult  insect  biomass'’ 

% larvae 
(N) 

7.7  ± 1.7 
1.1  ± 0.5 

87% 

(18) 

12.5  ± 1.9 
2.2  ± 0.7 

84% 

(24) 

15.2  ± 2.3 
4.9  ± 1.2 
79% 

(18) 

27.4  ± 5.1 

11.4  ± 2.5 
73% 
(26) 

% Total  food  biomass  delivered 
by  females 

46% 

50% 

49% 

43% 

“ Mostly  Lepidoptera  larvae. 

Flying  insects,  mostly  Diptera,  with  occasional  Hymenoptera  and  Coleoptera. 

' Sample  sizes  represent  number  of  video  samples  per  nestling  age  class  during  which  prey 


could  be  classified. 


although  variances  were  high  (Table  2).  There  was  a trend  for  males  on 
day  2 to  bring  a greater  biomass  and  percentage  of  larval  prey  than  did 
females  (Table  2),  which  compensates  for  their  fewer  trips  at  that  stage 
(see  below,  Fig.  1 A).  Other  studies  have  noted  that  male  paruline  warblers 
sometimes  bring  larger  prey  than  do  females,  especially  during  the  early 
part  of  the  nestling  period  (see  Nolan  1978,  Biermann  and  Sealy  1982, 
Omland  and  Sherry  1994).  In  the  present  study,  as  a result  of  changing 
food  loads  (and  partly  by  changing  prey  types),  male  and  female  Black- 
throated  Blue  Warblers  contributed  about  equally  in  terms  of  prey  biomass 
delivered  to  their  broods  over  the  course  of  their  nesting  cycle. 

In  conclusion,  food  provisioning  rates  of  both  male  and  female  Black- 
throated  Blue  Warblers  varied  mostly  with  age  of  nestlings  (especially  for 
males)  and  with  time  of  season  for  both  parents,  with  males  and  females 
contributing  about  equally  to  the  provisioning  of  their  offspring.  The  low- 
er rate  of  feeding  visits  and  of  food  biomass  delivered  in  mid-summer 
was  correlated  with  a decreased  rate  of  nestling  growth  in  those  nests 
compared  to  earlier  in  the  season.  Thus,  food  availability,  at  least  in  some 
times  and  places,  provides  a constraint  on  nestling  growth  rates  which, 
in  turn,  might  influence  post-fledging  survival.  Food  availability  also  af- 
fects the  frequency  of  double-brooding  and,  as  a consequence,  the  annual 


Goodbred  and  Holmes  • FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLINGS 


477 


reproductive  productivity  of  this  species  (Holmes  et  al.  1992).  It  is  im- 
portant to  acknowledge  that  these  results  derive  from  studies  conducted 
in  only  one  year  and  one  place.  Replication  in  other  locations,  and  es- 
pecially over  more  years,  will  be  required  to  determine  the  generality  of 
these  patterns.  Also,  because  ot  large  variances  and  intercorrelations  be- 
tween variables,  larger  sample  sizes  would  be  helpful  for  detecting  pat- 
terns. Finally,  some  habitats  or  even  territories  within  habitats  occupied 
by  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  may  be  more  productive  than  others, 
affecting  prey  availability,  and  thus  influencing  food  capture  and  delivery 
rates  of  the  foraging  parents.  Thus,  food  provisioning  patterns  correlated 
with  measures  of  food  availability  in  different  habitats  or  on  a territory- 
to-territory  basis  would  help  to  clarify  causes  underlying  the  patterns 
observed  in  this  study. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  1991  field  crew  at  Hubbard  Brook,  especially  P.  P Marra  and  T.  W.  Sherry, 
for  their  help,  advice,  and  encouragement  throughout  this  project.  Steve  Sloan  assisted  with 
the  data  analysis.  The  project  was  supported  in  part  by  the  Presidential  Scholars  Program 
of  Dartmouth  College  and  by  an  REU  supplement  to  a research  grant  from  the  National 
Science  Foundation  to  Dartmouth  College.  P.  Marra,  T.  Sherry,  S.  Sillett,  and  P.  Hunt  pro- 
vided helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bedard,  J.  and  M.  Meunier.  1983.  Parental  care  in  the  Savannah  Sparrow  Can  J Zool 
61:2836-2843. 

Biermann,  G.  C.  and  S.  G.  Sealy.  1982.  Parental  feeding  of  nestling  Yellow  Warblers  in 
relation  to  brood  size  and  prey  availability.  Auk  99:332-341. 

Bormann,  F.  H.  and  G.  E.  Likens.  1979.  Patterns  and  process  in  a forested  ecosystem. 
Springer- Verlag,  New  York,  New  York. 

Breitavisch,  R,  P G.  Merritt,  and  G.  H.  Whitesides.  1986.  Parental  investment  by  the 
Northern  Mockingbird:  male  and  female  roles  in  feeding  nestlings.  Auk  103:152-159. 
Conrad,  K.  F.  and  R.  J.  Robertson.  1993.  Patterns  of  parental  provisioning  by  Eastern 
Phoebes.  Condor  95:57-62. 

Curio,  E.  1988.  Realized  life  span  and  delayed  cost  of  parental  care  Am  Nat  131  825- 
836. 

Goossen,  j.  P.  and  S.  G.  Sealy.  1982.  Production  of  young  in  a dense  nesting  population 
of  Yellow  Warblers,  Dendroica  petechia,  in  Manitoba.  Can.  Field  Nat.  96:189-199. 
Haggerty,  T.  M.  1992.  Effects  of  nestling  age  and  brood  size  on  nestling  care  in  the 
Bachman’s  Sparrow  {Aimophila  aestivalis).  Am.  Midi.  Nat.  128:1 15-125. 

Holmes,  R.  T.  1990.  The  structure  of  a temperate  deciduous  forest  bird  community:  vari- 
ability in  time  and  space.  Pp.  121-140  in  Biogeography  and  ecology  of  forest  bird 
communities  (A.  Keast,  ed.).  SPB  Academic  Publications,  The  Hague,  Netherlands. 

. 1994.  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  (Dendroica  caerulescens)  in  Birds  of  North 

America,  no.  87  (A.  Poole  ad  F Gill,  eds.).  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  Philadelphia,  Penn.sylvania;  The  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  Wash- 
ington D.C. 


478 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


^ P p Marra,  and  T W.  Sherry.  1996.  Habitat-specific  demography  of  breeding 

Black-throated  Blue  Warblers  (Dendroica  caerulescens):  implications  for  population 
dynamics.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  65:183—195. 

X W.  Sherry,  P.  P.  Marra,  and  K.  E.  Petit.  1992.  Multiple  brooding  and  pro- 
ductivity of  a neotropical  migrant,  the  Black-throated  Blue  Warbler  {Dendroica  caeru- 
lescens), in  an  unfragmented  temperate  forest.  Auk  109:321-333. 

^ ’ and  E W.  Sturges.  1991.  Numerical  and  demographic  responses  of  tem- 
perate forest  birds  to  annual  fluctuations  in  their  food  resources.  Acta  XX  Intern.  Or- 
nithol.  Congr.  111:1559-1567. 

Johnson,  E.  J.  and  L.  B.  Best.  1982.  Factors  affecting  feeding  and  brooding  of  Gray 
Catbird  nestlings.  Auk  99:148-156. 

Knapton,  R.  W.  1984.  Parental  feeding  of  nestling  Nashville  Warblers:  the  effects  of  food 
type,  brood  size,  nestling  age,  and  time  of  day.  Wilson  Bull.  96:594-602. 

Kuitunen,  M.  and  j.  Suhonen.  1991.  Feeding  time  and  brood-rearing  capacity  in  the 
Common  Treecreeper  {Certhia  familiaris).  Auk:108:180-184. 

Magrath,  R.  D.  1990.  Hatching  asynchrony  in  altricial  birds.  Biol.  Rev.  65:587-622. 

Martin,  T.  E.  1992a.  Breeding  productivity  considerations:  what  are  the  appropriate  habitat 
features  for  management?  Pp.  455-473  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  neotropical 
migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds).  Smithsonian  Press,  Wash- 
ington D.C. 

1992b.  Interaction  of  nest  predation  and  food  limitation  in  reproductive  strategies. 


Curr.  Ornithol.  9:163— 197. 

Morehouse,  E.  L.  and  R.  Brewer.  1968.  Feeding  of  nestling  and  fledgling  Eastern  King- 


birds. Auk  85:44—54. 

Nolan,  V.  1978.  The  ecology  and  behavior  of  the  Prairie  Warbler  Dendroica  discolor. 
Ornithol.  Monogr.  26:1-595. 

Omland,  K.  E.  and  T.  W.  Sherry.  1994.  Parental  care  at  nests  of  two  age  classes  of  male 
American  Redstart:  implications  for  female  mate  choice.  Condor  96:606-613. 

Perrins,  C.  M.  1980.  Survival  of  young  Great  Tits,  Parus  major.  Acta  XVII  Congr.  Or- 
nithol. Internat.  1:159-174. 

Pyle,  P,  S.  N.  G.  Howell,  R.  R Yunick,  and  D.  F.  DeSante.  1987.  Identification  guide 
to  North  American  passerines.  Slate  Creek  Press,  Bolinas,  California. 

Ricklefs  R E.  1969.  An  analysis  of  nesting  mortality  in  birds.  Smithson.  Contrib.  Zool.  9. 
Robinson,  S.  K.,  E R.  Thompson  III,  T.  M.  Donovan,  D.  R.  Whitehead,  J.  Faaborg.  1995. 
Regional  forest  fragmentation  and  the  nesting  success  of  migratory  birds.  Science  267: 


1987-1990.  , . . 

RODENHOUSE,  N.  L.  AND  R.  T.  HOLMES  1992.  Results  of  experimental  and  natural  food 

reductions  for  breeding  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers.  Ecology  73:357-372. 

Royama,  T.  1966.  Factors  governing  feeding  rate,  food  requirement  and  brood  size  of 

nestling  Great  Tits  Parus  major.  Ibis  108:313-347. 

Sherry  T.  W and  R.  T.  Holmes.  1992.  Population  fluctuations  in  a long-distance  neo- 
tropical migrant:  demographic  evidence  for  the  importance  of  breeding  season  events 
in  the  American  Redstart.  Pp.  431-442  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  neotropical 
migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds).  Smithsonian  Press,  Wash- 


ington D.C. 
Skutch,  a.  1949. 


Do  tropical  birds  rear  as  many  young  as  they  can  nourish?  Ibis  91.430 


455. 

Stearns,  S.  C. 
York. 


1992.  The  evolution  of  life  histories.  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  New 


Goodbred  and  Holmes  • FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLINGS 


479 


Studd,  M.  V.  AND  R.  J.  Robertson.  1989.  Influence  of  age  and  territory  quality  on  the 
reproductive  behavior  of  male  Yellow  Warblers.  Can.  J.  Zool.  67:268-273. 

U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  1977.  North  American  bird  banding  manual,  vol.  II. 
Washington,  D.C. 

Virolainen,  M.  1984.  Breeding  biology  of  the  Pied  Flycatcher  Ficedula  hypoleuca  in 
relation  to  population  density.  Ann.  Zool.  Fenn.  21:187-197. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  480-495 


BREEDING  BIOLOGY  AND  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF 
THE  BAHAMA  SWALLOW 

Paul  E.  Allen 

Abstract. — The  Bahama  Swallow  (Tachycineta  cyaneoviridis)  is  an  obligate  secondary 
cavity-nester  endemic  to  the  pine  forests  of  four  islands  in  the  northern  Bahamas.  The  near- 
threatened  status  of  this  poorly  known  species  stems  from  the  limited  extent  of  pine  forest 
breeding  habitat,  a history  of  logging  in  that  habitat,  and  potential  competition  from  exotic 
secondary  cavity-nesters.  Natural  nest  sites  of  Bahama  Swallows  on  Grand  Bahama  gen- 
erally were  abandoned  woodpecker  cavities  and  nests  in  all  types  of  cavities  were  built  from 
pine  needles,  Casuarina  spp.  twigs,  and  grass.  Mean  clutch  size  was  3.0  and  the  pure  white 
eggs  were  slightly  larger  than  those  of  Tree  Swallows  (T.  bicolor).  Both  the  mean  incubation 
and  nestling  periods,  15.8  days  and  22.7  days,  respectively,  were  longer  than  those  of  Tree 
Swallows.  Hatching  success  and  nestling  success  were  87%  and  81%,  respectively,  giving 
an  overall  success  rate  of  70%.  One  case  of  double-brooding  was  documented,  and  two 
other  likely  cases  were  noted.  Weekly  surveys  of  adults  in  pine  forest  habitat  on  Grand 
Bahama  during  breeding  gave  a linear  density  of  0.18-0.25  pairs-km  '.  The  result  from  a 
single  survey  on  Andros  (0.21  pairs-km-')  corresponds  to  survey  results  on  Grand  Bahama 
in  the  same  period  and  very  roughly  agrees  with  the  outcome  of  a 1988  survey.  Received 
13  October  1995,  accepted  18  February  1996. 


The  Bahama  Swallow  {Tachycineta  cyaneoviridis),  currently  listed  as 
near-threatened  (Collar  et  al.  1992),  is  a poorly  known  endemic  of  the 
islands  of  Andros,  Abaco,  New  Providence,  and  Grand  Bahama  in  the 
northern  Bahamas  (American  Ornithologists’  Union  1983).  Like  other 
members  of  the  Tachycineta  genus,  the  species  is  an  obligate  secondary 
cavity-nester  (Turner  and  Rose  1989).  Bahama  Swallows  nest  mainly  m 
cavities  in  Caribbean  pine  trees  {Pinus  caribaea),  and  their  breeding  sea- 
son distribution  corresponds  to  the  distribution  of  the  pine  forest  (Smith 
and  Smith  1989).  Smith  and  Smith  (1989)  summarized  most  known  in- 
formation about  the  species  from  previously  published  anecdotes  and  their 
own  limited  observations,  yet  much  remains  unknown.  Neither  its  nest 
nor  eggs  has  been  reliably  described  (Smith  and  Smith  1989),  contrary 
to  reports  otherwise  (Turner  and  Rose  1989).  The  need  for  more  infor- 
mation about  the  Bahama  Swallow  is  obvious  if  we  are  to  understand  the 
conservation  needs  of  this  near-threatened  species. 

Conservation  concerns  for  the  Bahama  Swallow  stem  from  the  limited 
extent  of  their  pine  forest  habitat  and  a history  of  logging  in  that  habitat. 
A recent  silviculture  inventory  gave  the  total  area  of  pine  forest  in  the 
Bahamas  as  2042  km^  (Allan  1986)  and,  though  the  total  extent  of  forest 


Bahamas  National  Trust  Rand  Nature  Centre,  East  Settler's  Way.  P_0.  Box  F-4.M41  Freeport,  Grand 
Bahama.  Bahamas.  (Present  address:  Montana  Cooperative  Wildlife  Research  Unit.  University  of  Mon- 
tana. Missoula.  Montana  59812.) 


480 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


481 


apparently  has  not  changed  due  to  logging  (Henry  1974),  most  of  it  is 
second  growth  (Swenson  1986).  No  logging  in  the  Bahamas  has  occurred 
since  the  early  1970s  (Henry  1974),  but  history  shows  how  quickly  this 
limited  habitat  can  be  altered.  Over  70%  of  the  forest  on  Grand  Bahama 
was  harvested  in  just  three  years  during  the  peak  of  logging  there  in  the 
1950s  (Henry  1974).  This  comprised  nearly  30%  of  all  pine  forest  in  the 
Bahamas.  Given  the  limited  nature  of  breeding  habitat  and  the  extent  of 
loss  possible  through  logging,  concern  about  the  conservation  of  the  Ba- 
hama Swallow  is  appropriate.  Conservation  problems  caused  by  loss  of 
habitat  could  be  exacerbated  by  competition  for  nest  sites  with  exotic 
secondary  cavity-nesters.  House  Sparrows  {Passer  domesticus)  and  Eu- 
ropean Starlings  {Sturnus  vulgaris),  which  are  also  present  in  the  Baha- 
mas. 

As  the  first  step  in  addressing  the  conservation  concerns  associated  with 
the  Bahama  Swallow,  I report  here  the  findings  of  recent  research  on  their 
natural  history  and  breeding  biology.  I use  the  Tree  Swallow  {T.  bicolor), 
a temperate  congener,  as  the  basis  for  comparing  various  aspects  of  Ba- 
hama Swallow  breeding  biology  since  none  of  the  tropical  congeners  of 
the  Bahama  Swallow  (e.g..  Mangrove  Swallow  T.  albilinea)  is  as  well- 
known.  I also  describe  results  of  surveys  that  expand  upon  a pilot  survey 
in  1988  (Smith  and  Smith  1989)  and  which  provide  baseline  information 
for  monitoring  the  population  size  of  the  Bahama  Swallow. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

I studied  breeding  Bahama  Swallows  on  Grand  Bahama  (26°40'N,  78°30'W)  in  the  Ba- 
hamas from  mid-March  through  June  1995.  I found  nests  in  natural  sites  throughout  the 
forested  part  of  the  island  between  Freeport  and  McClean’s  Town,  about  75  km  east  of 
Freeport.  Most  nests  in  artificial  sites  were  located  at  an  abandoned  U.S.  Air  Force  missile 
tracking  base  (hereafter  “Missile  Base”)  near  Freetown  (26°37'N,  78°21'W)  about  35  km 
east  of  Freeport.  All  nests  were  either  in  or  adjacent  to  tracts  of  secondary  pine  forest  which 
make  up  most  of  the  interior  of  Grand  Bahama  east  of  Freeport.  Most  nests  in  natural  sites 
were  found  by  observing  swallows  loitering  on  dead  pine  trees  (“snags”).  Nests  at  the 
Missile  Base  were  found  by  systematic  .searches  of  artificial  cavities  and  by  observing 
swallows.  The  presence  of  a nest  in  an  inaccessible  nest  site  (i.e.,  most  snags)  was  inferred 
by  seeing  swallows  entering  a cavity  with  nest  material  or  by  observing  birds  entering  a 
cavity  on  several  different  occasions. 

Most  nests  in  natural  sites  were  observed  from  the  ground  once  every  two  or  three  days, 
but  some  were  observed  only  once  or  twice  in  two  weeks  during  the  first  few  weeks  of  the 
breeding  .season.  Observations  generally  lasted  only  long  enough  to  confirm  that  a nest  was 
still  active.  Activity  was  determined  to  have  cea.sed  at  a nest  when  either  two  0.5  h obser- 
vations on  consecutive  days  showed  no  activity  or  when  a single  1 h observation  revealed 
no  activity.  However,  I often  made  extra  observations  to  confirm  lack  of  activity.  If  activity 
at  a nest  ceased  without  my  having  observed  about  three  weeks  of  frequent  nest  visits  (which 
I assumed  to  be  feeding  visits),  the  nest  then  was  assumed  to  have  failed  unless  some  other 
clue  (e.g.,  previous  sightings  of  nestlings  looking  out  of  the  hole)  indicated  probable  fledg- 


482 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  3.  September  1996 


ing.  Dates  of  either  fledging  or  failure  of  a nest  were  estimated  to  be  the  midpoint  between 
the  last  observation  of  activity  at  the  nest  and  the  first  observation  with  no  activity.  Dates 
of  clutch  completion  and  hatching  were  estimated  by  subtracting  the  length  of  the  average 
incubation  and  nestling  periods  (calculated  from  detailed  observations  of  nests  at  the  Missile 
Base)  from  the  estimated  fledging  date. 

I examined  some  nests  in  natural  sites  using  a 1-m  fiberscope,  reaching  the  cavities  with 
a 10-m  extension  ladder  (Rohwer  1988).  The  limited  resolution  and  depth  of  field  of  the 
fiberscope  did  not  allow  precise  counts  of  chicks  or  eggs  in  a nest,  so  I have  accurate  counts 
of  eggs  or  chicks  only  for  those  nests  I excavated.  Cavities  were  excavated  by  carefully 
enlarging  the  existing  entrance  hole  of  the  cavity  with  a saw.  Cut-away  pieces  from  exca- 
vations were  replaced  and  secured  with  wire,  thus  maintaining  the  integrity  of  the  cavity. 

Some  artificial  cavities  used  as  nest  sites  were  nest  boxes  (both  standard  and  Peterson 
box  designs)  or  plastic  Purple  Martin  (Progne  subis)  gourds  (Carroll  Industries,  Van,  Texas) 

I erected  at  the  Missile  Base.  Nests  in  accessible  artificial  cavities  were  observed  daily  prior 
to  egg-laying,  during  egg-laying,  and  for  several  days  prior  to  hatching.  Eggs  were  measured 
with  dial  calipers  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm  and  weighed  to  the  nearest  0.1  g with  an  electronic 
balance  (Pocket  Pro  150-B,  Acculab,  Newtown,  Pennsylvania),  generally  on  the  day  of 
laying. 

At  nests  in  accessible  artificial  cavities,  I took  measurements  of  chicks  younger  than  18 
days  old  nearly  every  day.  Mass  was  measured  with  the  balance  to  the  nearest  0. 1 g. 
Straightened,  flattened  wing  chord  of  the  right  wing  was  taken  with  dial  calipers  to  the 
nearest  0.1  mm  until  the  chord  was  about  15  mm  long  and  thereafter  with  a ruler  to  the 
nearest  0.5  mm.  Chicks  within  the  same  nest  were  identified  by  uniquely  marking  their 
wings  or  legs  with  a permanent  felt-tip  marker.  These  markings  were  superseded  by  color 
bands  and  numbered  aluminum  bands  when  the  chicks  were  7-14  days  old.  To  avoid  pre- 
mature fledging,  most  chicks  older  than  17  days  were  simply  counted  without  handling. 
Thus  nestling  periods  are  reported  on  a nest-wise  basis  (i.e.,  the  period  between  the  first 
chick  hatching  and  the  last  chick  fledging)  instead  of  for  individual  chicks.  Three  late-season 
nests  at  the  Missile  Base  received  only  enough  visits  to  determine  the  number  of  chicks 
hatching  and  fledging.  Permission  to  salvage  and  export  several  nests,  eggs,  and  chicks  was 
granted  by  the  Bahamas  Dept,  of  Agriculture. 

Censusing  or  surveying  highly  mobile  birds  is  difficult  and  my  attempts  to  apply  distance 
sampling  techniques  (Buckland  et  al.  1993)  to  survey  Bahama  Swallows  along  forest  roads 
on  Grand  Bahama  were  unsuccessful.  The  distance  data  required  for  that  method  was  im- 
possible to  collect,  since  swallows  were  often  sighted  while  flying  without  any  reference 
object  nearby  to  which  distance  could  be  measured  or  even  roughly  estimated.  Ultimately, 
I simply  counted  all  swallows,  whether  foraging  or  perched,  along  separate  survey  routes 
in  three  areas  of  Grand  Bahama  on  different  days.  Since  I rarely  observed  other  swallows 
on  Grand  Bahama  during  the  breeding  season,  I assumed  that  all  swallows  I could  not 
identify  were  Bahama  Swallows.  The  three  routes  generally  were  covered  on  consecutive 
days.  Weather  on  survey  days  typically  was  sunny  and  warm,  with  the  few  exceptions  being 
slight  overcast  or  cloudy  conditions.  The  Eastern  Lucaya  route  was  19  km  of  sparsely  settled, 
relatively  undeveloped  subdivisions  covered  mostly  with  secondary  forest  and  a dense  net- 
work of  roads.  The  second  route  covered  45  km  in  the  Lucayan  Estates  subdivision,  an  area 
of  secondary  forest  without  any  housing  but  with  several  farms  and  a dense  road  network. 
The  East  End  route  was  58  km  long  and  used  a logging  road  which  ran  down  the  center  of 
much  of  the  island.  The  eastern  two-thirds  of  that  route  was  relatively  undisturbed  secondary 
forest,  and  the  remainder  went  through  parts  of  Lucayan  Estates.  The  routes  were  driven  at 
a speed  of  10-14  kph  using  either  a moped  (in  May)  or  automobile  (in  June),  beginning 
between  06:30  and  07:00  EST.  I was  both  driver  and  observer  for  all  Grand  Bahama  surveys. 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


483 


In  an  earlier  survey  of  Andros,  Smith  and  Smith  (1989)  drove  96.4  km  through  the  pine 
forest  of  that  island  at  speeds  under  30  kph  on  two  days,  20-21  May  1988.  An  assistant 
and  I performed  one  survey  on  Andros  covering  76.0  km  of  the  1988  route  (P.  Smith,  pers. 
comm.)  following  the  1988  protocol  for  the  single  day  of  our  survey,  26  May  1995.  Eor 
purposes  of  estimating  the  number  of  breeding  pairs  in  all  surveys,  I assumed  that  groups 
of  either  one  or  two  swallows  represented  one  breeding  pair  and  that  groups  of  either  three 
or  four  birds  represented  two  breeding  pairs.  Juveniles  identified  as  such  were  not  counted. 

RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

Nesting  activity.  On  31  March,  I noted  the  first  exhibition  of  nesting 
behavior  by  Bahama  Swallows  since  I had  begun  observations  in  mid- 
March.  Swallows  repeatedly  flew  up  to  and  hovered  in  front  of  louvered 
access  panels  on  the  upper  floors  of  a 12-story  building  near  Freeport.  I 
interpreted  this  activity  as  prospecting  for  nest  sites  and  saw  similar  be- 
havior at  the  same  building  on  2 April,  when  swallows  approached  the 
undersides  of  balconies  and  eaves.  The  first  nesting  behavior  I observed 
at  a natural  nest  site  was  on  2 April  when  two  to  four  swallows  flew 
around  and  approached  a woodpecker  hole  in  a snag.  I observed  a swal- 
low taking  nest  material  into  that  hole  on  10  April.  At  this  and  other  nests 
in  natural  sites,  swallows  were  active  at  their  nests  only  between  about 
07:00  and  1 1:00  during  the  nest-building  stage,  and  attempts  to  find  nests 
by  observing  adults  at  natural  sites  were  fruitless  later  in  the  day. 

Overall,  I found  18  nests  in  natural  nest  sites:  10  nests  seemed  to  be 
successful,  five  failed  without  fledging  young,  and  three  nests  were  still 
active  when  I left  the  island.  To  establish  that  nests  in  natural  and  artificial 
cavities  did  not  differ  in  obvious  ways,  I examined  nine  of  the  18  natural 
nests  with  a fiberscope.  I found  chicks  in  five  of  them,  eggs  in  three  of 
them,  and  neither  eggs  nor  chicks  in  the  last.  In  four  nest  sites  that  I 
excavated,  I found  incubated  clutches  of  three  eggs  in  each  of  two  cav- 
ities, three  chicks  in  another,  and  a partial  nest  in  the  last.  What  I saw  of 
nests  in  natural  cavities  convinced  me  that  they  were  similar  to  nests  in 
artificial  cavities  with  respect  to  clutch  size  and  types  of  nest  material 
used.  I assume  that  most  other  aspects  of  breeding  biology  do  not  differ 
greatly  between  swallows  nesting  in  natural  and  artificial  sites. 

Nest-site  characteristics. — Although  Bahama  Swallows  do  use  cavities 
in  live  trees  (Smith  and  Smith  1989),  all  18  nests  I found  in  natural  nest 
sites  were  in  pine  snags.  AH  of  those  sites  were  abandoned  woodpecker 
holes,  except  one  which  was  in  a large,  cracked  branch.  The  pine  snags 
used  for  nesting  had  a mean  diameter  at  breast  height  of  22.3  cm  (N  = 
18,  SD  = 4.26,  range:  17.0-28.3  cm).  The  mean  height  of  the  snags  was 
9.6  m (N  = 18,  SD  = 2.17,  range:  6.7-12.8  m),  while  the  mean  height 
of  the  cavities  was  8.8  m (N  = 18,  SD  = 1.94,  range:  6.0-1 1.4  m).  The 


484 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


closest  active  nests  that  I found  in  natural  cavities  were  about  150  m from 
each  other. 

All  but  two  of  14  nests  I found  in  artificial  cavities  were  at  the  Missile 
Base.  Types  of  artificial  cavities  used  for  nesting  included  housings  of 
street  lights  (2  nests),  a horizontal  pipe  (ca  5-6  cm  diameter)  (1  nest),  a 
gap  (less  than  10  cm)  between  two  sections  of  wall  in  the  side  of  a 
building  (1  nest),  an  electrical  conduit  box  with  the  only  access  being  a 
42  mm  diameter  hole  in  the  15  cm  X 13  cm  floor  of  the  box  (1  nest),  a 
Peterson-style  nest  box  with  a 38  mm  diameter  hole  (1  nest),  a standard 
nest  box  with  a 38  mm  diameter  hole  and  14  cm  square  floor  (1  nest), 
an  artificial  nest  gourd  with  a 55  mm  diameter  hole  (1  nest),  and  rooftop 
ventilation  units  with  rectangular  access  holes  95  mm  wide  by  28  mm 
high  (6  nests  in  5 units).  The  height  of  these  artificial  cavities  ranged 
from  3.0  m for  the  Peterson  box  attached  to  a utility  pole  to  13.2  m for 
the  pipe  nest.  The  nest  between  two  wall  sections  was  an  exception  since 
it  was  at  the  top  of  the  12-story  building  at  which  I first  saw  nesting 
behavior.  The  two  closest  active  nests  were  in  ventilation  units  8.8  m 
apart  on  top  of  the  same  roof. 

Nest  construction. — During  observations  of  nest  building  at  natural  and 
artificial  nest  sites,  I never  saw  both  birds  of  a pair  carrying  nest  material. 

I assumed  that  just  one  bird  of  each  pair,  which  I took  to  be  the  female, 
did  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  nest  construction.  The  male  often  escorted  the 
female  while  she  was  gathering  nest  material.  I observed  birds  gathering 
nest  material  from  the  edges  of  paved  and  unpaved  roads  as  well  as  from 
the  middle  of  grassy  areas  that  were  recently  mown.  Caribbean  pine  nee- 
dles grass,  and  Casuarina  spp.  “needles”  (actually  fine,  segmented  twigs 
of  this  exotic  tree)  formed  the  bulk  of  the  nests  I examined  in  both  arti- 
ficial and  natural  nest  sites.  I observed  one  bird  travel  over  200  m from 
its  nest  site  to  collect  material,  but  most  trips  for  nest  material  by  other 

birds  were  less  than  100  m.  .... 

The  period  from  when  nest  building  began  until  clutches  were  initiated 

was  14-18  days  in  four  nests  built  from  scratch  in  artificial  cavities.  This 
period  might  be  shorter  for  nests  in  natural  sites  since  they  contained  less 
nest  material  than  those  in  artificial  sites.  The  masses  of  material  from 
two  nests  collected  from  pine  snags  were  quite  small  (9.0  g and  17.1  g) 
compared  to  the  masses  of  material  from  four  nests  m artificial  sites  built 
completely  in  the  season  of  the  study  (18.0  g,  41.6  g,  48.2  g,  and  114.9 
g)  This  difference  may  result  from  the  generally  larger  volume  of  the 
artificial  cavities.  I collected  eight  nests,  two  from  snags  and  six  from 
artificial  sites,  after  fledging  or  abandonment  of  the  nests  and  deposited 
them  with  the  Vertebrate  Collection  at  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Nest  lining  materials. — Nests  were  lined  with  a variety  of  materials. 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


485 


both  naturally  occurring  and  artificial.  Flakes  of  pine  bark  were  common 
in  nests,  and  I saw  swallows  pulling  bark  directly  off  trees  on  several 
occasions.  Though  not  every  nest  contained  bark,  most  contained  1—5 
pieces  of  about  1—3  cm^.  Small  downy  feathers,  seemingly  originating 
from  other  passerines,  were  the  other  common  natural  lining  material. 
Nests  usually  contained  1—5  such  feathers,  markedly  fewer  than  the  scores 
of  waterfowl  feathers  often  found  in  Tree  Swallow  nests  (P.  Allen,  pers. 
obs.,  Winkler  1993).  The  largest  number  of  feathers  I found  in  a nest  was 
15-25  flamingo  feathers  in  a nest  in  a pine  snag  on  the  grounds  of  the 
Rand  Nature  Centre  which  maintained  a small,  captive  flock  of  Greater 
Flamingos  {Phoenicopterus  ruber). 

Other  natural  lining  materials  I found  in  nests  included  small  dry 
leaves,  pieces  of  skin  shed  from  small  lizards,  yellow  flower  petals  (found 
in  only  one  nest),  and  a pale  yellow  butterfly  wing  (found  in  only  one 
nest).  In  one  incomplete  nest  in  a snag  less  than  500  m from  the  seashore, 
I found  several  dried  strands  of  turtle  grass  (Thalassia  testudinum),  a sea 
grass  which  commonly  washes  up  on  beaches.  This  may  explain  an  ob- 
servation of  Bahama  Swallows  gathering  mouthfuls  of  “seaweed”  and 
flying  towards  the  forest  (Todd  and  Worthington  1911). 

Artificial  material  in  nest  linings  was  most  abundant  at  the  Missile  Base 
where  litter  was  plentiful.  Bits  of  shredded  plastic  wrap,  small  pieces  of 
newspaper,  facial  tissue,  and  regular  paper  were  common  in  nests  there. 
These  materials  were  presumably  used  because  of  their  gross  similarity 
to  feathers.  A few  nests  at  the  Missile  Base  also  contained  paint  chips 
from  paint  peeling  off  buildings.  If  the  birds  actually  pulled  the  paint 
chips  off  the  buildings  instead  of  picking  them  off  the  ground,  then  the 
actions  required  to  do  this  would  be  similar  to  those  used  for  collecting 
pine  bark. 

Eggs. — The  eggs  I examined  from  two  nests  in  snags  and  10  nests  in 
artificial  cavities  were  larger,  on  average,  than  Tree  Swallow  eggs  in 
length,  width,  and  mass  (Table  1 ; masses  of  eggs  from  the  two  snags 
excluded  because  the  eggs  were  not  freshly  laid).  The  mean  clutch  size 
was  3.0  eggs  in  these  12  nests  and  in  an  additional  nest  in  an  artificial 
cavity  (Table  1).  This  is  the  same  clutch  size  reported  for  a Caribbean 
congener,  the  Golden  Swallow  (T.  euchry.sea)  (Turner  and  Rose  1989) 
but,  not  surprisingly,  it  is  much  smaller  than  for  Tree  Swallows  (Table 
1).  Of  these  1 1 nests  in  artificial  cavities,  two  had  clutches  of  two  eggs, 
seven  had  three-egg  clutches,  and  two  had  four-egg  clutches.  The  two 
nests  in  natural  cavities  both  had  three-egg  clutches.  As  with  Tree  Swal- 
lows (R  Allen,  pers.  obs.;  Robertson  et  al.  1992),  the  color  of  freshly  laid 
eggs  was  white,  but  translucent  and  slightly  pinkish,  changing  to  pure 
white  after  a few  days  of  incubation.  In  all  nests  where  laying  was  ob- 


486 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Comparison  of  Bahama  Swallows  and  Tree  Swallows  for  Several  Aspects  oe 

Breeding  Biology 


Bahama  Swallow  Tree  Swallow 


N 

X ± SD 

Range 

N 

jf  ± SD 

Range 

pd 

Egg  length 

(mmT 

36 

19.4  ± 0.72 

17.2-20.6 

2295 

19.0  ± 0.90 

16.0-22.8 

* 

Egg  width 
(mmT 

Egg  mass  (gT 

36 

30 

13.9  ± 0.40 
2.0  ± 0.19 

12.9-14.6 

1. 6-2.3 

2292 

835 

13.6  ± 0.47 
1.8  ± 0.17 

11.9-15.4 
1. 4-2.5 

*** 

•k  ^ ^ 

Clutch  size 
(eggs)" 

13 

3.0  ± 0.58 

2-4 

847 

5.4  ± 0.91 

3-8 

*** 

Incubation 
period  (d)” 

5 

15.8  ± 1.10 

15-17 

235 

14.5  ± 1.13 

12-19 

* 

Hatching 

success'’ 

30 

86.7% 

33.3-100 

10,107 

86.9% 

— 

— 

Nestling 

suceess'’ 

26 

80.8% 

0-100 

21,130 

83.1% 

— 

— 

Nestling 
period  (d)‘'‘’ 

6 

22.8  ± 1.21 

22-25 

554 

20.6  ± 1.63 

16-29 

** 

“Tree  Swallows  in  upstate  New  York  (D.  Winkler,  unpubl.  data). 

'■Tree  Swallows  from  several  studies  (Robertson  et  al.  1992). 

“ Calculated  for  Tree  Swallows  on  a nest-wise  basis,  just  as  with  the  Bahama  Swallows. 
Results  from  r-tests  comparing  means  using  equal  or  unequal  vanances  as  appropriate. 
***  = P < 0.001. 


= P s 0.05,  **  = P s 0.01, 


served,  eggs  were  laid  one  per  day  in  the  morning.  I never  observed 

Bahama  Swallows  copulating  during  this  study. 

Incubation. — Observations  of  five  nests  in  artificial  cavities  yielded  no 
consistent  indication  as  to  when  incubation  began.  Even  after  the  clutches 
were  complete  and  incubation  had  presumably  begun,  eggs  were  often 
unattended  when  I checked  the  nests.  This  pattern  may  have  resulted  from 
often  visiting  nests  in  the  early  afternoon,  generally  the  hottest  part  of  the 
day.  However,  defining  the  incubation  period  as  starting  on  the  day  the 
last  egg  was  laid  and  ending  on  the  day  the  first  egg  in  the  nest  hatched, 
three  nests  had  incubation  periods  of  15  days,  and  two  nests  had  incu- 
bation periods  of  17  days,  giving  a mean  of  15.8  days  (Table  1).  This  is 
over  one  day  longer  than  the  incubation  period  for  Tree  Swallows  m 
upstate  New  York  (Table  1).  Though  I did  not  often  capture  birds  on  the 
nest,  there  was  no  indication  that  males  shared  incubation  responsibilities. 

Hatching  and  sur\’ival.—Of  the  seven  nests  I visited  daily  dunng  hatch- 
ing, the  eggs  in  three  nests,  two  with  two-egg  clutches  and  one  with  a 
three-egg  clutch,  hatched  in  the  same  24-hour  period.  The  eggs  in  the 
four  remaining  nests,  each  containing  three  or  four  fertile  eggs,  hatched 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


487 


over  a period  of  48  h.  In  those  seven  nests  and  in  three  late-season  nests, 
26  chicks  (87%)  hatched  from  30  eggs  (two  eggs  in  one  nest  and  one 
egg  in  a second  nest  were  infertile;  an  additional  egg  was  missing).  Of 
the  26  chicks  that  hatched,  21  (81%)  eventually  fledged,  giving  an  overall 
6gg-to-fledgling  success  rate  of  70%.  The  hatching  and  nestling  success 
rates  of  these  Bahama  Swallows  correspond  closely  with  those  of  Tree 
Swallows  from  several  studies  (Table  1).  The  success  rates  for  both  these 
species  are  for  birds  nesting  in  artificial  cavities,  and  success  may  be 
lower  in  natural  cavities. 

One  three-day-old  chick  was  found  dead  of  unknown  causes  in  its  nest, 
while  its  nest  mates  remained  in  good  health.  One  entire  brood  of  three 
chicks  was  lost  because  they  fell  out  of  the  ventilation  unit  that  housed 
their  nest.  One  other  chick  apparently  was  killed  when  the  motor  was 
activated  in  the  ventilation  unit  that  housed  its  nest.  I salvaged  three  of 
these  chicks  and  one  of  the  infertile  eggs,  depositing  them  at  Cornell. 
These  are  the  only  such  specimens  known  for  the  Bahama  Swallow 
(Smith  and  Smith  1989). 

Nestling  period  and  fledging. — In  six  successful  nests  that  I monitored 
closely,  the  fledging  period  was  22  days  for  four  nests,  23  days  for  the 
fifth  nest,  and  25  days  for  the  remaining  nest,  giving  a mean  of  22.7  days 
(Table  1).  This  nestling  period  is  two  full  days  longer  than  that  of  Tree 
Swallows  in  upstate  New  York  (Table  1).  The  siblings  from  three  nests 
each  containing  two  chicks  fledged  in  the  same  24-hour  period.  Siblings 
from  another  nest  containing  three  chicks  fledged  over  a 48-hour  period. 
In  two  other  nests  with  broods  of  three  young,  the  fledging  period  was 
unknown  because  of  imprecise  counts  of  the  young. 

Chick  development. — The  rate  of  mass  gain  for  Bahama  Swallow 
chicks  from  seven  nests  was  slower  than  that  of  Tree  Swallows  (Fig.  1), 
but  the  period  during  which  chicks  rapidly  increased  mass  (days  1-12) 
was  similar  to  that  for  Tree  Swallow  chicks.  The  mass  of  chicks  from 
both  species  plateaus  near  their  adult  mass  at  about  day  13  (Fig.  1). 
Growth  rates,  calculated  by  fitting  a logistic  curve  to  daily  means  of  mass, 
show  that  Bahama  Swallows  (K  = 0.363)  grow  more  slowly  than  Tree 
Swallows  (K  = 0.396)  using  Tree  Swallow  data  from  McCarty  (1995). 
Adult  wing  lengths  of  Bahama  Swallows  are  about  4 mm  shorter  than 
those  of  Tree  Swallows  (Turner  and  Rose  1989),  and  the  average  length 
of  Bahama  Swallow  wing  chords  was  2.3  mm  shorter  than,  those  of  Tree 
Swallows  for  days  10-19  (Fig.  2). 

In  most  respects,  newly  hatched  Bahama  Swallow  chicks  were  similar 
to  newly  hatched  Tree  Swallow  chicks  (R  Allen,  pers.  obs.).  The  one 
exception  was  that  all  Bahama  Swallow  chicks  were  hatched  with  several 
down  feathers  (neossoptiles)  already  formed.  Tree  Swallows  in  New  York 


488 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Age  (days) 

Fig.  1.  Mass  (means  ± 1 SE)  of  Tree  Swallow  (McCarty  1995)  and  Bahama  Swallow 
chicks.  Upper,  dotted  horizontal  line  shows  adult  mass  of  21.3  g for  Tree  Swallows  from 
McCarty  (1995)  Lower,  dotted  horizontal  line  shows  mean  mass  of  four  breeding  Bahama 
Swallow  females  captured  at  the  Missile  Base  (16.3  g).  This  value  corresponds  with  low 
end  of  mass  range  (16.3-19.5  g,  mean  17.5  g)  from  museum  specimens  (Turner  and  Rose 

1989). 


often  hatch  completed  naked  and  only  occasionally  hatch  with  one  or 
more  wispy  down  feathers  (P.  Allen,  pers.  obs.).  In  Bahama  Swallows, 
dark  feather  tracts  began  showing  underneath  the  skin  on  the  wings  by 
the  second  day.  On  the  third  day,  tracts  were  visible  on  the  head  and  back 
as  well.  Hair-like  shafts  of  primaries  as  well  as  back  and  chest  feathers 
began  breaking  through  the  skin  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  days.  By  the 
seventh  day,  the  shafts  of  body  feathers  were  less  than  1 mm  long.  Pri- 
mary and  tail  feathers  began  emerging  from  their  shafts  on  about  day 
nine  or  ten.  By  day  ten,  body  feathers  were  emerged  1-2  mm  from  their 
shafts.  The  eyes  of  Bahama  Swallow  chicks  began  to  open  on  their  fifth 
day.  Chicks’  eyes  were  just  small  slits  on  days  five  or  six  with  the  slits 
widening  until  being  fully  rounded  by  the  tenth  day. 

Parental  care. — At  least  two  adults,  which  I took  to  be  the  parents. 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


489 


Age  (days) 

Fig.  2.  Straightened,  flattened  wing  chord  (mean.s  ± 1 SE)  of  Tree  Swallow  (McCarty 
1995)  and  Bahama  Swallow  chicks. 


fed  young  at  most  nests.  At  the  Missile  Base  adults  from  neighboring 
nests  assisted  in  defending  nests  against  me  during  daily  visits.  In  contrast 
to  Tree  Swallow  nests,  where  it  is  common  to  find  the  entire  nest  well- 
covered  in  fecal  matter  after  fledging  (P.  Allen,  pers.  obs.;  Robertson  et 
al.  1992),  most  Bahama  Swallow  nests  in  artificial  cavities  were  clear  of 
fecal  material  after  chicks  fledged.  Either  Bahama  Swallow  parents  pro- 
vided nest  sanitation  throughout  the  nestling  phase  or  chicks  were  able 
to  defecate  out  of  the  entrances  to  their  cavities.  However,  I did  not  note 
much  fouling  of  the  area  immediately  below  nests  which  would  have 
indicated  that  the  nestlings  were  responsible  for  sanitation. 

Fledglings. — Observations  of  post-fledging  chicks  were  difficult  to  ob- 
tain. In  one  case,  I observed  four  fledglings  (identified  by  their  yellow 
gapes)  perched  in  a tree  with  an  adult  feeding  them.  In  another  instance, 
I found  four  color-marked  sibling  fledglings  in  a group  less  than  500  m 
from  their  nest  six  days  after  the  last  chick  had  fledged  from  their  nest. 

Double  broods. — Of  the  12  nests  at  the  Missile  Base,  at  least  one,  and 


490 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


possibly  three,  represented  second  broods  after  the  successful  fledging  of 
a previous  brood.  I verified  double  brooding  by  a female  banded  at  her 
first  nest  on  17  May  while  feeding  chicks.  She  was  captured  again  on  21 
June  on  a second  nest  in  a ventilation  unit  10.7  m away  from  the  first 
nest  on  the  same  rooftop.  The  first  brood  had  fledged  on  29  May  and  the 
second  clutch  was  initiated  on  18  June  in  a nest  that  I had  found  in  April 
and  identified  as  being  an  unused  nest  from  a previous  season.  Some  new 
nest  material  had  been  added  to  that  nest,  and  rusty  flakes  of  metal  had 
been  removed  from  the  nest  bowl  prior  to  egg-laying.  Four  chicks  fledged 
from  the  first  brood,  and  two  chicks  fledged  from  the  second. 

Another  possible  double-brood  attempt  was  a clutch  of  three  eggs  I 
found  on  16  June  in  the  same  nest  from  which  three  chicks  had  fledged 
on  4 June.  The  second  brood  in  that  nest  produced  two  fledglings.  Another 
possible  case  of  double-brooding  was  a clutch  initiated  on  14  June  in  a 
nest  box  within  25  m of  an  inaccessible  nest  that  was  active  until  some- 
time during  the  first  week  of  June.  The  initiation  of  this  late  clutch  falls 
within  days  of  the  initiations  for  the  two  other  double-brood  nests,  after 
a period  of  more  than  four  weeks  without  a known  clutch  initiation  at 

the  Missile  Base. 

I made  a special  effort  to  look  for  renewed  nesting  activity  at  natural 
sites  in  mid-June  but  was  unable  to  confirm  any  other  possible  second- 
brood  nests.  Finding  such  nests  might  be  especially  difficult  if  nests  used 
earlier  in  the  season  were  simply  reused  without  more  nest  building.  The 
last  search  for  new  nests  at  the  Missile  Base  was  on  26  June,  so  I do  not 
know  if  there  were  more  late-season  nests  initiated  there  after  that  date. 

Overall  phenology.— The  mean  date  of  clutch  completion  for  nine  nests 
in  snags  and  eight  nests  in  artificial  cavities  (which  excludes  the  three 
late-season  nests)  was  5 May  (SD  6.96,  range;  20  April- 15  May).  The 
average  date  of  hatching  for  those  clutches  was  20  May  (SD  6.98,  range: 
5 May-28  May),  and  the  mean  fledging  date  was  11  June  (N  = 16,  SD 
7.30,  range:  27  May-22  June).  For  the  two  late-season  nests  in  which  I 
observed  egg-laying,  the  average  date  of  clutch  completion  was  18  June. 
The  mean  estimated  dates  of  hatching  and  fledging  for  those  two  broods 

were  4 July  and  26  July,  respectively. 

Interspecific  compefinwT.— Bahama  Swallows  nesting  in  natural  nest 
sites  had  numerous  interspecific  agonistic  interactions  with  four  other  cav- 
ity-nesting bird  species.  Two  were  native  species,  the  Hairy  Woodpecker 
iPicoides  villosus)  and  La  Sagra’s  Flycatcher  (Myiarchiis  sagrae).  The 
other  two.  House  Sparrow  {Passer  domesticus)  and  European  Starling 
(Sturnus  vulgaris),  were  exotic.  In  two  interactions  with  woodpeckers, 
swallows  harassed  woodpeckers  which  were  in  possession  of  nest  sites, 
but  in  both  cases  the  woodpeckers  remained  in  control  of  the  cavities. 


Alien  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


491 


However,  I did  find  two  cases  of  swallows  nesting  quite  close  to  wood- 
peckers. In  one  instance,  active  swallow  and  woodpecker  nests  were  30 
m apart,  and  in  another,  the  nests  were  75-100  m apart.  I observed  a 
swallow  being  displaced  from  the  rim  of  a nest-hole  in  a snag  by  a fly- 
catcher bringing  either  food  or  nest  material  into  the  cavity.  In  two  other 
cases,  flycatchers  perching  at  former  swallow  nest  sites  were  displaced 
by  swallows,  even  though  the  swallow  chicks  had  already  fledged.  I found 
one  instance  of  flycatchers  and  swallows  nesting  within  100  m of  each 
other.  In  a case  that  is  difficult  to  interpret,  I excavated  a nest  site  several 
weeks  after  I had  seen  swallows  entering  the  cavity,  and  found  it  filled 
with  typical  House  Sparrow  nest  material  but  with  four  rotten  flycatcher 
eggs  at  the  bottom.  I observed  no  direct  interactions  between  House  Spar- 
rows and  Bahama  Swallows.  However,  one  cavity  in  which  swallows 
were  nest  building  was  later  usurped  by  sparrows  which  successfully 
raised  a brood  of  young  there.  In  another  instance,  I found  a pair  of 
sparrows  inspecting  a cavity  in  which  there  had  been  an  active  swallow 
nest  with  eggs  about  two  weeks  earlier.  However,  I do  not  have  obser- 
vations for  the  intervening  period  to  give  any  hints  as  to  whether  the 
swallows  had  abandoned  because  of  the  sparrows.  The  Missile  Base  had 
a healthy  population  of  breeding  House  Sparrows  which  seemed  to  ex- 
clude swallows  from  nesting  in  sites  they  might  typically  choose  in  the 
absence  of  sparrows.  The  sparrows  had  a monopoly  on  nest  sites  under 
the  eaves  of  the  roofs,  while  the  swallows  nested,  for  the  most  part,  in 
sites  that  gave  no  means  of  clinging  to  the  entrance  hole  or  perching 
before  entering  the  cavity.  Such  sites  were  probably  difficult  or  impossible 
for  sparrows  to  access.  I observed  very  few  interactions  between  starlings 
and  swallows,  but  I did  find  one  active  starling  nest  within  75  m of  a 
swallow  nest. 

Although  the  exotic  cavity  nesters  have  the  potential  to  impact  greatly 
the  Bahama  Swallow  through  competition  for  nest  sites,  I found  these 
species  mainly  within  about  one  kilometer  of  human  structures  or  other 
disturbance.  I never  observed  either  species  in  undisturbed  secondary  for- 
est, but  House  Sparrows  were  at  farms  in  the  middle  of  the  secondary 
forest.  As  human  development  and  disturbance  encroach  on  the  forest,  it 
is  inevitable  that  the  local  ranges  of  these  exotics  will  spread. 

Previous  surveys  and  density  estimates. — Emlen  (1977)  estimated  a 
Bahama  Swallow  density  of  11.0  birds-km*^  in  pine  forest  during  the 
breeding  season  by  surveying  a total  of  21.5  km  of  transects  using  the 
coefficient  of  detectability  methodology  (Emlen  1971).  Using  Henry’s 
(1974)  estimate  of  the  total  pineland  area  extant  at  that  time  (1782  km^), 
Emlen’s  density  figure  results  in  a population  estimate  of  just  under 
20,000  birds  in  the  entire  species’  breeding  range.  Caution  should  be  used 


492 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


before  considering  this  quick  extrapolation  as  a true  reflection  of  the  Ba- 
hama Swallow  population  during  that  study,  since  the  survey  transects 
seemed  to  have  been  restricted  to  prime  breeding  habitat  (Emlen  1977). 
Also,  Emlen  (1977)  was  mainly  concerned  with  making  relative,  inter- 
specific comparisons  among  species  and  did  not  attempt  to  make  absolute 
estimates  of  population  sizes. 

Smith  and  Smith  (1989)  is  the  only  other  source  of  quantitative  data 
for  the  Bahama  Swallow.  From  a simple  road  survey  in  1988,  they  esti- 
mated the  density  of  breeding  Bahama  Swallows  at  2.6  birds-km  ^ (Smith 
and  Smith  1989).  Using  this  density  estimate  and  Henry’s  (1974)  estimate 
of  pine  forest  area,  the  total  breeding  population  of  the  Bahama  Swallow 
would  have  been  about  4800  birds.  Smith  and  Smith  (1989)  conceded  the 
imprecision  of  the  estimate  but  felt  the  result  was  of  the  correct  magni- 
tude, between  1000  and  10,000  living  Bahama  Swallows.  This  estimate 
is  quite  different  from  one  derived  from  Emlen’s  data,  but  it  is  debatable 
whether  the  difference  in  the  two  results  reflects  an  actual  decrease  in  the 
Bahama  Swallow  population,  at  least  of  the  magnitude  indicated.  A direct 
comparison  between  the  two  results  can  be  misleading,  since  the  methods 
used  were  different. 

Grand  Bahama  surveys. — In  the  surveys  I performed,  the  results  from 
each  of  the  three  individual  routes  were  somewhat  irregular  (Fig.  3;  East- 
ern Lucaya  range:  0.10—0.56  pairs-km”';  Lucayan  Estates  range.  0.11  — 
0.30  pairs-km-';  East  End  range:  0.12-0.27  pairs-km"').  A weighted  av- 
erage of  the  sightings  from  the  three  routes  showed  a pattern  of  increasing 
frequency  of  sightings,  from  0.17  pairs-km-'  to  0.25  pairs-km"',  during 
the  period  between  the  average  dates  of  hatching  and  fledging  (Fig.  4). 
This  is  consistent  with  adult  swallows  spending  more  time  foraging  in 
response  to  an  increased  demand  for  food  as  their  chicks  develop.  Esti- 
mating breeding  density  from  these  results  would  be  misleading  because 
of  the  assumptions  required  to  do  so  (e.g.,  that  only  birds  breeding  within 
a certain  distance  of  the  road  were  sighted)  and  because  of  bias  introduced 
by  what  seemed  to  be  an  affinity  to  the  road  by  the  birds.  Instead,  the 
survey  results  should  be  considered  indices  to  the  population  size. 

Andros  survey. — The  1995  Andros  survey  served  to  make  a direct  com- 
parison between  contemporary  survey  results  and  those  of  Smith  and 
Smith  (1989)  without  complications  in  interpretation  arising  from  differ- 
ent protocols  or  routes.  In  1988,  Smith  and  Smith  ( 1989)  observed  0.28 
pairs-km-'.  In  1995,  we  saw  eight  single  swallows  and  eight  two-somes 
while  covering  just  70%  of  the  1988  route,  giving  a sighting  rate  of  0.21 
pairs-km  '.  Though  the  1995  result  represents  a 25%  decrease  from  the 
1988  survey,  the  limited  nature  of  the  Andros  surveys  precludes  the  con- 
clusion that  the  decrease  reflects  a population  decline.  However,  since  the 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


493 


Date 


Eig.  3.  Bahama  Swallow  pairs-km  ' from  each  of  three  survey  routes  sampled  on  three 
roughly  consecutive  days.  Date  is  the  day  that  the  second  route  was  sampled.  The  large 
variance  of  sightings  on  the  Eastern  Lucaya  route  is  probably  due  to  its  shorter  length. 


result  of  the  1995  Andros  survey  roughly  corresponds  to  the  results  of 
surveys  on  Grand  Bahama  near  the  same  time  (0.20  pairs-km“'  for  21 
May  and  0.25  pairs-km-'  for  2 June),  it  seems  likely  that  the  1995  Andros 
results  may  be  a reasonable  index  of  the  Andros  population. 

Conclusion. — Like  many  other  species,  the  greatest  threat  the  Bahama 
Swallow  faces  probably  is  habitat  destruction.  The  most  likely  cause  of 
major  habitat  alteration  loss  in  the  Bahamas  will  be  logging,  especially 
since  much  of  the  secondary  forest  is  now  becoming  mature  after  the  last 
spate  of  harvesting.  However,  another  source  of  major  habitat  loss  will 
be  from  housing  development,  particularly  when  the  residential  retirement 
and  resort  communities  planned  for  Grand  Bahama  are  more  fully  imple- 
mented. According  to  promotional  brochures,  these  subdivisions  are  to 
house  over  500,000  people  and  cover  about  170  km^  (R  Allen,  unpubl. 
data),  most  of  which  is  currently  forested.  This  area  was  not  included  in 


Pairs  per  km 


494 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Lig.  4.  Survey  results  combining  the  three  routes  of  each  survey  using  actual  number 
of  birds  sighted  (dashed  line)  or  estimated  number  of  pairs  sighted  (solid  line).  Date  is  the 
day  that  the  second  route  was  sampled. 


the  pine  forest  inventory  by  Allan  (1986),  but  its  development  will  ef- 
fectively eliminate  about  8%  of  the  breeding  habitat  currently  available 
to  Bahama  Swallows.  Hurricanes  pose  another  threat  to  Bahama  Swallow 
habitat  since  they  can  demolish  large  portions  of  the  forest  on  individual 
islands  and  have  done  so  before  in  the  Bahamas.  However,  if  habitat  loss 
from  all  sources  can  be  minimized,  and  possibly  mitigated  through  con- 
servation measures  such  as  nest  box  and  snag  management  programs,  the 
Bahama  Swallow  does  not  seem  likely  to  become  endangered.  But,  given 
the  limited  area  of  pine  forest  and  the  vulnerability  of  that  habitat  to 
human  alteration,  it  seems  unlikely  that  the  conservation  status  of  the 
species  could  ever  be  upgraded  from  its  current  near-threatened  status. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Lori  Bu.shway,  John  Confer,  Rick  and  Kathy  Oliver,  Bill  Smith,  and  David  Winkler  pro- 
vided support  and  advice  that  made  this  project  possible.  Nancy  Jones  furnished  housing 


Allen  • BAHAMA  SWALLOW  BREEDING  BIOLOGY 


495 


and  some  transportation  for  the  field  work.  Lori  Bushway  gave  valuable  field  assistance  and 
encouragement.  Chuck  Cavender  provided  logistical  and  field  assistance  on  Andros.  Phil- 
more  Russell  and  Edward  Robinson  also  aided  me  in  the  field.  I am  grateful  to  the  many 
landowners  who  gave  me  access  to  their  property,  especially  to  the  Ministry  of  Public  Works 
and  Local  Government  for  access  to  the  Missile  Base.  I thank  David  Winkler  for  use  of  his 
Tree  Swallow  data.  Tom  Martin,  Bill  Smith,  Bridget  Stutchbury,  David  Winkler,  and  an 
anonymous  reviewer  provided  comments  which  improved  this  manuscript.  This  study  was 
funded  by  the  Lincoln  Park  Zoo  Scott  Neotropic  Fund,  a Kathleen  S.  Anderson  Award  from 
Manomet  Observatory,  the  North  American  Bluebird  Society,  the  Purple  Martin  Conser- 
vation  Association,  and  the  Association  of  Field  Ornithologists. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Allan,  T.  G.  1986.  Management  plan  for  the  pine  forests  of  the  Bahamas.  UTF/BHA/003/ 
BHA  Consultancy  Report  No.  2.  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United 
Nations. 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds.  6th  ed. 
A.O.U.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Buckland,  S.  T,  D.  R.  Anderson,  K.  P.  Burnham,  and  J.  L.  Laake.  1993.  Distance 
sampling;  estimating  abundance  of  biological  populations.  Chapman  and  Hall,  London, 
England. 

Collar,  N.  J.,  L.  P.  Gonzaga,  N.  Krabbe,  A.  Madrono  Nieto,  L.  G.  Naranjo,  T.  A.  Parker 
III,  AND  D.  C.  Wege.  1992.  Threatened  birds  of  the  Americas.  The  ICBP/IUCN  red 
data  book.  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Emlen,  j.  T.  1971.  Population  densities  of  birds  derived  from  transect  counts.  Auk  88:323-342. 

. 1977.  Land  bird  communities  of  Grand  Bahama  Island;  the  structure  and  dynamics 
of  an  avifauna.  Ornithological  Monograph  No.  24.  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 
Henry,  P W.  T.  1974.  The  pine  forests  of  the  Bahamas.  British  Foreign  and  Commonwealth 
Office  Land  Resource  Study  No.  16. 

McCarty,  J.  P.  1995.  Effects  of  short-term  changes  in  environmental  conditions  on  the 
foraging  ecology  and  reproductive  success  of  Tree  Swallows,  Tachycineta  hicolor. 
Ph.D.  diss.  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Robertson,  R.  J.,  B.  J.  Stutchbury,  and  R.  R.  Cohen.  1992.  Tree  Swallow.  {Tachycineta 
bicolor)  In  The  birds  of  North  America,  No.  1 1 (A.  Poole,  P.  Stettenheim,  and  F.  Gill, 
eds.).  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania, 
and  The  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Rohwer,  S.  1988.  Guyed  extension  ladder  for  access  to  high  nests.  J Field  Ornithol  59- 
262-265. 

Smith,  P.  W.  and  S.  A.  Smith.  1989.  The  Bahama  Swallow  Tachycineta  cyaneoviridis;  a 
summary.  Bulletin  of  the  British  Ornithologists’  Club  109:170-180. 

Swenson,  J.  1986.  Bahamas  forest  inventory.  UTF/BHA/003/BHA  consultancy  report  No. 

7.  Food  and  Agriculture  Organization  of  the  United  Nations. 

Todd,  W.  E.  and  W.  W.  Worthington.  1911.  A contribution  to  the  ornithology  of  the 
Bahama  Islands.  Ann.  Carnegie  Mus.  7:388-464. 

Turner,  A.  and  C.  Rose.  1989.  A handbook  to  the  swallows  and  martins  of  the  world. 
Christopher  Helm,  London,  England. 

Winkler,  D.  W.  1993.  Use  and  importance  of  feathers  as  nest  lining  in  Tree  Swallows 
(Tachycineta  bicolor).  Auk  1 10:29-36. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  496-506 


NEOTROPICAL  MIGRATORY  BREEDING  BIRD 
COMMUNITIES  IN  RIPARIAN  EORESTS  OP 
DIFFERENT  WIDTHS  ALONG  THE 
ALTAMAHA  RIVER,  GEORGIA 

Malcolm  F.  Hodges,  Jr.'  and  David  G.  Krementz^ 

Abstract. We  surveyed  riparian  forest  corridors  of  different  widths  along  the  lower 

Altamaha  River  in  Georgia  in  1993  and  1994  to  investigate  the  relationship  between  forest 
corridor  width  and  Neotropical  breeding  bird  community  diversity  and  abundance.  Species 
richness  and  abundance  of  three  of  six  focal  species  increased  with  increasing  forest  corridor 
width  We  suggest  if  Neotropical  breeding  bird  communities  are  a target  group,  that  land 
managers  should  consider  leaving  a 100  m buffer  strip  along  riparian  zones.  Received  28 
Aug.  1995,  accepted  13  Feb.  1996. 


Studies  of  the  effects  of  forest  fragmentation  (Whitcomb  et  al.  1981, 
Lynch  and  Whigham  1984,  Robbins  et  al.  1989)  on  communities  of  breed- 
ing birds  in  discrete  forest  blocks  of  different  sizes  have  suggested  that 
many  Neotropical  migratory  bird  species  are  sensitive  to  a reduction  m 
forest  area.  More  difficult  to  assess  is  the  effect  of  reduction  in  width  of 
riverine  forest  corridors  on  bird  populations;  although  forest  area  may  be 
reduced  by  encroachment  from  the  corridor  edge,  these  forests  often  re- 
main contiguous  with  wider  sections  of  the  corridor.  Stauffer  and  Best 
(1980)  found  that  bird  species  richness  increased  from  about  10-30  spe- 
cies with  increasing  width  in  wooded  riparian  habitats  ranging  from  10— 
200  m wide  in  Iowa.  They  noted,  however,  that  seven  of  17  species 
previously  thought  to  be  area  sensitive  bred  in  buffers  <20  m wide.  In  a 
study  of  breeding  birds  in  wooded  riparian  zones  in  Maryland  and  Del- 
aware, Keller  et  al.  (1993)  found  that  Neotropical  migrants  were  more 
area  sensitive  than  were  either  short  distance  migrants  or  residents.  Neo- 
tropical migrants  increased  in  richness  as  corridor  width  increased,  par- 
ticularly in  corridors  <200  m,  while  richness  of  the  other  bird  groups 
remained  relatively  stable.  Darveau  et  al.  (1995)  examined  bird  densities 
in  riparian  boreal  forest  corridors  of  different  widths  (20-300  m)  which 
were  bordered  by  recent  (<2  yrs  old)  clearcuts.  They  found  that  forest- 
breeding birds  were  sensitive  to  corridor  width  and  concluded  that  60-m 
wide  corridors  were  required  to  maintain  forest  breeding  birds.  In  all  of 
these  studies,  the  riparian  zones  were  usually  bordered  by  agricultural  or 
clearcut  fields.  Studies  in  which  the  riparian  zone  is  bordered  by  pine 


' The  Nature  Conservancy  of  Georgia,  1401  Peachtree  St.  NW.  Suite  236.  Atlanta,  Georgia  30309. 

2 National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Wildlife  Research  Center,  Warnell  School  of  Forest  Resources, 
Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia  30602-2152. 


496 


Hodges  and  Krementz  * BIRDS  IN  RIPARIAN  FOREST  STRIPS 


497 


silviculture  are  apparently  lacking.  The  adjacent  habitat  could  conceivably 
ameliorate  the  species-area  effect  because  the  pine  plantation  might  sup- 
port some  birds  that  would  otherwise  be  absent  in  an  agricultural  or  clear- 
cut  landscape. 

In  the  southeastern  United  States,  forested  wetlands  are  being  lost  or 
converted  to  pine  silviculture  at  an  alarming  rate  (Winger  1986,  Hefner 
et  al.  1994).  However,  at  present,  land  managers  have  no  information 
about  how  wide  a buffer  strip  adjacent  to  streams  is  necessary  to  maintain 
functional  breeding  bird  communities.  Understanding  bird-habitat  rela- 
tionships is  important  both  locally  and  over  broad  areas  because  forest 
health  may  depend  on  the  presence  of  breeding  birds.  Forest-dwelling 
birds  have  been  shown  to  control  the  numbers  of  insects  feeding  on  tree 
foliage  (Marquis  and  Whelan  1994).  Further,  recreation  dollars  associated 
with  more  natural  forests  are  becoming  a consideration  in  forest  manage- 
ment (Wiedner  and  Kerlinger  1990,  Kerlinger  1993). 

We  investigated  the  relationship  between  width  of  bottomland  hard- 
wood forest  corridors  along  the  Altamaha  River  in  Georgia  and  breeding 
populations  of  Neotropical  migratory  birds.  Our  objectives  were  to  ex- 
amine the  relationship  between  forest  corridor  width  and  bird  species 
richness,  density,  and  the  probability  of  encountering  a particular  bird 
species. 


STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

We  studied  birds  on  the  Altamaha  River  floodplain  swamp,  which  begins  at  the  confluence 
of  the  Ocmulgee  and  Oconee  rivers  at  river  km  212  in  Montgomery  and  Jeff  Davis  counties, 
Georgia.  These  forests  extend  downstream  to  the  Buffalo  and  Clayhole  swamps  at  approx- 
imately river  km  24  in  Glynn  and  McIntosh  counties.  The  three  dominant  community  types 
sampled  were;  willow  oak  (Quercus  phellos),  overcup  oak  (Q.  /vra/fl)-water  hickory  {Carya 
aquatica),  and  bald  cypress  {Taxodium  distichum)-'water  tupelo  (Nyssa  aquatica)  (Allard 
1990).  The  first  was  a wet-mesic  river  floodplain  forest  dominated  either  by  willow  oak  or 
laurel  oak  (Q.  laurifolia),  with  several  other  hardwoods  and  bald  cypress  occurring  in  the 
canopy.  The  second  was  a wet  river  floodplain  forest  dominated  in  the  canopy  by  overcup 
oak  and  water  hickory.  The  third,  a forested  riverine  swamp,  was  dominated  by  bald  cypress 
and  either  water  tupelo  or  Ogeechee  lime  (N.  ogeche)  in  the  canopy  and  was  flooded  for 
most  of  the  year.  Some  small  stream  corridors  were  sampled  which  were  swamp  forests 
with  the  same  floristic  components  as  riverine  bottomlands  but  with  narrower  zonation  and 
less  frequent  flooding. 

Variable  length  transects  were  placed  perpendicular  to  the  river,  based  on  corridor  width, 
shape,  lack  of  disturbance,  and  presence  of  adjacent  pine  plantations.  Riverine  forest  cor- 
ridors were  rejected  if  they  had  been  extensively  thinned  or  were  in  an  early  succe.ssional 
stage  (trees  <8  cm  dbh),  excessively  convoluted  at  the  pine  plantation  edge,  within  100  m 
of  other  large  forest  tracts,  or  in  close  proximity  to  a major  highway.  Transects  were  located 
^500  m apart.  Three  corridor-width  classes  were  used:  narrow  (<350  m),  medium  (400- 
700  m),  and  wide  (>1000  m).  Generally  the  Altamaha  River  meandered  within  a fairly 
defined  (about  1500  m wide)  bottomland  which  was  bordered  by  pine  plantations.  Thus, 


498 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Neotropical  Migratory  Breeding  Birds  Known  to  Breed  in  South  Atlantic  Coastal 
Plain  Forests  (Adapted  from  Gauthreaux  1992)“ 


Common  Name  (Scientific  Name) 

American  Swallow-tailed  Kite*  {Elanoides  forficatus) 

Mississippi  Kite  {Ictinia  mississippiensis) 

Broad-winged  Hawk  (Buteo  platyptenis) 

Yellow-billed  Cuckoo  (Coccyzus  americaniis) 

Ruby-throated  Hummingbird  {Archilochus  colubris) 

Eastern  Wood-Pewee*  {Contopus  virens) 

Acadian  Flycatcher  (Empidonax  virescens) 

Great  Crested  Flycatcher  (Myiarchus  crinitiis) 

Blue-gray  Gnatcatcher  {Polioptila  caerulea) 

Wood  Thrush  (Hylocichla  miistelina) 

White-eyed  Vireo  (Vireo  griseus) 

Yellow-throated  Vireo  {V.  flavifrons) 

Red-eyed  Vireo  (V.  olivaceus) 

Northern  Parula  {Panda  americana) 

Yellow-throated  Warbler  {Dendroica  dominica) 

Prothonotary  Warbler  {Protonotaria  citrea) 

Swainson’s  Warbler  {Limnothlypis  swainsonii) 

Louisiana  Waterthmsh  {Seiurus  motacilla) 

Kentucky  Warbler  {Oporornis  formosus) 

Hooded  Warbler  {Wilsonia  citrina) 

Summer  Tanager  {Piranga  rubra) 

“Those  species  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*)  were  not  recorded  in  sampling  for  the  present  study,  although  they  were  noted 

during  other  field  work  in  the  Altamaha  River  basin  in  1993  or  1994. 


when  a wide  corridor  transect  was  chosen,  the  corridor  width  on  the  other  side  of  the  river 
tended  to  be  narrow  and  vice  versa.  The  Altamaha  River,  which  usually  exceeded  100  m 
in  width,  seemed  to  act  as  an  effective  barrier  against  cross  stream  movement  of  five  of  our 
focal  species  (MFH,  unpubl.  data).  The  only  exception  was  the  Prothonotary  Warbler  (sci- 
entific names  in  Table  1)  which  was  observed  frequently  flying  across  the  river.  We  selected 
10  transect  sites  in  1993:  four  narrow  (36-135  m),  three  medium  (480-660  m),  and  three 
wide  (1320-2088  m).  From  one  to  seven  points  were  located  along  these  transects  for  a 
total  of  31  points.  Points  were  located  50  m from  the  pine  plantation  edge  and  at  200  m 
intervals  thereafter.  Most  transects  were  located  in  forested  riverine  swamps  and  wet  and 
wet-mesic  river  floodplain  forests.  Exceptions  included  three  narrow  transects  m which 
relatively  steep  (>30%  slope)  mesic  bluff  forests  were  part  of  the  forest  comdor. 

In  1994,  we  sampled  six  of  the  10  transects  used  in  1993,  and  16  additional  transects 
were  added  Two  medium  and  two  wide  transects  sampled  in  1993  were  deleted  because  of 
marginal  habitat  characteristics.  New  tran.sects  added  in  1994  included  14  narrow  transects 
located  in  small  stream  corridors  closely  associated  with  the  Altamaha  River,  one  medium 
transect,  and  one  wide  transect.  Totals  for  1994  were  18  narrow  (36-330  m),  two  medium 
(440—510  m),  and  two  wide  (1320—1512  m)  transects,  with  38  points  surveyed. 

We  used  the  variable  circular  plot  technique  (Reynolds  et  al.  1980)  to  sample  birds  at 
points  along  each  transect.  In  1993,  each  point  was  sampled  three  times  during  16-31  May, 


Hodges  and  Krementz  • BIRDS  IN  RIPARIAN  FOREST  STRIPS 


499 


I 15  June  and  16-30  June.  Sampling  was  confined  to  the  first  two  periods  in  1994  MFH 
was  the  only  observer  for  all  sampling.  Order  of  sampling  was  stratified  so  that  each  point 

was  sampled  at  least  once  within  1.5  h after  sunrise.  All  sampling  occurred  within  4 h after 
sunrise. 

All  birds  heard  or  seen  during  a 10-min  sampling  period  were  recorded,  although  only 
Neotropical  migrants  were  used  in  these  analyses  (Table  1 ).  We  summed  the  number  of 
species  recorded  at  all  points  by  corridor  width  to  estimate  species  richness. 

We  recorded  bird  numbers  at  three  distances:  <25  m,  25-50  m,  and  >50  m.  Each  species 
had  a maximum  detectable  range  determined  by  calculating  the  ratio  of  birds  per  unit  area 
within  50  m of  the  counting  point  to  birds  per  unit  area  beyond  50  m and  solving  for  the 
unknown  area.  The  cut-off  points  for  the  species  used  in  density  estimates  were  Acadian 
Flycatcher— 70  m.  Blue-gray  Gnatcatcher— 50  m.  White-eyed  Vireo— 80  m.  Red-eyed  Vir- 
eo — 80  m.  Northern  Parula — 80  m,  and  Prothonotary  Warbler 100  m. 

The  structure  of  the  plant  community  was  sampled  along  each  transect  at  five  points  at 
10  m intervals  on  either  side  of  each  sampling  point  (10  points  total  for  each  sampling 
point).  Percent  canopy  cover  (>3  m height)  and  shrub  cover  (1-3  m height)  were  estimated 
using  an  ocular  tube.  The  plant  community  type  at  each  sampling  point  was  deduced  from 
plant  species  lists  compiled  at  each  sampling  point  (Allard  1990).  We  estimated  the  timber 
basal  area  at  the  sampling  point  with  a cruising  angle.  Landsat  TM  and  SPOT  satellite 
imagery  were  used  to  measure  the  width  of  the  forest  corridor  from  river  to  pine  plantation 
edge  for  each  transect. 

We  estimated  density  per  ha  by  corridor  width  and  year  for  each  species  with  sufficient 
data.  Data  consisted  of  the  single  count  (3  in  1993,  2 in  1994)  which  had  the  highest  number 
of  birds  detected.  Densities  of  Neotropical  migrants  were  estimated  using  the  program  DIS- 
TANCE (Laake  et  al.  1993).  Three  models  (uniform,  half-normal,  hazard-rate)  were  eval- 
uated using  likelihood  ratio  tests  to  determine  which  model  best  fit  the  data  Once  the  final 
model  was  selected,  we  tested  for  annual  differences  in  densities  of  each  species  within 
each  corridor  width  by  determining  if  the  95%  confidence  limits  overlapped.  We  also  tested 
for  annual  effects  by  fitting  a nested  logistic  regression  (PROC  LOGISTIC,  SAS  1990) 
model  with  corridor  width  and  year  effects  versus  corridor  width  only.  The  response  variable 

was  presence/absence  of  each  species.  Model  selection  was  based  on  Akaike’s  information 
criterion  (Akaike  1973). 

Sensitivity  to  corridor  width  was  examined  using  logistic  regression  (PROC  LOGISTIC, 
SAS  1990).  To  produce  a data  set  comparable  to  that  of  Keller  et  al.  (1993)  who  sampled 
at  the  center  of  each  riparian  corridor,  we  subsampled  those  data  taken  from  the  approximate 
middle  of  each  transect.  At  these  points,  a presence/absence  data  set  was  produced  for  each 
species.  This  response  variable  was  then  modelled,  using  corridor  width  as  a predictor.  Based 
on  the  parameter  estimates,  we  calculated  the  estimated  probability  of  a species  occurring 
m a corridor  of  given  width  (PROC  LOGISTIC,  SAS  1990:1076). 

Next,  we  examined  whether  species  density  was  more  closely  related  to  the  vegetative 
characteristics  within  the  corridors  or  to  corridor  width  alone.  Because  correlations  were 
noted  among  vegetation  measurements  (unpubl.  data),  we  reduced  the  three  vegetation  vari- 
ables (percent  canopy  cover,  percent  shrub  cover,  timber  basal  area)  into  two  variables  (PCI, 
PC2)  using  principal  components  analysis  (PROC  PRINCOMP,  SAS  1990).  We  then  mod- 
elled the  response  variable,  density  of  each  species  at  a point,  with  the  predictor  variables 
corridor  width,  distance  from  the  pine  edge,  PCI,  and  PC2  (PROC  GLM,  SAS  1990).  To 
insure  that  birds  were  not  responding  to  inherent  differences  in  the  vegetation  among  cor- 
ridor widths,  we  examined  the  relationships  among  coiridor  width  class  and  the  predictor 
variables  PCI  and  PC2  by  year  and  across  years. 

Finally,  we  examined  the  relationship  between  species  richness  and  corridor  width  using 


500 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


a generalized  linear  model  (PROC  GLM,  SAS  1990)  with  year,  eorridor  width,  and 

year*corTidor  width  as  predictors. 

RESULTS 

We  detected  48  bird  species  on  the  surveys,  of  which  19  were  Neo- 
tropical migratory  breeding  birds  (Table  1)  Species  richness  ranged 
from  four  to  15  across  all  corridor  widths  with  4-14  in  narrow,  11  15 
in  medium,  and  12-15  in  wide  corridors.  The  third  sampling  period  m 
1993  did  not  add  any  unique  species  to  measurement  of  species  richness 
beyond  those  observed  during  the  first  two  sampling  periods.  Species 
richness  varied  by  corridor  width  and  year  (F,, 3,  = 3.48,  P - 0.07)  with 
narrow  corridors  having  lower  mean  species  richness  (7.8  ± 2.48  S ) 
than  either  medium  (12.0  ± 0.71)  or  wide  (12.6  ± 1.52)  corridors  (P  < 
0.05).  More  species  were  recorded  in  1993  than  in  1994  (F,  31  ■ ■. 

P = 0.002).  , ^ ^ ... 

Six  species  occurred  in  sufficient  numbers  to  estimate  their  densities. 

Acadian  Flycatcher,  Blue-gray  Gnatcatcher,  White-eyed  Vireo,  Red-eyed 
Vireo,  Northern  Parula,  and  Prothonotary  Warbler.  The  highest  counts 
always  occurred  during  the  second  survey,  followed  by  the  first  survey, 
and  finally  the  third  survey.  The  third  survey  in  1993  added  little  to  the 
results  There  were  no  differences  in  densities  of  any  species  between 
years  in  either  the  medium  or  wide  corridors  (P  > 0.05).  Comparing  all 
narrow  corridors,  densities  of  Acadian  Flycatcher,  Blue-gray  Gnatcatch- 
er, White-eyed  Vireo,  and  Northern  Parula  in  1994  were  lower  than  m 
1993  {P  < 0 05).  Examining  just  those  narrow  transects  surveyed  in 
both  years  (versus  examining  all  narrow  transects  surveyed  in  both 
years)  no  differences  in  densities  were  found  between  years  (P  > 0.05). 
Apparently,  the  new  transects  sampled  in  1994  were  responsible  for  the 
overall  differences  in  densities  between  years  for  the  narrow  corridors^ 
Thus,  we  believe  that  the  differences  between  densities  for  the  1993  and 
1994’ narrow  transects  reflected  habitat  differences  rather  than  annual 
differences.  Those  narrow  transects  added  in  1994  were  m small  stream 
corridors  closely  associated  with  the  Altamaha  River,  unlike  the  exclu- 
sively riverine  corridors  used  in  1993.  Logistic  regression  indicated  that 
only  the  White-eyed  Vireo  demonstrated  a difference  (P  < 0.05)  m 
presence/absence  between  years,  with  fewer  White-eyed  Vireos  being 
seen  in  1994.  Based  on  the  combination  of  these  two  tests,  we  believe 
that  there  was  no  strong  evidence  for  an  effect  of  year  on  densities  for 
these  six  species.  Thus  we  combined  data  from  both  years  in  subsequent 

analyses.  j 

For  all  six  species,  densities  were  higher  in  medium  comdors  than  11 

either  narrow  or  wide  corridors  (Table  2).  However,  the  differences  m 


Hodges  and  Krementz  • BIRDS  IN  RIPARIAN  FOREST  STRIPS 


501 


Table  2 

Density  Estimates  per  Hectare  and  95%  Confidence  Intervals  of  Six  Focal  Species 
OF  Neotropical  Migratory  Breeding  Birds  by  Corridor  Width  (CW),  Altamaha 

River  Basin,  1993  and  1994^ 

Species 

CW 

Est.  density 

Confidence  interval 

Acadian  Flycatcher 

N 

0.08 

0.05-0.15 

M 

0.10 

0.08-0.12 

W 

0.05 

0.04-0.07 

Blue-gray  Gnatcatcher 

N 

0.07 

0.04-0.15 

M 

0.1 1 

0.08-0.15 

W 

0.08 

0.04-0.17 

White-eyed  Vireo 

N 

0.06 

0.04-0.10 

M 

0.12 

0.06-0.22* 

W 

0.06 

0.04-0.09 

Red-eyed  Vireo 

N 

0.08 

0.04-0.14 

M 

0.16 

0.13-0.21 

W 

0.06 

0.05-0.07 

Northern  Parula 

N 

0.09 

0.05-0.16 

M 

0.22 

0.16-0.31* 

W 

0.07 

0.06-0.08 

Prothonotary  Warbler 

N 

0.03 

0.01-0.05 

M 

0.07 

0.04-0.13 

W 

0.05 

0.04-0.07 

An  asterisk  (*)  denotes  that  the  density  estimate  is  significantly  ^P  < 0.05)  different  than  either  of  the  other  density 
imates  ror  fhar  -snerif^c  ' 


"N  = narrow  corridors;  M = medium  corridors;  W = wide  corridors. 


density  were  significant  {P  < 0.05)  only  for  White-eyed  Vireos  and 
Northern  Parulas. 

Northern  Parulas,  White-eyed  Vireos  and  Red-eyed  Vireos  exhibited 
significant  relationships  between  corridor  width  and  probability  of  occur- 
rence {P  < 0.05,  Fig.  1).  The  response  to  increasing  corridor  width  was 
most  pronounced  between  50  and  100  m.  There  was  a greater  than  80% 
chance  of  five  of  the  six  species,  excluding  Prothonotary  Warbler,  being 
detected  in  a 100  m wide  corridor  strip.  Although  not  significantly  so, 
both  the  Blue-gray  Gnatcatcher  and  the  Prothonotary  Warbler  were  more 
likely  to  be  found  in  wider  corridors,  whereas  the  Acadian  Flycatcher  was 
less  likely  to  be  found  in  wider  corridors  (Fig.  1). 

PCI  and  PC2  had  eigenvalues  >1  which  is  the  usual  cut-off  point  for 
inclusion  in  analyses  such  as  ours  (Nichols  1977).  PCI  accounted  for 
36%  of  the  variation  in  the  three  vegetation  variables,  while  PC2  ac- 
counted for  32%  for  a cumulative  accounting  of  68%  of  the  variation 
in  vegetation  variables.  PCI  was  positively  associated  with  timber  basal 
area  and  canopy  cover  and  negatively  associated  with  shrub  cover.  We 


502 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Forest  Corridor  Width  (m) 


Fig  1 Probability  of  detecting  six  focal  species  of  migratory  breeding  birds  along  the 
Altamaha  River  riparian  forest  corridor.  Solid  circle— Acadian  Flycatcher,  square— Blue- 
gray  Gnatcatcher,  triangle  (point  up)— Northern  Parula,  triangle  (point  down)— Prothonotary 
Warbler  diamond—  Red-eyed  Vireo,  hexagon— White-eyed  Vireo.  Points  represent  esti- 
mated probabilities  of  detection  at  50,  100,  200,  500,  and  1000  m corridor  widths. 

interpret  this  score,  when  high,  as  reflecting  forest  stands  with  a rela- 
tively closed  canopy  and  little  undergrowth.  PC2  was  positively  asso- 
ciated with  canopy  cover  and  shrub  cover  reflecting  forests  with  closed 
canopies  and  more  undergrowth.  Species-specific  modelling  revealed 
that  Prothonotary  Warbler  and  Red-eyed  Vireo  densities  were  positively 
related  to  PCI  {P  < 0.05),  while  White-eyed  Vireo  density  was  nega- 
tively related  to  PCI  {P  < 0.05).  In  addition,  the  density  of  Red-eyed 
Vireos  was  related  positively  to  the  distance  from  the  pine-plantation 
edge  {P  < 0.05),  while  White-eyed  Vireo  abundance  was  positively 

related  to  corridor  width  {P  < 0.05). 

We  found  that  vegetation  structure  differed  by  corridor  width  in  1993 
(P^  = 4.02,  P = 0.04)  but  not  in  1994  (F2,37  = 2.64,  P = 0.09).  In  1993, 

the  difference  in  vegetation  structure  was  due  to  PC2,  the  amount  of  shrub 
cover.  Combining  years,  there  was  no  difference  in  vegetation  structure 

(F2,54  = 1-97,  P = 0.15). 


Hodges  and  Krementz  • BIRDS  IN  RIPARIAN  FOREST  STRIPS 


503 


DISCUSSION 

The  Neotropical  migratory  breeding  bird  community  that  we  sampled 
along  the  Altamaha  River  was  typical  of  what  would  be  expected  in  the 
southeastern  United  States  (Table  1;  Hamel  1992).  Only  two  species  of 
Neotropical  migrants  were  absent  from  our  surveys,  American  Swallow- 
tailed Kite  and  the  Eastern  Wood-Pewee.  The  former  probably  has  one 
of  the  lowest  densities  among  breeding  birds  of  Altamaha  River  bottom- 
land forests,  while  the  latter  is  not  found  in  bottomland  habitats  in  our 
area,  preferring  mature  pine  woodlands  (MFH,  pers.  obs.,  Hamel  1992). 
Although  the  bird  community  that  we  monitored  was  typical,  we  point 
out  that  the  Altamaha  River  and  its  associated  riparian  zone  are  not  typical 
of  the  southeastern  United  States.  The  Altamaha  River  has  the  largest 
watershed  in  the  Southeast  (Anonymous  1986)  and  is  famous  for  its  ex- 
tensive associated  tracts  of  unbroken  bottomland  hardwoods  (Wharton  et 
al.  1982).  Clearly  these  forested  tracts  are  unusual  today,  and  so  our 
findings  may  not  be  entirely  applicable  to  other  riverine  systems  in  the 
Southeast. 

Species  richness  values  by  corridor  width  increased  with  area  as  Keller 
et  al.  (1993)  found.  The  year  effect  we  observed  was,  in  part,  a result  of 
incorporating  small  stream  corridors  in  1994  which  had,  across  the  board, 
lower  species  richness  values.  Despite  these  differences  in  habitat  types, 
all  corridor  widths  had  lower  species  richness  in  1994;  we  are  unsure 
why. 

Of  the  six  species  for  which  we  could  estimate  the  probability  of  de- 
tection, five  exhibited  a trend  towards  increasing  detection  with  increasing 
forest  corridor  width,  three  significantly  so.  Four  of  these  species,  Acadian 
Flycatcher,  Prothonotary  Warbler,  White-eyed  Vireo,  and  Red-eyed  Vireo 
showed  the  strongest  relationship  between  probability  of  detection  and 
increasing  forest  corridor  width  (Keller  et  al.  1993).  Keller  et  al.’s  (1993) 
evidence  for  the  Acadian  Flycatcher  was  opposite  from  ours  though,  as 
we  found  Acadian  Flycatchers  tended  to  decrease  in  abundance  with  in- 
creasing corridor  width  (although  not  significantly).  Robbins  et  al.  (1989) 
and  Dawson  et  al.  (1993)  both  found  the  Acadian  Flycatcher  to  be  area 
sensitive  (positively)  in  non-riparian  forested  situations  in  Maryland.  The 
Prothonotary  Warbler  was  area  sensitive  (positively)  for  Keller  et  al. 
(1993)  but  not  for  Robbins  et  al.  (1989)  or  us. 

The  relationship  observed  between  densities  of  the  six  species  and  cor- 
ridor width  was  unexpected.  We  had  anticipated  that  the  highest  densities 
would  have  occurred  in  the  widest  conidors,  assuming  that  the  widest 
corridors  would  have  contained  not  only  more  total  habitat  but  also  habitat 
of  higher  quality.  Our  finding  that  vegetation  structure  was  not  consis- 


504 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


tently  related  to  corridor  width  indicated  that  wider  corridors  were  not 
structurally  different  than  narrower  corridors.  Despite  the  lack  of  differ- 
ences in  habitat  structure  that  we  measured,  the  differences  in  densities 
suggest  either  that  differences  in  habitat  quality  existed,  which  we  did  not 
measure,  or  behavioral  factors  excluded  some  birds  from  the  widest  cor- 
ridors. As  Van  Horne  (1983)  and  Pulliam  (1988)  have  asserted,  high  an- 
imal densities  may  result  from  excessive  numbers  of  immigrants  who 
have  been  forced  away  from  the  preferred  habitat  by  higher  ranking  (more 
dominant)  individuals.  If  true,  then  the  lower  densities  in  the  widest  cor- 
ridors might  reflect  a predominance  of  more  successful,  more  dominant 
individuals  who  benefit  by  controlling  densities. 

In  the  generalized  linear  model  examining  sensitivity  to  corridor  width, 
vegetation  parameters,  and  distance  to  pine  edge.  White-eyed  Vireo  was 
the  only  species  whose  numbers  clearly  showed  a positive  association 
with  corridor  width.  During  the  breeding  season,  this  species  is  not  re- 
stricted to  forest  interiors;  it  frequently  uses  young  second  growth  and 
other  shrubby  habitats.  White-eyed  Vireo’s  negative  associations  with 
canopy  density  and  basal  area  and  positive  association  with  shrub  density 
are  easier  to  predict  (Hamel  1992).  Other  studies  (Robbins  et  al.  1989) 
have  noted  sensitivity  to  forest  area  for  species  common  in  our  area,  such 
as  Acadian  Flycatcher  and  Northern  Parula.  The  much  larger  data  set  of 
Robbins  et  al.  (1989)  may  have  contributed  to  their  better  rate  of  detection 
of  significant  positive  associations  with  forest  area.  Red-eyed  Vireo  num- 
bers showed  a positive  association  with  distance  from  the  pine-plantation 
edge,  indicating  a preference  for  forest  interiors,  and  a preference  for 
closed  canopies,  the  latter  having  been  noted  previously  (Robbins  et  al. 

1989). 

The  rapid  increase  in  probability  of  occurrence  and  species  richness 
with  increasing  corridor  width  and  the  apparent  asymptotic  shape  of  the 
species  abundance-area  curves  suggests  that  forest  corridors  of  about  100 
m should  be  sufficient  to  maintain  functional  assemblages  of  the  six  most 
common  species  of  breeding  neotropical  migratory  birds.  This  guideline 
exceeds  the  60  m recommended  by  Darveau  et  al.  (1995),  but  comparing 
boreal  forests  and  southeastern  bottomland  hardwoods  may  not  be  appro- 
priate. Our  guideline  does  concur  with  the  findings  of  Keller  et  al.  (1993) 
who  also  recommended  a 100  m wide  corridor  be  maintained.  Our  rec- 
ommendation does  not  take  into  account  the  needs  of  the  least  common 
species  of  Neotropical  migratory  birds  encountered,  which  we  were  not 

able  to  ascertain  from  these  data.  • . • j 

The  value  of  corridors  goes  beyond  the  maintenance  of  bleeding  bir 

communities,  as  Naiman  et  al.  (1993:209)  concluded  that  “effective  ri- 
parian management  could  ameliorate  many  ecological  issues  related  to 


Hodges  and  Krementz  • BIRDS  IN  RIPARIAN  FOREST  STRIPS 


505 


land  use  and  environmental  quality.”  More  specifically,  Winger  (1986) 
demonstrated  that  functional  forested  corridors  assimilate  nutrients  and 
organic  matter,  hasten  the  degradation  of  persistent  pesticides  and  de- 
crease the  bioavailability  of  heavy  metals.  Justification  of  streamiside  cor- 
ridors thus  goes  beyond  breeding  bird  communities  alone  (see  also  Brin- 
son et  al.  1981). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  R.  Goodloe,  C.  S.  Robbins,  D.  K.  Dawson,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  for 
their  comments  on  this  manuscript.  Funding  was  provided  by  The  Nature  Conservancy,  the 
U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  and  the  National  Biological  Service. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Akaike,  H.  1973.  Information  theory  and  an  extension  of  the  maximum  likelihood  prin- 
ciple. Pp.  267-281  in  Int.  symposium  on  information  theory.  Second  ed.  (B.  N.  Petran 
and  F.  Csaki,  eds.).  Akademiai  Kiadi,  Budapest,  Hungary. 

Allard,  D.  1990.  Southeastern  United  States  ecological  community  classification.  Version 
1.2.  The  Nature  Conservancy  Southeastern  Regional  Office,  Chapel  Hill,  North  Caro- 
lina. 

Anonymous.  1986.  Water  availability  and  use  report,  Altamaha  River  basin.  Draft.  Georgia 
Environmental  Protection  Division.  Atlanta,  Georgia. 

Brinson,  M.  M.,  B.  L.  Swift,  R.  C.  Plantico,  and  J.  S.  Barclay.  1981.  Riparian  ecosys- 
tems: their  ecology  and  status.  FWS/“OBS-81/17.  U.S.  Fish  Wildl.  Serv.,  Biological 
Serv.  Program,  Washington,  D.C. 

Darveau,  M.,  P.  Beauchesne,  L.  Belanger,  J.  Huot,  and  P.  Larue.  1995.  Riparian  forest 
strips  as  habitat  for  breeding  birds  in  boreal  forest.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  59:67-78. 
Dawson,  D.  K.,  L.  J.  Darr,  and  C.  S.  Robbins.  1993.  Predicting  the  distribution  of  breeding 
forest  birds  in  a fragmented  landscape.  Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Resour  Conf  58  35- 
43. 

Gauthreaux,  S.  1992.  Preliminary  lists  of  migrants  for  Partners  In  Flight  neotropical 
migratory  bird  conservation  program.  Partners  In  Flight  2:30. 

Hamel,  P.  B.  1992.  Land  manager’s  guide  to  the  birds  of  the  South.  The  Nature  Conser- 
vancy, Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina. 

Hefner,  J.  M.,  B.  O.  Wilen,  T.  E.  Dahl,  and  W.  E.  Frayer.  1994.  Southeast  wetlands; 
status  and  trends,  mid-1970’s  to  mid-1980’s.  U.S.  Dept.  Int.,  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv., 
Atlanta,  Georgia. 

Keller,  C.  M.  E.,  C.  S.  Robbins,  and  J.  S.  Hatfield.  1993.  Avian  communities  in  riparian 
forests  of  different  widths  in  Maryland  and  Delaware.  Wetlands  13:137-144. 

Kerlinger,  P.  1993.  Birding  economics  and  birder  demographics  studies  as  conservation 
tools.  Pp.  32-38  in  Status  and  management  of  neotropical  migratory  birds.  (D.  M.  Finch 
and  P.  W.  Stangel,  eds.).  USDA  Forest  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Report  RM-229. 

Laake,  j.  L.,  S.  T.  Buckland,  D.  R.  Anderson,  and  K.  P.  Burnham.  1993.  DISTANCE 
user’s  guide  V2.0.  Colorado  Cooperative  Eish  Wildlife  Research  Unit,  Colorado  State 
Univ.,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado. 

Lynch,  J.  E and  D.  J.  Whigham.  1984.  Effects  of  forest  fragmentation  on  breeding  bird 
communities  in  Maryland,  USA.  Biol.  Conserv.  28:287-324. 

Marquis,  R.  J.  and  C.  J.  Whelan.  1994.  Insectivorous  birds  increase  growth  of  white  oak 
through  consumption  of  leaf-chewing  insects.  Ecology  75:2007-2014. 


506 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Naiman,  R.  J.,  H.  Decamps,  and  M.  Pollock.  1993.  The  role  of  riparian  corridors  in 
maintaining  regional  biodiversity.  Ecol.  Appl.  3:209—212. 

Nichols,  S.  1977.  On  the  interpretation  of  principal  components  analysis  in  ecological 

contexts.  Vegetatio  34:191-197. 

Pulliam,  H.  R.  1988.  Sources,  sinks,  and  population  regulation.  Am.  Nat.  132:652-661. 
Reynolds,  R.  T,  J.  M.  Scott,  and  R.  A.  Nussbaum.  1980.  A variable  circular  plot  method 

for  estimating  bird  numbers.  Condor  82:309-313. 

Robbins,  C.  S.,  D.  K.  Dawson,  and  B.  A.  Dowell.  1989.  Habitat  area  requirements  of 
breeding  fwest  birds  of  the  Middle  Atlantic  States.  Wildl.  Monogr.  103:1-34. 

SAS  Institute,  Inc.  1990.  SAS  user’s  guide:  Version  6.02.  SAS  Inst.,  Inc.,  Cary,  North 
Carolina. 

Stauffer,  D.  E and  L.  B.  Best.  1980.  Habitat  selection  by  birds  of  riparian  communities: 

evaluating  effects  of  habitat  alterations.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  44:1-15. 

Van  Horne,  B.  1983.  Density  as  a misleading  indicator  of  habitat  quality.  J.  Wildl.  Manage. 

47:893-901. 

Wharton,  C.  H.,  W.  M.  Kitchens,  and  T.  W.  Sipe.  1982.  The  ecology  of  bottomland 
hardwood  swamps  of  the  Southeast:  a community  profile.  U.S.  Fish  Wildl.  Serv., 
FWS/OBS-81/37. 

Whitcomb,  R.  E,  C.  S.  Robbins,  J.  E Lynch,  B.  L.  Whitcomb,  M.  K.  Klimkiewicz  and  D. 
Bystr'ak.  1981.  Effects  of  forest  fragmentation  on  avifauna  of  the  eastern  deciduous 
forest.  Pp.  125-206  in  Forest  island  dynamics  in  man-dominated  landscapes.  (R.  L. 
Burgess  and  D.  M.  Sharpe,  eds.).  Springer- Verlag,  New  York,  New  York. 

WiEDNER,  D.  AND  P.  Kerlinger.  1990.  Economics  of  birding:  a national  survey  of  active 
birders.  Am.  Birds  44:209—213. 

Winger  P.  V.  1986.  Forested  wetlands  of  the  Southeast:  review  of  major  characteristics 
and  role  in  maintaining  water  quality.  U.S.  Fish  Wildl.  Serv.,  Resour.  Publ.  163. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  507-515 


DAWN  AND  DUSK  SINGING  OF  MALE 
AMERICAN  ROBINS  IN  RELATION 
TO  FEMALE  BEHAVIOR 

Tore  Slagsvold 

Abstract.  It  has  been  assumed  that  females  are  particularly  fertile  during  the  first  hour 
after  laying  when  the  next  egg  to  be  laid  is  fertilized.  In  many  passerine  birds,  egg  laying 
occurs  early  in  the  morning.  Hence,  it  may  be  particularly  important  for  males  to  sing  at 
dawn  to  attract  the  mate  and  other  females  and  to  repel  potential  cuckolders.  I studied  song 
activity  of  mated  male  American  Robins  (Turdus  migratorius).  Egg  laying  occurred  close 
to  noon.  However,  males  had  a peak  song  activity  at  dawn  but  sang  little  around  noon. 
Hence,  the  idea  that  mated  males  sing  primarily  to  deter  other  males  just  before  the  ‘fertil- 
ization window’  was  not  supported.  Male  song  activity  tended  to  increase  when  the  mate 
visited  the  nest  during  the  day  but  less  so  when  she  entered  the  nest  to  roost  at  night. 
Synchronous  emergence  of  all  females  at  dawn  resulted  in  synchronous  termination  of  the 
dawn  chorus,  whereas  a more  asynchronous  pattern  of  nest  visits  by  females  during  the  day 
and  in  the  evening  resulted  in  asynchronous  and  scattered  periods  of  song.  Received  21 
Nov,  1995,  accepted  22  Feb.  1996. 


In  the  breeding  season,  passerine  birds  typically  have  a peak  song  ac- 
tivity at  dawn  and  dusk  (Armstrong  1973)  and,  in  addition,  egg  laying 
often  occurs  early  in  the  morning.  Females  may  be  particularly  fertile 
during  the  first  hour  after  laying,  when  the  next  egg  to  be  laid  is  fertilized 
(Birkhead  and  Mpller  1991).  Hence,  males  may  be  singing  at  dawn  to 
attract  the  mate  and  other  females  and  to  repel  potential  cuckolders  (Mace 
1986,  1987a;  Cuthill  and  MacDonald  1990;  Mpller  1991).  Such  behavior 
has  been  reported  in  two  hole  nesting  species,  the  Great  Tit  {Pams  major, 
Mace  1986,  1987a,  b)  and  the  Willow  Tit  {P.  montanus'.  Welling  et  al. 
1995),  although  alternative  explanations  for  dawn  singing  in  these  species 
also  exist  (see  Slagsvold  et  al.  1994).  I examined  the  possible  relationship 
between  song  activity  of  male  American  Robins  (Turdus  migratorius)  and 
female  roosting  behavior  at  dawn  and  dusk  and  female  nest  visiting  be- 
havior near  the  time  of  egg  laying.  Robins  are  interesting  for  several 
reasons.  Egg  laying  does  not  occur  at  dawn  but  takes  place  in  the  middle 
of  the  day  (Weatherhead  et  al.  1991,  Scott  1993).  Males  guard  their  mates 
when  fertile,  suggesting  that  extra-pair  copulations  (EPCs)  occur  (Gowaty 
and  Plissner  1987).  I discuss  how  the  results  may  help  understand  dif- 
ferences between  species  in  daily  variation  of  male  song  activity. 


Dept,  of  Biology,  Univ.  of  Oslo,  RO.  Box  1050.  Blindern.  N-0316  Oslo,  Norway. 


507 


508 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


METHODS 

The  study  was  conducted  during  13-28  April  1994,  in  a mixed  deciduous-coniferous 
woodland  in  St.  Edward  State  Park  near  Seattle,  Washington.  The  territories  of  12  mated 
males  were  visited  20-70  min  before  the  males  started  singing  at  dawn.  In  10  cases,  ob- 
servations continued  until  noon.  Observations  were  also  made  at  10  territories  from  18:30 
h until  dark.  Male  song  was  recorded  from  a distance  of  20-60  m,  and  one  or  two  males 
were  observed  during  each  visit.  Song  activity  was  expressed  as  the  percentage  of  minutes 
in  which  the  male  was  heard  singing  (one  or  more  times)  of  the  total  number  of  minutes 
of  observation.  Males  were  not  banded  but  were  identified  by  their  proximity  to  the  nests 
and  to  the  females,  their  movements,  song  posts,  and  roosting  sites. 

Female  robins  may  spend  the  night  on  the  nest  during  the  egg-laying  period  (Brackbill 
1985,  Slagsvold  unpublished  data).  Video  was  used  to  record  female  presence  on  the  nest, 
except  at  dawn  when  it  was  too  dark.  At  dawn,  the  camera  was  not  placed  near  the  focal 
nest  until  the  female  had  left.  A Sony  Handycam  (CCD-TR805E)  on  a tripod  was  placed 
3-8  m from  the  nest  and  pointed  towards  it.  Female  departure  from  the  nest  at  dawn  was 
observed  in  seven  cases  using  lOX  binoculars.  In  addition,  the  time  of  first  appearance  at 
the  nest  at  dawn  was  recorded  for  another  female  that  did  not  roost  m the  nest.  Hence,  I 
was  able  to  examine  the  possible  relationship  between  song  activity  and  female  emergence 
time  for  eight  males.  Three  females  were  in  the  egg-laying  period,  four  laid  the  final  egg 
on  the  day  of  observation,  and  one  was  two  days  after  termination  of  laying.  Relative  to 
the  time  of  civil  twilight,  time  of  female  emergence  was  not  related  to  stage  of  breeding  or 
date  of  observation  (data  not  shown),  and  so  the  data  were  pooled.  Civil  twilight  and  sunrise 
and  sunset  times  were  for  Seattle  (Federal  Office  Building,  Pacific  Standard  time,  adjusted 
by  one  hour  to  represent  summer  time;  “Climatology  of  the  United  States,”  no.  40-45, 

Washington,  D.C.,  1961).  . 

The  approximate  time  of  egg  laying  was  recorded  by  inspecting  nests  at  variable  hours 

of  the  day  when  the  female  was  absent,  and  also  by  analyzing  at  which  times  the  female 
was  on  and  off  according  to  the  videofilms.  Day  1 is  defined  as  the  day  when  the  first  egg 
was  laid.  Mean  clutch  size  was  3.2  eggs  (range  3-4,  N = 9).  Observations  of  dawn  and 
dusk  singing  were  carried  out  from  Day  -4  to  Day  5.  One  nest  was  lost  before  egg  laying 
had  begun,  so  the  precise  stage  of  breeding  was  unknown. 


RESULTS 


In  the  morning,  females  left  the  nest/roost  between  05:35-05:57  h {x 
= 05:50  ± 8 min  [SD],  N = 8),  which  was  9-19  min  (x  = 13  ± 3,  N 
= 8)  after  civil  twilight  and  16—25  min  (jf  — 21  2:  3,  N 8)  before 
sunrise.  After  emergence,  females  were  seen  feeding  on  the  ground.  Those 
that  had  finished  egg  laying,  or  that  laid  the  final  egg  later  that  morning, 
entered  the  nest  to  incubate  earlier  after  sunrise  (jc  = 3 ± 5 mm,  N^-  3) 
than  those  that  were  still  in  the  laying  period  {x  = 142  ± 114,  N^-  4;  z 
= -2.31,  P = 0.021,  U-test).  The  females  spent  10-60  min  (jc  - 31  ± 
20,  N = 6)  on  the  nest  on  their  first  visit,  followed  by  a period  off  of 
10-105  min  (jc  = 34  ± 34,  N = 7)  before  a new  period  on.  Hence,  the 
synchronous  behavior  of  the  females  at  dawn,  as  measured  by  their  emer- 


gence times,  soon  disappeared. 

In  the  evening,  females  entered  the  nest  to  roost  between 


19:30-20:20 


Slagsvold  • DAWN  SINGING  IN  AMERICAN  ROBINS 


509 


h (.V  = 20:01  ± 17  min,  N = 8),  which  ranged  from  33  before  to  13  min 
after  sunset  (.f  = 4 ± 17,  N = 8)  and  20—67  min  before  civil  twilight  (jc 
— 37  ± 17,  N — 8).  Variation  among  females  was  significantly  greater 
for  evening  roosting  times  than  for  dawn  emergence  times,  when  consid- 
ered relative  to  the  times  of  sunset  and  sunrise,  respectively  (F  = 32.9, 
^ ^ 0.001,  Variance  ratio  test).  Before  entering  the  nest  to  roost 
at  night,  the  females  spent  10-38  min  off  (.v  = 18  ± 10,  N = 7).  Before 
this  last  period  off,  they  had  spent  10-48  min  (x  = 26  ± 15,  N = 7)  on 
the  nest. 

Assuming  that  laying  occurred  halfway  between  two  nest  inspections 
(Weatherhead  et  al.  1991),  and  using  the  median  value  for  each  female 
in  case  of  observations  of  more  than  one  egg  laid  (1 — 3 eggs  per  female) 
the  median  time  of  laying  was  1 1 :50  h (range  10:43-15;  13,  N = 9;  .v  = 
12.32  ± 88  min,  if  using  mean  of  mean  values).  Including  only  cases 
when  the  interval  between  two  nest  inspections  was  less  than  5 h,  the 
median  was  11:25  h (range  10:43-12:39,  N = 6;  x = 11:30  ± 42  min, 
if  using  mean  of  mean  values).  Using  a similar  method,  an  average  laying 
time  of  11:32  EOT  was  found  in  eastern  Ontario,  Canada  (Weatherhead 
et  al.  1991). 

One  copulation  was  observed.  It  occurred  on  the  ground  8 m from  the 
nest  at  06:05  h on  18  April,  10  min  after  the  female  left  the  nest.  Between 
09:04  and  12:00  h on  the  same  day,  the  female  laid  the  third  egg  of  a 
clutch  of  four.  At  another  nest,  a male  tried  to  copulate  with  a female 
when  she  was  sitting  on  the  nest  rim  (at  08:23  h;  recorded  on  video),  but 
she  moved  away.  Between  1 1:12  and  12:05  h on  the  same  day,  she’laid 
the  second  egg  of  a clutch  of  three. 

A peak  in  song  activity  occurred  at  dawn,  with  little  singing  thereafter 
(Fig.  1).  One  male  did  not  sing  at  all  at  dawn  before  the  female  left  the 
nest.  Excluding  this  male,  males  started  singing  from  42  min  before  to  7 
min  after  civil  twilight  (x  = 12  ± 17  min  before  civil  twilight,  N = 11), 
or  5-56  min  (x  = 24  ± 21,  N = 8)  before  the  mate  left  the  nest.  Relative 
to  the  time  of  civil  twilight,  onset  of  dawn  singing  was  not  related  to 
stage  of  breeding  (Spearman,  r,  = -0.16,  P = 0.62,  N = 11;  stage  of 
breeding  measured  as  the  number  of  days  elapsing  until  the  day  of  the 
final  egg  laid;  data  ranging  from  five  days  before  this  date  to  two  days 
after).  Because  some  males  did  not  start  singing  until  soon  before  female 
emergence,  song  activity  did  not  peak  until  just  before  the  female  left  the 
nest  (Fig.  2).  Song  activity  was  low  after  female  emergence  (Fig.  2). 
Comparing  a 10  min  period  before  and  after  female  emergence,  song 
activity  dropped  for  seven  of  eight  males  (no  difference  in  one  case;  z = 
-2.39,  P = 0.017,  N = 7,  Wilcoxon  matched  pairs  test).  When  males 
started  singing,  the  approximate  mean  distance  between  the  nest  and  the 


510 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  3,  September  1996 


Lig.  1.  Mean  (±SE)  song  activity  of  ten  male  American  Robins,  calculated  for  consec 
utive  30-min  periods  from  dawn  to  noon. 


perch  (distance  along  the  ground)  was  33  m (SD  - 9,  range  20  50,  N 
= 11).  Distance  was  not  related  to  stage  of  breeding  (r^  = 0.03,  P - 
0 92,  N = 11).  No  males  were  seen  flying  to  a nest  before  female  emer- 
gence. However,  later  in  the  day  (between  06:57-19:29  h),  at  least  six 
males  visited  the  nest  without  the  females  being  present,  and  two  males 
visited  the  nest  to  feed  the  mate. 

Song  activity  was  low  between  dawn  and  noon  (Fig.  1)  despite  the  fact 
that  most  eggs  were  laid  around  noon.  I compared  the  data  from  all 
periods  when  the  female  was  on  the  nest  (1-6  periods  combined  for  each 
male,  jc  = 119  min  of  observation)  with  the  data  from  all  periods  when 
the  female  was  off  the  nest  (1-7  periods  combined  for  each  male,  x - 
136  min  of  observation).  Males  (N  = 9)  were  observed  singing  during 


Slagsvold  • DAWN  SINGING  IN  AMERICAN  ROBINS 


511 


Time  since  female  left  roost  (min) 

Fig.  2.  Mean  ( + SE)  song  activity  of  eight  male  American  Robins,  calculated  for  con- 
secutive 10-min  periods  before  and  after  the  female  left  her  night  roost  at  dawn. 


0-17%  (x  - 5 ± 6)  of  the  minutes  when  a mate  was  on  the  nest,  and  0- 
4%  (x  — 1 —2.)  when  she  was  off  the  nest.  The  difference  was  nearly 
significant  (z  = —1.86,  N = 7,  f*  = 0.063,  Wilcoxon  matched  pairs  test; 
two  males  did  not  sing  at  all). 

Song  activity  of  mated  males  was  low  in  the  evening  (Fig.  3).  After 
18:30  h,  three  of  the  ten  males  included  in  Fig.  3 did  not  sing  at  all.  The 
other  seven  males  had  only  one  or  two  periods  of  song  during  that  period 
(separated  by  at  least  10  min  without  song).  The  periods  of  singing  lasted 
only  1-9  min  (T  = 4 ± 3,  N = 7).  When  the  female  entered  the  nest  to 
roost  at  night,  two  of  seven  males  immediately  started  singing  for  eight 
and  nine  minutes,  respectively.  These  were  the  longest  song  periods  re- 
corded of  any  mated  male  in  the  evening.  The  seven  males  that  did  sing 
after  1830  h stopped  singing  from  84  min  before  to  20  min  after  sunset 
(x  = 21  ±35  min  before  sunset)  and  17  to  117  min  before  civil  twilight 
(±  = 54  ± 35). 

Male  (N  = 7)  song  activity  was  recorded  after  18:30  h and  before  the 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


512 


Lig.  3.  Mean  ( + SE)  song  activity  of  ten  male  American  Robins,  calculated  for  consec 
utive  10-min  periods  in  the  evening. 


final  roosting  time  of  the  mate  when  the  female  was  on  the  nest  (1  3 
periods  combined  per  female,  t = 36  min  of  observation)  and  when  off 
the  nest  (1-3  periods  combined  per  female,  t = 51  min  of  observation). 
Song  activity  (percentage  of  minutes  with  male  heard  singing)  was  low 
in  both  cases  (female  on  the  nest:  x — 1.1  — 1-9;  female  off  the  nest,  x 
= 0.6  ± 1.7;  z = -0.45,  P = 0.65,  Wilcoxon  matched  pairs  test). 

DISCUSSION 

Two  important  results  were  found.  First,  mated  male  robins  exhibited 
peak  song  activity  at  dawn  but  sang  little  around  the  time  of  egg  laying 
at  noon.  Hence,  the  hypothesis  that  mated  males  sing  primarily  to  deter 
other  males  just  before  the  “fertilization  window”  (Mace  1987a)  was  not 
supported.  Second,  song  activity  appeared  to  be  influenced  by  female 
roosting  behavior.  Singing  rates  declined  when  the  female  left  the  night 

roost. 

The  principal  function  of  dawn  singing  in  mated  male  robins  seems  to 
have  something  to  do  with  the  female’s  being  on  the  nest.  Why  should 
males  be  singing  then?  Dawn  song  may  have  several  functions  (see  re- 
view in  Slagsvold  et  al.  1994):  (1)  serve  as  pair-bond  reinforcement  and 
stimulate  hormonally-mediated  aspects  of  breeding  in  females;  (2)  tell  the 
mate  that  she  can  emerge  from  the  roost  and  nest  without  risk  of  predation 
and  of  revealing  the  location  to  nest  predators;  (3)  attract  the  mate  for 


Slagsvold  • DAWN  SINGING  IN  AMERICAN  ROBINS 


513 


copulation;  (4)  attract  a new  mate  in  case  the  former  mate  has  disappeared 
during  the  night;  (5)  attract  other  females  for  EPCs;  (6)  deter  other  males 
and  so  avoid  that  they  will  try  to  copulate  with  the  mate;  and  (7)  defend 
the  nest  site  and  the  territory.  The  hypotheses  are  not  mutually  exclusive 
and  may  work  in  concert  (Mace  1987b,  Slagsvold  et  al.  1994).  Further 
studies  are  needed  to  single  out  the  relative  importance  of  each. 

The  fact  that  male  robins  sang  little  close  to  the  time  of  egg  laying 
does  not  exclude  the  possibility  that  song  is  used  as  a mate  guarding 
tactic.  The  only  copulation  seen  occurred  soon  after  the  female  left  the 
roost  at  dawn,  and  so  dawn  singing  may  be  related  to  this  event.  Although 
Weatherhead  et  al.  (1991)  suggested  that  robins  lay  eggs  around  noon 
because  this  may  be  a suitable  time  for  copulation,  no  observations  of 
copulations  were  reported.  Gowaty  and  Plissner  (1987),  studying  mate 
guarding  in  robins  in  the  fertile  period,  observed  copulations  at  all  hours 
of  the  morning  except  for  the  hour  after  dawn;  no  observations  were  made 
after  noon.  However,  few  copulations  were  observed,  and  the  authors  did 
not  report  the  actual  frequencies.  Further  studies  are  needed  to  see  if  dawn 
is  the  regular  time  of  within-pair  copulation  in  robins  as  has  been  ob- 
served in  some  other  passerine  birds  (Mace  1987a,  Birkhead  and  Mpller 
1991,  Davies  1992).  In  birds,  females  may  actively  seek  FPCs  with  males 
of  high  quality  (e.g.,  Kempenaers  et  al.  1992).  No  information  exists  on 
when  and  where  FPCs  take  place  in  robins.  However,  as  found  in  another 
passerine,  the  Great  Reed  Warbler  (Acrocephalus  arundinaceus;  Hasse- 
Iquist  et  al.  1995),  they  may  prefer  extra-pair  mates  with  large  song  rep- 
ertoires. In  European  Starlings  (Sturnus  vulgaris),  females  would  only 
solicit  copulation  if  the  social  or  extra-pair  mate  sings  (Fens  and  Pinxten 
1990). 

My  results  support  those  of  others  (e.g.,  Mace  1986,  1987a;  Cuthill 
and  MacDonald  1990;  Part  1991;  Otter  and  Ratcliffe  1993;  Slagsvold  et 
al.  1994;  Welling  et  al.  1995)  that  male  song  activity  is  influenced  by 
female  behavior.  Male  robins  start  dawn  singing  about  an  hour  or  less 
before  female  emergence,  as  do  male  Great  Tits,  even  though  female 
Great  Tits  leave  the  roost,  on  average,  49  min  later  than  female  robins 
when  measured  relative  to  civil  twilight  (Slagsvold  et  al.  1994).  In  both 
species,  males  may  increase  song  activity  if  the  mate  enters  the  nest  dur- 
ing the  day  and  at  dusk.  Hence,  knowledge  of  factors  that  influence  fe- 
male roosting  behavior  may  help  explain  differences  in  daily  variation  of 
male  song  activity  within  and  between  species  of  passerine  birds.  For 
instance,  the  fact  that  most  of  the  males  within  a particular  species,  like 
the  robin,  stop  singing  more  or  less  at  a constant  time  in  relation  to  light 
intensity  at  dawn,  may  not  necessarily  be  related  to  a sensitivity  of  males 
to  light  per  se  but  occur  because  this  is  the  time  when  their  mates  leave 


514 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


their  respective  roosts.  When  the  emergence  at  dawn  of  female  Great  Tits 
was  experimentally  delayed,  males  continued  singing  for  a longer  period 
(Mace  1986). 

Female  robins  left  the  roost,  on  average,  13  min  after  civil  twilight, 
and  the  variation  among  females  was  low  (range  9-19  min).  At  that  time 
of  the  day,  light  intensity  changes  very  fast,  apparently  synchronizing 
emergence.  A more  synchronous  emergence  in  female  robins  than  in  fe- 
male Great  Tits  (see  Mace  1987b,  Slagsvold  et  al.  1994)  may  also  be  due 
to  the  fact  that  robins  do  not  lay  an  egg  before  leaving  the  night  roost  in 
contrast  to  the  tits.  Later  in  the  morning,  female  behavior  was  more  asyn- 
chronous, as  were  egg  laying  times,  resulting  in  asynchronous  periods  of 
singing  by  males.  In  some  other  passerines,  egg  laying  occurs  in  mid- 
morning and  may  be  more  synchronous  than  in  robins,  resulting  in  stron- 
ger synchronization  of  male  song  activity.  In  support  of  this  idea,  song 
activity  of  many  passerine  birds  drops  after  a peak  at  dawn  but  reaches 
a new  but  lower  peak  later  in  the  morning  (Klockars  1941,  Gyllin  1967, 
Lomholt  1971).  One  explanation  for  the  initial  drop  is  that  males  need  to 
forage  after  dawn  singing  (Klockars  1941,  Lomholt  1971).  However,  the 
drop  may  also  reflect  a more  synchronous  mate  guarding  by  males  early 
than  late  in  the  morning. 

I conclude  that  to  understand  further  daily  variation  in  male  song  ac- 
tivity in  passerine  birds,  more  attention  should  be  paid  to  the  role  of  the 
females  and,  hence,  on  the  factors  that  influence  their  copulation  and 
roosting  behavior.  Information  is  needed  concerning  female  emergence 
times  at  dawn  and  dusk  and  on  the  degree  of  synchronization  of  these 
events  between  females. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I did  this  research  during  sabbatical  year  at  the  Burke  Museum,  Univ.  of  Washington.  I 
thank  S.  Rohwer  for  arranging  the  stay  in  Seattle,  J.  Fillers  for  permission  to  work  in  St. 
Edward  State  Park,  D.  Hartmann  for  climatic  data,  P.  K.  Slagsvold  for  assistance  in  the 
field,  and  H.  Lampe,  G.-P.  Stetre,  and  K.  Yasukawa  for  comments  on  the  manuscript.  The 
study  was  supported  by  a grant  from  the  Norwegian  Research  Council. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Armstrong,  E.  A.  1973.  A study  of  bird  .song.  Dover,  New  York,  New  York. 

Birkhead,  T.  R.  and  A.  P.  Moller.  1991.  Sperm  competition  in  birds.  Evolutionary  causes 
and  consequences.  Academic  Press,  London,  England. 

Brackbill,  H.  1985.  Initiation  of  nest-roosting  by  passerines  with  open  nests.  J.  Eield 

Ornithol.  56:7 1 . 

CUTHILL,  I.  AND  W.  A.  MacDonald.  1990.  Experimental  manipulation  of  the  dawn  and 
dusk  chorus  in  the  blackbird  Turdus  merula.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  26:209-216. 
Davies,  N.  B.  1992.  Dunnock  behaviour  and  social  evolution.  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  Oxford, 
England. 


Slagsvold  • DAWN  SINGING  IN  AMERICAN  ROBINS 


515 


Eens,  M.  and  R.  Pinxten.  1990.  Extra-pair  courtship  in  the  starling  Sturnus  vulgaris.  Ibis 
132:618-619. 

Gowaty,  R a.  and  J.  H.  Plissner.  1987.  Association  of  male  and  female  American  Robins 
(Turchis  migratorius)  during  the  breeding  season:  paternity  assurance  by  sexual  access 
or  mate-guarding.  Wilson  Bull.  99:56-62. 

Gyllin,  R.  1967.  Dygnsrytm  hos  kornsparven  (Einberiza  calandra).  Var  Eagelvarld  26' 
19-28. 

Hasselquist,  D.,  S.  Bensch  and  T.  V.  Schantz.  1995.  Low  frequency  of  extrapair  paternity 
in  the  polygynous  great  reed  warbler,  Acrocephalus  arundinaceus.  Behav.  Ecol.  6:27—38. 

Kempenaers,  B.,  G.  R.  Verheyen,  M.  Van  Den  Broeck,  T.  Burke,  C.  Van  Broeckhoven, 
AND  A.  A.  Dhondt.  1992.  Extra-pair  paternity  results  from  female  preference  for  high- 
quality  males  in  the  blue  tit.  Nature  (London)  357:494-496. 

Keockars,  B.  1941.  Studier  over  fagelsangens  dagsrytmik.  Ornis  Eenn.  18:73-110. 

Lomholt,  J.  P.  1971.  lagttagelser  over  gulspurvens  {Emberiza  citrinella)  sangaktivitet. 
Dansk  Orn.  Foren.  Tidsskr.  65:179-187. 

Mace,  R.  1986.  Importance  of  female  behaviour  in  the  dawn  chorus.  Anim.  Behav.  34: 
621-622. 

. 1987a.  The  dawn  chorus  in  the  great  tit  Parus  major  is  directly  related  to  female 
fertility.  Nature  (London)  330:745-746. 

. 1987b.  Why  do  birds  sing  at  dawn?  Ardea  75:123-132. 

M0LLER,  A.  P.  1991.  Why  mated  songbirds  sing  so  much:  mate  guarding  and  male  an- 
nouncement of  mate  fertility  status.  Am.  Nat.  138:994-1014. 

Otter,  K.  and  L.  Ratcliffe.  1993.  Changes  in  singing  behavior  of  male  black-capped 
chickadees  (Parus  atricapillus)  following  mate  removal.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  33: 
409-414. 

Part,  T.  1991.  Is  dawn  singing  related  to  paternity  insurance?  The  case  of  the  collared 
flycatcher.  Anim.  Behav.  41:451-456. 

Scott,  D.  M.  1993.  On  egg-laying  times  of  American  Robins.  Auk  110:156. 

Slagsvold,  T,  S.  Dale  and  G.-P.  S/etre.  1994.  Dawn  singing  in  the  great  tit  (Parus  major)-. 
mate  attraction,  mate  guarding,  or  territorial  defence?  Behaviour  131:115-138. 

Weatherhead,  P.  j.,  R.  D.  Montgomerie  and  S.  B.  Mcrae.  1991.  Egg-laying  times  of 
American  robins.  Auk  108:965-967. 

Welling,  R,  K.  Koivula  and  L.  Lahti.  1995.  The  dawn  chorus  is  linked  with  female 
fertility  in  the  Willow  Tit  Parus  montanus.  J.  Avian  Biol.  26:241-246. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  516-523 


BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  CRESTED  CARACARA 

IN  SOUTH  TEXAS 

Vanessa  M.  Dickinson'-^  and  Keith  A.  Arnold' 

Abstract. — We  studied  the  breeding  biology  of  six  nesting  pairs  of  Crested  Caracaras 
(Caracara  plancus)  from  January  to  August  1989  in  Austin  and  Colorado  Counties,  south 
Texas.  Four  of  the  pairs  nested  in  Macartney  rose  {Rosa  bracteata).  All  nests  were  built 
below  the  nest-support  canopy.  We  found  caracaras  laying  eggs  between  17  January  and  23 
June.  Eggs  hatched  from  February  to  April,  and  in  June  for  two  second  nesting  efforts. 
Young  from  successful  first  nesting  efforts  fledged  from  April  to  June.  By  August  we  did 
not  see  young  or  adults  in  the  natal  area.  Nest  building  and  courtship  averaged  21  days  (N 
= 2 pairs).  Incubation  periods  averaged  30  days  (N  = 4 pairs),  nestling  dependency  periods 
averaged  56  days  (N  = 5 pairs),  and  post-fledgling  dependency  periods  averaged  33  days 
(N  = 4 pairs).  We  believe  that  two  of  the  pairs  each  laid  a second  clutch  in  June,  but  the 
newly-hatched  chicks  were  killed  by  red  imported  fire  ants  {Solenopsis  invicta).  Overall 
nesting  success  was  45.7%.  Success  for  first  nesting  attempts  was  72.6%.  Received  7 Sept. 
1995,  accepted  13  Feb.  1996. 

In  the  United  States,  the  Crested  Caracara  {Caracara  plancus)  primarily 
is  found  in  Texas,  Florida,  and  Arizona  (Palmer  1988).  The  Florida  pop- 
ulation is  listed  as  threatened  under  the  Endangered  Species  Act  (U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  1987).  Natural  history  of  the  Crested  Caracara 
in  North  America  has  been  described  (Bent  1938,  Brown  and  Amadon 
1968,  Oberholser  1974),  but  there  has  been  little  in-depth  study  of  the 
species.  Knowledge  of  the  Texas  population  is  limited  to  Oberholser 
(1974)  and  several  brief  notes.  In  general,  little  is  known  about  the  Crest- 
ed Caracara’s  breeding  biology.  The  lack  of  data  on  breeding  biology 
precludes  ability  to  make  proper  evaluations  of  population  status  and 
trends.  Our  objective  was  to  describe  the  breeding  biology,  egg  measure- 
ments, and  nesting  structures  of  the  Crested  Caracara  in  south  Texas. 

METHODS 

We  studied  nesting  pairs  of  Crested  Caracaras  in  Austin  and  Colorado  Counties,  south 
Texas,  from  January  1989  to  August  1989.  The  study  area  was  centered  on  the  Attwater 
Prairie  Chicken  National  Wildlife  Refuge  (APCNWR),  Colorado  County  (29°40'N, 
96°15'W).  The  study  area  was  at  the  western  boundary  of  the  Gulf  Coast  Prairie  and  the 
southern  boundary  of  the  Post  Oak  Savannah.  The  climax  vegetation  is  tallgrass  prairie 
characterized  by  big  bluestem  (Andropogan  gerardi)  and  Indiangrass  {Sorghastrum  nutans) 
with  overstory  trees  such  as  post  oak  {Quercus  stellata)  and  blackjack  oak  {Q.  niarilandica) 
(Gould  1975).  Invading  shrubs  include  Macartney  rose  {Rosa  bracteata),  dewberry  {Rubus 
trivialis),  and  yaupon  {Ilex  vomitoira)  (Gould  1975). 

' Dept  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station,  Texas  77843. 

2 Present  address:  Arizona  Game  and  Fish  Dept.,  2221  West  Greenway  Road,  Phoenix,  Arizona  85023. 


516 


Dickinson  and  Arnold  • BREEDING  CRESTED  CARACARAS 


517 


We  located  nests  through  aerial  and  ground  surveys.  Once  we  located  a nest,  we  recorded 
the  following  information:  nest-tree  species  and  height,  height  of  nest  above  ground,  location 
of  nest  with  respect  to  nest-tree  canopy,  and  nest  dimensions  (length,  width,  internal  bowl 
depth).  When  a nest  was  under  construction  or  refurbishment,  we  recorded  the  materials 
used  (species  where  possible),  participation  of  each  sex  in  nest-building,  and  duration  of 
construction  or  refurbishment.  We  defined  a nest  as  refurbished  if  we  observed  pairs  adding 
material  to  an  existing  nest. 

We  divided  the  breeding  season  into  courtship,  incubation,  nestling,  and  post-fledging 
dependency  periods.  The  onset  of  courtship  was  the  first  day  we  observed  a pair  copulating. 
We  defined  post-hedging  dependency  as  the  period  when  juveniles  were  fed  by  the  adults 
within  0.8  km  of  the  nest.  The  end  of  the  post-fledging  dependency  period  was  the  date  the 
young  were  last  seen  under  these  criteria.  When  we  located  a nest,  we  checked  for  eggs  or 
nestlings.  If  there  were  no  eggs  or  nestlings,  we  inspected  nests  daily  with  a mirror  to 
determine  onset  of  egg-laying.  We  determined  the  laying  sequence  by  marking  eggs  with  a 
soft  lead  pencil.  We  inspected  each  nest  once  a week  to  record  any  losses.  At  the  completion 
of  egg-laying,  we  recorded  mass,  length,  and  width  of  each  egg. 

Once  we  located  a nest,  we  began  observations  of  daily  behavior  of  nesting  pairs  from 
sunrise  to  sunset.  We  observed  each  pair  one  day  a week  during  the  entire  breeding  season. 
Beginning  three  days  before  hatching  (25  days  after  the  onset  of  incubation)  and  three  days 
before  fledging  (8  weeks  after  the  onset  of  incubation),  we  inspected  nests  daily  to  record 
the  initiation  and  sequence  of  hatching  and  fledging,  respectively. 

After  the  young  hatched,  we  monitored  nests  at  one-week  intervals  to  check  nestling 
survival  and  to  record  when  young  fledged.  Nestling  ages  were  estimated  from  plumage 
characteristics  as  described  by  Bent  (1938)  and  Oberholser  (1974).  To  facilitate  monitoring 
young  after  fledging,  we  marked  nestlings  at  approximately  six  weeks  of  age.  Measurements 
and  mass  were  taken  for  each  nestling,  and  a U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  band  was 
attached  to  its  right  leg.  Nestlings  were  measured  with  a 24-cm  ruler  and  a Mitutoya  Model 
550-633  caliper  as  described  by  Baldwin  et  al.  (1931).  Young  were  color-marked  with  a 7 
cm-long  blue,  white,  or  pink  vinyl  plastic  streamer  attached  to  the  left  leg.  Each  streamer 
had  an  alphanumeric  code  painted  on  each  side  using  NazDar,  an  ink  formulated  to  fuse 
with  vinyl  surfaces.  We  were  able  to  distinguish  the  sexes  by  size. 

We  estimated  nesting  success,  using  the  method  developed  by  Mayfield  (1961,  1975)  and 
a computer  program  created  by  J.  L.  Morrison.  We  calculated  weekly  survival  for  the  in- 
cubation, nestling,  and  post-fledgling  dependency  periods  and  the  total  probability  of  nest 
success.  We  defined  a nest  as  our  sample  unit  and  a successful  nest  as  a nest  in  which  at 
least  one  young  survived  to  end  of  the  respective  period. 

RESULTS 

We  found  six  caracara  nests  in  various  stages  of  development  through 
10  h of  aerial  and  400  h of  ground  surveys  from  late  December  to  mid- 
July.  Two  nests  were  on  the  APCNWR  and  four  were  on  private  property. 
Five  nests  were  in  shrubs;  four  in  Macartney  rose  and  one  in  yaupon. 
One  nest  was  in  eastern  red-cedar  (Juniperus  virginiana).  All  nests  were 
constructed  in  the  tallest  shrub  or  tree  in  the  immediate  area.  Measurement 
were  taken  on  five  nests,  as  the  sixth  (Nest  3)  deteriorated  before  we 
could  measure  it.  Nest  trees  averaged  4.3  ± 1.4  m (SE)  in  height,  nests 
averaged  3.7  ± 1.2  m in  height  above  ground,  and  the  distance  between 
the  nest  and  the  canopy  averaged  55  ± 25  cm.  Nests  averaged  59  ± 5 


518 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Breeding  Chronology  of  Crested  Caracaras,  South  Texas 

Nest 

no. 

Date 

found 

Eggs  laid 

Eggs  hatched 

Nestlings  fledged 

Last  seen 
fledglings 

Date 

No. 

Date 

No. 

Date 

No. 

l-U 

10  Jan 

17  Jan 

2 

13  Feb 

1 

9 Apr 

1 

17  May 

\-2^ 

17  Jun 

1 

16  July 

1“ 

e 

— 

— 

18  Jun 

U 

— 

— 

— 

— 

T 

21  Feb 

12  Mar 

2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

38 

27  Mar 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4 

9 Mar 

19  Mar 

1 

16  Apr 

1 

10  Jun 

1 

7 July 

21  Mar 

1 

18  Apr 

1 

12  Jun 

1 

7 July 

5-U 

27  Mar 

7 

7 

7 

7 

25  Apr 

2 

4 Jun 

5-2'’ 

24  Jun 

2 

23  July 

2^ 

— 

— 

— 

6 

17  Mar 

7 

7 

31  Mar 

1 

24  May 

1 

20  Jun 

1 Apr 

1 

24  May 

1 

20  Jun 

2 Apr 

1 

26  May 

1 

20  Jun 

• Denotes  first  nesting  attempt. 

^ Denotes  second  nesting  attempt. 

' Egg  did  not  hatch. 

■I  One  nestling  killed  by  red  imported  fire  ants  (Solenopsis  invicta). 
' No  data. 

' Adults  abandoned  nest  at  31  days  of  incubation. 

* Adults  abandoned  nest  building  after  three  days. 

''  Two  nestlings  killed  by  red  imported  fire  ants  (S.  invicta). 


cm  in  length,  50  ± 2 cm  in  width,  and  bowls  averaged  11  ± 2 cm  in 
depth.  All  nests  were  buried  in  the  canopy  and  were  impossible  to  see 
from  the  air  or  ground.  Two  of  the  nests  constructed  in  Macartney  rose 
could  be  entered  and  exited  by  the  caracaras  through  only  one  opening 
in  the  foliage.  Nests  were  constructed  of  Macartney  rose,  dewberry,  yau- 
pon,  or  broomweed  {Gutierrezia  sarothrae)  twigs.  Nests  built  in  Macart- 
ney rose  were  almost  exclusively  built  with  that  shrub  s twigs. 

Four  nests  were  reused  in  the  1989  nesting  season.  Nests  4 and  6 were 
built  by  caracaras  in  1988  (O.  Benton,  pers.  comm.;  J.  Holtkamp,  pers. 
comm.;  respectively).  Nests  1 and  5 had  eggs  laid  in  them  in  January  and 
February  1989,  respectively,  and  again  in  June  1989. 

We  observed  breeding  behavior  from  January  through  July  (Table  1). 
We  observed  pairs  copulating  as  early  as  10  January  and  as  late  as  19 
September.  Pair  1 copulated  four  times  during  the  nestling  period  (March 
and  April),  and  Pair  4 copulated  on  19  September,  100  d after  the  young 
had  fledged.  We  observed  courtship  behavior  during  12.5  ± 2.1  d (N  = 
6 pairs).  The  incubation,  nestling,  and  post-fledging  dependency  periods 
averaged  29  — 0.5  d (N  = 3),  56.2  ± 0.4  d (N  = 5),  and  31.8  — 2.5  d 
(N  = 5)  in  length,  respectively. 


Dickinson  and  Arnold  • BREEDING  CRESTED  CARACARAS 


519 


Table  2 

Measurements  from  Six  Crested  Caracara  Nestlings  at  Various  Stages  of 
Development  in  Austin  and  Colorado  Counties,  South  Texas,  1989 


Ne.st 

ID 

Age 

(days) 

Wing 

chord 

(cm) 

Tail 

(cm) 

Tarsus 

(cm) 

Hallux 

(cm) 

Culmen 

(cm) 

Mass 

(g) 

1 

A1 

47 

28 

17 

9 

1.4 

2.32 

1100 

4 

D3 

26 

16 

7 

8.5 

1.48 

2.24 

880 

4 

D3 

45 

29 

16.5 

9 

1.57 

2.49 

960 

4 

El 

28 

14 

6.7 

8 

1.33 

2.15 

880 

4 

D1 

47 

29 

17 

8 

1.7 

2.67 

960 

6 

A2 

39 

23 

11 

9.5 

1.21 

2.51 

1200 

6 

A2 

43 

26.5 

14 

10 

2.05 

2.49 

1220 

6 

D1 

37 

20.5 

9.5 

9 

1.53 

2.48 

1160 

6 

D1 

54 

35 

19 

9 

1.74 

2.28 

1160 

6 

A4 

38 

24 

12 

8 

2.1 

2.53 

1100 

Pairs  laid  eggs  from  January  through  June  (N  = 5)  (Table  1).  Pair  2 
laid  two  eggs  on  12  March  but  abandoned  the  eggs  after  30  d of  incu- 
bation. We  opened  the  eggs  and  found  them  infertile.  Pair  3 did  not  lay 
eggs,  as  the  pair  abandoned  the  nest  on  29  March  after  3 d of  nest  build- 
ing. Pair  4 laid  two  eggs  from  19  March  to  21  March.  We  did  not  located 
Pair  6’s  nest  in  time  to  determine  when  the  eggs  were  laid,  but  we  ob- 
served three  young  hatch  from  31  March  to  2 April.  Pairs  1 and  5 laid 
second  clutchs.  Pair  1 laid  two  eggs  on  17  January  and  laid  two  eggs 
from  17  June  to  18  June.  Pair  5 fledged  two  young  25  April  and  laid  two 
eggs  on  24  June.  One  chick  hatched  in  Nest  1 and  two  chicks  hatched  in 
Nest  2 on  16  July  and  23  July,  respectively.  All  three  nestlings  from  these 
second  clutches  were  killed  by  red  imported  fire  ants  (Solenopsis  invicta). 

Clutch  size  was  determined  for  five  nests;  four  nests  had  two  eggs,  and 
one  nest  had  three  eggs.  Eggs  were  laid  at  1-2  day  intervals  (N  = 3 
nests).  Eggs  averaged  53.1  ± 0.1  mm  in  length,  41.3  ± 0.03  mm  in  width, 
and  65.2  ± 0.6  g in  mass  (N  = 4). 

Young  caracaras  were  found  in  the  nest  from  late  February  to  mid- 
June,  and  fledged  from  early  April  to  mid-June  (N  = 8).  The  older  chick 
always  left  the  nest  first.  Time  between  fledglings  leaving  the  nest  was 
between  1-2  days  (N  = 5 fledglings).  Measurements  and  masses  were 
similar  for  nestlings  of  similar  age  (Table  2). 

Total  probability  of  nest  success  for  nests  initiated  in  January  through 
March  was  72.6%  (N  = 5),  compared  to  45.7%  (N  = 7)  for  all  attempts 
(Table  3).  We  did  not  include  Pair  3 in  the  calculation  of  nest  success. 


520 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


Table  3 

Nesting  Success  for  Crested  Caracaras  in  Austin  and  Colorado  Counties,  South 

Texas,  1989 

Mayfield  estimate 

Incubation 

Nestling 

Post-Hedging 

dependency 

Overall 

Total  nests  observed 

Earlier  nests  (Jan— Mar) 

4 OY'  4 (4)'’ 

4 (4)‘> 

Traditional  success  esti- 
mates 

0.750 

LOO 

1.00 



Total  observed  weekly 
exposure 

13.0 

28.0 

32.0 

— 

Mayfield  estimated  week- 
ly survival  probabili- 
ties 

0.923  ± 0.074" 

LOO 

1.00 

Total  probability  of  suc- 
cess (Mayfield) 

0.726  ± 0.1 16" 

1.00 

LOO 

0.726 

Total  nests  observed 

All  nests  (Jan-Jun) 

6 (5)*’  6 (4)^ 

4 (4)^’ 



Traditional  success  esti- 
mates 

0.833 

0.666 

1.00 

— 

Total  observed  weekly 
exposure 

21.0 

28.2 

32.0 

— 

Mayfield  estimated  week- 
ly survival  probabili- 
ties 

0.952  ± 0.046" 

0.929  ± 0.048^ 

‘ 1.00 

Probability  of  success  for 
entire  period 

0.823  ± 0.083" 

0.555  ± 0.082^ 

‘ LOO 

0.457  ± 0.140" 

“ Standard  deviation. 

Number  of  successful  nests  is  in  parentheses. 


We  observed  Pair  3 copulating  and  nest  building  for  only  three  days 
before  they  left  the  study  area. 

By  mid-August,  young  and  adults  were  not  regularly  observed  on  or 
around  the  nest.  On  19  September,  the  family  group  from  Nest  4 was 
observed  roosting  on  a powerline  2 km  from  the  nest.  Pair  6 was  seen  2 
km  from  the  nest  on  13  September. 

DISCUSSION 

We  report  several  new  findings  from  our  research.  Previously  unre- 
ported for  Crested  Caracaras  has  been  double  brooding,  fire  ant  predation 
on  newly-hatched  nestlings,  body  measurements  and  masses  of  nestlings, 
yaupon  and  eastern-red  cedar  as  nest  trees,  and  duration  of  the  post- 
fledging  dependency  period.  Pairs  constructed  nests  from  January  to  June. 
Simmons  (1925)  found  nest  materials  collected  as  early  as  December  in 


Dickinson  and  Arnold  • BREEDING  CRESTED  CARACARAS 


521 


Florida,  and  Levy  (1961)  observed  nest  construction  in  Arizona  on  20 
March.  In  this  study,  caracaras  nested  in  tall,  dense  Macartney  rose  stands. 
Caracaras  nested  in  the  tallest  vegetation  in  the  area.  Macartney  rose  on 
the  APCNWR,  and  eastern  red  cedar  on  the  Underwood  Ranch.  Previous 
accounts  from  North  America  reported  caracaras  nested  in  ebony  (Pithe- 
collobium  spp.),  hackberry  (Celtis  spp.).  Macartney  rose,  mesquite  (Pro- 
sopis  spp.),  oaks,  palmettos  (Sabal  spp.),  pines  (Pinus  spp.),  saguaros, 
yuccas,  and  on  cliffs  (Bent  1938,  Dillon  1961,  Levy  1961,  Oberholser 
1974,  Layne  1978,  Farquhar  1986,  Ellis  et  al.  1988).  This  is  the  first  time 
yaupon  and  eastern-red  cedar  have  been  reported  as  nest  supports. 

Nest  heights  were  similar  to  those  reported  by  Oberholser  (1974).  In 
this  study  caracaras  built  their  nests  below  the  nest-support  canopy.  Cara- 
caras may  prefer  their  nests  below  the  canopy  rather  than  on  top.  Only 
Bent  (1938)  and  Brown  and  Amadon  (1968)  report  the  nests  as  hard  to 
locate.  Nests  were  similar  in  structure  and  construction  materials  to  those 
of  other  studies.  Nests  composed  entirely  of  broomweed  are  reported  from 
Texas  (Bent  1938),  although  most  authors  described  the  nest  as  simply  a 
bulky  structure  of  weeds  and  twigs  (Brown  and  Amadon  1968,  Oberhol- 
ser 1974,  Layne  1978). 

In  central  Texas,  two-thirds  of  35  nests  observed  were  reoccupied  an- 
nually, but  whether  by  former  owners  was  not  known  (Schultze  1904). 
In  this  study,  four  of  six  nests  had  been  previously  used  by  caracaras. 
Farquhar  (1986)  reported  caracaras  using  White-tailed  Hawk  (Buteo  al- 
bicaudatus)  nests  on  the  APCNWR,  and  Mader  (1981 ) noted  one  caracara 
nest  refurbishment  in  Venezuela. 

We  suspect  eggs  laid  in  June  were  second  broods  from  Pairs  1 and  5, 
based  on  our  confidence  at  identifying  the  adults  from  daily  behavior 
observations.  Howell  (in  Bent  1938)  reported  one  case  of  double  brood- 
ing, but  whether  by  the  same  parents  was  unknown.  Doubling  brooding 
has  never  been  confirmed,  although  it  was  suspected  (Slud  1964,  Palmer 
1988). 

We  observed  copulations  throughout  the  breeding  season,  which  may 
help  to  maintain  the  pair  bond  (Newton  1979).  Eggs  were  smaller  than 
those  reported  by  Bent  (1938)  and  Oberholser  (1974)  and  weighed  less 
than  those  reported  by  Newton  (1979).  We  found  most  nests  had  a clutch 
size  of  two,  unlike  Bent  (1938)  who  reports  a larger  percentage  of  clutch 
sizes  of  three.  The  lengths  of  incubation  and  nestling  periods  were  similar 
to  those  of  earlier  studies  (Bent  1938,  Layne  1978,  Newton  1979). 

Timing  of  nest  initiation  at  our  study  was  comparable  to  those  of  other 
studies.  Four  nests  in  Arizona  had  nestlings  in  May  (Levy  1961,  Ellis  et 
al.  1988),  and  one  nest  in  Texas  had  young  in  July  (Ellis  et  al.  1988). 
Layne  (1978)  reported  that  the  young  fledge  at  about  eight  weeks. 


522 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


Rivera-Rodriquez  and  Rodriquez-Estrella  (1992)  found  83%  of  16  cara- 
cara  nests  in  Mexico  in  1990  were  successful.  They  did  not  define  nesting 
success  using  the  Mayfield  method.  In  this  study,  lower  nest  success  for 
the  incubation  and  nestling  periods  was  the  result  of  failure  of  Nest  2 and 
nestlings  preyed  upon  by  red  imported  fire  ants  in  the  second  nesting 
attempt  by  Pairs  1 and  5. 

Our  data  provides  insight  into  length  of  the  post-fledging  dependency 
period,  which  was  previously  unknown  (Newton  1979).  Dillon  (1961) 
last  saw  a family  group  in  Central  Texas  in  late  June  or  July  and  did  not 
see  the  nesting  pair  again  until  the  following  January.  The  duration  of 
the  post-fledging  dependency  period  may  be  longer  than  reported  here, 
as  we  had  a narrow  definition  of  this  period  and  we  did  not  use  radio- 
transmitters to  monitor  fledglings. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  gratefully  acknowledge  the  assistance  and  cooperation  of  personnel  at  the  APCNWR 
and  numerous  volunteers  including  J.  Strater,  R.  Hicks,  J.  Weltzin,  D.  Carrie,  R.  Carrie,  R. 
Benson,  R.  Duran,  R.  Engelbrecht,  K.  Northrup,  C.  and  K.  Hendry,  J.  Johnston,  J.  Holtkamp, 
and  J.  Kent.  We  also  thank  O.  and  M.  Benton,  D.  and  L.  Underwood,  and  R.  Kaechele  for 
providing  access  to  their  land.  We  thank  J.  Morrison,  D.  Carrie,  and  two  anonymous  re- 
viewers for  their  helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript.  We  thank  the  APCNWR  for  providing 
housing  and  transportation.  This  study  was  funded  by  grants  from  the  Leliciana  Corporation, 
International  Research  Expeditions,  and  the  Texas  Ornithological  Society. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Baldwin,  S.  P,  H.  C.  Oberholser,  and  L.  G.  Worley.  1931.  Measurements  of  birds,  vol. 

11.  Sci.  Publ.  Cleveland  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1938.  Life  histories  of  North  American  birds  of  prey,  part  2.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus. 
Bull.  170. 

Brown,  L.  and  D.  Amadon.  1968.  Eagles,  hawks,  and  falcons  of  the  world.  McGraw-Hill 
Book  Co.,  New  York,  New  York. 

Dillon,  O.  W,  Jr.  1961.  Notes  on  nesting  of  the  caracara.  Wilson  Bull.  73:387. 

Ellis,  D.  H.,  D.  G.  Smith,  W.  H.  Whaley,  and  C.  H.  Ellis.  1988.  Crested  Caracara.  Pp. 
119-126  in  Proc.  of  the  Southwest  Raptor  Mgmt.  Sym.  and  Workshop  (R.  L.  Glinski, 
B.  G.  Pendleton,  M.  B.  Moss,  M.  N.  LeFranc,  Jr.,  B.  A.  Millsap,  S.  W.  Hoffman,  eds.) 
Natl.  Wildl.  Fed.  Sci.  Tech.  Ser.  No.  11,  Natl.  Wildl.  Fed.,  Washington,  D.C. 
Farquhar,  C.  C.  1986.  Ecology  and  breeding  biology  of  the  White-tailed  Hawk  on  the 
northern  coastal  prairies  of  Texas.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station, 
Texas. 

Gould,  E W.  1975.  Texas  plants:  a checklist  and  ecological  summary.  Texas  Agric.  Exp. 
Stn.,  College  Station,  Texas. 

Layne,  j.  N.  1978.  Threatened  Audubons’s  Caracara.  Pp.  34-35  in  Rare  and  endangered 
biota  of  Florida,  vol.  2.  Birds  (H.  W.  Kale,  III,  ed.).  Univ.  Presses,  Gainesville,  Florida. 
Levy,  S.  H.  1961.  The  caracara  nesting  in  Arizona.  Auk  78:99. 

Mader,  W.  j.  1981.  Notes  on  nesting  raptors  in  the  llanos  of  Venezuela.  Condor  83:48-51. 
Mayfield,  H.  1961.  Nesting  success  calculated  from  exposure.  Wilson  Bull.  73:255-261. 


Dickinson  and  Arnold  • BREEDING  CRESTED  CARACARAS 


523 


. 1975.  Suggestions  for  calculating  nest  success.  Wilson  Bull.  87:456-466. 
Newton,  I.  1979.  Population  ecology  of  raptors.  Buteo  Books,  Vermillion,  South  Dakota. 
Oberholser,  H.  C.  1974.  The  bird  life  of  Texas,  Vol.  1.  Univ.  Texas  Press,  Austin,  Texas. 
Palmer,  R.  S.  1988.  Handbook  of  North  American  birds,  Vol.  5.  Yale  Univ.,  New  Haven, 
Connecticut. 

Rivera-Rodriguez,  L.  B.  and  R.  Rodriguez-Estrella.  1992.  Breeding  ecology  of  the 
Crested  Caracara  (Polyborus  plancus)  in  the  Cape  Region,  B.C.S.,  Mexico  J Raptor 
Res.  27:91-92. 

ScHULTZE,  A.  E.  1904.  Nesting  habits  of  the  caracara.  Condor  6:106. 

Simmons,  G.  E 1925.  Birds  of  the  Austin  region.  Texas  Press,  Austin,  Texas. 

Slud,  P.  1964.  Birds  of  Costa  Rica.  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  128. 

U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  1987.  Threatened  status  for  the  Florida  population  of 
Audubon’s  Crested  Caracara.  Fed.  Reg.  52:25229-25232. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  524-534 


BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  JABIRU  IN  THE 
SOUTHERN  LLANOS  OF  VENEZUELA 

Jose  A.  Gonzalez 


Abstract.— I studied  the  breeding  biology  of  the  Jabiru  (Jabiru  mycteria)  at  Hato  El 
Fn'o  (state  of  Apure,  Venezuela)  during  two  breeding  seasons.  I located  22  nests  during 
19g9_90  and  28  in  1990-91.  Jabiru  nests  were  8-26  m from  the  ground  in  ten  different 
species  of  trees,  with  Sterculia  apetala  the  most  commonly  used  (36.4%  of  the  nests).  Storks 
laid  eggs  between  August  and  November.  The  greatest  number  of  clutches  were  m Septem- 
ber. Average  clutch  size  was  3.4  eggs  (range:  2-5;  N = 17),  with  four  eggs  the  most  frequent 
clutch  size.  Fledglings  left  their  nests  in  January  or  February  at  the  age  of  12-13  weeks  but 
were  still  dependent  of  their  parents  for  a period  of  up  to  two  months.  Nest  success  was 
47.0%  in  1989-90  and  47.6%  in  1990-91;  productivity  (fledglings/active  nest)  was  0.94 
and  1 00  respectively.  In  1990-91,  only  20%  of  eggs  produced  fledglings.  Most  nests  (75%) 
failed  during  incubation.  Main  causes  of  nest  failure  were  abandonment,  nests  falling,  and 
predation  by  Crested  Caracaras  {Polyborus  plancus).  Received  20  Aug.  1995.  accepted  15 

Jan.  1996. 


The  Jabiru  {Jabiru  mycteria)  breeds  east  of  the  Andes  from  southern 
Mexico  to  northern  Argentina  (Blake  1977,  Hancock  et  al.  1992).  Despite 
its  large  size  and  wide  distribution,  the  breeding  biology  of  this  stork  i?> 
poorly  known  (Kahl  1971,  Luthin  1987,  Hancock  et  al.  1992).  Kahl 
(1971,  1973)  and  Spaans  (1975)  reported  on  the  status,  behavior,  and 
reproduction  of  the  species  in  Argentina  and  Surinam.  Thomas  (1981) 
described  nesting  of  the  Jabiru  in  the  central  llanos  of  Venezuela  (state 
of  Guarico)  and  made  a behavioral  comparison  of  the  species  of  storks 

that  coexist  in  the  region  (Thomas  1985). 

The  Jabiru  appears  to  be  widespread  but  not  abundant  in  the  llanos  oi 
Venezuela  (Ramo  and  Busto  1984,  Ogden  and  Thomas  1985).  I found  no 
literature  reports  on  the  recent  status  of  the  species  in  this  region.  Con- 
servation of  the  Jabiru  in  the  llanos  is  threatened  by  continuous  loss  of 
forests  and  foraging  sites,  the  massive  use  of  pesticides  m agncultural 
lands  and  the  proliferation  of  artificial  dikes  for  water  management  (Ay- 
arzaguena  et  al.  1981,  Luthin  1987,  Morales  1990,  Gonzalez  1993).  Lu- 
thin (1987)  strongly  suggested  that  research  on  the  ecology  and  status  o 
the  Jabiru  should  be  undertaken  on  each  distinct  population  in  order  to 
develop  a global  conservation  stratregy  for  the  species. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

1 studied  Jabirus  at  Hato  El  Frfo,  a 78.000-ha  private  cattle  ranch  located  in  the  southern 
or  flooded  plains  of  Venezuela,  between  the  villages  of  El  Saman  and  Mantecal  (7  35 

Asociacion  Amigos  de  Donana.  Panama  6,  41012-Sevilla,  Spam. 


524 


Gonzalez  • BREEDING  OF  THE  JABIRU 


525 


7 55  N,  68°50'-69°00'W)  in  the  state  of  Apure.  The  study  area  is  a tropical  wet  savanna 
with  a highly  seasonal  distribution  of  rainfall.  Mean  annual  rainfall  is  1653  mm  (period: 
1969-1988),  with  more  than  80%  falling  between  May  and  October  (rainy  season),  when 
much  of  the  land  is  flooded  up  to  one  meter.  Rainfall  is  very  scarce  between  November  and 
April  (dry  season),  when  much  of  the  land  becomes  dry  and  water  is  restricted  to  a few 
streams,  lagoons,  and  deepest  marshes.  The  climate  is  tropical  and  mean  monthly  temper- 
ature is  more  or  less  uniform  throughout  the  year,  ranging  from  28.6°C  in  March  to  25.4°C 
in  July. 

Following  Ramia  s (1967)  classification  of  llanos  landscape  types,  the  study  area  belongs 
to  the  group  named  “savannas  of  banco,  baji'o  and  estero”.  More  than  80%  of  the  land  is 
occupied  by  herbaceous  savanna  vegetation,  while  the  rest  is  covered  by  gallery  forests  and 
small  isolated  forested  islands  locally  called  matas.  A detailed  description  of  vegetation 
communities  present  at  Hato  El  Frio  can  be  found  in  Castroviejo  and  Lopez  (1985). 

The  study  area  was  surveyed  daily  along  fixed  ground  routes  between  July  and  September 
in  1989  and  1990,  for  pairs  of  Jabirus  and  for  nesting  attempts.  In  1990,  a fixed-wing  aircraft 
was  also  used  to  search  for  new  nests.  Nesting  attempts  were  mapped.  The  status  of  every 
nesting  attempt  was  then  monitored  weekly  until  the  nest  was  abandoned  by  adults  or  until 
fledglings  made  their  first  flight.  A mirror  on  an  extendable  pole  (also  used  to  estimate  nest 
height)  was  used  to  observe  the  contents  of  lower  nests,  but  in  most  cases  it  was  necessary 
to  climb  the  tree  or  to  use  a ladder  to  reach  nest  level.  Many  of  the  nests  were  inaccessible 
from  the  ground,  and  their  status  in  1989-1990  was  determined  by  prolonged  observation 
of  the  birds  behavior.  During  1990-1991,  a fixed-wing  aircraft  was  used  to  check  the 
contents  of  inaccessible  nests.  The  sexes  were  distinguished  by  body  size  and  length  and 
curvature  of  bill  (Kahl  1971),  later  confirmed  by  copulation  position. 

Repeated  visits  to  wading  bird  nests  can  severely  bias  the  reproductive  parameters  studied 
(Tremblay  and  Ellison  1979,  Frederick  and  Collopy  1989b,  Kushlan  1992).  On  each  visit, 
the  distance  at  which  adults  left  the  nest  in  response  to  human  approach,  the  total  time  spent 
near  each  nest  and  the  length  of  time  it  took  the  birds  to  return  to  the  nest  were  recorded. 
Careful  observations  were  made  for  possible  predation  attempts  while  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
nest.  To  minimize  disturbance,  nests  containing  chicks  more  than  two  weeks  old  were  not 
climbed;  after  this  stage,  chicks  were  easily  visible  using  12X  binoculars  or  a 20X  telescope, 
but  eight  visits  to  nests  with  older  chicks  were  made  to  collect  regurgitation  samples  (Gon- 
zalez 1993).  No  nests  were  climbed  more  than  three  times  during  incubation  and  the  first 
two  weeks  after  hatching.  In  every  case,  I avoided  stormy  or  rainy  days  and  direct  sunshine 
to  prevent  thermal  stress  to  nest  contents  (Dusi  and  Dusi  1978,  King  1978). 

Nesting  attempts  were  categorized  as  having  nest  construction  activities  and  permanent 
occupation  by  a pair  of  Jabirus.  Active  nests  were  those  in  which  at  least  one  egg  was  laid 
or,  in  inaccessible  nests,  those  in  which  continuous  incubation  activity  by  adults  was  ob- 
served. Successful  nests  were  tho,se  in  which  at  least  one  chick  fledged,  and  unsuccessful 
nests  those  that  lost  all  eggs  or  chicks. 


RESULTS 

Breeding  dates. — The  Jabiru  nesting  period  in  the  southern  llanos  be- 
gan in  the  latter  part  of  the  rainy  season  and  extended  to  the  middle  of 
the  dry  season.  Laying  was  from  mid-August  to  mid-November,  with  the 
greatest  number  of  clutches  laid  in  September  (66.6%  in  1989  and  50% 
in  1990,  Fig.  1).  The  nesting  season  began  later  in  1989  than  in  1990;  in 


Percent  of  clutches 


526 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


40 


Lig.  1.  Jabiru  laying  dates  at  Hato  el  Lno  in  1989  and  1990. 


the  first  season,  no  eggs  were  laid  until  September,  while  in  1990,  25% 
of  the  clutches  were  initiated  in  the  second  half  of  August  (Fig.  1). 

Nestlings  stayed  in  the  nest  for  about  three  months  (84-93  days;  N - 
3 nests).  Most  of  the  1989  successful  nestlings  made  their  first  flight  from 
1 to  20  January  1990  (64.3%);  the  remaining  ones  fledged  m February 
(Fig.  2).  After  their  first  flight  siblings  stayed  together  and  were  fed  by 
their  parents  in  nearby  wetlands  for  a period  of  6-8  weeks  (Gonzalez 
1993).  Therefore,  successful  Jabiru  pairs  were  involved  in  reproductive 

tasks  for  almost  seven  months  a year  (Fig.  2). 

Nest  site. — Most  of  the  nests  (78.1%)  were  in  small  isolated  forested 
islands  (matas)  of  0.2-2  ha,  3.1%  were  in  matas  of  more  than  50  ha, 
9.4%  were  in  gallery  forests  and  the  remaining  9.4%  were  in  solitary 
trees.  Almost  all  the  Jabiru  nests  were  solitary  and  owners  defended  a 
breeding  territory  of  300-500  m around  their  nests  by  chasing  other  Jab- 
irus  and  other  wading  bird  species  that  flew  or  foraged  in  that  area.  Mean 
distance  to  nearest  conspecific  nest  was  1.9  km  (range:  1.2-2. 8).  Three 
nests  were  built  in  the  center  of  mixed-species  colonies  containing  other 
wading  birds  such  as  White-necked  Herons  {Ardea  cocoi).  Great  Egrets 
{Casmerodius  albus),  and  Maguari  Storks  {Ciconia  maguari). 

Nests  generally  were  built  at  the  top  of  one  of  ten  different  species  of 
large  broad-leaved  trees.  Stercidia  apetala  was  the  most  frequently  used 
(36.4%  of  the  nests),  followed  by  Ficus  sp.  (18.2%)  and  Pithecellobiiim 
.saman  (9.1%).  Other  trees  that  supported  Jabiru  nests  were  Spondias 


Percent  of  nests 


Gonzalez  • BREEDING  OF  THE  JABIRU  527 


Occupied  f 

— 1 With  eggs 

^ With  chicks 

Failed  I 

— 1 Successful 

10  25  10  25  10  25  10  25  10  25  10  25  10  25 

AUG  SEP  OCT  NOV  DEC  JAN  FEB 


1989-90 


31  15  31  15  30  15  31  15  30  15  31  15  3l"  15 

JUL  AUG  SEP  OCT  NOV  DEC  JAN  FEI 


1990-91 

Fig.  2.  Phenology  of  the  1989-90  (N  = 20  nests)  and  1990-91  (N  = 24  nests)  breeding 
seasons. 


mombin,  Acrocomia  sclerocarpa,  Ceiba  pentandra,  Tabebuia  sp.,  Sapiiim 
biglandulosum,  Vitex  sp.,  and  Coccoloba  camcasana. 

The  average  height  of  Jabiru  nests  on  Hato  El  Fno  was  15.4  m (range: 
8-26).  At  a nearby  ranch  (Hato  El  Cedral),  a nest  was  built  less  than  7 


528 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


m from  the  ground.  In  nests  located  in  dense  forests  (matas  or  gallery 
forests),  the  pair  usually  chose  the  highest  tree  around  with  an  excellent 
view  of  the  surrounding  country.  Nests  were  placed  on  forks  of  large 
limbs,  between  a large  horizontal  limb  and  the  main  trunk,  or  more  usu- 
ally in  places  where  3-4  branches  crossed.  Of  the  studied  nests,  71.9% 
were  on  the  top  of  the  tree  (crown  branches),  while  the  remaining  28.1% 
were  on  bifurcations  of  the  trunk  of  a dead  tree.  All  of  the  nests  were 
less  than  500  m from  a large  temporary  or  permanent  wetland.  Many  of 
the  nests  (28.1%)  were  completely  surrounded  by  deep  marshes  inundated 
during  the  nesting  season,  21.9%  were  close  to  large  permanent  lagoons, 
and  the  remaining  50%  were  on  the  edge  of  a river  or  stream.  These 
flooded  wetlands  were  used  by  fledglings  for  6-8  weeks  after  leaving  the 

nest. 

Construction  and  structure  of  nests. — All  but  two  of  22  nests  occupied 
in  the  1989-1990  breeding  season  were  reused  in  1990-1991.  80%  of 
those  nests  included  part  of  their  basic  structure  from  one  year  to  the 
next.  The  remaining  20%  completely  disappeared  during  the  non-breeding 
season  due  to  weather,  broken  supporting  limbs,  or  the  piracy  of  nest 
materials  by  other  wading  birds  (in  nests  located  in  mixed-species  colo- 

nies). 

The  time  spent  by  Jabirus  on  nest  construction  before  egg-laying  de- 
pended on  the  previous  state  of  the  nest.  Two  nests  were  completely  built 
in  less  than  20  days  from  a residual  group  of  sticks  remaining  from  the 
previous  nesting  season.  Another  nest,  that  kept  its  structure  almost  intact, 
was  repaired  in  less  than  a week.  The  longest  time  it  took  a pair  of  Jabirus 
to  build  their  new  nest  was  seven  weeks.  Both  sexes  collaborate  in  nest 
construction  or  repairing,  although  sticks  are  mainly  gathered  by  the  male 
(Kahl  1971,  Shannon  1987),  at  least  in  early  stages  of  nest-buildmg.  In 
four  nests  monitored  during  an  entire  day,  66%  of  the  new  sticks  for  nest 
construction  were  gathered  by  the  male  and  34%  by  the  female.  In  another 
nest  that  was  apparently  finished,  all  of  the  sticks  and  green  materials 
were  gathered  by  the  male  while  the  female  remained  on  a nearby  branch; 
only  sometimes  (30.7%),  when  the  male  came  back  with  new  materials, 
she  jumped  to  the  nest  to  position  the  sticks  and  then  copulate.  After  egg- 
laying  the  female  assumes  a more  equal  role  in  nest-maintenance,  as  is 

the  case  in  other  storks  (Kahl  1971). 

Jabiru  nests  are  oval  to  circular  structures  composed  of  sticks  up  to 
160  cm  long  and  3.5  cm  thick,  with  a central  area  lined  with  green  plant 
material  (grass,  leaves  and  aquatic  vegetation).  Five  nests  measured  dur- 
ing incubation  averaged  205  X 180  cm  (range:  180  X 130-220  X 180), 
with  a central  lined  area  of  100  X 85  cm  (range:  80  X 70-120  X 90). 


Gonzalez  • BREEDING  OF  THE  JABIRU 


529 


Nest  thickness  ranged  between  40  and  60  cm,  although  one  exceptional 
nest  was  1 10  cm  thick. 

The  gathering  of  sticks  and  green  lining  material  continued  without 
interruption  throughout  the  nesting  season,  even  in  nests  containing  nest- 
lings more  than  80  days  old  and  almost  ready  to  fly.  Initial  size  of  nests 
changed  significantly  between  incubation  and  fledgling  stages.  One  nest 
was  220  X 170  cm  during  the  incubation  period  and  reached  270  X 190 
cm  two  months  later;  the  lined  area  also  increased  from  120  X 90  to  170 
X 130  cm. 

Clutch  size  and  eggs. — Three  complete  clutches  in  1989-1990  and  14 
in  1990—1991  were  counted.  Grouping  nests  of  both  breeding  seasons, 
average  clutch  size  was  3.4  eggs  (range:  2—5;  N = 17),  with  six  nests  of 
four  eggs  and  five  nests  of  two  eggs.  A possible  replacement  clutch  was 
found.  The  owners  of  this  nest  lost  their  original  clutch  of  two  eggs  in 
the  first  week  of  October  1990,  and  the  same  pair  was  seen  incubating 
during  several  consecutive  days  in  the  middle  of  November.  The  nest  was 
abandoned  during  the  first  days  of  December  before  I could  corroborate 
the  existence  of  a replacement  clutch  and  its  size. 

The  eggs  of  the  Jabiru  are  ovate  to  subelliptical.  Coloration  is  white 
but  becomes  dirty  with  the  passage  of  time.  Six  eggs  from  three  nests, 
measured  early  in  incubation,  averaged  70.4  X 53.6  mm  (length;  67.6- 
72.9;  width:  49.8-55.9),  with  a mean  weight  of  110  g (range:  90-120). 

Nesting  success. — Of  the  22  nesting  attempts  during  the  1989-1990 
breeding  season,  five  were  abandoned  before  egg-laying  or  any  incubation 
activity  by  Jabirus.  Three  of  these  failed  attempts  were  abandoned  in  an 
early  stage  of  nest  construction,  while  the  other  two  nests  were  apparently 
finished  and  many  copulations  occurred  in  them  before  they  were  aban- 
doned. Territorial  pairs  of  abandoned  nests  remained  in  the  area  for  up 
to  two  months,  usually  perching  on  the  same  tree  that  supported  the  nest. 
It  is  unlikely  that  pairs  that  failed  during  early  stages  of  construction  try 
to  nest  again  in  another  area  distant  from  the  original  one.  Eight  of  17 
active  nests  during  1989-1990  fledged  at  least  one  chick  (Table  1).  The 
total  number  of  fledglings  produced  in  the  study  area  was  16,  with  an 
average  of  0.94  young  per  active  nest.  Nine  nests  (53%)  failed,  seven 
during  incubation  and  two  when  they  contained  young  chicks.  Three  nests 
fell  from  trees.  Another  had  two  infertile  eggs  that  finally  were  aban- 
doned. In  the  remaining  five  nests  the  cause  of  reproductive  failure  could 
not  be  determined.  Partial  losses  were  recorded  in  the  eight  successful 
nests.  One  egg  from  a clutch  of  three  was  infertile  but  remained  in  the 
nest  for  more  than  a week  after  the  hatching  of  the  other  two.  In  two 
nests  with  initial  brood  size  of  three,  the  two  youngest  chicks  were  con- 
siderably smaller  than  their  sibling  and  died  during  the  first  month  of  life. 


530 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Reproductive  Success  of  the  Jabiru  on  Hato  El  Eri'o  during  the  Breeding  Seasons 

OF  1989-90  AND  1990-91 


Nest  variable 

Occupied  nests 
Active  nests‘‘ 

Successful  nests 
% of  nests  successful*’ 
Number  of  fledglings 
Lledglings/active  nest 
Lledglings/successful  nest 

“ Producing  a clutch  of  eggs. 

'>  Producing  at  least  one  chick  to  fledging  age. 


1989-90 


22 

17 

8 

47.0 

16 

0.94 

2.0 


1990-91 

28 

21 

10 

47.6 

21 

1.00 

2.1 


probably  due  to  starvation.  At  another  nest,  one  of  three  nestlings  65--70 
days  old  died  during  a prehiature  first  flight  or  a fall  during  flapping 
exercises. 

In  the  breeding  season  of  1990-1991  21  of  28  nesting  attempts  resulted 
in  active  nests.  Ten  were  successful  (47.6%).  The  total  number  of  fledg- 
lings produced  in  the  area  was  21  (Table  1).  Using  data  from  14  closely 
monitored  nests,  I estimated  that  only  20%  of  the  eggs  laid  produced 
fledglings.  Eight  nests  failed  during  incubation  and  three  after  hatching. 
One  nest  with  two  nestlings  3-4  weeks  old  fell  when  the  supporting  limb 
broke.  In  three  failed  nests,  I observed  Crested  Caracaras  {Polyborus 
plancus)  eating  eggs  (2  nests)  and  nestlings  9-14  days  old  (1  nest);  chicks 
and  eggs  were  completely  consumed  at  the  nest.  It  is  unknown  whether 
this  was  predation  or  post-abandonment  scavenging  (see  Frederick  and 
Collopy  1989c).  In  one  of  these  nests  several  days  before  predation,  the 
pair  of  Jabirus  left  the  eggs  alone  for  long  periods  of  time,  which  suggests 
that  abandonment  might  have  been  the  actual  cause  of  failure.  Brood 
reductions  occurred  in  three  successful  nests,  which  lost  a total  of  four 
nestlings.  In  two  nests  with  initial  brood  size  of  three,  the  youngest  chick 
died  apparently  of  starvation;  in  another  nest,  with  initial  brood  size  of 
four,  two  chicks  died  during  the  first  month  of  life. 

DISCUSSION 

Jabirus  begin  breeding  in  the  southern  llanos  of  Venezuela  in  August 
and  some  breeding  occurs  until  February  of  the  following  year.  Egg- 
laying  takes  place  mainly  during  September,  and  most  fledglings  leave 
their  nests  in  January.  The  dates  of  egg  laying  coincide  with  the  period 
of  major  flooding,  when  adult  Jabirus  can  easily  find  abundant  food  in 


Gonzalez  • BREEDING  OE  THE  JABIRU 


531 


inundated  marshes,  mainly  freshwater  eels  (Kushlan  et  al.  1985,  Thomas 
1985,  Gonzalez  1993).  Fledglings  make  their  first  flight  in  the  middle  of 
the  llanos  dry  season,  when  the  absence  of  rains  and  rapid  drying  result 
in  large  concentrations  of  fishes  in  the  few  lagoons  and  ponds  that  still 
preserve  some  water  (Gonzalez  1993).  The  begining  of  the  breeding  sea- 
son, as  well  as  nesting  success  of  the  Jabiru  in  the  southern  llanos,  may 
be  related  to  the  onset  and  quantity  of  rainfall  and  the  effect  they  have 
on  water  level  and  food  availability.  This  is  similar  to  other  wading  bird 
species  that  breed  in  wetland  habitats  distinguished  by  a marked  seasonal 
fluctuation  in  water  level  (Ogden  et  al.  1980,  Ayarzagiiena  et  al.  1981, 
Frederick  and  Collopy  1989a).  Breeding  dates  in  the  study  area  are  similar 
to  those  reported  in  literature  for  Jabirus  in  other  regions.  Kahl  (1971) 
reported  that  the  egg-laying  period  extends  from  July  to  October  in  Ar- 
gentina and  Brasil.  Spaans  (1975)  recorded  egg  laying  during  August  and 
September  in  Surinam.  Laying  dates  in  Guyana,  Brazil,  and  Colombia  are 
also  between  July  and  October  (in  Kahl  1971).  In  the  central  llanos  of 
Venezuela,  most  of  the  clutches  are  laid  during  September  and  October 
(Thomas  1985). 

The  majority  of  the  nests  found  in  the  study  area  were  located  in  for- 
ested islands  (matas)  of  less  than  2 ha,  with  nests  most  frequently  placed 
in  Sterculia  apetala.  Other  Jabiru  nests  reported  from  the  llanos  include 
11  nests  in  the  palm  Copernicia  tectorum  (Thomas  1981)  and  two  nests 
in  Pithecellobium  saman  (Ogden  and  Thomas  1985).  Spaans  (1975)  men- 
tioned one  nest  in  Ceiba  pentandra  in  Surinam  and  Kahl  (1971)  reported 
six  nests  in  palms  and  other  medium-size  trees  in  Argentina.  In  general, 
Jabirus  build  nests  far  from  other  wading  bird  nests.  However,  three  nests 
in  the  study  area  were  in  the  center  of  mixed-species  colonies.  Naumburg 
(in  Kahl  1971)  also  reported  one  Jabiru  nest  in  a large  colony  of  Wood 
Storks  (Mycteria  americana)  in  Brazil. 

Average  clutch  size  in  the  study  area  was  3.4  eggs.  Most  completed 
clutches  were  comprised  of  four  eggs.  Three  clutches  (17.6%)  were  com- 
prised of  five  eggs,  a number  that  is  considered  rare  for  Jabirus  (Kahl 
1971,  Hancock  et  al.  1992).  Hagmann  (in  Bent  1926)  reported  clutches 
of  two  and  three  eggs  in  Jabiru  nests,  while  Lloyd  (in  Bent  1926)  reported 
that  four  eggs  was  the  most  frequent  clutch  size  in  this  species.  Kahl 
(1971)  reported  two  clutches  of  four  eggs  in  Argentina.  The  average  size 
of  six  eggs  was  slightly  lower  than  average  size  reported  by  Bent  (1926): 
73.4  X 58.2  mm  (N  = 8). 

Jabirus  exhibit  territoriality  throughout  the  nesting  season  (Kahl  1973, 
Thomas  1985,  Shannon  1987).  As  a consequence  of  this  agressive  be- 
havior, Thomas  (1981)  suggests  that  it  is  unlikely  that  more  than  one 
female  could  lay  eggs  in  the  same  nest.  Although  I absolutely  agree  with 


532 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


these  statements,  however,  an  exceptional  event  took  place  in  one  of  the 
studied  nests:  for  more  than  three  hours  in  the  morning  of  3 October 
1989,  a male  copulated  repeatedly  with  two  different  females,  each  of 
which  took  turns  in  the  nest;  finally,  one  of  the  females  was  expelled  by 
the  other  and  left  the  area.  The  nest  was  abandoned  three  weeks  after  this 
event  and  no  incubation  activity  was  observed  during  that  period. 

Nest  success  in  the  study  area  was  47%  in  1989-1990  (N  = 17  nests) 
and  47.6%  in  1990-1991  (N  = 21  nests),  with  only  20%  of  the  eggs 
producing  fledglings  (N  = 14  nests).  There  are  no  other  published  data 
on  nesting  success  of  this  species  in  other  geographical  areas  to  compare 
with  my  results. 

Most  of  the  unsuccessful  nests  failed  in  an  early  stage  of  incubation. 
The  abandonment  of  the  nest  by  adults  and  predation  upon  eggs  or  nest- 
lings seem  to  be  the  two  most  important  causes  of  nesting  failure  in  the 
studied  population;  it  is  very  difficult  to  determine  which  of  them  occurs 
first  (Frederick  and  Collopy  1989c).  The  Crested  Caracara,  an  abundant 
raptor  in  the  southern  llanos,  was  the  main  predator  of  eggs  and  nestlings 
of  Jabirus  and,  in  general,  of  all  wading  birds  in  the  study  area  (Gonzalez 

1993). 

Of  22  nests  recorded  during  the  1989-1990  breeding  season,  19  were 
reused  in  1990-1991  (86.4%).  Thomas  (1981)  reported  that  in  the  central 
llanos  of  Venezuela,  new  nests  were  made  every  breeding  season  because 
palms  supporting  nests  died  after  the  first  year.  In  the  study  area  1 found 
only  one  nest  in  a palm  in  1989-1990;  this  nest  fell  during  the  incubation 

period  and  was  not  reused  in  1990-1991. 

Of  the  17  active  nests  monitored  in  the  first  breeding  season,  only  eight 
were  again  active  during  the  second  one.  Considering  the  successful  nests 
of  1989-1990  (N  = 8),  only  three  of  them  were  active  in  1990-1991, 
and  only  two  were  again  successful.  If  we  assume  the  hypothesis  that 
Jabiru  pairs  remain  mated  in  successive  seasons  and  use  the  same  nesting 
site,  which  is  supported  by  several  observations  on  their  nesting  behavior 
and  territoriality  (Kahl  1973,  Thomas  1985,  Gonzalez  1993),  my  data 
would  indicate  that  less  than  half  of  active  pairs  in  one  season  are  also 
active  during  the  following  one  and  that  only  25%  of  successful  pairs  are 
successful  in  a second  consecutive  season.  This  may  be  due  to  a mere 
coincidence  or  could  suggest  that  Jabirus  have  some  trouble  breeding 
successfully  in  consecutive  years,  perhaps  due  to  the  great  amount  of  time 
that  adults  spend  on  breeding-related  activities  (6-7  months).  Long-term 
studies  in  the  same  area  that  include  monitoring  of  marked  birds  are 
needed  to  assess  these  statements. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  J Castroviejo  for  his  encouragement  during  this  work.  I also  thank  all  the  Mal- 
donado family,  owners  of  Hato  El  Frio,  for  their  hospitality  and  for  giving  us  all  the  facilities 


Gonzalez  • BREEDING  OF  THE  JABIRU 


533 


to  develop  our  work.  I am  grateful  to  E Ibanez,  V.  Rosales,  P.  Quinones,  and  the  staff  of 
Estacion  Biologica  El  Fn'o  for  their  assistance  during  the  field  work.  I am  also  very  grateful 
to  P.  Frederick,  C.  Ramo,  E.  de  Juana,  B.  T.  Thomas,  and  C.  R.  Blem  for  reviewing  earlier 
drafts  of  the  manuscript.  Financial  support  was  provided  by  grants  of  Asociacion  de  Amigos 
de  Donana  and  Universidad  Complutense  de  Madrid. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Ayarzaguena,  J.,  J.  Perez,  and  C.  Ramo.  1981.  Los  garceros  del  Llano.  Cuadernos  La- 
goven,  Caracas,  Venezuela. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1926.  Life  histories  of  North  American  marsh  birds.  I.  U.S.  National  Museum 
Bull.  135,  Washington,  D.C. 

Blake,  E.  R.  1977.  Manual  of  Neotropical  Birds,  Vol.  1.  Univ.  of  Chicago  Press,  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

Castroviejo,  S.  and  G.  Lopez.  1985.  Estudio  y descripcion  de  las  comunidades  vegetales 
del  “Hato  El  Frio”,  los  llanos  de  Venezuela.  Memoria  de  la  Sociedad  de  Ciencias 
Naturales  La  Salle  124:79-151. 

Dusi,  J.  L.  AND  R.  T.  Dusi.  1978.  Survey  methods  used  for  wading  bird  studies  in  Alabama. 
Pp.  207-211  in  Wading  birds  (A.  Sprunt,  IV,  J.  C.  Ogden,  and  S.  Winckler,  eds.). 
National  Audubon  Society  Research  Report  7,  New  York,  New  York. 

Frederick,  P.  C.  and  M.  W.  Collopy.  1989a.  Nesting  success  of  five  ciconiiform  species 
in  relation  to  water  conditions  in  the  Florida  Everglades.  Auk  106:625-634. 

AND . 1989b.  Researcher  disturbance  in  colonies  of  wading  birds:  effects  of 

frequency  of  visits  and  egg-marking  on  reproductive  parameters.  Colon.  Waterbirds  12- 
152-157. 

AND  . 1989c.  The  role  of  predation  in  determining  reproductive  success  of 

colonially  nesting  wading  birds  in  the  Florida  Everglades.  Condor  91:860-867. 
Gonzalez,  J.  A.  1993.  Contribucion  al  estudio  de  la  ecologia  de  las  ciguefias  (Earn.  Ci- 
coniidae)  en  los  llanos  de  Venezuela.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Univ.  Complutense  de  Madrid,  Ma- 
drid, Spain. 

Hancock,  J.  A.,  J.  A.  Kushlan,  and  M.  P.  Kahl.  1992.  Storks,  ibises  and  spoonbills  of 
the  world.  Academic  Press,  London,  England. 

Kahl,  M.  P.  1971.  Observations  on  the  Jabiru  and  Maguari  storks  in  Argentina,  1969. 
Condor  73:220-229. 

. 1973.  Comparative  ethology  of  the  Ciconiidae.  Part  6.  The  Blacknecked,  Saddle- 

bill,  and  Jabiru  storks  (Genera  Xenorhynchus,  Ephippiorhynchus,  and  Jabiru).  Condor 
75:17-27. 

King,  K.  A.  1978.  Colonial  wading  bird  survey  and  census  techniques.  Pp.  155-159  in 
Wading  birds  (A.  Sprunt,  IV,  J.  C.  Ogden,  and  S.  Winckler,  eds.).  National  Audubon 
Society  Research  Report  7,  New  York,  New  York. 

Kushlan,  J.  A.  1992.  Population  biology  and  conservation  of  colonial  wading  birds.  Colon. 
Waterbirds  15:1-7. 

, G.  Morales,  and  P.  C.  Frohring.  1985.  Foraging  niche  relations  of  wading  birds 
in  tropical  wet  savannas.  Pp.  663-682  in  Neotropical  ornithology  (P.  A.  Buckley,  M. 
S.  Foster,  E.  S.  Morton,  R.  S.  Ridgely,  and  F.  G.  Buckley,  eds.).  Ornithol.  Monogr.  No. 
36.  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Luthin,  C.  S.  1987.  Status  and  conservation  priorities  for  the  world’s  stork  species.  Colon. 
Waterbirds  10:181—202. 

Morales,  G.  1990.  Conservacion  de  las  aves  zancudas  en  los  llanos  de  Venezuela.  Pp.  77- 
84  in  The  Scarlet  Ibis  (Eiidocimu.s  ruber)-,  status,  conservation  and  recent  research  (P. 


534 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


C.  Frederick,  L.  G.  Morales,  A.  L.  Spaans,  and  C.  S.  Luthin,  eds.).  International  Wa- 
terfowl and  Wetlands  Research  Bureau,  Slimbridge,  England. 

Ogden,  J.  C.,  H.  W.  Kale,  and  S.  A.  Nesbitt.  1980.  The  influence  of  annual  variation  in 
rainfall  and  water  levels  on  nesting  by  Florida  populations  of  wading  birds.  Transactions 
of  the  Linnaean  Society  of  New  York  9:1 15—126. 

and  B.  T.  Thomas.  1985.  A colonial  wading  bird  survey  in  the  central  llanos  of 

Venezuela.  Colon.  Waterbirds  8:23-31. 

Ramia,  M.  1967.  Tipos  de  sabanas  en  los  llanos  de  Venezuela.  Boletin  de  la  Sociedad 
Venezolana  de  Ciencias  Naturales  27:264—288. 

Ramo,  C.  and  B.  Busto.  1984.  Censo  aereo  de  Corocoros  y otras  aves  acuaticas  en  Ven- 
ezuela. Boletin  de  la  Sociedad  Venezolana  de  Ciencias  Naturales  39:65-88. 

Shannon,  P.  W.  1987.  The  Jabiru  Stork  {Jabiru  mycteria)  in  zoo  collections  in  the  United 
States.  Colon.  Waterbirds  10:242-250. 

Spaans,  A.  L.  1975.  The  status  of  the  Wood  Stork,  Jabiru,  and  Maguari  Stork  along  the 
Surinam  coast.  South  America.  Ardea  63:116-130. 

Thomas,  B.  T.  1981.  Jabiru  nest,  nest  building  and  quintuplets.  Condor  83:84-85. 

. 1985.  Coexistence  and  behavior  differences  among  the  three  western  hemisphere 

storks.  Pp.  921-931  in  Neotropical  ornithology  (P.  A.  Buckley,  M.  S.  Foster,  E.  S. 
Morton,  R.  S.  Ridgely,  and  F.  G.  Buckley,  eds.).  Ornithol.  Monogr.  No.  36.  American 
Ornithologists’  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Tremblay,  J.  and  L.  N.  Ellison.  1979.  Effects  of  human  disturbance  on  breeding  of  Black- 
crowned  Night  Herons.  Auk  96:364-369. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  535-539 


EFFECT  OF  EGG  SIZE  ON  PREDATION  BY 
WHITE-FOOTED  MICE 

R.  M.  DeGraaf  and  T.  J.  Maier 

Abstract. — We  compared  predation  by  wild-trapped,  caged  white-footed  mice  (Pero- 
mysciis  leucopus)  on  eggs  of  Japanese  Quail  {Coturnix  cotiirnix)  and  Zebra  Finches  (Poe- 
phila  guttata)  to  test  the  effect  of  egg  size.  Nine  male  and  nine  female  mice  were  weighed, 
acclimated  to  cages  for  24  h,  and  presented  with  two  wicker  nests,  one  containing  a Japanese 
Quail  egg  (33  X 23  mm)  and  the  other  a Zebra  Finch  egg  (16  X 12  mm).  Nests  were 
checked  at  2,  4,  6,  8,  12,  16,  and  24  h;  after  24  h,  no  quail  eggs  were  depredated,  but  16 
of  18  finch  eggs  were  destroyed.  Given  their  ability  to  consume  small  eggs  and  their  ubiquity 
and  abundance,  white-footed  mice  are  potentially  significant  nest  predators.  Received  21 
Nov.  1995,  accepted  15  Feb.  1996. 


While  evaluating  the  effect  of  forest  understory  density  on  predation 
of  artificial  nests,  we  found  that  white-footed  mice  (Peromyscus  leucopus) 
frequently  were  recorded  by  remotely-triggered  cameras  at  ground  and 
shrub  nests  containing  eggs  of  Japanese  Quail  {Coturnix  coturnix).  Many 
of  these  same  nests  appeared  to  be  undisturbed  at  the  end  of  the  exposure 
period  (DeGraaf  et  al.,  unpubl.  data).  Eggs  of  Coturnix  commonly  are 
used  to  simulate  those  of  passerines  in  studies  of  nest  predation  because 
they  are  the  smallest  eggs  commercially  available  in  large  quantity.  Many 
studies  have  recently  been  conducted  using  Coturnix  eggs  to  assess  effects 
of  habitat  fragmentation  or  structure  on  forest  birds,  especially  Neotrop- 
ical migrants  (e.g..  Small  and  Hunter  1988,  Wilcove  1985,  Martin  1987), 
but  none  of  these  studies  tested  whether  mice  can  open  songbird  eggs  but 
not  the  larger  quail  eggs.  Maxson  and  Oring  (1978)  reported  that  preda- 
tion on  Spotted  Sandpiper  {Actitis  macularia)  eggs  essentially  was  elim- 
inated after  Peromyscus  were  trapped  out  of  the  study  area,  indirectly 
implicating  mice  as  nest  predators.  White-footed  mice  have  been  docu- 
mented as  predators  on  nests  of  Prothonotary  Warblers  (Protonotaria  ci- 
trea)  (Guillory  1987).  Do  Coturnix  eggs  allow  assessment  of  the  role  of 
mice  as  predators  on  artificial  nests? 

We  compared  predation  by  caged  white-footed  mice  on  eggs  of  Japa- 
nese Quail  and  Zebra  Finches  {Poephila  guttata)  to  test  the  effect  of  egg 
size.  Coturnix  eggs  averaged  approximately  33  X 23  mm,  and  finch  eggs 
were  approximately  16  X 12  mm.  For  comparison,  egg  sizes  of  several 
forest  passerines  are:  Gray  Catbird  (Dumetella  caroUnensi.s),  26  X 19 


USDA  Forest  Service,  Northeastern  Forest  Experiment  Station,  Univ.  of  Massachusetts,  Amherst,  Mas- 
sachusetts 01003. 


535 


536 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


20 


16 


O) 

C 

'c  12 

’CC 

E 

CD 

^ n 

U)  8 
O) 

LLI 


4 


0 5 10  15  20  25 

Hours  post  exposure 

Lig.  1.  Numbers  of  large  Japanese  Quail  {Coturnix  coturnix)  and  small  Zebra  Linch 
(Poephila  guttata)  eggs  remaining  after  one  egg  of  each  type  was  simultaneously  exposed 
to  18  wild-trapped  white-footed  mice  (Peromyscus  leucopus)  for  24  h. 


• • • • 


Coturnix  couturnix 
Poephil^guttata 


mm;  Wood  Thrush  (Hylocichla  mustelina):  25  X 19  mm,  and  Black-and- 
White  Warbler  (Mniotilta  varia):  17X13  mm  (Harrison  1975). 

METHODS 

Eighteen  white-footed  mice,  nine  males  and  nine  non-lactating  females,  were  selected 
randomly  from  25  individually  caged  mice  wild-trapped  over  a two-day  period  in  western 
Massachusetts.  Mice  were  weighed,  sexed,  and  acclimated  for  at  least  24  h to  cages  in  a 
large,  unheated  vacant  barn.  Cages  were  provided  with  wood-chip  litter,  water,  and  food  ad 
lib.  Weights  of  mice  ranged  from  1 1.7  to  27.4  g,  representing  juvenile,  subadult,  and  adult 
stages.  Mean  weight  for  both  males  and  females  was  20.3  g.  Each  mouse  was  then  provided 
with  two  aviculturists’  wicker  nests,  one  containing  a Zebra  Finch  egg  and  the  other  a 
Japanese  Quail  egg,  at  09:00  on  13  October  1995.  Nests  were  checked  at  2,  4,  6,  8,  12,  16, 
and  24  h post-exposure  and  predation  on  eggs  was  recorded. 

RESULTS 

After  24  h exposure,  no  Coturnix  eggs  were  depredated,  but  16  of  18  finch  eggs  were 
destroyed  (Fig.  1).  White-footed  mice  are  primarily  nocturnal  (Baumgardner  et  al.  1980), 
but  predation  on  finch  eggs  commenced  shortly  after  exposure,  i.e.,  in  mid-  to  late  morning. 
Mean  times  until  depredation  differed  (0.05  > 1/|  > 0.02)  for  female  (x  — 6.5  h)  and  male 
(jp  = 15.5  h)  mice.  We  detected  no  relationship  between  mouse  weight  and  time  to,  egg 
depredation.  The  two  finch  eggs  not  eaten  within  24  h were  given  to  two  other  randomly 


DeGraafand  Metier  • EGG  PREDATION  BY  MICE 


537 


chosen  mice  to  determine  whether  these  eggs  were  unpalatable;  both  eggs  were  eaten  within 
24  h.  All  but  one  finch  egg  were  opened  from  the  side  and  the  contents  eaten  through  the 
resulting  hole;  one  egg  was  opened  at  both  ends.  No  Coturnix  eggs  were  broken  after 
exposure  for  13  days. 


DISCUSSION 

White-footed  mice  probably  are  significant  predators  of  passerine  eggs, 
but  based  on  the  results  of  our  experiments,  their  effect  cannot  be  exper- 
imentally measured  using  Coturnix  eggs.  The  inability  of  mice  to  con- 
sume quail  eggs  may  be  due  to  several  factors.  First,  the  jaw-gape  of 
mice  may  be  too  small.  We  measured  the  Jaw-gape  of  22  previously- 
frozen,  locally  wild-trapped  adult  white-footed  mice.  The  jaws  were 
opened,  using  loops  of  fine  wire  until  resistance  was  felt,  and  the  distance 
between  upper  and  lower  incisor  tips  measured.  Jaw-gape  ranged  from 
7.0  to  10.5  mm,  with  a mean  of  8.9  ± 1.1  mm.  Such  a gape  seems  too 
small  to  open  Coturnix  eggs,  which  were  23  mm  in  smaller  diameter. 
Also,  eastern  chipmunks  (Tamias  striatus)  did  not  open  Coturnix  eggs 
even  though  they  had  previously  consumed  the  contents  when  presented 
with  broken  eggs  (Haskell,  1995a). 

Second,  eggs  from  commercial  quail  farms  may  have  thick  shells  due 
to  diet  supplements;  this  was  the  case  with  our  quail  eggs.  Shell  thickness 
may  partly  explain  why  Coturnix  eggs  were  not  opened  by  mice  in  the 
present  study,  but  Spotted  Sandpiper  eggs,  which  are  about  the  same 
size — 32  X 23  mm  (Harrison  1975:69) — apparently  were  depredated  by 
mice  in  Maxson  and  Oring’s  (1978)  study.  We  measured  shell  thickness 
of  five  fragments  of  each  of  two  Spotted  Sandpiper  eggs,  one  from  the 
Carnegie  Museum  and  another  from  the  University  of  Massachusetts  Mu- 
seum of  Zoology;  both  measured  102  microns  thick.  Two  Japanese  Quail 
eggs  similarly  measured  were  229  and  216  microns  thick.  Japanese  Quail 
egg  shells  were  more  than  twice  as  thick  as  Spotted  Sandpiper  eggs. 

Third,  egg  shape  may  be  a factor.  Spotted  Sandpiper  eggs  are  oval  to 
pyriform  (Harrison  1975:69);  Coturnix  eggs  are  short-oval.  Mice  may  be 
able  to  open  the  small  end  of  pyriform  eggs  that  are  the  same  size  as 
short-oval  eggs.  The  eggs  of  most  forest  songbirds  in  the  Northeast  are 
oval  or  short-oval,  rarely  long-oval  (Harrison  1975). 

Coturnix  eggs  and  those  of  domestic  chickens  may  be  useful  to  assess 
predation  on  eggs  of  waterfowl  and  upland  game  birds,  but  such  eggs  are 
too  large  or  too  thick-shelled  to  adequately  assess  predation  on  those  of 
smaller  passerines.  For  example,  Ovenbird  (Seiurus  aurocapillus)  eggs 
average  20.2  X 15.5  mm;  those  of  Chestnut-sided  Warbler  (Dendroica 
pensylvanica)  average  16.7  X 12.4  mm  (Bent  1953).  Haskell  (1995a)  has 
shown  that  the  jaw-gape  of  chipmunks  was  large  enough  to  break  the 


538 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


eggs  of  most  Neotropical  migrant  passerines  that  nest  in  forest  or  scrub, 
but  was  too  small  to  break  Japanese  Quail  eggs. 

The  appearance  and  positioning  of  artificial  nests  can  be  made  to  ap- 
proximate those  of  breeding  birds  (e.g.,  Martin  1987,  Yahner  and  Voytko 
1989)  and  precautions  taken  to  avoid  leaving  human  scent  at  artificial 
nests  (e.g.,  Whelan  et  al.  1994).  But,  if  the  eggs  used  cannot  be  broken 
by  the  full  suite  of  potential  predators  in  the  habitats  being  studied,  total 
predation  rates  or  effects  of  habitat  differences  cannot  be  estimated.  For 
example,  if  the  relative  abundance  of  predator  species  varies  across  hab- 
itat fragment  sizes,  the  bias  inherent  in  using  too-large  eggs  can  lead  to 
spurious  correlations  between  fragment  size  and  predation  rate.  In  an  in- 
vestigation of  whether  the  rate  of  nest  predation  by  small-mouthed  mam- 
malian predators  varied  by  fragment  size,  Haskell  (1995b)  found  that  the 
number  of  eggs  preyed  upon  by  such  predators  increased  with  fragment 
size;  in  large  fragments  the  predominant  nest  predators  were  those  which 
quail  egg  experiments  failed  to  sample.  In  both  North  America  (Yahner 
and  Scott  1988)  and  Europe  (Andren  1992),  nest  predators  in  small  frag- 
ments tend  to  be  large  mammals,  e.g.,  raccoon,  {Procyon  lotor)  or  corv- 
ids. Small  mammals,  e.g.,  white-footed  mice,  in  contrast,  are  ubiquitous 
and  abundant,  inhabiting  many  habitat  types  (Lackey  et  al.  1985)  and  a 
wide  range  of  forest  successional  stages  within  extensive  forests  (Healy 
and  Brooks  1988).  Reitsma  et  al.  (1990)  suggest  that  Peromyscus  may  be 
more  important  as  nest  predators  than  previously  thought. 

The  presence  of  mice  at  artificial  nests,  their  demonstrated  ability  to 
consume  small  eggs,  and  their  ubiquity  and  abundance  render  them  po- 
tentially significant  nest  predators.  Eggs  susceptible  to  mouse  depredation 
must  be  used  to  estimate  their  impact.  We  suggest  that  such  eggs  be  used 
in  future  field  studies  that  use  artificial  nests  to  validate  mouse  predation 
on  nests  of  small  forest  passerines. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  W.  R.  Danielson  for  providing  Zebra  Einch  eggs,  W.  M.  Healy  for  help  trapping 
mice,  R.  Panza  and  K.  Doyle  for  providing  samples  of  Spotted  Sandpiper  eggs,  and  R.  A. 
Askins,  D.  G.  Haskell,  R.  T Holmes,  and  W.  M.  VanderHaegen  for  their  critical  reviews. 
M.  A.  Sheremeta  typed  the  manuscript,  and  R.  T Brooks  prepared  the  figure. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Andren,  H.  1992.  Corvid  density  and  nest  predation  in  relation  to  forest  fragmentation. 
Ecology  73:794—804. 

Baumgardner,  D.  J.,  S.  E.  Ward,  and  D.  A.  Dewsbury.  1980.  Diurnal  patterning  of  eight 
activities  in  14  species  of  muroid  rodents.  Anim.  Learn.  Behav.  8:322—330. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1953.  Life  histories  of  North  American  wood  warblers.  U.S.  National  Mus. 
Bull.  203. 


DeGraaf  and  Maier  • EGG  PREDATION  BY  MICE 


539 


Guillory,  H.  D.  1987.  Cavity  competition  and  suspected  predation  on  Prothonotary  War- 
blers by  Peromyscus  spp.  J.  Field  Ornith.  58:425-427. 

Harrison,  H.  H.  1975.  A field  guide  to  birds’  nests.  Houghton  Mifflin  Co.,  Boston,  Mas- 
sachusetts. 

Haskell,  D.  G.  1996a.  Forest  fragmentation  and  nest  predation:  are  experiments  with 
Japanese  Quail  eggs  misleading?  Auk.  1 12:767-770. 

. 1996b.  Nest  predation  in  forest  track  and  the  decline  of  migratory  songbirds:  a 
reevaluation  of  the  “fragmentation  effect.”  Cons.  Biol.  9:1316-1318. 

Healy,  W.  M.  and  R.  T.  Brooks.  1988.  Small  mammal  abundance  in  northern  hardwood 
stands  in  West  Virginia.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  52:491-496. 

Lackey,  J.  A.,  D.  G.  Huckaby,  and  B.  G.  Ormiston.  1985.  Peromyscus  leucopus.  Mam- 
malian Species  No.  247.  Am.  Soc.  Mammal. 

Martin,  T.  E.,  1987.  Artificial  nest  experiments:  effects  of  nest  appearance  and  type  of 
predator.  Condor  89:925-928. 

Maxson,  S.  j.  and  L.  W.  Oring.  1978.  Mice  as  a source  of  egg  loss  among  ground-nesting 
birds.  Auk  6:582-584. 

Reitsma,  L.  R.,  R.  T.  Holmes,  and  T.  W.  Sherry.  1990.  Effects  of  removal  of  red  squirrels, 
Tamiasciurus  hudsonicus,  and  eastern  chipmunks,  Tamias  striatus,  on  nest  predation  in 
a northern  hardwood  forest:  an  artificial  nest  experiment.  Oikos  57:375-380. 

Small,  M.  F.  and  Hunter,  M.  L.  1988.  Forest  fragmentation  and  avian  nest  predation  in 
forested  landscapes.  Oecologia  76:62-64. 

Whelan,  C.  J.,  M.  L.  Dilger,  D.  Robson,  N.  Hallyn,  and  S.  Dilger.  1994.  Effects  of 
olfactory  cues  on  artificial-nest  experiments.  Auk  1 1 1:945-952. 

Wilcove,  D.  S.  1985.  Nest  predation  in  forest  tracts  and  the  decline  of  migratory  songbirds. 
Ecology  66:1211-1214. 

Yahner,  R.  H.  and  D.  P.  Scott.  1988.  Effects  of  forest  fragmentation  on  depredation  of 
artificial  nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  52:158-161. 

AND  R.  A.  VoYTKO.  1989.  Effects  of  nest-site  selection  on  depredation  of  artificial 
nests.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:21-25. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  540-549 


CAN  CHECKLIST  PROGRAMS  BE  USED  TO  MONITOR 
POPULATIONS  OF  BIRDS  RECORDED  DURING  THE 

MIGRATION  SEASON? 

Erica  H.  Dunn,'  Jacques  Larivee,^  and  Andre  Cyr^ 

Abstract. — Quebec’s  EPOQ  program  compiles  birders  ‘ checklists,  each  of  which  re- 
ports numbers  of  birds  seen  on  one  day  at  one  site.  We  analyzed  EPOQ  data  from  the 
migration  season  alone  (1971-92),  to  see  if  these  unstandardized  counts  might  monitor 
trends  in  populations  that  nest  farther  north.  Two  sets  of  trends  were  computed  for  each  of 
58  species,  from  annual  indices  based  either  on  abundance  or  on  frequency  of  detection. 
Both  spring  EPOQ  trends  were  signihcantly  correlated  with  Breeding  Bird  Survey  trends 
for  Quebec,  while  only  those  based  on  abundance  performed  well  in  fall.  There  was  a 
positive  bias  in  magnitude  of  EPOQ  trends,  but  negative  EPOQ  trends  were  reliable  indi- 
cators of  negative  BBS  trends.  Analysis  of  sub-sets  of  the  data  showed  that  sample  size  had 
little  qualitative  effect.  Checklist  data  should  not  be  relied  on  for  quantitative  population 
monitoring,  but  they  do  contain  useful  information  for  detection  or  corroboration  of  negative 
trends.  Received  27  Aug.  1995,  accepted  22  Jan.  1996. 


Most  songbirds  that  breed  in  North  America  are  monitored  by  the  Breed- 
ing Bird  Survey  (BBS),  a breeding  season  roadside  survey  along  randomly 
chosen  routes  across  the  continent  (Peterjohn  1994).  Certain  species  are 
poorly  covered  by  BBS,  however,  either  because  they  nest  too  sparsely  or 
locally  to  be  covered  by  an  adequate  number  of  routes  (many  raptors  and 
colonial  birds,  for  example)  or  because  they  breed  in  remote  areas  where 
BBS  routes  are  largely  lacking  (e.g.,  many  northern  boreal  forest  breeders). 
Counting  of  birds  during  their  migratory  passage  has  been  suggested  as  a 
means  of  monitoring  some  of  the  species  missed  by  BBS  and  as  a means 
of  corroborating  trends  detected  by  other  programs.  Relatively  standardized 
daily  counts  of  birds  at  bird  observatories  and  hawk  look-outs  have  been 
shown  to  document  long-term  trends  in  bird  numbers  similar  to  those  re- 
ported by  BBS  (reviewed  in  Dunn  and  Hussell  1995). 

Checklist  compilation  programs  potentially  offer  another  source  of  data 
on  population  trends  of  migrants.  Checklists  are  pre-printed  lists  of  spe- 
cies on  which  observers  can  record  their  observations  for  an  area  of  any 
size  and  during  a period  of  any  length.  Compilations  of  checklist  data 
have  several  strong  points:  they  cover  broad  areas  where  other  data  might 
be  lacking,  and  they  harness  the  energy  of  the  myriad  birders  who  already 
keep  careful  records  of  what  they  see.  On  the  negative  side,  there  is  a 


' Canadian  Wildlife  Service,  National  Wildlife  Research  Centre.  100  Gamelin  Blvd.,  Hull,  PQ,  Canada, 
K 1 A 0H3 

2 Etude  des  Populations  d'Oiseaux  du  Quebec,  194  rue  Ouellet,  Rimouski,  PQ,  Canada,  G5L  4R3. 

■’  Departement  de  biologie,  Universite  de  Sherbrooke,  Sherbrooke,  PQ.  Canada,  JIK  2R1. 


540 


Dunn  et  al.  • POPULATION  TRENDS  FROM  CHECKLISTS 


541 


great  deal  of  “noise”  in  the  data,  because  observations  are  made  oppor- 
tunistically at  any  site  on  any  date  without  any  limits  on  duration  of 
observation  or  skill  of  observers.  Birders  may  concentrate  on  “produc- 
tive” locations,  and  likely  are  not  distributed  evenly  in  time  (favoring 
weekends  and  peak  migration  periods).  There  is  also  potential  for  con- 
sistent bias  over  time;  for  example,  as  bird  distribution  and  abundance 
change,  birders  may  move  to  new  locations  and/or  change  their  search 
strategies  to  keep  their  birding  interesting.  Moreover,  steady  improvement 
in  birders’  skills  and  optical  aids  may  have  increased  detectability  of 
certain  species  over  the  years. 

Despite  these  features  of  checklist  data  that  might  obscure  any  changes 
in  bird  populations,  it  is  possible  that  they  still  contain  useful  trend  in- 
formation. Cyr  and  Larivee  (1993)  looked  for  evidence  of  this,  analyzing 
spring  and  fall  data  from  the  Etude  des  Populations  d’Oiseaux  du  Quebec 
(EPOQ).  This  is  North  America’s  longest-running  and  largest  checklist 
compilation  program,  and  data  are  collected  according  to  guidelines  de- 
signed to  maximize  scientific  value  of  such  projects  (Dunn  1995).  The 
EPOQ  trends  in  Cyr  and  Larivee’s  (1993)  study  had  the  same  sign  (pos- 
itive or  negative)  as  BBS  trends  for  Quebec  in  62%  of  the  74  species 
analyzed.  These  results  are  not  strong,  but  the  analysis  was  of  simple 
presence/absence  data  which  are  limited  in  ability  to  detect  trends  (Bart 
and  Klosiewski  1989). 

The  aim  of  this  paper  is  to  examine  more  closely  whether  checklists 
might  contain  useful  information  on  population  trends  and  to  determine 
whether  further  analyses  would  be  worthwhile. 

METHODS 

EPOQ  data  are  semi-standardized  in  that  each  record  contains  the  number  of  birds  seen 
or  heard  on  a single  day’s  visit  to  a single  locality  (within  one  minute  of  latitude  and 
longitude,  or  roughly  3.2  km^;  Cyr  and  Larivee  1993,  1995).  Most  lists  are  submitted  by 
experienced  birders,  and  the  vast  majority  come  from  the  whole  length  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
corridor  in  southern  Quebec  (map  in  Cyr  and  Larivee  1995).  Data  are  quite  well  distributed 
over  all  possible  dates  (individual  days  within  a year).  Although  there  are  fewer  than  30 
checklists  for  most  dates  (54%  of  spring  dates,  89%  of  fall  dates),  there  are  only  29  dates 
in  the  22-year  analysis  period  with  no  checklists  at  all  (0.2%  of  spring  dates  and  1.2%  of 
fall  dates),  all  in  the  early  1970s.  The  average  number  of  lists  per  date  increased  from  4.5 
to  25.4  over  the  study  period.  We  analyzed  all  available  data  within  the  chosen  date  limits 
(see  below)  regardless  of  geographic  location,  length  of  daily  birding  trips,  number  of  ob- 
servers or  weather  conditions,  but  did  take  into  account  the  seasonal  pattern  in  numbers  of 
birds  seen,  as  described  below. 

We  selected  data  from  the  spring  and  fall  migration  “windows”  for  each  of  58  songbirds 
(Table  1)  for  the  period  1971-92.  This  ensured  that  observations  of  breeding  birds  were  not 
mixed  with  observations  of  migrants,  as  could  occur  if  we  used  data  from  a single  period 
covering  the  migration  periods  of  all  species.  To  determine  these  windows,  average  daily 
abundance  was  plotted  against  date  for  each  species.  Dates  were  then  chosen  that  included 


542 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Species  and  Codes  for  Figures,  Quebec  BBS  Trends,  and  EPOQ  Trends  (Based  on 

Abundance,  Full  Data  Set)“ 


Species 

Code 

(for 

figures) 

EPOQ  trend 

BBS  trend 

Spring 

Fall 

Chimney  Swift  (Chaetura  pelagica) 

a 

-0.4 

-1.8 

-3.5 

Ruby-throated  Hummingbird  {Archilochus  colubris) 

b 

1.8* 

1.7* 

1.0 

Northern  Flicker  {Colaptes  auratus) 

c 

-0.7  + 

0.2 

-2.1  + 

Yellow-bellied  Sapsucker  (Sphyrapicus  varius) 

d 

0.3 

-0.6 

-0.2 

Great  Crested  Flycatcher  {Myiarchus  crinitus) 

e 

0.3 

-0.5 

-2.5 

Eastern  Wood-Pewee  {Contopus  virens) 

f 

-0.1 

-1.0 

-1.4 

Eastern  Phoebe  (Sayornis  phoebe) 

g 

0.1 

2.0+ 

0.9 

Least  Flycatcher  {Empidonax  minimus) 

h 

0.6 

-0.9 

-2.3 

Yellow-bellied  Flycatcher  (£.  flaviventris) 

i 

1.4 

-0.3 

4.5 

House  Wren  {Troglodytes  aedon) 

j 

-0.8 

0.5 

-3.8  + 

Winter  Wren  {T.  troglodytes) 

k 

0.7 

2.3  + 

3.5 

Golden-crowned  Kinglet  {Reguliis  satrapa) 

1 

1.2+ 

4.0* 

-2.0 

Wood  Thrush  {Hylocichla  mustelina) 

m 

-1.3* 

1 

* 

-3.5 

Veery  {Catharus  fuscescens) 

n 

-0.0 

-0.9 

-0.1 

Swainson’s  Thrush  (C.  ustulatus) 

o 

-0.0 

-3.2* 

-2.3 

Hermit  Thrush  (C.  guttatus) 

p 

0.6 

-0.1 

-0.7 

American  Robin  {Turdus  migratorius) 

q 

1.0 

1.0 

1.0 

Gray  Catbird  {Dumatella  carolinensis) 

r 

-2.2* 

-1.6+ 

-5.5* 

Brown  Thrasher  {Toxostoma  rufum) 

s 

-2.4* 

-2.6 

* 

SO 

1 

Solitary  Vireo  {Vireo  solitarius) 

t 

0.6 

4.5* 

8.6+ 

Red-eyed  Vireo  {V.  olivaceus) 

u 

1.4* 

2.0* 

2.3* 

Warbling  Vireo  {V.  gilvus) 

V 

2.2* 

1.9 

1.7 

Philadelphia  Vireo  (V.  philadelphicus) 

w 

2.0* 

-0.1 

5.2 

Tennessee  Warbler  {Vermivora  peregrina) 

X 

0.5 

-1.3 

-4.7 

Nashville  Warbler  {V.  ruficapilla) 

y 

0.4 

-1.9  + 

-4.2 

Northern  Parula  {Parula  americana) 

Z 

0.4 

3.7* 

-0.3 

Black-and-white  Warbler  {Mniotilta  varia) 

A 

1.1  + 

2.0* 

4.7  + 

Black-thrt.  Blue  Warbler  {Dendroica  caerulescens) 

B 

0.1 

2.6* 

1.3 

Blackburnian  Warbler  (D.  fusca) 

C 

0.5 

4.5* 

3.7 

Chestnut-sided  Warbler  (D.  pensylvanica) 

D 

0.5 

1.8  + 

-6.5 

Cape  May  Warbler  {D.  tigrina) 

F 

-1.3* 

0.5 

-0.2 

Magnolia  Warbler  {D.  magnolia) 

F 

1.3* 

1.4 

5.8 

Yellow-rumped  Warbler  (D.  coronata) 

G 

0.5 

0.4 

2.8  + 

Black-throated  Green  Warbler  {D.  virens) 

H 

0.6 

2.0* 

0.0 

Bay-breasted  Warbler  (D.  castanea) 

I 

-1.3  + 

-0.5 

-9.0 

Yellow  Warbler  {D.  petechia) 

J 

0.8* 

0.2 

2.9+ 

Mourning  Warbler  {Oporornis  Philadelphia) 

K 

0.4 

0.0 

0.2 

Canada  Warbler  {Wilsonia  canadensis) 

L 

0.7 

-0.4 

-0.6 

Ovenbird  {Seiurus  aurocapillus) 

M 

1.2* 

-0.0 

-0.4 

Northern  Waterthrush  {S.  noveboracensis) 

N 

1.4* 

-0.7  . 

-0.5 

Common  Yellowthroat  {Geothlypis  trichas) 

O 

0.4 

0.2 

-2.2  + 

American  Redstart  {Setophaga  ruticilla) 

P 

1.2* 

1.5* 

-2.0' 

Dunn  et  al.  • POPULATION  TRENDS  FROM  CHECKLISTS 


543 


Table  1 

Continued 

Species 

Code 

(for 

figures) 

EPOQ  trend 

Spring 

Fall 

BBS  trend 

Rose-breasted  Grosbeak  (Pheucticus  ludovicianus) 

Q 

-0.2 

-2.9* 

-4.8* 

Vesper  Sparrow  (Pooecetes  gramineus) 

R 

-0.3 

-1.0 

-6.8* 

Savannah  Sparrow  (Passercuhis  sandwichensis) 

S 

-0.8* 

-0.6 

-2.3* 

Song  Sparrow  (Melospiza  melodia) 

T 

-0.6 

0.4 

-0.2 

Chipping  Sparrow  (Spizella  passerina) 

U 

1.1* 

2.0* 

1.4 

Dark-eyed  Junco  (Junco  hyemalis) 

V 

1.3 

1.9+ 

-3.7 

White-throated  Sparrow  (Zonotrichia  albicollis) 

W 

-0.6 

-0.6 

-1.9* 

Lincoln’s  Sparrow  {Melospiza  lincolnii) 

X 

1.7* 

1.6* 

-4.0* 

Swamp  Sparrow  (M.  georgiana) 

Y 

0.3 

1.1 

-5.0 

Bobolink  (Dolichonyx  oryzivorus) 

Z 

-1.8* 

-1.2+ 

-6.2* 

Eastern  Meadowlark  (Sturnella  magna) 

2 

-1.5* 

-5.3* 

Red-winged  Blackbird  (Agelaiiis  phoeniceus) 

3 

-3.5* 

-3.5* 

Brown-headed  Cowbird  {Molothrus  ater) 

4 

-4.3* 

-7.2* 

Common  Crackle  {Quiscalus  quiscida) 

5 

-0.0 

0.0 

Northern  Oriole  {Icterus  galbula) 

6 

-0.4 

-1.6 

-2.1 

Scarlet  Tanager  {Piranga  olivacea) 

7 

-0.6 

-1.7 

-1.8 

"Significance  of  trends  (1971-92)  shown  by:  + = 0.05  < P < 0.10,  * = P < 0.05. 


the  seasonal  rise  and  fall  of  numbers  except  for  about  one  week  at  each  end  of  the  season, 
thus  excluding  the  transitions  between  migration  and  stable  numbers  of  either  breeding  or 
wintering  birds.  Of  the  58  species  analyzed,  migration  windows  for  50  had  also  been  cal- 
culated for  Long  Point,  Ontario  (Hussell  et  al.  1992).  Timing  of  peaks  and  early/late  dates 
differed  between  the  provinces,  but  the  “windows”  (which  excluded  extreme  dates)  were 
very  similar  in  both  data  sets.  For  convenience,  the  Long  Point  dates  were  used  when 
available.  Fall  migration  windows  in  Quebec  were  not  clearly  definable  from  EPOQ  data 
for  Eastern  Meadowlark,  Red-winged  Blackbird,  Brown-headed  Cowbird,  and  Common 
Crackle;  (scientific  names  in  Table  1)  so  these  species  were  excluded  from  fall  analyses. 

We  calculated  annual  indices  of  abundance  for  each  season  for  each  species,  using  a 
regression  procedure  that  adjusted  the  daily  total  of  a species  according  to  date  within  the 
season  (adapted  from  the  method  described  in  Hussell  et  al.  1992).  If  we  had  merely  cal- 
culated mean  daily  count,  results  would  be  heavily  influenced  by  numbers  seen  in  peak 
migration  periods  and  especially  by  records  from  “fall-outs”  (when  heavy  migration  is 
halted  by  a weather  front).  Instead  our  approach  determines  whether  the  average  count  for 
each  date  (a  single  day  in  a single  year)  is  higher  or  lower  than  the  long-term  average  count 
for  that  date.  The  resulting  annual  index  of  abundance,  therefore,  reflects  the  average  degree 
of  positive  or  negative  deviation  from  the  expected  daily  values  across  the  entire  season. 

We  did  not  attempt  to  correct  the  data  for  weather  effects  or  uneven  distribution  of  observers 
throughout  the  season  or  the  province.  Such  factors  introduce  variability  to  annual  indices,  but 
our  assumption  was  that  they  did  not  change  systematically  through  time  and,  therefore,  should 
not  contribute  to  spurious  trends  in  bird  numbers.  Those  factors  most  likely  to  produce  consistent 
bias  over  time — improvement  of  skills  or  change  in  birders’  search  behavior,  see  introduction — 
cannot  in  any  case  be  mitigated  by  data  selection  or  analysis  procedures. 


544 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Analysis  details  were  as  follows.  The  dependent  variable  in  the  regression  (run  separately 
for  each  species  for  each  season)  was  log  (mean  daily  count  + 1),  where  “daily  count” 
was  number  of  birds  per  hour  in  the  field  for  a single  checklist,  and  one  was  added  to  the 
mean  to  allow  log  transformation  of  zeros.  Each  case  was  weighted  by  the  number  of 
checklists  used  to  calculate  daily  mean  abundance.  Use  of  “birds/hr”  helps  standardize 
values  from  field  trips  of  different  lengths.  Log  transformation  addresses  the  assumptions 
of  the  regression  procedure  by  changing  multiplicative  to  additive  effects  and  by  bringing 
the  distribution  of  daily  counts  closer  to  normality  (raw  counts  are  skewed). 

Independent  variables  included  first  to  sixth  order  terms  for  day  (day  = 0 for  a day  near 
the  center  of  the  species-specific  migration  window)  and  dummy  variables  for  each  year 
except  for  one  reference  year  (e.g.,  Y89  = 1 if  year  is  1989,  otherwise  Y89  = 0).  The  date 
terms  allowed  modelling  of  a relatively  complicated  seasonal  pattern  without  adding  so 
many  terms  as  to  produce  overfit.  Annual  abundance  indices  were  calculated  from  the 
coefficients  of  the  dummy  variables  for  year  that  were  estimated  in  the  regression.  The 
annual  abundance  index  was  the  value  of  the  adjusted  mean  for  year  plus  one-half  of  the 
error  variance  of  the  regression  (so  that  corrected  estimates  in  the  original  scale  represent 
the  mean  instead  of  the  median;  see  references  in  Hussell  et  al.  1992)  back-transformed  to 
the  original  scale  by  exponentiating  and  subtracting  one. 

A second  analysis,  similar  to  the  above,  was  used  to  calculate  annual  indices  based  on 
frequency  (the  daily  proportion  of  checklists  on  which  the  species  was  reported  present). 
The  only  differences  were  that  the  dependent  variable  in  the  regression  was  the  square  root 
of  the  arcsin-transformed  daily  proportion,  with  appropriate  adjustment  prior  to  transfor- 
mation of  proportions  equal  to  0 or  1 (Snedecor  and  Cochran  1967:327—328),  and  we  did 
not  add  half  the  error  of  the  variance  prior  to  back-transformation.  We  refer  to  this  as  the 
“date-adjusted  frequency”  index. 

Trends  were  calculated  separately  for  spring  and  fall  indices.  Those  based  on  abundance 
were  calculated  from  weighted  linear  regression  of  the  log  of  the  annual  indices  on  year, 
('j'here  was  no  need  to  add  a constant  before  transformation  because  annual  indices  were 
never  equal  to  zero.)  Trends  based  on  frequency  were  calculated  with  weighted  linear  re- 
gression of  the  square  root  of  arcsin-transformed  annual  indices.  In  all  trend  calculations, 
weights  were  proportional  to  the  number  of  checklists  contributed  each  season  during  the 
species-specific  migration  period. 

The  number  of  lists  compiled  by  EPOQ  has  increased  steadily  over  the  period  analyzed 
from  about  2,000  to  about  10,000  annually  (Cyr  and  Larivee  1995).  In  an  attempt  to  cir- 
cumvent possible  bias  from  this  source,  as  well  as  to  determine  what  sample  size  might  be 
sufficient,  we  reran  all  procedures  on  data  sets  consisting  of  1000,  then  500,  cases  selected 
randomly  from  each  season  each  year. 

EPOQ  trends  were  compared  to  trends  from  the  Breeding  Bird  Survey  (BBS)  for  Quebec 
for  the  same  set  of  years.  BBS  is  a standardized  roadside  survey  in  which  volunteers  make 
50  3-min  stops  every  0.8  km  along  prescribed  routes,  recording  all  birds  seen  and  heard 
(Peterjohn  1994).  Geographical  coverage  of  Quebec  is  roughly  equivalent  in  BBS  and 
EPOQ.  BBS  trends  were  calculated  using  the  Canadian  Wildlife  Survey  version  of  the  route 
regression  analysis  method  (Erskine  et  al.  1992).  All  species  analyzed  were  present  on  at 
least  22  BBS  routes  in  Quebec  during  the  study  period.  (The  recommended  number  for 
meaningful  analysis  is  15.) 


RESULTS 

Full  data  set. — EPOQ  trends  based  on  abundance  indices,  both  in 
spring  and  fall,  were  significantly  correlated  with  BBS  trends  (Table  2). 


Dunn  et  al.  • POPULATION  TRENDS  FROM  CHECKLISTS 


545 


Table  2 

Spearman  Rank  Correlation  Coefficients  between  EPOQ  and  BBS  Trends  for 

Quebec,  1971-1992“ 


EPOQ  indices  calculated  as: 


Season 

Abundance 

(Birds/hr) 

(N) 

Date-adjusted 

frequency 

(N) 

Full  data  set 

Spring 

0.58*** 

(45,578) 

0.51*** 

(66,821) 

Fall 

0.55*** 

(27,682) 

0.48*** 

(39,842) 

1000  cases  per  season 

Spring 

0.53*** 

(19,804) 

0.38** 

(21,864) 

Fall 

0.47*** 

(17,334) 

0.32* 

(20,253) 

500  cases  per  season 

Spring 

0.50*** 

(10,728) 

0.35** 

(11,000) 

Fall 

0.43*** 

(10,536) 

0.09 

(10,959) 

“ See  methods  for  definition  of  the  two  EPOQ  trend  calculations.  58  species  in  spring,  54  in  fall.  Significance  of  correlation 
(two-tailed  tests):  * = P < 0.05,  **  = p < 0.01,  ***  — P < 0.001.  Total  sample  size  in  parentheses. 


However,  scatter  plots  showed  that  correspondence  between  the  programs 
was  not  entirely  one-to-one  (Figs.  lA  and  IB);  that  is,  points  were  not 
evenly  distributed  about  the  dashed  line  representing  equality  of  trends. 
EPOQ  produced  markedly  more  positive  trends  than  BBS  in  those  species 
that  BBS  showed  to  be  declining.  Significance  of  trend  in  EPOQ  did  not 
reflect  significance  in  BBS  (Table  3),  although  trends  that  were  significant 
in  both  programs  agreed  in  sign  in  all  cases  but  one. 

EPOQ  trends  based  on  date-adjusted  frequency  indices  were  also  sig- 
nificantly correlated  with  BBS  trends  in  both  seasons  (Table  2).  The 
magnitude  of  trends  based  on  frequency  cannot  be  compared  directly  to 
BBS  magnitude  because  the  scales  differ  (BBS  trends  are  expressed  as 
annual  percent  change  in  abundance;  EPOQ  trends  are  the  annual  change 
in  arcsin  transformed  annual  proportions  of  checklists  with  the  species 
present).  However,  if  the  two  programs  monitor  the  same  phenomena, 
then  the  directions  of  trends  should  agree.  This  was  largely  the  case  for 
trends  based  on  date-adjusted  frequency  indices  for  spring  (Fig.  2A, 
which  has  a similar  pattern  to  the  spring  abundance  trends  in  Fig.  lA). 
However,  fall  frequency  trends  based  on  EPOQ  data  were  much  more 
likely  to  be  negative  than  were  BBS  trends  (Fig.  2B)  and  were  also 
more  negative  than  EPOQ  trends  based  on  abundance  (Fig.  IB).  Sig- 
nificance of  EPOQ  trends  based  on  frequency  did  not  reflect  significance 
in  BBS  (Table  3). 


546 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3.  September  1996 


BBS  TREND 


Fig.  1.  Trends  in  EPOQ  abundance  indices  for  spring  (Part  A,  top)  and  fall  (Part  B, 
bottom)  plotted  against  BBS  trends.  Trends  expressed  as  annual  percent  change  in  abun- 
dance. Dashed  line  shows  one-to-one  correspondence.  See  Table  1 for  species  codes. 


Reduced  data  set. — When  the  data  set  was  reduced,  analyses  gave  qual- 
itatively similar  results  to  all  those  presented  above.  Correlation  coeffi- 
cients were  reduced,  however  (Table  2),  due  to  increased  scatter  in  EPOQ 
trends. 


Dunn  et  at.  • POPULATION  TRENDS  FROM  CHECKLISTS 


547 


Table  3 

Number  of  Species  with  Significant  or  Marginally  Significant  (P  < 0. 1 ) Trends  in 
Quebec  BBS  and  EPOQ  (Full  Data  Set) 


EPOQ  abundance  trend  EPOQ  frequency  trend 

Trend  

significant  in:  Spring  Fall  Spring  Fall 

EPOQ  only  12  15  15  15 

Both  EPOQ  and  BBS  11  7 14  9 

BBS  only  7 9 5 8 


DISCUSSION 

Comparison  of  analyses. — EPOQ  indices  based  on  abundance  of  birds 
gave  the  best  correspondence  to  BBS,  producing  trends  that  showed  the 
highest  level  of  agreement  in  direction  and  magnitude  in  both  seasons. 

Bart  and  Klosiewski  (1989)  found  that  BBS  trends  based  on  frequency 
indices  generally  had  the  same  sign  as  trends  based  on  abundance  (pos- 
itive or  negative),  but  the  two  types  of  trends  did  not  compare  well  in 
magnitude.  We  had  similarly  expected  that  EPOQ  trends  based  on  fre- 
quency would  not  correspond  as  well  to  BBS  trends  as  those  based  on 
abundance,  but  this  was  borne  out  only  by  fall  results  (compare  Fig.  IB 
with  Fig.  2B). 

Evaluation  of  checklists  in  monitoring  populations. — The  primary  uses 
made  of  checklist  data  do  not  include  population  monitoring  but  rather  a 
wealth  of  other  applications  such  as  documentation  of  range,  timing  of 
occurrence  in  a given  region,  unusual  appearances,  and  site-specific  spe- 
cies composition.  These  applications  do  not  depend  on  standard  obser- 
vation protocol  and  appropriate  sampling  framework,  whereas  population 
monitoring  does  if  it  is  to  be  statistically  defensible.  Nonetheless,  our 
results  suggest  that  checklist  data,  even  when  uncorrected  for  likely 
sources  of  spurious  variability,  do  contain  information  on  population 
trends,  albeit  biased.  (We  assume  for  the  purpose  of  this  discussion  that 
BBS  is  an  accurate,  unbiased  indicator  of  trends,  but  of  course  we  cannot 
be  certain  of  this.) 

The  positive  bias  in  EPOQ  trends  (Fig.  1)  is  just  what  we  might  expect 
of  checklist  data  as  a result  of  improving  skills  and  optical  aids  (see  Sauer 
et  al.  1994)  or  as  a result  of  shifts  by  birders  to  more  productive  birding 
spots  as  species  decline  in  previously-favored  sites.  The  positive  bias  of 
EPOQ  trends  means  that  they  are  less  reliable  indicators  of  magnitude 
than  are  BBS  trends.  Analysis  procedures  could  be  altered  to  reduce  vari- 
ation introduced  to  EPOQ  indices  by  factors  such  as  uneven  temporal  and 
geographic  distribution  of  observers,  but  this  would  likely  help  only  to 


548 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Eig.  2.  Trends  in  date-adjusted  frequency  indices  from  ^POQ  for  spring  (Part  A,  top) 
and  fall  (Part  B,  bottom)  plotted  against  BBS  trends.  Trends  expressed  as  annual  percent 
change  in  abundance  (BBS)  and  annual  change  in  arcsin  transformed  annual  percentages 
(see  text).  See  Table  1 for  species  codes. 


Dunn  et  al.  • POPULATION  TRENDS  FROM  CHECKLISTS 


549 


improve  precision  ot  trend  estimates  without  altering  long-term  bias  and, 
therefore,  may  not  be  worth  the  effort  involved.  Despite  the  bias,  however, 
EPOQ  abundance  indices  produced  very  few  “false  negatives”  (Fig.  1). 
Thus,  while  an  increasing  trend  in  EPOQ  does  not  necessarily  indicate  a 
true  increase,  a negative  EPOQ  trend  based  on  abundance  is  evidently 
quite  a reliable  indicator  that  some  kind  of  decline  is  actually  taking  place. 
(EPOQ  frequency  indices  produced  false  negatives  much  more  often;  Fig. 
2.)  Declines  are  of  more  interest  for  conservation  alerts  than  are  increases, 
and  checklist  programs  appear  to  offer  a means  of  detecting  some  (though 
not  all)  declines  in  species  that  are  poorly  covered  by  standard  population 
monitoring  programs.  It  should  therefore  be  of  value  to  analyze  EPOQ 
data  from  the  migration  season  for  species  that  breed  primarily  in  tundra 
or  northern  boreal  zones  and  for  which  we  have  no  other  data  on  popu- 
lation trend. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Thanks  are  due  to  the  thousands  of  dedicated  birders  and  record-keepers  in  Quebec  with- 
out whom  this  analysis  could  not  have  been  attempted.  Peter  Blancher,  Brenda  Dale,  and 

an  anonymous  reviewer  made  helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bart,  J.  and  S.  P.  Klosiewski.  1989.  Use  of  presence-absence  to  measure  changes  in  avian 
density.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:847-852. 

Cyr,  a.  and  j.  Larivee.  1993.  A checklist  approach  for  monitoring  neotropical  migrant 
birds:  twenty-year  trends  in  birds  of  Quebec  using  EPOQ.  Pp.  229-236  in  D.  M.  Finch 
and  P.  W.  Stangel  (eds.).  Status  and  management  of  Neotropical  migratory  birds.  U.S. 
Forest  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rept.  RM-229,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado. 

AND  . 1995.  Atlas  saisonnier  des  oiseaux  du  Quebec.  Presses  Univ.  Sher- 
brooke et  Soc.  Loisir  Ornithol.  Estrie,  Inc.,  Sherbrooke,  Quebec. 

Dunn,  E.  H.  1995.  Recommended  methods  for  regional  checklist  programs.  Unpubl.  rept. 
of  North  Amer.  Migration  Monitoring  Council.  12  pp.  (Available  from  first  author.) 

AND  D.  J.  T.  Hussell.  1995.  Using  migration  counts  to  monitor  landbird  popula- 
tions: review  and  evaluation  of  current  status.  Pp.  43-88  in  D.  M.  Power  (ed.).  Current 
ornithology,  Vol.  12.  Plenum  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

Erskine,  a.  j.,  B.  T.  Collins,  E.  Hayakawa,  and  C.  Downes.  1992.  The  cooperative 
Breeding  Bird  Survey  in  Canada,  1989-91.  Can.  Wildl.  Serv.  Prog.  Notes  199. 

Hussell,  D.  J.  T,  M.  H.  Mather,  and  P.  H.  Sinclair.  1992.  Trends  in  numbers  of  tropical- 
and  temperate-wintering  migrant  landbirds  in  migration  at  Long  Point,  Ontario,  1961- 
1988.  Pp.  101-1 14  in  J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston  (eds.).  Ecology  and  conservation 
of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds.  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Peterjohn,  B.  G.  1994.  The  North  American  Breeding  Bird  Survey.  Birding  26:386—398. 

Sauer,  J.  R.,  B.  G.  Peterjohn,  and  W.  A.  Link.  1994.  Observer  differences  in  the  North 
American  Breeding  Bird  Survey.  Auk  I I 1:50-62. 

Snedecor,  G.  W.  and  W.  G.  Cochran.  1967,  Statistical  methods,  sixth  ed.  Iowa  State  Univ. 
Press,  Ames,  Iowa. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  550-555 


EFFECT  OF  MATE  REMOVAL  ON  SINGING  BEHAVIOR 
AND  MOVEMENT  PATTERNS  OF  FEMALE 
NORTHERN  CARDINALS 

David  B.  McElroy  and  Gary  Ritchison 

Abstract. — We  temporarily  removed  the  mates  of  four  female  Northern  Cardinals  (Car- 
dinalis  cardinalis)  during  the  pre-nesting  period  in  an  attempt  to  clarify  the  functions  of 
singing  by  females.  Mate  removal  had  no  significant  effect  on  singing  rates,  number  of 
movements  per  hour,  or  distance  moved  per  hour.  The  failure  to  increase  singing  rates  after 
mate  removal  suggests  that  singing  by  female  cardinals  is  not  used  to  attract  new  mates  and 
the  absence  of  any  change  in  movement  patterns  suggests  that  females  may  not  actively 
seek  new  mates.  When  singing,  female  cardinals  were  usually  accompanied  by  a singing 
male  and,  prior  to  and  after  mate  removal,  females  often  duetted  with  their  mates.  Female 
cardinals  may  sing  and  duet  with  mates  to  advertise  the  presence  of  a female  and  the  mated 
status  of  a male.  Duetting  may  also  permit  pairs  to  learn  each  other’s  songs.  Such  learning 
may  represent  a form  of  investment  important  in  maintaining  a pair  bond  and  may  also, 
later  in  the  season,  permit  more  efficient  intrapair  communication.  Received  26  Oct.  1 995, 
accepted  10  Feb.  1996. 


Although  singing  by  females  is  now  well  documented  in  several  species 
of  passerines  (e.g.,  Arcese  et  al.  1988,  Johnson  and  Kermott  1990,  Bap- 
tista  et  al.  1993),  the  functions  of  such  singing  often  remain  unclear.  Most 
suggested  functions  have  been  based  largely  on  observations,  and  few 
investigators  have  used  experimentation.  When  used,  experimentation  has 
been  limited  to  playback  experiments  (e.g.,  Ritchison  1983,  1986;  Arcese 
et  al.  1988;  Baptista  et  al.  1993).  In  contrast,  investigators  examining  the 
singing  behavior  of  male  passerines  have  used  a variety  of  experimental 
techniques,  including  mate  removal  experiments.  In  these  studies,  the 
singing  behavior  of  males  is  observed  prior  to  and  after  removal  of  mates. 
Typically,  males  increase  singing  rates  after  removal  of  their  mates,  sug- 
gesting that  singing  plays  a role  either  in  maintaining  contact  with  mates 
or  in  attracting  new  mates  (Wasserman  1977,  Krebs  et  al.  1981,  Cuthill 
and  Hindmarsh  1985,  Otter  and  Ratcliffe  1993). 

Female  Northern  Cardinals  (Cardinalis  cardinalis)  sing  primarily  dur- 
ing the  period  after  males  establish  territories  and  before  nesting  begins 
(Ritchison  1986).  Singing  females  usually  are  accompanied  by  singing 
mates  (Lemon  1968,  Ritchison  1986).  Although  these  observations  sug- 
gest that  singing  by  female  Northern  Cardinals  may  be  important  in  in- 
trapair communication,  perhaps  playing  some  role  in  the  formation  of  the 
pair  bond  (Ritchison  1986),  additional  information  is  needed.  The  objec- 


Dept.  of  Biological  Sciences,  Eastern  Kentucky  Univ.,  Richmond.  Kentucky  4047.5. 


550 


McElroy  and  Riichison  • SINGING  OF  FEMALE  CARDINALS 


551 


live  ot  our  study  was  to  use  mate  removal  experiments  in  an  attempt  to 
clarify  the  functions  of  singing  by  female  Northern  Cardinals. 

METHODS 

We  conducted  this  study  during  the  pre-nesting  periods  (January  through  early  May)  of 
1990,  1992,  and  1993  at  the  Central  Kentucky  Wildlife  Management  Area  located  17  km 
southeast  ot  Richmond,  Madison  County,  Kentucky.  Male  and  female  cardinals  were  cap- 
tured in  mist  nets  and  individually  marked  with  colored  leg  bands  and  plastic  tape  attached 
to  the  tail  (Ritchison  1984).  Beginning  in  March,  marked  cardinals  were  observed  to  deter- 
mine the  identity  of  pairs  and  the  location  and  boundaries  of  territories.  Paired  females  (N 
— 4)  were  subsequently  re-captured  and  fitted  with  radio-transmitters.  Removal  experiments 
with  these  females  began  on  2 April  and  20  April  1990,  19  April  1992,  and  29  April  1993, 
respectively. 

Experiments  were  divided  into  three  periods:  pre-removal,  removal,  and  post-removal. 
Each  period  lasted  two  days  and  focal  females  were  observed  for  three  hours  each  day.  All 
observations  were  made  during  the  period  from  sunrise  to  1 1 :00.  Pre-removal  periods  began 
no  sooner  than  two  days  after  females  had  been  fitted  with  transmitters.  After  the  pre- 
removal period,  the  female  s mate  was  captured  by  luring  him  into  a mist  net  using  the 
playback  of  cardinal  songs.  During  the  two-day  removal  period,  males  were  kept  in  the  lab 
in  a wire  mesh  cage  and  provided  food  and  water.  The  post-removal  period  began  with  the 
release  of  the  male. 

The  movements  of  focal  females  were  monitored  using  a receiver  (Telonic’s  TR-2)  with 
a two-element  antenna.  The  focal  female’s  location  was  marked  on  a map  of  the  study  area 
every  15  min.  All  songs  were  recorded  using  a Uher  4000  Report  Monitor  tape  recorder 
with  a Dan  Gibson  parabolic  microphone  or  a Marantz  recorder  with  a directional  micro- 
phone. Observations  and  recordings  of  females  were  made  from  a distance  of  20  m or  more. 

Recordings  were  analyzed  using  a Kay  Elemetrics  Sonagraph  (Model  5500).  Eor  each 
observation  period,  we  noted  the  number  of  songs  and  number  of  bouts,  with  a bout  defined 
as  a series  of  songs  separated  by  intervals  less  than  30  sec.  For  each  song,  we  determined 
the  song  type  (see  figures  1 and  2 in  Ritchison  1988),  number  of  syllables,  and  duration. 
Each  bout  was  classified  as  either  an  accompanied  bout  or  a non-accompanied  bout,  with 
an  accompanied  bout  defined  as  a bout  during  which  a conspecific  male  (either  in  the 
female’s  territory  or  in  an  adjacent  territory)  sang  at  some  time  during  the  bout.  Bouts  of 
female  song  during  which  their  mates  also  sang  were  classified  as  duetting  bouts. 

Possible  differences  among  periods  for  all  variables  were  tested  using  repeated  measures 
analysis  of  variance  (SAS  1989).  Repeated  measures  analysis  provides  a test  for  interactions 
(Beal  and  Khamis  1990),  and  we  also  examined  possible  interactions  between  individuals 
and  periods.  Tests  for  non-random  use  of  song  types  were  made  using  likelihood  ratio  chi- 
square  tests  (SAS  1989).  All  values  are  presented  as  means  ± one  standard  error. 

RESULTS 

The  singing  rates  of  female  cardinals  did  not  vary  significantly  among 
test  periods  (F  = 1.34,  P = 0.34),  with  no  significant  interaction  between 
individual  and  period  (F  = 1.53,  P = 0.21).  Females  uttered  an  average 
of  20.6  ± 4. 1 songs/h  during  the  pre-removal  period,  20. 1 ± 6.5  songs/h 
during  the  removal  period,  and  22.7  ± 8.8  songs/h  during  the  post-re- 
moval period. 

Female  cardinals  exhibited  no  significant  variation  among  periods  in 


552 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


the  number  of  syllables  per  song  {F  - 1.93,  P = 0.24).  We  found  a 
significant  interaction  between  individual  and  period  (F  = 2.47,  P = 
0.03),  however,  no  clear  trend  was  apparent.  Two  females  used  songs 
with  more  syllables  during  the  removal  period,  one  female  uttered  songs 
with  more  syllables  during  the  post-removal  period  (although  this  female 
sang  only  1 1 songs  during  the  pre-removal  and  removal  periods),  and  the 
songs  of  the  fourth  female  showed  little  variation  in  number  of  syllables 
per  song  among  periods. 

Female  cardinals  exhibited  no  significant  variation  among  periods  in 
song  duration  (F  = 0.6,  P — 0.58),  with  no  significant  interaction  between 
individual  and  period  (F  = 1.67,  P = 0.14).  Also,  we  found  no  significant 
differences  among  periods  in  intersong  intervals  (F  = 0.21,  F = 0.82). 
There  was  a significant  interaction  between  individual  and  period  (F  = 
4 7^  P = 0.0003),  however,  no  clear  trends  were  apparent.  Three  females 
exhibited  little  variation  in  intersong  intervals  among  periods  while  in- 
tersong intervals  for  the  fourth  female  were  longer  during  the  removal 
and  post-removal  periods  than  during  the  pre-removal  period. 

All  four  female  cardinals  exhibited  significant  variation  (likelihood  ra- 
tio tests,  P < 0.0001)  in  the  use  of  song  types  during  the  three  periods. 
However,  no  consistent  trends  were  found  among  the  four  females  in  the 
use  of  particular  song  types  during  particular  periods. 

During  most  bouts  of  song  (N  = 172  of  248  or  69.4%),  female  car- 
dinals were  accompanied  by  singing  males,  either  their  mate  (duetting 
bouts)  or  another  conspecific  male.  Females  sang  with  their  mates  during 
88  bouts  and  with  other  conspecific  males  during  84  bouts.  During  seven 
bouts,  females  sang  with  both  their  mate  and  an  intruding  male.  Females 
were  accompanied  by  males  in  69  bouts  during  the  pre-removal  period, 
46  during  the  removal  period,  and  57  during  the  post-removal  period.  The 
number  of  non-accompanied  bouts  declined  from  45  during  the  pre-re- 
moval period  to  18  during  the  removal  period  to  13  during  the  post- 
removal period. 

Female  cardinals  showed  no  significant  variation  among  periods  either 
in  number  of  movements  per  hour  (F  = 1.57,  P = 0.3)  or  distance  moved 
per  hour  (F  = 0.14,  F = 0.63).  No  significant  interactions  were  noted  for 
either  movements  per  hour  (F  = 0.36,  F = 0.87)  or  distance  moved  per 
hour  (F  = 0.69,  F = 0.63).  For  all  females  and  periods  combined,  the 
mean  number  of  movements  per  hour  was  4.07  — 2.65  while  the  mean 
distance  moved  per  hour  was  109.5  ± 59.4  m.  All  four  females  remained 
on  their  respective  territories  after  removal  of  their  mates. 

Trespassing  by  conspecific  males  occurred  significantly  more  often  dur- 
ing the  removal  period  (F  = 19.6,  F = 0.004),  with  an  average  of  3.16 
± 1.02  intrusions  per  hour  during  the  removal  period,  0.46  ± 0.26  intru- 


McElroy  and  Ritchison  • SINGING  OF  FEMALE  CARDINALS 


553 


sions  per  hour  during  the  pre-removal  period,  and  2.49  ± 1.11  intrusions 
per  hour  during  the  post-removal  period.  The  number  of  singing  bouts 
by  intruding  males  in  the  territories  of  focal  females  varied  significantly 
among  periods  (F  = 28.8,  P = 0.0018),  with  an  average  of  1.64  ± 0.35 
bouts/h  during  the  removal  period,  0.09  ± 0.05  bouts/h  during  pre-re- 
moval, and  1.07  ± 0.42  bouts/h  during  post-removal.  Focal  females  sang 
with  intruding  males  an  average  of  0.6  ± 0.19  times/h  during  removal 
and  0. 19  ± 0.04  times/h  during  post-removal,  a significant  difference  (F 
= 12.6,  P = 0.011).  No  singing  with  intruders  occurred  during  the  pre- 
removal period. 

Three  temporarily-removed  males  maintained  their  territories  and  their 
mates  after  being  released.  One  male  lost  his  territory  and  his  mate  to 
another  male  during  the  removal  period  and  was  unable  to  reclaim  either 
after  release. 


DISCUSSION 

Female  Northern  Cardinals  in  our  study  did  not  increase  singing  rates 
when  mates  were  removed.  In  contrast,  passerine  males  typically  increase 
singing  rates  after  removal  of  a mate  (Wasserman  1977,  Krebs  et  al.  1981, 
Cuthill  and  Hindmarsh  1985,  Otter  and  Ratcliffe  1993).  Increased  song 
output  following  mate  removal  may  indicate  an  attempt  to  re-establish 
contact  with  the  absent  mate  or  to  attract  a new  mate  (Krebs  et  al.  1981). 
Johnson  and  Kermott  (1990)  found  that  female  House  Wrens  {Troglodytes 
aedon)  sang  primarily  after  losing  contact  with  mates  and  these  songs 
appeared  to  redirect  a mate’s  attention  to  the  singing  female.  Such  be- 
havior was  not  observed  in  our  study,  and  this  failure  to  increase  singing 
rates  after  removal  of  mates  suggests  that  singing  by  female  cardinals  is 
not  used  to  establish  or  maintain  contact  with  mates. 

There  is  little  evidence  that  passerine  females  sing  to  attract  new  mates. 
Baptista  et  al.  (1993)  reported  that  one  widowed  female  White-crowned 
Sparrow  (Zonotrichiz  leucophrys)  produced  long  bouts  of  loud  song  and 
suggested  that  she  may  have  been  advertising  for  a mate.  Female  Northern 
Cardinals  did  not  increase  song  output  after  mate  removal,  and  this  sug- 
gests that  singing  by  female  cardinals  is  not  used  to  attract  new  mates. 

Female  cardinals  in  our  study  exhibited  no  significant  changes  among 
periods  in  either  number  of  movements  or  distance  moved  per  hour.  In 
contrast,  Klatt  and  Ritchison  (1994)  found  that  female  Eastern  Screech- 
Owls  (Otus  asio)  made  significantly  more  movements  and  moved  signif- 
icantly greater  distances  after  mate  removal  and  suggested  that  such  be- 
havior would  increase  the  chances  either  of  re-establishing  contact  with 
a mate  or  attracting  a new  mate.  The  absence  of  any  change  in  movement 
patterns  after  mate  removal  suggests  that  female  cardinals  may  not  ac- 


554 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


lively  seek  either  to  re-establish  contact  with  a mate  or  attract  a new  mate. 
Rather,  females  may  use  a more  passive  approach.  The  absence  of  a ter- 
ritorial male,  as  during  the  removal  periods  in  our  study,  may  indicate  to 
other  males  the  availability  of  a teiTitory  and,  perhaps,  of  a female.  Fe- 
male cardinals  may  wait  for  neighboring  or  floater  males  to  trespass,  then 
seek  to  pair  with  the  male  that  eventually  obtains  the  territory. 

Our  results  indicate  that  singing  by  female  cardinals  does  not  deter 
male  intrusion  into  a female’s  territory.  Male  intrusion  rates  increased 
during  the  removal  period  even  though  females  continued  to  sing.  Female 
song  may,  however,  deter  trespassing  by  other  females.  If  singing  by 
females  is  directed  primarily  to  conspecific  females,  then  rates  would  not 
be  expected  to  increase  in  the  absence  of  the  male.  Thus,  female  cardinals 
may  sing,  and  duet  with  mates,  to  advertise  the  presence  of  a female  and, 
perhaps,  the  mated  status  of  a male.  In  further  support  of  this  hypothesis, 
songs  uttered  by  cardinals  during  duets  are  typically  normal  or  high  vol- 
ume songs  that  can  be  heard  in  neighboring  territories  (pers.  observ.). 
Such  advertisement  may  be  important  in  mate  retention  because  unpaired 
females  (floaters)  are  present  in  our  cardinal  population  (Ritchison  et  al. 
1994).  Further,  some  male  cardinals  participate  in  extra-pair  copulations 
(EPCs)  (Ritchison  et  al.  1994).  Female  cardinals  may  reduce  the  likeli- 
hood that  their  mate  will  participate  in  EPCs  by  duetting  with  and  ad- 
vertising the  mated  status  of  their  mate.  Reduced  participation  in  EPCs 
by  mates  may  be  beneficial  to  females  because  males  that  do  not  engage 
in  EPCs  (or  engage  in  fewer  EPCs)  may  provide  more  parental  care 
(Westneat  et  al.  1990). 

Singing  by  female  Northern  Cardinals  may  also  permit  pairs  to  learn 
each  other’s  songs.  Paired  cardinals  may  sing  from  or  near  nests  during 
the  incubation  and  nestling  periods,  and  Halkin  (1990)  proposed  that  fe- 
male cardinals  on  the  nest  may  match  her  mate’s  song  type  to  inform  the 
male  that  he  need  not  visit  (bring  food  to)  the  nest.  Eor  such  communi- 
cation to  occur,  paired  cardinals  must  know  the  song  type  repertoires  of 
their  mates.  Duetting  prior  to  nesting  may  permit  paired  cardinals  to  be- 
come familiar  with,  and  perhaps  learn,  song  types  in  the  repertoire  of 
their  mate.  Lending  support  to  this  hypothesis,  we  found  that  male  and 
female  cardinals  sometimes  matched  song  types  during  duets  (pers.  obs.). 

Matching  song  types  during  duets  could  also  serve  other  functions. 
Learning  a mate’s  song  types  may  represent  a form  of  investment  that 
may  be  important  in  establishing  and  maintaining  a pair  bond  (Wickler 
1980).  Thus,  if  male  and  female  cardinals  must  learn  the  songs  of  their 
mates,  then  duetting  may  play  a role  in  establishing  and  maintaining  pair 
bonds. 

In  summary,  our  results  suggest  that  female  Northern  Cardinals  do  not 


McElroy  and  Ritchison  • SINGING  OF  FEMALE  CARDINALS 


555 


sing  to  re-establish  contact  with  an  absent  mate  or  to  attract  a new  mate. 
Rather,  female  cardinals  sing  (and  duet  with  mates)  to  advertise  the  fe- 
males presence  and  the  paired  status  of  her  mate.  Duetting  may  also 
permit  paired  cardinals  to  learn  other’s  songs.  Such  learning  may  repre- 
sent a form  of  investment  important  in  maintaining  a pair  bond  (Wickler 
1980)  and  may  also,  later  in  the  season,  permit  more  efficient  commu- 
nication in  the  vicinity  of  nests  (Halkin  1990). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Ken  Yasukawa  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  for  helpful  comments  on  the  manu- 
script. Financial  support  was  provided  by  Eastern  Kentucky  University. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Arcese,  R,  P.  K.  Stoddard,  and  S.  M.  Hiebert.  1988.  The  form  and  function  of  song  in 
female  Song  Sparrows.  Condor  90:44-50. 

Baptista,  L.  E,  P.  W.  Trail,  B.  B.  Dewolfe,  and  M.  L.  Morton.  1993.  Singing  and  its 
functions  in  female  White-crowned  Sparrows.  Anim.  Behav.  46:511-524. 

Beal,  K.  G.  and  H.  J.  Khamis.  1990.  Statistical  analysis  of  a problem  data  set:  correlated 
observations.  Condor  92:248-251. 

CuTHiLL,  I.  AND  A.  Hindmarsh.  1985.  Increase  in  Starling  song  activity  with  removal  of 
mate.  Anim.  Behav.  33:326-328. 

Halkin,  S.  L.  1990.  Singing  from  the  nest:  intrapair  communication  in  cardinals.  Ph.D. 

diss.,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wisconsin. 

Johnson,  L.  S.  and  L.  H.  Kermott.  1990.  Structure  and  function  of  female  song  in  a north- 
temperate  population  of  House  Wrens.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  61:273-284. 

Klatt,  P.  H.  and  G.  Ritchison.  1994.  The  effect  of  mate  removal  on  the  vocal  behavior 
and  movement  patterns  of  male  and  female  Eastern  Screech-Owls.  Condor  96:485-493. 
Krebs,  J.  R.,  M.  Avery,  and  R.  J.  Cowie.  1981.  Effect  of  removal  of  mate  on  the  singing 
behavior  of  Great  Tits.  Anim.  Behav.  29:635-637. 

Lemon,  R.  E.  1968.  The  relation  between  the  organization  and  function  of  song  in 
Cardinals.  Behaviour  32:158-178. 

Otter,  K.  and  L.  Ratcliffe,  1993.  Changes  in  singing  behavior  of  male  Black-capped 
Chickadees  {Pams  atricapillus)  following  mate  removal.  Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  33: 
409-414. 

Ritchison,  G.  1983.  The  function  of  singing  in  female  Black-headed  Grosbeaks:  family- 
group  maintenance.  Auk  100:105-1 16. 

. 1984.  A new  method  of  marking  birds.  N.  Amer.  Bird  Bander  9(3):8. 

. 1986.  The  singing  behavior  of  female  Northern  Cardinals.  Condor  88:156-159. 

, P.  H.  Klatt,  and  D.  F.  Westneat.  1994.  Mate  guarding  and  extra-pair  paternity 
in  Northern  Cardinals.  Condor  96:1055-1063. 

SAS  Institute.  1989.  SAS  user’s  guide:  statistics.  1989  ed.  SAS  Institute  Inc.,  Cary,  North 
Carolina. 

Wasserman,  F.  E.  1977.  Mate  attraction  function  of  song  in  the  White-throated  Sparrow. 
Condor  79:125-127. 

Westneat,  D.  E,  P.  W.  Sherman,  and  M.  L.  Morton.  1990.  The  ecology  and  evolution  of 
extra-pair  copulations  in  birds.  Curr.  Ornithol.  7:331-369. 

Wickler,  W.  1980.  Vocal  ducting  and  the  pair  bond.  I.  Coyness  and  partner  commitment. 
A hypothesis.  Z.  Tierpsychol.  52:201-209. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  556-566 


RADIO  TELEMETRY  DOCUMENTS  24-HOUR  FEEDING 
ACTIVITY  OF  WINTERING  LESSER  SCAUP 

Christine  M.  Custer,'  Thomas  W.  Custer,'  and  Daniel  W.  Sparks^ 

Abstract. — We  used  radio  telemetry  to  record  198  h of  feeding  behavior  of  five  Lesser 
Scaup  (Aythya  affinis)  on  the  Indiana  Harbor  Canal  in  northwestern  Indiana  during  January 
and  February  1994.  Lesser  Scaup  fed  for  short  periods  of  time  intermittently  during  each 
24-h  period.  Lesser  Scaup  fed  a total  of  96  min  during  the  day  and  226  min  during  the 
night.  They  fed  more  between  sunset  and  midnight  (31.9%  of  the  period,  P = 0.(X)3)  than 
between  sunrise  and  noon  (1 1.6%)  or  noon  and  sunset  (19.5%);  time  spent  feeding  between 
midnight  and  sunrise  (26.3%)  did  not  differ  from  other  times  of  day.  Mean  dive  duration 
(22.9  ± 0.64  sec)  did  not  vary  by  time  of  day  (P  = 0.186-0.744).  These  results  are  the  first 
24-h  feeding  activity  reported  for  individually  marked  Lesser  Scaup.  Received  27  Sept.  1995, 
accepted  3 Feb.  1996. 


Knowledge  of  both  diurnal  and  nocturnal  activity  is  needed  to  under- 
stand the  use  of  time  and  energy  by  waterfowl  (Jorde  and  Owen  1988). 
However,  estimates  of  24-h  activity  of  waterfowl,  especially  diving  ducks, 
generally  are  difficult  to  obtain  and  often  are  imprecise.  Night-vision  light 
intensifiers  (NVLI)  have  been  used  to  document  nocturnal  activity  based 
on  scan  census  or  focal  animal  observations  (Tamsier  1976,  Jorde  et  al. 
1983,  Paulus  1984,  Takekawa  1987,  Bergan  et  al.  1989).  Night  obser- 
vations, however,  are  often  limited  by  access  and  viewing  area  (Jorde  and 
Owen  1988,  Bergan  et  al.  1989).  Scan  counts  underestimate  feeding  ac- 
tivity for  diving  ducks,  because  some  birds  are  underwater  during  the 
scan  (Siegfried  1974).  Also,  studies  of  diving  ducks  using  focal  animal 
methods  are  impossible  to  conduct  in  many  situations  because  it  is  dif- 
ficult to  keep  track  of  individual  birds  in  large  flocks  (C.  Custer,  pers. 
obs.). 

Few  studies  have  recorded  24-h  activity  budgets  of  Lesser  Scaup  {Ay- 
thya afftnis).  Wintering  male  Lesser  Scaup  in  South  Carolina  spent  <10% 
of  their  time  feeding  at  night  and  approximately  40%  of  the  day  feeding 
(Bergan  et  al.  1989);  data  were  collected  using  focal-animal  sampling 
(5-min  duration/bird)  and  NVLI.  In  contrast,  wintering  Lesser  Scaup  on 
the  Mississippi  River  in  Wisconsin  spent  28%  of  the  night  feeding  and 
16%  of  the  day;  data  were  collected  using  modified  scan  sampling  and 
NVLI  (Takekawa  1987).  We  are  aware  of  only  one  study  that  quantified 
24-h  activity  budgets  of  individual  waterfowl.  The  activities  of  a single 
breeding  male  European  Pochard  {Aythya  ferina)  were  recorded  through- 

' National  Biological  Service,  Upper  Mississippi  Science  Center,  P.O.  Box  818,  La  Crosse,  Wisconsin 
54602. 

2 U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  620  S.  Walker,  Bloomington,  Indiana  47403. 


556 


Custer  et  cil.  • LESSER  SCAUP  EEEDING 


557 


out  one  24-h  period  with  the  aid  of  a field  glass  of  high  luminosity  on  a 
bright  moonlight  night  (Klima  1966). 

The  attenuation  ot  radio  signal  strength  has  been  used  with  penguins 
to  quantify  timing  and  duration  of  feeding  behavior  (Trivelpiece  et  al. 
1986).  Radio  telemetry  has  not  been  used  to  quantify  feeding  of  diving 
ducks,  however.  Our  objective  was  to  quantify  24-h  feeding  activity  of 
Lesser  Scaup  wintering  on  the  Indiana  Harbor  Canal  (IHC)  (41°38'N 
87°28'W)  using  radio  telemetry. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

The  IHC  and  Grand  Calumet  River  system  (Fig.  1)  contains  some  of  the  last  remaining 
wildlife  habitat  within  the  urban,  industrial  corridor  that  dominates  the  south  shore  of  Lake 
Michigan  (Brock  1986).  Only  50  of  10,000  acres  of  inland  beach-ridge  dune  and  swale 
habitat  still  remain  (Bacone  1979),  and  these  wetlands  along  with  the  Grand  Calumet  River 
and  IHC  provide  resting,  feeding,  and  loafing  habitat  for  migrating  and  wintering  birds 
(Brock  1986),  and  breeding  habitat  for  Black-crowned  Night-Herons  {Nycticorax  nvctico- 
rax).  Barn  Swallows  (Hirundo  rustica).  Herring  Gulls  (Larus  argentatus),  and  Mallards 
{Anas  platyrhynchos).  During  winter,  the  IHC  is  routinely  used  by  200-300  Lesser  Scaup 
(J.  Simesko,  Lake  Dock  Co.,  pers.  comm.;  Custer  et  al.  1996).  Indiana  Harbor  Canal  was 
constructed  in  the  early  1900s  for  navigation  and  to  carry  waste  discharges  from  30  outlets 
to  Lake  Michigan  (Bolts  1993).  The  physical  structure  of  IHC,  <50-m  wide,  open  water, 
and  unlimited  access  to  some  observation  sites  enabled  us  to  monitor  24-h  activity  budgets. 
From  the  trap  site  out  to  Lake  Michigan,  IHC  has  straight-sided  concrete/steel  walls  and  is 
>3m  deep  with  no  rooted,  submergent  vegetation.  South  of  the  trap  site,  soil  banks  pre- 
dominate. The  banks  slope  gradually  into  the  water  which  becomes  shallower  (<1.5  m deep) 
and  supports  some  aquatic  vegetation. 

We  implanted  radio  transmitters  (164-167  Mhz)  in  the  abdominal  cavity  (N  = 10)  or 
subcutaneously  (N  = 2)  in  12  male  Lesser  Scaup  trapped  in  a baited,  swim-in  corral  trap 
(Haramis  et  al.  1987)  in  IHC  (Fig.  1).  We  stopped  trapping  after  our  scaup  were  radio 
marked.  Abdominal  implants,  procured  from  Advanced  Telemetry  Systems  Inc.,  were  cy- 
lindrical (50-mm  long,  20-mm  diameter)  with  an  internal,  coiled  antenna  and  weighed  about 
20  g.  Subcutaneous  implants,  Holohil  Systems  Ltd.,  were  disc-shaped  (20-mm  diameter, 
8-mm  thick)  and  implanted  in  the  upper  back  with  an  external  flexible  antenna  and  weighed 
about  5 g.  The  heaviest  transmitter  weighed  <3%  of  the  duck’s  body  weight.  We  implanted 
all  transmitters  within  5 h starting  at  20:00  CST,  6 January  1994,  and  released  the  scaup  at 
the  trap  site  at  10:00,  7 January.  The  transmitters  were  implanted  under  sterile  conditions; 
scaup  were  anesthetized  with  isoflurane,  the  transmitter  implanted,  and  the  duck  immediately 
revived  with  100%  oxygen  (Olsen  et  al.  1992,  Kor.schgen,  pers.  comm.).  We  followed  ap- 
proved Animal  Care  and  Use  protocols  of  Northern  Prairie  Science  Center,  Jamestown, 
North  Dakota.  We  assumed  that  the  Lesser  Scaup  we  trapped  were  representative  of  the 
flock  present  in  IHC  during  this  study. 

Before  establishing  data  collection  protocols,  we  observed  general  feeding  patterns  of 
Lesser  Scaup  for  several  hours.  We  found  that  Lesser  Scaup  fed  while  diving  in  one  area 
or  while  slowly  swimming,  dived  and  surfaced  in  a consistent  pattern  of  underwater  and 
surface  times,  and  did  not  interrupt  feeding  with  preening,  bathing,  resting,  or  other  behav- 
iors. Feeding  individuals  were  usually  >10  m from  roosting  and  resting  flocks  of  Lesser 
Scaup  and  rejoined  these  flocks  after  feeding. 

We  used  changes  in  radio  signal  strength  to  determine  when  a radio-marked  Lesser  Scaup 


558 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  3,  September  1996 


■ behavioral  observation  points 
□ observation  points 

Eig.  1.  The  Grand  Calumet  River-Indiana  Harbor  Canal  study  area.  East  Chicago,  In- 
diana, showing  the  trap  site  and  behavioral  observation  sites,  January-February,  1994. 


Custer  et  al.  • LESSER  SCAUP  FEEDING 


559 


was  feeding,  i.e.,  no  signal  or  a weak  signal  was  received  when  the  duck  was  under  water 
(Trivelpiece  et  al.  1986).  Visual  observations  of  a radio-marked  Lesser  Scaup  confirmed 
that  dives  inferred  by  signal  strength  were  actually  dives. 

To  select  an  appropriate  observation  interval  to  monitor  feeding  behavior,  we  listened  to 
signals  from  three  feeding  Lesser  Scaup  continually  for  ^30  min  each  and  another  radio- 
marked  scaup  for  5 h.  Bouts  of  feeding  (N  = 15)  lasted  11.1  ± 1.39  min  (±  1 SE);  therefore, 
we  selected  10  min  intervals  as  the  minimum  needed  to  detect  feeding  behavior. 

We  established  behavioral  observation  sites  at  four  of  15  locations  (Fig.  1)  because  we 
had  24-h  access  to  these  four  sites.  Additionally,  these  sites  were  where  many  of  the  radio- 
marked  scaup  spent  the  winter  (Custer  et  al.  1996).  On  days  that  we  recorded  behavior,  we 
checked  each  site  until  we  located  one  or  more  radio-marked  Lesser  Scaup.  There  were 
usually  ^3  radio-marked  Lesser  Scaup  at  a site.  We  collected  behavioral  data  on  the  radio- 
marked  scaup  using  two  methods:  10-min  scans  and  focal-animal  sampling  (Altmann  1974). 
We  collected  10-min  scan  data  to  estimate  percent  of  time  spent  foraging.  We  listened  to 
each  radio  signal  for  2 min  at  10-min  intervals  and  determined  whether  the  duck  was  feeding 
(diving)  or  not  feeding.  The  rhythmic  pattern  of  ducks  diving  to  feed  allowed  us  to  differ- 
entiate feeding  activity  from  random  changes  in  signal  strength  or  temporary  loss  of  signal 
(Ken ward  1987:130).  Secondly,  we  used  focal  animal  sampling  to  quantify  the  duration  of 
foraging  dives.  Between  10-min  scans,  we  selected  a feeding  duck  and  recorded  for  3-6 
min  the  time  it  spent  above  and  below  the  water’s  surface  while  feeding.  When  more  than 
one  scaup  was  feeding,  we  alternated  focal  animal  observations  equally  among  the  scaup 
present. 

Behavior  was  recorded  by  human  observers  or  by  video  taping  the  radio  receiver.  During 
video  recordings,  we  programmed  the  radio  receiver  to  scan  4—5  frequencies  sequentially 
for  2 min  each.  A camcorder  was  focused  on  the  radio  receiver’s  display  and  thus  recorded 
both  the  monitored  frequency  and  the  audio  speaker  sounds.  The  camcorder  also  recorded 
the  time  of  day.  Only  observations  of  radio-marked  birds  whose  behaviors  were  recorded 
continuously  for  >4  h (N  = 5 scaup)  were  included  in  the  analyses.  The  other  seven  radio- 
marked  scaup  were  located  only  infrequently  or  in  areas  where  we  could  not  record  contin- 
uous behavioral  observations. 

We  recorded  behavior  during  four  periods:  morning  (sunrise  to  12:00  h CST),  afternoon 
(12:01  h to  sunset),  evening  (sunset  to  24:00  h),  and  night  (00:01  h to  sunrise).  Duration  of 
time  periods  ranged  from  5 h-5  h 20  min  for  daylight  periods  and  6 h 20  min-6  h 40  min 
during  evenings  and  nights. 

For  each  scaup,  we  calculated  the  frequency  of  consecutive  10-min  scans  during  which 
it  was  feeding  and  not  feeding  during  each  time  period.  We  analyzed  frequency  data  by 
time  period  and  by  duck  with  Fisher’s  Exact  Tests  (Zar  1984).  Categories  for  number  of 
consecutive  10-min  scans  during  which  an  individual  was  feeding  were  1,  2,  and  3 + . Three 
or  more  consecutive  scans  were  combined  into  one  category  for  frequency  analyses  to  reduce 
the  number  of  cells  with  zeros.  When  the  overall  Fisher’s  Exact  Test  was  significant,  all 
pairwise  combinations  were  tested  to  determine  which  frequencies  differed.  An  alpha  of 
0.005  was  used  for  pairwi.se  Fisher’s  Exact  Test  comparisons  to  give  an  overall  P < 0.05 
(Neter  et  al.  1985).  We  pooled  1 and  2,  3 and  4,  5 and  6,  and  1+  consecutive  10-min  scans 
without  feeding  for  statistical  tests  to  reduce  the  number  of  cells  with  zeros. 

Percent  of  time  spent  feeding  during  each  time  period  by  each  duck  was  calculated  from 
the  10-min  scan  data  (Altmann  1974).  A fixed-effect,  2-way  analysis  of  variance  (ANOVA) 
model  was  used  to  compare  the  average  percent  of  time  spent  feeding  among  ducks  and 
time  periods.  We  used  Bartlett’s  test  to  te.st  the  homogeneity  of  variance  assumption  of 
ANOVA  (Zar  1984:181).  When  variances  were  not  homogeneous,  percents  were  square- 
root  arcsine  transformed.  Untransformed  percents  ± 1 SE  are  presented  in  text  and  tables. 


560 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Repeated  measures  statistics  were  not  possible  with  these  data;  therefore,  all  data  were 
analyzed  and  presented  by  individual  duck  to  account  for  individual  variation.  We  used  an 
alpha  of  0.05  for  all  ANOVAs. 

We  used  one-way  ANOVA  to  test  our  null  hypothesis  that  average  time  (sec)  spent 
underwater  per  dive  searching  for  and  retrieving  food  did  not  differ  among  time  periods  or 
among  ducks.  Empty  cells  precluded  using  2-way  ANOVA.  Because  there  were  no  time 
differences,  we  combined  all  time  periods  and  tested  for  differences  among  individuals. 

RESULTS 

We  recorded  198  h of  behavior  on  five  radio-marked  Lesser  Scaup 
between  27  January  and  16  February  1994  in  IHC.  Weather  patterns  dur- 
ing the  study  were  normal;  daily  maximum  temperatures  were  between 
-10°  and  0°C  with  occasional  snowfall.  The  normal  high  temperature  for 
February  is  — 2°C  (Bair  1992). 

Lesser  Scaup  fed  intermittently  for  short  periods  throughout  the  24-h 
period  (Fig.  2).  As  an  example,  Lesser  Scaup  #4566  fed  during  nine 
10-min  scan  periods  between  sunset  and  midnight  on  2 February;  the  first 
feeding  bout  lasted  for  two  consecutive  10-min  scans  (Fig.  2).  The  modal 
number  of  consecutive  10-min  scans  during  which  Lesser  Scaup  were 
feeding  was  one  for  four  of  five  Lesser  Scaup  (Table  1).  Lesser  Scaup 
#4666  differed  from  the  other  four  scaup  (pairwise  Fisher’s  Exact  Test, 
all  Ps  < 0.002)  with  a mode  of  3+  consecutive  10-min  scans  with  feeding 
(Table  1).  The  median  number  of  consecutive  feeding  bouts  for  all  scaup 
combined  was  one.  Frequency  of  consecutive  10-min  scans  with  feeding 
did  not  vary  by  time  period  (3X4  Fisher’s  Exact  Test,  P = 0.716,  N — 
98);  feeding  bouts  were  not  longer  or  shorter  during  any  particular  time 
period. 

The  number  of  consecutive  10-min  scans  without  feeding  did  not  differ 
among  ducks  (Table  1)  or  among  time  periods  (4X4  Fisher’s  Exact  Test 
P = 0.318,  N = 98).  The  median  number  of  consecutive  scans  without 
feeding  was  four  for  all  scaup  and  time  periods  combined. 

Lesser  Scaup  fed  for  23.7  ± 2.5%  (SE)  of  each  24-h  day.  They  spent 
a greater  proportion  of  their  time  feeding  during  the  evening  period  (31.9 
± 5.07%,  N = 16  evening  periods)  than  during  the  morning  (11.6  ± 
2.60%,  N = 9)  or  afternoon  periods  (19.5  ± 4.62%,  N = 13).  Proportion 
of  time  spent  feeding  during  the  night  (26.3  ± 4.16%,  N = 13)  did  not 
differ  from  the  other  three  time  periods  (F  = 5.75;  df  = 3,33;  P = 0.003). 
The  time  spent  feeding  varied  among  individuals  (Table  2),  but  there  was 
no  interaction  between  time  period  and  individual  duck  (P  — 0.89,  df  — 
10,33;  P = 0.548). 

Time  spent  underwater  per  dive  to  search  for  and  retrieve  food  did  not 
differ  among  the  four  time  periods  (22.9  — 0.64  sec,  N — 57,  Ps  0.186 


Custer  et  al.  • LESSER  SCAUP  FEEDING 


561 


Lesser  scaup 
#4566 


not  feeding 
feeding 


sunset  midnight  sunrise  noon  sunset 

3  Feb 

I I-  I ^ I 


4  Feb 


5  Feb 


Fig.  2.  Summary  of  40+  consecutive  hours  of  10-min  behavior  scans  for  Lesser  Scaup 
#4566  in  Indiana  Harbor  Canal,  East  Chicago,  Indiana,  2—5  February  1994. 


- 0.744).  Bird  #4566  spent  significantly  less  time  underwater  than  bird 
#4616  or  bird  #4666  (Table  2),  however. 

DISCUSSION 

Our  study  further  demonstrates  the  need  to  collect  nocturnal  data  to 
better  understand  the  feeding  ecology  of  Lesser  Scaup.  On  some  wintering 
areas,  feeding  is  more  prevalent  at  night  than  during  the  day  (Takekawa 
1987  and  this  study).  The  proportion  of  time  spent  feeding  during  noc- 
turnal hours  (29%)  and  diurnal  hours  (16%)  in  IHC  was  strikingly  similar 
to  that  of  Lesser  Scaup  on  the  Mississippi  River  in  Wisconsin  which  spent 
28%  of  the  night  feeding  and  16%  of  the  day  (Takekawa  1987).  Tufted 
ducks  (Aythya  fuligula)  in  Switzerland,  a closely  related  species,  also 
spent  a higher  proportion  of  the  night  feeding  (30-50%  of  the  night)  than 
they  did  during  the  day  (<10%  of  the  day)  (Pedroli  1982).  In  contrast. 


562 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Number  of  Consecutive  10-min  Scans  during  Which  Radio-marked  Lesser  Scaup  were 
Feeding  and  Not  Feeding  in  Indiana  Harbor  Canal,  East  Chicago,  Indiana,  January- 

February  1994 


Consecutive 

1 0-min 

scans 

Feeding 

Not  feeding 

Transmitter 

frequency 

1 

2 

3 + 

1-2 

3-4 

5-6 

7 + 

4566 

32 

17 

4 

A“ 

10 

8 

10 

19 

A'’ 

4616 

7 

2 

2 

AB 

5 

2 

1 

4 

A 

7029 

8 

1 

0 

AB 

2 

1 

1 

2 

A 

4637 

7 

0 

5 

B 

4 

3 

0 

3 

A 

4666 

0 

5 

8 

C 

4 

4 

1 

2 

A 

^ Frequency  distributions  sharing  same  letter  are  not  different  among  Lesser  Scaup,  3X5  Fisher  s Exact  Test  {P  < 
0.001).  Pairwise  comparisons  to  separate  individual  Lesser  Scaup  were  considered  significant  at  P < 0.005  for  an  exper- 
iment-wide  alpha  level  of  P ^ 0.05. 

*’4X5  Fisher’s  Exact  Test  {P  = 0.699). 


male  Lesser  Scaup  in  South  Carolina  fed  <10%  of  the  night  and  approx- 
imately 40%  of  the  day  (Bergan  et  al.  1989).  Human  disturbance  is  often 
cited  as  the  reason  for  nocturnal  feeding  (McNeil  et  al.  1992).  Our  study 
and  the  study  in  South  Carolina,  however,  were  conducted  in  areas  with 
little  human  disturbance;  therefore,  this  would  not  explain  the  difference 
between  the  two  studies.  Neither  cold  temperatures  (down  to  -10°C)  nor 
precipitation  affected  percent  of  time  spent  feeding  (Cronan  1957,  Nose- 
worthy 1981,  Takekawa  1987),  so  temperature  should  not  be  a factor 
when  comparing  these  two  studies. 

Although  the  percent  of  time  spent  feeding  during  day  and  night  in  the 


Table  2 

Average  Time  Spent  Feeding  and  Time  Spent  Underwater  per  Dive  by  Radio-marked 
Lesser  Scaup  in  Indiana  Harbor  Canal,  East  Chicago,  Indiana  during  January  and 

February  1994 


Transmitter  • 
number 

Time  feeding  (%) 

Time  underwater  (sec) 

Mean 

SE 

N' 

Mean 

SE 

N“ 

4666 

39.2 

Ab 

6.67 

1 1 

25.0 

A*-' 

0.82 

24 

4637 

36.7 

AC 

7.04 

6 

22.9 

AB 

1.41 

8 

4566 

17.5 

BC 

1.86 

20 

19.4 

B 

0.92 

20 

4616 

17.4 

B 

4.69 

10 

26.3 

A 

2.43 

5 

7029 

9.0 

BC 

2.12 

4 

- N = number  of  time-of-day  periods  for  which  percent  of  time  spent  feeding  or  time  underwater  was  calculated. 

Means  sharing  same  letter  are  not  different  (F  = 5.60;  df  = 4,33;  P = 0.002). 

' Means  sharing  same  letter  are  not  different  (P  = 7.90;  df  = 3,53;  P < 0.001). 


Custer  et  al.  • LESSER  SCAUP  FEEDING 


563 


IHC  was  different  from  some  other  studies,  the  total  amount  of  time  spent 
feeding  (5.7  h/d)  in  IHC  was  similar  to  Lesser  Scaup  in  South  Carolina 
(4  h/d)  (Bergan  et  al.  1989),  Lesser  Scaup  on  the  Mississippi  River  (4.1 
h/d)  (Takekawa  1987),  and  Tufted  Ducks  in  Switzerland  (4  8—5  2 h/d) 
(Pedroli  1982). 

Lesser  Scaup  feed  for  short  periods  of  time  (median  number  of  con- 
secutive scans  with  feeding  was  one)  followed  by  longer  non-feeding 
periods  (median  number  of  consecutive  non-feeding  scans  was  4).  The 
average  length  of  a feeding  bout  was  11.1  min.  We  had  the  longest  con- 
tinuous record  on  scaup  #4566,  which  demonstrated  this  intermittent  feed- 
ing pattern  continually  for  two  days.  The  feeding  patterns  of  the  other 

four  Lesser  Scaup,  although  less  extensive,  were  consistent  with  the  pat- 
tern of  #4566. 

During  the  pre-breeding  season  (May)  in  Manitoba,  Lesser  Scaup  re- 
peated a foraging,  bathing/preening,  resting/sleeping  cycle  about  every  3 
h dunng  daylight  hours  (Siegfried  1974),  which  was  longer  than  the  ap- 
proximately 1-h  cycle  we  found  in  IHC  during  winter.  European  Pochards 
in  the  Bohemian  highlands  also  had  a 3—4  h activity  which  was  repeated 
regularly  during  a 24-h  period  during  spring  (Klfma  1966).  Klima  (1966) 
hypothesized  that  the  open  water  habitat  with  its  lack  of  microhabitat 
variation,  minimal  human  disturbance,  lack  of  phototaxis  in  prey  behavior, 
and  tactile  feeding  by  European  Pochards  contributed  to  the  similarity  of 
diurnal  and  nocturnal  feeding  patterns.  Several  characteristics  of  IHC  are 
similar  to  that  of  Bohemia;  IHC  is  a relatively  undisturbed  location  with- 
out hunting  and  has  little  recreational  or  public  use.  The  scaup  seem  to 
have  habituated  to  the  industrialized  setting,  and  the  bright  lights  mimic 
moon-lit  nights  which  are  conducive  to  nocturnal  feeding  (Adair  1990; 
73).  Most  of  the  IHC  is  deep  (>3  m)  open  water,  and  availability  of 
benthic  prey,  mainly  oligochaete  worms  (T.  W.  Custer,  Natl.  Biol.  Serv., 
unpubl.  data),  does  not  vary  by  time  of  day  (R.  Whitman,  pers.  comm.). 
Duration  of  feeding  cycles  may  be  a function  of  the  type  of  prey  con- 
sumed and  the  time  needed  to  handle,  process,  and  digest  it.  Oligochaetes 
are  easy  to  capture,  are  very  soft,  and  should  be  processed  through  the 
digestive  system  more  quickly  than  other  more  traditional  Lesser  Scaup 
food  items  such  as  molluscs  and  arthropods  (Swanson  and  Bartonek  1970, 
Afton  et  al.  1991,  Custer  and  Custer  1996). 

Time  spent  underwater  per  dive  (x  = 23  sec)  by  Lesser  Scaup  in  our 
study  was  similar  to  that  of  Lesser  Scaup  wintering  in  Chesapeake  Bay 
(x  = 23.6  sec,  G.  M.  Haramis,  Natl.  Biol.  Sen,  pers.  comm.)  and  by  Lesser 
and  Greater  scaup  wintering  in  Connecticut  (x  = 20.4  sec)  (Cronan  1957). 
However,  shorter  dive  times  have  been  reported  for  Lesser  Scaup  in  Man- 
itoba during  spring  (x  = 10  sec)  (Siegfried  1974,  1976);  Lesser  and  Great- 


564 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


er  Scaup  in  the  Detroit  River  (jc  = 16.4  sec)  (Noseworthy  1981);  and 
Lesser  Scaup  in  South  Carolina  (x  = 16.6  sec)  (Alexander  and  Hair  1977). 
Time  spent  underwater  is  not  related  to  water  depth  (Siegfried  1974)  but 
may  be  a function  of  type  and  abundance  of  prey  being  exploited  (Nose- 
worthy 1981).  Dive  time  may  also  be  a function  of  individual  behavior 
that  affects  distance  covered  per  foot  stroke,  i.e.  diving  efficiency  (Lov- 
vorn  et  al.  1991).  We  do  not  believe  that  Lesser  Scaup  used  visual  cues 
to  find  food  in  IHC  because  they  feed  extensively  at  night  and  because 
of  the  similarity  in  time  spent  underwater  searching  and  capturing  prey 
during  the  day  and  night. 

We  feel  that  the  behavior  of  these  five  individuals  was  representative 
of  the  approximately  200  Lesser  Scaup  (Custer  et  al.  1996)  that  wintered 
in  IHC.  Food  was  plentiful  (>400,000  oligochaetes/m^)  in  the  area  where 
we  made  out  behavior  observations  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service-Bat- 
telle  1993),  and  we  did  not  observe  overt  aggressive  behavior  (CMC, 
pers.  obs.)  that  might  indicate  an  abnormal  situation.  Scaup  did  not  defend 
foraging  sites  during  winter  in  South  Carolina  (Alexander  and  Hair  1977) 
and  aggressive  interactions  were  uncommon  (Alexander  and  Hair  1977, 
Bergan  et  al.  1989). 

Radio  telemetry  is  an  effective  technique  to  monitor  feeding  behavior 
in  diving  ducks.  We  were  able  to  recognize  individual  ducks  and  use  a 
video  recorder  to  acquire  data  remotely,  an  important  consideration  when 
continuous  24-h  data  are  needed  and  availability  of  personnel  is  limited. 
Radio  telemetry  overcomes  (1)  the  limitations  of  night-vision  light  inten- 
sifiers  (Bergan  et  al.  1989)  and  collecting  data  during  inclement  weather 
and  other  conditions  of  poor  visibility,  (2)  the  problem  of  locating  birds 
during  scan  counts  (Siegfried  1974),  and  (3)  of  keeping  track  of  individ- 
uals in  large  flocks  during  focal  animal  observations. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Atla.s  Steel,  Inland  Steel,  Lake  Dock  Company,  LTV  Steel,  and  Shell  Oil 
Company  for  access  to  their  properties;  C.  M.  Chaffee,  J.  T Conomy,  R.  K.  Hines,  C.  O. 
Kochanny  and  A.  D.  Spicer  for  help  with  field  work,  K.  P.  Kenow  for  staying  up  most  of 
one  night  implanting  radio  transmitters,  C.  E.  Korschgen  for  advice  on  radio  telemetry;  and 
J.  E.  Austin,  D.  G.  Jorde,  K.  P.  Kenow,  S.  J.  Maxson,  T.  C.  Michot,  K.  J.  Remecke,  E.  J. 
Rockwell,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  for  comments  on  earlier  drafts  of  the  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Adair,  S.  E.  1990.  Factors  influencing  wintering  diving  duck  use  of  coastal  ponds  in  south 
Texas.  M.S.  thesis,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station,  Texas. 

Afton,  A.  D.,  R.  H.  Hier,  and  S.  L.  Paulus.  1991.  Lesser  Scaup  diets  during  migration 
and  winter  in  the  Mississippi  flyway.  Can.  J.  Zool.  69:328-333. 

Alexander,  W.  C.  and  J.  D.  Hair.  1977.  Winter  foraging  behavior  and  aggression  of  diving 
ducks  in  South  Carolina.  Proc.  Southeast.  Assoc.  Fish  Wildl.  Agencies  31.226-232. 


Custer  et  til.  • LESSER  SCAUP  FEEDING 


565 


Altmann,  J.  1974.  Observational  study  of  behavior:  sampling  methods.  Behaviour  49-227- 
267. 

Bacone,  J.  a.  1979.  Shell  Oil  dune  and  swale.  Unpubl.  Rept.,  Ind.  Dept.  Natur.  Resour., 
Indianapolis,  Indiana. 

Bair,  E E.  1992.  The  weather  almanac.  Sixth  ed.  Gale  Research  Inc.,  Detroit,  Michigan. 

Bergan,  j.  F,  L.  M.  Smith,  and  J.  J.  Mayer.  1989.  Time-activity  budgets  of  diving  ducks 
wintering  in  South  Carolina.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:769-776. 

Bolts,  L.  1993.  A region  of  contrasts  and  dilemmas.  Pp.  1-8  in  The  environment  of 
Northwest  Indiana  Contrasts  and  Dilemmas.  Sheffield  Press,  Hammond,  Indiana. 

Brock,  K.  J.  1986.  Birds  of  the  Indiana  Dunes.  Indiana  Univ.  Press,  Bloomington,  Indiana. 

Cronan,  j.  M.  1957.  Food  and  feeding  habits  of  the  scaups  of  Connecticut  waters  Auk 
74:459-468. 

Custer,  C.  M.  and  T.  W.  Custer.  1996.  Food  habits  of  diving  ducks  in  the  Great  Lakes 
after  the  zebra  mussel  invasion.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  67:86-99. 

’ ' D.  W.  Sparks,  R.  K.  Hines,  and  C.  O.  Kochanny.  1996.  Movement 

patterns  of  wintering  Lesser  Scaup  in  Grand  Calumet  River  - Indiana  Harbor  Canal, 
Indiana.  J.  Great  Lakes  Res.  22:95-99. 

Haramis,  G.  M.,  E.  L.  Derleth,  and  D.  G.  McAuley.  1987.  A quick-catch  corral  trap  for 
wintering  Canvasbacks.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  58:198-200. 

JoRDE,  D.  G.,  G.  L.  Krapu,  and  R.  D.  Crawford.  1983.  Feeding  ecology  of  Mallards 
wintering  in  Nebraska.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  47:1044-1053. 

AND  R.  B.  Owen,  Jr.  1988.  The  need  for  nocturnal  activity  and  energy  budgets  of 
waterfowl.  Pp.  169-180  in  Waterfowl  in  winter  (M.  W.  Weller,  ed.).  Univ.  Minnesota 
Press,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

Kenward,  R.  1987.  Wildlife  radio  tagging.  Academic  Press,  London. 

Klima,  M.  1966.  A study  of  diurnal  activity  rhythm  in  the  European  Pochard,  Aythya  ferina 
(L.),  in  nature.  Zoologicke  Listy  15:317-332. 

Lovvorn,  j.  R.,  D.  R.  Jones,  and  R.  W.  Blake.  1991.  Mechanics  of  underwater  locomotion 
in  diving  ducks:  drag,  buoyancy  and  acceleration  in  a size  gradient  of  species  J Exp 
Biol.  159:89-108. 

McNeil,  R.,  R Drapeau,  and  J.  D.  Goss-Custard.  1992.  The  occurrence  and  adaptive 
significance  of  nocturnal  habits  in  waterfowl.  Biol.  Rev.  67:381-419. 

Neter,  j.,  W.  Wasserman,  and  M.  H.  Kutner.  1985.  Applied  linear  statistical  models,  2nd 
ed.  R.  D.  Erwin,  Inc.,  Homewood,  Illinois. 

Noseworthy,  S.  M.  1981.  Distribution,  sex  ratios,  and  behavior  of  diving  ducks  wintering 
on  the  Detroit  River.  M.S.  thesis,  Univ.  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

Olsen,  G.  H.,  F.  J.  Dein,  G.  M.  Haramis,  and  D.  G.  Jorde.  1992.  Implanting  radio  trans- 
mitters in  wintering  Canvasbacks.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  56:325-328. 

Paulus,  S.  L.  1984.  Activity  budgets  of  nonbreeding  Gadwalls  in  Louisiana.  J.  Wildl. 
Manage.  48:371-380. 

Pedroli,  J.-C.  1982.  Activity  and  time  budget  of  Tufted  Ducks  on  Swiss  lakes  during  winter. 
Wildfowl  33:105-112. 

Siegfried,  W.  R.  1974.  Time  budget  of  behavior  among  Lesser  Scaups  on  Delta  Marsh.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  38:708-713. 

. 1976.  Segregation  in  feeding  behaviour  of  four  diving  ducks  in  southern  Manitoba. 

Can.  J.  Zool.  54:730-736. 

Swanson,  G.  A.,  and  J.  C.  Bartonek.  1970.  Bias  associated  with  food  analysis  in  gizzards 
of  Blue-winged  Teal.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  34:739—746. 

Takekawa,  j.  Y.  1987.  Energetics  of  Canvasbacks  staging  on  an  Upper  Mississippi  River 
pool  during  fall  migration.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Iowa  State  Univ.,  Ames,  Iowa. 


566 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Tamsier,  a.  1976.  Diurnal  activities  of  Green-winged  Teal  and  Pintails  wintering  in  Lou- 
isiana. Wildfowl  27:19—32. 

Trivelpiece,  W.  Z.,  J.  L.  Bengtson,  S.  G.  Trivelpiece,  and  N.  J.  Volkman.  1986.  Eoraging 
behavior  of  Gentoo  and  Chinstrap  penguins  as  determined  by  new  radiotelemetry  tech- 
niques. Auk  103:777—781. 

U.S.  Eish  and  Wildlife  Service-Battelle.  1993.  Einal  report  for  the  USEPA  GLNPO 
ARCS  Project:  Biological  assessment  of  contaminated  Great  Lakes  sediment.  Unpubl. 
Rept.,  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Columbia,  Missouri. 

Zar,  j.  H.  1984.  Biostatistical  analysis,  2nd  ed.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood  Cliffs,  New 
Jersey. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  567-572 


BODY  MASS  AND  CARCASS  COMPOSITION  OF  FALL 

MIGRANT  OLDSQUAWS 

James  O.  Leafloor,'  John  E.  Thompson,'  and  C.  Davison  Ankney- 

Abstract.  We  investigated  body  and  organ  mass  and  carcass  composition  of  twenty- 
seven  migrant  Oldsquaws  {Clangula  hyemalis)  killed  when  they  collided  with  power  trans- 
mission lines  in  northeastern  Ontario  in  October  1986.  Comparison  of  the  first  principal 
component  (PCI)  from  eight  structural  measurements  indicated  that  adult  male  Oldsquaws 
were  structurally  larger  than  females;  however,  organ  weights  did  not  differ  between  sexes 
when  PCI  was  included  as  a covariate  (ANCOVA,  P > 0.05  in  all  cases).  Carcass  com- 
position was  similar  to  that  reported  for  spring  migrants.  Ash-free  lean  dry  weight  (AFLDW) 
and  ash  were  positively  related  to  structural  size,  but  did  not  differ  between  sexes  when 
PCI  was  included  as  a covariate.  Lipids  comprised  17.5%  of  whole  body  mass  of  females 
and  14.1%  of  males  and  were  sufficient  to  fuel  migration  at  least  to  the  next  likely  staging 
area  in  the  Great  Lakes.  Fall  migrant  Oldsquaws  must  have  stored  substantial  lipid  and 
protein  reserves  after  breeding,  suggesting  that  offshore  feeding  areas  in  James  and  Hudson 
Bay  are  critical.  Received  9 Oct.  1995,  accepted  1 Feb.  1996. 


Oldsquaws  (Clangula  hyemalis)  are  small-bodied  sea  ducks  that  breed 
around  Hudson  Bay  and  across  the  Arctic  and  winter  along  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  coasts  and  on  the  Great  Lakes  (Bellrose  1978).  Peterson  and 
Ellarson  (1979)  reported  changes  in  carcass  mass  and  composition  of 
Oldsquaws  between  December  and  July.  Their  data  were  collected  from 
wintering  birds  drowned  in  gill  nets  on  Lake  Michigan  and  from  birds 
shot  on  a breeding  area  in  northwest  Hudson  Bay.  They  found  two  peaks 
in  carcass  mass  that  were  primarily  associated  with  increased  lipid  de- 
posits. Peak  body  mass  occurred  just  before  spring  migration  in  May  and 
in  January,  a time  when  Oldsquaws  sometimes  endure  periods  of  thermal 
stress  caused  by  low  temperatures  (Peterson  and  Ellarson  1979).  However, 
carcass  composition  and  body  mass  data  are  not  available  for  Oldsquaws 
during  the  postbreeding  period  and  fall  migration.  It  is  important  to  un- 
derstand changes  in  body  mass  and  carcass  composition  throughout  the 
annual  cycle  to  identify  critical  periods  for  weight  gain.  The  purposes  of 
this  paper  are  to  report  body  size  and  carcass  composition  for  a sample 
of  Oldsquaws  obtained  during  fall  migration  in  northeastern  Ontario  and 
to  compare  our  data  to  those  from  Peterson  and  Ellarson  (1979). 

METHODS 

We  obtained  27  adult  Old.squaw  carca.s.se.s  from  the  Smoky  Falls  hydroelectric  dam  located 
on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mattagami  River  in  northeastern  Ontario  (50°04'N,  82°10'W).  The 

' Ministry  of  Natural  Resources,  P.  O.  Box  190,  Moosonee,  Ontario,  Canada  POL  lYO.  (Present  address: 
Ministry  of  Natural  Resources,  P.  O.  Box  730.  2 Third  Avenue,  Cochrane.  Ontario  POL  ICO.) 

^ Dept,  of  Zoology,  Univ.  of  Western  Ontario,  London,  Ontario.  Canada  N6A  5B7. 


567 


568 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


birds  were  killed  during  an  apparent  migration  movement  at  around  22:00  h on  26  October 
1986  when  they  hit  power  transmission  lines  spanning  the  river.  All  birds  were  frozen  and 
shipped  to  the  University  of  Western  Ontario  for  carcass  analysis.  Whole  Oldsquaw  car- 
casses were  thawed  and  weighed  to  the  nearest  0. 1 g (hereafter  referred  to  as  whole  body 
mass)  on  a Mettler  digital  balance.  Lollowing  Dzubin  and  Cooch  (1992),  we  measured  bill 
depth  at  the  base,  maximum  bill  width,  culmen  1,  tarsus  bone,  and  exposed  keel  lengths  to 
the  nearest  0.1  mm,  using  Vernier  calipers,  and  wing  chord  and  total  body  length  to  the 
nearest  mm  using  a ruler.  We  also  measured  wing  length,  from  the  body  to  the  distal  end 
of  the  outstretched  wing,  to  the  nearest  mm  using  a ruler.  Next  we  obtained  carcass  mass 
(whole  body  minus  head,  feet,  wings,  feathers,  gastrointestinal  tract,  and  reproductive  or- 
gans) for  comparison  to  data  presented  by  Peterson  and  Ellarson  (1979).  All  internal  organs 
(except  lungs  and  kidneys)  and  abdominal  fat  were  dissected  from  the  carcasses,  patted  dry 
with  paper  towels,  and  weighed  to  the  nearest  0.01  g;  contents  were  removed  from  gastro- 
intestinal organs  before  weighing. 

Our  carcass  composition  analyses  were  designed  to  provide  data  comparable  to  those  of 
Peterson  and  Ellarson  (1979),  but  we  also  analyzed  breast,  leg,  and  liver  tissues  separately 
and  included  results  from  a combined  homogenate  of  the  head,  feet,  wings,  feathers,  gas- 
trointestinal tract  minus  contents,  and  reproductive  organs  (hereafter  called  dry  parts  ). 
The  latter  procedures  provided  data  for  whole  birds  for  future  comparisons.  Combined  values 
from  breast,  leg,  liver,  and  carcass  homogenate  (but  not  dry  parts)  are  equivalent  to  the 
“carcass”  values  from  Peterson  and  Ellarson  (1979).  Samples  were  ground  twice  in  a Hobart 
meat  grinder  and  oven  dried  at  90°C  to  constant  weight  (Kerr  et  al.  1982).  Dried  carcass 
homogenate,  dry  parts  homogenate,  breast,  leg,  and  liver  samples  were  then  homogenized 
separately  in  an  electric  coffee  grinder.  Lipid  extractions  were  performed  on  subsamples  (ca 
10  g)  of  each  constituent  in  a modified  Soxhlet  apparatus  using  petroleum  ether  as  a solvent 
(Dobush  et  al.  1985).  We  determined  the  proportion  of  lipid  in  each  subsample  and  multi- 
plied this  by  the  dry  mass  of  each  constituent  sample  to  determine  lipid  mass.  Lipid  mass 
was  then  subtracted  from  dry  weight  of  each  constituent  to  estimate  lean  dry  mass  (LDM; 
Ankney  and  Afton  1988).  Lean  dry  samples  were  ashed  in  a muffle  furnace  for  6 h at  550  C, 
and  the  proportion  of  ash  in  each  was  used  to  calculate  ash  for  each  constituent.  Ash  weight 
was  subtracted  from  LDM  to  determine  ash-free  lean  dry  mass  (AFLDM),  a measure  of 
total  body  protein. 

To  account  for  variation  in  carcass  and  component  masses  (lipid,  AFLDM,  ash)  related 
to  structural  size,  we  used  the  correlation  matrix  from  bill  height,  bill  width,  culmen,  tarsus, 
wing  chord,  wing,  body,  and  keel  lengths  in  a principal  components  analysis  (PCA)  of  all 
adults  combined.  From  this  we  obtained  scores  for  each  bird  along  the  first  component  axis 
(PCI)  to  use  as  an  index  of  structural  size  (Alisauskas  and  Ankney  1987).  PCI  accounted 
for  55%  of  variation  in  the  characters  measured,  with  a corresponding  eigenvalue  of  4.44. 
Loadings  on  the  first  principal  component  were  all  positive  and  ranged  from  0.15  for  culmen 
to  0.44  for  wing  chord.  PCI  scores  for  individual  ducks  were  used  as  covariates  in  analyses 
of  covariance  (ANCOVA)  comparing  lipid,  ash,  and  protein  dry  weights  between  sexes. 
This  technique  accounts  for  variation  between  sexes  that  occurs  as  a result  of  differences 
in  body  size  (Alisauskas  and  Ankney  1987)  and  allows  comparison  of  relative  amounts  of 
lipid,  ash,  and  protein.  We  also  compared  our  data  to  those  from  Peterson  and  Ellarson 

(1979). 


RESULTS 

Male  Oldsquaws  were  larger  than  females  in  most  external  morpho- 
logical measurements  (Table  1).  Masses  of  esophagus,  heart,  liver,  and 


Leafloor  et  al.  • BODY  COMPOSITION  OF  OLDSQUAWS 


569 


Table  1 

Means  of  Morphological  Variables  for  Adult  Oldsquaws  Collected  in  October 

1986  in  Northeastern  Ontario”*’ 


Variable 

Males 

Whole  body  mass 

862.8 

Carcass  mass 

633.0 

Body  length 

342.1 

Wing  length 

327.9 

Wing  chord 

223.2 

Tarsus 

35.6 

Culmen 

27.1 

Bill  height 

16.4 

Bill  width 

19.7 

Keel  length 

109.2 

PCI 

1.68 

(N  - Females  (N  = 12) 


(17.9)A 

733.6 

(1L6)B 

(16.8)A 

573.5 

(12.7)B 

(2.5)A 

320.1 

(3.5)B 

(1.6)A 

313.8 

(L3)B 

(l.l)A 

210.2 

(l.l)B 

(0.3)A 

34.7 

(0.3)B 

(0.3)A 

26.5 

(0.4)A 

(0.3)A 

15.9 

(0.3)A 

(0.2)A 

18.2 

(0.2)B 

(l.O)A 

100.6 

(0.6)B’ 

(0.3)A 

-1.99  (0.2)B 

^ Linear  measurements  in  mm,  mass  in  g,  standard  error  in  parentheses. 

^ Means  followed  by  the  same  letter  are  not  different  between  sexes,  /-lest,  P > 0.05. 

N — 13  males  for  variables  that  include  the  head;  two  males  were  decapitated  when  found. 


gizzard  differed  between  sexes  (Table  2)  but  not  when  PCI  was  included 
as  a covariate  (ANCOVA,  P > 0.05  in  all  cases).  AFLDM  and  ASH  were 
positively  related  to  structural  size  and  did  not  differ  between  sexes  when 
PCI  was  included  as  a covariate  (ANCOVA,  P > 0.30),  although  both 
were  absolutely  larger  in  males.  There  was  no  relationship  between  total 


Table  2 

Mean  Lengths  and  Fresh  Mass  of  Internal  Organs  of  Adult  Oldsquaws  Collected 
IN  Northeastern  Ontario  in  October  1986”*’ 


Organ 

Males  (N  = 15) 

Females  (N  = 12) 

Small  intestine  length 

133.9 

(4.  DA 

128.6 

(4.2)A 

Mass 

17.0 

(0.9)A 

15.5 

(0.6)A 

Large  intestine  length 

6.6 

(0.2)A 

6.7 

(0.2)A 

Mass 

1.5 

(0. 1 )A 

1.3 

(O.l)A 

Caecum  length 

12.4 

(0.6)A 

11.1 

(0.6)A 

Mass 

0.7 

(O.l)A 

0.8 

(O.l)A 

Esophagus  mass 

8.1 

(0.3)A 

6.8 

(0.2)B 

Gizzard  mass 

17.0 

(2.2)A 

10.1 

(L2)B 

Heart  mass 

10.5 

(0.2)A 

6.9 

(0.2)B 

Pancreas  mass 

2.4 

(0.2)A 

1.8 

(0.2)A 

Spleen  mass 

0.34 

3 

b 

> 

0.34 

o 

b 

> 

Liver  mass 

32.3 

(L6)A 

25.7 

(1.2)B 

“ Masses  measured  in  g,  lengths  in  cm,  standard  error  in  parentheses. 

Means  followed  by  the  same  letter  are  not  different  between  sexes,  r-tesl  (P  > 0.05). 


570 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Mean  Mass  of 

Table  3 

Carcass  Components  of  Adult  Oldsquaws  Collected  in 
Northeastern  Ontario  in  October  1986“ 

Lipid 

AFLDM 

Ash 

Males*’ 

Breast 

2.26  (0.15) 

19.97  (0.35) 

— 

Leg 

1.56  (0.13) 

5.06  (0.11) 

— 

Liver 

0.89  (0.11) 

9.46  (0.55) 

— 

Homogenate 

117.20  (7.64) 

105.84  (3.70) 

19.87  (0.93) 

Dry  parts 

15.56  (0.57) 

29.42  (1.17) 

7.71  (0.17) 

Total 

141.46(8.39) 

172.40  (4.51) 

28.27  (0.95) 

Lemales 

Breast 

1.94  (0.10) 

17.34  (0.29) 

— 

Leg 

1.33  (0.09) 

4.46  (0.10) 

— 

Liver 

0.64  (0.09) 

7.67  (0.36) 

— 

Homogenate 

124.60  (6.78) 

80.08  (2.82) 

15.99  (0.45) 

Dry  parts 

13.19  (0.68) 

23.99  (0.51) 

6.48  (0.17) 

Total 

141.70  (7.00) 

133.56  (2.92) 

22.48  (0.47) 

“ Mass  in  grams  (g),  standard  error  in  parentheses. 

A?  = 13  males  for  “dry  parts"  and  “total”  values  because  2 males  were  decapitated  when  found. 


lipid  mass  and  body  size  (ANCOVA,  P > 0.75).  Furthermore,  total  lipid 
mass  was  almost  identical  between  male  and  female  Oldsquaws  (Table 
3)  despite  the  smaller  structural  size  of  females.  Lipids  comprised  17.5% 
of  whole  body  weights  of  females  and  14.1%  of  males. 

DISCUSSION 

Oldsquaws  nest  in  tundra  habitats  of  southwestern  Hudson  Bay,  and  a 
migration  corridor  between  James  Bay  and  the  Great  Lakes  has  been 
postulated  (Bellrose  1978).  We  found  little  published  information  on  ex- 
ternal morphological  measurements  and  gut  morphology  of  Oldsquaws, 
but  we  assume  that  our  sample  was  unbiased  and  therefore  representative 
of  Oldsquaws  that  migrate  through  northeastern  Ontario.  Gut  measure- 
ments were  shorter  than  those  reported  by  Goudie  and  Ryan  (1991:  Table 
2)  for  a combined  sample  of  male  and  female  Oldsquaws  collected  in 
coastal  Newfoundland  during  winter.  Oldsquaws  in  Newfoundland  fed 
mostly  upon  amphipods  and  isopods,  but  the  diet  of  Oldsquaws  staging 
in  James  Bay  is  unknown. 

Mean  carcass  mass  of  fall  migrant  female  Oldsquaws  was  similar  to 
that  of  spring  migrants,  and  about  70—200  g greater  than  that  during  mid- 
summer and  winter  (Peterson  and  Ellarson  1979).  Most  seasonal  variation 
in  carcass  mass  of  adult  females  was  attributable  to  fluctuations  in  lipid 


Leafloor  et  al.  • BODY  COMPOSITION  OF  OLDSQUAWS 


571 


levels,  protein  reserves  (as  indexed  by  LDM)  were  about  25  g heavier 
during  fall  migration  than  in  mid-summer  but  about  15  g less  than  in 
spring.  Carcass  mass  of  males  was  similar  in  spring  and  fall;  lipid  levels 
also  were  similar  in  spring  and  fall.  Inexplicably,  male  Oldsquaws  had 
about  25  g more  protein  reserves  in  fall  than  in  spring  (Peterson  and 
Ellarson  1979). 

Peterson  and  Ellarson  (1979:  Table  1)  reported  that  adult  female  Old- 
squaws lost  about  95%  of  lipid  reserves  and  30%  of  LOW  between  spring 
migration  and  the  start  of  brood  rearing  in  late  July.  Our  data  indicated 
that  fall  migrant  female  Oldsquaws  had  lipid  levels  similar  to  those  of 
spring  migrants,  but  protein  reserves  were  11%  smaller.  This  suggests 
that  (1)  substantial  increases  in  lipid  and  protein  stores  occur  between 
late  July  and  October  and  that  (2)  female  Oldsquaws  increase  protein 
reserves  in  spring,  perhaps  for  egg  production. 

Carcass  lipids  of  adult  female  Oldsquaws  on  Lake  Michigan  in  Decem- 
ber were  about  44  g less  than,  and  protein  reserves  were  about  equal  to 
those  of  fall  migrants,  suggesting  that  lipids  provided  energy  during  mi- 
gration. Peterson  and  Ellarson  (1979:294)  estimated  that  a migrating 
Oldsquaw  metabolized  about  25.76  kcal/h.  Assuming  stored  fat  yields 
9.45  kcal/g  and  conversion  efficiency  is  100%,  44  g of  fat  yields  enough 
energy  to  fly  for  about  16  h.  If  Oldsquaws  fly  at  an  average  speed  of 
about  80  km/h  (Bellrose  1978:  385),  an  average  female  in  our  sample 
could  travel  about  1280  km  on  44  g of  fat.  Carcass  lipids  of  adult  males 
followed  the  same  pattern  as  females,  averaging  47  g less  in  winter  than 
in  fall.  In  addition,  they  had  about  25  g more  lean  dry  mass  in  fall  than 
birds  sampled  in  December.  The  nearest  wintering  areas  for  Oldsquaws 
from  lower  James  Bay  are  the  lower  Great  Lakes,  i.e.,  southern  Lake 
Michigan,  Lake  Erie,  and  Lake  Ontario  (Bellrose  1978).  As  none  of  these 
locations  is  >1280  km  from  lower  James  Bay,  Oldsquaws  had  more  than 
sufficient  reserves  to  reach  those  destinations.  Our  data  suggest  that  off- 
shore habitats  in  James  Bay  and  Hudson  Bay  are  important  to  postbreed- 
ing Oldsquaws  for  replenishment  and  storage  of  protein  and  lipid  reserves 
before  fall  migration. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

This  work  was  supported  by  the  Ontario  Ministry  of  Natural  Resources  and  the  Univ.  of 
Western  Ontario.  Oldsquaws  were  collected  under  permit  from  the  Canadian  Wildlife  Ser- 
vice. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Alisauskas,  R.  T.  and  C.  D.  Ankney.  1987.  Age-related  variation  in  the  nutrient  reserves 
of  breeding  American  Coots  (Fulica  americana).  Can.  J.  Zool.  65:2417—2420. 


572 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Ankney,  C.  D.  and  a.  D.  Afton.  1988.  Bioenergetics  of  breeding  Northern  Shovelers: 
diet,  nutrient  reserves,  clutch  size,  and  incubation.  Condor  90:459-472. 

Bellrose,  E C.  1978.  Ducks,  geese  and  swans  of  North  America.  Stackpole  Books,  Har- 
risburg, Pennsylvania. 

Dobush,  G.  R.,  C.  D.  Ankney,  and  D.  G.  Krementz.  1985.  The  effect  of  apparatus,  ex- 
traction time,  and  solvent  type  on  lipid  extractions  of  snow  geese.  Can.  J.  Zool.  63: 
1917-1920. 

Dzubin,  a.  and  E.  G.  Cooch.  1992.  Measurements  of  geese:  general  field  methods.  Cali- 
fornia Waterfowl  Association,  Sacramento,  California. 

Goudie,  R.  I.  AND  P.  C.  Ryan.  1991.  Diets  and  morphology  of  digestive  organs  of  five 
species  of  sea  ducks  wintering  in  Newfoundland.  J.  Yamashina  Inst.  Ornithol.  22.1—8. 

Kerr,  D.  C.,  C.  D.  Ankney,  and  J.  S.  Millar.  1982.  The  effect  of  drying  temperature  on 
extraction  of  petroleum  ether  soluble  fats  of  small  birds  and  mammals.  Can.  J.  Zool. 
60:470-472. 

Peterson,  S.  R.  and  R.  S.  Ellarson.  1979.  Changes  in  Oldsquaw  carcass  weight.  Wilson 
Bull.  91:288-300. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  573-583 


AVIAN  NEST-SITE  SELECTION  AND  NESTING 
SUCCESS  IN  TWO  FLORIDA  CITRUS  GROVES 

Mary  Crowe  Mitchell,'-^  Louis  B.  Best,'  and  James  P.  Gionfriddo'  '^ 


Abstract. — We  studied  nesting  success  and  nest-site  selection  of  Common  Ground- 
Doves  (Columbina  passerina).  Northern  Mockingbirds  (Mimus  polyglottos).  Brown  Thrash- 
ers (To.xostoma  rufum),  and  Northern  Cardinals  (Cardinalis  cardinalis)  in  two  Florida  citrus 
groves  in  spring  1989.  Predation  resulted  in  the  loss  of  more  than  half  of  all  nests.  Fish 
Crows  (Corx’us  ossifragus)  and  rat  snakes  (Elaphe  obsoleta)  seemed  to  be  the  major  pred- 
ators. Nesting  success  differed  between  groves  and  may  have  resulted  from  differences  in 
human  activities,  predator  populations,  or  vegetation  structure.  Nesting  success  of  Northern 
Cardinals  and  Brown  Thrashers  was  lower  than  that  reported  in  other  studies  and  may  have 
been  below  the  replacement  level.  Northern  Mockingbirds  had  the  most  open  nest  sites  with 
the  largest  inter-canopy  distances  (spacing  between  tree  canopies),  whereas  Brown  Thrashers 
seemed  to  select  areas  of  the  groves  with  the  greatest  canopy  closure.  Northern  Cardinals 
tended  to  select  nest  trees  with  full  canopies,  perhaps  to  increase  nest  concealment.  Common 
Ground-Dove  nests  were  supported  by  limbs  with  small  angles  (degrees  deviation  from 
horizontal)  and  the  largest  diameters.  Received  21  June,  accepted  25  Jan.  1996. 


Citrus  groves  represent  a substantial  proportion  of  breeding  habitat 
available  to  birds  in  Florida,  yet  nest-site  selection  and  nesting  success 
have  not  been  studied  in  these  groves.  As  Florida  habitat  is  converted  to 
agricultural  and  other  domestic  uses,  birds  are  forced  to  nest  in  altered 
habitats  for  which  they  may  be  poorly  adapted  (e.g.,  Dow  1969a,  Best 
and  Rodenhouse  1984).  Our  objectives  were  to  document  nesting  success 
and  characterize  nest-site  selection  in  Florida  citrus  groves.  We  attempted 
to  answer  the  following  questions;  What  preferences  do  breeding  birds 
show  in  selecting  their  nest  sites?  Is  nesting  success  affected  by  nest-site 
selection  and,  if  so,  how?  Are  citrus  groves  suitable  nesting  habitat  for 
songbirds? 


STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

We  used  two  citrus  groves  on  Merritt  Island  in  Brevard  County,  Florida  for  study  sites. 
Study  grove  1,  about  71  ha,  was  privately  owned  and  managed  and  was  almost  entirely 
planted  with  orange  trees.  Study  grove  2 was  part  of  the  Merritt  Island  National  Wildlife 
Refuge,  was  45  ha,  and  had  a mixture  of  orange  and  grapefruit  trees.  The  major  herbaceous 
vegetation  in  the  citrus  groves  was  guinea  grass  (Panicum  ma.ximum),  poorman’s  pepper 
(Lepidium  virginicum),  day-flower  (Commelina  dijfusa),  Richardia  (Richardia  spp.),  prickly 
sida  (Sida  spinosa),  Bermudagrass  (Cynodon  dactylon),  vaseygrass  (Paspalliim  urvellei), 
and  amaranth  (Amaranthus  spp.).  We  studied  nests  from  mid-March  through  early  June  in 
1989.  Nests  were  found  by  systematically  examining  each  tree  in  the  groves  four  times 


' Dept,  of  Animal  Ecology,  Iowa  State  Univ.,  Ames,  Iowa  5001 1. 

^ Present  address:  540  Lower  River  Rd.,  Heron,  Montana  59844, 

^ Present  address:  Dept,  of  Forestry  and  Natural  Resources,  Purdue  Univ.,  West  Lafayette,  Indiana  47907. 


573 


574 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


during  the  study  and  by  observing  bird  behavior  such  as  nest  building  and  food  carrying. 
The  location  of  each  nest  tree  was  marked  on  a map  of  the  grove,  and  a tree  adjacent  to 
the  nest  tree  was  flagged  with  colored  tape.  Nests  were  monitored  on  alternate  days  until 
they  were  no  longer  active.  The  number  and  condition  of  the  eggs  or  young  were  recorded 
during  each  nest  visit.  Inaccessible  nests  were  checked  by  using  a pole-mounted  mirror,  by 
climbing  the  nest  tree,  or  by  using  a stepladder  in  the  bed  of  a pickup  truck.  As  part  of  a 
concurrent  study,  nestlings  were  weighed  and  measured  during  each  visit  until  there  was  a 
risk  of  inducing  premature  fledging.  Broods  of  Northern  Cardinals  (Cardinalis  cardinalis) 
and  Brown  Thrashers  {Toxostomci  rufum)  also  were  ligatured  during  the  nestling  period  to 
collect  food  samples  (see  Johnson  et  al.  1980).  To  avoid  attracting  predators  to  the  nest  site, 
the  young  were  processed  at  least  10  m from  the  nest. 

Apparent  nest  success  was  determined  for  species  with  a combined  total  for  both  groves 
of  five  or  more  nests  with  known  outcomes.  A nest  was  considered  successful  if  at  least 
one  nestling  fledged.  Nests  believed  to  be  deserted  due  to  our  monitoring  activities  were 
excluded  from  analyses.  Nesting  success  also  was  determined  by  using  the  number  of  days 
of  nest  exposure  (Mayfield  1975).  Because  the  nesting  cycles  of  species  breeding  in  the 
groves  differed  in  length  and,  hence,  the  number  of  exposure  days,  nesting  success  was 
calculated  separately  for  each  species  with  an  adequate  sample  size.  The  computer  program 
MICROMORT  (Heisey  and  Luller  1985)  was  used  to  calculate  survival  rates  for  the  egg 
and  nestling  stages  and  for  the  entire  nesting  cycle. 

We  used  chi  Square  contingency  analysis  (2  X 3)  to  test  for  differences  in  nesting  out- 
comes between  groves.  Nests  were  classified  as  successful,  failed  due  to  predation,  or  failed 
due  to  other  causes.  Tests  were  made  for  all  species  combined  (Common  Ground-Doves 
[Columhina  passerina].  Brown  Thrashers,  Northern  Mockingbirds  [Mimus  polyglottos],  and 
Northern  Cardinals)  and  for  each  species  separately,  except  for  the  Northern  Mockingbird 
where  the  sample  size  was  too  small  for  individual  analysis.  Red-winged  Blackbirds  {Age- 
laius  phoeniceus)  were  excluded  from  both  analyses  because  their  nests  were  found  only  in 
Grove  2 in  localized  areas  associated  with  drainage  canals. 

After  a nest  became  inactive,  we  recorded  variables  characterizing  the  nest  vicinity,  nest 
substrate,  and  nest  position  within  the  substrate.  Inter-canopy  (between  canopy  perimeters) 
and  inter-tree  (between  trunks)  distances  within  and  between  tree  rows  were  determined. 
The  number  of  young  trees  or  open  spaces  where  a tree  was  missing  in  an  area  around  the 
nest  tree,  which  included  the  eight  nearest  trees,  was  used  as  a measure  of  the  openness  of 
the  nest  tree  vicinity.  In  addition,  herbaceous  ground  cover  was  sampled  within  a 1-m^ 
quadrat  placed  5 m from  the  trunk  of  the  nest  tree  in  each  of  the  four  cardinal  directions. 
Within  each  quadrat,  maximum  herbaceous  cover  height  was  measured  with  a tape,  and  the 
percent  coverages  of  herbaceous  vegetation,  bare  ground,  and  plant  litter  were  visually 
estimated.  Citrus  type  (orange,  grapefruit,  or  hybrid  root  stock),  nest  tree  height,  canopy 
diameter,  and  the  openness  of  the  nest  tree  canopy  (a  visual  estimate  of  the  percent  closure 
of  the  entire  canopy)  were  used  to  characterize  the  nest  tree.  The  position  of  the  nest  within 
the  substrate  was  characterized  by  nest  height,  relative  nest  height  (the  height  of  the  nest 
divided  by  the  height  of  the  nest  tree),  the  number  of  limbs  supporting  the  nest,  the  angles 
(degrees  deviation  from  horizontal)  and  diameters  of  the  six  largest  supporting  limbs,  and 
the  percent  foliage  density  of  the  nest  tree,  estimated  visually  above  and  below  the  nest  in 
the  area  immediately  around  the  nest.  Nest-site  measurements  also  were  recorded  for  nests 
abandoned  before  discovery  if  the  species  could  be  identified. 

Means  and  variances  were  calculated  for  the  variables  characterizing  the  groves  and  the 
nest  sites  of  Common  Ground-Doves,  Brown  Thrashers,  Northern  Mockingbirds',  and  North- 
ern Cardinals.  A series  of  Student’s  /-tests  was  u.sed  to  test  for  differences  in  variables 
between  the  two  groves,  between  the  nest  sites  and  the  groves  in  general,  and  among  the 


Mitchell  et  al.  • NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


575 


nest  sites  of  the  four  species.  Because  sections  within  the  groves  were  managed  differently, 
tree  age  and  height,  canopy  diameter,  inter-canopy  and  inter-tree  distances,  and  the  amount 
of  herbaceous  growth  varied.  Groves  were  thus  blocked  by  management  units,  and  vege- 
tation was  randomly  sampled  within  each  unit.  For  the  analyses,  25  samples  were  randomly 
selected  from  each  plot;  the  distribution  of  the  samples  among  the  management  units  was 
proportional  to  their  area.  Student’s  r-tests  also  were  used  to  test  for  differences  in  nest-site 
characteristics  between  successful  and  failed  nests  of  Common  Ground-Doves,  Northern 
Cardinals,  and  the  combined  nests  of  Common  Ground-Doves,  Brown  Thrashers,  Northern 
Mockingbirds,  and  Northern  Cardinals  in  Grove  1.  (Sample  sizes  for  Brown  Thrashers  and 
Northern  Mockingbirds  were  too  small  for  separate  r-tests.)  Similarly,  successful  and  failed 
nests  of  Common  Ground-Doves,  Brown  Thrashers,  Northern  Cardinals,  and  the  combined 
nests  of  Common  Ground-Doves,  Brown  Thrashers,  Northern  Mockingbirds,  and  Northern 
Cardinals  were  compared  in  Grove  2.  All  significant  relationships  are  presented  in  the  dis- 
cussion of  the  selection  of  nest-site  variables.  We  tested  for  correlations  between  variables 
with  Spearman’s  rank  correlation,  and  found  citrus  type,  inter-tree  distance,  and  the  number 
of  limbs  supporting  the  nest  to  be  highly  correlated  with  other  variables.  Thus,  we  eliminated 
them  from  further  consideration.  Statistical  significance  was  set  at  P < 0.05  for  all  tests 
unless  otherwise  stated. 


RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION 

Fifty-four  nests  representing  five  species  were  found  in  Grove  1,  and 
65  nests  of  seven  species  were  discovered  in  Grove  2.  Of  these,  the 
outcome  was  determined  for  46  nests  in  Grove  1 and  39  nests  in  Grove 
2 (Table  1).  The  most  abundant  nests  were  those  of  the  Northern  Cardinal, 
Brown  Thrasher,  and  Common  Ground-Dove,  three  of  the  most  common 
species  found  in  the  Merritt  Island  citrus  groves  (Mitchell  et  al.  1995). 

There  are  numerous  potential  predators  in  and  around  citrus  groves, 
but  Fish  Crows  (Corvus  ossifragus)  were  probably  responsible  for  most 
of  the  predation.  They  were  seen  near  nests  that  had  recently  been  dep- 
redated and  were  observed  carrying  nestling  birds  out  of  the  groves  on 
several  occasions.  Although  otherwise  intact,  some  depredated  nests  had 
their  linings  pulled  up,  which  also  lead  us  to  suspect  that  crows  lifted 
young  out  of  nests.  Snakes  also  were  thought  to  be  a significant  source 
of  nest  loss.  A yellow  rat  snake  was  seen  at  the  base  of  a nest  tree  before 
our  discovery  that  the  nest  had  been  recently  depredated,  and  a yellow 
rat  snake  was  found  in  another  nest  consuming  nestlings. 

Predation  caused  the  loss  of  more  than  two-thirds  of  all  nests  in  Grove 
1 (Table  1).  All  other  causes  for  nest  failure  accounted  for  11%  of  the 
nests.  Of  the  nests  found  in  Grove  1,  only  17%  were  successful.  A greater 
percentage  of  the  known  nests  was  successful  in  Grove  2 (33%,  Table  1). 
Predation  also  was  responsible  for  most  nest  failures  in  Grove  2,  but 
desertion  and  other  causes  accounted  for  nearly  one-fifth  of  the  nesting 
failures.  Red- winged  Blackbirds  and  Brown  Thrashers  suffered  the  great- 
est losses  from  predation  in  this  grove.  Fish  Crows  were  thought  to  be 
responsible  for  four  of  five  instances  of  predation  on  Red-winged  Black- 


576 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Table  1 

Nesting  Outcomes  (Number  of  Nests)  of  the  Five  Most  Common  Bird  Species  Nesting 

IN  Florida  Citrus  Groves  in  Spring  1989 


Species 

Total  nests 

Successful 

fledging 

Predation 

Desertion 

Other  causes 
of  nest 
failure” 

Gr  I 

Gr  2 

Gr  1 

Gr  2 

Gr  1 

Gr  2 

Gr  1 

Gr  2 

Gr  I 

Gr  2 

Common  Ground-Dove 

11 

6 

4 

4 

6 

1 

1 

0 

0 

1 

Brown  Thrasher 

13 

15 

0 

4 

11 

9 

1 

2 

1 

0 

Northern  Mockingbird 

4 

2 

0 

1 

3 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

Red-winged  Blackbird 

0 

5 

0 

0 

0 

5 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Northern  Cardinal 

18 

11 

4 

4 

13 

4 

0 

0 

1 

3 

All  nests  combined 

46 

39 

8 

13 

33 

19 

3 

2 

2 

5 

“ Includes  deaths  from  pesticide  exposure,  starvation,  sickness,  injury,  egg  breakage,  physical  disturbance  of  the  nest  by 
heavy  equipment,  and  unknown  causes. 


bird  nests.  The  crows  were  seen  either  at  or  near  the  nest  sites  before  we 
discovered  the  nest  failures.  Two  of  the  thrasher  nests  were  depredated 
when  the  citrus  fruit  was  being  picked.  Because  Fish  Crows  were  sighted 
more  often  during  or  immediately  after  picking  activity,  we  suspect  that 
they  caused  the  thrasher  nest  losses.  We  found  that  thrashers  often  gave 
distress  calls  when  we  were  in  the  vicinity  of  their  nests.  The  presence 
of  fruit  harvesters  likely  would  have  elicited  distress  calls  from  thrashers, 
facilitating  the  ability  of  crows  to  find  nests. 

The  frequency  of  occurrence  of  successful  and  unsuccessful  nesting 
outcomes  in  the  two  groves  did  not  differ  significantly  for  Common 
Ground-Doves  (x^  = 2.4,  df  = 2),  but  it  did  differ  significantly  for  Brown 
Thrashers  (x^  ~ 4.1),  Northern  Cardinals  (x^  “ 4.4),  and  for  all  species 
combined  (x^  = 7.6). 

Daily  nest  survival  rates  were  similar  for  all  species  in  the  egg  stage, 
but  varied  widely  in  the  nestling  stage  (Table  2).  Brown  Thrashers  in 
Grove  1 had  the  lowest  daily  nest  survival  rate  for  nestlings.  Interval 
survival  rates  were  higher  during  the  egg  stage  than  the  nestling  stage  for 
Brown  Thrashers  and  Northern  Cardinals,  but  not  for  Common  Ground- 
Doves.  Ground-dove  nestlings  had  a much  smaller  chance  of  being  de- 
stroyed than  did  the  eggs.  Nest  survival  rates  spanning  both  the  egg  and 
nestling  intervals  were  greatest  for  Common  Ground-Doves  in  both 
groves,  followed  by  Northern  Cardinals  in  Grove  2.  Brown  Thrashers  had 
the  lowest  rate  of  survival,  particularly  in  Grove  1.  Survival  spanning  the 
entire  nesting  cycle  was  higher  in  Grove  2 than  in  Grove  1. 

Our  Mayfield  estimates  of  nesting  success  for  Brown  Thrashers  and 
Northern  Cardinals  in  the  citrus  groves  were  lower  than  that  reported  from 


Mitchell  et  til.  • NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


577 


Table  2 

Reproductive  Success  of  Common  Ground-Doves,  Brown  Thrashers,  and  Northern 
Cardinals  in  Florida  Citrus  Groves  in  Spring  1989 


Species 

Grove 

Exposure  days 

Daily  nest 
survival  rate 

Interval  nest 
survival  rate 

Nest  survival 
rate  across 
• egg  and 
nestling 
stages 

Egg 

Stage 

Nestling 

stage 

Egg 

Stage 

Nestling 

stage 

Egg 

Stage 

Nestling 

stage 

Common  Ground-Dove 

1 

118 

104 

0.915 

0.981 

0.32 

0.81 

0.25 

2 

57 

44 

0.947 

0.977 

0.49 

0.78 

0.38 

Brown  Thrasher 

1 

210 

87 

0.919 

0.736 

0.26 

0.03 

<0.01 

2 

281 

151 

0.947 

0.894 

0.42 

0.29 

0.12 

Northern  Cardinal 

1 

380 

132 

0.953 

0.864 

0.48 

0.27 

0.13 

2 

101 

97 

0.960 

0.887 

0.54 

0.34 

- 0.18 

Other  studies.  Mayfield  nesting  success  rates  of  44%  for  Brown  Thrashers 
(Murphy  and  Fleischer  1986)  and  51%  for  Northern  Cardinals  (Booth 
1980)  have  been  reported.  Information  on  Common  Ground-Dove  nesting 
success  is  scant,  but  all  the  young  in  seven  nests  located  and  monitored 
in  a pine  plantation  survived  to  fledging  (Landers  and  Buckner  1979). 

The  high  failure  rates  of  Brown  Thrasher  nests  in  both  groves  and  of 
Northern  Cardinal  nests  in  Grove  1 attributed  to  predation  may  have  re- 
sulted from  our  nest  monitoring  activities.  Both  species  became  vocal 
when  field  technicians  were  near  the  nest  sites.  Corvids  have  learned  to 
associate  human  activity  and  the  response  of  some  nesting  passerine  spe- 
cies with  the  presence  of  active  nests  (Gottfried  and  Thompson  1978, 
Best,  pers.  obs.)  and  may  have  discovered  more  nests  because  of  our 
presence.  Prior  experience  with  citrus  fruit  pickers  that  disturb  nesting 
birds  also  may  have  conditioned  the  crows.  Salathe  (1987)  found  that 
crows  that  successfully  depredated  European  Coot  {Fulica  atra)  nests 
would  extend  their  searching  around  the  depredated  nests,  sometimes  re- 
sulting in  destruction  of  all  nests  in  the  area.  He  concluded  that  distur- 
bance created  by  investigator  nest  monitoring  activities  affected  crow  be- 
havior by  revealing  nests  and  providing  positive  reinforcement.  When 
Common  Ground-Doves  were  flushed  from  the  nest,  they  did  not  vocalize 
but  sometimes  gave  a broken  wing  display.  Those  doves  that  did  not 
display  were  probably  inconspicuous  to  predators.  Those  that  feigned  in- 
jury sometimes  continued  the  behavior  as  far  as  several  tree  rows  away 
from  the  nest,  perhaps  luring  predators  from  the  nest  site.  Although  Com- 
mon-Ground Dove  eggs  are  white,  the  dense  citrus  tree  canopies  probably 
shielded  unattended  eggs  from  view  from  outside  the  tree  canopy.  Be- 
cause Common  Ground-Dove  nests  were  small  and  often  placed  on  thick 


578 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


branches,  they  were  more  cryptic  than  the  larger  nests  of  Northern 
Cardinals  and  Brown  Thrashers.  These  differences  may  have  accounted 
for  the  greater  nesting  success  of  Common  Ground-Doves. 

Differences  in  nesting  success  between  the  groves  may  have  resulted 
from  differences  in  predator  populations,  human  activities,  or  vegetation 
structure.  Grove  1,  where  nests  suffered  higher  predation  rates,  was  in  a 
residential  area,  whereas  Grove  2 was  within  the  Merritt  Island  National 
Wildlife  Refuge  where  human  disturbance  may  have  been  less.  The  veg- 
etation also  differed  substantially  between  the  two  groves  and  may  have 
influenced  nest  predation. 

Citrus  culture  operations  were  largely  responsible  for  differences  in 
grove  vegetation.  Tree  hedging,  topping,  and  skirt  pruning  influenced  the 
geometry  of  the  tree  canopies  and  the  inter-canopy  distance,  whereas 
mowing  and  herbicide  application  controlled  the  amount  of  herbaceous 
cover.  Because  the  two  citrus  groves  were  managed  differently,  intercan- 
opy distance  was  greater  {t  = —2.0,  P = 0.05)  in  Grove  2 [249.1  ± 223.1 
cm  (x  ± SD)]  than  in  Grove  1 (143.4  ± 130.0  cm).  Coverage  of  herba- 
ceous vegetation  also  was  greater  (/  = -2.8,  P = 0.008)  in  Grove  2 (44 
± 27%)  than  in  Grove  1 (21  ± 30%),  but  the  opposite  was  true  for  bare 
ground  coverage  [(r  = 3.6,  P = 0.001)  Grove  2:  10  ± 18%  Grove  1:  40 
± 37%.]  Less  vegetative  cover  in  Grove  1 may  have  resulted  in  decreased 
nest  concealment.  Although  some  investigators  have  found  no  correlation 
between  nesting  cover  and  nesting  success  (e.g.,  Reynolds  1981,  Conner 
et  al.  1986),  Ehrhart  and  Conner  (1986)  reported  a correlation  between 
vegetative  cover  around  the  nest  and  nesting  success,  and  Martin  and 
Roper  (1988)  found  predation  to  be  greater  around  less  well-concealed 
nests. 

In  addition  to  altering  herbaceous  and  tree-canopy  cover,  citrus  culture 
operations  may  have  affected  breeding  birds  by  creating  disturbances 
which  may  have  increased  nest  desertion,  particularly  during  nest  build- 
ing. We  suspect  this  because  at  least  two  nests  were  deserted  during  con- 
struction because  of  our  nest  monitoring  activities.  Also,  pesticides,  her- 
bicides, and  fungicides  were  routinely  applied  in  the  groves  and  had  the 
potential  of  poisoning  adults  and  nestlings,  resulting  in  decreased  survival 
and  nesting  success. 

The  low  nesting  success  of  the  breeding  birds  in  the  citrus  groves 
suggests  that  their  reproductive  output  could  have  been  below  the  replace- 
ment level.  Such  “sink”  populations  have  been  documented  in  other  ag- 
ricultural environments  (Rodenhouse  and  Best  1983,  Frawley  1989,  Bry- 
an 1990).  Low  reproductive  success  per  breeding  attempt  may  be  com- 
pensated for  by  the  long  breeding  season  in  Florida.  Common  Ground- 
Doves  are  thought  to  breed  year-round  in  Florida  (Baynard  1909  in 


Mitchell  et  ul.  • NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


579 


Howell  1932,  Landers  and  Buckner  1979).  Northern  Mockingbirds  and 
Northern  Cardinals  nest  from  March  through  August  (Woolfenden  and 
Rohwer  1969),  and  Brown  Thrashers  nest  from  March  through  July. 

In  Grove  1,  litter  coverage  was  significantly  greater  around  the  nest 
trees  of  all  species  [dove:  55  ± 26%  (x  ± SD),  thrasher:  57  ± 26%, 
mockingbird:  46  ± 24%,  cardinal:  60  ± 22%]  than  in  the  grove  in  general 
(21  ± 25),  whereas  the  coverage  of  bare  ground  was  significantly  less 
(dove:  23  ± 27%,  thrasher:  19  ± 25%,  mockingbird:  19  ± 25%,  cardinal: 
16  ± 19%,  grove:  40  ± 37%).  Litter  and  bare  ground  coverages  around 
nest  vicinities  in  Grove  2 did  not  differ  significantly  from  the  grove  over- 
all, but  the  coverage  of  herbaceous  vegetation  around  Northern  Mocking- 
bird nests  (71  ± 19%)  was  significantly  greater  than  the  representative 
samples  of  the  grove  (44  ± 27%).  When  all  species  were  compared. 
Northern  Mockingbird  nest  vicinities  had  significantly  more  herbaceous 
vegetation  coverage  (Table  3).  Because  Common  Ground-Doves,  Brown 
Thrashers,  Northern  Mockingbirds,  and  Northern  Cardinals  commonly 
forage  on  the  ground  (De  Graaf  et  al.  1985),  the  coverages  of  herbaceous 
vegetation,  litter,  and  bare  ground  may  have  been  important  in  their  se- 
lection of  a nest  vicinity. 

Inter-canopy  distance  was  significantly  greater  around  Northern  Mock- 
ingbird nest  trees  in  Grove  1 (287  ±135  cm)  than  in  the  grove  in  general 
(143  ± 130  cm)  and  was  greater  around  the  nest  trees  of  Northern  Mock- 
ingbirds than  around  nest  trees  of  the  other  three  species  (Table  3).  Like- 
wise, the  number  of  young  trees  or  open  spaces  where  a tree  was  missing 
near  the  nest  tree,  a measure  of  the  openness  of  the  nest  vicinity,  was 
greater  around  Northern  Mockingbird  nest  sites  than  around  nest  sites  of 
the  other  species  (Table  3).  Woolfenden  and  Rohwer  (1969)  described 
ideal  Northern  Mockingbird  nesting  habitat  as  areas  of  “spaced”  trees 
and  found  that  nests  were  usually  located  in  the  more  sparsely  wooded 
or  open  sections  of  their  plots.  Brown  Thrasher  nest  sites  in  Grove  2 had 
significantly  smaller  inter-canopy  distances  (144  ± 104  cm)  than  did  a 
representative  sample  of  the  grove  (250  ± 223  cm),  suggesting  that 
thrashers  chose  sections  of  the  grove  with  more  closed  tree  canopies. 
Inter-canopy  distances  for  Brown  Thrasher  nest  sites  were  similar  in  both 
groves,  and  differed  from  those  of  both  mockingbirds  and  cardinals  (Table 
3).  Fischer  (1980)  found  that  Long-billed  Thrasher  {Toxostoma  longiros- 
tre)  nests  often  were  placed  in  thickets  with  dense  leaf  canopies  that 
provided  excellent  concealment. 

Selection  of  the  nest  vicinity  also  may  have  been  influenced  by  the 
grove  edges  because  edge  habitats  may  have  been  important  foraging 
areas.  Fichter  (1959)  concluded  that  the  breeding  density  of  Mourning 


Table  3 

Habitat  Variables  (x  ± SD)  Characterizing  Nest  Sites' 


580 


THE  WILSON  BLFLLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


c-S 

o a 
ZU 


s-s 
£ S 
“iS 


c o 

19 

El 

O 3 

U O 

o 


u u 

CQ  m 
< < 
00  IT) 


u 

u 

u 

CJ 

OQ 

< 

CQ 

< 

< 

oa 

< 

< 

00 

u 

< 

CQ 

< 

ON 

oa 

< 

U 

X 

so 

oa 

< 

t^ 

CQ 

< 

f"-. 

U 

< 

< 

o 

o 

(N 

cn 

NO 

(n 

in 

00 

(N 

(N 

— 

(N 

— 

(n 

— 

d 

d 

00 

(N 

-1-1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

-M 

+1 

+1 

■M 

-l-l 

ON 

m 

r- 

NO 

r- 

00 

m 

ro 

— 

00 

CN 

(n 

o 

ON 

•Nt 

m 

m 

(N 

' 

in 

<N 

TO 

u 

u 

u 

CQ 

U 

QJ 

u 

ON 

o 

u 

oa 

u 

£ 'B 

< 

< 

u 

S 

CN 

ro 

< 

< 

U 

<L>  bO 
r—  c 

m 

O 

o 

00 

00 

(N 

(N 

m 

(N 

(N 

(N 

ON 

CN 

Z o 

-FI 

+ 1 

+ 1 

-M 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

-1-1 

-M 

s 

00 

m 

in 

o 

(On 

G 

ON 

cn 

m 

so 

m 

NO 

O 

G 

ON 

m 

SO 

U 

oa 


u 

oa 

< 

00 


U U 

pa  oa 

< < 

vO  00 

odd 
+1  +1  +1  +1  +1  +1 


o\  o 

■ (N  IT) 

(N 


CN 


m oa  CQ  oa 

< < < < 

O m CN  L'  _ 

CJ  ro  (N  — (N 


^ <c 

8o 


CQ 

< 

o 

o 


CQ 

< oa 

— ' in 
(N  ON 


+ 1 +1  +1  +1  +1  +1 

NO  O cN  m iG 
' ro 


+ 1 +1  +1 


CQ 

< 

o 

+1 


CQ  CQ 

oa  < < 

00  NO  NO 

d 
+1 


o 

+1 


o 

+1 


oa  oa 
00  — 
+1 


+1 


lo  so 


— VsO 
rj- 


lo  00  CO  in  — 
ON  SO 
(N 


^ (N  -• 


< 

00 

< 

so 

< 

00 

< 

o 

< 

m 

< 

r<5 

< 

< 

00 

< 

< 

o 

< 

ON 

< 

so 

< 

in 

< 

m 

< 

CN 

(N 

CN 

CN 

00 

(N 

— 

CN 

00 

cn 

cn 

d 

d 

00 

-hi 

+ 1 

-h! 

+ 1 

-hi 

+ 1 

+ 1 

■hi 

-h! 

-hi 

-hi 

-hi 

■hi 

■hi 

■hi 

00 

O 

CN 

ON 

O 

00 

00 

in 

CN 

r- 

ON 

<N 

(N 

cn 

r- 

— ■ 

in 

in 

CN 

CN 

rt- 

<N 

— 

o 

CN 

u 

B 


e 

u 


x; 

^ OJO 

s 1 

c c 

.2  .2 

■5  oJ 

W)  CJ) 
<U  (U 
> > 

c/5  c/5 

D 3 
O O 
<U  fU 
U 0) 

u u 
Cd  <U  (U 

d:  X 


c 

3 

o 

u 

00 


<U  3 
O — 

C c/5 

c3  (U 
c/5  ““ 


D. 

^ 5 

o cO 
w O 

It?  ^ 


(U 

c 

(U 

E I 

o 03 


a> 

c 

o 

V 

X) 


u 

cd 

<u 

o d 
E 

E 

O 

w 0 

c ^ 

u. 

o 

o 

e 

'55 

>%  C 

W o 
*C/5 

c 

S 

0 

X 

O (U 

S 60 

c 

o 

o 

c/5 

c/5 

CiX) 

cd 

"O 

■O  M 

C/5 

<u 

fU 

(U 

u 

c/5 

o 

‘S 

<U  C 
y 03 

o 

dj  y 

c 

c 

CL  C 
O c 

X 

Kl 

'H. 

X 

OJD 

cd 

60 

Cd  ^ 

o 

c 

V 

OJ 

(15 

^ e 

E 

X 

'X 

X 

OD 


CL  ^ 

o ^ 

Z 


U O F 


c/3 

1) 

z 


■9  o 

J Um 


t2  Z oC 


- For  each  habitat  variable,  means  not  sharing  the  same  letter  differed  significantly  (P  s 0.05)  when  compared  with  a series  of  Student  s r-tests. 
'’Foliage  density  estimates:  1 = cover  <25%,  2 = 25-75%,  3 = >75%. 


Mitchell  et  al.  • NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


581 


Doves  {Zenaida  macroura)  in  Idaho  apple  orchards  was  not  affected  as 
much  by  nesting  cover  as  it  was  by  the  adjacent  habitat  type. 

Canopy  diameter,  which  was  negatively  correlated  (Spearman’s  rho  = 
—0.595,  P < 0.001,  df  = 106)  with  inter-canopy  distance,  was  smallest 
for  Northern  Mockingbird  nest  trees  (Table  3).  Also,  Northern  Mocking- 
bird nest  tree  canopy  diameters  in  Grove  2 (228  ± 65  cm)  were  signifi- 
cantly smaller  than  canopy  diameters  in  the  grove  overall  (528  ± 156 
cm). 

The  openness  of  the  nest-tree  canopy  was  smallest  for  Northern 
Cardinals  and  differed  significantly  from  Brown  Thrashers  (Table  3). 
Brown  Thrashers  chose  the  tallest  trees  for  nest  placement,  whereas 
Northern  Mockingbirds  tended  to  place  their  nests  in  the  shortest  trees. 
When  all  species  were  compared.  Brown  Thrasher  nest  tree  heights  dif- 
fered significantly  from  those  of  Common  Ground-Doves  and  Northern 
Mockingbirds  (Table  3). 

Angles  of  limbs  supporting  mockingbird  nests  were  significantly  larger 
than  those  of  the  other  species  (Table  3).  Diameter  of  limbs  supporting 
nests  was  similar  for  all  species,  except  for  ground-doves,  which  had  nests 
supported  by  larger  limbs. 

Relative  nest  height  was  greatest  for  Brown  Thrashers  and  smallest  for 
Common  Ground-Doves  (Table  3).  When  all  species  were  compared, 
these  two  were  significantly  different  from  each  other. 

When  successful  and  unsuccessful  nests  were  compared  for  each  spe- 
cies, only  six  of  the  nest  site  variables  seemed  to  be  related  to  nesting 
success.  The  nest  vicinity  and  the  placement  of  the  nest  in  the  tree  were 
important,  but  the  nest  tree  variables  did  not  seem  to  be.  In  Grove  1, 
openness  near  the  nest  tree  was  greater  for  failed  Northern  Cardinal  nests 
[1.7  ± 0.9  (x  ± SD)]  than  for  successful  ones  (0.5  ± 0.6).  Nest  con- 
cealment is  believed  to  have  a large  influence  on  Northern  Cardinal  suc- 
cess (Ehrhart  and  Conner  1986),  and  an  open  nest  vicinity  may  have 
facilitated  Fish  Crows  in  detecting  activity  around  the  nest  site.  In  Grove 
2,  the  height  of  herbaceous  vegetation  in  the  vicinity  of  Northern  Cardinal 
nests  was  significantly  less  for  successful  nests  (33  ± 10  cm)  than  for 
unsuccessful  nests  (55  ± 10  cm),  but  we  have  no  explanation  for  this 
finding.  Successful  Common  Ground-Dove  nests  in  Grove  2 were  placed 
in  trees  with  significantly  larger  inter-canopy  distances  (267  ± 28  cm) 
than  were  unsuccessful  nests  (141  ±51  cm),  but  we  cannot  explain  this 
pattern. 

Nest  placement  seemed  to  affect  only  Common  Ground-Dove  nesting 
success.  Successful  Common  Ground-Dove  nests  in  Grove  2 had  sup- 
porting limbs  with  significantly  smaller  angles  (10  ± 17°)  than  did  un- 
successful nests  (50  ± 17°).  Because  Common  Ground-Doves  build  frail 


582 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


nests  with  shallow  depressions  (Howell  1932),  they  may  have  chosen 
smaller- angled  limbs  for  added  nest  stability.  Mourning  Doves  preferen- 
tially place  their  nests  on  flat,  horizontal  limbs  (Harris  et  al.  1963,  Knight 
et  al.  1984).  Successful  Common  Ground-Dove  nests  in  Grove  2 also 
were  significantly  closer  to  the  ground  (180  ± 12  cm)  than  unsuccessful 
ones  (260  ± 34  cm). 

Citrus  groves  seemed  to  be  suitable  breeding  habitat  for  songbirds  and 
doves,  based  on  the  number  of  active  nests.  Birds  seemed  to  be  making 
choices  about  the  openness  of  the  nest  vicinity,  the  diameter  and  openness 
of  the  tree  canopy,  tree  height,  limb  angle  and  diameter,  and  nest  height. 
These  choices  may  have  been  based  on  nest  concealment  and  nest  sup- 
port, but  did  not  necessarily  influence  nesting  outcome.  For  example,  the 
selection  of  nest  trees  with  closed  canopies  did  not  seem  to  affect  nesting 
outcome  of  Brown  Thrashers,  whereas  the  choice  of  small-angled  limbs 
may  have  increased  nesting  success  for  Common  Ground-Doves.  Because 
citrus  groves  are  unnatural  environments  subjected  to  periodic  human 
disturbances  which  may  inflate  predation  levels,  the  choices  of  some  nest 
site  characteristics  that  are  adaptive  in  natural  habitats  may  be  neutral  or 
even  maladaptive  in  citrus  groves. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  are  indebted  to  Margaret  Dexter,  Bret  Giesler,  and  Patrick  Carroll  for  their  assistance 
in  the  field  work.  Brooks  Humphreys  of  NASA  provided  access  to  the  citrus  groves  on 
Merritt  Island  and  taught  us  about  citrus  culture.  This  manuscript  benefitted  from  reviews 
by  J.  J.  Dinsmore,  L E.  Lohrer,  and  T.  E.  O’Meara.  Eunding  for  this  work  was  provided  by 
Mobay  Corporation.  This  is  Journal  Paper  No.  J- 16470  of  the  Iowa  Agriculture  and  Home 
Economics  Experiment  Station,  Ames,  Iowa.  Project  No.  3300. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Best,  L.  B.  and  N.  L.  Rodenhouse.  1984.  Territory  preference  of  Vesper  Sparrows  in 
cropland.  Wilson  Bull.  96:72-82. 

Booth,  L.  M.  1980.  Reproductive  success  of  the  cardinal  in  relation  to  territory  size  and 
arthropod  availability  in  three  eastern  Texas  forests.  M.S.  thesis,  Stephen  E Austin  State 
Univ.,  Nacogdoches,  Texas. 

Bryan,  G.  G.  1990.  Species  abundance  patterns  and  productivity  of  birds  using  grassed 
waterways  in  Iowa  rowcrop  fields.  M.S.  thesis,  Iowa  State  Univ.,  Ames,  Iowa. 
Conner,  R.  N.,  M.  E.  Anderson,  and  J.  G.  Dickson.  1986.  Relationships  among  territory 
size,  habitat,  .song,  and  nesting  success  of  Northern  Cardinals.  Auk  103:23-31. 

De  Graaf,  R.  M.,  N.  G.  Tilghman,  S.  A.  Anderson.  1985.  Foraging  guilds  of  North 
American  birds.  Environ.  Manage.  9:493-536. 

Dow,  D.  D.  1969.  Home  range  and  habitat  of  the  cardinal  in  peripheral  and  central  popu- 
lations. Can.  J.  Zool.  47:103—114. 

Ehrhart,  R.  L.  and  R.  N.  Conner.  1986.  Habitat  selection  by  the  Northern  Cardinal  in 
three  eastern  Texas  forest  stands.  Southwest.  Nat.  31:191-199. 


Mitchell  et  al.  • NEST-SITE  SELECTION 


583 


Lighter,  E.  1959.  Mourning  Dove  production  in  four  Idaho  orchards  and  some  possible 
implications.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  23:438-447. 

Eischer,  D.  H.  1980.  Breeding  biology  of  Curve-billed  Thrashers  and  Long-billed  Thrash- 
ers in  southern  Texas.  Condor  82:392-397. 

Frawlev,  B.  F.  1989.  The  dynamics  of  nongame  bird  breeding  ecology  in  Iowa  alfalfa 
fields.  M.S.  thesis,  Iowa  State  Univ.,  Ames,  Iowa. 

Gottfried,  B.  M.  and  C.  E Thompson.  1978.  Experimental  analysis  of  nest  predation  in 
an  old-field  habitat.  Auk  95:304-312. 

Harris,  S.  W.,  M.  A.  Morse,  and  W.  H.  Longley.  1963.  Nesting  and  production  of  the 
Mourning  Dove  in  Minnesota.  Amer.  Midi.  Nat.  69:150-172. 

Heisey,  D.  M.  and  T.  K.  Fuller.  1985.  Evaluation  of  survival  and  cause-specific  mortality 
rates  using  telemetry  data.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  49:668-674. 

Howell,  A.  H.  1932.  Florida  bird  life.  Coward-McCann,  N.Y.  579  pp. 

Johnson,  E.  J.,  L.  B.  Best,  and  P.  A.  Heagy.  1980.  Food  sampling  biases  associated  with 
the  “ligature  method.”  Condor  82:186-192. 

Knight,  R.  L.,  D.  G.  Smith,  D.  M.  Gaudet,  and  A.  W.  Erickson.  1984.  Nesting  ecology 
of  Mourning  Doves  in  fruit  orchards  in  north-central  Washington.  Northwest  Sci  58- 
230-236. 

Landers,  L.  J.  and  J.  L.  Buckner.  1979.  Ground  Dove  use  of  young  pine  plantations. 
Wilson  Bull.  91:467-468. 

Martin,  T.  E.  and  J.  J.  Roper.  1988.  Nest  predation  and  nest-site  selection  of  a western 
population  of  the  Hermit  Thrush.  Condor  90:51-57. 

Mayfield,  H.  J.  1975.  Suggestions  for  calculating  nest  success.  Wilson  Bull.  87:456-466. 

Mitchell,  M.  C.,  L.  B.  Best,  and  D.  L.  Fischer.  1995.  Bird  abundance  in  Florida  citrus 
groves.  Fla.  Field  Nat.  23.T-9. 

Murphy,  M.  T.  and  R.  C.  Fleischer.  1986.  Body  size,  nest  predation,  and  reproductive 
patterns  in  Brown  Thrashers  and  other  mimids.  Condor  88:446-455. 

Reynolds,  T.  D.  1981.  Nesting  of  the  Sage  Thrasher,  Sage  Sparrow,  and  Brewer’s  Sparrow 
in  southeastern  Idaho.  Condor  83:61-64. 

Rodenhouse,  N.  L.  and  L.  B.  Best.  1983.  Breeding  ecology  of  Vesper  Sparrows  in  corn 
and  soybean  fields.  Amer.  Midi.  Nat.  110:265-275. 

Salathe,  T.  1987.  Crow  predation  on  coot  eggs:  effects  of  investigator  disturbance,  nest 
cover,  and  predator  learning.  Ardea  75:221-229. 

WOOLFENDEN,  G.  E.  AND  S.  A.  Rohwer.  1969.  Breeding  birds  in  a Florida  suburb.  Bull. 
Florida  State  Mus.  13:1-83. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  584—588 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


Exponential  population  growth  of  Monk  Parakeets  in  the  United  States.  In  the  Unit- 
ed States,  at  least  nine  species  of  introduced  parrots  now  have  established  breeding  popu- 
lations (Lever  1987).  The  most  abundant  of  these  is  the  Monk  Parakeet  (Myiopsitta  mona- 
chus).  The  exact  date  at  which  Monk  Parakeets  established  breeding  colonies  in  the  United 
States  is  unclear  because  of  uncertainty  over  when  and  where  birds  were  released  or  escaped. 
The  first  confirmed  sighting  was  in  1967  in  New  York  City  (Lever  1987),  and  the  species 
was  breeding  there  shortly  thereafter  (Bull  1973).  By  the  early  1970s,  the  species  was  so 
widespread  that  the  United  States  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  (USFWS)  initiated  a control 
and  removal  program  on  the  basis  of  the  species’  reputation  in  South  America  as  an  agri- 
cultural pest  (Bump  1971,  Bucher  et  al.  1992).  By  1975,  the  year  this  program  ended,  the 
population  of  parakeets  had  been  reduced  by  approximately  one-half  (Neidermyer  and  Hick- 
ey 1977).  Since  then,  the  numbers  of  Monk  Parakeets  have  increased  and  the  species  has 
begun  a dramatic  population  expansion  to  levels  far  above  the  pre-control  numbers  in  the 
early  1970s.  In  this  paper  we  document  and  analyze  population  trends  of  the  Monk  Parakeet 
in  the  United  States  from  1972  to  the  present. 

Methods. — We  summarized  Christmas  Bird  Count  (CBC)  records  published  in  American 
Birds”  (now  “Field  Notes”),  personal  communications  solicited  from  bird  watchers  and 
ornithologists,  and  a continuing  study  of  Monk  Parakeets  in  Hyde  Park,  Chicago,  that  was 
initiated  in  1992  (Hyman  and  Pruett-Jones  1995,  Van  Bael  and  Pruett-Jones  pers.  obs.). 

We  summarized  CBC  records  from  the  1971-1972  count  to  the  1994-1995  count.  In 
examining  these  data  for  the  1972-1973,  1981-1982,  1986-1987,  1992-1993,  and  1994- 
1995  counts,  we  checked  records  for  every  reporting  locality  in  the  contiguous  United  States. 
For  the  intervening  years,  we  checked  records  for  every  locality  within  all  states  that  re- 
ported at  least  one  Monk  Parakeet  during  at  least  one  of  the  five  counts  listed  above.  For 
each  CBC  locality,  we  noted  the  total  number  of  birds  reported  as  well  as  the  number  of 
party  hours.  The  regional  reports  were  checked  each  year.  For  some  years.  Monk  Parakeets 
were  recorded  during  the  “count  week”  at  a given  locality  and  mentioned  in  the  regional 
summaries,  but  no  birds  were  actually  observed  on  the  formal  count  day.  In  tabulating 
numbers  of  individuals  recorded,  we  counted  “count  week  records  as  one  parakeet  at  that 
given  locality. 

To  calculate  the  rate  of  population  growth,  we  used  the  standard  equation  defining  ex- 
ponential growth  N,+  , = N,e"  where  N,+  , is  the  population  size  at  time  l+U  N,  is  the 
population  size  at  time  t,  r is  the  rate  of  population  growth,  t is  the  time  interval,  and  e is 
the  natural  logarithm  base.  This  equation  can  be  rewritten  as  r = (lnN,+  , - lnN,)/t.  We 
calculated  r for  each  one-year  time  interval  beginning  in  1975  (the  year  the  USFWS  control 
program  ended).  A plot  of  r versus  population  size  indicates  whether  a population  is  ex- 
panding, declining,  or  has  reached  a stable  equilibrium  size.  The  equation  above  defining  r 
can  be  rewritten  as  t = ln2/r  to  calculate  the  time  interval  for  a population  to  double  in 
size. 

Results. The  Monk  Parakeet  was  already  widely  distributed  in  the  United  States  by  the 

early  1970s.  This  appears  to  have  been  the  result  of  geographically  separated  releases  and 
escapes  of  captive  birds  (Neidermyer  and  Hickey  1977).  The  USFWS  control  program 
reduced  the  population  size  very  successfully.  This  reduction  is  indicated  both  by  the  pub- 
lished records  of  the  USFWS  (Neidermyer  and  Hickey  1977)  and  by  CBC  records.  At  the 
start  of  the  control  program,  birds  were  reported  from  21  localities  in  seven  states  on  the 


584 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


585 


1972-1973  CBC.  Three  years  later,  this  was  down  to  seven  localities  in  hve  states  (1975- 
1976  CBC). 

Since  1975,  the  number  of  states  and  localities  at  which  Monk  Parakeets  have  been 
reported  and  the  total  number  of  individuals  counted  have  all  increased.  Over  the  last  five 
years  (since  the  1990-1991  CBC),  the  species  has  been  reported  from  76  localities  in  15 
states  (Fig.  1).  This  includes  62  localities  in  13  states  from  CBC  records  and  regional 
summaries  and  an  additional  14  localities  in  two  states  from  personal  communications  to 
us  from  ornithologists.  The  population  increase  has  been  dramatic;  on  CBCs,  1816  birds 
were  counted  in  1994-1995  compared  to  33  birds  in  1975-1976.  Monk  Parakeets  are  not, 
however,  evenly  distributed  across  the  United  States.  Two  states,  Florida  and  Texas,  ac- 
counted for  1463  (80.6%)  of  the  birds  recorded  on  the  1994-1995  count  (see  Fig.  1). 

The  increase  in  numbers  of  Monk  Parakeets  fits  an  exponential  model  of  population 
growth  (Fig.  2).  Regression  of  number  of  individuals  recorded  per  party  hour  of  effort  (In) 
by  year  from  1975  to  1995  is  linear  and  statistically  significant  (Fig.  2,  C = 188.94,  = 

0.908,  df  = 19,  P = 0.0001).  The  average  annual  rate  of  population  growth  (r)  equals  14.6% 
(N  = 19,  range  = -58  - 76%),  yielding  a population  doubling  time  of  4.8  years.  A plot 
of  population  growth  rate  as  a function  of  population  size  (Fig.  3)  shows  considerable 
fluctuation,  but  there  is  not  yet  any  indication  that  the  population  is  approaching  an  equi- 
librium level.  The  geographical  range  of  Monk  Parakeets  has  also  increased  since  1975.  A 
plot  of  the  number  of  CBC  localities  (In)  reporting  the  species  since  1975  is  linear  and 
statistically  significant  (F  = 123.01,  = 0.865,  df  = \9,  P = 0.0001). 

In  Hyde  Park,  Chicago,  the  population  of  Monk  Parakeets  increased  from  64  in  1992  to 
95  in  1993  (see  Hyman  and  Pruett-Jones  1995).  The  population  was  not  censused  in  1994, 
but  in  1995  we  counted  a minimum  of  85  nesting  chambers,  indicating  a population  size  of 
approximately  170  adults.  This  population  has  almost  tripled  in  three  years. 


586  THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Year 

Fig.  2.  Regression  of  total  number  (In)  of  Monk  Parakeets  recorded  on  Christmas  Bird 
Counts  in  the  contiguous  United  States  each  year  since  1975. 

Discussion. — Our  analysis  shows  that  the  Monk  Parakeet  is  currently  experiencing  ex- 
ponential growth  in  both  its  population  size  and  geographical  range  in  the  United  States. 
There  is  evidence  to  suggest  that  this  increase  is  due  to  reproduction  within  existing  pop- 
ulations rather  than  an  increase  in  observer  effort  on  CBCs  or  continued  releases.  First,  the 
number  of  states  reporting  parakeets  has  remained  relatively  stable  for  the  last  ten  years, 
fluctuating  from  five  to  nine.  The  increase  in  localities  reporting  parakeets  has  come  from 
additional  localities  in  those  states  already  reporting  the  species.  This  suggests  that  the 


O ^ 
<D  P 

-4— > ^ 

QL  c 
u o 

£ g. 

£=  O 
~ CL 


.80-1 

.60- 

• 

.40- 

• 

.20- 

•• 

0- 

-.20- 

• 

-.40- 

-.60- 

-.80- 

• 

1 r 

• • 


♦ • 


T 1 1 1 1 


Fig. 

United 


— I — I — I — I — I — I 1 I I I I I I 

0 .05  .10  .15  .20  .25  .30  .35  .40  .45  .50  .55 

Population  Size  (Birds/Party  Hours) 

3.  Plot  of  annual  rate  of  population  growth  of  Monk  Parakeets  in  the  contiguous 
States  for  the  period  1975-1994. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


587 


populations  in  those  states  are  increasing  and  expanding  into  new  areas.  Second  of  the  1816 
individuals  counted  on  the  1994-1995  CBC,  1253  (69%)  were  in  localities  which  have  had 
populations  of  Monk  Parakeets  continuously  for  the  last  eight  to  10  years.  At  most  of  these 
localities,  the  numbers  ot  parakeets  reported  has  increased  steadily  over  this  time  period. 
Finally,  a known  population  in  Hyde  Park,  Chicago,  has  experienced  a dramatic  increase  in 
recent  years  believed  to  be  entirely  due  to  local  production  and  recruitment  of  offspring.  If 
other  populations  of  parakeets  are  as  productive  as  the  birds  in  Hyde  Park,  Chicago,  the 
nationwide  pattern  of  exponential  population  growth  can  easily  be  explained.  Although 
accidental  or  purposeful  releases  of  Monk  Parakeets  probably  continue,  we  consider  it  un- 
likely that  these  contribute  to  or  explain  their  population  growth. 

The  total  population  of  Monk  Parakeets  is  obviously  much  larger  than  indicated  by  the 
CBCs.  In  order  to  estimate  the  total  population  size,  we  need  values  of  two  parameters:  the 
proportion  of  breeding  populations  of  parakeets  that  are  covered  by  the  CBC  count  circles 
and  the  proportion  of  birds  resident  in  the  count  circles  that  are  actually  recorded.  As 
indicated  in  Results,  over  the  last  five  years.  Monk  Parakeets  have  been  recorded  at  76 
localities  in  15  states.  The  CBCs  comprised  49  (64.5%)  of  these  localities.  We  can  use  this 
value  (0.645)  to  estimate  the  proportion  of  parakeet  populations  that  are  covered  by  the 
CBCs.  The  second  parameter,  the  proportion  of  resident  birds  that  are  actually  counted  is 
much  more  difficult  to  estimate.  Unfortunately,  there  are  no  CBC  localities  reporting  Monk 
Parakeets  for  which  separate  censuses  of  parakeets  are  also  available.  For  example,  in  Hyde 
Park,  Chicago,  our  census  data  are  from  an  area  not  included  in  any  of  the  Chicago  CBC 
count  circles.  Without  actual  data,  we  cannot  estimate  this  second  parameter.  If,  hypotheti- 
cally, the  CBCs  counted  an  average  of  half  of  the  parakeets  actually  present  in  any  one 
count  circle,  we  can  calculate  what  we  consider  to  be  a very  conservative  estimate  of  the 
total  population  as  1816/(0.645  X 0.50)  = 5631.  If,  in  contrast,  the  CBCs  counted  only  an 
average  of  10%  of  the  parakeets  in  an  area,  the  estimate  would  be  1816(0.645  X 0.10)  = 
28,155.  The  large  range  in  these  values  illustrates  how  important  census  data  will  be  to 
accurately  estimate  total  population  size. 

Unless  some  decision  is  made  to  control  the  population  of  Monk  Parakeets,  it  seems 
likely  that  the  species  will  continue  its  range  expansion  and  population  increase  in  North 
America.  As  indicated  by  the  success  of  the  USFWS  control  program,  the  species  is  rela- 
tively easy  to  control  through  eradication  of  birds  at  their  colonial  nests.  Nevertheless,  the 
social  and  ethical  issues  associated  with  eradicating  parakeets  have  lately  proven  much  more 
difficult  than  the  practical  issues  (cf.  Temple  1992).  In  Hyde  Park,  Chicago,  for  example,  a 
decision  by  the  United  States  Dept,  of  Agriculture  in  the  mid-1980s  to  remove  the  birds 
resulted  in  the  formation  of  a citizen’s  action  group  to  protect  the  parakeets  and  a threatened 
lawsuit.  At  present,  it  appears  that  in  many  areas  the  novelty  of  having  a resident  parrot 
species  and  concerns  over  animal  welfare  outweigh  potential  risks  of  the  birds’  becoming 
a threat  to  agriculture.  Because  Monk  Parakeets  may  have  that  potential,  continued  moni- 
toring of  their  populations  and  initiation  of  more  detailed  studies  seems  warranted. 

Acknowledgments. — We  thank  the  numerous  individuals  that  shared  their  observations  of 
Monk  Parakeets  with  us,  M.  Pruett-Jones,  D.  Tanning,  and  two  anonymous  reviewers  for 
helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript,  and  Dept,  of  Ecology  and  Evolution,  Univ.  of  Chicago, 
and  National  Science  Foundation  for  support. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bucher,  E.  H.,  L.  F.  Martin,  M.  B.  Martella,  and  J.  L.  Navarro.  1992.  Social  behaviour 

and  population  dynamics  of  the  Monk  Parakeet.  Proc.  20th  Int.  Ornithol.  Congress. 

Christchurch,  New  Zealand,  pp.  681-689. 

Bull,  J.  1973.  Exotic  birds  in  the  New  York  City  area.  Wilson  Bull.  85:501-505. 


588 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Bump,  G.  1971.  The  South  American  Monk,  Quaker,  or  Gray-headed  Parakeet.  U.S.  Fish 
and  Wildl.  Serv.,  Special  Sci.  Rep.-Wild.  No.  136. 

Hyman,  J.  and  S.  Pruett-Jones.  1995.  Natural  history  of  the  Monk  Parakeet  in  Hyde  Park, 
Chicago.  Wilson  Bull.  107:510—517. 

Lever,  C.  1987.  Naturalized  birds  of  the  world.  Longman  Scientific  & Technical,  London, 
England. 

Neidermyer,  W.  J.  and  J.  J.  Hickey.  1977.  The  Monk  Parakeet  in  the  United  States,  1970— 
1975.  Am.  Birds  31:273—278. 

Temple,  S.  A.  1992.  Exotic  birds:  A growing  problem  with  no  easy  solution.  Auk  109: 
395-397. 


Sunshine  Van  Bael  and  Stephen  Pruett-Jones,  Dept,  of  Ecology  and  Evolution,  Univ.  of 
Chicago,  1101  East  57th  St..  Chicago,  Illinois  60637  (address  correspondence  to  SP-J). 
Received  27  Sept.  1995,  accepted  10  Feb.  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  588—591 

Forest  gap  use  by  breeding  Black-tbroated  Green  Warblers.  Habitat  heterogeneity 
results  from  environmental  gradients  and  disturbances  that  create  spatiotemporal  patchiness 
(White  and  Pickett  1985).  Fine-grained  patchiness  resulting  from  forest  gaps  is  a condition 
common  in  temperate  forests  (Blake  and  Hoppes  1986)  and  is  typically  caused  by  one  to 
several  tree-falls  or  tree  death  (snag)  ranging  in  area  from  0.0025  ha  to  about  0.1  ha  (see 
Lorimer  1989).  The  resulting  heterogeneity  represents  a habitat  mosaic  important  to  many 
species. 

While  collecting  data  on  the  foraging  behavior  of  Black-throated  Green  Warblers  (Den- 
droica  virens)  along  the  northern  shoreline  of  Lake  Huron  in  Michigan’s  eastern  Upper 
Peninsula,  we  quantified  breeding  bird  use  of  forest  gaps.  Data  were  collected  from  14  June 
through  19  July  1994.  Transects  were  established  parallel  to  the  Lake  Huron  shoreline  at 
distances  of  0.4  km  (0.25  mile),  0.8  km  (0.5  mile),  1.6  km  (1.0  mile)  and  3.2  km  (2.0  mile). 
Observers  followed  these  transects  for  a distance  of  6.4  km  (4.0  mile),  collecting  observa- 
tions on  males  (and  females  if  possible)  at  each  established  territory  (determined  by  the 
presence  of  a singing  male).  Because  birds  were  territorial,  only  one  observation  per  sex 
was  made  at  any  location.  A minimum  distance  of  100  meters  between  observations  was 
established  to  ensure  the  independence  of  data  collected  (Heijl  and  Verner  1990). 

We  used  Brokaw’s  definition  of  a forest  gap — a hole  (minimum  of  5 m in  diameter)  in 
the  forest  canopy  extending  through  all  levels  down  to  an  average  height  of  two  meters 
above  ground  (Brokaw  1982).  A bird  was  considered  to  be  using  a gap  if  it  was  observed 
foraging  or  singing  within  1 m of  the  canopy  edge.  We  did  not  count  transients — birds  flying 
through  the  gap  or  otherwise  obviously  not  using  the  gap  to  obtain  food  or  as  a territorial 
boundary. 

Forest  vegetation  in  the  study  area  consisted  of  a mixture  of  conifers  including  balsam 
fir  (Abies  balsamea),  northern  white  cedar  (Thuja  occidentalis),  white  spruce  (Picea  glauca), 
eastern  white  pine  (Pinus  strobus)  and  deciduous  species  including  paper  birch  (Betula 
papvrifera),  quaking  aspen  (Populus  tremuloides),  balsam  poplar  (Populus  balsamifera)  and 
red  maple  (Acer  rubrum).  Mature  canopy  was  approximately  13.5  m with  an  understory 
principally  of  balsam  fir  and  white  spruce. 

Observations  within  50  m of  roads,  open  fields  or  the  Lake  Huron  shoreline  were  not 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


589 


Fig.  1.  Breeding  Black-throated  Green  Warbler  gap  usage,  1994. 


included  in  the  statistical  analysis  in  an  effort  to  reduce  possible  bias  due  to  edge  effect. 
We  used  log-likelihood  ratio  G tests  to  analyze  for  differences  in  gap  use  by  breeding  birds 
(Zar  1984).  As  we  did  not  measure  gap  area,  we  were  unable  to  base  our  expected  values 
on  relative  area  of  gaps  versus  contiguous  forest.  Thus,  we  were  conservative  in  our  cal- 
culation of  expected  values,  assuming  a 1:1  ratio  of  gap  use  to  forest  use. 

During  the  breeding  sea.son,  males  were  observed  utilizing  forest  gaps  significantly  more 
and  contiguous  forest  significantly  less  than  expected  (G  = 5.19,  P < 0.05;  Fig.  I).  Males 
were  observed  in,  or  immediately  adjacent  to,  tree-fall  forest  gaps  in  52.1%  of  our  obser- 
vations and  in  contiguous  forest  in  30.9%  of  our  observations  (N  = 94).  Females  demon- 
strated an  even  greater  difference  in  use,  utilizing  gaps  55.0%  of  the  time  and  contiguous 
forest  25.0%,  however,  this  was  not  significant  (C  = 2.31,  F > 0. 10)  (Fig.  1).  This  lack  of 
significance  may  be  the  result  of  low  statistical  power  due  to  small  female  sample  size  (N 
= 20). 

These  observations,  though  potentially  limited  in  that  data  were  from  only  one  breeding 
season,  indicate  the  potential  importance  of  gaps  to  breeding  birds.  Gaps  may  be  important 
to  breeding  birds  for  a variety  of  reasons.  For  instance,  foliage  insectivores  such  as  the 


590 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Black-throated  Green  Warbler  may  select  preferentially  gaps  in  response  to  differential  prey 
abundance.  There  may  be  more  insects  in  gaps  due  to  greater  primary  productivity  associated 
with  higher  light  levels  (Logden  1972,  Blake  and  Hoppes  1986).  Previous  work  has  dem- 
onstrated differences  in  assemblages  of  birds  captured  in  gaps  and  the  surrounding  under- 
story  (Blake  and  Hoppes  1986,  Martin  and  Karr  1986,  McGowan-Stinski,  pers.  comm.). 
These  differences  have  been  correlated  to  an  increased  insect,  fruit,  and  total  foliage  abun- 
dance in  forest  gaps  (Blake  and  Hoppes  1986,  Martin  and  Karr  1986). 

The  increased  light  penetration  in  forest  gaps  (Logden  1972,  Blake  and  Hoppes  1986), 
may  result  in  warmer  microclimates  in  gaps  as  compared  to  contiguous  forest.  Warmer 
microhabitats  could  beneht  the  thermoregulatory  physiology  of  insects,  increasing  insect 
activity  and  abundance.  Birds  may  thus  be  attracted  to  this  activity  and/or  abundance  as 
they  attempt  to  increase  foraging  opportunities.  Additionally,  warmer  temperatures  within  a 
gap  may  benefit  a bird  as  it  attempts  to  budget  energy  and  deal  with  exigencies  faced  during 
the  early  breeding  season  such  as  cold  mornings.  Thus,  gap  foraging  may  be  energetically 
advantageous  through  providing  a bird  with  a concentrated  source  of  prey,  as  well  as  a 
reducing  an  individual’s  thermoregulatory  costs,  allowing  birds  to  shunt  more  energy  into 
the  breeding  effort  and  less  into  individual  maintenance. 

The  vegetation  structure  of  forest  gaps  may  help  birds  maximize  their  foraging  profit- 
ability. Because  gaps  typically  have  a lower  vegetation  profile  as  well  as  a higher  density 
of  foliage  (see  Martin  and  Karr  1986),  gaps  may  present  birds  with  a more  compact  area 
to  visually  search  and  move  about  in.  Increases  in  foliage  density  may  yield  more  insect 
prey  per  unit  of  search  time  and  reduce  an  individual  s energetic  expense  in  movement. 
High  foliage  density  in  gaps  may  also  reduce  a foraging  bird’s  vulnerability  to  predators. 

Linally,  anecdotal  evidence  suggests  forest  gaps  may  aid  males  in  establishment  and 
maintenance  of  territorial  boundaries.  Black-throated  Green  males  typically  spend  much  of 
their  time  defending  territory  through  visible  and  acoustical  advertisement  (Morse  1993). 
Utilization  of  a forest  gap,  especially  a younger  gap,  as  a territorial  boundary  may  benefit 
males  through  increased  visibility  and  song  projection.  We  observed  numerous  aggressive 
male  interactions  occurring  over  or  immediately  adjacent  to  forest  gaps  by  territorial  males. 
Singing  males  were  also  observed  responding  to  each  other  across  gaps.  This  evidence 
suggests  that  at  least  some  males  at  our  study  site  may  have  been  using  forest  gaps  as 
territorial  boundaries. 

Our  data  suggest  the  importance  of  forest  gaps  to  breeding  Black-throated  Green  Warblers 
along  the  northern  Lake  Huron  shoreline.  This  use  suggests  that  structural  heterogeneity  in 
mature  forest  provides  Black-throated  Green  Warblers  with  higher  quality  habitat  than  is 
found  in  less  heterogeneous,  more  even-aged  forest  stands.  A better  understanding  of  the 
importance  small  scale  disturbances  play  is  critical  if  forest  managers  are  to  maintain  high 
quality  habitat  for  breeding  resident  and  neotropical  migrant  birds. 

Acknowledgments. — This  project  was  funded  in  part  by  The  Nature  Conservancy — Mich- 
igan Chapter,  Central  Michigan  Univ.  Graduate  School  and  Biology  Dep.,  and  the  National 
Lish  and  Wildlife  Loundation.  We  thank  M.  J.  Hamas  of  Central  Michigan  Univ.  and  D. 
Ewert  of  the  Michigan  Chapter  of  the  Nature  Conservancy  for  assistance  in  the  field  as  well 
as  advice  and  support.  The  manuscript  benefited  from  the  comments  of  G.  Kelley,  T.  Con- 
treras, D.  Cimprich  and  J.  McGowan-Stinski. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Blake,  I.  G.  and  W.  G.  Hoppes.  1986.  Influence  of  resource  abundance  on  use  of  tree-fall 
gaps  by  birds  in  an  isolated  woodlot.  Auk  103:j28— 340. 

Brokaw,  N.  V.  1982.  The  definition  of  treefall  gap  and  its  effect  on  measures  of  forest 

dynamics.  Biotropica  14:158-160. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


591 


Fogden,  M.  R 1972.  The  seasonality  and  population  dynamics  of  equatorial  forest  birds  in 
Sarawak.  Ibis  1 14:307-343. 

Heijl,  S.  J.  and  J.  Verner.  1990.  Within-season  and  yearly  variations  in  avian  foraging 
locations.  Stud.  Avian  Biol.  13:202-209. 

Lorimer,  C.  G.  1989.  Relative  effects  of  small  and  large  disturbance  on  temperate  hard- 
wood forest  structure.  Ecology  70:565-567. 

Martin,  T.  E.  and  J.  R.  Karr.  1986.  Patch  utilization  by  migrating  birds:  resource  oriented? 
Ornis  Scand.  17:165-174. 

Morse,  D.  H.  1993.  Black-throated  Green  Warbler  (Dendroica  virens).  Pp.  1—20  in  The 
birds  of  North  America,  No.  55.  (A.  Poole  and  F.  Gill,  eds.).  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  of  Phila- 
delphia; Am.  Ornithol.  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

White,  P.  S.  and  S.  T.  Pickett.  1985.  Natural  disturbance  and  patch  dynamics:  an  intro- 
duction. Pp.  3-13  in  The  ecology  of  natural  disturbances  and  patch  dynamics.  (S.  T. 
Pickett  and  P.  S.  White,  eds.).  Academic  Press,  Orlando,  Florida. 

Zar,  j.  H.  1984.  Biostatistical  analysis.  2nd  ed.  Prentice-Hall,  Inc.,  Englewood  Cliffs,  New 
Jersey. 


Robert  Smith  and  Matthew  Dallman,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Central  Michigan  Univ.,  Mt. 
Pleasant,  Michigan  48858.  (Present  address  RS:  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Univ.  of 
Southern  Mississippi,  Hattiesburg,  Mississippi  39406.  Present  address  MD:  The  Nature  Con- 
serx’ancy,  618  Main  Street  West,  Ashland,  Wisconsin  54806).  Received  3 Nov.  1995,  ac- 
cepted 1 March  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  591-592 

Courtship  behavior  of  Golden-cheeked  Warblers. — The  Golden-cheeked  Warbler 
(Dendroica  chrysoparia)  is  an  endangered  species  with  a known  breeding  range  mostly 
confined  to  the  Edwards  Plateau  of  Texas.  These  warblers  inhabit  oak-juniper  woodlands 
and  are  dependant  on  Juniperus  ashei  bark  for  nesting  material  (Sexton,  Birding  24:373- 
376). 

Pulich  (1967,  The  Golden-cheeked  Warbler,  a Bioecological  Study,  Texas  Parks  and  Wild- 
life) described  courtship  displays  in  Golden-cheeked  Warblers  in  which  males  attentively 
followed  females  and  briefly  displayed  before  copulation.  There  are  no  other  published 
accounts  of  this  type  of  behavior  in  this  species.  Courtship  behavior  in  Golden-cheeked 
Warblers  was  observed  on  two  occasions  during  spring  1995.  The  following  observations 
were  made  at  Pedernales  Falls  State  Park,  Blanco  Co.,  Texas  on  27  March  1995  and  at 
Colorado  Bend  State  Park,  San  Saba  Co.,  Texas  on  4 April  1995.  In  both  cases,  a female 
Golden-cheeked  Warbler  was  discovered  constructing  the  base  platform  of  a nest  prior  to 
the  observations  of  courtship  behavior.  The  female  warbler  would  make  short  forays  into 
neighboring  Juniperus  ashei  to  collect  strips  of  bark.  All  of  the  nesting  material  gathered 
during  these  observations  was  from  trees  within  15  m of  the  nest  tree.  The  nest  at  Pedernales 
Falls  was  5.3  m high  in  J.  ashei,  and  the  nest  at  Colorado  Bend  was  4.7  m high  in  Ulnius 
crassifolia.  While  observing  the  female’s  activities,  a quiet,  warbler-like  song  was  heard 
that  was  unlike  either  of  the  primary  songs  of  the  Golden-cheeked  Warbler  (Pulich  1976). 
This  song  was  muted,  but  more  rapidly  paced,  than  the  typical  songs  of  the  species.  This 
combination  gave  the  song  a more  twittery  quality  than  the  primary  songs.  However,  despite 
these  differences,  the  song  had  tonal  qualities  similar  to  the  other  .songs  of  the  species.  The 


592 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


male  warbler  was  observed  singing  this  song  in  trees  near  the  nest.  He  sang  for  two  to  three 
minutes  during  which  the  female  continued  nest  construction;  no  change  in  her  behavior 
was  noticed.  The  male  stopped  singing  as  he  approached  the  nest  site.  On  both  occasions 
the  male  was  carrying  strips  of  juniper  bark.  The  bark  was  given  to  the  female.  The  female 
then  placed  bark  strips  in  the  nest.  While  the  female  was  placing  the  bark,  the  male  quietly 
sang  the  twittery  song  and  spread  his  tail  while  slowly  lowering  and  flicking  his  wings 
closed.  When  the  female  finished  placing  the  bark  strips,  she  faced  the  male,  quietly  chipped, 
and  crouched  with  her  wings  slightly  spread  and  her  head  down.  Similar  behavior  was  noted 
in  both  cases.  During  the  first  observation,  copulation  occurred  on  the  nest  platform.  The 
nest  of  the  second  pair  was  farther  along  in  construction  and  the  copulation  occurred  next 
to  the  nest.  After  copulation  the  male  repeatedly  sang  the  same  twittery  song  while  flying 
from  perch  to  perch,  widely  circling  the  nest  tree.  During  this  time,  the  male  constantly 
flitted  its  wings  and  fanned  its  tail.  Tail  and  wing  fanning  are  not  limited  to  courtship 
displays;  I have  observed  similar  behavior  in  Golden-cheeked  Warbler  territorial  interactions 
as  well  as  toward  Texas  rat  snakes  (Elaphe  obsoleta  lindheimeri)  and  when  a female  Brown- 
headed Cowbird  (Mothrus  ater)  was  near  the  nest. 

Nest  building  in  Golden-cheeked  Warblers  is  reported  to  be  done  entirely  by  the  female 
(Pulich  1976,  Oberholser,  1976,  The  bird  life  of  Texas,  Univ.  of  Texas  Press).  During  the 
early  spring  of  1994  and  1995  I observed  males  carrying  nesting  material  on  five  occasions. 
Other  workers  also  have  observed  male  Golden-cheeked  Warblers  visiting  nests  under  con- 
struction (Keddy-Hector,  pers.  commun.).  This  suggests  that  male  warblers  may  have  some 
role  in  nest  construction. 

These  observations  suggest  that  male  Golden-cheeked  Warblers  carrying  nesting  material 
may  have  been  part  of  courtship.  This  does  not  eliminate  the  possibility  that,  at  least  oc- 
casionally, the  male  may  have  a minor  role  in  nest  construction.  However,  no  direct  obser- 
vations were  made  of  males  adding  materials  to  a nest.  In  addition,  no  specific  male  was 
observed  carrying  nesting  material  on  more  than  one  occasion.  During  previous  observations 
of  male  Golden-cheeked  Warblers  carrying  nesting  material,  there  was  no  evidence  of  a 
female  in  the  vicinity  and  the  twittery  song  that  was  given  prior  to  and  following  the 
courtship  behavior  was  not  heard. 

Acknowledgments. — I thank  Dean  Keddy-Hector  for  his  input  throughout  the  preparation 
of  this  manuscript.  I also  thank  David  Riskind,  Leila  Gass,  Millicent  S.  Licken,  and  C.  R. 
Blem  for  their  comments  on  earlier  drafts  of  this  manuscript. 


Mark  W.  Lockwood,  Natural  Resource  Program,  Texas  Parks  and  Wildlife  Dept.,  4200 
Smith  School  Road,  Austin,  Texas  78744.  Received  14  Nov  1995,  accepted  24  Feb.  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(3),  1996,  pp.  593-601 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 

Edited  by  William  E Davis,  Jr. 

The  Northern  Goshawk:  ecology  and  management.  By  William  M.  Block,  Michael  L. 
Morrison,  and  M.  Hildegard  Reiser,  editors.  Studies  in  Avian  Biology  16.  Cooper  Ornitho- 
logical Society,  % Western  Foundation  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  439  Calle  San  Pablo,  Cam- 
arillo, California.  1995:  34  figs.,  58  tables.  $16.00  (paper). — Honest-to-goodness  updates  of 
species  life-history  information — as  opposed  to  simple  rehashings  of  previously  published 
accounts — are  always  welcome  additions  to  the  ornithological  literature.  This  is  especially 
true  when  the  species  in  question  is  one  whose  known  biology  is  steeped  as  much  in  myth 
and  traditional  lore  as  ecological  reality,  and  even  more  so  when  the  information  in  question 
focuses  on  limiting-factors  research  at  multiple  sites.  The  current  offering  is  one  such  effort. 
The  published  result  of  a symposium  on  the  biology  and  management  of  the  Northern 
Goshawk  (Accipiter  gentilis)  that  was  held  in  conjunction  with  a Cooper  Ornithological 
Society  meeting  in  April,  1993,  the  work  represents  “a  compendium  of  current  information 
on  goshawk  biology  and  management”  in  North  America. 

The  symposium  was  organized  because  evidence  available  at  the  time  suggested  that 
North  American  populations  of  goshawks,  especially  some  of  those  in  the  western  United 
States,  were  declining,  and  because  resources  managers  had  insufficient  information  upon 
which  to  base  practical  and  effective  management  efforts.  Although  the  former  is  no  longer 
thought  to  be  the  case,  the  resulting  proceedings  remains  a useful  and  timely  contribution 
to  the  avian  literature.  The  22,  4-  to  9-page  papers  that  make  up  the  work  were  authored 
or  co-authored  by  an  astounding  41  individuals,  testimony  to  recent  interest  in  the  species. 
The  work  includes  six  contributions  on  “research  approaches  and  management  concepts,” 
nine  on  “resource  ecology,”  and  seven  on  “population  ecology.”  Not  surprisingly,  not  all 
of  the  efforts  included  therein  are  as  scientifically  rigorous  or  as  gracefully  presented  as  one 
might  hope.  Several  papers,  for  example,  offer  but  brief  and  preliminary  glimpses  of  works 
that  were  still  in  progress  at  the  time.  Nevertheless,  the  proceedings’  editors  are  to  be 
congratulated  for  producing  a work  that  is  both  editorially  clean  and  reasonably  seamless. 

Several  of  the  more  generically  useful  papers  include  ones  by  Clint  Boal  on  aging  nestling 
goshawks,  and  Suzanne  Joy,  Richard  Reynolds,  and  Douglas  Leslie  on  the  costs  of  benefits 
of  broadcast  survey  techniques  for  breeding  goshawks.  Although  most  “management”  pa- 
pers in  the  work  are  clearly  aimed  at  site-specific  situations,  many  of  the  conclusions  reached 
should  be  of  general  interest  to  managers  of  forest  raptors.  A paper  by  Pat  Kennedy,  Johanna 
Ward,  George  Rinker,  and  Jim  Gessaman  on  post-fledging  areas  in  goshawk  home  ranges, 
for  example,  insightfully  concludes  that  management  strategies  need  to  account  for  the 
habitat  requirements  of  recently  fledged  young,  as  well  as  for  the  nest-site  and  foraging- 
area  requirements  of  parental  adults.  Similar  bits  of  wisdom  occur  in  other  papers. 

Overall,  the  symposium  offers  a wealth  of  new  information,  as  well  as  a good  read.  There 
is,  however,  one  troubling  aspect  of  the  work  on  which  I need  to  comment.  Many  of  the 
management  strategies  laid  out  in  the  symposium  are  basically  “product”  rather  than  “pro- 
cess” driven  (i.e.,  most  managers  still  .seem  intent  on  maximizing  local  goshawk  produc- 
tion— principally  by  creating  species-specific,  “designer  habitats”  for  the  species--rather 
than  on  trying  to  establish  fully  functional,  naturally  forested  ecosystems  typical  of  the 
regions  in  question).  Given  that  the  goshawk  does  not  appear  to  be  severely  threatened  in 
any  major  portion  of  its  North  American  range,  should  we  really  be  trying  to  maximize  its 
production  in  managed  forests.  Wouldn’t  conservation  interests  be  better  served  by  trying 
to  reestablish  a full  suite  of  natural  ecosystem  functions  in  “natural”  forests.  As  I read  most 


593 


594 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


of  the  management  papers  in  the  work,  I couldn’t  help  but  wonder  whether  the  use  of 
silvicultural  analogs  alone  (e.g.,  substitute  “numbers  of  Northern  Goshawk  nestlings  pro- 
duced per  year  per”  for  “amount  of  softwood  board  feet  per  year”)  will  ever  really  work 
in  forest  conservation  and  whether  we  need  to  be  looking  at  management  strategies  that 
extend  beyond  the  current  single-species,  production-oriented,  paradigm. 

This  latter,  not-so-minor,  caveat  notwithstanding,  the  current  offering  should  be  read  by 
all  who  have  an  interest  in  the  species,  as  well  as  by  those  with  interests  in  the  species’ 
forested  habitats.  The  Cooper  Ornithological  Society  is  to  be  congratulated  for  making  the 
proceedings  available  so  quickly,  and  at  such  a reasonable  price. — Keith  L.  Bildstein 


How  BIRDS  MIGRATE.  By  Paul  Kerlinger,  illus.  by  Pat  Archer.  Stackpole  Books,  Mechan- 
icsburg,  Pennsylvania  1995:  228  pp.,  16  maps,  43  figures,  2 tables.  $14.95  (paper). — The 
ornithological  literature  is  full  of  books  on  bird  migration.  My  own  collection  takes  up  more 
than  a meter  of  shelf  space,  and  the  current  offering  represents  Kerlinger’s  second  addition 
to  the  group  in  less  than  a decade.  Even  so,  “How  birds  migrate”  provides  an  especially 
welcome  and  long-overdue  complement  to  the  existing  literature.  Indeed,  not  since  Donald 
Griffin’s  classic  work  on  the  subject  in  1964  (Bird  migration.  Doubleday,  Garden  City,  New 
York)  has  anyone  managed  to  distill  and  highlight  the  current  ornithological  literature  on 
bird  migration  in  such  an  appealing  and  productive  fashion.  Kerlinger’s  text,  which  contains 
little  of  the  byzantine  modeling,  mathematics,  and  jargon  of  the  current  technical  literature, 
retains  all  of  its  essential  findings  and  excitement. 

The  work  consists  of  15  chapters,  ranging  from  one  on  why  birds  migrate  to  one  on  how 
conservationists  are  attempting  to  protect  them.  There  is  also  an  especially  useful  annotated 
list  of  additional  references.  Most  chapters  focus  on  single  aspects  of  migration,  introducing 
and  detailing  their  essential  features  and  concluding  with  a series  of  case  studies  highlighting 
the  phenomenon  in  individual  species.  The  work  is  accompanied  by  an  effective  series  of 
maps  that  depict  the  migratory  pathways  of  species,  as  well  as  by  numerous  illustrations  of 
specific  aspects  of  migration  behavior  and  ecology. 

In  his  previous  offering  (1989,  Flight  strategies  of  migrating  hawks,  Univ.  of  Chicago 
Press,  Chicago,  Illinois),  Paul  Kerlinger  demonstrated  an  extraordinary  talent  for  summariz- 
ing the  migration  literature  for  his  colleagues.  His  current  effort  demonstrates  a similar  talent 
for  doing  so  for  the  much  larger  lay  audience.  In  fact,  Kerlinger  sets  an  enviable  standard 
for  others  who  would  try  to  do  the  same.  The  book’s  level  of  treatment,  together  with  its 
modest  price,  make  it  an  appropriate  companion  text  for  introductory  courses  in  ornithology 
and  avian  ecology  and  behavior.  “How  birds  migrate”  should  serve  as  a useful  introduction 
to  bird  migration  well  into  the  next  century. — Keith  L.  Bildstein 


The  summer  atlas  of  North  American  birds.  By  Jeff  Price,  Sam  Droege,  and  Amy  Price. 
Academic  Press,  San  Diego,  California.  1995:  364  pp.,  463  maps,  16  line  drawings.  $45 
(cloth). — The  stated  goals  of  this  book  are  to  help  birders  find  birds,  and  to  provide  infor- 
mation and  guidance  to  conservation  organizations  and  land  managers.  The  book  certainly 
reaches  these  goals.  The  data  base  of  this  book  is  the  National  Biological  Survey  s North 
American  Breeding  Bird  Survey  (BBS).  The  first  chapter  provides  an  overview  of  the  BBS, 
including  a discussion  of  the  biases  and  constraints  inherent  in  a survey  which  is  confined 
to  roadsides  and  in  which  most  of  the  data  is  collected  by  amateur  volunteers.  Chapter  2 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


595 


explains  in  detail  how  the  BBS  data  was  used  to  create  the  maps,  and  all  the  problems, 
biases,  checking,  and  trouble  shooting  involved.  The  bulk  of  the  book,  chapter  3,  consists 
of  relative  abundance  maps,  with  a level  of  resolution  of  50  km  by  50  km  blocks,  for  450 
species  and  identifiable  forms  of  North  American  summer  birds.  Most  of  the  maps  show 
averages  of  data  collected  from  hundreds  of  1985—1991  BBS  routes  (50  three-minute  point 
counts  along  a 40  km  route)  in  southern  Canada  and  the  contiguous  United  States.  Strictly 
speaking,  the  maps  do  not  show  breeding  bird  distribution  because  non-breeding  birds  may 
be  represented.  Each  map  has  four  levels  of  abundance  displayed  (<5,  5-20,  20-50,  and 
>50  birds  detected  per  route  per  year),  with  a minimum  mapped  value  of  0.5.  Unfortunately, 
the  four  levels  are  shown  by  different  levels  of  intensity  of  the  same  color,  which  makes 
some  maps  difficult  to  read.  Additional  maps  show  species  richness  patterns  for  all  species 
combined,  and  for  several  groups  of  birds  (e.g.,  herons,  waterfowl,  flycatchers,  warblers). 
Chapter  4 presents  an  annotated  list  of  species  of  531  species  or  forms.  This  includes  the 
species  for  which  there  was  insufficient  data  to  create  a map,  and  BBS  data  from  Alaska 
and  northern  Canada.  The  annotations  for  each  species  include  a description  of  habitat,  and 
three  BBS  routes  that  have  had  consistently  high  counts  for  the  species.  For  each  route  the 
information  presented  includes  the  average  number  of  individuals  per  year  detected,  fre- 
quency (e.g.,  7/7  indicates  that  the  species  was  detected  in  all  seven  census  runs  from  1985- 
1991),  and  location.  A fifth  chapter  addresses  population  trends  and  conservation  issues.  It 
includes  an  extensive  table  of  population  trends  (percentage  change),  both  long  term  (1966- 
1993)  and  short  term  (1984—1993),  with  levels  of  statistical  significance  for  population 
changes  indicated.  The  chapter  includes  a discussion  and  analysis  of  possible  causes  for 
population  trends  in  several  groups  of  birds  (e.g.,  scrub  nesters,  open  water  and  wetland 
species),  keying  mostly  on  habitat  alteration.  The  four  appendices  include  a list  of  scientific 
names,  references  cited  and  suggested  readings,  the  American  Birding  Association’s  code 
of  ethics,  and  selected  birdfinding  guides  and  breeding  bird  atlases  for  each  state.  The  index 
includes  only  bird  species.  The  16  drawings  by  David  D.  Beadle  add  an  attractive  touch  to 
what  is  essentially  a book  of  maps. 

I find  this  an  interesting  and  useful  presentation  of  BBS  data  which  should  have  heuristic 
value,  and  recommend  it  to  anyone  interested  in  avian  biogeography,  conservation,  or  bird- 
watching.— William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


The  atlas  of  breeding  birds  of  Connecticut.  By  Louis  R.  Bevier  (ed.).  Bulletin  113, 
State  Geological  and  Natural  History  Survey  of  Connecticut,  Dept,  of  Environmental  Pro- 
tection, Hartford.  1994:  461  pp.,  184  maps,  190  line  drawings.  Available  from:  DEP-Pub- 
lications,  79  Elm  Street,  Store-Level-MO,  Hartford,  CT  06106-5127  (checks  payable  to 
DEP-PUBLICATIONS).  $36.95  plus  $3  p&h  (cloth). — Another  in  a series  of  state  and 
province  breeding  bird  atlases,  this  book  provides  baseline  data  for  the  breeding  birds  of 
Connecticut.  These  data  should  be  useful  both  for  future  evaluations  of  natural  and  human- 
induced  bird  population  changes  and  for  immediate  use  in  making  informed  decisions  on 
conservation  priorities  by  conservationists,  legislators,  and  state  agencies.  Because  of  its 
relatively  small  size,  all  of  the  state  was  censused  (larger  states  have  used  a priority  block 
system),  dividing  the  state  into  121  7.5  minute  quadrangles  (USGS  quadrangle  system), 
each  divided  into  6 blocks  of  approximately  25  km^  each.  More  than  500  individuals  were 
involved  in  the  data  collection  from  1982-1986.  “Block  busting”  (a  few  observers  spent  a 
few  hours)  ensured  at  least  some  coverage  for  every  block.  Each  species  was  assigned  a 
breeding  status  of  “Possible,”  “Probable,”  or  “Confirmed”  using  suitable  criteria  and  maps 


596 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


for  each  species  were  compiled.  Two  hybrids  and  173  species  were  in  the  confirmed  cate- 
gory, including  two  species  which  had  not  been  previously  recorded  breeding  in  Connect- 
icut. 

The  book  has  an  interesting  design — 24.5  cm  wide,  20.4  cm  tall — which  makes  for  easy 
reading.  The  maps  are  large  and  particularly  easy  to  read.  Several  sections  deal  with  the 
limitations  of  the  study  (e.g.,  level  of  effort  of  data  collection  was  neither  uniform  nor 
measurable)  and  there  is  an  interesting  1 1 page  section  by  George  A.  Clark,  Jr.  on  inter- 
preting the  distribution  of  breeding  birds  (including  associated  problems  and  constraints). 
The  bulk  of  the  book  is  occupied  by  the  species  accounts.  Each  species  which  was  either  a 
confirmed  or  probable  breeder  is  described  in  a two  (facing)  page  section  which  includes 
an  introductory  statement,  and  habitat  requirements,  atlas  results,  and  discussion  sections. 
The  introductory  statements  usually  provide  current  status  information  (e.g..  Threatened  or 
Special  Concern),  and  the  discussion  section  generally  concentrate  on  historical  accounts 
and  population  trends.  An  attractive  line  drawing  by  Michael  DiGiorgio  accompanies  each 
account.  More  succinct  accounts  are  presented  for  possible  breeding  and  miscellaneous 
species.  One  appendix  summarizes  the  breeding  status  (e.g.,  number  of  blocks  in  which 
breeding  was  confirmed),  a second  presents  Breeding  Bird  Survey  population  trends  for 
Connecticut  and  southern  New  England,  and  a third  a list  of  common  and  scientific  names 
of  plant  and  animal  species  (excluding  birds)  mentioned  in  the  text.  The  Literature  Cited 
section  contains  over  500  references  and  is  a veritable  goldmine  for  local  references. 

This  is  a generally  excellent  book,  but  is  not  without  problems.  I was  sorry  that  the  Monk 
Parakeet  (Myiopsitta  monachus)  was  not  included  in  the  data  collection,  since  it  has  been  a 
documented  breeding  species  for  years,  and  population  changes  in  this  species  should  be  of 
future  interest.  The  species  accounts,  although  well  done,  are  a bit  thin,  in  many  cases 
occupying  less  than  a page  of  text.  There  is  a lot  of  white  space  that  might  well  have  been 
usefully  filled  with  descriptions  of  breeding-related  behaviors  such  as  nest  building,  court- 
ship displays,  foraging  behavior  during  the  breeding  season,  and  care  of  the  young.  These 
are  minor  quibbles  however — this  is  an  important  contribution  to  the  breeding-bird  literature 
of  North  America. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


The  West  Virginia  breeding  bird  atlas.  By  Albert  R.  Buckelew,  Jr.  and  George  A. 
Hall.  Univ.  Pittsburgh  Press,  Pittsburgh.  1994;  232  pp.  plus  acetate  overlays,  173  distribution 
maps,  4 introductory  tables  and  12  figures.  $27.95  (cloth).— With  this  attractive  publication. 
West  Virginia  joins  the  ranks  of  at  least  15  North  American  states  and  provinces  that  have 
published  breeding  bird  atlases.  In  the  present  volume,  more  than  300  volunteers  conducted 
field  work  between  1983  and  1989.  The  southeast  corner  of  7.5'  topographic  maps  was 
targeted  as  the  priority  block  for  most  of  the  state.  In  addition  to  priority  blocks,  fieldwork 
was  conducted  in  blocks  with  special  features,  volunteers’  “favorite”  areas,  and  locations 
covered  by  Brooks  Bird  Club  field  trips.  Of  the  potential  2,700  blocks  in  the  state,  516  were 
targeted  by  the  study.  A total  of  171  species  is  mapped. 

The  introduction  provides  background  on  West  Virginia  s atlas  effort,  methods,  and  or- 
ganization. It  also  includes  a brief  overview  of  biogeography,  physical  features,  and  climate 
of  the  state  that  may  influence  bird  distribution.  Maps  that  display  physiographic  features 
are  presented  here  and  as  seven  acetate  overlays.  Because  the  state’s  avifaunal  regions  and 
habitat  types  are  nicely  described  and  illustrated  by  Hall  (“West  Virginia  Birds,”  1983), 
they  are  not  duplicated  in  the  present  volume.  Project  results  are  disappointingly  slim,  with 
little  reference  to  survey  effort.  No  indication  of  the  number  of  hours  of  fieldwork,  for 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


597 


example,  is  presented,  and  the  exact  number  of  blocks  surveyed  is  not  clear.  Survey  effort 
seems  comparable  to  most  other  atlases,  although  the  authors  state  that  coverage  was  not 
even.  Highlights  include  first  breeding  records  in  West  Virginia  for  the  Yellow-bellied  Ely- 
catcher  {Empidonax  flaviventris)  and  Yellow-rumped  Warbler  (Dendroica  coronata).  Other 
northern  species,  such  as  Veery  (Cotharus  fuscescens)  and  Dark-eyed  Junco  (Junco  tiymen- 
alis),  were  documented  farther  south  in  the  western  hills  than  expected. 

Like  many  other  states.  West  Virginia  used  a priority  block  system  to  promote  uniform 
coverage.  However,  the  inclusion  of  nonrandom  blocks  has  the  risk  of  accentuating  coverage 
inconsistency.  Opportunistic  coverage  of  blocks  selected  by  volunteers,  notably  in  the  Ca- 
naan Valley  (Blackwater  Ealls  quadrangle),  creates  an  awkward  cluster  of  observations  for 
common  species,  such  as  Common  Yellowthroat  {Geothlypis  trichas).  This  problem  was 
avoided  in  “The  Atlas  of  Breeding  Bird  of  Michigan”  (R.  Brewer,  G.  A.  McPeek,  and  R. 
J.  Adams,  Jr.;  1991)  by  mapping  results  at  a coarser  scale  than  data  were  collected. 

Species  accounts  are  concise,  incorporating  the  atlas  map,  text,  and  a tabular  summary 
on  a single  page.  Eour  map  symbols  are  used  to  reflect  the  levels  of  breeding  evidence. 

Observed”  records  are  mapped,  even  though  those  records  are  defined  as  indicating  no 
evidence  of  breeding.  The  map  symbols  are  not,  to  my  eye,  intuitively  hierarchial,  but  have 
the  advantage  of  being  clearly  distinguishable.  The  base  map  includes  state  counties  and  a 
grid  of  topographic  maps,  creating  a busy  map.  The  topographic  grid,  and  corresponding 
key  in  the  appendix,  makes  this  one  of  the  easiest  atlases  in  which  to  pinpoint  the  location 
of  records.  The  accounts  are  generally  free  of  typographical  errors  and  are  well  edited.  They 
provide  a concise  summary  of  habitat,  distribution,  historical  patterns,  and  population  trends. 
An  appendix  discusses  the  status  of  eight  species  not  confirmed  during  the  atlas  efforts.  The 
literature  cited  is  surprisingly  brief  and  reflects  frequent  reference  to  Hall’s  previous  volume. 
The  index  includes  both  English  and  scientific  names. 

West  Virginia  has  contributed  a useful  addition  to  the  growing  collection  of  published 
breeding  bird  atlases,  targeted  well  to  local  interests.  I recommend  it  to  students  of  bird 
distribution  in  the  region. — Daniel  W.  Brauning. 


A BIRD-FINDING  GUIDE  TO  ONTARIO.  Revised  Edition.  By  Clive  E.  Goodwin.  University  of 
Toronto  Press,  Toronto.  1995;  477  pp.,  41  maps.  $24.95  (paper). — This  revised  edition 
updates  the  information  in  the  1982  edition  and  provides  more  information  on  the  status  of 
individual  species.  The  task  of  providing  a bird-finding  guide  to  an  area  so  large  and  eco- 
logically diverse  is  enormous — Ontario  has  an  area  of  over  one  million  km^  with  deciduous 
and  boreal  forest,  tundra,  farmland  and  prairie,  and  a vast  shoreline  along  the  Great  Lakes. 
It  takes  five  pages  to  tell  you  how  to  use  the  book  (this  includes,  however,  an  excellent 
section  on  birding  ethics).  Chapter  2 introduces  the  reader  to  the  diversity  of  habitats  and 
the  birds  found  in  each,  as  well  as  a discussion  of  seasonal  variations.  Chapters  3-16  are 
site  guides  for  individual  or  clusters  of  counties  in  southern  Ontario,  while  chapters  18  and 
19  deal  with  the  vast  regions  of  northern  Ontario.  The  chapters  start  with  an  overview  which 
generally  includes  topography,  flora,  birding  possibilities,  and  weather  and  seasonal  changes. 
The  distances  are  in  kilometers,  and  direction  usually  given  to  the  neare.st  tenth  of  a kilo- 
meter, which  is  excellent.  The  maps  need  to  be  supplemented  by  provincial  road  maps, 
however.  The  coverage  of  the  areas  of  Ontario  I know  best  (e.g.,  Algonquin  Park)  were 
adequate  but  lacked  the  detail  of  the  American  Birding  Association  birdfinding  guide  series. 
Much  useful  information,  e.g.,  the  Wolfe  Island  ferry  schedule,  is  included,  however.  Chapter 
19  deals  with  useful  information  for  the  visitor  such  as  accommodations,  hot  line  telephone 


598 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


numbers,  and  important  reference  books.  Chapter  20  is  a systematic  list  of  the  birds,  with 
text  and  bar  graphs  for  each  species.  An  appendix  provides  common  and  scientific  names 
for  the  mammals,  reptiles,  and  plants  mentioned.  The  index  is  extensive  and  printed  in  the 
same  type  size  as  the  text  which  makes  it  easy  to  read. 

The  book  is  generally  well  written,  although  a stronger  editorial  hand  could  smoothed 
out  such  statements  as,  “Eifteen  species  of  ducks  have  been  proved  to  nest.  . . ,”  and  in  my 
copy  page  344  was  missing  completely.  A few  of  the  maps  lack  scale  bars  so  distances  are 
hard  to  judge.  The  book  won’t  fit  into  your  pocket  but  will  fit  into  your  glove  compartment. 
It  is  a bit  overwhelming  because  of  its  scope  and  complexity,  but  next  time  I go  to  Ontario 
I will  certainly  take  my  copy  along. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Birdfinder:  a birder’s  guide  to  planning  North  American  trips.  By  Jerry  A.  Cooper. 
American  Birding  Association,  Inc.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colorado.  1995:  374  pp.,  40  maps, 
22  line  drawings.  $17.95  (wire-o  binding,  stiff  paper). — This  latest  addition  to  the  American 
Birding  Association’s  (ABA)  “Birder’s  Guide”  series  is  in  the  same  format  with  a wrap- 
around rear  cover  which  can  act  as  a book  mark  and  protects  the  pages.  It  differs  from 
previous  guides  in  its  scope  and  intent — it  is  primarily  a trip  planner — and  should  be  used 
in  conjunction  with  local  bird  finding  guides.  The  first  19  chapters  outline  19  trips,  in 
chronological  order  so  that  they  all  could  be  taken  in  a single  year,  which  theoretically  might 
allow  a birder  to  see  650  species  of  birds  in  North  America.  An  additional  “Baker’s  dozen” 
trips  would  allow  the  birder  to  add  a few  species  to  that  list.  In  fairness,  list-building  is  not 
the  entire  focus  of  this  guide — quality  of  experiences  is  also  emphasized.  The  chapters 
present  general  itineraries  (including  map  or  maps)  for  the  trips  scattered  about  Alaska,  the 
contiguous  48  states,  and  Canada,  timed  at  the  best  season  for  birds.  They  also  present  a 
plethora  of  details  on  trip  planning,  including  a list  of  birding  guides,  telephone  numbers 
and  addresses  for  outfits  which  offer  special  services  (e.g.,  pelagic  trips),  rare  bird  alert 
telephone  numbers,  a list  of  key  species  that  should  be  looked  for,  tips  on  accommodations, 
and  budget  guidelines.  A final  chapter  entitled  “The  Birdfinder  Chart,”  which  occupies 
more  than  50  pages,  lists  the  entire  ABA  checklist  of  species  and  indicates  on  which  trips 
each  is  a key,  probable,  possible,  or  remotely  possible  species.  This  list  also  functions  as 
the  index  to  species  for  the  guide — the  actual  index  does  not  include  bird  names. 

As  is  typical  of  the  ABA  guides,  the  book  is  sturdy,  easy  to  read,  and  well  designed.  There 
are  a few  typos  (mostly  words  run  together)  but  it  is  generally  well  edited.  This  guide  should 
be  useful  to  the  birder  looking  for  adventure  or  to  the  more  serious  bird  student  who  might 
want  to  have  a look  around  before  or  after  a professional  conference.  It  is  loaded  with  useful 
tidbits  of  information  and  is  certainly  worth  the  money. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Edward  Lear:  a biography  by  Peter  Levi,  Scribner,  New  York,  1995,  363  pp,  41  black- 
and-white  illustrations,  2 appendices,  bibliography,  $30  (cloth). — The  English  poet,  painter, 
and  travel -writer,  Edward  Lear  (1812-1888),  of  Lear’s  Macaw  fame,  is  best  remembered 
today  for  a single  child’s  verse  in  which  an  improbable  pair  of  characters  take  to  sea  “in  a 
beautiful  pea-green  boat,”  court,  marry,  and  “dance  by  the  light  of  the  moon.”  “The  Owl 
and  the  Pussycat,”  written  in  1867,  was  a relatively  late  addition  to  the  hundreds  of  songs, 
poems,  limericks,  and  “nonsense”  rhymes  Lear  created  for  the  enjoyment  ot  his  friends’ 
young  children.  When  he  published  them  for  a much  larger  audience,  beginning  in  1846, 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


599 


these  flights  of  fancy  proved  an  unexpected  commercial  success  and  established  Lear  as  one 
of  the  most  beloved  children’s  writers  of  all  time. 

It  IS  no  coincidence  that  “The  Owl  and  the  Pussycat”  and  so  many  of  Lear’s  other  stories 
feature  birds,  for  the  author/artist  began  his  professional  career  by  painting  exotic  birds  at 
the  London  Zoo.  By  the  age  of  20,  he  had  published  a spectacular  monograph  on  parrots 
(“Illustrations  of  the  Family  of  Psittacidae  or  Parrots,”  1832)  and  was  providing  ornitho- 
logical illustrations  for  many  of  the  most  influential  British  ornithologists  of  his  day,  in- 
cluding Pndeaux  John  Selby,  William  Jardine,  T.  C.  Eyton,  and  John  Gould.  His  work  was 
favorably  compared  with  Audubon’s,  and  he  was,  in  the  mid- 1830s,  poised  at  the  start  of  a 
career  that  might  have  made  him  the  most  successful  wildlife  artist  of  the  19th  century. 
How  he  reached  that  point,  and  why  he  gave  it  up  to  pursue  a less  illustrious  life  as  a poet, 
writer,  and  landscape  painter,  are  among  the  many  interesting  aspects  of  Edward  Lear’s  life 
inadequately  addressed  in  Peter  Levi’s  new  biography. 

In  his  introduction,  Levi,  a poet  and  literary  historian  with  several  previous  biographies 
to  his  credit  (including  books  on  Shakespeare,  Tolstoy,  Tennyson,  and  Pasternak),  tells  us 
that  he  set  out  to  write  about  Lear’s  poetry.  His  scope  then  broadened  to  a full  biography. 
The  resulting  publication  is  a sloppy,  rambling  story  that  reads  more  like  a dictaphone 
transcript  than  the  writing  of  an  Oxford  don.  Who  were  the  editors,  one  wonders,  who 
allowed  Levi’s  cliche^aden  text  (“bright  as  a button,”  and  “dry  as  dust”)  to  lurch  between 
impenetrable  descriptions  (“it  is  useful  to  notice  at  once  that  Lord  Derby’s  sister  Lucy  had 
married  the  Rev.  Geoffrey  Hornby  of  Winwick,  because  his  grandson,  who  was  born  in 
1799,  married  the  same  Mr.  Hornby’s  second  daughter,  who  was  his  first  cousin,”)  and 
irrelevant  anecdotes  (“as  for  Poole,  one  of  my  uncles  flew  a Turkish  flag  there,  in  front  of 

his  house  by  the  waterside,  but  not  until  the  1880’s;  in  the  1830’s  his  parents  were  still  in 
Istanbul”). 

Some  simple  fact-checking  might  also  have  been  expected:  William  Swainson  was  an 
English,  not  an  American  naturalist,  John  Gould’s  wife  was  Elizabeth,  not  Edith,  and  it  was 
the  Goulds,  not  Edward  Lear,  who  illustrated  the  zoological  findings  of  Charles  Darwin’s 
voyage  on  the  Beagle. 

The  book  focuses  heavily  on  Lear’s  life  as  an  artist,  but  few  of  the  “wonderful,”  “charm- 
ing,” “mysterious,”  or  “heavenly”  paintings  about  which  Levi  raves  are  illustrated.  This 
leaves  the  reader  with  a frustrating  sensation  of  having  visited  an  art  museum  by  telephone 
and  been  guided  through  its  disorganized  galleries  by  a docent  brimming  with  strong  opin- 
ions but  few  dependable  facts.  When  the  artist  is  allowed  to  speak  for  himself,  his  quotations 
are  not  sourced,  further  reducing  the  usefulness  of  the  biography. 

Lear  deserves  better,  for  he  is  an  appealing,  important,  and  intriguingly  complex  figure 
whose  life  at  times  seems  more  the  stuff  of  19th  century  romance  than  fact.  The  20th  of  21 
children  born  to  a failed  stock-broker  and  an  understandably  exhausted  mother,  Lear  was 
raised  by  an  older  sister  who  gave  him  his  only  formal  education  and  his  first  lessons  in 
art.  Lear  s bird  paintings  at  the  London  Zoo  and  his  ambitious,  self-financed  monograph  on 
parrots  so  impressed  the  scientific  establishment  of  his  day  that  the  Zoo’s  chairman.  Lord 
Stanley  (later  the  13th  Earl  of  Derby)  invited  him  to  illustrate  the  birds  and  mammals  in 
his  private  menagerie  at  Knowsley  Hall— a project  Lord  Stanley  had  previously  discussed 
with  John  James  Audubon. 

Lear  enjoyed  the  financial  security  and  social  status  such  patronage  afforded,  but  he  found 
the  detail  of  .scientific  illustration  extremely  taxing.  “My  eyes  are  so  sadly  worse,”  he  wrote 
John  Gould  in  1836,  “that  no  bird  under  (the  size  of)  an  ostrich  shall  I .soon  be  able  to  see 
to  do.”  And  so  with  the  same  intensity  he  had  lavished  on  birds,  Lear  turned  to  landscape, 
traveling  first  to  Ireland  and  the  English  Lake  District  and  then  to  Rome. 

Lear  found  foreign  travel  much  to  his  liking  and  went  on  to  visit  Malta,  Greece,  Turkey, 


600 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  3,  September  1996 


Albania,  Egypt,  and  Sinai.  From  these  experiences,  he  produced  several  color  plate  books 
in  which  he  described  and  illustrated  his  peregrinations. 

One  of  these  books,  “Illustrated  Excursions  in  Italy”  (1846),  brought  Lear  to  the  attention 
of  a young  Queen  Victoria  who  appointed  him  as  her  drawing  instructor.  Later,  Lear  returned 
to  Europe  and  wrote  three  more  travel  books.  Then,  in  1873,  he  visited  India  where  he  felt 
“nearly  mad  from  sheer  beauty  and  wonder.”  It  was  to  be  the  last  and  most  exotic  journey 
of  his  life. 

Peter  Levi  traces  Lear’s  physical,  artistic,  and  emotional  travels  with  enthusiasm  and  em- 
pathy, but  his  repeated  insertions  of  unrelated  personal  anecdote,  no  matter  how  well  intended, 
distract  from  the  coherence  of  the  biography.  Fortunately,  more  than  a dozen  other  biographies 
of  Lear  have  already  been  written.  The  best  of  these,  by  far,  is  Vivien  Noakes  Edward  Lear, 
The  Life  of  a Wanderer”  (Collins,  1968).  While  Ms.  Noakes’  biography  (unfortunately  out  of 
print)  is  highly  recommended,  Mr.  Levi’s  is  not. — Robert  McCracken  Peck 

Note. Robert  Peck  is  currently  researching  for  a book  on  Edward  Lear  as  a natural 

history  painter.  He  invites  readers  with  information  on  this  subject  to  contact  him  at  The 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  1900  Benjamin  Franklin  Parkway,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.  19103;  Phone  (215)  299-1138;  e-mail;  peck@say.acnatsci.org. 


Polygyny  and  sexual  selection  in  Red-winged  Blackbirds.  By  William  A.  Searcy  and 
Ken  Yasukawa.  Monographs  in  Behavior  and  Ecology,  Eds.  J.  R.  Krebs  and  T.  Clutton-Brock, 
Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey.  1995:  xviii  + 312  pp.,  61  numbered  text  figures 
and  32  tables.  $55  (cloth);  $29.95  (paper).— The  authors  note  that  there  have  been  about  a 
thousand  papers  published  on  Red-winged  Blackbirds  {Agelaius  phoeniceus).  Less  than  half 
of  these  are  cited  in  this  monograph  because  it  is  limited  to  the  ecology  and  evolution  of 
polygyny  in  red-wings  and  the  import  of  this  mating  system  to  the  process  of  sexual  selection. 
The  book  is  no  mere  synthesis,  although  the  reader  is  provided  with  a firm  foundation  about 
the  behavioral  ecology  of  the  species.  There  is  a certain  satisfaction  in  exploring  the  biology 
of  a species  about  which  a great  deal  is  known,  since  relevant  data  are  available  that  are 
germane  to  a wide  array  of  questions.  Searcy  and  Yasukawa  have  used  this  wealth  of  published 
as  well  as  unpublished  data  to  develop  arguments  related  to  both  proximate  and  ultimate 
causes  for  polygyny  and  past  and  present  sexual  selection.  Their  analy.ses  of  hypotheses  are 
carefully  accomplished  and  fully  acknowledge  confounding  factors,  pittfalls,  and  alternate 
explanations.  Indeed  their  meticulous,  comprehensive  approach  sometimes  caused  me  to  lose 
sight  of  where  they  were  going,  but  fortunately  separate  discussions  within  the  text  of  chapters 
are  brought  to  closure  with  a summary  of  their  conclusions  (or  lack  of  conclusions).  This 
book  deserves  a longer  and  more  detailed  review.  I highly  recommend  that  such  a review 
might  be  the  focus  of  a senior  topics  course  or  graduate  seminar  since  there  is  much  to  learn, 
not  just  about  the  phenomena  discussed,  but  more  broadly,  about  the  support  of  assumptions 
and  the  testing  of  hypotheses. — John  L.  Zimmerman. 


Bird  song;  biological  themes  and  variations.  By  C.  K.  Catchpole  and  P.  J.  B.  Slater, 
illus  by  N.  Mann.  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  Cambridge.  1995;  248  pp.,  pen  and  ink  illustra- 
tions, 77  figures  and  3 tables.  $32.95  (cloth).— Bird  song  arguably  is  the  most  intensively 
studied  area  of  animal  communication  and  has  been  fertile  ground  for  researchers  m behav- 
ioral ecology,  ethology,  psychology,  and  neuroscience.  As  such,  the  breadth  and  depth  of 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


601 


the  literature  can  prove  intimidating  to  those  new  to  it.  Until  recently,  someone  approaching 
the  field  laced  a vast  body  ot  primary  literature  scattered  in  a diversity  of  journals,  a handful 
of  specialized  review  articles,  and  a few  technical  edited  volumes.  Now,  however,  two  of 
the  field  s most  prominent  researchers  have  written  an  approachable  and  comprehensive 
introduction  to  the  study  of  bird  song. 

This  book  will  appeal  to  graduate  students,  professionals  in  the  behavioral  sciences,  and 
amateur  ornithologists  alike.  The  book  stands  alone,  requiring  a minimum  of  background 
knowledge.  However,  most  of  the  topics  are  treated  in  sufficient  depth  to  serve  as  a useful 
academic  reference.  Catchpole  and  Slater  have  not  attempted  to  describe  all  the  available 
research  on  a given  topic;  instead,  they  select  current  and  representative  examples  to  illus- 
trate their  main  points.  Thus,  each  section  of  the  book  can  provide  a solid  basis  for  a more 
intense  literature  survey  of  that  particular  topic. 

The  production  quality  of  the  book  is  excellent.  Crisp  pen  and  ink  illustrations  introduce 
each  chapter  and  enhance  most  figures.  The  figures  are  clear  and  pertinent.  The  authors  also 
use  a standard  (author  year)  citation  format — a feature  commonly  lacking  in  books  aimed 

at  a more  general  audience.  The  modest  price  of  this  book  belies  the  excellent  production 
Job. 

In  the  Tinbergen  tradition,  the  book  is  organized  around  questions  of  mechanism,  ontog- 
eny, function,  and  evolutionary  history.  Chapter  1 introduces  basic  nomenclature  and  con- 
cepts in  animal  communication  and  bird  song  in  particular.  Chapter  2 provides  an  overview 
of  the  physiological  and  neural  mechanisms  of  song  production.  This  chapter  provides  a 
broad,  basic  introduction  to  the  neuroethology  of  bird  song.  Chapter  3 describes  the  phe- 
nomenon of  song  learning.  Again,  the  chapter  is  a solid  basic  introduction  to  the  area. 
Chapter  4 rounds  out  the  discussion  of  proximate  causation  in  bird  song  in  reviewing  how 
sound  transmission  affects  singing  behavior.  This  part  of  the  book  provides  excellent  intro- 
ductions, but  many  readers  will  want  to  follow  up  the  primary  literature. 

In  the  remaining  chapters  of  the  book,  the  authors’  expertise  truly  comes  to  the  fore  in 
examining  functional  causation  of  song  behavior.  It  is  here  that  bird  song  is  most  explicitly 
considered  a product  of  inter-  and  intra-sexual  selection.  Chapter  5 answers  the  question  of 
which  birds  sing  and  when  do  they  do  it.  Chapter  6 focuses  on  male-male  competition  and 
territory  defense  in  the  evolution  of  singing  behavior.  Chapter  7 examines  mate  choice  and 
the  role  of  female  song  preferences  in  the  evolution  of  song  complexity.  Chapter  8 is  an 
examination  of  the  variety  of  songs  and  singing  behaviors  among  species  and  describes 
competing  hypotheses  for  the  evolution  of  such  complexity.  Chapter  9 addresses  geographic 
variation  in  bird  songs  and  the  evolution  of  dialects.  This  second  section  of  the  book  pro- 
vides a balanced  view  of  the  debates  and  controversies  that  have  colored  the  field.  The 
section  also  provides  an  excellent  summary  of  the  data  we  have  supporting  the  functions 
of  bird  song:  mate  attraction  and  territory  defense.  On  the  whole,  no  other  publication  on 
the  topic  has  brought  together  such  a wide  body  of  literature. 

In  summary,  “Bird  Song”  is  the  most  complete  and  approachable  review  of  the  field  to 
date.  Although  many  experts  may  find  that  their  particular  area  has  not  been  covered  as 
thoroughly  as  they  would  have  liked,  or  their  favorite  species  has  not  been  used  as  an 
example,  they  will  not  question  the  books  breadth  and  utility.  I plan  to  hand  a copy  to  any 
student  interested  in  starting  research  in  the  area.  This  handsome  and  affordable  volume 

should  complement  the  bookshelf  of  anyone  interested  in  bird  behaviour. Scott  Mac- 

Dougall-Shackleton. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  BLUEBIRD  SOCIETY 
RESEARCH  GRANTS— 1997 


The  North  American  Bluebird  Society  announces  the  13th  annual  grants  in  aid  for  orni- 
thological research  directed  toward  cavity-nesting  species  of  North  America  with  emphasis 
on  the  genus  Sialia.  Presently  three  grants  of  single  or  multiple  awards  are  awarded  and 
include; 

BLUEBIRD  RESEARCH  GRANT 

Available  to  student,  professional  or  individual  researcher  for  a research  project  focused 
on  any  of  the  three  species  of  bluebird  in  the  genus  Sialia. 

GENERAL  RESEARCH  GRANT 

Available  to  student,  professional  or  individual  researcher  for  a research  project  focused 
on  any  North  American  cavity-nesting  species. 

STUDENT  RESEARCH  GRANT 

Available  to  full-time  college  or  university  students  for  a research  project  focused  on  any 
North  American  cavity-nesting  species. 

Further  guidelines  and  application  materials  are  available  upon  request  from: 

Kevin  L.  Berner 
Research  Committee  Chairman 
College  of  Agriculture  and  Technology 
State  University  of  New  York 
Cobleskill,  New  York  12043 

Completed  applications  must  be  received  by  December  1,  1996;  funding  decisions  will  be 
announced  by  January  15,  1997. 

1996  NABS  RESEARCH  AWARDS 

The  North  American  Bluebird  Society  is  pleased  to  announce  the  results  of  its  12th  annual 
research  grant’s  program.  The  following  individuals  are  recipients  of  the  1996  research  awards: 

BLUEBIRD  GRANTS 

Kristina  M.  Hannam,  University  of  Miami.  Title:  Effects  of  Blowfly  Ectoparasites  on  Eastern 
Bluebird  Reproductive  Success. 

STUDENT  GRANTS 

Karl  E.  Miller.  University  of  Florida.  Title:  Nest-site  Selection  and  Reproductive  Success 
of  Secondary  Cavity  Nesting  Birds  in  Thinned  and  Unthinned  Slash  Pine  Forests  in 

Florida. 

Paul  Doherty,  Ohio  State  University.  Title;  Metapopulation  Dynamics  ot  a Permanent  Res- 
ident Forest-dwelling  Bird  Species  Within  a Fragmented  Landscape;  Empirical  Data  and 
Dynamic  Programming  Models. 

Elena  V.  Pravosudova,  Ohio  State  University.  Title:  The  Effect  of  Forest  Fragmentation  on 
Social  Structure  of  the  Tufted  Titmouse. 

GENERAL  GRANTS 

Archibald  McCallum,  College  of  Charleston.  Title;  Reproductive  Performance  of  Flam- 
mulated  Owls  in  the  Jemez  Mountains,  New  Mexico. 


602 


603 


GRADUATE  AND  POST-GRADUATE  RESEARCH  GRANTS 

^ The  Biological  Research  Station  of  the  Edmund  Niles  Huyck  Preserve  offers  grants  (max. 
- $2,500)  to  support  biological  research  which  utilizes  the  resources  of  the  Preserve.  Among 
the  research  areas  supported  are  basic  and  applied  ecology,  animal  behavior,  systematics, 
evolution,  and  conservation.  The  2000  acre  Preserve  is  located  on  the  Helderberg  Plateau, 
30  miles  southwest  of  Albany.  Habitats  include  northeast  hardwood-hemlock  forests,  conifer 
plantations,  old  fields,  permanent  and  intermittent  streams,  10  and  100  acre  lakes  and  several 
waterfalls.  Facilities  include  a wet  and  dry  lab,  library,  and  houses/cabins  for  researchers. 
Deadline  - February  1,  1997.  Application  material  may  be  obtained  from  Dr.  Richard  L. 
Wyman,  Executive  Director,  EN  Huyck  Preserve  and  Biological  Research  Station,  PO.  Box 
189,  Rensselaerville,  NY  12147. 


THE  ATLAS  OF  SOUTHERN  AFRICAL  BIRDS 

Preparation  of  the  manuscript  for  The  Atlas  of  Southern  African  Birds  is  nearing  comple- 
tion. The  Southern  African  Bird  Atlas  Project  covers  Botswana,  Lesotho,  Namibia,  South 
Africa,  Swaziland  and  Zimbabwe.  Based  on  seven  million  distribution  records,  this  is  the 
largest  biodiversity  project  m Africa.  The  1600-page,  two- volume  atlas  contains  distribution 
maps  and  texts  for  700  species;  for  many,  the  ranges  are  strikingly  different  from  those 
shown  in  current  fieldguides  and  handbooks.  200  vagrants  are  also  covered.  To  receive 
publication  information,  write  to  the  Avian  Demography  Unit,  University  of  Cape  Town, 
Rondebosch,  7700  South  Africa,  email  adu@maths.uct.ac.za  or  access  the  Avian  Demog- 
raphy Unit’s  pages  at  http;//www.uct.ac.za/depts/stats/adu/ 


ERRATUM 

The  color  frontispiece  of  Chlorostilbon  olivaresi  in  the  March  1996  issue  of  The  Wilson 
Bulletin  was  painted  by  Eugenia  Brieva,  staff  artist  of  the  Instituto  de  Ciencias  Naturales 
Umversidad  Nacional  de  Colombia. 


INFORMATION  FOR  AUTHORS 


The  Wilson  Bulletin  publishes  significant  research  and  review  articles  in  the  field  of 
ornithology.  Mss  are  accepted  for  review  with  the  understanding  that  the  same  or  similar 
work  has  not  been  and  will  not  be  published  nor  is  presently  submitted  elsewhere,  that  all 
persons  listed  as  authors  have  given  their  approval  for  submission  of  the  ms,  and  that  any 
person  cited  as  a personal  communication  has  approved  such  citation.  All  mss  should  be 
submitted  directly  to  the  Editor. 

Text. Manuscripts  should  be  prepared  carefully  in  the  format  of  this  issue  of  The  Wilson 

Bulletin.  Mss  will  be  returned  without  review  if  they  are  not  properly  prepared.  They 
should  be  neatly  typed,  double-spaced  throughout  (including  tables,  figure  legends,  and 
“Literature  cited”),  with  at  least  3 cm  margins  all  around,  and  on  one  side  of  good  quality 
8.5"  X 1 1"  paper.  Do  not  use  erasable  bond.  Mss  typed  on  low-quality  dot-matrix  printers 
are  not  acceptable.  The  ms  should  include  a cover  sheet  (unnumbered)  with  the  following; 

( 1 ) Title,  (2)  Authors,  their  institutions,  and  addresses,  (3)  Name,  address,  and  phone  number 
of  author  to  receive  proof,  (4)  A brief  title  for  use  as  a running  head.  All  pages  of  the  text 
through  the  “Literature  cited”  should  be  numbered,  and  the  name  of  the  author  should 
appear  in  the  upper  right-hand  corner  of  each.  The  text  should  begin  in  the  middle  of  the 
first  numbered  page.  Three  copies  should  be  submitted.  Xerographic  copies  are  acceptable 
if  they  are  clearly  readable  and  on  good  quality  paper. 

Tables. Tables  are  expensive  to  print  and  should  be  prepared  only  if  they  are  necessary. 

Do  not  repeat  material  in  the  text  in  tables.  Tables  should  be  narrow  and  deep  rather  than 
wide  and  shallow.  Double  space  all  entries  in  tables,  including  titles.  Do  not  use  vertical 
rules.  Use  tables  in  a recent  issue  of  the  Bulletin  as  examples  of  style  and  format.  Tables 
should  be  typed  on  separate  unnumbered  pages  and  placed  at  the  end  of  the  ms. 

Illustrations  must  be  readable  (particularly  lettering)  when  reduced  in  size. 
Final  size  will  usually  be  11.4  cm  wide.  Illustrations  larger  than  22  X 28  cm  will  not  be 
accepted,  and  should  be  reduced  photographically  before  submission.  Legends  for  all  figures 
should  be  typed  on  a separate  page.  Photographs  should  be  clear,  of  good  contrast,  and  on 
glossy  paper.  Drawings  should  be  in  India  ink  on  good  drawing  board,  drafting  paper,  or 
blue-lined  graph  paper.  Figures  produced  by  high-quality  laser  printers  may  be  acceptable. 
All  lettering  should  be  done  with  a lettering  instrument  or  printer.  Do  not  use  typewriter 
lettering  and  do  not  submit  figures  having  adhesive  transfer  letters  affixed  to  them.  Designate 
the  top  of  each  illustration  and  label  (on  the  back  in  soft  pencil)  with  author  s name,  ms 
title,  and  figure  number.  Submit  two  duplicates  or  readable  xerographic  copies  of  each  figure 
as  well  as  the  original  or  high-contrast  glossy  photo  of  the  original. 

Authors  of  accepted  papers  are  urged  to  submit  voucher  photographs  of  their  work  to 
Visual  Resources  for  Ornithology  (VIREO)  at  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia. Accession  numbers  from  VIREO  will  then  be  published  within  appropriate  sections 
of  the  paper  to  facilitate  access  to  the  photographs  in  subsequent  years. 

Style  and  format.— The  current  issue  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin  should  be  used  as  a guide 
for  preparing  your  ms;  all  mss  must  be  submitted  in  that  format.  For  general  matters  of 
.style  authors  should  consult  the  “CBE  Style  Manual,”  5th  ed..  Council  of  Biology  Editors, 
Inc.,  Bethesda,  MD,  1983.  Do  not  use  footnotes  or  more  than  two  levels  of  subject  sub- 
headings. Except  in  rare  circumstances,  major  papers  should  be  preceded  by  an  abstract,  not 
to  exceed  5%  of  the  length  of  the  ms.  Abstracts  should  be  informative  rather  than  indicative, 
and  should  be  capable  of  standing  by  themselves.  Most  units  should  be  metric,  and  com- 
pound units  should  be  in  one-line  form  (i.e.,  cm-sec“‘).  The  continental  system  of  dating 
(19  Jan.  1950)  and  the  24  hour  clock  (09:00,  22:00)  should  be  used,  and  the  Standard  Time 
Specified  (e.g.,  ESX  for  Eastern  Standard  Time)  at  first  reterence. 

References. — In  both  major  papers  and  general  notes,  if  more  than  four  references  are 
cited,  they  should  be  included  in  a terminal  “Literature  cited”  section.  Include  only  refer- 


604 


INFORMATION  FOR  AUTHORS 


605 


ences  cited  in  the  ms,  and  only  material  available  in  the  open  literature.  (“In-house”  reports 
and  the  like  should  not  be  cited.)  Use  recent  issues  of  the  Bulletin  for  style,  and  the  most 
recent  issue  of  “BIOSIS,”  BioScience  Information  Service,  Philadelphia,  PA,  for  abbrevi- 
ations of  periodical  names.  If  in  doubt,  do  not  abbreviate  serial  names.  Manuscripts  with 
fewer  than  five  references  should  be  cited  internally,  e.g.,  (Sprenkle  and  Blem,  Wilson  Bull. 
96:184-195)  or  Sprenkle  and  Blem  (Wilson  Bull.  96:184-195). 

Nomenclature.— Common  names  and  technical  names  of  birds  should  be  those  given  in 
the  1983  A.O.U.  Check-list  (and  supplements  as  may  appear)  unless  justification  is  given. 
For  other  species  the  Bulletin  uses  the  common  names  in  Sibley  and  Monroe,  “Distribution 
and  Taxonomy  of  Birds  of  the  World.”  Common  names  of  birds  should  be  capitalized.  The 
scientific  name  should  be  given  at  first  mention  of  a species  both  in  the  abstract  and  in  the 


text. 

The  editor  welcomes  queries  concerning  style  and  format  during  your  preparation  of  mss 
for  submission  to  the  Bulletin. — Charles  R.  Blem,  Editor. 


This  issue  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin  was  published  on  4 October  1996. 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 


Editor  Charles  R.  Blem 


Editorial  Board  Kathy  G.  Beal 


Department  of  Biology 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University 
816  Park  Avenue 
Richmond,  Virginia  23284-2012 


Richard  N.  Conner 
Thomas  M.  Haggerty 
John  A.  Smallwood 


Review  Editor  WiLl.lAM  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


127  East  Street 

Eoxboro,  Massachusetts  02035 


Assistant  Editors  Leann  Blem 

Albert  E.  Conway 


Index  Editor  Kathy  G.  Beal 


616  Xenia  Avenue 
Yellow  Springs,  Ohio  45387 


Suggestions  to  Authors 

See  Wilson  Bulletin,  108:395—396,  1995  for  more  detailed  “Information  for  Authors.” 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  in  The  Wilson  Bulletin,  should  be  submitted  in  triplicate, 
neatly  typewritten,  double-spaced,  with  at  least  3 cm  margins,  and  on  one  side  only  of  good 
quality  white  paper.  Do  not  submit  xerographic  copies  that  are  made  on  slick,  heavy  paper.  Tables 
should  be  typed  on  separate  sheets,  and  should  be  narrow  and  deep  rather  than  wide  and  shallow. 
Follow'  the  AOU  Check-list  (Sixth  Edition,  1983)  insofar  as  scientific  names  of  U.S.,  Canadian, 
Mexican,  Central  American,  and  West  Indian  birds  are  concerned.  Abstracts  of  major  papers 
should  be  brief  but  quotable.  In  both  Major  Papers  and  Short  Communications,  where  fewer  than 
5 papers  are  cited,  the  citations  may  be  included  in  the  text.  Follow  carefully  the  style  used  in 
this  issue  in  listing  the  literature  cited;  otherwise,  follow  the  “CBE  Style  Manual”  (AIBS,  1983). 
Photographs  for  illustrations  should  have  good  contrast  and  be  on  glossy  paper.  Submit  prints 
unmounted  and  attach  to  each  a brief  but  adequate  legend.  Do  not  write  heavily  on  the  backs  of 
photographs.  Diagrams  and  line  drawings  should  be  in  black  ink  and  their  lettering  large  enough 
to  permit  reduction.  Original  figures  or  photographs  submitted  must  be  smaller  than  22  X 28  cm. 
Alterations  in  copy  after  the  type  has  been  set  must  be  charged  to  the  author. 


Notice  of  Change  of  Address 


If  your  address  changes,  notify  the  Society  immediately.  Send  your  complete  new  address  to 
Ornithological  Societies  of  North  America,  P.O.  Box  1897,  Lawrence,  KS  66044-8897. 

The  permanent  mailing  address  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  is:  c/o  The  Museum  of 
Zoology.  The  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Persons  having  business  with 
any  of  the  officers  may  address  them  at  their  various  addresses  given  on  the  back  of  the  front 
cover,  and  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Bulletin  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Editor. 


Member.ship  Inquirie-S 


Membership  inquiries  should  be  sent  to  Dr.  John  Smallwood.  Dept,  of  Biology,  Montclair  State 
Univ.,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 


CONTENTS 


MAJOR  PAPERS 

A NEW  GENUS  AND  SPECIES  OF  FURNARIID  (AVES:  FURNARIIDAE)  FROM  THE  COCOA-GROWING  REGION 

OF  SOUTHEASTERN  BAHIA,  BRAZIL  - 

Jose  Fernando  Pacheco,  Bret  M.  Whitney,  and  Luiz  Gonzaga 

THE  NEST  AND  NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORNIS  FONSECAl  (FURNARIIDAE),  WITH  IMPLICATIONS 
FOR  INTRAFAMILIAL  RELATIONSHIPS  

Bret  M.  Whitney,  Jose  Fernando  Pacheco,  Paulo  Sergio  Moreira  da  Fonseca,  and 

Robert  H.  Barth,  Jr. 


WOODPECKER  EXCAVATION  AND  USE  OF  CAVITIES  IN  POLYSTYRENE  SNAGS  

Richard  N.  Conner  and  Daniel  Saenz 

NESTING  SUCCESS  OF  THE  PROTHONOTARY  WARBLER  IN  THE  UPPER  MISSISSIPPI  RIVER  BOTTOMLANDS 

David  J.  Flaspohler 

FACTORS  AFFECTING  FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLING  BLACK-THROATED  BLUE  WARBLERS  — 

Catherine  O’Neill  Goodbred  and  Richard  T.  Holmes 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  AND  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  THE  BAHAMA  SWALLOW  Paul  E.  Allen 

NEOTROPICAL  MIGRATORY  BREEDING  BIRD  COMMUNITIES  IN  RIPARIAN  FORESTS  OF  DIFFERENT  WIDTHS 

ALONG  THE  ALTAMAHA  RIVER,  GEORGIA  - 

Malcolm  F.  Hodges,  Jr.  and  David  G.  Krementz 

DAWN  AND  DUSK  SINGING  OF  MALE  AMERICAN  ROBINS  IN  RELATION  TO  FEMALE  BEHAVIOR  — 

Tore  Slagsvold 


BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  CRESTED  CARACARA  IN  SOUTH  TEXAS 


Vanessa  M.  Dickinson  and  Keith  A.  Arnold 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  JABIRU  IN  THE  SOUTHERN  LLANOS  OF  VENEZUELA  

Jose  A.  Gonzalez 

EFFECT  OF  EGG  SIZE  ON  PREDATION  BY  WHITE-FOOTED  MICE  ....  R.  M.  DeGraaf  and  T.  J.  Maier 

CAN  CHECKLIST  PROGRAMS  BE  USED  TO  MONITOR  POPULATIONS  OF  BIRDS  RECORDED  DURING  THE 
MIGRATION  SEASON? Erica  H.  Dunn,  Jacques  Larivee,  and  Andre  Cyr 

EFFECT  OF  MATE  REMOVAL  ON  SINGING  BEHAVIOR  AND  MOVEMENT  PATTERNS  OF  FEMALE  NORTHERN 

David  B.  McElrov  and  Gary  Ritchison 


CARDINALS 


RADIO  TELEMETRY  DOCUMENTS  24-HOUR  FEEDING  ACTIVITY  OF  WINTERING  LESSER  SCAUP  

Christine  M.  Custer,  Thomas  W.  Custer,  and  Daniel  W.  Sparks 

BODY  MASS  AND  CARCASS  COMPOSITION  OF  FALL  MIGRANT  OLDSQUAWS  

James  O.  Leafloor,  John  E.  Thompson,  and  C.  Davison  Ankney 

AVIAN  NEST-SITE  SELECTION  AND  NESTING  SUCCESS  IN  TWO  FLORIDA  CITRUS  GROVES  

Mary  Crowe  Mitchell,  Louis  B.  Best,  and  James  P.  Gionfriddo 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

EXPONENTIAL  POPULATION  GROWTH  OF  MONK  PARAKEETS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  

Sunshine  Van  Bael  and  Stephen  Pruett-Jones 

FOREST  GAP  USE  BY  BREEDING  BLACK-THROATED  GREEN  WARBLERS  

Robert  Smith  and  Matthew  Dallman 

COURTSHIP  BEHAVIOR  OF  GOLDEN-CHEEKED  WARBLERS  Mark  W.  LockwOod 

ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE  


397 

434 

449 

457 

467 

480 

496 

507 

5)6 

524 

535 

540 

550 

556 

561 

512 

58^ 

58S 

591 

59; 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  WILSON  ORNITHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 


VOL.  108,  NO.  4 DECEMBER  1996  PAGES  607-848 

(ISSN  0043-5643) 


The  Wilson  Oknithological  Society 
Founded  December  3,  1888 

Named  after  ALEXANDER  WILSON,  the  first  American  Ornithologist. 

President— Keith  L.  Bildstein,  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary,  RR  2,  Box  191,  Kempton,  Pennsylvania 
19529-9449. 

First  Vice-President — Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  Department  of  Biology,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University, 
Delaware,  Ohio  43015. 

Second  Vice-President- — John  C.  Kricher,  Biology  Department,  Wheaton  College,  Norton,  Mas- 
sachusetts 02766. 

Eflitor — Charles  R.  Blem,  Department  of  Biology,  Virginia  Commonwealth  University,  P.O.  Box 
842012,  Richmond,  Virginia  23284-2012. 

Secretary — John  A.  Smallwood,  Department  of  Biology,  Montclair  State  University,  Upper  Mont- 
clair, New  Jersey  07043. 

Treasurer — Doris  J.  Watt,  Department  of  Biology,  Saint  Mary’s  College,  Notre  Dame,  Indiana 
46556. 

Elected  Council  Members — Carol  A.  Corbat  and  William  E.  Davis  (terms  expire  1997),  and 
Margaret  C.  Brittingham  and  Herbert  T.  Hendrickson  (terms  expire  1998),  Peter  C.  Frederick 
and  Danny  J.  Ingold  (terms  expire  1999). 

Membership  dues  per  calendar  year  are:  Active,  $21.00;  Student,  $15.00;  Family,  $25.00;  Sus- 
taining, $30.00;  Life  memberships  $500  (payable  in  four  installments). 

The  Wll.soN  Buli.ETIN  is  sent  to  all  members  not  in  arrears  for  dues. 

The  Jossei.yn  Van  Tyne  Memoriai.  Library 

The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society,  housed  in  the 
University  of  Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  was  established  in  concurrence  with  the  University 
of  Michigan  in  1930.  Until  1947  the  Library  was  maintained  entirely  by  gifts  and  bequests  of 
books,  reprints,  and  ornithological  magazines  from  members  and  friends  of  the  Society.  Two  mem- 
bers have  generously  established  a fund  for  the  purchase  of  new  books;  members  and  friends  are 
invited  to  maintain  the  fund  by  regular  contribution,  thus  making  available  to  all  Society  members 
the  more  important  new  books  on  ornithology  and  related  subjects.  The  fund  will  be  administered 
by  the  Library  Committee,  which  will  be  happy  to  receive  suggestions  on  the  choice  of  new  books 
to  be  added  to  the  Library.  William  A.  Limk,  University  Museums,  University  of  Michigan,  is 
Chairman  of  the  Committee.  The  Library  currently  receives  195  periodicals  as  gifts  and  in  ex- 
change for  The  Wilson  Bulletin.  With  the  usual  exception  of  rare  books,  any  item  in  the  Library 
may  be  borrowed  by  members  of  the  Society  and  will  be  sent  prepaid  (by  the  University  of 
Michigan)  to  any  address  in  the  United  States,  its  possessions,  or  Canada.  Return  postage  is  paid 
by  the  borrower.  Iiupiiries  and  requests  by  borrowers,  as  well  as  gifts  of  books,  pamphlets,  reprints, 
and  magazines,  should  be  addressed  to:  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  Library,  University  of 
Michigan  Museum  of  Zoology,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Contributions  to  the  New  Book  Fund 
should  be  sent  to  the  Treasurer  (small  sums  in  stamps  are  acceptable). 


The  Wilson  Bulletin 
(ISSN  0043-5643) 

the  WILSON  BULLETIN  (ISSN  OOTI-.SM.'i)  is  [Iiihlished  (|uartcrly  in  March,  June.  Septenilx-r,  and  Deceniher  hy  the  Wilson 
Ornilholopieal  Society.  810  East  lOth  Street.  Lawrence.  KS  600+t-8897.  The  suhscription  price,  holh  iti  the  United  States  and 
elsewhi-re.  is  $-K).(K)  per  year.  Periodicals  postage  paid  at  Lawrence.  KS.  POS'I’M ASTER;  Sen<l  address  ehaiiftes  to  THE  WILSON 
BULLETIN.  P.O.  Box  1897.  Liwrenee.  KS  OOOI-t-8897. 

Back  issues  or  sinule  copies  are  available  for  SI 2.00  each.  Most  hack  issues  of  the  HuUetin  are  availahle  and  may  he  ordered 
from  ifte  Treasurer.  Special  prices  will  he  ipioteil  for  ipiantity  orders. 

All  articles  and  eommunieutions  for  piihlieations.  hooks  and  puhlications  for  reviews  should  he  addressed  to  the  Editor.  Ex- 
chanpes  should  he  addressed  to  The  Josselyn  Van  Tyne  Memorial  l.ihrary.  Museum  of  Zoolopy.  Ann  Arhor.  Miehipan -18109. 

Suhscriplions.  ehanpes  of  adilress  and  ejaims  for  undelivered  copies  sh(aild  he  sent  to  the  OSNA,  P.O.  Box  189,.  Isiwrenee. 
KS  (.(,01-1-8897.  Phone:  (91.1)  81.1-1221:  EAX;  (91.1)  8-1.1- 1 27-1. 

© Copyright  1996  by  the  Wikson  Ornithological  Society 
Printed  by  Allen  Press,  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044,  U.S.A. 


@ This  paper  meets  the  requirements  of  ANSi/NISO  Z39.48-1992  (Permanence  of  Paper). 


Frontispiece.  The  frontispiece  painting  by  Patrick  Ching  has  been  made  possible  by  an 
endowment  established  by  George  Miksch  Sutton. 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN 

A QUARTERLY  MAGAZINE  OF  ORNITHOLOGY 
Published  by  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society 


VoL.  108,  No.  4 December  1996  Pages  607-848 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  607-619 


DESCRIPTION  OF  ADULTS,  EGGSHELLS,  NESTLING, 
FLEDGLING,  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULI 

Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,‘  Thane  K.  Pratt,^ 

Cameron  B.  Kepler,^  A.  Marie  Ecton,"^  and 
Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch^ 

Abstract. — The  Poo-uli  (Melamprosops  phaeosoma),  a Hawaiian  honeycreeper  discov- 
ered on  the  island  of  Maui  in  1973  and  now  near  extinction,  is  represented  in  museums  by 
only  two  specimens.  Based  on  the  first  observations  of  a nesting  pair  and  re-examination 
of  the  two  specimens,  we  describe  the  adult  male  and  female,  eggshells,  nestling,  and 
fledgling  Poo-uli.  Poo-uli  are  sexually  monochromatic  but  males  are  brighter.  The  male  is 
brown  above,  whitish  below,  and  has  an  extensive  black  mask  bordered  with  gray  on  the 
crown  and  a distinct  white  auricular  patch.  The  female  differs  in  having  a similar  facial 
pattern  not  as  sharply  demarked  and  in  having  a grayish  wash  below.  The  observed  fledgling 
resembled  the  adults  but  was  paler  brown  above  and  whitish  below  and  had  a much  smaller 
black  mask  and  pale  mandible.  We  tentatively  assigned  both  museum  specimens  to  first 
basic  plumage  because  they  resembled  the  adult  female  but  retained  some  pale  Juvenal 
coloration  in  the  mandible.  We  also  determined  from  dissection  that  the  holotype  was  an 
immature  male;  we  could  not  determine  sex  of  the  paratype.  The  nest  was  an  open  cup  of 
twigs  and  bryophytes  with  a thin  lining  of  fern  rootlets.  The  nest  contained  eggshell  frag- 
ments with  brown-gray  speckling  against  a whitish  background.  The  nests,  eggshells,  and 
nestlings  resemble  those  of  other  Hawaiian  honey  creepers.  Received  1 Dec.  1995,  accepted 
27  May  1996. 

The  Poo-uli  {Melamprosops  phaeosoma),  discovered  on  the  island  of 
Maui  in  1973,  is  the  most  recent,  and  presumably  last,  described  extant 


' Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum,  P.O.  Box  19000- A,  Honolulu,  Hawaii,  96817.  Present  address:  Ducks  Un- 
limited, Inc.,  3074  Gold  Canal  Dr.,  Rancho  Cordova,  California  95670. 

^National  Biological  Service,  Hawaii  Field  Station,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718. 

^ NBS,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718.  Present  address:  NBS,  Southeast  Research 
Station,  Wamell  Sch.  Forest  Res. — Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia  30602-2152. 

NBS,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718.  Present  address:  Biology  Dept.,  Univ.  of 
Miami,  P.O.  Box  24918,  Coral  Gables,  Florida  33124-0421. 

’NBS,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718.  Present  address:  6018  Royal  Creek,  San 
Antonio,  Texas  78239. 


607 


608 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


genus  and  species  of  Hawaiian  bird  (Casey  and  Jacobi  1974).  Despite 
doubts  about  its  systematic  affinities  (Pratt  1992),  initial  genetic  compar- 
isons (C.  Tarr  and  R.  Fleischer,  pers.  comm.)  suggest  placement  of  the 
Poo-uli  within  the  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  (Fringillidae:  Drepanidini). 
Several  studies  have  investigated  aspects  of  the  morphology,  life  history, 
and  conservation  status  of  this  endangered  bird  (Bock  1978,  Baldwin  and 
Casey  1983,  Scott  et  al.  1986,  Engilis  1990,  Mountainspring  et  al.  1990, 
Kepler  et  al.  1996). 

The  original  description  of  the  Poo-uli  was  based  on  two  specimens  of 
unknown  age,  identified  as  “males  (?);”  no  others  have  been  collected. 
Subsequent  field  research  has  not  investigated  age  and  sex  differences  in 
plumage  and  soft  parts.  No  nests  had  been  found  until  recently.  In  1986, 
Kepler  et  al.  (1996)  studied  two  sequential  nesting  attempts  by  a pair  of 
Poo-uli  in  the  Hanawi  Natural  Area  Reserve,  Maui.  This  provided  an 
opportunity  to  describe  the  adults,  nestlings,  fledgling,  and  nests  observed. 
We  compare  these  descriptions  with  the  two  museum  specimens,  with 
other  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  and,  when  appropriate,  with  cardueline 
finches,  the  group  from  which  the  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  are  thought 
to  have  evolved  (James  and  Olson  1991). 

METHODS 

Details  on  the  study  site  and  nesting  events  are  given  in  Kepler  et  al.  (1996),  and  a map 
of  the  study  area  is  provided  in  Moutainspring  et  al.  (1990)  and  of  the  nest  site  in  Engilis 
(1990).  Our  descriptions  of  Poo-uli  are  based  on  (1)  repeated  field  observations  by  Engilis 
and  Kepler  with  color  names  quoted  from  written  notes  and  (2)  sketches  by  Engilis  and 
artist  Patrick  Ching.  We  observed  birds  at  the  nests  from  distances  of  40  m (nest  #1)  and 
18  m (nest  #2)  through  binoculars  (Leitz  lOX),  spotting  telescope  (Bushnell  Spacemaster 
20-60X,  nest  #1)  or  Questar  telescope  (SOX,  nest  #2)  (Kepler  et  al.  1996).  Though  events 
at  nest  #2  were  photographed,  the  pictures  taken  were  only  marginally  useful  for  plumage 
description.  Both  nests  were  collected  and  measured  on  16  June  1986,  treated  by  Berlese 
extraction  on  16-18  June,  and  deposited  at  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum,  Hawaii,  with  the 
catalog  numbers  of  BPBM  162151  for  nest  #1  and  its  eggshell  fragments  and  BPBM  162152 
for  nest  #2.  We  examined  the  nests  and  holotype  specimen  (BBM-X-1471 12)  at  Bishop 
Museum;  M.  LeCroy  examined  the  paratype  (AMNH  810456)  at  The  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History  (AMNH),  New  York.  We  also  examined  two  enlarged  black-and-white 
photographs  comparing  both  specimens  soon  after  preparation  and  held  by  the  AMNH  Bird 
Dept.  Library.  The  photographs  lacked  identifying  numbers. 

RESULTS 

Adult  Male 

Of  the  two  adults  tending  the  nest,  we  assume  that  the  brighter-colored 
bird  was  the  male  parent  because  it  sang  and  courted  the  drab  bird,  fed 
the  drab  bird  and  chicks,  but  did  not  incubate  or  brood.  Also,  for  all  other 


Engilis  et  al.  • PLUMAGES  AND  NEST  OE  THE  POO-ULI 


609 


Hawaiian  honeycreepers,  male  plumage  is  either  brighter  than  or  similar 
to  female  plumage  (Freed  et  al.  1987). 

Face. — Face  with  a distinctive  black  mask.  Mask  triangular,  crisply 
bordered,  extending  from  the  forehead  and  chin,  around  the  eye,  to  a 
point  beyond  the  eye  and  bounded  above  by  a gray  crown  and  below  by 
a white  auricular  patch. 

Upperparts. — Crown  behind  mask  gray,  merging  on  the  nape  to  dark 
brown.  Back  dark  brown.  Scapulars  and  wing  coverts  dark  rufous  brown. 
Primaries  and  secondaries  dark  brown  with  blackish  shafts,  outer  margin 
of  primaries  buff.  Rump  and  upper  tail  coverts  rufous-brown.  Tail  dark 
brown  edged  rufous,  so  short  as  to  be  mostly  hidden  by  the  folded  wings, 
not  tapered,  notched,  the  feathers  lax  and  pointed. 

Underparts. — Auricular  patch  distinct,  creamy  white  continuing  onto 
the  throat,  bordered  by  gray  of  the  upper  flanks.  Chin  black.  Throat  white. 
Breast  white,  washed  with  light  gray.  Belly  white,  merging  with  deep 
cinnamon  undertail  coverts.  Flanks,  forward  white  washed  with  gray,  pos- 
teriorly becoming  more  grayish  tinged  buff,  then  cinnamon.  Leg  feath- 
ering cinnamon.  Undersides  of  the  primaries  silver-gray. 

Bill  glossy  black,  appearing  bluish  at  a distance.  Iris  medium  brown. 
Legs  and  feet  dark  pink-brown;  foot  pads  yellowish. 

Adult  Female 

We  assume  that  the  drab  bird  at  the  nest  was  the  female,  because  she 
incubated  and  brooded  but  did  not  sing.  She  was  similar  to  but  duller 
than  the  male,  differing  as  follows.  Black  mask  smaller,  more  grayish. 
Pale  auricular  patch  suffused  with  gray  and  less  sharply  bounded.  Throat 
white  suffused  with  gray,  but  breast  and  sides  to  anterior  belly  gray. 
Flanks  more  washed  with  gray,  becoming  golden  cinnamon  where  they 
met  the  primaries.  Leg  feathering  gray.  Undertail  coverts  buff-gray  with 
darker  tips.  Bill,  iris  and  legs  same  as  the  male.  Gape  black,  anterior  roof 
of  palate  pink.  Neither  adult  showed  signs  of  pox  lesions  or  scars. 

Nestlings 

Three  nestlings  were  observed,  one  in  nest  #1,  two  in  nest  #2.  We  saw 
nestlings  best  on  20-22  May  at  nest  #2  when  the  oldest  chick  was  ca 
10-12  days  old.  Only  their  heads  could  be  seen,  covered  with  medium 
gray  natal  down;  we  could  not  see  a black  mask.  The  head  of  the  smaller 
(younger?)  chick,  when  first  seen  on  21  May,  appeared  “mottled”  black 
and  gray.  For  both  chicks,  the  iris  was  blackish  and  the  bill  light  gray 
with  bright  yellow  rim  and  red  spot  at  the  corner  of  the  gape;  inside  the 
mouth  was  reddish  pink.  On  29  May  at  ca  19  days-old  and  2 days  prior 


610 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Fig.  1.  Detail  of  Poo-uli  chick  on  29  May,  ca  19  days  of  age  and  two  days  prior  to 
fledging.  Note  small  mask.  Tracing  from  field  sketch  by  A.  Engilis,  Jr. 

to  fledging,  bill  with  maxilla  slate-gray  and  mandible  underside  whitish- 
cream.  Tongue  pink. 


Fledgling 

Of  the  three  chicks  observed,  one  fledged.  The  fledgling  resembled  the 
adults,  but  its  mask  was  smaller  and  body  plumage  paler  brown,  with  less 
rufous  and  cinnamon.  The  small  mask  was  bounded  by  the  dorsal  ridge 
of  the  bill,  distal  corner  of  the  eye,  and  the  bill  just  below  the  gape,  and 
did  not  extend  onto  the  chin  (Fig.  1).  The  whitish  auricular  patch  merged 
ventrally  with  the  darker  throat,  rather  than  being  sharply  outlined.  (This 
description  was  corroborated  on  30  August  1994,  when  a juvenile  Poo- 
uli  being  fed  by  its  parents  was  observed  to  have  a mask  “less  distinct 
than  the  adults,  perhaps  more  gray  in  color”  M.  Reynolds  and  T Snet- 
singer,  pers.  comm.). 

Upperparts. — Crown  and  nape  gray-brown,  merging  with  brown  back. 
Back,  scapulars,  wing  coverts  medium  brown  tinged  with  buff.  Rump 
brown  with  cinnamon  edging,  wings  and  tail  dark  brown  without  rufous 
edging.  We  did  not  record  obvious  wing  bars  (paler  tips  of  median  or 
greater  wing  coverts  or  both),  but  these  could  have  been  indistinct  and 
not  noticed  or  absent  altogether. 

Underparts. — Inter-ramal  space  black,  chin  whitish  buff,  with  some 
black  feathering  disconnected  to  the  mask.  Throat  dingy  white.  Upper 
breast  gray  washed  with  beige.  Belly  beige.  Vent  white.  Under-tail  coverts 
cinnamon.  Flanks  like  back,  distally  becoming  cinnamon. 

Bill — Maxilla  slate  gray,  with  pale  tip.  Mandible  whitish,  with  dark 
edge  where  the  ramphotheca  meets  the  skin.  Iris  blackish.  Gape  flange 
smaller  than  nestlings’,  bright  yellow,  with  red  spot  distally  at  the  corner. 


Engilis  et  al.  • PLUMAGES  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULI  61  1 

Inside  of  mouth  reddish,  with  black  patch  on  the  roof  of  the  mouth.  Legs 
and  feet  similar  to  adults. 

Comparison  of  Observed  Birds  with  Museum  Specimens 

The  holotype  and  paratype  were  virtually  identical  in  appearance.  Cas- 
ey and  Jacobi  (1974)  described  the  paratype  as  differing  from  the  holotype 
in  (1)  its  slightly  smaller  size,  (2)  somewhat  larger  mask  “slightly  mixed 
and  stippled  with  buff,  especially  on  chin,”  (3)  “upperparts  throughout, 
including  crown,  duller  grayish  brown,”  with  less  cinnamon,  and  (4)  man- 
dible tipped  “only  slightly  lighter  in  color,  washed  with  gray  rather  than 
shell  pink.”  Photos  of  the  fresh  specimens,  held  by  AMNH  (one  pub- 
lished in  Casey  and  Jacobi  1974),  show  the  paratype’s  mandible  tip  as 
faintly  pale  and  leg  color  as  darker  than  that  of  the  holotype.  LeCroy 
(pers.  comm.)  found  that  the  stippling  in  the  mask  was  caused  by  pale 
feathers  intermixed  with  dark  ones  and  that  the  mandible  is  now  dark 
throughout. 

The  adults  and  fledgling  we  observed  resembled  in  most  respects  both 
the  holotype  and  paratype.  In  both  male  and  female,  the  bill  was  dark 
throughout  in  comparison  with  the  pale-tipped  mandible  of  both  speci- 
mens. The  adult  male  differed  most,  in  its  facial  pattern  of  greater  contrast 
and  underparts  paler,  as  described  above.  The  adult  female  differed  from 
the  specimens  perhaps  in  having  the  wings  and  tail  with  more  cinnamon 
wash  than  the  paratype  (but  not  the  holotype?).  The  fledgling  differed 
from  the  specimens  in  its  smaller  mask,  pale  buffy  breast,  and  slate-gray 
mandible,  which  in  the  two  specimens  was  dark  with  a pale  tip.  Exami- 
nation of  the  two  specimens  for  molt  revealed  that  (1)  the' holotype  either 
was  just  completing  body  molt,  with  a few  new  feathers  growing  on  the 
crown  and  mask,  or  was  not  molting  and  instead  was  replacing  feathers 
lost  through  wear  and  (2)  the  paratype  showed  no  evidence  of  molt  and 
appeared  to  be  in  fresh  plumage.  For  the  holotype,  the  distal-most  greater 
wing  covert  feather  on  the  right  wing  was  buff  rather  than  brown.  Flight 
and  tail  feathers  on  both  specimens  showed  little  wear. 

We  add  here  to  the  description  of  the  Poo-uli  specimens  (Casey  and 
Jacobi  1974).  We  attempted  with  difficulty  to  determine  the  number  of 
flight  feathers.  There  appeared  to  be  nine  primaries  and  nine  secondaries 
for  both  specimens,  and  a total  of  12  rectrices  for  the  holotype,  as  in  other 
Hawaiian  honeycreepers.  We  examined  flight  and  tail  feathers  of  both  the 
holotype  and  paratype  for  evidence  of  feather  lice,  which  occasionally 
are  found  on  other  drepanidines,  but  saw  none.  Some  of  the  black  feathers 
in  the  mask  of  the  holotype  had  brownish  centers;  the  paratype  was  not 
examined  for  this  character.  The  holotype  weighed  25.5  g (T.  Casey,  pers. 
comm.). 


612 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


We  examined  the  previously  dissected,  pickled  carcasses  of  the  two 
specimens.  We  discovered  that  the  holotype  was  an  immature  male  by 
presence  of  the  right  testis  measuring  <1  mm,  together  with  the  epidy- 
dimis  leading  posteriorly.  Sex  of  the  paratype  could  not  be  determined 
by  inspection. 

Nests 

Both  nests  were  open  cups  and  built  among  the  stems  of  leaf-bearing 
ohia-lehua  {Metrosideros  polyrnorpha  Gaud.)  branchlets  (Frontispiece). 
Distance  from  the  nest  base  (minus  nest  tail)  to  the  juncture  of  the  sup- 
porting stems  measured  60  and  70  mm  for  nests  #1  and  #2,  respectively. 
Leafy  portions  of  the  stems  framed  the  nests  on  at  least  one  side  and 
covered  the  cup  of  the  nests;  however,  the  height  and  extent  of  leafy 
cover  was  not  measured,  and  cover  was  cut  away  from  the  nests  upon 
collection.  For  both  nests,  the  branch  which  joined  the  supporting  stems 
measured  14.5  mm  in  diameter  below  the  juncture.  Supporting  stems  in- 
corporated into  the  frame  of  the  nests  were  <10  mm  diameter  and  num- 
bered 7 and  6 for  nests  #1  and  #2,  respectively. 

Dimensions  (mm)  upon  collection  for  nests  #1  and  #2  were:  (1)  outer 
diameter,  180  by  130  and  180  by  140;  (2)  outer  depth  90  and  110;  (3) 
inner  diameter,  70  by  60  and  85  by  60;  and  (4)  inner  depth  50  and  40. 
The  body  of  both  nests  was  constructed  of  bare  twigs  of  pukiawe  (Sty- 
phelia  tameameae  [Cham.  & Schlechtend.]  F.  v.  Muell.)  with  coarse  moss- 
es filling  the  spaces  between  the  twigs.  Mosses  identified  from  both  nests 
were  Homaliodendron  flabellatum  (Sm.)  Fleisch.,  Thuidium  plicatum 
Mitt.,  Trachypodopsis  auriculata  (Mitt.)  Fleisch.,  with  nest  #1  containing 
Aerobryopsis  wallicia  (Dozy  & Molk.)  Fleisch.  and  nest  #2  Floribimdaria 
floribunda  (Dozy  & Molk.)  Fleisch.  Leaves  and  stems  of  graminoids  and 
dicots  accounted  for  <5%  of  this  filling.  For  the  inner  15  mm  of  nest 
wall,  fern  rootlets  < 1 mm  thick  replaced  pukiawe  twigs  as  the  structural 
frame,  with  the  amount  of  moss  decreasing  toward  the  interior.  To  the 
internal  surface  of  this  lining  was  added  graminoid  fiber,  perhaps  Uncinia 
uncinata  (L.  Fil.)  Kukenth.,  1 mm  in  thickness.  The  resulting  lining  was 
an  open  network  of  fiber.  For  nest  #1,  which  had  been  abandoned  by  the 
parents  three  months  prior  to  collection,  mosses  of  the  nest  body  had 
expanded  into  the  cup,  and  there  were  fewer  fern  rootlets  and  graminoid 
fibers.  Whether  the  lack  of  rootlets  and  fiber  in  the  first  nest  is  due  to 
differences  in  original  construction,  or  removal  of  those  materials  by  the 
parents  or  by  other  birds,  is  not  known.  Neither  nest  contained  deposits 
of  fecal  matter,  supporting  the  observation  that  parents  removed  all  feces 
(Kepler  et  al.  1996).  The  nests  did  not  smell  of  “drepanidine  odor”  (Pratt 
1992)  upon  collection  nor  when  examined  nine  years  later. 


Engilis  et  al.  • PLUMAGES  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULI 


613 


Nest  #1  contained  eggshell  fragments,  the  largest  of  which  was  9 by  7 
mm  and,  judging  from  its  curvature,  may  have  been  from  the  blunt  end 
of  the  egg.  Though  the  fragments  appeared  weathered,  they  still  showed 
fine,  dense,  brown-gray  speckling  against  a whitish  background. 

While  the  Berlese  extraction  yielded  large  numbers  of  arthropods,  no 
ectoparasitic  insects  turned  up  (S.  Swift,  pers.  comm.).  Seven  diptera  lar- 
vae and  one  adult  were  extracted  from  nest  #1.  Most  of  the  mites  asso- 
ciated with  the  nest  remain  unidentified. 

DISCUSSION 

Plumage. — Can  the  age  and  sex  of  the  two  museum  specimens  now 
be  determined?  Given  differences  in  plumage  and  soft-part  colors  ob- 
served among  the  sexes  and  fledgling  at  the  nests,  we  believe  that  both 
the  holotype  and  paratype  were  hatch-year  birds  in  first  basic  (post-ju- 
venal)  plumage.  Dissection  confirmed  that  the  holotype  was  an  immature 
male.  Both  specimens  match  most  closely  the  putative  adult  female,  with 
black  mask  larger  and  breast  grayer  than  the  fledgling.  Both  specimens 
differ  from  the  adults  observed  at  the  nest,  but  resembles  the  fledgling, 
in  having  the  mandible  not  all  dark.  Both  specimens  least  resemble  the 
putative  adult  male.  We  think  it  very  unlikely  that  either  could  have  been 
an  adult  male,  especially  because  adult  male  drepanidines  show  little  vari- 
ation within  species  (Jeffrey  et  al.  1993,  Pratt  et  al.  1994). 

Color  of  the  mandible  is  important  in  our  determination  of  the  age  of 
the  specimens.  Unfortunately,  the  mandible  color  of  the  paratype  now 
does  not  match  that  in  the  description  and  photos  of  Casey  and  Jacobi 
(1974).  They  described  the  mandible  of  the  freshly  collected  paratype  as 
dark  with  the  tip  “only  slightly  lighter  in  color.”  The  mandible  is  now 
dark  throughout.  The  photos  show  the  original  description  to  be  correct 
and  that  the  change  occurred  post  mortem.  The  slightly  darker  legs  of  the 
paratype  in  comparison  with  the  holotype  evident  in  Casey  and  Jacobi 
(1974:  fig.  1)  may  indicate  darkening  of  the  leg  color  post  fledging.  How- 
ever, leg  color  in  life  or  shortly  after  death  was  not  noted  as  different 
between  the  two  specimens  (Casey  and  Jacobi  1974),  and  may  have  either 
been  overlooked,  or  changed  post  mortem,  or  be  an  artifact  of  photog- 
raphy. Legs  and  feet  of  the  observed  fledgling  were  recorded  as  being 
similar  to  those  of  the  adults.  This  issue  can  be  resolved  by  future  field 
work. 

The  specimens  fit  a presumed  plumage  sequence  for  Poo-uli  as  follows. 
During  the  first  prebasic  molt,  Juvenal  plumage  in  either  sex  gives  way 
within  a few  months  of  fledging  to  a female-like  first  basic  plumage,  as 
in  many  drepanidines.  Meanwhile,  the  mandible  color  changes  from  pale 
to  black,  with  the  last  vestige  of  Juvenal  coloration  being  the  pale  tip. 


614 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


which  ultimately  darkens.  Other  drepanidines  show  a similar  change  in 
bill  color  from  light  to  dark,  e.g.,  Palila  {Loxioides  bailleui;  Jeffrey  et  al. 
1993)  and  Akiapolaau  {Hemignathus  munrov,  Pratt  et  al.  1994).  Thus, 
both  specimens  show  a larger  mask  than  the  observed  fledgling  but  ap- 
parently still  retained  the  pale-tipped  mandible  in  life.  The  holotype  shows 
other,  less  certain  signs  of  first  prebasic  plumage:  a few  facial  feathers  in 
sheath  indicating  last  stage  of  molt  and  a pale  brown  feather  in  the  greater 
wing  coverts  possibly  retained  from  Juvenal  plumage,  as  with  other  dre- 
panidines (Fancy  et  al.  1993;  Jeffrey  et  al.  1993;  Pratt  et  al.  1994;  Lind- 
sey, unpubl.  data).  For  the  paratype,  the  mask  shows  some  pale,  perhaps 
old  Juvenal,  feathers.  First  prebasic  molt  is  likely  to  occur  in  the  summer 
and  fall,  following  breeding,  as  with  other  well-studied  drepanidines  (Jef- 
frey et  al.  1993,  Ralph  and  Fancy  1994).  Evidence  for  seasonality  in  molt 
for  Poo-uli  is  lacking.  However,  the  two  nests  we  observed  would  have 
or  did  fledge  young  in  April  and  June.  We  add  here  the  above-mentioned 
observation  by  M.  Reynolds  and  T.  Snetsinger  (pers.  comm.)  of  a Poo- 
uli  Juvenile  on  30  August  1994.  The  holotype  and  paratype  could  have 
completed  prebasic  molt  prior  to  being  collected  in  September  1973. 

Freed  et  al.  (1987)  tentatively  characterized  sexual  chromatism  for  Poo- 
uli  as  monochromatic.  We  can  now  modify  that  to  monochromatic  with 
males  brighter.  In  most  drepanidines  in  which  the  plumage  is  monochro- 
matic or  monochromatic  with  males  brighter,  female  and  first  basic  plum- 
ages approach  the  bright  adult  male  plumage,  whereas  Juvenal  plumages 
remain  distinctly  cryptic.  Further,  in  many  monochromatic  species  with 
males  brighter,  females  show  variability,  with  some  females  more  similar 
to  males  than  others,  e.g.,  Palila  (Jeffrey  et  al.  1993)  and  Maui  Alauahio 
(Paroreomyza  montana',  H.  and  P.  Baker,  pers.  comm.).  While  Poo-uli  are 
arguably  cryptically  colored,  their  most  distinctive  plumage  feature — the 
black  mask  with  black  bill  in  the  center,  highlighted  behind  by  the  gray 
crown  and  white  auricular  patch — may  be  a strong  intra-  and  interspecific 
optical  signal  (sensu  Hailman  1977).  Viewed  head  on,  Poo-uli  provide  a 
striking,  unmistakable,  and  unforgettable  image  (Fig.  2). 

Many  drepanidines  show  a dark  loral  patch.  This  patch  may  have 
evolved  to  form  an  extensive  mask  in  the  Poo-uli.  Two  other,  allopatric 
drepanidines,  the  Akekee  (Loxops  caeruleirostris)  and  Hawaii  Creeper 
{Oreomystis  mana)  have  independently  evolved  smaller  masks.  In  all  dre- 
panidines with  dark  lores,  including  Poo-uli,  Juveniles  show  either  gray 
or  whitish  lores,  affirming  the  importance  of  dark  lores  as  an  adult  social 
signal.  Thus,  we  argue  that  the  mask  of  the  Poo-uli  is  not  a radical  de- 
parture from  the  many  drepanidine  plumage  patterns,  but  instead  is  note- 
worthy mainly  in  degree.  If  the  mask  is  indeed  a strong  optical  signal, 
then  compared  with  other  monochromatic  drepanidines  with  brighter  male 


Engilis  et  al.  • PLUMAGES  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULI 


615 


Fig.  2.  Poo-uli  in  first  basic  or  adult  female  plumage  showing  bold  black  mask.  Pho- 
tograph by  A.  Engilis,  Jr. 


plumage,  Poo-uli  also  show  a convergence  of  female  and  first  basic  plum- 
ages with  bright  male  plumage.  The  difference  from  other  drepanidines 
is  the  expression  of  this  character,  albeit  smaller  and  grayer,  in  juvenal 
plumage  as  well.  Besides  the  black  mask,  a likely  optical  signal  and 
important,  ubiquitous  field-mark  is  the  cinnamon  rump  seen  as  the  bird 
flies  away.  We  encourage  other  field  observers  to  determine  the  extent  of 
variation  in  adult,  juvenal,  and  first  basic  plumages. 

While  questioning  the  systematic  position  of  the  Poo-uli,  Pratt  (1992) 
claimed  “The  colors  and  pattern  of  the  Poo-uli  are  unlike  that  of  any 
previously  known  Hawaiian  honeycreeper,”  and  “Thus,  plumage  color 
and  pattern  provide  no  basis  for  inclusion  of  Melamprosops  phaeosoma 
among  the  Drepanidinae.”  His  mis-statement  that  adult  coloration  of  Poo- 
uli  was  gray  and  white  was  based  on  verbal  pers.  comm,  from  one  of  us 
that  we  did  not  have  an  opportunity  to  catch  in  review.  Above,  we  inter- 
pret the  Poo-uli’s  black  mask  as  homologous  with  the  black  lores  or  mask 
of  other  drepanidines.  Brown  coloration  in  immature  or  adult  plumages 
is  shared  by  five  other  historical  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  (Akepa,  Loxops 
coccineus;  Apapane,  Himatione  sanguinea;  Greater  Koa-Finch,  Rhoda- 


616 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


canthis  palmerv,  Kakawahie,  Paroreomyza  flammea\  Ula-ai-hawane,  Cir- 
idops  anna). 

Why  are  Poo-uli  brown,  an  unusual  color  for  a Hawaiian  honeycreeper? 
Mountainspring  et  al.  (1990)  document  substrate-restricted  foraging  by 
Poo-uli  on  branches  where  they  glean  or  forcibly  excavate  invertebrates 
from  bark,  lichens,  and  moss  mats.  Mountainspring  et  al.  (1990)  specu- 
lated that  Poo-uli  also  foraged  on  the  ground,  partly  suggested  “by  the 
bird’s  drab  color  and  stout  pedal  morphology.”  They  went  on  to  compare 
Poo-uli  coloration  with  that  of  ground-foraging  antbirds.  Poo-uli  have 
seldom  been  seen  at  ground  level  (Mountainspring  et  al.  1990),  but  this 
could  result  from  the  difficulty  of  potentially  observing  such  behavior  in 
the  dense  understory  that  prevails  in  its  range.  Nevertheless,  comparison 
with  other  branch-foraging  specialists  is  also  appropriate.  Passerines  spe- 
cialized for  taking  insects  from  bark  or  epiphytes  include  members  of  the 
Furnariidae  and  Troglodytidae  in  Costa  Rica  (Sillett  1994),  Certhiidae  in 
North  American  alder  rainforests  (Stiles  1978),  and  Paradisaeini  (Corvi- 
dae) in  New  Guinea  (Pratt  and  Stiles  1985).  All  share  brown  plumage 
(except  adult  male  and  some  female  birds  of  paradise)  and  stout  pedal 
morphology.  Thus,  brown  plumage  of  Poo-uli  may  have  evolved  inde- 
pendently as  cryptic  coloration  associated  with  foraging  for  invertebrates 
on  branches. 

Eggshells  and  nestlings. — In  background  color  and  spotting  color  and 
pattern,  the  Poo-uli  eggshells  resembled  eggs  of  other  drepanidines,  e.g.. 
Common  Amakihi  {Hemignathus  virens)  and  Palila.  The  Poo-uli  egg- 
shells, together  with  eggs  of  most  drepanidines,  differ  in  color  from  eggs 
of  most  cardueline  finches  in  having  the  background  whitish  rather  than 
tinged  with  blue  or  green  (Newton  1972).  The  Poo-uli  nestlings  share 
gray  down  on  the  head  and  a pinkish-red  gape  with  nestlings  of  nine 
other  drepanidines:  Akikiki  {Oreomystis  bairdi),  Anianiau  {Hemignathus 
parvus),  Apapane,  Crested  Honeycreeper  (Palmeria  dolei).  Common 
Amakihi,  Kauai  Amakihi  {Hemignathus  stejnegeri),  liwi  {Vestiaria  coc- 
cinea),  Maui  Alauahio,  and  Palila  (Eddinger  1970;  Berger  1981;  van  Rip- 
er 1987;  H.  and  P.  Baker,  F.  Duvall,  Jr.,  pers.  comm.;  T.  Pratt,  pers.  obs.). 
The  yellow  gape  flange  of  Poo-uli  chicks  matched  the  flanges  of  these 
species,  which  vary  from  yellow  to  cream.  However,  the  red  spot  in  the 
corner  of  the  gape  flange  and  the  dark  area  observed  on  the  Poo-uli 
nestling’s  palate  (which  may  have  been  due  to  shading  and  therefore 
possibly  irrelevant)  have  not  been  mentioned  for  the  other  species. 

Nests. — The  Poo-uli  nests  we  collected  are  similar  to  open  cup  nests 
of  other  drepanidine  and  cardueline  species.  In  gross  stucture  and  place- 
ment, the  two  Poo-uli  nests  resembled  nests  we  have  collected  and  ex- 
amined of  such  widely  divergent  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  as  Apapane, 


Engilis  et  al.  • PLUMAGES  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULI 


617 


Common  Amakihi,  Crested  Honeycreeper,  liwi,  Maui  Alauahio,  and  Maui 
Parrotbill  {Pseudonestor  xanthophn>s)  in  the  same  habitat  on  Maui  and 
for  the  honeycreeper  nests  studied  on  Kauai  by  Eddinger  (1970).  The 
Poo-uli  nests  differed  from  those  of  other  honeycreepers  primarily  in  the 
species  of  plant  materials  and  in  size.  However,  the  materials  were  of 
plant  species  common  near  the  nest  site,  and  the  nests  seemed  to  fit  well 
within  the  size  gradient  of  drepanidine  nests  relative  to  bird  body  size. 
In  their  loose  structure  and  moss  matrix,  the  Poo-uli  nests  most  closely 
resembled  nests  of  the  slightly  larger  Crested  Honeycreeper.  The  Poo-uli 
nests  differed  most  from  the  smaller  Maui  Alauahio  nests  in  being  less 
finely  and  compactly  woven  and  in  building  materials.  Consistent  com- 
position between  the  two  Poo-uli  nests  and  their  unique  component  plant 
materials  may  be  the  result  of  their  being  built  in  the  same  locality  by 
the  same  pair  of  birds.  A larger  sample  of  nests  would  probably  reveal 
variability  in  Poo-uli  nest  construction  and  placement.  The  Poo-uli  nests 
resemble  the  description  of  the  “commonest  type”  of  nest  for  cardueline 
finches  in  Europe  (Newton  1972:175).  This  type  was  described  as  “rather 
bulky  and  made  of  various  flexible  materials,  often  with  a base  of  twigs 
and  bents,  a main  structure  of  grass  and  moss,  and  a lining  of  hairs  and 
rootlets.”  The  Poo-uli  nests  differ  from  this  description  in  their  near  ab- 
sence of  graminoid  leaves  and  hair,  materials  rare  in  the  bird’s  habitat. 

Implications  for  conservation. — We  draw  attention  to  the  following 
new  aspects  of  Poo-uli  natural  history  that  bear  on  its  conservation.  In- 
formation on  age  and  sex  differences  in  plumage  characters  will  help 
investigation  of  the  species’  demography.  However,  because  our  conclu- 
sions are  based  on  very  few  individuals,  other  field  workers  should  at- 
tempt to  further  explore  variability  in  characters  used  for  ageing  and  sex- 
ing  Poo-uli. 

We  note  the  low  wing/tarsus  ratio  of  2.74  and  2.88  and  short  tail  of 
38.0  and  36.5  mm,  for  the  holotype  and  paratype,  respectively  (measure- 
ments from  Casey  and  Jacobi  1974).  This  ratio  and  tail  length  are  the 
smallest  for  the  ten  historic  honeycreeper  species  from  Maui  (from  mea- 
surements in  Amadon  1950).  The  low  wing/tarsus  ratio,  the  short  rounded 
wings,  and  extremely  short  tail  of  the  Poo-uli  may  be  clues  to  its  mobility. 
Poo-uli  are  capable  of  short  flights  only  and  may  be  confined  to  home 
ranges  smaller  than  those  of  most  Hawaiian  honeycreepers. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  Hawaii  Dept,  of  Land  and  Natural  Resources  and  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service  for  supporting  our  study  and  for  aggressively  pursuing  re.storation  of  the  Poo-uli; 
Tom  Hauptman  for  many  memorable  chopper  flights;  Allen  Allison,  Patrick  Ching,  Betsy 
Harrison-Gagne,  Larry  Katahira,  Jim  Krakowsky,  Joan  Suther,  and  Rick  Vetter  for  assistance 


618 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


in  observing  Poo-uli  at  their  nests;  Phil  Bruner  and  Allen  Allison  for  collecting  inactive 
Poo-uli  nests;  Michelle  Reynolds  and  Tom  Snetsinger  for  sharing  their  observations  of  Poo- 
uli;  Mary  LeCroy  for  examining  the  paratype;  Warren  Wagner  and  William  Hoe  assisted  by 
Clyde  Imada  for  identifying  angiosperm  and  bryophyte  components,  respectively,  of  nests; 
Sabina  Swift  and  Gordon  Nishida  for  identifying  arthropods  extracted  from  nests;  Helen 
and  Paul  Baker  for  showing  T Pratt  their  large  collection  of  Maui  Alauahio  nests;  Cheryl 
Tarr  and  Rob  Eleischer  for  sharing  preliminary  findings  on  molecular  evolution  in  Poo-uli; 
Allen  Allison,  Carla  Kishinami,  and  staff  at  Bishop  Museum  for  facilitating  research  at  their 
collection;  Patrick  Ching  for  permission  to  reproduce  his  painting;  Paul  and  Helen  Baker, 
Tonnie  Casey,  Pern  Duvall,  Jr.,  Steve  Pancy,  Jim  Jacobi,  and  Mary  LeCroy  for  reviewing 
drafts  of  this  article. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Amadon,  D.  1950.  The  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  (Aves,  Drepaniidae).  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hist.  95:157-262. 

Baldwin,  P.  H.  and  T.  L.  C.  Casey.  1983.  A preliminary  list  of  foods  of  the  Poo-uli. 
'Elepaio  43:53-56. 

Berger,  A.  J.  1981.  Hawaiian  birdlife.  2nd  edition.  Univ.  Hawaii  Press,  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 
Bock,  W.  J.  1978.  Tongue  morphology  and  affinities  of  the  Hawaiian  honeycreeper  Me- 
lamprosops  phaeosoma.  Ibis  120:467—479. 

Casey,  T.  L.  C.  and  J.  D.  Jacobi.  1974.  A new  genus  and  species  of  bird  from  the  Island 
of  Maui,  Hawaii  (Passeriformes:  Drepanididae).  Occ.  Pap.  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Mus.  24: 
216-226. 

Eddinger,  C.  R.  1970.  A study  of  the  breeding  behavior  of  four  species  of  Hawaiian 
Honeycreepers  (Drepanididae).  Ph.D.  diss.,  Univ.  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 
Engilis,  a.,  Jr.  1990.  Pield  notes  on  native  forest  birds  in  the  Hanawi  Natural  Area  Reserve, 
Maui.  'Elepaio  50:67-72. 

Pancy,  S.  G.,  T.  K.  Pratt,  G.  D.  Lindsey,  C.  K.  Harada,  A.  H.  Parent,  Jr.,  and  J.  D. 
Jacobi.  1993.  Identifying  sex  and  age  of  Apapane  and  liwi  on  Hawaii.  J.  Field  Ornithol. 
64:262-269. 

Freed,  L.  A.,  S.  Conant,  and  R.  C.  Fleischer.  1987.  Evolutionary  ecology  and  radiation 
of  Hawaiian  passerine  birds.  Trends  Ecol.  Evol.  2:196—203. 

Hailman,  j.  P.  1977.  Optical  signals:  animal  communication  and  sight.  Indiana  Univ.  Press, 
Bloomington,  Indiana. 

James,  H.  F.  and  S.  L.  Olson.  1991.  Descriptions  of  32  new  species  of  birds  from  the 
Hawaiian  Islands:  Part  II.  Passeriformes.  Ornith.  Monogr.  45:1-88. 

Jeffrey,  J.  J.,  S.  G.  Fancy,  G.  D.  Lindsey,  P.  C.  Banko,  T.  K.  Pratt,  and  J.  D.  Jacobi. 

1993.  Sex  and  age  identification  of  Palila.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  64:490-499. 

Kepler,  C.  B.,  T.  K.  Pratt,  A.  M.  Ecton,  A.  Engilis,  and  K.  M.  Fluetsch.  1996.  Nesting 
behavior  of  the  Poo-uli.  Wilson  Bull.  108:620—638. 

Mountainspring,  S.,  T.  L.  C.  Casey,  C.  B.  Kepler,  and  J.  M.  Scott.  1990.  Ecology, 
behavior,  and  conservation  of  the  Poo-uli  (Melamprosops  phaeosoma).  Wilson  Bull. 
102:109-122. 

Newton,  I.  1972.  Finches.  William  Collins  Sons,  Glasgow,  Scottland. 

Pratt,  H.  D.  1992.  Is  the  Poo-uli  a Hawaiian  honeycreeper  (Drepanidinae)?  Condor  94: 
172-180. 

Pratt,  T.  K.,  S.  G.  Fancy,  C.  K.  Harada,  G.  D.  Lindsey,  and  J.  D.  Jacobi.  1994.  Iden- 
tifying sex  and  age  of  Akiapolaau.  Wilson  Bull.  106:421-430. 

AND  E.  W.  Stiles.  1985.  The  influence  of  fruit  size  and  structure  on  composition 

of  frugivore  assemblages  in  New  Guinea.  Biotropica  17:314-321. 


Engilis  et  al.  • PLUMAGES  AND  NEST  OE  THE  POO-ULI 


619 


Ralph,  C.  J.  and  S.  G.  Fancy.  1994.  Timing  of  breeding  and  molting  in  six  species  of 
Hawaiian  honeycreepers.  Condor  96;  151-161. 

Scott,  J.  M.,  S.  Mountainspring,  E L.  Ramsey,  and  C.  B.  Kepler.  1986.  Forest  bird 
communities  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands:  their  dynamics,  ecology,  and  conservation.  Stud. 
Avian  Biol.  9. 

Sillett,  T.  S.  1994.  Foraging  ecology  of  epiphyte-searching  insectivorous  birds  in  Costa 
Rica.  Condor  96:863-877. 

Stiles,  E.  W.  1978.  Avian  communities  in  temperate  and  tropical  alder  forests.  Condor  80: 
276-284. 

VAN  Riper,  C.  1987.  Breeding  ecology  of  the  Hawaii  Common  Amakihi.  Condor  89:85- 
102. 


COLOR  PLATE 

Publication  of  the  frontispiece  painting  has  been  made  possible  by  an  endowment  estab- 
lished by  George  Miksch  Sutton. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  620-638 


NESTING  BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  POO-ULI 

Cameron  B.  Kepler,'  Thane  K.  Pratt,^  A.  Marie  Ecton,^ 
Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,"*  and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch^ 

Abstract. — We  describe  two  sequential  nestings  of  a pair  of  Poo-uli  (Melamprosops 
phaeosoma),  a Hawaiian  honeycreeper  nearing  extinction.  Similarities  to  nesting  of  most 
other  honeycreepers  included:  nest  site  in  ohia  lehua  (Metrosideros  polymorpha  Gaud.) 
canopy;  breeding  in  March  through  June;  monogamous  breeding  system  with  the  putative 
male  helping  build  the  nest,  feeding  the  putative  female  throughout  each  nesting  event,  and 
feeding  the  chicks,  but  not  incubating  or  brooding;  and  complete  nest  sanitation.  Notable 
differences  were  the  paucity  of  songs  and  calls  by  the  parents  and  inclusion  of  snails  in  the 
diet  of  nestlings.  Clutch  size  was  probably  two  eggs  for  both  nests.  High  winds,  rain,  or 
both  influenced  parental  behavior;  the  female  stayed  longer  on  the  nest  and  took  shorter 
recesses  in  poor  weather.  Weather  did  not  affect  rates  at  which  the  male  fed  the  female  on 
the  nest;  however,  the  feeding  rate  increased  from  the  egg  to  the  chick  stage  probably 
because  food  was  passed  on  to  the  chicks.  At  nest  #2,  parents  fed  young  chicks  (<14  days 
old)  more  often  in  good  than  in  poor  weather;  data  were  insufficient  for  old  chicks.  Weather 
is  usually  poor  throughout  the  year  in  the  relictual  range  of  the  Poo-uli  and  is  likely  to 
impact  nesting  success.  The  first  nest  failed  in  poor  weather.  The  second  fledged  a single 
young  21  days  old.  Diet  of  nestlings  appeared  to  consist  of  a higher  proportion  of  insect 
larvae  than  that  of  older  birds,  which  are  reported  to  eat  mostly  snails.  Received  12  Dec. 
1994,  accepted  27  May,  1996. 


Few  endangered  birds  are  closer  to  extinction  than  the  Poo-uli  {Melam- 
prosops phaeosoma),  a monotypic  species  and  genus  of  Hawaiian  hon- 
eycreeper (Fringillidae;  Drepanidini).  Since  its  discovery  on  Haleakala 
Volcano,  Maui  Island  in  1973  (Casey  and  Jacobi  1974),  the  Poo-uli  pop- 
ulation has  fallen  from  several  hundred  to  fewer  than  10  birds  today,  and 
it  is  extinct  at  the  type  locality  (Scott  et  al.  1986;  Engilis  1990;  Moun- 
tainspring et  al.  1990;  J.  Simon  and  M.  Reynolds,  pers.  comm.). 

Why  is  the  Poo-uli  disappearing?  Past  research  has  been  sporadic  and 
underfunded;  consequently  the  life  history  and  population  ecology  of  the 
bird  are  poorly  understood.  Field  work  has  also  been  hampered  by  logis- 
tical difficulties,  inhospitable  conditions,  and  the  bird’s  low  population 
density  and  lack  of  vocal  activity.  Nevertheless,  scant  data  (Casey  and 
Jacobi  1974,  Baldwin  and  Casey  1983,  Engilis  1990,  Mountainspring  et 

' National  Biological  Service,  P.O.  Box  44.  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718.  Present  address:  Na- 
tional Biological  Service,  Southeast  Research  Station,  Warnell  Sch.  Forest  Res.,  Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens, 
Georgia  30602-2152. 

2 NBS,  Hawaii  Field  Station,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718. 

3 NBS,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718.  Present  address:  Biology  Dept.,  University  of 
Miami,  P.O.  Box  24918,  Coral  Gables,  Florida  33124-0421. 

^ Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum,  P.O.  Box  19000-A,  Honolulu.  Hawaii,  96817.  Present  address:  Ducks  Un- 
limited. Inc.,  3074  Gold  Canal  Dr.,  Rancho  Cordova,  California  95670. 

’NBS,  P.O.  Box  44,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718.  Present  address:  6018  Royal  Creek,  San 
Antonio,  Texas  78239. 


620 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


621 


al.  1990)  and  conjecture  based  upon  biology  of  other  honeycreepers  (Ke- 
pler et  al.  1984;  Scott  et  al.  1986;  van  Riper  et  al.  1986;  Engilis  1990; 
Mountainspring  et  al.  1990;  Atkinson  et  al.  1995)  implicate  habitat  dam- 
age  by  feral  pigs  {Sus  scrofa),  predation  by  and  competition  with  non- 
native small  mammals,  increased  risk  to  avian  disease  below  1800  m 
elevation,  and  the  untested  hypothesis  that  the  bird’s  molluscan  prey  base 
is  also  dwindling.  The  poo-uli’s  substrate-restricted  foraging  for  arthro- 
pods and  molluscs  in  bark  and  epiphytes  (Mountainspring  et  al.  1990) 
implies  ecological  specialization  vulnerable  to  environmental  change 
brought  about  by  the  invasion  of  non-native  organisms.  So  far,  recovery 
efforts  begun  in  1990  have  focused  not  on  the  poo-uli,  but  on  successful 
habitat  restoration  through  pig  removal  and  exclusion.  Recently,  the  Na- 
tional Biological  Service,  funded  and  otherwise  supported  by  other  agen- 
cies (see  Acknowledgments),  initiated  a program  for  research  and  resto- 
ration of  the  Poo-uli. 

In  1985-1986,  Kepler  and  Engilis  studied  aspects  of  the  ecology  of 
endangered  Maui  birds,  including  the  Poo-uli  (Mountainspring  et  al. 
1990)  at  Hanawi  Natural  Area  Reserve.  In  1986,  they  discovered  and 
monitored  two  active  nests  of  a pair  of  Poo-uli.  Our  purpose  is  to  describe 
events  at  these  nests  in  as  much  detail  as  possible,  because  (1)  this  is  the 
only  information  on  Poo-uli  reproduction,  (2)  recovery  efforts,  in  the  field 
and  in  captivity,  will  benefit  from  knowledge  of  the  natural  history  of  the 
species,  and  (3)  the  Poo-uli  may  go  extinct,  leaving  no  further  record. 
We  compare  behavior  of  the  Poo-uli  with  that  of  other  Hawaiian  hon- 
eycreepers and  mainland  cardueline  finches,  from  which  the  honeycreep- 
ers are  descended  (James  and  Olson  1991).  We  also  discuss  how  this 
information  may  help  the  species’  survival. 

STUDY  SITE  AND  METHODS 

The  two  nests  were  within  about  30  m of  each  other  along  a small,  eastern  tributary 
ravine  of  the  east  fork  of  Hanawi  Stream  at  1800  m elevation.  Nest  #1  was  situated  on  a 
small  ridge  crest,  more  exposed  to  prevailing  trade  winds  than  nest  #2,  which  was  on  the 
east  flank  of  the  same  ridge  about  15  m above  the  ravine  floor.  Both  were  within  100  m of 
a headwall  of  the  Hanawi  gulch.  Vegetation  at  the  site  was  Mixed  Shrub  Montane  Wet 
Forest  (Jacobi  1989)  with  mean  canopy  height  of  13  m and  crown  cover  averaging  60% 
and  dominated  by  ohia  lehua  {Metrosideros  polymorpha  Gaud.)  (Mountainspring  et  al. 
1990).  Damage  to  vegetation  by  feral  pigs  appeared  slight,  with  the  under  story  largely 
intact.  Rainfall,  brought  year-round  predominantly  by  NE  trade  winds,  was  estimated  to 
exceed  3 m per  annum. 

Nest  #1  was  built  in  a canopy  ohia  lehua  15  m tall.  Vegetation  surrounding  the  nest  tree 
included  ( 1 ) a subcanopy  kolea  tree  (Myrsine  sp.)  and  pukiawe  shrub  (Styphelia  tomeiameiae 
[Cham.  & Schlechtend.j  E v.  Muell.)  where  the  male  often  fed  the  female,  and  (2)  a dense 
understory  of  shrubs  and  ferns  used  as  cover  by  the  birds  when  approaching  or  leaving  the 
nest  area.  The  nest  was  located  in  a secondary,  horizontal  branch  in  the  lower  crown,  8 m 


622 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  1 

Dates  of  Observation  and  Nest  Stages 

Dates 

Stage 

Nest  #1 

5-6  March 

Nest  construction,  courtship 

17-20  March 

Eggs 

24-26  March 

Eggs  hatch  25  March;  nestling 

31  March  to  3 April 

Nestling;  first  seen  April  2 

7 April 

Nestling 

Nest  fails  8-14  April 

Nest  #2 

16  April 

Nest  construction 

9-14  May 

Eggs  hatch  11,  13  May;  nestlings 

19-22  May 

Nestlings 

29-31  May 

Nestlings,  one  fledges  on  31  May 

1 June 

Fledgling 

above  ground,  and  was  incorporated  into  live  twigs  and  small  branchlets  a few  cm  below 
live  foliage.  The  nest  site  was  exposed  to  some  direct  sunlight  in  the  morning  and  was 
sheltered  from  trade  winds,  but  it  swayed  in  an  arc  of  ca  1 m in  SE  winds  >13  km  h 
The  globular,  open  cup  nest  was  composed  of  sticks,  mosses,  and  plant  fiber  (Engilis  et  al. 
1996).  Two  other,  inactive  and  unidentified  nests  occupied  foliage  above  and  below  on  the 
same  branch.  During  nest  construction,  the  male  infrequently  visited  a fourth,  triangular  nest 
4 m up  in  a 5-m  ohia  lehua  sapling  within  10  m of  the  nest  tree.  Based  on  the  construction 
and  location  of  this  nest,  we  believe  it  was  built  by  a non-native  Red-billed  Leiothrix 
(Leiothrix  lutea). 

Nest  #2  was  also  built  in  an  ohia  lehua  tree  surrounded  by  similar  vegetation.  Nearby 
pukiawe  and  kanawao  (Broussaisia  arguta  Gaud.)  shrubs  provided  nest  material.  This  nest 
was  placed  in  the  tree  in  a position  very  similar  to  nest  #1.  The  nest  was  only  8 m above 
ground  and  sheltered  from  NE  trades,  being  situated  in  the  SE  (140°),  uphill  portion  of  the 
crown,  and  5-10  m lower  than  the  crowns  of  nearby  ohia  lehua.  It  was,  however,  exposed 
to  SE  winds  which  caused  the  nest  branch  to  sway  1-2  m.  No  other  nests  were  noted  in 
the  tree. 

Only  two  Poo-uli  were  observed  tending  the  nests.  These  care-givers,  likely  the  same  two 
birds  at  both  nests,  were  recognized  by  plumage  characters  (Engilis  et  al.  1996).  We  assume 
the  brightly  colored  bird  was  the  male  and  the  drab  bird  was  the  female.  Viewed  closely, 
neither  showed  lesions  of  active  or  past  infection  from  avian  pox  that  might  have  influenced 
their  behavior. 

We  studied  both  Poo-uli  nests  for  periods  of  one  to  five  days,  from  nest  construction  until 
fledging  or  failure  (Table  1).  We  observed  Poo-uli  at  the  nests  from  a distance  of  40  m (nest 
#1)  and  15  m (nest  #2)  through  binoculars,  spotting  telescope  (Bausch  & Lomb  30X,  nest 
#1)  or  Questar  telescope  (SOX,  nest  #2)  from  under  a tarp  shelter.  A creek  separated  ob- 
servers from  both  nest  trees,  and  when  flowing  vigorously  it  prevented  us  from  hearing 
Poo-uli  vocalizations,  especially  at  the  more  distant  nest  #1.  On  most  days,  weather  per- 
mitting, observers  watched  the  nest  continuously  from  08:30  to  17:00  (all  times  are  Hawaii 
Aleutian  Times).  We  did  not  approach  the  nest  trees  while  nests  were  active.  Our  presence 
did  not  appear  to  influence  the  birds'  behavior  at  nest  #1,  but  may  have  done  so  at  the 
clo.ser  nest  #2  (see  below).  From  the  observation  points,  we  could  usually  view  parental 


Kepler  et  cil.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


623 


behavior  at  the  nests,  but  we  could  not  see  the  nest  contents  until  the  nestlings  were  old 
enough  to  reach  above  the  nest  rim.  We  recorded:  duration  of  behaviors  at  the  nest  to  the 
nearest  10  sec,  vocalizations,  and  feedings  and  other  behaviors  off  the  nest.  We  mapped  the 
birds’  movements  to  and  from  the  nest. 

At  times,  heavy  rain  or  fog  prevented  accurate  observation;  these  data  were  omitted  from 
analyses.  We  estimated  heights  and  distances  to  the  nearest  meter.  We  recorded  percent 
cloud  cover,  rain  scores  (0  = none;  1 = mist;  2 = drizzle;  3 = light  rain;  4 = downpour), 
and  wind  scores  by  the  Beaufort  scale.  Once  inactive,  both  nests  were  collected  and  depos- 
ited at  the  B.  R Bishop  Museum,  Honolulu  (Engilis  et  al.  1996). 

The  Questar  enabled  us  to  identify  some  prey  items  brought  to  nest  #2.  We  identified 
prey  items  as  (1)  caterpillars,  for  larvae  colored  other  than  white  or  pink;  (2)  pale  larvae, 
for  larvae  colored  white  or  pinkish,  which  likely  were  bark-dwelling  coleoptera  or  lepidop- 
tera,  (3)  beetles;  (4)  succineid  snails  (Succineidae);  and  (5)  snails,  for  unidentified  snails. 
Mountainspring  et  al.  (1990)  described  foraging  observations  in  vicinity  of  the  nests. 

We  assigned  observations  to  the  incubation  stage  at  nest  #1  prior  to  12:00  on  25  March 
and  at  nest  #2  prior  to  10:00  on  1 1 May;  observations  afterwards  were  assigned  to  the 
nestling  stage.  We  categorized  nestlings  as  young  (<14  days)  or  old,  based  on  the  assump- 
tion that  they  were  partly  feathered,  thermoregulating,  and  required  less  brooding  by  the 
parents  at  about  14  days  age  or  older. 

Time  on  the  nest  is  the  length  of  the  visit  to  the  nest;  time  off  is  the  time  from  when  the 
bird  left  the  nest  until  it  returned.  Preliminary  models  using  stepwise  linear  regression 
indicated  that  both  wind  and  rain  significantly  affected  time  spent  by  the  female  on  and  off 
the  nest.  We  created  a combined  weather  variable  that  was  coded  as  “poor”  whenever  winds 
exceeded  8 km  h"'  (Beaufort  scale  2)  or  rain  occurred  (rain  score  >1)  or  both;  otherwise, 
we  coded  weather  as  “good.”  The  models  also  showed  that  nest  number  significantly  af- 
fected time  spent  by  the  female  on  and  off  the  nest,  being  longer  for  both  at  nest  #2. 
Nearness  of  observers  to  nest  #2  may  have  caused  the  female  to  hesitate  leaving  or  returning 
to  the  nest.  Consequently  we  analyzed  nests  separately  for  time  spent  by  the  female  on  and 
off  the  nest. 

We  compared  rates  of  the  male  feeding  the  female  at  both  nests  combined  and  of  parents 
feeding  chicks  at  nest  #2  (better  visibility)  using  a test  of  comparison  for  two  Poisson 
processes  (Cox  and  Lewis  1978:225).  Sample  units  were  daily  rates  calculated  separately 
for  good  and  poor  weather.  Values  of  P < 0.05  were  considered  statistically  significant. 

RESULTS 

Behavior 

Nestbuilding. — Nest  #1  was  under  final  construction  by  one  or  both 
Poo-uli  when  discovered  and  first  observed  at  13:15-16:37  and  07:24- 
14:00  on  5 and  6 March,  respectively.  At  that  time,  we  did  not  record 
observations  systematically.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  nest  tree,  the  birds 
moved  through  the  subcanopy  of  the  forest  at  5-12  m.  They  were  excep- 
tionally active  for  Poo-uli,  moving  quickly  in  the  subcanopy,  pausing  at 
times  to  preen,  forage  or  gather  nest  material  such  as  moss  from  ohia 
lehua  branches.  When  arriving  in  the  nest  tree,  the  birds  flew  quickly  to 
the  nest;  when  leaving,  they  often  dropped  vertically  from  the  nest,  dash- 
ing away  above  the  undergrowth,  then  ascending  trees  distant  from  the 
nest.  Both  birds  visited  the  nest  with  about  equal  frequency;  however,  we 


624 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


did  not  determine  if  one  or  both  performed  nest  construction.  The  male 
was  observed  singing  repeatedly  at  and  near  the  nest  and  while  courting 
the  female.  Dense  fog  frustrated  further  observation  on  the  second  day. 
Once  incubation  began,  we  did  not  observe  either  parent  taking  building 
materials  to  the  nest  and  assume  that  nest  construction  had  ceased. 

Nest  #2  was  also  under  final  construction  when  discovered  on  16  April. 
At  nest  site  #1  at  12:10-16:00  on  14  April,  we  detected  the  male  and 
female  foraging  and  giving  whistles  and  chit-chit  calls  18  times,  but  did 
not  hear  song  or  observe  nest-building.  The  pair  was  associated  tightly, 
and  we  observed  courtship  feeding.  We  again  visited  the  site  at  10:55- 
14:50  on  16  April  and  observed  the  Poo-uli  carrying  material  to  a new 
nest  at  12:00-13:24.  Though  both  parents  were  present,  the  female  was 
only  once  seen  carrying  material  to  the  nest  (moss  collected  near  the 
ground),  while  the  male  was  seen  carrying  material  to  the  nest  nine  times 
(six  times  with  twigs  and  three  with  moss).  Twigs  were  collected  three 
times  from  a pukiawe  shrub,  and  moss  was  gathered  three  times,  <1  m 
from  the  ground,  in  a kanawao  shrub.  We  did  not  see  either  bird  actually 
build  the  nest.  The  pair  was  silent  during  construction  of  this  nest.  Once 
incubation  began,  we  observed  the  female  add  new  material  to  either  nest 
only  once. 

Courtship. — We  observed  courtship  during  nest-building  only  at  nest 
#1,  at  13:45-13:50  on  6 March.  The  male  was  detected  singing  and  dis- 
playing to  the  female  12mupinal5m  ohia  lehua  tree  distant  from  the 
nest.  While  the  female  stood  still,  the  male  circled  her,  wing-flicked,  and 
delivered  six  songs  in  about  30  sec.  The  female  then  flew  into  the  nest 
tree,  with  the  male  following  and  singing  in  flight.  The  female  moved 
close  to  the  nest;  the  male  joined  her  and  continued  circling  and  singing 
eight  songs  in  about  30  sec.  The  female  then  returned  to  her  previous 
location  in  the  distant  tree,  the  male  following  and  singing.  Singing  and 
chasing  continued,  screened  from  view. 

Egg  stage. — We  observed  nest  #1  for  24.3  h in  six  days  and  nest  #2 
for  11.5  h in  three  days  during  the  egg  stage.  At  nest  #1,  egg(s)  were 
laid  either  during  8-17  March  (by  18  March  the  female  incubated  con- 
tinuously) or  on  about  10  March,  assuming  an  incubation  period  of  16 
days  and  hatch  date  of  25  March.  At  nest  #2,  eggs  were  laid  on  about  26 
and  27  April,  assuming  hatch  dates  of  1 1 and  13  May  (see  below).  Laying 
of  the  second  clutch  followed  13—19  days  after  failure  of  the  preceding 
brood.  Clutch  size  was  not  determined  but  is  assumed  to  be  two,  because 
at  nest  #1  we  saw  only  one  nestling  and  watched  the  female  eating  an 
egg,  nest  #2  contained  two  chicks,  and  when  collected  the  nests  contained 
neither  remains  of  other  eggs  nor  chicks. 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


625 


Only  the  female  incubated  at  both  nests.  Behaviors  of  the  incubating 
female  included  inactivity,  shifting  position  in  the  nest,  breast  pumping 
motions  as  she  settled  on  eggs,  preening,  adjusting  nest  material,  accept- 
ing food  from  the  male,  and  manipulating  objects  inside  the  nest  (prob- 
ably turning  the  egg).  She  was  also  observed  resting  with  eyes  closed  for 
a few  seconds  on  nest  #2  during  the  day.  The  incubating  female  crouched 
low  in  the  nest  with  her  head  tilted  upward  so  that  her  eyes  peered  just 
over  the  rim  of  the  nest;  at  times  she  crouched  so  low  that  she  was  not 
visible.  Occasionally,  she  would  turn  and  face  a different  direction.  Both 
she  and  her  mate  approached  and  left  the  nest  tree  quickly  and  deliberately 
from  several  favorite  routes.  They  usually  arrived  at  the  nest  by  flying 
first  into  the  nest  tree,  then  hopping  towards  the  nest.  They  usually  de- 
parted from  the  nest  directly,  not  via  the  nest  tree. 

The  female  recessed  to  defecate,  to  be  fed  by  the  male,  to  forage,  and 
to  perform  other  activities.  Both  sexes  often  wing-flicked  in  vicinity  of 
the  nest,  and  the  female  bill-wiped  on  branches  while  approaching  the 
nest.  The  female  sometimes  recessed  only  to  defecate  copious  white  feces, 
which  she  did  in  the  nest  tree  or  from  nearby  vegetation;  she  then  returned 
immediately  to  the  nest.  The  male  usually  consorted  with  the  female  when 
she  recessed  and  was  observed  feeding  her  during  recesses,  either  in  the 
nest  tree  or  in  nearby  vegetation. 

The  female  was  fed  by  the  male  both  on  or  off  the  nest.  She  solicited 
feeding  by  wing-fluttering  or  -quivering,  and  rarely  by  vocalizations  au- 
dible to  observers.  At  nest  #2,  we  observed  these  feedings  in  better  detail 
during  the  chick  stage:  when  on  the  nest  and  anticipating  the  male’s  ap- 
proach, she  would  point  her  bill  up  and  begin  bill-clapping  with  increas- 
ing frequency  as  the  male  neared.  She  was  rarely  heard  giving  a faint 
two-note  call  prior  to  the  male’s  arrival,  but  this  vocalization  was  hard  to 
hear  and  could  have  gone  unnoticed  most  of  the  time.  All  observations 
of  food  transferal  were  of  regurgitation  rather  than  of  carrying  and  trans- 
ferring food  in  the  bill.  The  male  delivered  boli  of  food  into  the  female’s 
gaping  mouth  in  the  same  way  that  he  later  fed  the  chicks.  During  feed- 
ings, the  male  perched  on  the  same  level  or  above  or  below  her.  The 
female  often  left  the  nest  shortly  before  or  as  the  male  approached;  by 
what  cues  she  detected  his  approach  are  not  known,  perhaps  by  sight  or 
by  faint  chit-chit  calls  rarely  heard  by  us.  We  believe  that  the  male  fed 
the  female  during  most  recesses,  because  recesses  were  usually  too  short 
for  the  female  to  forage  profitably  and  because  on  many  brief  recesses 
the  male  and  female  were  seen  consorting  in  dense  cover,  where  they 
could  not  be  further  observed. 

During  the  egg  stage,  the  male  was  usually  seen  visiting  the  vicinity 
of  the  nest  before  or  during  the  female’s  recesses  or  when  he  fed  the 


626 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


female  on  the  nest.  Twice,  he  chased  the  female  in  the  nest  tree.  During 
a heavy  rain  he  loafed,  preened,  and  head-scratched  under  the  shelter  of 
a branch  in  the  nest  tree.  Though  he  sometimes  foraged  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  nest  tree,  his  usual  long  absences  followed  by  his  arrival  and  imme- 
diate feeding  of  the  female  suggest  that  he  foraged  mostly  beyond  view 
of  the  nest. 

Nestling  stage — parental  behavior. — We  observed  nest  #1  for  46.2  h 
during  seven  days  and  nest  #2  for  66  h during  1 1 days  of  the  nestling 
stage.  We  believe  we  observed  hatching  at  both  nests.  At  nest  #1,  we  first 
saw  a chick  on  1 April.  However,  we  suspect  hatching  occurred  much 
earlier,  perhaps  on  25  March,  when  at  11:44,  the  female,  incubating  but 
fidgeting,  hopped  onto  the  nest  rim  and  extracted  from  the  nest  cup  a 
“flesh-colored  object”  4 cm  long  and  “flaccid,”  which  she  immediately 
consumed.  The  observer  questioned  whether  she  had  eaten  one  of  her 
own  eggs.  We  doubt  that  the  object  was  a hatched  eggshell,  because  it 
didn’t  look  like  one,  and  other  honeycreepers  discard  shells  away  from 
the  nest  (T.  Pratt,  pers.  obs.).  We  also  doubt  it  was  a food  item,  because 
the  female’s  last  feeding  was  17  min  earlier,  or  a fecal  sac  of  a small 
chick.  Also,  from  that  day  onward,  we  noted  that  the  female  more  fre- 
quently directed  her  attention  to  the  interior  of  the  nest.  We  assume  that 
the  observer  had  witnessed  the  female  eating  the  contents  of  a broken 
egg  or  a dead  chick. 

At  nest  #2,  the  first  hatching  probably  occurred  on  1 1 May.  The  day 
previous,  the  female  incubated  uneventfully.  On  the  morning  of  1 1 May, 
she  frequently  interrupted  incubation  and  directed  her  attention  to  the  nest 
interior,  and  for  the  first  time  the  male  was  seen  checking  the  contents  of 
the  nest.  Based  on  the  parents’  behavior,  we  believe  that  hatching  occurred 
at  about  10:00.  At  11:02,  the  female  may  have  fed  a chick,  and  by  the 
end  of  the  day  one  definite  feeding  was  observed.  The  second  chick  may 
have  hatched  on  13  May.  On  four  occasions  from  09:45  to  1 1:40  on  13 
May,  the  female  flicked  objects  that  looked  like  eggshells  (or  fecal  sacs?) 
from  the  nest.  Afterwards,  the  male  and  female  were  observed  simulta- 
neously feeding  chicks  at  two  locations  in  the  nest.  We  first  observed  a 
chick  on  19  May.  We  could  not  determine  the  initial  brood  size  at  either 
nest,  but  observed  only  one  chick  at  nest  #1  and  two  chicks  at  nest  #2, 
once  the  chicks  began  to  lift  their  head  above  the  nest  rim. 

Only  the  female  brooded.  Behaviors  of  the  female  at  the  nest  were 
similar  between  the  egg  and  nestling  stages,  but  now  included  a behavior 
we  call  “nest-treading,”  feeding  and  grooming  the  chicks,  nest  sanitation 
and  maintenance,  drinking  water  drops  from  twigs,  and  an  occasional 
brief  nap.  Nest-treading  involved  the  brooding  female  treading  the  floor 
and  inside  walls,  perhaps  either  to  adjust  her  position  and  the  chick’s  or 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


627 


to  stretch  and  enlarge  the  nest  cup.  The  female  fed  the  chicks  with  food 
she  had  collected  herself,  but  more  often  with  food  given  to  her  by  the 
male  at  or  away  from  the  nest.  Both  parents  carried  food  internally,  rather 
than  in  their  beak.  However,  during  the  old  chick  stage,  food  was  some- 
times carried  in  the  beak.  Fecal  sacs  were  eaten,  flicked  over  the  side  of 
the  nest,  carried  and  discarded  away  from  the  nest,  or  transferred  from 
the  female  at  the  nest  to  the  male  to  take  away.  Nest  sanitation  must  have 
been  efficient,  because  feces  were  not  observed  on  the  rim  of  the  nests 
or  found  when  the  nests  were  collected.  Behaviors  of  the  female  on  recess 
did  not  change  between  the  egg  and  nestling  stages,  except  that  in  addition 
she  discarded  fecal  sacs. 

The  male  continued  the  same  patterns  of  activity  as  during  the  egg 
stage.  Though  he  fed  the  female  on  nest  #1,  he  was  not  observed  feeding 
or  tending  the  nestling.  Absence  of  observed  care-giving  by  the  male 
towards  the  chick  at  nest  #1  may  have  been  due  to  difficulty  in  viewing 
that  nest,  rather  than  an  absence  of  such  behavior.  At  nest  #2,  beginning 
on  hatching  day,  the  male  frequently  fed  the  female  and  nestlings  and 
removed  fecal  sacs.  On  the  day  prior  to  fledging,  the  male  on  a few 
occasions  delivered  food  to  the  nest  by  carrying  a succineid  snail  in  his 
mouth  rather  than  internally. 

Nestling  stage — chick  development. — Chicks  remained  huddled  under 
their  mother  throughout  the  first  two  weeks  in  the  nest  and  were  usually 
seen  only  when  they  lifted  their  heads  to  feed.  At  nests  #1  and  #2,  chicks 
were  first  seen,  begging,  on  2 April  and  19  and  21  May  (observers  absent 
15-18  May),  respectively,  when  each  attained  nine  days  of  age.  Our  data 
on  the  behavior  of  older  nestlings  is  sketchy  because  chicks  were  ob- 
served for  only  three  days  during  their  last  week  in  the  nest.  Nest  #1 
failed  in  a downpour  of  350  mm  rain  during  8-14  April.  Nest  #2  fledged 
one  chick  on  31  May;  fledging  may  have  been  delayed  by  weather,  which 
was  poor  the  day  before  fledging.  The  smaller  and  by  then  much  weaker 
chick  was  last  seen  gaping  on  29  May  and  is  presumed  to  have  died  in 
the  nest,  though  its  remains  were  never  found.  In  the  two  days  prior  to 
fledging,  the  surviving  chick,  when  unattended,  spent  most  of  its  time 
resting,  preening,  exercising  in  short  bouts  of  wing-flapping,  and  drinking 
water  off  plant  material.  When  fed,  it  flapped  its  wings  vigorously.  We 
never  heard  it  call.  Besides  relying  on  its  parents  for  nest  sanitation,  the 
chick  also  defecated  over  the  side  of  the  nest. 

On  31  May,  the  day  it  fledged,  the  chick  made  several  excursions  to 
branches  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  nest,  at  first  returning  to  the 
nest  to  be  fed,  then  leaving  the  nest  for  feeding.  It  was  first  heard  giving 
single,  infrequent  chip  notes.  Though  the  female  brooded  the  chick  on 
five  occasions,  the  chick  sometimes  resisted  by  pushing  her  off  the  nest. 


628 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Percent  (%)  EGGS:  TIME  OFF 


50  n 
40 
30 
20 
10 


Percent  (%)  YOUNG  CHICKS:  TIME  ON 


Weather 
□Good  n=83 
■ Poor  n=93 


rm 


50  -1 

40 

30 

20 

10 


O.M.O  1-5  5-10  10-20  20-30  >30 

Time  (min) 

Percent  (%)  OLD  CHICKS;  TIME  ON 


Weather 
□Good  n=19 
■ Poor  n=19 


DCLc 


0 1-1,0  1-5  5-10  10-20  20-30  >30 

Time  (min) 


□Good  n=48 

■ Poor  n=22 

0.1-1.0  1-5  5-10  10-20  20-30  >30 

Time  (min) 


Fig.  1.  Frequency  distribution  (percent  observations)  of  incubation,  brood,  and  recess 
times  of  the  female  Poo-uli  in  good  vs  poor  weather  at  nests  #1  and  #2  combined.  Poor 
weather  had  winds  >8  km  h ' or  rain  or  both.  Shown  are  times  for  three  stages:  eggs,  young 
chicks  (<14  days  old)  and  old  nestlings  (^14  days). 


Shortly  after  16:30,  the  chick  fledged  and  moved  into  the  canopy  of  the 
nest  tree.  It  was  21  days  old. 

Fledgling  stage. — We  observed  the  parents  attending  the  fledgling  dur- 
ing 09:00-12:54  on  1 June.  The  fledgling  was  located  in  a 7 m tall 
pukiawe  tree  near  the  nest  tree.  It  seemed  to  be  alone,  loafed  most  of  the 
time,  and  remained  in  the  subcanopy.  It  was  capable  of  short  horizontal 
flights.  Both  parents  provided  food.  Though  the  parents  occasionally  gave 
chit-chit  calls,  the  chick  could  not  be  heard.  It  wing-quivered  while  beg- 
ging and  moved  about  awkwardly. 

Rates  of  incubation,  brooding,  and  feeding. — Weather  affected  time 
spent  on  and  off  the  nest  by  the  female  during  the  egg  and  young  chick 
(<14  days  old)  stages  (Fig.  1,  Table  2).  The  female  at  nest  #1  spent  more 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


629 


Table  2 

Time  (min)  Spent  by  the  female  Poo-uli  on  and  off  the  Nests  in  Good  vs  Poor 
(Winds  > 8 km-h’'  or  Rain  or  Both)  Weather  during  Stages  of  Eggs,  Young  Chicks 
(<14  Days  Old),  and  Old  Chicks  (>14  Days  Old) 


Stage 

Weather 

Nest  #1 

Nest  #2 

Time  on 

Time  off 

Time  on 

Time  off 

N 

Mean 

SE 

Mean 

SE 

N 

Mean 

SE 

Mean 

SE 

Egg 

Good 

41 

14.5 

2.25 

6.3 

1.25 

18 

25.0 

2.12 

7.7 

3.05 

Poor 

18 

25.1 

7.43 

4.2 

2.25 

11 

24.9 

4.38 

3.9 

1.24 

Young  chick 

Good 

51 

15.2 

1.63 

2.7 

0.46 

47 

12.4 

2.19 

11.5 

1.79 

Poor 

62 

21.0 

2.17 

1.7 

0.30 

53 

25.9 

3.02 

8.2 

1.43 

Old  chick 

Good 

19 

7.9 

2.41 

18.2  . 

5.18 

Poor 

25 

11.2 

3.04 

8.6 

2.09 

time  on  the  nest  during  poor  weather  (mean  ± SD  = 21.8  ± 17.6  min) 
than  during  good  weather  (14.9  ± 11.5  min;  two-way  ANOVA,  ^2  ,32  = 
3.91,  P = 0.02).  Nest  stage  (eggs  vs  young  chicks)  did  not  significantly 
affect  time  spent  on  the  nest  for  nest  #1  (F,  ,32  = 0.34,  P - 0.56),  but 
the  length  of  recesses  was  longer  when  the  female  was  incubating  (5.7 
± 7.3;  F,  ,37  = 12.02,  P = 0.0007)  than  when  she  was  brooding  young 
chicks  (2.2  ± 2.7  min).  Length  of  recesses  at  nest  #1  was  4.2  ± 5.33  min 
during  good  weather  and  2.2  ±4.11  min  during  poor  weather,  but  was 
highly  variable  (F2137  = 2.34,  P = 0.10). 

For  nest  #2,  nest  stage  and  weather  affected  both  time  on  the  nest  (two- 
way  ANOVA,  F6  ,37  = 5.86,  P = 0.0001)  and  time  off  the  nest  (F^  ijj  = 
2.11,  P — 0.056).  Time  spent  on  the  nest  (mean  ± SD)  was  25.0  ± 10.1 
min  for  egg,  19.5  ± 18.4  min  for  young  chick,  and  9.5  ± 11.9  min  for 
old  chick  (>14  days  old)  stages.  Pairwise  comparisons  of  means  showed 
that  differences  were  not  significant  between  egg  and  young  chick  stages, 
but  significant  for  young  chick  and  old  chick  stages  (Tukey’s  test,  P < 
0.05).  Mean  time  spent  on  the  nest  was  14.1  ± 13.1  min  during  good 
weather  and  21.8  ± 18.5  min  during  poor  weather.  Mean  length  of  re- 
cesses was  6.4  ± 10.5  min  for  egg,  9.7  ± 10.0  min  for  young  chick,  and 
13.0  ± 17.0  min  for  old  chick  stages.  None  of  the  pairwise  comparisons 
of  means  was  significant  (Tukey’s  test,  P < 0.05).  Recess  time  was  12.4 
± 15.3  min  during  good  weather  and  7.8  ± 8.8  min  during  poor  weather, 
again  highly  variable. 

The  daily  rate  at  which  the  male  fed  the  female  while  she  was  on  the 
nest  was  not  statistically  different  between  good  and  poor  weather  during 
both  the  egg  stage  (0.23  vs  0.66  feedings  h“';  22.0  and  12.1  h,  respec- 


630 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  3 

Numbers  of  Identified  Food  Items  Transferred  from  Male  to  Female  or  from 

Adults  to  Chicks  at  Nest  #2 


Chick 

age-* 

Number  of 
feedings 

Cater- 

pillars 

Pale 

larvae 

Succineid 

snails 

Other 

snails 

Beetles 

Total 

1-4 

8 

6+ 

3 

0 

(8?) 

0 

9 or  17 

10-12 

12 

17 

9 

(2?) 

0 

0 

26  or  28 

19-21 

32 

30 

17 

34 

4 

1 

86 

• Age  of  the  oldest  chick  in  days. 


lively;  Z = 1.687,  P = 0.091)  and  the  young  chick  stage  (1.08  vs  0.95 
feedings-h“';  30.5  and  49.5  h,  respectively;  Z = 0.556,  P = 0.582).  Rates 
of  the  male  feeding  the  female  increased  significantly  from  the  egg  to 
young  chick  stage  (0.38  vs  1.00  feedings  h”'  incubation  or  brooding;  34.1 
and  79.9  h,  respectively;  Z = 4.03,  P = 0.0001),  because  the  male’s  main 
purpose  for  visiting  the  nest  was  to  feed  the  chicks  directly  or  via  the 
female.  During  the  old  chick  stage,  the  female  spent  little  time  on  the 
nest,  and  consequently  there  were  few  male-to-female  feedings. 

Feeding  rates  of  chicks  varied  with  sex  of  parent  and  weather  at  nest 
#2.  The  female  fed  young  chicks  at  a significantly  greater  rate  than  did 
the  male  (1.77  vs  1.03  feedings  h"',  43.6  h observation;  Z = 2.920,  P - 
0.004);  however,  the  increased  male-to-female  feedings  were  likely  passed 
on  to  the  chicks  by  the  female,  so  that  the  male’s  role  in  providing  food 
to  young  chicks  could  have  been  the  same  or  greater  than  the  female’s. 
For  older  chicks,  feeding  rates  by  female  vs  male  showed  no  significant 
difference,  perhaps  due  to  small  sample  size  (1.60  vs  2.24  feedings  h“' 
in  15.6  h;  Z = 1.290,  P = 0.197).  Parents  fed  young  chicks  more  often 
in  good  than  in  poor  weather  (1.95  vs  1.04  feedings  h“'  in  17.2  and  26.5 
h;  Z = 3.257,  P = 0.001);  data  were  insufficient  for  old  chicks. 

Diet. — We  cannot  state  whether  items  identified  represent  the  complete 
diet,  because  we  could  not  view  or  identify  most  food  transferred,  and  in 
cases  when  we  did  recognize  food  items,  these  were  only  one  or  a few 
items  in  each  transfer.  Most  food  appeared  as  indeterminate  goop.  Most 
food  items  identified  were  lepidoptera  and  coleoptera  larvae  (Table  3). 
Molluscs  did  not  appear  for  certain  in  the  food  until  the  chick  was  near 
fledging,  when  succineids  became  an  important  dietary  component. 

Interspecific  interactions. — The  Poo-uli  did  not  actively  defend  their 
nests  from  approaches  by  other  honeycreepers.  We  recorded  14  approach- 
es to  within  2 m of  nest  #1:  11  by  Apapane  {Himatione  sanguinea),  1 by 
either  an  Apapane  or  liwi  (Vestiaria  coccinea),  1 by  a Common  Amakihi 
(Hemignathus  virens),  and  1 by  a Maui  Alauahio  {Paroreotnyza  mon- 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


631 


tana).  In  nine  approaches,  the  female  was  incubating  or  brooding  and  did 
not  respond,  apart  from  watching  the  intruder  or  crouching  lower  in  the 
nest.  In  two  of  five  instances  when  the  female  was  off  the  nest  and  an 
intruder  approached,  the  male  or  female  drove  the  intruder  (Apapane) 
away  with  displays  and  chasing.  When  displaying,  the  Poo-uli  crouched 
and,  with  neck  extended  forward,  faced  the  intruder.  In  both  instances, 
we  believe  the  nest  was  at  the  egg  stage.  On  14  April,  after  nest  #1  was 
abandoned,  Apapane  entered  it  several  times,  presumably  collecting  nest- 
ing material.  Apapane  gather  building  material  from  nests  of  other  birds 
(Eddinger  1970). 


Vocalizations 

When  not  breeding,  Poo-uli  vocalize  infrequently  (Engilis  1990,  Moun- 
tainspring et  al.  1990).  Their  calls  are  inconspicuous  and  very  simple  in 
structure,  consisting  mainly  of  chit  (chip,  whit,  or  tch)  notes  given  singly, 
in  couplets,  or  in  short  bursts  (see  Pratt  1992  for  sonogram).  Vocalizations 
given  while  nesting  are  similarly  rare  and  quiet. 

Song. — A single  male  song  on  5 March  initially  alerted  us  to  a possible 
nest;  yet,  only  one  song  was  heard  from  13:15  to  16:35.  Songs  were  heard 
more  frequently  on  6 March  when  nest  #1  was  still  under  construction, 
twice  on  17  March  early  in  the  egg  stage,  and  not  at  all  later.  The  male’s 
song  consisted  mainly  of  paired  couplets  in  iambic  pattern  speeding  up 
towards  the  end  and  was  audible  only  within  40  m of  the  bird.  The 
following  song  heard  during  courtship  at  13:45-13:50  on  6 March  was 
typical:  “Chit-chit  chit-d  chit-ter  chit  (pause)  chit-ter  chit-ter  chit-ter.” 

''Chit-Chit"  call. — One  to  many  notes;  usually  two  repeated.  Frequent- 
ly given  by  male  or  female  during  construction  of  both  nests  and  on  three 
occasions  by  the  male  during  the  chick  stage  at  nest  #2  when  he  accom- 
panied the  female  on  recess.  On  three  occasions  on  10  and  12  May,  the 
male  gave  chit-chit  calls  shortly  before  the  female  left  the  nest  to  join 
him.  The  female  gave  soft  chit-chit  calls  as  he  approached  nest  #2  on  20, 
21  May. 

Chit  nore^.— Single  “chit”  notes  were  given  by  parents  while  foraging 
together,  perhaps  as  an  interspecific  flocking  call,  similar  to  that  of  Maui 
Alauahio. 

Alarm  call. — During  the  nestling  stage  on  2 April  at  16:32,  the  male 
gave  a series  of  three-noted  calls,  “chit,  chit,  chit,”  interspersed  between 
bouts  by  single  “chit”  notes.  He  was  seen  perched  low  in  a Myrsine  sp. 
tree,  while  the  female  brooded.  Observers  wrote  that  he  “was  most  likely 
disturbed  by  something  and  giving  vocalizations  to  ward  it  off,”  and  they 
implied  that  the  something  may  have  been  a small  mammal. 

Whistle  call. — Given  once  (7  April)  by  the  male  foraging  in  heavy  rain 


632 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


in  the  vicinity  of  the  brooding  female  at  nest  #1  and  given  on  four  oc- 
casions (14  April)  by  the  male  during  construction  stage  of  nest  #2. 

Chatter. — Once  during  the  egg  stage  at  nest  #1,  the  female  gave  four 
note  chatter  while  wing-quivering  and  being  fed  by  the  male  1.5  m from 
the  nest.  Another  observer  believed  that  the  male  gave  the  chatter  call 
during  feeding. 

Nestling  calls. — These,  if  any,  were  inaudible  from  the  observation 
points.  On  the  day  the  successful  chick  fledged,  it  gave  single,  infrequent 
chit  notes  when  alone  on  the  nest. 

Fledgling  calls. — We  heard  none.  Reynolds  and  Snetsinger  (pers. 
comm.)  described  the  calls  of  a juvenile  Poo-uli  being  fed  on  30  August 
1994  as  “a  high-pitched  rapid  twitter  very  similar  to  that  of  a juvenile 
Hawaii  Creeper  {Oreomystis  mana)  or  Hawaii  Akepa  {Loxops  coccineus 
coccineus)  being  fed.” 

Mechanical  sounds. — None.  Flight  was  silent,  lacking  the  wing-whir 
of  some  other  Hawaiian  honey  creepers. 

DISCUSSION 

Nest  site. — The  two  nest  sites  we  studied  are  important  from  both  an 
evolutionary  and  conservation  perspective.  Why  did  the  Poo-uli  build 
their  nests  in  tall  ohia  lehua?  Poo-uli  forage  in  the  understory  and  sub- 
canopy at  a modal  height  of  5 m (Mountainspring  et  al.  1990);  the  two 
nests  at  8 m were  at  the  high  end  of  their  reported  foraging  range.  Even 
more  puzzling,  why  do  the  other  six  species  of  honeycreepers  in  Maui 
rain  forests  also  nest  almost  exclusively  in  canopy  ohia  lehua?  Given  (1) 
the  diversity  in  morphology,  behavior,  and  life  history  traits  evolved  by 
the  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  (Amadon  1950,  Freed  et  al.  1987)  and  (2) 
the  diversity  of  nest  sites  used  by  continental  fringillids  (Bent  et  al.  1968, 
Newton  1972)  and  passerine  communities  generally  (Martin  1988),  the 
uniformity  in  nest  site  selection  by  rain  forest  drepanidines  is  unexpected. 
While  it  is  beyond  the  scope  of  our  paper  to  explore  this  convergence  in 
the  selection  of  nest  sites,  we  call  attention  to  historic  changes  in  pre- 
dation pressure  on  nesting  birds  in  Hawaii.  Prior  to  human  settlement,  all 
potential  nest  predators  in  these  insular  forests  were  birds — rallids,  ibises, 
raptors,  owls,  corvids,  and  drepanidines.  Nearly  all  have  vanished  from 
Maui  forests,  and  instead  six  species  of  small  mammals  have  invaded — 
a mongoose  (Herpestes  auropunctatus),  a cat  (Felis  catus),  and  four  ro- 
dents {Mas  musculus,  Rattus  exulans,  R.  norvegicus,  R.  rattus).  Most  hon- 
eycreeper  species  have  become  extinct  as  direct  and  indirect  consequence 
of  human  settlement,  including  mammalian  predation;  the  surviving  spe- 
cies may  be  nesting  in  sites  relatively  safe  from  the  new  predators. 

Breeding  system  and  parental  care. — We  have  no  evidence  to  show 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


633 


that  the  Poo-uli  defended  an  all-purpose  territory,  as  no  other  conspecifics 
were  seen  during  the  study,  and  the  male  did  not  sing  to  advertise  a 
territory.  Nor  did  either  parent  consistently  defend  the  nests  from  ap- 
proach by  other  species.  Sightings  of  the  parents  foraging  in  the  vicinity 
of  the  nest,  their  relatively  weak  flight,  and  the  absence  of  long  flights 
over  the  canopy  suggest  that  the  pair  may  have  confined  their  activity  to 
a home  range  of  only  a few  hundred  meters  in  radius. 

Even  with  a sample  size  of  one  pair,  we  are  tempted  to  infer  that  Poo- 
uli  are  principally  monogamous,  because  of  the  heavy  involvement  of  the 
male  at  all  stages  of  the  nesting  cycle.  Pair-bonding  extends  at  least 
through  the  breeding  season,  for  the  pair  initiated  the  second  nest  with 
minimal  courtship  and  no  singing.  The  pair  bond  may  have  been  rein- 
forced by  the  male  feeding  the  female  regularly  throughout  both  nesting 
cycles  and  by  the  pair  consorting  during  the  female’s  recesses  from  the 
nest.  Monogamy  is  universal  among  drepanidines  studied  to  date  (Eddin- 
ger  1970;  van  Riper  1980,  1987;  Pletschet  and  Kelly  1990;  Morin  1992; 
H.  Baker  and  P.  Baker,  pers.  comm.;  T.  Pratt,  unpubl.  data;  J.  Simon,  pers. 
comm.,  E.  van  Gelder,  pers.  comm.)  and  carduelines  generally  (Newton 
1972). 

Parental  care  by  the  male  and  female  resembled  that  of  nine  other 
drepanidines  studied  to  date  and  of  carduelines  generally  (Eddinger  1970; 
Newton  1972;  van  Riper  1980,  1987;  Pletschet  and  Kelly  1990;  Morin 
1992;  H.  Baker  and  P.  Baker,  pers.  comm.;  T.  Pratt,  unpubl.  data;  J.  Simon, 
pers.  comm.;  E.  van  Gelder,  pers.  comm.).  We  note  the  likely  increase  of 
care-giving  to  older  chicks  by  the  male,  documented  in  few  other  dre- 
panidines (Morin  1992),  but  perhaps  common.  Both  parents  performed 
nest  sanitation  throughout  the  nestling  phase,  and  we  found  the  successful 
nest  #2  clean  of  feces.  Among  drepanidines  studied  to  date  (Eddinger 
1970;  Newton  1972;  van  Riper  1980,  1987;  Pletschet  and  Kelly  1990; 
Morin  1992;  H.  Baker  and  P.  Baker,  pers.  comm.;  T.  Pratt,  unpubl.  data; 
J.  Simon,  pers.  comm.;  van  Gelder,  pers.  comm.),  only  the  Laysan  Pinch 
{Telespiza  cantans)  and  Palila  {Loxioides  bailleui)  give  up  nest  sanitation 
in  the  final  week  of  the  nestling  stage,  allowing  the  rim  of  the  nest  to 
become  heavily  encrusted  with  feces.  Complete  (or  nearly  complete)  nest 
sanitation  by  the  Poo-uli  and  other  drepanidines  that  feed  their  young 
principally  on  invertebrate  rather  than  plant  foods  is  presumably  a derived 
behavior,  as  other  carduelines  are  less  fastidious  (Newton  1972).  The 
seasonal  span  of  the  two  Poo-uli  nests  coincides  with  peak  nesting  for 
most  other  drepanidines  in  Maui  rainforests  (H.  Baker  and  P.  Baker,  pers. 
comm.;  J.  Simon,  pers.  comm.;  E.  van  Gelder,  pers.  comm.)  and  on  other 
islands  (Eddinger  1970,  Ralph  and  Pancy  1994). 

The  male  Poo-uli’s  role  of  provisioning  food  to  the  nesting  female  and 


634 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


to  his  chicks  assumes  added  importance  in  climatic  conditions  on  the 
species’  relictual  geographic  range.  New  weather  stations  in  Poo-uli  hab- 
itat have  recorded  annual  rainfall  ranging  from  5-12  m (L.  Loope,  pers. 
comm.).  Here,  trade  wind  showers  can  prevail  for  weeks.  Poor  weather 
can  threaten  the  eggs  and  chicks  with  hypothermia  and  pit  the  survival 
of  progeny  against  that  of  parents  faced  with  constraints  on  foraging  time 
(Drent  1975).  Poor  weather  delayed  the  female  Poo-uli  from  leaving  the 
nest  and  curtailed  her  recesses  for  foraging.  Reduced  foraging  by  the 
female  may  have  been  compensated  with  provisioning  by  the  male  who 
continued  to  feed  the  female  on  the  nest  at  the  same  rate  (feeding  bouts 
per  time  spent  by  the  female  on  the  nest)  in  poor  weather  as  in  good. 
However,  the  rate  at  which  parents  fed  the  young  chick  decreased  from 
good  to  poor  weather.  We  note  the  greater  importance  of  wind  versus  rain 
in  influencing  the  female  Poo-uli ’s  time  on  and  off  the  nest.  Wind  can 
have  a severe  effect  on  egg  temperature,  incubation,  and  incubation  be- 
havior in  small  passerines  (e.g.,  Morton  and  Pereyra  1985).  However,  we 
believe  that  rain  could  have  had  a much  greater  effect  on  parental  behav- 
ior than  measured  by  us.  Heavy  rains  prevented  us  from  observing  the 
nests,  and  this  biased  our  sampling  to  “drier”  conditions.  For  example, 
we  were  unable  to  observe  nest  #1  through  the  curtain  of  rain  that  may 
have  caused  its  failure.  Lastly,  Cartar  and  Montgomerie  (1987)  found  that 
for  female  White-rumped  Sandpipers  (Calidris  fuscicollis)  incubation 
“behavior  appears  at  least  to  integrate  the  effects  of  both  present  weather 
and  weather  on  the  previous  day.”  We  could  not  explore  such  effects  with 
the  Poo-uli  because  of  our  small  data  set. 

Skutch  (1976)  noted  that  time  spent  on  the  nest  was  greater  for  species 
in  which  the  incubating  bird  received  food  from  its  mate.  He  also  pointed 
out  the  influence  of  rain  on  nesting  birds.  The  slower  growth  rates  of 
chicks  of  tropical  birds  has  been  attributed  to  food  limitation  via  reduced 
rate  of  food  delivery  by  parents  (Ricklefs  1976,  Martin  1987).  The  adap- 
tive advantage  of  monogamous  male  birds  provisioning  their  mate  and 
young  in  windy  and/or  high  rainfall  environments  has  received  little  at- 
tention. 

Chick  development. — The  nestling  period  of  21  days  for  our  Poo-uli 
chick  is  intermediate  between  15-21  days  for  Common  Amakihi  (van 
Riper  1987)  and  22-26  days  and  23-29  for  Laysan  Finch  (Morin  1992) 
and  Palila  (van  Riper  1980;  Pletschet  and  Kelly  1990;  T.  Pratt,  unpubl. 
data),  respectively.  At  25.5  g (N  = 1;  Engilis  et  al.  1996),  the  mass  of 
the  Poo-uli  is  greater  than  that  of  the  Common  Amakihi  but  smaller  than 
that  of  the  Laysan  Finch  and  Palila,  suggesting  an  intermediate  nestling 
period.  Nestlings  of  European  cardueline  finches  that  nest  in  low  bushes 
spend  fewer  days  in  the  nest  and  leave  at  an  earlier  stage  of  development 


Kepler  et  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


635 


than  do  nestlings  of  carduelines  nesting  in  tall  shrubs  and  trees  (Newton 
1972).  Newton  (1972)  considered  early  fledging  as  an  adaptation  miti- 
gating greater  risk  to  predation.  Nestling  stage  for  all  four  drepanidines 
is  longer  than  that  for  shrub-  or  tree-nesting  carduelines  (Newton  1972). 
However,  the  drepanidine  chicks  fledged  at  an  advanced  stage  of  devel- 
opment, capable  of  level  flight  for  short  distances  and  with  flight  feathers 
and  body  size  close  to  that  of  an  adult  (van  Riper  1980,  1987;  Pletschet 
and  Kelly  1990;  Morin  1992;  T.  Pratt,  unpubl.  data).  These  differences  in 
fledging  time  and  development  indicate  an  advantage  for  a prolonged 
nestling  period  for  the  Poo-uli,  and  perhaps  other  drepanidines  in  montane 
Hawaiian  ecosystems. 

The  second  chick  apparently  hatched  two  days  after  the  first  chick, 
suggesting  hatching  asynchrony.  The  smaller  chick  died  before  the  larger 
one  fledged,  suggesting  brood  reduction.  Whether  this  is  a pattern  for 
second  clutches  in  Poo-uli  remains  to  be  determined.  Hatching  asyn- 
chrony and  brood  reduction  occur  in  Common  Amakihi,  Laysan  Finch, 
and  Palila  (van  Riper  1987;  Pletschet  and  Kelly  1990;  Morin  1992;  T. 
Pratt,  unpubl.  data). 

Diet.- — Data  on  Poo-uli  diet  are  few  and  tantalizing.  Baldwin  and  Casey 
(1983),  after  painstaking  analysis  of  stomach  contents  of  the  only  two 
specimens,  proposed  that  Poo-uli  feed  primarily  on  various  small  native 
lands  snails  (especially  Succineidae),  beetles,  and  proportionately  few  oth- 
er arthropods.  Mountainspring  et  al.  (1990)  reported  observations  of  Poo- 
uli  feeding  on  insect  larvae  and  succineid  snails;  they  postulated  that 
insect  larvae  might  be  a dietary  component  more  important  than  proposed 
by  Baldwin  and  Casey.  If  our  data  are  representative,  which  they  may 
not  be  because  of  observational  bias,  we  confirm  that  Poo-uli  feed  exten- 
sively on  succineid  snails.  However,  we  observed  lepidoptera  and  cole- 
optera  larvae  being  fed  to  nestlings  at  any  age  in  greater  proportion  than 
succineid  snails.  Poo-uli  appear  to  conform  with  most  passerines  by  feed- 
ing caterpillars  and  other  insect  larvae  to  their  young. 

Vocalizations. — Our  data,  corroborated  by  observations  of  others 
(Mountainspring  et  al.  1990),  show  Poo-uli  to  be  the  quietest  of  all  dre- 
panidines. We  heard  the  male  sing  only  during  courtship  and  construction 
at  nest  #1.  At  the  time  of  our  study,  Poo-uli  densities  were  very  low,  and 
we  did  not  observe  this  focal  pair  interacting  with  conspecifics.  How 
greater  population  densities  and  encounters  among  birds  affected  rates  of 
vocalizations  is  unknown.  The  song  and  chit-chit  call  are  both  diagnostic 
and  useful  for  detecting  Poo-uli.  However,  the  species’  rarity  and  infre- 
quent vocalizing  render  conventional  censusing  ineffective  (Scott  et  al. 
1986). 

Implications  for  recovery. — We  found  nothing  in  the  nesting  biology 


636 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


of  this  pair  of  Poo-uli  to  indicate  problems  for  reproduction  or  population 
recruitment.  Of  significance  may  be  the  birds’  placing  their  nests  in  the 
foliage  of  tall  ohia  lehua  trees.  We  presume  this  location  to  be  less  haz- 
ardous than  sites  in  tree  cavities,  subcanopy  trees  and  shrubs,  or  near  or 
on  the  ground,  where  nests  might  be  encountered  more  often  by  non- 
native, mammalian  nest  predators.  We  observed  Rattus  rattus  below  the 
nest  tree.  This  notorious  enemy  of  insular  birds  (Atkinson  1985)  thrives 
in  high  population  density  in  the  study  area  (Sugihara,  in  press).  Whether 
the  nest  sites  we  observed  are  typical  remains  to  be  determined.  Other 
factors  that  may  help  prevent  detection  of  Poo-uli  nests  by  mammalian 
predators  are  (1)  complete  nest  sanitation;  (2)  the  absence  of  odor  at  the 
nests,  relative  to  other  drepanidine  nests  (Pratt  1992);  and  (3)  infrequent 
vocalizations  at  the  nest.  Nevertheless,  we  emphasize  that  reduction  of 
small  mammal  populations  is  crucial  to  lessening  the  threat  of  nest  pre- 
dation for  the  Poo-uli  (Kepler  et  al.  1984). 

The  long  nestling  period  and  the  potential  of  no  more  than  two  young 
fledging  would  seem  to  handicap  Poo-uli.  However,  Maui  Alauahio  and 
Maui  Parrotbill  {Pseudonestor  xanthophrys),  two  other  sympatric  insec- 
tivorous honeycreepers  sharing  these  life  history  characteristics  and  the 
same  windy  and  rainy  habitat,  have  far  larger  geographic  ranges  and 
population  sizes.  We  suspect  that  factors  such  as  decreasing  food  avail- 
ability, habitat  disturbance  by  feral  pigs,  and  predation  by  non-native 
mammals  may  be  more  important  to  the  Poo-uli’s  decline  than  vulnera- 
bility arising  from  the  species’  nesting  behavior. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  the  Hawaii  Dept,  of  Land  and  Natural  Resources,  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Ser- 
vice, National  Park  Service,  and  The  Nature  Conservancy  of  Hawaii  for  supporting  our 
study  and  for  aggressively  pursuing  restoration  of  the  Poo-uli;  Tom  Hauptman  for  many 
memorable  helicopter  flights;  Allen  Allison,  Patrick  Ching,  Betsy  Harrison-Gagne,  Larry 
Katahira,  Jim  Krakowsky,  Joan  Suther,  and  Rick  Vetter  for  assistance  with  nest  observations; 
Phil  Bruner  and  Allen  Allison  for  collecting  inactive  Poo-uli  nests;  John  Simon,  Michelle 
Reynolds,  and  Tom  Snetsinger  for  sharing  their  observations  on  Poo-uli;  Cheryl  Tarr  and 
Rob  Fleischer  for  sharing  preliminary  findings  on  molecular  evolution  in  Poo-uli;  Allen 
Allison,  Carla  Kishinami,  and  staff  at  Bishop  Museum  for  facilitating  research  at  their 
collection;  Kim  Berlin  for  discussions  and  guidance  on  avian  incubation;  Greg  Brenner, 
Steve  Fancy,  and  Jeff  Hatfield  for  statistical  guidance;  Paul  and  Helen  Baker,  Tonnie  Casey, 
Fern  Duvall,  Jr.,  Steve  Fancy,  Jeff  Hatfield,  Marie  Morin,  and  Jim  Jacobi  for  review  and 
discussion  of  drafts  of  this  paper. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Amadon,  D.  1950.  The  Hawaiian  honeycreepers  (Aves,  Drepaniidae).  Bull.  Am.  Mus.  Nat. 
Hi.st.  95:157-262. 

Atkinson,  C.  T,  K.  L.  Woods,  R.  J.  Dusek,  L.  S.  Sileo,  and  W.  M.  Iko.  1995.  Wildlife 


Kepler  el  al.  • POO-ULI  NESTING  BEHAVIOR 


637 


disease  and  conservation  in  Hawaii:  pathogenicity  of  avian  malaria  (Plasmodium  relic- 
turn)  in  experimentally  infected  liwi  (Vestiaria  coccinea).  Parasitology.  11 1:559—569. 

Atkinson,  I.  A.  E.  1985.  The  spread  of  commensal  species  of  Rattus  to  oceanic  islands 
and  their  effects  on  island  avifaunas.  Pp.  35—81  in  Conservation  of  Island  Birds.  (P.  J. 
Moors,  ed.).  Inter.  Council  for  Bird  Preservation  Technical  Publication  No.  3. 

Baldwin,  P.  H.  and  T.  L.  C.  Casey.  1983.  A preliminary  list  of  foods  of  the  Poo-uli. 
'Elepaio  43:53-56. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1968.  Lite  histories  of  North  American  cardinals,  buntings,  towhees,  finches, 
sparrows  and  their  allies  (O.  L.  Austin,  ed.).  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull  #237,  parts  1-3. 
Washington,  D.C. 

Cartar,  R.  V.  AND  R.  D.  Montgomerie.  1987.  Day-to-day  variation  in  nest  attentiveness 
of  White-rumped  Sandpipers.  Condor  89:252-260. 

Casey,  T.  L.  C.  and  J.  D.  Jacobi.  1974.  A new  genus  and  species  of  bird  from  the  Island 
of  Maui,  Hawaii  (Passeriformes:  Drepanididae).  Occ.  Pap.  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Mus.  24: 
216-226. 

Cox,  D.  R.  AND  P.  A.  W.  Lewis.  1978.  The  statistical  analysis  of  series  of  events.  Chapman 
and  Hall,  London,  England. 

Drent,  R.  H.  1975.  Incubation.  Pp.  333-420  in  Avian  Biology  Vol.  5.  (D.  S.  Earner  and 
J.  R.  King,  eds.).  Academic  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

Eddinger,  C.  R.  1970.  A study  of  the  breeding  behavior  of  four  species  of  Hawaiian 
Honeycreepers  (Drepanididae).  Ph.D.  diss.,  Univ.  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  Hawaii. 

Engilis,  a.,  Jr.  1990.  Field  notes  on  native  forest  birds  in  the  Hanawi  Natural  Area  Reserve, 
Maui.  'Elepaio  50:67-72. 

, T.  K.  Pratt,  C.  B.  Kepler,  A.  M.  Ecton,  and  K.  M.  Fluetsch.  1996.  Description 

of  adults,  nestling,  fledgling,  and  nest  of  the  Poo-uli.  Wilson  Bull.  108:607-619. 

Freed,  L.  A.,  S.  Conant,  and  R.  C.  Fleischer.  1987.  Evolutionary  ecology  and  radiation 
of  Hawaiian  passerine  birds.  Trends  Ecol.  Evol.  2:196-203. 

Jacobi,  J.  D.  1989.  Vegetation  maps  of  the  upland  plant  communities  on  the  islands  of 
Hawaii,  Maui,  Molokai,  and  Lanai.  Cooperative  National  Park  Resources  Study  Unit, 
University  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu,  Technical  Report  #68. 

James,  H.  F.  and  S.  L.  Olson.  1991.  Descriptions  of  32  new  species  of  birds  from  the 
Hawaiian  Islands:  Part  II.  Passeriformes.  Ornith.  Monogr.  46:1-88. 

Kepler,  C.  B.,  T.  Burr,  C.  B.  Cooper,  D.  Dunatchik,  J.  Medeiros,  J.  M.  Scott,  M.  Ueoka, 
and  W.  Wong.  1984.  Maui-Molokai  forest  birds  recovery  plan.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service. 

Martin,  T.  E.  1987.  Food  as  a limit  on  breeding  birds:  a life-history  perspective.  Ann.  Rev. 
Ecol.  Syst.  18:453-487. 

. 1988.  Processes  organizing  open-nesting  bird  assemblages:  competition  or  nest 

predation?  Evolutionary  Ecol.  2:37-50. 

Morin,  M.  P.  1992.  The  breeding  biology  of  an  endangered  Hawaiian  honeycreeper,  the 
Laysan  Finch.  Condor  94:646—667. 

Morton,  M.  L.  and  M.  E.  Pereyra.  1985.  The  regulation  of  egg  temperatures  and  atten- 
tiveness patterns  in  the  Dusky  Flycatcher  (Empidonax  oberholseri).  Auk  102:25-37. 

Mountainspring,  S.,  T.  L.  C.  Casey,  C.  B.  Kepler,  and  J.  M.  Scott.  1990.  Ecology, 
behavior,  and  conservation  of  the  Poo-uli  (Melamprosops  phaeosoma).  Wilson  Bull. 
102:109-122. 

Newton,  I.  1972.  Finches.  William  Collins  Sons,  Glasgow,  Scotland. 

Pletschet,  S.  M.  and  J.  F.  Kelly.  1990.  Breeding  biology  and  nesting  success  of  Palila. 
Condor  92:1012-1021. 


638 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Pratt,  H.  D.  1992.  Is  the  Poo-uli  a Hawaiian  Honeycreeper  (Drepanidinae)?  Condor  94: 
172-180. 

Ralph,  C.  J.  and  S.  G.  Eancy.  1994.  Timing  of  breeding  and  molting  in  six  species  of 
Hawaiian  honeycreepers.  Condor  96:151-161. 

Ricklefs,  R.  E.  1976.  Growth  rates  of  birds  in  the  humid  New  World  tropics.  Ibis  118: 
179-207. 

Scott,  J.  M.,  S.  Mountainspring,  E L.  Ramsey,  and  C.  B.  Kepler.  1986.  Forest  bird 
communities  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands:  their  dynamics,  ecology,  and  conservation.  Stud. 
Avian  Biol.  9:1-431. 

Skutch,  a.  E 1976.  Parent  birds  and  their  young.  Univ.  Texas  Press,  Austin,  Texas. 
SuGiHARA,  R.  T.  Relative  abundance  and  diets  of  black  and  Polynesian  rats  in  two  Hawaiian 
rain  forests.  Pac.  Sci.  (in  press) 

VAN  Riper,  C.  1980.  Observations  on  the  breeding  of  the  Palila  Psittirostra  bailleui  of 
Hawaii.  Ibis  122:462-475. 

, S.  G.  VAN  Riper,  M.  L.  Goff,  and  M.  Laird.  1986.  The  epizootiology  and  eco- 
logical significance  of  malaria  in  Hawaiian  land  birds.  Ecol.  Mongr.  56:327-344. 
. 1987.  Breeding  ecology  of  the  Hawaii  Common  Amakihi.  Condor  89:85-102. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  639-649 


POPULATION  DENSITY,  VOCAL  BEHAVIOR,  AND 
RECOMMENDED  SURVEY  METHODS  FOR 
BICKNELLS  THRUSH 

Christopher  C.  Rimmer,'  Jonathan  L.  Atwood,^ 

Kent  P.  McFarland,'  and  Laura  R.  Nagy'-^ 

Abstract. — We  studied  territorial  and  vocal  behavior  of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  (Catharus 
bicknelli)  on  Mt.  Mansfield,  Vermont,  during  June  to  September  1992  and  in  June  1993  to 
1995.  Birds  sang  and  called  consistently  throughout  the  day  during  early— mid  June.  Later 
in  the  season,  songs  were  given  infrequently,  with  vocalizations  (mostly  call  notes)  being 
concentrated  at  dawn  and  dusk.  Spot-mapping  of  vocalizing  males  yielded  breeding  density 
estimates  of  36-52  pairs/40  ha  in  1992,  50-59  pairs/40  ha  in  1993,  55-65  pairs/40  ha  in 
1994,  and  45—53  pairs/40  ha  in  1995.  Other  less  labor-intensive  techniques,  including  fixed- 
width  point  counts  and  fixed-width  transects,  generally  resulted  in  lower  density  estimates. 
We  recommend  that  future  presence-absence  surveys  for  BicknelFs  Thrush  in  the  north- 
eastern United  States  be  concentrated  from  1-20  June.  Surveys  from  late  June  through  mid- 
September  should  be  attempted  only  if  observers  are  able  to  be  on-site  before  dawn  or  after 
sunset.  Received  26  Jan.  1996,  accepted  8 May  1996. 


BicknelFs  Thrush  {Catharus  bicknelli),  recently  classified  as  a distinct 
species  from  the  Gray-cheeked  Thrush  {Catharus  minimus)  (Ouellet  1993, 
American  Ornithologists’  Union  1995),  historically  nested  from  the  Gulf 
of  St.  Lawrence,  Gaspe  Peninsula,  Magdalen  Islands,  and  Nova  Scotia 
south  to  the  mountains  of  New  England  and  New  York  (Wallace  1939). 
Recent  studies  have  suggested  that  the  breeding  range  of  this  bird  has 
been  reduced  in  both  the  United  States  and  Canada  (Ouellet  1993;  At- 
wood et  al.  1996;  J.  Marshall,  pers.  comm.).  The  breeding  habitat  of 
BicknelFs  Thrush  consists  predominantly  of  dense,  stunted  coniferous  for- 
est dominated  by  balsam  fir  {Abies  balsamea)  and  red  spruce  {Picea  rub- 
ens)  (Wallace  1939,  Atwood  et  al.  1996).  In  the  northeastern  United 
States,  this  vegetation  type  is  restricted  to  mountaintops  higher  than  ap- 
proximately 915  m elevation  (Wallace  1939).  Not  only  are  most  of  these 
areas  somewhat  inaccessible  geographically,  but  the  habitat  itself  is  dif- 
ficult to  work  within,  being  characterized  by  nearly  impenetrable,  dense 
stands  of  conifers  that  are  often  located  on  rugged,  steep  slopes.  These 
logistic  challenges  have  hindered  attempts  to  estimate  the  current  popu- 
lation size  of  BicknelFs  Thrush  or  to  clarify  its  distributional  limits  in  the 
United  States. 

In  this  study  we  examine  territorial  and  vocal  behavior  of  BicknelFs 


' Vermont  Institute  of  Natural  Science,  RR  2,  Box  532,  Woodstock,  Vermont  05091. 

^ Manomet  Observatory  for  Con.servation  Sciences,  P.O.  Box  1770,  Manomet.  Massachusetts  02345. 
Present  address:  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Univ.  of  Arkansas,  Fayetteville,  Arkansas  72701. 


639 


640 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Thrush  in  the  context  of  potential  techniques  that  might  be  used  in  future 
population  and  distributional  surveys.  In  particular,  we  compare  density 
estimates  obtained  through  labor-intensive  spot-mapping  of  countervo- 
calizing,  territorial  males  (Kendeigh  1944,  Robbins  1970,  Williams  1936) 
with  estimates  derived  from  fixed-width  line  transects  (Emlen  1974,  Ken- 
deigh 1944)  and  point  counts  at  fixed-radius  circular  plots  (Anderson 
1970,  Anderson  and  Shugart  1974).  Additionally,  we  describe  studies  of 
the  influence  of  date  and  time-of-day  on  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocal  behavior. 
On  the  basis  of  these  results,  we  recommend  a standard  methodology  for 
future  work  aimed  at  assessing  the  distribution  and  population  status  of 
this  poorly  known  songbird. 

METHODS 

We  established  an  irregularly-shaped,  8.8  ha  study  plot  on  the  eastern  portion  of  Mt. 
Mansfield,  Chittenden  Co.,  Vermont  (44°32'N,  72°49'W),  at  approximately  1150  m eleva- 
tion. Dominant  woody  vegetation  consisted  of  balsam  fir  interspersed  with  limited  amounts 
of  red  spruce,  white  birch  {Betula  papyrifera  cordifolid)  and  mountain  ash  (Sorbus  spp.). 
Boundaries  of  the  plot  were  determined  primarily  by  topography  and  the  location  of  two 
pre-existing  trails  (Long  Trail  and  Amherst  Trail).  The  eastern  edge  was  defined  by  a nearly 
vertical  cliff  face  covered  with  dense  balsam  fir  forest;  the  western  edge  followed  a major 
ridgeline  that  separated  suitable  Bicknell’s  Thrush  habitat  from  extremely  stunted  (<0.5  m 
high),  “krummholz”  vegetation  located  immediately  to  the  west. 

Because  the  plot’s  dense  vegetation  and  rugged  topography  made  it  extremely  difficult  to 
leave  the  established  trail  system,  we  did  not  establish  a standard  grid  system  such  as  usually 
forms  the  basis  for  spot-mapping  studies  (Franzreb  1981b).  Instead,  we  used  compass  bear- 
ings and  tape  measurements  to  map  the  locations  of  known  “vantage  points  throughout 
the  plot.  Compass  bearings  and  distance  estimates  were  then  taken  from  these  locations  for 
all  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  that  were  seen  or  heard;  these  data  were  later  transferred  to  a master 
map  of  the  area. 

Spot-mapping  was  conducted  on  12  dates  in  1992  (11  — 18,  27—30  June).  To  validate  our 
1992  data  and  to  assess  changes  in  density  between  years,  we  also  spot-mapped  on  8 dates 
in  1993  (8-10,  16,  17,  23,  24,  29  June),  14  dates  in  1994  (5-9,  14-17,  20,  22,  23,  29,  30 
June),  and  16  dates  in  1995  (1,  5-8,  12-14,  16,  19,  20,  22,  23,  27  June).  Observations  made 
throughout  the  day  were  used  to  estimate  the  number  of  territorial  males,  here  assumed  to 
represent  breeding  pairs.  Only  the  locations  of  stationary  birds  were  included.  Simultaneous 
registration  of  two  or  more  vocalizing  birds  was  used  as  the  primary  basis  for  discrimination 
between  adjacent  individuals  (Robbins  1970).  3Ve  mapped  positions  of  both  singing  and 
calling  thrushes,  because  our  observations  showed  that  both  types  of  vocalization  were  used 
to  indicate  territorial  status.  Although  we  obtained  evidence  of  occasional  calling  by  females, 
we  are  confident  that  the  great  majority  of  calls  registered  in  each  year  were  given  by  males. 

To  assess  the  utility  of  other  less  labor-intensive  methods  for  estimating  breeding  densities 
of  Bicknell’s  Thrush,  we  conducted  fixed-width  line  transects  and  point  counts  made  at 
fixed-radius  circular  plots  on  10  dates  (11  — 13,  15—18,  27—29  June)  in  1992.  Transects  and 
point  counts,  each  of  which  required  approximately  1 h to  complete,  were  simultaneously 
conducted  three  times  per  day:  morning  (beginning  approximately  1 hour  after  sunrise), 
mid-day  (beginning  approximately  8 h after  sunrise),  and  evening  (beginning  approximately 
30  min  before  sunset).  Only  spot-mapping  data  from  1992  were  used  to  compare  with  other 
census  techniques. 


Rimmer  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  SURVEY 


641 


The  transect  line,  approximately  1 . 1 km  in  total  length,  followed  existing  trails  that  passed 
through  the  study  plot  and  formed  its  western  boundary.  A single  observer  walked  slowly 
along  the  transect  and  recorded  all  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  that  were  seen  or  heard  within  30 
m on  either  side  of  the  trail.  No  recorded  calls  or  “spishing”  were  used  to  elicit  responses. 
The  extremely  stunted  vegetation  immediately  west  of  the  study  plot’s  western  border  was 
deemed  unsuitable  for  Bicknell’s  Thrushes;  consequently,  this  section  of  the  transect  (0.5 
km  in  length)  was  limited  to  a strip  only  30  m wide,  located  entirely  east  of  the  transect 
line.  A total  of  5.1  ha  were  included  in  the  area  sampled  by  the  fixed-width  line  transect 
method. 

A total  of  seven  30-m  radius  circular  plots  >100  m apart  were  also  located  in  the  study 
area.  The  positions  of  these  plots  were  determined  by  trail  and  terrain  considerations  and 
not  by  vegetation  characteristics  or  observations  of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes.  Boundaries  of  cir- 
cular plots  were  marked  with  flagging  tape.  A single  observer  recorded  all  Bicknell’s  Thrush- 
es heard  or  seen  during  a 5-min  period  at  each  plot;  recorded  calls  or  “spishing”  were  not 
used  to  elicit  vocalization.  This  basic  technique  was  modified  on  four  dates  (11,  15,  18,  27 
June)  to  include  the  use  of  recorded  playbacks  as  a means  of  eliciting  Bicknell’s  Thrush 
response.  After  completion  of  a standard  5-min  count,  a second  count  of  5-min  duration 
was  conducted  in  which  a tape  recording  of  calls  and  songs  was  played  for  the  initial  3 
min.  A total  of  2.0  ha  were  included  in  the  area  sampled  by  the  circular  plot  method. 

To  examine  the  effects  of  date  and  time-of-day  on  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocal  behavior, 
counts  of  all  songs  and  calls  heard  during  5-min  periods  were  recorded  at  30-min  intervals 
on  14  dates  (11—13,  15—18,  27—29  June;  6,  14,  29  July;  16  September)  in  1992.  The  first 
of  these  counts  on  each  date  occurred  approximately  20  min  before  sunrise;  the  last  ap- 
proximately 90  min  after  sunset.  Vocalization  counts  were  conducted  near  the  “Octagon” 
on  Mt.  Mansfield  (elevation  approximately  950  m);  7-10  Bicknell’s  Thrush  territories  were 
estimated  to  be  within  hearing  distance  of  this  site. 

RESULTS 

Density  estimates. — Spot-mapping  of  vocalizing  males  yielded  density 
estimates  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush  of  36-52  pairs/40  ha  in  1992,  50-59  pairs/ 
40  ha  in  1993,  55-65  pairs/40  ha  in  1994,  and  45-53  pairs/40  ha  in  1995. 
The  territories  of  8,  11,  12,  and  10  pairs  were  located  entirely  within  the 
borders  of  the  plot  in  1992,  1993,  1994,  and  1995,  respectively.  The  total 
number  of  territories  on  the  plot  was  estimated  at  11.5  in  1992,  13.0  in 
1993,  14.25  in  1994,  and  11.75  in  1995.  Independent  evaluation  of  our 
data  by  an  individual  experienced  in  spot-mapping  but  unfamiliar  with 
the  plot  yielded  estimated  totals  of  11.75  territories  in  1992,  13.25  terri- 
tories in  1993,  12.5  territories  in  1994,  and  10.0  territories  in  1995.  Max- 
imum density  values  were  obtained  by  including  percentages  of  territories 
estimated  to  be  located  within  the  boundaries  of  the  study  plot.  Minimum 
density  values  were  calculated  by  excluding  all  “partial”  territories  from 
consideration. 

Mean  densities  calculated  from  point  counts  conducted  without  play- 
back elicitation  were  consistently  lower  than  the  maximum  estimate  de- 
rived from  spot-mapping  but  were  comparable  to  the  results  of  spot-map- 
ping  when  edge  territories  were  excluded  (Table  1).  Mean  values  obtained 


642 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  1 

Density  Estimates  for  Breeding  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  Based  on  Circular  Plots  and 

Line  Transects 


Time  of  day 

Survey  technique 

Morning 

Mid-day 

Evening 

Circular  plots  (no  playback)  (N  = 10) 

36  ± 28.4^ 

8 ± 13.9 

32  ± 25.6 

65-97%*’ 

15-22% 

58-86% 

Circular  plots  (with  playback)  (N  = 4) 

48  ± 23.3 

66  ± 78.2 

35  ± 19.6 

87-130% 

120-178% 

64-95% 

Line  transects  (N  = 10) 

23  ± 14.1 

5 ± 7.4 

18  ± 11.7 

42-62% 

9-14% 

33-49% 

” Mean  density  (pairs/40  ha)  ± 1 SD. 

Mean  density  expressed  as  percent  of  estimates  calculated  from  spot-mapping  results  (37-55  pairs/40  ha). 


in  the  morning  (36  pairs/40  ha)  were  slightly  higher  than  those  obtained 
in  the  evening  (32  pairs/40  ha).  Mean  mid-day  results  (8  pairs/40  ha) 
greatly  underestimated  densities  calculated  through  spot-mapping.  The 
modal  density  obtained  for  both  morning  and  evening  point  counts  over 
the  10  days  of  the  study  was  20  pairs/40  ha.  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were 
not  detected  within  any  of  the  circular  study  plots  during  10%  of  morning 
counts,  70%  of  mid-day  counts,  and  20%  of  evening  counts. 

Use  of  playback  recordings  increased  the  density  estimates  obtained 
through  point  counts,  but,  in  general,  the  results  were  still  less  than  the 
maximum  estimate  derived  through  spot-mapping  (Table  1).  Morning  and 
evening  counts  resulted  in  mean  density  estimates  of  48  pairs/40  ha  and 
35  pairs/40  ha,  respectively.  Because  of  a single  count  in  which  playback 
recordings  stimulated  an  unusually  large  number  of  territorial  interactions, 
the  mean  density  estimate  based  on  mid-day  counts  (66  pairs/40  ha)  ex- 
ceeded the  maximum  estimate  based  on  spot-mapping.  Using  playback 
elicitation,  the  modal  densities  obtained  on  morning  and  evening  counts 
throughout  the  study  period  were  40  pairs/40  ha  and  20  pairs/40  ha,  re- 
spectively. All  point  counts  (morning,  mid-day,  and  evening)  that  made 
use  of  playback  recordings  successfully  detected  at  least  one  Bicknell  s 
Thrush  on  each  of  the  four  days  surveyed  using  this  technique. 

Line  transects  produced  the  lowest  density  estimates  (Table  1).  Results 
based  on  morning  transects  (23  pairs/40  ha)  were  higher  than  those  ob- 
tained in  the  evening  (18  pairs/40  ha).  Transect  data  collected  at  mid-day 
underestimated  (5  pairs/40  ha)  actual  densities  as  calculated  through  spot- 
mapping. Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were  not  detected  on  10%  of  morning  tran- 
sects, 50%  of  mid-day  transects,  and  10%  of  evening  transects. 

Vocal  behavior. — At  the  time  of  our  preliminary  visit  to  Mt.  Mansfield 


Ritnmer  et  ai  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  SURVEY 


643 


on  2 June  1992,  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  sang  and  called  frequently  through- 
out the  day,  although  no  quantitative  data  were  collected.  According  to 
Green  Mountain  Club  summit  caretakers  stationed  on  the  mountain,  sing- 
ing Bicknell  s Thrushes  had  been  evident  for  at  least  one  week  prior  to 
this  date.  In  1993,  1994,  and  1995  several  individuals  were  heard  calling 
sporadically  during  the  mornings  of  our  initial  site  visits  that  ranged  from 
25  to  27  May.  During  mid-June  (11—18  June)  1992,  Bicknell’s  Thrushes 
called  and  sang  consistently  throughout  the  day,  with  only  18%  of  the 
total  vocalizations  (N  = 7998)  being  restricted  to  the  first  and  last  2-h 
periods  of  the  day  (Fig.  1).  On  15  June,  under  full  moon  conditions, 
Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were  silent  from  03:00  until  the  first  song  was  given 
at  03:57.  Of  238  5-min  counts  conducted  during  mid-June  between  04:30 
and  21:30,  we  failed  to  record  any  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalizations  in  only 
25  (10.5%)  instances. 

By  late  June  (27-29  June)  the  frequency  and  consistency  of  Bicknell’s 
Thrush  vocalizations  declined  sharply,  and  songs,  in  particular,  were  given 
only  rarely  (Fig.  1).  Of  the  total  vocalizations  (N  = 807)  recorded  on 
these  dates,  28%  occurred  during  the  first  and  last  2-h  periods  of  the  day. 
We  failed  to  record  a single  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalization  during  60 
(58.8%)  of  102  5-min  counts  made  during  late  June. 

There  appeared  to  be  some  resurgence  in  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocal  ac- 
tivity, including  both  songs  and  calls,  during  July  (6,  14,  29  July).  Of  the 
total  vocalizations  (N  = 1650)  detected  on  these  dates,  31%  were  given 
during  the  first  and  last  2-h  periods  of  the  day  (Fig.  1).  We  failed  to 
record  a single  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalization  during  51  (50.0%)  of  102 
5-min  counts  made  during  July. 

No  vocalization  samples  were  obtained  during  August.  On  16  Septem- 
ber, Bicknell’s  Thrushes  called  inconsistently,  and  gave  no  songs  during 
the  sampling  periods  (Fig.  1).  Of  the  total  vocalizations  (N  = 537)  re- 
corded on  this  date,  20%  were  given  during  the  first  and  last  2-h  periods 
of  the  day.  We  failed  to  record  any  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalizations  during 
15  (51.7%)  of  29  5-min  counts  on  16  September. 

DISCUSSION 

Surveys  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush,  aimed  at  determining  presence  or  ab- 
sence, or  at  estimating  population  size,  are  hindered  by  significant  logistic 
challenges.  In  the  United  States,  known  breeding  habitat  occurs  almost 
exclusively  on  mountaintops  of  more  than  approximately  915  m elevation 
(Wallace  1939;  Atwood  et  al.  1996).  Of  over  500  such  high  elevation 
sites  in  New  York,  Vermont,  New  Hampshire,  Maine  and  Massachusetts 
that  potentially  support  Bicknell’s  Thrush,  most  are  accessible  only  by 
hiking,  and  many  lack  any  established  trail  system.  In  addition  to  its 


PERCENT  OF  TOTAL  VOCALIZATIONS 


644 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


JUNE  1 1 


■ songs  (N=694) 
□ calls  (N=713) 


1,1-1,  in,a,l 


■ JUNE  27 

■ songs  (N=37) 

□ calls  (N=484) 

■n[ 

nnll 

1 1 1 1 

■ 

JUNE  15 


■ songs  (N=517) 
□ calls  (N=429) 


JULY  6 


JUNE  1 6 


■ songs  (N=760) 
□ calls  (N=405) 


'n^„n 


■ligpg-  .iMfl 


JUNE  17 


■ songs  (N=736) 
□ calls  (N=4n) 


40 


30  - 
20  - 
10  - 
0 


JUNE  18 


■ songs  (N=373) 
□ calls  (N=547) 


SEPT  16 


■ songs  (N=1 11) 
□ calls  (N=544) 


■nnRu 


■ songs  (N=0) 

□ calls  (N=537) 


J] 


in 


5 7 9 11  13  15  17  19  21 

TIME  (HRS) 

Fig.  1.  Daily  and  seasonal  variation  in  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalizations.  Axes  of  all 
graphs  on  same  scale  as  shown  for  18  June. 


frequent  occurrence  on  difficult-to-access  peaks,  Bicknell’s  Thrush  nest- 
ing habitat,  which  generally  consists  of  nearly  impenetrable  thickets  of 
stunted  coniferous  forest  located  on  steep,  rugged  terrain,  is  very  difficult 
to  work  within.  Wallace  (1939)  commented  that  “only  a freak  ornithol- 


Rimmer  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  SURVEY 


645 


ogist  would  think  of  leaving  the  trails  [on  Mt.  Mansfield]  for  more  than 
a few  feet  [due  to]  the  discouragingly  dense  tangles”  of  vegetation.  Fur- 
thermore, the  time  period  in  which  surveys  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush  may  be 
effectively  conducted  is  constrained  by  potentially  harsh,  high-elevation 
weather  conditions  coupled  with  a brief  breeding  season.  For  example, 
Davenport  (1903)  described  Mt.  Mansfield’s  weather  during  June  1902  as 
being  in  whole  or  part  rainy  . . . with  high  winds  often  making  it  im- 
possible to  keep  one’s  footing  in  the  open  on  the  summit.” 

As  a result  of  our  study  and  data  included  in  Wallace’s  (1939)  classic 
life  history  work,  we  recommend  the  following  protocol  for  conducting 
presence-absence  surveys  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush.  Sites  in  New  England 
and  New  York  should  ideally  be  visited  between  1—20  June,  during  which 
time  songs  and  calls  are  consistently  given  throughout  the  day.  In  northern 
parts  of  the  species’  Canadian  breeding  range,  surveys  should  be  con- 
ducted several  days  later  than  this  (Ouellet,  pers.  comm.).  Although  Bick- 
nell’s  Thrush  may  be  present  on  its  United  States  breeding  grounds  as 
early  as  17  May  (Rimmer  and  McFarland,  unpubl.  data),  the  possibility 
of  northward-bound  migrants  cannot  be  excluded  until  early  June  (Wal- 
lace 1939).  Because  vocal  activity  becomes  more  sporadic  later  in  the 
season,  especially  during  the  middle  portion  of  the  day,  surveys  conducted 
from  late  June  through  mid-September  should  be  attempted  only  if  the 
observer  is  able  to  be  present  on  site  at  dawn  or  dusk,  and  is  familiar 
with  the  call  notes  and  song  of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes.  Especially  during 
this  time  period,  we  recommend  use  of  playback  recordings  of  songs  and 
calls  as  a means  of  eliciting  vocal  response. 

Our  vocalization  studies  failed  to  show  any  strong  effects  of  varying 
weather  conditions  on  singing  or  calling  behavior.  Bicknell’s  Thrushes 
vocalized  consistently  in  all  but  the  most  severe  weather  during  early  and 
mid  June.  We  thus  found  no  evidence  to  support  Wallace’s  (1939)  asser- 
tion that  “this  mist-loving  bird  has  acquired  a well-founded  reputation 
for  singing  more  in  damp  or  rainy  weather  than  on  clear,  sunshiny  days.” 
We  do,  however,  recommend  that  field  observers  avoid  conditions  of 
strong  winds  (>15-20  knots),  moderate  to  heavy  precipitation,  and  cold 
temperatures,  especially  in  combination.  Under  such  conditions,  Bick- 
nell’s  Thrush  vocalize  less  frequently,  and  vocalizations  are  more  difficult 
to  detect. 

Although  Wallace  (1939)  suggested  that  Bicknell’s  Thrush  begins  its 
southward,  fall  migration  in  mid  to  late  September,  the  extent  of  post- 
breeding dispersal  prior  to  the  onset  of  actual  migration  is  unknown.  At 
the  present  time,  we  tentatively  suggest  that  records  obtained  in  late  Au- 
gust and  early-mid  September  in  areas  of  suitable  breeding  habitat  prob- 
ably represent  birds  on  breeding  or  natal  sites.  JJowever,  such  observa- 


646 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


tions  may  also  include  wandering  individuals,  and  therefore  may  be  of 
less  value  as  documentation  of  breeding  distribution  than  records  obtained 
earlier  in  the  summer. 

We  believe  that  surveys  directed  toward  actual  population  censuses  of 
Bicknell’s  Thrushes  throughout  their  breeding  range  are  impractical,  given 
the  extensive  areas  which  must  be  visited  and  the  difficulties  associated 
with  field  work  on  these  sites.  Instead,  we  recommend  that  future  popu- 
lation estimates  be  based  on  (a)  calculation,  using  satellite  or  aerial  pho- 
tography, of  the  extent  of  suitable  habitat,  and  (b)  density  estimates  ob- 
tained from  representative  sites  selected  throughout  the  species’  breeding 
range.  We  further  recommend  that  a standardized  monitoring  program  be 
established  on  a subset  of  northeastern  United  States  peaks  for  detection 
of  population  trends.  This  scheme  should  include  sites  located  throughout 
the  species’  range,  characterized  by  varying  amounts  of  subalpine  spruce- 
fir  habitat  and  with  differing  degrees  of  isolation  from  other  high  elevation 
areas. 

Line  transects  and  point  counts  both  underestimated  the  densities  of 
Bicknell’s  Thrushes  as  compared  with  the  maximum  density  estimate  cal- 
culated from  spot-mapping  of  territorial  males.  Point  counts  conducted  in 
the  morning  and  evening  without  playback  elicitation  yielded  results  that 
best  approximated  the  minimum  density  estimate  obtained  through  spot- 
mapping. Point  counts  that  made  use  of  playback  recordings  frequently 
resulted  in  inflated  density  estimates  relative  to  the  minimum  value  ob- 
tained through  spot-mapping.  Our  results  indicated  that  fixed-width  line 
transects  were  the  least  effective  method  of  estimating  the  breeding  den- 
sity of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes. 

Because  we  were  attempting  to  evaluate  techniques  that  could  provide 
consistent  results  even  when  used  by  relatively  inexperienced  observers, 
we  rejected  the  variable-width  transect  and  variable-width  circular  plot 
survey  methods  that  have  generally  been  superior  to  fixed-width  tech- 
niques (DeSante  1981;  Edwards  et  al.  1981;  Franzreb  1981a,  b).  Variable- 
width  methods  require  observers  to  estimate  distances  to  unseen,  vocal- 
izing birds;  we  found  the  volume  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalizations  to 
be  so  variable  that  even  trained  observers  were  sometimes  unable  to  es- 
timate accurately  distances  beyond  approximately  30  m.  We  believe  that 
unlimited  distance  point  counts  (e.g.,  Blondel  et  al.  1981)  provide  the 
most  feasible  means  to  obtain  abundance  indices  and  assess  population 
trends  of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  on  a rangewide  basis.  These  types  of  count 
eliminate  difficulties  of  distance  estimation,  are  much  less  labor  intensive 
than  spot  mapping,  and  are  well  suited  for  use  in  a single  habitat  type 
over  multiple  years  (Blondel  et  al.  1981). 

Based  on  our  field  experience  with  Bicknell’s  Thrushes,  we  believe  that 


Rimmer  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  SURVEY 


647 


use  of  tape  recorded  playbacks  may  increase  the  efficiency  of  detecting 
the  species,  when  present,  and  may  lead  to  more  accurate  counts,  as  sug- 
gested for  other  species  by  Marion  et  al.  (1981)  and  Falls  (1981).  We 
recommend  that  future  censuses  of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  be  conducted  as 
standardized  series  of  unlimited  distance  point  counts.  Counts  at  each 
point  should  include  an  initial  5-  or  10-min  period  of  listening,  followed 
by  a 1-min  taped  broadcast  of  songs  and  calls  and  an  additional  4-min 
listening  period.  Thrushes  detected  during  both  portions  of  each  point 
count  should  be  tallied  separately,  to  compare  the  relative  efficiency  of 
both  methods  and  to  allow  comparability  with  other  censuses  that  may 
not  employ  tapes. 

The  density  estimates  we  calculated  from  spot-mapping  data  on  Mt. 
Mansfield  in  1992  to  1995  were  higher  than  those  reported  frorri  two 
other  similar  studies  of  this  species  in  New  Hampshire.  Morse  (1979) 
recorded  Bicknell’s  Thrush  densities  of  22  pairs/40  ha  on  Mt.  Osceola, 
while  Sabo  (1980)  estimated  only  4 pairs/40  ha  on  Mt.  Moosilaukee. 
However,  our  data  may  not  be  strictly  comparable  to  those  of  other  studies 
due  to  differences  in  sampling  frequency  and  technique  (Rimmer,  unpubl. 
data),  seasonal  timing  of  censuses  (Morse  1979),  plot  size  (Morse  1979, 
Sabo  1980),  and  elevational  and  habitat  gradients  over  which  sampling 
occurred  (Morse  1979;  Sabo  1980;  Rimmer  and  McFarland,  unpubl.  data). 
We  believe  that  our  spot-mapping  data,  from  which  two  independent  ob- 
servers calculated  similar  numbers  of  territories  in  1992-1995,  closely 
approximated  actual  Bicknell’s  Thrush  densities  on  the  study  plot.  Mar- 
chant  (1981)  reported  that  edge-effects  in  spot-mapping  studies  tended  to 
inflate  density  estimates  by  incorrectly  including  10-27%  of  “edge  clus- 
ters” that  do  not  strictly  belong  to  the  plot.  Discounting  27%  of  partial 
territories  in  this  study  results  in  maximum  estimates  of  48  pairs/40  ha 
in  1992,  57  pairs/40  ha  in  1993,  62  pairs/40  ha  in  1994,  and  55  pairs/40 
ha  in  1995.  We  believe  these  to  be  more  accurate  than  our  minimum 
values  calculated  by  excluding  all  partial  territories. 

Wallace  (1939)  reported  that  Bicknell’s  Thrush  territories  on  Mt.  Mans- 
field “may  apparently  cover  an  acre  or  more”.  Assuming  densely-packed 
territories  of  about  0.6  ha  (1.5  ac)  in  size,  Wallace’s  suggestion  would 
yield  density  estimates  of  approximately  65  pairs/40  ha.  This  is  similar 
to  our  maximum  estimates  and  may  reflect  unusually  high  densities  on 
Mt.  Mansfield,  which  we  believe  supports  >250  pairs.  Further  study  of 
Bicknell’s  Thrush  territorial  behavior,  based  on  observation  of  color-band- 
ed or  radio-marked  birds,  is  clearly  warranted,  as  are  studies  of  possible 
geographic  differences  in  breeding  density  and  habitat  selection. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Dan  Lambert,  Karin  Fischer,  Andrew  Ingersoll,  and  Jamie  Christian  for  their 
invaluable  field  assistance,  and  Jim  Goetz  for  assistance  with  data  transcription.  Rick  Paradis 


648 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


of  the  University  of  Vermont,  William  Kemp  and  Rob  Apple  of  the  Mt.  Mansfield  Co.,  and 
the  summit  caretakers  of  the  Green  Mountain  Club  all  provided  logistical  support.  Trevor 
Lloyd-Evans  independently  plotted  spot-mapping  data  for  each  year.  Joe  Marshall  and  Henri 
Ouellet  provided  useful  discussions  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  biology.  We  thank  Henri  Ouellet, 
Walter  Ellison,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  for  helpful  comments  on  the  manuscript.  This 
project  was  supported  financially  by  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  the  National  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Foundation,  the  William  P.  Wharton  Trust,  the  Vermont  Monitoring  Coopera- 
tive, and  the  members  and  trustees  of  the  Vermont  Institute  of  Natural  Science  and  Manomet 
Observatory  for  Conservation  Sciences. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1995.  Fortieth  supplement  to  the  American  Ornithol- 
ogists’ Union  check-list  of  North  American  birds.  Auk  112:819-830. 

Anderson,  S.  H.  1970.  The  avifaunal  composition  of  Oregon  white  oak  stands.  Condor 
72:417-423. 

AND  H.  H.  Shugart.  1974.  Habitat  selection  of  breeding  birds  in  an  east  Tennessee 

deciduous  forest.  Ecology  55:828—837. 

Atwood,  J.  L.,  C.  C.  Rimmer,  K.  P.  McFarland,  S.  H.  Tsai,  and  L.  R.  Nagy.  1996. 
Distribution  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  in  New  England  and  New  York.  Wilson.  Bull.  108: 
650-661. 

Blondel,  J.,  C.  Ferry,  and  B.  Frochot.  1981.  Point  counts  with  unlimited  distance.  Pp. 
414-420  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.). 
Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Davenport,  E.  B.  1903.  Birds  observed  on  Mt.  Mansfield  and  in  Stowe  Valley  in  1902. 
Wilson  Bull.  10:77-86. 

DeSante,  D.  F.  1981.  A field  test  of  the  variable  circular-plot  censusing  technique  in  a 
California  coastal  scrub  breeding  bird  community.  Pp.  177-185  in  Estimating  numbers 
of  terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence, 
Kansas. 

Edwards,  D.  K.,  G.  L.  Dorsey,  and  J.  A.  Crawford.  1981.  A comparison  of  three  avian 
census  methods.  Pp.  170—176  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph 
and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Emlen,  j.  T.  1974.  An  urban  bird  community  in  Tucson,  Arizona:  derivation,  structure, 
regulation.  Condor  76:184-197. 

Falls,  J.  B.  1981.  Mapping  territories  with  playback:  an  accurate  census  method  for  song- 
birds. Pp.  86-91  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott, 
eds.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Franzreb,  K.  F.  1981a.  The  determination  of  avian  densities  using  the  variable-strip  and 
fixed-width  transect  surveying  methods.  Pp.  139-145  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terres- 
trial birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

. 1981b.  A comparative  analysis  of  territorial  mapping  and  variable-strip  transect 

censusing  methods.  Pp.  164-169  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph 
and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Kendeigh,  S.  C.  1944.  Measurement  of  bird  populations.  Ecol.  Monogr.  14:67-106. 
Marion,  W.  R.,  T.  E.  O’Meara,  and  D.  S.  Maehr.  1981.  Use  of  playback  recordings  in 
sampling  elusive  or  secretive  birds.  Pp.  81-85  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds 
(C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Marchant,  j.  H.  1981.  Residual  edge  effects  with  the  mapping  bird  census  method.  Pp. 
488-491  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terre.strial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.). 
Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


Rimmer  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  SURVEY 


649 


Morse,  D.  H.  1979.  Habitat  use  by  the  Blackpoll  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull.  91:234-243. 
OUELLET,  H.  1993.  Bicknell’s  Thrush:  taxonomic  status  and  distribution.  Wilson  Bull.  105: 
545-572. 

Robbins,  C.  S.  1970.  An  international  standard  for  a mapping  method  in  bird  census  work 
recommended  by  the  International  Bird  Census  Committee.  Aud.  Field  Notes  24:722- 
726. 

Sabo,  S.  R.  1980.  Niche  and  habitat  relations  in  subalpine  bird  communities  of  the  White 
Mountains  of  New  Hampshire.  Ecol.  Monogr.  50:241-259. 

Wallace,  G.  J.  1939.  Bicknell’s  Thrush,  its  taxonomy,  distribution,  and  life  history.  Proc. 
Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  41:211-402. 

Williams,  A.  B.  1936.  The  composition  and  dynamics  of  a beech-maple  climax  community. 
Ecol.  Monogr  6:317-408. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  650-661 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  IN 
NEW  ENGLAND  AND  NEW  YORK 

Jonathan  L.  Atwood,'  Christopher  C.  Rimmer^, 

Kent  R McFarland,^  Sophia  H.  Tsai,'  and 
Laura  R.  Nagy'-^ 

Abstract. — We  conducted  presence-absence  surveys  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush  {Catharus 
bicknelli)  in  Marine,  Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  New  York,  and  Vermont  during  the 
1992—1995  breeding  seasons.  The  species  was  found  at  234  sites,  of  which  225  (96%)  were 
dominated  by  varying  mixtures  of  balsam  fir  {Abies  balsamea)  and  red  spruce  {Picea  rub- 
ens).  Ninety-one  percent  of  the  occupied  sites  were  ^915  m (3000  ft)  in  elevation.  Size  of 
occupied  habitat  patches  was  generally  small;  73%  of  occupied  areas  delimited  by  the  915 
m elevation  contour  were  less  than  1000  ha  in  extent.  A logistic  regression  model  using 
independent  variables  describing  vegetation,  elevation,  land  area  S:915  m located  within  1 
km  of  a site,  and  latitude  successfully  predicted  thrush  presence.  There  was  no  conclusive 
evidence  of  widespread  population  declines  of  BicknelTs  Thrush  in  the  United  States;  we 
found  the  species  at  63  of  73  sites  (86%)  known  to  have  been  occupied  prior  to  1992. 
However,  the  restricted  breeding  distribution  and  narrow  habitat  requirements  of  BicknelTs 
Thrush  in  the  United  States  suggest  that  it  is  vulnerable  to  habitat  loss  and  degradation,  and 
that  continued  efforts  to  document  the  species’  status  and  ecology  are  warranted.  Received 
26  Jan.  1996,  accepted  18  May  1996. 


BicknelTs  Thrush  {Catharus  bicknelli),  until  recently  considered  a sub- 
species of  the  Gray-cheeked  Thrush  {Catharus  minimus)  (Ouellet  1993, 
American  Ornithologists’  Union  1995),  breeds  from  southern  Quebec  and 
the  Maritime  Provinces  south  to  the  higher  elevations  of  New  England 
and  New  York  (Wallace  1939,  Ouellet  1993).  Suitable  nesting  habitat  of 
this  species  in  the  United  States  has  been  described  as  dense  forests  of 
balsam  fir  {Abies  balsamea)  and  red  spruce  {Picea  rubens)  occurring  near 
tree-line  (Wallace  1939).  In  Canada,  the  species  also  occurs  at  lower  el- 
evations, and  has  been  documented  in  regenerating  clearcuts  and  coastal 
areas  where  structure  of  the  spruce-fir  habitat  approximates  that  found  in 
the  United  States  at  higher  elevations  (Ouellet  1993;  E.  Nixon,  unpubl. 
data). 

Concern  recently  has  been  raised  that  BicknelTs  Thrush  has  disap- 
peared from  portions  of  its  historic  range,  especially  in  Canada  (J.  T. 
Marshall,  pers  comm.;  E.  Nixon,  unpubl.  data),  and  various  factors  seem 
to  pose  likely  threats  to  the  species.  In  its  breeding  range,  habitat  deg- 
radation caused  by  acid  precipitation  (Vogelmann  1982,  Schreiber  and 
Newman  1988),  replacement  of  high  elevation  coniferous  forests  by  de- 

' Manomet  Observatory  for  Conservation  Sciences,  P.O.  Box  1770,  Manomet,  Massachusetts  02345. 

2 Vermont  Institute  of  Natural  Science,  RR2  Box  532,  Woodstock,  Vermont  05091-9720. 

’ Present  address:  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Univ.  of  Arkansas,  Fayetteville,  Arkansas  72701. 


650 


Atwood  ei  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  DISTRIBUTION 


651 


ciduous  tree  species  as  a result  of  global  warming  (Davis  and  Botkin 
1985,  Rodenhouse  1991),  or  habitat  loss  caused  by  development  of  ski 
resorts  or  communications  facilities  could  conceivably  impact  it.  On  its 
wintering  range,  apparently  restricted  to  the  Greater  Antilles  (Wallace 
1939,  Ouellet  1993),  Bicknell’s  Thrush  may  be  threatened  by  deforesta- 
tion (Arendt  1992;  Wunderle  and  Waide  1993;  Rimmer  and  McFarland, 
unpubl.  data). 

The  Committee  on  the  Status  of  Endangered  Wildlife  in  Canada  cur- 
rently is  considering  a proposal  to  designate  the  bird  as  “threatened”  in 
Canada  (E.  Nixon,  unpubl.  ms),  and  in  the  United  States  Bicknell’s 
Thrush  was  listed  as  a Category  2 candidate  species  under  the  Endangered 
Species  Act  in  1994  (U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  1994).  Rosenberg 
and  Wells  (1995)  identified  Bicknell’s  Thrush  as  the  top  priority  for  con- 
servation concern  among  neotropical  migrant  birds  in  the  northeastern 
United  States. 

Few  empirical  data  exist  by  which  to  evaluate  the  current  status  of 
Bicknell’s  Thrush,  and  various  aspects  of  the  species’  life  history  have 
caused  it  to  be  exceptionally  difficult  to  study  (Rimmer  et  al.  1996).  In 
this  paper  we  present  the  results  of  surveys  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush  con- 
ducted in  Maine,  Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  New  York,  and  Ver- 
mont from  1992-1995.  Where  possible,  we  compare  these  data  with  his- 
toric distributional  information.  Finally,  we  present  a preliminary  quan- 
titative model  for  assessing  the  probability  of  occurrence  of  Bicknell’s 
Thrush  in  the  United  States  portion  of  its  breeding  range. 

METHODS 

We  solicited  survey  volunteers  from  various  sources.  Cooperators  were  instructed  to  col- 
lect data  in  a standardized  manner.  Each  cooperator  was  provided  with  a tape  recording  of 
Bicknell’s  Thrush  songs  and  call  notes  obtained  from  the  Cornell  Laboratory  of  Ornithol- 
ogy’s Library  of  Natural  Sounds.  We  emphasized  censusing  at  locations  where  the  bird  was 
previously  recorded  and  at  areas  located  above  915  m elevation.  Three  hundred  eighty 
localities  were  visited  during  June  and  early  July  1992-1995,  usually  within  3 h of  sunrise 
or  sunset.  Bicknell’s  Thrush  was  determined  to  be  present  on  the  basis  of  clearly  identified 
vocalizations  or  observation  of  a territorial  bird  responding  to  broadcast  tape  recordings. 
Dominant  habitat  at  each  site  [VEG]  was  subjectively  categorized  as  (1)  spruce-fir  forest, 
(2)  mixed  hardwood-coniferous  forest,  or  (3)  northern  hardwood  forest.  Elevation  above  sea 
level  at  each  survey  location  [ELEV]  was  approximated  to  the  nearest  100  ft. 

Given  the  limited  nature  of  these  surveys  and  the  variable  levels  of  expertise  among 
observers,  we  cannot  certainly  conclude  that  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were  absent  from  locations 
where  we  failed  to  encounter  them,  especially  at  areas  that  were  visited  only  on  a single 
date  (N  = 80).  However,  during  213  visits  to  sites  where  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were  known 
to  occur  and  which  were  surveyed  on  two  or  more  dates,  the  species  was  missed  in  only 
20  instances  (9%),  suggesting  that  when  appropriate  sampling  protocols  are  used  (Rimmer 
et  al.  1996),  even  single  visits  are  likely  to  detect  the  species  when  it  is  pre.sent. 

In  addition  to  these  surveys,  we  also  incorporated  relevant  data  collected  from  1992— 


652 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


1995  as  part  of  more  intensive  studies  of  bird  populations  and  forest  habitats  in  Maine  (35 
sites;  J.  M.  Hagan,  unpubl.  data)  and  Vermont  (15  sites;  C.  C.  Rimmer,  unpubl.  data). 
Although  these  projects  did  not  use  playbacks  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalizations,  nonethe- 
less we  believe  that  the  multiple  visits  made  to  each  site  by  trained  observers  familiar  with 
the  songs  and  calls  of  all  local  breeding  species  warrant  inclusion  of  these  data  in  our 
analysis. 

All  surveyed  localities  were  manually  digitized  from  1:24,000  USGS  topographic  maps 
using  Arcinfo  GIS  software,  as  were  all  915  m (3000  ft)  contour  lines  in  the  study  region. 
For  each  point  in  the  resulting  data  set,  we  calculated  an  index  of  latitude  [EAT],  the  amount 
of  high  elevation  land  (^915  m)  occurring  in  a 1-km  diameter  circle  centered  on  the  survey 
point  [KMl],  and  the  amount  of  high  elevation  land  occurring  in  a 10  km  diameter  circle 
centered  on  the  survey  point  [KMIO].  KMl  was  considered  to  reflect  habitat  availability  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  survey  point,  while  KMIO  provided  a representation  of  the 
survey  point’s  location  relative  to  the  regional  distribution  of  high  elevation  land.  Addition- 
ally, Arcinfo  was  used  to  calculate  the  area  of  high  elevation  polygons,  as  delineated  by 
the  915  m elevation  contour,  that  were  occupied  by  Bicknell’s  Thrushes.  Area  estimates 
were  not  corrected  for  topography. 

Using  the  SAS  procedure  LOGISTIC,  we  performed  a stepwise  logistic  regression  (Mills 
et  al.  1993,  Ak^akaya  et  al.  1995)  with  the  response  variable  defined  as  thrush  presence  (1) 
or  absence  (0).  Independent  variables  (VEG,  ELEV,  LAT,  KMl,  and  KMIO)  were  added 
and  removed  at  a significance  level  of  P = 0.05.  A total  of  392  sites  for  which  complete 
and  unambiguous  data  were  available  were  used  in  this  analysis. 

We  also  conducted  road-based  surveys  from  18—21  June  1993  in  the  north  Maine  woods 
from  T.  11  R.  17  east  to  Garfield  Township,  from  T.  11  R.  13  southeast  to  T.  7 R.  11,  and 
from  Garfield  Township  southwest  to  T.  9 R.  8.  These  surveys  consisted  of  294  5-min  stops 
spaced  at  intervals  of  approximately  1 km.  Recordings  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  vocalizations 
were  broadcast  at  each  point  to  elicit  responses  from  any  birds  that  might  be  present.  All 
road-based  point  surveys  were  conducted  prior  to  11:00  under  good  weather  conditions; 
lakes  and  recent  clear  cuts  were  excluded.  However,  because  data  from  these  surveys  were 
not  recorded  in  a geographically  explicit  format,  we  did  not  include  these  results  in  calcu- 
lating the  quantitative  habitat  suitability  function  described  above. 

RESULTS 

A total  of  430  localities  (251  sites  >915  m elevation,  87  sites  from 
610-915  m,  10  sites  from  305-610  m,  and  82  sites  <305  m),  were  sur- 
veyed for  Bicknell’s  Thrushes.  The  species  was  found  at  234  of  these 
sites  (Fig.  1).  A detailed  list  of  documented  sites  of  its  occurrence 
(through  1995)  is  available  on  request  from  the  senior  author.  The  species 
was  found  at  234  sites,  of  which  225  (96%)  were  dominated  by  varying 
mixtures  of  balsam  fir  and  red  spruce.  Ninety-one  percent  of  the  occupied 
sites  were  >915  m (3000  ft)  in  elevation.  Road-based  surveys  in  the  north 
Maine  woods  failed  to  encounter  bicknelli  at  any  of  294  point  localities. 

Ninety-nine  high  elevation  polygons,  arbitrarily  defined  as  areas  de- 
marcated by  the  915  m elevation  contour,  were  occupied  by  Bicknell’s 
Thrushes.  Of  these,  73  (74%)  were  relatively  small  in  size,  being  char- 
acterized by  <1000  ha  of  land  >915  m elevation  (Fig.  2).  The  mean  area 
of  distinct  high  elevation  polygons  occupied  by  bicknelli  was  1046  ha 


Atwood  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  DISTRIBUTION 


653 


Fig.  1.  (A)  Documented  occurrence  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  within  its  United  States  breed- 

ing range.  (B,  inset):  Sample  localities  where  Bicknell’s  Thrush  was  not  encountered.  (C) 
Location  of  high  elevation  (>approximately  900  m)  land  in  New  England  and  New  York. 


654 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


>- 

U 


g 


a 


LAND  AREA  > 915  ra  ELEVATION  (ha) 

Fig.  2.  Frequency  distribution  of  area  estimates  of  high  elevation  land  occupied  by 
Bicknell’s  Thrush  in  the  United  States. 


(SD  = 2006;  range  1.5  ha  (Little  Bigelow  Mtn.,  Maine)- 130,020.1  ha 
(Mt.  Washington,  New  Hampshire). 

Approximately  155,295  ha  of  land  >915  m elevation  were  identified 
in  New  England  and  New  York;  areas  >793  m (2600  ft)  that  were  cat- 
egorized by  Miller- Weeks  and  Smoronk  (1993)  in  vegetation  classes  like- 
ly to  be  occupied  by  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  totalled  99,188  ha  in  western 
Maine,  the  Adirondack  region  of  New  York,  New  Hampshire,  and  Ver- 
mont (Table  1).  Neither  of  these  values  should  be  construed  as  actual 
measurements  of  the  extent  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  habitat.  Nonetheless, 
these  results  do  suggest  that  the  maximum  land  area  potentially  occupied 
by  the  species  in  the  United  States  is  probably  in  the  range  of  100,000- 
150,000  ha. 

Stepwise  logistic  regression  yielded  the  following  index  of  habitat  sui- 
tablity: 

P = 1/(1  + exp(-(3o  - (P.-VEG)  - (p2-ELEV) 

- (Pa-KMl)  - (P4-LAT))), 

where  P is  the  probability  of  occurrence,  VEG,  ELEV,  KMl,  and  LAT 
are  the  data  values  from  each  site,  and  px  are  the  associated  regression 
coefficients  (Table  2).  Based  on  the  goodness  of  fit  statistics  (Chi-square 
for  covariates:  log  likelihood  statistic  = 289.8  with  4 df,  P — 0.0001; 
score  statistic  = 221.8  with  4 df,  P = 0.0001),  the  model  is  highly  sig- 
nificant. Sites  occupied  by  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  had  a mean  habitat  suit- 


Anx’ood  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  DISTRIBUTION 


655 


Table  1 

Estimates  of  Approximate  Maximum  Extent  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  Habitat  in  New 

England  and  New  York 


Area  a 915  m (ha)“ 

Area  a 793 

m (ha)*’ 

Total  Mean 

SD 

Spruce-fir 

Total  sample 

Maine 

Western  Maine 

18,332 

168 

498 

32,366 

45,458 

Other 

6471 

196 

639 

na 

0 

Massachusetts 

302 

151 

180 

na 

0 

New  Hampshire 

54,480 

436 

1572 

34,154 

88,632 

New  York 

Catskills 

17,305 

247 

530 

na 

0 

Adirondacks 

41,674 

344 

1050 

28,393 

79,205 

Vermont 

16,731 

164 

359 

4275 

45,858 

“Estimates  of  land  area  (uncorrected  for  topography)  a915  m (3000  ft)  elevation. 

'*  Estimates  of  land  area  a793  m (2600  ft)  elevation.  Spruce-fir  estimates  based  on  values  for  “Spruce-Fir  Slope”  and 
“Balsam  Fir"  categories  provided  by  Miller- Weeks  and  Smoronk  (1993).  “Total  Sample”  = total  amount  of  photographed 
land  area  included  in  analysis  by  Miller- Weeks  and  Smoronk.  na  = data  not  available. 


ability  value  of  0.831  (SD  = 0.19);  sites  where  we  failed  to  document 
the  species  had  a mean  value  of  0.221  (SD  = 0.29). 

However,  because  these  data  were  used  to  calculate  the  habitat  function, 
they  cannot  be  considered  an  independent  validation  of  the  model’s  pre- 
dictive power.  To  validate  use  of  this  approach  to  predict  occupancy  of  a 
site  by  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  we  randomly  subdivided  the  overall  data  set 
into  two  equal  parts  (N  = 196),  recalculated  a new  habitat  suitability 
function  based  on  one  part  (A)  and  then  applied  the  resultant  model  to 
the  second  part  (B)  of  the  data.  Using  this  smaller  sample  size,  the  vari- 
ables KMl  and  KM  10  both  failed  to  meet  the  stepwise  selection  criterion. 


Table  2 

Results  of  Stepwise  Logistic  Regression  Predicting  Bicknell’s  Thrush  Presence  in 

New  England  and  New  York"' 


Variable 

Regression  coefficient 

Standard  error 

Wald  Chi-square 

Probability 

INTERCEPT 

-36.6017 

9.4148 

15.11 

0.0001 

ELEV 

0.00151 

0.000325 

21.59 

0.0001 

VEG 

-1.9502 

0.4069 

22.97 

0.0001 

LAT 

0.00000691 

0.00000185 

14.16 

0.0002 

KMl 

0.0200 

0.00678 

8.72 

0.003 1 

“Variables  listed  in  order  of  entry  into  model.  lOKM  failed  to  meet  the  Q.D-S  significance  level  for  inclusion. 


656 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


PROBABILITY  OF  OCCUPANCY 

Fig.  3.  Frequency  distribution  of  habitat  suitability  values  (probability  of  occurrence) 
among  subset  (N  = 196)  of  total  dataset,  based  on  logistic  regression  model  derived  from 
a different  data  subset  (N  = 196).  Habitat  suitability  index  varies  from  0 (no  probability  of 
occurrence)  to  1 (certain  probability  of  occurrence). 


SO  the  model  included  only  ELEV,  VEG,  and  EAT  as  independent  vari- 
ables. Eighty-nine  percent  of  sites  in  subset  B where  Bicknell’s  Thrushes 
were  observed  had  predicted  occupancy  values  >0.60  based  on  the  model 
derived  from  data  subset  A,  and  85%  of  unoccupied  sites  had  values 
<0.60  (Fig.  3). 

Two  sites  (Quoddy  Head  State  Park  and  Boot  Head,  Maine)  where 
Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were  reported  were  poorly  accounted  for  by  the  over- 
all regression  model  (Pearson  residuals  = 7.50  and  7.38,  respectively). 
Both  areas  are  located  coastally  near  sea  level  and  represent  the  only  low 
elevation  sites  in  the  United  States  where  the  species  was  documented 
during  1992-1995.  The  sighting  from  Quoddy  Head  State  Park  occurred 
on  4 Jul  1993;  the  species  was  not  subsequently  seen  at  this  site  during 
multiple  visits  from  1993-1995.  At  Boot  Head,  Bicknell’s  Thrush  was 
reported  on  12  Jun  1993,  but  later  surveys  during  1993,  as  well  as  mul- 
tiple visits  in  1994  and  1995,  failed  to  locate  the  species.  If  correctly 
identified,  the  two  1993  records  may  involve  transient  rather  than  breed- 
ing individuals. 

We  found  98  historic  (pre-1992)  breeding  sites  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush 
in  Maine,  Massachusetts,  New  Hampshire,  New  York,  and  Vermont 
through  literature  review  and  coirespondence  with  active  field  ornithol- 
ogists. Seventy-three  of  these  localities  were  surveyed  from  1992-1995; 


Atwood  et  id.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  DISTRIBUTION 


657 


Table  3 

Summary  of  1992-1995  Bicknell’s  Thrush  Surveys  at  Historic  (Pre-1992)  Sites  in 

New  England  and  New  York 


State 

Historic  sites 
(total) 

Historic  sites 
visited 

Present 

Absent 

Maine 

5 

5 

5 

0 

Massachusetts 

2 

2 

0 

2 

New  Hampshire 

26 

20 

16 

4 

New  York 

33 

16 

16 

0 

Vermont 

32 

30 

26 

4 

TOTAL 

98 

73 

63 

10 

Bicknell’s  Thrushes  were  documented  at  63  sites  (86%)  (Table  3).  Historic 
sites  where  we  failed  to  find  bicknelli  included:  Massachusetts — Mt. 
Greylock  (3  visits),  Saddleball  Mtn.  (3  visits);  New  Hampshire — Mt.  Pe- 
migewasset  (1  visit),  Mt.  Monadnock  (1  visit),  Mt.  Sunapee  (1  visit),  and 
North  Moat  Mtn.  (1  visit);  Vermont — Glebe  Mtn.  (Magic  Mtn.)  (1  visit). 
Green  Peak  (Mt.  Aelous)  (3  visits),  Mt.  Ascutney  (2  visits),  and  Molly 
Stark  Mtn.  (3  visits).  At  Mt.  Greylock,  the  only  historic  locality  where 
Bicknell’s  Thrush  numbers  have  been  recorded  over  an  extended  period 
of  time  (29  years  between  1938-1993),  population  estimates  suggest  a 
gradual,  long-term  decline  that  culminated  in  the  species’  disappearance 
from  the  site  in  1973  (Fig.  4;  Veit  and  Petersen  1993). 

DISCUSSION 

In  the  United  States,  Bicknell’s  Thrush  regularly  breeds  only  at  the 
higher  elevations  of  Maine  (730-1280  m,  but  see  below).  New  Hampshire 
(850-1460  m).  New  York  (880-1430  m),  and  Vermont  (820-1250  m). 
Because  its  obligate  habitat,  subalpine  spruce-fir  forest  (Wallace  1939, 
Rimmer  et  al.  1996),  is  generally  restricted  to  mountaintops  surrounded 
by  large  areas  of  northern  hardwoods  or  mixed  hardwood— conifer  stands, 
the  distribution  of  bicknelli  in  the  United  States  is  extremely  patchy  at 
the  landscape  level.  Furthermore,  of  high  elevation  (>915  m)  regions 
known  to  be  occupied  by  the  species,  few  exceed  1000  ha  in  area,  sug- 
gesting that  much  of  the  range  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  in  the  United  States 
is  limited  to  relatively  small  fragments  of  suitable  habitat.  We  did  not 
encounter  the  species  in  low  elevation,  regenerating  clearcuts  as  has  been 
reported  in  Canada  (Ouellet  1993;  E.  Nixon,  unpubl.  ms). 

The  status  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  in  coastal  Maine  is  problematical.  The 
species  has  been  documented  at  various  low  elevation,  coastal  areas  of 
Quebec  (Ouellet  1993,  Gauthier  and  Aubry  1995),  New  Brunswick  (Er- 


658 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Fig.  4.  Decline  and  local  extinction  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  on  Mt.  Greylock,  Massachu- 
setts. 


skine  1992),  Nova  Scotia  (Allen  1916,  Erskine  1992,  Wallace  1939),  and 
Prince  Edward  Island  (Erskine  1992),  lending  credence  to  the  possibility 
of  its  breeding  in  coastal  Maine.  However,  we  obtained  only  two  coastal 
records  during  our  study,  and  both  were  at  sites  where  the  species  could 
not  be  confirmed  during  multiple  subsequent  visits  by  experienced  ob- 
servers. Wallace  (1939)  reported  that  Gross,  Pettingill,  and  other  orni- 
thologists never  detected  Bicknell’s  Thrush  during  their  intensive  studies 
of  the  avifauna  of  coastal  Maine.  At  the  present  time,  we  do  not  feel  that 
available  data  warrant  inclusion  of  coastal  Maine  within  the  breeding 
range  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush,  although  more  field  work  in  this  area  is  cer- 
tainly desirable. 

Lack  of  detailed  historic  data  makes  it  difficult  to  evaluate  whether 
populations  of  bicknelli  in  the  United  States  have  declined  in  recent  years. 
The  species  has  disappeared  from  its  principal  site  of  historic  occurrence 
in  Massachusetts  (Mt.  Greylock),  where  the  population  numbered  ap- 
proximately 5-10  pairs  in  the  early  1900s.  Based  solely  on  presence- 
absence  determinations,  we  found  no  clear  evidence  that  Bicknell  s 
Thrush  has  declined  in  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  New  York,  or  Vermont. 

However,  although  these  data  do  not  substantiate  recent  concerns  that 
Bicknell’s  Thrushes  may  be  showing  serious  rangewide  declines  in  the 
United  States,  neither  have  we  refuted  this  possibility.  We  believe  that 
the  distribution  and  ecology  of  the  species  places  it  in  a precarious  po- 


Atwood  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  DISTRIBUTION 


659 


100%-. 

75%- 

50%- 

25% - 

0% 


NY 

(Adirondacks) 


28393  ha 


4275  ha 


NH 


(western) 


34154  ha 


^ MODERATE 
□ HEAVY 

32366  ha 


STATE 

Fig.  5.  Condition  of  high  elevation  (>793  m)  spruce-fir  forests  occurring  in  New  York’s 
Adirondack  region,  Vermont,  New  Hampshire,  and  western  Maine.  Based  on  data  presented 
by  Miller- Weeks  and  Smoronk  (1993).  Mortality  classifications;  Moderate  = 11—30%  stand- 
ing dead  trees;  Heavy  = >30%  standing  dead  trees.  Total  area  of  “Spruce-Fir  Slope”  and 
“Balsam  Fir”  cover  types  occurring  at  elevations  >793  m (2600  ft)  provided  above  each 
bar  (Miller- Weeks  and  Smoronk  1993). 


sition  that  warrants  further  monitoring  efforts.  Acid  precipitation,  global 
warming,  and  other  complex  biotic  and  abiotic  factors  have  been  postu- 
lated as  potentially  impacting  the  geographically  limited,  high  elevation 
spruce-fir  ecosystem  (Weiss  and  Millers  1988)  that  is  required  by  Bick- 
nell’s  Thrushes  breeding  in  the  United  States.  In  fact.  Miller- Weeks  and 
Smoronk  (1993)  found,  based  on  data  collected  1985-1986,  that  most 
areas  of  high  elevation  spruce-fir  habitat  in  New  England  and  the  Adi- 
rondack region  of  New  York  showed  extensive  levels  of  tree  mortality 
(Fig.  5).  The  causes  of  this  spruce-fir  mortality  are  uncertain,  and  no 
information  is  available  concerning  its  possible  impacts  on  the  biology 
of  Bicknell’s  Thrushes  or  other  birds  that  breed  at  high  elevations.  Finally, 
if  the  species’  poorly-known  wintering  grounds  are,  in  fact,  restricted  to 
the  Carribean  (Wallace  1939,  Ouellet  1993),  then  the  extensive  defores- 
tation that  has  occurred  in  this  region  (Arendt  1992;  Rimmer  and  Mc- 
Farland, unpubl.  data)  would  also  be  expected  to  adversely  impact  the 
population. 

Based  on  these  reasonably  postulated  threats,  Bicknell’s  Thrush  should 
be  ranked  as  one  of  the  most  potentially  threatened  species  of  Neotropical 
migrant  songbirds  in  the  United  States  (Reed  1989,  Rosenberg  and  Wells 
1995).  Further  research  should  attempt  to  clarify  details  of  its  current 


660 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


breeding  and  wintering  distribution,  calculate  population  sizes  based  on 
remote  sensing  data  combined  with  regionally-explicit  density  estimates, 
evaluate  levels  of  population  interchange  among  birds  breeding  on  iso- 
lated mountain  peaks,  and  assess  the  impacts  of  differences  in  habitat 
quality  on  Bicknell’s  Thrush  occupancy  and  reproductive  success. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  especially  thank  the  many  survey  and  data  entry  volunteers  who  contributed  their 
time  and  energy.  Although  too  many  to  list  individually,  this  project  would  have  been 
impossible  without  their  help.  C.  Darmstadt,  R.  Harrison,  T.  Nunan,  W Richardson,  D. 
North,  and  N.  Lamous  all  contributed  field  assistance.  J.  Marshall  and  H.  Ouellet  provided 
useful  discussion  of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  biology.  Environmental  Systems  Research  Institute, 
Inc.  provided  Arcinfo  and  ArcView  GIS  software,  and  Stacie  Grove  patiently  explained  its 
intricacies.  This  project  was  supported  financially  by  the  U.S.  Lish  and  Wildlife  Service, 
the  National  Lish  and  Wildlife  Loundation,  the  Wharton  Trust,  the  Plumsock  Lund,  and  the 
trustees  and  members  of  Manomet  Observatory  for  Conservation  Sciences  and  the  Vermont 
Institute  of  Natural  Science. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Akcakaya,  H.  R.,  M.  A.  McCarthy,  and  J.  Pearce.  1995.  Linking  landscape  data  with 
population  viability  analysis:  management  options  for  the  Helmeted  Honeyeater.  Biol. 
Conser.  73:169-176. 

Allen,  E.  C.  1916.  Annotated  list  of  birds  of  Yarmouth  and  vicinity,  southwestern  Nova 
Scotia.  Nova  Scotia  Inst,  of  Sci.  14:67-95. 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1995.  Lortieth  supplement  to  the  American  Ornithol- 
ogists’ Union  Check-list  of  North  American  birds.  Auk  112:819-830. 

Arendt,  W.  j.  1992.  Status  of  North  American  migrant  landbirds  in  the  Caribbean  region: 
a summary.  Pp.  143-171  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  neotropical  migrant  landbirds 
(J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington, 
D.C. 

Davis,  M.  B.  and  D.  B.  Botkin.  1985.  Sensitivity  of  cool-temperate  forests  and  their  fossil 
pollen  record  to  rapid  temperature  changes.  Quaternary  Research  23:327-340. 

Erskine,  a.  j.  1992.  Atlas  of  breeding  birds  of  the  Maritime  provinces.  Nimbus  Publishing 
Ltd.,  Nova  Scotia. 

Gauthier,  J.  and  Y.  Aubry.  1995.  The  breeding  birds  of  Quebec.  Environment  Canada. 

Miller-Weeks,  M.  and  D.  Smoronk.  1993.  Aerial  assessment  of  red  spruce  and  balsam 
fir  condition  in  the  Adirondack  region  of  New  York,  the  Green  Mountains  of  Vermont, 
the  White  Mountains  of  New  Hampshire,  and  the  mountains  of  western  Maine  1985- 
1986.  Eorest  Service  Northeastern  Region,  U.S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture  NA-TP-16-93. 

Mills,  L.  S.,  R.  J.  Eredrickson,  and  B.  B.  Moorhead.  1993.  Characteristics  of  old-growth 
forests  associated  with  northern  Spotted  Owls  in  Olympic  National  Park.  J.  Wildl.  Man- 
agement 57:315-321. 

Ouellet,  H.  1993.  Bicknell’s  Thrush:  taxonomic  status  and  distribution.  Wilson  Bull.  105: 
545-572. 

Reed,  J.  M.  1989.  A system  for  ranking  conservation  priorities  for  Neotropical  migrant 
birds  based  on  relative  susceptibility  to  extinction.  Pp.  524-536  in  Ecology  and  con- 
servation of  neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.). 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 


Atn’ood  et  al.  • BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  DISTRIBUTION 


661 


Rimmer,  C.  C.,  J.  L.  Atwood,  K.  P.  McFarland,  and  L.  R.  Nagy.  1996.  Population  density, 
vocal  behavior,  and  recommended  survey  methods  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush.  Wilson  Bull 
108:639-649. 

Rodenhouse,  N.  L.  1991.  Potential  effects  of  climatic  change  on  a neotropical  migrant 
landbird.  Conserv.  Biol.  6:263-272. 

Rosenberg,  K.  V.  and  J.  V.  Wells.  1995.  Final  job  report:  importance  of  geographic  areas 
to  neotropical  migrant  birds  in  the  Northeast.  Prepared  for  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Ser- 
vice, Region  5;  July  1995. 

ScHREiBER,  R.  K.  AND  J.  R.  Newman.  1988.  Acid  precipitation  effects  on  forest  habitats: 
implications  for  wildlife.  Conservation  Biology  2:249-259. 

U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  1994.  Endangered  and  threatened  wildlife  and  plants: 
animal  candidate  review  for  listing  as  endangered  or  threatened  species;  proposed  rule. 
Fed.  Reg.  59:58982-59028. 

Veit,  R.  R.  and  W.  R.  Petersen.  1993.  Birds  of  Massachusetts.  Massachusetts  Audubon 
Society,  Lincoln,  Massachusetts. 

Vogelmann,  H.  W.  1982.  Catastrophe  on  Camel’s  Hump.  Natural  History  91:8-14. 

Wallace,  G.  J.  1939.  Bicknell’s  thrush,  its  taxonomy,  distribution,  and  life  history.  Proc. 
Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  41:211-402. 

Weiss,  M.  J.  and  I.  Millers.  1988.  Historical  impacts  on  red  spruce  and  balsam  fir  in  the 
northeastern  U.S.  Pp.  271-277  in  Proceedings  of  the  effects  of  atmospheric  pollution 
on  spruce  and  fir  in  the  eastern  United  States  and  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany. 
Burlington,  Vermont. 

WuNDERLE,  J.  M.  AND  R.  B.  Waide.  1993.  Distribution  of  overwintering  Nearctic  migrants 
in  the  Bahamas  and  Greater  Antilles.  Condor  95:904-933. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  662-672 


MIGRATION  ROUTES  OF  THE  WESTERN  SANDPIPER 

Robert  W.  Butler,'  - Francisco  S.  Delgado,'* 

Horacio  de  la  Cueva,'*  Victor  Pulido,^  and 
Brett  K.  Sandercock^ 

Abstract. — We  report  the  locations  of  97  sightings  of  over  15,000  Western  Sandpipers 
(Calidris  mauri)  color  banded  in  Peru,  Panama,  Mexico,  British  Columbia,  and  Alaska. 
Ninety-five  sightings  were  made  in  states  and  provinces  along  the  Pacific  Coast  of  Central 
America  and  North  America.  One  sandpiper  banded  in  British  Columbia  and  one  from  Peru 
were  seen  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  We  propose  that  most  Western  Sandpipers  migrate 
from  Central  and  South  American  winter  quarters  along  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America. 
We  also  propose  that  most  post-breeding  Western  Sandpipers  use  a trans-Pacific  route  that 
bypasses  southeast  Alaska  and  makes  landfall  in  southern  British  Columbia.  Western  Sand- 
pipers that  spend  the  winter  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  USA  and  in  the  Caribbean  fly  a 
trans-continental  route  beginning  from  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America.  Received  27 
Sept.  1995,  accepted  I April  1996. 


Most  Arctic  breeding  shorebirds  stop  at  several  staging  sites  to  rest  and 
feed  while  migrating  to  and  from  their  winter  quarters.  A generally  held 
view  is  that  staging  sites  contribute  to  the  reproductive  fitness  of  individ- 
ual shorebirds  (Davidson  and  Evans  1988,  Alerstam  and  Lindstrom  1990, 
Ens  et  al.  1994)  and  the  degradation  of  these  sites  will  result  in  population 
declines  (Davidson  and  Evans  1986,  Davidson  and  Piersma  1992).  As  a 
beginning,  an  assessment  of  this  hypothesis  requires  a description  of  mi- 
gratory routes.  For  even  the  most  abundant  shorebird  species,  however, 
migratory  routes  and  staging  sites  are  not  well  known  (Morrison  1984). 

The  Western  Sandpiper  {Calidris  mauri)  is  the  most  numerous  shore- 
bird  on  the  Pacific  Coast  of  North  America.  Between  250,000  and  one 
million  individuals  are  present  on  single  days  in  San  Francisco  Bay,  Grays 
Flarbor,  the  deltas  of  the  Fraser,  Stikine,  Fox,  and  Copper  rivers,  and 
Redoubt  and  Kachemak  bays  during  spring  migration  from  mid-April 
through  mid-May  (Page  et  al.  1979,  Butler  1994,  Gill  et  al.  1994,  O’Reilly 
and  Wingfield  1995).  Single-day  counts  at  these  sites  are  10-  to  15-fold 
smaller  during  the  southward  migration  from  late  June  to  mid-September 
(Senner  1977,  Page  et  al.  1979,  Butler  1994).  Radio-tagging  studies  by 
Iverson  et  al.  (1996)  confirmed  that  many  of  the  same  individuals  used 

' Pacific  Wildlife  Research  Centre,  Canadian  Wildlife  Service,  5421  Robertson  Road,  RR  1,  Delta,  British 
Columbia  V4K  3N2,  Canada. 

2 Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Simon  Fraser  Univ.,  Burnaby,  British  Columbia  V5A  1S6,  Canada. 

3 C.  Meliton  Martin,  N 32-94,  Chitre,  Herrera,  Republic  of  Panama. 

••Centro  de  Investigacion  Cientifica  y de  Educacion  Superior  de  Ensenada,  km  107  Carretera,  Tijuana- 
Ensenada,  B.  C.  Mexico. 

* Programa  de  Conservacion  y Desarrollo  Sostenido  de  Humedales,  Los  Eucaliptos  285  Camacho,  La 
Molina,  Lima  12,  Peru. 


662 


Butler  et  al.  • SANDPIPER  MIGRATION 


663 


these  sites  during  spring  migration.  Despite  its  abundance,  the  migratory 
pathways  of  the  Western  Sandpiper  are  incompletely  known.  It  is  clear 
that  most  Western  Sandpipers  migrate  along  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  Unit- 
ed States  and  Canada  (Gill  1979,  Gill  et  al.  1994).  Senner  and  Martinez 
(1982)  used  data  from  regional  bird  accounts  and  recoveries  of  banded 
birds  to  postulate  that  a small  number  of  Western  Sandpipers  use  an 
interior  route  through  the  Great  Plains  east  of  the  Rocky  mountains  to 
and  from  Alaska’s  North  Slope  and  that  some  Western  Sandpipers  travel 
north  in  spring  along  the  Pacific  Coast  and  return  to  wintering  quarters 
by  routes  that  cross  portions  of  the  continental  interior.  Migration  routes 
south  of  the  United  States  of  America  were  not  described. 

The  purpose  of  this  paper  is  to  report  sightings  of  banded  Western 
Sandpipers  in  the  Americas  up  to  February  1996  and  to  relate  them  to 
migration  routes  proposed  by  Senner  and  Martinez  (1982). 

STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

Peru,  Panama,  and  Mexico  represent  the  respective  southern,  central,  and  northern  por- 
tions of  the  winter  range  of  the  Western  Sandpiper  on  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  Americas 
(American  Ornithologists’  Union  1983),  whereas  British  Columbia  is  a staging  site  used  by 
large  numbers  of  Western  Sandpipers  in  spring  and  autumn  (Butler  et  al.  1987,  Butler  1994). 
Most  Western  Sandpipers  were  captured  in  mist  nets  and  fitted  with  colored  darvic  plastic 
“flag”  bands  to  the  legs  at  Paracas  near  Pisco,  Peru  (13°42'S,  76°13'W),  near  Chitre,  Re- 
public of  Panama  (7°58'N,  80°26'W),  near  Ensenada,  Mexico  (31°52'N,  116°37'W),  on 
Sidney  Island,  BC  (48°40'N,  123°30'W),  and  at  Safety  Sound  near  Nome,  AK  (64°20'N, 
164°56'W)  (Figs.  1,  2). 

About  300  Western  Sandpipers  were  banded  with  yellow  flags  in  Peru  between  December 
1990  and  May  1991,  about  14,000  were  banded  with  red  over  white  flags  in  Panama  between 
January  1989  and  April  1995,  100  were  banded  with  red  over  yellow  flags  in  Mexico  in 
February  and  March  1993,  553  were  banded  with  white  flags  in  British  Columbia  in  July 
and  August  1990—1994,  and  1271  were  banded  with  green  flags  in  Alaska  in  June  and  July 
1994-1995.  We  relied  on  birdwatchers  and  biologists  to  send  us  sightings  of  banded  birds, 
which  created  a bias  in  the  reporting  locations  since  sighting  rates  will  depend  on  the 
intensity  of  search.  Ten  juveniles  had  miniature  (0.8  g)  radio  transmitters  glued  to  the  feath- 
ers of  the  back  (Warnock  and  Warnock  1993)  near  Nome,  Alaska  on  11  July  1994.  Daily 
scans  with  a hand-held  Yagi  antenna  and  radio  receiver  were  made  every  kilometer  along 
dykes  near  the  high  tide  line  on  the  Fraser  River  delta,  British  Columbia  from  14  July  to 
10  August  1994.  The  search  area  was  along  Boundary  Bay  and  southern  Roberts  Bank 
where  large  numbers  of  Western  Sandpipers  roost  during  high  tide  (Butler  1994). 

There  is  the  possibility  that  some  birds  that  lost  a flag  were  identified  with  the  wrong 
country.  We  received  two  reports  of  birds  with  only  red  flags  out  of  about  14,000  that  were 
banded.  Red  flags  are  the  designated  color  for  Chile  where  Western  Sandpipers  are  very 
rare  (Modinger  et  al.  1986),  and  none  has  been  banded  (M.  Sallaberry,  pers.  comm.).  These 
also  could  have  been  Mexican-banded  sandpipers  that  lost  a yellow  flag.  Sightings  of  yellow 
flags  from  Peru  were  made  before  red  and  yellow  flags  were  used  in  Mexico.  Some  white 
flags  attached  to  sandpipers  in  Panama  had  become  stained  yellow  when  the  birds  were 
recaptured  a few  years  later.  All  birds  in  Canada  were  banded  with  white  flags  and  colored 


664 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Fig.  1.  Location  of  sightings  of  Western  Sandpipers  banded  in  Peru,  Mexico,  British 
Columbia,  and  Alaska  up  to  28  February  1996.  Some  sightings  are  omitted  for  clarity.  Stars 
indicate  banding  site,  squares  indicate  locations  of  sightings  during  winter  (Oct.-Feb.),  tri- 
angles are  during  northward  migration  (March-May),  and  circles  are  during  southward  mi- 
gration ( July-Sept.). 


Butler  et  al.  • SANDPIPER  MIGRATION 


665 


Fig.  2.  Location  of  Western  Sandpipers  banded  in  Panama  up  to  28  February  1996. 
Symbols  as  in  Fig.  1 . 


666 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  1 

Number  of  Sightings  and  Recoveries  by  28  February  1996  of  Western  Sandpipers 
Banded  at  Five  Sites  Along  the  Pacific  Coast 

Banding 

site 

Peru 

Panama 

Mexico 

CA 

OR 

USA 

WA  TX 

AZ 

KS 

BC 

AK 

Total 

Peru 



0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

1 

2 

5 

Panama 

0 

— 

2 

11 

7 

1 

0 

0 

0 

18 

16 

55 

Mexico 

0 

0 

— 

4 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

4 

1 

10 

BC 

0 

0 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

3 

1 

6 

Alaska 

0 

4 

2 

3 

5 

1 

0 

1 

0 

5 

— 

21 

Total 

0 

4 

4 

20 

13 

2 

1 

1 

1 

31 

20 

97 

bands  to  prevent  confusion.  We  discarded  any  records  when  the  observer  was  in  doubt  about 
the  color  of  a flag  or  if  the  country  of  origin  was  in  doubt. 

RESULTS 

Ninety-seven  sightings  of  flag-banded  Western  Sandpipers  were  re- 
ported by  29  February  1996  (Table  1).  Five  sightings  were  from  sand- 
pipers banded  in  Peru,  55  from  Panama,  10  from  Mexico,  six  from  British 
Columbia,  and  21  from  Alaska  (Table  1).  No  flag-banded  birds  from  the 
other  banding  sites  were  seen  in  Peru,  four  were  seen  in  Panama,  four  in 
Mexico,  38  in  continental  US,  31  in  British  Columbia,  and  20  in  Alaska 
(Table  1).  Two  of  the  97  sightings  were  made  east  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains; one  in  Kansas  and  one  in  Texas  (Table  1,  Fig.  1).  The  Kansas  record 
was  from  a juvenile  male  Western  Sandpiper  banded  on  Sidney  Island, 
BC  on  2 August  1990  and  last  seen  there  3 August.  It  was  subsequently 
captured  2200  km  to  the  southeast  at  Quivira  National  Wildlife  Refuge, 
Kansas  on  25  August  1990.  The  Texas  record  was  of  a sandpiper  banded 
in  Peru  and  seen  near  Corpus  Christi,  Texas  on  16  December  1989.  The 
remaining  95  sightings  were  made  west  of  the  Sierra  Madre  Mountains 
of  Mexico,  the  Rocky  Mountains  of  the  US,  and  the  Coast  Range  of 
Canada  (Figs.  1,  2). 

Western  Sandpipers  banded  in  Panama  were  seen  on  the  northward  and 
southward  migrations  only  in  Pacific  Coast  states  and  provinces  of  North 
America  (Fig.  2).  The  migration  route  through  the  western  US  and  Canada 
includes  many  coastal  and  inland  sites  along  the  west  side  of  the  Sierras 
and  Cascade  Mountains  from  the  Gulf  of  California  to  the  Strait  of  Geor- 
gia, British  Columbia  (Fig.  2).  Sightings  of  marked  birds  away  from  the 
coast  include  Salton  Sea,  San  Leandro  and  China  Lake,  California,  and 
Sauvie  Island  and  Salem,  Oregon.  From  southern  British  Columbia 
through  Alaska,  sightings  were  confined  to  coastal  locations. 


Butler  et  al.  • SANDPIPER  MIGRATION 


667 


At  the  close  of  the  breeding  season.  Western  Sandpipers  gathered  in 
flocks  on  mudflats  near  the  breeding  grounds  at  Nome  where  they  gained 
about  3 g of  mass  prior  to  departure  (B.  Sandercock,  unpubl.  data).  An 
adult  female  and  two  juvenile  sandpipers  of  unknown  gender  that  were 
equipped  with  radio-transmitters  were  detected  on  the  Fraser  River  delta 
28,  23  and  29  days  after  release,  respectively.  The  respective  average 
speeds  of  these  individuals  over  the  4000  km  distance  between  Nome  and 
the  Fraser  River  delta  were  142,  173,  and  137km/d,  respectively.  These 
records  coupled  with  sightings  of  flag-banded  birds,  indicate  that  Western 
Sandpipers  from  at  least  as  far  north  as  Nome,  Alaska,  migrate  south 
along  the  Pacific  Coast. 


DISCUSSION 

Many  species  of  shorebirds  use  different  migratory  routes  in  spring  and 
autumn  (Morrison  1984,  Alerstam  1990,  Gratto-Trevor  1994).  Censuses 
of  shorebirds  in  the  western  US  indicate  that  nine  sites  hold  over  100,000 
Western  Sandpipers  on  a single  day  during  spring  migration.  They  are 
San  Francisco  Bay  and  Humboldt  Bay,  California,  Grays  Harbor,  Wash- 
ington, the  Fraser  River  delta,  British  Columbia,  and  the  Stikine,  Copper 
river  deltas.  Redoubt  Bay,  Kachemak  Bay,  Alaska  (G.  W.  Page,  W.  D. 
Shuford,  J.  E.  Kjelmyr,  and  L.  E.  Stenzel,  unpubl.  data).  On  the  southward 
migration,  flocks  are  much  smaller  at  all  sites  and  most  notably  in  south- 
central  and  southeast  Alaska,  which  is  largely  avoided  by  Western  Sand- 
pipers (Senner  1977;  R.  Gill,  C.  Iverson,  and  M.  A.  Bishop,  pers.  comm.; 
this  study).  This  contrasts  with  sites  in  southern  British  Columbia  and 
many  western  states  in  the  US  where  many  more  sites  are  used  in  autumn 
than  in  spring  migration  (Paulson  1993). 

The  migration  of  the  Western  Sandpiper  is  more  compressed  in  time 
and  space  in  spring  than  in  fall.  Many  of  the  large  mudflats  along  the 
Pacific  Coast  of  North  America  support  larger  numbers  of  Western  Sand- 
pipers on  the  northward  migration  than  on  the  southward  migration  (Page 
et  al.  1979;  Butler  1994;  Senner  1977;  G.  West,  pers.  comm.),  and  many 
small  mudflats  avoided  in  spring  are  used  by  southbound  migrants.  As  a 
result,  population  censuses  on  large  mudflats  are  greater  during  the  north- 
ward migration  than  the  southward  migration.  This  phenomenon  con- 
founds our  understanding  of  the  southward  migration.  Gill  (1979)  re- 
ported two  sightings  of  Western  Sandpipers  marked  at  Nelson  Lagoon  in 
the  northern  Gulf  of  Alaska  and  Prince  William  Sound  and  two  sightings 
of  birds  marked  on  the  Yukon  River  delta  at  Nelson  Lagoon.  He  proposed 
that  the  migration  route  of  juvenile  Western  Sandpipers  was  south  along 
the  Alaska  and  British  Columbia  coast.  However,  some  Western  Sand- 
pipers might  also  make  a trans-Pacific  flight  from  western  and  southern 


668 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Alaska  that  bypasses  southeast  Alaska  and  makes  landfall  in  southern 
British  Columbia.  Large  numbers  of  post-breeding  Western  Sandpipers 
gather  on  intertidal  mudflats  near  their  breeding  grounds  in  western  Alas- 
ka and  on  the  Alaskan  Peninsula  (Gill  and  Jorgenson  1979,  Connors  1984, 
Gill  and  Handel  1990,  this  study).  Individuals  caught  at  this  time  near 
Nome  were  about  3 g heavier  than  their  breeding  masses  (B.  Sandercock, 
unpubl.  data),  and  mass  gains  occurred  among  post-breeding  Western 
Sandpipers  on  the  Alaskan  Peninsula  (R.  E.  Gill,  Jr.,  pers.  comm.),  sug- 
gesting they  were  preparing  for  a long  flight.  Banded  individuals  on  the 
southward  migration  were  seen  in  southern  Alaska  and  on  the  Alaskan 
Peninsula  but  not  southeastern  Alaska  (Gill  1979;  Figs.  1,  2).  The  species 
occurs  in  very  small  numbers  in  southeast  Alaska  at  this  time  (M.  A. 
Bishop,  R.  E.  Gill,  C.  Iverson,  pers.  comm.).  Maximum  single  day  cen- 
suses of  adults  and  juveniles  using  the  Fraser  River  delta  during  their 
southward  migration  were  about  21,000  and  45,000  birds,  respectively, 
which  is  far  below  the  500,000  individuals  counted  in  spring  (Butler 
1994),  but  many  other  coastal  and  interior  sites  are  also  used  mostly  only 
during  the  southward  migration. 

Senner  and  Martinez  (1982)  proposed  that  most  Western  Sandpipers 
used  a Pacific  Coast  route  to  and  from  the  breeding  grounds  in  western 
Alaska.  Our  study  confirms  their  hypothesis  for  the  Pacific  route  and 
extends  it  over  8000  km  south  of  California  to  Peru  (Table  1,  Figs.  1,  2). 
Western  Sandpipers  banded  in  Peru,  Panama,  and  northern  Mexico  were 
sighted  along  the  Pacific  Coast  of  the  Americas  from  northern  Mexico  to 
southwestern  Alaska  (Figs.  1,  2). 

Evidence  for  the  existence  of  a Great  Plains  route  beginning  in  northern 
Alaska  (Senner  and  Martinez  1982)  is  less  convincing  than  the  Pacific 
Coast  route.  Individuals  banded  near  Nome  and  Kotzebue,  Alaska  have 
been  sighted  and  recovered  along  the  Pacific  Coast  (Fig.  1;  D.  Schamel, 
pers.  comm.),  but  the  route  taken  by  populations  that  breed  along  the 
North  Slope  of  Alaska  are  unknown.  The  species  is  considered  as  a rare 
breeding  species  in  northern  Alaska  (Johnson  and  Herter  1989,  Wilson 
1994),  and  small  numbers  of  Western  Sandpipers  have  been  seen  in  spring 
and  fall  migration  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Alaska  and  western  Canadian 
arctic  (Martell  et  al.  1984,  Johnson  and  Herter  1989).  The  species  is  rarely 
seen  in  Alberta.  Birdwatchers  there  recorded  an  individual  on  20  May 
1990,  four  individuals  on  2 July  1993,  and  one  individual  on  6 May  1995 
at  Beaverhill  Lake  Bird  Observatory  near  Edmonton  between  1986  and 
1995  (G.  Holroyd  and  D.  Ross,  pers.  comm.).  None  has  been  caught  in 
James  Bay,  the  Canadian  Prairies,  or  North  Dakota  despite  extensive 
banding  there  (D.  Lank,  R.  I.  G.  Morrison,  C.  L.  Gratto-Trevor  and  G. 
Beyersbergen,  pers.  comm.).  This  evidence  suggests  that  the  Canadian 


Butler  et  al.  • SANDPIPER  MIGRATION 


669 


prairies  and  adjacent  parts  of  the  US  are  north  of  the  main  migration 
route  across  the  North  American  continent  or  that  Western  Sandpipers  fly 
over  the  Great  Plains  on  their  way  to  and  from  northern  Alaska. 

A diagonal  migration  across  the  North  American  continent  proposed 
by  Senner  and  Martinez  (1982)  is  the  most  plausible  route  for  populations 
that  spend  the  winter  along  the  Atlantic  and  Caribbean  coasts.  This  route 
was  supported  by  recoveries  and  from  sightings  of  banded  sandpipers  in 
this  study.  The  most  probable  migration  route  occurs  along  a wide  front 
from  southern  Alaska  and  the  north  Pacific  Coast  through  continental  US. 
The  Western  Sandpiper  is  an  abundant  autumn  shorebird  species  on  the 
south  coast  and  in  the  southern  interior  of  British  Columbia,  but  it  is 
uncommon  farther  north  in  the  interior  of  the  province  (Campbell  et  al. 
1990).  In  Idaho,  the  species  is  widespread  in  fall  but  not  in  spring  (Oring 
1962,  Taylor  et  al.  1992),  and  it  is  abundant  in  mid- western  US  (Martinez 
1979,  Neil  1992,  Skagen  and  Knopf  1993).  The  species  is  a regular  winter 
resident  on  the  southern  Atlantic  Coast  of  the  USA  and  in  the  Caribbean 
(Wilson  1994,  Rice  1995). 

The  migration  routes  of  Western  Sandpipers  through  Central  America 
and  northern  South  America  are  poorly  known.  Hundreds  of  thousands 
of  Western  Sandpipers  spend  the  winter  on  the  Pacific  coasts  of  Mexico 
(Morrison  et  al.  1992,  1994)  and  Panama  (Butler  et  al.  1992b).  We  assume 
that  the  migration  route  south  of  Mexico  follows  the  Pacific  Coast  but 
records  are  lacking.  The  sighting  of  a Peruvian  banded  bird  in  Texas  in 
December  is  enigmatic,  given  that  the  species  exhibits  strong  winter  site 
fidelity  (Smith  and  Stiles  1979,  Rice  1995). 

Evidence  to  support  Wilson’s  (1994)  contention  that  migration  is  more 
leisurely  in  fall  than  in  spring  is  equivocal.  Fifty-eight  adult  spring  mi- 
grants carrying  0.8  g mass  radio  transmitters  flew  the  3200  km  distance 
between  San  Francisco  Bay  and  Copper  River  delta  at  an  average  speed 
of  422  km/d  (Iverson  et  al.  1996).  This  is  1. 3-3.0  times  faster  than  the 
speed  we  found  for  autumn  migrants  flying  4000  km  between  Nome  and 
the  Fraser  River  delta.  However,  some  of  this  time  might  have  been  spent 
accumulating  mass  in  preparation  for  migration.  Once  migration  was  un- 
derway, individuals  appeared  to  travel  at  similar  speeds:  the  length  of 
stay  at  Pacific  Coast  staging  sites  is  about  three  days  in  spring  and  autumn 
(Butler  et  al.  1987,  Iverson  et  al.  1996). 

The  trans-Pacific  flight  of  the  Western  Sandpiper  likely  evolved  during 
the  last  glacial  period  about  15,000  BP.  During  the  height  of  glaciation, 
sea  level  along  the  Pacific  Coast  was  about  100  m lower  than  today.  Much 
of  the  present  day  continental  shelf  off  Washington,  Oregon,  and  Cali- 
fornia was  not  covered  by  water.  In  Alaska,  Beringia  extended  over  1000 
km  wide  in  places,  providing  tundra  habitats  for  many  shorebirds.  Be- 


670 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


tween  the  breeding  grounds  in  Beringia  and  the  beaches  of  continental 
US  lay  an  immense  sheet  of  ice  requiring  flights  of  about  3000  km  by 
shorebirds  migrating  to  winter  quarters  in  Central  and  South  America. 
The  river  deltas  in  British  Columbia  and  Alaska  are  less  than  9000  years 
old,  and  so  their  use  by  Western  Sandpipers  is  a relatively  recent  phe- 
nomenon. It  is  unclear  why  shorebirds  use  these  deltas  in  spring  but  not 
fall  but  the  answer  may  lie  in  the  nature  of  favorable  winds  for  migration. 
In  spring,  winds  along  the  British  Columbia  and  Alaska  coasts  are  fre- 
quently from  the  southeast  and  in  the  direction  of  the  migration,  whereas 
late  summer  winds  are  generally  out  of  the  northwest  (Favorite  et  al. 
1976).  We  hypothesize  that  Western  Sandpipers  migrate  northward  along 
the  coast  and  southward  across  the  Pacific  to  take  advantage  of  favorable 
winds. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Many  people  assisted  us  while  banding  sandpipers,  including  S.  Cullen,  S.  Gonzalez,  L. 
Imbeau,  N.  Imbeault,  G.  Kaiser,  M.  Lemon,  P.  O’Hara,  K.  O’Reilly,  Y.  Sandoval,  C.  Schmidt, 
C.  Schuppli,  P.  Shepherd,  C.  St.  Pierre,  T Sullivan,  N.  Warnock,  and  S.  Wyshynski.  We  also 
thank  the  many  people  who  sent  us  their  sightings  of  flag-banded  birds  and  observations, 
including  C.  Gratto-Trevor,  G.  Holroyd,  J.  Lyons,  D.  Ross,  N.  Tsipora,  and  staff  at  Manomet 
and  Point  Reyes  bird  observatories.  Gary  Page  generously  allowed  us  to  use  shorebird 
census  data  of  California,  Oregon,  and  Washington  between  1988  and  1992  belonging  to 
Point  Reyes  Bird  Observatory.  Bob  Gill  and  Doug  Schamel  shared  their  knowledge  of  the 
species  in  Alaska.  Our  field  studies  in  Nome  and  Sidney  Island,  British  Columbia,  were 
permitted  by  the  Sitnasauk  Native  Corporation  and  BC  Ministry  of  Parks,  respectively.  The 
manuscript  was  improved  by  comments  from  R.  E:  Gill,  C.  Hitchcock,  D.  Lank,  G.  Mor- 
rison, N.  Warnock,  and  an  anonymous  referee.  This  project  was  funded  by  the  Canadian 
Wildlife  Service  (CWS),  CWS  Latin  American  Program,  CWS/NSERC  Chair  in  Wildlife 
Ecology  at  Simon  Eraser  Univ.  (SEU),  graduate  fellowships  from  Queens’  Univ.  and  SFU, 
Northern  Studies  Training  Program,  Frank  M.  Chapman,  John  K.  Cooper,  and  Jennifer  Rob- 
inson memorial  awards,  and  Centro  de  Investigacion  Cientifica  y de  Educacion  Superior  de 
Ensenada. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Alerstam,  T.  1990.  Bird  migration.  Cambridge  Univ.  Press,  Cambridge,  U.K. 

AND  A.  Lindstrom.  1990.  Optimal  bird  migration;  the  relative  importance  of  time, 

energy  and  safety.  Pp.  331-351  in  Bird  migration  (E.  Gwinner,  ed.).  Springer,  Berlin, 
Germany. 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1983.  Check-list  of  North  American  birds,  6th  ed.  A. 
O.  U.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Butler,  R.  W.  1994.  Distribution  and  abundance  of  Western  Sandpipers,  Dunlins  and 
Black-bellied  Plovers  in  the  Fraser  River  estuary.  Pp.  18-23  in  Abundance  and  distri- 
bution of  birds  in  estuaries  in  the  Strait  of  Georgia  (R.  W.  Butler  and  K.  Vermeer,  eds.). 
Can.  Wildl.  Serv.  Occas.  Pap.  No.  83,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

, G.  W.  Kaiser,  and  G.  E.  J.  Smith.  1987.  Migration,  chronology,  length  of  stay, 

sex  ratio,  and  weight  of  Western  Sandpipers,  (Calidris  mauri)  on  the  south  coast  of 
British  Columbia.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  58:103-111. 


Butler  et  al.  • SANDPIPER  MIGRATION 


671 


R.  I.  G.  Morrison,  and  F.  S.  Delgado.  1992b.  The  distribution  of  fish-eating, 
wading,  and  raptorial  birds  in  the  Gulf  of  Panama,  October  1991.  Can.  Wildl.  Serv. 
Progr.  Notes  No.  198,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

Campbell,  R.  W.,  N.  K.  Dawe,  I.  McTaggart-Cowan,  J.  M.  Cooper,  G.  W.  Kaiser,  and 
M.  C.  E.  McNall.  1990.  The  birds  of  British  Columbia.  Roy.  Brit.  Col.  Mus.,  Victoria. 

Connors,  P.  G.  1984.  Ecology  of  shorebirds  in  the  Alaskan  Beaufort  littoral  zone.  Pp.  403— 
416  in  The  Alaskan  Beaufort  Sea  (P.  W.  Barnes,  D.  M.  Schell,  and  E.  Reimnitz,  eds.). 
Academic  Press,  New  York. 

Davidson,  N.  C.  and  P.  R.  Evans.  1986.  The  role  and  potential  of  man-made  and  man- 
modified  wetlands  in  the  enhancement  of  the  survival  of  overwintering  shorebirds.  Col. 
Waterbirds  9:176-188. 

AND  . 1988.  Prebreeding  accumulation  fat  and  muscle  protein  by  arctic- 

breeding  shorebirds.  Proc.  Internat.  Ornithol.  Congr.  19:342-352. 

AND  T.  PiERSMA.  1992.  The  migration  of  Knots:  conservation  needs  and  implica- 
tions. Wader  Study  Grp.  Bull.  64,  Suppl:  198-209. 

Ens,  B.  J.,  T.  Piersma,  and  J.  M.  Tinbergen.  1994.  Towards  predictive  models  of  bird 
migration  schedules:  theoretical  and  empirical  bottlenecks.  Netherl.  Instit.  Ocean  Re- 
search Rep.  1994-5,  Texel,  Netherlands. 

Favorite,  E,  A.  J.  Dodimead,  and  K.  Nasu.  1976.  Oceanography  of  the  subarctic  Pacific 
region,  1960-71.  Internat.  North  Pac.  Fish.  Comm.  Bull.  33:187. 

Gill,  R.  E.  Jr.  1979.  Shorebird  studies  in  western  Alaska,  1976-1978.  Wader  Study  Grp. 
Bull.  25:37-40. 

AND  C.  M.  Handel.  1990.  Tbe  importance  of  subarctic  intertidal  habitats  to  shore- 

birds:  a study  of  the  central  Yukon  Kuskokwim  delta,  Alaska.  Condor  92:709-725. 

AND  P.  D.  Jorgenson.  1979.  A preliminary  assessment  of  timing  and  migration  of 

shorebirds  along  tbe  northcentral  Alaska  Peninsula.  Stud.  Avian  Biol.  2:113-123. 

R.  W.  Butler,  T.  Mundkur,  P.  S.  Tomkovich,  and  C.  M.  Handel.  1994.  Conser- 
vation of  North  Pacific  shorebirds.  Trans.  59th  N.  Am.  Wildl.  and  Natur.  Resour.  Conf., 
Washington  D.C.  Pp.  63-78. 

Gratto-Trevor,  C.  L.  1994.  Confirmation  of  elliptical  migration  in  a population  of  Semi- 
palmated  Sandpipers.  Wilson  Bull.  106:78—90. 

Iverson,  G.  C.,  S.  E.  Warnock,  R.  W.  Butler,  M.  A.  Bishop,  and  N.  Warnock.  1996. 
Spring  migration  of  Western  Sandpipers  (Calidris  niauri)  along  the  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America:  a telemetry  study.  Condor  98:10-21. 

Johnson,  S.  R.  and  D.  R.  Herter.  1989.  The  birds  of  the  Beaufort  Sea.  BP  Exploration 
(Alaska)  Inc.,  Anchorage,  Alaska. 

Martell,  a.  M.,  D.  M.  Dickinson,  and  L.  M.  Casselman.  1984.  Wildlife  of  the  Mackenzie 
Delta  region.  Boreal  Instit.  North.  Studies  Occas.  Pap.  No.  15,  Univ.  Alberta,  Edmonton, 
Canada. 

Martinez,  E.  E 1979.  Shorebird  banding  at  Cheyenne  Bottoms  Waterfowl  Management 
Area.  Wader  Study  Grp.  Bull.  25:41-42. 

Modinger,  B.  a.,  G.  M.  Holman,  and  M.  B.  Morales.  1986.  Gula  de  campo  de  las  aves 
de  Chile.  Editorial  Universitaria,  Santiago,  Chile. 

Morrison,  R.  I.  G.  1984.  Migration  .systems  of  some  New  World  shorebirds.  Pp.  125-202 
in  Behavior  of  marine  animals,  Vol.  6.  (J.  Burger  and  B.  L.  Olla,  eds.).  Plenum  Press, 
New  York,  New  York. 

R.  K.  Ross,  AND  J.  Guzman.  1994.  Aerial  surveys  of  Nearctic  shorebirds  wintering 

in  Mexico:  preliminary  results  of  surveys  of  the  southern  half  of  the  Pacific  coast  states 
of  Chiapas  to  Sinaloa.  Can.  Wildl.  Serv.  Progr.  Notes  No.  206,  Ottawa,  Canada. 


672 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  4,  December  1996 


, , AND  S.  Torres  M.  1992.  Aerial  surveys  of  Nearctic  shorebirds  in  Mexico: 

some  preliminary  results.  Can.  Wildl.  Serv.  Progr.  Notes  No.  201,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

Neil,  R.  L.  1992.  Recent  trends  in  shorebird  migration  for  north-central  Texas.  South- 
western Nat.  37:87-88. 

O’Reilly,  K.  M.  and  J.  C.  Wingfield.  1995.  Spring  and  autumn  migration  in  Arctic  shore- 
birds:  same  distance,  different  strategies.  Amer.  Zool.  35:222-233. 

Oring,  L.  W.  1962.  Observations  of  the  birds  of  southeastern  Idaho.  Murrelet  43:40-50. 

Page,  G.  W.,  L.  E.  Stenzel,  and  C.  M.  Wolfe.  1979.  Aspects  of  occurrence  of  shorebirds 
on  a central  California  estuary.  Pp.  15-32  in  Shorebirds  in  marine  environments  (L  A. 
Pitelka,  ed.).  Stud.  Avian  Biol.  No.  2,  Cooper  Omithol.  Soc.,  Allen  Press. 

Paulson,  D.  1993.  Shorebirds  of  the  Pacific  Northwest.  Univ.  Wash.  Press,  Seattle,  Wash- 
ington. 

Rice,  S.  M.  1995.  Residency  rates,  annual  return  rates  and  population  estimates  of  Semi- 
palmated  and  Western  Sandpipers  at  the  Cabo  Rojo  Salt  flats,  Puerto  Rico.  Unpubl. 
MS.  thesis,  Univ.  Puerto  Rico. 

Senner,  S.  E.  1977.  The  ecology  of  Western  Sandpipers  and  Dunlins  during  spring  migra- 
tion through  the  Copper-Bering  River  Delta  system,  Alaska.  Unpubl.  MSc.  thesis,  Univ. 
Alaska,  Eairbanks. 

AND  E.  E Martinez.  1982.  A review  of  Western  Sandpiper  migration  in  interior 

North  America.  Southwest  Natural.  27:149-159. 

Skagen,  S.  K.  and  E L.  Knopf.  1993.  Toward  conservation  of  midcontinental  shorebird 
migrations.  Conserv.  Biol.  7:533-541. 

Smith,  S.  M.  and  E G.  Stiles.  1979.  Banding  studies  of  migrating  shorebirds  in  north- 
western Cost  Rica.  Pp.  41-47  in  Shorebirds  in  marine  environments  (E  A.  Pitelka,  ed.). 
Stud.  Avian  Biol.  No.  2,  Cooper  Ornithol.  Soc.  Allen  Press. 

Taylor,  D.  M.,  C.  H.  Trost,  and  B.  Jamison.  1992.  Abundance  and  chronology  of  migrant 
shorebirds  in  Idaho.  Western  Birds  23:49-78. 

Warnock,  N.  and  S.  E.  Warnock.  1993.  Attachment  of  radio-transmitters  to  sandpipers: 
review  and  methods.  Wader  Study  Grp.  Bull.  70:28—30. 

Wilson,  H.  E.  1994.  The  Western  Sandpiper,  Calidris  mauri.  The  birds  of  North  America, 
No.  90  (A.  Poole  and  E Gill,  eds.).  Philadelphia  Acad.  Natur.  Sci.  and  Amer.  Ornithol. 
Union. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  673-684 


BREEDING  BEHAVIOR  AND  REPRODUCTIVE 
SUCCESS  OF  CERULEAN  WARBLERS  IN 
SOUTHEASTERN  ONTARIO 

Catherine  J.  Oliarnyk'  and  Raleigh  J.  Robertson' 


Abstract. — Little  is  known  about  the  breeding  biology  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler  (Den- 
droica  cerulea),  a species  declining  throughout  much  of  its  range.  However,  life  history 
information  can  provide  important  insight  into  the  vulnerability  of  a rare  species  to  habitat 
disturbance.  We  studied  the  breeding  behavior  of  Cerulean  Warblers  at  three  different  sites 
in  southeastern  Ontario  through  the  breeding  season,  from  early  May  to  late  July  1995,  and 
at  one  of  the  above  sites  in  1994.  Twenty-seven  nests,  including  three  renests,  were  located 
within  27  territories.  Average  territory  size  was  1.04  ha  (N  = 18).  Although  both  males  and 
females  displayed  at  potential  nest  sites,  building  was  performed  only  by  females  and  took 
five  to  six  days.  Nest  trees  were  predominantly  sugar  maple  {Acer  saccharum)  or  oak  (Ouer- 
cus  spp.),  with  an  average  height  of  17.7  m and  an  average  diameter  at  breast  height  (DBH) 
of  40.2  cm.  Average  nest  height  was  1 1.8  m.  There  were  no  incidents  of  brood  parasitism 
by  Brown-headed  Cowbirds  (Molothrus  ater)  and  nest  loss  due  to  predation  was  low  (14%). 
Incubation,  performed  only  by  females,  lasted  11  to  12  days.  Clutch  size  ranged  from  two 
to  five  eggs,  with  a modal  clutch  size  of  5 (N  = 6).  During  the  10  to  11  day  nestling  period, 
both  males  and  females  fed  the  chicks  equally.  Reproductive  success  in  this  population  was 
high  in  both  years.  Twenty  of  the  27  pairs  successfully  fledged  young,  with  a mean  of  3.2 
fledglings  per  successful  nest.  Record  increases,  and  the  high  reproductive  success  of  Ce- 
rulean Warblers  in  the  Frontenac  Axis  area  of  the  Canadian  Shield,  may  be  the  result  of 
reforestation  of  agricultural  lands  abandoned  at  the  turn  of  the  century.  Received  28  Nov. 
1995,  accepted  15  April  1996. 


The  Cerulean  Warbler  (Dendroica  cerulea),  like  many  other  Neotrop- 
ical migrants,  is  a species  of  conservation  concern.  Robbins  et  al.  (1992) 
found  that  between  1966  and  1988,  Cerulean  Warblers  declined  at  an 
average  rate  of  3.4%  per  year,  the  greatest  decline  for  any  species  of 
warbler  during  that  period.  Currently  listed  as  vulnerable  in  Canada 
(McCracken  1992),  its  dependence  on  large  tracts  of  mature  deciduous 
forest  for  successful  breeding  may  make  the  Cerulean  Warbler  especially 
sensitive  to  continuing  forest  fragmentation  and  isolation  (Adams  and 
Barrett  1976,  Temple  1986,  Robbins  et  al.  1992,  Parker  1994).  Concurrent 
with  this  overall  decline,  several  authors  have  suggested  that  Cerulean 
Warblers  are  undergoing  a northeastern  expansion  of  their  range  as  ag- 
ricultural lands  abandoned  at  the  turn  of  the  century  are  allowed  to  suc- 
ceed to  mature  forest  (Ouellet  1967,  Laughlin  and  Kibbe  1985,  Andrle 
and  Carroll  1988,  Hamel  1992,  Maurer  1994).  This  may  be  the  case  in 
Ontario. 

The  northernmost  portion  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler’s  range  occurs  in 

‘ Dept,  of  Biology,  Queen’s  Univ.,  Kingston,  Ontario  K7L  3N6,  Canada. 


673 


674 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


the  mixed  deciduous  forests  from  the  Bruce  Peninsula  to  eastern  Ontario, 
Canada,  with  a concentration  on  the  Frontenac  axis,  at  the  northeast  tip 
of  Lake  Ontario  (Cadman  et  al.  1987).  Local  records  suggest  a gradual 
increase  in  the  number  of  Cerulean  Warblers  in  the  Kingston  area.  Since 
sporadic  sightings  began  in  the  1930s,  the  birds  have  been  found  annually 
since  1961  (Weir  1989). 

While  interest  in  the  Cerulean  Warbler  appears  to  be  growing,  details 
of  its  life  history,  necessary  for  establishing  management  and  conserva- 
tion programs,  are  incomplete.  In  this  paper,  we  provide  descriptions  of 
the  breeding  behavior,  nesting  chronology,  habitat  use,  and  breeding  suc- 
cess of  a population  of  Cerulean  Warblers  in  southeastern  Ontario. 

METHODS 

During  the  spring  and  summer  of  1995,  we  monitored  a population  of  Cerulean  Warblers 
at  three  9-ha  study  sites  near  the  Queen’s  Univ.  Biological  Station  (QUBS),  Lake  Opinicon, 
Leeds/Frontenac  Counties,  Ontario,  Canada  (44°30'N;  76°23'W).  The  sites  were  selected  as 
areas  where  Cerulean  Warblers  had  been  recorded  with  greatest  regularity  and  highest  den- 
sity based  on  breeding  bird  surveys  (R.  Weir,  pers.  comm.).  In  1994,  a less  intensive, 
preliminary  study  was  conducted  at  one  of  the  sites.  Nests  located  in  1994  are  included  in 
the  results  on  nesting  success  and  nest-tree  species  use;  all  other  results  are  based  on  data 
collected  in  1995  alone. 

The  physiography  of  the  region  around  QUBS  consists  of  shallow  till  soils  with  rock 
ridges  and  undulating  topography  (Chapman  and  Putnam  1984).  The  area  was  initially 
cleared  for  agriculture  in  the  early  1800s,  but  the  amount  of  forest  cover  has  increased  since 
the  early  settlement  period,  as  a result  of  abandonment  of  farmland  and  reduction  of  timber 
harvesting  (Keddy  1994).  The  forest  at  all  three  sites  is  now  characterised  by  second-growth 
mixed  deciduous  forest,  dominated  by  sugar  maple,  with  components  of  ironwood,  oak,  elm, 
ash,  hickory,  basswood,  and  birch  (see  Table  1 for  scientific  names  of  trees). 

All  three  sites  were  contained  within  a region  of  extensive  forest  cover  interspersed  with 
lakes,  roads,  and  some  small  agricultural  fields — an  area  which  is  more  or  less  contiguous 
with  extensive  forests  on  the  Canadian  Shield  to  the  north  without  significant  interruptions 
of  agriculture  or  urban  development.  Consequently,  limits  of  forest  patch  size  were  not  easily 
determinable  either  from  topographic  maps  or  aerial  photos,  and  any  attempt  to  define  forest 
area  would  be  arbitrary  at  best.  Two  of  the  sites  were  located  about  500  m apart,  while  the 
third  site  was  separated  from  the  other  two  by  approximately  15  km  of  forest  and  open 
water  (Fig.  1).  Because  of  small  sample  sizes,  observations  from  all  three  sites  were  pooled 
for  analyses. 

To  determine  territory  size,  territorial  boundaries  were  mapped  in  early  May  using  play- 
back (Falls  1981).  We  used  a Sony  Professional  Walkman  in  combination  with  a single 
Sony  SRS-77G,  25  watt  speaker  (audible  to  a distance  of  about  100  m)  to  broadcast  the 
song  of  an  unfamiliar  conspecific  to  a territorial  male.  This  method  stimulates  territorial 
males  to  sing,  and  draws  them  out  to  the  boundaries  of  their  territory.  A boundary  point  is 
established  either  when  the  bird  no  longer  approaches  or  a neighbor  approaches  the  playback 
speaker.  Each  of  the  study  plots  consisted  of  a 6.25-ha  grid  marked  with  flagging  tape  every 
25  m and  represented  only  a sample  of  the  total  population  in  the  area.  Territories  with 
boundaries  at  lea.st  50%  within  a 6.25-ha  grid  were  drawn  on  a map  (Fig.  1).  Territorial 
disputes,  involving  bouts  of  countersinging  or  fighting,  were  also  mapped  and  used  to  con- 


Oliarnyk  and  Robertson  • BREEDING  CERULEAN  WARBLERS 


675 


£ 

CN 

d 

r-; 

NO 

ON 

O 

q 

4 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

NO 

d 

(N 

d 

+1 

a 

Q 2 

00 

(N 

CN 

“ c 

4 

d 

d 

o 

(N 

cn 

ON 

m 

i? 

o 

m 

d 

d 

(N 

d 

. ^ 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

q 

00 

q 

q 

+1 

tA  £ 

(N 

— 

CN 

rn 

■ Z:  3 

Q i: 

4.3 

2.6 

O 

(N 

CN 

q 

rn 

00 

•O 

QC 

U 

<N 

CN 

q 

U 

E 

»ri 

d 

<N 

ON 

d 

CQ 

q 

r-; 

a: 

3: 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

4 

00 

CN 

+1 

< 

CQ 

Q 

NO 

cn 

(N 

m 

m 

CN 

On 

d 

d 

z 

< 

-3 

D 

o: 

UJ 

4 

m 

m 

NO 

NO 

U 

(N 

>n 

q: 

0 

u. 

Nesl 
ighl  (m 

d 

+1 

d 

+l 

CN 

+ 1 

q 

00 

7.0 

q 

00 

14.0 

d 

+1 

H 

<u 

ON 

00 

Z 

U 

S 

UJ 

d 

4 

— .* 

u 

oa 

u 

< 

< 

£X 

a 

rt 

H 

vq 

NO 

On 

NO 

c/) 

E 

o 

q 

d 

LU 

o 

in 

o 

o 

2 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

d 

d 

d 

NO 

+1 

ft 

r"  00 

CN 

u> 

O 

'C 

iq 

00 

ON 

c/2 

u 

00 

(N 

d 

d 

H 

c/2 

UJ 

H 

00 

cn 

CN 

r- 

U 

Z 

CN 

< 

X 

U 

•2 

a 

3 

C 

C 

5- 

a 

o 

c 

0 

Nj 

g 

-5: 

c 

*3 

C3 

'/3 

o 

u 

3 

Cj 

a 

5} 

U»5 

Tree  spec 

Q 

(n 

5 

jj 

“5. 

S 

s 

s 

"3 

9 

? 

-C) 

s 

O) 

Co 

o 

§ 

>* 

u 

O 

O 

X 

S 

3 

S 

B 

13 

c 

3 

<D 

E 

c3 

e 

u 

0 

3 

0 

O 

S3 

O 

■o 

0 

o 

3 

o 

u 

3 

C 

u 

c 

3 

O 

'0 

"E 

u 

O 

cd 

00 

3 

(Z) 

t 

3 

CQ 

T3 

U 

a; 

w 

5 

(U 

E 

< 

> 

O 

ui 
+ 1 


676 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  4,  December  1996 


N 


□ 

E] 

El 

□ 

N 

R 


Fig.  1.  Map  of  18  Cerulean  Warbler  territories  in  1995  at  three  sites  (A  = Hahn,  B = 
Bedford  Mills,  and  C = Lindsay  Lake)  near  Lake  Opinicon,  Ontario  (site  A was  studied  in 
both  1994  and  1995).  Outline  shows  the  boundary  of  each  6.25-ha  study  site. 


hrm  borders  between  neighboring  males.  To  increase  confidence  in  the  boundaries,  five 
males  were  banded  with  a Canadian  Wildlife  Service  metal  band  and  two  color  bands  in 
early  June  (at  least  one  per  site).  Males  were  captured  using  aerial  mist  nets  raised  to  a 
level  of  approximately  10  m,  accompanied  by  playback  and  model  presentation.  All  sub- 
sequent observations  of  these  males  occurred  within  the  previously  recorded  boundaries. 

Territories  were  visited  at  least  twice  a week  for  periods  of  30  to  60  minutes  to  search 
for  nests  for  the  duration  of  the  breeding  period,  or  until  the  nest  was  located.  If  a nest 
failed,  the  territory  was  monitored  for  renesting.  Nests  were  monitored  every  second  day  to 
determine  the  length  of  the  nest  building,  incubation,  and  nestling  periods.  Incubation  period 
was  considered  to  be  the  time  between  the  first  prolonged  visit  to  the  nest  by  the  female 
(>20  min)  and  the  first  observed  feeding  visit.  Behavior  at  the  nest,  such  as  feeding  rates 
and  duration  of  parental  visits,  was  recorded  during  60-min  nest  watches  between  07:00 
and  08:00  EST  on  days  3,  7,  10,  14,  17,  and  20  of  the  nesting  cycle.  On  the  estimated  day 
of  fledging,  nests  were  monitored  starting  at  05:00  EST  in  order  to  count  the  number  of 
chicks  leaving  the  nest.  For  nests  that  were  not  clearly  observable  from  the  ground,  in 
addition  to  monitoring  the  nest  on  the  day  of  fledging,  the  nest  tree  was  climbed  on  day  7 
or  8 of  the  nestling  period  to  give  a maximum  estimate  of  the  number  of  young  likely  to 
fledge.  In  1994,  six  trees  were  climbed  during  the  incubation  period,  and  this  information 
was  used  to  determine  clutch  size.  Trees  were  climbed  using  ropes,  a leather  climbing  belt, 
and  occasionally,  climbing  spurs.  Once  the  observer  was  at  nest  height,  nest  contents  were 
examined  using  an  extendible  mirror  pole  to  determine  brood  size  and  degree  of  brood 
parasitism  by  Brown-headed  Cowbirds  (Molothrus  ater). 


Oliarnyk  and  Robertson  • BREEDING  CERULEAN  WARBLERS 


677 


Parasitism  by  Brown-headed  Cowbirds  has  been  implicated  in  reducing  reproductive  suc- 
cess in  certain  forest  songbirds  (Brittingham  and  Temple  1983),  including  Cerulean  Warblers 
in  northwestern  Ohio  (Mayfield  1977).  To  determine  the  density  of  cowbirds  in  the  area  of 
the  study  sites,  we  recorded  each  visual  or  acoustic  identification  of  Brown-headed  Cowbirds 
throughout  the  breeding  season. 

We  recorded  nest-tree  species  and  measured  five  characteristics  at  each  nest;  tree  height, 
nest  height,  diameter  at  breast  height  (DBH),  distance  of  nest  from  the  trunk,  and  distance 
of  nest  tree  to  the  nearest  canopy  gap.  We  defined  a canopy  gap  as  an  area  where  the  height 
of  the  vegetation  changed  abruptly  from  average  canopy  height  to  ground  level,  such  as  a 
dirt  road,  rock  outcrop,  field,  or  open  water.  Heights  were  measured  using  a rangefinder  and 
DBH  was  measured  using  a diameter  tape. 


RESULTS 

Territorial  behavior  and  pair  formation. — Males  began  to  arrive  in  the 
area  during  the  first  week  of  May.  Before  pairing,  males  moved  around 
their  territories  singing  from  high,  often  exposed,  perches.  The  male  song 
has  been  described  as  zray,  zray,  zray,  zree  with  the  final  zree  syllable 
sliding  upwards  slightly  in  pitch  (Peterson  1980).  Variations  of  this  song 
occurred  between  individuals  (R.  Woodward,  unpubl.  data).  Females  did 
not  sing,  but  both  males  and  females  used  a soft,  high-pitched,  metallic 
“chip”  note  which  is  used  as  a contact  and  alarm  call.  The  chip  note  of 
the  male  was  shown  on  a sonagram  to  be  slightly  lower  in  frequency  than 
that  of  the  female,  but  the  difference  is  difficult  to  distinguish  by  ear  (C. 
Oliarnyk,  unpubl.  data). 

Territories  ranged  from  0.38  ha  to  2.4  ha,  with  a mean  size  (±SE)  of 
1.04  ± 0.16  ha  (N  = 18).  Territories  covered  most  of  the  area  of  the 
study  grids,  and  boundaries  of  several  territories  abutted  one  another  (Fig. 

1) .  Males  defended  territories  with  bouts  of  counter-singing  with  neigh- 
boring males  at  the  boundaries  of  their  territory.  Eight  times,  physical 
disputes  were  observed  between  males,  in  which  one  male  would  either 
supplant  another  from  a perch  (N  = 6)  or  make  contact  in  mid-air  (N  = 

2) . 

Females  arrived  the  second  week  of  May,  and  pairs  spent  the  first 
couple  of  days  foraging  close  together.  During  this  courtship  period,  sev- 
eral pairs  were  observed  in  short  chase  flights  initiated  by  the  male.  Fe- 
males were  also  sometimes  involved  in  disputes  between  neighboring 
pairs  (N  = 5). 

Nest  construction. — Nest-site  selection  and  construction  began  one  to 
two  days  after  the  arrival  of  the  female  on  a territory.  Both  males  and 
females  were  seen  displaying  at  potential  nest  sites  by  spreading  their 
wings  and  fanning  their  tails  in  combination  with  nest-shaping  motions. 
This  behavior  was  usually  performed  with  the  mate  nearby,  and  often  the 
observing  mate  would  replace  the  displaying  individual  and  repeat  the 


678 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


display  (N  = 5).  Only  two  copulations  were  observed,  one  at  a nest,  the 
other  about  75  m from  a nest. 

Once  a nest  site  was  selected,  interactions  between  males  and  females 
were  infrequent.  Usually  they  were  seen  together  less  than  once  every 
half  hour.  Nest  building  was  performed  entirely  by  the  female,  and  lasted 
5-6  days,  not  including  the  egg-laying  period.  The  range  of  dates  for 
initiation  of  construction  for  known  first  brood  nests  was  18  May  to  24 
May  (N  = 12)  and  for  renests  was  31  May  to  4 June  (N  = 3). 

Nests  were  open,  shallow  cups  resembling  a knot  on  a branch  when 
viewed  from  the  ground.  The  exteriors  were  formed  from  bark  strips, 
grasses,  and  other  plant  fibres.  Linings  were  made  of  spider  webs,  fine 
bark  strips  and  soft  plant  material.  Lichen  and  birch  bark  “shingles” 
usually  covered  parts  of  the  exterior  of  the  nest.  Five  nests  were  collected 
and  measured  and  had  the  following  dimensions  (mean  ± SE):  outside 
diameter  6.5  ± 1.2  cm,  inside  diameter  5.0  ± 0.6  cm,  outside  depth  3.3 
± 0.7  cm,  and  inside  depth  3.0  ± 0.9  cm. 

Nest  location. — In  1995,  17  nests,  including  two  renests,  were  located 
in  15  of  the  18  mapped  territories.  Adults  were  observed  feeding  fledg- 
lings in  two  of  the  three  territories  where  nest  sites  were  not  determined. 
Therefore,  we  assume  that  nesting  efforts  were  made  in  most,  if  not  all, 
of  the  18  territories.  One  female  abandoned  her  first  nest  during  the  early 
part  of  the  incubation  period,  possibly  due  to  the  presence  of  an  Eastern 
Wood-Pewee  (Contopus  virens)  nest  1.7  m from  it  in  the  same  tree.  In 
1994,  ten  nests  were  located,  one  of  which  was  a renest.  In  all  three 
instances  of  renesting,  the  second  nest  was  constructed  using  material 
from  the  previous  nest  which  was  carried  to  the  new  site.  No  second 
broods  were  found  in  either  1994  or  1995. 

Seventy  percent  of  nests  were  located  within  ten  meters  of  a territorial 
boundary,  and  over  half  (59%)  were  within  thirty  meters  (mean  distance 
± SE  = 33.4  ± 4.7  m,  N = 27)  of  a canopy  gap  (see  Fig.  1).  In  a random 
sample  of  points  taken  from  within  a territory,  only  23%  were  within  30 
m of  a gap.  It  should  be  noted  that  in  only  one  case  did  a nest  occur  near 
a gap  between  differing,  adjacent  habitat  types.  Most  were  contained  with- 
in patches  of  otherwise  continuous  forest.  The  majority  of  nests  were 
found  in  the  lower  third  of  the  canopy  (71%),  had  no  other  vegetation 
between  the  nest  and  ground  cover  (understory  gap)  (59%),  and  were 
found  on  the  outer  edge  of  a lateral  branch  (77%).  The  most  commonly 
used  tree  species  for  nesting  were  those  with  the  greatest  overall  basal 
area;  sugar  maple  (N  = 18)  and  oak  spp.  (N  = 6)  (Table  1).  Sugar  maple 
was  the  dominant  species  in  all  three  sites,  and  oaks  were  the  second 
most  abundant  species  group  with  mean  total  basal  areas  of  199.58 
m^-ha  ' and  128.71  m^-ha  ‘ respectively. 


Oliarnyk  and  Robertson  • BREEDING  CERULEAN  WARBLERS 


679 


Clutch  size. — Clutch  size  ranged  from  two  to  five  eggs  (mean  ± SE  = 
3.8  ± 0.22,  N = 6),  with  five  being  the  modal  clutch  size.  We  found  no 
Brown-headed  Cowbird  eggs  in  any  of  the  six  nests  examined  before 
hatching,  and  no  cowbird  chicks  being  fed  either  during  the  nestling  pe- 
riod or  after  fledging.  Cowbirds  were  recorded  only  two  or  three  times 
at  each  of  the  three  sites  and  only  during  the  period  between  12  May  and 
12  June. 

Incubation.  Incubation  was  performed  by  the  female  and  lasted  be- 
tween 11  (N  = 5)  and  12  (N  = 3)  days.  The  first  incubating  female  was 
found  on  30  May,  and  the  last  day  of  observed  incubation  was  23  June. 
The  mean  (±SE)  total  incubation  time  per  hour  was  50  ± 5.3  min  (N  = 
18  h,  9 nests).  Males  were  twice  observed  feeding  females  on  the  nest 
during  incubation  (N  = 20  h,  9 nests).  Contact  was  maintained  by  call 
notes  from  incubating  females  in  response  to  their  mate’s  song.  Eemales 
also  sometimes  gave  call  notes  when  they  left  the  nest. 

Nestlings. — The  nestling  period  lasted  between  10  (N  = 6)  and  11  (N 
= 4)  days.  Eemale  attentiveness  remained  high  for  the  first  one  to  three 
days  after  hatching,  with  the  female  spending  a mean  (±SE)  of  49.2  ± 
4.7  (N  = 5 h,  5 nests)  min  per  hour  brooding  the  nestlings.  Time  spent 
at  the  nest  by  the  female  declined  progressively  as  the  nestlings  matured 
(Fig.  2),  with  females  spending  less  time  brooding  the  nestlings  and  more 
time  standing  near,  or  on,  the  edge  of  the  nest.  Males  spent  minimal  time 
at  the  nest,  usually  just  long  enough  to  feed  the  young.  Both  males  and 
females  fed  the  young  as  soon  as  they  hatched,  with  males  and  females 
feeding  approximately  equally  (mean  feedings/h  ± SE;  males  = 3.5  ± 
1.8,  females  = 3.5  ± 3.7,  N = 17  h,  8 nests). 

On  the  day  of  fledging,  activity  and  noise  from  the  parents  and  chicks 
were  high,  with  both  the  male  and  female  chipping  rapidly  and  continu- 
ously, and  the  chicks  begging  for  food.  Several  pairs  also  showed  alarm 
at  our  presence  for  the  first  time  on  fledging  day.  This  activity  made 
locating  already  fledged  chicks  relatively  easy,  however,  direct  observa- 
tion of  the  chicks  after  the  day  of  fledging  was  difficult.  Fledglings  used 
all  parts  of  the  canopy,  were  often  hidden  under  leaves,  and  their  call  was 
very  difficult  to  isolate.  In  addition,  chicks  responded  quickly  to  parental 
alarm  calls.  On  two  occasions,  when  a male  gave  a chip  note,  nestlings 
ceased  all  begging  calls  and  movement  and  did  not  resume  until  the  male 
began  to  sing  again.  In  begging  behavior  the  fledgling  crouched  down 
low  on  the  branch,  fluttered  its  wings,  and  gave  high-pitched,  burry  call 
notes.  All  young  had  fledged  by  4 July.  One  pair  was  observed  feeding 
young  19  days  after  fledging.  Adults  were  observed  feeding  chicks  within 
territorial  boundaries  at  least  10  days  after  fledging  in  50%  of  the  suc- 
cessful territories.  If  parents  were  observed  feeding  fledged  young  within 


680 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


0 5 10  15  20  25 

Days  After  Start  of  Incubation 

Lig.  2.  Time  (mean  ± SE)  spent  at  the  nest  by  female  Cerulean  Warblers  during  the 
nesting  cycle,  based  on  35  one-hour  watches  at  nine  different  nests.  Time  0 is  the  start  of 
incubation  and  vertical  dotted  line  indicates  the  start  of  the  nestling  period.  Sample  size  is 
indicated  in  brackets  above  each  point. 


the  bounds  of  a territory,  they  were  assumed  to  belong  to  the  territorial 
pair;  however,  family  groups  are  likely  quite  vagile.  For  example,  one 
banded  male  was  observed  feeding  a fledgling  approximately  100  m from 
the  edge  of  his  territory,  within  the  territory  of  an  unpaired  male. 

Nesting  success. — Twenty  of  27  pairs  successfully  fledged  young  over 
the  two  years  of  the  study.  No  significant  difference  in  reproductive  suc- 
cess (successful  fledging  of  at  least  one  chick)  existed  between  years 
(Fisher  Exact  Test,  P = 0.65,  df  = 1).  The  mean  (±SE)  number  of  young 
in  nests  examined  before  fledging  was  3.6  ± 0.2  (N  = 8).  This  is  slightly 
higher  than  the  number  based  on  observations  of  fledging  from  the  ground 
3.2  ± 0.2  (N  = 20). 

Nine  nests  failed  (five  in  1995,  four  in  1994).  Eour  nests  were  likely 
depredated.  Two  of  these  nests  failed  during  the  nestling  stage  and  al- 
though no  evidence  of  nestlings  was  found,  almost  the  entire  bottom  of 
both  nests  was  torn  out,  suggesting  predation.  The  other  two  nests  failed 
early  in  the  incubation  stage.  In  all  cases  of  suspected  predation  the  fe- 
male was  probably  preyed  on  as  well.  No  subsequent  observations  of 
females  were  recorded  on  these  territories  from  the  time  of  nest  failure 
to  the  end  of  the  breeding  season  in  mid-July.  Males  on  these  territories 


Oharnyk  and  Robertson  • BREEDING  CERULEAN  WARBLERS 


681 


also  resumed  behavior  characteristic  of  unpaired  males,  such  as  contin- 
uous singing  from  high,  exposed  perches  for  extended  periods  of  time.  It 
is  not  known  what  preyed  on  these  nestlings  and  females,  but  Blue  Jays 
{Cyanocitta  cristata)  and  Red-shouldered  hawks  (Buteo  lineatus)  were 
sometimes  heard  in  the  area.  Gray  squirrels  (Sciurius  carolinensis)  were 
observed  in  trees  containing  nests — at  nest  height.  On  one  occasion  a 
black  rat  snake  {Elaphe  obsolete!)  was  observed  in  a nest  tree  above  nest 
height,  approximately  one  hour  after  the  nestlings  had  fledged. 

The  reason  for  the  abandonment  of  the  other  five  failed  nests  is  un- 
known although,  as  mentioned  earlier,  interspecific  interference  may  have 
played  a role.  Females  from  three  of  these  territories  renested,  but  the 
status  of  the  other  two  was  not  determined. 

DISCUSSION 

Despite  increasing  data  demonstrating  declining  trends  in  Cerulean 
Warbler  numbers,  this  local  population  appears  to  be  relatively  successful. 
Low  instances  of  nest  predation  and  brood  parasitism  suggest  that,  in  this 
area  at  least.  Cerulean  Warbler  numbers  are  not  limited  by  poor  repro- 
ductive success. 

Based  on  results  from  our  study  plots.  Cerulean  Warbler  density  in  this 
area  may  be  as  high  as  96  prs  km^^,  assuming  uniform  conditions.  Across 
Ontario,  Cerulean  Warblers  were  recorded  in  only  6%  of  the  10  X 10  km 
breeding  bird  atlas  squares  (Cadman  et  al.  1987).  In  areas  where  Ceru- 
leans  did  occur,  80%  of  abundance  estimates  are  of  fewer  than  1 1 pairs 
per  atlas  square.  Based  on  these  results,  the  density  of  birds  around  Kings- 
ton appears  to  be  much  higher  than  in  the  rest  of  Ontario.  This  may  be 
related  to  the  higher  proportion  of  forested  land  in  the  area  around  Kings- 
ton relative  to  the  more  southerly  parts  of  Ontario.  However,  it  should  be 
noted  that  an  inconspicuous,  forest  interior  bird  such  as  the  Cerulean 
Warbler  may  occur  over  a greater  range  or  at  a higher  density  than  is 
indicated  by  breeding  bird  surveys  (Cadman  et  al.  1987,  Terborgh  1989). 
The  density  of  birds,  and  consequently  territory  size,  differed  between 
the  three  sites;  1.12  prs  ha~',  1.28  prs  ha“',  and  0.48  prs  ha  ' at  sites  A, 
B,  and  C respectively.  Hamel  (unpubl.  data)  has  suggested  that  Cerulean 
Warblers  seem  to  breed  in  loose  “colonies”.  Since  all  three  sites  are  the 
same  forest  type,  the  difference  in  density  between  the  adjacent  sites,  B 
and  C,  may  reflect  this  colonial  nature,  with  site  C acting  as  a spillover 
area  for  the  more  saturated  site  B. 

The  mean  nest  height  of  11.8  m falls  within  the  5 to  18  m range  of 
nest  heights  cited  in  the  literature  (Saunders  1900,  Harrison  1984).  Maple, 
oak,  and  elm  were  the  three  most  commonly  cited  species  of  nest  tree 
across  the  range  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler  (Saunders  1900,  Bent  1963  and 


682 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


references  therein,  Ouellet  1967,  Bull  1976,  Laughlin  and  Kibbe  1985, 
Peck  and  James  1987,  Andrle  and  Caroll  1988).  In  this  study,  nests  were 
most  often  located  in  sugar  maple  and  oak  spp.,  the  dominant  tree  species 
at  all  three  sites.  Since  insufficient  information  is  provided  on  dominant 
tree  species  in  the  literature,  it  is  not  possible  to  determine  whether  Cer- 
uleans  use  trees  in  proportion  to  occurrence,  throughout  their  range. 

The  high  proportion  of  nests  associated  with  understory  and  canopy 
gaps,  has  also  been  noted  by  other  authors  (Bent  1963,  Harrison  1984, 
Peck  and  James  1987).  These  apparent  associations  with  gaps  may  be  an 
important  component  of  Cerulean  Warbler  nest-site  selection.  Examina- 
tion of  Fig.  1,  and  a comparison  of  nest  location  versus  random  locations 
within  a territory,  suggests  that  nests  may  be  associated  with  gaps  such 
as  water,  paths,  or  open  areas  in  greater  proportion  than  their  availability 
within  the  territory.  It  is  unlikely  that  this  result  is  due  to  observer  bias 
in  locating  easily  observable  nests  associated  with  gaps,  since  nests  were 
located  in  83%  of  the  territories.  However,  detailed  analyses  of  habitat 
data  are  necessary  before  any  definitive  conclusions  can  be  made  about 
the  role  of  gaps  in  nest-site  selection. 

The  mean  clutch  size  of  four  is  the  same  as  the  mean  clutch  size  of 
nests  located  in  southern  Ontario  (N  = 36)  (Peck  and  James  1987).  The 
modal  clutch  size  of  five,  however,  is  a new  record  for  Ontario  (Peck  and 
James  1987).  In  35  nests  in  New  York  state,  the  average  clutch  size  was 
again  four  eggs  (51%),  with  nests  also  containing  three  eggs  (26%)  and 
five  eggs  (23%)  (Bull  1976).  The  lack  of  brood  parasitism  by  Brown- 
headed Cowbirds  was  noteworthy  for  the  Ontario  range.  In  southwestern 
Ontario,  the  incidence  of  Brown-headed  Cowbird  parasitism  of  Cerulean 
Warbler  nests  is  as  high  as  17.9%  (Peck  and  James  1987). 

The  incubation  period  of  11  to  12  days  determined  in  this  study  is 
similar  to  Harrison’s  (1975)  speculation  that  the  incubation  period  is  12 
to  13  days. 

Cerulean  Warbler  habitat  has  been  described  as  mature,  riparian  forest 
(Bull  1976,  Lynch  1981,  Laughlin  and  Kibbe  1985).  The  area  of  maturing 
second-growth  forest,  dotted  with  numerous  lakes  and  streams,  north  of 
Kingston  approaches  this  description.  Forests  in  this  area  are  also  com- 
positionally  similar  to  forests  present  before  extensive  post-settlement  al- 
teration (Keddy  1994);  therefore,  the  recorded  northeastern  expansion  of 
the  species  may  be  a reoccupation  of  habitat  within  the  species  range 
prior  to  European  settlement.  Unfortunately,  no  records  of  Cerulean  War- 
blers in  this  area  exist  prior  to  1930  to  confirm  this  theory. 

The  establishment  and  success  of  this  northern  population  of  Cerulean 
Warblers  over  the  past  two  decades  is  likely  the  result  of  reforestation  of 
areas  rendered  unsuitable  by  European  colonization  in  the  northern  range 


Oliarnyk  and  Robertson  • BREEDING  CERULEAN  WARBLERS 


683 


of  the  Cerulean  Warbler.  With  forested  areas  continuing  to  be  cleared  and 
maintained  for  agriculture,  and  local  populations  being  eliminated  in  the 
southern  portion  of  its  breeding  range,  maturing  second-growth  forest  in 
the  north  may  provide  an  important  source  area  for  Cerulean  Warbler 
populations  in  the  future. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  give  special  thanks  to  Clive  Goodinson,  Brent  Gurd,  Andre  Patry,  and  Becky  Whit- 
tham  for  their  assistance  with  field  work;  Brent  Gurd,  Kelvin  Conrad,  Paul  B.  Hamel,  Bart 
Kempenaers,  Wally  Rendell,  and  an  anonymous  reviewer  for  helpful  suggestions  on  an 
earlier  version  of  this  manuscript.  This  study  was  funded  by  a grant  from  the  Eastern  Ontario 
Model  Forest  Program  and  a Natural  Science  and  Engineering  Research  Council  operating 
grant  to  R.  J.  Robertson.  Logistical  support  was  provided  by  the  Queen’s  Univ.  Biological 
Station. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Adams,  D.  L.  and  G.  W.  Barrett.  1976.  Stress  effects  on  bird-species  diversity  within 
mature  forest  ecosystems.  Am.  Midi.  Nat.  96:179-93. 

Andrle,  R.  E and  J.  R.  Carroll.  1988.  The  atlas  of  breeding  birds  in  New  York  State. 
Cornell  Univ.  Press,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Bent,  A.  C.  1963.  Life  histories  of  American  wood  warblers.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  203, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Brittingham,  M.  C.  and  S.  A.  Temple.  1983.  Have  cowbirds  caused  forest  songbirds  to 
decline?  BioSci.  33:31-35. 

Bull,  J.  1976.  The  Birds  of  New  York  State.  Cornell  Univ.  Press,  Ithaca,  New  York. 

Cadman,  M.  D.,  P.  E j.  Eagles,  and  E M.  Hellenier.  1987.  Atlas  of  the  breeding  birds 
of  Ontario.  Univ.  of  Waterloo  Press,  Waterloo,  Ontario. 

Chapman,  L.  J.  and  D.  E Putnam.  1984.  Physiography  of  southern  Ontario.  Ontario  Geo- 
logical Survey,  Toronto,  Ontario. 

Falls,  J.  B.  1981.  Mapping  territories  with  playback:  an  accurate  census  method  for  song- 
birds. Studies  Avian  Biol.  6:86-91. 

Hamel,  P.  B.  1992.  Cerulean  Warbler,  Dendroica  cerulea.  Pp.  385—400  in  Migratory  non- 
game birds  of  management  concern  in  the  Northeast  (K.  J.  Schneider  and  D.  M.  Pence, 
eds.).  U.S.  Dept.  Inter.,  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.,  Newton  Corner,  Massachusetts. 

Harrison,  H.  H.  1975.  A field  guide  to  birds’  nests.  Houghton  Mifflin,  Boston,  Massachu- 
setts. 

. 1984.  Wood  warblers’  world.  Simon  and  Schuster,  Inc.  New  York,  New  York. 

Keddy,  C.  1994.  Forest  history  of  eastern  Ontario.  Information  Report  No.  1.  Eastern 
Ontario  Model  Forest  Program,  P.O.  Bag  2111,  Kemptville,  Ontario. 

Laughlin,  S.  B.  and  D.  P.  Kibbe.  1985.  The  atlas  of  breeding  birds  of  Vermont.  Univ. 
Press  of  New  England,  Hanover,  New  Hampshire. 

Lynch,  J.  M.  1981.  Status  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler  in  the  Roanoke  River  basin  of  North 
Carolina.  Chat  45:29-35. 

Maurer,  B.  A.  1994.  Geographical  population  analysis:  tools  for  the  analysis  of  diversity. 
Blackwell  Scientific  Publications,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

Mayreld,  H.  1977.  Brown-headed  Cowbirds:  agent  of  extermination?  Am.  Birds  3:1 12. 

McCracken,  J.  D.  1992.  Status  report  on  the  Cerulean  Warbler  (Dendroica  cerulea)  in 
Canada.  COSEWIC,  Ottawa,  Ontario. 


684 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


OuELLET,  H.  1967.  The  distribution  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler  in  the  province  of  Quebec, 
Canada.  Auk  84:272—274. 

Parker,  T.  A.  1994.  Habitat,  behavior  and  spring  migration  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler  in 
Belize.  Am.  Birds  48:70-73. 

Peck,  G.  K.  and  R.  D.  James.  1987.  Breeding  birds  of  Ontario:  nidiology  and  distribution. 
Vol.  2:  Passerines.  Life  Sciences  Miscellaneous  and  distribution.  Vol.  2:  Passerines. 
Life  Sciences  Misc.  Publications,  Royal  Ontario  Museum,  Toronto,  Ontario. 

Peterson,  R.  T.  1980.  A field  guide  to  the  birds  of  eastern  and  central  North  America. 

Houghton  Mifflin  Company,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Robbins,  C.  S.,  J.  W.  Eitzpatrick,  and  P.  B.  Hamel.  1992.  A warbler  in  trouble:  Dendroica 
cerulea.  Pp.  549-562  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J. 
M.  Hagan,  III  and  D.  W.  Johnson,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 
Saunders,  W.  E.  1900.  Nesting  habits  of  the  Cerulean  Warbler.  Auk  17:358-362. 

Temple,  S.  A.  1986.  Predicting  impacts  of  habitat  fragmentation  on  forest  birds:  a com- 
parison of  two  models.  Pp.  301-304  in  Wildlife  2000:  modeling  habitat  relationships 
of  terrestrial  vertebrates  (J.  Verner,  M.  L.  Morrison,  and  C.  J.  Ralph,  eds.).  The  Univ. 
of  Wisconsin  Press,  Madison,  Wisconsin. 

Terborgh,  j.  1989.  Where  have  all  the  birds  gone?  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New 
Jersey. 

Weir,  R.  D.  1989.  Birds  of  the  Kingston  region.  Kingston  Field  Naturalists,  Kingston, 
Ontario. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  685-696 


GRIT-USE  PATTERNS  IN  NORTH  AMERICAN 
BIRDS:  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  DIET,  BODY 
SIZE,  AND  GENDER 

James  P.  Gionfriddo'  - and  Louis  B.  Best' 

Abstract. — We  investigated  avian  grit  use  by  examining  the  gizzard  contents  of  1440 
birds  collected  from  12  states.  Grit  was  present  in  gizzards  of  62  of  90  species  and  varied 
greatly  in  number  and  mean  particle  size.  Gizzards  of  granivorous  birds  contained  more  grit 
particles  than  those  of  insectivores,  omnivores,  and  frugivores.  Grit  particle  characteristics 
(mean  size,  shape,  and  surface  texture)  did  not  differ  among  birds  consuming  different  diets. 
Mean  grit  size  increased  linearly  with  the  common  logarithm  of  the  bird  body  mass.  Within 
avian  species,  grit-use  patterns  did  not  differ  by  gender.  Grit  use  is  widespread  among  birds, 
and  diet  strongly  influences  the  amount  of  grit  used  by  birds.  Received  18  Oct.  1995, 
accepted  10  March  1996. 


Best  and  Gionfriddo  (1991)  characterized  grit  use  by  22  species  of 
North  American  birds.  The  impetus  for  that  work  was  the  relevance  of 
grit  use  to  avian  mortality  caused  by  ingestion  of  granular  pesticides  used 
to  control  corn  rootworms  and  other  agricultural  pests  (Best  and  Fischer 
1992).  Birds  included  in  that  study  were  limited  to  species  that  commonly 
use  midwestern  cornfields  during  the  breeding  season,  when  pesticides 
usually  are  applied.  The  present  research  examined  grit  use  by  a larger 
number  of  avian  species,  over  a wider  geographical  area,  and  included 
many  birds  collected  during  the  nonbreeding  season.  Our  objectives  were 
to  survey  grit  use  by  a broad  range  of  avian  species  and  to  examine  the 
influence  of  diet,  body  size,  and  gender  on  the  amounts  and  characteristics 
of  grit  used  by  birds. 


METHODS 

We  obtained  birds  opportunistically  from  a variety  of  sources  including  road  kills,  colli- 
sions with  windows  and  other  objects,  hunter  harvests,  and  research  projects.  Birds  were 
collected  year-round  and  from  12  (mostly  midwestern)  states.  We  removed  the  gizzards  from 
all  collected  birds  and  preserved  them  in  ethanol.  Later,  each  gizzard  was  sliced  in  half  and 
its  contents  were  flushed  into  a petri  dish  and  examined  under  a stereomicroscope.  We 
separated  all  grit  particles  from  the  other  gizzard  contents  and  excluded  particles  <0.1  mm 
in  size  because  (1)  the  size  distributions  of  grit  in  the  gizzards  of  most  species  showed  that 
as  grit  size  decreased  toward  0. 1 mm,  the  number  of  particles  per  size  class  declined  abruptly 
(Best  and  Gionfriddo  1991),  and  (2)  we  felt  that  particles  <0.1  mm  probably  repre.sented 
soil  ingested  incidentally  during  foraging.  We  then  systematically  counted  the  grit  and  char- 
acterized particles  on  the  basis  of  size,  shape,  and  surface  texture.  The  longest  and  shortest 
dimensions  of  each  particle  in  the  1440  gizzards  we  examined  were  measured  to  the  nearest 

' Dept,  of  Animal  Ecology,  Iowa  State  Univ.,  Ames,  Iowa  5001  I. 

^ Present  address:  Dept,  of  Forestry  and  Natural  Resources,  Purdue  Univ.,  West  Lafayette,  Indiana  47907. 


685 


686 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


0.1  mm  with  a digital  caliper  or  an  ocular  micrometer  in  the  microscope.  We  used  the 
average  of  these  two  values  as  a measure  of  particle  size  and  their  ratio  as  a shape  index 
value.  Shape  index  values  were  >1.0,  with  1.0  representing  a somewhat  spherical  shape 
and  larger  values  representing  more  oblong  shapes.  We  characterized  the  surface  texture  of 
each  grit  particle  in  499  of  the  gizzards  by  using  a classification  system  developed  by 
petrologists  to  describe  mineral  grains  (fig.  1 in  Best  and  Gionfriddo  1991).  The  five  surface- 
texture  categories  were  angular,  sub-angular,  sub-rounded,  rounded,  and  well-rounded.  An 
overall  mean  surface-texture  value  was  calculated  for  each  bird  by  assigning  particles  in  the 
angular  category  a value  of  1,  those  in  the  sub-angular  category  a value  of  2,  etc. 

For  comparisons  of  grit  use  based  on  diet,  we  classified  each  bird  as  an  insectivore, 
granivore,  omnivore,  frugivore,  or  carnivore,  taking  into  account  the  month  in  which  the 
bird  was  collected  and  following  the  classification  of  DeGraaf  et  al.  (1985).  We  classified 
Ring-necked  Pheasants  (scientific  names  of  avian  species  are  in  Table  1)  collected  during 
the  non-breeding  season,  however,  as  granivores  (rather  than  herbivores,  as  suggested  by 
DeGraaf  et  al.  [1985])  because  most  of  their  non-breeding  season  diet  consists  of  seeds 
(e.g.,  Dalke  1937,  Ferrel  et  al.  1949,  Korschgen  1964).  Carnivores  and  frugivores  were 
excluded  from  some  analyses  because  of  small  sample  sizes. 

Except  for  the  diet-based  comparisons  (in  which  data  from  species  with  similar  diets  were 
combined),  our  analyses  of  grit  use  were  limited  to  those  species  for  which  the  contents  of 
at  least  five  gizzards  were  examined.  This  limitation  was  imposed  because  of  the  great 
intraspecific  variation  in  the  number  of  grit  particles  per  gizzard,  a variable  for  which  there 
is  only  one  value  per  gizzard.  For  other  variables,  such  as  grit  size,  shape,  or  surface  texture, 
each  gizzard  yielded  as  many  values  per  variable  as  there  were  grit  particles  in  the  gizzard. 

Bird  body  masses  were  obtained  from  Dunning  (1993).  For  dimorphic  species  used  in 
intraspecific  comparisons  by  gender  (i.e.,  species  with  ^5  birds  of  each  gender  included  in 
the  sample),  we  assigned  the  gender-specific  masses  given  by  Dunning  (1993).  For  the  other 
dimorphic  species,  we  assigned  to  each  bird  the  mean  of  Dunning’s  values  for  males  and 
females. 

Analysis  of  variance  (ANOVA)  was  used  to  identify  differences  in  grit  use  among  birds 
consuming  different  types  of  foods.  When  ANOVA  detected  differences  among  dietary 
groups,  we  used  Student-Newman-Keuls  (SNK)  multiple  comparison  tests  to  identify  spe- 
cifically which  groups  differed.  Using  data  only  from  those  species  for  which  we  examined 
the  contents  of  ^5  gizzards,  we  calculated  Pearson  product-moment  correlations  to  examine 
if  the  mean  number  of  grit  particles  per  gizzard  was  related  to  grit  occurrence  (the  percentage 
of  gizzards  containing  grit)  or  mean  grit  size.  We  used  regression  analysis  to  examine  the 
relationship  between  mean  grit  size  and  bird  body  size.  Two-tailed  r-tests  were  used  to 
examine  if  mean  grit  counts,  sizes,  shape  index  values,  or  surface-texture  values  differed  by 
gender.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  a significance  level  of  P ^ 0.05  was  used  for  statistical 
tests. 


RESULTS 

Gizzard  contents  of  birds  representing  90  species  and  10  orders  were 
examined.  Grit  was  present  in  gizzards  of  62  species  (9  orders).  Fre- 
quencies of  occurrence  of  grit  in  gizzards  and  grit  counts  per  gizzard 
varied  greatly  among  species.  Species  with  low  frequencies  of  occurrence 
of  grit  (and  low  grit  counts)  generally  were  insectivores,  whereas  those 
with  high  frequencies  of  occurrence  (and  high  grit  counts)  usually  were 
granivores.  Among  the  35  avian  species  for  which  >five  gizzards  were 


Gionfriddo  and  Best  • GRIT  USE  BY  BIRDS 


687 


examined,  frequencies  of  grit  occurrence  in  gizzards  ranged  from  0 to 
100%,  and  mean  grit  counts  per  gizzard  ranged  from  0 to  281  (Table  1). 
Gizzards  of  Ring-necked  Pheasants,  American  Tree  Sparrows,  and  House 
Sparrows  had  the  highest  frequencies  of  occurrence  of  grit  and  also  gen- 
erally had  the  highest  grit  counts.  Low  frequencies  of  occurrence  and  grit 
counts  were  recorded  for  Eastern  Kingbirds,  Cedar  Waxwings,  Barn  Swal- 
lows, Dickcissels,  Common  Yellowthroats,  Yellow-rumped  Warblers,  and 
Northern  Orioles.  Grit  occurrence  and  mean  grit  counts  were  correlated 
(r  = 0.502).  Intraspecific  variation  in  grit  counts  was  substantial:  standard 
deviations  typically  exceeded  mean  values  (Table  1). 

Mean  grit  counts  per  gizzard  differed  among  birds  consuming  different 
foods  (/^3,i432  = 59.01,  P < 0.001).  Gizzards  of  granivores  contained  more 
grit  particles  than  those  of  insectivores,  omnivores,  and  frugivores  (SNK 
test,  P < 0.05)  (carnivores  were  excluded  because  of  small  sample  size). 
The  adjusted  mean  grit  size  (see  below),  mean  shape  index  value,  and 
mean  surface-texture  value  did  not  differ  among  granivores,  insectivores, 
and  omnivores  (size:  7^2  ^69  = 2.41,  P = 0.090;  shape:  ^2,959  = 0.691,  P 
= 0.501;  surface  texture:  ^2,490  = 2.455,  P = 0.087).  (Carnivores  and 
frugivores  were  excluded  because  of  small  sample  sizes. 

Regression  analysis  indicated  that  mean  grit  size  was  related  to  bird 
body  size,  increasing  linearly  with  the  log^o)  of  the  body  mass  (Fig.  1). 
To  permit  examination  of  the  relationships  between  mean  grit  size  and 
other  variables  (with  the  effects  of  bird  body  size  partitioned  out),  we 
adjusted  the  mean  grit  size  for  each  species  by  adding  the  species’  residual 
value  to  the  overall  mean  grit  size  of  the  sample  (Steel  and  Torrie  1980: 
251).  For  most  (22)  of  the  33  grit-using  species  for  which  we  examined 
^five  gizzards,  there  was  no  detectable  relationship  between  the  adjusted 
mean  grit  size  and  the  number  of  grit  particles  per  gizzard.  In  1 1 species, 
however,  a significant  (P  ^ 0.01)  negative  correlation  was  found  between 
these  variables. 

Among  the  17  species  for  which  we  examined  >5  gizzards  for  each 
gender  (Table  1),  mean  grit  counts  differed  (P  < 0.05)  intraspecifically 
by  gender  only  in  Ring-necked  Pheasants  (t  = 3.40,  31  df,  P = 0.002) 
and  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  {t  = 2.45,  16  df,  P = 0.026).  In  both 
species,  gizzards  of  females  contained  more  grit  than  those  of  males. 
Gender  comparisons  of  adjusted  mean  grit  sizes,  mean  shape  index  values, 
and  mean  surface-texture  values  detected  few  differences.  Because  sur- 
face-texture values  were  calculated  only  for  499  birds,  sample  sizes  per- 
mitted gender  comparisons  within  only  five  species:  Northern  Bobwhite, 
Brown-headed  Cowbird,  Red-winged  Blackbird,  Vesper  Sparrow,  and 
House  Sparrow.  In  Brown-headed  Cowbirds,  females  used  larger  (r  = 
2.97,  87  df,  P = 0.004),  less  oblong  (r  = 2.72,  87  df,  P = 0.008),  and 


Table  1 

Grit  Use  by  Wild  Birds‘ 


688 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


o 

u 

q 

m 

q 

q 

q 

1 

q 

00 

— 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

q 

1 

00 

-; 

q 

q 

>< 

w 

cn 

rn 

(ri 

(N 

rn 

cn 

CO 

CO 

(N 

CO 

(N 

CO 

CN 

CO 

(N 

ri 

CN 

CO 

(N 

CN 

CO 

CN 

CO 

'U 

V 

q 

00 

00 

q 

r- 

OO 

00 

q 

q 

1 

q 

q 

q 

00 

CO 

00 

q 

q 

q 

q 

00 

q 

*o 

C 

ri 

(N 

c4 

p— ■ 

CO 

(N 

(N 

"■ 

CN 

CN 

E 

q 

00 

O) 

cn 

cq 

OS 

CO 

CN 

(N 

q 

q 

CO 

CO 

00 

q 

CO 

r-- 

CO 

m 

00 

q 

E 

(N 

"* 

(N 

CN 

d 

**“ 

ri 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

c 

2 

00 

o 

CN 

in 

O 

CO 

o 

(N 

O 

o 

00 

in 

(N 

o 

'tt 

X 

o 

o 

r- 

o 

o 

c^> 

00 

o 

'S 

00 

m 

X 

in 

Os 

Os 

CN 

U 

S 

-rt 

o 

00 

X 

X 

CO 

X 

CN 

OS 

lo 

O 

(n 

X 

OS 

CO 

(N 

in 

o 

X 

1^ 

X 

in 

r- 

CN 

00 

in 

o 

a 

Os 

Tf 

in 

’'t 

— ' 

*— 

— 

(N 

00 

in 

"tt 

00 

CO 

+1 

+ ! 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ ! 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

o 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

OS 

00 

os 

O 

CO 

in 

os 

Ov 

os 

CN 

CO 

— 

CN 

— ■ 

m 

00 

X 

CO 

— 

CO 

(N 

— 

CN 

00 

o 

"" 

<n 

CN 

o 

o 

o 

<n 

O 

00 

(N 

Os 

in 

CO 

O 

O 

CO 

X 

00 

o 

o 

CO 

o 

£ 

o 

o 

OS 

Os 

o 

X 

in 

cs 

(N 

OS 

00 

in 

(N 

o 

00 

CO 

in 

OS 

<N 

o 

Os 

o 

— 

— 

N E 

o 


5 ^ 


r^Tj-»noo»nooNt^ONmONO'^o 

(NCNCN^OCN^CN 


'sO  m 


r-  so  in  Tt 
Tt  — 


Tt  — 

— CN 


0 0 0-^00- 


^OOOp-h-OOO-O 


o o o 


■5 

"5 

c 

•2 

-c 

Q. 


C3 

a> 

SI 

d- 

T) 

<u 

c 

OJj 

5 


s 

•2 

-5 

"S 

SJ 


s 

c 


OC 


.2 
c 

cd 

C/5  dj 

.ti 
oj  x: 

Cu  ^ 
X) 
T3  O 

1)  CQ 

0 c 

D u 

c a; 

1 X 

M t; 
•E  o 

a:  z 


o 

o 

> 

.s 

'C 

T3 

S 

a 

-« 

u 


5 

>■ 

S 

;j 

C3 

g 


to 

2 

2 

2 

5 

2 

to 

2 

o 

o 

U 


c O 
§ 3 
^ u 
D 

^ u 

O *0 

O “ 


to 

*2 

-2 

S- 

2 

to 

Cl  ^ 

C 2 

CX)  C 

2 2 C' 

:3  2 2 

5 Co 

S S 3 

u.  ^ 

u g o 
u ^ c 

D.  V 

■o  i; 

o -o  3; 
P .i=  - 

■0^1 
S c 00 

^ c/5  U 

D 03  C3 

o;  UJ  QQ 


to 

lb 

!3 

-5 

§■ 

5 

2 

CL 


to 

2 

•2 

2 

2 

-2 

-2 

2 

2 

-2 

to 

2 

2 

o 

U 


S 

3 

O ‘C 
2 

^ n 
o 2 

3 3 

is  ^ 

G 

^ 3 
-Cl  b- 

S ^ 

3 ^ 
CO  3 

3 U 
00  ^ 
C J= 

- M 

% 2 

« £ 
> E- 


to 

•2 

2 

I 

00 


C -3 
3 3 
3 r 


I- 

u u 

>^  w 
CO  o 


u *u  iS  F 
^ E u <u 
CQ  < U I 


CO  5 
3 ^ 

*—  C(" 

3 3 

3 3 

00  JS 
. S' 
IJ  ^ 
^ c 

■E 

« o 

2 ac 

H = 

^ CO 

4-.  3 

E 'S 
E 

X < 


,c<i 

3 

's  c:: 

2 
"2 

tX) 
2 


2 

2 


2 ^ 


2 

•2 

2 

§ 

“25 

^ 2 
.y 


IS 


^ "3 
'S  Q 

^ I 


E ■3' 
Oo  C) 

it 

— 

u s_. 

c3 

C 

<u 

t=  ^ 
V 

a D 

o ^ 

3 O 
IJJ  X 


cn 


L. 

to 

to 

2 

Q. 

O 

t 

cd 

CL 

CO 


(U  w 

Xi  n 

t-  ^ 

If 

TJ  O 
V ZZ 
D-  ^ 

E >- 
2 = 
i I 

= E 
<u  o 
>-  U 


3 

2 

3 

c-i 

3 

O 

fc 

CO 

a 

00 


^ I 

i « x: 
c«  D.  eo 
D.  OO  C 
C/0  c 
00  cd 
X c > 
O O C3 
LL.  OO  00 


Gionfriddo  and  Best  • GRIT  USE  BY  BIRDS 


689 


-j 

CQ 

< 


Q 

UJ 

D 

z 

H 

Z 

O 

u 


a ^ 

■=  n 

C/3  -E 


4>  p 

ON 

On 

so 

00 

0 

On 

1 

— 

Os 

q 

^ E 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

— 

d 

— ' 

c 

CJ 

CN 

m 

00 

(N 

0 

SO 

0 

0 

* 

'■B 

CnJ 

0 

(N 

i 

CN 

CM 

0 

— 

0 

0 

00 

CM 

0 

0 

00 

CM 

— 

10 

— 

00 

Os 

so 

cn 

(N 

(n 

c/3 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

0 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+ 1 

+1 

0 

CM 

(N 

CM 

0 

in 

On) 

0 

0 

so 

P>M 

« 

(n 

<N 

1/ 

J 

0 

0 

yr) 

SO 

0 

in 

0 

m 

r- 

CM 

sO 

0 

c^ 

00 

0 

CM 

r- 

00 

r- 

in 

in 

U 

L.  ^ 

”■ 

j2 
5 ^ 


r<S  CN  ro  ro  r<S  (N  (N 


CT\0\— <00000000 
— — (N  — — (N(N— ^ 


P q ON  CT; 

ro  ro  (N  (N 


p p <N  O 
— ’ — ’ oi  (N 


oooomiooofN  — otNONi^m 

(NtN  (NfNCN  00  ■'tr^ 


0000000000-00 


Q 

— o 

.>5 


>3 

s 

o 

a 

c 


> N/ 

■€  ,5. 

c <0 

"I 

5^  t 

•i. 

^ D. 
O C/D 

o.^ 

on  H 

-c  5 

c3  cQ 
C o 
C 'u 
cd  (L) 

> E 

03  E 
00  <! 


.C 

C 

'ij 

to 

=3 

Cl. 


s 

Oc 

>3 

*>« 

o 

o 

a. 


3 

3 

I 

3 

3 


2 - 
00  Q 
c<3  “ 

3 


O 

t 

cd 
CL 

• ^ Un 

D.  U 
D.  O. 
.—  (/: 
x:  V 
U > 


2 ^ 


C3  _ 
^ a 

C -S 
a s 
-a 

2 ^ 

•3  ^ 


03 

^ . .s 
s.  ^ 

^ Co  b 

fc  - ^ 
a.  ^ E 

c^.S£  u 
Os: 
^ ^ t: 

^ I 

J Q Z 


3 

3 

05 

>3 

3 

Cl, 


V 

0£)  ^ 
C .0 

w, 

§ o 

CQ  e 


•2  a 

^ <2 
-s;  00 
Cc.  ^ 

S 3 

^ I 

Sc^ 

T3  ^ 
P .Oi 


O: 

•2  2 
s -s 
'>  o 

s 5 


XI 

cj 

— 

CO 


S)  -5 

1 ° 
£ Z 


■a 

V 

00 

,S  c 

> OJ 


CS  3 

3 ^ 

*0 
3 .b 

O-g 
d)  o 

u 

T3 
1) 
■o 
ca 
u 


S ^ 
aC  > 


o 

u m 


Si  a 

4>  4) 

^ Q 


. 00 
^ <*- 

ON  ® 
On  c/3 

— C 

0 I 
1 1 

1 E 
E ° 

O CJ 

5 s 
1 = 

S u 

ffl  S 
--  -o  Co 

M S3  r S' 

-g  s I 2 


4i  s 


’5b  C9  3 

^ ’c5 

W-l  CC  _ • > 

M - 


Sou 

_c 
<0  3 


Is 


4)  a. 
Q.  n 

crt  o 

J £ 

*"  c 

>.  O 

51 

S O 

■o  TD 
_3  4> 
O « 

C CO 


^ O 

*2  .E  c 
td  c O 

N I'i. 

5b  'u 
c_  r y 
o 00  w 


■ij  •— 

00  o 

!9  . 


rt  w 
(J  ^ 

55 

> o 

^ -yi 


S 

t:  E - c !:: 

S 3 X ca 

^ c 4>  > 4) 

1»  U dJ  .2  1> 

X J=  « J=  X 

H H C/3  [—  H 


690 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


MEAN  BODY  SIZE  (g) 

Fig.  1.  Relationship  between  mean  grit  size  and  mean  bird  body  mass.  Body  masses 
were  obtained  from  Dunning  (1993).  Each  point  represents  a species  for  which  the  contents 
of  at  least  five  gizzards  were  examined. 


more  angular  (t  = 2.38,  43  df,  P = 0.022)  grit  than  males.  Female  Ring- 
necked Pheasants  and  Horned  Larks  used  smaller  grit  than  males  (pheas- 
ants: t = 2.48,  31  df,  P = 0.019;  larks:  r = 2.10,  28  df,  P = 0.045). 

DISCUSSION 

The  most  commonly  proposed  function  of  avian  grit  use  is  the  facili- 
tation of  mechanical  grinding  and  pulverization  of  food  in  the  gizzard 
(Meinertzhagen  1964,  Ziswiler  and  Farner  1972).  Grit  also  may  provide 
supplementary  minerals,  especially  calcium  (e.g.,  Korschgen  1964,  Norris 
et  al.  1975,  Turner  1982).  Avian  grit  use  often  varies  with  such  factors 
as  the  bird’s  diet  (e.g.,  Mott  et  al.  1972,  Norris  et  al.  1975,  Alonso  1985, 
Bishton  1986),  age  (Bartonek  1969,  Verbeek  1970,  Alonso  1985,  Mayoh 
and  Zach  1986),  body  size  (Best  and  Gionfriddo  1991),  and  gender  and 


Gionfriddo  and  Best  • GRIT  USE  BY  BIRDS 


691 


reproductive  status  (e.g..  Harper  1964,  Kopischke  and  Nelson  1966,  May 
and  Braun  1973,  Pinowska  and  Krasnicki  1985),  as  well  as  with  the 
availability  of  suitable  grit  particles  (Bump  et  al.  1947,  Tindall  1973, 
Norris  et  al.  1975). 

Diet  is  a major  factor  influencing  avian  grit  use.  Grit  generally  is  found 
in  the  gizzards  of  most  species  that  eat  plant  material  (Earner  1960,  Mei- 
nertzhagen  1964)  and  many  that  eat  insects  (e.g.,  Barlow  et  al.  1963, 
Jenkinson  and  Mengel  1970,  Barrentine  1980,  Mayoh  and  Zach  1986). 
Relatively  large  amounts  of  grit  often  are  associated  with  diets  consisting 
of  hard,  coarse  materials,  especially  seeds  and  other  plant  parts  (Meiner- 
tzhagen  1954,  Earner  1960).  Insectivores  often  use  less  grit  than  herbiv- 
orous or  granivorous  birds  (Mott  et  al.  1972,  Bishton  1986,  Hogstad 
1988),  and  frugivores  typically  use  little  grit  (Meinertzhagen  1954,  1964). 
The  amounts  of  grit  needed  by  insectivores  and  granivores  may  depend 
on  the  hardness  of  the  items  consumed.  The  digestion  of  soft-bodied 
insect  larvae,  for  example,  may  require  relatively  little  grit,  whereas  the 
breakdown  of  hard-bodied  insects  (e.g.,  adult  coleopterans)  may  require 
large  amounts  (Pinowska  1975,  Gionfriddo  and  Best  1995).  Grit-sized 
hard  insect  fragments  (e.g..  Bird  and  Smith  1964,  Jenkinson  and  Mengel 
1970,  Mott  et  al.  1972)  or  hard  seeds  (e.g..  Beer  and  Tidyman  1942, 
Sharp  and  McClure  1945,  Lewin  and  Lewin  1984)  are  sometimes  retained 
in  the  gizzard  where  they  serve  as  grit  substitutes  by  aiding  in  the  me- 
chanical grinding  of  softer  foods.  When  such  grit  substitutes  are  present 
in  gizzards,  less  grit  is  required.  Hard  insect  parts  or  hard  seeds  were 
present  in  some  of  the  gizzards  we  examined,  and  therefore,  in  some 
cases,  our  grit  counts  may  underestimate  the  birds’  need  for  grit. 

Our  finding  no  differences  in  adjusted  mean  grit  size,  mean  grit  shape, 
and  mean  grit  surface  texture  among  birds  consuming  different  diets  sug- 
gests that  different  foods  may  not  require  grit  with  different  physical 
characteristics  for  adequate  digestion.  The  characteristics  of  grit  particles 
in  birds’  gizzards  are  influenced  by  avian  preferences  and  aversions  (Best 
and  Gionfriddo  1994),  the  availability  of  grit  particles  with  different  char- 
acteristics (Bump  et  al.  1947,  Tindall  1973,  Norris  et  al.  1975),  and  rates 
of  breakdown  and  passage  of  grit  from  the  gizzards  (Lienhart  1953, 
Korschgen  et  al.  1965,  Vance  1971,  Norris  et  al.  1975,  Gionfriddo  and 
Best  1995). 

The  large  amounts  of  grit  we  observed  in  gizzards  of  Ring-necked 
Pheasants,  American  Tree  Sparrows,  and  House  Sparrows  were  not  sur- 
prising because  these  species  feed  mainly  on  seeds  on  the  ground.  The 
relatively  low  grit  counts  and  frequencies  of  occurrence  of  grit  in  gizzards 
of  Eastern  Kingbirds,  Barn  Swallows,  and  Cedar  Waxwings  were  ex- 
pected because  these  species  feed  on  insects  or  fruits,  aerially  or  in  trees. 


692 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


The  Other  species  that  tended  to  use  little  or  no  grit  (Common  Yellow- 
throat,  Yellow-rumped  Warbler,  Northern  Oriole)  also  glean  insects  in 
trees  or  shrubs.  The  finding  that  Dickcissels  used  little  grit  on  their  North 
American  breeding  grounds  is  consistent  with  Zimmerman’s  (1963)  report 
that  wintering  Dickcissels  in  central  America  used  relatively  large 
amounts  of  grit,  but  that  breeding  birds  in  Illinois  used  little.  Zimmerman 
(1963)  attributed  the  difference  to  the  Dickcissels’  heavier  use  of  insects 
in  North  America  and  seeds  in  central  America.  Field  studies  of  other 
avian  species  that  shift  diets  seasonally  also  have  documented  correspond- 
ing shifts  in  grit  use  (Bishton  1986,  Hogstad  1988,  Gionfriddo  and  Best 
1995).  Investigation  of  seasonal  patterns  of  grit  use  by  additional  species 
that  shift  diets  seasonally  would  further  clarify  the  relationship  between 
grit  use  and  diet. 

The  observed  log-linear  relationship  between  mean  grit  size  and  bird 
body  mass  is  similar  to  that  reported  for  19  avian  species  collected  mainly 
in  the  Midwest  during  the  breeding  season  (Best  and  Gionfriddo  1991). 
Augmenting  the  earlier  sample  by  including  birds  representing  many  ad- 
ditional avian  taxa,  geographical  locations,  and  seasons  did  not  substan- 
tially alter  the  linear  model  describing  this  relationship.  The  lack  of  a 
strong  relationship  between  mean  grit  size  and  mean  grit  count  for  most 
(22  of  33)  species  we  tested  differs  from  the  results  of  other  field  (Myr- 
berget  et  al.  1975,  Norris  et  al.  1975,  Alonso  1985,  Best  and  Gionfriddo 
1991)  and  laboratory  (McCann  1939,  Smith  1960,  Gionfriddo  and  Best 
1995)  studies  which  found  that  the  larger  the  grit  particles,  the  fewer  were 
present  in  gizzards.  The  current  finding  is  consistent,  however,  with  the 
results  of  a diet  experiment  with  captive  House  Sparrows  (Gionfriddo  and 
Best  1995). 

Grit  use  by  males  and  females  often  is  reported  to  be  similar  (e.g., 
Alonso  1985,  Norman  and  Brown  1985,  Garcher  and  Carroll  1991,  Gion- 
friddo and  Best  1995).  When  differences  exist,  they  sometimes  are  due 
to  differences  in  body  size  (Rajala  1958,  Pulliainen  1979,  Norman  and 
Mumford  1985)  or  to  females’  increased  calcium  requirements  during  egg 
laying  (Sadler  1961,  Harper  1964,  Taylor  1970).  Females  may  greatly 
increase  their  consumption  of  grit  during  the  egg-laying  period  (Pinowska 
and  Krasnicki  1985),  and/or  they  may  selectively  consume  calcium-rich 
grit  particles  (Harper  1964,  Korschgen  1964,  Kopischke  and  Nelson 
1966).  Such  reproduction-related  changes  in  grit  use  (and  gender  differ- 
ences that  result  from  them)  may  be  short-lived  (Pinowska  and  Krasnicki 
1985),  however,  and  therefore  probably  would  not  have  been  detectable 
in  our  study. 

In  addition  to  demonstrating  the  importance  of  diet  and  body  size  as 
factors  affecting  avian  grit  use,  our  study  shows  that  grit  use  is  widespread 


Gionfriddo  and  Best  • GRIT  USE  BY  BIRDS 


693 


among  birds,  both  taxonomically  and  geographically.  Moreover,  although 
the  collection  of  birds  for  this  research  was  not  limited  geographically  or 
temporally  to  areas  or  seasons  of  application  of  granular  pesticides,  our 
results  nonetheless  have  important  implications  for  the  design  and  use  of 
such  products.  Granular  pesticides  are  applied  to  millions  of  hectares  of 
agricultural  crops  in  North  America  each  year  (U.S.  Dept.  Agric.  1992). 
Many  of  these  pesticides  are  acutely  toxic  to  birds  (Balcomb  et  al.  1984, 
Hill  and  Camardese  1984),  and  one  potential  route  of  avian  exposure  is 
consumption  of  granules  as  a source  of  grit.  Our  results  indicate  that,  if 
this  is  an  important  route  of  avian  exposure  to  granular  pesticides,  then 
in  pesticide-treated  areas  granivorous  birds  (including  such  important 
game  species  as  the  Ring-necked  Pheasant  and  Northern  Bobwhite)  may 
have  a relatively  high  risk  of  exposure  because  they  use  more  grit  than 
birds  that  eat  other  foods.  Our  results  confirm  that  altering  granule  size 
to  reduce  avian  risk  is  not  likely  to  be  effective.  The  wide  range  of  grit 
sizes  used  by  birds,  and  the  extensive  interspecific  overlap  in  grit  sizes 
result  in  there  being  no  “safe”  granule  size  that  would  be  infrequently 
used  by  birds,  given  the  upper  and  lower  limits  to  pesticide  granule  size 
imposed  by  other  factors,  such  as  human  safety  and  ease  of  application. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  K.  L.  Andersen,  K.  K.  Aulwes,  B.  M.  Ballard,  C.  Best,  J.  D.  Best,  N.  Best,  J. 
R.  Gionfriddo,  J.  M.  Grady,  D.  S.  Huntrods,  L.  D.  Igl,  A.  L.  Linville,  F.  D.  Zenitsky,  and 
G.  D.  Zenitsky  for  assisting  with  laboratory  work  and  data  tabulation.  We  are  grateful  to 
those  who  provided  or  collected  birds  for  our  study,  especially  J.  J.  Dinsmore,  B.  J.  Giesler, 
L.  D.  Igl,  D.  W.  DeGeus,  D.  S.  Huntrods,  and  G.  M.  Booth.  We  appreciate  the  cooperation 
of  state  and  federal  agencies  in  granting  permission  for  collection  of  birds.  We  thank  C.  E. 
Braun,  J.  J.  Dinsmore,  E.  E.  Klaas,  J.  L.  Sell,  K.  C.  Shaw,  D.  W.  White,  and  C.  R.  Blem 
for  reviewing  earlier  drafts  of  the  manuscript  and  offering  helpful  suggestions.  Funding  was 
provided  by  Miles,  Inc.,  Rhone-Poulenc,  American  Cyanamid,  and  Dow  Elanco.  This  is 
Journal  Paper  No.  J- 161 81  of  the  Iowa  Agriculture  and  Home  Economics  Experiment  Sta- 
tion, Ames,  Project  2168. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Alonso,  J.  C.  1985.  Grit  in  the  gizzard  of  Spanish  Sparrows  (Passer  hispaniolensis).  Vo- 
gelwarte  33:135-143. 

Balcomb,  R.,  R.  Stevens,  and  C.  Bowen  II.  1984.  Toxicity  of  16  granular  insecticides  to 
wild-caught  songbirds.  Bull.  Environ.  Contam.  Toxicol.  33:302—307. 

Barlow,  J.  C.,  E.  E.  Klaas,  and  J.  L.  Lenz.  1963.  Sunning  of  Bank  and  Cliff  swallows. 
Condor  65:438-440. 

Barrentine,  C.  D.  1980.  The  ingestion  of  grit  by  nestling  Barn  Swallows.  J.  Field  Ornithol. 
51:368-371. 

Bartonek,  j.  C.  1969.  Build-up  of  grit  in  three  pochard  species  in  Manitoba.  Wilson  Bull. 
81:96-97. 


694 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Beer,  J.  and  W.  Tidyman.  1942.  The  substitution  of  hard  seeds  for  grit.  J.  Wildl.  Manage. 
6:70-82. 

Best,  L.  B.  and  D.  L.  Fischer.  1992.  Granular  insecticides  and  birds:  factors  to  be  con- 
sidered in  understanding  exposure  and  reducing  risk.  Environ.  Toxicol,  and  Chem.  1 1 : 
1495-1508. 

AND  J.  P.  Gionfriddo.  1991.  Characterization  of  grit  use  by  cornfield  birds.  Wilson 

Bull.  103:68-82. 

AND . 1994.  Effects  of  surface  texture  and  shape  on  grit  selection  by  House 

Sparrows  and  Northern  Bobwhite.  Wilson  Bull.  106:689-695. 

Bird,  R.  D.  and  L.  B.  Smith.  1964.  The  food  habits  of  the  Red-winged  Blackbird,  Agelaius 
phoeniceus,  in  Manitoba.  Can.  Field-Nat.  78:179—186. 

Bishton,  G.  1986.  The  diet  and  foraging  behaviour  of  the  Dunnock  Prunella  modularis  in 
a hedgerow  habitat.  Ibis  128:526—539. 

Bump,  G.,  R.  W.  Darrow,  E C.  Edminster,  and  W.  E Crissey.  1947.  The  Ruffed  Grouse: 
life  history,  propagation,  management.  New  York  State  Conserv.  Dept.,  Albany,  New 
York. 

Dalke,  P.  L.  1937.  Food  habits  of  adult  pheasants  in  Michigan  based  on  crop  analysis 
method.  Ecology  18:199-213. 

DeGraaf,  R.  M.,  N.  G.  Tilghman,  and  S.  H.  Anderson.  1985.  Foraging  guilds  of  North 
American  birds.  Environ.  Manage.  9:493-536. 

Dunning,  J.  B.,  Jr.,  ed.  1993.  CRC  handbook  of  avian  body  masses.  CRC  Press,  Boca 
Raton,  Florida. 

Earner,  D.  S.  1960.  Digestion  and  the  digestive  system.  Pp.  411-467  in  Biology  and 
comparative  physiology  of  birds.  Vol.  1 (A.  J.  Marshall,  ed.).  Academic  Press,  New 
York,  New  York. 

Ferrel,  C.  M.,  H.  Twining,  and  N.  B.  Herkenham.  1949.  Food  habits  of  the  Ring-necked 
Pheasant  (Phasianus  colchicus)  in  the  Sacramento  Valley,  California.  Calif.  Fish  and 
Game  35:51-69. 

Garcher,  M.  L.  and  j.  P.  Carroll.  1991.  Comparative  diet  study  of  male  and  female 
Wilson’s  Phalaropes  in  North  Dakota.  J.  Pennsylvania  Acad.  Sci.  (Suppl.)  64:190. 

Gionfriddo,  J.  P.  and  L.  B.  Best.  1995.  Grit  use  by  House  Sparrows:  effects  of  diet  and 
grit  size.  Condor  97:57-67. 

Harper,  J.  A.  1964.  Calcium  in  grit  consumed  by  hen  pheasants  in  east-central  Illinois.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  28:264-270. 

Hill,  E.  E and  M.  B.  Camardese.  1984.  Toxicity  of  anticholinesterase  insecticides  to  birds: 
technical  grade  versus  granular  formulations.  Ecotoxicol.  Environ.  Safety  8:551—563. 

Hogstad,  O.  1988.  Foraging  pattern  and  prey  selection  of  breeding  Bramblings  Fringilla 
montifringilla.  Fauna  Norv.  Ser.  C,  Cinclus  1 1 :27-39. 

Jenkinson,  M.  a.  and  R.  M.  Mengel.  1970.  Ingestion  of  stones  by  goatsuckers  (Capri- 
mulgidae).  Condor  72:236—237. 

Kopischke,  E.  D.  and  M.  M.  Nelson.  1966.  Grit  availability  and  pheasant  densities  in 
Minnesota  and  North  Dakota.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  30:269-275. 

Korschgen,  L.  j.  1964.  Foods  and  nutrition  of  Missouri  and  midwestern  pheasants.  Trans. 
North  Am.  Wildl.  and  Nat.  Resour.  Conf.  29:159-180. 

, G.  D.  Chambers,  and  K.  C.  Sadler.  1965.  Digestion  rate  of  limestone  force-fed 

to  pheasants.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  29:820—823. 

Lewin,  V.  AND  G.  Lewin.  1984.  The  Kalij  Pheasant,  a newly  established  game  bird  on  the 
island  of  Hawaii.  Wilson  Bull.  96:634-646. 

Lienhart,  R.  1953.  Recherches  sur  le  role  des  cailloux  contenus  dans  le  gesier  des  oiseaux 
granivores.  Bull.  Soc.  Sci.  Nancy  12:5-9. 


Gionfriddo  and  Best  • GRIT  USE  BY  BIRDS 


695 


May,  T.  a.  and  C.  E.  Braun.  1973.  Gizzard  stones  in  adult  White-tailed  Ptarmigan  {La- 
gopus  leucurus)  in  Colorado.  Arctic  and  Alpine  Res.  5:49-57. 

Mayoh,  K.  R.  and  R.  Zach.  1986.  Grit  ingestion  by  nestling  Tree  Swallows  and  House 
Wrens.  Can.  J.  Zool.  64:2090-2093. 

McCann,  L.  J.  1939.  Studies  of  the  grit  requirements  of  certain  upland  game  birds.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  3:31-41. 

Meinertzhagen,  R.  1954.  Grit.  Bull.  Br.  Omithol.  Club  74:97-102. 

. 1964.  Grit.  Pp.  341-342  in  A new  dictionary  of  birds  (A.  L.  Thomson,  ed.). 
McGraw-Hill,  New  York,  New  York. 

Mott,  D.  E,  R.  R.  West,  J.  W.  De  Grazio,  and  J.  L.  Guarding.  1972.  Eoods  of  the  Red- 
winged Blackbird  in  Brown  County,  South  Dakota.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  36:983-987. 

Myrberget,  S.,  C.  Norris,  and  E.  Norris.  1975.  Grit  in  Norwegian  Lxigopus  spp.  Nor- 
wegian J.  Zool.  23:205-212. 

Norman,  E I.  and  R.  S.  Brown.  1985.  Gizzard  grit  in  some  Australian  waterfowl.  Wildfowl 
36:77-80. 

AND  L.  Mumford.  1985.  Studies  on  the  Purple  Swamphen,  Porphyria  porphyria, 
in  Victoria.  Australian  Wildl.  Res.  12:263-278. 

Norris,  E.,  C.  Norris,  and  J.  B.  Steen.  1975.  Regulation  and  grinding  ability  of  grit  in 
the  gizzard  of  Norwegian  Willow  Ptarmigan  (Lagopus  lagopus).  Poult.  Sci.  54:1839- 
1843. 

PiNOWSKA,  B.  1975.  Pood  of  female  House  Sparrows  (Passer  domesticus  L.)  in  relation  to 
stages  of  the  breeding  cycle.  Polish  Ecol.  Stud.  1:211-225. 

AND  K.  Krasnicki.  1985.  Quantity  of  gastroliths  and  magnesium  and  calcium  con- 
tents in  the  body  of  female  House  Sparrows  during  their  egg-laying  period.  Zesz.  Nauk. 
Filii  UW,  48,  Biol.  10:125-130. 

F*ulliainen,  E.  1979.  Grit  intake  of  the  Capercaillie,  Tetrao  urogallus,  in  the  northern 
Finnish  taiga  in  autumn.  Aquilo  Sen  Zool.  19:45-47. 

Rajala,  P.  1958.  The  choice  of  grinding  stones  by  Capercaillie,  Black  Grouse,  and  ptar- 
migan in  the  light  of  enclosure  experiments.  Suomen  Riista  12:89-93. 

Sadler,  K.  C.  1961.  Grit  selectivity  by  the  female  pheasant  during  egg  production.  J.  Wildl. 
Manage.  25:339-341. 

Sharp,  W.  M.  and  H.  E.  McClure.  1945.  The  pheasant  in  the  sandhill  region  of  Nebraska. 
Pp.  203-233  in  The  Ring-necked  Pheasant  and  its  management  in  North  America  (W. 
L.  McAtee,  ed.).  Am.  Wildl.  Inst.,  New  York,  New  York. 

Smith,  R.  E.  1960.  The  influence  of  size  and  surface  condition  of  grit  upon  the  digestibility 
of  feed  by  the  domestic  fowl.  Can.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  40:51-56. 

Steel,  R.  G.  D.  and  J.  H.  Torrie.  1980.  Principles  and  procedures  of  statistics:  a biomet- 
rical approach,  2nd  ed.  McGraw-Hill,  New  York,  New  York. 

Taylor,  T.  G.  1970.  The  provision  of  calcium  and  carbonate  for  laying  hens.  Pp.  108-1 17 
in  Proc.  Univ.  Nottingham  Fourth  Nutrition  Conf.  for  Feed  Manufacturers  (H.  Swan 
and  D.  Lewis,  eds.).  J.  and  A.  Churchill,  London,  U.K. 

Tindall,  A.  R.  1973.  Gastroliths  in  Norwegian  grouse  (Lxigopus  lagopus).  Acta  Physiol. 
Scand.,  Suppl.  396:66. 

Turner,  A.  K.  1982.  Timing  of  laying  by  swallows  (Hirundo  rustica)  and  Sand  Martins 
(Riparia  riparia).  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  51:29—46. 

U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture.  1992.  Agricultural  chemical  u.sage:  1991  field  crops 
survey.  U.S.  Dep.  Agric.,  Econ.  Res.  Serv.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Vance,  D.  R.  1971.  Physical  and  chemical  alterations  of  grit  consumed  by  pheasants.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  35:136-140. 

Verbeek,  N.  a.  M.  1970.  Breeding  ecology  of  the  Water  Pipit.  Auk  87:425-451. 


696 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Zimmerman,  J.  L.  1963.  The  bioenergetics  of  the  Dickcissel,  Spiza  americana.  Ph.D.  diss., 
Univ.  Illinois,  Urbana,  Illinois. 

ZiswiLER,  V.  AND  D.  S.  EARNER.  1972.  Digestion  and  the  digestive  system.  Pp.  343-430  in 
Avian  biology.  Vol.  2 (D.  S.  Earner,  J.  R.  King,  and  K.  C.  Parkes,  eds.).  Academic 
Press,  New  York,  New  York. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  697-711 


RED-COCKADED  WOODPECKER  NESTING  SUCCESS, 
FOREST  STRUCTURE,  AND  SOUTHERN  FLYING 
SQUIRRELS  IN  TEXAS 

Richard  N.  Conner,  D.  Craig  Rudolph, 

Daniel  Saenz,  and  Richard  R.  Schaefer 

Abstract.  For  several  decades  general  opinion  has  suggested  that  southern  flying  squir- 
rels (Glaucomys  volans)  have  a negative  effect  on  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  (Picoides 
borealis)  through  competition  for  cavities  and  egg/nestling  predation.  Complete  removal  of 
hardwood  trees  from  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  tree  clusters  has  occurred  on  some 
forests  because  southern  flying  squirrel  abundance  was  presumed  to  be  associated  with  the 
presence  and  abundance  of  hardwood  vegetation.  In  some  locations,  southern  flying  squirrels 
have  been  captured  and  either  moved  or  killed  in  the  name  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker 
management.  We  determined  southern  flying  squirrel  occupancy  of  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker cavities  in  loblolly  (Pinus  shortleaf  {P.  echinata)  pine  habitat  (with  and  with- 

out hardwood  midstory  vegetation)  and  longleaf  pine  (P.  palustris)  habitat  (nearly  devoid 
of  hardwood  vegetation)  during  spring,  late  summer,  and  winter  during  1990  and  1991. 
Flying  squirrel  use  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  was  variable  and  was  not  related 
to  presence  or  abundance  of  hardwood  vegetation.  Woodpecker  nest  productivity  was  not 
correlated  with  flying  squirrel  use  of  woodpecker  cavities  within  clusters.  In  addition,  we 
observed  six  instances  where  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  successfully  nested  while  flying 
squirrels  occupied  other  cavities  in  the  same  tree.  Our  results  suggest  that  complete  removal 
of  hardwoods  from  woodpecker  cluster  areas  in  loblolly  and  shortleaf  pine  habitat  may  not 
provide  benefits  to  the  woodpeckers  through  reduction  of  flying  squirrel  numbers.  Reduction 
of  hardwood  midstory  around  cavity  trees,  however,  is  still  essential  because  of  the  wood- 
pecker’s apparent  innate  intolerance  of  hardwood  midstory  foliage.  Received  3 Nov.  1995, 
accepted  21  Mar.  1996. 


The  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  {Picoides  borealis)  is  a cooperative 
breeder  that  lives  in  family  groups  composed  of  a breeding  pair  and  fre- 
quently one  to  several  helpers  (Ligon  1970,  Walters  et  al.  1988,  Walters 
1990).  The  activities  of  the  group  center  around  a cluster  of  cavity  trees 
composed  of  living  pines  that  contain  one  to  several  cavities  and  cavity 
starts.  Cavities  are  excavated  into  the  heartwood  of  pines  that  typically 
are  infected  with  red  heart  fungus  (Phellinus  pini)  (Conner  and  Locke 
1982,  Hooper  1988,  Hooper  et  al.  1991,  Rudolph  et  al.  1995).  Cavity 
excavation  in  Texas  requires  an  average  of  1.8  y in  loblolly  pines  {Pinus 
taeda),  2.4  y in  shortleaf  pines  {P.  echinata),  and  6.3  y in  longleaf  pines 
{P.  palustris)  (Conner  and  Rudolph  1995).  Pines  selected  for  cavities  in 
Texas  usually  exceeded  90  years  of  age  (Conner  and  O’Halloran  1987, 


Wildlife  Habitat  and  Silviculture  Laboratory  (Maintained  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Forestry, 
Stephen  F Austin  State  University),  Southern  Re.search  Station,  U.S.D.A.  Forest  Service,  Nacogdoches, 
Texas  75962. 


697 


698 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Rudolph  and  Conner  1991).  The  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  is  a keystone 
species  of  the  fire-climax,  southern  pine  ecosystems  in  that  they  are  the 
primary  species  to  excavate  cavities  in  an  otherwise  cavity-barren  envi- 
ronment relative  to  hardwood  ecosystems  (Conner  and  Rudolph  1995). 
Thus,  the  cavities  that  take  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  a long  time  to 
create  tend  to  be  in  relatively  high  demand  by  other  cavity-using  species 
(Dennis  1971,  Rudolph  et  al.  1990b,  Loeb  1993). 

As  cavities  near  completion,  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  peck  shallow 
excavations,  termed  resin  wells,  around  their  cavity  entrances.  Continued 
pecking  at  resin  wells  causes  a copious  flow  of  resin  down  the  bole  of 
the  pine  (Ligon  1970).  Woodpeckers  also  scale  loose  bark  from  the  bole 
of  the  cavity  tree  and  nearby  pines.  Although  bark  scaling  and  resin  flow 
usually  deters  climbing  by  rat  snakes  {Elaphe  obsoleta)  (Jackson  1974, 
Rudolph  et  al.  1990a),  the  resin  barrier  does  not  deter  southern  flying 
squirrels  (Glaucomys  volans)  which  are  frequent  users  of  cavities  with 
unenlarged  entrances  that  are  also  preferred  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeck- 
ers (Rudolph  et  al.  1990b,  Loeb  1993). 

Past  studies  have  indicated  a negative  association  between  Red-cock- 
aded Woodpeckers  and  the  density  of  hardwood  midstory  and  understory 
(Hopkins  and  Lynn  1971,  Van  Balen  and  Doerr  1978,  Hovis  and  Labisky 
1985,  Conner  and  Rudolph  1989,  Loeb  et  al.  1992).  This  has  lead  to 
widespread  management  programs  that  remove  all  hardwood  vegetation 
from  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  tree  cluster  areas  (Conner  and 
Rudolph  1991b).  Although  the  negative  effect  of  hardwood  vegetation  on 
Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  is  well  documented,  the  mechanism  that 
causes  this  negative  relationship  is  poorly  understood.  One  proposed 
mechanism  for  the  hardwood  effect  is  that  southern  flying  squirrels,  a 
potential  competitor  for  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities,  are  depen- 
dent on  hardwood  midstory  foliage.  However,  flying  squirrels  appear  to 
prefer  hardwood  vegetation  primarily  as  understory  cover  and  as  a food 
source  (Bendel  and  Gates  1987).  Contrary  to  popular  belief,  southern 
flying  squirrels  may  avoid  areas  with  dense  midstory  foliage  because  it 
interferes  with  flight  paths  between  boles  of  larger  pines  (Bendel  and 
Gates  1987).  The  influence  of  plant  species  composition  and  midstory 
and  understory  foliage  densities  in  pine  forests  on  southern  flying  squirrel 
abundance  is  not  fully  understood.  To  date,  no  published  studies  have 
demonstrated  that  southern  flying  squirrels  have  a negative  effect  on  Red- 
cockaded  Woodpecker  populations,  yet  management  programs  that  in- 
clude removal  of  southern  flying  squirrels  from  cavities  and  euthanasia 
(Gaines  et  al.  1995)  are  becoming  more  widespread. 

Several  species  of  woodpeckers  enlarge  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker 
cavity  entrance  tunnels  by  excavation  and  use  the  cavities  (Conner  et  al. 


Conner  et  al.  • WOODPECKERS  AND  FLYING  SQUIRRELS 


699 


1991,  Neal  et  al.  1992).  Some  of  these  species,  e.g.,  Pileated  (Dryocopus 
pileatus)  and  Red-bellied  (Melanerpes  carolinus)  woodpeckers,  are  con- 
sidered to  be  primarily  associated  with  hardwood  forests  (Reller  1972, 
Conner  et  al.  1975).  Metal  plates  that  restrict  the  entrance  diameter  of 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  (Carter  et  al.  1989)  have  been  devel- 
oped for  placement  over  enlarged  cavities  in  hopes  that  some  currently 
unsuitable  cavities  can  be  rehabilitated  and  on  unenlarged  cavities  to  pre- 
vent enlargement.  Although  these  plates  may  prevent  further  damage  by 
larger  species  of  woodpeckers,  they  will  not  deter  the  use  of  cavities  by 
southern  flying  squirrels  or  other  small  species  of  woodpeckers  which 
prefer  smaller  entrances. 

The  competitive  impact  of  southern  flying  squirrels  on  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  is  largely  hypothetical.  If  a detrimental  impact  is  occurring, 
it  may  be  exacerbated  in  small  declining  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  pop- 
ulations such  as  those  in  eastern  Texas  that  are  also  stressed  by  other 
factors  such  as  isolation  and  forest  fragmentation  (Conner  and  Rudolph 
1989,  1991a). 

Our  objectives  were  to  (1)  determine  the  availability  and  use  of  Red- 
cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  during  the  nesting,  late-summer,  and  win- 
ter seasons,  (2)  evaluate  southern  flying  squirrel  use  of  cavities  in  relation 
to  species  composition  and  structure  of  vegetation,  and  (3)  explore  pos- 
sible negative  effects  of  southern  flying  squirrels  on  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker breeding  success. 

STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

The  study  was  conducted  on  the  Angelina  (62,423  ha;  31°15'N,  94°15'W)  and  Davy 
Crockett  (65,329  ha;  31°2I'N,  95°07'W)  National  Forests  from  March  1990  to  October  1991. 
We  examined  1 1 Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  clusters  in  open  longleaf  pine  habitat, 
10  clusters  in  loblolly-shortleaf  pine  habitat  with  all  hardwood  vegetation  removed  in  the 
cluster  area,  and  seven  clusters  in  loblolly-shortleaf  pine  habitat  with  extensive  hardwood 
vegetation  present  during  1990.  We  suspected  that  different  seasons  of  the  year  may  impose 
varying  levels  of  competition  for  cavities.  The  breeding  season  (spring)  is  likely  to  be  a 
season  of  potentially  elevated  competition,  and  competition  at  that  time  can  decrease  breed- 
ing success.  The  late  summer  season  may  also  be  a critical  period  because  new  young  have 
fledged  and  are  searching  for  cavities  for  nocturnal  roost  sites.  We  sampled  cavity  occupants 
during  winter  to  examine  the  possibility  that  thermal  stress  during  the  colder  months  may 
lead  to  increased  demand  for  cavities. 

We  climbed  approximately  230  cavity  trees  using  Swedish  climbing  ladders  and  examined 
them  for  occupancy  during  spring  (April  to  May)  of  1990  and  1991,  late  summer  (August 
to  October)  of  1990  and  1991,  and  winter  of  1990-1991  (December  1 990  to  February  1991). 
Only  a few  cavity  trees  were  not  climbed  because  of  safety  factors  during  each  climbing 
season.  Such  trees  were  typically  small-diameter,  old,  inactive  cavity  trees  that  were  pri- 
marily hollow  shells  and  whose  cavities  were  of  no  use  to  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  for 
cavities.  We  lowered  a small,  high  intensity  light  into  each  cavity  chamber,  examined  con- 
tents with  an  oval  mechanics  mirror  mounted  on  an  extendable  handle,  and  identified  and 


700 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


counted  cavity  occupants.  Often  more  than  one  southern  flying  squirrel  was  present  in  a 
cavity.  When  this  occurred,  a coat  hanger  wire  (with  the  end  bent  around  to  prevent  injury) 
was  placed  into  the  cavity  and  flying  squirrels  lifted  out  for  counting.  We  used  presence  of 
chewed  pine  needles  and  fresh  flying  squirrel  feces  as  an  indicator  of  flying  squirrel  use. 
Unchewed  pine  needles  in  an  enlarged  cavity  indicated  use  by  fox  squirrels  (Sciurus  niger). 
Cavity  trees  that  were  being  simultaneously  used  by  both  southern  flying  squirrels  and  Red- 
cockaded  Woodpeckers  (in  two  different  cavities)  were  examined  closely  during  the  wood- 
pecker nesting  season  to  determine  woodpecker  fledging  success  and  during  other  seasons 
to  detect  cavity  usurpation  by  flying  squirrels.  We  measured  the  entrance  diameters  of  cav- 
ities and  monitored  cavities  with  restrictors  in  each  cluster  studied.  Based  on  previous  studies 
(Rudolph  et  al.  1990b),  cavities  were  divided  into  those  suitable  for  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker use  (entrance  diameters  <7  cm  in  diameter)  and  those  too  enlarged  to  be  acceptable 
to  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  (entrances  >7  cm  in  diameter). 

We  measured  reproductive  success  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  in  each  cluster  by 
determining  the  number  of  young  fledged  from  nest  cavities.  Young  were  counted  at  8,  20, 
and  23  days  of  age  in  each  nest  tree.  Clusters  were  visited  within  a week  of  fledging  to 
determine  how  many  of  the  nestlings  observed  on  day  23  successfully  fledged.  We  also 
visited  each  cluster  during  August  and  September  to  determine  number  of  surviving  young. 
We  made  dawn  and  dusk  visits  to  each  woodpecker  group  to  verify  roost  locations,  band 
woodpeckers,  and  determine  number  of  members  in  each  family  group  during  each  climbing 
season.  We  also  determined  the  number  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  roosting  outside  of 
cavities  in  the  open. 

Vegetation  measured  in  each  cavity  tree  cluster  (six  points  per  cluster)  included  basal  area 
of  overstory  and  midstory  pines  and  hardwoods  using  a one-factor  metric  prism,  height  of 
midstory  and  understory  vegetation  using  a clinometer,  canopy  closure  using  a 4-cm  di- 
ameter by  12  cm  hollow  tube,  and  foliage  density  of  vegetation  from  the  ground  to  1 m, 
and  1 m to  2 m using  a density  board  as  described  by  MacArthur  and  MacArthur  (1961). 
By  spring  1991,  the  seven  clusters  which  had  a well-developed  hardwood  midstory  during 
the  first  year  of  the  study  had  received  midstory  treatment.  All  hardwood  vegetation  was 
removed  from  these  seven  clusters  during  the  1990-1991  winter  giving  them  the  same 
structural  appearance  as  the  10  clusters  in  loblolly— shortleaf  habitat  that  were  initially  with- 
out hardwoods. 

Lor  each  cavity  tree  cluster  during  each  season  we  calculated  the  percentage  of  unenlarged 
cavities  occupied  by  southern  flying  squirrels  and  those  occupied  by  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
peckers. Analysis  of  variance  and  Duncan’s  multiple  range  test  were  used  to  test  for  differ- 
ences in  flying  squirrel  and  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  use  of  cavities  among  habitat  treat- 
ments during  each  season  {P  = 0.05).  We  related  fledging  success  with  the  proportion  of 
unenlarged  cavities  (all  unenlarged  and  available  unenlarged  cavities)  occupied  by  flying 
squirrels  with  Spearman  correlations  (r^,  P = 0.05). 

RESULTS 

Vegetation  characteristics  of  cavity  tree  clusters. — Vegetation  within 
the  three  treatments  differed  distinctly  during  the  first  year  of  the  study 
(1990).  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  tree  clusters  in  longleaf  pine 
habitat  were  nearly  devoid  of  any  hardwood  vegetation  or  understory  and 
midstory  foliage  except  for  grasses  and  forbs  (Table  1 ),  and  the  absence 
of  hardwoods  extended  well  beyond  the  boundaries  of  cluster  areas.  This 
was  not  the  case  in  clusters  located  in  loblolly-shortleaf  pine  habitat. 


Conner  et  al.  • WOODPECKERS  AND  FLYING  SQUIRRELS 


701 


Table  1 

Vegetative  Characteristics  (Mean  ± SD)  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  Cluster 
Areas  where  Cavity  Occupants  were  Monitored  in  Longleaf  Pine,  Loblolly- 
Shortleaf  Pine  with  no  Midstory,  Loblolly-Shortleaf  Pine  with  Midstory  Present 
(Pre-treatment  1990)  and  Midstory  Removed  (Post-treatment  1991)  on  the 
Angelina  and  Davy  Crockett  National  Forests  in  eastern  Texas 

Habitat  variable 

Longleaf 

pine 

(N  = II) 

Loblolly- 

shortleaf 

no 

midstory 
(N  = 10) 

Loblolly- 

shortleaf 

with 

midstory 
(N  = 7) 

Loblolly- 
shortleaf 
midstory 
removed 
(N  = 7) 

Overstory  pine  basal  area""  (mV 
ha) 

14.0  (6.6)*’ 

12.7  (3.5)*’ 

10.9  (4.1)*’ 

13.6  (3.7)*’ 

Overstory  hardwood  basal  area 
(m-/ha) 

0.1  (0.2)*’ 

0.0  (0.0)*’ 

1.0  (4.3)'= 

0.0  (0.3)*= 

Midstory  pine  basal  area  (m^/ha) 

0.2  (0.5)*’ 

0.5  (1.2)*’ 

1.8  (3.0)'= 

0.3  (0.9)*’ 

Midstory  hardwood  basal  area 
(m^/ha) 

0.0  (0.0)*’ 

0.1  (0.3)*’ 

1.7  (1.7)'= 

0.2  (0.6)*= 

Canopy  closure  (%) 

46.3  (26.1)*’ 

51.5  (16.9)*’’’ 

55.8  (19.8)'= 

53.5  (15.8)*’'= 

Overstory  height  (m) 

23.1  (2.0)*’ 

24.8  (2.8)'’ 

27.0  (3.7)'* 

25.3  (1.5)'= 

Midstory  height  (m) 

6.7  (5.4)*’ 

3.3  (5.4)'’ 

12.4  (4.5)“ 

3.3  (7.3)'= 

Understory  height  (m) 

1.9  (0.9)*’ 

1.6  (0.6)'’ 

2.0  (0.8)*’ 

1.5  (0.5)'= 

Foliage  density  0-1  m (cmVmh 

0.2  (0.2)*’ 

0.3  (0.1)*’ 

0.3  (0.2)*= 

0.5  (0.7)'= 

Foliage  density  1-2  m (cmVmh 

0.1  (0.1)*’^ 

0.1  (0.1)*’ 

0.2  (0.1)“ 

0.1  (0.2)'=“ 

Common  letters  indicate  nonsignificant  differences  (ANOVA,  Duncan's  multiple  range  test  [P  = 0.05]). 


Clusters  in  habitat  where  hardwoods  had  recently  been  removed  were 
quite  similar  to  longleaf  habitat  in  the  actual  cluster  area  (Table  1),  how- 
ever, a virtual  wall  of  hardwood  midstory  foliage  was  encountered  at  the 
edges  of  each  cluster  where  midstory  removal  and  thinning  of  overstory 
pines  had  ceased.  Clusters  that  had  not  yet  received  hardwood  removal 
treatment  still  had  substantial  hardwoods  in  the  overstory,  midstory,  and 
understory  (Table  1).  During  the  winter  of  1990-1991,  hardwoods  and 
midstory  trees  in  the  seven  untreated  clusters  were  removed,  changing 
those  clusters  into  a vegetative  condition  similar  to  the  loblolly-shortleaf 
clusters  that  had  received  midstory  treatment  prior  to  the  study  (Table  1). 

Faunal  use  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities. — A variety  of  ver- 
tebrates and  invertebrates  were  observed  using  Red-cockaded  Woodpeck- 
er cavities  during  the  study.  Although  observed  in  cavities  infrequently, 
American  Kestrels  {Falco  sparverius).  Eastern  Screech-Owls  (Otus  asio), 
Pileated  Woodpeckers,  Wood  Ducks  {Aix  sponsa),  and  fox  squirrels  typ- 
ically used  cavities  which  had  both  the  entrance  and  cavity  chamber  en- 
larged. Eastern  Screech-Owls  were  observed  in  three  cavities  with  en- 
trances <7  cm  in  diameter,  but  the  entrances  of  these  three  cavities  had 


702 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  4,  December  1996 


been  slightly  enlarged  and  were  between  6.5  and  7 cm  in  diameter.  Red- 
bellied  Woodpeckers  are  known  to  conflict  with  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
peckers over  cavities  (Neal  et  al.  1992,  Kappes  and  Harris  1995)  but  were 
observed  using  unenlarged  cavities  only  once  during  spring  1991  and  on 
four  occasions  during  winter. 

Mud-daubers  (Sphecidae)  were  typically  found  in  inactive  cavities. 
Their  mud  chambers  were  tolerated  or  pecked  off  when  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  began  to  use  a cavity  containing  mud-dauber  nests.  The 
presence  of  mud-daubers  or  their  nests  did  not  appear  to  interfere  with 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  use  of  cavities.  However,  the  presence  of  pa- 
per wasps  (Vespidae),  particularly  large  nests,  and  honey  bees  {Apis  mel- 
lifera)  did  prevent  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  use  of  cavities.  Broad- 
headed skinks  (Eumeces  laticeps),  five-lined  skinks  {E.  fasciatus),  and 
gray  tree  frogs  {Hyla  versicoloAchrysoscelis)  were  observed  occasionally 
within  inactive  enlarged  and  unenlarged  cavities. 

Southern  flying  squirrel  use  of  woodpecker  cavities. — Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  preferred  unenlarged  cavities  (Table  2);  they  used  cavities 
with  greatly  enlarged  entrances  (S:7  cm)  in  only  two  instances,  both  dur- 
ing late  summer  1990.  As  previously  noted  by  Rudolph  et  al.  (1990b) 
and  Loeb  (1993),  southern  flying  squirrels  also  prefer  entrance  diameters 
<7  cm.  Thus,  the  southern  flying  squirrel  exhibited  extensive  overlap  in 
cavity  use  with  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers;  it  was  observed  in  relatively 
high  numbers  and  also  used  primarily  unenlarged  cavities  (Table  2).  In 
most  clusters,  however,  empty  unenlarged  and  enlarged  cavities  were 
available  throughout  the  year  for  either  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  or 
flying  squirrels  to  use  (Tables  2,  3). 

Southern  flying  squirrel  use  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  dur- 
ing the  woodpecker  breeding  season  (spring)  was  high,  but  dwindled 
greatly  by  late  summer  during  both  1990  and  1991  (Table  2).  The  number 
of  cavities  used  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  was  somewhat  higher 
during  late  summer  than  during  the  breeding  season.  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  were  present  in  greater  numbers  in  the  late  summer  because 
young  woodpeckers  had  recently  fledged  from  nest  cavities  and  many 
were  now  roosting  in  cavities. 

We  detected  very  few  significant  differences  in  the  percentage  of  unen- 
larged cavities  used  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  and  southern  flying 
squirrels  among  habitat  treatments  (Table  3).  During  spring  1990  southern 
flying  squirrels  used  unenlarged  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  at  a 
higher  frequency  in  longleaf  pine  habitat  than  in  loblolly-shortleaf  habitat 
where  hardwood  midstory  vegetation  was  absent  (Table  3).  During  spring 
1991  the  percentage  of  empty  unenlarged  cavities  in  loblolly-shortleaf 
pine  habitat  without  midstory  was  significantly  lower  than  in  longleaf 


Conner  et  al.  • WOODPECKERS  AND  ELYING  SQUIRRELS 


UJ 

p 

> 

< 

U 

ai 

LU 

u 

UJ 

a. 

Q 

O 

O 


Q 

LL! 

Q 

< 

O 

0 
u 

1 

Q 

LD 

qc 

"S' 

u 

H 

lU 

S 

< 


u 

Al 

u 

tj 

z 

< 

oi 

H 

Z 

UJ 


>- 

> 

< 

Q 

Q 

Z 

< 

< 

z 

□ 

w 

o 

z 

< 

UJ 

r 

i- 

z 

0 

t/5 

H 

Z 

U 

S 

(- 

< 

LU 

Pi 

H 

h- 

< 

5 

< 

X 

u 

UJ 

OS 

1 

f- 


(N 
UJ 

Q 

oa  lu 
< S 
H ^ 

_3 

Z 

UJ 

Q 

Z 

< 

"S' 

LU 

H 

UJ 

< 


Q < 


u 

V 

UJ 

U 

z 

< 


Z Q 
UJ  UJ 
Q 
< 

U 

o 
o 


D 

UJ 

O 

os 

< 

_J 

z 

UJ 

z 

D 

u. 

O 


Q 
UJ 
CL 

D 

z o 


O' 

UJ 

CO 


c/5 

< 

X 

UJ 

H 

z 

O' 

UJ 

H 

I/) 

< 


-J 

UJ 

ai. 

5 

a 

00 

0 
z 
> 
Uu 
z 

UJ 

1 

D 

O 

00 


UJ 

0^ 

O 

uu 

-J 

< 

z 

o 

< 

Z 


w 
X 
u 
o 

Q QC 

z U 


— * 

IT) 

VO 

VO 

p 

SO 

VO 

so 

VO 

u 

22 

c;  00 

it 

m 

IT) 

II 

O Q 

II 

r- 

^ >1 

o 

r- 

V 

ON 

<N 

(N 

fo 

--  II 

CO 

Z 

2 

z 

fN 

2 

2 

CN 


CN 


m 

so 

(N 

VO 

fS 

(N 

22  II 

o ::::: 

= II  ° 

18 

0 

!C;  lo 

z 

z 

Z 

00 


C;  <>1 
00 
<N 


(N 


CN 


On 

VO 


(N 

(N 


r- 

C: 

(N 

CN 


r- 

so 


(N 


0\ 


(N 

10  O 

vD  — . 

11  CN  o (N 


o 

CM 


(N 


5$  m 

(N  — 


— O lO 


O 5 

(N 


o o o 


O C:^  On 


o Ci  Tf 


o 5 ^ o 


so  ,,  o C!  o 


z 

z 

z 

ON 

(N 

5^ 

VO 

in 

VO 

II  (N 

VO 

00 

II 

28 

9S  ^ 
\o  ^ 

II  2 

VO 

2 

z 

z 

Os 


SO  lo  — 

^ ^ so 


c/5 

o 

V 

V 

N 

CL 

’c^ 

•o 

0 

JJ 

0 

’a. 

f- 

E 

c/5 

•o 

(U 

TD 

o 

cd 

ON 

Os 

CJ 

0 

u 

Oi) 

c 

1 

"O 

V 

'u 

CL 

CC 

oo 

a> 

t 

<u  •:: 


u 

lU 

c/5 

13 

t 

’3 

u 

<U 

c/5 

13 

fc 

’3 

c/5 

u 

(U 

c/5 

13 

fc 

’3 

C/J 

<u 

N u 

u 

O" 

c/5 

o 

cr 

O 

o 

O’ 

O U 

<u 

c/5 

o 

(U 

C/) 

V 

c/5 

7s 

a 

a 

Cl 

L.. 

9-  a 

"O 

o 

*3 

•o 

1^ 

0 

(U 

•o 

r, 

o 

3 

o- 


o 

c 


c/5 

cd 

C/5 

c 

C/1 

Cd 

<u 

c/5 

•o 

Ua 

Cd 

c/5 

■o 

<u 

0) 

cz 

o 

(U 

"O 

(U 

"O 

t 

!5 

‘> 

ON 

cd 

’3 

'> 

Cd 

'3 

> 

On 

c3 

ON 

cr 

Cd 

ON 

a* 

Cd 

On 

O 

*“ 

o 

C4 

o 

ON 

u 

c/5 

o 

D. 

E 

UJ 


V c 

"S  Z' 

Qi  U- 


^ — 
D.  W) 

E .E 
W a 

cz) 


U M ^ 

^ .E  CL 
u Z*  E 
0^  u.  UJ 


a o 
6 ^ 

■o 

<u 

T3 
3 
j<: 

u 
o 

(U  o 

E -a 
00 


o 

c 

"oj 

fc 


c/}  On 

D On 


^ d 
> -S 

— C/5 

•o  0)  4> 

fc  -z: 


'3 

*> 

o 

"O 

cd 

'5 

cr 

Cd 

Os 

cr 

c/5 

o 

ON 

o 

c/5 

W) 

E 

o 

0 

u 

Ofi 

3 

E 

o 

c 

■a 

(U 

>> 

E 

UJ 

a; 

E 

703 


704 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  3 

Percentage  of  Unenlarged  Cavities  within  Each  Cluster  Occupied  by  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  by  Southern  Flying  Squirrels,  or  Empty  (Mean  ± SD)  in  Loblolly- 
Shortleaf  Pine  Habitat  without  Hardwood  Midstory  Vegetation  (N  = 10), 
Loblolly-Shortleaf  Pine  Habitat  with  Hardwood  Midstory  Vegetation  (Pre-  and 
Post-removal,  N = 7),  and  Longleaf  Pine  Habitat  (N  = 1 1)  in  Eastern  Texas 


Habitat  treatment 


Loblolly-shortleaf 

Loblolly-shortleaf 

Loblolly-shortleaf 

with  midstory 

post  midstory 

Longleaf 

without  midstory 

(pre-removal) 

removal 

Variable 

.f* 

SD 

X 

SD 

X 

SD 

X 

SD 

Spring  1990 

Red-cockaded  (%) 

56.4*’ 

26.3 

43.5*’ 

24.6 

50.3*’ 

33.7 

Flying  squirrel  (%) 

16.9*’ 

18.8 

38.8*’^ 

28.0 

44.8' 

31.0 

Empty  (%) 

14.7*’ 

16.6 

14.6*’ 

18.3 

3.8*’ 

8.6 

Spring  1991 

Red-cockaded  (%) 

48.2*’ 

17.2 

29.5*’ 

14.7 

35.5*’ 

26.3 

Flying  squirrel  (%) 

41.6*’ 

14.8 

38.4*’ 

15.0 

28.5*’ 

20.9 

Empty  (%) 

7.2*’ 

13.0 

27.2^ 

15.1 

30.9' 

14.7 

Summer  1990 

Red-cockaded  (%) 

64.0*’ 

34.8 

60.8*’ 

25.8 

46.9*’ 

30.7 

Flying  squirrel  (%) 

7.0*’ 

9.5 

14.4*’ 

14.1 

6.^ 

11.2 

Empty  (%) 

25.0*’ 

23.8 

21.4*’ 

24.5 

46.3*’ 

28.4 

Summer  1991 

Red-cockaded  (%) 

60.4*’ 

17.5 

49.7*’ 

24.9 

58.8*’ 

20.1 

Flying  squirrel  (%) 

7.8*’ 

10.4 

23.0*’ 

23.2 

19.6*’ 

13.2 

Empty  (%) 

26.2*’ 

15.1 

25.0*’ 

10.3 

21.6*’ 

21.3 

Winter  1990-1991 

Red-cockaded  (%) 

62.8*’ 

25.2 

38.2'’ 

12.6 

47.1*’' 

26.3 

Flying  squirrel  (%) 

16.3*’ 

19.3 

25.7*’ 

12.5 

19.4*’ 

15.2 

Empty  (%) 

18.9*’ 

21.2 

27.8*’ 

11.4 

28.1*’ 

22.9 

• Common  superscript  letters  following  means  indicate  nonsignificant  differences  among  habitat  treatments  (ANOVA. 
Duncan's  multiple  range  test,  P = 0.05). 


pine  or  loblolly-shortleaf  pine  from  which  midstory  had  been  recently 
removed  (Table  3).  Southern  flying  squirrel  use  of  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker cavities  was  not  related  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  hardwood 
midstory  (Table  3).  Thus,  treatment  specific  and  annual  use  of  cavities 
by  flying  squirrels  appears  to  be  minimally  affected  by  hardwood  mid- 
story abundance. 

Southern  flying  squirrel  use  of  cavities  in  the  loblolly-shortleaf  habitat 
with  midstory  was  greater  than  their  use  of  loblolly— shortleaf  habitat  with- 
out hardwood  vegetation  during  spring  1990,  although  not  significantly 


Conner  et  al.  • WOODPECKERS  AND  FLYING  SQUIRRELS 


705 


Table  4 

Number  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  Roosting  in  the  Open  during  Spring  and  Late 
Summer  1990  and  1991  in  Loblolly-Shortleaf  Pine  Habitat  without  Hardwood 
Midstory  Vegetation  (N  = 10  Clusters),  with  Hardwood  Midstory  Vegetation  (Pre- 
AND  Post-hardwood  Removal,  N = 7 Clusters),  and  Longleaf  Pine  Habitat  (N  = 1 1 

Clusters)  in  Eastern  Texas 


Season 

Habitat  treatment 

Loblolly-shortleaf 
without  midstory 

Loblolly-shortleaf 
with  midstory 

Longleaf 

No.  woodpeckers 

No.  woodpeckers 

No.  woodpeckers 

Spring  1990 

I 

u 

6 

Summer  1990 

3 

5“ 

4 

Spring  1991 

I 

3*’ 

0 

Summer  1991 

2 

2b 

2 

“ Pre-midstory  removal  treatment  within  these  clusters. 

‘’Post-midstory  removal  treatment  within  cluster  areas  completed  during  winter  1990-1991. 


SO  (Table  3).  However,  the  percentage  of  unenlarged  cavities  used  by 
flying  squirrels  remained  the  same  during  spring  1991  even  though  hard- 
wood midstory  vegetation  had  been  removed  (Table  3).  Flying  squirrel 
use  of  unenlarged  cavities  increased  in  the  loblolly-shortleaf  area  without 
midstory  even  though  no  habitat  alteration  occurred  (Table  3).  Both  the 
percentage  of  cavities  used  by  flying  squirrels  and  the  abundance  of  flying 
squirrels  counted  in  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  decreased  be- 
tween spring  and  late  summer  in  1990  and  1991  (Table  2,  3).  We  did  not 
make  a detailed  survey  of  the  crowns  of  nearby  pines  and  hardwoods  in 
the  woodpecker  cluster  areas,  but  strongly  suspect  that  flying  squirrels 
were  spending  the  hot,  late  summers  in  leaf  nests  rather  than  woodpecker 
cavities,  as  also  observed  by  Muul  (1974). 

During  winter,  the  percentage  of  unenlarged  cavities  and  available 
unenlarged  cavities  used  by  southern  flying  squirrels  was  relatively  sim- 
ilar in  all  habitat  treatments  (Table  3).  Empty  unenlarged  cavities  were 
readily  available  in  clusters  in  all  habitat  treatments  during  winter,  sug- 
gesting that  cavity  availability  did  not  create  a competitive  problem  for 
Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  during  winter. 

Extra-cavity  roosting  by  woodpeckers. — Extra-cavity  roosting  as  de- 
scribed by  Hooper  and  Lennartz  (1983)  is  a possible  indicator  of  insuf- 
ficient cavity  availability  for  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers.  In  general,  very 
few  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  were  observed  roosting  in  the  open  (Ta- 
ble 4).  Typically,  when  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  roosted  in  the  open, 
there  were  empty  cavities  available  within  their  cluster  areas.  Spring  1990 
in  the  longleaf  pine  habitat  appeared  to  be  exceptional  in  this  regard. 


706 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


With  the  exception  of  longleaf  pine  habitat  in  spring  1990,  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  appeared  to  roost  in  the  open  more  during  late  summer  than 
during  the  breeding  season  (Table  4).  Flying  squirrels  were  very  abundant 
during  spring  1990  in  the  longleaf  habitat  (Table  2)  and  empty  cavities 
were  few,  suggesting  that  a few  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  may  have 
been  forced  temporarily  to  roost  in  the  open.  Many  recently  fledged  young 
Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  did  not  roost  in  cavities  during  the  late  sum- 
mer. Because  many  unenlarged  empty  cavities  were  available  for  these 
woodpeckers  to  use  during  late  summer,  roosting  in  the  open  appears  to 
be  voluntary  and  may  have  been  in  response  to  the  typical  high  air  tem- 
peratures during  August  and  September. 

Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  fledging  success. — We  examined  Red-cock- 
aded Woodpecker  fledging  success  to  explore  the  possibility  that  inter- 
actions with  southern  flying  squirrels  reduced  woodpecker  nest  produc- 
tivity. Because  southern  flying  squirrel  use  of  woodpecker  cavities  was 
uniformly  high  over  all  habitat  treatments  and  years,  our  ability  to  eval- 
uate the  influence  of  squirrel  use  of  cavities  on  fledging  success  through 
comparisons  across  habitats  was  limited. 

Fledging  success  was  slightly  higher  in  loblolly— shortleaf  habitat  with 
hardwood  vegetation  (pre-hardwood  removal)  than  in  the  loblolly-short- 
leaf  habitat  without  hardwood  vegetation  during  1990  (Fig.  1).  Fledging 
success  remained  somewhat  higher  in  these  cluster  areas  in  1991  (post- 
treatment) even  though  the  hardwood  vegetation  had  been  removed  prior 
to  the  1991  breeding  season.  Longleaf  pine  habitat,  relatively  devoid  of 
hardwood  vegetation,  and  often  considered  the  premiere  habitat  for  the 
woodpecker,  had  a slightly  lower  fledging  success  than  either  loblolly- 
shortleaf  habitats  during  both  1990  and  1991  (Fig.  1).  Excluding  nests 
where  eggs  failed  to  hatch,  we  failed  to  detect  any  significant  differences 
in  fledging  success  among  habitat  treatments  (Kruskal-Wallis  approx- 
imation, = 1 -42,  P — 0.49). 

We  compared  the  proportion  of  all  unenlarged  cavities  used  by  flying 
squirrels  and  the  proportion  of  available  unenlarged  cavities  (open  cavities 
not  used  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers)  that  contained  flying  squirrels 
with  woodpecker  fledging  success  (Fig.  1).  During  both  1990  and  1991 
we  observed  no  relationship  between  southern  flying  squirrel  occupancy 
and  habitat  condition  (abundance  of  hardwood  midstory)  or  Red-cock- 
aded Woodpecker  fledging  success.  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  fledging 
success  per  habitat  treatment  during  the  two  breeding  seasons  (N  = 6) 
was  not  correlated  with  the  percentage  of  all  unenlarged  cavities  occupied 
by  southern  flying  squirrels  (r,  = -0.08,  P = 0.87)  or  the  percentage  of 
available  unenlarged  cavities  (those  not  used  by  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
peckers) occupied  by  southern  flying  squirrels  = -0.46,  P = 0.35).  If 


Conner  et  al. 


WOODPECKERS  AND  ELYING  SQUIRRELS 


707 


WITH  MIDSTORY  WITHOUT  MIDSTORY 

NOW  REMOVED 

HABITAT  TREATMENT 

Fig.  1.  Comparisons  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  fledging  success  with  the  proportion 
of  all  unenlarged  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  occupied  by  southern  flying  squirrels 
(Glaucomys  volans,  G.  V.)  and  available  unenlarged  cavities  (those  not  used  by  Red-cock- 
aded Woodpeckers)  occupied  by  southern  flying  squirrels  in  loblolly-shortleaf  pine  habitat 
with  hardwood  midstory  present  (pre-  and  post-hardwood  removal),  loblolly-shortleaf  pine 
habitat  without  hardwood  midstory  throughout  the  study,  and  longleaf  pine  habitat  during 
the  1990  and  1991  breeding  seasons  on  the  Angelina  and  Davy  Crockett  National  Forests 
in  eastern  Texas. 


708 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • VoL  108,  No.  4.  December  1996 


clusters  are  treated  as  the  sample  unit  (N  = 44),  fledging  success  is  still 
not  correlated  with  either  the  percentage  of  all  unenlarged  cavities  oc- 
cupied by  flying  squirrels  (r^  = —0.18,  P = 0.23),  or  the  percentage  of 
available  unenlarged  cavities  occupied  by  flying  squirrels  {r^  = -0.11,  P 
= 0.48). 

Potential  for  flying  squirrel  predation  on  woodpeckers. — During  our  2 
year  study  we  observed  6 instances  where  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers 
nested  and  produced  young  in  cavities  while  southern  flying  squirrels 
were  occupying  other  cavities  in  the  same  pine  tree.  In  only  one  instance 
were  eggs  lost  (to  unknown  causes),  but  the  woodpeckers  renested  and 
successfully  fledged  young  from  the  same  cavity.  Young  fledged  suc- 
cessfully from  all  five  of  the  other  nest  cavities. 

DISCUSSION 

Competition  between  flying  squirrels  and  woodpeckers. — Our  obser- 
vations in  eastern  Texas  suggest  a minimal  competitive  impact  of  southern 
flying  squirrels  on  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers.  Because  we  did  not  mea- 
sure woodpecker  fledging  success  over  a wide  range  of  flying  squirrel 
abundance,  however,  our  results  may  not  be  definitive.  Competition  from 
southern  flying  squirrels  in  Texas  is  likely  transient  and  occurs  as  isolated 
events  during  ecological  “bottle-necks.”  If  such  competition  occurs  at  all 
in  eastern  Texas,  the  effects  are  subtle  rather  than  overwhelming.  The 
effect  of  southern  flying  squirrels  on  any  healthy  woodpecker  population 
is  probably  minimal  to  non-existent. 

Specifically,  we  have  not  seen  (1)  a relationship  between  woodpecker 
fledging  success  and  flying  squirrel  use  of  cavities,  (2)  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers  forced  to  roost  in  the  open  because  of  a squirrel-caused 
shortage  of  unenlarged  cavities,  or  (3)  regular  squirrel  predation  on  Red- 
cockaded  Woodpecker  eggs  and  young  even  when  both  woodpeckers  and 
flying  squirrels  occupied  the  same  cavity  tree. 

Relationships  among  woodpeckers,  squirrels,  and  hardwood  vegeta- 
tion,— We  did  not  observe  a strong  relationship  between  southern  flying 
squirrel  abundance  and  presence  of  hardwood  vegetation.  Flying  squirrels 
were  common  in  cavities  in  longleaf  pine  habitat  with  almost  no  hard- 
wood vegetation.  This  finding,  however,  does  not  negate  the  necessity  to 
reduce  hardwood  vegetation  within  woodpecker  cluster  areas.  Past  studies 
have  clearly  demonstrated  the  negative  effects  of  excessive  hardwood 
midstory  on  woodpecker  populations  (Van  Balen  and  Doerr  1978,  Hovis 
and  Labisky  1985,  Conner  and  Rudolph  1989,  Loeb  et  al.  1992).  Thus, 
we  strongly  urge  that  reduction  (not  elimination)  of  hardwood  vegetation 
within  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cluster  areas  be  continued. 

Our  results  indicate  that  complete  or  partial  removal  of  all  hardwoods 


Conner  et  al.  • WOODPECKERS  AND  ELYING  SQUIRRELS  709 

will  likely  not  affect  the  use  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  by 
southern  flying  squirrels.  What  our  study  suggests  is  that  southern  flying 
squirrels  are  not  the  cause  of  harmful  effects  on  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
peckers associated  with  the  presence  of  hardwood  vegetation  within  their 
cluster  areas.  As  we  have  suggested  before  (Conner  and  Rudolph  1991b), 
Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  may  have  an  innate  avoidance  of  areas  with 
extensive  hardwood  vegetation  as  a result  of  their  adaptation  to  the  south- 
ern fire-climax  pine  ecosystem.  A selective  advantage  may  accrue  for 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  pairs  that  avoid  habitat  with  abundant  hard- 
wood vegetation  because  such  areas  may  support  greater  numbers  of  other 
species  of  woodpeckers  that  can  easily  out-compete  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
peckers for  cavities  or  destroy  the  cavities  they  excavate.  Another  possible 
reason  why  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  have  an  aversion  to  hardwoods 
is  that  they  may  provide  predators  access  to  cavities  (Walters  1990). 

We  saw  no  negative  effect  of  southern  flying  squirrels  on  Red-cockaded 
Woodpeckers,  nor  have  any  other  studies  demonstrated  such  an  effect. 
We  strongly  discourage  removal  and  euthanasia  of  southern  flying  squir- 
rels in  woodpecker  clusters  because  of  the  complete  lack  of  evidence  that 
it  would  benefit  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers.  If  removal  of  southern  fly- 
ing squirrels  is  deemed  necessary,  it  should  be  based  on  site-specific  data 
that  statistically  demonstrates  a severe  competitive  problem.  In  such  in- 
stances, control  of  flying  squirrels  should  last  only  as  long  as  the  wood- 
pecker population  is  small  and  vulnerable  to  sudden  extirpation. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  J.  R.  Walters,  R.  G.  Hooper,  E C.  James,  J.  D.  Ligon,  S.  C.  Loeb,  B.  Parresol, 
and  J.  E Taulman  for  constructive  comments  on  an  early  draft  of  the  manuscript.  Partial 
funding  was  provided  by  a Challenge  Cost  Share  Agreement  (#19-90-008)  with  the  Resource 
Protection  Division,  Texas  Parks  and  Wildlife  Dept. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Bendel,  P.  R.  and  j.  E.  Gates.  1987.  Home  range  and  microhabitat  partitioning  of  the 
southern  flying  squirrel  (Glaucomys  volans).  J.  Mammal.  68:243-255. 

Carter,  J.  H.  Ill,  J.  R.  Walters,  S.  H.  Everhart,  and  P.  D.  Doerr.  1989.  Re.strictions  for 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull.  17:68-72. 

Conner,  R.  N.,  R.  G.  Hooper,  H.  S.  Crawford,  and  H.  S.  Mosby.  1975.  Woodpecker 
nesting  habitat  in  cut  and  uncut  woodlands  in  Virginia.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  39:144-150. 

AND  B.  A.  Locke.  1982.  Fungi  and  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  trees.  Wilson 

Bull.  94:64-70. 

AND  K.  A.  O’Halloran.  1987.  Cavity-tree  selection  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers 

as  related  to  growth  dynamics  of  southern  pines.  Wilson  Bull.  99:398-412. 

AND  D.  C.  Rudolph.  1989.  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  colony  status  and  trends  on 

the  Angelina,  Davy  Crockett,  and  Sabine  National  Forests.  U.S.  Dept.  Agric.,  For.  Serv. 
Res.  Pap.  50-250. 


710 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


and . 1991a.  Eorest  habitat  loss,  fragmentation,  and  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker populations.  Wilson  Bull.  103:446—457. 

and . 1991b.  Effects  of  midstory  reduction  and  thinning  in  Red-cockaded 

Woodpecker  cavity  tree  clusters.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull.  19:63—66. 

and . 1995.  Excavation  dynamics  and  use  patterns  of  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker cavities:  relationships  with  cooperative  breeding.  Pp.  343-352  in  Red-cockaded 
Woodpecker:  recovery,  ecology  and  management  (D.  L.  Kulhavy,  R.  G.  Hooper,  and 
R.  Costa,  eds.).  College  of  Forestry,  Stephen  E Austin  State  Univ.,  Nacogdoches,  Texas. 

, , D.  L.  Kulhavy,  and  A.  E.  Snow.  1991.  Causes  of  mortality  of  Red- 

cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  trees.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  55:531-537. 

Dennis,  J.  V.  1971.  Species  using  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  holes  in  northeastern  South 
Carolina.  Bird-Banding  42:79—87. 

Gaines,  G.  D.,  K.  E.  Franzreb,  D.  H.  Allen,  K.  S.  Laves,  and  W.  L.  Jarvis.  1995.  Red- 
cockaded  Woodpecker  management  on  the  Savannah  River  site:  a management/research 
success  story.  Pp.  81-88  in  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker:  recovery,  ecology  and  man- 
agement (D.  L.  Kulhavy,  R.  G.  Hooper,  and  R.  Costa,  eds.).  College  of  Forestry,  Ste- 
phen E Austin  State  Univ.,  Nacogdoches,  Texas. 

Hooper,  R.  G.  1988.  Longleaf  pines  used  for  cavities  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers.  J. 
Wildl.  Manage.  52:392-398. 

AND  M.  R.  Lennartz.  1983.  Roosting  behavior  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  clans 

with  insufficient  cavities.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  54:72—76. 

, , and  H.  D.  Muse.  1991.  Heart  rot  and  cavity  tree  selection  by  Red- 

cockaded  Woodpeckers.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  55:323-327. 

Hopkins,  M.  L.  and  T.  E.  Lynn,  Jr.  1971.  Some  characteristics  of  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker cavity  trees  and  management  implications  in  South  Carolina.  Pp.  140-169  in 
The  ecology  and  management  of  the  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  (R.  L.  Thompson,  ed.). 
Bur.  Sport  Fish  and  Wildl.  and  Tall  Timbers  Res.  Stn.,  Tallahassee,  Florida. 

Hovis,  J.  A.  and  R.  E Labisky.  1985.  Vegetative  associations  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker 
colonies  in  Florida.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull.  13:307—314. 

Jackson,  J.  A.  1974.  Gray  rat  snakes  versus  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers:  predator-prey 
adaptations.  Auk  91:342-347. 

Kappes,  j.,  Jr.  and  L.  D.  Harris.  1995.  Interspecific  competition  for  Red-cockaded  Wood- 
pecker cavities  in  the  Apalachicola  National  Forest.  Pp.  389-393  in  Red-cockaded 
Woodpecker:  recovery,  ecology  and  management  (D.  L.  Kulhavy,  R.  G.  Hooper,  and 
R.  Costa,  eds.).  College  of  Forestry,  Stephen  F.  Austin  State  Univ.,  Nacogdoches,  Texas. 

Eicon,  J.  D.  1970.  Behavior  and  breeding  biology  of  the  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker.  Auk 
87:255-278. 

Loeb,  S.  C.  1993.  Use  and  selection  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavities  by  southern 
flying  squirrels.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  57:329—335. 

^ W.  D.  Pepper,  and  A.  T.  Doyle.  1992.  Habitat  characteristics  of  active  and  aban- 
doned Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  colonies.  So.  J.  Appl.  For.  16:120-125. 

MacArthur,  R.  H.  and  J.  W.  MacArthur.  1961.  On  bird  species  diversity.  Ecology  42: 
594-598. 

Muul,  I.  1974.  Geographic  variation  in  the  nesting  habits  of  Glaucomys  volans.  J.  Mammal. 
55:840-844. 

Neal,  J.  C.,  W.  G.  Montague,  and  D.  A.  James.  1992.  Sequential  occupation  of  cavities 
by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  and  Red-bellied  Woodpeckers  in  the  Ouachita  National 
Forest.  Arkansas  Acad.  Sci.  46:106-108. 

Reller,  a.  W.  1972.  Aspects  of  behavioral  ecology  of  Red-headed  and  Red-bellied  wood- 
peckers. Am.  Midi.  Nat.  88:270—290. 


Conner  et  al.  • WOODPECKERS  AND  FLYING  SQUIRRELS  7 1 1 

Rudolph,  D.  C.,  H.  Kyle,  and  R.  N.  Conner.  1990a.  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  vs  rat 
snakes:  the  effectiveness  of  the  resin  barrier.  Wilson  Bull.  102:14-22. 

•,  R.  N.  Conner,  and  J.  Turner.  1990b.  Competition  for  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker 
{Picoides  borealis)  roost  and  nest  cavities:  the  effects  of  resin  age  and  cavity  entrance 
diameter.  Wilson  Bull.  102:23-36. 

Cavity  tree  selection  by  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers  in  relation 
to  tree  age.  Wilson  Bull.  103:458-467. 

’ ~ Schaefer.  1995.  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  detection  of  red 

heart  infection.  Pp.  338-342  in  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker:  recovery,  ecology  and  man- 
agement (D.  L.  Kulhavy,  R.  G.  Hooper,  and  R.  Costa,  eds.).  College  of  Forestry,  Ste- 
phen E Austin  State  Univ.,  Nacogdoches,  Texas. 

U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  1985.  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  recovery  plan.  U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.,  Atlanta,  Georgia. 

Van  Balen,  J.  B.  and  P.  D.  Doerr.  1978.  The  relationship  of  understory  vegetation  to 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  activity.  Proc.  Annu.  Conf.  Southeast.  Assoc.  Fish  and 
Wildl.  Agencies  32:82—92. 

Walters,  J.  R.  1990.  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers:  a ‘primitive’  cooperative  breeder.  Pp. 
69-101  in  Cooperative  breeding  in  birds  (P.  B.  Stacey  and  W.  D.  Koenig,  eds.).  Cam- 
bridge Univ.  Press,  London,  United  Kingdom. 

, P.  D.  Doerr,  and  J.  H.  Carter,  III.  1988.  The  cooperative  breeding  system  of  the 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker.  Ethology  78:275-305. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  712-727 


HABITAT-USE  PATTERNS  IN  COOPERATIVE  AND 
NON-COOPERATIVE  BREEDING  BIRDS;  TESTING 
PREDICTIONS  WITH  WESTERN  SCRUB-JAYS 

D.  Brent  Burt 

Abstract. — I propose  a method  to  test  extensions  of  models  concerning  the  maintenance 
of  cooperative  breeding  systems  that  examines  patterns  of  habitat  use  relative  to  the  distri- 
bution of  habitat  components  among  territories.  I analyzed  habitat  use  and  behavioral  time 
budget  data  for  a Texas  population  of  the  Western  Scrub-Jay  (Aphelocoma  califomica).  As 
a non-cooperative  population,  one  of  two  habitat-use  patterns  was  expected:  (1)  specialist 
habitat-use  patterns  in  an  abundant,  widespread  habitat  type,  with  little  variation  among 
territories  in  habitat  composition  or  (2)  generalist  habitat-use  patterns  with  the  potential  of 
significant  variation  in  habitat  composition  among  territories.  These  jays  show  a combination 
of  habitat-use  patterns  supporting  both  predictions.  The  only  resources  that  males  utilize  as 
a specialist,  tall  oak  trees  during  sentinel  behavior,  are  fairly  widespread  and  would  not  be 
considered  a limiting  resource.  In  the  remaining  habitat  categories,  Texas  populations  of 
Western  Scrub-Jays  act  as  generalists,  using  the  habitat  in  relation  to  its  availability,  even 
though  variation  in  habitat  composition  among  territories  is  considerable.  Variation  among 
individuals  within  a sex  was  observed  but  could  not  be  explained  using  various  demographic 
and  ecological  correlates.  Additional  detailed  habitat  use  data  when  used  in  a comparative 
framework  can  aid  determination  of  subtle  ecological  differences  among  populations  of 
Western  Scrub-Jays  and  allow  closer  examination  of  intrinsic  and  extrinsic  ecological  models 
concerning  the  evolution  and  maintenance  of  cooperative  breeding  systems  in  this  group. 
Received  27  Aug  1995,  accepted  8 April  1996. 


Habitat  use  and  the  concept  of  ecological  constraints  have  played  a 
major  role  in  the  development  of  theories  concerning  evolution  and  main- 
tenance of  cooperative  breeding  in  birds  (Brown  1987,  Koenig  et  al. 
1992).  Specifically,  ecological  constraints  may  serve  as  both  intrinsic  and 
extrinsic  reasons  for  delayed  dispersal,  setting  the  stage  for  the  helping 
behavior  seen  in  cooperative  breeding  systems.  Comparative  studies  of 
the  genus  Aphelocoma  have  been  particularly  instructive  in  testing  the 
role  ecological  constraints  play  in  the  evolution  of  social  systems  because 
the  genus  exhibits  extensive  geographic  variation  in  social  systems  and 
habitat  use  (Brown  1974,  Fitzpatrick  and  Woolfenden  1986,  Peterson  and 
Burt  1992).  The  success  of  the  comparative  method  rests  on  an  even  and 
complete  sampling  of  taxa  in  the  study  group.  To  that  end,  this  study 
documents  the  habitat  use  patterns  of  a non-cooperative  population  of 
Western  Scrub-Jays  (A.  califomica,  see  American  Ornithologists’  Union 
1995),  in  central  Texas. 


Mu.seum  of  Natural  History  and  Dept,  of  Systematics  and  Ecology,  Dyche  Hall,  Univ.  of  Kansas,  Law- 
rence, Kansas  66045-2454.  Present  address;  Dept,  of  Biology,  Stephen  F.  Austin  State  Univ.,  Box  13003— 
SFA  Station,  Nacogdoches,  Texas  75962-3003. 


712 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


713 


Using  behavioral  time-budget  data,  it  is  possible  to  test  whether  each 
major  habitat  component  is  used  relative  to  its  availability  for  each  major 
behavioral  category  (i.e.,  individuals  act  as  generalists)  or  whether  certain 
behaviors  are  more  likely  to  occur  in  specific  habitats  (i.e.,  individuals 
act  as  specialists).  When  behavioral-habitat  specialization  patterns  are 
seen,  we  can  then  study  in  more  detail  the  importance  and  distribution  of 
this  target  of  specialization  and  see  if  it  is  possibly  a limiting  resource 
critical  in  the  determination  of  habitat  quality.  This  study  examines  habitat 
composition  of  territories  and  habitat  use  patterns  and  determines  (1)  the 
generalist/specialist  habitat  use  status  of  this  population,  (2)  the  avail- 
ability and  distribution  of  different  habitat  components  and  the  presence 
of  potentially  limiting  resources,  and  3)  how  specific  behaviors  are  related 
to  each  habitat  component.  As  a non-cooperative  population  (Burt  1992), 
one  of  two  habitat  use  patterns  is  expected  (see  discussion).  First,  the 
population  may  show  specialist  habitat  use  patterns,  but  only  if  in  an 
abundant,  widespread  habitat  type  with  little  change  in  habitat  composi- 
tion among  territories.  Alternatively,  the  population  may  show  generalist 
habitat-use  patterns  with  significant  variation  in  habitat  composition 
among  territories  with  individuals  using  each  habitat  component  in  rela- 
tion to  its  availability.  In  the  latter  case  no  target  of  specialization  is 
expected. 


STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

I conducted  this  study  in  oak-juniper  woodland  in  Kerrville-Schreiner  State  Park,  Kerr- 
ville,  central  Texas.  The  park’s  dominant  woody  vegetation  was  Texas  live  oak  (Quercus 
virginiana  fusiformis),  Texas  red  oak  (Q.  shumardii  texana),  and  Ashe  Juniper  {Juniperus 
ashei)  (Miller  and  Lamb  1985).  I partitioned  the  study  area  into  231  quadrats,  33.3  m^  in 
area.  In  each  quadrat,  I characterized  the  woody  vegetation  composition  in  two  ways:  bio- 
diversity or  structural  diversity.  I characterized  biodiversity  into  four  categories  by  percent- 
age of  living  oak  (LO),  dead  oak  (DO),  living  Juniper  (LJ),  and  dead  juniper  (DJ).  I also 
characterized  structural  diversity  into  four  categories  by  percentage  of  isolated  living  (IL), 
isolated  dead  (ID),  dense  living  (DL),  and  dense  dead  (DD)  patches  of  trees.  I calculated 
percentages  by  actual  counts  of  trees  in  each  quadrat  when  possible  and  by  visual  estimates 
to  the  nearest  five  percent  in  dense  vegetation.  Because  percentage  estimates  of  vegetation 
are  not  comparable  between  quadrats  of  different  vegetational  density,  I multiplied  each 
percentage  by  the  density  of  vegetation  in  that  quadrat.  The  resulting  number  is  the  stan- 
dardized, relative  abundance  of  each  vegetation  type  which  can  then  be  compared  to  the 
relative  abundance  all  other  quadrats.  The  density  of  vegetation  in  each  quadrat  was  mea- 
sured from  aerial  photographs  using  the  transect  method.  Evenly  spaced  transect  lines  were 
drawn  in  each  quadrat  of  the  aerial  photograph,  and  the  length  of  line  crossing  trees  was 
divided  by  total  line  length  (Avery  1985;  87). 

I used  mist  nets  to  capture  66  jays  and  marked  them  with  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
leg  bands  and  a unique  combination  of  three  colored  metal  bands.  I aged  adult  jays  as  first- 
year  birds  or  older  based  on  plumage  characters  (Pitelka  1945).  During  the  breeding  season, 
jays  were  sexed  by  presence  or  absence  of  a brood  patch.  Individuals  captured  at  other  times 


714 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


were  sexed  by  behaviors  and  vocalizations.  I detennined  territory  boundaries  by  observing 
territorial  conflicts  and  home  range  use  and  then  mapped  each  on  aerial  photographs.  I 
calculated  vegetational  composition  for  each  territory  each  year  by  averaging  numbers  of 
each  vegetation  type  for  each  quadrat  in  each  territory. 

I collected  focal  sampling  data  from  7 June  to  6 July  1989  on  four  breeding  pairs  and 
from  14  June  to  29  June  1990  on  five  breeding  pairs.  All  behaviors  were  recorded  to  the 
nearest  second  in  15-min  sampling  sessions  or  until  the  bird  was  lost  from  sight.  Sessions 
where  the  bird’s  behavior  was  affected  by  observer  presence  were  excluded  from  analysis. 

I categorized  behaviors  as  sentinel,  foraging,  inactive/preening,  territorial,  or  other  (begging, 
caching,  sunning,  etc.).  Sentinel  behavior  included  any  behavior  engaged  in  when  an  indi- 
vidual was  perched  on  a tall  exposed  branch,  and  its  designation  overrides  concurrent  be- 
haviors such  as  preening  or  territorial  calling.  I recorded  the  following  data  in  addition  to 
behavior;  general  weather,  time  of  day,  substrate  used  (same  vegetation  categories  as  in 
quadrat  sampling),  location  in  territory,  the  presence/absence  of  other  jays,  and  food  type 
eaten  (when  possible).  I collected  data  from  07:00  to  20:00  CST  using  a stop  watch,  tape 
recorder,  and  10  X 40  binoculars.  An  effort  was  made  to  observe  marked  individuals  for 
equal  amounts  of  time,  evenly  spaced  throughout  the  time  of  day  and  season.  Individuals 
to  be  sampled  were  predetermined  each  day  to  avoid  observer  biases  that  could  result  in 
simply  observing  the  first  bird  seen. 

For  each  individual  in  each  year,  I calculated  percentages  of  time  spent  in  each  behavior 
in  each  main  vegetation  type  listed  above.  These  observed  values  were  then  compared  to 
the  availability  of  this  habitat  in  the  individual’s  territory.  Time  spent  on  substrates  other 
than  woody  vegetation  (i.e.,  buildings,  fences,  the  ground)  was  excluded  from  analyses. 
Data  were  checked  for  normality  (Lilliefors’  test)  and  homogeneity  of  variances  (F-max 
test),  and  then  either  paired  comparison  r-tests,  f'-tests  (comparisons  of  groups  with  unequal 
variance),  Mann-Whitney  U tests,  or  two-way  ANOVAs  were  used  to  examine  statistical 
significance  where  appropriate  (Sokal  and  Rohlf  1981,  Neave  and  Worthington  1988).  Per- 
centage data  were  arcsine  transformed  for  parametric  tests.  All  tests  are  two-tailed.  Bonfer- 
roni’s  correction  is  applied  to  probability  values  for  multiple  tests  that  share  portions  of  the 
data  set.  Statistical  values  and  associated  probabilities  are  given  for  all  comparisons,  but 
because  of  the  conservative  nature  of  these  tests  when  dealing  with  small  sample  sizes, 
trends  for  values  approaching  significance  are  considered  for  potential  biological  importance. 

Methodological  limitations. — Two  approaches  to  smdying  habitat  use  and  behavioral  time 
budgets  were  considered  for  this  study.  One  approach  is  to  follow  many  individuals  and 
have  fewer  sampling  sessions  per  individual.  This  method  might  reduce  the  variance  among 
individuals  for  each  behavioral  category,  but  it  is  impractical  if  behaviors  vary  temporally 
(i.e.,  within  a day,  month,  season).  This  variation  would  require  equal  sampling  through 
time  for  all  individuals.  Behavioral  patterns  show  temporal  variation  in  the  Florida  Scrub- 
Jay  (A.  coerulescens-,  DeGange  1976).  The  approach  in  this  study  was  to  follow  fewer 
individuals  for  more  sampling  periods,  more  or  less  regularly  spaced  through  time  (day  and 
season).  The  difficulties  with  this  approach  are  limited  sample  sizes  for  statistical  tests  and 
the  potential  for  large  among-individual  variation. 

RESULTS 

General  habitat  use. — This  first  analysis  examines  whether  each  sex 
uses  each  habitat  component  relative  to  its  availability  when  all  behaviors 
are  examined  together.  Bonferroni’s  corrected  probabilities  needed  for  sta- 
tistical significance  in  this  test  are  P = 0.05/2,  or  P = 0.025.  When 
considering  biodiversity  habitat  categories  (Fig.  lA),  males  used  living 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE  715 


A.  BIODIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE  USE 


B.  STRUCTURAL  DIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE  USE 


Fig.  1.  Observed  and  expected  time  percentages  birds  spent  in  each  biodiversity  (A) 
and  structural  diversity  (B)  habitat  category  in  1989. 


juniper  (LJ)  significantly  less  than  expected  on  the  basis  of  its  availability 
in  1989  (t  = 7.7,  P = 0.0045),  and  possibly  in  1990  (t  = 3.03,  P = 
0.039),  but  used  living  oak  (LO),  dead  juniper  (DJ),  and  dead  oak  (DO) 
in  proportion  to  their  availability  (1989:  LO,  t = 1.06,  P - 0.37;  DJ,  t 
= 2.0,  P = 0.14;  DO,  t = 2.8,  P = 0.068  df  = 3.  1990:  LO,  r = 1.4,  P 
= 0.22;  DJ,  t'  = \. 2,  P = 0.29;  DO,  r'  - 1.8,  P = 0.14),  although  dead 
oak  approaches  a statistically  significant  increase  in  use  for  1989.  Females 
use  each  habitat  in  proportion  to  its  availability  (1989:  LJ,  t = 0.45,  P = 
0.68;  LO,  t = 0.58,  P = 0.60;  DJ,  t - 0.0086,  P = 0.94;  DO,  t = 0.66, 
P = 0.56.  1990:  LJ,  t = 0.73,  P = 0.50;  LO,  t = 0.0084,  P = 0.99;  DJ, 
r'  = 1.3,  P = 0.27,  DO,  L = 0.19,  P = 0.86). 

Relative  to  woody  vegetation  structural  diversity,  males  in  1989  used 
isolated  living  (IL)  habitat  significantly  more  than  expected  {t  = 22.9,  P 
= 0.0002)  and  dense  living  (DL)  significantly  less  than  expected  (/  = 


716 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


50 


40 


LiJ 

1 30 


LU 

O 20 
OC 
lU 
Q. 

1 0 


0 

Fig. 

5.5,  P = 0.012)  (Fig.  IB).  Females  had  a similar  pattern  for  1989  (IL,  t 
= 5.2,  P = 0.014;  DL,  t = 2.8,  P = 0.067)  although  this  pattern  was  not 
statistically  significant.  Neither  use  of  isolated  living  nor  dense  living 
habitats  were  different  from  expected  in  1990  for  males  (IL,  U = 14.5, 
P > 0.2;  DL,  U = \6,  P > 0.2)  or  females  (IL,  U = 16.5,  P > 0.2;  DL, 
U = 12.5,  P > 0.2).  Use  of  isolated  dead  (ID)  habitat  was  greater  than 
expected  by  males  in  both  years  (1989,  t = 2.45,  P = 0.092;  1990,  t = 
2.45,  P = 0.070)  but  not  by  females  in  either  year  (1989,  t = 0.72,  P = 
0.52;  1990,  r = 0.61,  F = 0.57).  In  each  year,  use  of  dense  dead  (DD) 
habitat  did  not  differ  from  expected  for  either  males  (1989,  t = 0.25,  P 
= 0.82;  1990,  t'  = 0.98,  P = 0.38)  or  females  (1989,  t'  = 1.95,  P = 
0.15;  1990  t'  = 1.15,  P = 0.31). 

Behavioral  time  budget. — In  this  analysis,  the  pair  studied  only  in  1990 
was  excluded  to  create  a balanced  two-way  ANOVA  for  comparisons  of 
each  of  the  three  main  behavioral  categories  (Fig.  2).  The  ANOVA  tests 
differences  between  sexes  and  years  for  each  behavior.  For  the  preening/ 
inactive  category  no  differences  existed  between  sexes  (F,  ,2  = 0.11,  P 
> 0.50),  or  between  years  (F,  ,2  = 0.044,  P > 0.75),  and  no  interaction 
effect  existed  (F,  ,2  = 0.38,  P > 0.50).  Males  spent  more  time  in  sentinel 
behavior  than  did  females  (F,  ,2  = 8.6,  P = 0.012)  but  no  significant 
difference  existed  between  years  (F,  ,2  = 1.6,  F = 0.23)  nor  was  an 
interaction  effect  seen  (F,,|2  = 0.63,  P > 0.25).  Foraging  data  had  sig- 
nificant heteroscidacity  and  therefore  a test  of  equality  of  means  (Games 
and  Howell  method,  Sokal  and  Rohlf  1981)  was  performed  in  lieu  of  a 
two-way  ANOVA.  Unplanned  comparisons  among  all  means  showed  no 


BEHAVIORAL  TIME  BUDGETS 


□ FORAGING 


El  SENTINEL 
□ PREENIING/INACTIVE 


MALE 


k\N\S\S' 
\^////// 
k N \ \ \ \ N ' 

\////^// 
k S \ S N X S ' 

\//^//// 

k \ \ N S X X ' 

k X X X X X X ' 

\^////// 
k X X X X X X ' 

\////^// 
..  X X X X X X ■ 

I.XXXXXX- 
k X X X X X X ' 

k X X X X X X ' 

\/////// 
kxxxxxx' 
\/////^/ 
k X X X X X X ' 

' V V V V X - 


. j u 


FEMALE 


2.  Percentages  of  time  spent  in  the  three  main  behavioral  categories  in  1989. 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


717 


A.  PREENING/INACTIVE,  BIODIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE 


80 


UJ 

s 

l- 


ui 

0 
oc 

UJ 

01 


60- 


40- 


20- 


B.  PREENING/INACTIVE,  STRUCTURAL  DIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE 


Fig.  3.  Observed  and  expected  percentages  of  time  birds  spent  in  each  biodiversity  (A) 
and  structural  diversity  (B)  habitat  category  in  1989  while  preening/inactive. 


significant  differences  in  time  spent  foraging  between  either  sexes  or  years 
at  P < 0.05. 

Behavioral  differences  in  habitat  use. — The  next  series  of  analyses  ex- 
amine whether  each  sex  uses  each  habitat  component  relative  to  its  avail- 
ability during  each  specific  behavior.  Bonferroni’s  corrected  probabilities 
needed  for  statistical  significance  in  these  tests  are  P = 0.05/6,  or  P = 
0.0083.  For  both  years,  neither  males  nor  females  spent  more  or  less  time 
than  expected  preening  or  inactive  in  any  category  of  habitat  classified 
by  either  biodiversity  or  structural  diversity  (Fig.  3).  Four  values  do, 
however,  approach  P = 0.05  in  the  biodiversity  categories  (male  LJ,  1989, 
t = 2.55,  P = 0.084,  1990,  t = 2.05,  P = 0.11;  male  and  female  D.I 
1989,  U = 16,  P = 0.05)  and  four  values  approach  significance  for  the 


718 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


UJ 


LU 

O 

oc 

LU 

Q. 


80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

LIVING  OAK  LIVING  JUNIPER  DEAD  OAK  DEAD  JUNIPER 


A.  SENTINEL,  BIODIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE 


LU 

§ 

I- 


LU 

O 

OC 

LU 

Q. 


B.  SENTINEL,  STRUCTURAL  DIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE 


— [ ■ — — 1 I I 

ISOLATED  LIVING  ISOLATED  DEAD  DENSE  LIVING  DENSE  DEAD 


Fig.  4.  Observed  and  expected  percentages  of  time  birds  spent  in  each  biodiversity  (A) 
and  structural  diversity  (B)  habitat  category  in  1989  while  sentinel. 


Structural  diversity  categories  (male  DL  1990,  t — 2.98,  P — 0.041;  female 
IL  1989,  r = 3.14,  P = 0.052;  male  and  female  DD  1989,  t - 3.46,  P 
= 0.04). 

For  sentinel  time  in  biodiversity  categorized  habitats  (Fig.  4A),  males 
spent  less  time  in  living  juniper  in  1989  (r  = 6.28,  P = 0.0082)  and 
possibly  in  1990  {U  = 25,  P = 0.01).  Females  also  may  have  spent  less 
sentinel  time  in  living  juniper  in  both  years  (1989,  (7  = 16,  P = 0.05; 
1990,  U = 25,  P = 0.01).  A pattern  of  more  than  expected  use  of  dead 
oak  during  sentinel  behavior  is  suggested,  but  only  the  value  for  males 
in  1990  is  significant  W = 7.611,  P = 0.0016).  In  all  other  categories 
and  years,  observed  percentages  do  not  differ  from  those  expected  based 
on  habitat  availability.  Sentinel  time  in  structural  diversity  categories  (Fig. 
4B)  indicates  males,  and  possibly  females,  used  isolated  living  trees  less 
than  expected  in  1990  (male,  t = 4.62,  P = 0.01;  female,  U = 25,  P = 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


719 


A.  FORAGING,  BIODIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE 


B.  FORAGING,  STRUCTURAL  DIVERSITY  HABITAT  TYPE 


m 


60- 


Z 40- 
UJ 
O 
oc 

UJ 

Q.  20- 


s \ N \ 


s S S \ 

y / ^ 

V V \ \ 


^ S S N 


S S N 


T 


s s \ s 


s \ s s 


V N \ \ 


I 


□ 

MALE 

□ 

EXPECTED 

H 

FEMALE 

ISOLATED  LIVING  ISOLATED  DEAD  DENSE  LIVING  DENSE  DEAD 

Fig.  5.  Observed  and  expected  percentages  of  time  birds  spent  in  each  biodiversity  (A) 
and  structural  diversity  (B)  habitat  category  in  1989  while  foraging. 


0.01)  but  not  1989.  Increased  use  of  isolated  dead  vegetation  for  both 
sexes  in  each  year  is  suggested  by  the  data,  but  values  are  not  significant. 
All  other  comparisons  for  sentinel  time  in  structural  diversity  categories 
do  not  differ  from  expected. 

Foraging  time  does  not  differ  from  expected  for  either  sex  in  either 
year  in  any  biodiversity  categories  of  vegetation  (Fig.  5A).  Five  values 
approach  significance  in  some  of  the  rarer  habitat  categories  (male  and 
female  DO  1990,  t'  = 4.50,  P = 0.01 1 and  f = 3.59,  P = 0.023;  female 
DO  1989,  t = 2.72,  P = 0.073;  male  DJ  1990,  (7  = 21,  P = 0.1;  female 
DJ  1989,  t/  = 16,  P = 0.05).  Foraging  time  in  structural  diversity  cate- 
gories of  vegetation  shows  males,  and  possibly  females,  used  isolated 
living  vegetation  more  than  expected  in  1989  (male,  t = 7.78,  P = 0.0044; 
female,  t = 2.43,  P = 0.094)  but  not  in  1990  (Fig.  5B).  Males,  and 
possibly  females,  also  used  the  fairly  rare  category  of  isolated  dead  trees 


720 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


less  than  expected  in  1990  (male,  t = 5.63,  P = 0.0049;  female,  t = 2.79, 
P = 0.049)  but  not  in  1989.  Three  other  values  approach  significance  in 
rare  habitats  (male  and  female  DD  1990,  t = 3.55,  P = 0.024  and  t = 
2.77,  P = 0.05;  female  DD  1989,  / = 5.074,  P = 0.015). 

DISCUSSION 

Habitat  use  and  the  concept  of  ecological  constraints  are  central  to 
many  theories  concerning  the  evolution  and  maintenance  of  cooperative 
breeding  in  birds.  Specialization  in  habitat  use  in  long-lived  birds  and  the 
resulting  potential  to  saturate  this  habitat  is  central  to  both  the  habitat 
saturation  and  marginal  habitat  models.  The  habitat  saturation  model 
states  that  suitable  breeding  habitat  slots  become  filled,  forcing  young 
individuals  to  delay  dispersal  (Selander  1964,  Brown  1974).  The  marginal 
habitat  model  builds  on  this  concept  by  adding  an  additional  constraint, 
namely  scarcity  of  habitats  of  marginal  quality.  Scarcity  of  marginal  hab- 
itats reduces  the  possibility  of  individuals  dispersing  and  roaming  as  non- 
breeding floaters  (Verbeek  1973,  Koenig  and  Pitelka  1981,  Emlen  1982, 
Woolfenden  and  Fitzpatrick  1984,  Fitzpatrick  and  Woolfenden  1986).  One 
prediction  of  the  marginal  habitat  model  is  a high  proportion  of  territories 
of  high-quality  habitat  relative  to  those  of  marginal  quality  in  cooperative 
breeding  populations.  As  an  alternative  to  these  extrinsic  constraint  mod- 
els, the  benefits-of-philopatry  (BOP)  model  stresses  the  importance  of 
intrapopulational  variation  in  territory  quality  and  is  not  dependent  on 
complete  saturation  of  either  breeding  or  marginal/floating  habitats  but  is 
instead  based  upon  the  intrinsic  decision  making  processes  of  young  birds 
regarding  their  dispersal  options  relative  to  the  quality  of  their  natal  ter- 
ritory (Stacey  and  Figon  1987,  1991).  According  to  this  model,  individ- 
uals born  in  high  quality  natal  territories  choose  to  delay  dispersal  and 
remain  at  home,  thereby  increasing  their  chances  of  inheriting  the  natal 
territory  or  occupying  another  nearby  territory  of  equal  quality.  These 
individuals  also  may  avoid  increased  chances  of  mortality  associated  with 
breeding  or  floating  in  lower  quality  habitats.  Koenig  et  al.  (1992)  intro- 
duced an  elegant,  more  inclusive  model,  which  more  formally  distinguish- 
es between  extrinsic  and  intrinsic  factors  influencing  an  individual’s  de- 
cision on  whether  to  delay  natal  dispersal.  This  delayed  dispersal  thresh- 
old model  identifies  five  parameters  that  are  many  times  jointly  involved 
in  the  probability  of  an  individual  delaying  dispersal.  A complete  expla- 
nation of  this  model  is  not  possible  here,  however,  in  regard  to  this  paper, 
one  of  its  parameters  is  the  distribution  of  territory  quality  as  modeled  in 
either  the  marginal  habitat  or  BOP  models. 

An  extension  of  current  models. — I believe  the  logic  outlined  in  each 
of  these  models  can  be  extended  to  predict  specific  habitat  use  patterns 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


721 


EKpectations: 


f 

Habitat  Specialist 

1.  Habitat  Rare/Patchy 

2.  Low  Uariation  in  Terr. 
Composition/quality 


Cooperatiue  Breeders 

t 

Specialist 


Micro-habitat  Specialist 


1.  Limiting  Resource 
Determines  Quality 

2.  High  Uariation  in  Terr. 
Composition/  Quality 


EKpectations: 


f 

Specialist 

1.  Habitat  lUidespread 

2.  Low  Uariation  in  Terr. 
Composition/Quality 


Non-cooperatiue  Breeders 
I 


Generalist 


1.  Micro-habitat  Used 
Relatiue  to  Huailabilty 

2.  High  Uariation  in  Terr. 

Composition 


Fig.  6.  Model  of  habitat-use  expectations  for  cooperative  and  non-cooperative  breeding 
populations. 


for  cooperative  and  non-cooperative  breeding  populations  (see  Fig.  6). 
One  might  expect  cooperative  populations  to  show  restricted,  habitat  spe- 
cialist patterns  of  habitat  use  in  one  of  two  ways.  First,  a population  may 
show  a strict  requirement  to  live  in  a habitat  characterized  by  a certain 
vegetation  assemblage.  This  habitat-use  inflexibility  would  lead  to  de- 
mographic conditions  favoring  the  evolution  of  cooperative  breeding  only 
if  the  habitat  in  question  is  either  rare  in  comparison  to  other  assemblages 
in  the  same  geographic  region  or  is  very  patchily  distributed.  With  such 
broad  habitat-use  specificity,  variation  among  usable  territories  in  habitat 
composition  and  quality  may  be  small.  In  extreme  cases,  all  habitat  patch- 
es in  an  area  are  either  acceptable  or  unacceptable  for  breeding  or  floating, 
with  no  intermediaries.  These  predictions  fit  the  habitat  saturation  model 
and,  depending  on  the  degree  of  habitat  specificity  (i.e.,  does  marginal 
habitat  even  exist  for  the  species),  the  marginal  habitat  model.  The  second 
habitat-specialist  pattern  to  be  expected  from  a cooperative  population  is 
the  required  use  of  a particular  aspect  of  the  habitat,  a target  of  special- 
ization, that  serves  as  a limiting  resource  while  other  aspects  of  habitat 
composition  have  reduced  importance  and  may  vary  independently 
among  territories.  In  this  case,  general  habitat  composition  may  vary 
greatly  but  be  of  little  importance.  The  presence  of  the  limiting  resource 
is  the  crucial  feature  of  successful  breeding  in  this  situation  and  is  the 
currency  by  which  territory  quality  is  measured.  Examples  of  such  targets 


722 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


of  specialization  in  cooperative  species  include  cavities  for  both  Green 
Woodhoopoe  {Phoeniculus  purpureas,  Ligon  and  Ligon  1988)  and  Red- 
cockaded  Woodpecker  {Picoides  borealis,  Kulhavy  et  al.  1995)  for  roost- 
ing and  nesting,  and  granary  trees  for  acorn  storage  by  Acorn  Wood- 
peckers (Melanerpes  formicivorus,  Koenig  and  Mumme  1987).  If  territory 
quality  varies  greatly  and  is  tightly  correlated  with  reproductive  success, 
as  predicted  by  the  BOP  model,  a cooperative  breeding  system  may 
evolve  as  a queue  of  non-dispersing  individuals  builds  to  fill  the  small 
number  of  high  quality  breeding  territories.  In  this  latter  case,  it  is  nec- 
essary to  demonstrate  that  individuals  utilize  the  limiting  resource  dis- 
proportionately to  its  availability  in  the  territory. 

Non-cooperative  populations  also  would  be  expected  to  show  one  of 
two  habitat-use  patterns  (Fig.  6).  First,  non-cooperative  populations  also 
may  show  specialist  habitat-use  patterns  but  only  in  a super-abundant, 
widespread  habitat  type.  In  this  case,  territory  composition  should  not 
change  much  among  territories.  Alternatively,  the  population  may  show 
generalist  habitat-use  patterns  with  significant  variation  in  habitat  com- 
position among  territories.  In  the  latter  case,  it  is  expected  that  individuals 
use  each  habitat  component  in  relation  to  its  availability  and  no  target  of 
specialization  is  expected. 

Measuring  territory  quality  has  proven  difficult  and  is  flawed  in  many 
studies  because  reproductive  success  is  used  as  the  primary  currency 
which  fails  to  distinguish  between  habitat  quality  and  the  quality  of  in- 
dividuals (Koenig  et  al.  1992).  However,  I believe  documentation  of  hab- 
itat-use patterns  allows  closer  examination  of  the  mechanisms  leading  to 
changes  in  breeding  systems.  This  approach  must  first  classify  populations 
as  habitat  specialist/generalist  relative  to  other  populations  based  on 
knowledge  of  the  distribution  of  each  major  habitat  component  across 
territories  and  detailed  habitat-use  patterns  of  these  major  components. 
Then,  given  the  two  predictions  concerning  patterns  of  habitat-use  for 
both  cooperative  and  non-cooperative  populations  and  information  on 
population  variation  in  breeding  systems,  we  can  examine  the  models 
concerning  the  ecological  bases  of  cooperative  breeding  systems  more 
closely. 

Behavioral  patterns  in  biodiversity  habitat  categories. — Texas  Western 
Scrub-Jays  use  the  biodiversity  categories  of  woody  vegetation  as  gen- 
eralists with  one  exception:  males  use  living  juniper  less  than  expected 
with  the  excess  time  transferred  to  dead  and  living  oaks  (Fig.  lA).  The 
behavioral  explanation  for  this  deviation  is  the  large  fraction  of  time 
males  engage  in  sentinel  behavior  and  the  relatively  poor  visibility  attri- 
butes of  (usually  short)  living  juniper  and  the  good  visibility  attributes  of 
(usually  tall)  oak  trees.  Females  also  use  these  habitat  categories  in  this 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


723 


pattern,  but  because  so  little  of  their  time  is  spent  in  sentinel  behavior, 
deviations  from  general  use  of  this  habitat  type  are  not  as  large  (Figs.  2, 
4A).  Males  also  may  have  used  living  juniper  while  preening/inactive  less 
than  expected  (Fig.  3A).  The  habitat  in  which  this  behavior  occurs  may 
be  influenced  by  the  habitat  in  which  the  behavior  preceding  it  occurred. 
Individuals  may  simply  preen  wherever  they  find  themselves  and,  in  gen- 
eral, males  spent  little  time  in  living  juniper.  Values  approaching  signif- 
icance in  differential  use  of  several  of  the  rarer  biodiversity  categories 
should  not  be  given  much  weight  because  of  the  potential  for  sampling 
srror  in  categories  where  behaviors  appear  also  to  be  rare  (e.g.,  foraging 
in  DO  and  DJ,  Fig.  5A). 

Behavioral  patterns  in  structural  diversity  categories. — Observed  val- 
ues deviated  from  expected  values  in  more  structural  diversity  categories 
than  in  biodiversity  categories  (Fig.  IB).  As  noted  above,  males  and  fe- 
males used  isolated  living  vegetation  more  than  expected  at  the  expense 
of  dense  living  trees  in  1989  but  not  in  1990.  Similarly  males,  and  pos- 
sibly females,  used  isolated  living  vegetation  while  foraging  more  than 
expected  in  1989  but  not  1990  (Fig.  5B).  This  pattern  could  have  been 
due  to  a food  resource  shift  between  years;  however,  no  data  exist  to  test 
this  possibility.  The  two  most  frequently  captured  prey  items  were  large 
katydids  (probably  Microcentrum  sp.)  and  walking  sticks  (probably  Me- 
gaphasma  sp.),  but  their  distribution  among  the  different  habitat  catego- 
ries is  unknown.  Deviations  from  expected  in  habitat  use  of  preening/ 
inactive  behavior  seem  to  mirror  those  of  foraging  behavior  in  females 
but  not  in  males  (Fig.  3B).  Again,  if  individuals  preen  wherever  they  find 
themselves,  foraging  would  influence  where  the  preening/inactive  behav- 
ior occurred  in  females  more  than  in  males,  because  females  spent  a large 
fraction  of  their  time  foraging,  while  males  were  influenced  by  both  for- 
aging and  sentinel  behaviors  (Fig.  2). 

Males  also  may  have  used  isolated  dead  vegetation  more  than  expected 
in  both  years  (Fig.  IB).  Both  sexes  increased  use  of  this  habitat  for  sen- 
tinel behavior  (Fig.  4B);  however,  not  all  deviations  from  expected  are 
close  to  statistical  significance.  Much  of  the  isolated  dead  habitat  is  equiv- 
alent to  the  dead  oak  category  of  the  biodiversity  categorization,  and  a 
functional  relationship  of  isolated  dead  trees  to  sentinel  behavior  probably 
exists.  Both  males  and  females  also  used  isolated  living  vegetation  for 
sentinel  behavior  less  than  expected  in  1990  but  not  1989.  This  difference 
is  not  observed  in  general  habitat  use  (Fig.  IB),  and  reasons  for  this 
deviation  while  in  sentinel  behavior  are  not  apparent. 

Habitat  use  patterns  of  other  scrub- jay  populations. — Peterson  and 
Vargas  (1992)  provide  a thorough  analysis  of  the  diversity  of  habitat  types 
used  by  birds  in  the  scrub-jay  species  complex.  Scrub-jays  use  a wide 


724 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  4,  December  1996 


range  of  habitats  including:  oak,  juniper,  pinyon  and  desert  woodlands; 
riparian  brush;  oak-palmetto  scrub;  pine-oak,  alpine  pine-spruce,  tropical 
thorn  forests;  and  mangrove  swamps.  This  level  of  variation  in  habitat 
use  is  that  which  occurs  across  populations.  Levels  of  variation  in  habitat 
use  within  populations  is  highly  population  specific.  Florida,  coastal  Cal- 
ifornia, and  Great  Basin  populations  are  very  habitat  specific.  This  spec- 
ificity was  hypothesized  to  be  related  to  the  importance  of  either  acorns 
or  pinyon  seeds  in  the  diet  of  these  populations.  Baja  California  and 
southern  Mexico  populations  are  more  general  in  habitat  use,  and  these 
habitats  frequently  have  no  obvious  replacements  for  acorns  or  pinyon 
seeds.  Koenig  et  al.  (1992)  discuss  the  importance  of  mast  production 
relative  to  differences  in  social  systems  in  scrub-jays.  In  the  non-coop- 
erative California  population  of  Western  Scrub-Jays,  years  of  poor  acorn 
abundance  result  in  increased  reproductive  failure,  adult  mortality  and 
territory  abandonment.  Oaks  are  distributed  in  patches  in  California  and 
floaters  typically  move  freely  among  breeding  territories  in  search  of  areas 
of  high  acorn  abundance  (Carmen  1988).  Concerning  the  Florida  Scrub- 
Jay,  mast  production  is  more  stable  in  Florida  and  this  predictable,  evenly 
distributed,  resource  is  easily  defended  and  floaters  are  not  tolerated  in 
breeding  territories.  Koenig  et  al.  (1992)  also  speculate  that  differences 
in  mast  production  partially  explains  differences  in  jay  use  of  the  optimal, 
recently  burned  oak  patches  and  unoccupied,  dense,  unburned  patches  of 
oaks. 

Presence  of  other  jay  species  affects  range  of  habitat  use  in  Florida 
(Blue  Jays,  [Cyanocitta  cristata]),  central  California  (Steller’s  Jays  [C. 
stelleri]),  and  New  Mexico/Arizona  (Gray-breasted  Jays)  but  does  not 
limit  use  in  southern  Mexico  (Magpie-Jays  [Calocitta  spp.]).  However, 
the  diversity  of  habitats  utilized  by  Scrub-Jays  in  Baja  California  cannot 
be  solely  explained  by  the  absence  of  other  jay  species  because  this  pop- 
ulation uses  habitats  that  are  not  used  on  the  mainland  by  any  jay  species 
(Peterson  and  Vargas  1992). 

Habitat  use  and  predictions  of  models  for  the  Texas  population. — In 
most  habitat-use  categories  examined  in  this  study,  the  central  Texas  pop- 
ulation of  Western  Scrub-Jays  appears  to  use  its  habitat  as  a generalist. 
The  only  clear  exception  to  this  statement  is  the  apparent  specialization 
by  males  in  using  oak,  particularly  isolated  snags,  for  sentinel  behaviors. 
As  a non-cooperative  population,  one  of  two  habitat-use  patterns  was 
expected  (1)  specialist  habitat-use  patterns  in  an  abundant,  widespread 
habitat  type,  with  little  variation  among  territories  in  habitat  composition 
(matching  the  habitat  saturation  or  marginal  habitat  models),  or  (2)  gen- 
eralist habitat-use  patterns  with  the  potential  of  significant  variation  in 
habitat  composition  among  territories  (as  predicted  under  the  BOP 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


725 


model).  Texas  Western  Scrub-Jays  show  an  interesting  combination  of 
habitat-use  patterns  supporting  both  predictions.  The  only  resources  that 
males  utilize  as  a specialist,  oak  trees  during  sentinel  behavior,  are  fairly 
widespread  and  would  not  be  considered  a limiting  resource.  In  the  re- 
maining habitat  categories  Texas  Western  Scrub-Jays  act  as  generalists, 
using  the  habitat  in  relation  to  its  availability,  even  though  variation  in 
habitat  composition  among  territories  is  considerable.  Mast  production, 
an  important  resource  to  many  jay  populations,  was  not  measured  in  this 
study  because  of  the  season  in  which  data  were  collected. 

Areas  in  need  of  future  research. — Comparisons  between  cooperative 
and  non-cooperative  populations  using  more  detailed  habitat-use  studies, 
when  combined  with  demographic  and  phylogenetic  information,  will  al- 
low closer  examination  of  the  various  models  of  the  evolution  and  main- 
tenance of  cooperative  breeding  in  birds.  It  is  clear  that  habitat  constraints 
are  important  in  the  Florida  Scrub-Jay  and  examining  habitat  use  in  their 
relict  scrub  habitat  may  reveal  why  very  dense,  unburned  scrub  and  other 
habitats  are  inadequate  for  maintaining  populations  (Woolfenden  and  Fitz- 
patrick 1984).  This  subject  is  the  focus  of  a detailed  habitat-use  study 
currently  underway  (R.  Curry,  pers.  commun.)  This  type  of  detailed  study 
also  would  be  most  valuable  for  examining  correlations  between  ecolog- 
ical constraints  and  cooperative  breeding  in  the  southern  Mexico  popu- 
lation of  the  Western  Scrub-Jay.  This  population  appears  to  use  a wide 
range  of  habitat  types  which  do  not  appear  saturated  (Burt  and  Peterson 
1993).  A detailed  habitat-use  study  might  identify  specific  microhabitats 
that  limit  where  successful  territories  can  be  maintained.  These  micro- 
habitats may  be  found  to  exist  within  several  of  the  more  broadly  defined 
habitat  types.  As  shown  in  this  study,  habitat-use  patterns  can  be  used  to 
test  predictions  concerning  the  role  ecological  constraints  play  in  deter- 
mination of  individual  dispersal  patterns  and,  potentially,  the  evolution  of 
breeding  systems. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I thank  the  Texas  Dept,  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  for  permission  to  conduct  this  study  in  the 
Kerrville  State  Park.  Special  thanks  go  to  Tim  Hufstedler  and  the  rest  of  the  park  staff  for 
their  cooperation  and  a.ssistance.  Terry  Maxwell  allowed  me  to  apply  for  a banding  sub- 
permit under  his  permit  number.  Financial  assistance  was  provided  by  grants  from  the  Amer- 
ican Museum  of  Natural  History  (Chapman  Grant),  Univ.  of  Kansas  Museum  of  Natural 
History  (Panorama  Society  grants),  Texas  Ornithological  Society,  the  Univ.  of  Kansas  Dept, 
of  Systematics  and  Ecology,  and  the  Univ.  of  Arizona  Research  Training  Group  for  the 
Analysis  of  Biological  Diversification.  Richard  Johnston  and  Phil  Humphrey  were  particu- 
larly helpful  in  my  attempts  to  find  financial  support.  My  committee  members,  Ken  Armi- 
tage,  Mike  Gaines,  Doug  Siegel-Causey,  and  Richard  Johnston  (Chair)  provided  guidance 
and  careful  consideration  of  early  drafts  of  this  manu.script  as  did  Robert  Curry,  Ronald 
Mumme,  Daniel  Papaj,  and  Glen  Woolfenden,  members  of  the  Nathaniel  Goss  Society 


726 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  JOS,  No.  4,  December  1996 


(Univ.  of  Kansas),  and  two  anonymous  reviewers.  Persons  who  were  generous  with  their 
time  in  sharing  ideas  and/or  field  work  include  Tristan  Davis,  Sue  Fairbanks,  John  Koprows- 
ki.  Brad  Livezey,  Terry  Maxwell,  and  Mike  Stokes.  I also  thank  Kim  Burt  and  my  family 
for  their  continued  support. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

American  Ornithologists’  Union.  1995.  Fortieth  supplement  to  the  American  Ornithol- 
ogists’ Union  Checklist  of  North  American  Birds.  Auk  1 12.  (in  press) 

Avery,  T.  E.  1985.  Interpretation  of  aerial  photographs,  fourth  ed.  Burgess  Publ.  Co., 
Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

Brown,  J.  L.  1974.  Alternate  routes  to  sociality  in  jays — with  a theory  for  the  evolution 
of  altruism  and  communal  breeding.  Am.  Zool.  14:63—80. 

. 1987.  Helping  and  communal  breeding  in  birds:  ecology  and  evolution.  Princeton 

Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Burt,  D.  B.  1992.  Comparative  Scrub  Jay  behavioral  ecology.  M.A.  thesis,  Univ.  of  Kansas, 
Lawrence,  Kansas. 

AND  A.  T.  Peterson.  1993.  Biology  of  the  cooperative-breeding  Scrub  Jays  {Aphel- 

ocoma  coerulescens)  of  Oaxaca,  Mexico.  Auk  110:207—214. 

Carmen,  W.  J.  1988.  Behavioral  ecology  of  the  California  Scrub  Jay  {Aphelocoma  coeru- 
lescens californica):  a noncooperative  breeder  with  close  cooperative  relatives.  Ph.D. 
diss.,  Univ.  of  Calif.,  Berkeley,  California. 

DeGange,  a.  R.  1976.  The  daily  and  annual  time  budget  of  the  Florida  Scrub  Jay.  M.A. 
thesis,  Univ.  of  South  Florida,  Tampa,  Florida. 

Emlen,  S.  T.  1982.  The  evolution  of  helping  behavior.  1.  An  ecological  constraints  model. 
Am.  Nat.  119:29-39. 

Fitzpatrick,  J.  W.  and  G.  E.  Woolfenden.  1986.  Demographic  routes  to  cooperative  breed- 
ing in  some  New  World  jays.  Pp.  137-160  in  Evolution  of  animal  behavior  (M.  Nitecki 
and  J.  Kitchell,  eds.).  Univ.  of  Chicago  Press,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Koenig,  W.  D.  and  R.  L.  Mumme.  1987.  Population  ecology  of  the  cooperatively  breeding 
Acorn  Woodpecker.  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

AND  F.  A.  PiTELKA.  1981.  Fcological  factors  and  kin  selection  in  the  evolution  of 

cooperative  breeding  in  birds.  Pp.  261—280  in  Natural  selection  and  social  behavior: 
recent  research  and  new  theory  (R.  D.  Alexander  and  D.  Tinkle,  eds.).  Chiron  Press, 
New  York,  New  York. 

, , W.  J.  Carmen,  R.  L.  Mumme,  and  M.  T.  Stanback.  1992.  The  evolution 

of  delayed  dispersal  in  cooperative  breeders.  Quart.  Rev.  Biol.  67:1 1 1-150. 

Kulhavy,  D.  L.,  R.  G.  Hooper,  and  R.  Costa  (eds.).  1995.  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker: 
recovery,  ecology,  and  management.  Center  for  Applied  Studies  in  Forestry,  Nacog- 
doches, Texas. 

Ligon,  D.  j.  and  S.  H.  Ligon.  1988.  Territory  quality:  key  determinant  of  fitness  in  the 
group-living  Green  Woodhoopoe.  Pp.  229-253  in  The  ecology  of  social  behavior  (C. 
N.  Slobodchikoff,  ed.).  Academic  Press,  San  Diego. 

Miller,  H.  A.  and  S.  H.  Lamb.  1985.  Oaks  of  North  America.  Naturegraph  Publishers 
Inc.,  Happy  Camp,  California. 

Neave,  H.  R.  and  P.  L.  Worthington.  1988.  Distribution-free  tests.  Unwin  Hyman  Ltd., 
Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Peterson,  A.  T.  and  D.  B.  Burt.  1992.  Phylogenetic  history  of  social  evolution  and  habitat 
use  in  the  Aphelocoma  jays.  Anim.  Behav.  44:859—866. 

AND  N.  Vargas.  1992.  Ecological  diversity  in  Scrub  Jays  (Aphelocoma  coerules- 


D.  B.  Burt  • SCRUB-JAY  HABITAT  USE 


727 


cens).  Pp.  309-317  in  Selected  faunistic  groups  of  Mexico  (T.  P.  Ramamoorthy,  R.  Bye, 
A.  Lot,  and  J.  Fa,  eds.).  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

PiTELKA,  F.  A.  1945.  Pterylography,  molt,  and  age  determination  of  American  jays  of  the 
genus  Aphelocoma.  Condor  47:229-260. 

Selander,  R.  K.  1964.  Speciation  in  wrens  of  the  genus  Campylorhyncus.  Univ.  Calif. 
Publ.  Zool.  74:1-224. 

SOKAL,  R.  R.  AND  F.  J.  Rohlf.  1981.  Biometry.  2nd  ed.  Freeman  Press,  San  Francisco, 
California. 

Stacey,  P.  B.  and  J.  D.  Ligon.  1987.  Territory  quality  and  dispersal  options  in  the  Acorn 
Woodpecker,  and  a challenge  to  the  habitat  saturation  model  of  cooperative  breeding. 
Am.  Nat.  130:654-76. 

AND  . 1991.  The  benefits-of-philopatry  hypothesis  for  the  evolution  of  co- 

operative breeding:  variation  in  territory  quality  and  group  size  effects  Am  Nat  137" 
831-846. 

Verbeek,  N.  a.  M.  1973.  The  exploitation  system  of  the  yellow-billed  magpie.  Univ.  Calif. 
Publ.  Zool.  99:1-58. 

Woolfenden,  G.  E.  and  j.  W.  Fitzpatrick.  1984.  The  Florida  Scrub  Jay:  demography  of 
a cooperative-breeding  bird,  Monogr.  Pop.  Biol.  No.  20.  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  Prince- 
ton, New  Jersey. 


Wilson  Bull..  108(4),  1996,  pp.  728-739 


NUTRITIONAL  VALUE  OF  WINTER  FOODS  FOR 
WHOOPING  CRANES 

Jay  T.  Nelson, ' R.  Douglas  Slack,^  and 
George  F.  Gee' 

Abstract. — We  measured  metabolizable  energy  and  digestibility  of  Whooping  Crane 
{Grits  americana)  winter  foods  (blue  crab  [Callinectes  sapidus]),  common  Rangia  clam 
(Rangio  cuneata),  wolfberry  fruit  (Lycium  carolinianum  [wolfberry]),  and  live  oak  acorn 
(Ouercus  virginiana  [acorn])]  with  feeding  trials  to  captive-reared  Whooping  Cranes.  Ap- 
parent metabolizable  energy  coefficients  (expressed  as  %)  were  for  crab  (34.1),  Rangia  clam 
(75.0),  wolfberry  (44.8),  and  acorn  (43.2).  Digestion  coefficients  for  protein  were  lower  for 
plant  foods  (48.9  and  53.4)  than  for  animal  foods  (69.4  and  75.2).  Digestion  coefficients 
for  total  lipid  differed  among  foods:  highest  and  lowest  lipid  digestibility  was  for  acorn 
(87.2)  and  wolfberry  (60.0),  respectively.  We  also  determined  total  energy  and  percent  pro- 
tein and  lipid  of  the  four  foods  and  stout  razor  clam  (Tagelus  plebeius)\  gross  energy  was 
2-5  X higher  for  acorn  and  wolfberry  on  a dry-weight  basis  than  for  blue  crab  and  stout 
razor  clam.  Crude  protein  was  2-3  X higher  for  blue  crab  than  for  wolfberry  and  stout  razor 
clam.  Wolfberry  ranked  the  highest  of  five  foods  for  metabolic  energy  and  total  lipid  nutrient 
availability  per  kg  of  food  ingested,  and  blue  crab  ranked  highest  for  crude  protein  avail- 
ability. Received  I December  1995,  accepted  10  April  1996. 


Investigators  have  documented  foods  eaten  by  Whooping  Cranes  on 
their  Texas  Coastal  wintering  ground  (Aransas  National  Wildlife  Refuge 
[ANWR]).  They  have  determined  that  Whooping  Cranes  rely  on  blue 
crabs  {Callinectes  sapidus),  stout  razor  clams  {Tagelus  plebeius),  wolf- 
berries  {Lycium  carolinianum),  and  acorns  {Ouercus  virginiana)  for  their 
energy  and  nutrient  needs  (Stevenson  and  Griffith  1946;  Allen  1952, 
1954;  Shields  and  Benham  1969;  Uhler  and  Locke  1970;  Blankinship 
1976;  Hunt  and  Slack  1987,  1989).  In  order  to  determine  if  winter  food 
resources  are  adequate,  managers  should  understand  metabolizable  ener- 
gies, nutrient  digestibilities,  and  nutritional  values  of  these  foods.  Our 
objectives  were  to  determine  (1)  metabolizable  energy  and  nutrient  di- 
gestibility coefficients  for  winter  Whooping  Crane  foods,  by  feeding  them 
to  captive  Whooping  Cranes,  and  (2)  the  energy  and  nutritional  content 
of  these  foods. 


METHODS 

We  conducted  feeding  trials  with  captive-reared  Whooping  Cranes  in  spring  1994  at 
Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center  (PESC),  Laurel,  Maryland.  Because  of  the  endan- 


' National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center,  1 1510  American  Holly  Drive, 
Laurel.  Maryland  20708. 

- Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station.  Texas  77843. 

' Present  addre.s,s:  Hawaii  Field  Station.  P.O.  Box  44,  Bldg  344,  Hawaii  National  Park,  Hawaii  96718. 


728 


Nelson  et  al.  • WHOOPING  CRANE  DIET 


729 


gered  status  of  Whooping  Cranes  (U.S.  Eish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1994),  we  used  captive-reared 
birds  in  our  digestibility  studies.  Cranes  were  raised  on  pelleted  diets,  could  not  be  induced 
to  eat  whole  foods  voluntarily,  and  unacceptable  risks  were  associated  with  forced  feeding. 
The  amount  of  wild  foods  we  were  able  to  collect  influenced  the  amount  and  length  of  time 
food  was  fed  to  individual  birds.  The  amount  of  time  captive  birds  could  be  maintained 
under  experimental  conditions  was  also  limited  because  we  were  concerned  about  behavioral 
problems  and  risk  of  injury.  Therefore,  treatment  diets  were  mixed  with  control  diets  and 
fed  to  captive  Whooping  Cranes  during  short  time  periods.  Wild  foods  were  provided  in 
pelleted  feeds  at  a 30%  level  of  substitution  because  of  concerns  that  captive  cranes  might 
be  adversely  affected  by  eating  feeds  with  higher  levels  of  wild  foods  and  might  reduce 
feed  consumption  at  levels  higher  than  30%  (Muztar  et  al.  1977).  Thus,  we  were  unable  to 
conduct  validation  trials  using  100%  wild  foods. 

We  housed  four  subadult  (1-yr-old)  and  one  adult  (3-yr-old)  Whooping  Cranes  in  adjacent 
3.4  X 2.7  X 3.1-m  indoor  pens  at  the  PESC  during  feeding  trials  from  2 March  to  27  April 
1994.  Connected  to  each  indoor  pen  was  a 9.1  X 2.9  X 2.9-m  outdoor  runway.  Each' indoor 
pen  was  equipped  with  a gravity  feeder,  water  bucket,  and  a bowl  for  granite  grit.  Eloors 
were  covered  with  smooth  rubber  matting  to  collect  excreta.  Cranes  were  allowed  to  move 
between  indoor  and  outdoor  runways  on  days  when  they  were  not  fed  study  diets  and  were 
housed  indoors  at  night.  Indoor  photoperiod  was  maintained  at  10.5D:13.5L,  and  indoor 
temperature  ranged  from  13°C  to  25°C.  Cranes  were  weighed  to  the  nearest  100  g with  a 
spring  scale  (1)  when  first  moved  to  the  Propagation  Building,  (2)  six  days  after  the  initial 
move,  and  (3)  when  the  study  was  completed.  Daily  at  06:00,  we  fed  1000  g each  of  blue 
crab,  Rangia  clam,  acorn,  and  reference  feeds  and  400  g of  wolfberry  feed. 

We  collected  acorns,  blue  crabs,  wolfberries,  and  Rangia  clams  from  Whooping  Crane 
foraging  areas  on  the  ANWR  Blackjack  Peninsula  and  Matagorda  Island,  Texas,  and  adja- 
cent coastal  areas  between  8 October  1993  and  17  February  1994  (Labuda  and  Butts  1979, 
Stehn  1994b,  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1994).  Acorns  were  also  collected  at  College 
Station,  Texas,  to  supplement  acorns  collected  at  the  ANWR.  Whooping  Cranes  prefer  stout 
razor  clams  (Blankinship  1976),  but  we  could  not  collect  sufficient  numbers;  instead,  we 
collected  the  less  preferred  Rangia  clam  for  our  feeding  trials.  Foods  were  stored  at  — 20°C 
until  they  were  dried  at  55°C  for  24-36  h and  ground  in  a Wiley  or  Hammer  mill  to  pass 
through  a 20-mesh  screen.  Study  diets  were  prepared  by  combining  30%  dry  weight  of  blue 
crab,  Rangia  clam,  wolfberry,  or  acorn  with  70%  commercial  crane  breeder  feed.  We  added 
bentonite  (0.5%)  to  each  diet  as  a hardening  agent  and  an  inert  tracer,  chromic  oxide  (0.5%), 
to  determine  metabolizable  energy  and  nutrient  digestibility  coefficients  (Karasov  1990). 
Moistened  diets  were  mixed  in  a Hobart  food  mixer,  formed  into  pellets  (0.48-cm  diameter) 
using  a Hobart  food  processor,  and  air  dried  and  stored  in  plastic  bags  at  5°C  until  feeding. 

Apparent  metabolizable  energy  coefficients  (MEC*)  for  test  feeds  were  determined  using 
the  equation  of  Karasov  (1990):  MEC*  = [GE,  - (%T|/%Te)GEJ/GE,,;  where  GEj  and  GE,. 
equal,  respectively,  the  gross  energy  content  (cal  g''  dry  mass)  of  feed  (intake)  and  excreta, 
and  %T,  and  %T^  equal,  respectively,  the  percent  of  chromic  oxide  tracer  in  feed  and  excreta. 
Apparent  digestible  energy  coefficients  for  test  feeds  (DEC*)  were  determined  by  subtracting 
percent  gross  energy  of  uric  acid  in  excreta  (%  uric  acid  multiplied  by  2730  cal  g ')  (Lide 
1994)  from  total  gross  energy  of  excreta  (GEJ  and  substituting  energy  excreta  (minus  uric 
acid  energy)  into  the  equation  for  MEC*.  Individual  MEC*s  for  test  ingredients  were  de- 
termined by  equation  2:  MEC*,  = '®%o  X (MEC*f  — [0.7  X MEC*J);  where  MEC*,  equals 
the  MEC*  for  the  test  ingredient,  MEC*,  equal  the  MEC*  for  the  test  feed  (feed  with  test 
ingredient  added),  and  MEC*^  equal  the  MEC*  for  the  reference  feed  (indicator-marked 
crane  breeder  feed)  (Wilson  and  Poe  1985).  Apparent  digestible  energy  coefficients  for  test 
ingredients  (DEC*,)  were  determined  by  substituting  energy  excreta  (minus  uric  acid  energy) 


730 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vo/.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


into  the  equation  for  MEC*j,  where  DEC*f  equal  the  DEC*  for  the  test  feed  and  DEC*^ 
equal  the  DEC*  for  the  reference  feed:  DEC*;  = (100/30)  X [DEC*f  — (0.7  X DEC*,)]. 

Apparent  dry  matter,  crude  protein,  and  total  lipid  digestibility  coefficients  for  test  feeds 
and  reference  feed  (ADCf)  were  determined  using  an  index  equation  by  Lloyd  et  al.  (1978): 


ADCf  = 100  - 


(%  Indicator  in  feed)  (%  Nutrient  in  feces) 

100  X X 

% Indicator  in  feces  % Nutrient  in  feed 


on  the  basis  of  the  ratios  of  indicator  in  feed  and  feces  and  nutrient  in  feces  and  feed. 
Apparent  digestibility  coefficients  for  test  ingredients  (ADCj)  were  determined  by  substitut- 
ing apparent  dry  matter,  crude  protein,  and  total  lipid  digestibility  coefficients  for  test  feeds 
and  reference  feed  into  equation  2.  Digestible  protein  for  test  feeds  was  determined  after 
subtracting  uric  acid  nitrogen  in  excreta  from  total  Kjeldahl  nitrogen  in  excreta  (Rotter  et 
al.  1989). 

MEC*s  for  wild  foods  with  low  digestibilities  have  been  shown  to  be  low  and  in  error 
for  waterfowl  fed  mixed  diets  (Karasov  1990).  However,  Muztar  et  al.  (1977)  found  that 
apparent  dry  matter  digestibility  and  apparent  metabolizable  energy  values  were  higher  at 
the  30%  level  of  substitution  than  at  10%,  20%,  or  40%  for  alfalfa  and  five  species  of 
aquatic  plants  and  that  30%  substitution  agreed  most  closely  with  regression  methods  to 
predict  digestibility.  Our  model  for  determination  of  MEC*  is  based  upon  the  assumption 
that  relations  between  MEC*  values  are  additive  and  that  there  are  no  synergisms  or  asso- 
ciative effects  for  MEC*  and  nutrient  digestibilities  due  to  mixing  feed  ingredients  (Cho  et 
al.  1982,  Wilson  and  Poe  1985). 

Diets  were  fed  following  a Latin  Square  design  with  five,  four-day  feeding  trials.  We  fed 
cranes  an  unmarked  breeder  diet  during  a three-day  rest  period  between  trials  to  allow  them 
to  excrete  all  indicator-marked  food.  Whooping  Cranes  were  held  indoors  during  feeding 
trails  except  for  four,  30— 45-min  periods  starting  at  06:00,  10:00,  14:00,  and  18:00  when 
they  were  moved  outdoors  while  we  collected  excreta  from  the  rubber  matting  and  cleaned 
floors.  Eecal  samples  were  collected  separately  for  each  bird  and  for  each  collection  period 
from  indoor  pens;  samples  for  each  bird  and  collection  period  were  pooled.  Samples  col- 
lected on  days  three  and  four  of  each  feeding  trial  were  used  to  estimate  metabolizable 
energy  and  digestibility  coefficients.  We  used  change  in  indicator  concentration  on  the  first 
day  indicator-marked  diets  were  fed  to  evaluate  rate  of  food  passage  (length  of  time  un- 
marked feed  was  retained  in  the  gut). 

We  collected  samples  of  blue  crabs,  Rangia  clams,  wolfbenies,  acorns,  and  stout  razor 
clams  from  six  different  sites  on  the  ANWR  (Stehn  1994b,  U.S.  Eish  and  Wildl.  Serv. 
1994).  Each  collection  site  was  1-10  ha  depending  on  the  relative  density  and  distribution 
of  foods  collected,  and  one  food  type  was  collected.  We  collected  nine  samples  of  each 
food  from  points  on  transect  lines  located  at  random  within  each  collection  area.  Sample 
collections  of  food  items  included  (1)  acorns — 8-20  of  varying  sizes  from  >:five  plants  from 
Dagger  Point  and  (2)  along  East  Shore  Road  to  the  west  of  Sundown  Bay,  (3)  stout  razor 
clam.s — 10-20  individuals  3-4  cm  long  from  Cedar  Lake,  Matagorda  Island,  (4)  Rangia 
clams — 8-10  individuals  3-5  cm  long  from  Indian  Head  Point,  St.  Charles  Bay,  (5)  wolf- 
berries — >50  berries  from  >10  different  plants  from  Sundown  Bay,  and  (6)  blue  crabs — 
2—3  crabs  (carapace  width  >10  cm)  from  Long  Lake. 

We  multiplied  average  nutrient  values  for  foods  by  the  appropriate  digestibility  coeffi- 
cients and  ranked  foods  for  available  nutrient  on  a dry-weight  basis.  Digestion  coefficients 
for  Rangia  clam  have  been  used  in  calculations  for  stout  razor  clam,  assuming  that  digest- 
ibilities for  these  clam  species  are  similar.  Ripe  acorns  collected  from  Dagger  Point  had 
fallen  to  the  ground  and  were  scorched  during  a prescribed  burn  several  days  before  they 


Nelson  et  al.  • WHOOPING  CRANE  DIET 


731 


were  collected  and  represented  the  type  and  quality  of  acorns  Whooping  Cranes  ate  (Hunt 
1987).  We  used  nutrient  values  of  these  acorns  in  food  quality  calculations. 

Nutritional  analyses  were  conducted  using  fresh  excreta  samples  (lipid  analysis)  and  dried 
ground  excreta,  feed,  and  food  samples.  Digestibility  calculations  for  excreta  and  feed  nu- 
trient are  expressed  on  a dry-matter  basis  corrected  to  standard  drying  time  (3  h)  and 
temperature  (125  C)  (Pomeranz  and  Meloan  1987).  Calculations  for  food  nutrient  and  total 
energy  and  nutrient  availability  of  whole  foods  are  expressed  on  a dry-weight  basis. 

Gross  energy  was  determined  using  a Parr  micro-bomb  adiabatic  calorimeter.  Gross  en- 
ergy for  Rangia  clam  was  too  low  to  be  accurately  determined  by  bomb  calorimetry,  and 
energy  values  were  determined  by  multiplying  percent  crude  protein  by  4000  cal  g ' and 
percent  total  lipid  by  9000  cal-g  ■ and  adding  the  results.  Total  nitrogen  was  determined  by 
the  micro-Kjeldahl  method  (Helrich  1990).  Crude  protein  was  calculated  by  multiplying 
total  Kjeldahl  nitrogen  by  6.25.  Total  lipids  were  determined  by  chloroform/methanol  ex- 
traction for  samples  homogenized  4 min  in  a mechanical  homoginizer  (Folch  et  al.  1957). 
Total  lipid  in  freshly  homogenized  foods  was  6%  less  than  for  dried  ground  foods,  and  total 
lipid  in  fresh  excreta  samples  was  4%  less  than  for  dried  ground  excreta  samples.  Drying 
foods  and  excreta  at  low  temperatures  and  grinding  did  not  lower  lipid  yield,  but  enhanced 
lipid  yield  compared  to  extraction  of  fresh  samples.  Uric  acid  was  determined  colorimetri- 
cally  for  dried  excreta  samples  (Marquardt  1983).  Chromium  was  determined  by  atomic 
absorption  spectrophotometry  after  excreta  samples  were  ashed  in  a muffle  furnace  and 
digested  in  nitric  acid  (Helrich  1990).  Ash  was  determined  by  combusting  dried  samples 
for  4 h at  500°C  in  a muffle  furnace  (Helrich  1990).  Total  phenols  were  determined  color- 
imetrically  using  a gallic  acid  standard  for  dried  acorn  and  wolfberry  samples  extracted  30 
min  in  70%  aqueous  acetone  (Singleton  and  Rossi  1965,  Hagerman  1988).  We  determined 
chitin  in  blue  crabs  by  sequential  acid  and  alkali  digestions  (Black  and  Schwartz  1950). 

Each  bird  was  considered  the  unit  of  replication  for  statistical  analysis  of  metabolizable 
energy  and  digestibility  coefficients.  Metabolizable  energy  and  nutrient  digestibility  coeffi- 
cients were  analyzed  for  ranked  data  by  three-way  Kruskal-Wallis  ANOVA  (GEM  proce- 
dure, SAS  System)  to  test  for  the  effects  of  study  feed.  Whooping  Crane,  and  feeding  trial 
on  each  variable.  Kruskal-Wallis  and  Wilcoxon  tests  (SAS  System)  were  conducted  using 
ranked  data  to  test  for  nutrient  differences  between  feed  ingredients  and  foods  collected 
from  Whooping  Crane  foraging  areas.  We  compare  nutrients  of  foods  collected  from  Whoop- 
ing Crane  foraging  areas  by  Kruskal-Wallis  tests.  Tukey’s  means  comparison  procedure  was 
used  for  the  separation  of  means  when  ANOVA  results  were  significant.  Means  differences 
are  reported  at  P < 0.05. 


RESULTS 

Food  consumption  rarely  exceeded  200  g day"',  indicating  that  suffi- 
cient feed  was  provided  to  study  birds.  Study  birds  maintained  body 
weight  during  feeding  trials  from  0-2.3%  of  their  body  weight  at  six  days 
after  the  initial  move.  Differences  of  nutrient  levels  between  test  ingre- 
dients used  in  feeds  and  nutrients  in  food  samples  (for  the  same  foods) 
were  less  than  10%  but  were  significant  in  several  instances  (Table  1).  At 
difference  levels  of  10%,  nutrients  in  test  ingredients  were  representative 
of  nutrients  in  foods  eaten  by  wild  Whooping  Cranes. 

Chromic  oxide  indicator  in  fecal  samples  collected  at  18:00  EST  on 
day  1 of  each  feeding  trial  was  937 X higher  than  indicator  in  fecal  sam- 
ples collected  prior  to  first  exposure  to  indicator-marked  study  feeds  at 


732 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


UJ 

X 

H 

S 

O 

Qi. 

LI. 

Q 

LD 

H 

U 

LU 

-J 

.J 

o 

U 

C/5 

Q 

o 

O 

U. 

Q 

Z 

< 

!/) 

H 


Q 

UJ  ^ 

cc  < 
o CQ 


H 

00 

LU 

H 

1^ 

o 

Lu 


LU 

[: 

< 


>- 

Q Q 
K.  ^ 

LU 

J o 

J ^ 

. , O 0^ 
CQ  H uj 

< Q 

< 3 

i ^ 

LU 


H z 


H 

O 

Qi 

CU 

[Xl 

Q 


_) 

< 


H 
< 
D Z 

ai 

u ^ 
- 00 
X z 
00  < 

0-  < 


LU 

u 

a: 

LU 

D- 


< 

m 

U 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

a\ 

aC 

ON 

On 

ON 

00 

ON 

a^ 

o 

(N 

00 

ON 

m 

(N 

O 

O 

CN 

— 

o 

nC 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

ON 

lO 

o 

00 

in 

00 

ON 

yn 

CNl 

(N 

— 

CO 

(n 

(N 

d 

yn 

d 

d 

d 

d 

rn 

d 

in 

< 

< CQ 

CQ  < 

CQ 

< 

z~s 

Os  OS 

os  OS 

Os 

OS 

m 

00 

in 

cn  CN 

m — 

sO 

CN 

o 

O 

o o 

O CO 

— 

d 

d 

d 

d d 

d d 

d 

d 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1  +1 

+1  +1 

+1 

+1 

CN 

so 

in 

— Tt 

in  so 

Os 

00 

in 

CN 

00 

d 

d 

» —I 

sd  Os 

00 

— * 

— — 

CO 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

m 

< 

CQ 

5^ 

O^ 

O^ 

On 

On 

OS 

Os 

r7 

CO 

(N 

CO 

CO 

r- 

o 

— 

— 

o 

o 

in 

o 

o 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

+1 

+ ! 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

Tf 

CN 

o 

r- 

r- 

__ 

CO 

os 

NO 

SO 

CO 

m 

00 

q 

O 

in 

(N 

CN 

(N 

so 

sd 

os 

d 

cd 

OS 

Os 

m 

< 

ffl 

m 

< 

m 

CD 

< 

< 

< 

in 

m 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

m 

00 

CO 

m 

CN 

00 

in 

r- 

in 

CO 

CN 

in 

00 

O 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

NO 

os 

o 

NO 

CO 

o 

o 

p' 

Os 

00 

(N 

in 

CO 

>— ■ 

o 

r- 

m 

cn 

Os 

in 

Os 

d 

CN 

d 

00 

d 

d 

d 

(N 

CN 

d 

— 

9 

>■ 

o 

LU 

Z 

PJ 

to 

to 

O 

at; 

a 


o 

o 

cS 

o 


■o 

C O 

*0  o 
(U  u 

>-  o 

W)  ^ 


<z 

£ 

'o 

cu 

§ 

u 

a; 

2 

OD 

0^) 

Ti 

& 

Q 

lac 

W) 

c 


0 

0- 

C 

c 

.2 

.2 

"O 

c3 

5 

■5 

CQ 

"S 

V 

<L) 

s.- 

1) 

V 

:i: 

c 

2 

t 

<U 

u 

Oi) 

c 

0 

~o 

d 

u 

u 

OX) 

£ 

J 

OX) 

£ 

to 

(U 

c 

X 

<U 

0/5 

c 

0 

c 

d 

F 

cn 

3 

H 

d 

CQ 

For  each  food  and  within  columns,  means  with  a different  letter  are  significantly  different  (P  < 0.05),  values  are  means  ± one  SE.  The  numbers  in  parentheses  indicate  sample  sizes. 


Nelson  et  al.  • WHOOPING  CRANE  DIET 


733 


07:00  on  day  1.  Indicator  in  excreta  at  18:00  on  day  1 was  not  signifi- 
cantly different  from  indicator  in  excreta  at  14:00  on  day  1 (1 -tailed  t- 
test,  t — —.6165,  P > 0.25).  This  rapid  passage  rate  indicates  that  the 
2-day  adjustment  period  was  adequate  to  eliminate  non-study  feed  prior 
to  sample  collection  on  day  3 for  excreta  nutrient  analysis. 

The  metabolizable  energy  coefficient  for  Rangia  clam  was  significantly 
higher  than  that  for  acorns,  wolfberry,  and  blue  crab  (Table  2).  Protein 
digestibility  for  blue  crab  was  higher  than  that  for  acorns  and  wolfberry. 
Lipid  digestibility  was  lower  for  wolfberry  than  for  Rangia  clam  and 
acorns.  There  was  no  significant  effect  of  feeding  trial  on  metabolizable 
energy  and  digestibility  coefficients,  and  Whooping  Cranes  did  not  differ 
in  digestion  efficiency. 

There  were  significant  differences  in  nutrients  among  foods  (Table  3). 
Gross  energy  ranged  from  21.430  kJ  g-'  for  wolfberry  to  0.326  kJ  g-'  for 
Rangia  clam;  crude  protein  ranged  from  41.89%  for  blue  crab  to  1.44% 
for  Rangia  clam.  Total  lipid  ranged  from  13.4%  for  wolfberry  to  0.2% 
for  Rangia  clam,  and  ash  ranged  from  96.9%  for  Rangia  clam  to  2.4% 
for  acorns  from  Dagger  Point. 

Wolfberry  ranked  highest  of  the  five  foods  for  metabolizable  energy 
and  total  lipid  nutrient  availability  per  kg  food  ingested  (Table  4).  Blue 
crab  ranked  highest  of  the  five  foods  for  crude  protein  availability. 

DISCUSSION 

Protein  digestibility  coefficients  obtained  for  Whooping  Cranes  for 
acorns  (48.9)  and  wolfberry  (53.4)  are  lower  than  those  for  Rangia  clam 
(69.4)  and  blue  crab  (75.2);  and  are  similar  to  the  lower  digestibilities  for 
plant  protein  when  compared  to  animal  protein  (Karasov  1990).  Total  dry- 
matter  digestibility  of  Rangia  clam  was  lower  compared  to  the  other 
foods,  reflecting  the  high  percentage  of  ash  (96.87%)  in  Rangia  clam. 
High  metabolizable  energy,  protein,  and  lipid  digestibility  coefficients  are 
expected  for  shellfish  where  muscle  comprises  most  of  the  readily  di- 
gested dry  material  (Karasov  1990);  the  MEC*  for  Rangia  cuneata  (75.0) 
was  similar  (72—73)  to  the  MEC*  for  intertidal  polychaeta  {Pseudonereis 
variegata),  black  mussels  {Choromytilus  meridionalis),  and  limpet  (Pa- 
tella granularis)  (Hockey  1984,  Karasov  1990). 

The  MEC*  for  whole  live  oak  acorn  (43.2)  was  lower  than  that  for 
white  oak  acorn  meat  (Quercus  alba)  (66.0)  consumed  by  Ruffed  Grouse 
(Bonasa  umbellus)  (Servello  et  al.  1987),  and  that  for  pin  oak  (Q.  palus- 
tris)  acorn  meat  (55.3)  and  red  oak  (Q.  rubra)  acorn  meat  (57.3)  con- 
sumed by  Northern  Bobwhites  (Colinus  virginianus)  (Robel  et  al.  1979). 
Non-digestible  cellulose  and  hemicellulose  together  comprise  approxi- 


Table  2 

Apparent  Metabolizable  and  Digestible  Energy,  Dry  Matter,  Crude  Protein,  and  Total  Lipid  Digestibility  Coefficients  {%)• 


734 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


U 

5 = 

W 

< 

s 

< 

m 

n 

n 

w 

£ 

£ 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

d 

m 

2 

q 

q 

SJ  u 

o 

o 

q 

q 

1 

o 

-2  ^ 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

1 

V 

in 

d 

in 

3 

E 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

ca 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+ ! 

+1 

rj 

z 

C 3 
£§  ^ 

NO 

ON 

q 

(N 

q 

p 

C 

(N 

q 

d 

r- 

00 

4 

cn 

in 

d 

X 

NO 

ni 

NO 

ON 

d 

r- 

r- 

NO 

u 

yj 

u 

N 

Q 

'35 

Z 

Q 

4) 

< 

El 

n 

U 

U 

Q 

U 

a 

C/5 

_2  J2 

d 

On' 

£ 

£ 

CD 

ca 

< 

CQ 

U 

E 

w 

-J 

u yj 

d 

io 

d 

in 

y) 

o 

O SD 

o 

m 

o 

in 

»n 

in 

in 

in 

W 

z 

u] 

I 

N T3 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

1 

>5 

q 

q 

q 

q 

o 

u o 

W DO 

3 2 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

c 

V 

£ 

P 

Tj- 

liM 

in 

d 

■■5 

Cu 

c 

w ^ 

NO 

in 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

+1 

ys 

4> 

J 

< 

On 

q 

00 

NO 

q 

00 

q 

4 

q 

? 

00 

oq 

in 

o 

4> 

h- 

O 

H 

d 

in 

r- 

cn 

d 

d 

.C 

ON 

in 

NO 

V 

« 

a. 

s" 

u 

in 

in 

CQ 

U 

< 

m 

c 

& 

s 

£ 

£ 

oi' 

£ 

yi 

v. 

ON 

d 

d 

d 

d 

C 

4) 

m 

U 

< 

u 

j 

2 « 
u ^ 

q 

ON 

NO 

q 

"o 

c 

X 

< 

d 

d 

d 

d 

'C. 

b. 

in 

in 

in 

in 

in 

E 

Urn 

41  DO 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

O 

3 

3 C 

+i 

u 

Q 

o 

00 

in 

On 

q 

C 

o 

“d 

u 

'£ 

O 

<U 

(n 

+1 

ro 

+ 1 

d 

+1 

in 

+1 

d 

+ 1 

4) 

x: 

H 

ui 

d 

z 

u 

1 1 .947 

72.96 

43.59 

41.89 

5.28 

6.92 

■ » 

CN 

m 

CN 

q 

q 

C/5 

H 

iA 

o 

cn 

cn 

d 

00 

d 

4J 

c 

o 

00 

5 

00 

00 

o 

+1 

m 

ID 

OS 

Cu 

UJ 

Q 

< 

in 

< 

Q 

< 

U 

y5 

c 

•3 

P « 

d CQ 

s 

s 

£ 

00 

£ 

fl 

D 

in 

in 

d 

cc 

ON 

d 

< 

< 

U 

ca 

< 

CQ 

< 

E 

4> 

b. 

.J 

03 

< 

OS 

u 

o 

d 

04 

d 

o 

d 

m 

d 

d 

o 

d 

1 

3 

m 

in 

in 

in 

in 

«« 

yj 

H 

x" 

fl 

+1 

+! 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+1 

4> 

C/2 

^ = 

o 

00 

NO 

00 

q 

m 

■q 

q 

S 

< 

m 

<N 

o 

q 

in 

in 

d 

d 

in 

f3 

> 

q 

NO 

d 

ON 

d 

d 

•2 

UJ 

5 

+1 

+1 

+I 

+ 1 

+1 

<0 

o 

a: 

D 

cs 

as 

q 

q 

q 

m 

d 

H 

c/5 

O 

in 

in 

r-- 

sd 

r-- 

00 

ON 

NO 

in 

r- 

V 

Q 

U 

< 

a. 

c 

Ja  C 

s 

£ 

£ 

£ 

£ 

O .3 

m 

d 

in 

d 

•o 

4) 

< 

< 

< 

ca 

< 

ca 

< 

4J 

.if 

■■5 

H 

Z 

UJ 

U 

OS 

H 0 

flu 

u 

S w 

0 Of) 

o 

d 

+1 

ON 

On 

d 
+ 1 

d 

+1 

r- 

d 

+1 

in 

d 

+1 

NO 

d 

+1 

in 

1 

m 

in 

in 

in 

in 

“ 

Cu 

jB 

On 

q 

(n 

n 

q 

q 

4) 

■o 

o 

o 

d 

id 

o 

Q 

00 

d 

ri 

4 

rn 

d 

4) 

2 

d 

(N 

'c 

z 

< 

— 

4> 

+1 

+1 

+1 

+ 1 

+1 

DO 

c 

3 

CN 

in 

NO 

ON 

2 

o 

CQ 

Q 

S 

Q 

m 

U 

Gv 

(N 

d 

d 

d 

E^i 

in 

ON 

d 

d 

oi 

O 

r- 

On 

NO 

00 

2 

O 0 

00 

u 

Sos 

4> 

fl  2 

o -c 
c/2 

4> 

in 

d 

00 

m 

d 

o 

Cd 

m 

d 

m 

c 

4> 

b. 

>- 

o 

OS 

d 

+1 

+I 

d 

+1 

d 

+1 

d 

+I 

d 

+1 

1 

£ 

UJ 

> ^ 

NO 

00 

fN 

NO 

in 

00 

z 

r-- 

— 

q 

q 

q 

Tf 

>Y 

■■O 

u: 

o 

(N 

4 

iri 

in 

00 

CO 

d 

Ui 

c/2 

D 

0 

c 

y) 

os 

0 

D 

00 

u 

<U 

c 

c 

0 

b> 

3 

O 

c 

'S 

c/t 

3 

o 

3 

N 

3 

jD 

2 

a! 

s 

(U 

3 

(/) 

<u 

00 

w 

S 

s 

‘5 

w 

0 

u 

Q. 

<U 

T3 

? 

■g 

!§- 

3 

!£ 

? 

y5 

C 

« 

4> 

S 

Component 

>5 

W) 

u 

o 

c 

c/5 

c/5 

o 

V 

u 

2 

c/5 

'o 

c/5 

< 

2 

D. 

U 

T3 

2 

u 

•g 

‘a 

B 

c 

o 

JC 

a 

3 

i2 

_c 

3 

U 

5 

u 

Q 

u 

U 

(2 

b. 

o 

Means  within  rows  with  a different  letter  are  significantly  different  (P  < 0.05),  values  are  means  ± one  SE.  The  numbers  in  parentheses  indicate  sample  sizes. 


Nelson  et  al.  • WHOOPING  CRANE  DIET 


735 


Table  4 

Total  Energy  and  Nutrient  Availability  (Dry-Weight  Basis) 


Grams  nutrieni  available  per 
kg  food  ingested 


Food 

Metabolizable 
energy  (kJ  g-') 

Crude  protein 
(g-kg“') 

Total  li 
(gkg- 

Wolfberry  fruit 

9.601 

104 

80 

Live  oak  acorn 

8.121 

22 

31 

Blue  crab 

4.074 

315 

35 

Stout  razor  clam 

3.298 

100 

13 

Rangia  cuneata 

0.245 

10 

2 

mately  27%  of  the  total  dry  matter  of  whole  live  oak  acorns  (Short  1976), 
and  the  lower  MEC*  for  whole  live  oak  acorns  was  expected. 

Tannins  in  foods  inhibit  protein  digestibility  (Marquardt  and  Ward 
1979,  Robbins  et  al.  1987,  Johnson  et  al.  1993)  and  contribute  to  lower 
energy  utilization  in  avian  species  (Servello  and  Kirkpatrick  1989,  John- 
son et  al.  1993).  Total  phenolics  are  lower  for  acorns  of  the  white  oak 
group  (includes  live  oak)  than  for  acorns  of  the  red  oak  group  (Servello 
and  Kirkpatrick  1989).  However,  total  phenolics  (>5%)  in  live  oak  acorns 
collected  from  the  ANWR  is  high  enough  to  affect  protein  digestibility 
and  energy  utilization  by  Whooping  Cranes,  as  indicated  by  the  low 
MEC*  and  protein  digestibility  for  acorns  compared  to  other  foods. 

Acorns,  wolfberry,  blue  crab,  stout  razor  clam,  and  Rangia  clam  were 
markedly  different  in  nutrient  composition  (dry-weight).  We  divided 
Whooping  Crane  foods  into  two  categories,  (1)  high  energy-low  protein 
and  (2)  low  energy-high  protein.  Wolfberry  and  acorns  are  high  in  caloric 
content  but  lower  in  protein.  Blue  crab  and  stout  razor  clam  are  lower  in 
calories,  but  have  moderate  to  high  protein  levels.  Rangia  clam  is  low  in 
energy  and  protein  and  is  a suboptimal  energy  and  nutrient  resource  for 
Whooping  Cranes.  Approximately  30X  more  Rangia  clam,  would  have 
to  be  eaten  than  wolfberry  and  blue  crabs  to  achieve  comparable  intake 
of  metabolizable  energy  and  protein. 

Seasonal  availability,  relative  size  of  food  items,  food  density,  and  nu- 
tritional value  must  be  considered  when  evaluating  natural  foods  for 
Whooping  Cranes.  Acorns  constitute  a high-energy  localized  food  re- 
source. However,  availability  of  acorns  may  be  short  compared  to  blue 
crab,  wolfberry,  and  stout  razor  clam  (Hunt  1987,  Bishop  et  al.  1987, 
Stehn  1994b).  Blue  crab  and  stout  razor  clam  provide  3-5  X more  di- 
gestible crude  protein  than  wolfberry  and  acorns,  are  larger  per  unit  cap- 
ture, but  are  less  localized  and  may  require  greater  time  for  search  and 


736 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


processing.  Wolfberry  is  small,  and  because  plants  are  scattered,  energy 
benefits  for  wolfberry  may  be  offset  by  higher  energy  expenditure  and 
lower  rates  of  energy  capture  by  foraging  Whooping  Cranes  (pers.  obs.). 

Although  we  evaluated  food  quality  on  a dry-weight  basis,  moisture 
content  among  foods  varied  by  as  much  as  438%.  Variance  in  moisture 
of  this  magnitude  may  be  significant  if  Whooping  Cranes  are  limited  in 
the  amount  of  food  they  can  consume  and  if  feeding  efficiency  is  affected 
by  food  availability.  Acorns  collected  from  Dagger  Point  averaged  17.4% 
moisture  compared  to  41.2%  moisture  for  acorns  collected  along  East 
Shore  Road.  On  a wet-weight  basis,  metabolizable  energy  of  acorns  from 
Dagger  Point  was  6.699  kJ  g“'  compared  to  4.699  kJ  g“'  for  acorns  from 
East  Shore  Road.  Wolfberry  ranked  highest  of  all  foods  for  metabolizable 
energy  on  a dry-weight  basis.  However,  on  a wet-weight  basis,  wolfberry 
provided  only  2.275  kJ  g“'  compared  to  6.699  kJ  g"'  for  burned  acorns. 

Under  some  conditions  of  food  availability.  Whooping  Cranes  on  the 
ANWR  may  have  difficulty  in  meeting  maintenance  requirements  and 
building  energy  reserves  needed  for  spring  migration  (Iverson  and  Vohs 
1982,  Krapu  et  al.  1985).  Eoods  may  have  been  less  available  during  fall 
and  winter  of  1993-1994,  because  acorns  and  blue  crabs  were  not  com- 
mon, although  wolfberry  was  abundant  into  January  (Stehn  1994b). 
Whooping  Cranes  rarely  fed  on  clams  during  winter  1993-1994  because 
refuge  clam  populations  were  lower  in  recent  years  (Stehn  1994b). 
Whooping  Cranes  were  more  dispersed  in  1993-1994,  and  movements 
were  less  predictable,  suggesting  possible  shortage  of  blue  crab  (Stehn 
1994b).  Cranes  also  migrated  late  during  spring  1994,  and  an  unprece- 
dented 15  cranes  remained  on  the  refuge  and  Matagorda  Island  until  early 
May  (Stehn  1994b).  Whooping  Crane  mortality  was  also  higher  than  nor- 
mal: three  adults  and  five  juveniles  disappeared  between  29  November 
1993-16  February  1994  (Stehn  1994b).  Counts  in  late  1994  included  131, 
down  five  from  the  spring  departure  count  of  136  (Stehn  1994a).  In  spring 
1993,  a record  46  pairs  nested;  however,  only  28  pairs  initiated  nesting 
in  spring  1994  of  a possible  45  known  adult  pairs  (Stehn  1994a). 

Multiple  factors  contribute  to  Whooping  Crane  mortality;  predation, 
collisions  with  power  lines,  disease,  and  habitat  conditions  on  the  breed- 
ing ground  (Brown  et  al.  1987,  Carton  et  al.  1989,  Kuyt  et  al.  1992,  U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1994).  It  is  possible,  however,  as  indicated  by  the 
high  over- winter  mortality  for  1993-1994,  the  late  spring  migration,  lower 
number  of  returning  Whooping  Cranes,  and  low  number  of  pairs  that 
nested  spring  1994,  that  food  shortage  on  the  ANWR  was  a contributing 
factor  to  low  reproduction  and  high  Whooping  Crane  mortality  from  late 
fall  of  1993  to  fall  of  1994.  Conditions  of  food  shortage  on  the  ANWR, 
similar  to  those  observed  during  winter  1993-1994,  are  of  concern  if  the 


Nelson  et  al.  • WHOOPING  CRANE  DIET 


737 


observed  higher  mortality  and  low  reproductive  success  are  related  to 
lowered  fitness  caused  by  limited  winter  foods  and  the  inability  to  assem- 
ble required  energy  reserves  for  migration  and  breeding. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  especially  appreciate  the  help  of  the  caretaker  staff  at  the  Endangered  Species  Re- 
search Branch,  PESC,  that  contributed  to  the  success  of  working  with  captive  Whooping 
Cranes.  We  also  thank  the  staff  at  the  ANWR  for  providing  valuable  logistic  and  advisory 
support.  K.  L.  Risenhoover  and  D.  M.  Gatlin  generously  provided  laboratory  space  and 
equipment  at  the  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  Fish  Nutrition  Laboratory  and  Habitat  Laboratory  in 
the  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences.  The  project  was  funded  by  the  U.S.  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Service. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Allen,  R.  P.  1952.  The  Whooping  Crane.  Natl.  Aud.  Soc.  Res.  Rep.  No.  3,  New  York, 
New  York. 

. 1954.  Additional  data  on  the  food  of  the  Whooping  Crane.  Auk  71:198. 

Bishop,  M.  A.,  H.  E.  Hunt,  and  R.  D.  Slack.  1987.  Activity  patterns  of  Whooping  Cranes 
wintering  on  the  Aransas  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  Texas.  Pp.  167-171  in  Proc.  1985 
Crane  Workshop  (J.  C.  Lewis,  ed.).  Platte  River  Whooping  Crane  Maintenance  Trust, 
Grand  Island,  Nebraska. 

Black,  M.  M.  and  H.  M.  Schwartz.  1950.  The  estimation  of  chitin  and  chitin  nitrogen  in 
crawfish  waste  and  derived  products.  Analyst  75:185-189. 

Blankinship,  D.  R.  1976.  Studies  of  Whooping  Cranes  on  the  wintering  grounds.  Pp.  197- 
206  in  Proc.  Int.  Crane  Workshop  (J.  C.  Lewis,  ed.).  Oklahoma  State  Univ.  Publ.  and 
Printing,  Stillwater,  Oklahoma. 

Brown,  W.  M.,  R.  C.  Drewien,  and  E.  G.  Bizeau.  1987.  Mortality  of  cranes  and  waterfowl 
from  powerline  collisions  in  the  San  Luis  Valley,  Colorado.  Pp.  128-136  in  Proc.  1985 
Crane  Workshop  (J.  C.  Lewis,  ed.).  Platte  River  Whooping  Crane  Maintenance  Trust, 
Grand  Island,  Nebraska. 

Cho,  C.  Y.,  S.  j.  Slinger,  and  H.  S.  Bayley.  1982.  Bioenergetics  of  salmonid  fishes: 
energy  intake,  expenditure  and  productivity.  Comp.  Biochem.  Physiol.  73:25-41. 

Folch,  j.,  M.  Lees,  and  G.  H.  Sloane  Stanley.  1957.  A simple  method  for  the  isolation 
and  purification  of  total  lipides  from  animal  tissues.  J.  Biol.  Chem.  226:497-509. 

Carton,  E.  O.,  R.  C.  Drewien,  W.  M.  Brown,  E.  G.  Bizeau,  and  P.  H.  Hayward.  1989. 
Survival  rates  and  population  prospects  of  Whooping  Cranes  at  Grays  Lake  NWR.  Final 
Rep.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Dept.,  Univ.  Idaho.  Prepared  for  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv., 
Albuquerque,  New  Mexico. 

Hagerman,  a.  E.  1988.  Extraction  of  tannin  from  fresh  and  preserved  leaves.  J.  Chem. 
Ecol.  14:453-461. 

Helrich,  K.  (ed.).  1990.  Official  methods  of  analysis  of  the  Association  of  Official  Ana- 
lytical Chemists.  15th  ed.  Assoc.  Off.  Anal.  Chem.,  Washington,  D.C. 

Hockey,  P.  A.  R.  1984.  Growth  energetics  of  the  African  Black  Oystercatcher  Haenicitopus 
moquini.  Ardea  72:1 11-117. 

Hunt,  H.  E.  1987.  The  effects  of  burning  and  grazing  on  habitat  u.se  by  Whooping  Cranes 
and  Sandhill  Cranes  on  the  Aransas  National  Wildlife  Refuge,  Texas.  Ph.D.  diss.,  Texas 
A&M  Univ.,  College  Station,  Texas. 

AND  R.  D.  Slack.  1987.  Winter  foods  of  the  Whooping  Crane  based  on  stomach 


738 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


content  analyses.  Pp.  217—218  in  Proc.  1985  Crane  Workshop  (J.  C.  Lewis,  ed.).  Platte 
River  Whooping  Crane  Maintenance  Trust,  Grand  Island,  Nebraska. 

AND . 1989.  Winter  diets  of  Whooping  and  Sandhill  Cranes  in  south  Texas. 

J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:1150-1154. 

Iverson,  G.  C.  and  P.  A.  Vohs,  Jr.  1982.  Estimating  lipid  content  of  Sandhill  Cranes  from 
anatomical  measurements.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  46:478—483. 

Johnson,  W.  C.,  L.  Thomas,  and  C.  S.  Adkjsson.  1993.  Dietary  circumvention  of  acorn 
tannins  by  Blue  Jays:  implications  for  oak  demography.  Oecologia  94:159-164. 

Karasov,  W.  H.  1990.  Digestion  in  birds:  chemical  and  physiological  determinants  and 
ecological  implications.  Stud.  Avian  Biol.  13:391-415. 

Krapu,  G.  L.,  G.  C.  Iverson,  K.  J.  Reinecke,  and  C.  M.  Boise.  1985.  Pat  deposition  and 
usage  by  Arctic-nesting  Sandhill  Cranes  during  spring.  Auk  102:362-368. 

Kuyt,  E.,  S.  j.  Barry,  and  B.  W.  Johns.  1992.  Below  average  Whooping  Crane  production 
in  Wood  Buffalo  National  Park  during  drought  years  1990  and  1991.  Blue  Jay  50:225- 
229. 

Labuda,  S.  E.,  Jr.  and  K.  O.  Butts.  1979.  Habitat  use  by  wintering  Whooping  Cranes  on 
the  Aransas  National  Wildlife  Refuge.  Pp.  151-157  in  Proc.  1978  Crane  Workshop  (J. 
C.  Lewis,  ed.).  Colorado  State  Univ.  Printing  Serv.,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado. 

Lide,  D.  R.  (ed.).  1994.  CRC  handbook  of  chemistry  and  physics.  75th  ed.  CRC  Press, 
Boca  Raton,  Florida. 

Lloyd,  L.  E.,  B.  E.  McDonald,  and  E.  W.  Crampton.  1978.  Fundamentals  of  nutrition. 
Second  ed.  W.  H.  Freeman  and  Co.,  San  Francisco,  California. 

Marquardt,  R.  R.  1983.  A simple  spectrophotometric  method  for  the  direct  determination 
of  uric  acid  in  avian  excreta.  Poult.  Sci.  43:2106—2108. 

AND  A.  T.  Ward.  1979.  Chick  performance  as  affected  by  autoclave  treatment  of 

tannin-containing  and  tannin-free  cultivars  of  fababeans.  Can.  J.  Anim.  Sci.  5:781-789. 

Muziar,  a.  j.,  S.  j.  Slinger,  and  J.  H.  Burton.  1977.  Metabolizable  energy  content  of 
freshwater  plants  in  chickens  and  ducks.  Poult.  Sci.  56:1893-1899. 

POMERANZ,  Y.  AND  C.  E.  Meloan.  1987.  Food  analysis:  theory  and  practice.  Second  ed. 
Van  Nostrand  Reinhold,  New  York,  New  York. 

Robbins,  C.  T,  T.  A.  Hanley,  A.  E.  Hagerman,  O.  Hjeljord,  D.  L.  Baker,  C.  C.  Schwartz, 
AND  W.  W.  Mautz.  1987.  Role  of  tannins  in  defending  plants  against  ruminants:  re- 
duction in  protein  availability.  Ecology  68:98-107. 

Robel,  R.  j.,  a.  R.  Bisset,  T.  M.  Clement,  Jr.,  A.  D.  Dayton,  and  K.  L.  Morgan.  1979. 
Metabolizable  energy  of  important  foods  of  Bobwhites  in  Kansas.  J.  Wildl.  Manage. 
43:982-987. 

Rotter,  B.  A.,  A.  A.  Frohlich,  R.  G.  Rotter,  and  R.  R.  Marquardt.  1989.  Research 
note:  estimation  of  apparent  protein  digestibility  using  uric  acid-corrected  nitrogen  val- 
ues in  poultry  excreta.  Poult.  Sci.  68:327—329. 

Servello,  E a.  and  R.  L.  Kirkpatrick.  1989.  Nutritional  value  of  acorns  for  Ruffed 
Grouse.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  53:26-29. 

, , and  K.  E.  Webb.  1987.  Predicting  metabolizable  energy  in  the  diet  of 

Ruffed  Grouse.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  5 1 :560-567. 

Shields,  R.  H.  and  E.  L.  Benham.  1969.  Farm  crops  as  food  supplements  for  Whooping 
Cranes.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  3:81  1-817. 

Short,  H.  L.  1976.  Composition  and  squirrel  use  of  acorns  of  black  and  white  oak  groups. 
J.  Wildl.  Manage.  40:479-483. 

Singleton,  V.  L.  and  J.  A.  Rossi.  Jr.  1965.  Colorimetry  of  total  phenols  with  phosphom- 
olybdic-phosphotungstic  acid  reagents.  Am.  J.  Enol.  Viticult.  16:144-158. 

Stehn,  T.  1994a.  Aransas  Refuge.  Unison  Call  6(2):4-5. 


Nelson  et  al.  • WHOOPING  CRANE  DIET 


739 


. 1994b.  Whooping  Cranes  during  the  1993-1994  winter.  Aransas  National  Wildl 
Refuge  Rep.,  Austwell,  Texas. 

Stevenson,  J.  O.  and  R.  E.  Griffith.  1946.  Winter  life  of  the  Whooping  Crane.  Condor 
48:160-178. 

Uhler,  E M.  and  L.  N.  Locke.  1970.  A note  on  the  stomach  contents  of  two  Whooping 
Cranes.  Condor  72:246. 

U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl.  Serv.  1994.  Whooping  Crane  recover  plan.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildl. 
Serv.,  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico. 

Wilson,  R.  R and  W.  E.  Poe.  1985.  Apparent  digestible  protein  and  energy  coefficients  of 
common  feed  ingredients  for  Channel  Catfish.  Prog.  Fish-Cult.  47:154_158. 


Wilso>2  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  740-747 


TERRITORIES  AND  CACHING-RELATED  BEHAVIOR 
OF  RED-HEADED  WOODPECKERS  WINTERING  IN  A 

BEECH  GROVE 

Paul  F.  Doherty,  Jr.,  Thomas  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  and 
C.  L.  Bronson 

Abstract. — We  describe  caching  and  related  behavior  of  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  (Me- 
lanerpes  erythrocephalus)  wintering  in  a beech  grove  during  a mast  year  and  relate  territorial 
behavior  and  territory  size  to  territory-specific  mast  abundance.  We  found  no  difference 
between  territories  of  adults  and  juveniles  in  either  territory  size  or  abundance  of  mast. 
Rates  of  caching  and  social  interaction  decreased  over  the  course  of  the  winter.  Received 
Oct.  1995,  accepted  8 Mar.  1996. 


Red-headed  Woodpeckers  (Melanerpes  erythrocephalus)  are  larder 
hoarders  during  the  fall  and  winter  (Bent  1939,  Kilham  1983).  In  autumn, 
these  birds  aggregate  and  establish  singular  winter  territories  at  sites  of 
high  mast  production  (Smith  and  Scarlett  1987).  Each  territorial  bird  se- 
questers mast  in  one  or  a few  larder  trees  which  are  then  defended  both 
inter-  and  intraspecifically.  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  are  known  to  store 
mainly  acorns  and  beechnuts  and  an  occasional  insect  (Hay  1887,  Agers- 
borg  in  Beal  1911,  Kilham  1983).  While  acorn  storing  has  been  described 
for  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  in  Maryland,  Louisiana,  and  Florida  by 
Kilham  (1983),  MacRoberts  (1975),  and  Moskovits  (1978),  respectively, 
no  quantitative  data  exist  on  the  storage  of  beech  mast  by  this  species. 
The  present  study  describes  caching  and  related  behavioral  patterns  of 
Red-headed  Woodpeckers  wintering  in  a beech  grove  during  a mast  year 
and  relates  territorial  behavior  and  territory  size  to  territory  specific  mast 
abundance.  We  also  searched  for  differences  in  behavior  and  territories 
between  juvenile  and  adult  woodpeckers. 

METHODS 

From  1 Nov.  1992  to  19  Mar.  1993  we  ob.served  14  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  (6  juveniles 
and  8 adults)  for  a total  of  160  h in  a woodlot  located  in  Morrow  County,  Ohio.  The  woodlot 
was  dominated  by  mature  American  beeches  (Fagus  grandifolia),  red  maples  (Acer  rubrum), 
and  sugar  maples  (A.  saccharum).  Other  tree  species  at  this  site  were  white  oak  (Quercus 
alba),  red  oak  (Q.  rubra),  ash  (Fraxinus  sp.),  ironwood  (Carpinus  sp.),  and  hickory  (Carya 
sp.).  Beech  was  the  only  tree  species  experiencing  a “mast  year.”  We  used  focal  bird 
techniques  to  gather  behavior  data.  We  watched  each  focal  bird  for  10-min  periods.  For  the 
first  240  sec  of  this  period,  we  noted  which  category  of  activity  the  bird  was  engaged  in 
every  10  sec  (N  = 25).  The  five  mutually  exclusive  categories  were  (1)  lookout-the  bird 
was  perched  and  alert,  (2)  flight — the  bird  was  in  flight,  (3)  bipedal  locomotion — the  bird 

Behavioral  Ecology  Group,  Dept,  of  Zoology,  The  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  43210-1293. 


740 


Doherty  et  al.  • RED-HEADED  WOODPECKER  CACHING 


741 


was  moving  over  a tree,  (4)  peck-the  bird  was  actively  pecking,  and  (5)  preen-the  bird 
was  preening.  In  addition  to  these  five  categories,  we  also  recorded  whether  the  bird  was 
actively  caching  or  engaged  in  any  type  of  visual  and/or  auditory  signaling  or  locomotory 
interaction.  If  the  bird  was  caching,  we  noted  whether  the  bird  was  on  a trunk,  limb,  branch, 
or  a twig,  each  of  the  last  three  substrate  categories  being  an  offshoot  of  the  previous  one.’ 
Visual  displays  consisted  of  an  agonistic  pose  (Kilham  1983)  or  head  bobbing.  The  display 
vocalization  we  witnessed  has  been  described  as  “quirr”  by  Kilham  (1958b).  A cha.se  was 
defined  as  one  bird  flying  after  another. 

Over  10-mm  periods,  we  recorded  the  number  of  caches  a focal  bird  made  and  every 
(previously-numbered)  tree  it  visited.  Temperature  (°C),  wind  velocity  (m/sec,  Velometer  Jr., 
Alnor  Instrument  Company,  Niles,  Illinois),  solar  radiation  (mW/cm^;  Solar  Meter,  Dodge 
Products,  Houston,  Texas),  and  any  precipitation  were  recorded  for  each  observation  period. 

Juveniles  could  be  distinguished  from  adults  by  plumage.  Although  the  birds  were  not 
individually  marked,  we  were  able  to  identify  individuals  by  idiosyncratic  plumage  patterns 
and  behavior,  as  did  Kilham  (1958a). 

We  estimated  the  size  of  the  beech  crop  by  sampling  fallen  mast  as  follows:  over  a two- 
day  period  in  early  December,  we  gathered  mast  and  leaf  litter  from  below  each  beech  tree 
in  every  bird’s  territory.  For  each  tree,  we  gathered  all  leaf  litter  and  mast  within  a 1660- 
cm-  circular  area  located  half  way  between  the  trunk  and  the  outer  edge  of  the  canopy  in 
each  of  the  four  cardinal  directions.  The  samples  were  bagged  and  later  sorted  to  determine 
number  of  beechnuts.  Infertile  nuts  were  excluded  from  the  count. 

Using  a compass  and  a range  finder,  we  constructed  a map  of  all  the  marked  trees  in  the 
study  area.  Each  territory  was  delineated  as  the  minimum-area  polygon  that  included  all  the 
trees  visited  by  the  same  bird.  We  drew  each  polygon  to  connect  the  positions  of  trunks, 
not  canopy  boundaries,  a procedure  that  underestimated  territory  sizes.  The  polygons  were 
then  digitized  and  territory  areas  calculated. 

The  individual  bird  was  the  primary  sampling  unit,  and  all  observations  of  the  same 
individual  were  averaged  before  being  analyzed.  The  data  met  the  requirements  for  para- 
metric tests. 

To  increase  degrees  of  freedom  when  general  linear  models  were  employed,  the  individual 
bird  was  included  as  a factor.  General  linear  models  were  performed  in  a stepwise  fashion 
with  the  individual  bird,  time  of  day,  day  of  winter  (1  Nov.  = day  1),  average  temperature, 
average  wind  speed,  and  average  solar  radiation  included  as  independent  variables.  Only 
the  independent  variables  retained  in  the  model  are  reported.  All  statistical  calculations  were 
performed  using  Minitab  (Anonymous  1991)  or  Systat  (Wilkinson  1992)  software. 

RESULTS 

Probable  mortality  between  November  and  March  was  low  (7%).  The 
only  bird  disappearing  during  the  study  was  a juvenile,  and  its  tenitory 
was  not  usurped  or  occupied  by  any  other  Red-headed  Woodpecker. 

We  could  find  no  differences  in  the  wind  speed,  temperature,  or  solar 
radiation  associated  with  adult  and  Juvenile  territories  (Table  1).  There 
was  no  significant  difference  in  size  between  territories  of  juveniles  and 
adults  (Table  1;  Fig.  1).  Neither  the  number  of  beechnuts  per  territory 
nor  beechnut  density  was  significantly  different  between  the  two  wood- 
pecker age  classes  (Table  1).  We  could  find  no  difference  between  adult 
and  juvenile  birds  in  either  the  number  of  beech  trees  or  the  total  number 
of  trees  defended  (Table  1 ).  Power  analyses  of  these  tests  demonstrated 


742 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  1 

Mean  ± SD  for  Variables  Associated  with  All  Red-headed  Woodpecker,  Juvenile 
Red-headed  Woodpecker  and  Adult  Red-headed  Woodpecker  Territories^ 


Variable 

Total 
(N  = 14) 

Juvenile 
(N  = 6) 

Adult 
(N  = 8) 

p 

Sample 

sizes 

from 

power 

anal- 

ysis 

Wind  speed  (m/sec) 

0.9 

-F 

0.2 

0.9 

± 0.1 

0.9 

-F 

0.3 

0.75 

23 

Temperature  (°C) 

1.4 

-F 

2.2 

0.5 

± 2.5 

2.0 

-F 

2.1 

0.27 

938 

Solar  radiation  (mW/cm^) 

4.1 

-F 

3.6 

3.7 

± 1.6 

4.3 

-F 

1.2 

0.48 

316 

Territory  size  (ha) 

0.04 

-F 

0.03 

0.03 

± 0.03 

0.05 

-F 

0.03 

0.28 

236 

Number  of  beech  trees 

4.8 

-F 

2.7 

4.2 

± 2.4 

5.3 

-F 

2.9 

0.47 

127 

Total  trees 

8.9 

-F 

3.8 

8.3 

± 2.3 

9.4 

-F 

4.8 

0.49 

75 

Beechnuts/territory*’ 

24.5 

-F 

13.4 

19.3 

± 15.0 

28.3 

-F 

11.6 

0.23 

127 

Beechnuts/m^ 

62.3 

-F 

26.4 

62.6 

± 31.4 

62.0 

-F 

24.8 

0.97 

75 

Interspecific  interactions/min 

0.23 

-F 

0.13 

0.21 

± 0.09 

0.2 

-F 

0.2 

0.73 

137 

“ P-values  are  significance  levels  of  f-tesls  between  juveniles  and  adults.  The  listed  sample  sizes  from  power  analysis  are 
those  that  would  be  required  to  detect  a difference  between  Juvenile  and  adult  territories  at  a = 0.05  and  P = 0.05  given 
a 25%  detectibiiity  threshold  and  the  current  coefficient  of  variation. 

’’  In  thousands. 


that  detecting  a significant  difference  with  a = 0.05  and  P = 0.05  would 
require  sample  sizes  of  23  to  316  (Table  1).  Thus,  our  non-significant 
differences  were  probably  not  due  to  small  sample  sizes  alone.  There  was 
some  tendency  for  juvenile  territories  to  be  on  the  edge  of  the  woodlot 
(Fisher’s  exact  test,  P — 0.09). 

Although  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  sometimes  collect  mast  from  the 
ground  (TCG,  pers.  obs.),  all  of  the  birds  we  watched  cached  beechnuts 
gathered  only  from  trees.  Often,  newly-collected  beechnuts  were  broken 
on  an  “anvil”,  any  portion  not  eaten  immediately  was  stored.  Although 
harvested  corn  fields  were  nearby,  we  never  saw  corn  being  gleaned  and 
cached.  The  birds  usually  cached  beechnuts  on  a trunk  (30.9%),  limb 
(43.9%),  or  branch  (24.3%)  and  seldom  on  a twig  (1.2%).  There  was  no 
difference  between  caching  rates  of  juveniles  and  adults,  but  over  the 
months,  the  caching  rate  did  decline  for  all  birds  (Fig.  2).  A general  linear 
model  with  the  individual  bird  as  a factor  to  account  for  the  variation 
among  individuals,  and  with  day  of  winter  as  a covariate,  showed  that 
day  of  winter  had  a significant  negative  association  with  caching  rate  (t 
= -3.48,  df  = 135,  P = 0.001). 

There  was  no  statistical  difference  between  activity  budgets  of  adults 
and  juveniles.  The  birds  spent  most  of  their  time  looking  about  (69.9  ± 
9.6%),  with  the  rest  of  their  time  being  divided  among  pecking  (15.6  ± 
8.7%),  flying  (8.6  ± 2.9%),  bipedal  locomotion  (5.8  ± 2.4%),  and  preen- 


Doherty  er  al.  • RED-HEADED  WOODPECKER  CACHING 


743 


corn 

field 


field 


corn 


N 


10m 


t 


Fig.  1.  Study  area  and  Red-headed  Woodpecker  territories.  A and  J denote  territories  of 
adults  and  juveniles,  respectively. 

ing  (0.2  ± 0.1%).  A general  linear  model,  with  time  spent  looking  about 
as  the  dependent  variable,  and  day  of  winter  and  individual  bird  as  factors 
showed  that  the  percentage  of  time  looking  about  increased  as  the  winter 
progressed  {t  = 4.13,  df  = 135,  f*  < 0.000). 

The  territories  we  observed  were  very  small,  about  0.05  ha  (Table  1). 
Across  the  mosaic  of  territories,  we  witnessed  50  agonistic  interactions 
involving  Red-headed  Woodpeckers.  Nineteen  of  these  were  between 
Red-headed  Woodpeckers,  13  were  with  Blue  Jays  (Cyanocitta  cristata), 

1 1 consisted  of  a Red-headed  Woodpecker  chasing  mixed-species  forag- 
ing flocks,  six  occurred  with  individual  Carolina  Chickadees  {Parus  car- 
olinensis).  Tufted  Titmice  (P.  bicolor),  white-breasted  Nuthatches  {Sitta 
carolinensis),  or  Downy  Woodpeckers  {Picoides  pubescens),  and  once  we 
witnessed  a Red-headed  Woodpecker  chase  off  a fox  squirrel  (Sciurus 
niger).  We  could  find  no  difference  between  juveniles  and  adults  in  the 
rate  of  interspecific  interactions  (Table  1).  Although  Red-bellied  Wood- 
peckers (Melanerpes  carolinus)  resided  in  the  woods  just  north  of  the 
study  site,  we  rarely  saw  them  and  never  witnessed  them  interacting  with 


744 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Month 

Lig.  2.  Mean  ± SD  number  of  beechnuts  cached  per  minute  by  Red-headed  Wood- 
peckers wintering  in  a beech  grove.  N = 14. 


M.  erythrocephalus.  Even  though  they  are  larger.  Red-bellied  Woodpeck- 
ers are  socially  subordinate  to  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  (e.g.,  Williams 
and  Batzli  1979). 

Behavior  during  agonistic  interactions  consisted  of  only  a visual  display 
(1.7%),  vocalization  with  or  without  a visual  display  (72.1%),  or  chasing 
with  or  without  a vocalization  (26.2%).  The  frequency  of  interactions 
decreased  over  the  course  of  the  winter.  A general  linear  model  performed 
with  percentage  of  10-min  recording  periods  lacking  any  social  interaction 
as  the  dependent  variable,  individual  bird  as  a factor,  and  day  of  winter 
as  a covariate  showed  that  the  percentage  of  time  devoid  of  social  inter- 
action increased  with  time  {t  = 3.10,  df  = 135,  P = 0.002). 

DISCUSSION 

The  average  territory  size  of  0.04  ha  was  considerably  smaller  than 
that  reported  by  Kilham  (1958b,  0. 1-0.2  ha),  MacRoberts  (1975,  0.8-1. 2) 
or  Moscovits  (1978,  0.97  ha),  although  Moskovits  did  have  a few  terri- 
tories as  small  as  0.04  ha.  MacRoberts  (1975)  hypothesized  that  territory 
size  is  highly  compressible  and  negatively  correlated  with  mast  produc- 
tion. This  would  seem  to  be  so,  but,  unfortunately,  other  studies  (including 
MacRoberts  1975)  have  no  data  on  mast  production  (but  see  Smith  and 


Doherty  et  al.  • RED-HEADED  WOODPECKER  CACHING  745 

Scarlett  1987).  T.C.G.  does  have  unpublished  records  pertaining  to  this 
point  from  two  consecutive  winters  (1983-1985)  when  an  index  of  beech 
mast  was  taken  in  the  same  woodlot  with  similar  methods.  During  1983, 
beech  mast  density  was  estimated  at  231.1  nuts/m^  and  Red-headed 
Woodpecker  density  at  2.4  ± 0.2  birds/ha.  The  following  year  when  beech 
mast  was  estimated  at  57  ±7.5  nuts/m^,  the  woodpecker  density  was  3.6 
± 0.3  birds/ha.  Such  an  increase  in  Red-headed  Woodpecker  density  dur- 
ing a lower  mast  year  contradicts  both  MacRoberts’  (1975)  assertion  and 
Smith  and  Scarlett  s (1987)  data.  Other  potentially  causal  factors,  such  as 
differing  mast  levels  in  neighboring  woods  and/or  differing  woodpecker 
reproduction  in  previous  summers  could  account  for  this  disparity. 

Although  Kilham  (1958a)  thought  that  adults  held  smaller,  more  easily 
defended  and  more  desirable”  areas,  we  could  not  support  this  assertion, 
nor  could  Moskovits  (1978)  find  any  difference  between  adult  and  juve- 
nile territory  sizes.  There  may  have  been  some  tendency  for  juvenile 
territories  to  be  on  the  edge  of  the  woodlot,  a trend  apparent  in  Kilham’s 
(1958a)  study  area  in  Maryland  where  all  juvenile  territories  bordered  an 
old  field  (Kilham  1958a).  Kilham  (1958a)  thought  there  were  more  dead 
trees  for  roosts  and  mast  storage  in  the  territories  of  adults.  Such  a dis- 
parity might  account  for  the  distribution  of  adult  and  juvenile  territories 
in  his  study  area,  because  the  east  side  of  his  study  area  (where  more  of 
the  adults  were  located)  had  many  more  dead  locust  trees.  In  our  study 
area,  there  were  few  dead  trees;  the  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  roosted  in 
holes  in  dead  limbs  of  living  trees.  We  could  find  no  difference  in  either 
the  total  number  of  trees  or  number  of  beech  trees  defended  by  juvenile 
and  adult  birds. 

If,  indeed,  the  territories  of  juveniles  tend  to  be  concentrated  on  the 
edge  of  woodlots,  another  possible  explanation  is  that  the  winter  micro- 
climate on  the  edge  of  a wood  is  more  severe  than  in  the  interior,  with 
juveniles  forced  to  take  the  lesser  quality  habitat.  However,  we  could  find 
no  difference  in  the  wind  speed,  temperature,  or  solar  radiation  associated 
with  juvenile  or  adult  territories  that  might  support  this  idea. 

Another  way  in  which  edge  (juvenile)  territories  could  be  inferior  re- 
lates to  the  number  of  intruders.  Often,  intruding  birds  were  chased  from 
territory  to  territory  until  they  left  the  study  area.  Each  successive  wood- 
pecker would  be  alerted  by  an  intruder’s  interactions  with  other  territory 
holders.  The  only  Red-headed  Woodpecker  that  would  have  no  warning 
would  be  the  initial  bird,  and  so  those  occupying  edge  territories  may 
have  suffered  more  from  the  effects  of  intrusions.  However,  in  compen- 
sation, owners  of  edge  territories  would  benefit  from  fewer  intraspecific 
interactions  than  owners  of  central  territories.  Since  19  of  the  50  inter- 


746 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4.  December  1996 


actions  we  observed  (38%)  were  intraspecific,  such  an  advantage  could 
accrue  to  individuals  on  the  edge  of  the  territorial  mosaic. 

Kilham’s  (1958a)  and  MacRoberts’  (1975)  reports  on  Red-headed 
Woodpeckers  in  Maryland  and  Louisiana  suggest  that  the  birds  closely 
monitor  the  acorn  crop  when  selecting  winter  habitat.  Willson’s  (1970) 
and  Roller’s  (1972)  observations  in  Illinois  found  them  less  dependent  on 
mast  crops  and  acting  more  as  generalists  by  also  feeding  on  insects.  The 
local  distribution  and  activity  budgets  of  the  birds  we  studied  suggested 
that  they  were  almost  totally  dependent  on  the  stored  beech  mast  crop  for 
winter  food. 

MacRoberts  (1975)  reported  that  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  retrieved 
acorns  from  the  ground.  Only  twice  did  we  see  a Red-headed  Woodpecker 
on  the  ground  and  never  in  conjunction  with  mast  collection.  Even  at  the 
end  of  our  study  period,  there  were  still  beechnuts  in  the  canopy,  so  there 
appeared  to  be  no  need  for  the  woodpeckers  to  descend  to  the  ground  for 
food. 

In  our  study  area,  all  of  the  nuts  an  individual  bird  cached  were  ap- 
parently taken  from  within  its  territory.  MacRoberts  (1975)  had  similar 
findings,  but  in  Kilham’s  (1958a)  and  Moscovits’  (1978)  studies,  nuts 
were  brought  from  a distance,  sometimes  from  communal  gathering  areas 
as  far  as  100  m away  from  an  individual’s  territory.  Perhaps,  in  their 
study  areas  the  distributions  of  cache  sites  and  cachable  food  did  not 
overlap  to  the  extent  evident  at  our  study  site. 

The  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  spent  most  of  the  late  fall  and  early 
winter  caching  nuts.  Time  spent  looking  about  and  the  percentage  of  time 
with  no  interactions  increased  as  the  winter  progressed.  Also,  the  rate  of 
caching  decreased  over  the  winter  as  the  birds  became  more  sedentary 
and  focused  their  behavior  at  a favorite  site,  only  leaving  to  intercept 
intruders.  Thus,  the  birds  appeared  to  spend  less  time  caching  and  more 
time  guarding  their  caches  once  their  territories  had  been  established  and 
stocked  with  provisions.  Even  within  their  extremely  small  territories,  the 
birds  spent  most  of  their  time  in  a “core”  area  centered  on  their  storage 
area,  as  reported  by  MacRoberts  (1975). 

The  Red-headed  Woodpecker  is  a very  aggressive  bird  in  the  winter 
when  it  is  defending  its  territories.  We  found  it  to  dominate  every  inter- 
action, as  did  Moskovits  (1978).  In  MacRoberts’  study  (1975),  the  Red- 
headed Woodpeckers  rarely  trespassed,  and  territory  boundaries  were  hard 
to  delineate.  Such  was  not  the  case  in  this  study.  Territory  lines  were 
readily  defined.  As  soon  as  a bird  ventured  into  another  bird’s  territory, 
an  interaction  ensued. 

Kilham  (1958b)  found  that  Red-headed  Woodpeckers  defended  their 
entire  winter  home  ranges  both  intra-  and  interspecifically,  while  Mac- 


Doherty  et  al.  • RED  HEADED  WOODPECKER  CACHING 


747 


Roberts  (1975)  determined  that  the  species  defended  only  those  areas 
immediately  around  cache  sites.  As  in  Kilham’s  study  (1958a),  the  terri- 
tories we  observed  were  very  small  and  more  easily  defended  than  those 
of  MacRoberts’  (1975)  birds. 

Kilham  (1958a),  Reller  (1972),  MacRoberts  (1975)  and  Moskovits 
(1978)  all  commented  on  the  prevalence  of  interactions  with  the  Red- 
bellied  Woodpecker.  We  did  not  find  Red-bellied  Woodpeckers  to  be  ma- 
jor competitors. 

Most  of  the  interactions  consisted  of  vocalizations.  This  was  probably 
the  most  efficient  means  of  communicating,  since  chasing  was  probably 
more  expensive  energetically  and  a visual  display  would  probably  have 
had  a lower  probability  of  being  received.  We  did  find  the  number  of 
interactions  decreased  as  the  winter  passed,  as  did  Moskovits  (1978). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  Randy  Dettmers,  Tim  Kloth,  Volodya  Pravosudov,  and  Rodney  Tienerand  for 
help  with  the  field  work.  Walter  Riggs  granted  us  permission  to  work  on  his  property.  This 
manuscript  was  improved  by  the  comments  of  D.  Ingold  and  D.  E Tombach. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Anonymous.  1991.  Minitab  reference  manual.  Minitab  Inc.,  State  College,  Pennsylvania. 
Bent,  A.  C.  1939.  Life  histories  of  North  American  woodpeckers.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.  Bull 
174. 

Beal,  E E.  L.  1911.  Foods  of  woodpeckers  of  the  United  States.  Biol.  Surv.,  U.S.  Dept. 
Agr.  Bull.  No.  37. 

Hay,  O.  P.  1887.  The  Red-headed  Woodpecker  a hoarder.  Auk  4:193-196. 

Kilham,  L.  1958a.  Sealed-in  winter  stores  of  Red-headed  Woodpeckers.  Wilson  Bull.  70: 
107-1 13. 

. 1958b.  Territorial  behavior  of  wintering  Red-headed  Woodpeckers.  Wilson  Bull. 

70:347-358. 

. 1983.  Life  history  studies  of  woodpeckers  of  eastern  North  America.  Nuttall  Or- 
nithological Club,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

MacRoberts,  M.  H.  1975.  Food  storage  and  winter  territory  in  Red-headed  Woodpeckers 
in  northwestern  Louisiana.  Auk  92:382-385. 

Moskovits,  D.  1978.  Winter  territorial  and  foraging  behavior  of  Red-headed  Woodpeckers 
in  Florida.  Wilson  Bull.  90:521-535. 

Reller.  A.  W.  1972.  Aspects  of  behavioral  ecology  of  Red-headed  and  Red-bellied  Wood- 
peckers. Am.  Midi.  Nat.  88:270-290. 

Smith,  K.  G.  and  T.  Scarlett.  1987.  Mast  production  and  winter  populations  of  Red- 
headed Woodpeckers  and  Blue  Jays.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  51:459-467. 

Wilkinson,  L.,  M.  Hill,  J.  P.  Welna,  and  G.  K.  Birkenbenel.  1992.  Systat.  Systat,  Ev- 
anston, Illinois. 

Williams,  J.  B.  and  G.  O.  Batzli.  1979.  Competition  among  bark-foraging  birds  in  central 
Illinois:  experimental  evidence.  Condor  82:122—132. 

Willson,  M.  F.  1970.  Foraging  behavior  of  some  winter  birds  of  deciduous  woods.  Condor 
72:169-174. 


Wilson  Bull,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  748-759 


SEASONAL  ABUNDANCE  OF  MIGRANT  BIRDS 
AND  FOOD  RESOURCES  IN  PANAMANIAN 
MANGROVE  FORESTS 

Gaetan  Lefebvre  and  Brigitte  Poulin 

Abstract. — We  studied  temporal  variation  in  abundance  of  Nearctic-Neotropical  mi- 
grants, particularly  the  Northern  Waterthrush  (Seiurus  noveboracensis),  Prothonotary  War- 
bler (Protonotaria  citrea),  and  American  Redstart  {Setophaga  ruticilla)  in  two  black  man- 
grove sites  of  central  Panama  from  September  1993  through  May  1995.  The  two  sites,  on 
the  Caribbean  and  the  Pacific  coasts,  differ  importantly  in  annual  rainfall,  tide  amplitude, 
and  seasonal  invertebrate  abundance.  Most  migrant  species  varied  temporally  in  abundance 
with  the  opposite  pattern  at  each  site,  suggesting  mid-winter  movements  correlated  with 
abundance  of  food  resources.  Because  of  their  wide  geographic  distribution  and  their  par- 
ticular response  to  hydrographic  factors,  mangroves  are  likely  to  have  a temporally  com- 
plementary role  in  sustaining  migrant  populations  throughout  the  Neotropics.  However,  vari- 
ations in  migrant  numbers  reported  in  other  Neotropical  habitats  could  also  reflect  large- 
scale  movements  by  migrants.  Occurrence  of  mid-winter  (facultative)  migration  has  been 
documented  mostly  for  the  Palearctic- African  migratory  system,  and  needs  to  be  investigated 
in  the  Nearctic-Neotropical  realm  for  proper  conservation  of  migratory  species.  Received 
17  Nov.  1995,  accepted  16  April  1996. 


During  the  non-breeding  period,  Nearctic-Neotropical  migrants  gener- 
ally use  a succession  of  habitats.  Movements  between  habitats  are  known 
to  occur  during  the  autumn  and  spring  migrations,  but  most  migrant  pop- 
ulations are  presumed  to  be  spatially  stable  between  these  two  periods 
(Rappole  et  al.  1993).  Nonetheless,  large  variations  in  migrant  abundance 
suggest  that  these  movements  occur  throughout  the  non-breeding  period 
in  several  Neotropical  habitats  (Galindo  et  al.  1963;  Morton  1980;  Emlen 
1980;  Hilty  1980;  Johnson  1980;  Orejuela  et  al.  1980;  Greenberg  1984, 
1992a;  Blake  and  Loiselle  1992;  Lefebvre  et  al.  1992;  Sherry  and  Holmes 
1996;  Wunderle  1995).  Although  movements  by  migratory  landbirds  dur- 
ing the  nonbreeding  period  have  never  been  investigated  in  detail,  a few 
lines  of  evidence  suggest  that  they  could  be  related  to  food  abundance 
(e.g.,  Terrill  and  Ohmart  1984,  Greenberg  1992a,  Lefebvre  et  al.  1994b). 

Mangrove  forests  are  known  to  support  high  numbers  of  insectivorous 
migrants  in  several  Neotropical  regions  (Russell  1980,  Lynch  1989,  Wun- 
derle and  Waide  1993,  Lefebvre  et  al.  1994b).  In  particular,  the  Northern 
Waterthrush  (scientific  names  in  Table  1),  the  Prothonotary  Warbler,  and 
the  American  Redstart  have  been  observed  in  mangroves  of  Mexico  (Hut- 
to 1980,  Lynch  1989),  Panama  (Morton  1980),  Colombia  (Russell  1980), 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  P.O.  Box  2072,  Ancon.  Republic  of  Panama.  (Present  address: 
Station  Biologique  de  la  Tour  du  Valet,  Le  Sambuc,  13200  Arts.  France.) 


748 


Lefehvre  and  Poulin  • MIGRANTS  IN  MANGROVES 


749 


Table  1 

Number  of  Observations  of  Each  Migrant  Species  at  Two  Mangrove  Sites 

Species 

Galeta 

(Atlantic) 

Juan  Diaz 
(Pacific) 

Prothonotary  Warbler  (Protonotaria  citrea) 

200 

222 

Northern  Waterthrush  (Seiurus  noveboracensis) 

190 

181 

American  Redstart  (Setophaga  ruticilla) 

8 

20 

Black-and-white  Warbler  (Mnioltila  varia) 

13 

7 

Red-eyed  Vireo  {Vireo  olivaceus) 

17 

1 

Yellow  Warbler  (Dendroica  petechia) 

4 

1 1 

Chestnut-sided  Warbler  (D.  pensylvanica) 

9 

0 

Summer  Tanager  (Piranga  rubra) 

8 

0 

Tennessee  Warbler  (Vermivora  peregrina) 

5 

2 

Eastern  Wood-pewee  (Contopus  virens) 

4 

2 

Acadian  Flycatcher  (Empidonax  virescens) 

3 

0 

Canada  Warbler  (Wilsonia  canadensis) 

0 

3 

Blackpoll  Warbler  (D.  striata) 

1 

1 

Northern  Oriole  (Icterus  galbula) 

2 

0 

Golden- winged  Warbler  (Vermivora  chrysoptera) 

0 

1 

Blackburnian  Warbler  (D.  fusca) 

1 

0 

Bay-breasted  Warbler  (D.  castanea) 

0 

1 

Cerulean  Warbler  (D.  cerulea) 

0 

1 

Worm-eating  Warbler  (Helmitheros  vermivorus) 

1 

0 

Venezuela  (Lefebvre  et  al.  1994b),  and  the  West  Indies  (Arendt  1992, 
Wunderle  and  Waide  1993).  Variation  in  species  abundance  and  the  birds’ 
short  length  of  stay  (Lefebvre  et  al.  1992,  1994a)  suggest  that  at  least 
some  individuals  of  these  species  undertake  large  movements  during  the 
nonbreeding  period. 

Mangroves  are  widely  distributed  in  the  Neotropics  and  often  support 
more  migrants  than  nearby  terrestrial  habitats  (Hutto  1980,  Lynch  1989, 
Wunderle  and  Waide  1993,  Poulin  et  al.  1994).  One  possible  explanation 
is  that  flooded  habitats  such  as  mangroves  are  buffered  from  the  effect 
of  rainfall  seasonality  and  the  resulting  marked  fluctuations  in  arthropod 
availability  (Morton  1980,  Lefebvre  et  al.  1994b,  Sherry  and  Holmes 
1996).  Food  available  in  mangroves  is,  however,  likely  to  vary  geograph- 
ically and  with  latitude  through  the  differing  salinity  and  inundation  pat- 
terns at  each  locality  (Duke  1990,  Lefebvre  and  Poulin,  in  press).  There- 
fore, migrant  species  that  use  mangroves  extensively  as  a wintering  hab- 
itat could  move  between  mangrove  forests  to  take  advantage  of  these 
temporal  variations  in  food  resource. 

In  this  paper  we  compare  the  seasonal  abundance  of  Nearctic-Neotrop- 
ical  migrants  from  two  Panamanian  black  mangrove  forests  experiencing 


750 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


different  hydrographic  conditions.  In  particular,  we  attempt  to  answer  the 
following  questions;  Do  migrant  populations  show  large  variation  in 
abundance  during  the  nonbreeding  season?  Are  the  two  mangrove  sites 
used  differentially  through  time  by  migrants?  Is  variation  in  migrant  abun- 
dance related  to  the  abundance  of  food  resources  at  each  site? 

STUDY  AREAS  AND  METHODS 

Study  areas. — We  carried  out  this  study  in  two  coastal  mangrove  forests  65  km  apart  in 
central  Panama  from  September  1993  to  May  1995.  These  were  Juan  Diaz  (9°00'N, 
79°04'W)  on  the  Pacific  coast  and  Galeta  (9°20'N,  79°09'W)  on  the  Caribbean  coast.  Each 
study  site  was  4.5  ha  of  black  mangrove  (Avicennia  germinans  L.)  with  red  (Rhizophora 
mangle  L.)  and  white  {Laguncularia  racemosa  L.)  mangroves  comprising  around  30%. 
Annual  rainfall  in  Galeta  (3244  mm)  averages  nearly  twice  that  in  Juan  Diaz  (1786  mm). 
The  two  sites  also  differ  importantly  regarding  mean  tidal  range,  with  a value  of  24  cm  for 
Galeta  and  395  cm  for  Juan  Diaz.  Both  sites,  however,  experience  a dry  season  of  similar 
intensity  from  January  to  April  which  coincides  with  the  period  of  lowest  high  tides  (Le- 
febvre  and  Poulin,  in  press). 

Bird  abundance. — Migrant  abundance  was  evaluated  during  observation  sessions  twice 
monthly  from  September  1993  through  May  1994.  To  eliminate  any  short-term  temporal 
bias,  the  two  sites  were  sampled  on  two  consecutive  days.  At  each  site,  observations  were 
carried  out  at  1 8 spot  counts  located  50  m apart  along  two  transects.  Starting  at  sunrise,  we 
surveyed  each  spot  for  10  min,  and  noted  every  new  bird  seen  within  25  m. 

Invertebrate  abundance. — Abundance  of  invertebrates,  the  main  food  resource  available 
to  passerines  in  mangroves  (Lefebvre  et  al.  1994b),  was  estimated  during  each  observation 
session.  The  first  2 m of  vegetation  were  swept  with  a standard  insect  net  in  late  morning 
during  15  min.  Sweep-netted  invertebrates  were  preserved  in  70%  ethanol  and  sorted  using 
a dissecting  scope.  Each  invertebrate  was  identified  to  order  or  family  and  categorized  as 
small  (<0.5  mm)  or  large  (>0.5  mm).  Sub-adult  forms  of  insects  were  assigned  either  to 
eggs  or  larvae  without  taxonomic  distinction. 

Bird  diet. — We  determined  diets  of  migrants  through  regurgitation  sessions  during  two 
non-breeding  seasons.  We  sampled  sites  alternately  twice  monthly  so  that  regurgitations 
were  collected  during  each  calendar  month  at  each  site.  Twelve  mist-nests  (10  m X 3 m, 
32-mm  mesh)  were  operated  from  dawn  until  early  afternoon.  Some  452  migrants  from  14 
species  were  captured  and  administered  tartar  emetic  following  the  method  of  Poulin  and 
Lefebvre  (1995).  Diet  samples  were  preserved  and  sorted  using  the  same  methodology  as 
for  sweep-net  samples. 

Food  abundance. — Using  data  from  sweep-net  and  emetic  samples,  a monthly  index  of 
food  abundance  was  calculated  as  follows: 

-Vj 

Index  of  food  abundance  = 2^  p~ 

", 

where  p,  is  the  proportion  of  a specific  arthropod  group  (taxa/size)  in  migrants’  diet,  .x,  is 
the  number  of  arthropods  from  that  group  sampled  with  sweep  net  during  a specific  date, 
and  //,  is  the  total  number  of  arthropods  from  that  group  sampled  with  sweep  net.  Accord- 
ingly, this  index  reaches  a maximal  value  when  several  arthropod  groups  extensively  taken 
by  the  birds  simultaneously  show  a high  abundance. 

Statistical  analyses. — We  used  Spearman’s  correlation  rank  coefficient  to  compare  tem- 
poral abundance  in  migrants  between  the  two  sites.  We  compared  abundance  of  each  ar- 


Ufebvre  and  Poulin  • MIGRANTS  IN  MANGROVES 


751 


thropod  group  (taxa/size)  between  the  two  sites  with  contingency  tables  using  G-tests  All 
18  sweep-net  samples  collected  at  each  site  were  combined  since  they  were  independent 
samples  without  replicate.  To  determine  whether  changes  in  bird  abundance  between  sites 
were  correlated  with  changes  in  food  abundance  between  sites,  we  subtracted  bird  and  food 
abundances  at  one  site  (Juan  Diaz)  from  the  other  (Galeta)  for  each  sampling  date  throughout 
the  nonbreeding  period  and  calculated  Spearman  correlations  between  the  two  data  sets 
Most  data  were  pooled  by  month  in  presentation  of  figures,  but  all  analyses  were  run  on 
data  collected  twice  each  month. 


RESULTS 

Bird  abundance. — Overall,  466  and  453  migrants  from  15  and  13  spe- 
cies were  observed  at  Galeta  and  Juan  Diaz,  respectively  (Table  1).  Nine 
species  representing  over  95%  of  all  observations  were  sampled  at  the 
two  sites.  Both  migrant  communities  were  dominated  by  the  Prothonotary 
Warbler  and  the  Northern  Waterthrush  (Table  1).  Most  species  showed 
large  variations  in  abundance  with  a different  temporal  trend  at  each  site 
(Fig.  1).  Abundances  of  the  Northern  Waterthrush  at  Galeta  and  Juan  Diaz 
were  inversely  correlated  from  October  through  March  {r,  = -0.713,  df 
= 10,  P < 0.01),  with  higher  numbers  on  the  Pacific  coast  in  early  winter 
and  on  the  Caribbean  coast  in  late  winter.  The  Prothonotary  Warbler  was 
abundant  at  both  sites  from  September  through  January  only.  In  Galeta, 
its  abundance  was  high  in  September  and  gradually  decreased  during 
winter,  whereas  in  Juan  Diaz  it  was  high  and  stable  from  October  through 
January.  Abundances  of  the  American  Redstart  at  Galeta  and  Juan  Diaz 
were  negatively  correlated  from  November  through  March  (r,  = -0.792, 
df  = 9,  P < 0.05),  showing  an  inverse  pattern  to  the  one  of  the  Northern 
Waterthrush.  The  remaining  16  migrant  species  were  sampled  only  oc- 
casionally and  were  clumped  in  “other”  migrant  species  (Table  1).  Their 
abundances  at  Juan  Diaz  and  Galeta  were  inversely  correlated  from  Sep- 
tember through  May  {r,  = -0.566,  df  = 13,  P < 0.05).  These  migrants 
were  sampled  mostly  during  autumn  migration  at  Juan  Diaz  and  at  the 
end  of  the  wintering  period  at  Galeta  (Fig.  1 ). 

Estimation  of  food  resources. — Over  400  diet  samples  were  collected 
(218  from  Juan  Diaz  and  196  from  Galeta),  from  which  3689  items  were 
identified  and  assigned  to  one  of  34  invertebrate  groups  (taxa/size)  (Table 
2).  Over  98%  of  the  invertebrates  taken  by  migrants  were  from  taxa  also 
sampled  by  sweep  net.  Some  78%  of  these  invertebrates  were  present  in 
at  least  half  of  the  36  sweep-net  samples.  In  Galeta,  migrants  fed  mostly 
on  small  beetles,  small  ants,  large  insect  larvae,  and  small  spiders,  where- 
as in  Juan  Diaz  small  snails,  beetles,  and  ants  were  the  most  common 
invertebrates  in  migrants’  diet  (Table  2). 

Abundance  of  food  resources. — Between-site  comparisons  in  the  index 
of  food  abundance  show  that  food  resources  were  more  abundant  in  Juan 


Number  of  birds  observed 


752 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Fig.  1.  Monthly  abundance  of  migrant  species  at  the  two  study  sites. 


Diaz  from  September  to  December  (wet  season)  and  more  abundant  in 
Galeta  from  January  to  April  (dry  season)  (Fig.  2).  Actually,  several  in- 
vertebrate groups  (taxa/size)  showed  a significantly  different  abundance 
between  the  wet  and  the  dry  seasons,  with  an  opposite  trend  at  each  site 
(Table  2).  In  Juan  Diaz,  nine  invertebrate  groups  representing  53%  of  all 
invertebrates  sampled  were  significantly  more  abundant  during  the  wet 
season.  In  Galeta,  13  invertebrate  groups  representing  63%  of  all  inver- 
tebrates sampled  were  significantly  more  abundant  during  the  dry  season. 

Relationships  between  migrant  and  food  abundance. — Concurrent 
changes  in  numbers  of  Northern  Waterthrushes  and  in  the  index  of  food 
abundance  were  positively  correlated  between  the  two  sites  (r^  = 0.5772, 
df  = \5,  P < 0.05).  No  such  relation  was  found  for  the  Prothonotary 
Warbler  {r,  = -0.1545,  df  = 1 1,  F = 0.94)  or  the  American  Redstart  (r, 
= -0.0168,  df  = 1 1,  F = 0.96).  Between-site  variations  in  abundance  of 


Lefebvre  and  Poulin  • MIGRANTS  IN  MANGROVES 


753 


Table  2 

Seasonal  Variation  in  Sweep-Net  Samples  and  Proportion  of  Each  Invertebrate- 

prey  Group  in  the  Migrant’s  Diet 

Taxa 

Size 

Sweep  net 

WS  vs  DS“ 

Number  of  items  in  migrants’ 
regurgitations  (%) 

Galeta 

Juan  Diaz 

Galeta 

Juan  Diaz 

Gastropoda  (snails) 

Small 

*** 

= 

65  (4.3) 

1089  (49.8) 

Gastropoda  (snails) 

Large 

-F 

-F-F 

1 (0.1) 

Pseudoscorpionida 

Small 

= 

= 

10  (0.7) 

5 (0.2) 

Araneida  (spiders) 

Small 

•f + -F 

** 

127  (8.4) 

41  (1.9) 

Araneida  (spiders) 

Large 

** 

= 

53  (3.5) 

9 (0.4) 

Isopoda 

Small 

= 

1 (0.1) 

13  (0.6) 

Decapoda  (crabs,  shrimps) 

Small 

7 

7 

5 (0.3) 

2 (0.1) 

Decapoda  (crabs,  shrimps) 

Large 

7 

7 

3 (0.2) 

4 (0.2) 

Chilopoda  (centipedes) 

Large 

= 

7 

1 (0.0) 

Thysanura  (bristletails) 

Large 

7 

7 

1 (0.0) 

Odonata 

Large 

= 

= 

7 (0.5) 

Orthoptera 

Small 

= 

*** 

5 (0.3) 

4 (0.2) 

Orthoptera 

Large 

-t--F  + 

*** 

14  (0.9) 

7 (0.3) 

Dermaptera  (earwigs) 

Large 

7 

7 

1 (0.0) 

Heteroptera  (true  bugs) 

Small 

-F-F-l- 

= 

15  (1.0) 

9 (0.4) 

Heteroptera  (true  bugs) 

Large 

= 

*** 

8 (0.5) 

1 (0.0) 

Homoptera  (plant  bugs) 

Small 

-F-F-F 

= 

4 (0.3) 

88  (4.0) 

Homoptera  (plant  bugs) 

Large 

-F 

= 

2 (0.1) 

4 (0.2) 

Coleoptera  (beetles) 

Small 

+ -F-F 

** 

351  (23.4) 

385  (17.6) 

Coleoptera  (beetles) 

Large 

= 

*** 

13  (0.9) 

9 (0.4) 

Lepidoptera 

Small 

-F-F-F 

= 

1 (0.0) 

Diptera  (flies) 

Small 

** 

** 

12  (0.8) 

15  (0.7) 

Diptera  (flies) 

Large 

= 

= 

1 (0.1) 

2 (0.1) 

Hymenoptera  (ants) 

Small 

-F-F-F 

= 

294  (19.6) 

321  (14.7) 

Hymenoptera  (ants) 

Large 

-F-F-F 

-F-F-F 

19  (1.3) 

17  (0.8) 

Hymenoptera  (wasps) 

Small 

-F-F-F 

= 

87  (5.8) 

76  (3.5) 

Hymenoptera  (wasps) 

Large 

-F-F-F 

** 

18  (1.2) 

2 (0.1) 

Insect  eggs 

Small 

-F-F-F 

-F-F-F 

72  (4.8) 

59  (2.7) 

Insect  eggs 

Large 

= 

= 

2 (0.1) 

Insect  larvae 

Small 

-F  + -F 

-F-F-F 

42  (2.8) 

13  (0.6) 

Insect  larvae 

Large 

= 

= 

266  (17.7) 

7 (0.3) 

Fishes 

Large 

7 

7 

5 (0.3) 

Frogs 

Large 

7 

7 

1 (0.0) 

Lizards 

Large 

7 

7 

1 (0.1) 

" Comparison  (G-tests)  in  numbers  of  sweep-netted  invertebrates  from  the  wet  (WS;  September  through  December)  to 
the  dry  (DS;  January  through  April)  season.  Increa.se:  + (P  < 0.05),  -H-  (P  < O.OI),  + + + (F  < 0.001);  no  significant 
change:  =;  decrea.se:  * (F  < 0.05),  **  (F  < 0.01)  »**  (F  < 0.001);  ?:  not  sampled. 


754 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Fig.  2.  Monthly  variation  in  the  index  of  food  abundance  at  the  two  study  sites. 


Other  migrant  species  was  positively  correlated  with  between-site  varia- 
tions in  the  index  of  food  abundance  = 0.7815,  df  = 15,  P < 0.001). 

DISCUSSION 

The  two  mangrove  sites  were  used  by  a similar  number  of  migrant 
birds.  However,  all  species,  with  the  exception  of  the  Prothonotary  War- 
bler, showed  an  opposite  abundance  pattern  at  the  two  sites.  We  do  not 
pretend  that  these  variations  were  related  to  bird  movements  from  one 
mangrove  site  to  another  (no  bird  was  captured  at  both  sites),  but  our 
data  suggest  that  the  two  mangrove  sites  have  a temporally  complemen- 
tary role  in  sustaining  migrant  populations  during  their  stay  in  central 
Panama. 

Because  of  the  differing  tide  and  inundation  patterns,  rainfall  season- 
ality affects  differently  the  invertebrate  fauna  at  the  two  mangrove  sites 


Lefebvre  and  Poulin  • MIGRANTS  IN  MANGROVES 


755 


(Lefebvre  and  Poulin,  in  press).  As  a result,  invertebrate  abundance  was 
higher  in  Pacific  mangroves  during  the  first  part  of  the  wintering  period 
(wet  season)  and  higher  in  Caribbean  mangroves  during  the  second  part 
of  the  wintering  period  (dry  season).  This  pattern  was  found  in  several 
groups  of  arthropods,  including  the  ones  frequently  taken  by  the  migrant 
species. 

Between-site  variations  in  abundance  of  Northern  Waterthrushes  were 
synchronised  with  between-site  variations  in  food  abundance.  This  species 
used  extensively  one  mangrove  only  when  food  resources  were  propor- 
tionally more  abundant  than  at  the  other,  and  its  abundance  at  any  site 
was  low  when  food  resources  were  proportionally  less  abundant. 

Within  and  between  site  variations  in  abundance  of  Prothonotary  War- 
blers were  not  correlated  to  abundance  of  food  resources.  This  species 
was  present  only  during  the  first  part  of  the  nonbreeding  season  when 
resources  were  relatively  stable  at  both  sites.  However,  the  Prothonotary 
Warbler  showed  a different  abundance  pattern  at  the  two  sites,  potentially 
reflecting  differences  in  food  abundance.  In  Juan  Diaz,  where  resources 
were  more  abundant,  the  Prothonotary  Warbler  showed  a high  and  uni- 
form abundance.  The  departure  of  most  individuals  in  February  occurred 
when  food  abundance  decreased  sharply.  In  Galeta,  where  food  resources 
were  less  abundant,  abundance  of  Prothonotary  Warblers  decreased 
throughout  the  nonbreeding  period. 

The  abundance  pattern  of  the  American  Redstart  suggests  movements 
among  mangrove  patches,  but  these  were  not  correlated  with  food  abun- 
dance. This  was  especially  notable  at  Juan  Diaz,  where  bird  abundance 
increased  drastically  during  the  dry  season  when  resource  abundance  was 
low.  The  few  regurgitation  samples  collected  for  this  species  show  that 
the  American  Redstart,  in  contrast  to  other  wood  warblers,  feeds  exten- 
sively on  small  homopterans  and  insect  eggs  (76%  of  all  food  items 
taken).  Small  homopterans  were  more  abundant  in  Juan  Diaz  than  in 
Galeta  (total  in  sweep-net  samples:  422  vs  713,  G = 75.4,  df  = 1,  P < 
0.001),  even  considering  only  the  dry  season  when  homopteran  abun- 
dance increased  in  Galeta  but  remained  stable  in  Juan  Diaz  (274  vs  377, 
G = 16.4,  df  = 1,  P < 0.001).  Small  insect  eggs  were  one  of  the  few 
arthropod  groups  more  abundant  in  the  dry  than  the  wet  season  at  Juan 
Diaz. 

The  other  migrant  species  showed  large  variations  in  abundance  with 
an  opposite  pattern  at  each  site.  These  species  were  predominantly  found 
on  the  Pacific  side  during  southward  migration  and  on  the  Caribbean  side 
during  northward  migration,  which  was  positively  correlated  with  varia- 
tion in  food  resources  at  the  two  sites. 

Large  variations  in  migrant  abundance  occur  in  Panamanian  man- 


756 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


groves.  Our  data  suggest  that  they  are  related  to  mid-winter  movements 
associated  with  variation  in  food  availability.  The  proximity  of  the  At- 
lantic and  Pacific  coasts  in  Panama  allowed  the  sampling  of  two  man- 
grove sites  experiencing  different  hydrographic  conditions  within  a short 
range,  but  the  variations  observed  in  migrant  abundance  could  conceal 
bird  movements  on  a larger  geographical  scale.  In  coastal  mangroves  of 
Venezuela,  the  same  warblers  species  exhibit  large  variations  in  abun- 
dance during  the  non-breeding  period  (Lefebvre  et  al.  1992).  Because  of 
their  wide  geographic  distribution  in  the  Neotropics  and  their  particular 
response  to  hydrographic  factors,  mangroves  are  probably  more  likely  to 
support  large  scale  movements  of  migratory  birds  than  other  Neotropical 
habitats.  However,  and  regardless  of  the  fact  that  few  studies  have  inves- 
tigated seasonal  variation  in  migrant  abundance  throughout  the  nonbreed- 
ing season,  important  changes  in  migrant  numbers  have  been  reported  in 
grassland  (Greenberg  1992a),  pine  forest  (Emlen  1980),  lowland  second- 
growth  forest  (Blake  and  Loiselle  1992),  lowland  dry  forest  (Orejuela  et 
al.  1980,  Greenberg  1984,  Sherry  and  Holmes  1996),  lowland  wet  forest 
(Greenberg  1984),  second-growth  low  mountain  wet  forest  (Wunderle 
1995),  and  low  mountain  wet  forest  (Johnson  1980)  habitats.  While  these 
variations  are  often  assumed  to  be  associated  with  mortality  or  local  hab- 
itat shifts,  they  could  potentially  reflect  bird  movements  on  a wide  geo- 
graphic distance.  Nearctic-Neotropical  migrants  are  more  numerous  and 
exploit  a greater  variety  of  winter  habitats  in  the  northern  Neotropics 
(Terborgh  and  Faaborg  1980,  Pashley  and  Martin  1988,  Rappole  et  al. 
1993)  and  are  less  numerous  and  more  selective  in  their  habitat  choice 
farther  south  (Pearson  1980,  Bosque  and  Lentino  1987,  Wunderle  and 
Waide  1993).  Several  studies  carried  out  in  the  West  Indies  (Emlen  1980, 
Sherry  and  Holmes  1996,  Wunderle  1995)  and  Central  America  (Galindo 
et  al.  1963,  Blake  and  Loiselle  1992,  Greenberg  1992a)  have  reported  a 
decrease  in  migrant  abundance  over  the  non-breeding  season,  whereas 
some  habitats  in  South  America  support  an  increasing  number  of  migrants 
throughout  winter  (Johnson  1980,  Hilty  1980,  this  study).  Considering 
the  important  changes  occurring  in  food  resources  between  the  wet  and 
the  dry  seasons  in  most  Neotropical  habitats  (Poulin  et  al.  1992,  Sherry 
and  Holmes  1996),  quality  of  the  foraging  microhabitat  is  likely  to  vary 
during  the  nonbreeding  season.  A migration  in  mid-winter  could  then 
represent  an  advantageous  strategy  for  several  migrant  birds. 

These  migrations  during  the  non-breeding  period  could  correspond  to 
facultative  migrations  which  are  directly  in  response  to  changes  in  envi- 
ronmental conditions  and  may  or  may  not  occur  in  any  given  year  (Bert- 
hold  1975,  Terrill  1990).  Such  migrations  have  been  observed  in  long 
distance  Palearctic  insectivorous  migrants  (Gwinner  et  al.  1988,  Wood 


Lefebvre  and  Poulin  • MIGRANTS  IN  MANGROVES 


757 


1979)  and  short  distance  Nearctic  insectivorous  migrants  (Terrill  and 
Ohmart  1984)  experiencing  an  important  decrease  in  food  resources.  Cage 
experiments  have  demonstrated  that  between  fall  and  spring  migrations, 
some  insectivorous  long  distance  migrants  react  to  food  shortage  by  night 
activity  {Zugunnihe),  similar  to  that  observed  during  the  obligatory  mi- 
gration phase  (Terrill  and  Ohmart  1984,  Gwinner  et  al.  1988).  Actually, 
several  lines  of  evidence  suggest  a much  higher  potential  for  extensive 
winter  movement  by  migrants  than  has  generally  been  considered  to  be 
the  case  (Curry-Lindahl  1981,  Gwinner  1990,  Terrill  1990). 

Examples  of  winter  site  tenacity  by  migrants  are  numerous  in  the  Neo- 
tropics (see  Rappole  and  Warner  1980).  However,  the  proportion  of  in- 
dividuals exhibiting  site  tenacity  within  a species  often  varies  among  hab- 
itats (Greenberg  1984,  Sherry  and  Holmes  1996,  Wunderle  1995)  and 
years  (Emlen  1980,  Greenberg  1992a,  Wunderle  1995),  potentially  re- 
flecting mid-winter  migration  by  some  individuals  in  response  to  a de- 
crease in  foraging  microhabitat  quality.  Understanding  seasonal  changes 
in  population  and  resource  use  is  critical  in  providing  efficient  manage- 
ment policies  for  migratory  birds  (Greenberg  1992b,  Sherry  and  Holmes 
1995).  Occurrence  of  multiple  stage  migrations  has  been  documented, 
mostly  for  the  Palearctic-African  migratory  system,  and  need  to  be  in- 
vestigated in  the  Nearctic-Neotropical  realm  for  proper  conservation  of 
migrant  species. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  Natural  Sciences  and  Engineering  Research  Council  of  Canada  (NSERC)  supported 
this  study.  We  are  grateful  to  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  for  providing 
logistical  support  and  to  INRENARE  (Instituto  de  recursos  naturales  renovables)  for  issuing 
the  research  permit  to  work  in  mangroves.  We  thank  Stanley  Rand,  Neal  Smith,  and  Russell 
Greenberg  for  providing  helpful  comments  on  this  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Arendt,  W.  J.  1992.  Status  of  North  American  migrant  landbirds  in  the  Caribbean  region: 
a summary.  Pp,  143-171  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds 
(J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smith.sonian  Institution  Press,  Washington, 
DC. 

Berthold,  P.  1975.  Migration:  control  and  metabolic  physiology.  Pp.  77-128  in  Avian 
biology.  Vol.  5 (D.  S.  Earner,  J.  R.  King,  and  K.  C.  Parkes,  eds.).  Academic  Press.  New 
York,  New  York. 

Blake,  J.  G.  and  B.  A.  Loiselle.  1992.  Emits  in  the  diets  of  Neotropical  migrant  birds  in 
Costa  Rica.  Biotropica  24:200-210. 

Bosque,  C.  and  M.  Lentino.  1987.  The  passage  of  North  American  migratory  land  birds 
through  xerophytic  habitats  on  the  western  coast  of  Venezuela.  Biotropica  19:267—273. 
Curry-Lindahl,  K.  1981.  Bird  migration  in  Africa.  Academic  Pre.ss.  New  York,  New  York. 
Duke,  N.  C.  1990.  Phonological  trends  with  latitude  in  the  mangrove  tree  Avicennia  marina. 
J.  Ecol.  78:1 13-133. 


758 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


. 1992.  Mangrove  floristic  and  biogeography.  Pp.  63-100  in  Coastal  estuarine  stud- 
ies. Tropical  mangrove  ecosystems  (A.  I.  Robertson  and  D.  M.  Alongi,  eds.).  American 
Geophysical  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 

Emlen,  J.  T.  1980.  Interactions  of  migrant  and  resident  landbirds  in  Llorida  and  Bahama 
pinelands.  Pp.  133—143  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distri- 
bution and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Galindo,  P,  E.  Mendez,  and  A.  J.  Adames.  1963.  Banding  of  migrant  thrushes  in  Almi- 
rante,  Panama.  Bird-Banding  34:202-209. 

Greenberg,  R.  1984.  The  winter  exploitation  systems  of  Bay-breasted  and  Chestnut-sided 
Warblers  in  Panama.  Univ.  Calif.  Publ.  Zool.  116:1-107. 

. 1992a.  Eorest  migrants  in  non-forest  habitats  on  the  Yucatan  Peninsula.  Pp.  273- 

286  in  Ecology  and  conservation  of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  and 

D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

. 1992b.  The  nonbreeding  season:  introduction.  Pp.  175-177  in  Ecology  and  con- 
servation of  Neotropical  migrant  landbirds  (J.  M.  Hagan  and  D.  W.  Johnston,  eds.). 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Gwinner,  E.  1990.  Bird  migration:  physiology  and  ecophysiology.  Springer- Verlag,  Berlin. 

, H.  ScHWABL,  AND  I.  Schwabl-Benzinger.  1988.  Effects  of  food-deprivation  on 

migratory  restlessness  and  diurnal  activity  in  the  Garden  Warbler  Sylvia  borin.  Oecol- 
ogia  77:321-326. 

Hilty,  S.  L.  1980.  Flowering  and  fruiting  periodicity  in  a premontane  rain  forest  in  Pacific 
Colombia.  Biotropica  12:292-306. 

Hutto,  R.  L.  1980.  Winter  habitat  distribution  of  migratory  land  birds  in  western  Mexico, 
with  special  reference  to  small,  foliage-gleaning  insectivores.  Pp.  181-203  in  Migrant 
birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and 

E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Johnson,  T.  B.  1980.  Resident  and  North  American  migrant  bird  interactions  in  the  Santa- 
Marta  highlands.  Northern  Colombia.  Pp.  239-247  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics: 
ecology,  behavior,  distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.). 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Lefebvre,  G.  and  B.  Poulin.  1996.  Bird  communities  in  Panamanian  mangroves:  potential 
effect  of  physical  and  biotic  factors.  J.  Trop.  Ecol.  (in  press). 

, , AND  R.  McNeil.  1992.  Abundance,  feeding  behavior  and  body  condition 

of  Nearctic  warblers  wintering  in  Venezuelan  mangroves.  Wilson  Bull.  104:400-412. 

, , and  . 1994a.  Spatial  and  social  behaviour  of  Nearctic  warblers 

wintering  in  Venezuelan  mangroves.  Can.  J.  Zool.  72:757-764. 

, , and . 1994b.  Temporal  dynamics  of  mangrove  bird  communities 

in  Venezuela  with  special  reference  to  migrant  warblers.  Auk  1 1 1:405-415. 

Lynch,  J.  E 1989.  Distribution  of  overwintering  Nearctic  migrants  in  the  Yucatan  Penin- 
sula, 1:  general  patterns  of  occurrence.  Condor  91:515-544. 

Morton,  E.  S.  1980.  Adaptations  to  seasonal  changes  by  migrant  land  birds  in  Panama 
Canal  Zone.  Pp.  437-453  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distri- 
bution and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Orejuela,  j.  E.,  R.  j.  Rait,  and  A.  Humberto.  1980.  Differential  use  by  North  American 
migrants  of  three  types  of  Colombian  forests.  Pp.  253-264  in  Migrant  birds  in  the 
Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Mor- 
ton, eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Pashley,  D.  N.  and  P.  R.  Martin.  1988.  The  contribution  of  Christmas  Bird  Count  to 


Lefebvre  and  Poulin  • MIGRANTS  IN  MANGROVES 


759 


knowledge  of  winter  distribution  of  migratory  warblers  in  Neotropics  Am  Birds  42- 
1164-1176. 

Pearson,  D.  L.  1980.  Bird  migration  in  Amazonian  Ecuador,  Peru  and  Bolivia.  Pp.  273- 
283  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics;  ecology,  behavior,  distribution  and  conservation 
(A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Poulin,  B.  and  G.  Lefebvre.  1995.  Additional  information  on  the  use  of  emetic  in  deter- 
mining the  diet  of  tropical  birds.  Condor  97:897-902. 

’ ’ and  R.  McNeil.  1992.  Tropical  avian  phenology  in  relation  to  abundance 

and  exploitation  of  food  resources.  Ecology  73:2295-2309. 

’ ’ and  . 1994.  Diet  of  land  birds  from  northeastern  Venezuela.  Con- 

dor 96:354-367. 

Rappole,  J.  H.,  E.  S.  Morton,  T.  E.  Lovejoy,  and  J.  L.  Ruos.  1993.  Aves  migratorias 
nearticas  en  los  Neotropicos.  Conservation  and  Research  Center,  National  Zoological 
Park,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Front  Royal,  Virginia. 

AND  D.  W.  Warner.  1980.  Ecological  aspects  of  migrant  bird  behavior  in  Veracruz, 
Mexico.  Pp.  353-392  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distribution 
and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
Washington,  D.C. 

Russell,  S.  M.  1980.  Distribution  and  abundance  of  North  American  migrants  in  lowlands 
of  Northern  Colombia.  Pp.  249-252  in  Migrant  birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  be- 
havior, distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and  E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Sherry,  T.  W.  and  R.  T.  Holmes.  1995.  Summer  versus  winter  limitation  of  populations: 
what  are  the  issues  and  what  is  the  evidence?  Pp.  85-120  in  Ecology  and  management 
of  Neotropical  migratory  birds:  a synthesis  and  review  of  critical  issues  (T.  E.  Martin 
and  D.  M.  Finch,  eds.).  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  New  York,  New  York. 

AND . 1996.  Winter  habitat  quality,  population  limitation,  and  conservation 

of  Neotropical-Nearctic  birds.  Ecology  77:36-48. 

Terborgh,  j.  W.  and  j.  R.  Faaborg.  1980.  Factor  affecting  the  distribution  and  abundance 
of  North  American  migrants  in  the  eastern  Caribbean  region.  Pp.  145-155  in  Migrant 
birds  in  the  Neotropics:  ecology,  behavior,  distribution  and  conservation  (A.  Keast  and 
E.  S.  Morton,  eds.).  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C. 

Terrill,  S.  B.  1990.  Food  availability,  migratory  behavior,  and  population  dynamics  of 
terrestrial  birds  during  the  nonreproductive  season.  Stud.  Avian  Biol.  13:438-443. 

AND  R.  D.  Ohmart  1984.  Facultative  extension  of  fall  migration  by  Yellow-rumped 

Warblers  (Dendroica  coronata).  Auk  101:427-438. 

Wood,  B.  1979.  Changes  in  numbers  of  over-wintering  Yellow  Wagtails,  MotaciHa  flava, 
and  their  food  supplies  in  a west  African  savanna.  Ibis  121:228-231. 

WuNDERLE,  J.  M.,  Jr.  1995.  Population  characteristics  of  Black-throated  Blue  Warblers 
wintering  in  three  sites  on  Puerto  Rico.  Auk  112:931-946. 

AND  R.  B.  Waide.  1993.  Distribution  of  overwintering  Nearctic  migrants  in  the 

Bahamas  and  Greater  Antilles.  Condor  95:904-933. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  760-770 


EFFECTS  OF  CONSERVATION  RESERVE  PROGRAM 
FIELD  AGE  ON  AVIAN  RELATIVE  ABUNDANCE, 
DIVERSITY,  AND  PRODUCTIVITY 

Kelly  F.  Millenbah,  Scott  R.  Winterstein, 

Henry  Campa  III,  Ly  T.  Furrow,  and 
Richard  B.  Minnis 

Abstract. — Introduced  grass  dominated  Conservation  Reserve  Program  (CRP)  fields 
were  monitored  in  summer  1992  in  Gratiot  County,  Michigan,  to  determine  the  relationship 
between  field  age  and  avian  relative  abundance,  diversity,  and  productivity.  Younger  CRP 
fields  (1-2  years  old),  best  described  as  a combination  of  forbs  and  bare  ground,  had  the 
greatest  diversity  and  relative  abundance  of  avian  species.  Older  CRP  fields  (3-5/6  years 
old)  were  a combination  of  grasses  and  deep  litter  cover  and  had  the  greatest  avian  pro- 
ductivity. We  recommend  that  after  3-5  growing  seasons  CRP  fields  be  manipulated  to 
provide  a variety  of  successional  stages  to  maintain  simultaneously  high  avian  relative  abun- 
dance, diversity,  and  productivity.  Received  6 Nov.  1995,  accepted  I May  1996. 


Specialization  and  intensification  of  agricultural  practices  have  contrib- 
uted to  dramatic  declines  in  wildlife  populations  over  the  last  60  years 
(USDA  1972).  These  land-use  practices  have  decreased  the  availability 
of  cover  types  (i.e.,  number  of  grasslands  and  wetlands)  available  for 
many  farmland  wildlife  species  (Berner  1988).  In  the  Midwest,  agricul- 
tural practices  that  adversely  impact  wildlife  are  commonly  used  because 
the  production  of  quality  wildlife  habitat  provides  reduced  economic  re- 
turns to  farmers  compared  to  commodity  production  (Langer  1979).  To 
alleviate  excess  commodity  production  and  to  combat  the  effects  of  past 
agricultural  practices,  the  federal  government  initiated  land  retirement 
programs  beginning  in  the  1930s.  These  programs  provided  varying 
amounts  and  qualities  of  wildlife  habitat  (Berner  1988).  The  most  recent 
land  retirement  program  is  the  Conservation  Reserve  Program  (CRP).  The 
CRP  provisions  of  the  1985  Food  Security  Act  (Farm  Bill)  provide  eco- 
nomic incentives  to  farmers  to  remove  highly  erodible  and  environmen- 
tally sensitive  cropland  from  production  for  10  years.  Perceived  benefits 
of  this  program  include  curtailing  soil  erosion  and  excess  commodity 
production  and  creating  wildlife  habitat. 

The  CRP  offers  a unique  opportunity  to  view  the  successional  dynam- 
ics of  grasslands  and  associated  changes  in  wildlife  populations  for  10 
years.  Avian  communities  should  provide  insight  into  the  quality  of  hab- 
itat provided  by  the  CRP  because  avian  species  are  excellent  indicators 
of  habitat  quality  and  respond  quickly  to  environmental  changes  (Graber 


Michigan  State  Univ.,  Dept,  of  Fisheries  and  Wildlife,  East  Lansing,  Michigan  48824. 


760 


Millenbah  et  al.  • EFFECTS  OF  CRP  ON  AVIAN  SPECIES 


761 


and  Graber  1976).  Determining  which  age  or  ages  of  CRP  fields  support 
the  greatest  relative  abundance,  diversity,  and  productivity  of  avian  spe- 
cies provides  a framework  on  which  management  recommendations  can 
be  based.  Once  created  and  maintained,  these  grassland  habitats  should 
increase  the  above-mentioned  avian  variables  in  a landscape  dominated 
primarily  by  less  diverse  agricultural  monocultures.  The  objective  of  this 
study  was  to  determine  the  relationship  of  various  age  classes  of  CRP 
fields  to  avian  relative  abundance,  diversity,  and  productivity  by  quanti- 
fying vegetation  structure  and  composition  of  CRP  fields  and  the  asso- 
ciated changes  in  avian  variables. 

STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

Nineteen  6.5-20  ha  study  sites  were  selected  in  Gratiot  County,  Michigan,  in  1992.  Each 
CRP  field  varied  in  age  from  1-6  years  (1-4  [N  = 3 in  each],  5 [N  = 6],  and  6 years  [N 
= 1])  and  was  planted  to  introduced  grasses  and  legumes  (alfalfa  [Medicago  sativa],  orchard 
grass  [Dactlyis  glomerata],  timothy  grass  [Phleum  pratense],  and  clover  [Trifolium  spp.]) 
(Millenbah  1993).  None  of  the  fields  in  this  study  was  mowed,  grazed,  burned,  or  disced 
since  contract  initiation. 

Data  collected  in  1992  represent  a time-specific  analysis  of  different  age  CRP  fields. 
Rather  than  use  a cohort  approach,  where  a sample  of  fields  would  be  examined  annually 
for  a number  of  years,  representatives  from  different  age  classes  were  observed  within  a 
year.  Using  this  approach,  two  assumptions  were  made.  First,  it  was  assumed  that  all  fields 
selected  for  observation  received  similar  treatment.  That  is,  all  fields  were  planted  in  a 
similar  manner  to  a similar  mix  of  grasses  and  legumes,  and  no  field  had  been  disturbed 
since  contract  initiation.  Second,  it  was  assumed  that  weather  had  affected  fields  similarly. 
However,  if  there  were  differences  among  fields,  for  either  assumption,  it  is  likely  that  they 
were  distributed  randomly  across  age  classes.  Therefore,  because  both  assumption  were 
likely  met,  the  time-specific  approach  provides  an  adequate  representation  of  the  changes 
in  the  measured  variables  as  CRP  fields  age. 

Vegetation  structure  and  composition  data  were  collected  along  six  permanent  100  m 
long,  systematically  established  transects  in  each  field,  with  six  sampling  points  per  line. 
Sampling  occurred  every  20  m along  each  transect  in  May  (peak  avian  breeding  season). 
Horizontal  cover  was  assessed  4 m from  a Robel  pole  (Robel  et  al.  1970).  Maximum  height 
of  living  and  standing  dead  vegetation  was  recorded  at  each  sampling  point.  Percentage 
canopy  cover  of  live  and  dead  vegetation;  percentage  canopy  cover  of  grasses,  forbs,  and 
woody  vegetation;  percentage  litter  cover;  and  percentage  bare  ground  were  assessed  using 
a 50  by  50  cm  sampling  frame  (modified  from  Daubenmire  1959).  Frequency  of  all  her- 
baceous species  occurring  within  the  sampling  frame  and  litter  depth  were  recorded  at  each 
.sampling  point. 

Bird  censuses  were  conducted  in  each  field  to  determine  relative  species  abundance  and 
diversity.  Counts  were  made  from  1 May- 15  August  every  two  weeks.  Censuses  were  made 
from  transects  spaced  50  m apart  along  the  long  axis  of  the  field.  Censuses  were  conducted 
from  sunrise  to  three  hours  after  sunrise.  Counts  were  not  made  if  it  was  raining  or  if  wind 
speed  exceeded  16  kph.  Observers  walked  slowly  along  transect  lines  making  frequent  stops 
to  scan  for  birds.  All  birds  seen  or  heard  were  recorded.  Only  those  birds  observed  within 
25  m of  either  side  of  the  transect  were  included  in  the  census  to  minimize  double  counting. 
Relative  bird  abundance  was  reported  as  bird.s/ha. 

Entire  fields  were  searched  for  nests  to  quantify  nesting  success  on  different  age  classes 


762 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


of  CRP  fields.  Nine  fields  representing  three  age  classes  (1  [N  = 3],  4 [N  = 2],  and  5 years 
old  [N  = 4])  were  searched  in  mid-May  and  mid-June.  Searches  were  conducted  with  3-6 
observers  walking  1-2  m apart  until  fields  had  been  completely  traversed.  Nests  were  re- 
visited every  2-3  days  until  young  had  fledged  or  the  nest  was  determined  to  be  abandoned 
or  destroyed.  Incidentally  discovered  nest  were  also  monitored. 

Comparisons  of  vegetation  variables  and  avian  relative  abundance  and  diversities  among 
age  classes  within  sampling  periods  and  nesting  success  among  age  classes  were  made  using 
Kruskal-Wallis  (KW)  one-way  analysis-of-variance  (Siegel  1956).  A KW  multiple  compar- 
ison test  (Miller  1980)  was  used  to  determine  which  field  age  classes  were  significantly 
different  if  there  was  a significant  (a  = 0.10)  KW  result.  Because  there  was  only  one  6-year- 
old  field,  this  field  was  combined  with  5-year-old  fields  for  all  statistical  tests  (hereafter 
referred  to  as  5/6)  on  avian  relative  abundance  and  diversity  and  vegetation  variables. 

Avian  diversities  were  calculated  using  the  Shannon- Weaver  diversity  index.  Nest  success 
(nests  surviving  from  initiation  of  egg  laying  to  fledging)  was  calculated  using  the  Mayfield 
(1961)  method. 

Friedman’s  two-way  analysis-of-variance  (Siegel  1956)  was  used  to  test  for  differences 
among  age  classes  for  avian  relative  abundance  and  diversities  over  the  census  period  (May- 
August).  Blocking  was  done  on  the  census  period.  A Friedman’s  multiple  comparison  test 
(Miller  1980)  was  used  to  determine  which  age  classes  were  significantly  different  over  the 
census  period  if  there  was  a significant  (a  = 0.10)  Friedman’s  result. 

Friedman’s  two-way  analysis  of  variance  also  was  used  to  test  for  differences  in  relative 
frequencies  of  dominant  plant  species  among  fields  within  an  age  class.  The  five  plant 
species  with  the  greatest  relative  frequencies  on  each  field  were  included  in  the  analysis. 
Failure  to  reject  the  null  hypothesis  would  suggest  that  an  age  class  of  CRP  field  could  be 
described  by  the  dominant  plant  species  present. 

Principal  components  analysis  (PCA)  was  used  to  examine  the  relationship  between  field 
age,  vegetation  characteristics,  and  avian  relative  abundance  and  diversities.  Because  mea- 
sured vegetation  variables  may  be  related,  PCA  was  used  to  reduce  the  number  of  variables 
to  a few  independent  variables.  The  new  variables,  or  principal  components,  were  linear 
combinations  of  the  original  vegetation  variables.  The  linear  combinations  maximized  the 
variance  in  the  data  and  could  be  used  to  identify  the  original  variables  most  significant  in 
describing  a particular  age  of  CRP  field.  Analysis  was  done  using  a correlation  matrix. 

RESULTS 

Eighty-two  plant  species  were  identified  on  19  CRP  fields.  Individual 
fields  within  each  age  class  differed  (Friedman,  P < 0.10)  in  the  relative 
frequencies  of  plant  species  identified.  Therefore,  a particular  age  of  CRP 
field  could  not  be  described  by  the  dominant  plant  species  present.  These 
findings  preclude  any  meaningful  test  of  changes  in  dominant  plant  spe- 
cies composition  as  fields  age.  Similarly,  we  observed  no  consistent  suc- 
cessional  replacement  of  dominant  plant  species  as  fields  aged  (Millenbah, 
unpubl.  data). 

Vegetation  characteristics  that  differed  significantly  (KW,  P < 0.10) 
among  age  classes  included  horizontal  cover,  percent  total  canopy,  percent 
live  canopy,  percent  dead  canopy,  percent  grass  canopy,  percent  forb  can- 
opy, percent  litter  cover,  percent  bare  ground,  and  litter  depth  (Table  1). 
However,  none  of  the  significant  differences  was  consistently  related  to 


Table  1 

Mean  (SE)  Vegetation  Characteristics  on  Different  Age  Classes  of  Conservation  Reserve  Program  (CRP)  Fields 


Millenbah  et  al.  • EFFECTS  OF  CRP  ON  AVIAN  SPECIES 


763 


rT 

q 

P 

q 

q 

q 

P 

— * 

d 

d 

(N 

CN 

d 

cd 

cd 

d 

d 

d 

'w' 

s_,. 

o 

Iri 

ffi 

CQ 

u 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

CQ 

< 

CO 

(N 

q 

q 

(N 

q 

q 

q 

d 

CO 

d 

d 

so 

in 

d 

d 

d 

CN 

in 

sO 

in 

CN 

in 

q 

d 

CN 

OS 

q 

q 

so 

q 

o 

(N 

V 

d 

sd 

»n 

d 

CN 

00 

d 

d 

d 

d 

w- 

■w 

■s_^ 

u 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

(N 

u 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

< 

< 

CQ 

< 

00 

q 

00 

•q 

o 

oo 

q 

r- 

iri 

d 

CN 

CO 

d 

cd 

00 

d 

mi 

CN 

so 

00 

in 

CN 

d 

2 

m 

wo 

CO 

q 

00 

CN 

d 

00 

SD 

q 

eg 

d 

d 

uo 

in 

d 

d 

CN 

V 

cd 

d 

cd 

"o 

u 

OJD 

cn 

ffi 

u 

CQ 

CQ 

< 

CQ 

< 

< 

< 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

CQ 

< 

(N 

CN 

q 

q 

q 

— 

q 

q 

q 

rn 

d 

d 

cd 

in 

CN 

d 

d 

CN 

d 

»n 

V 

m 

y— V 

y— S 

/.—V 

y<-V 

1-^ 

q 

,^—v 

N 

..—v 

s, 

vO 

Os 

q 

q 

in 

' 

d 

r-* 

•q 

q 

00 

d 

d 

d 

d 

d 

.—1 

d 

cd 

CN 

d 

•w- 

N— ^ 

N— ^ 

cT 

u 

CQ 

CQ 

< 

< 

CQ 

CQ 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

q 

CN 

CO 

q 

00 

On 

q 

00 

CN 

CO 

d 

00 

sd 

d 

d 

d 

cd 

00 

r-- 

CN 

»n 

s 

s 

/— s. 

/—> V 

s 

V, 

q 

00 

q 

q 

OS 

q 

o 

CN 

Os 

d 

d 

d 

cd 

d 

d 

d 

d 

5 

N— 

CQ 

< 

CQ 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

< 

q 

Q) 

q 

OS 

— 

o 

q 

q 

q 

r-i 

(N 

d 

uo 

d 

cd 

sd 

d 

d 

mi 

cd 

CN 

<r) 

»n 

(N 

CN 

(N 

CO 

e 

6 

"O 

TD 

c 

C 

_0 

£ 

0 

*w 

2 

o 

c 

cd 

c 

a> 

V5 

•o 

S 

W) 

•c 

y 

b. 

f3 

.C 

O 

u 

1) 

> 

o 

o 

2 

W) 

(D 

> 

(U 

> 

(U 

> 

•n 

c3 

<U 

TD 

canopy*’ 

£ 

>> 

a 

0 

c 

cd 

Q 

£i 

?o 

a 

0 

c 

cd 

o 

>-* 

a 

o 

c 

cd 

o 

JZ 

>% 

C. 

0 

c 

cd 

o 

50 

a 

o 

c 

cd 

a 

50 

t- 

V 

> 

o 

u 

a 

-o 

c 

o 

o 

u 

00 

? 

(J 

s 

D- 

0 

0 

“ 

c/3 

•o 

u 

<U 

c 

0 

N 

'u 

2? 

.£? 

w 

eS 

<u 

> 

d 

cd 

(U 

Q 

C/3 

Cd 

u 

a 

-D 

k« 

O 

d 

0 

1 

1) 

d 

<u 

u 

cd 

PQ 

"O 

u 

2 

O 

X 

‘S 

a: 

’S 

:i: 

d 

a. 

E 

o 


o 

V 

Cl. 


X>  ot) 

E ^ 
o ot) 
o c 
O 

2 £ 


w -o  o 
- 00 

li  s 

c f= 

flj  c ■€ 
> 00 
tl!  o' 


764 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


2.0n  r2.0 


Time  (years) 

Lig.  1 . Diagrammatic  representation  of  changes  in  vegetation  structure  and  composition 
on  a Conservation  Reserve  Program  field  over  the  first  six  growing  seasons. 


field  age.  General  patterns  for  horizontal  cover,  height  of  live  and  dead 
vegetation,  percent  total  canopy,  percent  live  canopy,  percent  dead  can- 
opy, and  percent  forb  canopy  suggest  an  increase  (but  not  necessarily 
significantly)  from  1-  to  4-year-old  fields,  with  the  exception  of  a decrease 
in  these  variables  during  the  third  growing  season  (Fig.  1).  These  vege- 
tation characteristics  all  decreased  from  the  fourth  to  5/6  growing  seasons. 
Percent  grass  canopy  increased  through  the  fourth  growing  season,  de- 
creasing in  the  5/6  growing  season.  Percent  litter  cover  increased  with 
field  age,  stabilizing  after  the  third  growing  season.  Litter  depth  was  great- 
est during  the  third  growing  season,  subsequently  decreasing  through  the 
5/6  growing  season,  whereas  percent  bare  ground  decreased  from  1-  to 
5/6-year-old  fields. 

The  first  three  principal  components  accounted  for  81.5%  of  the  vari- 
ance in  the  vegetation  variables  (Fig.  2).  Principal  component  one  (PC 
1),  explaining  35.2%  of  the  variance,  represents  a successional  change  in 
vegetation  attributes  from  greater  percent  total  and  live  canopy  to  greater 
percent  litter  cover  and  litter  depth.  Percent  total  canopy  included  percent 
live  canopy  and  percent  dead  canopy  but  not  percent  litter  cover.  The 
second  principal  component  (PC  2),  explained  32.5%  of  the  variance  and 
represents  a successional  change  from  greater  percent  grass  cover  to  great- 
er percent  forb  cover.  Principal  component  three  (PC  3),  explaining  13.7% 
of  the  variance,  represents  a successional  change  from  greater  percent 
bare  ground  to  greater  percent  litter  cover. 

Thirty-two  avian  species  were  encountered  on  the  CRP  fields.  The  most 
common  species  encountered  were  Red-winged  Blackbirds  {Agelaius 


Millenbah  et  al.  • EFFECTS  OF  CRP  ON  AVIAN  SPECIES 


765 


for  different  age  CRP  fields.  Age  classes  correspond  to  the  appropriate  number  located  at 
each  point. 


phoeniceus).  Song  Sparrows  {Melospiza  melodia).  Bobolinks  {Dolichonyx 
oryzivorus),  and  Sedge  Wrens  (Cistothorus  platensis). 

No  differences  (KW,  P > 0.10)  were  detected  in  bird  diversities  within 
a census  count  among  age  classes.  However,  mean  avian  diversities  were 
different  (Friedman,  P = 0.04)  for  the  entire  census  period  among  age 
classes  (Table  2),  with  1 -year-old  fields  having  significantly  greater  di- 
versities than  5/6-year-old  fields. 

Only  the  periods  of  16-31  May  and  1-15  August  showed  differences 
(KW,  P = 0.06)  in  avian  relative  abundance  among  age  classes,  with  5/6- 
year-old  fields  having  significantly  lower  relative  abundance  than  4-year- 
old  fields  for  the  period  1-15  August.  However,  a KW  multiple  compar- 
ison test  did  not  detect  differences  among  age  classes  for  the  period  16- 
31  May.  Mean  avian  relative  abundances  were  different  for  the  entire 
census  period  among  age  classes  (Friedman,  P = 0.01;  Table  2).  Five/ 


766 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  2 

Mean  Avian  Relative  Abundance  (Birds/ha)  and  Diversity  (Shannon-Weaver)  on 
Different  Age  Conservation  Reserve  Program  (CRP)  Fields^ 

Age  class^* 

N 

Relative 
abundance  (SE) 

Diversity  (SE) 

I 

3 

4.24  (LOl)AB 

1.37  (0.07^ 

2 

3 

3.72  (0.63>^B 

1.36  (0.10)^® 

3 

3 

3.30  (0.50)''B 

1.28  (0.08)A® 

4 

3 

4.67  (0.57)-' 

1.18  (0.04)'^® 

5/6 

7 

2.12  (0.19)® 

1.15  (0.06)® 

" Within  columns, 
Miller  1980). 

Five-  and  6-year- 

means  with  the  same 

•old  fields  combined. 

letter  are  not  significantly  different  (Friedman’s 

multiple  comparison,  a = 0.10, 

six-year-old  fields  had  significantly  lower  relative  abundance  than  4-year- 
old  fields.  Avian  relative  abundances  decreased  from  1-  to  5/6-year-old 
fields  with  an  increase  on  4-year-old  fields. 

We  found  166  active  nests  in  three  age  classes  of  CRP  fields.  Nesting 
species  monitored  included  Red-winged  Blackbird,  Vesper  Sparrow 
(Pooecetes  gramineus).  Sedge  Wren,  Northern  Harrier  (Circus  cyaneus). 
Mallard  (Anas  platyrhynchos).  Ring-necked  Pheasant  (Phasianus  colchi- 
cus),  and  unidentified  sparrow  species.  Red-winged  Blackbirds  were  the 
primary  nesting  species  observed  with  83.1%  of  the  monitored  nests. 

No  difference  (KW,  P - 0.29)  was  found  in  percent  successful  nests 
among  1-,  4-,  and  5-year-old  fields.  However,  nests  on  older  fields  (4- 
and  5-year-old)  had  greater  probabilities  (SMayfieid  ~ 0.283  and  0.293,  re- 
spectively) of  surviving  from  initial  egg  laying  to  fledging  than  1 -year- 
old  fields  (SMayfieid  = 0.138).  Mean  number  of  active  nests  (nests  have  at 
least  one  egg  or  young  within  the  monitoring  period)  on  1-,  4-,  and 
5-year-old  fields  was  10,  22,  and  23,  respectively. 

DISCUSSION 

Although  we  could  not  distinguish  age  classes  of  CRP  fields  by  the 
presence  of  particular  dominant  plant  species  (i.e.,  alfalfa,  orchard  grass), 
they  could  be  described  by  gross  structural  characteristics  (i.e.,  grass  can- 
opy, forb  canopy).  Fields  in  this  study  may  be  described  as  in  a gradient 
from  greater  forb  cover  and  bare  ground  in  the  youngest  fields  to  greater 
grass  and  litter  cover  in  the  oldest  (Fig.  1).  Forb  canopy  cover  was  greater 
on  younger  fields  due  to  initial  seed  mixtures  and  the  natural  invasion  of 
other  plant  species,  with  many  annual  forbs  responding  to  soil  distur- 
bance. Because  of  the  recent  disturbance  of  planting,  bare  ground  was 
more  dominant  than  litter  cover  on  younger  fields. 


Millenhah  et  al.  • EFFECTS  OF  CRP  ON  AVIAN  SPECIES 


767 


Two-year  old  CRP  fields,  however,  were  best  described  by  moderate 
forb  canopy  and  litter  cover,  with  a greater  total/live  canopy  than  bare 
ground  (Fig.  1).  Although  the  initial  seed  mixtures  of  younger  CRP  fields 
contained  both  alfalfa  and  orchard  grass,  orchard  grass  takes  several  years 
to  establish,  whereas  alfalfa  is  noted  for  its  quick  establishment  (J.  Swan- 
son, Gratiot  County  SCS,  pers.  commun.).  Alfalfa,  however,  has  a rela- 
tively short  life  cycle  and  begins  to  die  out  after  two  growing  seasons. 
Total/live  canopy  would  be  greater  on  younger  fields  than  litter  cover/ 
depth  because  a substantial  litter  layer  has  not  yet  developed.  However, 
a litter  layer  was  evident,  and  was  proportionally  greater  than  the  amount 
of  bare  ground  present. 

Three-,  4-,  and  5/6-year-old  fields  can  be  described  by  grass  canopy 
and  litter  cover,  with  a decreasing  total/live  canopy  (Fig.  1).  As  alfalfa 
begins  to  die  back  after  the  second  growing  season,  grasses  begin  to 
dominate  sites.  The  decline  in  forb  cover  after  the  first  two  growing  sea- 
son may  be  explained  by  the  loss  of  alfalfa  and  other  forbs  and  the  en- 
croachment of  grasses.  Basu  et  al.  (1978)  stated  that  vegetation  on  a 
legume  dominated  field  undergoes  successional  changes,  eventually  be- 
coming grass-dominated  and  sparser.  As  grasses  began  to  dominate  and 
out  compete  existing  forb  species,  forb  cover  decreased.  Also,  as  CRP 
fields  age,  a litter  layer  develops  decreasing  the  amount  of  bare  ground 
and  serves  as  a mechanical  barrier  to  grass  development  (Rice  and  Parenti 
1978).  This  barrier  decreases  productivity  of  plants  present,  growth  is 
isolated  to  surviving  clumps,  and  total/live  canopy  cover  becomes  less 
dense. 

It  has  long  been  accepted  that  vegetation  structural  complexity  is  as- 
sociated with  avian  community  structure  (MacArthur  and  MacArthur 
1961,  Cody  1968).  Typically,  both  avian  species  diversity  and  density 
increase  with  increasing  habitat  complexity  (May  1982).  This  may  only 
be  expressed  on  established  habitat  types  (i.e.,  forests,  old  fields)  and  may 
not  be  valid  for  newly  established  habitats  (such  as  1 -year-old  CRP 
fields). 

Habitat  complexity  is  likely  not  the  primary  or  only  factor  affecting 
influx  of  birds  onto  1 -year-old  CRP  fields.  Younger  fields  may  meet  a 
variety  of  habitat  needs  including  feeding  and  nesting  habitat  not  available 
on  alternative  vegetation  types  present  in  the  landscape,  such  as  agricul- 
tural fields.  Although  nesting  did  occur  on  younger  CRP  fields,  produc- 
tivity was  less  than  that  observed  on  older  fields.  Younger  CRP  fields 
may  provide  some  suitable  habitat  for  nesting,  but  it  is  likely  that  amount 
and  quality  of  nesting  habitat  is  limited.  Roseberry  and  Klimstra  (1984) 
reported  that  areas  dominated  by  annual  weeds  (forb  canopy)  may  provide 


768 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


inferior  nesting  cover  because  of  the  lack  of  dead  grass  stems  for  nest 
construction. 

Older  CRP  fields  did  not  have  the  same  high  avian  relative  abundances 
as  younger  fields.  Burger  et  al.  (1990)  suggested  that  CRP  fields  in  Mis- 
souri do  not  provide  quality  nesting  cover  for  Northern  Bobwhites  {Col- 
inus  virginianus)  until  the  third  year  after  establishment.  Therefore,  it  may 
be  possible  that  a greater  quality  and  availability  of  nesting  habitat  was 
provided  on  older  CRP  fields  in  Michigan,  thus  supporting  greater  nesting 
compared  to  younger  CRP  fields. 

Cody  (1985)  stated  that  avian  species  composition,  or  diversity,  varies 
with  vegetation  structure  following  a disturbance,  thereby  creating  a di- 
verse array  of  avian  species.  Species  diversity  observed  on  CRP  fields 
supports  this.  One-year-old  CRP  fields,  newly  disturbed  by  planting,  sup- 
ported the  greatest  diversity  of  avian  species.  As  fields  aged  and  became 
less  disturbed  diversities  declined. 

While  many  factors  may  be  responsible  for  increasing  avian  produc- 
tivity as  fields  age,  this  increase  may  be  an  artifact  of  the  most  dominant 
nesting  species  encountered.  Red-winged  Blackbirds  which  nest  in  a va- 
riety of  locations  with  highly  variable  structural  attributes  (Granlund 
1991).  The  conspicuous  locations  of  Red-winged  Blackbird  nests  allowed 
for  easier  detection.  It  is  likely  that  nests  of  other  species  were  missed 
due  to  the  density  of  the  vegetation.  Results  may  only  represent  patterns 
in  Red- Winged  Blackbird  nesting  and  not  productivity  of  the  entire  CRP 
avian  community. 

Several  studies  have  suggested  that  grasslands  established  with  seed 
mixtures  similar  to  planted  CRP  fields  generally  did  not  maintain  struc- 
tural qualities  for  more  than  seven  years  (Higgins  et  al.  1987).  Distur- 
bances on  3-  to  5-year  intervals  enhance  avian  production  by  more  than 
100%  (Kirsch  1974,  Kirsch  et  al.  1978).  There  is  general  recognition  (e.g., 
Schenck  and  Williamson  1991)  that  controlled,  periodic  treatments  to  re- 
vitalize cover  by  fire,  grazing,  or  mowing  may  be  necessary  for  the  long- 
term maintenance  of  wildlife  habitat  in  grassland  ecosystems.  Our  results 
indicate  perturbations  may  be  necessary  to  maintain  the  greatest  avian 
relative  abundances,  diversities,  and  productivity  on  CRP  fields  after  3- 
5 growing  seasons.  Further  studies  need  to  be  completed  to  assess  fully 
changes  in  vegetation  attributes  and  avian  diversity,  relative  abundance, 
and  productivity  on  fields  >6  years  old. 

Many  types  of  disturbances  such  as  mowing,  burning,  or  discing  may 
create  the  desired  changes  in  the  vegetation.  Regardless  of  the  form  of 
perturbation,  it  should  be  accomplished  in  as  short  a period  of  time  as 
possible  and  scheduled  to  minimize  the  disruptive  effects  to  nesting  wild- 
life. Although  information  is  available  on  effects  of  disturbance  practices 


Millenbcih  et  til.  • EFFECTS  OF  CRP  ON  AVIAN  SPECIES 


769 


on  grassland  birds  (e.g.,  Kirsch  et  al.  1978),  CRP  fields  are  a unique 
vegetation  type  in  Michigan  s agricultural  landscape,  and  little  is  known 
about  effects  of  disturbances  on  avian  species  using  CRP  fields.  Addi- 
tional information  is  needed  on  maintenance  and  rejuvenation  methods 
for  planted  CRP  grasslands  and  responses  of  avian  species  to  these  man- 
agement practices. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  Michigan  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  (NC-203  regional  research  project).  Fed- 
eral Aid  in  Wildlife  Restoration  Project  W-127-R  (administered  by  the  Michigan  Dept,  of 
Natural  Resources,  Wildlife  Division),  Michigan  Chapters  of  Pheasant  Forever,  and  the 
Frank  M.  Chapman  Foundation  funded  this  study.  Earlier  versions  of  this  manuscript  were 
reviewed  by  L.  Best,  L.  W.  Burger,  A.  H.  Farmer,  and  B.  Leopold.  Special  thanks  are 
extended  to  all  cooperating  landowners  who  allowed  research  to  be  conducted  on  their 
properties.  Assistance  in  data  collection  was  provided  by  interns  S.  Miller,  J.  DeDoes,  and 
K.  O’Brien  and  volunteers  J.  Fierke,  M.  Smith,  and  D.  Hyde. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Basu,  P.  K.,  H.  R.  Jackson,  and  V.  R.  Wallen.  1978.  Alfalfa  decline  and  its  cause  in 
mixed  hay  fields  determined  by  aerial  photography  and  ground  survey.  Can.  J.  Plant 
Sci.  58:1041-1048. 

Berner,  A.  H.  1988.  The  1985  farm  act  and  its  implications  for  wildlife.  Pp.  437—465  in 
Audubon  wildlife  report  1988/1989  (W.  J.  Chandler  and  L.  Labate,  eds.).  The  National 
Audubon  Society,  New  York,  New  York. 

Burger,  L.  W.  Jr.,  E.  W.  Kurzejeski,  T.  V.  Dailey,  and  M.  R.  Ryan.  1990.  Structural 
characteristics  of  vegetation  in  CRP  fields  in  northern  Missouri  and  their  suitability  as 
bobwhite  habitat.  Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Res.  Conf.  55:74-83. 

Cody,  M.  L.  1968.  On  the  methods  of  resource  division  in  grassland  bird  communities. 
Am.  Nat.  102:107-147. 

. 1985.  Habitat  selection  in  birds.  Academic  Press,  Inc.,  Orlando,  Florida. 

Daubenmire,  R.  F.  1959.  A canopy  coverage  method  of  vegetational  analysis.  Northwest 
Sci.  33:43-64. 

Graber,  j.  W.  and  R.  R.  Graber.  1976.  Environmental  evaluations  using  birds  in  their 
habitat.  Biol.  Notes  No.  97.  Illinois  Nat.  Hist.  Surv.,  Urbana,  Illinois. 

Granlund,  j.  G.  1991.  Red-winged  Blackbird.  Pp.  494-495  in  The  atlas  of  breeding  birds 
of  Michigan  (R.  Brewer,  G.  A.  Peek,  and  R.  J.  Adams,  Jr.,  eds.).  Michigan  State  Univ. 
Press,  East  Lansing,  Michigan. 

Higgins,  K.  F,  D.  E.  Nomsen,  and  W.  A.  Wentz.  1987.  The  role  of  the  Conservation 
Reserve  Program  in  relation  to  wildlife  enhancement,  wetlands,  and  adjacent  habitat  in 
the  northern  Great  Plains.  Pp.  99-104  in  Impacts  of  the  Conservation  Reserve  Program 
in  the  Great  Plains  (J.  E.  Mitchell,  ed.).  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-158. 
Kirsch,  L.  M.  1974.  Habitat  management  considerations  for  prairie  chickens.  Wildl.  Soc. 
Bull.  2:124-129. 

, H.  F.  Duebbert,  and  A.  D.  Kruse.  1978.  Grazing  and  haying  effects  on  habitats 

of  upland  nesting  birds.  Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Resour.  Conf.  43:486-497. 

Fanger,  L.  L.  1979.  An  economic  perspective  of  the  effects  of  federal  con.servation  policies 
on  wildlife  habitat.  Trans.  N.  Am.  Wildl.  Nat.  Resour.  Conf.  50:200—210. 


770 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


MacArthur,  R.  H.  and  J.  W.  MacArthur.  1961.  On  bird  species  diversity.  Ecology  42: 
594-598. 

May,  P.  G.  1982.  Secondary  succession  and  breeding  bird  community  structure:  patterns 
of  resource  utilization.  Oecologia  55:208—216. 

Mayfield,  H.  M.  1961.  Nesting  success  calculated  from  exposure.  Wilson  Bull.  73:255- 
261. 

Millenbah,  K.  E 1993.  The  effects  of  different  age  classes  of  fields  enrolled  in  the  Con- 
servation Reserve  Program  in  Michigan  on  avian  diversity,  density,  and  productivity. 
M.  S.  thesis,  Michigan  State  Univ.,  East  Lansing,  Michigan. 

Miller,  R.  P.  1980.  Simultaneous  statistical  inference.  Second  ed.  Springer- Verlag,  New 
York,  New  York. 

Rice,  E.  L.  and  R.  L.  Parenti.  1978.  Causes  of  decreases  in  productivity  in  undisturbed 
tall  grass  prairie.  Am.  J.  Botany  65:1091-1097. 

Robel,  R.  j.,  j.  N.  Briggs,  A.  D.  Dayton,  and  L.  C.  Hulbert.  1970.  Relationships  between 
visual  obstruction  measurements  and  weight  of  grassland  vegetation.  J.  Range  Manage. 
23:295-298. 

Roseberry,  j.  L.  and  W.  D.  Klimstra.  1984.  Population  ecology  of  the  bobwhite.  Southern 
Illinois  Univ.  Press,  Carbondale,  Illinois. 

ScHENCK,  E.  W.  AND  L.  L.  WILLIAMSON.  1991.  Conservation  Reserve  Program  effects  on 
wildlife  and  recreation.  Pp.  37-42  in  The  Conservation  Reserve — yesterday,  today,  and 
tomorrow  (L.  A.  Joyce,  J.  E.  Mitchell,  and  M.  D.  Skold,  eds.).  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen. 
Tech.  Rep.  RM-203. 

Siegel,  S.  1956.  Nonparametric  statistics  for  behavioral  sciences.  Mc-Graw-Hill  Book  Co., 
New  York,  New  York. 

USDA.  1972.  Final  report:  Conservation  Reserve  Program — summary  of  accomplishments 
1956-1972.  USDA-ASCS,  Washington,  D.C. 


Wilson  Bull,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  771-775 


FEMALE  BUNTINGS  FROM  FIYBRIDIZING 
POPULATIONS  PREFER  CONSPECIFIC  MALES 

Myron  C.  Baker 

Abstract.  I captured  five  female  Indigo  Buntings  {Passerina  cyanea)  and  12  female 
Lazuli  Buntings  {P.  amoena)  from  a hybridizing  population  in  Wyoming  and  tested  them 
in  the  laboratory  for  their  sexual  display  responsiveness  to  male  traits  (live  male  and  broad- 
cast vocalizations)  of  the  two  species.  The  females  responded  with  more  copulation  solici- 
tation displays  when  exposed  to  conspecific  male  traits  than  when  exposed  to  heterospecific 
male  traits.  Consistent  preference  of  female  buntings  for  conspecific  male  characteristics  in 
these  choice  tests,  together  with  previous  results,  suggests  that  hybrid  pairs  may  form  when 
females  are  faced  with  a choice  of  mating  heterospecifically  or  not  at  all.  Received  14  Nov. 
1995,  accepted  20  April  1996. 


Populations  of  Indigo  Buntings  {Passerina  cyanea)  and  Lazuli  Bunt- 
ings {P.  amoena)  overlap  and  hybridize  in  the  Great  Plains  of  North 
America  (Rising  1983).  Although  hybrids  are  easily  found  in  some  pop- 
ulations, mating  is  non-random  with  positive  assortment  being  the  general 
rule  among  the  pure  phenotypes  of  the  two  species  (Emlen  et  al.  1975; 
Baker,  unpubl.  data).  Non-random  mating  in  the  overlap  populations 
could  have  a number  of  proximate  explanations.  Mate  preferences  could 
be  established  in  allopatric  populations  and  emigrants  from  these  areas 
into  sympatric  populations  may  retain  their  preferences  when  encounter- 
ing heterospecifics,  at  least  in  initial  encounters.  A previous  experiment 
gave  results  consistent  with  this  hypothesis  (Baker  and  Baker  1990).  On 
the  other  hand,  continuing  exposure  of  an  immigrant  female  to  the  visual 
and  vocal  courtship  displays  of  heterospecific  males  could  perhaps  alter 
her  preferences.  An  extenuating  circumstance  might  be  the  availability  of 
male  mates  of  the  alternative  phenotypes. 

An  earlier  experiment  (Baker  1994)  exposed  females  from  allopatry  to 
heterospecific  males  during  the  time  they  were  coming  into  reproductive 
condition  upon  photostimulation.  This  exposure  was  restricted  to  25  days 
and  occurred  in  cages  in  the  laboratory.  Such  exposure  to  displaying 
males  had  no  significant  effect  on  female  preference,  as  indicated  by  an 
assay  of  copulation  solicitation  displays,  for  conspecific  males  and  vo- 
calizations. It  is  likely  that  females  in  sympatric  populations  experience 
a longer  and  more  intense  level  of  exposure  to  heterospecific  courtship 
than  was  achieved  in  the  laboratory  study,  and  this  prolonged  exposure 
might  be  effective  in  altering  female  preferences.  If  so,  such  altered  pref- 
erences of  females  could  lead  to  the  formation  of  observed  hybrid  pair- 


Biology  Dept.,  Colorado  State  Univ.,  Fort  Collins,  Colorado  80523. 


771 


772 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


ings.  The  present  experiment  was  conducted  to  address  the  question  of 
whether  Lazuli  and  Indigo  Bunting  females  from  a natural  population 
consisting  of  a mix  of  phenotypes  have  significant  preferences  for  con- 
specific  male  traits  when  given  a choice  of  conspecific  versus  hetero- 
specific males  and  vocalizations  in  a controlled  experiment. 

METHODS 

Seventeen  female  buntings  (12  Lazuli,  5 Indigo)  were  captured  in  a hybridizing  population 
in  NE  Wyoming.  Captures  were  made  18—27  July  1989  of  females  with  fully  developed 
brood  patches,  indicating  that  they  were  reproductive.  All  the  subjects  were  captured  during 
the  territorial  period  and  all  had  both  Lazuli  and  Indigo  males  in  nearby  territories.  Some 
hybrid  males  also  defended  territories  in  the  neighborhood.  None  of  the  birds  was  banded, 
however,  so  the  identity  of  the  mate  was  not  certain. 

The  plumage  characteristics  of  the  females  were  evaluated  by  the  criteria  of  Emlen  et  al. 
(1975).  This  character  index  judges  three  areas  of  female  plumage:  throat/breast,  wing  bars, 
and  back/rump.  A pure  Indigo  would  score  0 in  all  three  regions  for  a total  score  of  0,  and 
a pure  Lazuli  would  score  1 in  all  regions  for  a total  score  of  3.  Intermediates  in  any  region 
were  given  a score  of  0.5.  There  was  some  subjectivity  involved  in  applying  the  scoring 
system,  so  I considered  scores  of  0 and  0.5  as  Indigo  and  of  2.5  and  3 as  Lazuli. 

The  females  were  housed  in  separate  cages  in  a single  room  in  the  laboratory.  They  were 
fed  a seed  mixture  of  canary  grass  and  millet,  turkey  starter,  vitamins,  grit,  and  water. 
Starting  30  July,  the  photoperiod  was  gradually  reduced  to  8:16  (L:D)  by  9 October  and 
retained  on  this  cycle  until  22  January  1990  when  the  cycle  was  switched  overnight  to  16: 
8 (L : D).  On  22  Lebruary,  the  females  each  received  one  silastic  implant  ( 10  mm  long,  1.47 
mm  inside  diameter,  Dow  Corning)  subcutaneously  in  the  breast  region.  Each  implant  con- 
tained 17-beta  estradiol  (Sigma  Biochemical)  and  was  sealed  at  both  ends  with  silastic 
adhesive  (Dow  Corning).  This  treatment  is  necessary  to  bring  females  into  full  reproductive 
readiness  in  the  laboratory. 

Starting  5 Lebruary,  each  subject  in  her  home  cage  was  habituated  to  testing  circumstances 
by  being  placed  in  an  experimental  chamber  containing  an  empty  cage  and  a loudspeaker. 
An  observation  booth  one  meter  away  was  equipped  with  a video  camera,  one-way  glass, 
and  a cassette  recorder  for  playing  stimulus  tapes  over  the  loudspeaker.  Each  female  had 
nine  habituation  sessions  of  30  min  at  a rate  of  one  session  every  other  day. 

In  the  experiment,  a test  session  consisted  of  placing  a caged  female  into  the  observation 
chamber  together  with  a stimulus  male  occupying  the  adjacent  cage  and  playing  vocaliza- 
tions, matched  with  his  species,  from  the  loudspeaker  located  on  the  side  of  the  male  cage 
away  from  the  female.  Previous  studies  indicated  that  both  male  plumage  characteristics  and 
vocalizations  play  significant  roles  in  the  expression  of  female  preference  as  indicated  by 
the  copulation  display  assay.  Pour  Lazuli  and  two  Indigo  males  were  used  as  stimuli.  All 
were  captured  in  allopatric  populations  and  maintained  together  in  acoustic  isolation  from 
the  females.  The  males  did  not  vocalize  during  female  testing,  although  they  hopped  around 
in  the  cage.  Pollowing  3 min  of  initial  silence,  the  loudspeaker  broadcast  a sequence  of  1 
min  of  male  songs  at  a rate  of  one  song  each  15  sec,  1 min  of  “tseep”  calls  (a  courtship 
call,  Thompson  and  Rice  1970,  Thompson  1976)  at  a rate  of  one  tseep  every  10  sec,  1 min 
of  male  songs  (different  from  those  in  the  first  min),  1 min  of  “tseep”  calls,  1 min  of  male 
songs  (also  different  from  the  earlier  songs),  and  a final  minute  of  “tseep”  calls.  The  “tseep” 
call,  similar  in  the  two  species,  is  an  important  component  of  courtship  vocal  behavior  and 
increa.ses  female  responsiveness  in  the  laboratory  assay  (Baker  and  Baker  1988). 

Prom  3-12  March,  half  the  females  were  tested  first  with  Lazuli  males  and  vocalizations 


Baker  • MATE  PREFERENCES  IN  BUNTINGS 


773 


r 


>.  10 

CO 


Conspp  1 Conspp  2 Hetspp  1 Hetspp  2 

Treatment 

Fig.  1.  Mean  number  of  copulation  solicitation  displays  (+1  SEM)  elicited  from  female 
buntings  by  conspecific  versus  heterospecific  males  and  their  recorded  vocalizations.  Hori- 
zontal lines  above  histogram  bars  connect  pairs  of  treatments  that  were  significantly  differ- 
ent. 


and  then  with  Indigo  males  and  vocalizations.  The  other  half  the  females  were  tested  with 
the  order  of  stimuli  reversed.  No  subject  was  tested  twice  on  the  same  day,  and  there  was 
at  least  1-2  days  between  successive  tests  on  a female.  With  completion  of  these  first  test 
sessions,  the  stimulation  of  the  subjects  by  conspecific  stimuli  was  considered  one  treatment, 
and  the  stimulation  by  heterospecific  stimuli  was  considered  a second  treatment.  A second 
set  of  tests  followed  the  first  and  again  presented  Lazuli  and  Indigo  stimuli  to  each  subject. 
In  this  set,  the  stimulus  male  presented  to  each  female  differed  from  the  one  she  had 
experienced  in  the  first  set,  and  an  entirely  new  group  of  songs  was  used  for  the  vocal 
stimuli.  The  same  tseep  calls  were  used,  however,  because  of  a paucity  of  good  quality 
recordings  of  this  vocalization.  With  completion  of  this  second  set  of  tests,  presentation  of 
conspecific  stimuli  constituted  a third  treatment  and  presentation  of  heterospecific  stimuli  a 
fourth  treatment.  I used  repeated  measures  ANOVA  and  Fisher's  LSD  for  multiple  com- 
parisons (Winer  1971)  for  statistical  analyses. 

RESULTS 

In  the  treatments  involving  exposure  to  conspecific  males  and  vocali- 
zations, the  females  exhibited  a high  level  of  responsiveness  (Fig.  1).  The 


774 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


average  number  of  copulation  solicitation  displays  elicited  by  the  first 
conspecific  treatment  (Conspp-1)  was  8.1  and  that  by  the  second  conspe- 
cific  treatment  (Conspp-2)  was  9.0  (ns,  P > 0.05,  Fisher’s  LSD).  The  two 
treatments  presenting  heterospecific  males  and  vocalizations  elicited  low- 
er numbers  of  solicitation  displays  (Fig.  1).  The  average  number  of  dis- 
plays elicited  by  the  first  heterospecific  treatment  (hetspp- 1 ) was  4.0  and 
by  the  second  heterospecific  treatment  (hetspp-2)  was  1.8  (ns,  P > 0.05, 
Fisher’s  LSD). 

In  comparing  conspecific  to  heterospecific  treatments,  the  number  of 
solicitation  displays  elicited  by  both  Conspp-1  and  Conspp-2  were  greater 
than  the  number  elicited  by  Hetspp-2,  and  the  number  elicited  by 
Conspp-2  was  greater  than  that  elicited  by  Hetspp- 1 (Fig.  1,  all  Ps  < 
0.05,  Fisher’s  LSD).  The  comparison  between  Conspp-1  and  Hetspp- 1 
did  not  give  a significant  difference. 

Comparing  responses  of  Indigo  (N  = 5)  and  Lazuli  (N  = 12)  females 
within  each  treatment  revealed  that  there  were  no  differences  in  display 
production  in  three  of  the  four  treatments  (Conspp-1,  P = 0.36;  Conspp-2, 
P = 0.45;  Hetspp- 1,  P = 0.70;  Mann-Whitney  U-tests,  two  tailed,  Siegel 
1956).  In  the  Hetspp-2  treatment,  however.  Indigo  females  averaged  more 
displays  than  Lazuli  females  {P  — 0.01,  Mann-Whitney  U-test,  two 
tailed).  In  this  treatment,  only  two  of  the  12  Lazuli  females  gave  displays 
whereas  four  of  the  five  Indigo  females  gave  displays. 

DISCUSSION 

The  results  suggest  that  prolonged  exposure  of  females  to  the  songs 
and  plumages  of  both  Indigo  and  Lazuli  bunting  males  in  a natural  breed- 
ing association  does  not  alter  preference  for  conspecific  traits.  Although 
the  exact  nature  of  previous  experience  of  each  female  is  unknown,  it  is 
possible  to  outline  the  range  of  possible  exposures  the  subjects  had  prior 
to  testing.  These  migrants  arrived  in  the  study  area  in  late  May  and  early 
June.  In  the  immediate  neighborhoods  of  the  subjects  were  territorial  Laz- 
uli, Indigo,  and  hybrid  males.  Given  capture  in  late  July,  it  is  likely  that 
the  females  were  exposed  to  males  of  all  three  types  for  a minimum  of 
5-8  weeks.  Alternatively,  any  or  all  of  the  subjects  could  have  hatched 
in  a mixed  population  and  experienced  one  or  more  breeding  seasons  in 
such  a context.  Thus,  the  experience  the  females  had  with  males  and  songs 
prior  to  testing  occurred  in  a natural  population  and  was  probably  more 
intense  and  longer  than  was  provided  in  the  earlier  laboratory  experiment 
that  attempted  to  alter  adult  female  preferences  (Baker  1994).  Although 
the  experimental  females  were  relatively  refractory  to  the  potentially  in- 
fluential presence  of  alternative  species’  male  phenotypes,  it  is  possible 


Baker  • MATE  PREFERENCES  IN  BUNTINGS 


775 


that  more  extreme  amounts  of  exposure  could  affect  changes  in  female 
preference. 

The  general  inference  that  can  be  made  from  these  results  is  that  when 
given  a choice  between  conspecific  and  heterospecific  males  and  vocali- 
zations, female  buntings  prefer  conspecific  male  traits.  This  implies  fur- 
ther that  heterospecific  pairings  in  natural  populations  may  result  from 
females  making  the  best  of  a bad  job,  choosing  to  mate  heterospecifically 
rather  than  not  mate  at  all.  A female  with  a territory  retains  the  possible 
option  of  extra-pair  fertilization  (Westneat  1990)  with  neighboring  con- 
specifics  while  having  the  benefit  of  a nest  site,  feeding  area,  and  other 
advantages  of  territorial  residence.  A similar  pattern  of  female  behavior 
has  been  observed  in  Fairy-Wrens  (Malurus  splendens),  (Brooker  and 
Rowley  1995),  in  which  social  pairing  by  a female  appears  to  allow  the 
opportunity  for  matings  with  high  quality  neighboring  males. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Chris  Goulart  and  Jean  Boylan  assisted  with  the  fieldwork  and  with  maintenance  of  the 
captive  birds.  Capture  was  authorized  by  state  and  federal  permits  (Wyoming  1989-16, 
Federal  PRT-694924).  Financial  support  was  from  the  National  Science  Foundation  (BNS- 
87-06526).  Helpful  comments  were  received  from  David  Westneat  and  an  anonymous  re- 
viewer. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Baker,  M.  C.  1994.  Does  exposure  to  heterospecific  males  affect  sexual  preferences  of 
female  buntings  (Passerina)?  Anim.  Behav.  48:1349-1355. 

AND  A.  E.  M.  Baker.  1988.  Vocal  and  visual  stimuli  enabling  copulation  behavior 

in  female  buntings.  Beh.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  23:105-108. 

AND  . 1990.  Reproductive  behavior  of  female  buntings:  isolation  mecha- 
nisms in  a hybridizing  pair  of  species.  Evolution  44:332-338. 

Brooker,  M.  and  I.  Rowley.  1995.  The  significance  of  territory  size  and  quality  in  the 
mating  strategy  of  the  Splendid  Fairy-Wren.  J.  Anim.  Ecol.  64:614-627. 

Emlen,  S.  T,  J.  D.  Rising,  and  W.  L.  Thompson.  1975.  A behavioral  and  morphological 
study  of  sympatry  in  the  Indigo  and  Lazuli  buntings  of  the  Great  Plains.  Wilson  Bull. 
87:145-179. 

Rising,  J.  D.  1983.  The  Great  Plains  hybrid  zones.  Current  Ornithol.  1:131-157. 

Siegel,  S.  1956.  Nonparametric  statistics  for  the  behavioral  sciences.  McGraw-Hill,  New 
York,  New  York. 

Thompson,  W.  L.  1976.  Vocalizations  of  the  Lazuli  Bunting.  Condor  78:195-207. 

AND  J.  O.  Rice.  1970.  Calls  of  the  Indigo  Bunting,  Passerina  cyanea.  Z.  Tierpsy- 

chol.  27:35-46. 

Westneat,  D.  F.  1990.  Genetic  parentage  in  the  Indigo  Bunting:  a study  using  DNA  fin- 
gerprinting. Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  27:67-76. 

Winer,  B.  J.  1971.  Statistical  principles  in  experimental  design.  McGraw-Hill,  New  York, 
New  York. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  776-782 


SURVEYS  OF  PUERTO  RICAN  SCREECH-OWL 
POPULATIONS  IN  LARGE-TRACT  AND 
FRAGMENTED  FOREST  HABITATS 

Keith  L.  Pardieck,'  J.  Michael  Meyers,^  and 
Michelle  Pagan^ 

Abstract. — We  conducted  road  surveys  of  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owls  (Otus  nudipes) 
by  playing  conspecific  vocalizations  in  secondary  wet  forest  and  fragmented  secondary 
moist  forest  in  rural  areas  of  eastern  Puerto  Rico.  Six  paired  surveys  were  conducted  bi- 
weekly beginning  in  April.  We  recorded  number  of  owl  responses,  cloud  cover,  wind  speed, 
moon  phase,  and  number  of  cars  passing  during  5-min  stops  at  60  locations.  Owls  responded 
in  similar  numbers  {P  > 0.05)  in  both  habitat  types.  Also,  we  detected  no  correlation  of  the 
number  of  owls  with  cloud  cover,  wind  speed,  moon  phase,  or  passing  cars.  Received  29 
Dec.  1995,  accepted  15  May  1996. 


The  endemic  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owl  {Otus  nudipes)  is  common 
throughout  forested  areas  of  mainland  Puerto  Rico  but  is  thought  to  be 
extirpated  on  adjacent  islands  such  as  Culebra  and  Vieques  (Raffaele 
1989).  Although  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owl  populations  may  have  de- 
clined in  the  early  1900s  when  many  of  the  islands’  forests  were  cleared 
(Wiley  1986a),  Wiley  (1986b)  reports  that  the  owl  population  recovered 
as  forest  cover  increased  and  as  trees  grew  large  enough  to  provide  suit- 
able nesting  and  roosting  cavities. 

Unfortunately,  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owl  populations  have  seldom 
been  studied  (Recher  1970,  Snyder  et  al.  1987,  Rivera-Milan  1995).  Since 
Eastern  Screech-Owl  {Otus  asio)  abundance  is  positively  correlated  with 
amount  of  woodland  habitat  available  (Nowicki  1974,  Cink  1975,  Smith 
et  al.  1987),  we  hypothesized  that  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owls  occupy 
fragmented  forests  at  lower  densities,  if  at  all.  Our  objective  was  to  de- 
termine the  relative  abundance  of  owls  in  fragmented  and  large  forests 
of  eastern  Puerto  Rico. 


METHODS 

Study  areas  (each  —2500  ha)  were  in  secondary  subtropical  wet  forest  (large  tract)  of  the 
Luquillo  Mountains  at  elevations  from  90-455  m and  in  secondary  subtropical  moist  forest 


' National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center,  Puerto  Rico  Research  Group,  P.O. 
Box  N,  Palmer,  Puerto  Rico  00721,  Present  address:  National  Biological  Survey,  Inventory  and  Moni- 
toring, 12100  Beech  Forest  Rd,,  Laurel,  Maryland  20708, 

2 National  Biological  Service,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center,  Puerto  Rico  Research  Group,  P.O, 
Box  N,  Palmer,  Puerto  Rico  00721.  Pre.sent  Address:  National  Biological  Service,  D.  B.  Wamell  School 
of  Forest  Resources,  The  Univ.  of  Georgia.  Athens,  Georgia  30602-2152. 

■’  Univ.  of  Puerto  Rico,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Rio  Piedras,  Puerto  Rico  00931.  Present  Address:  8803  Enfield 
Ct.  #24.  Laurel,  Maryland  20708. 


776 


Pardieck  et  al.  • PUERTO  RICAN  SCREECH-OWLS 


777 


(fragmented)  near  Naguabo,  Puerto  Rico  (18°18'N,  65°30'W),  at  elevations  from  22-224  m 
(Ewel  and  Whitmore  1973).  The  forests  receive  233-392  cm  of  rainfall  annually  and  have 
an  average  temperature  of  25°C  (Brown  et  al.  1983). 

Percent  cover  of  general  habitat  types  was  visually  estimated  by  two  observers  to  the 
nearest  10%  within  approximately  300  m of  each  owl  survey  point.  Average  percent  cover 
in  large-tract  forest  was  80%  intermediate  forest,  15%  young  forest,  4%  scrub  (storm  blow- 
down areas),  and  1%  residential.  Average  percent  cover  at  survey  points  in  the  fragmented 
forest  was  27%  intermediate  forest,  9%  young  forest,  19%  scrub,  34%  pasture,  and  11% 
residential. 

To  estimate  relative  owl  populations,  we  conducted  road  surveys  using  vocalization  play- 
back to  elicit  owl  responses.  In  each  study  area  (12  km  apart),  we  established  three  3.6-km 
road  surveys  with  10  points  per  survey  site  (points  0.4  km  apart).  Distance  between  survey 
points  was  determined  by  research  in  the  summer  of  1990  and  from  home  ranges  determined 
for  two  radio-marked  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owls  (Gannon  et  al.  1993).  Roads  with  heavy 
traffic  (>3  cars  per  5-min  point  count)  at  night  were  avoided.  Survey  sites  were  selected 
by  lottery  from  suitable  roads  (no  heavy  traffic)  near  Naguabo  (Highway  971,  972,  and  974) 
and  in  the  Luquillo  Mountains  (Highway  988,  9966,  and  191).  Survey  sites  were  paired 
between  study  areas,  i.e.,  paired  points  were  sampled  simultaneously  throughout  the  study. 

We  conducted  six  surveys  during  the  owls’  1991  breeding  season — five  biweekly  surveys 
beginning  in  late  April  and  one  in  July.  Surveys  began  30  min  after  sunset  (about  19:20) 
and  ended  about  midnight.  We  randomly  selected  the  survey  order  and  rotated  the  order  on 
subsequent  samplings  so  that  each  point  was  sampled  twice  during  early  (19:20-21:00), 
mid-  (21:00-22:30),  and  late  evening  (22:30-24:00). 

At  each  point,  we  conducted  a 5-min  survey  consisting  of  visual  and  aural  observations. 
Playback  overlapped  the  first  2 min  of  observation  and  was  followed  by  3 min  of  silence. 
The  first  minute  of  playback  consisted  of  30  sec  of  owl  trills  followed  by  30  sec  of  “wild” 
trills  or  cackles  (van  der  Weyden  1974).  This  sequence  was  repeated  during  the  second 
minute  after  turning  the  speaker  to  the  opposite  direction  and  perpendicular  to  the  edge  of 
the  road.  We  used  Marantz®  (model  PMD  430)  and  Sony®  (model  TCM-5000EV)  cassette 
recorders  with  amplified  external  speakers  (Realistic®  Minimus-0.6,  2 W)  to  broadcast  owl 
calls.  (Use  of  brand  names  does  not  constitute  government  endorsement.)  Speaker  volumes 
were  equal  and  audible  to  us  to  160  m.  To  test  observer  variability,  two  persons  recorded 
owl  responses  independently  and  simultaneously  at  each  point  in  the  large-tract  forest.  Both 
observers  were  equally  trained  and  experienced  (Kepler  and  Scott  1981).  At  each  point  we 
recorded  ( 1 ) number  of  initial  owl  responses  within  5,  1-min  periods,  (2)  cloud  cover  (nearest 
10%),  (3)  wind  speed  (Beaufort  scale),  (4)  moon  phase,  and  (5)  number  of  cars  passing  the 
point  in  5 min. 

We  analyzed  the  data  with  r-tests  (SAS  Institute,  Inc.  1988)  that  compared  the  mean 
differences  (d)  of  variables  between  paired  points.  Differences  were  considered  significant 
at  P < 0.05.  Pearson  correlation  analysis  (SAS  Institute,  Inc.  1988)  was  used  to  determine 
associations  between  number  of  owl  responses  with  wind  speed,  moon  phase,  cloud  cover, 
and  number  of  cars.  Weather  conditions  were  different  between  the  study  areas  during  the 
surveys.  More  cloud  cover  (d  — 17%,  P — 0.0001)  and  higher  winds  (Beaufort  scale,  d — 
1.7,  p = 0.0001)  were  present  during  surveys  in  large-tract  forest.  However,  more  cars  {d 
= 0.8,  P = 0.0001)  were  present  during  surveys  in  fragmented  forest.  Because  of  these 
differences  the  association  of  weather  and  number  of  cars  with  number  of  owl  responses 
was  analyzed  separately  for  each  study  area.  Data  were  normalized  using  the  square  root  of 
X (x  = cloud  cover  and  wind  speed)  and  the  square  root  of  fy  + 0.5]  (y  = number  of  owls, 
moon  phase,  and  number  of  cars)  transformations. 


778 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


RESULTS 

Paired  mean  difference  {d)  of  owl  responses  by  study  areas  was  not 
different  from  0 (P  = 0.53)  among  survey  dates;  therefore,  data  for  all 
dates  were  pooled.  No  differences  in  owl  responses  were  found  between 
study  areas  (P  = 0.31).  In  the  large-tract  forest,  a total  of  200  owl  re- 
sponses {x  = 1.10  per  point  per  survey)  was  found  compared  to  173  owl 
responses  (x  = 0.96  per  point  per  survey)  in  fragmented  forest  (Table  1). 
Observers  conducting  simultaneous  point  surveys  for  owls  in  large  tract 
forest  did  not  detect  owls  in  different  numbers  (overall  x for  observer  1 
= 1.11  owls/point  and  x for  observer  2 = 1.15  owls/point,  P = 0.60). 
Cloud  cover,  wind  speed,  and  number  of  cars  were  not  associated  with 
number  of  vocal  responses  of  owls  at  either  study  area  (r  ranged  from 
—0.054  to  0.12  and  P from  0.12  to  0.97).  In  large-tract  forest,  the  number 
of  vocal  responses  of  owls  was  weakly  correlated  with  moon  phase  (r  = 
0.15,  P = 0.04).  No  correlation  was  found  between  moon  phase  and 
number  of  vocal  responses  by  owls  in  fragmented  forest  (r  = 0.08,  P = 
0.22).  Of  a total  of  373  aural  and  visual  responses,  18.5%  were  recorded 
in  the  first  minute,  4.8%  in  the  second,  31.6%  in  the  third,  22.0%  in  the 
fourth,  and  23.1%  in  the  fifth.  Only,  4.8%  of  total  contacts  were  visual, 
all  occurring  after  the  first  survey  minute. 

DISCUSSION 

Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owls  responded  similarly  in  fragmented  habitat 
(36%  forest  cover)  and  large  tract  habitat  (95%  forest  cover)  which  may 
indicate  similar  owl  densities.  This  is  contrary  to  studies  on  Eastern 
Screech-Owls  in  Michigan  (Nowicki  1974)  and  Kansas  (Cink  1975) 
which  indicated  that  abundance  was  positively  associated  with  forested 
habitat.  Similar  numbers  of  owls  in  fragmented  and  large-tract  forests 
suggests  that  restoration  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owl  may  be  possible 
in  former  ranges  where  forest  habitat  is  fragmented  (e.g.,  Vieques  Island) 
but  where  nesting  cavities  (artificial  or  natural)  and  food  resources  are 
adequate. 

Traditionally,  the  Vieques  owl  population  has  been  listed  as  the  O.  n. 
newtoni  subspecies  (Bond  1956).  However,  lack  of  a specimen  from  Vie- 
ques and  the  paucity  of  information,  in  general,  on  the  Puerto  Rican 
Screech-Owl  indicate  that  owls  on  this  island  were  part  of  the  geograph- 
ically closer  and  more  abundant  race,  O.  n.  nudipes  (R.  Banks,  pers. 
commun.;  J.  Marshall,  pers.  commun.).  In  addition,  there  is  some  uncer- 
tainty as  to  the  existence  of  two  separate  owl  races  (R.  Banks,  pers. 
commun.;  Biaggi  1970).  No  attempts  to  introduce  owls  from  Puerto  Rico 
to  the  Virgin  Islands  should  be  undertaken  while  this  species  taxonomic 
status  is  in  question. 


Pardieck  et  al.  • PUERTO  RICAN  SCREECH-OWLS 


779 


Table  1 

Number  of  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owls  and  Mean  Difference  (d)  between 
Unfragmented  Tropical  Wet  Forest  and  Fragmented  Tropical  Moist  Forest 

Total  number  of  owls“ 

Unfragmented 

Fragmented 

forest 

forest 

d 

7 

3 

0.67'’ 

5 

3 

0.33 

11 

7 

0.67 

6 

7 

-0.17 

9 

7 

0.50 

4 

11 

-1.17 

11 

1 

1.67 

5 

4 

-0.17 

9 

4 

0.83 

2 

8 

-1.00 

8 

5 

0.33 

11 

7 

0.67 

10 

7 

0.50 

6 

5 

0.17 

3 

3 

0.00 

10 

2 

1.33 

6 

8 

-0.33 

11 

0 

1.83 

4 

3 

0.17 

8 

2 

1.00 

5 

4 

0.17 

3 

4 

-0.17 

2 

2 

0.00 

10 

17 

-1.17 

5 

9 

-0.67 

5 

3 

0.33 

12 

4 

1.33 

1 

8 

-1.17 

10 

1 1 

-0.17 

1 

14 

-2.17 

Total  200 

173 

* Total  number  for  six  surveys  of  5 min  each. 

’’  Mean  difference  per  p>oint  per  survey;  paired  ?-tesl  of  mean  difference  (owls  counted  for  point  by  survey  for  unfrag- 
mented  forest  minus  owls  counted  for  point  by  survey  for  fragmented  forest)  of  transformed  data  is  / = 1.31.  df  = 29.  P 
= 0.20. 


Future  research,  prior  to  screech-owl  restoration  efforts,  should  include 
surveys  of  former  and  current  ranges  to  assess  (1)  the  status  of  extant 
owl  populations,  (2)  the  availability  of  nesting  and  roosting  cavities,  and 
(3)  the  availability  of  food  resources.  Since  these  owls  readily  use  nest 


780 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


boxes.  Otherwise  suitable  habitat  can  be  supplemented  with  artificial  cav- 
ities (Wiley  1985,  1986a).  Our  data  further  suggests  that  Puerto  Rican 
Screech-Owls  may  be  able  to  exist  in  moist  and  wet  areas  with  fragmented 
forest  cover  of  approximately  36%.  But  the  extent  to  which  Puerto  Rican 
Screech-Owls  use  fragmented  forest  must  also  be  determined.  Is  frag- 
mented forest  preferred  owl  habitat  or  does  it  serve  only  as  a population 
sink  for  individuals  dispersing  from  large-tract  areas? 

Smith  et  al.  (1987)  and  Gerhardt  (1991)  reported  that  Eastern  Screech- 
Owl  and  Mottled  Owl  (Ciccaba  virgata)  responses  were  negatively  as- 
sociated with  wind  speed,  whereas  Carpenter  (1987)  suggested  that  sub- 
zero temperatures  had  inhibitory  effect  on  Eastern  Screech-Owl  calling. 
Unlike  Eastern  Screech-Owls  (Smith  et  al.  1987,  Ritchison  et  al.  1988, 
Carpenter  1987)  and  Mottled  Owls  (Gerhardt  1991),  Puerto  Rican 
Screech-Owl  responses  may  be  weakly  associated  with  moonlight.  This 
weak  association  was  probably  caused  by  the  absence  of  full  and  new 
moon  phases  during  our  sampling  periods.  In  Puerto  Rico,  the  lack  of 
association  of  owl  responses  to  all  weather  conditions  discussed  above, 
except  moonlight,  may  be  related  to  the  mild  temperature  fluctuations  of 
the  tropical  environment. 

Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owls  responded  well  to  conspecific  vocalization 
playback,  with  contacts  occurring  throughout  the  5-min  period.  However, 
the  lower  numbers  of  responses  in  the  first  2 min  suggests  that  playback 
may  interfere  with  the  observers  aural  detection  ability.  In  addition,  after 
a 5-min  survey,  the  accumulated  number  of  initial  owl  responses  had  not 
stabilized.  Therefore,  five  minutes  per  point  may  not  be  long  enough  to 
provide  data  for  quantitative  estimates  of  the  owl  population.  Some  stud- 
ies suggest  at  least  a 10-min  sample  period  when  surveying  Eastern 
Screech-Owls  and  other  raptors,  especially  when  trying  to  determine  pop- 
ulation densities  (Mosher  et  al.  1990,  De  Geus  and  Bowles  1991). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  thank  P.  Pagan  and  N.  Lopez  for  their  kind  support  and  use  of  their  vehicle.  We  are 
also  grateful  for  the  helpful  comments  provided  by  reviewers  W.  J.  Arendt,  C.  Henny,  D. 
G.  Smith,  R.  B.  Waide,  and  J.  W.  Wiley.  We  thank  the  U.S.  Dept,  of  Agriculture  Lorest 
Service  for  providing  access  to  study  areas  in  the  Caribbean  National  Lorest.  In  addition, 
we  are  indebted  to  the  U.S.  Dept,  of  Interior,  National  Biological  Service,  for  the  use  of 
field  and  office  equipment  throughout  the  study. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Biaggi,  V.  1970.  Las  aves  de  Puerto  Rico.  Editorial  Universitaria,  Univ.  Puerto  Rico,  Ma- 
nuel Pareja  Publ.,  Barcelona,  Spain. 

Bond,  J.  1956.  Check-list  of  birds  of  the  West  Indies.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania. 


Pardieck  et  al.  • PUERTO  RICAN  SCREECH-OWLS 


781 


Brown,  S.,  A.  E.  Lugo,  S.  Silander,  and  L.  Liegel.  1983.  Research  history  and  oppor- 
tunities in  the  Luquillo  Experimental  Forest.  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  SO-44. 

Carpenter,  T.  W.  1987.  Effects  of  environmental  variables  on  responses  of  Eastern  Screech- 
Owl  to  playback.  Pp.  277-280  in  Biology  and  conservation  of  northern  forest  owls  (R. 

W.  Nero,  R.  J.  Clark,  R.  J.  Knapton,  and  R.  H.  Hamre,  eds.).  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen. 
Tech.  Rep.  RM-142. 

CiNK,  C.  L.  1975.  Population  densities  of  Screech  Owls  in  northeastern  Kansas.  Kansas 
Ornithol.  Soc.  26:13-16. 

De  Geus,  D.  W.  and  j.  B.  Bowles.  1991.  Relative  abundance  of  Eastern  Screech-Owls  in 
a south-central  Iowa  township.  J.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.  98:91-92. 

Ewel,  j.  j.  and  j.  L.  Whitmore.  1973.  The  ecological  life  zones  of  Puerto  Rico  and  the 
U.S.  Virgin  Islands.  USDA  For.  Serv.  Res.  Pap.  ITF-18.  Inst.  Trop.  For.,  Rio  Piedras, 
Puerto  Rico. 

Gannon,  M.  R.,  K.  Pardieck,  M.  R.  Willig,  and  R.  B.  Waide.  1993.  Movement  and  home 
range  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Screech-Owl  (Otus  midipes)  in  the  Luquillo  Experimental 
Forest.  Carib.  J.  Sci.  29:174-178. 

Gerhardt,  R.  P.  1991.  Response  of  Mottled  Owls  to  broadcast  of  conspecific  calls.  J.  Field 
Ornithol.  62:239-244. 

Kepler,  C.  B.  and  J.  M.  Scott.  1981.  Reducing  bird  count  variability  by  training  observers. 
Pp.  68-75  in  Estimating  numbers  of  terrestrial  birds  (C.  J.  Ralph  and  J.  M.  Scott,  eds.). 
Stud.  Avian  Biol.  No.  6. 

Mosher,  J.  A.,  M.  R.  Fuller,  and  M.  Kopeny.  1990.  Surveying  woodland  raptors  by 
broadcast  of  conspecific  vocalizations.  J.  Field  Ornithol.  61:453-461. 

Nowicki,  T.  1974.  A census  of  Screech  Owls  {Otus  asio)  using  tape  recorded  calls.  Jack- 
Pine  Warbler  52:98-101. 

Raffaele,  H.  a.  1989.  A guide  to  the  birds  of  Puerto  Rico  and  the  Virgin  Islands.  Princeton 
Univ.  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

Recher,  H.  F.  1970.  Population  density  and  seasonal  changes  of  the  avifauna  in  a tropical 
forest  before  and  after  gamma  irradiation.  Pp.  E69-E86  in  A tropical  rain  forest:  a 
study  of  irradiation  and  ecology  at  El  Verde,  Puerto  Rico  (H.  T.  Odum  and  R.  F.  Pigeon, 
eds.).  Natl.  Inf.  Tech.  Serv.,  Springfield,  Virginia. 

Rivera-Milan,  F.  F.  1995.  Distribution  and  abundance  of  raptors  in  Puerto  Rico.  Wilson 
Bull.  107:452-462. 

Ritchison,  G.,  P.  M.  Cavanagh,  J.  R.  Belthoff,  and  E.  J.  Sparks.  1988.  The  singing 
behavior  of  Eastern  Screech-Owls:  seasonal  timing  and  response  to  playback  of  con- 
specific song.  Condor  90:648-652. 

SAS  Institute,  Inc.  1988.  SAS/STAT®  User’s  Guide,  release  6.03  edition.  SAS®  Institute, 
Inc.,  Cary,  North  Carolina. 

Smith,  D.  G.,  A.  Devine,  and  D.  Walsh.  1987.  Censusing  screech  owls  in  southern  Con- 
necticut. Pp.  255-267  in  Biology  and  conservation  of  northern  forest  owls  (R.  W.  Nero, 
R.  J.  Clark,  R.  J.  Knapton,  and  R.  H.  Hamre,  eds.).  USDA  For.  Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep. 
RM-142. 

Snyder,  N.  F.  R.,  J.  W.  Wiley,  and  C.  B.  Kepler.  1987.  The  Parrots  of  Luquillo:  natural 
history  and  conservation  of  the  Puerto  Rican  Parrot.  Western  Foundation  Vertebrate 
Zoology,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

VAN  DER  Weyden,  W.  J.  1974.  Vocal  affinities  of  the  Puerto  Rican  and  Vermiculated  Screech 
Owls  (Otus  nudipes  and  Otus  gucitemalae).  Ibis  1 16:369-372. 

Wiley,  J.  W.  1985.  Bird  conservation  in  the  United  States  Caribbean.  Pp.  107-160  in  Bird 
conservation  2 (S.  A.  Temple,  ed.).  The  Univ.  of  Wisconsin  Press,  Madison,  Wisconsin. 


782 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


— . 1986a.  Status  and  conservation  of  forest  raptors  in  the  West  Indies.  Birds  Prey 
Bull.  3:57-70. 

— . 1986b.  Habitat  change  and  its  effects  on  Puerto  Rican  raptors.  Birds  of  Prey  Bull. 
3:51-56. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  783-796 


THE  USE  OF  COASTAL  AGRICULTURAL  FIELDS  IN 
VIRGINIA  AS  FORAGING  HABITAT  BY  SHOREBIRDS 

Stephen  C.  Rottenborn 

Abstract.  I studied  temporal  abundance  patterns  and  use  of  cover  types  by  shorebirds 
foraging  in  coastal  croplands  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Virginia  from  March  1991  through 
February  1992.  A total  of  21,254  shorebirds  of  21  species  was  observed  foraging  in  agri- 
cultural croplands.  Shorebird  abundance  reached  a peak  during  spring  migration  and  was 
lower  during  fall  and  winter.  Shorebird  species  richness  was  highest  in  fall  and  lower  in 
spring  and  winter.  Some  species  appeared  to  use  fields  primarily  as  alternate  foraging  habitat 
when  preferred  intertidal  habitats  were  covered  by  high  tides,  whereas  other  species  foraged 
in  fields  regardless  of  tidal  height.  Most  species  showed  highly  significant  positive  associ- 
ations with  plowed  fields  (bare  earth)  and  negative  associations  with  herbaceous  vegetation 
>10  cm  tall.  Associations  with  vegetated  cover  of  <10  cm  varied  seasonally,  tending  to  be 
positive  in  spring  and  negative  (or  with  no  association)  in  fall  and  winter  for  most  species. 
Because  most  shorebirds  foraged  on  the  cover  type  providing  the  least  cover  from  predators 
(plowed  fields),  the  observed  cover  associations  may  reflect  differences  in  predator  detection 
or  foraging  efficiency  among  the  cover  types.  Received  20  Nov.  1995,  accepted  13  April 
1996. 


Most  research  on  habitat  use  and  foraging  strategies  of  shorebirds  has 
focused  on  the  use  of  intertidal  habitats,  where  they  may  choose  different 
foraging  sites  and  strategies  depending  on  tidal  conditions  (cf  Burger  et 
al.  1977,  Connors  et  al.  1981).  When  preferred  intertidal  habitats  are 
inundated  by  high  tides,  shorebirds  may  forage  temporarily  in  alternate 
areas,  including  agricultural  fields  (Atkinson  1976,  Gerstenberg  1979, 
Page  et  al.  1979).  Previous  studies  of  the  use  of  agricultural  croplands  by 
shorebirds  have  dealt  primarily  with  species  that  prefer  upland  habitats 
and  rarely  move  to  intertidal  areas  (Fuller  and  Youngman  1979,  Barnard 
and  Thompson  1985,  Milsom  et  al.  1985)  or  were  conducted  in  inland 
regions  where  tidal  regime  had  no  influence  on  shorebird  distribution  and 
behavior  (Ohmart  et  al.  1985).  In  California,  a number  of  shorebird  spe- 
cies move  from  intertidal  areas  to  pastures  during  high  tides  (Gerstenberg 
1979,  Page  et  al.  1979),  and  some  of  the  habitat  features  associated  with 
the  birds’  use  of  coastal  pastures  have  been  described  (Colwell  and  Dodd 
1995).  Despite  the  potential  importance  of  cropland  as  alternate  foraging 
habitat  for  shorebirds  (Ohmart  et  al.  1985),  the  use  of  coastal  cropland 
by  foraging  shorebirds  has  not  been  described.  The  objectives  of  this 
study  were  (1)  to  determine  the  species  composition  and  temporal  abun- 
dance patterns  of  shorebirds  foraging  in  coastal  cropland  on  the  Eastern 


Center  for  Conservation  Biology,  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Stanford  Univ.,  Stanford,  California 
94305-5020. 


783 


784 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Shore  of  Virginia,  and  (2)  to  determine  patterns  of  cover  use  by  these 
shorebirds. 


STUDY  AREA  AND  METHODS 

I conducted  this  study  on  the  southern  tip  of  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Virginia,  within  an 
area  of  approximately  of  170  km^.  The  study  area  is  bounded  to  the  east  by  extensive  tidal 
salt  marsh,  mud  flats,  and  barrier  islands  and  to  the  west  by  narrow  sandy  beaches  (with 
several  tidal  creeks)  along  Chesapeake  Bay.  Large  numbers  of  shorebirds  forage  in  these 
tidal  areas,  especially  at  low  tide  when  beaches  and  mudflats  are  exposed.  Previous  obser- 
vations indicated  that  individuals  of  some  shorebird  species  moved  from  these  intertidal 
habitats  to  agricultural  croplands  to  forage  during  high  tide. 

In  order  to  determine  the  relationship  between  tidal  height  and  the  abundance  of  certain 
shorebird  species  in  agricultural  fields,  I conducted  four  surveys  of  a small  number  of  fields 
in  the  study  area  (6-8  fields/survey).  The  days  on  which  these  censuses  were  conducted, 
29  May,  12  and  31  August,  and  2 November  1991,  were  chosen  so  that  the  timing  of  high 
and  low  tides  varied  among  surveys.  Such  variation  in  the  timing  of  high  and  low  tides 
allowed  me  to  distinguish  possible  relationships  between  shorebird  abundance  and  time  of 
day  from  relationships  between  shorebird  abundance  and  tidal  height.  During  these  surveys, 
I visited  each  field  at  one-  to  two-h  intervals  between  dawn  and  dusk,  recording  the  number 
of  individuals  of  each  species  in  each  field  during  each  round  of  censuses.  All  fields  were 
visited  the  same  number  of  times  on  a given  date,  but  the  number  of  census  rounds  varied 
from  seven  to  nine  among  different  survey  dates.  I divided  the  species  observed  in  fields 
into  two  groups  based  on  my  previous  experience  with  shorebirds  in  intertidal  habitats 
around  the  study  area  and  life  history  information  (Stout  1967,  Hayman  et  al.  1986):  field 
specialists,  thought  to  forage  primarily  in  fields  and  rarely  visiting  intertidal  habitats,  and 
field  exploiters,  species  that  regularly  forage  in  intertidal  habitats  during  low  tide  but  oc- 
casionally forage  in  fields  during  high  tide.  Eor  each  field,  the  abundance  of  shorebirds  in 
each  of  these  groups  was  determined  for  the  censuses  conducted  closest  to  the  times  cor- 
responding to  high  and  low  tide  at  Cape  Charles,  Virginia  (U.S.  Department  of  Commerce 
1990).  Paired  comparisons  r-tests  were  used  to  test  the  null  hypothesis  that  the  abundance 
of  shorebirds  in  these  fields  did  not  differ  between  high  tide  and  low  tide  (Sokal  and  Rohlf 
1981). 

In  order  to  determine  seasonal  patterns  of  shorebird  abundance  and  the  use  of  various 
cover  types  by  shorebirds  foraging  in  coastal  croplands,  I conducted  thirty  censuses  of 
croplands  (comprising  4598.8  ha)  in  the  study  area  from  March  1991  through  Eebruary 
1992.  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  relative  availability  of  cover  types,  I defined  a 
field  as  a continuous  plot  with  homogeneous  cover  of  bare  earth  or  herbaceous  vegetation 
of  the  same  height  class  (<10  cm  or  >10  cm)  not  divided  by  a paved  road  or  by  woody 
vegetation.  Because  high  and  low  tides  were  separated  by  approximately  6.0-6. 5 h,  I began 
each  census  4 h before  high  tide  so  that  all  fields  would  be  surveyed  during  the  highest  2/3 
of  the  tidal  cycle.  Each  census  lasted  approximately  8 h.  To  randomize  the  tide  height  during 
my  observation  of  any  particular  field,  I began  each  census  at  a location  chosen  randomly 
from  a pool  of  20  points  along  the  census  route.  Censuses  were  not  conducted  if  visibility 
was  hampered  by  fog  or  precipitation. 

During  each  census,  I drove  along  the  census  route,  stopping  at  each  field  to  scan  for 
shorebirds.  I counted  shorebirds  from  one  or  more  points  at  the  edge  of  each  field  using 
8.5  X binoculars.  For  larger  fields  and  for  fields  with  taller  vegetation,  I scanned  from  several 
points  along  the  edge  of  each  field,  using  a 22X  spotting  scope  as  necessary.  Scanning  along 
rows  of  vegetation  and  listening  for  the  birds’  calls  (given  frequently  by  foraging  flocks) 


Rottenborn  • AGRICULTURAL  FIELD  USE  BY  SHOREBIRDS 


785 


aided  in  the  detection  ot  shorebirds.  Eor  large  or  widely  dispersed  flocks,  I made  replicate 
counts  ot  shorebirds  and  recorded  the  mean  of  the  original  and  replicate  counts.  Most  of 
the  shore^rds  observed  on  croplands  were  actively  foraging,  with  only  a small  proportion 
roosting.  Observations  made  during  the  four  dawn-to-dusk  surveys  and  at  other  times  sug- 
gested that  very  few  shorebirds,  if  any,  used  these  fields  for  roosting  without  spending  some 
time  foraging.  Therefore,  all  shorebirds  recorded  during  censuses  were  assumed  to  be  for- 
aging in  the  fields. 

I was  able  to  corroborate  the  accuracy  of  counts  for  cover  types  of  <10  cm  vegetation 
and  plowed  fields  by  locating  three  fields  with  each  of  these  cover  types  that  contained  large 
flocks  of  foraging  shorebirds,  counting  the  birds  from  the  edge  of  each  field,  and  then 
walking  through  the  fields  to  flush  and  count  every  bird.  In  all  six  cases,  the  error  in  these 
replicate  counts  was  less  than  two  percent.  I was  unable  to  corroborate  directly  my  counts 
for  >10  cm  cover,  but  on  one  occasion  a disturbance  in  a field  of  tall  vegetation  flushed 
the  shorebirds  within  the  field,  confirming  my  previous  count. 

During  each  census,  I recorded  the  type  and  height  of  cover  in  each  field.  I recognized 
three  cover  types  in  these  croplands:  plowed  (bare  earth  with  no  vegetation),  herbaceous 
vegetation  <10  cm  tall,  and  herbaceous  vegetation  >10  cm  tall.  No  distinction  was  made 
between  row  crops  (which  included  cotton,  soybeans,  potatoes,  string  beans,  and  several 
other  crops)  and  mat  crops  (mostly  cereals).  Eields  with  weedy  herbaceous  vegetation  al- 
lowed to  grow  in  the  interval  between  the  harvest  of  one  crop  and  seeding  of  another  were 
also  included  in  this  study,  although  I excluded  fields  that  lay  fallow  for  the  entire  study 
period.  All  crop  types  reached  heights  exceeding  10  cm,  so  vegetation  height  (<10  cm  or 
>10  cm)  was  not  dependent  on  crop  type.  I did  not  include  any  pastureland  in  this  study, 
as  very  little  was  present  within  the  study  area. 

The  area  of  each  field  was  measured  with  a planimeter  from  field-checked  7.5-min  to- 
pographic maps.  For  each  census,  I summed  the  areas  of  all  fields  with  a particular  cover 
type  to  determine  the  total  availability  of  each  cover  type  in  the  study  area.  I then  deter- 
mined, for  each  census,  the  number  of  individuals  of  each  shorebird  species  expected  to 
occur  in  fields  with  each  cover  type  if  shorebird  distribution  over  the  study  area  were 
independent  of  cover  type.  These  numbers  were  the  products  of  the  total  number  of  observed 
individuals  of  each  species  and  the  proportion  of  fields  having  each  of  the  three  cover  types. 

I summed  the  numbers  of  shorebirds  observed  and  expected  on  each  cover  type  over  all 
censuses  in  each  season  in  order  to  determine  the  total  number  of  Individuals  of  each  species 
that  were  observed  and  expected  on  each  cover  type  by  season.  In  pooling  these  numbers 
by  season,  I assumed  that  patterns  of  cover  use  did  not  differ  significantly  among  different 
censuses  within  the  same  season. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  study,  I delimited  seasons  a posteriori  by  examining  abundance 
patterns  of  species  known  to  occur  in  coastal  Virginia  as  summer  or  winter  residents  or  as 
northbound  (spring)  or  southbound  (fall)  migrants  (Kain  1987).  I defined  summer  as  the 
period  from  early  June  until  mid-July,  during  which  the  only  species  observed  in  the  study 
area  was  a local  breeder.  Fall  lasted  from  the  arrival  of  the  first  southbound  migrants  in  late 
July  until  the  departure  of  the  last  southbound  transients  (i.e.,  species  that  do  not  overwinter 
in  Virginia)  from  the  study  area  in  mid-November.  Winter  extended  from  mid-November 
until  late  March.  Spring  began  with  the  first  arrival  of  northbound  migrants  in  early  April 
and  ended  in  late  May.  Because  I observed  only  two  individuals  of  one  locally  breeding 
species  during  summer,  analyses  presented  here  are  restricted  to  fall,  winter,  and  spring. 
Sampling  intensity  differed  among  seasons  due  to  differences  in  season  length;  four  censuses 
were  conducted  during  summer,  10  during  fall,  1 1 during  winter,  and  five  during  spring. 

For  the  species  represented  by  at  least  30  individuals  during  a given  season,  I u.sed  a 
test  to  test  the  null  hypothesis  that  shorebird  distribution  was  independent  of  cover  type.  I 


786 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


performed  these  tests  separately  for  each  season.  In  a few  cases,  the  expected  number  of 
individuals  on  both  plowed  and  <10  cm  vegetation  was  less  than  five;  in  such  cases,  the 
numbers  of  shorebirds  observed  and  expected  were  pooled  for  these  cover  types,  allowing 
for  a valid  test  (Sokal  and  Rohlf  1981).  Each  total  value  was  the  sum  of  three  “component 
X"”  values,  one  for  each  of  the  three  cover  types.  If  the  total  x^  exceeded  the  critical  value 
(rejecting  the  null  hypothesis),  then  each  “component  x^”  was  examined  individually  to 
determine  which  of  the  shorebird-cover  associations  were  significant.  If  a “component  x^” 
for  a single  cover  type  was  so  high  that  it  exceeded  the  critical  value  required  for 
significance  for  the  entire  test,  then  the  association  between  the  species  and  the  cover  type 
in  question  was  deemed  significant.  This  method  provided  a conservative  approach  to  as- 
sessing individual  species-cover  associations.  The  nature  of  each  significant  association  was 
identified  by  determining  whether  the  number  of  individuals  observed  on  a cover  type  was 
greater  than  or  less  than  the  number  expected  on  that  cover  type  (indicating  a positive  or 
negative  association,  respectively). 

Standard  y^  tests  assume  independence  of  individuals,  an  assumption  that  may  be  violated 
in  species,  such  as  shorebirds,  that  frequently  move  in  flocks.  In  this  study,  I was  rarely 
able  to  determine  the  number  of  independent  groups  of  shorebirds  that  selected  a field  for 
foraging.  However,  to  treat  the  entire  shorebird  assemblage  in  each  field  as  a single  unit 
composed  of  interdependent  individuals  may  unnecessarily  reduce  the  number  of  observa- 
tions available  for  analysis  if,  indeed,  the  shorebirds  individually  display  their  own  cover 
preferences.  In  order  to  determine  whether  cover  use  may  have  been  affected  by  social 
interactions,  I examined  the  results  of  the  x^  tests  a posteriori.  If  flocking,  rather  than  se- 
lection of  a desired  cover  type,  had  been  the  primary  influence  on  the  birds’  choice  of  fields, 

1 would  have  expected  a preponderance  of  insignificant,  weak,  or  inconsistent  shorebird- 
cover  associations.  However,  the  consistent,  strong  cover  associations  observed  in  this  study 
indicate  that  social  interactions  did  not  mask  actual  patterns  of  cover  preference  or  avoid- 
ance, supporting  the  validity  of  the  x^  tests  as  they  were  conducted.  I conducted  an  analysis 
of  variance  (in  SYSTAT,  Wilkinson  1990)  to  test  the  null  hypotheses  that  mean  species 
richness  and  shorebird  abundance  per  census  did  not  differ  among  the  seasons. 

RESULTS 

Relationship  between  shorebird  abundance  and  tidal  height. — During 
the  four  dawn-to-dusk  surveys,  those  species  thought  to  prefer  foraging 
in  intertidal  habitats  (field  exploiters)  were  most  abundant  on  croplands 
during  the  higher  portion  of  the  tidal  cycle  and  were  scarce  or  absent 
during  the  lower  portion  (Fig.  1).  During  these  surveys,  such  species 
included  Semipalmated  Plover,  Black-bellied  Plover,  Whimbrel,  Willet, 
Ruddy  Turnstone,  Semipalmated  Sandpiper,  Least  Sandpiper,  and  Dunlin 
(scientific  names  in  Table  1).  Abundance  of  these  shorebirds  in  fields  at 
high  tide  and  low  was  significantly  higher  during  censuses  conducted  near 
high  tide  on  29  May  {t  = 2.670,  df  = 5,  P < 0.05),  12  August  {t  = 
3.940,  df  = 6,  P < 0.01),  31  August  {t  = 4.255,  df  = 7,  P < 0.01),  and 

2 November  (r  = 2.449,  df  = 6,  P < 0.05).  According  to  Fig.  1,  relatively 
few  field  exploiters  were  present  on  censuses  conducted  more  than  two 
hours  preceding  or  following  high  tide,  although  peak  abundance  did  not 
always  coincide  with  the  census  conducted  nearest  high  tide  (e.g.,  29 
May).  Peak  shorebird  abundance  occurred  at  different  times  during  the 


Rottenborn  • AGRICULTURAL  FIELD  USE  BY  SHOREBIRDS 


787 


2 NOVEMBER 


Fig.  1.  Plots  of  shorebird  abundance  vs  time  of  day.  Solid  circles  represent  individuals 
of  “field  exploiter”  species,  while  open  circles  represent  “field  specialist”  species  (see 
“Methods”  for  descriptions  of  these  two  groups).  Labels  on  the  lower  axis  indicate  hours 
after  midnight.  Solid  and  open  arrows  along  the  lower  axis  signify  the  times  of  high  and 
low  tides,  respectively. 


different  surveys,  indicating  that  these  dynamics  were  related  to  tidal 
height  and  not  time  of  day. 

In  contrast,  the  abundance  of  species  thought  to  forage  almost  exclu- 
sively in  fields  (field  specialists),  including  Killdeer,  American  Golden- 


Table  1 

Abundance  of  Shorebirds  Foraging  in  Agricultural  Fields  by  Species  and  Season 


788 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


C 

H o 


f3 

CN 

On 

o 

m 

o 

00 

7t 

r-- 

1 

2 

1 

4 

4 

4 

1 

1 

1 

1 

"o 

3 

00 

CN 

r^i 

cn 

ON 

NO 

NO 

in 

<n 

m (n  — 

"O 

ON 

On 

— 

O 

■G 

CN 

6 

Z 

> 

'■5 

NO 

IT)  O O 
00  O 
(N  r- 

— . CM 


O <N  O O O O 


r^OOOOOOOOO  — 


o 

o 

CM 


m On  Gv  ON  00  m O 
On  sD  in  in  ON 
O ON  CN  00 
(N  — 


(n  Tj*  — (N  — rN 
in  m <n  (n  — 


o — 
in 
in 
in 


TtCN(N  — (NOOOOO  — O 

NO  in  CN  o cn  no  in 

nd  CN  00  in  — 

m CN 


OOOOCNOOO  — o 


o — 
o 
in 


NOininONNO^’^cncnmcN^  — ^OpppOOO 

t^cNONTtcN  — ddddoooddddoooo 


Om-^OOOOONONONDONNO 


•rfTi*-^fncNm»—  — ^ — 


o 

o 


CN 

in 

CN 

CN 


O 

m 


5 


S: 


i 2 

S. 

u 

> <3 


g 

5 

u 2 

« g 

O ^ 


5 -c 
is  ^ 

5 ^ 

S.  2 

•2  5 

:g 

cs 
U 


Cu  C 

■o  is 

(U  '3; 

c 

^ = 
3 

ca  Q 


0,  g 

•o  § 
u 

M U 


D 

Cl  (u 

E 2 

^ 2 


D 

Q.  ^ 
O 

a s: 
TD  o 
c ■ 

c3 
00 


.1^ 

C 

:2 

"5 

u 


-S 

"5 

.g. 


>1 

g 

o 


Cj 


^ O 

S 

-S  ^ 

s; 


o 

-C) 

s 

'>2 


53 


oi  -2 
s: 

S' 


2 s CL 


o 

"S  Q 


« 

« u 

E = 

IS 

a.  ^ 

E o 

u s: 

c/5  1/3 


JJ  Cl 
D.  E 

-O  Cl 
C O 
w C: 

03  ^ 

U 4-« 

O ^ 
o — 
<0  > 

0,  > 


c 

2 

o 

O 

c 

03 

O 

'u 

(U 

E 

< 


>1 

"3  fe 
U .9- 
^ a. 

u *0 
(U  c 
a. 

73  73 
C 0) 

F ^ 


.2  ^ 
R ^ 


r; 

o 

s 

•2 

"o 

R 


CQ  h. 

u CA 
O OD 
CL  O 


£P  S 


R 

& 

'i) 

cs 

-c 

Cl 

L5 

.g 

s 

5U 


S C! 

•S  'c: 

K CS 


:g 

Cj 


o 

>1 

tS 


■s 

I 


O 

00 

R 

•S 

"S 

00 

o 

00 

R 

R 


CL 

73 

C 

03 

cn 

73 

C 

03 


(U 
yi 

O.  o 

D J 


^ § 

= ^ 

>H  (U 
L- 

L.  rj 

^ E 

S3  .E 

P x: 

6 ^ 


o 

u CL 

Q.  C 


S3 

C C/5  « 
C^  >'  = 

„ S3 

^ 53  _ 

S3  LX  T3 

1)  O 
J C/5  Oi 


w 

r o 

(U  ^ 
Q.  <D 

’S.  .E- 

73  C 

E'  cn 

CO 

00  c 

- i 

2 E 

S3  o 

QQ  U 


Rottenborn  • AGRICULTURAL  FIELD  USE  BY  SHOREBIRDS 


789 


Fig.  2.  Number  of  individual  shorebirds  foraging  in  agricultural  fields  during  each  cen- 
sus (Mar.  1991 -Feb.  1992). 


Plover,  Upland  Sandpiper,  and  Buff-breasted  Sandpiper,  fluctuated  little 
during  each  of  the  four  dawn-to-dusk  surveys  (Fig.  1).  There  were  no 
significant  differences  in  the  abundance  of  these  species  in  fields  between 
high  and  low  tides  on  12  August  (t  - 1.016,  df  = 6,  P > 0.05),  31 
August  (t  = 0.429,  df  = 7,  P > 0.05),  and  2 November  (r  = 1.000,  df 
= 6,  P > 0.05).  None  of  these  species  was  observed  during  the  29  May 
survey. 

Species  composition  and  seasonal  abundance  patterns. — During  the 
study  of  seasonal  abundance  patterns  and  cover  use,  I recorded  a total  of 
21,254  individuals  of  21  species  of  shorebirds  foraging  on  croplands  (Ta- 
ble 1).  Shorebirds  were  observed  foraging  in  agricultural  fields  on  24  of 
30  censuses;  no  shorebirds  were  observed  on  two  censuses  in  June  and 
one  each  in  April,  July,  January,  and  February.  Only  two  individuals  of 
one  species  (Willet)  were  observed  during  the  four  censuses  in  summer. 
Total  shorebird  species  richness  reached  a peak  of  18  species  in  fall, 
compared  to  10  in  spring  and  six  in  winter.  This  pattern  also  held  for  the 
mean  number  of  species/census,  being  highest  in  fall  {x  = 8.4  ± 6.9 
[SD]),  intermediate  in  spring  {x  = 6.2  ± 2.7),  and  lowest  in  winter  {x  = 
2.0  ± 3.0).  In  contrast,  mean  abundance/census  was  highest  during  spring 
(x  = 2300.2  ± 2320.8  individuals/census)  and  lower  in  fall  (x  ^ 555.1 
± 536.1)  and  winter  (x  = 381.8  ± 663.7).  ANOVAs  confirmed  that  mean 
species  richness/census  (P  = 24.5,  P < 0.001)  and  mean  shorebird  abun- 
dance/census (F  = 4.83,  P < 0.02)  did  differ  among  seasons.  In  addition. 


790  THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


CENSUS  DATE 

Eig.  3.  Number  of  shorebird  species  foraging  in  agricultural  fields  during  each  census 
(Mar.  1991-Eeb.  1992). 


there  was  substantial  variation  in  shorebird  species  richness  and  abun- 
dance within  seasons  as  well. 

The  four  species  which  were  recorded  on  the  most  censuses  (Black- 
bellied  Plover,  Killdeer,  Semipalmated  Plover,  and  Dunlin)  were  also  the 
most  abundant  species,  accounting  for  94.3%  of  all  the  individuals  ob- 
served. Most  species  were  represented  by  relatively  few  individuals.  Only 
1 1 species  were  observed  on  more  than  four  censuses,  and  only  six  spe- 
cies were  represented  by  more  than  90  individuals. 

Whereas  most  species  foraged  in  agricultural  fields  in  only  one  or  two 
seasons.  Black-bellied  Plover,  Killdeer,  Dunlin,  and  Short-billed  Dow- 
itcher  were  present  during  spring,  fall,  and  winter.  There  were  no  species 
recorded  year-round,  as  the  only  species  present  during  summer  (Willet) 
was  not  recorded  in  fall  or  winter.  Of  the  remaining  eight  species  repre- 
sented by  at  least  30  individuals,  four  occurred  strictly  as  fall  transients 
(Pectoral  Sandpiper,  American  Golden-Plover,  Buff-breasted  Sandpiper, 
and  Upland  Sandpiper),  three  were  present  only  as  spring  and  fall  tran- 
sients (Semipalmated  Plover,  Semipalmated  Sandpiper,  and  Ruddy  Turn- 
stone), and  one  was  present  only  during  fall  and  winter  (Western  Sand- 
piper). 

Because  few  of  the  fields  were  irrigated  and  rainfall  was  generally 
lower  than  average  during  the  study  period  (U.S.  Dept,  of  Commerce 
1991 ),  standing  water  was  rarely  present  in  the  fields.  As  a result,  species 
that  require  open  water,  such  as  Greater  Yellowlegs,  Lesser  Yellowlegs, 


Rottenborn  • AGRICULTURAL  FIELD  USE  BY  SHOREBIRDS 


791 


and  Solitary  Sandpiper,  were  poorly  represented  on  surveys.  All  other 
shorebirds  usually  foraged  on  relatively  dry  substrates,  quite  different 
from  the  saturated  intertidal  habitats  with  which  the  “field  exploiter” 
species  are  more  commonly  associated. 

Cover  use. — A total  of  19  species  foraged  on  plowed  fields,  17  species 
on  fields  with  <10  cm  cover,  and  seven  species  on  fields  with  >10  cm 
cover.  Although  the  number  of  species  recorded  on  plowed  fields  was 
only  slightly  higher  than  the  number  on  fields  with  <10  cm  cover,  far 
more  individuals  were  observed  foraging  on  plowed  fields  than  on  the 
other  cover  types.  A total  of  17,714  shorebirds,  or  83.3%  of  all  birds 
recorded  during  the  study,  foraged  on  plowed  fields.  In  contrast,  3432 
individuals  (16.2%  of  total)  foraged  on  fields  with  <10  cm  vegetation 
and  108  birds  (0.5%  of  total)  on  fields  with  >10  cm  vegetation. 

Of  the  species  sufficiently  numerous  for  analysis,  all  consistently 
showed  highly  significant  positive  assocations  with  plowed  fields  and 
negative  assocations  with  fields  with  >10  cm  cover  except  for  Willet  in 
spring  and  Upland  Sandpiper  in  fall  (Table  2).  No  species  seemed  actively 
to  avoid  plowed  fields,  and  none  was  shown  to  prefer  fields  with  >10 
cm  cover.  The  data  for  fields  with  <10  cm  cover  suggest  that  use  of  this 
cover  type  varied  not  only  among  species  but  also  among  seasons  within 
a species.  The  proportion  of  species  analyzed  for  cover  use  that  showed 
positive  associations  with  fields  of  <10  cm  cover  decreased  from  0.71  in 
spring  to  0.09  in  fall  and  to  0.00  in  winter.  Conversely,  the  proportion  of 
species  negatively  associated  with  fields  of  <10  cm  cover  increased  from 
0.14  in  spring  to  0.45  in  fall  and  1.00  in  winter.  For  no  species  was  the 
association  with  fields  of  <10  cm  cover  consistent  among  all  seasons. 

DISCUSSION 

Agricultural  fields  on  Virginia’s  Eastern  Shore  seem  to  be  important 
foraging  areas  for  migrating  and  overwintering  shorebirds.  A few  species, 
such  as  Killdeer,  American  Golden-Plover,  Upland  Sandpiper,  and  Buff- 
breasted Sandpiper,  are  known  to  prefer  such  habitats  to  intertidal  areas 
(Stout  1967,  Hayman  et  al.  1986).  These  field  specialists  were  never  seen 
moving  from  fields  to  intertidal  areas,  and  their  numbers  did  not  seem  to 
vary  with  tidal  height.  Most  of  the  species  observed  in  this  study,  how- 
ever, are  known  to  prefer  intertidal  habitats  when  they  are  available.  These 
field  exploiters  use  fields  as  alternate  foraging  sites  when  mudflats  and 
beaches  are  inundated  by  high  water  (Goss-Custard  1969,  Page  and  Whi- 
tacre  1975,  Gerstenberg  1979,  Page  et  al.  1979). 

Data  from  the  four  dawn-to-dusk  surveys  indicated  that  the  abundance 
of  field  exploiters  on  cropland  was  high  only  within  approximately  two 
hours  of  high  tide.  Therefore,  the  surveys  conducted  to  determine  sea- 


792 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Table  2 

Cover  Associations  of  Shorebirds  Loraging  in  Agricultural  Lields 


Total  No.  observed/expected  on  each  cover  type" 

ob-  

Species  served  Plowed  <10  cm  >10  cm 


Spring 


Black-bellied  Plover 

4664 

3271/1323.1 

1383/ 

415.7 

-b-b 

10/2925.2  -- 

Semipalmated  Plover 

2822 

2439/ 

694.2 

-b-b 

233/ 

209.4 

ns 

0/1918.4  -- 

Willet 

68 

19/ 

16.8 

ns 

27/ 

7.9 

-b-b 

22/ 

43.3  - 

Ruddy  Turnstone 

51 

38/ 

10.0 

-b-b 

13/ 

4.7 

-b  + 

0/ 

36.3  -- 

Semipalmated  Sandpiper 

502 

483/ 

108.7 

-b-b 

19/ 

43.2 

— 

0/ 

350.1  -- 

Dunlin 

3252 

2596/1150.3 

-b-b 

656/ 

313.2 

-b-b 

0/1788.5  -- 

Short-billed  Dowitcher 

138 

108/ 

45.1 

-b-b 

30/ 

12.1 

-b-b 

0/ 

80.8  — 

Pall 

Black-bellied  Plover 

2033 

1970/ 

527.2 

-b-b 

61/ 

388.6 

— 

2/1 1 17.2  -- 

American  Golden-Plover 

57 

50/ 

8.7 

-b-b 

4/ 

4.3 

ns 

3/ 

44.0  -- 

Semipalmated  Plover 

1299 

1122/ 

246.1 

-b-b 

132/ 

97.4 

-b 

45/ 

955.2  — 

Killdeer 

869 

829/ 

242.8 

-b-b 

38/ 

177.7 

— 

2/ 

448.5  -- 

Upland  Sandpiper*’ 

32 

7/ 

5.2 

ns 

4/ 

2.5 

21/ 

24.3  ns 

Semipalmated  Sandpiper 

58 

58/ 

8.3 

+ -b 

0/ 

4.6 

ns 

0/ 

37.2  -- 

Western  Sandpiper 

34 

33/ 

9.1 

-b-b 

1/ 

5.2 

ns 

0/ 

19.6  -- 

Pectoral  Sandpiper 

90 

89/ 

15.4 

-b-b 

0/ 

5.9 

- 

1/ 

68.7  -- 

Dunlin 

959 

959/ 

300.8 

-b-b 

0/ 

262.6 

— 

0/ 

395.6  

Short-billed  Dowitcher 

53 

53/ 

16.1 

-b-b 

0/ 

11.8 

- 

0/ 

24.1 

Buff-breasted  Sandpiper*" 

31 

28/ 

4.2 

+ -b 

3/ 

2.0 

0/ 

24.8  -- 

Winter 

Black-bellied  Plover 

1285 

1012/ 

287.8 

-b-b 

273/ 

755.5 

— 

0/ 

241.7  -- 

Killdeer 

169 

145/ 

28.8 

-b-b 

24/ 

103.4 

— 

0/ 

36.8  -- 

Dunlin 

2700 

2177/ 

577.5 

-b-b 

523/1679.7 

— 

0/ 

442.8  — 

Short-billed  Dowitcher 

42 

42/ 

7.1 

+ -b 

0/ 

22.4 

— 

0/ 

12.5 

" ns.  P > 0.05;  + and  ++,  significant  positive  associations  {P  < 0.05.  P < O.OOl  respectively),  - and  — , significant 
negative  associations  {P  < 0.05,  P < 0.001  respectively). 

^ For  these  species,  ob.served  and  expected  numbers  were  pooled  for  plowed  fields  and  fields  with  <10  cm  to  achieve 
expected  values  sufficiently  high  for  testing. 


sonal  abundance  and  cover  use  patterns  probably  underestimated  the  use 
of  croplands  by  field  exploiters,  as  roughly  half  of  the  fields  in  each 
survey  were  visited  2-4  h preceding  or  following  high  tide.  Because  there 
was  no  apparent  relationship  between  the  times  at  which  fields  were  vis- 
ited and  the  cover  types  present  in  fields,  this  observation  should  have 
no  effect  on  analyses  of  cover  use. 

Shorebird  abundance  in  agricultural  fields  showed  substantial  variation 
among  censuses.  Fluctuations  in  abundance  within  (rather  than  among) 
seasons  may  have  reflected  differences  in  tidal  height  during  the  census 
periods.  More  shorebirds  may  have  foraged  in  fields  during  higher  peak 


Rottenhorn  • AGRICULTURAL  FIELD  USE  BY  SHOREBIRDS 


793 


tides,  when  intertidal  habitats  were  inundated  for  long  periods,  than  dur- 
ing periods  when  high  tide  levels  failed  to  inundate  intertidal  flats  com- 
pletely. In  addition,  variation  in  shorebird  abundance  within  seasons  may 
have  been  magnified  by  pulses  of  migration  or  regional  movements  that 
augmented  or  reduced  shorebird  abundance  within  the  study  area. 

More  individuals  foraged  in  fields  during  spring  migration  than  in  any 
other  season.  This  result  may  simply  reflect  larger  numbers  of  birds  pass- 
ing through  the  study  area  in  the  shorter  period  of  spring  migration  than 
during  the  more  protracted  fall  migration.  The  compressed  spring  move- 
ment may  also  increase  the  shorebirds’  need  for  rapid  energy  intake  at 
staging  areas  (Pitelka  1979).  If  shorebirds  benefit  energetically  from  ag- 
ricultural fields  during  high  tide,  then  they  should  forage  in  fields  during 
those  periods  when  rapid  energy  intake  is  most  critical  (e.g.,  spring  mi- 
gration). 

Agricultural  fields  were  used  by  few  species  during  winter,  but  of  those 
present,  most  foraged  in  fields  in  high  numbers.  Because  the  threat  of 
starvation  to  shorebirds  may  be  quite  high  during  winter  (Goss-Custard 
1979),  alternate  foraging  areas  such  as  coastal  agricultural  fields  may 
enhance  the  chances  of  survival  of  overwintering  shorebirds. 

The  type  and  structure  of  cover  on  which  shorebirds  forage  may  influ- 
ence both  predation  risk  and  foraging  efficiency.  Despite  the  abundance 
of  avian  predators  in  the  study  area  during  winter,  spring,  and  especially 
fall  (pers.  obs.,  Sutton  1992),  most  of  the  shorebird  species  in  this  study 
showed  an  overwhelming  preference  for  plowed  fields  while  avoiding 
dense  vegetation. 

Nearly  all  of  the  shorebirds  observed  were  foraging  in  flocks,  reducing 
the  risk  of  depredation  for  any  one  individual  during  a predation  attempt 
(Page  and  Whitacre  1975).  Thus,  flocking  may  have  allowed  the  birds  to 
forage  relatively  safely  on  plowed  fields  as  they  do  on  open  mudflats  and 
beaches.  Flocking  may  also  enhance  foraging  efficiency  by  allowing  birds 
to  share  vigilance  (Powell  1974,  Metcalfe  1989).  Sharing  vigilance  re- 
duces the  time  that  any  one  individual  must  spend  looking  for  predators, 
thus  increasing  foraging  time.  Because  vigilance  sharing  requires  close 
contact  among  individuals  and  is  inhibited  in  tall  cover  (Metcalfe  1984), 
vigilance  sharing  may  not  have  been  as  profitable  on  vegetated  fields  as 
on  plowed  fields. 

Foraging  in  plowed  fields  may  also  have  been  more  efficient  than  on 
fields  with  >10  cm  vegetation  due  to  problems  associated  with  foraging 
in  dense  vegetation.  Because  taller  or  more  dense  vegetation  is  thought 
to  reduce  the  search  area  available  to  visual  hunters,  such  as  plovers 
(Fuller  and  Youngman  1979),  or  to  inhibit  locomotion  and  prey  extrac- 
tion, foraging  on  plowed  fields  may  have  been  more  efficient  than  on 


794 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


fields  with  >10  cm  vegetation.  On  fields  with  <10  cm  cover,  vegetation 
may  not  have  been  thick  enough  to  impede  efficient  foraging  in  those 
species  exhibiting  positive  associations  with  this  cover  type.  Wind,  ex- 
treme temperatures,  and  drought  have  been  shown  to  reduce  prey  avail- 
ability to  a greater  extent  on  bare  earth  than  on  vegetated  cover  (Burton 
1974,  Murton  and  Westwood  1974,  Evans  1976,  Shrubb  1988).  However, 
given  the  year-round  preference  for  plowed  fields  shown  by  most  of  the 
species  in  this  study,  these  factors  (and  their  seasonal  variation)  seem  to 
have  had  little  effect  on  the  birds’  preference  for  this  cover  type. 

Although  associations  between  most  shorebird  species  and  fields  of 
bare  earth  or  >10  cm  vegetation  were  consistent  among  seasons,  the  use 
of  fields  with  <10  cm  cover  showed  substantial  seasonal  variation.  Most 
significant  associations  with  this  cover  type  were  positive  in  spring  but 
negative  in  fall  and  winter.  It  is  possible  that  the  large  numbers  of  shore- 
birds  present  in  spring  and  the  need  to  obtain  energy  rapidly  during  that 
season  forced  some  shorebirds  to  forage  on  non-preferred  cover  types 
(e.g.,  <10  cm  vegetation).  Alternately,  prey  densities  on  these  agricultural 
croplands  may  have  been  higher  in  spring  than  in  other  seasons,  allowing 
efficient  foraging  on  both  plowed  fields  and  fields  with  <10  cm  cover 
during  spring. 

Because  the  periods  of  spring  and  fall  migration  require  long-distance 
migrants  to  accumulate  large  energy  reserves  (Davidson  1984,  Myers  et 
al.  1987),  and  the  threat  of  starvation  to  wintering  shorebirds  may  be  high 
(Goss-Custard  1979),  coastal  agricultural  croplands  may  be  important  for- 
aging areas  for  shorebirds  during  these  periods.  Where  croplands  are  pres- 
ent near  important  shorebird  staging  areas,  field  management  for  foraging 
shorebirds  may  increase  the  value  of  the  overall  staging  areas  to  these 
birds.  Based  on  the  results  of  this  study,  management  regimes  that  provide 
an  ample  supply  of  plowed  fields  during  periods  of  peak  shorebird  abun- 
dance might  be  most  beneficial  to  shorebirds.  Further  research  on  the 
effects  of  field  size,  shape,  or  proximity  to  intertidal  areas  and  of  agri- 
cultural practices  (e.g.,  plowing  vs  no-till  farming,  pesticide  use,  and  tim- 
ing of  plowing  and  crop  rotation)  on  shorebird  abundance  may  facilitate 
the  management  of  coastal  agricultural  lands  for  use  by  nonbreeding 
shorebirds. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I am  grateful  to  B.  Watts,  R.  Beck,  and  M.  Byrd  for  their  help  with  study  design  and 
manuscript  preparation.  The  manuscript  also  benefited  from  comments  by  C.  Blem,  A. 
Launer,  J.  Reaser,  T Wong,  D.  Shuford,  and  S.  Melvin.  I thank  the  Augusta  and  Monticello 
bird  clubs  and  the  College  of  William  and  Mary  for  their  support  of  this  study. 


Rottenborn  • AGRICULTURAL  FIELD  USE  BY  SHOREBIRDS 


795 


LITERATURE  CITED 


Atkinson,  J.  M.  S.  1976.  Inland  wintering  and  urban  roosting  by  redshanks.  Bird  Study 
23:51-55.  ^ 

Barnard,  C.  J.  and  D.  B.  A.  Thompson.  1985.  Gulls  and  plovers.  Columbia  Univ.  Press, 
New  York,  New  York. 

Burger,  J.,  M.  A.  Howe,  D.  C.  Hahn,  and  J.  Chase.  1977.  Effects  of  tide  cycles  on  habitat 
selection  and  habitat  partitioning  by  migrating  shorebirds.  Auk  94:743-758. 

Burton,  P.  J.  K.  1974.  Feeding  and  the  feeding  apparatus  in  waders.  British  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  London,  U.K. 

Colwell,  M.  A.  and  S.  L.  Dodd.  1995.  Waterbird  communities  and  habitat  relationships 
in  coastal  pastures  of  northern  California.  Cons.  Biol.  9:827-834. 

Connors,  P.  G.,  J.  P.  Myers,  C.  S.  W.  Connors,  and  F.  A.  Pitelka.  1981.  Interhabitat 
movements  by  Sanderlings  in  relation  to  foraging  profitability  and  the  tidal  cycle  Auk 
98:49-64. 

Davidson,  N.  C.  1984.  Identification  of  refueling  sites  by  studies  of  weight  changes  and 
fat  deposition.  Pp.  68-78  in  Shorebirds  and  large  waterbirds  conservation  (P.  R.  Evans, 
H.  Hafner,  and  P.  L’Hermite,  eds.).  Commission  of  the  European  Communities. 

Evans,  P.  R.  1976.  Energy  balance  and  optimal  foraging  strategies  in  shorebirds:  some 
implications  for  their  distributions  and  movements  in  the  non-breeding  season.  Ardea 
64:1 17-39. 

Fuller,  R.  J.  and  R.  E.  Youngman.  1979.  The  utilisation  of  farmland  by  golden  plovers 
wintering  in  southern  England.  Bird  Study  26:37-46. 

Gerstenberg,  R.  H.  1979.  Habitat  utilization  by  wintering  and  migrating  shorebirds  on 
Humboldt  Bay,  California.  Pp.  33—40  in  Shorebirds  in  marine  environments  (F.  A. 
Pitelka,  ed.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Goss-Custard,  j.  D.  1969.  The  winter  feeding  ecology  of  the  redshank  Tringa  totanus. 
Ibis  111:338-356. 

. 1979.  Effect  of  habitat  loss  on  the  numbers  of  overwintering  shorebirds.  Pp.  167- 

177  in  Shorebirds  in  marine  environments  (F.  A.  Pitelka,  ed.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Law- 
rence, Kansas. 

Hayman,  P,  j.  Marchant,  and  T.  Prater.  1986.  Shorebirds:  an  identification  guide  to  the 
waders  of  the  world.  Houghton-Mifflin  Company,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Kain,  T.  1987.  Virginia’s  birdlife.  Virginia  Society  of  Ornithology,  Virginia  Avifauna  No.  3. 

Metcalfe,  N.  B.  1984.  The  effects  of  habitat  on  the  vigilance  of  shorebirds:  is  visibility 
important?  Anim.  Behav.  32:981-985. 

. 1989.  Flocking  preferences  in  relation  to  vigilance  benefits  and  aggression  costs 

in  mixed-species  shorebird  flocks.  Oikos  56:91-98. 

Milsom,  T.  R,  R.  S.  Holditch,  and  J.  B.  A.  Rochard.  1985.  Diurnal  use  of  an  airfield  and 
adjacent  agricultural  habitats  by  Lapwings  Vanellus  vanellus.  J.  Appl.  Ecol.  22:313- 
326. 

Murton,  R.  K.  and  N.  j.  Westwood.  1974.  Some  effects  of  agricultural  change  on  the 
English  avifauna.  Brit.  Birds  67:41-67. 

Myers,  J.  P,  R.  I.  G.  Morrison,  P.  Z.  Antas,  B.  A.  Harrington,  T.  E.  Lovejoy,  M. 
Sallaberry,  S.  E.  Senner,  and  A.  Tarak.  1987.  Conservation  strategy  for  migratory 
species.  Am.  Sci.  75:19-26. 

Ohmart,  R.  D.,  B.  W.  Anderson,  and  W.  C.  Hunter.  1985.  The  influence  of  agriculture 
on  waterbird,  wader,  and  shorebird  use  along  the  lower  Colorado  River.  Pp.  1 17—122 
in  Riparian  ecosystem  and  their  management:  reconciling  conflicting  uses  (R.  R.  John- 


796 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


son,  C.  D.  Ziebell,  D.  R.  Patton,  B.  E Ffolliott,  and  R.  H.  Hamre,  eds.).  USDA  For. 
Serv.  Gen.  Tech.  Rep.  RM-120. 

Page,  G.,  L.  E.  Stenzel,  and  C.  M.  Wolfe.  1979.  Aspects  of  the  occurrence  of  shorehirds 
on  a central  California  estuary.  Pp.  15-32  in  Shorehirds  in  marine  environments  (F.  A. 
Pitelka,  ed.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

AND  D.  F.  Whitacre.  1975.  Raptor  predation  on  wintering  shorehirds.  Condor  77: 

73-83. 

Pitelka,  F.  A.  1979.  Introduction:  the  Pacific  Coast  shorehird  scene.  Pp.  1-1 1 in  Shorehirds 
in  marine  environments  (F.  A.  Pitelka,  ed.).  Allen  Press  Inc.,  Lawrence,  Kansas. 

Powell,  G.  V.  N.  1974.  Experimental  analysis  of  the  social  value  of  flocking  hy  starlings 
(Sturnu.s  vulgaris)  in  relation  to  predation  and  foraging.  Anim.  Behav.  22:501-505. 

Shrubb,  M.  1988.  The  influence  of  crop  rotations  and  field  size  on  a wintering  lapwing  V. 
vanellus  population  in  an  area  of  mixed  farmland  in  West  Sussex.  Bird  Study  35:123-31. 

SoKAL,  R.  R.  AND  F.  J.  Rohlf.  1981.  Biometry  (second  edition).  W.  H.  Freeman  and  Com- 
pany, New  York. 

Stout,  G.  D.  1967.  The  shorehirds  of  North  America.  Viking  Press,  New  York. 

U.S.  Dept,  of  Commerce.  1990.  Tide  tables  1991 — high  and  low  water  predictions,  east 
coast  of  North  and  South  America.  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration, 
Washington,  D.C. 

. 1991.  Climatological  data:  Virginia.  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Admin- 
istration, Washington,  D.C. 

Wilkinson,  L.  1990.  SYSTAT:  the  system  for  statistics.  SYSTAT,  Inc.,  Evanston,  Illinois. 


Wilson  Bull..  108(4),  1996,  pp.  797-802 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


Extra  nest  site  occupancy  by  Tree  Swallows:  Do  floaters  avoid  nest  sites  near  settled 
pairs?— Tree  Swallows  (Tachycineto  bicolor)  are  secondary  hole-nesters  for  whom  suitable 
cavities  are  a limiting  resource  (Holroyd  1975,  Stutchbury  and  Robertson  1985).  Despite 
nest  site  shortage,  more  than  one  cavity  may  be  occupied  by  a single  breeding  pair  (Rendell 
and  Robertson  1994).  Because  Tree  Swallows  are  single-brooded  and  generally  monoga- 
mous (Robertson  et  al.  1992,  but  see  Hussel  1983),  the  second  site  often  goes  unused. 
Occupancy  of  extra  nest  sites  (ENSs)  is  therefore  puzzling. 

In  this  study  we  tested  the  hypothesis  that  ENS  occupancy  by  Tree  Swallows  results  from 
avoidance  by  floaters  of  nest  sites  near  settled  pairs.  To  date,  most  explanations  of  this 
beha\ior  have  assumed  that  a differential  cost  to  defending  the  second  site  exists,. and  all 
have  focused  on  benefits  arising  from  its  successful  defense  (Kendeigh  1941,  Harris  1979, 
Robertson  and  Gibbs  1982,  Muldal  et  al.  1985,  Einch  1990,  Dunn  and  Hannon  1991,  Rendell 
and  Robertson  1994).  An  alternative  explanation  is  that  floaters  avoid  or  reject  nest  sites 
too  close  to  already  settled  pairs.  Residents  may  then  occupy  the  extra  sites  without  any 
increase  in  their  total  defense  costs.  That  is,  an  ENS  may  be  nothing  more  than  a convenient 
perch  from  which  to  observe  the  primary  site.  The  “avoidance  hypothesis”  sees  ENS  oc- 
cupancy as  an  artifact  of  floater  behavior  rather  than  as  resulting  from  the  resident  pair’s 
defense  and  predicts  that  floaters  will  not  make  use  of  the  nest  sites  in  question  even  if  the 
residents’  defense  radius  is  reduced.  The  hypothesis  was  noted  in  passing  by  Muldal  et  al. 
(1985)  but  has  never  been  tested. 

The  avoidance  hypothesis  gains  credibility  from  the  observation  that  floaters  in  some  Tree 
Swallow  populations  reject  nest  boxes  placed  in  wooded  areas  or  near  forest  edges  (Harris 
1979,  Rendell  and  Robertson  1990,  but  see  Erskine  and  McLaren  1976,  Peterson  and  Gau- 
thier 1985).  The  selectivity  may  reflect  a risk  at  those  nest  boxes  of  egg  destruction  and 
nest  site  usurpation  by  House  Wrens  (Troglodytes  aedon.  Rendell  and  Robertson  1990)  or 
a need  for  an  open  area  nearby  for  foraging  (Munro  and  Rounds  1985).  If  Tree  Swallows 
are  prepared  to  reject  an  otherwise  suitable  nest  box  because  of  its  proximity  to  a forested 
area,  might  they  also  do  so  because  of  proximity  to  breeding  conspecifics? 

Eloaters  rejecting  nest  sites  may  lose  breeding  opportunities.  Estimates  of  adult  annual 
mortality  in  Tree  Swallows  range  from  40-60%  (Chapman  1955,  Houston  and  Houston 
1987)  so  delaying  reproduction  is  risky.  If  Tree  Swallows  do  avoid  or  reject  nest  sites  near 
settled  pairs,  failure  to  do  so  must  entail  costs  similar  in  magnitude  to  those  of  wren  activity. 
This  seems  unlikely.  Anecdotal  accounts  of  Tree  Swallows  raising  broods  in  nest  boxes  1 
m apart  (Harris  1979)  and  even  of  two  females  laying  in  the  same  nest  box  (Quinney  1983, 
Muldal  et  al.  1985,  Rendell  1992)  suggest  that  floaters  will  breed  near  conspecifics  rather 
than  not  breed  at  all. 

To  test  the  avoidance  hypothesis,  we  arranged  nest  boxes  in  pairs  and  visually  separated 
half  those  pairs  with  sheets  of  chipboard.  Early  in  the  season,  breeding  Tree  Swallows  defend 
their  nest  sites  by  spending  the  majority  of  their  time  perched  at  or  near  their  nest  holes 
(Leffelaar  and  Robertson  1984,  Stutchbury  and  Robertson  1987a).  Our  visual  barriers  there- 
fore made  defense  of  a second  box  more  difficult.  Floaters  locate  unoccupied  nest  sites  from 
the  air  and  would  be  able  to  see  both  the  unoccupied  ne.st  box  and  its  proximity  to  an 
occupied  box.  If  floaters  avoid  nest  sites  because  of  their  proximity  to  already  settled  birds 
then  barriers  should  have  no  effect.  But,  if  defense  of  the  extra  nest  box  is  important,  then 
floaters  should  settle  more  often  where  barriers  are  pre.sent,  i.e.,  we  should  observe  two 
pairs  of  Tree  Swallows  breeding  in  adjacent  nest  boxes  when  barriers  are  present.  As  argued 


797 


798 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Forest 


Eig.  1 . Diagram  of  the  Tree  Swallow  grid  showing  the  arrangement  of  nest  boxes  (rect- 
angles) and  barriers  (short  vertical  lines  separating  alternate  nest  box  pairs)  and  the  settle- 
ment pattern  a day  before  the  first  egg  was  laid.  Rings  around  cells  or  individual  nest  boxes 
indicate  the  nest  boxes  occupied  by  a pair  of  Tree  Swallows  and  are  not  intended  to  delineate 
accurately  the  area  defended.  The  dashed  line  ring  around  four  nest  boxes  (two  cells)  circles 
the  nest  boxes  occupied  by  a bigamous  male;  each  female  occupied  one  cell.  Note  that  two 
control  cells  were  occupied  by  one  Tree  Swallow  pair  (top  right  on  the  diagram)  and  that 
two  pairs  settled  at  each  of  four  experimental  cells. 


above,  we  felt  that  the  avoidance  hypothesis,  while  plausible,  was  improbable  and  predicted 
that  floaters  would  settle  adjacent  to  a breeding  pair  more  readily  when  a visual  barrier  was 
in  place. 

To  avoid  confusion  between  pairs  of  breeding  Tree  Swallows  and  paired  nest  boxes,  we 
hereafter  refer  to  the  latter  as  cells. 

Methods. — In  late  April  1991,  we  erected  a grid  of  44  nest  boxes,  arranged  in  22  pairs 
(cells),  on  a 1.6  ha  hayfield  in  Leed’s  County,  Ontario  (Fig.  1).  Boxes  were  placed  1.5  m 
above  the  ground  on  aluminum  poles.  The  two  nest  boxes  of  a cell  were  8 m apart.  Since 
Tree  Swallows  from  this  population  normally  defend  a territory  around  a nest  site  of  radius 
15  m (Robertson  and  Gibbs  1982),  we  expected  defense  of  a complete  cell  (two  nest  boxes) 
by  each  breeding  pair.  The  shortest  distance  between  nest  boxes  from  different  cells  was  23 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


799 


Table  I 

Number  of  Control  and  Experimental  Paired  Nest  Boxes  (Cells)  at  Which  Both 
Nest  Sites  Were  and  Were  Not  Occupied  by  a Single  Breeding  Pair  of  Tree 

Swallows 


Barrier  No  barrier 

Extra  nest  site  occupation  maintained  7 I j 

Extra  nest  site  occupation  not  maintained  4 o 


m,  which  is  greater  than  the  normal  defense  radius,  so  defense  of  more  than  one  cell  by  a 
breeding  pair  was  not  expected  at  either  experimental  or  control  cells. 

At  alternate  cells  down  each  row  of  the  grid,  we  erected  sheets  of  chipboard  (1.2  X 2.4 
m)  between  the  nest  boxes  such  that,  from  each  nest  box,  the  other,  8 m away,  could  not 
be  seen.  Chipboard  sheets  were  visual  barriers  which,  when  present,  made  defense  of  both 
nest  boxes  in  a cell  more  difficult  for  a breeding  pair.  Birds  could  not  perch  on  the  barrier 
because  we  put  a tight  line,  strung  with  plastic  drinking  straws,  about  1 cm  above  the  top 
of  each  barrier.  We  refer  to  cells  with  chipboard  obstructing  the  view  of  the  adjacent  box 
as  barrier  cells.  The  remaining  1 1 cells  were  control  cells.  Nothing  obstructed  the  view  of 
Tree  Swallows  perched  on  nest  boxes  at  control  cells. 

Erecting  barriers  after  settlement  might  have  caused  resident  abandonment,  so  we  put 
them  up  at  the  same  time  as  the  nest  boxes,  prior  to  Tree  Swallow  settlement.  We  could 
not  detect  any  difference  in  any  index  of  settlement  date  between  control  and  barrier  cells 
and,  therefore,  concluded  that  the  presence  of  barriers  did  not  affect  the  birds’  nest  box 
choice  decisions  (Mitchell  1992). 

Residents  were  captured  using  mist  nets  and  box  traps  (Cohen  and  Hayes  1984,  Stutch- 
bury  and  Robertson  1986)  and  marked  with  unique  acrylic  wing  paint  codes.  Following 
banding,  settlement  and  residency  were  determined  using  periodic  3-5  min  watches  at  in- 
dividual nest  boxes  and  by  regular  examination  of  nest  box  contents. 

Results. — Many  Tree  Swallow  pairs  initially  occupied  more  than  one  cell.  The  number 
of  breeding  pairs  then  continued  to  increase  throughout  the  breeding  season  until  28  active 
nests  (eggs  or  nestlings  present)  were  spread  across  the  22  cells  and  at  least  one  breeding 
pair  of  Tree  Swallows  was  present  at  every  cell  on  the  grid.  We  therefore  had  to  pick  a date 
on  which  to  compare  ENS  occupancy  frequencies  at  control  and  barrier  cells.  Costs  and 
benefits  of  a second  nest  site  may  change  following  laying,  so  we  decided  to  compare  those 
frequencies  on  13  May,  a day  prior  to  the  laying  of  the  first  egg  on  the  grid,  at  which  time 
the  grid  held  25  active  nests.  Figure  1 shows  the  grid  settlement  pattern  on  13  May.  Oc- 
cupancy of  both  nest  boxes  of  a cell  by  a single  breeding  pair  of  Tree  Swallows  was 
significantly  less  common  when  a barrier  .separated  the  two  boxes  than  at  controls  (one-way 
Fisher  exact  test,  N = 22,  m = 11,4,  f = 0,  P = 0.04)  (Table  1).  In  fact,  there  were  no 
cases  where  the  two  nest  boxes  of  a cell  were  occupied  by  separate  pairs  of  Tree  Swallows 
except  where  a barrier  separated  those  boxes. 

The  test  is  conservative  since  maintenance  of  two  nest  boxes  broke  down  only  at  barrier 
cells;  in  addition,  one  Tree  Swallow  pair  was  still  occupying  two  control  cells  (four  boxes) 
and  a bigamous  male  was  also  occupying  two  control  cells,  with  each  female  occupying  a 
single  cell,  at  this  time  (Fig.  1).  The  bigamous  two-cell  occupation  remained  stable  for  the 
duration  of  the  breeding  season.  The  two-cell  occupation  ended  when  the  original  female 
started  laying  at  one  cell,  whereupon  a new  Tree  Swallow  pair  settled  at  the  second  cell. 


800 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


This  was  the  twenty-sixth  active  nest.  No  Tree  Swallow  was  occupying  more  than  one  barrier 
cell  at  that  time. 

Approximately  four  weeks  after  the  initial  settling,  females  settled  at  the  unused  nest 
boxes  at  one  barrier  and  one  control  cell  following  the  hatching  of  the  original  females’ 
clutches.  These  may  have  been  lone  females  or  may  have  been  paired  with  the  original 
resident  male.  Only  the  new  females  fed  the  nestlings. 

We  observed  several  resident  females,  at  both  barrier  and  control  cells,  adding  nesting 
material  to  both  nest  boxes  of  cells  involved  in  ENS  occupancy.  In  each  instance,  though, 
eggs  were  laid  in  only  one  of  the  boxes.  Where  pairs  occupied  extra  nest  sites,  both  residents 
spent  time  at  each  nest  box  and  both  responded  aggressively  to  intruders,  although  it  was 
not  possible  to  determine  to  which  box  a threat  was  perceived. 

Discussion. — The  lower  frequency  of  ENS  occupancy  when  adjacent  nest  boxes  were 
separated  by  a visual  barrier  permits  rejection  of  the  avoidance  hypothesis.  When  the  ability 
of  a resident  to  defend  a second  nest  box  was  experimentally  reduced,  floaters  settled  and 
bred  in  boxes  8 m from  existing  pairs.  Floaters  may  prefer  to  nest  at  greater  distances  from 
conspecifics,  but  this  preference  is  not  a sufficient  explanation  for  ENS  occupancy.  It  is  fair 
to  characterize  ENS  occupancy  as  ENS  defense. 

We  emphasize  that  our  result  cannot  simply  be  an  outcome  of  barriers  causing  settling 
floaters  to  be  unaware  of  their  neighbors  or  residents  to  be  unaware  of  a nearby  nest  box. 
While  territory  defense  is  accomplished  through  time  spent  perched  at  a nest  site,  floaters 
searching  for  nest  sites  do  so  by  flying  through  a colony  repeatedly  (Stutchbury  and  Rob- 
ertson 1987b)  and  thus  should  be  aware  of  a neighbor’s  presence.  The  ability  of  seven  Tree 
Swallow  pairs  to  maintain  two  nest  boxes  despite  the  presence  of  a barrier  demonstrates 
that  the  second  box’s  presence  is  recognized  by  the  resident  pair  and  that  defense  is  possible. 

Rendell  and  Robertson  (1994)  found  that  male  Tree  Swallows,  and  possibly  females, 
preferred  territories  on  which  a second  nest  box  could  easily  be  defended  (because  of  the 
proximity  of  adjacent  nest  boxes).  Mitchell  (1992)  detected  no  evidence  of  preference  for 
control  cells  by  Tree  Swallows  in  his  study,  but  the  rapid  pace  of  settlement  and  our  small 
sample  size  could  have  masked  such  a preference.  If  a preference  did  exist,  it  was  not 
sufficient  to  induce  settling  Tree  Swallow  pairs  to  reject  cells  consistently  where  barriers 
were  present.  Therefore,  our  conclusion  remains  unchanged:  Avoidance  by  floaters  is  an 
insufficient  explanation  for  ENS  occupancy  by  Tree  Swallows. 

Using  model  intruders,  Robertson  and  Gibbs  (1982)  concluded  that  Tree  Swallows  defend 
a circular  territory  around  a primary  nest  box  and  occupy  additional  nest  boxes  which 
happen  to  lie  within  that  radius.  That  hypothesis  has  since  been  refuted  by  Rendell  and 
Robertson  (1994)  who  found  that  Tree  Swallows  occupied  nest  sites  up  to  56  m apart.  These 
findings  raise  a question  that  has  thus  far  not  been  addressed:  When  a resident  Tree  Swallow 
is  observed  responding  aggressively  to  an  intruder,  how  can  one  determine  whether  the 
resident  perceives  a threat  to  its  primary  nest  site  or  to  an  ENS?  Our  study  succeeds  in 
rejecting  the  avoidance  hypothesis  without  using  observations  of  aggressive  behavior.  How- 
ever, we  suspect  that  distinguishing  between  two  remaining  hypotheses  will  require  such 
observations. 

Rendell  and  Robertson  (1994)  argued  that  ENS  defense  by  pairs  of  Tree  Swallows  results 
from  an  intersexual  conflict  of  interest.  Males  defend  an  ENS  in  hopes  of  becoming  polyg- 
ynous.  Females  then  defend  the  same  extra  site  to  ensure  male  monogamy.  Rendell  and 
Robertson  (1994)  could  not  convincingly  reject  an  alternative  hypothesis  that  Tree  Swallow 
pairs  cooperate  in  defense  of  an  ENS  as  a site  for  renesting  should  their  first  attempt  fail. 
These  hypotheses  reflect  fundamentally  different  views  of  territorial  behavior.  Not  only  does 
the  explanation  for  ENS  defense  differ,  but  the  perceived  relationship  between  members  of 
the  breeding  pair  differs. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


801 


It  aggressive  behavior  can  be  unequivocally  assigned  to  defense  of  an  ENS,  then  the  two 
explanations  can  be  distinguished  by  looking  at  which  sex  male  and  female  Tree  Swallows 
defend  a second  site  against.  If  a polygyny-monogamy  conflict  is  involved,  females  should 
respond  aggressively  to  intruding  females  but  ignore  or  actively  encourage  intruding  males, 
since  settlement  by  a second  male  removes  the  risk  of  polygyny  for  the  female.  Male  Tree 
Swallows  pattern  of  aggression  should  be  just  the  opposite.  If  defense  is  cooperative,  both 
male  and  female  Tree  Swallows  should  defend  an  ENS  against  intruders  of  either  sex. 

This  distinction  was  not  possible  in  our  study,  in  which  paired  nest  boxes  were  only  8 m 
apart.  However,  the  comparison  would  be  worthwhile  when  the  two  nest  sites  are  more 
widely  separated,  as  in  some  of  the  cases  reported  by  Rendell  and  Robertson  (1994)  and 
where  floaters  have  been  captured,  sexed,  and  individually  marked. 

Acknowledgments. — Stan  Teeple  generously  allowed  us  to  use  one  of  his  hayfields  as  a 
study  site.  Beth  MacDougall,  Melanie  Sharman,  Lisa  Venier,  and  Linda  Webster  assisted 
with  grid  construction,  and  Grace  Erb  with  banding  and  observations.  Andrew  Chek,  Floyd 
Connor,  Kelvin  Conrad,  Peter  Dunn,  Frank  Phelan,  Susan  Meek,  Laurene  Ratcliffe,  and 
Linda  Whittmgham  provided  useful  criticism  of  the  design  and  interpretation  of  this  study. 
The  Queen’s  Univ.  Biological  Station  provided  logistic  support.  The  study  was  funded  by 
NSERC  and  SEED  grants  to  RJR.  JSM  was  supported  during  preparation  of  the  manuscript 
by  an  NSERC  Postgraduate  Scholarship. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Chapman,  L.  B.  1955.  Studies  of  a Tree  Swallow  colony.  Bird-Banding  26:45—70. 

Cohen,  R.  R.  and  D.  J.  Hayes.  1984.  A simple  unattached  nest-box  trapping  device.  N. 
Am.  Bird-Bander  9: 10-1 1. 

Dunn,  P.  O.  and  S.  J.  Hannon.  1991.  Intraspecific  competition  and  the  maintenance  of 
monogamy  in  tree  swallows.  Behav.  Ecol.  2:258-266. 

Erskine,  a.  j.  and  W.  D.  McLaren  1976.  Comparative  nesting  biology  of  some  hole- 
nesting birds  in  the  Cariboo  Parklands,  British  Columbia.  Wilson  Bull.  88:61 1-620. 
Finch,  D.  M.  1990.  Effects  of  predation  and  competitor  interference  on  nesting  success  of 
House  Wrens  and  Tree  Swallows.  Condor  92:674-687. 

Harris,  R.  N.  1979.  Aggression,  superterritories,  and  reproductive  success  in  tree  swallows. 
Can.  J.  Zool.  57:2072-2078. 

Holroyd,  G.  L.  1975.  Nest  site  availability  as  a factor  limiting  population  size  of  swallows. 
Can.  Field  Nat.  89:60-64. 

Houston,  M.  I.  and  C.  S.  Houston.  1987.  Tree  Swallow  banding  near  Saskatoon,  Sas- 
katchewan. N.  Am.  Bird-Bander  12:103-108. 

Hussel,  D.  j.  T.  1983.  Age  and  plumage  color  in  female  Tree  Swallows.  J.  Field  Ornithol. 
54:312-318. 

Kendeigh,  S.  C.  1941.  Territorial  and  mating  behavior  of  the  house  wren.  Illinois  Biol. 
Monogr.  18:1-120. 

Leffelaar,  D.  and  R.  J.  Robertson.  1984.  Do  male  tree  swallows  guard  their  mates? 
Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  16:73-79. 

Mitchell,  J.  S.  1992.  Multiple  nest  site  defen.se  in  the  Tree  Swallow  {Tachycinetci  hicolor). 

B.Sc.  thesis,  Kingston:  Queen’s  Univ.,  Kingston,  Ontario. 

Muldal,  a.,  H.  L.  Gibbs,  and  R.  J.  Robertson.  1985.  Preferred  nest  spacing  of  an  obligate 
cavity-nesting  bird,  the  Tree  Swallow.  Condor  87:356—363. 

Munro,  H.  L.  and  R.  C.  Rounds.  1985.  Selection  of  artificial  nest  sites  by  five  sympatric 
passerines.  J.  Wildl.  Manage.  49:264—276. 

Peterson,  B.  and  G.  Gauthier.  1985.  Nest  site  u.se  by  cavity-nesting  birds  of  the  Cariboo 
Parkland.  British  Columbia.  Wilson  Bull.  97:319-331. 


802 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Quinney,  T.  E.  1983.  Tree  Swallows  cross  a polygyny  threshold.  Auk  100:750-754. 
Rendell,  W.  B.  1992.  Peculiar  behavior  of  a subadult  female  Tree  Swallow.  Wilson  Bull. 
104:756-759. 

AND  R.  J.  Robertson.  1990.  Influence  of  forest  edge  on  nest-site  selection  by  Tree 

Swallows.  Wilson  Bull.  102:634-644. 

AND . 1994.  Defense  of  extra  nest-sites  by  a cavity  nesting  bird,  the  Tree 

Swallow  (Tachycineta  bicolor).  Ardea  82:273—285. 

Robertson,  R.  J.  and  H.  L.  Gibbs.  1982.  Superterritory  in  Tree  Swallows:  a reexamination. 
Condor  84:313-316. 

, B.  J.  Stutchbury,  and  R.  R.  Cohen.  1992.  Tree  Swallow.  The  Birds  of  North 

America,  No.  1 1 (A.  Poole,  P.  Stettenheim,  and  F.  Gill,  eds.).  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences,  Philadelphia;  The  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 
Stutchbury,  B.  J.  and  R.  J.  Robertson.  1985.  Floating  populations  of  female  Tree  Swal- 
lows. Auk  102:651-654. 

AND . 1986.  A simple  trap  for  catching  birds  in  nest  boxes.  J.  Field  Omithol. 

57:64-65. 

AND . 1987a.  Do  nest  building  and  first  egg  dates  reflect  settlement  patterns 

of  females?  Condor  89:587-593. 

AND . 1987b.  Behavioral  tactics  of  subadult  female  floaters  in  the  tree  swal- 
low. Behav.  Ecol.  Sociobiol.  20:413-419. 


Jeremy  S.  Mitchell,  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Simon  Fraser  Univ.,  Burnaby,  British 
Columbia  V5A  1S6-,  Raleigh  J.  Robertson,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Queen’s  Univ.,  Kingston, 
Ontario  K7L  3N6.  Received  29  Feb.  1996,  accepted  10  May  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  802-804 

Swainson’s  Warblers  nesting  in  early  serai  pine  forests  in  East  Texas. — Swainson’s 
Warbler  (Limnothlypis  swainsonii)  breeds  locally  throughout  the  southeastern  United  States 
on  the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coastal  plains,  in  the  southern  Appalachians,  and  on  the 
southern  Piedmont  Plateau  (Meanley  1966).  They  select  areas  with  low,  dense  understories 
(Eddleman  et  al.  1980,  Meanley  1971).  Meanley  (1945,  1966,  1969)  described  several  hab- 
itats of  Swainson’s  Warblers  in  the  eastern  coastal  plains,  and  they  also  have  nested  in  dense 
rhodendron-laurel  thickets  in  the  southern  Appalachians  (Brooks  and  Legg  1942).  However, 
there  is  little  information  on  the  specific  habitat  features  which  may  influence  the  distribution 
and  abundance  of  this  species,  especially  in  the  western  portion  of  its  breeding  range.  In 
this  paper,  I report  on  the  first  described  use  of  early  serai  pine  forests  by  Swainson’s 
Warblers  nesting  in  eastern  Texas.  I compare  habitats  selected  in  this  study  to  those  previ- 
ously described  and  suggest  possible  relationships  between  habitat  selection  and  abundance 
patterns. 

I surveyed  for  Swainson’s  Warblers  from  April  through  June  1992  on  the  San  Jacinto 
Ranger  District,  Sam  Houston  National  Forest,  San  Jacinto  County,  Texas  (95°07'W, 
30°30'N).  The  district  consists  of  approximately  24,000  ha  of  pine,  pine-hardwood,  and 
bottomland  hardwood  forest  of  various  age  classes.  The  district  is  managed  for  timber 
production,  recreation,  wildlife,  and  some  oil  and  mineral  extraction.  Timber  is  managed 
primarily  in  even-age  stands  ranging  from  4-40  ha  on  70-year  rotations.  Harvest  methods 
include  thinning,  clearcuts,  seed-tree  cuts,  and  shelterwood  cuts.  Large  areas  regularly  are 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


803 


prescribed  burned.  I used  playback  recordings  to  detect  territorial  males,  primarily  along 
maintained  roads,  old  logging  roads,  and  trails  which  transect  much  of  the  district.  Males 
captured  in  mist  nets  were  banded  with  unique  combinations  of  colored  leg  bands  and  a 
U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  aluminum  leg  band.  I located  territories  and  determined 
whether  each  male  was  paired.  I considered  an  individual  interacting  with  another  bird 
within  the  territory  without  hostile  behavior  to  be  paired.  I returned  to  each  territory  2-4 
times  during  the  breeding  season.  Stand  ages  were  determined  using  the  Continuous  Inven- 
tory of  Stand  Condition  database  maintained  by  the  U.S.D.A.  Forest  Service. 

I monitored  38  territories  during  the  1992  season.  Eleven  (28.9%)  territories  were  in 
loblolly  pine  {Pinus  taeda)  plantations  (age  range  = 3-18  yrs;  mean  age  = 14.0  ± 4.2  yrs) 
with  dense  understories  composed  primarily  of  yaupon  {Ilex  vomitoria),  Smilax  spp..  Vi- 
burnum spp.,  and  various  sapling  hardwood  species.  Sixteen  (42.1%)  were  in  sites  previously 
logged  to  remove  pine,  infested  with  southern  pine  beetles  {Dendroctonus  frontalis).  These 
sites  ranged  from  1—2  ha  in  size  and  were  dominated  by  a dense  growth  of  early  successional 
shrub  species  and  sapling  trees.  The  remaining  1 1 (28.9%)  territories  were  in  relatively 
mature  stands  of  loblolly  pine  with  a sparse  overstory  and  patches  of  dense  understory. 
Eight  of  these  territories  were  in  mesic  sites  near  streams  or  ephemeral  forest  swamps.  The 
remaining  three  were  in  relatively  xeric  upland  stands  with  a mixed  pine-hardwood  overstory 
and  dense  yaupon  understory. 

I confirmed  nine  paired  males:  three  in  plantations,  five  in  logged  sites,  and  one  in  a 
mature  stand.  I found  a probable  Swainson’s  Warbler  nest  in  an  active  territory  in  a pine 
plantation  on  21  May  1992.  The  nest  closely  resembled  photographs  by  Graves  (1992)  and 
possessed  the  bulky  outer  layer  of  dead  hardwood  leaves  characteristic  of  the  species  (Mean- 
ley  1969).  The  nest  was  empty  and  appeared  to  have  been  abandoned  or  predated  since  no 
eggs  or  young  were  observed  during  six  visits  I made  the  following  three  weeks.  I observed 
an  adult  Swainson’s  Warbler  foraging  approximately  2 m from  the  nest  during  the  first  visit. 
The  nest  was  approximately  1 m high  and  supported  by  a tangle  of  Smilax  spp.  suspended 
in  pine  saplings.  I observed  one  pair  feeding  fledged  young  in  a logged  site  located  within 
the  territory  of  the  male.  The  young  were  still  incapable  of  sustained  flight  and  were  more 
than  20  m within  the  logged  site. 

Early  serai  pine  forest  previously  has  not  been  described  as  potential  breeding  habitat  for 
Swainson’s  Warblers.  They  generally  use  areas  with  a low,  dense  deciduous  understory 
(Meanley  1971).  River  floodplain  forest  with  dense  understories  of  cane  {Arundinaria  gi- 
gantea),  sweet  pepperbush  (Clethra  alnifolia),  or  scrub  palmetto  (Sabal  minor)  have  been 
identified  as  important  breeding  habitats  on  the  upper  and  Gulf  coastal  plains  (Meanley 
1971).  Swainson’s  Warblers  in  the  southern  Appalachian  Mountains  use  dense  rhodendron- 
laurel  thickets  in  mature  hardwood  communities  (Brooks  and  Legg  1942).  Eddleman  et  al. 
(1980)  found  several  territories  in  areas  dominated  by  early  successional  tree  species,  such 
as  sweetgum  (Liquidamhar  styraciflua)  plantations,  and  in  late  old  field  habitats  with  dense 
shrubs.  These  habitats  possess  a dense  understory  structure  comparable  to  the  pine  planta- 
tions and  logged  sites  used  by  Swainson’s  Warblers  in  eastern  Texas.  The  understory  foliage 
diversity  patterns  of  the.se  different  habitats  would  probably  be  relatively  similar  despite 
differences  in  plant  species  composition,  suggesting  vegetative  structural  patterns  may  be 
an  important  factor  influencing  habitat  selection  and  distribution  of  Swainson’s  Warblers. 

Man-made  areas  of  early  serai  forest,  such  as  pine  plantations  and  logged  sites,  may 
represent  new  habitat  options  for  breeding  Swainson’  Warblers.  There  is  no  evidence  to 
suggest  that  such  habitat  resulting  from  normal  forest  succession  was  not  used  in  addition 
to  historically  abundant  canebrake  habitat.  Cane  was  formerly  a dominant  understory  feature 
of  the  lowlands  of  eastern  and  southeastern  Texas,  but  with  the  introduction  of  domestic 
livestock,  it  has  become  relatively  rare  (Correll  and  Johnston  1970).  Swainson’s  Warblers 


804 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


appear  common  on  the  San  Jacinto  Ranger  District,  despite  the  lack  of  cane  habitat.  The 
paired  individuals  and  nesting  activity  observed  in  pine  plantations  and  logged  sites  suggests 
such  areas  may  be  important  breeding  habitat. 

Apparent  flexibility  of  habitat  use  by  Swainson’s  Warblers  may  explain  its  relatively  stable 
population  in  contrast  to  the  decline  of  the  Bachman’s  Warbler  {Vermivora  bachmani).  The 
Bachman’s  Warbler  may  have  been  a cane  specialist,  and  the  probable  extinction  of  the 
species  parallels  the  decline  of  cane  stands  throughout  the  southeastern  United  States  (Wid- 
mann  1897,  Remsen  1986).  The  more  generalist  strategy  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler  may 
have  enabled  it  to  continue  exploiting  alternative  habitats  such  as  dense  thickets  in  forest 
openings  to  maintain  population  levels. 

Acknowledgments. — I thank  the  staff  of  the  San  Jacinto  Ranger  District,  Sam  Houston 
National  Forest,  for  assistance  during  this  project.  L.  J.  Carmical  provided  access  to  the 
district  and  Forest  Service  records.  Comments  from  R.  E.  Brown,  D.  K.  Carrie,  R.  N.  Conner, 
J.  Nelson,  and  D.  C.  Rudolph  improved  an  earlier  draft  of  this  manuscript. 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Brooks,  M.  and  W.  C.  Lego.  1942.  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  Nicholas  County,  West  Virginia. 
Auk  59:76-86. 

CORRELL,  D.  S.  AND  M.  C.  JoHNSTON.  1970.  Manual  of  the  vascular  plants  of  Texas.  George 
Banta  Co.,  Inc.,  Menasha,  Wisconsin. 

Eddleman,  W.  R.,  K.  E.  Evans,  and  W.  H.  Elder.  1980.  Habitat  characteristics  and  man- 
agement of  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  southern  Illinois.  Wildl.  Soc.  Bull.  8:228-233. 
Graves,  G.  R.  1992.  A case  of  aggregated  nest  placement  and  probable  polygyny  in  the 
Swainson’s  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull.  104:370—373. 

Meanley,  B.  1945.  Notes  on  Swainson’s  Warbler  in  central  Georgia.  Auk  62:395-401. 

. 1966.  Some  observations  on  habitats  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler.  Living  Bird  5: 

151-165. 

. 1969.  Pre-nesting  and  nesting  behavior  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler.  Wilson  Bull. 

81:246-257. 

. 1971.  Natural  history  of  the  Swainson’s  Warbler.  North  Am.  Fauna  69:1-90. 

Remsen,  J.  V.,  Jr.  1986.  Was  Bachman’s  Warbler  a bamboo  specialist?  Auk  103:216-219. 
WiDMANN,  O.  1 897.  The  summer  home  of  Bachman’s  Warbler  no  longer  unknown.  Auk 
14:305-309. 

N.  Ross  Carrie,  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences.  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Sta- 
tion, Texas  77843.  (Present  address:  HQ  JRTC  & Ft.  Polk,  AFZX-PW-EC,  Ft.  Polk,  Loui- 
siana 71459-7100).  Received  21  Aug.  1995,  accepted  2 March  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  804-807 

Measurements  of  Snail  Kite  eggs  from  central  Florida. — The  Snail  Kite  (Rostrhamus 
sociabilis)  is  a raptor  with  a disjunct  distribution  among  several  lake  and  everglade  wetlands 
in  central  and  south  Florida  (Sykes  et  al.  1995).  The  objectives  of  the  present  study  were 
to  collect  measurements  of  kite  eggs,  delimit  egg  size  variation  among  wetlands,  and  de- 
termine if  egg  size  was  correlated  with  clutch  size,  hatching  success,  fledging  success,'and 
breeding  chronology  of  kites  in  central  Florida. 

Methods. — I visited  Snail  Kite  nests  every  1-2  weeks  during  1991  at  East  Lake  Toho- 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


805 


Table  1 

Linear  Measurements  and  Calculated  Volumes  of  Snail  Kite  Eggs  from  Central 

Florida” 


Site 

Variable 

N 

^ ± SD 

Range 

East  Lake  Tohopekaliga 

Length 

15 

44.27  ± 

1.16  mm 

41.9-47.2  mm 

Breadth 

15 

36.56  ± 

0.74  mm 

35. 1-37.8  mm 

Volume 

15 

30.20  ± 

1.58  cm3 

26.33-32.37  cm3 

Lake  Tohopekaliga 

Length 

254 

44.33  ± 

1.74  mm 

40.0-48.4  mm 

Breadth 

254 

36.38  ± 

0.90  mm 

32.3—38.5  mm 

Volume 

254 

29.97  ± 

2.27  cm3 

22.67-34.77  cm3 

St.  Johns  Marsh 

Length 

57 

44.46  ± 

1.53  mm 

40.2—47.5  mm 

Breadth 

57 

36.41  ± 

1.22  mm 

33.6-40.1  mm 

Volume 

57 

30.14  ± 

2.87  cm3 

24.07-37.64  cm3 

Lake  Kissimmee 

Length 

129 

43.90  ± 

1.64  mm 

40.5-49.1  mm 

Breadth 

129 

35.91  ± 

1.11  mm 

33.2-38.5  mm 

Volume 

129 

28.94  ± 

2.61  cm3 

22.77-35.61  cm3 

Lake  Okeechobee 

Length 

250 

44.21  ± 

1 .35  mm 

41 .0—48.6  mm 

Breadth 

250 

36.21  ± 

0.98  mm 

33.7-39.4  mm 

Volume 

250 

29.61  ± 

2.21  cm3 

24.67-38.28  cm3 

Total 

Length 

705 

44.22  ± 

1.57  mm 

40.0—49.1  mm 

Breadth 

705 

36.24  ± 

1.01  mm 

32.3-40.1  mm 

Volume 

705 

29.67  ± 

2.38  cm3 

22.67-38.28  cm3 

“Egg  volume  = 0.51  X length  X breadthL 


pekaliga.  Lake  Tohopekaliga,  Lake  Kissimmee,  Lake  Okeechobee,  and  an  impounded  marsh 
at  the  headwaters  of  the  St.  Johns  River  (hereafter  St.  Johns  Marsh).  Eggs  were  numbered 
with  an  indelible  felt-tip  pen  according  to  deposition  sequence  when  known.  Length  and 
breadth  measurements  were  made  with  a Tajima  dial  caliper  (model  dial- 15)  to  the  nearest 
0.1  mm.  Egg  volume  was  estimated  using  the  equation  of  Hoyt  (1979):  volume  = 0.51  X 
length  X breadth^.  Relative  egg  volume  used  in  some  statistical  analyses  was  calculated 
after  Arnold  (1991):  individual  egg  volume  minus  the  mean  egg  volume  of  the  clutch 
divided  by  the  standard  deviation  of  egg  volume  for  the  clutch. 

All  computations  were  preformed  using  SAS  Institute,  Inc.  software.  Length,  breadth,  and 
volume  were  found  to  be  normally  distributed  (Shapiro-Wilk  test,  P > 0.05;  SAS  Institute 
1990).  A plot  of  the  residuals  versus  the  predicted  values  from  an  ANOVA  model  using 
PROC  GLM  (SAS  Institute  1990;  yielded  a random  scatter  that  suggested  homogeneity  of 
variance  for  the  three  variables.  Thus,  parametric  statistics  were  u.sed  in  all  subsequent 
analyses.  Mensural  variables  were  determined  for  both  complete  and  incomplete  clutches. 
However,  only  data  from  complete  clutches  were  u.sed  when  comparing  egg  size  with  clutch 
size,  hatching  order,  hatching  success,  and  fledging  success.  Logistic  regression  in  PROC 
GENMOD  (SAS  Institute  1996)  was  u.sed  to  analyze  hatching  and  fledging  success  since 
these  data  are  binomial.  Hatch  date  was  a convenient  index  for  breeding  chronology  and 
was  determined  as  the  week  of  hatching  for  the  first  egg  in  each  clutch. 

Results. — I calculated  mean,  standard  deviation,  and  range  of  length,  breadth,  and  volume 
of  705  eggs  from  260  complete  and  incomplete  clutches  of  Snail  Kites  (Table  1).  The  relation 


806 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


of  mensural  variables  was  length  = 0.81  breadth  (Pearson’s  r^704  = 0.52,  P < 0.0(X)1).  No 
significant  difference  (ANOVA,  F = 1.97,  df  = 704,  P = 0.10)  was  detected  in  length 
among  the  five  wetlands.  However,  significant  differences  were  found  in  breadth  (ANOVA/ 
Fisher’s  LSD  test,  F = 5.58,  df  = 704,  P = 0.0002)  and  volume  (ANOVA/Fisher’s  LSD 
test,  F = 4.87,  df  = 704,  P = 0.0007).  Eggs  from  Lakes  Kissimmee  and  Okeechobee 
consistently  exhibited  the  smallest  mean  breadth  and  volume  (Table  1). 

No  significant  difference  was  found  in  length  (ANOVA,  F = 1.70,  df  = 46,  P = 0.19), 
breadth  (ANOVA,  F = 0.15,  df  = 46,  P = 0.86),  or  relative  volume  (ANOVA,  F = 0.60, 
df  = 46,  P = 0.55)  among  the  first,  second,  or  third  egg  hatched.  There  also  was  no 
significant  difference  (ANOVA,  F = 1.41,  df  = 238,  P = 0.24)  in  mean  relative  egg  volume 
among  clutches  of  one  (N  = 3),  two  (N  = 52),  three  (N  = 169),  and  four  (N  = 8)  eggs. 
Thus,  egg  size  was  similar  regardless  of  laying  order  or  clutch  size. 

Relative  volume  was  not  correlated  with  hatch  date  at  East  Lake  Tohopekaliga  (r^,3  = 
0.05,  F = 0.63,  P = 0.44),  Lake  Tohopekaliga  (H252  0.002,  F = 0.60,  P = 0.44),  Lake 

Okeechobee  (r^248  “ 0.006,  F = 1.52,  P = 0.22),  and  St.  Johns  Marsh  (r^jj  = 0.001,  F = 

O. 04,  P = 0.84),  except  at  Lake  Kissimmee  (r^i27  = 0.059,  F = 5.18,  P = 0.02).  Thus, 
volume  generally  did  not  exhibit  intraseasonal  variation  at  most  wetlands.  Finally,  relative 
volume  was  not  correlated  with  hatching  success  (P  = 0.88,  df  = 155)  or  fledging  success 
(P  = 0.99,  df  = 227)  of  kite  nestlings. 

Discussion. — The  mensural  values  of  my  study  are  similar  to  the  average  length  (44.6 
mm,  N = 317  eggs)  and  breadth  (36.1  mm)  reported  by  Sykes  (1987).  Although  Snail  Kite 
eggs  exhibited  differences  in  breadth  and  volume  among  my  study  sites,  I found  little 
correlation  with  clutch  size,  laying  sequence,  and  hatching  date.  Kites  are  similar  to  other 
avian  species  whose  egg  sizes  do  not  correlate  with  laying  sequence  (Pulliainen  and  Saari 
1993),  clutch  size  (Ojanen  et  al.  1981,  Jover  et  al.  1993),  or  laying  date  (Arnold  1991,  Potti 
1993,  Pulliainen  and  Saari  1993). 

An  increase  in  egg  size  during  the  laying  sequence  has  been  suggested  as  a strategy  by 
females  to  adjust  their  egg  contribution  to  the  initial  nestling  size  disadvantage  due  to 
asynchronous  hatching  (reviewed  by  Magrath  1992).  However,  size  and  volume  of  Snail 
Kite  eggs  were  not  correlated  with  laying  sequence  and  fledging  success.  Kites  neither 
support  the  brood  reduction  strategy  (reviewed  by  Magrath  1992)  that  egg  size  decreases 
with  laying  order  nor  the  bet-hedging  strategy  (reviewed  by  Slagsvold  et  al.  1984)  that  egg 
size  increases  with  laying  order.  Because  egg  volumes  within  a clutch  and  among  different 
clutch  sizes  were  similar,  the  competitive  ability  of  Snail  Kite  nestlings  results  mainly  from 
hatching  asynchrony  and  the  ability  of  parents  to  secure  adequate  snails  to  feed  their  young. 
Magrath  (1992)  suggested  hatching  asynchrony  was  more  important  than  egg  mass  in  de- 
termining hatch  size  hierarchies  and  resultant  early  nestling  survivorship.  Significant  differ- 
ences in  egg  breadth  and  volumes  among  wetlands  suggest  local  effects  on  egg  sizes  but 
not  the  fledging  success  of  Snail  Kites  during  the  single  breeding  season  of  my  study.  These 
differences  warrant  further  study  to  establish  if  a relationship  exists  between  habitat  quality 
and  condition  of  females  with  nestling  survival  during  more  stressful  years. 

Acknow  ledgments. — Funding  for  this  study  was  provided  by  Section  6 funding  from  the 
U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  and  the  Nongame  Wildlife  Program  of  the  Florida  Game 
and  Fresh  Water  Fish  Commission.  S.  T.  Schwikert  assisted  me  with  the  data  collection.  S. 
B.  Linda  provided  statistical  consultation.  1 thank  M.  F.  Delany,  S.  A.  Nesbitt,  D.  A.  Wood, 

P.  W.  Sykes,  C.  R.  Blem,  and  an  anonymous  referee  for  reviewing  an  earlier  draft  of  the 
manuscript.  This  research  was  part  of  study  number  7520  of  the  Bureau  of  Wildlife  Re- 
search. 


SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 


807 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Arnold,  T.  W.  1991.  Intraclutch  variation  in  egg  size  of  American  Coots.  Condor  93:19-27. 

Hoyt,  D.  F.  1979.  Practical  method  of  estimating  volume  and  fresh  weight  of  bird  eggs 
Auk  96:73-77.  ‘ 

JOVER,  L.,  X.  Ruiz,  AND  M.  Gonzalez-Marti'n.  1993.  Significance  of  intraclutch  egg  size 
variation  in  the  Purple  Heron.  Ornis  Scand.  24:127-134. 

Magrath,  R.  D.  1992.  Roles  of  egg  mass  and  incubation  pattern  in  establishment  of  hatch- 
ing hierarchies  in  the  Blackbird  (Turdus  merula).  Auk  109:474-487. 

Ojanen,  M.,  M.  Orell,  and  R.  A.  Vaisanen.  1981.  Egg  size  variation  within  clutches: 
effects  of  ambient  temperature  and  laying  sequence.  Ornis  Fenn.  58:93-108. 

PoTTi,  J.  1993.  Environmental,  ontogenetic,  and  genetic  variation  in  egg  size  of  Pied  Fly- 
catchers. Can.  J.  Zool.  71:1534-1542. 

PULLIAINEN,  E.  AND  L.  Saari.  1993.  Egg  size  of  the  Dotterel  Charadrius  morinellus  in 
Finland.  Omis  Fenn.  70:44-46. 

SAS  Institute.  1990.  SAS  procedures  guide,  version  6,  third  edition.  SAS  Institute,  Inc., 
Cary,  North  Carolina. 

. 1996.  SAS/STAT  software  changes  and  enhancements  through  release  6.11.  SAS 

Institute,  Inc.,  Cary,  North  Carolina. 

Slagsvold,  T,  T.  Sandvik,  G.  Rofstand,  0.  Lorentsen,  and  M.  Husby.  1984.  On  the 
adaptive  value  of  intraclutch  egg-size  variation  in  birds.  Auk  101:685-697. 

Sykes,  P.  W.,  Jr.  1987.  Some  aspects  of  the  breeding  biology  of  the  Snail  Kite  in  Florida. 
J.  Field  Ornithol.  58:171-189. 

, J.  A.  Rodgers,  Jr.,  and  R.  E.  Bennetts.  1995.  Snail  Kite  (Rostrhamus  sociabilis). 
in  The  birds  of  North  America,  no.  171  (A.  Poole  and  F.  Gill,  eds.).  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Phil.,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  and  Amer.  Ornithol.  Union,  Washington,  D.C. 


James  A.  Rodgers,  Jr.,  Wildlife  Research  Laboratory,  Florida  Game  and  Fresh  Water  Fish 
Commission,  4005  South  Main  Street,  Gainesville,  Florida  32601.  Received  14  Feb.  1996. 
accepted  10  May  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  807-808 

The  Andean  Flamingo  in  Brazil. — Bege  and  Pauli  (1990a,  b)  recorded  the  Andean 
Flamingo  (Phoenicoparrus  andinus)  for  the  first  time  in  Brazil,  based  on  an  emaciated 
juvenile  found  in  May  19,  1989  in  Erval  Velho  (27°13'S,  5I°23'W),  midwest  of  Santa 
Catarina  State  that  had  been  banded  in  Chile.  The  specimen  is  now  housed  in  the  Museu 
Nacional,  Rio  de  Janeiro  (MN  36.548).  Antas  (1990)  also  recorded  a subadult  bird  foraging 
at  the  Lagoa  do  Peixe  (31°20'S,  51°05'W),  southeastern  Rio  Grande  do  Sul,  along  with  the 
Chilean  Flamingo  (Phoenicopterus  chilensis). 

The  Museu  do  Seminario  Cora^ao  de  Jesus,  in  Corupa,  Santa  Catarina,  houses  a juvenile 
specimen  (MSCJ  220)  obtained  in  1952  at  Jaragua  do  Sul  (26°28'S,  49°06'W),  northeastern 
Santa  Catarina,  which  was  wrongly  identified  by  Sick  et  al.  ( 198 1 ) as  an  American  Flamingo 
(Phoenicopterus  ruber).  This  specimen  is  a well  preserved,  mounted  skin.  To  Rio  Grande 
do  Sul  we  have  an  additional  record  based  upon  a color  photograph  of  three  adult  birds  in 
Lagoa  do  Peixe,  taken  in  the  fall  of  1992  (A.  Hoffmann,  pers.  comm.).  It  was  published 


808 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


without  proper  identification  by  Porto  (1992).  At  the  time,  many  flocks  of  Llamingos  were 
recorded  and  photographed  by  Hoffmann. 

Silva  and  Caye  (1992)  reported  the  Andean  Llamingo  as  accidental  in  Rio  Grande  do  Sul 
and  Bornschein  (1992)  also  considered  as  such  the  occurrence  of  this  species  in  Brazil. 
However,  it  is  quite  likely  that  the  Andean  Flamingo  migrates  to  Rio  Grande  do  Sul  with 
more  frequency  than  previously  supposed,  given  the  current  number  of  records  (fide  Hoyo 
et  al.  1992,  La  Pena  1992).  It  is  worth  thus  to  stress  the  care  in  identifying  Flamingos  in 
southern  Brazil,  where  Phoenicopterus  chilensis  is  a regular  species,  mainly  in  the  winter 
(Belton  1994). 

Acknowledgments. — We  thank  Jorge  B.  Nacinovic.  Jorge  Baldo,  Alejandro  R.  Giraudo, 
and  Dante  M.  Teixeira  for  confirmation  identification  of  the  flamingo  in  a photograph  pub- 
lished in  the  magazine  Globo  Rural,  and  J.  B.  Nacinovic  also  for  text  revision  and  trans- 
lation. J.  Baldo  also  sent  us  a color  photograph  with  the  details  of  the  bills  of  Phoenicoparrus 
andinus,  P.  jamesi  and  Phoenicopterus  chilensis,  which  helped  us  identify  the  specimen  in 
the  museum  in  Santa  Catarina. 


LITERATURE  CITED 

Antas,  P.  T.  Z.  1990.  Novos  registros  para  a avifauna  do  Rio  Grande  do  Sul.  Pp.  80-81 
in  VI  Encontro  Nacional  de  Anilhadores  de  Aves,  Pelotas. 

Bege,  L.  a.  R.  and  B.  T.  Pauli.  1990a.  Two  birds  new  to  the  Brazilian  avifauna.  Bull. 
B.O.C.  110:93-94. 

AND . 1990b.  Primer  reporte  de  Phoenicoparrus  andinus  en  Brasil.  Volante 

Migratorio  14:6. 

Belton,  W.  1994.  Aves  do  Rio  Grande  do  Sul:  distribui^ao  e biologia.  Sao  Leopoldo,  Ed. 
UNISINOS. 

Bornschein,  M.  R.  1992.  Nova  ocorrencia  de  Phoenicoparrus  andinus  para  o Brasil.  In: 

II  Congresso  Brasileiro  de  Ornitologia,  Campo  Grande,  r.  55. 

Hoyo,  J.  del,  A.  Elliot,  and  J.  Sargatal  (eds.).  1992.  Handbook  of  the  birds  of  the  world 
vol.  1 : ostrich  to  ducks.  Lynx  Edicions,  Barcelona,  Spain. 

La  Pena,  M.  R.  de.  1992.  Guia  de  aves  argentinas.  Segunda  edicidn  (incluye  nidos  y 
huevos),  Tomo  1.  Buenos  Aires,  L.O.L.A.  (Literature  of  Latin  America). 

Porto,  A.  1992.  Passageiros  do  Sol.  Globo  Rural,  No.  82:46—54. 

Sick,  H.,  L.  A.  do  Rosario,  and  T.  R.  de  Azevedo.  1981.  Aves  do  Estado  de  Santa  Catarina. 
Sellowia,  ser.  zool..  No.  1:1-51. 

Silva,  E and  C.  E.  Caye.  1992.  Lista  de  Aves:  Rio  Grande  do  Sul.  Porto  Alegre,  Pontificia 
Universidade  Catolica. 


Marcos  R.  Bornschein  and  Bianca  L.  Reinert,  Museu  de  Historia  Natural  “Capdo  da 
Imbuia”,  Rua  Prof.  Benedito  Conceigdo  407,  Curitiba  (PR),  Brazil,  82810-080.  Received  9 
Oct.  1995,  accepted  21  March  1996. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  809-812 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 

Edited  by  William  E Davis,  Jr. 

Avian  biochemistry  and  molecular  biology.  By  Lewis  Stevens.  Cambridge  University 
Press,  Cambridge,  U.K.  1996:272  pp.  $50.00  (cloth).-A  synopsis  on  the  first  page  of  this 
book  says  it  is  “.  . . the  only  comprehensive  and  up-to-date  survey  of  avian  biochemistry 
and  molecular  biology  available.”  The  author  has  written  a clear  and  concise  coverage  of 
this  area.  The  text  covers  such  aspects  as  protein  and  amino  acid  metabolism,  nutrition, 
hpids,  carbohydrates,  avian  hormones,  and  metabolic  adaptation.  Part  2 of  the  book  is  de- 
voted to  the  avian  genome  and  its  expression”  and  summarizes  this  material  not  available 
elsewhere. 

The  text  is  nicely  organized  and  cleanly  presented.  The  figures  are  nicely  done  and 
relevent  to  the  account.  There  were  few,  if  any,  typographical  errors.  The  references  are 
fairly  thorough  and  up-to-date,  although  I suspect  United  States  authors  are  a bit  under- 
represented in  the  review.  I was  impressed  that  the  author  appreciated  correct  nomenclature 
and  taxonomy  and  made  an  effort  to  use  it  in  a book  that  essentially  is  about  molecular 
biology.  It  frustrates  me  to  see  manuscripts  about  birds  written  by  people  who  are  not 
sufficiently  informed  to  recognize  appropriate  nomenclature. 

This  text  is  well  worth  the  money  for  those  interested  in  the  cellular-molecular  level  of 
ornithology. — C.  R.  Blem. 


Orioles,  blackbirds,  and  their  kin:  a natural  history.  By  Alexander  E Skutch.  Ulus, 
by  Dana  Gardner.  The  University  of  Arizona  Press,  Tucson,  Arizona.  1996:291  pp.  $50.00 
(cloth),  $21.95  (paper). — Who  says  there  are  no  more  heroes  to  emulate?  Mine  easily  could 
be  Alexander  F.  Skutch.  At  time  when  study  of  whole  organisms  is  considered  passe  by 
some.  Dr.  Skutch  has  produced  a masterful  account  of  the  natural  history  of  a very  important 
group — the  blackbirds  (and  after  his  90th  birthday!).  This  book,  his  twenty-sixth,  guides  us 
to  through  a detailed,  but  never  boring,  account  of  how  the  orioles,  blackbirds,  and  their 
kin  go  through  their  lives.  Some  accounts  were  taken,  “with  slight  modifications”  from 
Skutch’s  Life  histories  of  Central  American  birds,  published  in  1954  by  The  Cooper  Orni- 
thological Society,  and  from  a few  other  miscellaneous  published  sources.  The  material  has 
been  updated  with  references  cited  from  the  scientific  literature  through  1994,  and  new 
accounts  were  added. 

Skutch  writes  clearly,  cleanly,  and  with  a lot  of  content.  To  my  taste  he  adds  just  enough 
anthropomorphism  to  be  interesting,  but  not  unscientific.  The  book  includes  historical  vi- 
gnettes, personal  asides,  and  insightful  comments — all  done  in  an  economical,  interesting 
manner.  The  sections  on  cowbirds  alone  are  worth  the  price  of  the  book.  Beginning  birders 
will  enjoy  the  book  and  learn  a great  deal  of  fundamental  ornithology.  Advanced  students 
will  find  much  useful  information  and  introduction  to  specific  references.  The  reference 
section  is  not  (nor  was  it  intended  to  be)  a comprehensive  coverage  of  the  blackbirds  and 
their  kin. 

Gardner’s  black-and-white  sketches  are  excellent,  the  binding  and  covers  attractive,  and 
the  book  is  well  worth  the  money  (particularly  the  paperback  version).  All-in-all  this  is  a 
wonderful  book.  It  stands  as  an  example  of  the  way  in  which  bird  books  of  this  genre  should 
be  done. — C.  R.  Blem. 


809 


810 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Finding  birds  in  southeast  Arizona.  By  the  Tucson  Audubon  Society  Publications  Com- 
mittee. Tucson  Audubon  Society,  Tucson,  Arizona.  1995:347  pp.,  color  photographs,  maps, 
bar-graphs.  $16.95  (wire-O  binding). 

A birder’s  guide  to  southeastern  Arizona.  By  Richard  Cachor  Taylor.  American  Bird- 
ing  Association,  Inc.,  Colorado  Springs,  Colorado.  1995:x  + 342  pp.,  black  & white  pho- 
tographs, drawings,  maps,  bar-graphs.  $16.95  (wire-O  binding).  Here  we  have  the  two  new- 
est bird  finding  guides  to  some  of  the  hottest  hot  spots  in  North  America — the  canyons, 
deserts,  and  oases  of  southeastern  Arizona.  I am  writing  this  review  from  the  point  of  view 
of  a New  Englander  who  has  visited  southeastern  Arizona  three  times  chasing  birds,  mam- 
mals, herptiles,  and  butterflies.  When  I next  go  back,  should  I take  along  both  of  these 
books  or  will  one  suffice? 

Physically,  the  books  are  nearly  identical — same  height,  width,  and  thickness  and  same 
“wire-O”  spiral  binding  with  wrap-around  back  cover.  By  the  way,  who  ever  thought  up 
these  wrap-around  covers?  They  are  awful.  If  they  did  not  have  maps  printed  inside  them, 
I would  cut  off  the  wrap-around  flaps  in  an  instant. 

Every  good  bird  finding  guide  should  give  the  reader  help  in  deciding  when  to  visit,  what 
to  wear,  and  where  to  stay.  Both  of  these  guides  offer  sound  advice  on  these  subjects.  Books 
of  this  genre  should  also  provide  a general  introduction  to  biomes  and  climate,  and  in  this 
regard  the  Audubon  Society  book  is  superior,  providing  color  photographs  of  typical  habi- 
tats. The  Audubon  Society  guide  also  offers  nine  pages  of  timely  advice  to  the  would-be 
visitor  to  Mexico  and  this  is  a definite  plus. 

The  main  body  of  text  in  these  guides  is  in  two  or  three  parts  and  includes  maps  of, 
directions  to,  and  discussions  of  the  best  birding  locales;  seasonal  bar-graphs;  and  comments 
on  selected  species.  First,  the  birding  areas:  As  a three-peater,  I have  my  favorite  spots  in 
southeastern  Arizona,  so  I chose  four — Madera  Canyon,  the  Chiracahua  Mountains,  Mount 
Lemmon,  and  the  Patagonia-Sonoita  Creek  Preserve — to  compare  coverage  between  the  two 
books.  “Finding  Birds  in  Southeastern  Arizona”  covers  these  four  areas  with  26  pages  of 
text  and  six  maps;  “A  Birder’s  Guide  to  Southeastern  Arizona”  uses  57  pages  and  nine 
maps.  Everything  about  the  ABA  guide  is  superior  in  this  crucial  section  of  the  text.  The 
maps  are  clearer,  and  nothing  is  more  important  than  a clear  map!  Taylor’s  text  offers  keener 
insights  into  all  that  is  new  and  wonderful  along  the  way,  and  although  there  is  an  unnec- 
essarily greater  emphasis  placed  on  rarities,  his  are  the  words  I would  choose  to  follow.  Not 
only  are  there  a lot  more  pages  of  description  of  these  sights,  there  are  considerably  more 
words  per  page  in  the  ABA  guide  and  so  the  reader  has  more  than  2.5  times  the  text  in 
Taylor’s  book,  at  least  on  these  sites. 

Second,  the  seasonal  bar-graphs:  In  a word,  they  are  excellent  in  both  books.  To  the 
serious  bird  student,  these  bar-graphs  are  gold  mines.  I must  admit  I favor  simple,  straight- 
forward bar-graphs  and  for  this  reason  I prefer  those  in  the  Audubon  Society  guide;  too 
much  “going  on”  in  the  ABA  bar-graphs. 

Third,  discussions  of  selected  species:  The  ABA  guides  always  contain  an  enlightening 
chapter  on  “Specialties,”  those  species  that  for  one  reason  or  another  birders  most  want  to 
see.  A Birder’s  Guide  to  Southeastern  Arizona  offers  up  a long  list  of  specialties,  along 
with  information  on  locating  and  identifying  them.  Finding  Birds  in  Southeastern  Arizona 
includes  annotations  on  all  of  the  birds  of  the  region,  not  just  the  “most  wanted,”  and  this 
is  noteworthy  and  commendable. 

Now,  back  to  the  original  question.  Do  I buy  both  books  and  pack  them  along  to  Arizona 
or  do  I choose  between  the  two?  Personally,  I like  to  have  as  many  compact  nature  guides 
along  as  I can  fit  in  a small  box  in  the  middle  of  the  front  seat  of  my  rental  car.  I would 
get  them  both,  since  each  has  outstanding  features  lacking  in  the  other.  However,  if  I ab- 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


81  1 


solutely  had  to  choose,  Richard  Taylor’s  “A  Birder’s  Guide  to  Southeastern  Arizona”  would 
have  pride  of  place  in  my  luggage.— Brian  E.  Cassie. 


Barn  Owls:  predator-prey  relationships  and  conservation.  By  Iain  Taylor.  Cam- 
bridge University  Press,  Cambridge.  1994:xvi  + 304  pp.,  46  photographs,  28  drawings,  81 
graphs  and  tables,  2 maps,  2 appendices.  $37.95  (cloth).— The  Barn  Owl  (Tyto  alba)  ranges 
across  the  warmer  regions  of  six  continents  and  perhaps  has  been  as  well  studied  as  any 
owl  species  in  the  world.  The  author  of  the  present  study  has  chosen  to  present  the  ecology, 
biology,  and  conservation  of  the  Barn  Owl  primarily  through  an  investigation  of  the  rela- 
tionships between  this  bird  and  its  prey.  Taylor’s  study  area  was  in  southern  Scotland  and 
with  the  help  of  co-workers  and  local  farmers,  he  managed  to  keep  track  of  all  of  the  Barn 
Owls  in  his  1600  km^  main  study  site,  as  well  as  those  in  two  smaller  replicate  study,  areas. 
His  studies,  conducted  from  1978-1992,  as  well  as  field  research  studies  from  other  parts 
of  the  world,  especially  in  New  Jersey  and  Utah,  form  the  basis  of  this  book. 

After  a short  introduction  to  the  Barn  Owl  and  the  author’s  research  area  and  methods, 
the  book  presents  chapters  on  distribution,  diet,  foraging  behavior,  ecology  and  behavior  of 
the  prey,  prey  selection  and  foraging  habitats,  ranging  and  roosting  behavior,  molt,  breeding 
seasons,  nest  sites,  courtship  and  eggs,  production  of  young,  dispersal,  mortality,  population 
size  and  regulation,  and  conservation.  Two  conventions  that  will  make  using  this  book 
particularly  easy  for  researchers  are  the  use  of  headings  on  the  right-hand  pages  and  the 
inclusion  of  a summary  as  each  chapter’s  conclusion.  If  only  all  authors  and  editors  took 
the  time  to  include  these!  There  is  a 365-reference  bibliography  and  the  illustrations  and 
graphs  are  well  done. 

Of  course,  not  everyone  who  picks  up  lain  Taylor’s  book  is  or  will  be  an  owl  biologist. 
Most,  I assume,  will  be  interested  in  owls  in  general  and  will  want  to  know  if  the  biology 
and  ecology  presented  are  sound  and  if  the  book  is  readable.  They  will  want  to  read  the 
book,  not  merely  “use”  it.  For  all  of  them  (and  you),  owl  fanciers  and  research  biologists 
alike,  the  book  is  very  highly  recommended.  Taylor’s  discussions  are  first-rate:  well  re- 
searched, well  written,  and  thought  provoking.  When  there  are  suspect  references  in  the 
literature,  Taylor  questions  them.  When  research  is  lacking  into  some  aspect  of  the  Bam 
Owl’s  life,  Taylor  points  this  out  and  offers  suggestions  to  future  researchers.  This  book  is 
an  outstanding  model  for  comprehensive,  well  structured,  and  enjoyable  scientific  litera- 
ture.— Brian  Cassie. 


The  Megapodes  Mecapodudae.  By  Darryl  N.  Jones,  Rene  W.  R.  J.  Dekker,  and  Cees  S. 
Roselaar,  illus.  by  Ber  van  Perlo.  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York.  1995:262  pp.,  8 color 
plates,  24  range  maps,  18  numbered  text  figs.,  5 tables.  $60  (cloth). — This  family  of  galli- 
form-like  birds  is  unique  in  that  all  members  use  some  form  of  naturally  occurring  heat  to 
incubate  their  eggs,  earning  them  the  vernacular  names  of  “thermometer  or  incubator 
birds.  Some  species  build  mounds  and  use  heat  from  the  decomposition  of  damp  organic 
matter,  while  others  u.se  burrows  and  geothermal  heat  or  solar-heated  volcanic  sand.  The 
chicks  are  extremely  precocious,  digging  their  way  out  of  incubation  mounds  or  burrows 
without  assistance,  capable  of  flight  on  the  day  of  hatching,  and  receiving  no  subsequent 
parental  assistance. 

This  third  volume  in  Oxford  University  Press’  series  on  bird  families  of  the  world  provides 
a thorough  treatment  of  this  fascinating  family  which  is  restricted  to  the  Indo-Australia  and 


812 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Pacific  Islands  area.  The  monograph  is  divided  into  two  parts,  the  first  nine  chapters  deal 
with  aspects  of  the  biology  and  conservation  of  megapodes;  the  second  part  includes  ac- 
counts of  the  seven  genera  and  22  species.  Chapter  two  deals  with  the  rather  problematical 
taxonomy  of  the  group.  Here  megapodes  are  treated  as  the  sister  group  of  all  other  galli- 
formes  instead  of  a sister  group  of  cracids.  The  authors  also  conclude  that  brush-turkey 
genus  Talegalla  is  not  as  closely  related  to  Alectura  and  Aepypodius  as  had  previously  been 
considered  and  this  is  used  as  justification  for  changing  the  common  name  of  the  three 
Talegalla  species  from  brush-turkey  to  talegalla.  They  describe  three  new  subspecies  in  the 
genus  Megapodius  in  which  they  include  13  species  (the  number  recognized  in  various 
taxonomic  schemes  over  the  years  has  varied  from  three  to  19).  They  also  changed  the  name 
of  Megapodus  species  from  scrubfowl  to  megapode.  I consider  both  of  these  name  changes 
ill-advised.  I object  to  using  genus  names  as  common  names  because,  unless  you  are  a 
Greek  and  Latin  scholar,  they  are  not  as  descriptive  as  English  names  ought  to  be.  The  use 
of  megapode  for  a subset  of  the  megapodes  (the  title  of  the  monograph)  provides  lots  of 
room  for  confusion. 

The  third  chapter  deals  with  megapode  distribution,  biogeography,  and  speciation,  and 
the  fourth  discusses  behavior  and  demonstrates  the  link  between  reproductive  behavior  and 
other  behaviors  of  the  megapodes.  Chapters  5-8  discuss  aspects  of  the  breeding  biology  of 
megapodes  including  adaptations  in  embryo  physiology  and  mating  strategies.  Chapter  nine 
discusses  the  grim  problems  associated  with  island  living,  habitat  destruction,  and  production 
of  large,  nutritious  eggs  in  areas  overpopulated  with  humans — particularly  in  the  context  of 
the  breakdown  in  traditional  tribal  constraints  on  over-exploitation  of  megapode  eggs. 

The  species  accounts  are  thorough,  starting  with  nomenclature  and  descriptions  of  plum- 
ages, weights  and  measurements  which  often  include  tabular  data,  range  and  range  maps, 
previously  unpublished  sonagrams  to  augment  vocalization  descriptions,  behavior  and  ab- 
breviated references  (with  full  references  in  the  References  section).  I found  the  abbreviated 
reference  section  at  the  end  of  each  species  account,  although  redundant,  an  excellent  feature 
since  it  facilitates  looking  up  references  for  a particular  species.  The  range  maps  are  excel- 
lent, and  demarcate  ranges  of  subspecies  but  many  contain  historical  data  and  hence  do  not 
represent  current  distribution.  Eor  some,  however,  historical  information  is  identified,  and 
for  the  Malleefowl  Leipoa  ocellata  present  and  past  distributions  are  given.  The  plates  are 
excellent,  depicting  immature  plumages  and  chicks  where  appropriate,  and  female  plumages 
in  the  few  dimorphic  species.  The  plates  are  accompanied  by  a mini  text  which  is  very 
helpful  when  perusing  or  comparing  species. 

This  is  a thorough  treatment  of  a fascinating  family  of  birds.  The  list  of  more  than  800 
references,  many  of  them  from  the  1980s  and  1990s,  a period  of  renewed  interest  and  intense 
research  on  megapodes,  includes  references  from  a wide  variety  of  journals  in  several  lan- 
guages. Aside  from  my  quibbles  about  the  name  changes  mentioned  above,  my  only  criti- 
cism of  the  book  is  the  level  of  redundancy,  perhaps  inevitable  in  a multi-authored,  com- 
plicated monograph.  We  read,  for  example,  that  the  heat  in  megapode  mounds  results  from 
microbial  respiration  in  at  least  four  places.  Nevertheless,  this  is  an  excellent  monograph, 
the  product  of  exhaustive  research,  that  should  be  in  the  library  of  anyone  interest  in  Aus- 
tralasian birds  or  in  the  range  of  adaptation  in  birds. — William  E.  Davis,  Jr. 


Wilson  Bull.,  108(4),  1996,  pp.  813-824 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  SEVENTY-SEVENTH 
ANNUAL  MEETING 

John  A.  Smallwood,  Secretary 

The  Seventy-seventh  annual  meeting  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  was  held 
Thursday,  11  April,  through  Sunday,  14  April,  1996  at  the  Grand  Hotel,  Cape  May,  New 
Jersey,  in  joint  session  with  the  New  Jersey  Audubon  Society.  The  local  committee,  chaired 
by  Sheila  Lego,  was  composed  of  Joan  Walsh,  Pete  Dunne,  Tom  Parons,  Kathy  lozzo,  Vince 
Elia,  Bill  Seng,  Pat  Sutton,  Marleen  Murgitroyde,  Fred  Mears,  Bill  Glaser,  and  Louise 
Zemaitis.  The  meeting  was  sponsored  by  the  Cape  May  Bird  Observatory,  New  Jersey 
Audubon  Society. 

The  Council  met  from  13:17  to  19:02  on  Thursday,  11  April  in  the  Grand  Ballroom  of 
the  Grand  Hotel.  At  that  time  there  were  128  registrants.  On  Thursday  evening  there  was 
an  informal  reception  for  the  conferees  and  guests  at  Blackbeard’s,  a libatory  and  culinary 
establishment  in  the  Grand  Hotel. 

The  opening  session  on  Friday  convened  in  the  Grand  Ballroom  at  8:30  with  welcoming 
remarks  from  Joan  Walsh  of  the  Cape  May  Bird  Observatory,  New  Jersey  Audubon  Society, 
and  from  WOS  president  Keith  Bildstein. 

The  scientific  program  included  53  contributed  papers  and  15  contributed  posters,  which 
were  organized  into  four  paper  sessions,  two  poster  sessions,  a symposium  on  Raptor  Mi- 
gration and  Ecology  chaired  by  John  C.  Kricher,  and  a workshop  on  Teaching  Ornithology, 
organized  by  Edward  H.  Burtt.  The  workshop  also  included  field  demonstrations  on  record- 
ing bird  song  and  on  censusing  birds.  The  evening  program  on  Friday  featured  Pete  Dunne, 
director  of  Cape  May  Bird  Observatory,  who  delivered  a well-received  presentation  entitled 
“Small-headed  Flycatcher.  Seen  Yesterday.  Didn’t  Leave  His  Name.”  This  presentation  was 
followed  by  the  first  business  meeting  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society,  which  in  turn 
was  followed  by  another  informal  reception  for  members  and  guests  at  the  above-mentioned 
Blackbeard’s.  Field  trips  on  Friday,  Saturday,  and  Sunday  morning  included  forays  to  Higbee 
Beach  and  to  other  local  birding  hot  spots,  and  the  extended  field  trip  on  Sunday  included 
a boat  cruise  to  Back  Bay. 

The  attendees  enjoyed  a ninety-minute  social  gathering  prior  to  the  annual  banquet,  which 
was  held  in  the  Grand  Ballroom  of  the  Grand  Hotel.  After  a grand  dinner.  President  Bildstein 
delivered  a few  brief  remarks  to  the  Society.  The  following  awards  also  were  presented: 

EDWARDS  PRIZE  (for  the  best  major  article  in  volume  107  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin) 

Mary  H.  Clench  and  John  R.  Mathias,  “The  avian  cecum:  a review.”  Wilson  Bull.,  107 
(1):93-121. 

LOUIS  AGASSIZ  FUERTES  AWARD 

Paul  M.  Nealen,  “Design  and  function  of  the  Carolina  Wren  (Thryolhorus  ludovicianus) 
song  system.” 

MARGARET  MORSE  NICE  AWARD 

Susan  R.  Blackshaw,  “A  study  of  wintering  Loggerhead  Shrikes  (Lanius  ludoviciunu.s) 
in  Texas  and/or  Florida.” 


813 


814 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


PAUL  A.  STEWART  AWARDS 

Paul  Doherty,  “Avian  responses  to  forest  fragmentation:  determining  the  economic  cost 
of  maintaining  minimum  viable  populations.” 

Andrew  Dolby,  “Benefits  of  mixed-species  flocking  for  Downy  Woodpeckers  and  White- 
breasted Nuthatches:  a removal  experiment.” 

Kimberley  J.  Lernie,  “Effects  of  electromagnetic  fields  generated  by  powerlines  on  avian 
reproduction  and  development.” 

Joseph  J.  Nocera,  “The  effects  of  predation  on  the  movement  of  Common  Terns  {Sterna 
hirundo)  and  Arctic  Terns  (Sterna  paradisaea)  in  Nova  Scotia.” 

Liana  V.  Pravosudova,  “The  effect  of  forest  fragmentation  on  social  structure  of  the  Tufted 
Titmouse,  Parus  bicolor  (Paridae,  Aves).” 

ROGER  TORY  PETERSON  TRAVEL  AWARD 

Sara  Morris,  “Pall  songbird  migration  in  Maine:  factors  affecting  the  likelihood  of  stop- 
over.” 

David  J.  Ziolkowski,  Jr.,  “Coordination  of  female  nest  attentiveness  with  male  song  output 
in  the  House  Wren.” 

ALEXANDER  WILSON  PRIZE  (for  best  student  paper) 

Sara  Morris,  “Pall  songbird  migration  in  Maine:  factors  affecting  the  likelihood  of  stop- 
over.” 

Selection  committee  for  the  Edwards  Prize-Charles  Blem  (chair),  Tom  Haggerty,  Bret 
Whitney,  and  Ted  Davis;  for  the  Puertes,  Nice,  and  Stewart  Awards-Daniel  Klem,  Jr.,  chair, 
Judith  M.  Rhymer,  and  Richard  B.  Stiehl;  for  the  Peterson  Travel  Award-John  Kricher, 
chair,  Keith  Bildstein,  and  Ted  Davis. 

Poliowing  the  award  presentations,  the  guest  speaker,  Helen  Hayes  of  the  American  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  gave  a wonderful  slide  presentation  titled  “Desperately  Seeking 
Roseates.” 


FIRST  BUSINESS  MEETING 

The  first  business  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  President  Bildstein  at  20:35  on  Priday, 
12  April,  in  the  Grand  Ballroom.  Secretary  Smallwood  presented  a synopsis  of  Thursday’s 
Council  meeting,  and  introduced  Pirst  Vice  President  Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  who  discussed 
his  proposal  to  establish  a lectureship  for  the  annual  meetings  in  honor  of  Margaret  Morse 
Nice.  Vice  President  Burtt  suggested  the  presentation  could  be  an  opening  plenary  lecture 
or  one  scheduled  at  another  prominent  place  in  the  program.  This  lectureship  would  provide 
the  honorary  guest  speaker  a longer  format  in  which  to  describe  scientific  inquiry  within 
the  overall  context  of  a lifetime  of  research  and  personal  experience.  Secretary  Smallwood 
continued,  describing  the  Council’s  interest  in  encouraging  high-quality  abstracts  from  Latin 
America  to  compete  for  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  awards.  Because  many  of  these 
abstracts  are  written  by  authors  not  fluent  in  English,  Jon  Barlow  generously  pledged  to 
oversee  those  translations.  The  Council  approved  a motion  to  allow  the  editor  to  select  a 
recipient  of  a new  award  to  recognize  meritorious  service  to  those  who  contribute  to  pub- 
lishing The  Wilson  Bulletin.  Through  the  efforts  of  webmeister  Janet  Hinshaw,  the  Wilson 
Ornithological  Society  now  has  a home  page  on  the  Internet.  As  of  15  March,  1996,  mem- 
bership in  the  WOS  stood  at  2487,  including  512  life  members.  The  Council  reelected  Editor 
Blem  for  another  term,  and  expressed  its  great  appreciation.  The  Council  also  thanked  Ernest 


ANNUAL  REPORT 


815 


T Willoughby  and  the  Undergraduate  Outreach  Committee  for  its  work  on  teaching  orni- 
thology (see  the  report  and  committee  members,  below).  In  response  to  the  invitation  by 
Jerome  A.  Jackson,  the  WOS  Council  approved  a motion  to  join  and  send  delegates  to  the 
North  American  Banding  Council,  whose  purpose  is  to  facilitate  an  increase  in  the  quality 
o data  submitted  to  the  Bird  Banding  Laboratory.  No  resolutions  were  received  by  the 
retiring  Resolutions  Committee  during  the  previous  year,  and  a new  Resolutions  Committee 
shall  be  appointed  by  President  Bildstein.  Next  year’s  meeting  will  be  hosted  by  the  Division 
of  Biology  at  Kansas  State  University  from  17-20  April,  1997,  in  Manhattan,  at  the  invi- 
tation of  local  chair  John  L.  Zimmerman.  The  1998  annual  meeting  will  be  held  in  St  Louis 
from  24-29  March,  hosted  by  the  University  of  Missouri  College  at  St.  Louis,  with  Bette 
Loiselle  the  local  chair.  Although  not  yet  finalized,  this  is  being  planned  as  a joint  meeting 
with  the  American  Ornithologists’  Union,  the  Cooper  Ornithological  Society,  and  possibly 
the  Raptor  Research  Foundation  and  the  Colonial  Waterbird  Society.  Council  gratefully 
accepted  the  invitation  from  local  chair  Herbert  T.  Hendrickson  to  host  the  1999  annual 
meeting  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro.  The  secretary  then  asked  those 
assembled  to  stand  in  recognition  of  the  following  members  who  have  died  since  we  last 
met:  Andrew  J.  Berger  (Kailua,  HI),  Mrs.  W.  P.  Cottrile  (Jackson,  MI),  John  Farrand,  Jr. 
(Summit,  NJ),  James  M.  Hartshorne  (Ithaca,  NY),  Thomas  A.  Imhof  (Birmingham,  AL), 
Herbert  W.  Kale  (Casselberry,  FL),  C.  N.  Mason  (Washington,  DC),  Robert  A.  McCabe 
(Madison,  WI),  John  T.  Ricks  (Huntington,  NY),  Carol  S.  Roesler  (Darien,  CT),  V/alter 
Spofford  (Portal,  AZ),  Gustav  A.  Swanson  (Ft.  Collins,  CO),  Arthur  C.  Taylor  (Appleton, 
WI),  and  Gerard  F.  Van  Tets  (Lyneham,  Australia). 

The  treasurer’s  report  was  then  presented  by  Doris  Watt. 

Charles  Blem  presented  the  editor’s  report. 

William  (Ted)  Davis,  chair,  presented  the  report  of  the  nominating  committee,  which  also 
included  Mary  H.  Clench  and  Jerome  A.  Jackson:  President,  Keith  L.  Bildstein;  First  Vice- 
president,  Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.;  Second  Vice-president,  John  C.  Kricher;  Secretary,  John  A. 
Smallwood;  Treasurer,  Doris  J.  Watt;  Members  of  Council  for  1997-1999,  Peter  C.  Frederick 
and  Danny  J.  Ingold. 

Vice-president  Burtt  introduced  members  to  the  newly  formed  Mesoamerican  Society  for 
Biology  and  Conservation,  which  will  publish  a news  bulletin  and  sponsor  annual  confer- 
ences in  Mesoamerica. 

The  meeting  was  adjourned  at  20:58. 

SECOND  BUSINESS  MEETING 

The  second  business  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  President  Bildstein  at  11:07  on 
Saturday,  13  April,  in  Room  127  of  the  Grand  Hotel,  at  which  time  he  asked  Secretary 
Smallwood  to  read  aloud  the  single  resolution  to  be  considered: 

COMMENDATION 

WHEREAS  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  held  its  annual  meeting  in  scenic  Cape 
May,  New  Jersey,  at  the  invitation  of  the  New  Jersey  Audubon  Society, 

RECOGNIZING  that  the  Committee  on  the  Scientific  Program,  under  the  adept  direction 
of  John  C.  Kricher,  arranged  and  managed  an  exemplary  schedule  of  oral  and  poster  pre- 
sentations, which  included  an  innovative  workshop  on  teaching  ornithology,  organized  by 
Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  and 

RECOGNIZING  that  the  Committee  on  Local  Arrangements,  through  the  efforts  of  Sheila 
Lego,  Joan  Walsh,  and  other  members  of  the  New  Jersey  Audubon  Society’s  Cape  May 
Bird  Observatory,  provided  an  excellent  conference  venue  with  comfortable  accommoda- 


816 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


tions,  interesting  guest  speakers  of  national  renown,  exciting  bird  watching  opportunities, 
and,  through  mechanisms  not  yet  revealed,  outstanding  local  weather,  and 
WHEREAS  the  conferees  found  this  meeting  informative  and  enjoyable, 

THEREFORE  BE  IT  RESOLVED  that  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  commend  the 
Committee  on  the  Scientific  Program,  the  Committee  on  Local  Arrangements,  and  the  local 
sponsors  for  a most  successful  and  rewarding  meeting  in  Cape  May. 

The  motion  to  accept  this  resolution  was  made  by  Herbert  T.  Hendrickson,  seconded  by 
Clait  Braun,  and  enthusiastically  passed  by  acclamation. 

The  President  recalled  the  report  of  the  Nominating  Committee  to  the  floor,  asking  for 
any  additional  nominations.  As  there  were  none,  Phillips  B.  Street  moved  and  Clait  Braun 
seconded  that  the  nominations  be  closed,  and,  by  acclamation,  it  was  so.  Further,  Herbert 
T.  Hendrickson  moved  and  Richard  N.  Conner  seconded  that  the  candidates  for  all  offices 
be  elected  unanimously,  and  again  by  acclamation,  this  too  came  to  pass. 

The  President  invited  David  Blockstein,  chairman  of  the  Ornithological  Council,  to  ad- 
dress the  members  assembled.  Dr.  Blockstein  reviewed  the  issues  of  current  interest  to  the 
Ornithological  Council,  including  improvements  to  the  process  of  issuing  federal  scientific 
permits,  the  relocation  of  the  National  Biological  Service  (which  administers  the  Bird  Band- 
ing Laboratory)  into  the  United  States  Geologic  Survey,  reauthorization  of  the  Endangered 
Species  Act,  and  a revision  of  the  guidelines  on  the  research  use  of  wild  birds. 

The  members  in  attendance  were  treated  to  a slide  show  by  John  Zimmerman  that  pre- 
viewed the  beautiful  Kansan  scenes  we  would  behold  next  year  at  the  1997  WOS  meeting 
in  Manhattan.  This  meeting  will  be  the  initial  site  for  the  Nice  Lecture,  and  a symposium 
on  grassland  birds  is  being  planned.  President  Bildstein  presented  an  update  on  the  plans  to 
meet  in  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  in  1998,  and  in  Greensboro,  North  Carolina,  in  1999. 

President  Bildstein  then  called  on  those  assembled  for  any  announcements,  but  none  were 
offered.  Adjournment  occurred  at  1 1 :32. 

REPORT  OF  THE  TREASURER 
1 July  1995  to  30  June  1996 

GENERAL  EUNDS 


Balance  Forward 


$ 89,713.18 


Receipts 

Regular  and  Sustaining  Memberships  $ 33,226.00 

Student  Memberships  4,505.00 

Family  Memberships 176.00 


Total  Dues 

Subscriptions  $ 25,919.16 

Contributions  from  Authors  for  Page  Charges 9,549.26 

Back  Issues  664.00 


Total  Income  from  the  Publications  

Contributions  to  The  Van  Tyne  Library  $ 355.00 

Contributions  to  the  Student  Membership  Endowment 0.00 

Contributions  to  the  Wilson  Award  Endowment  0.00 

Contributions  to  the  General  Endowment  (Life,  Patrons)  ...  375.00 

Contributions  to  the  Roger  Tory  Peter.son  Travel  Fund  0.00 

Contributions  to  the  General  Endowment  498.00 

Unrestricted  Contributions  458.00 


$ 37,907.00 


$ 36,132.42 


ANNUAL  REPORT 


817 


Total  Contributions  

Royalties  

Interest  from  Endowments  

Interest  from  Checking  Account 
Dividends  from  Dreyfus  Account  (Reinvested) 

List  Rental  

Miscellaneous 

OSNA  Adjustment  

TOTAL  RECEIPTS  

Disbursements 
Bulletin  Publication 

June  1995  

September  1995  

December  1995  

March  1996  

Editor’s  expenses  

Total  Publication  Costs  

OSNA  Expenses 

Secretary’s  Expenses  

Treasurer’s  Expenses  

Treasurer’s  Bond 

The  Elock  

Editor’s  Honorarium  

Incorporation  Eee 

Awards  Committee  Phone 

Meeting  Costs/Symposium  Speakers’  Airfare  ... 

Advertisement  (Allen  Press)  

CPA  (Tax  Piling)  

Van  Tyne  Library  (Back  Issues) 

AAZN  Dues 

Miscellaneous  (Western  Union,  Refunded  Later) 

Total  Operating  Expenses  

Organizational  Awards  

Ornithological  Council  Contribution  

Total  Philanthropies  

TOTAL  DISBURSEMENTS  

Transfer  to  Mellon  Account  

Ending  Balance  


$ 19,464.22 

16.904.22 

22.141.22 
19,397.82 

5,168.29 


$ 13,948.00 
79.50 
81.63 
0.00 
259.52 
2,000.00 
5.00 
66.75 
2,148.10 
0.00 

425.00 
40.00 

100.00 
850.00 


$ 2,206.00 
500.00 


$ 1,686.00 
42.00 
24,820.25 
540.73 
841.80 
1,034.00 
1,313.09 
-587.99 

$103,729.30 


$ 83,075.77 


$ 20,003.52 

$ 2,706.00 

$105,785.29 
$ 22,813.00 
$ 64,844.19 


CASH  ACCOUNTS 


Pirst  Source  Bank  Checking  Account  1 April  1996 $ 45,408.95 

Dreyfus  Liquid  Assets  1 March  1996  19,435.24 

Total  Cash  on  Hand $ 64,844.19 

Van  Tyne  Library  Accounts  Starting  Balance $ 2,857.19 

Receipts S 1,171.10 

Expenses 1 , 1 23.42 

Ending  Balance $ 2,904.87 


818 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


DESIGNATED  ACCOUNTS 

Sutton  Color  Plate  Fund  (Endowment  Principal  $55,727.99) 


1995  Balance $ 500.20 

1995  Earnings'  $ 2,173.39 

Funds  Disbursed  for  Color  Plates  1995-96  2,654.00 

1996  Balance  19.59 


TOTAL  ENDOWMENT  EUNDS 


1989  Market  Value $386,992.00 

1990  Market  Value $372,063.00 

1991  Market  Value $423,698.00 

1992  Market  Value $430,258.00 

1993  Market  Value $487,786.00 

1994  Market  Value $425,155.00 

1995  Market  Value  (June  1995) $555,600.00 

1996  Market  Value  (March  1996) $647,600.00 


' Based  on  3.9%  interest  on  Mellon  account. 


editor’s  report — 1995 

In  1995,  213  manuscripts  (112  major  papers,  101  short  communications)  were  received 
by  the  Wilson  Bulletin  1 editorial  office.  This  is  32  more  than  in  1994.  Of  these,  approxi- 
mately 61%  were  rejected.  The  time  between  receipt  of  manuscript  from  the  author(s)  and 
our  return  of  the  manuscript  with  referee  comments  nearly  always  has  been  less  than  three 
months.  A few  manuscripts  required  slightly  more  than  four  months  for  a decision.  There 
is  a modest  backlog  of  manuscripts,  because  we  have  reset  deadlines  one  month  earlier.  The 
average  time  between  receipt  of  a manuscript  and  its  appearance  in  The  Wilson  Bulletin  in 
1995  was  almost  always  less  than  a year,  as  in  past  issues.  Frontispiece  articles  sometimes 
require  longer  to  appear  in  print,  depending  upon  backlog  of  such  papers.  We  are  using 
e-mail  in  the  editorial  process  to  the  degree  that  some  costs  have  been  reduced  and  the 
speed  of  response  for  computer  users  often  is  more  prompt. 

I am  grateful  to  the  editorial  board — Kathy  G.  Beal,  R.  N.  Conner,  Tom  Haggerty,  and 
J.  A.  Smallwood — for  their  timely,  skilled  evaluations  of  many  of  the  manuscripts  submitted 
to  the  journal.  Assistant  Editors  Leann  Blem  and  Albert  E.  Conway  are  responsible  for  the 
consistency  of  style  and  format,  and  for  making  arcane  prose  more  readable.  I thank  them 
for  their  efforts.  Kathy  G.  Beal  deserves  special  praise  for  continuing  to  assemble  the  index 
for  The  Wilson  Bulletin.  This  is  a tedious  task  and  the  entire  society  benefits  from  her 
careful  work.  Leann  Blem  has  provided  much  of  the  manual  labor  that  keeps  the  editorial 
office  running  and  she  catches  many  of  the  small  errors  that  can  plague  a publication. 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University  Department  of  Biology  supports  the  editorial  process 
and  the  running  of  the  office  in  numerous  ways.  As  always,  I remain  open  to  suggestions 
as  how  to  improve  the  service  we  provide  the  readers  and  authors,  and  invite  you  to  make 
your  opinions  known  to  me. 


C.  R.  Blem,  Editor 


The  reports  of  the  standing  committees  are  as  follows: 


ANNUAL  REPORT 


819 


REPORT  OF  THE  MEMBERSHIP  COMMITTEE 

The  current  members  of  the  WOS  membership  committee  are  Jim  Ingold  at  Louisiana 
State  University,  Mark  Woodrey  at  the  Mississippi  Museum  of  Natural  Science,  Mary 
Clench  at  the  University  of  Texas,  and  myself,  at  Montclair  State  University  in  New  Jersey. 

Mary  Clench  joined  the  committee  in  1995,  offering  to  contact  nonrenewing  members  to 
invite  them  back  into  our  flock.  This  proved  to  be  a formidable  task:  about  350  members 
did  not  renew  in  1995,  and  about  280  in  1994.  Mary  has  been  concentrating  on  the  most 
recent  drop-outs.  Mark  Woodrey  continues  to  send  membership  invitations  to  authors  who 
publish  in  The  Wilson  Bulletin,  and  Jim  Ingold  contacts  nonmembers  who  make  presenta- 
tions at  the  annual  meetings. 

Dave  Cimprich,  who  formerly  oversaw  the  itinerary  of  the  WOS  membership  poster,  has 
retired.  During  the  past  year  I brought  the  poster  to  the  WOS  meeting  in  Williamsburg,  the 
Raptor  Research  meeting  in  Duluth,  and  the  AOU  meeting  in  Cincinnati.  I’m  not  sure  how 
effective  of  a recruitment  device  the  poster  has  been  at  OSNA-member  societal  meetings, 
where  a large  percentage  of  the  participants  already  are  familiar  with  the  WOS.  The  poster 
may  have  a greater  impact  at  regional  gatherings,  and  at  meetings  of  highly  motivated  bird- 
people,  such  as  members  of  Audubon  and  the  American  Birding  Association.  I am  currently 
seeking  a new  membership  committee  person  who  will  have  the  time  and  energy  to  imple- 
ment an  aggressive  traveling  schedule  for  the  poster.  Suggestions  will  be  appreciated. 

I received  during  the  past  year  14  letters  from  people  interested  in  joining  us.  I sent  to 
each  a personal  letter  of  welcome  and  our  membership  brochure.  I recently  revised  the 
brochure;  the  editorial  suggestions  forwarded  to  me  by  Janet  Hinshaw  were  particularly 
helpful.  Both  the  scanned  artwork  and  the  brochure’s  layout  are  incorporated  into  a 
WordPerfect©  document,  so  that  laser  printing  produces  a camera-ready  copy,  and  future 
edits  may  be  made  easily.  At  this  writing  the  new  brochures  are  at  the  printers.  I plan  to 
bring  a supply  of  them  to  Cape  May. 


John  A.  Smallwood,  Chair 

REPORT  OF  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  OUTREACH  COMMITTEE 

The  Committee  on  Undergraduate  Outreach  was  established  in  June,  1991,  under  Presi- 
dent Richard  C.  Banks,  to  help  stimulate  an  interest  in  ornithology  among  undergraduate 
students,  and  to  help  maintain  and  focus  that  interest  so  as  to  stimulate  students  to  continue 
studies  in  ornithology.  The  Committee  has  explored  ways  to  increase  interest  of  undergrad- 
uate students  in  ornithology  both  as  a focus  for  future  postgraduate  studies,  and  as  an 
avocation  for  those  who  seek  careers  in  fields  other  than  biological  sciences. 

Members  of  the  Committee  during  1995-1996  were  (alphabetically):  Albert  R.  (Jay) 
Buckelew,  Jr.,  Bethany  College,  WV;  Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  OH; 
Danny  J.  Ingold,  Muskingum  College,  OH;  Dale  Kennedy,  Albion  College,  MI;  John  C. 
Kricher,  Wheaton  College,  MA;  Lynn  A.  Mahaffy,  Randolph-Macon  College,  VA;  Barnaby 
Marsh  IV,  Cornell  University,  NY;  Dan  A.  Tallman,  Northern  State  University,  SD;  Ernest 
J.  Willoughby,  St.  Mary’s  College  of  Maryland;  W.  Herbert  Wilson,  Colby  College,  ME. 
Of  these  members,  Buckelew  was  appointed  to  the  Committee  by  President  Keith  Bildstein 
in  October,  and  Ingold  resigned  in  February. 

The  Committee  has  completed  its  analysis  of  the  returns  on  its  questionnaire  distributed 
to  teachers  of  college  undergraduates  in  November,  1993,  for  the  purpose  of  helping  us  to 
decide  what  to  do  to  promote  education  in  ornithology.  A copy  of  the  complete  analysis 
has  been  submitted  to  the  secretary.  The  Committee  will  be  discussing  these  results  in  its 
sessions  at  the  annual  meeting. 


820 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


The  Committee  decided  last  year  to  organize  an  ornithology  teaching  workshop  for  this 
year’s  annual  meeting.  Dr.  Burtt  and  Dr.  Kricher  took  charge  of  organizing  and  scheduling 
that  workshop  in  the  program. 

Work  on  the  Committee’s  guide  to  graduate  degree  programs  in  ornithology  continues. 
The  process  of  organizing  and  keyboarding  the  information  from  many  institutions  that 
responded  to  our  request  has  taken  longer  than  we  supposed  it  would.  At  the  same  time, 
the  Committee  has  received  several  requests  for  copies  when  they  become  available. 

Dan  Tallman  continues  to  supervise  our  electronic  information  exchange. 

The  Committee  is  working  on  a project  to  produce  a series  of  videotape  interviews  with 
eminent  ornithologists.  Such  tapes  could  be  lent  through  the  WOS  library.  Lynn  Mahaffy 
is  chairing  a subcommittee  to  draft  a series  of  questions  for  such  interviews. 

Ernest  J.  Willoughby,  Chair 

REPORT  OF  THE  JOSSELYN  VAN  TYNE  MEMORIAL 
LIBRARY  COMMITTEE 

Once  again  at  year’s  end,  thanks  in  large  part  to  the  constant  hard  work  of  Janet  Hinshaw 
and  her  helpers  (operating  from  the  Bird  Division  Library,  University  of  Michigan  Museum 
of  Zoology,  our  WOS  Library’s  “home  base”),  we  can  report  satisfactory  progress  and 
many  worthwhile  services,  both  to  our  membership  and  to  the  science  of  ornithology.  Our 
special  thanks  again  to  Pat  Ahrens,  secretary  for  the  Bird  Division. 

Donations  to  the  library  during  the  year  included  30  books,  57  reprints,  241  journal  issues, 
19  reports,  and  two  microfilm  dissertations;  the  reprints  and  journal  issues,  for  whatever 
reasons,  show  a sharp  drop-off  from  last  year.  The  number  of  members  and  institutions 
contributing,  however,  remained  about  the  same,  23,  namely:  S.  Conant,  S.  Emslie,  A. 
Feduccia,  A.  Gaunt,  S.  Goodman,  G.  Hall  {The  Wilson  Bulletin  review  copies),  J.  Hinshaw, 
J.  Jackson,  L.  Kiff  (for  The  Peregrine  Fund),  N.  Klein,  S.  Latta,  F.  Lohrer,  P.  Lowther,  H. 
Mayfield,  H.  McClure,  R.  Payne,  D.  Pence,  T.  Root,  J.  Ryder,  C.  Shipman,  J.  Spendelow, 
Station  Ornithologique  Suisse,  and  P.  Street.  One  can’t  help  noting,  after  many  years,  the 
absence  of  the  late  Andy  Berger’s  name  as  a leading  donor. 

Gifts  to  other  institutions  were  as  follows:  32  journal  issues  to  Grand  Valley  State  Uni- 
versity, 52  journal  issues  to  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary,  128  journal  issues  to  The  Peregrine 
Fund,  four  journal  issues  to  Station  Ornithologique  Suisse,  and  83  journal  issues  to  the 
Zoological  Museum,  University  of  Moscow. 

Loan  transactions  totaled  98,  to  60  people,  the  almost  twofold  increase  being  partly  due 
to  our  providing  copies  to  various  individuals  working  on  Birds  of  North  America  ac- 
counts— certainly  justifiable  even  if  our  rules  had  to  be  relaxed  a bit. 

The  total  of  publications  regularly  received  in  our  library,  290  titles  from  199  organiza- 
tions, comprise  the  following:  127  exchanges  ( 192  journals,  books,  and  reprints),  51  gifts 
(67  publications),  and  21  subscriptions  (31  titles).  These  figures  show  a continuing  upward 
trend. 

During  the  year,  we  sold  52  books  for  $2535.05  ($1022  in  cash;  $1513.05  in  trade  for 
credit  with  Buteo  Books),  and  72  journal  issues  for  $132.00:  a total  of  $2677.05.  These 
items  are  from  the  accumulating  backlog  of  member  contributions  which,  though  surplus 
duplicates,  have  a very  large  cash  value. 

This  cash  accrues  to  replenish  our  New  Book  Fund.  In  this  past  year,  a total  of  $1414.55 
was  spent  from  this  fund:  $701.38  for  36  books,  monographs,  tapes,  and  records;  $292.17 
for  back  issues  of  journals;  and  $421.00  for  12  journal  subscriptions.  Such  purchases  are 
adding  very  substantially  to  the  overall  value  of  our  holdings. 


ANNUAL  REPORT 


821 


One  could  hardly  look  at  our  figures  and  not  be  very  much  encouraged  by  the  general 
picture.  All  we  can  do  is  once  more  thank  the  many  who  have  been  involved,  while  urging 
more  members  to  use  our  library  and  to  contribute  what  they  can  to  its  support. 

We  would  encourage  everyone  to  view  our  web  page,  which  can  be  found  at  http:// 
www.ummz.lsa.umich.edu/birds/wos.html.  There  is  a link  to  the  University  of  Michigan’s 
on-hne  library  catalogue  (MIRLYN)  which  provides  listings  of  the  catalogued  books  and 
journals  in  the  Van  Tyne  library. 


William  A.  Lunk,  Chair 


PAPER  SESSIONS 

Richard  C.  Banks,  National  Biological  Service,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Wash- 
ington, DC,  “The  name  of  the  Lawrence’s  Flycatcher.” 

Jon  C.  Barlow  and  G.  Cooke,  Dept,  of  Ornithology,  Royal  Ontario  Museum,  Toronto,  ON, 
Canada,  Variation  in  song  in  circum-Caribbean  peppershrikes:  subspecies  identity  of  the 
Isla  Margarita  population.” 

Mark  Fink,  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station, 
TX,  “Effect  of  edge  on  nest  predation  within  Golden-cheeked  Warbler  habitat.” 

Jeanette  Bider,  Univ.  of  Arkansas,  Fayetteville,  AR,  “Use  of  microhabitats  by  woodcreepers 
(Dendrocolaptidae)  and  flycatchers  (Tyrannidae)  in  tropical  broadleaf  forest  remnants.” 

C.  T.  Baril,  Dept,  of  Zoology,  Univ  of  Toronto,  and  Dept,  of  Ornithology,  Royal  Ontario 
Museum,  Toronto,  ON,  Canada,  “Geographic  variation  in  Vireo  huttoni  territorial  song.” 

Leonard  Reitsma,  Benjamin  Steele,  Sherman  Burson,  and  Peter  Hunt,  New  England  Institute 
for  Landscape  Ecology,  “Habitat  selection  and  socioecology  of  Louisiana  (Seiurus  mo- 
tacilla)  and  Northern  Waterthrushes  (S.  novaboracensis)  overwintering  in  Puerto  Rico, 
West  Indies.” 

Daniel  S.  McGeen,  Auburn  Hills,  MI,  “Atoms,  ions,  and  the  warbler.” 

J.  M.  Utter,  B.  Farrell,  F.  Arengo,  R.  Drummond,  C.  Lindner,  C.  Smith,  and  C.  Safina, 
Purchase  College,  SUNY,  Purchase,  NY,  “Overwinter  decline  in  multiflora  rose  fruit  on 
mockingbird  territories.” 

Eric  C.  Atkinson,  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary  Association,  Kempton,  PA,  Pam  Dugger  and 
Christina  Swindall,  Boise  State  Univ.,  Boise,  ID,  “Year-round  habitat  association  of 
Black-billed  Magpies,  Horned  Larks,  and  Western  Meadowlarks  on  the  Snake  River  Birds 
of  Prey  National  Conservation  Area.” 

Barbara  J.  Bowen,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Central  Connecticut  State  Univ.,  New  Britain,  CT, 
“Comparisons  of  predation  rates  on  artificial  and  natural  avian  nests  in  open,  edge,  and 
forested  habitats.” 

Catherine  M.  Devlin,  Rutgers  Univ.,  New  Brunswick,  NJ,  “The  Eastern  Wild  Turkey  (Mele- 
agris  gallopavo  silvestris)  in  the  southern  pinelands  of  New  Jersey.” 

Winli  Lin,  Univ.  of  San  Diego,  San  Diego,  CA,  “Parental  behavior  and  possible  brood 
division  in  Whimbrel  (Numenius  phaeopiis).” 

Sylvia  L.  Halkin,  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Central  Connecticut  State  Univ.,  New  Brit- 
ain, CT,  “Recording  and  analysis  of  bird  vocalizations.” 

W.  Herbert  Wilson,  Colby  College,  Waterville,  ME,  “Teaching  the  fundamentals  of  bird 
vocalizations:  a laboratory  on  computer-aided  analysis.” 

Alex  Dowling,  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Fisheries  Sciences,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station, 
TX,  “Impacts  of  habitat  fragmentation  on  Prothonotary  Warblers  in  east  Texas.” 

Mark  R.  Ryan,  School  of  Natural  Resources,  Univ.  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  MO,  “Teaching 
optimal  foraging  behavior:  an  experiment  on  group  vs.  solitary  foraging. 


822 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Ernest  J.  Willoughby,  St.  Mary’s  College  of  Maryland,  St.  Mary’s  City,  MD,  “Field  study 
of  migratory  behavior.’’ 

Edward  H.  Burtt,  Jr.,  Dept,  of  Zoology,  Ohio  Wesleyan  Univ.,  Delaware,  OH,  “Teaching 
identification  of  birds  through  censusing  habitats  that  differ  in  the  extent  of  human  im- 
pact.” 

Doris  J.  Watt,  Biology  Dept.,  Saint  Mary’s  College,  Notre  Dame,  IN,  “A  laboratory  exercise 
in  armchair  biology.” 

Bruce  G.  Peterjohn,  John  R.  Sauer,  and  William  A.  Link,  National  Biological  Service, 
Patuxent  Wildlife  Research  Center,  Laurel,  MD,  “Mapping  change  in  bird  distributions 
from  breeding  bird  survey  data.” 

John  R.  Sauer,  William  A.  Link,  and  Bruce  G.  Peterjohn,  National  Biological  Service, 
Patuxent  Wildlife  Research  Center,  Laurel,  MD,  “Estimating  population  change  from  the 
North  American  Breeding  Bird  Survey.” 

Andrew  B.  T.  Smith,  Univ.  of  Ontario,  ON,  Canada,  “Changes  in  the  abundance  of  forest 
birds  in  Algonquin  Park:  1952—1995.” 

Kurtis  L.  Dean  and  David  L.  Swanson,  Univ  of  South  Dakota,  Vermillion,  SD,  “Seasonal 
variation  in  density  and  diversity  of  neotropical  migrants  at  stopover  sites  in  the  northern 
great  plains.” 

Deanna  K.  Dawson,  Patuxent  Wildlife  Research  Center,  Laurel,  MD,  and  Lonnie  J.  Darr, 
Montgomery  County  Dept,  of  Environmental  Protection,  Rockville,  MD,  “Land-use  plan- 
ning for  area-sensitive  forest  birds.” 

Eric  T.  Liknes,  Kurtis  L.  Dean,  and  David  L.  Swanson,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Univ.  of  South 
Dakota,  Vermillion,  SD,  “Differential  timing  of  migration  of  sex/age  classes  in  Ruby- 
crowned  Kinglets.” 

Joseph  R.  Jehl,  Jr.,  Hubbs-Sea  World  Research  Institute,  San  Diego,  CA,  “Leaving  town: 
how  Eared  Grebes  prepare  to  migrate.” 

Ronnie  E.  Stout,  North  Dakota  State  Univ.,  Fargo,  ND,  “Fall  Red-necked  Grebe  migration 
behavior  and  molt  in  the  Great  Lakes  region.” 

Chao-Chieh  Chen  and  R.  B.  Hamilton,  Louisiana  State  Univ.,  Baton  Rouge,  LA,  “Analysis 
of  searching  movements  of  insectivorous  migratory  songbirds  on  the  Chenier  Plain  of  the 
Gulf  Coast.” 

Sara  R.  Morris,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  NY,  “Fall  songbird  migration  in  Maine:  factors  af- 
fecting the  likelihood  of  stopover.” 

Jeffrey  P.  Dugay  and  Petra  S.  Wood,  West  Virginia  Cooperative  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research 
Unit,  NBS,  West  Virginia  Univ.,  Morgantown,  WV,  “The  management  effects  of  clearcuts 
and  two-age  timber  harvests  on  nongame  birds  in  West  Virginia.” 

John  A.  Smallwood,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Montclair  State  Univ.,  Upper  Montclair,  NJ,  and 
Peter  D.  Smallwood,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Univ.  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  PA,  “Decoy 
holes  and  monitoring  rates:  applied  conservation  biology  for  secondary  cavity  nesting 
species.” 

Bradley  D.  Ross  and  Richard  H.  Yahner,  Dept,  of  Ecology,  Pennsylvania  State  Univ.,  Uni- 
versity Park,  PA,  “Integrating  habitat  and  bird  variables  using  geographic  information 
systems  and  extensive  wildlife  data  sets.” 

Bruce  W.  Baker,  Brian  S.  Cade,  Warren  L.  Mangus,  National  Biological  Service,  Fort  Col- 
lins, CO,  Janet  L.  McMillen,  Dept,  of  Zoology,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  OH,  and  E 
Joshua  Dein,  National  Biological  Service,  Madison,  WI,  “Multi-scale  evaluation  of  a 
suitability  model  for  Sandhill  Crane  nesting  habitat.” 

Robert  W.  Russell,  National  Oceanographic  and  Atmospheric  Association,  Seattle,  WA, 
“Boundary-layer  convergence  lines:  aerial  corridors  for  soaring  birds.” 


ANNUAL  REPORT 


823 


B.  G.  Murray,  Jr.,  Dept,  of  Biological  Sciences,  Rutgers  Univ.,  Piscataway,  NJ,  “On  the 
meaning  of  ‘reproductive  success’  and  other  terms.” 

Peter  W.  C.  Paton,  Univ.  of  Rhode  Island,  Kingston,  RI,  and  Ron  Flores,  U.S.  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Service,  Ninigret  NWR,  Charlestown,  RI,  “Effects  of  the  North  Cape  barge  oil 
spill  on  the  distribution  of  birds  in  coastal  Rhode  Island.” 

Richard  N.  Conner,  D.  Craig  Rudolph,  Southern  Research  Station,  U.S.  Forest  Service, 
Nacogdoches,  TX,  and  Robert  N.  Coulson,  Dept,  of  Entomology,  Texas  A&M  Univ., 
College  Station,  TX,  Relationships  between  southern  pine  beetle  population  level  and 
bark-beetle  caused  mortality  of  Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  cavity  trees.” 

D.  Craig  Rudolph  and  Richard  N.  Conner,  Southern  Research  Station,  U.S.  Forest  Service, 
Nacogdoches,  TX,  Red-cockaded  Woodpeckers,  ecosystem  management,  and  silvicul- 
ture.” 

Douglas  W.  White,  Albion  College,  Albion,  MI,  “Effect  of  egg  burial  on  nest  vandalism 
by  House  Wrens.” 

L.  Scott  Johnson,  David  Ziolkowski,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Towson  State  Univ.,  Towson,  MD, 
Krishna  Hannam,  and  William  A.  Searcy,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Univ.  of  Miami,  Miami,  FL, 
“Coordination  of  female  nest  attentiveness  with  male  song  output  in  the  House  Wren.” 

E.  Dale  Kennedy  and  Douglas  W.  White,  Albion  College,  Albion,  MI,  “Competition  be- 
tween Bewicks  Wrens  and  House  Wrens.” 

Gregory  S.  Keller,  School  of  Forest  Resources,  Pennsylvania  State  Univ.,  University  Park, 
PA,  “Seasonal  distribution  and  community  composition  of  avifauna  in  isolated  deciduous 
forest  patches.” 

Ernest  J.  Willoughby  and  Christopher  J.  Lindsay,  St.  Mary’s  College  of  Maryland,  St.  Mary’s 
City,  MD,  “Significance  of  the  odd  prenuptial  molt  of  American  Goldfinch.” 

Todd  J.  Underwood  and  Roland  R.  Roth,  Dept,  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  Univ. 
of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE,  “Estimating  Wood  Thrush  population  demographics  by  con- 
stant effort  mistnetting.” 

Jake  Stein,  Univ.  of  Tennessee  at  Martin,  Martin,  TN,  “Effects  of  sex,  time  of  day,  and  age 
on  Carolina  Chickadee  weights.” 

David  M.  Whalen,  Center  for  Conservation  Biology,  College  of  William  & Mary,  Williams- 
burg, VA,  “Fall  migration  of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  at  the  southern  tip  of  the  Delmarva 
Peninsula.” 

Keith  L.  Bildstein  and  Laurie  J.  Goodrich,  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary,  Kempton,  PA,  “Link- 
ing raptor  migration  watch-site  counts  to  mainstream  ecology  and  conservation:  60  years 
of  science  at  Hawk  Mountain  Sanctuary.” 

Paul  Kerlinger,  New  York,  NY,  “Economics  of  hawk  watching.” 

David  F.  Brinker,  Maryland  Dept,  of  Natural  Resources,  Annapolis,  MD,  “Migratory  move- 
ments of  Northern  Saw-whet  Owls:  what  do  we  really  know?” 

Jacques  Ibarzabal,  Ecole  de  la  mer  des  Jeunes  Explos.,  Beauport,  PQ,  Canada,  and  Jean- 
Pierre  L.  Savard,  Canadian  Wildlife  Service,  Sainte-Foy,  PQ,  Canada,  “Migration  mon- 
itoring in  Tadoussac,  Quebec.” 

Robert  W.  Russell,  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration,  Seattle,  WA,  “Water- 
crossing tactics  of  migrating  hawks  at  Cape  May  Point.” 

Richard  P.  Gerhardt,  Miguel  Angel  Vasquez,  and  Paula  M.  Harris,  The  Peregrine  Fund,  Inc., 
Boise,  ID,  “Observations  and  food  habits  of  nesting  Great  Black  Hawks  in  El  Peten, 
Guatemala.” 


POSTERS 

J.  A.  Dick,  R.  D.  James,  and  J.  C.  Barlow,  Dept,  of  Ornithology,  Royal  Ontario  Mu.seum, 
Toronto,  ON,  Canada,  “Current  status  of  transient  Rufous  Hummingbirds  in  Ontario.” 


824 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Alix  Dowling,  Dept,  of  Wildlife  and  Eisheries  Sciences,  Texas  A&M  Univ.,  College  Station, 
TX,  “Impacts  of  habitat  fragmentation  on  Prothonotary  Warblers  in  East  Texas.” 

Jessica  R.  Eberhard,  Princeton  Univ.,  Princeton,  NJ,  “The  evolution  of  nest-building  in 
parrots.” 

H.  T.  Hendrickson,  Univ.  of  North  Carolina  at  Greensboro,  Greensboro,  NC,  “History  of 
winter  populations  of  Purple  Pinch  in  eastern  North  America.” 

Peter  Hunt,  Mascoma  Lake  Bird  Observatory,  Enfield,  NH,  “Winter  distribution  of  the  sex 
and  age  classes  of  the  Yellow-rumped  Warbler.” 

Michael  J.  Justice,  Dept,  of  Psychology,  Dominican  College,  Orangeburg,  NY,  and  Teresa 
C.  Justice,  Dept,  of  Psychology,  Iona  College,  New  Rochelle,  NY,  “Random  mating  by 
size  in  Northern  Mockingbirds.” 

T.  Greg  King,  Mark  A.  Howell,  Brian  R.  Chapman,  Karl  V.  Miller,  and  Sandra  S.  Chapman, 
School  of  Forest  Resources,  Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  GA,  “The  effects  of  growing- 
season  vs.  dormant-season  prescribed  fire  on  neotropical  migrant  birds.” 

Brook  Lauro,  St.  John’s  Univ.,  Jamaica,  NY,  “The  foraging  ecology  of  Sooty  Oystercatchers 
(Haematopus  fuliginosus)  nesting  at  rocky  shores  in  Australia.” 

Lynn  A.  Mahaffy  and  Kendall  Malone,  Randolph-Macon  College,  Ashland,  VA,  “Some 
effects  of  mosquito  control  on  submerged  aquatic  vegetation  utilized  by  waterfowl.” 

R.  McLain,  Dept,  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  M.  Parcells,  Dept,  of  Animal  and 
Food  Sciences,  and  R.  Roth,  Dept,  of  Entomology  and  Applied  Ecology,  Univ.  of  Dela- 
ware, Newark,  DE,  “Determining  sex  of  Wood  Thrush  by  flow  cytometry.” 

John  O’Reilly  and  Roland  R.  Roth,  Univ.  of  Delaware,  Newark,  DE,  “Within-season 
changes  in  nest  location  and  mate  by  female  Wood  Thrushes.” 

Jeanette  Rilling,  Frederick  Terranova,  and  Terry  L.  Master,  East  Stroudsburg  Univ.,  East 
Stroudsburg,  PA,  “Habitat  selection  and  population  status  of  the  Louisiana  Waterthrush 
(Seiurus  motacilla)  in  the  Delaware  Water  Gap  National  Recreation  Area.” 

Michel  Robert  and  Pierre  Laport,  Canadian  Wildlife  Service,  Sainte-Foy,  PQ,  Canada,  “Yel- 
low Rail  distribution,  habitat  and  conservation  along  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  southern 
Quebec.” 

James  A.  Sedgwick,  National  Biological  Service,  Fort  Collins,  CO,  “Some  aspects  of  Wil- 
low Flycatcher  population  dynamics.” 

Jeffrey  A.  Spendelow,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center,  NBS,  Laurel,  MD,  James 
M.  Zingo,  Massachusetts  Cooperative  Fish  and  Wildlife  Research  Unit,  NBS,  Univ.  of 
Massachusetts,  Amherst,  MA,  David  A.  Shealer,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Rutgers  Univ.,  Pis- 
cataway,  NJ,  and  Grey  W.  Pendleton,  Patuxent  Environmental  Science  Center,  NBS,  Lau- 
rel, MD,  “Growth  and  fledging  of  Roseate  Terns  in  exceptionally  ‘good’  and  ‘poor’  years 
of  overall  productivity.” 


Wilson  Bull..  108(4),  1996,  pp.  825-847 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108,  1996 


By  Kathleen  G.  Beal 


This  index  includes  references  to  genera,  species,  authors,  and  key  words  or  terms.  In 
addition  to  avian  species,  references  are  made  to  the  scientific  names  of  all  vertebrates 
mentioned  within  the  volume  and  other  taxa  mentioned  prominently  in  the  text.  Common 


names  are  as  they  appear  in  the  volume  unless  otherwise  specified.  Reference  is  made  to 
books  reviewed,  and  announcements  as  they  appear  in  the  volume. 


abundance 

effects  of  field  age  on,  760-770 
in  riparian  zones  in  the  Cascade  Moun- 
tains, Oregon,  280-291 
Accipiter  cooperii,  236 
Acrobatornis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.,  sp.  nov., 
397-433 

(Frontispiece),  434-448 
Acrocephalus  arundinaceus,  513 
luscinia,  246-267 
Actitis  macularia,  191,  535,  537 
addendum,  204 
Aegolius  acadicus,  123-128 
funereus,  127 

Aerodramus  vanikorensis,  247,  258 
Agelaius  [assimilis],  372-374 
phoeniceus,  184,  372-374,  543,  573-583, 
687,  689,  764,  766,  768 
Agosia  chrysogaster,  377 
Aimophila  aestivalis,  190,  474 
Aix  sponsa,  62,  69,  701 
Akekee,  see  Loxops  caeruleirostris 
Akepa,  see  Loxops  coccineus 
Akiapolaau,  see  Hemignathus  munroi 
Akikiki,  see  Oreomystis  bairdi 
Alauahio,  Maui,  see  Paroreomyza  montana 
Alces  alces,  171 

Alden,  Peter,  review  by,  390—391,  391-393 
Allen,  Paul  E.,  Breeding  biology  and  natural 
history  of  the  Bahama  Swallow,  480— 
495 

Alophoixus  phaeocephalus,  171 
Amakihi,  Common,  see  Hemignathus  virens 
Kauai,  see  Hemignathus  stejnegeri 
Amazila  rutila,  168 
Amazilia  versicolor,  9 
violiceps,  228-245 
Amazona  vittata,  159—163,  164—166 
Amblycercys  holosericeus,  225 


Anas  acuta,  69 
clypeata,  187 
crecca,  187 
cyanoptera,  187 
discors,  145 
fulvigula,  187-189 
platyrhynchos,  68,  69,  187,  557,  766 
rubripes,  187 
strepera,  145,  187 

Andrews,  Brenda  J.,  Marie  Sullivan,  and  J. 
David  Hoerath,  Vermilion  Flycatcher 
and  Black  Phoebe  feeding  on  fish, 
377-378 

Ani,  Groove-billed,  see  Crotophaga  sulciros- 
tris 

Anianiau,  see  Hemignathus  parvus 
Ankney,  C.  Davison,  see  Leafloor,  James  O., 

John  E.  Thompson,  and 

announcement 

The  atlas  of  southern  African  birds,  pub- 
lication information,  603 
Anolis  sp.,  176 

Anthony,  Robert  G.,  Gregory  A.  Green,  Eric 
D.  Forsman,  and  S.  Kim  Nelson,  Avi- 
an abundance  in  riparian  zones  of 
three  forest  types  in  the  Cascade 
Mountains,  Oregon,  280-291 
Anthracothorax  nigricollis,  9 
Antshrike,  Barred,  see  Thamnophilus  dolia- 
tus 

Anumbius  annumbi,  375,  447 
spp.,  447 

Anous  stolidus,  317-334 
tenuirostris,  332 
An.ser  albifrons,  154-159 
anser,  155,  369 

Apapane,  see  Himatione  sanguinea 
Aphelocoma  californica,  712-727 
ultramarina,  236,  724 


825 


826 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Aplonis  opaca,  246—267 
Aptenodytes  patagonicus,  78 
Aquila  adalberti,  354 
Archilochus  alexandri,  228—245,  542 
colubris,  168,  498 
Ardea  cocoi,  526 

herodias  occidentalis,  342,  354,  355 
Arenaria  interpres,  330,  783-796 
Arendt,  Wayne  J.,  see  Meyers,  J.  Michael, 

, and  Gerald  D.  Lindsey 

Arnold,  Keith  A.,  see  Dickinson,  Vanessa 

M.,  and 

Asio  otus,  127 
Asthenes  anthoides,  420 
baeri,  397-433 
dorbignyi,  397-433 
luizae,  447 

patagonica,  397-433,  445 
spp.,  397-433,  434-448 
Atlapetes  rufinucha,  223 
Atwood,  Jonathan  L.,  Christopher  C.  Rim- 
mer,  Kent  P.  McLarland,  Sophia  H. 
Tsai,  and  Laura  R.  Nagy,  Distribution 
of  Bicknell’s  Thrush  in  New  England 
and  New  York,  650—661 
Atwood,  Jonathan  L.,  see  Rimmer,  Christo- 
pher C., , Kent  P.  McEarland, 

and  Laura  R.  Nagy 
awards  and  grants 

Biological  Research  Station  of  the  Ed- 
mund Niles  Huyck  Preserve,  603 
North  American  Bluebird  Society,  602 
Aythya  affinis,  380-381,  556-566 
ferina,  556,  563 
fuligula,  561,  563 
marila,  380-381,  563 

Baker,  Myron  C.,  Female  buntings  from  hy- 
bridizing populations-  prefer  conspe- 
cific  males,  771-775 

Baltosser,  William  H.,  Nest  attentiveness  in 
hummingbirds,  228-245 
Bananaquit,  see  Coereba  flaveola 
Barrow,  Mark  V.,  Jr.,  review  by,  200-201 
Barth,  Robert  H.,  Jr.,  see  Whitney,  Bret  M., 
Jo.se  Fernando  Pacheco,  Paulo  Sergio 

Moreira  da  Fonseca,  and 

Bartramia  longicauda,  783-796 
bear,  black,  see  Ursus  americanus 
Becard,  Black-capped,  see  Pachyramphus 
marginatus 


Chestnut-crowned,  see  Pachyramphus 
castaneus 

Rose-throated,  see  Pachyramphus  aglaiae 
Bedell,  Paul  A.,  Evidence  of  dual  breeding 
ranges  for  the  Sedge  Wren  in  the  cen- 
tral great  plains,  115-122 
behavior 
avoidance 

of  cabbage  fields  by  Chen  caerulescens, 
369-371 

breeding 

cooperation  in  Wilsonia  citrina,  382- 
384 

of  Charadrius  montanus  in  Colorado, 
28-35 

of  Dendroica  cerulea,  673-684 
caching 

in  wintering  Melanerpes  erythrocephal- 
us,  740-747 

courtship 

of  Dendroica  chrysoparia,  591—592 
drinking 

by  Pinicola  enucleator,  186—187 
feeding 

of  radio  tagged  Aythya  affinis,  556-566 

on  fish  by  Pyrocephalus  rubinus  and 
Sayornis  nigricans,  377-378 

foraging 

of  sympatric  Chen  caerulescens,  Anser 
albifrons,  and  Branta  canadensis, 
154-159 

use  of  coastal  agricultural  fields  by 
shorebirds,  783-796 
mate  choice 

of  female  Passerina  cyanea  and  Passer- 
ina  amoena  in  hybridizing  pop- 
ulation, 771-775 

nesting 

of  Melamprosops  phaeosoma,  620—638 
singing 

effect  of  removal  of  mate  on  female 
Cardinalis  cardinalis,  550-555 

vocal 

of  Catharus  bicknelli,  639—649 
Best,  Louis  B.,  see  Gionfriddo,  James  P,  and 


Best,  Louis  B.,  .see  Mitchell,  Mary  Crowe, 

, and  James  P.  Gionfriddo 

Bevier,  Louis  R.,  (ed.).  The  atlas  of  breeding 
birds  of  Connecticut,  595-596 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


827 


Bildstein,  Keith  L.,  reviews  by,  593-594 
594 

Bittern,  Yellow,  see  Ixobrychus  sinensis 
Blackbird,  Brewer’s,  Red-winged,  see  Age- 
laius  phoeniceus 

Bleier,  William  J.,  see  Homan,  H.  Jeffrey, 

George  M.  Linz, , and  Robert 

B.  Carlson 

Blem,  C.  R.,  reviews  by,  197,  198,  393,  809 
Block,  William  M.,  Michael  L.  Morrison, 
and  M.  Hildegard  Reiser,  (eds.),  The 
Northern  Goshawk:  ecology  and 
management,  reviewed,  593-594 
Bobolink,  see  Dolichonyx  oryzivorus 
Bobwhite,  Northern,  see  Colinus  virginianus 
Bodsworth,  Fred,  Last  of  the  curlews,  re- 
viewed, 393—394 
body  mass 

changes  during  nesting  and  brood  rearing 
in  female  Bucephala  clangula,  61— 
71 

of  fall  migrant  Clangula  hyemalis,  567- 
572 

Bombus  sp.,  236 

Bombycilla  cedrorum,  126,  186,  381-382, 
687,  688,  691 
garrulus,  125,  186 
spp.,  125 

Bonasa  umbellus,  129-136,  733 
Bornschein,  Marcos  R.,  and  Bianca  L.  Rei- 
nert, The  Andean  Flamingo  (Phoeni- 
coparrus  andinus)  in  Brazil,  807-808 
Bos  taurus,  236 

Bradley,  Patricia,  Birds  of  the  Cayman  Is- 
lands, reviewed,  198 
Branta  canadensis,  154-159 
leucopsis,  155 

Brauning,  Daniel  W.,  review  by,  596—597 
breeding 
biology 

of  Anous  stolidus  in  Hawaii,  317-334 

of  Jabiru  mycteria  in  Venezuela,  524- 
534 

of  Parus  montanus  in  northeastern  Si- 
beria, 80-93 

of  Polyborus  [Caracara]  plancus,  516— 
523 

of  Tachycineta  cyaneoviridis,  480—495 
cooperative 

in  Wilsonia  citrina,  382-384 


range 

evidence  of  dual  distribution  for  Cisto- 
thorus  plaatensis,  115-122 
Brodhead,  Michael  J.,  see  Tomer,  John  S., 
and 

Bronson,  C.  L.,  see  Doherty,  Paul  E,  Jr., 

Thomas  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  and . 

Brumfield,  Robb  T,  and  J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr., 
Geographic  variation  and  species  lim- 
its in  Cinnycerthia  wrens  of  the  An- 
des, 205-227 
Bubo  virginianus,  127 
Bubulcus  ibis,  171,  342 
Bucephala  clangula,  61-71 
Buckelew,  Albert,  Jr.,  and  George  A.  Hall, 
The  West  Virginia  breeding  bird  at- 
las, reviewed,  596—597 
Bulbul,  Yellow-bellied,  see  Alophoixus 
phaeocephalus 
bumblebee,  see  Bombus  sp. 

Bunting,  Indigo,  see  Passerina  cyanea 
Lazuli,  see  Passerina  amoena 
Painted,  see  Passerina  ciris 
Buphagus  africanus,  170 
erythrorhynchus,  170 

Burt,  D.  Brent,  Habitat-use  patterns  in  co- 
operative and  non-cooperative  breed- 
ing birds:  testing  predictions  with 
Western  Scrub-Jays,  712-727 
Buteo  albicaudatus,  521 
jamaicensis,  357—368 
lineatus,  357-368,  681 
playpterus,  498 

Butler,  Robert  W.,  Francisco  S.  Delgado, 
Horacio  de  la  Cueva,  Victor  Pulido, 
and  Brett  K.  Sandercock,  Migration 
routes  of  the  Western  Sandpiper,  662— 
672 

Cacholote,  Brown,  see  Pseudoseisura  lopho- 
tes 

Rufous,  .see  Pseudoseisura  cristata 
Cacique,  Yellow-billed,  see  Amblycercus 
holosericeus 
Calidris  alba,  191 
alpina,  783-796 
bairdii,  788 
canutus,  788 
fuscicollis,  634 
mauri,  662—672,  788,  792 
melanotos,  788,  790,  792 


828 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


minutilla,  786,  788 
pusilla,  190,  191,  783-796 
Calocitta  spp.,  724 
Calothorax  lucifer,  228 
Calypte  anna,  241 
costae,  228,  241 

camel,  see  Camelus  dromedarius 

Camelus  dromedarius,  171 

Campa,  Henry,  III,  see  Millenbah,  Kelly  E, 

Scott  R.  Winterstein,  , Ly  T. 

Eurrow,  and  Richard  B.  Minnis 
Campy lopterus  hemileucurus,  241 
Campy lorhynchus  rufinucha,  168 
Canastero,  Austral,  see  Asthenes  anthoides 
Cipo,  see  Asthenes  luizae 
Creamy-hreasted,  see  Asthenes  dorhignyi 
Patagonian,  see  Asthenes  patagonica 
Short-hilled,  see  Asthenes  haeri 
Canis  familiaris,  295 
latrans,  156,  292,  299 
capybara,  see  Hydrochaeris  hydrochaeris 
Caracara,  Black,  see  Daptrius  ater 

Crested,  see  Polyborus  [Caracara]  plancus 
Red-throated,  see  Daptrius  americanus 
Yellow-headed,  see  Milvago  chimachima 
caracara,  see  Milvago  spp. 

Cardinal,  Northern,  see  Cardinalis  cardinalis 
Cardinalis  cardinalis,  314,  550—555,  573- 
583,  689 

Carduelis  pinus,  125,  186,  282,  283,  289 
tristis,  125,  182-186 

Carib,  Purple-throated,  see  Eulampis  jugu- 
laris 

Carloss,  Michael,  see  Johnson,  William  R, 

Frank  C.  Rohwer,  and 

Carlson,  Robert  B.,  see  Homan,  H.  Jeffrey, 
George  M.  Linz,  William  J.  Bleier, 
and 

Carpodacus  mexicanus,  125 
Carrie,  N.  Ross,  Swainson’s  Warblers  nest- 
ing in  early  serai  pine  forests  in  east 
Texas,  802-804 
Casmerodius  albus,  526 
Cassie,  Brian  E.,  reviews  by,  810-81 1,811 
cat,  civet,  see  Civettictis  civetta 

domestic,  see  Felis  domesticus,  Felis  cat- 
tus 

Catbird,  Gray,  see  Dumetella  carolinensis 
Catchpole,  C.  K.,  and  P J.  B.  Slater,  Bird 


song:  biological  themes  and  varia- 
tions, reviewed,  600-601 
Catharus  bicknelli,  639-649,  650-661 
fuscescens,  190,  542 

guttatus  [Hylocichla  guttata],  53,  313, 
542,  688 
minimus,  639 

ustulatus,  168,  280-291,  542 
Catoptrophorus  semipalmatus,  783-796 
cattle,  domestic,  see  Bos  taurus 
cavity 

use  of  artificial  snags  by  woodpeckers, 
449-456 
census  methods 

for  Catharus  bicknelli,  639—649 
for  populations  of  Limnothlypis  swain- 
sonii  in  Jamaica,  94-103 
Centeno,  Marco  V.,  see  Siegel,  Rodney  B., 
and 

Certhia  americana,  280—291 
Chaetura  pelagica,  542 
Chantler,  Phil,  and  Gerald  Driessens,  Swifts, 
reviewed,  198 

Chapman,  Brian  R.,  see  Kilgo,  John  C., 

Robert  A.  Sargent, , and  Karl 

V.  Miller 

Chapman,  Brian  R.,  see  Moorman,  Christo- 
pher E.,  and 

Charadrius  alexandrinus,  292-301 
montanus,  28-35 
semipalmatus,  191,  783-796 
vociferus,  191,  688,  783-796 
Chat,  Yellow-breasted,  see  Icteria  virens 
Chelydra  serpentina,  190-192 
chemoreception 

in  Sturnus  vulgaris,  36—52 
Chen  caerulescens,  154-159,  369—371 
canagica,  155 
rossii,  154 

Chickadee,  Black-capped,  see  Parus  atricap- 
illus 

Carolina,  see  Parus  carolinensis 
Chestnut-backed,  see  Parus  rufescens 
Mountain,  see  Parus  gambeli 
chicken,  see  Gallus  gallus 
Chiffchaff,  see  Phylloscopus  collybita 
chipmunk,  eastern,  see  Tamias  striatus 
Chlorostilbon  alice,  2 
aureoventris,  2,  4 
mellisugus,  1—27 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


829 


olivaresi  sp.  nov.,  1-27  (Erontispiece) 
poortmanni,  2 
ricordii,  18 
stenura,  2 

Cholorceryle  amazona,  168 

Chondestes  grammacus,  689 

Christie,  David  A.,  see  Winkler,  Hans, 

, and  David  Nurney 

Chrysemys  picta,  191 
Ciccaba  virgata,  780 
Ciconia  maguari,  526 
Cinnycerthia  [fulva],  205-227 
[olivascens],  205-227 
peruana,  205-227 
unirufa,  218 
Circus  cyaneus,  766 
Ciridops  anna,  616 
Cistothorus  palustris,  125 
platensis,  115-122,  765,  766 
Civettictis  civetta,  369 
Clangula  hyemalis,  567-572 
Clark,  Larry  see  Mason,  J.  Russell,  and 


Clark,  Larry,  Trigeminal  repellents  do  not 
promote  conditioned  odor  avoidance 
in  European  Starlings,  36—52 
Cleptornis  marchei,  246—267 
coachwhip,  western,  see  Masticophis  flagel- 
lum testaceus 

coati,  white-nosed,  see  Nasua  narica 
Coccothraustes  [Hesperiphona]  vespertinus, 
125,  236,  280-291 
Coccyzus  americanus,  498,  688 
Coereba  flaveola,  412 
Colaptes  auratus,  125,  126,  542 
Colinus  virginianus,  129-136,  687,  688, 
693,  733,  768 
colony-site 

use  by  Quiscalus  quiscula,  104—1 14 
Coluber  constrictor  flaviventris,  314 
Columba  leucocephala,  354 
livia,  688 

Columbina  passerina,  168,  573-583 
talpacoti,  168 
community 

breeding  Neotropical  migrants  in  riparian 
forests  of  varying  widths,  496—506 
seasonal  populations  in  Micronesia,  246— 
267 


competition 

effect  of  Glaucomys  volans  on  nesting 
success  in  Picoides  borealis,  697- 
711 

Conebill,  Tamurugo,  see  Conirostrum  ta- 
marugense 

Conirostrum  cinereum,  268,  272 
tamarugense,  268-279 
Conner,  Richard  N.,  and  Daniel  Saenz, 
Woodpecker  excavation  and  use  of 
cavities  in  polystyrene  snags,  449- 
456 

Conner,  Richard  N.,  D.  Craig  Rudolph,  Dan- 
iel Saenz,  and  Richard  R.  Schaefer, 
Red-cockaded  Woodpecker  nesting 
success,  forest  structure,  and  southern 
flying  squirrels  in  Texas,  697-7 1 1 
Conner,  Richard  N.,  review  by,  389 
conservation 

effects  of  field  age  on  abundance,  diver- 
sity, productivity,  760—770 
of  Conirostrum  tamarugense  in  northern 
Chile,  268-279 

Contopus  borealis,  282,  283,  287 
sordidulus,  378-380 
sp.,  168 

Virens,  379,  498,  503,  542,  678,  749 
Cooper,  Jerry  A.,  Birdfinder:  a birder’s  guide 
to  planning  North  American  trips,  re- 
viewed, 598 

Coot,  Eurasian  [European],  see  Fulica  atra 
Coquette,  White-crested,  see  Lophornis 
adorabilis 
Corvus  albus,  328 
brachyrhynchos,  129—136,  462,  688 
corax,  282,  283,  284 
ossifragus,  573—583 
Coturnicops  novoboracensis,  119 
Coturnix  coturnix,  129-136,  294,  535—539 
Cowbird,  Brown-headed,  see  Molothrus  ater 
Giant,  .see  Scaphidura  oryzivora 
coyote,  see  Canis  latrans 
Craig,  Robert  J.,  Seasonal  population  sur- 
veys and  natural  history  of  a Micro- 
nesian  bird  community,  246—267 
Crane,  Whooping,  see  Grus  americana 
Cranioleuca  albiceps,  223-224,  397-433 
curtata,  401,  418 
gutturata,  418 
marcapatae,  223 


830 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


meulleri,  446 
pallida,  401,  412 

pyrrhophia,  401,  402,  418,  445,  446 
spp.,  397-433,  434-448 
sulphurifera,  417 
vulpina,  418 

Creeper,  Brown,  see  Certhia  americana 
Hawaii,  see  Oreomystis  mana 
Crotophaga  sulcirostris,  168 
Crow,  American  [Common],  see  Corvus 
brachyrhynchos 
Fish,  see  Corvus  ossifragus 
Pied,  see  Corvus  albus 
Cuckoo,  Striped,  see  Tapera  naevia 

Yellow-billed,  see  Coccyzus  americanus 
Curson,  David  R.,  Christopher  B.  Goguen, 
and  Nancy  E.  Mathers,  Nest-site  re- 
use in  the  Western  Wood-Pewee, 
378-380 

Custer,  Christine  M.,  Thomas  W Custer,  and 
Daniel  W.  Sparks,  Radio  telemetry 
documents  24-hour  feeding  activity 
of  wintering  Lesser  Scaup,  556—566 
Custer,  Thomas  W.,  see  Custer,  Christine  M., 

, and  Daniel  W.  Sparks 

Cutler,  Norma  G.,  see  McIntyre,  Judith  W, 
and 

Cyanocitta  cristata,  130,  133,  462,  681,  688, 
724,  743 

stelleri,  282,  283,  284,  724 
Cyclarhis  gujanensis,  412 
Cynanthus  latirostris,  228-245 
Cyr,  Andre,  see  Dunn,  Erica  H.,  Jacques 
Larivee,  and 

da  Fonseca,  Paulo  Sergio  Moreira,  see  Whit- 
ney, Bret  M.,  Jose  Fernando  Pacheco, 

, and  Robert  H.  Barth,  Jr. 

dace,  longfin,  see  Agosia  chrysogaster 
Dacnis,  Blue,  see  Dacnis  cayana 
Dacnis  cayana,  412 

Dallman,  Matthew,  see  Smith,  Robert,  and 


Daptrius  americanus,  171 
ater,  171-175 

Davis,  William  E.,  Jr.,  and  Jerome  A.  Jack- 
son  (eds.).  Contributions  to  the  his- 
tory of  North  American  Ornithology, 
reviewed,  198-200 

Davis,  William  E.,  Jr.,  reviews  by,  193—194, 
194,  196-197,  197,  197-198,  198, 


385,  385-386,  393-394,  594-595, 
595-596,  597-598,  598 
deer,  brocket,  see  Mazama  americana 
gray  brocket,  see  Mazama  gouazoubira 
DeGraaf,  R.  M.,  and  T.  J.  Maier,  Effect  of 
egg  size  on  predation  by  white-footed 
mice,  535-539 

Dekker,  Rene  W.  R.  J.,  see  Jones,  Darryl  N., 

, and  Cees  S.  Roselaar 

de  la  Cueva,  Horacio,  see  Butler,  Robert  W, 

Francisco  S.  Delgado, , Victor 

Pulido,  and  Brett  K.  Sandercock 
Delgado,  Francisco  S.,  see  Butler,  Robert 

W,  , Horacio  de  la  Cueva, 

Victor  Pulido,  and  Brett  K.  Sander- 
cock 

Dendrocygna  autumnalis,  145 
bicolor,  137-150 

Dendroica  caerulescens,  57,  59,  98,  101, 
178-180,  467-479,  542 
castanea,  542,  749 
cerulea,  673—684,  749 
coronata,  542,  687,  688,  692 
chrysoparia,  591-592 
discolor,  98,  313 
dominica,  498 
fusca,  542,  749 
magnolia,  168,  542 
occidentalis,  280—291 
palmarum,  101 
pensylvanica,  537,  542,  749 
petechia,  167,  167,  472,  475,  542,  749 
striata,  749 
tigrina,  542 
virens,  542,  588-591 

Dick,  James  A.,  and  Ross  D.  James,  Rufous 
crown  feathers  on  adult  male  Tennes- 
see Warblers,  181-182 
Dickcissel,  see  Spiza  americana 
Dickinson,  Vanessa  M.,  and  Keith  A.  Ar- 
nold, Breeding  biology  of  the  Crest- 
ed Caracara  in  south  Texas,  516- 
523 

Didelphis  virginianus,  130,  313,  462 
diet 

food  availability  and  preferences  of  breed- 
ing Dendrocygna  bicolor,  137-150 
grit-use  patterns  in  North  American  birds, 
685-696 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


831 


nutritional  value  of  winter  foods  for  Grus 
americana,  728-739 

of  Glaucidium  gnoma  and  Aegolius  acad- 
icus  in  west-central  Montana,  123- 
128 

Diglossa  carbonaria,  225 
dispersal 

of  juvenile  Egretta  thula  and  Nycticorax 
nycticorax,  342-356 
distribution 

of  Catharus  bicknelli  in  New  England  and 
New  York,  650-661 

diversity 

effects  of  field  age  on,  760-770 
dog,  domestic,  see  Canis  familiaris 
Doherty,  Paul  E,  Jr.,  Thomas  C.  Grubb,  Jr., 
and  C.  L.  Brown,  Territories  and 
caching-related  behavior  of  Red- 
headed Woodpeckers  wintering  in  a 
beech  grove,  740-747 
Dolichonyx  oryzivorus,  543,  765 
Dove,  Collared,  see  Javanese  Turtle,  see 
Streptopelia  bitorquata 
Mourning,  see  Zenaida  macroura 
Rock,  see  Columba  livia 
White-throated  Ground,  see  Gallicolumba 
xanthonura 

Dowitcher,  Short-billed,  see  Limnodromus 
griseus 

Driessens,  Gerald,  see  Chantler,  Phil,  and 


drinking 

by  Pinicola  enucleator,  186—187 

Droege,  Sam,  see  Price,  Jeff,  , and 

Amy  Price 

Dryocopus  pileatus,  282,  283,  287,  453, 
699,  701 

Duck,  American  Black,  see  Anas  rubripes 
Mottled,  see  Anas  fulvigula 
Tufted,  see  Aythya  fuligula 
Wood,  see  Aix  sponsa 
Dumetella  carolinensis,  535,  542 
Dunlin,  see  Calidris  alpina 
Dunn,  Erica  H.,  Jacques  Larivee,  and  Andre 
Cyr,  Can  checklist  programs  be  used 
to  monitor  populations  of  birds  re- 
corded during  the  migration  season?, 
540-549 

Dunn,  Jon  L.,  see  Graves,  Gary  R.,  Michael 
A.  Patten,  and 


Dunne,  Pete,  Before  the  echo:  essays  on  na- 
ture, reviewed,  197-198 
Eagle,  Bald,  see  Haliaeetus  leucocephalus 
Spanish  Imperial,  see  Aquila  adalberti 
Eberhard,  Jessica  R.,  Nest  adoption  by 
Monk  Parakeets,  374-377 
ecology 
nesting 

of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai,  434-448 
of  Tyrannus  forficatus,  302-316 
Ecton,  A.  Marie,  see  Engilis,  Andrew,  Jr., 
Thane  K.  Pratt,  Cameron  B.  Kepler, 

, and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 

Ecton,  A.  Marie,  see  Kepler,  Cameron  B., 
Thane  K.  Pratt, , Andrew  En- 

gilis, Jr.,  and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 

egg 

effect  of  type  on  depredation  of  ground 
nests,  129-136 

Egret,  Cattle,  see  Bubulcus  ibis 
Great,  see  Casmerodius  albus 
Snowy,  see  Egretta  thula 
Egretta  caerulea,  342 
thula,  342-356 

Elaenia,  Gray,  see  Myiopagis  caniceps 
Elanoides  forficatus,  498,  503 
Elaphe  obsoleta,  573,  575,  681,  698 
obsoleta  lindheimeri,  592 
Elgood,  J.  H.,  et  al..  The  birds  of  Nigeria, 
reviewed,  203-204 

Emerald,  Chiribiquete,  see  Chlorostilbon 
olivaresi,  sp.  nov.  (Frontispiece) 
Cuban,  see  Chlorostilbon  ricordii 
versicolor,  see  Amazilia  versicolor 
Empidonax  difficilis,  282,  283,  284,  289, 
379 

flaviventris,  542 
hammondii,  280-291 
minimus,  168,  542 
sp.,  168 
traillii,  184 

virescens,  190,  302,  496—506,  749 
Engilis,  Andrew,  Jr.,  .see  Kepler,  Cameron 
B.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  A.  Marie  Ecton, 

, and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 

Engilis,  Andrew,  Jr.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  Cam- 
eron B.  Kepler,  A.  Marie  Ecton,  and 
Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch,  Description  of 
adults,  eggshells,  nestling,  fledgling, 
and  nest  of  the  Poo-uli,  607-619 


832 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Equus  zebra,  171 
Eremophila  alpestris,  688,  690 
errata,  192,  394,  603 

Erwin,  R.  Michael,  John  G.  Haig,  Daniel  B. 
Stotts,  and  Jeff  S.  Hatfield,  Dispersal 
and  habitat  use  by  post-fledging  ju- 
venile Snowy  Egrets  and  Black- 
crowned  Night-Herons,  342-356 
Estades,  Cristian  E,  Natural  history  and  con- 
servation status  of  the  Tamarugo 
Conebill  in  northern  Chile,  268-279 
Estrilda  astrild,  442 
Eucemes  faciatus,  702 
laticeps,  702 

Eudyptes  chrysocome,  72-79 
chrysolophus,  78 
Eugenes  fulgens,  229,  236 
Eulampis  jugularis,  238,  239,  240,  241 
Euphonia,  Chestnut-bellied,  see  Euphonia 
pectoralis 

Violaceous,  see  Euphonia  violacea 
Euphonia  pectoralis,  412 
violacea,  412 

Fairy- Wren,  see  Malurus  splendens 
Falco  mexicanus,  151-153 
sparverius,  236,  701 
Falcon,  Prairie,  see  Falco  mexicanus 
Fantail,  Rufous,  see  Rhipidura  rufifrons 
Felis  catus,  632 
domesticus,  450 

Ficken,  Millicent  S.,  see  Thumser,  Nina  N., 

Jeffrey  D.  Darron,  and 

Finch,  House,  see  Carpodacus  mexicanus 
Laysan,  see  Telespiza  cantans 
Zebra,  see  Poephila  guttata 
Firewood-gatherer,  see  Anumbius  annumbi 
Flamingo,  Andean,  see  Phoenicoparrus  an- 
dinus 

Greater,  see  Phoenicopterus  ruber 
Flaspohler,  David  J.,  Nesting  success  of  the 
Prothonotary  Warbler  in  the  upper 
Mississippi  River  bottomlands,  457- 
466 

Flicker,  Northern,  see  Colaptes  auratus 
Flowerpiercer,  Carbonated,  see  Diglossa  car- 
bonaria 

Fluetsch,  Kimberly  M.,  see  Engilis,  Andrew, 
Jr.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  Cameron  B.  Ke- 
pler, A.  Marie  Ecton,  and 

Fluetsch,  Kimberly  M.,  see  Kepler,  Cameron 


B.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  A.  Marie  Ecton, 

Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,  and 

Flycatcher,  Acadian,  see  Empidonax  vires- 
cens 

Ash-throated,  see  Myiarchus  cinerascens 
Brown-crested,  see  Myiarchus  tyrannulus 
Dusky-capped,  see  Myiarchus  tuberculifer 
Great  Crested,  see  Myiarchus  crinitus 
Hammond’s,  see  Empidonax  hammondii 
La  Sagra’s,  see  Myiarchus  sagrae 
Least,  see  Empidonax  minimus 
Olive-sided,  see  Contopus  borealis 
Pacific  Slope,  see  Empidonax  difficilis 
Scissor-tailed,  see  Tyrannus  forficatus 
Vermilion,  see  Pyrocephalus  rubinus 
Western,  see  Empidonax  difficilis 
Willow,  see  Empidonax  traillii 
Yellow-bellied,  see  Empidonax  flaviven- 
tris 

Yellow-olive,  see  Tolmomyias  sulphures- 
cens 

flycatcher,  see  Empidonax  sp. 
food  availability 

for  breeding  Dendrocygna  bicolor  in  Lou- 
isiana ricefields,  137-150 
Forsman,  Eric  D.,  see  Anthony,  Robert  G., 

Gregory  A.  Green,  , and  S. 

Kim  Nelson 

Foss,  Carol  R.,  (ed.).  Atlas  of  breeding  birds 
of  New  Hampshire,  reviewed,  195- 
196 

Fournier,  Michael  A.,  and  James  E.  Hines, 
Nest  sharing  by  a Lesser  Scaup  and 
a Greater  Scaup,  380-381 
fox,  gray,  see  Urocyon  cinereoargenteus 
red,  see  Vulpes  vulpes 
swift,  see  Vulpes  velox 
Fregata  aquila,  330 
magnificens,  332 
minor,  326,  330,  332,  333 
Frigatebird,  Ascension,  see  Fregata  aquila 
Great,  see  Fregata  minor 
Magnificent,  see  Fregata  magnificens 
frog,  gray  tree,  see  Hyla  versicolor,  Hyla 
chrysoscelis 

Fruit-Dove,  Mariana,  .see  Ptilinopus  rosei- 
capilla 

Fulbright,  Timothy  E.,  see  Nolte,  Kenneth 

R.,  and 

Fulica  atra,  577 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


833 


Furrow,  Ly  T,  see  Millenbah,  Kelly  E,  Scott 
R.  Winterstein,  Henry  Campa  III, 
, and  Richard  B.  Minnis 
Fussell,  John  O.,  Ill,  A hirder’s  guide  to 
coastal  North  Carolina,  reviewed, 
196-197 

Gadwall,  see  Anas  strepera 
Gallicolumha  xanthonura,  246-267 
Gallinago  gallinago,  788 
Gallus  gallus,  129-136 
Garrido,  Orlando,  and  Arturo  Kirkconnell, 
Taxonomic  status  of  the  Cuban  form 
of  the  Red-winged  Blackbird,  372- 
374 

Garrido,  Orlando  H.,  see  Kirkconnell,  Ar- 
turo, George  E.  Wallace,  and 


Gawlik,  Dale  E.,  and  R.  Douglas  Slack, 
Comparative  foraging  behavior  of 
sympatric  Snow  Geese,  Greater 
White-fronted  Geese,  and  Canada 
Geese  during  the  non-breeding  sea- 
son, 154-159 

gecko,  see  Sphaerodactylus  sp. 

Gee,  George  E,  see  Nelson,  Jay  T,  R.  Doug- 
las Slack,  and 

Gehlbach,  Frederick  R.,  The  Eastern 
Screech-Owl:  life  history,  ecology 
and  behavior  in  the  suburbs  and 
countryside,  reviewed,  201-202 

genus  nova 

Acrobatornis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.,  sp.  nov., 
397-433 

geographic  variation 

of  Cinnycerthia  wrens  of  the  Andes,  205- 
227 

Geothlypis  trichas,  97,  102,  167,  168,  687, 
688,  692 

Gionfriddo,  James  R,  and  Louis  B.  Best, 
Grit-use  patterns  in  North  American 
birds:  the  influence  of  diet,  body  size, 
and  sex,  685-696 

Gionfriddo,  James  R,  see  Mitchell,  Mary 
Crowe,  Louis  B.  Best,  and 

Glaucidium  gnoma,  123—128 

Glaucomys  volans,  449,  450,  452,  697—7 1 1 

Gnatcatcher,  Blue-gray,  see  Rolioptila  caeru- 
lea 

Goguen,  Christopher  B.,  see  Curson,  David 
R., , and  Nancy  E.  Mathews 


Golden-Rlover,  American,  see  Rluvialis 
dominica 

Goldeneye,  Common,  see  Bucephala  clan- 
gula 

Goldfinch,  American,  see  Carduelis  tristis 
Gonzaga,  Luiz  R,  see  Racheco,  Jose  Fernan- 
do, Bret  M.  Whitney,  and 

Gonzalez,  Jose  A.,  Breeding  biology  of  the 
Jabiru  in  the  southern  Llanos  of  Ven- 
ezuela, 524-534 

Goodbred,  Catherine  O’Neill,  and  Richard 
T.  Holmes,  Factors  affecting  food 
provisioning  of  nestling  Black-throat- 
ed Blue  Warblers,  467-479 
Goodwin,  Clive  E.,  A bird-finding  guide  to 
Ontario,  reviewed,  597-598 
Goose,  Barnacle,  see  Branta  leucopsis 
Canada,  see  Branta  canadensis 
domestic,  see  Anser  anser 
Emperor,  see  Chen  canagica 
Graylag,  see  Anser  anser 
Greater  White-fronted,  see  Anser  albi- 
frons 

Ross’,  see  Chen  rossii 
Snow,  see  Chen  caerulescens 
gopher,  northern  pocket,  see  Thymomas  tal- 
poides 

Crackle,  Common,  see  Quiscalus  quiscula 
Great-tailed,  see  Quiscalus  mexicanus 
grants 

see  awards  and  grants 
Grassquit,  Blue-black,  See  Volatinia  ujacar- 
ina 

Graves,  Gary  R.,  Censusing  wintering  pop- 
ulations of  Swainson’s  Warblers:  sur- 
veys in  the  Blue  Mountains  of  Ja- 
maica, 94-103 

Graves,  Gary  R.,  Michael  A.  Fatten,  and  Jon 
L.  Dunn,  Comments  on  a probable 
gynandromorphic  Black-throated 
Blue  Warbler,  178-180 
Graveteiro,  Rink-legged,  see  Acrobatornis 
fonsecai  gen.  nov.,  sp.  nov.  (Frontis- 
piece) 

Graytail,  Double-banded,  see  Xenerpestes 
minlosi 

Equatorial,  see  Xenerpestes  singularis 
Green,  Gregory  A.,  see  Anthony,  Robert  G., 

, Eric  D.  Forsman,  and  S.  Kim 

Nelson 


834 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Gregory,  Mark,  see  Koenen,  Marcus,  T,  Da- 
vid M.  Leslie,  Jr.,  and 

Griffin,  Curtice  R.,  see  Megyesi,  Jennifer  L., 
and 

Grosbeak,  Black-headed,  see  Pheucticus  me- 
lanocephalus 

Evening,  see  Coccothraustes  vespertinus 
Pine,  see  Pinicola  enucleator 
Rose-breasted,  see  Pheucticus  ludovici- 
anus 

Ground-Dove,  Common,  see  Columbina 
passerina 

Ruddy,  see  Columbina  talpacoti 
Grouse,  Ruffed,  see  Bonasa  umbellus 
Grubb,  Thomas  C.,  Jr.,  Doherty,  Paul  E,  Jr., 

, and  C.  L.  Brown 

Grus  americana,  728—739 
Gull,  Herring,  see  Lams  argentatus 
Laughing,  see  Lams  atricilla 
Ring-billed,  see  Lams  delawarensis 
Gygis  alba,  332 
habitat 

change  and  nesting  success  in  Sterna  an- 
tillamm  and  Charadrius  alexandri- 
nus,  292—301 

large  tract  and  fragmented  forest  use  by 
Otus  nudipes,  776-782 
use  by  juvenile  Egretta  thula  and  Nyctico- 
rax  nycticorax,  342-356 
use  in  cooperative  and  non-cooperative 
breeding  birds,  712—727 
use  of  coastal  agricultural  fields  by  shore- 
birds,  783-796 

use  of  forest  gaps  by  breeding  Dendroica 
virens,  588-591 

Haig,  John  G.,  see  Erwin,  R.  Michael, 

, Daniel  B.  Stotts,  and  Jeff  S. 

Hatfield 

Halcyon  chloris,  246-267 
Haliaeetus  leucocephalus,  156 
Hall,  George  A.,  review  by,  195-196 
Hall,  George  A.,  see  Buckelew,  Albert,  Jr., 
and 

Hamerstrom,  Frances,  My  double  life:  mem- 
oirs of  a naturalist,  194-195 
Harper,  Lee  H.,  see  Karwowski,  Kenneth,  J. 

Edward  Gates,  and 

Harrier,  Northern,  see  Circus  cyaneus 
Hatfield,  Jeff  S.,  see  Erwin,  R.  Michael, 


John  G.  Haig,  Daniel  B.  Stotts,  and 


Hawk,  Broad-winged,  see  Buteo  platyptems 
Cooper’s,  see  Accipiter  cooperii 
Red-shouldered,  see  Buteo  lineatus 
Red-tailed,  see  Buteo  jamaicensis 
White-tailed,  see  Buteo  albicaudatus 
Helmitheros  vermivoms,  98,  101,  168,  176, 
749 

Hemignathus  munroi,  614 
parvus,  616 
stejnegeri,  616 

virens,  265,  616,  617,  631,  634,  635 
Hemithraupis  mficapilla,  412 
Hermit,  Little,  see  Phaethornis  longuema- 
reus 

Heron,  Great  White,  see  Ardea  herodias  oc- 
cidentalis 

Little  Blue,  see  Egretta  caemlea 
White-necked,  see  Ardea  cocoi 
Herpestes  auropunctatus,  632 
Himatione  sanguinea,  265,  615,  616,  630, 
631 

Hines,  James  E.,  see  Fournier,  Michael  A., 
and 

Himndo  mstica,  168,  557,  687,  688,  691 
Hodges,  Malcolm  E,  Jr.,  and  David  G.  Kre- 
mentz.  Neotropical  migratory  breed- 
ing bird  communities  in  riparian  for- 
ests of  different  widths  along  the  Al- 
tamaha  River,  Georgia,  496-506 
Hoerath,  J.  David,  see  Andrews,  Brenda  J., 

Marie  Sullivan,  and 

Holmes,  Richard  T,  see  Goodbred,  Cathe- 
rine O’Neill,  and 

Holt,  Denver  W.,  and  Leslie  A.  Leroux,  Di- 
ets of  Northern  Pygmy-Owls  and 
Northern  Saw-whet  Owls  in  west- 
central  Montana,  123-128 
Holt,  Denver  W,  review  by,  201—202 
Hohman,  William  L.,  Timothy  M.  Stark,  and 
Joseph  L.  Moore,  Food  availability 
and  feeding  preferences  of  breeding 
Fulvous  Whistling-Ducks  in  Louisi- 
ana ricefields,  137-150 
Homan,  H.  Jeffrey,  George  M,  Linz,  Wil- 
liam J.  Bleier,  and  Robert  B.  Carlson, 
Colony-site  and  nest-site  use  by 
Common  Crackles  in  North  Dakota, 
104-1 14 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


835 


Honeycreeper,  Crested,  see  Palmeria  dolei 
Honeyeater,  Micronesian,  see  Mysomela 
rubrata 

Howell,  Steve  N.  G.,  and  Sophie  Webb,  A 
guide  to  the  birds  of  Mexico  and 
northern  Central  America,  reviewed, 
391-393 

Hummingbird,  Allen’s,  see  Selasphorus  sas- 
in 

Anna’s,  see  Calypte  anna 
Black-chinned,  see  Archilochus  alexandri 
Broad-billed,  see  Cynanthus  latirostris 
Broad-tailed,  see  Selasphorus  playtcercus 
Calliope,  see  Stellula  calliope 
Cinnamon,  see  Amazila  rutila 
Costa’s,  see  Calypte  costae 
Lucifer,  see  Calothorax  lucifer 
Magnificent,  see  Eugenes  fulgens 
Ruby-throated,  see  Archilochus  colubris 
Rufous,  see  Selasphorus  rufus 
Scaly-breasted,  see  Phaeochroa  cuvierii 
Violet-crowned,  see  Amazilia  violiceps 
Violet-headed,  see  Klais  guimete 
White-eared,  see  Hylocharis  leucotis 
hybrid 

male  preference  in  female  Passerina  cy- 
anea  and  Passerina  amoena,  771- 
775 

Hydrochaeris  hydrochaeris,  173 
Hyla  fasciatus,  702 
versicolor,  702 
Hylocharis  leucotis,  241 
Hylocichla  mustelina,  498,  536,  542 
Icteria  virens,  167,  168 
Icterus  cucullatus,  236 
galbula,  168,  543,  687,  689,  692,  749 
Ictinia  mississippiensis,  498 
liwi,  see  Vestiaria  coccinea 
information  for  authors,  395-396,  604-605 
Ixobrychus  sinensis,  246-267 
Ixoreus  naevius,  280-291 
Jabiru  mycteria,  524-534 
Jabiru,  see  Jabiru  mycteria 
Jackson,  Jerome  A.,  review  by,  386—387, 
387-388 

Jackson,  Jerome  A.,  see  Davis,  William  E., 
Jr.,  and 

James,  Ross  D.,  see  Dick,  James  A.,  and 


Jay,  Blue,  see  Cyanocitta  cristata 
Gray,  see  Perisoreus  canadensis 
Gray-breasted,  see  Aphelocoma  ultramar- 
ina 

Stellar’s,  see  Cyanocitta  stelleri 
Western  Scrub,  see  Aphelocoma  califor- 
nica 

Johnsgard,  Paul  A.,  Arena  birds:  sexual  se- 
lection and  behavior,  reviewed,  193— 
194 

Johnsgard,  Paul  A.,  This  fragile  land.  A nat- 
ural history  of  the  Nebraska  sand- 
hills, reviewed,  389-390 
Johnson,  William  P,  Frank  C.  Rohwer,  and 
Michael  Carloss,  Evidence  of  nest 
parasitism  in  Mottled  Ducks,  187- 
189 

Jones,  Darryl  N.,  Rene  W.  R.  J.  Dekker,  and 
Cees  S.  Roselaar,  The  megapodes 
Megapodiidae,  reviewed,  811-812 
Junco,  Dark-eyed,  see  Junco  hyemalis 
Junco  hyemalis,  125,  280-291,  543 
Kakawahie,  see  Paroreomyza  flammea 
Karron,  Jeffrey  D.,  see  Thumser,  Nina  N., 

, and  Millicent  S.  Ficken 

Kemp,  Alan,  The  hornbills,  reviewed,  386- 
387 

Kepler,  Cameron  B.,  see  Engilis,  Andrew, 

Jr.,  Thane  K.  Pratt, , A.  Marie 

Ecton,  and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 
Kepler,  Cameron  B.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  A.  Ma- 
rie Ecton,  Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,  and 
Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch,  Nesting  be- 
havior of  the  Poo-uli,  620-638 
Kerlinger,  Paul,  How  birds  migrate,  re- 
viewed, 594 

Kestrel,  American,  see  Falco  sparverius 
Kilgo,  John  C.,  Robert  A.  Sargent,  Brian  R. 
Chapman,  and  Karl  V.  Miller,  Nest- 
site  selection  by  Hooded  Warblers  in 
bottomland  hardwoods  of  South  Car- 
olina 

Killdeer,  see  Charadrius  vociferus 
King,  David  I.,  Carnivory  observed  in  the 
Cedar  Waxwing,  381-382 
Kingbird,  Cassin’s,  see  Tyrannus  vociferans 
Eastern,  see  Tyrannus  tyrannus 
Thick-billed,  see  Tyrannus  crassirostris 
Kingfisher,  Amazon,  see  Cholorceryle  ama- 
zona 

Collared,  see  Halcyon  chloris 


836 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108.  No.  4,  December  1996 


Kinglet,  Golden-crowned,  see  Regulus  satra- 
pa 

kingsnake,  see  Lampropeltis  spp. 
Kirkconnell,  Arturo,  George  W.  Wallace, 
and  Orlando  H.  Garrido,  Notes  on  the 
status  and  behavior  of  the  Swainson’s 
Warbler  in  Cuba,  175—178 
Kirkconnell,  Arturo,  see  Garrido,  Orlando, 
and 

Kite,  American  Swallow-tailed,  see  Elano- 
ides  forficatus 

Mississippi,  see  Ictinia  mississippiensis 
Snail,  see  Rostrhamus  sociabilis 
Kiviat,  Erik,  American  Goldfinch  nests  in 
purple  loosestrife,  182—186 
Klais  guimeti,  241 

klipspringer,  see  Oreotragus  oreotragus,  171 
Knopf,  Fritz  L.,  and  Jeffery  R.  Rupert,  Re- 
production and  movements  of  Moun- 
tain Plovers  breeding  in  Colorado, 
28-35 

Knot,  Red,  see  Calidris  canutus 
Koa-Finch,  see  Rhodacanthis  palmeri 
Koenen,  Marcus,  T,  David  M.  Leslie,  Jr., 
and  Mark  Gregory,  Habitat  changes 
and  success  of  artificial  nests  on  a al- 
kaline flat,  292-301 

Krementz,  David  G.,  see  Hodges,  Malcolm 
E,  Jr.,  and 

Kricher,  John  C.,  review  by,  193-194 
Lagothris  lagotricha  cana,  172 
Lampropeltis  spp.,  313 
Larivee,  Jacques,  see  Dunn,  Erica  H., 

, and  Andre  Cyr 

Lark,  Horned,  see  Eremophila  alpestris 
LaRoe,  Edward  T,  III,  see  Noss,  Reed  E, 

, and  J.  Michael  Scott 

Larus  argentatus,  557 
atricilla,  190 
delawarensis,  296 

Leafloor,  James  O.,  John  E.  Thompson,  and 
C.  Davison  Ankney,  Body  mass  and 
carcass  composition  of  fall  migrant 
Oldsquaws,  567-572 

Lefebvre,  Gaetan,  and  Brigitte  Poulin, 
Abundance  of  migrant  birds  in  rela- 
tion to  food  resources  in  Caribbean 
and  Pacific  mangroves  of  Panama, 
748-759 

Leontopithecus  chrysomelas,  430 


Leroux,  Lislie  A.,  see  Holt,  Denver  W,  and 


Leslie,  David  M.,  Jr.,  see  Koenen,  Marcus, 

T, , and  Mark  Gregory 

Levi,  Peter,  Edward  Lear:  a biography,  re- 
viewed, 598—600 

Limnodromus  griseus,  788,  790,  792 
Limnothlypis  swainsonii,  94—103,  175-178, 
498,  802-804 

Lindsey,  Gerald  D.,  see  Meyers,  J.  Michael, 

Wayne  J.  Arendt,  and 

Linz,  George  M.,  see  Homan,  H.  Jeffrey, 

, William  J.  Bleier,  and  Robert 

B.  Carlson 
lizard,  see  Anolis  sp. 

Lockwood,  Mark  W,  Courtship  behavior  of 
Golden-cheeked  Warblers,  591-592 
Lophornis  adorabilis,  241 
Loxioides  bailleui,  614,  616,  631,  634,  635 
Loxops  caeruleirostris,  614 
coccineus,  615,  632 

MacDougall-Shackleton,  Scott,  review  by, 
600-601 

Magpie,  Black-billed,  see  Pica  pica 
magpie-jay,  see  Calocitta  spp. 

Mahan,  Carolyn  G.,  see  Yahner,  Richard  H., 
and 

Maier,  T.  J.,  see  DeGraaf,  R.  M.,  and 


Mallard,  see  Anas  platyrhynchos 
Malurus  splendens,  775 
Mango,  Black-throated,  see  Anthracothorax 
nigricollis 

Margarornis  bellus,  426 
spp.,  397—433,  446 
squamiger,  397—433,  446 
Martin,  Purple,  see  Progne  subis 
Marzluff,  John  M.,  and  Mary  McFadzen,  Do 
standardized  brood  counts  accurately 
measure  productivity?,  151-153 
Mason,  J.  Russell,  and  Larry  Clark,  Avoid- 
ance of  cabbage  fields  by  Snow 
Geese,  369-37 1 

Masticophis  flagellum  testaceus,  314 
Mathews,  Nancy  E.,  see  Curson,  David  R., 

Christopher  B.  Goguen,  and 

Mazama  americana,  173 
gouazoubira,  171-175 
McClure,  H.  Elliot,  Stories  I like  to  tell:  an 
autobiography,  reviewed,  385-386 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


837 


McElroy,  David  B.,  and  Gary  Ritchison,  Ef- 
fect of  mate  removal  on  singing  be- 
havior and  movement  patterns  of  fe- 
male Northern  Cardinals,  550-555 
McFaden,  Mary,  see  Marzluff,  John  M.,  and 


McFarland,  Kent  R,  see  Atwood,  Jonathan 

L.,  Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  , 

Sophia  H.  Tsai,  and  Laura  R.  Nagy 
McFarland,  Kent  R,  see  Rimmer,  Christo- 
pher C.,  Jonathan  L.  Atwood, 

, and  Laura  R.  Nagy 

McIntyre,  Judith  W.,  and  Norma  G.  Cutler, 
Annotated  bibliography  of  the  loons, 
Gaviidae,  reviewed,  194 
Meadowlark,  Eastern,  see  Sturnella  magna 
Western,  see  Sturnella  neglecta 
Megapode,  Micronesian,  see  Megapodius 
laperouse 

Megapodius  laperouse,  246-267 
Megyesi,  Jennifer  L.,  and  Curtice  R.  Griffin, 
Breeding  biology  of  the  Brown  Nod- 
dy on  Tern  Island,  Hawaii,  317—334 
Melamprosops  phaeosoma,  607-619,  620-638 
Melaneipes  carolinus,  450,  454,  699,  702,  743 
erythrocephalus,  687,  688,  740-747,  743 
formicivorus,  236,  722 
hoffmanni,  25 
rubrucapillus,  25 
uropygialis,  236 
Meleagris  gallopavo,  129-136 
Melospiza  georgiana,  184,  543 
lincolnii,  543 

melodia,  125,  184,  340,  543,  688,  765 
Mephitis  mephitis,  130,  462 
methods 

survial  of  radio-collared  nestling  Amazo- 
na  vittata,  159-163 

Metopothrix  aurantiacus,  397-433,  446,  447 
spp.,  397-433,  434,  435,  446 
Meyers,  J.  Michael,  New  nesting  area  of 
Ruerto  Rican  Rarrots,  164-166 
Meyers,  J.  Michael,  see  Rardieck,  Keith  L., 

, and  Michelle  Ragan 

Meyers,  J.  Michael,  Wayne  J.  Arendt,  and 
Gerald  D.  Lindsey,  Survival  of  radio- 
collared  nestling  Ruerto  Rican  Rar- 
rots, 159-163 

Microtus  montanus,  125,  126 
pennsylvanicus,  125,  126 
spp.,  123-128 


migration 

routes  of  Calidris  mauri,  662-672 
Millenbah,  Kelly  E,  Scott  R.  Winterstein, 
Henry  Campa  III,  Ly  T.  Furrow,  and 
Richard  B.  Minnis,  Effects  of  Con- 
servation Reserve  Rrogram  field  age 
on  avian  relative  abundance,  diversi- 
ty, and  productivity,  760-770 
Miller,  Karl  V.,  see  Kilgo,  John  C.,  Robert 
A.  Sargent,  Brian  R.  Chapman,  and 

Milvago  chimachima,  173,  174 
spp.,  173 

Mimus  polyglottos,  236,  314,  573-583 
mink,  see  Mustela  vison 
Minnis,  Richard  B.,  see  Millenbah,  Kelly  E, 
Scott  R.  Winterstein,  Henry  Campa 

III,  Ly  T.  Furrow,  and 

Mitchell,  Jeremy  S.,  and  Raleigh  J.  Rob- 
ertson, Extra  nest  site  occupancy  by 
Tree  Swallows:  do  floaters  avoid 
nest  sites  near  settled  pairs?,  797- 
802 

Mitchell,  Mary  Crowe,  Louis  B.  Best,  and 
James  R Gionfriddo,  Avian  nest-site 
selection  and  nesting  success  in  two 
Florida  citrus  groves,  573-583 
Mniotilta  varia,  98,  101,  168,  190,  536,  542, 
749 

Mockingbird,  Northern,  see  Mimus  poly- 
glottos 

Moldenhauer,  Ralph  R.,  see  Regelski,  Daniel 
J.,  and 

Molothrus  ater,  184,  381,  457,  543,  592, 
676,  677,  687,  689 

mongoose,  see  Herpestes  auropunctatus 
monkey,  wooly,  see  Lagothrix  logotricha 
cana 

Monroe,  Burt  L.,  Jr.,  The  birds  of  Kentucky, 
reviewed,  197 

Moore,  Joseph  L.,  see  Hohman,  William  L., 

Timothy  M.  Stark,  and 

Moorman,  Christopher  E.,  and  Brian  R. 
Chapman,  Nest-site  selection  of  Red- 
shouldered and  Red-tailed  hawks  in  a 
managed  forest,  357-368 
moose,  see  Alces  alces 
Morrison,  Michael  L.,  see  Block,  William 
M., , and  M.  Hildegard  Reiser 


838 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


mouse,  see  Peromyscus  spp. 

deer,  see  Peromyscus  maniculatus 
white-footed,  see  Peromyscus  leucopus 
Mus  musculus,  632 
Mustela  spp.,  130 
vison,  462 

Myiarchus  cineracens,  236 
crinitus,  498,  542 
sagrae,  490 
tuberculifer,  168 
tyrannulus,  236 
Myiopagis  caniceps,  412 
Myiopsitta  monachus,  374-377,  584-588 
Myzomela  rubrata,  246-267 
Nagy,  Laura  R.,  see  Atwood,  Jonathan  L., 
Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  Kent  P 
McLarland,  Sophia  H.  Tsai,  and 


Nagy,  Laura  R.,  see  Rimmer,  Christopher  C., 
Jonathan  L.  Atwood,  Kent  P.  Mc- 

Larland,  and 

Nasua  narica,  173 
natural  history 

of  Conirostrum  tamarugense  in  northern 
Chile,  268-279 

of  Micronesian  community,  246—267 
of  Tachycineta  cyaneoviridis,  480-495 
Nelson,  Jay  T,  R.  Douglas  Slack,  and 
George  L Gee,  Nutritional  value  of 
winter  foods  for  Whooping  Cranes, 
728-739 

Nelson,  S.  Kim,  see  Anthony,  Robert  G., 
Gregory  A.  Green,  Eric  D.  Lorsman, 

and 

Neotropical  migrants 

breeding  communities  in  riparian  forests 
of  different  widths,  496-506 
Nerodia  sipedon,  191 
nest 

adoption 

by  Myiositta  monachus,  374-377 
artificial 

success  for  Sterna  antillarum  and  Cha- 
radrius  alexandrinus,  292-301 
use  of  polystyrene  snags  by  woodpeck- 
ers, 449—456 
attentiveness 

in  hummingbirds,  228-245 
description 

of  Melamprosops  phaeosoma,  607-619 


parasitism 

in  Anas  fulvigula,  187-189 
reuse 

by  Contopus  sordidulus,  378-380 
sharing 

by  Aythya  affinis  and  Aythya  marila, 
380-381 

site 

extra  occupancy  by  Tachycineta  bicolor, 
797-802 

new  area  for  endangered  Amazona  vit- 
tata,  164-166 

selection  by  Wilsonia  citrina  in  a bot- 
tomland hardwoods,  53-60 
selection  in  Buteo  lineatus  and  Buteo 
jamaicensis,  357—368 
selection  in  Limnothlypis  swainsonii, 
802-804 

selection  in  two  Llorida  citrus  groves, 
573-583 

selection  in  Tyrannus  forficatus,  302- 
316 

use  by  Quiscalus  quiscula  in  North  Da- 
kota, 104-114 

use  of  purple  loosestrife  by  Carduelis 
tristis,  182-186 

structure 

of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai,  434-448 
nesting 

behavior  of  Melamprosops  phaeosoma, 
620-638 

changes  in  body  mass  of  female  Bucepha- 
la  clangula,  61—71 

of  Limnothlypis  swainsonii  in  east  Texas, 
802-804 

success  in  two  Llorida  citrus  groves,  573- 
583 

success  of  Picoides  borealis  in  south  Tex- 
as, 697-7 1 1 

success  of  Protonotaria  citra  in  Mississip- 
pi River  bottomland,  457-466 

nestling 

description  of  Melamprosops  phaeosoma, 
607-619 

eaten  by  Bombycilla  cedrorum,  381—382 
food  provisioning  in  Dendroica  caerules- 
cens,  467-479 

Night-Heron,  Black-crowned,  see  Nyctico- 
rax  nycticorax 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


839 


Noddy,  Black,  see  Anous  tenuirostris 
Brown,  see  Anous  stolidus 
Nolle,  Kenneth  R.,  and  Timothy  E.  Ful- 
bright.  Nesting  ecology  of  Scissor- 
tailed  Flycatchers  in  south  Texas, 
302-316 

Noss,  Reed  E,  Edward  T.  LaRoe  III,  and  J. 
Michael  Scott,  Endangered  ecosys- 
tems of  the  United  States:  a prelimi- 
nary assessment  of  loss  and  degra- 
dation, reviewed,  389 
Numenius  phaeopus,  786,  788 
Nunrey,  David,  see  Winkler,  Hans,  David  A. 
Christie,  and 

Nuthatch,  Red-breasted,  see  Sitta  canadensis 
White-breasted,  see  Sitta  carolinensis 
Nycticorax  nycticorax,  332,  342-356,  557 
Oldsquaw,  see  Clangula  hyemalis 
Oliarnyk,  Catherine  J.,  and  Raleigh  J.  Rob- 
ertson, Breeding  behavior  and  repro- 
ductive success  of  Cerulean  Warblers 
in  southeastern  Ontario,  673-684 
Onychognathus  nabouroup,  171 
Oporornis  formosus,  101,  168,  176,  190, 
498 

Philadelphia,  335,  542 
tolmiei,  168,  190,  282,  283,  284 
opossum,  Virginia,  see  Didelphis  virgini- 
anus 

Oreomystis  bairdi,  616 
mana,  614,  632 

Oriole,  Hooded,  see  Icterus  cucullatus 
Northern,  see  Icterus  galbula 
Otus  asio,  127,  553,  701,  776,  778,  780 
kennicottii,  127 
nudipes,  776—782 
Ovenbird,  see  Seiurus  aurocapillus 
Owl,  Barn,  see  Tyto  alba 
Barred,  see  Strix  varia 
Boreal,  see  Aegolius  funereus 
Great  Horned,  see  Bubo  virginianus 
Long-eared,  see  Asio  otus 
Mottled,  see  Ciccaba  virgata 
Northern  Spotted,  see  Strix  occidentalis 
caurina 

Saw-whet,  see  Aegolius  acadicus 
Oxpecker,  Red-billed,  see  Buphagus  african- 
us 

Yellow-billed,  see  Buphagus  erythrorhyn- 
chus 


Pacheco,  Jose  Fernando,  Bret  M.  Whitney, 
and  Luiz  P.  Gonzaga,  A new  genus 
and  species  of  Furnariid  (Aves:  Fur- 
nariidae)  from  the  cocoa-growing  re- 
gion of  southeastern  Bahia,  Brazil, 
397-433 

Pacheco,  Jose  Fernando,  see  Whitney,  Bret 

M., , Paulo  Sergio  Moreira  da 

Fonseca,  and  Robert  H.  Barth,  Jr. 
Pachyramphus  aglaiae,  168 
castaneus,  412 
marginatus,  412 

Pagan,  Michelle,  see  Pardieck,  Keith  L.,  J. 

Michael  Meyers,  and ■ 

Palmeria  dolei,  616,  617 

Parakeet,  Monk,  see  Myiopsitta  monachus 

parasitism 

new  host  species  for  Protocalliphora  (Dip- 
tera:  Calliphoridae),  189-190 
Pardieck,  Keith  L.,  J.  Michael  Meyers,  and 
Michelle  Pagan,  Surveys  of  Puerto 
Rican  Screech-Owl  populations  in 
large-tract  and  fragmented  forest  hab- 
itat, 776-782 

Paroreomyza  flammea,  616 
montana,  614,  616,  617,  631,  636 
Parrott,  Puerto  Rican,  see  Amazona  vittata 
Parrotbill,  Maui,  see  Pseudonestor  xantho- 
phrys 

Parula  americana,  335—341,  496-506,  542 
pitiayumi,  412 

Parula,  Northern,  see  Parula  americana 
Tropical,  see  Parula  pitiayumi 
Parus  atricapillus,  125,  282,  283,  287 
bicolor,  743 

carolinensis,  449,  450,  454,  743 
gambeli  90,  91,  125 
major,  474,  507,  513,  514 
montanus,  80-93,  507 
Rufescens,  280—291 

Passer  domesticus,  124,  125,  481, 490,  687, 
688,  691,  692 
montanus,  247 

Passerculus  sandwichensis,  472,  543,  688, 
689 

Passerella  iliaca,  688 
Passerina  amoena,  771-775 
ciris,  167,  168 
cyanea,  168,  689,  771—775 


840 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Patten,  Michael  A.,  see  Graves,  Gary  R., 

, and  Jon  L.  Dunn 

peccary,  see  Tayassu  tajacu  and  Tayassu  pe- 
cari. 

Peck,  Robert  McCracken,  review  by,  598- 
600 

Penguin,  Humboldt,  see  Spheniscus  hum- 
boldti 

Jackass,  see  Spheniscus  demersus 
Macaroni,  see  Eudyptes  chrysolophus 
Magellanic,  see  Spheniscus  magellanicus 
Rockhopper,  see  Eudyptes  chrysocome 
Peppershrike,  Rufous-browed,  see  Cuclarhis 
gujanensis 

Peres,  Carlos  A.,  Ungulate  ectoparasite  re- 
moval by  Black  Caracaras  and  Pale- 
winged Trumpeters  in  Amazonian 
forests,  170—175 

Perisoreus  canadensis,  282,  283,  289 
Peromyscus  leucopus,  535-539. 
maniculatus,  125,  126 
spp.,  462 

pewee,  see  Contopus  sp. 

Phacellodomus  dorsalis,  421 
rufifrons,  401,  424,  434-448 
sibilatrix,  397-433 
spp.,  415,  421,  423,  441,  446 
Phaeochroa  cuvierii,  241 
Phaethon  rubricauda,  332 
Phaethornis  longuemareus,  241 
Phainopepla  nitens,  1 19 
Phainopepla,  see  Phainopepla  nitens 
Phasianus  colchicus,  685-696,  766 
Pheasant,  Ring-necked,  see  Phasianus  col- 
chicus 

Pheucticus  ludovicianus,  543 
melanocephalus,  236 
Phoebe,  Black,  see  Sayornis  nigricans 
Eastern,  see  Sayornis  phoebe 
Phoenicoparrus  andinus,  807-808 
chilensis,  807 

Phoenicopterus  ruber,  485,  807 
Phoeniculus  purpureus,  722 
Phylloscopus  collybita,  340 
Pica  pica,  1 7 1 
Picoides  borealis,  697-71 1 
pubescens,  449-456,  743 
villosus,  280-291,  450,  454,  490 
pig,  feral,  see  Sus  scrofa 


Pigeon,  White-crowned,  see  Columba  leu- 
cocephala 

Pinicola  enucleator,  186—187 
Pintail,  Northern,  see  Anas  acuta 
Pipilo  fuscus,  236 
Piranga  ludoviciana,  282,  283,  284 
olivacea,  543 
rubra,  236,  498,  749 
Platyrinchus  mystaceus,  168,  224,  225 
Plover,  Black-bellied,  see  Pluvialis  squata- 
rola 

Mountain,  see  Charadrius  montanus 
Semipalmated,  see  Charadrius  semipal- 
matus 

Snowy,  see  Charadrius  alexandrinus 
plumage 

of  Melamprosops  phaeosoma,  607—619 
probable  gynandromorphic  Dendroica 
caerulescens,  178-180 
rufous  crown  feathers  on  adult  male  Ver- 
mivora  peregrina,  181-182 
Plushcrown,  Orange-fronted,  see  Metopo- 
thrix  aurantiacus 
Pluvialis  dominica,  783-796 
squatarola,  191,  783-796 
Pochard,  European,  see  Aythya  ferina 
Poephila  guttata,  535-539 
Polioptila  caerulea,  496-506 
Polyborus  [Caracara]  plancus,  516—523, 
530,  532 

Poo-uli,  see  Melamprosops  phaeosoma 
Pooecetes  gramineus,  58,  543,  687,  689 
population 

density  of  Catharus  bicknelli,  639—649 
growth  of  Myiopsitta  monachus  in  the 
United  States,  584-588 
of  Micronesian  community,  246—267 
use  of  checklist  to  monitor  trends  during 
migratory  season,  540-549 
Poulin,  Brigitte,  Lefebvre,  Gaetan,  and 


Power,  Dennis  M.,  (ed.).  Current  ornitholo- 
gy, Vol.  1 2,  reviewed,  393 
Pravosudov,  Vladimir  V.,  and  Elena  V.  Pra- 
vosudova.  The  breeding  biology  of 
the  Willow  Tit  in  northeastern  Sibe- 
ria, 80-93 

Pravosudova,  Elena  V.,  see  Pravosudov, 

Vladimir  V.,  and 

Pratt,  Thane  K.,  see  Engilis,  Andrew,  Jr., 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


841 


, Cameron  B.  Kepler,  A.  Ma- 
rie Ecton,  and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 
Pratt,  Thane  K.,  see  Kepler,  Cameron  B., 
, A.  Marie  Ecton,  Andrew  En- 
gilis,  Jr.,  and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 
predation 

effects  of  egg  type  on  depredation  of 
ground  nests,  129-136 
of  eggs  by  Peromyscus  leucopus,  535-539 
of  shorebirds  by  Chelydra  serpentina, 
190-192 

Price,  Amy,  see  Price,  Jeff,  Sam  Droege,  and 


Price,  Jeff,  Sam  Droege,  and  Amy  Price, 
The  summer  atlas  of  North  American 
birds,  reviewed,  594-595 
proceedings 

seventy-seventh  annual  meeting,  813-824 
Procyon  lotor,  130,  133,  313,  451,  462,  538 
productivity 

accuracy  of  standardized  counts,  151-153 
effects  of  field  age  on,  760-770 
Progne  subis,  482 

Protonotaria  citrea,  449,  450,  454,  457-466, 
496-506,  535,  748-759 
Pruett-Jones,  Stephen,  see  Van  Bael,  Sun- 
shine, and 

Pryor,  Gregory  S.,  Observations  of  shore- 
bird  predation  by  snapping  turtles  in 
eastern  Lake  Ontario,  190-192 
Pseudonestor  xanthophrys,  617,  636 
Pseudoseisura  cristata,  447 
lophotes,  375,  376,  443,  444 
spp.,  441 

Psophia  crepitans,  172 
leucoptera,  171-175 
spp.,  173 
viridis,  172 

Ptilinopus  roseicapilla,  246—267 
Pulido,  Victor,  see  Butler,  Robert  W.,  Fran- 
cisco S.  Delgado,  Horacio  de  la  Cue- 

va, , and  Brett  K.  Sandercock 

Pygmy-Owl,  Northern,  see  Glaucidium  gno- 
ma 

Pyrocephalus  rubinus,  302,  377-378 
Quail,  Common,  see  Coturnix  coturnix 
Japanese,  see  Coturnix  coturnix 
Quiscalus  mexicanus,  313 
quiscula,  104-114,  462,  543,  689 


racer,  yellow-bellied,  see  Coluber  constrictor 
flaventris 

racoon,  see  Procyon  lotor 
Rail,  Yellow,  see  Coturnicops  novoboracen- 
sis 

Rattus  exulans,  632 
norvegicus,  632 
rattus,  632,  636 

Raven,  Common,  see  Corvus  corax 
Fan-tailed,  see  Corvus  rhipidurus 
Redstart,  American,  see  Setophaga  ruticilla 
Reed- Warbler,  Great,  see  Acrocephalus 
arundinaceus 

Nightingale,  see  Acrocephalus  luscinia 
Regelski,  Daniel  J.,  and  Ralph  R.  Molden- 
hauer,  Discrimination  between  re- 
gional song  forms  in  the  Northern  Pa- 
rula,  335-341 

Regulus  satrapa,  280-291,  542 
Reinert,  Bianca  L.,  see  Bomschein,  Marcos 
R.,  and 

Reiser,  M.  Hildegard,  see  Block,  William 
M.,  Michael  L.  Morrison,  and 


Remsen,  J.  V.,  Jr.,  see  Brumfield,  Robb  T, 

and 

reproduction 

of  Charadrius  montanus  in  Colorado,  28- 
35 

success  of  Dendroica  cerulea,  673-684 
Revels,  Mia,  Eight  new  host  species  for  the 
parasitic  blow  fly  genus  Protocalli- 
phora  (Diptera:  Calliphoridae),  189- 
190 

Rhipidura  rufifrons,  246-267 
Rhodacanthis  palmeri,  616 
Riggs,  Michael  R.,  see  Zicus,  Michael  C., 
and 

Rimmer,  Christopher  C.,  Jonathan  L.  At- 
wood, Kent  P.  McFarland,  and  Laura 
R.  Nagy,  Population  density,  vocal 
behavior,  and  recommended  survey 
methods  for  Bicknell’s  Thrush,  639- 
649 

Rimmer,  Christopher  C.,  see  Atwood,  Jona- 
than L., , Kent  P.  McFarland, 

Sophia  H.  Tsai,  and  Laura  R.  Nagy 
Ritchi.son,  Gary,  see  McElroy,  David  B.,  and 


842 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Robertson,  Raleigh  J.,  see  Mitchell,  Jeremy 
S.,  and 

Robertson,  Raleigh  J.,  see  Oliarnyk,  Cathe- 
rine J.,  and 

Robin,  American,  see  Turdus  migratorius 
Clay-colored,  see  Turdus  grayii 

Rodgers,  James  A.,  Jr.,  Measurements  of 
Snail  Kite  eggs  from  central  Florida, 
804-807 

Rohwer,  Frank  C.,  see  Johnson,  William  R, 
, and  Michael  Carloss 

Roselaar,  Cees  S.,  see  Jones,  Darryl  N., 
Rene  W.  R.  J.  Dekker,  and 

Rostrhamus  sociabilis,  804—807 

Rottenborn,  Stephen  C.,  The  use  of  coastal 
agricultural  fields  in  Virginia  as  for- 
aging habitat  by  shorebirds,  783— 
796 

Rowley,  Peter,  The  chronicles  of  the  Row- 
leys,  reviewed,  197 

Rudolph,  D.  Craig,  see  Conner,  Richard  N., 

, Daniel  Saenz,  and  Richard 

R.  Schaefer 

Rupert,  Jeffrey  R.,  see  Knopf,  Fritz  L.,  and 


Sabrewing,  Violet,  see  Campylopterus  hem- 
ileucurus 

Saenz,  Daniel,  see  Conner,  Richard  N.,  and 


Saenz,  Daniel,  see  Conner,  Richard  N.,  D. 

Craig  Rudolph, , and  Richard 

R.  Schaefer 

Saltator  coerulescens,  168 
Saltator,  Grayish,  see  Saltator  coerulescens 
Sandercock,  Brett  K.,  see  Butler,  Robert  W., 
Francisco  S.  Delgado,  Horacio  de  la 

Cueva,  Victor  Pulido,  and 

Sanderling,  see  Calidris  alba 
Sandpiper,  Baird’s,  see  Calidris  bairdii 
Buff-breasted,  see  Tryngites  subruficollis 
Least,  see  Calidris  minutilla 
Pectoral,  see  Calidris  melanotos  pusilla 
Semipalmated,  see  Calidris 
Solitary,  see  Tringa  solitaria 
Spotted,  .see  Actitis  macularia 
Upland,  .see  Bartramia  longicauda 
Western,  see  Calidris  mauri 
White-rumped,  see  Calidris  fuscicollis 
Sapsucker,  Yellow-bellied,  see  Sphyrapicus 
varius 


Sargent,  Robert  A.,  see  Kilgo,  John  C., 

, Brian  R.  Chapman,  and  Karl 

V.  Miller 

Sayornis  nigricans,  377-378 
phoebe,  542 
spp.,  302 

Scaphidura  oryzivora,  173 
Scaup,  Greater,  see  Aythya  marila 
Lesser,  see  Aythya  affinis 
Schaefer,  Richard  R.,  see  Conner,  Richard 
N.,  D.  Craig  Rudolph,  Daniel  Saenz, 
and 

Schoeniophylax  phryganophila,  447 
Sciurus  carolinensis,  130,  462,  681 
niger,  462,  700,  701,  743 
spp.,  462 

Scott,  J.  Michael,  see  Noss,  Reed  F,  Edward 

T.  LaRoe  III,  and 

Screech-Owl,  Eastern,  see  Otus  asio 
Puerto  Rican,  see  Otus  nudipes 
Western,  see  Otus  kennicottii 
Scytalopus  spp.,  412 

Searcy,  William  A.,  and  Ken  Yasukawa,  Po- 
lygyny and  sexual  selection  in  Red- 
winged Blackbirds,  reviewed,  600 
Seedeater,  White-collared,  see  Sporophila 
torqueola 

Seiurus  aurocapillus,  97,  102,  168,  176,  177, 
265,  537,  542 
motacilla,  97—98,  102 
noveboracensis,  167,  168,  542,  748-759 
Selasphorus  platycercus,  239,  241 
rufus,  239,  280-29 1 
sasin,  241 

Setophaga  ruticilla,  98,  101,  168,  176,  474, 
542,  748-759 

Shoveler,  Northern,  see  Anas  clypeata 
shrew,  see  Sorex  spp. 

masked,  see  Sorex  cinereus 
vagrant,  see  Sorex  vagrans 
Siegel,  Rodney  B.,  and  Marco  V.  Centeno, 
Neotropical  migrants  in  marginal 
habitats  on  a Guatemalan  cattle 
ranch,  166-170 
Siptornis  spp.,  415 
striaticollis,  401 

Siskin,  Pine,  see  Carduelis  pinus 
Sitta  canadensis,  282,  283,  289,  290 
carolinensis,  743 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


843 


skink,  broad-headed,  see  Eumeces  laticeps 
five-lined,  see  Eumeces  fasciatus 
skunk,  striped,  see  Mephitis  mephitis 
Skutch,  Alexander  E,  Orioles,  blackbirds, 
and  their  kin:  a natural  history,  re- 
viewed, 809 

Slack,  R.  Douglas,  see  Gawlik,  Dale  E.,  and 

Slack,  R.  Douglas,  see  Nelson,  Jay  T, 

, and  George  E Gee 

Slagsvold,  Tore,  Dawn  and  dusk  singing  of 
male  American  Robins  in  relation  to 
female  behavior,  507-515 
Slater,  R J.  B.,  see  Catchpole,  C.  K.,  and 

Smith,  P.  William,  review  by,  203—204 
Smith,  Robert,  and  Matthew  Dallman,  For- 
est gap  use  by  breeding  Black-throat- 
ed Green  Warblers,  588-591 
snake,  black  rat,  see  Elaphe  obsoleta 
northern  water,  see  Nerodia  sipedon 
rat,  see  Elaphe  obsoleta 
Texas  rat,  see  Elaphe  obsoleta  lindheimeri 
Snipe,  Common,  see  Gallinago  gallinago 
Softtail,  Plain,  see  Thripophaga  fusciceps 
Russet-mantled,  see  Thripophaga  berlep- 
schi 

Striated,  see  Thripophaga  macroura 
Sorex  cinereum,  126 
spp.,  126 
vagrans,  125,  126 

Spadebill,  White-throated,  see  Platyrinchus 
mystaceus 

Sphaerodactylus  sp.,  176 

Sparks,  Daniel  W.,  see  Custer,  Christine  M., 

Thomas  W.  Custer,  and 

Sparrow,  American  Tree,  see  Spizella  arbo- 
rea 

Bachman’s,  see  Aimophila  aestivalis 
Chipping,  see  Spizella  passerina 
Eurasian  Tree,  see  Passer  montanus 
Fox,  see  Passerella  iliaca 
House,  see  Passer  domesticus 
Lark,  see  Chondestes  grammacus 
Lincoln’s,  see  Melospiza  lincolnii 
Savannah,  see  Passerculus  sandwichensis 
Song,  see  Melospiza  melodia 
Swamp,  see  Melospiza  georgiana 
Vesper,  see  Pooecetes  gramineus 


White-throated,  see  Zonotrichia  albicollis 
species  nova 

Acrobatornis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.  sp.  nov., 
397-433 

Chlorostilbon  olivaresi  sp.  nov.,  1-27 
Spheniscus  demersus,  72-79 
humboldti,  72-79 
magellanicus,  72-79 
Sphyrapicus  varius,  542 
Spinetail,  Chotoy,  see  Schoeniophylax  phry- 
ganophila 

Light-crowned,  see  Cranioleuca  albiceps 
Marcapata,  see  Cranioleuca  marcapatae 
Rufous-breasted,  see  Synallaxis  erythro- 
thorax 

Rusty-backed,  see  Cranioleuca  vulpina 
Scaled,  see  Cranioleuca  meulleri 
Speckled,  see  Cranioleuca  gutturata 
Sulphur-bearded,  see  Cranioleuca  sulphur- 
ifera 

Spiza  americana,  314,  689,  692 
Spizella  arborea,  687,  689,  691 
passerina,  543,  689 
Sporophila  torqueola,  168 
squirrel,  see  Sciurus  spp. 
fox,  see  Sciurus  niger 
gray,  see  Sciurus  carolinensis 
red,  see  Tamiasciurus  grahamensis 
southern  flying,  see  Glaucomys  volans 
Stark,  Timothy  M.,  see  Hohman,  William  L., 

, and  Joseph  L.  Moore 

Starling,  European,  see  Sturnus  vulgaris 
Micronesian,  see  Aplonis  opaca 
Pale-winged,  see  Onychognathus  nabour- 
oup 

status 

of  Limnothlypis  swainsonii  in  Cuba,  175- 
178 

of  Phoenicoparrus  andinus  in  Brazil,  807— 
808 

Stelgidopteryx  serripennis,  168 
Stellula  calliope,  239,  241 
Sterna  antillarum,  292-301 
forsteri,  190 
fuscata,  332 

Stevens,  Lewis,  Avian  biochemistry  and 
molecular  biology,  reviewed,  809 
Stiles,  E Gary,  A new  species  of  Emerald 
hummingbird  (Trochilidae,  Chloro- 
stilbon) from  the  Sierra  de  Chiribiquete, 


844 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


southeastern  Colombia,  with  a review 
of  the  C.  mellisugus  complex,  1-27 
Stork,  Maguari,  see  Ciconia  maguari 
Stotts,  Daniel  B.,  see  Erwin,  R.  Michael, 

John  G.  Haig,  , and  Jeff  S. 

Hatfield 

Streptopelia  bitorquata,  247 
Strix  occidentalis  caurina,  280 
varia,  127 

Sturnella  magna,  543 
neglecta,  689 

Sturnus  vulgaris,  36-52,  481,  490,  513,  688 
Stutchbury,  Bridget  J.,  see  Taroff,  Scott  A., 
and 

Sullivan,  Marie,  see  Andrews,  Brenda  J., 

, and  J.  David  Hoerath 

survival 

of  radio-collared  nestling  Amazona  vitta- 
ta,  159-163 
Sus  scrofa,  621,  636 

Swallow,  Bahama,  see  Tachycineta  cyaneo- 
viridis 

Barn,  see  Hirundo  rustica 
Golden,  see  Tachycineta  euchrysea 
Mangrove,  see  Tachycineta  albilinea 
Northern  Rough-winged,  see  Stelgidopte- 
ryx  serripennis 
Tree,  see  Tachycineta  bicolor 
Swift,  Vaux’s,  see  Chaetura  vauxi,  282,  283, 
287,  289 

Swiftlet,  Island,  see  Aerodramus  vanikorensis 
Synallaxis  erythrothorax,  168 
Tachycineta  albilinea,  168,  481 
bicolor,  480-495,  797-802 
cyaneoviridis,  480-495 
euchrysea,  485 
spp.,  480 

Tachyphonus  cristatus,  412 
tamarin,  golden-headed  lion,  see  Leontopi- 
thecus  chrysomelas 
Tamias  striatus,  130,  537 
Tamiasciurus  hudsonicus,  130 
Tanager,  Blue-gray,  see  Thraupis  episcopus 
Flame-crested,  see  Tachyphonus  cristatus 
Green-headed,  see  Tangara  seledon 
Palm,  see  Thraupis  palmarun 
Red-necked,  see  Tangara  cyanocephala 
Rufous-headed,  see  Hemithraupis  ruficap- 
illa 

Sayaca,  see  Thraupis  sayaca 


Scarlet,  see  Piranga  olivacea 
Summer,  see  Piranga  rubra 
Western,  see  Piranga  ludoviciana 
Tangara  cyanocephala,  412 
seledon,  412 

tapaculo,  see  Scytalopus  spp. 

Tapera  naevia,  442 
tapir,  Baird’s,  see  Tapirus  bairdii 
Brazilian,  see  Tapirus  terrestris 
Tapirus  bairdii,  173 
terrestris,  171 

Taroff,  Scott  A.,  and  Bridget  J.  Stutchbury, 
A case  of  cooperative  breeding  in  the 
Hooded  Warbler,  382—384 
taxonomy 

of  Acrobatornis  fonsecai  gen.  nov.,  sp. 
nov.,  397-433 

of  Chlorostilbon  mellisugus  complex,  1- 
27 

of  Cinnycerthia  wrens  of  the  Andes,  205- 
227 

of  Cuban  form  of  Agelaius  phoeniceus, 
372-374 

Tayassu  pecari,  173 
tajacu,  173 

Taylor,  Iain,  Barn  Owls:  predator-prey  rela- 
tionships and  conservation,  81 1 
Taylor,  Richard  Cachor,  A birder’s  guide  to 
southeastern  Arizona,  reviewed,  810- 
811 

Teal,  Blue-winged,  see  Anas  discors 
Cinnamon,  see  Anas  cyanoptera 
Green-winged  see  Anas  crecca 
technique 

use  of  checklists  to  monitor  population 
trends  during  migration,  540-549 
Telespiza  cantans,  633,  634,  635 
Temby,  I.  D.,  see  Emison,  W.  B.,  C.  M. 

Beardsell,  and . 

Tern,  Common,  Forster's,  see  Sterna  forsteri 
Least,  see  Sterna  antillarum 
Sooty,  see  Sterna  fuscata 
White,  see  Gygis  alba 
territory 

of  wintering  Melanerpes  erythrocephalus, 
740-747 

Thamnophilus  doliatus,  168 
Thompson,  John  E.,  see  Leafloor,  James  O., 
, and  C.  Davison  Ankney 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


845 


Thornbird,  Chestnut-backed,  see  Phacello- 
domus  dorsalis 

Little,  see  Phacellodomus  sibilatrix 
Thrasher,  Brown,  see  Toxostoma  rufum 
Long-billed,  see  Toxostoma  longirostre 
Thraupis  episcopus,  168 
palmarus,  412 
sayaca,  412 

Thripophaga  berlepschi,  421 
fusciceps,  397-433,  445 
macroura,  421,  445 
spp.,  415,  417,  421,  445 
Thrush,  Bicknell’s,  see  Catharus  bicknelli 
Gray-cheeked,  see  Catharus  minimus 
Hermit,  see  Catharus  guttatus 
Swainson’s,  see  Catharus  ustulatus 
Varied,  see  Ixoreus  naevius 
Wood,  see  Hylocichla  mustelina 
Thumser,  Nina  N.,  Jeffrey  D.  Karron,  and 
Millicent  S.  Eicken,  Interspecific 
variation  in  the  calls  of  Spheniscus 
penguins,  72-79 
Thymomas  talpoides,  126 
Tit,  Great,  see  Parus  major 
Willow,  see  Parus  montanus 
Titmouse,  Tufted,  see  Parus  bicolor 
Todirostrum  cinereum,  168 
Tody-Flycatcher,  Common,  see  Todirostrum 
cinereum 

Tolmomyias  sulphurescens,  168 
Tomer,  John  S.,  and  Michael  J.  Brodhead, 
(eds.),  A naturalist  in  Indian  territory: 
the  journals  of  S.  W.  Woodhouse, 
1849-1850,  reviewed,  200-201 
Towhee,  Canyon,  see  Pipilo  fuscus 
Toxostoma  longirostre,  579 
rufum,  542,  573-583 

Treerunner,  Beautiful,  see  Margarornis  bel- 
lus 

Pearled,  see  Margarornis  squamiger 
Tringa  flavipes,  190,  191,  788,  790 
melanoleuca,  788,  790 
solitaria,  788,  791 

Troglodytes  aedon,  449,  457-466,  542,  553, 
688,  797 
solstitialis,  222 
troglodytes,  280-291,  542 
Tropic-bird,  Red-tailed,  see  Phaethon  rubri- 
cauda 


Trumpeter,  Gray-winged,  see  Psophia  crepi- 
tans 

Green-winged,  see  Psophia  viridis 
Pale-winged,  see  Psophia  leucoptera 
White-winged,  see  Psophia  leucoptera 
Tryngites  subruficollis,  783-796 
Tsai,  Sophia  H.,  see  Atwood,  Jonathan  L., 
Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  Kent  P. 

McFarland,  , and  Laura  R. 

Nagy 

Tucson  Audubon  Society,  Finding  birds  in 
southeast  Arizona,  reviewed,  810- 
811 

Turdus  grayi,  168 

migratorius,  125,  507-515,  542,  688 
Turkey,  Wild,  see  Meleagris  gallopavo 
Turnstone,  Ruddy,  see  Arenaria  interpres 
turtle,  painted,  see  Chrysemys  picta 
snapping,  see  Chelydra  serpentina 
Tyrannus  crassirostris,  236 
forficatus,  302-316 
spp.,  302 

tyrannus,  312,  313,  378,  474,  687,  688, 
691 

vociferans,  236 
Tyto  alba,  127 

Ula-ai-hawane,  see  Ciridops  anna 
Urocyon  cinereoargenteus,  130 
Ursus  americanus,  130 
Van  Bael,  Sunshine,  and  Stephen  Pruett- 
Jones,  Exponential  population  growth 
of  Monk  Parakeets  in  the  United 
States,  584-588 
Veery,  see  Catharus  fuscescens 
Venilornis  fumigatus,  168 
Vermivora  bachmani,  804 
celata,  181 
chrysoptera,  749 

peregrina,  168,  181  — 182,  542,  749 
ruficapilla,  181,  471,  474,  542 
Vestiaria  coccinea,  616,  617,  631 
Vireo  bellii,  168 
flavifrons,  190,  498 
gilvus,  282,  283,  284,  542 
griseus,  496—506 

olivaceus,  412,  496—506,  542,  749 
philadelphicus,  542 
Vireo,  Bell's,  see  Vireo  bellii 
Philadelphia,  see  Vireo  philadelphicus 
Red-eyed,  see  Vireo  olivaceus 


846 


THE  WILSON  BULLETIN  • Vol.  108,  No.  4,  December  1996 


Warbling,  see  Vireo  gilvus 
White-eyed,  see  Vireo  griseus 
Yellow-throated,  see  Vireo  flavifrons 
vocalization 

comparison  of  vocal  repertoires  of  Sphen- 
iscus  spp.,  72-79 

dawn  and  dusk  singing  in  male  Turdus 
migratorius,  507-515 
discrimination  between  song  types  in  Pa- 
rula  americana,  335-341 
effect  of  mate  removal  on  singing  behav- 
ior of  Cardinalis  cardinalis,  550- 
555 

Volatinia  jacarina,  168 
vole,  see  Microtus  spp. 

meadow,  see  Microtus  pennsylvanicus 
montane,  see  Microtus  montanus 
Vulpes  velox,  28,  31,  33 
vulpes,  130 

Wallace,  George  E.,  see  Kirkconnell,  Arturo, 

, and  Orlando  H.  Garrido 

Warbler,  Bachman’s,  see  Vermivora  bach- 
mani 

Bay-breasted,  see  Dendroica  castanea 
Black-and-white,  see  Mniotilta  varia 
Black-throated  Blue,  see  Dendroica  caeru- 
lescens 

Black-throated  Green,  see  Dendroica  vi- 
rens 

Blackburnian,  see  Dendroica  fusca 
Blackpoll,  see  Dendroica  striata 
Canada,  see  Wilsonia  canadensis 
Cape  May,  see  Dendroica  tigrina 
Cerulean,  see  Dendroica  cerulea 
Chestnut-sided,  see  Dendroica  pensylvanica 
Golden-cheeked,  see  Dendroica  chryso- 
paria 

Golden-winged,  see  Vermivora  chrysop- 
tera 

Hermit,  see  Dendroica  occidentalis 
Hooded,  see  Wilsonia  citrina 
Kentucky,  see  Oporornis  formosus 
MacGillivray’s,  see  Oporornis  tolmic 
Magnolia,  see  Dendroica  magnolia 
Mourning,  see  Oporornis  Philadelphia 
Nashville,  see  Vermivora  ruficapilla 
Orange-crowned,  see  Vermivora  celata 
Palm,  see  Dendroica  palmarum 
Prairie,  see  Dendroica  discolor 
Prothonotary,  see  Protonotaria  citrea 


Swainson’s,  see  Limnothlypis  swainsonii 
Tennessee,  see  Vermivora  peregrina 
Virginia’s,  see  Vermivora  virginiae 
Wilson’s,  see  Wilsonia  pusilla 
Worm-eating,  see  Helmitheros  vermivorus 
Yellow,  see  Dendroica  petechia 
Yellow-rumped,  see  Dendroica  coronata 
Yellow-throated,  see  Dendroica  dominica 
Waterthrush,  Louisiana,  see  Seiurus  mota- 
cilla 

Northern,  see  Seiurus  noveboracensis 
Waxbill,  Barbed,  see  Estrilda  astrild 
Waxwing,  see  Bombycilla  spp. 

Bohemian,  see  Bombycilla  garrulus 
Cedar,  see  Bombycilla  cedrorum 
weasel,  see  Mustela  spp. 

Webb,  Sophie,  see  Howell,  Steve  N.  G.,  and 


Wheatley,  Nigel,  Where  to  watch  birds  in 
South  America,  reviewed,  390-391 
Whimbrel,  see  Numenius  phaeopus 
Whistling-Duck,  Black-bellied,  see  Dendro- 
cygna  autumnalis 
Lulvous,  see  Dendrocygna  bicolor 
White,  Mel,  A birder’s  guide  to  Arkansas, 
reviewed,  385 

White-Eye,  Bridled,  see  Zosterops  conspi- 
cillatus 

Golden,  see  Cleptornis  marchei 
Whitney,  Bret  M.,  Jose  Eernando  Pacheco, 
Paulo  Sergio  Moreira  da  Fonseca, 
and  Robert  H.  Barth,  Jr.,  The  nest  and 
nesting  ecology  of  Acrobatornis  fon- 
secai  (Furnariidae),  with  implication 
for  intrafamilial  relationships,  434- 
448 

Whitney,  Bret  M.,  see  Pacheco,  Jose  Fer- 
nando,   , and  Luiz  P.  Gonzaga 

Willet,  see  Catoptrophorus  semipalmatus 
Wilsonia  canadensis,  542,  749 
citrina,  53-60,  101,  168,  176,  190,  383- 
384,  498 

pusilla,  282,  283,  284 

Winkler,  Hans,  David  A.  Christie,  and  David 
Nurney,  Woodpeckers,  reviewed, 
387-388 

Winterstein,  Scott  R.,  see  Millenbah,  Kelly 

E,  , Henry  Campa  III,  Ly  T. 

Furrow,  and  Richard  B.  Minnis 
Wolfe,  David  F.  G.,  Opportunistic  winter 


INDEX  TO  VOLUME  108 


847 


water  acquisition  by  Pine  Grosbeaks, 
186-187 

Wood-Pewee,  Eastern,  see  Contopus  virens 
Western,  see  Contopus  sordidulus 
Woodhoopoe,  Green,  see  Phoeniculus  pur- 
pureus 

Woodpecker,  Acorn,  see  Melanerpes  formi- 
civorus 

Downy,  see  Picoides  pubescens 
Gila,  see  Melanerpes  uropygialis 
Hairy,  see  Picoides  villosus 
Hoffman’s,  see  Melanerpes  hoffmanni 
Ivory-billed,  see  Xiphorynchus  flavigaster 
Pileated,  see  Dryocopus  pileatus 
Red-bellied,  see  Melanerpes  carolinus 
Red-cockaded,  see  Picoides  borealis 
Red-crowned,  see  Melanerpes  rubrucapil- 
lus 

Red-headed,  see  Melanerpes  erythroce- 
phalus 

Smoky-brown,  see  Venilomis  fumigatus 
Wren,  House,  see  Troglodytes  aedon 
Long-billed,  see  Cistothorus  palustris 
Mountain,  see  Troglodytes  solstitialis 
Rufous-naped,  see  Campylorhynchus  ru- 
finucha 

Sedge,  see  Cistothorus  platensis 


Sepia-brown,  see  Cinnycerthia  peruana 
Winter,  see  Troglodytes  troglodytes 
Xenerpestes  minlosi,  397-433,  446 
singularis,  397-433 
spp.,  397-433,  434,  435,  446 
Xenops  rutilans,  412 
Xenops,  Streaked,  see  Xenops  rutilans 
Xiphorhynchus  flavigaster,  168 
Yahner,  Richard  H.,  and  Carolyn  G.  Mahan, 
Effects  of  egg  type  on  depredation  of 
artificial  ground  nests,  129-136 
Yasukawa,  Ken,  see  Searcy,  William  A.,  and 


Yellowlegs,  Greater,  see  Tringa  melanoleuca 
Lesser,  see  Tringa  flavipes 
Yellowthroat,  Common,  see  Geothlypis  tri- 
chas 

zebra,  mountain,  see  Equus  zebra 
Zenaida  macroura,  313,  314,  581,  582,  688 
Zicus,  Michael  C.,  and  Michael  R.  Riggs, 
Change  in  body  mass  of  female  Com- 
mon Goldeneyes  during  nesting  and 
brood  rearing,  61-71 

Zimmerman,  John  L.,  review  by,  389—390 
Zonotrichia  albicollis,  543 
leucophrys,  553 

Zosterops  conspicillatus,  246—267 


This  issue  of  The  Wilson  Bulletin  was  published  on  31  December  1996. 


PUBLISHED 


VOLUME  108 


BY  THE  WILSON  ORNITHOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 
1996  QUARTERLY 


EDITOR:  CHARLES  R.  BLEM 
EDITORIAL  BOARD:  KATHY  G.  BEAL 

RICHARD  N.  CONNER 
THOMAS  M.  HAGGERTY 
JOHN  A.  SMALLWOOD 
INDEX  EDITOR:  KATHY  G.  BEAL 
ASSISTANT  EDITORS:  LEANN  BLEM 

ALBERT  E.  CONWAY 


EVIDENCE  OF  NEST  PARASITISM  IN  MOTTLED  DUCKS  - 

William  P.  Johnson,  Frank  C.  Rohwer,  and  Michael  Carloss  187 

EIGHT  NEW  HOST  SPECIES  FOR  THE  PARASITIC  BLOW  FLY  GENUS  PROTOCALUPHORA  (DIPTERA; 

CALLIPHORIDAE)  Mia  Revels  189 

OBSERVATIONS  OF  SHOREBIRD  PREDATION  BY  SNAPPING  TURTLES  IN  EASTERN  LAKE  ONTARIO 

Gregory  S.  Pryor  190 

ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE  193 


NUMBER  2 

MAJOR  PAPERS 

GEOGRAPHIC  VARIATION  AND  SPECIES  LIMITS  IN  CINNYCERTHIA  WRENS  OF  THE  ANDES  

Robb  T.  Brumfield  and  J.  V.  Remsen,  Jr.  205 

NEST  ATTENTIVENESS  IN  HUMMINGBIRDS  William  H.  Baltosser  228 

SEASONAL  POPULATION  SURVEYS  AND  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  A MICRONESIAN  BIRD  COMMUNITY  — . 

Robert  J.  Craig  246 

NATURAL  HISTORY  AND  CONSERVATION  STATUS  OF  THE  TAMARUGO  CONEBILL  IN  NORTHERN  CHILE 

Christian  F.  Estades  268 

AVIAN  ABUNDANCE  IN  RIPARIAN  ZONES  OF  THREE  FOREST  TYPES  IN  THE  CASCADE  MOUNTAINS, 

OREGON Robert  G.  Anthony,  Gregory  A.  Green,  Eric  D.  Forsman,  and  S.  Kim  Nelson  280 

HABITAT  CHANGES  AND  SUCCESS  OF  ARTIRCIAL  NESTS  ON  AN  ALKALINE  FLAT  

Marcus  T.  Koenen,  David  M.  Leslie,  Jr.,  and  Mark  Gregory  292 

NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  SCISSOR-TAILED  FLYCATCHERS  IN  SOUTH  TEXAS  

Kenneth  R.  Nolte  and  Timothy  E.  Eulbright  302 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  BROWN  NODDY  ON  TERN  ISLAND,  HAWAII  

Jennifer  L.  Megyesi  and  Curtice  R.  Grijfin  317 

DISCRIMINATION  BETWEEN  REGIONAL  SONG  FORMS  IN  THE  NORTHERN  PARULA  

Daniel  J.  Regelski  and  Ralph  R.  Moldenhauer  335 

DISPERSAL  AND  HABITAT  USE  BY  POST-FLEDGING  JUVENILE  SNOWY  EGRETS  AND  BLACK-CROWNED 

NIGHT-HERONS  R.  Michael  Erwin,  John  G.  Haig,  Daniel  B.  Stotts,  and  Jejf  S.  Hatfield  342 

NEST-SITE  SELECTION  OF  RED-SHOULDERED  AND  RED-TAILED  HAWKS  IN  A MANAGED  FOREST  

Christopher  E.  Moorman  and  Brian  R.  Chapman  357 

SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

AVOIDANCE  OF  CABBAGE  FIELDS  BY  SNOW  GEESE  J.  Russell  Mason  and  Larry  Clark  369 

TAXONOMIC  STATUS  OF  THE  CUBAN  FORM  OF  THE  RED-WINGED  BLACKBIRD  

Orlando  Garrido  and  Arturo  Kirkconnell  372 

NEST  ADOPTION  BY  MONK  PARAKEETS  Jessica  R.  Eberhard  'ilA 

VERMILION  FLYCATCHER  AND  BLACK  PHOEBE  FEEDING  ON  FISH  

Brenda  J.  Andrews,  Marie  Sullivan,  and  J.  David  Hoerath  377 

NEST-SITE  REUSE  IN  THE  WESTERN  WOOD-PEWEE  

David  R.  Curson,  Christopher  B.  Goguen.  and  Nancy  E.  Mathews  378 

NEST  SHARING  BY  A LESSER  SCAUP  AND  A GREATER  SCAUP  

Michael  A.  Eournier  and  James  E.  Hines  380 

CARNIVORY  OBSERVED  IN  THE  CEDAR  WAXWING  — David  /.  King  381 

A CASE  OF  COOPERATIVE  BREEDING  IN  THE  HOODED  WARBLER  

Scott  A.  Tarof  and  Bridget  J.  Stutchbury  382 

385 


ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE 


NUMBER  3 

MAJOR  PAPERS 

A NEW  GENUS  AND  SPECIES  OF  FURNARIID  (aVES:  FURNARIIDAE)  FROM  THE  COCOA-GROWING  REGION 
OF  SOUTHEASTERN  BAHIA,  BRAZIL 

Jose  Fernando  Pacheco,  Bret  M.  Whitney,  and  Luiz  Gonzaga 

THE  NEST  AND  NESTING  ECOLOGY  OF  ACROBATORN/S  FONSECA!  (FURNARIIDAE),  WITH  IMPLICATIONS 
FOR  INTRAFAMILIAL  RELATIONSHIPS  

Bret  M.  Whitney,  Jose  Fernando  P acheco,  Paulo  Sergio  Moreira  da  Fonseca,  and 

Robert  H.  Barth,  Jr. 

WOODPECKER  EXCAVATION  AND  USE  OF  CAVITIES  IN  POLYSTYRENE  SNAGS 

Richard  N.  Conner  and  Daniel  Saenz 

NESTING  SUCCESS  OF  THE  PROTHONOTARY  WARBLER  IN  THE  UPPER  MISSISSIPPI  RIVER  BOTTOMLANDS 

D(jv/c/  J.  Flaspohler 

FACTORS  AFFECTING  FOOD  PROVISIONING  OF  NESTLING  BLACK-THROATED  BLUE  WARBLERS 

- - Catherine  O’Neill  Goodbred  and  Richard  T.  Holmes 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  AND  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  THE  BAHAMA  SWALLOW  Paul  E.  Allen 

NEOTROPICAL  MIGRATORY  BREEDING  BIRD  COMMUNITIES  IN  RIPARIAN  FORESTS  OF  DIITERENT  WIDTHS 
ALONG  THE  ALTAMAHA  RIVER,  GEORGIA  

Malcolm  F.  Hodges,  Jr.  and  David  G.  Krementz 

DAWN  AND  DUSK  SINGING  OF  MALE  AMERICAN  ROBINS  IN  RELATION  TO  FEMALE  BEHAVIOR  

Tore  Slagsvold 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  CRESTED  CARACARA  IN  SOUTH  TEXAS  

Vanessa  M.  Dickinson  and  Keith  A.  Arnold 

BREEDING  BIOLOGY  OF  THE  JABIRU  IN  THE  SOUTHERN  LLANOS  OF  VENEZUELA  

— Jose  A.  Gonzalez 

EFFECT  OF  EGG  SIZE  ON  PREDATION  BY  WHITE-FOOTED  MICE  R.  M.  DeGraaf  and  T.  J.  Maier 

CAN  CHECKLIST  PROGRAMS  BE  USED  TO  MONITOR  POPULATIONS  OF  BIRDS  RECORDED  DURING  THE 
MIGRATION  SEASON? Erica  H.  Dunn,  Jacques  Larivee,  and  Andre  Cyr 

EFFECT  OF  MATE  REMOVAL  ON  SINGING  BEHAVIOR  AND  MOVEMENT  PATTERNS  OF  FEMALE  NORTHERN 
CARDINALS  David  B.  McElroy  and  Gary  Ritchison 

RADIO  TELEMETRY  DOCUMENTS  24-HOUR  FEEDING  ACTIVITY  OF  WINTERING  LESSER  SCAUP  

Christine  M.  Custer,  Thomas  W.  Custer,  and  Daniel  W.  Sparks 

BODY  MASS  AND  CARCASS  COMPOSITION  OF  FALL  MIGRANT  OLDSQUAWS  

James  O.  Leafloor,  John  E.  Thompson,  and  C.  Davison  Ankney 

AVIAN  NEST-SITE  SELECTION  AND  NESTING  SUCCESS  IN  TWO  FLORIDA  CITRUS  GROVES  

Mary  Crowe  Mitchell,  Louis  B.  Best,  and  James  P.  Gionfriddo 

SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

EXPONENTIAL  POPULATION  GROWTH  OF  MONK  PARAKEETS  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  

Sunshine  Van  Bael  and  Stephen  Pruett-Jones 

FOREST  GAP  USE  BY  BREEDING  BLACK-THROATED  GREEN  WARBLERS  

Robert  Smith  and  Matthew  Dallman 

COURTSHIP  BEHAVIOR  OF  GOLDEN-CHEEKED  WARBLERS  Mark  W.  Lockwood 

ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE  — 


397 

434 

449 

457 

467 

480 

496 

507 

516 

524 

535 

540 

550 

556 

567 

573 

584 

588 

591 

593 


NUMBER  4 


MAJOR  PAPERS 

DESCRIPTION  OF  ADULTS,  EGGSHELLS,  NESTLING,  FLEDGLING,  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULl  

Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  Cameron  B.  Kepler,  A.  Marie  Ecton, 

and  Kimberly  M.  Eluetsch  607 

NESTING  BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  POO-ULi  Cameron  B.  Kepler,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  A.  Marie  Ecton, 

Andrew  Engili.s,  Jr.,  and  Kimberly  M.  Eluetsch  620 

POPULATION  DENSITY,  VOCAL  BEHAVIOR,  AND  RECOMMENDED  SURVEY  METHODS  FOR  BICKNELL’S 

THRUSH  Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  Jonathan  L.  Atwood,  Kent  P.  McEarland, 

and  Laura  R.  Nagy  639 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  IN  NEW  ENGLAND  AND  NEW  YORK  

Jonathan  L.  Atwood,  Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  Kent  P.  McEarland, 

Sophia  H.  Tsai,  and  Laura  R.  Nagy  650 

MIGRATION  ROUTES  OF  THE  WESTERN  SANDPIPER  Robert  W.  Butler,  Erancisco  S.  Delgado, 

Horacio  de  la  Cueva,  Victor  Pulido,  and  Brett  K.  Sandercock  662 

BREEDING  BEHAVIOR  AND  REPRODUCTIVE  SUCCESS  OF  CERULEAN  WARBLERS  IN  SOUTHEASTERN  ON- 
TARIO - Catherine  J.  Oliarnyk  and  Raleigh  J.  Robertson  61 'i 

GRIT-USE  PATTERNS  IN  NORTH  AMERICAN  BIRDS:  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  DIET,  BODY  SIZE,  AND  GENDER 

James  P.  Gionfriddo  and  Louis  B.  Best  685 

RED-COCKADED  WOODPECKER  NESTING  SUCCESS,  FOREST  STRUCTURE,  AND  SOUTHERN  FLYING  SQUIR- 
RELS IN  TEXAS  Richard  N.  Conner,  D.  Craig  Rudolph,  Daniel  Saenz, 

and  Richard  R.  Schaefer  697 

HABITAT-USE  PATTERNS  IN  COOPERATIVE  AND  NON-COOPERATIVE  BREEDING  BIRDS:  TESTING  PRE- 
DICTIONS WITH  WESTERN  SCRUB-JAYS  D.  Brent  Burt  712 

NUTRITIONAL  VALUE  OF  WINTER  FOODS  FOR  WHOOPING  CRANES  

Jay  T.  Nelson,  R.  Douglas  Slack,  and  George  E.  Gee  728 

TERRITORIES  AND  CACHING-RELATED  BEHAVIOR  OF  RED-HEADED  WOODPECKERS  WINTERING  IN  A 

BEECH  GROVE Paul  F.  Doherty,  Jr.,  Thomas  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  and  C.  L.  Bronson  740 

SEASONAL  ABUNDANCE  OF  MIGRANT  BIRDS  AND  FOOD  RESOURCES  IN  PANAMANIAN  MANGROVE 

FORESTS  Gaetan  Lefebvre  and  Brigitte  Poulin  748 

EFFECTS  OF  CONSERVATION  RESERVE  PROGRAM  FIELD  AGE  ON  AVIAN  RELATIVE  ABUNDANCE,  DI- 
VERSITY, AND  PRODUCTIVITY  Kelly  F.  Millenbah,  Scott  R.  Winterstein, 

Henry  Campa  III,  Ly  T.  Furrow,  and  Richard  B.  Minnis  760 

FEMALE  BUNTINGS  FROM  HYBRIDIZING  POPULATIONS  PREFER  CONSPECIFIC  MALES  

Myron  C.  Baker  11 1 

SURVEYS  OF  PUERTO  RICAN  SCREECH-OWL  POPULATIONS  IN  LARGE-TRACT  AND  FRAGMENTED  FOR- 
ESTS — Keith  L.  Pardieck,  J.  Michael  Meyers,  and  Michelle  Pagan  776 

THE  USE  OF  COASTAL  AGRICULTURAL  FIELDS  IN  VIRGINIA  AS  FORAGING  HABITAT  BY  SHOREBIRDS 

Stephen  C.  Rottenborn  783 

SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

EXTRA  NEST  SITE  OCCUPANCY  BY  TREE  SWALLOWS:  DO  FLOATERS  AVOID  NEST  SITES  NEAR 

SETTLED  PAIRS? Jeremy  S.  Mitchell  and  Raleigh  J.  Robertson  797 

SWAINSON'S  WARBLERS  NESTING  IN  EARLY  SERAL  PINE  FORESTS  IN  EAST  TEXAS  

N.  Ross  Carrie  802 

MEASUREMENTS  OF  SNAIL  KITE  EGGS  FROM  CENTRAL  FLORIDA  James  A.  RodgerS,  Jr.  804 

THE  ANDEAN  FLAMINGO  IN  BRAZIL  . Marcos  R.  Bomschein  and  Bianca  L.  Reinert  807 

ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE  : 809 

PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  SEVENTY-SEVENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING  813 

825 


INDEX 


Thk  Wilson  Bulletin 


Editor  Chahi.ks  R.  Bi.km 

Department  of  Biology 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University 
816  Park  Avenue 
Richmond,  Virginia  23284-2012 


Editorial  Board  KaI'HV  G.  Bkai, 

RlCltAKI)  N.  CoNNKli 
Thomas  M.  Ha(;(;kh'ia 
John  A.  Smai.i.wood 

Review  Editor  Wii.i.iam  E.  Davis,  Jh. 

127  East  Street 

Foxboro,  Massachusetts  02035 


Assistant  Editors  Lkann  Bi.km  Index  Editor  Kathv  G.  Bkai, 

Ai.iiKliT  E.  Conway  616  Xenia  Avenue 

Yellow  Springs,  Ohio  45387 

Su(;(;kstions  to  Authors 

See  Wilson  Bulletin,  108:604-605,  1996  for  more  detailed  “Information  for  Authors.” 
Manuscripts  intended  for  publication  in  The  Wilson  Bulletin  should  be  submitted  in  triplicate, 
neatly  typewritten,  double-spaced,  with  at  least  3 cm  margins,  and  on  one  side  only  of  good 
quality  white  paper.  Do  not  submit  xerographic  copies  that  are  made  on  slick,  heavy  paper.  Tables 
should  be  typed  on  separate  sheets,  and  should  be  narrow  and  deep  rather  than  wide  and  shallow. 
Follow  the  AOU  Check-list  (Sixth  Edition,  1983)  insofar  as  scientific  names  of  U.S.,  Canadian, 
Mexican,  Central  American,  and  West  Indian  birds  are  concerned.  Abstracts  of  major  papers 
should  be  brief  but  quotable.  In  both  Major  Papers  and  Short  Communications,  where  fewer  than 
5 papers  are  cited,  the  citations  may  be  included  in  the  text.  Follow  carefully  the  style  used  in 
this  issue  in  listing  the  literature  cited;  otherwise,  follow  the  “CBE  Style  Manual”  (AIBS,  1983). 
Photographs  for  illustrations  should  have  good  contrast  and  be  on  glossy  paper.  Submit  prints 
unmounted  and  attach  to  each  a brief  but  adequate  legend.  Do  not  write  heavily  on  the  backs  of 
photographs.  Diagrams  and  line  drawings  should  be  in  black  ink  and  their  lettering  large  enough 
to  permit  reduction.  Original  figures  or  photographs  submitted  must  be  smaller  than  22  X 28  cm. 
Alterations  in  copy  after  the  type  has  been  set  must  be  charged  to  the  author. 

Notick  ok  Chanck  ok  Addkkss 

If  your  address  changes,  notify  the  Society  immediately.  Send  your  complete  new  address  to 
Ornithological  Societies  of  North  America,  P.O.  Box  1897,  Lawrence,  KS  66044-8897. 

The  permanent  mailing  address  of  the  Wilson  Ornithological  Society  is:  c/o  The  Museum  of 
Zoology,  The  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48109.  Persons  having  business  with 
any  of  the  officers  may  address  them  at  their  various  addresses  given  on  the  back  of  the  front 
cover,  and  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  Bulletin  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Editor. 


Mkmrkrship  iNyUlRIKS 

Membership  inquiries  should  be  sent  to  Dr.  John  Smallwood,  Dept,  of  Biology,  Montclair  Slate 
Univ.,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey  07043. 


CONTENTS 


MAJOR  PAPERS 

DESCRIPTION  OF  ADULTS,  EGGSHELLS,  NESTLING,  FLEDGLING,  AND  NEST  OF  THE  POO-ULI  

Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  Cameron  B.  Kepler,  A.  Marie  Ecton, 

and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 

NESTING  BEHAVIOR  OF  THE  POO-ULI  Cameron  B.  Kepler,  Thane  K.  Pratt,  A.  Marie  Ecton, 

Andrew  Engilis,  Jr.,  and  Kimberly  M.  Fluetsch 

POPULATION  DENSITY,  VOCAL  BEHAVIOR,  AND  RECOMMENDED  SURVEY  METHODS  FOR  BICKNELL’S 

THRUSH  Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  Jonathan  L.  Atwood,  Kent  P.  McFarland, 

and  Laura  R.  Nagy 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  BICKNELL’S  THRUSH  IN  NEW  ENGLAND  AND  NEW  YORK  

— Jonathan  L.  Atwood,  Christopher  C.  Rimmer,  Kent  P.  McFarland, 

Sophia  H.  Tsai,  and  Laura  R.  Nagy 

MIGRATION  ROUTES  OF  THE  WESTERN  SANDPIPER  Robert  W.  Butler,  Francisco  S.  Delgado, 

Horacio  de  la  Cueva,  Victor  Pulido,  and  Brett  K.  Sandercock 

BREEDING  BEHAVIOR  AND  REPRODUCTIVE  SUCCESS  OF  CERULEAN  WARBLERS  IN  SOUTHEASTERN  ON- 
TARIO   Catherine  J.  Oliarnyk  and  Raleigh  J.  Robertson 

GRIT-USE  PATTERNS  IN  NORTH  AMERICAN  BIRDS:  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  DIET,  BODY  SIZE,  AND  GENDER 

James  P.  Gionfriddo  and  Louis  B.  Best 

RED-COCKADED  WOODPECKER  NESTING  SUCCESS,  FOREST  STRUCTURE,  AND  SOUTHERN  FLYING  SQUIR- 
RELS IN  TEXAS  Richard  N.  Conner,  D.  Craig  Rudolph,  Daniel  Saenz, 

and  Richard  R.  Schaefer 

HABITAT-USE  PATTERNS  IN  COOPERATIVE  AND  NON-COOPERATIVE  BREEDING  BIRDS:  TESTING  PRE- 
DICTIONS WITH  WESTERN  SCRUB-JAYS  D.  Brent  Burt 

NUTRITIONAL  VALUE  OF  WINTER  FOODS  FOR  WHOOPING  CRANES  

Jay  T.  Nelson,  R.  Douglas  Slack,  and  George  F.  Gee 

TERRITORIES  AND  CACHING-RELATED  BEHAVIOR  OF  RED-HEADED  WOODPECKERS  WINTERING  IN  A 


BEECH  GROVE Paul  F.  Doherty,  Jr.,  Thomas  C.  Grubb,  Jr.,  and  C.  L.  Bronson 

SEASONAL  ABUNDANCE  OF  MIGRANT  BIRDS  AND  FOOD  RESOURCES  IN  PANAMANIAN  MANGROVE 
FORESTS  Gaetan  Lefebvre  and  Brigitte  Poulin 


EFFECTS  OF  CONSERVATION  RESERVE  PROGRAM  FIELD  AGE  ON  AVIAN  RELATIVE  ABUNDANCE,  DI- 
VERSITY, AND  PRODUCTIVITY  Kelly  F.  Millenbah,  Scott  R.  Winterstein, 

Henry  Campa  III,  Ly  T.  Furrow,  and  Richard  B.  Minnis 

FEMALE  BUNTINGS  FROM  HYBRIDIZING  POPULATIONS  PREFER  CONSPECIFIC  MALES  

Myron  C.  Baker 

SURVEYS  OF  PUERTO  RICAN  SCREECH-OWL  POPULATIONS  IN  LARGE-TRACT  AND  FRAGMENTED  FOR- 
ESTS   Keith  L.  Pardieck,  J.  Michael  Meyers,  and  Michelle  Pagan 

THE  USE  OF  COASTAL  AGRICULTURAL  FIELDS  IN  VIRGINIA  AS  FORAGING  HABITAT  BY  SHOREBIRDS 

Stephen  C.  Rottenborn 

SHORT  COMMUNICATIONS 

EXTRA  NEST  SITE  OCCUPANCY  BY  TREE  SWALLOWS:  DO  FLOATERS  AVOID  NEST  SITES  NEAR 

SETTLED  PAIRS? Jeremy  S.  Mitchell  and  Raleigh  J.  Robertson 

SWAINSON’S  WARBLERS  NESTING  IN  EARLY  SERAL  PINE  FORESTS  IN  EAST  TEXAS  

N.  Ross  Carrie 

MEASUREMENTS  OF  SNAIL  KITE  EGGS  FROM  CENTRAL  FLORIDA  James  A.  Rodgers,  Jr. 

THE  ANDEAN  FLAMINGO  IN  BRAZIL  Marcos  R.  Bomschein  and  Bianca  L.  Reinert 

ORNITHOLOGICAL  LITERATURE  

PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  SEVENTY-SEVENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING  

Index  - 


607 

620 

639 

650 

662 

673 

685 

697 

712 


MCZ  ERNST  MAYR  LIBRARY 


1 

III 

II  I I I II  I 

III 

III  III 

2 

344  118 

6- 

5 98£;